Skip to main content

Full text of "The Kindergarten-primary magazine"

See other formats


k 


SEPTEMBER-OCTOBER,  1908 


INDEX  TO  CONTENTS 


A  Practical  Suggestion  to  Kindergartners 

The  Kindergarten  Program        .         : 

The  Use  and  Abuse  of  Design 

Day  By  Day  With  Nature-For  the  Kinder- 
garten and  Primary  Grades, 

Plans  for  Primary  Grades, 

The  Busy  Bee,  .... 

Suggestions  for  the  Kindergarten  and  Pri- 
mary, 

The  Doctor's  Motor  Car 

Municipal  Playgrounds  In  Manhattan, 

Guatemala  Schools,  -  - 

Editorial,  - 

Folk  and  Fairy  Stories 

Drawing,  Cutting,  Folding  and  Paper  Tear- 
ing   - 

The  Swing 

Miscellaneous  .... 

0 


Dr.  Jenny  B.  MerrifitfZ^  — 1- 
Harriette  Melissa  Mills,  2 

Mae  B.  Higgons,  Ph.  B.         10 

Mary  A.  Proud  foot,  A.  M.      14 

15 
-  -  -  16 


Bertha  Johnston, 
Bertha  Johnston, 
Carol  Aronovici 


-  18 

-  19 
-       20 

25 

26 

Richard  Thomas  Wjrche,      27 


LileoA  Clajcton,         -        -       23 
Robert  Lewis  Stevenson       29 


33 


Volume  XXI,  No.  I. 


$1.00  per  Year/15  cents  per  Copy 


BOSTON 


■  Miss  Lacvira.  Fisher's 
W      TRAINING  SCHOOL 
W       for  K1NDERGARTNERS 

W      formal  Course,  2  years. 

■  Post-Graduate  Course 

J  Special  Course 

For  circulars  address 
292  Marlborough  St.    Boston  Mass 


Kindergarten  Training 
School 

82  SI.  Stephen  Street,  Boston 

Normal  Course,  two  years 

For  Circular*  dddrett 

Miss   LUCY    HARRIS   SYrtONDS 


Miss  Annie  Coolidge  Rust's 

FROEBEL  SCHOOL  OF  KINDER- 
GARTEN NORMAL  GLASSES 

BOSTON  MASS 
Regular  Two  Years'  Course. 
Post  Graduate  Course.    Special  Courses 
Sixteenth  Year. 

Far  Circular.  a<tdr»* 

Miss  Rust,         Pierce  Building 
Copley  Square 


Springfield  Kindergarten 

LTI 

fflVo  Y«are"  Course.    Terms,  $100  per  year; 
Apply  lo 
HATTIE  TWICHELL 

SPRINOFIEI.D-LONGMUADOW.  MASS. 


BOSTON 


Perry  Kindergarten  Normal  School 

Mrs.  ANNIE  MOSELEY  PERRY 

Principal 
18  Huntington  Ave..  Boston.  Mass. 


Miss     Wheelock's     Kindergarten 
Training  School 

134  NEWBURY  STREET  BOSTON 

Regular  Two  Years'  Course 

Special  One  Year  Course  for  graduate  students 

Students'  Home  at  the  Marenholz 

For  circular  address 

LUCY  WHEELOCK 


BOSTON 

The  Garland 
Kindergarten  Training  School 

NORMAL  COURSE,  2  YEARS. 
HOME-MAKING  COURSE,  1   YEAR. 

IV*.    MARGARET    J.  STANNARD,    Principal 

19  Chestnut   Street 


Milwaukee  State  Normal  School 
KINDERGARTEN 

Training   Department 

Two-years'  course  for  graduates  of  four- 
years'  high  Schools.  Faculty  of  twenty- 
five.  Special  advantages.  Tuition  free  to 
residents  of  Wisconsin;  $4oper  year  to  oth- 
ers. School  opens  the  first  Tuesday  In  Sep- 
tember. Send  for  catalogue  to 
NINA  C.  VANDEWALKER,  Director. 

OAKLAND  KINDERGARTEN 

TRAINING  CLASS 

State  Accredited  List, 

Sixteenth  year  opens  Sept.  3.  Iy07« 

Address, 

Mist  Grace  Everett  Barnard 

■374  Franklin  Street,  Oakland,  Cal. 


PORT 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

FOR 

KII\DERGARTNERS 

IN  AFFILIATION  WITH 

THE  NEW  YORK  FROEBEL  '  NORMAL 

For  circulars,  information,  etc..  address 

MARY  C.  MILLS,  Principal 
179  West  Avenue         Bridgeport,  Conn. 


TTbeffannfeB.Smitb 

ffroebel  Ikinbergarten 

anfcTTramfng  Scbool 

Good  Kindergarten  teachers  have 
no  trouble  in  securing  well- paying- 
positions.  In  fact,  we  have  found  the 
demand  for  our  graduates  greater  than 
we  can  supply.  One  and  two  years 
course.     For  catalogue,  address, 

FANNIE  A.  SMITH.  PrindpsL 
Lafayette  Street. 
Bridgeport.  Conn. 


liss  Norton's  Training  School 

FOR  KIHDERGARTNERS 
Portland,  Maine 

Two  Year's  Course 
For  circulars  address 

16  Dow  Street     Portland  Me. 
Miss  Abby  N.  Norton 


The  Repton  School 

Tarrytown-on-the-Hudson,  New  York 

A  School  for  boys  from  6  to  16.    A  school  that  trains  (or  manhood. 

Send  tor  catalogue,  which  tells  of  full  equipment. 
Splendid  building,  $100,000.    Fine  grounds,  100  Acres. 

Tuition,  $4.00  to  $5.00  for  Everything. 

Address  HEADMASTER. 


Missionary 


September  and  October  are  Mis- 
sionary months  with  this  magazine. 

Every  aubscriber  who  renew*  for  one  year  will  hu>e  the 
privilege  of  •ending  the  magazine  six  month*  free  to  any 
person  nbt  now  receiving  it.  Thu*  you  can  spread  kinder- 
garten literature  without  expehae  to  yourself.  Select  some 
one  who  can  be  helped  and  »end  it  a*' a  gift  to  a  friend. 


Volume  XXI.  SEPTEMBER-OCTOBER,  1908  Number  | 


Tke  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine 

MANISTEE,  MICHIGAN,  and  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 
THE  KINDERGARTEN  MAGAZINE  COMPANY,  Publishers 

Devoted  to  the  Child  and  to  the  Unity  of  Educational  Theory 
and  Practise  from  the  Kindergarten  thru  the  University 

EDITORIAL  COMMITTEE    . 

Jenny  B.  Merrill,  Ph.  D.,  Supervisor  Kinder-  E.  Lyell  Earle,  Ph.  D., 

gartens,  Manhattan,  The  Bronx  and  Richmond.  Managing  Editor 

Mar i  RuEF  Hofer  Daniel  Snedden,  Ph.  D. 

Teachers  College  Teachers  College 

Harrietts  M.  Mills  Walter  F.  Dearborn,  Ph.  D. 

New  York  Froebel  Normal  University  of  Wisconsin 

John  Hall,  A.  M.  Ernest  Farrington,  Ph.  D. 

University  of  Cincinnati  University  of  California 

Ernest  N.  Henderson.Ph.  D.,  Bertha  Johnston 

Adelphi  College,  Brooklyn  New  York  Frcebel  Normal 

Editorial  Rooms,  59  West  96th  Street,  New  York.  N.  Y. 


THE  KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE  is  published  on  the  first  of  each  month,  ex- 
cept JULY   and  AUGUST,  from  278   River  Street,  Manistee,  Mich. 

THE  SUBSCRIPTION  PRICE  is  $1. 00  per  year,  payable    in    advance.      Single    copies,    15c. 

POSTAGE  IS  PREPAID  by  the  publishers  for  all  subscriptions  in  the  United  States,  Hawaiian 
Islands,  Philippine  Islands,  Guam,  Porto  Rico,  Tutuila  (Samoa),  Shanghai,  Canal  Zone,  Cuba, 
and   Mexico.     For  Canada  add  20c.  and  for  all  other  countries  in  the  Postal  Union  add  40c.  for  postage. 

NOTICE  OF  EXPIRATION  is  sent,  but  it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is 
desired  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received.  When  sending  notice  of  change  of  address, 
both  the  old  and  new  addresses  must  be  given. 

REMITTANCES  should  be  sent  by  draft,  Express  Order  or  Money  Order,  payable  to  The 
Kindergarten  Magazine  Company.     If  a  local   check  is  sent,  it  must  include  10c.  exchange. 

Make  all   remittances    for    subscriptions    and    advertising    to 
Kindergarten  Magazine  Co.,  Manistee,  Mich. 

J.  H.  SHULTS,  Business  Manager,  Manistee,  Mich. 
Copyrighted,  190  8,    by 'THE  KINDERGARTEN    MAGAZINE    CO.    Entered  as  Second  Class  Matter 
In  the  Postofnce  at  Manistee,  Michigan. 


To  the  Public. 

As  per  announcement  elsewhere  I  have  assumed  the  business  respon- 
sibilities of  the  magazine,  and  my  purpose  is  to  vouch  for  its  regular  ap- 
pearance on  the  27th  of  each  school  month  so  long  as  I  shall  be  connected 
with  it  in  my  present  capacity.  As  the  April-May  and  Sept.-Oct.  num- 
bers were  issued  as  one,  subscribers  and  advertisers  will  receive  credit  for 
two  issues  or  one-fifth  of  the  school  year,  hence  subscriptions  that  would 
have  ended  in  June  will  be  continued  to  include  the  November  number, 
and  advertising  contracts  will  be  extended  accordingly. 

As  a  means  of  avoiding  errors  in  payments  through  our  agents  or  oth- 
erwise we  shall  publish  each  month  a  complete  list,  arranged  alphabeti- 
;aSly  of  all  persons  credited  with  any  sum  whatever  on  the  magazine  ac- 
count.    Next  month's  statement  will  date  back  to  include  August. 

Our  plan  is  to  publish  more  kindergarten  matter  with  a  little  less  bul- 
<iness  and  to  spend  the  entire  receipts  from  the  magazine  and  perhaps 
nore  in  its  publication.  It  is  not  undertaken  for  profit.      J.  H.  SHULTS. 


The  Kraus  Seminary 
for  Kinderge^rtners 

Regular  and  Extension 

Courses 

MRS.  MARIA  KSAVS-SOELTE   v 

Hotel  San  Remo  Central  Park  West 

7Sth  Street,  New  York  City 


THE  ELLIlYiAN  SCHOOL 
KINDERGARTEN  NORMAL  CUSS 

POST  GRADUATE  CLASSES 

Twenty-Fifth  Year 

167  W.  57th  street,  New  York  City 

Opposite  Carne<r!e  Hail 


MISS  JENNY  HUNTER'S 
Kindergarten  Training  School 

15  West  127th  St.,  NEW  YORK  CITY 

Two  Years*  Course,  connecting  class  and 

Primary  Methods. 
Address 

2079  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York  City 


Kindergarten  Normal  Department 

Ethical  Culture  School 

For  information  Address 
Miss  CAROLINE  T.  HAVEN,  Principal 
Central  Park  West  and  63d  st„  New  York 


TRAINING  SCHOOL 

or  THE 

Buffalo   Kindergarten  Association 


MISS  FXLA  C.  ELDER 
86  Delaware  Avenue  BUFFALO,  N  V 


Affordbj  Kindergarten  Normal 

School  for  Day  and  Resident  Pupils 

Re-opens  Oct.  7,  1907 

Junior,  Senior  and  Special  Classes 
riodel  and  Practice  Kindergartens 

JLAURAM.  BEATTY    ELSABETH  S1LKAN 

Associate  Principals 

2218  orth  Cl-orlts  St.,  feeltinde,  fid. 


BALTIMORE  TRAINING  SCHOOL 
FOR  KINDERGARTNERS 

EMMA  GRANT  SAULSBURY        l„.  . 
AMANDA  DOUGLAS  SAULS8URY  f  "mc,pa,s 

Normal  course,  two  years, 
Post-Graduate  course,  one  year. 

Address,  516  Park  Ave. 

Baltimore,    Maryland 


EAST  ORANGE, 


NEW  JERSEY 


Miss  Cora  Webb  Peet 

kindergarten  Normal  Training  School 

September  24.  1907  Two  Years'  Course. 


n!5S  CORA  WEBB  PEET 

(«  Washing!)  Str-«t.  EAST  ORANGE,  N.  J.' 


874 


Kindergarten  Normal  Institutions 


1908 


1516  Columbia  Road  N.  W.,     WASHINGTON.  D.  C. 

The  citizenship  of  the  future  depends  on  the  children  of  today 
SUSAN  PLESSNER  P0LL0K,  Principal.  Teachers'  Training  Course,  two  years 

Summer  Training  Classes  atMt.  Chatauq.ua— Mountain  Z,ake  Park- 
Garrett  Co.,  Maryland. 

ADELPHI    COLLEGE 

Lxfayitte  Avenue,  St.  James  and  Clifton  Places.  BROOKLYN,  NEW  YORK 

Normal  School  for  Kindergartners 

Two  Years'  Course.  Address  Prof.  Anna  E.  Harvey,  Supt 


Established    18Q6 


The  New  York 

Froebel  Normal 

KINDERGARTEN  and  PRIMARY  TRAINING 


College     Preparatory.    Teachers'     Academic.    Music 

E.  LYELL  EARL,  Ph.  D.,  Principal. 
HARR1TTEE    MILLS,  Head  of  Department  of  Kindergarten  Training. 
MARIE  RUEP  HOFER,  Department  of  Music. 


Eleventh  Year  opens  Wednesday,  Sept,  18, 1907 

Write  for  circulars.  Address, 

59  West  96th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


THE  PHILADELPHIA  TRAINING  SCHOOL 
FOR  KINDERGARTNERS 

R.E.CPCNS   OCTOBER.   2.  1906 

lunror  Mentor  and  Sper.al  Classes 

Model  Kindergarten 

Address  MRS    M.  L.  VAN  KIRK.  Principal 

'333  Pine  Street  •  Philadelphia.  Pepna. 


Sis  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

under  the  niiwtinn  of  Miss  Caroline  M  C"  Hart 
will  re-open  September  2d.  l'Ji'7.  at  IMS  VVulnut  Street. 
Philadelphia.  The  wmk  will  include  Junior,  senior 
Graduate  and  Normal  Trainers'  Courses.  Mothers- 
Classes,  and  a  .Model  Kindergarten,  lor  ]>ailtrul&ra. 
address    Miss  CAROLINE  M.  ('.  IIAKT, 

The  Pines,  Rtitlcilcr.  Pa. 

PITTSBURG  AND  ALLEGHENY 

KINDERGARTEN  COLLEGE 

Mist  HARRIET  NISL,  Director 


,  Sixteenth  Year  begins  October  2,  I9GT 
For  catalogue  address, 

Mrs.  WILLIAM  McCRACKSN,  Secretory 
3489   Fifth  Avenue,  PITTSBURGH,  PAr 


WASHINGTON.  D.  C. 

The  Columbia  Kindergarten 
Training  School 

*tJ-S   California   Avenue,  corner   Connecticut   Avenue 

CERTIFICATE,    DIPLOMA    AND 

NORMAL   COURSE 

Principals f |ARA  Katharine  Lh-i-ikcott 
'       ISusan  Chadick    Barfs 


SUMMER  SCHOOL 


OF  THE  SOUTH 


UNIVERSITY  OF  TENNESSEE 

KNOXVILLE 

Seventh  Session;  Six  weeks 
June  23-July  31,  1908 
Best    summer  school    for    teachers. 

Reorganized  and  enlarged  to 
the  increasing  demands  of  pro- 
gressive teachers. 

Consecutive  courses  of  two, 
three,  and  four  years,  with  direc- 
tions and  outlines  for  home  study 
for  those  who  desire  it. 

Courses  in  Kindergarten,  Pri- 
mary Methods,  Music,  Drawing, 
Manual  Training,  Nature  Study 
and  Biology,  including  Human 
Physiology  and  Hygiene,  Agricul- 
ture, Horticulture,  Forestry, School 
Gardening,  Geography,  Geology, 
Physics,  Chemistry,  Mathematics, 
English,  Literature,  the  Bible, 
Latin,  Greek,  German,  French, 
Spanish,  History,  Economics,  So- 
ciology,  Psychology,   Education. 

From  60  to  75  public  lectures, 
readings  and  music  recitals  of  the 
highest  type. 

No  charge  except  registration 
fee  of  $10. 

Official  announcement  ready 
about  the  first  of  March.     Address 

P.    P.   CLAXTON, 
Superintendent. 


Kindergarten  Training  School 

Resident  home  for  a  limited  number  of  students. 

Chicago  Free  Kindergarten  Association 

H.N.  HiBinbotham.  Pre. .  Mrs.  P.  D.  Armour,  V-Pres. 

SARAH  E.  HANSON,,  Principal 

Credit  at  the 

Northwestern  and  Chicago  Universities 

For_p«rticul.rs  address  Eva  B.  Whitmore,   Supt 

6  E.  Madison  St.,  cor.  nicb.  ave,,  Chicago 


The  Richmond  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Richmond,  Va., 
Alice    N.    Baker,    Principal 
Two     years'     course     and     Post 
Graduate  course. 

For    further    information    apply 
to  14    W.  Main  street. 


PESTAL0ZZ1-FR0EBEL 

Kindergarten  Training  School 

at  CHICAGO  COHnONS,  180  Grand  Ave.' 
firs  Bertha  Hofer  Hegner,  Superintendent.! 
diss  Amelia  Hofer,  Principal, 
TWELFTH  YEAR. 
•r  Regular  course  two  years.  Advanced 
courses  for  Graduate  Students.  A  course 
in  Home  flaking.  Includes  opportunity  to 
become  familiar  with  the  Social  Settlement 
movement.  Fine  equipment.  For  circulars 
and  information  write  to  1 

MRS  BERTHA  HOFER-HEGNER 
180  GRAND  AVE.,  CHICAGO 


CHICAGO  FROEBEL  ASSOCIATION 

Training  Class  for  Kindergartners 

Established   1876 

Two  Years'  Course.  Special  Courses  under  Pro- 
fessors of  University  of  Chicago  receive  University 
credits.    For  circulars  apply  to 

firs.  ALICE  H.  PUTNAH  or  1 /»//««./» 

nis.  n.  l.  siieLDON         /  />--,«,,,«<, 

1008  Fine  Arts  Building    ,  Chicago,  III. 


CHICAGO 

KINDERGARTEN 

INSTITUTE 

Gertrude  House,  40  Scott  Street 


Regular  Course— Two  Years. 
Post-graduate  Course — One  Year. 
Supplementary  Course — One  Year. 
Non-professional     Home   Making 

Course — One  Year. 

University  Credits 
Residence  for  students  at  Gertrude 

House. 


DIRECTORS 

Miss  CAROLINE  C.  CRONISE 
Mr«.  MARY  B.  PAGE 
Mrs.  ETHEL  ROE  L1NDGREN 
Miss  FRANCES  B,  NEWTON 

Send  for  Circular* 


The  Teachers'  College 

Of  Indianapolis 

For  the  Training  of  Kindergart- 
ners and  Primary  Teachers 

Regular  Course  two  years.  Preparatory 
Course,  one  year.  Post  Graduate  Course  for 
Normal  Teachers,  one  year.  Primary  training 

e  part  of  the  regular  work. 
Classes  formed  in  September  and  February. 

90  Free  Scholarships  granted 

Each  year.  Special  Primary  CIss£  in  nay  and 
June.     Send  for  Catalogue. 

Mrs.  Eliza  A.  3!aker,  Pres. 

The  William  N.  Jackson  Memorial  Institute, 
23d  end  Alabama  Streets. 

OHIO,  Toledo,  2313  Ashland  Ave.' 


THE   MISSES  LAW'S 

Ftoebel  Kindergarten     Medical  Supervision. 

TRAINING  SCHOOL    Ztr*on^  al""t]?'1; 
Thirty  ■  five    practice 
(choots.     Certificate  and  Diploma  Courses. 

9       MARY  E.  LAW.  M.D.,  Principal. 


Kindergarten  Training 

Exceptional  advantages-  daily  practice- 
Lectures  from  Professors  of  Obcrlin  College 
and  privilege  of  elective  courses  in  tbe 
College  at  special  rates— Charges  Moderate — 
Graduates  readily  find  positions.  15th  year 
begins  September  23d'  1907.  For  Catalog- 
ue adress  Secretary 

OBERLIN  KINDBRGARDEN  ASSOCIATION, 
Drawer  K,  Oberlin,  Ohio, 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO 

SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION 
KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING 

Two  Years  Course  leading  to  Certificate. 

Four  Years  Course  leading  to  Bachelor's 
Degree. 

Special  Courses  for  Graduate  Kindergar- 
tens. 
BERTHA  PAYNE,  Head  of  Department 


For  circulars  of  Information,  address 
Nathaniel  Butler,  Dean. 


TRAININO  SCHOOL?} 

-___      __  OF  THE 

Louisville  Free  Kindergarten 
.  Association 

Fceatty:  1»  g    Xoaltvlllt,  gy. 

Miss  Mary  Hill.  Supervisor    *  •*    • 

Mrs.  Robert    D   Allen.  Senior  Critic  and 

Training  'feather. 
Miss  Alexina  G    Boo'h,  History  and  Phil- 

osophy  of  Education,  j 

Miss  Jane   Akin,  Primary  Sunday  Scliool 
Methods.  ' 

Miss  Allene  Seaton,  Manual  Work     r" 
Miss  Frances  Ingram.  Nature  Study 
Miss  Anna  Moore,  Primary  Methods. 
Miss  Margaret  Byers.  Art  work 
<ew  Classes  will  be  organized  September  3.  1007 


Try  the  American  Kindergarten 
Supply  House,  Manistee,  Mich. 
Price  List  free. 


Cleveland  Kindergarten  Training  School 

IN  AFFILIATION  WITH  THE 

CHICAGO  KINDERGARTEN  COLLEGE 

Corner  of  Cedar  and  Watklos  Aves.,  CLEVELAND.  0. 
Founded  in  1804. 
Course  of  study.  und«r  direction  of  Elizabeth  Harrison,  covers 
two  yean  in  Cleveland,  loading  to  senior  and  normal  courses  in  the 


Chicago  Kindergarten  College 


K.  Mi 


Atlanta   Kindergarten    Normal 

School 

Two  Years'  Course  of  Study 

Chartered  1897. 
For  particulars  address 

Willette  A.  Allen,  Principal 

6J9  Peachlree  Street,  .  Atlanta,  Gl. 


OHIO COLUMBUS 

Kindergarten  Normal  Training  School 

EIGHTEENTH  YEAR  BEGINS  SEPTEHBER  25.  1907 

Froebelian  Philosophy.  Gifts.  Occupation.  Stories.  Games,  Music  and  Drau 

Psychology  and  Nature  Work  taught  at  Ohio  State  University --two  years'  coi 

For  information,  address  Ei  izabetm   N    Samt 


I7lb  aim  Bros* 
Streets 


Normal  Training  School 

of  the  KATE  BALDWIN  FREE 
KINDERGARTEN  ASSOCIATION 
Established  1899 
HORTENSE    M.   ORCUTT,   Principal   of    The 
Training   School  and  Supervisor  of    Kinder- 
gartens.     Application    for   entrance    to    the 
Training  Schools  should  be  made  to  Mrs.  n . 
R.    Sasnett.    Corresponding  Secretary,      117 
Bolton  Street,  EAST  SAVANNAH,  QA. 


THE  RICHMOND  TRAINING  SCHOOL 
FOR  KiNBEROAHTNEBS 

Will  Open  OCT.  1st  at  14  WBST  MAIN  STREET 

DRAWING.    SINGING. 
PHYSICAL  CULTURE 

ALICE  N.  PARKER         •         •         •        Principal 

Two  years  course  in  Froebel's  theory 
and  practice.  Also  a  third  year  course  for 
graduates. 

Special  Lectures 


Grand  Rapids 
Kindergarten  Training  School 

Winter  and  Summer  Terms 

September  i7,  190?;  to  June  9, 19'Qtf 
July  2  to  August  24;  1908 

Certificate.  Diploma  and  Normal  Courses 

CLARA  WHEELER,  Principai 

NELLIE  AUSTIN,  Secretary 

Auditorium  Building  23  rountftlrt  St. 

GRAND  RAPIDS,  MICH. 

mi  i  ,     saaaa— 

All  kinds  of  Construction  Material  at 
lowest  Prices  kept  in  stock  by  Th 
American  Kindergarten  Supply  Hen 


Words  by  Mart  A.  PROUDrooT. 
Moderate 


£# 


4==*: 


SPINNING  SONG. 


£=*£ 


njaBESH 


Melody  by  F 


3=£ 


*  *  J,    ' 


ic  James  Long. 


Si 


St 


-s — 


-3- 
3 


1  f 


Oh,  whirr -it   -   rr,     whirr-  rr   -   rr,   'round  goes    the       wheel, 
Oh,  whirr -rr   -   rr,     whirr-  rr  -   rr,  'round  goes    the       wheel, 


My  grand -ma     is 
And     off   comes  the 


*E=5i= 


Mz 


-*?1 


-q— s- 


» 


3=^ 


f 


m 


u 


-4-S 


spin  -  ning     the      wool      on       her 
thread  from     the  lit        -  tie 


reel, 
reel, 


As    gen  -  tly      she     draws    out     the 
While  grand-moth  -  er      twists     it        to 


^$i 


h-T*"\  1*1   pgd=S 


mm 


m 


'-1&&- 


s=f 


3 


I 


* 


£ 


fast    grow  -  ing  thread,        And  keeps  the  wheel  turn-ing    by     man  -  y       a      tread, 
long,    slen  -  der  strands,      Then  knits  us    thick  mit-tens    to    warm  our  cold  hands. 


•k — J 17& a 

' 30 '3 * 


m 


6zd     fed 


V? 


f 


e 


±=z± 


4    * 


■*•  fcp-  IrS- 


I 


Z5I)£  IKinfcergarUn-^primar?  Mfcagasine 

VOL.  XXI— SEPTEMBER-OCTOBER  1908— NO.  1, 


TO  THE  SUBSCRIBERS  AND  FRIENDS  OF  THE 
KINDERGARTEN  PRIMARY  MAGAZINE- 
GREETING. 

The  Kindergarten  Primary  Magazine  Co.  has 
been  reorganized,  and  will  hereafter  have  its  main 
business  office  in  Manistee,  Mich.,  with  editorial 
and  branch  offices  in  New  York.  The  business  de- 
partment will  be  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  J.  H.  Shults, 
and  the  editorial  under  Dr.  E.  Lyell  Earle,  with 
Miss  Bertha  Johnston,  Dr.  Jennie  B.  Merrill  and 
Prof.  Harriette  M.  Mills  as  special  contributors. 

All  subscriptions,  advertising  terms,  back  pay- 
ments and  everything  pertaining  to  the  business 
department  of  the  Magazine  should  be  sent  directly 
to  the  Kindergarten  Magazine  Co.,  Manistee, 
Mich.,  and  all  checks,  money  orders,  etc.  should  be 
made  payable  in  the  same  way. 

Many  reasons  contributed  to  the  effecting  of 
this  change.  First  of  all  there  is  one  Kindergar- 
ten Magazine  already  appearing  in  the  East,  and 
the  West  seems  to  be  the  natural  headquarters 
of  this  publication.     ,  . 

Secondly:  The  Kindergarten  Magazine  pub- 
lished apart  from  a  business  house  must  always 
be  a  losing  venture,  inasmuch  as  the  number  of 
kindergarten  teachers  is  relatively  small,  their 
salaries  not  at  all  proportioned  to  the  excellence 
of  the  work  they  do,  or  to  the  quality  of  the  prep- 
aration they  receive. 

Thirdly:  Advertisers,  who  are  the  real  support 
of  every  paying  magazine,  are  inclined  to  shun 
publications  appealing  to  a  relatively  small  class 
such  as  kindergarten  teachers,  and  consequently 
the  publishers  of  the  magazine  are  compelled  to 
make  a  pure  contribution  to  the  cause  of  Kinder- 
garten Education. 

The  history  of  kindergarten  publications  in 
America  and  elsewhere  has  been  a  record  of  sacri- 
fice and  devotion  on  the  part  of  a  few  noble  women 
and  occasionally  a  man,  a  history  that  might  well 
appear  in  pamphlet  form  and  enlighten  the  Kin- 
dergarten World. 

We  all  know  what  such  women  as  the  Misses 
Amalie  and  Marie  Ruef  Hofer,  Miss  Vanderwalker, 
Miss  Bertha  Johnston  and  others  have  done  to 
support  the  cause,  not  only  with  time,  brains,  and 
exhausting  energy,  but  also  with  actual  money 
spent,  a  return  for  which  can  never  be  made.  The 
present  publishers  of  the  Kindergarten  Primary 
Magazine  are  glad  to  make  this  public  announce- 
ment, because  they  have  investigated  the  business 
methods  of  the  magazine  to  the  present  time,  and 
know  as  no  one  else  can  know  the  sacrifice  made 
by  these  noble  women. 

To  that  long  list  we  should  add  contributors  to 
the  magazine  whose  name  is  almost  legion,  who 
have  given  their  articles  largely  free  and  have 
done  their  best  to  sustain  the  standard  of  Kinder- 
garten  Education. 

The  history  of  the  magazine  under  Dr.  Earle 
during  the  two  years  has  been  the  same  as  that 
of  the  past  fifteen  years.  It  has  been  carried  in 
New  York  City  with  a  large  annual  outlay,  for 
which  there  can  never  be  any  monetary  returns. 
The  sole  reason  for  this  contribution  on  the  part 
of  the  publishers  was  the  effort  to  keep  the 
magazine  alive,  to  bring  it  out  in  accordance  with 
its  high  standards  when  it  threatened  not  to 
appear  at  all  or  to  pass  into  doubtful  hands. 

The  future  of  the  magazine,  however,  is 
absolutely  secured.  Mr.  Shults  is  an  established 
business  man;  Dr.  Earle  a  successful  editor.  The 
problem  of  printing  and  publishing  has  been 
solved.  The  present  reorganized  company  can 
promise  that  the  high  standard  of  excellence  sus- 
tained in  the  past  will  not  be  lowered,  and  that 
the    magazine    shall    appear    promptly    before    the 


first  of  each  month,  and  be  in  the  hands  of  every 
kindergartner  desiring  its  help. 

The  magazine  still  has  a  mission,  namely  to 
assist  in  bringing  the  blessing  of  kindergarten 
training  to  all  the  children  of  America.  The  work 
must  be  a  labor  of  love  and  interest  in  the  cause. 
The  publishers'  hands  must  be  sustained  first,  by 
increasing  the  number  of  subscriptions,  secondly 
by  recommending  the  magazine  as  a  strong  adver- 
tising medium,  and  thirdly,  by  sympathy  and 
good  will,  as  well  as  by  the  contribution  of  help- 
ful articles,  and  suggestions  that  every  live  kin- 
dergartner is  able  to  produce. 

More  rural  one-room  teachers,  more  principals, 
more  superintendents,  more  fathers  and  mothers 
must  be  brought  into  sympathy  and  co-operation 
with  the  cause.  In  order  to  accomplish  this  pur- 
pose the  magazine  must  have  a  far  wider  circula- 
tion than  any  kindergarten  periodical  in  America 
has  ever  had,  especially  among  primary  teachers. 
To  this  end  we  are  willing  to  do  our  share,  and 
every  subscriber  who  will  send  us  one  dollar  within 
the  next  month  can  renew  her  own  subscription 
and  can  have  the  privilege  of  sending  one  copy 
six  months  entirely  free  to  any  person  whose  name 
is  not  already  on  our  list. 

Now  let  us  have  a  prompt,  quick  response  from 
every  kindergarten  subscriber.  Send  us  $1.00  by 
first  mail  after  reading  this,  and  if  you  do  not 
recall  now  any  person  to  whom  you  would  like  to 
have  the  magazine  sent,  we  will  credit  you  for 
one  and  one-half  years  and  you  can  send  the  name 
in  later. 

The  motto  of  the  magazine  is  "Onward  and 
Upward."  We  earnestly  ask  every  subscriber  to 
interest  two  or  three  others  in  the  magazine,  and 
she  will  have  a  material  part  in  contributing  to 
this  onward  and  upward  progress. 

The  September  and  October  numbers  are  issued  as  one, 
but  the  magazine  will  hereafter  appear  each  school  month. 

A  Practical  Suggestion  to  Kindergartners 

From  a  Supervisor  of  Drawing — being  an  Extract 
From  a  Summer  Letter  to  Dr.  Merrill. 

*I  did  so  enjoy  what  Miss  A.  said  about 
kindergarten  work. 

I  believe  the  time  is  surely  coming  when 
so  much  paper  work  must  go.  If  I  had 
those  little  children  I  would  have  them  use 
clay  and  make  toy  dishes,  dolls  and  animals. 
That  is  what  they  like  best  and  what  they 
would  prefer  to  keep.  As  for  the  rarest 
vase  in  the  world  they  would  cheerfully 
trade  it  off  for  a  lead  tea-pot. 

Now  if  they  make  toy  dolls  of  clay,  when 
they  come  to  draw  they  will  not  be  so  deter- 
mined to  put  the  arms  on  the  neck,  nor  six 
fingers  on  each  hand,  nor  make  the  feet  of 
animals  look  like  rosettes,  because  they 
cannot  fashion  such  details  from  clay. 

Children  soon  tire  even  of  toys,  but  I 
believe  they  cling  most  fondly  to  dishes  and 
dolls.  Mechanical  contrivances  are  only  a 
passing  joy. 

*What  Miss  A.   said:      "I  intend  to  experiment 
upon  some  simple  durable  materials  next  year." 
\  Kindergartners  Interested    in   these   suggestions   are 
urged  to  experiment  and  report  results  to  the  magazine. 

/ 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


THE      KINDERGARTEN      PROGRAM 

By  HARRIETTE  MELISSA  MILLS. 

Method — Theoretical    and    Practical    Con- 
sideration. 

The  principle  of  unity  which  determines 
the  general  attitude  toward  the  pupil, 
toward  the  aim  of  education,  the  selection 
of  subject  matter  and  educative  materials, 
determines,  also,  method  in  education. 
Difficult  and  obscure  as  are  the  problems  of 
method,  we  are  constrained  to  render  an 
account  of  them  in  the  administration  of 
the  daily  program  of  the  kindergarten ;  and 
especially  are  we  concerned  with  method 
as  regulative  of  the  lesson  exercises  with 
groups  of  children  of  various  ages. 

Whether  we  look  at  method  from  the 
viewpoint  of  the  teacher  or  from  that  of  the 
child,  we  are  concerned  with  plans  of  action 
for  the  control  of  experience,  but  it  is  the 
activity  of  the  child  or  pupil  that  constitutes 
the  fundamental  factor  in  the  concept  of 
method  as  applied  to  educative  processes. 
The  endowment  of  power  or  capacity  to 
act,  is  the  pivotal  element  in  human  de- 
velopment. That  this  power  is  psychical 
we  believe ;  yet  we  cannot  image  the  begin- 
ning of  psychic  manifestations  any  more 
than  we  can  image  the  beginnings  of  physi- 
cal and  intellectual  activities.  We  only 
know  activity  as  begun;  and  further,  we 
know  that  through  continuous  and  progres- 
sive manifestations  of  activity  under  vary- 
ing forms,  there  is  revealed  an  individual 
whose  uniqueness  vindicates  the  right  to  be 
called  a  person.  Activity  reveals  that  in- 
definable characteristic  which  no  other  in- 
dividual possesses  or  ever  can  possess,  and 
whichbeludes  description  and  baffles  inter- 
pretation. But  we  cannot  conceive  the  ele- 
ment which  reveals  a  self  as  sheer  activity. 
Activity  apart  from  a  medium,  or  the  ele- 
ment in  which  to  act,  is  unthinkable ;  and 
in  seeking  the  coefficient  of  the  power  to 
act,  we  predicate  environment  with  its  con- 
stitutive, many  sided  forms  of  experience. 

But  what  do  we  know  of  the  genesis  of 
experience?  And  have  we  any  way  of  de- 
termining how  the  child's  vague  continnum 
of  impressions  becomes  differentiated  from 
the  total  environment  into  an  actual  exper- 
ience? Here,  again,  we  meet  an,  as  yet, 
insurmountable  obstacle,  since  we  do  not 
understand  in  any  adequate  manner  the 
nature  of  experience,  neither  can  we 
imagine   the   beginning   of   the   experience 


process.  We  can  only  affirm,  that  at  the 
kindergarten  stage  of  development  the 
worms  of  experience  are  fructifying  child 
life  and  spirit,  wakening  "slumbering  qual- 
ities and  capacities  (germs  heart  centres, 
and  starting  points.)  in  the  child,  as  the 
sun's  light,  the  earth's  warmth,  the 
materials  of  life  and  nourishment  in  the  air 
and  water  act  in  spring  on  the  seeds,  germs, 
and  sprouts  of  the  plants;"  and  that  all  the 
processes  of  activity  which  ultimately  bring 
these  worms  of  experience  under  reproduc- 
tive and  productive  control,  have  begun 
their  functioning.  But  the  method  of  their 
functioning  in  the  initial  stages  is  hidden 
within  the  mystery  of  the  undifferentiated 
self. 

Yet  the  problem  of  method  is  none  other 
than  this — by  what  means  does  a  child  get 
control  of  a  world  other  than  himself,  and 
in  getting  control  of  this  "other,"  gets  con- 
trol of  himself?  We  answer  at  once;  it  is 
by  activity  that  these  ends  are  accom- 
plished. But  activity  may  be  mere  mechani- 
cal activity  which  is  continuous;  e.  q.,  the 
governor  of  an  engine  is  active,  and  its 
activity  is  continuous.  Clearly,  this  is  a 
form  of  activity  due  to  external  and  me- 
chanical causes ;  while  we  are  concerned 
with  the  category  of  self  activity,  stimu- 
lated, indeed,  from  without,  but,  to  use 
Froebel's  own  words,  "actually  and  finally 
determined  by  the  innermost  working  of 
the  soul."  It  is  that  form  of  activity  whose 
strivings  are  characterized  by  continuity 
and  progression.  Self-activity  has  just  this 
dynamic  element — the  power  of  going  on ; 
but  its  power  is  cumulative  in  both  subjec- 
tive and  objective  relationships.  By  it  the 
individual  secures  progressive  development 
and  control  of  a  world  other  than  himself.* 

Admitting  the  dynamic  character  of  this 
force  which  yields  progressive  development 
of  child  life  and  objective  experience,  it  is 
pertinent  here  to  ask  the  following  ques- 
tions :  Are  there  distinct  stages  to  be  noted 
in  this  movement?  Or,  stated  in  another 
form,  What  are  the  modes  of  self  activity 
by  which  the  purposes  of  progression  and 

*This  idea  of  the  vital  element  in  education  is 
by  no  means  a  product  of  recent  educational 
thought,  even  though  recent  years  have  given  the 
idea  increasing  practical  application.  Charles 
Hoole,  a  school  master  of  the  seventeenth  century, 
translated  the  "Orbis  Pictus"  of  Comenius;  and  in 
its  preface,  dated  1659,  he  advised  teachers  to 
consider  this  child-contributed  factor  in  education, 
"it  being  the  very  basis  of  our  profession  to  search 
into  the  way  of  children's  taking  hold  by  little  and 
little  of  what  we  teach  them." 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


control  are  achieved?  Do  these  modes  of 
activity  fall  into  anything  resembling  an 
ordered  series?  What  are  the  more  impor- 
tant measures  leading  to  a  many-sided  con- 
trol of  experience?  No  final  answers  to 
these  questions  are  possible;  but  the 
exigencies  of  daily  practice  require  at  least 
tentative  answers  as  a  working  basis ; 
hence,  we  must  give  some  account  of  our 
attitude  towards  these  primary  issues  in 
practice.  In  attempting  to  meet  these 
issues,  many  of  the  stages  can  be  only 
noted;  and  no  claim  is  made  that  any  single 
one  has,  as  yet,  been  worked  over  into  com- 
plete harmony  with  every  other  issue. 

We  believe  that  the  modes  of  self-activity 
form  a  progressive  and  ascending  series, 
moving  toward  the  end  of  many  sided  con- 
trol of  self  and  experience.  But  the  process 
cannot  be  adequately  imaged  under  the 
figure  of  a  system  of  locks  in  a  canal  by 
means  of  which  one  level,  rising  to  re- 
pletion, flows  into  the  next  higher  level. 
The  processes  of  the  soul's  development  do 
not  admit  of  close  material  analogic  how- 
ever helpful  they  may  be  when  used  only 
as  such.  The  processes  by  which  the  life 
of  control  develops  must  be  conceived  in 
terms  of  inter-action  and  inter-relation — 
each  mode  of  activity  from  its  initial  move- 
ment continuing  and  reinforcing  all  its  cor- 
relative activities. 

All  that  has  been  said  in  earlier  discus- 
sions concerning  the  three  common  prob- 
lems in  education,  must  now  draw  to  a 
focus  in  our  endeavor  to  understand  the 
fourth  and  last  of  these  problems  with 
which  this  series  deals — method  in  educa- 
tion. From  the  beginning,  the  law  of  or- 
ganic unity  has  been  held  as  the  principle 
of  life  and  of  education,  and  the  ideal  goal 
none  other  than  an  all-sided  freedom  for 
the  individual  and  the  race.  Now  between 
the  law  of  unity  and  the  ideal  goal  of  free- 
dom, stands  method,  or  the  plans  of  action 
by  which  the  law  is  demonstrated  and  the 
goal  approximately  won.  It  must  be  seen 
at  once  that  Ave  are  not  here  dealing  with 
the  categories  of  mechanical  activities,  but 
with  the  categories  of  living  activities — the 
plans  of  action  of  a  living  soul.  Freedom 
is  not  predicated  of  mechanical  facts;  it  be- 
longs to  life,  and  hence  cannot  be  won  in 
slavery.  Freedom  can  be  attained  only  by 
a  free  soul  in  an  environment  conditioned 
by  freedom;  and  method  is  nothing  less 
than  the  life  process  seeking  its  own  fulfill- 
ment through  its  own  activity. 


Here  we  must  grapple  with  the  problem 
of  method  at  close  range.  Leaving  aside  all 
problems  of  heredity,  let  us  take  our  stand 
with  the  child  before  the  implicit  unity  of 
its  life  has  been  subjected  to  the  conditions 
and  coersions  of  its  environment,  and  see 
what  constitutes  its  life.  Clearly  it  is  con- 
stituted by  action.  Describing  the  initial 
stages  of  action,  we  say  that  it  is  unregu- 
lated and  aimless,  a  persistent  doing.  In- 
terpreting the  activity,  we  find  in  persist- 
ence of  this  capacity,  or  power  to  do  in  the 
child,  the  germ  of  the  will  to  do  of  adult 
life.  Here,  there  is  will  potential,  which, 
under  processes  of  growth  and  development 
become  will  actual — the  variable  factor  in 
the  evolution  of  the  will  being  difference  in 
activity.  But  the  life  of  action  includes  not 
only  the  capacity,  or  power  to  do,  which  is 
will;  it  includes,  also  the  capacity,  or  power 
to.  know,  which  is  intellect.  From  one 
approach,  the  child's  activity  is  the  prime 
factor  in  the  gradual  emergence  of  will,  and 
from  another  approach,  activity  is  the  prime 
factor  in  the  development  of  the  intellect. 
These — the  will  to  do  and  the  capacity  to 
know — are,  in  a  sense,  terminal  aspects  of 
the  soul's  activity,  which,  through  inter- 
action, inaugurate  and  extend  the  life  of 
control  of  self  and  experience. 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  article  to 
develop  to  any  extent  the  method,  or  plans 
of  action,  by  which  intellectual  control  of 
experience  is  accomplished.  It  must  suffice 
to  indicate  briefly  that  the  principle  of  or- 
ganic unity  is  regulative  of  the  processes  of 
intellectual  development.  From  this  point 
of  view,  no  single  aspect  or  stage  of  the 
process  by  which  either  the  will  or  the  intel- 
lect developes  is  self-interpretive.  For 
example,  sensation  as  a  factor  in  intellectual 
development  can  give  no  account  of  itself 
as  a  thing  in  itself.  Sensation  becomes  in- 
telligible only  when  seen  in  its  organic  re- 
lationship to  the  total  intellectual  realm; 
and  since  intellectual  life,  prior  to  sensation, 
is  unknowable,  sensation  and  its  content 
must  be  viewed  as  a  sign  pointing  to  a  high- 
er form  of  the  self's  activity — the  plane  of 
perceptual  consciousness.  Yet  here  is  not 
a  final  resting  place.  Perceptual  conscious- 
ness with  all  its  immediateness  and  practi- 
cal application,  is  marked  by  an  increase  of 
dynamic  power.  The  power  of  attention, 
which,  on  the  plane  of  sensation  is  exceed- 
ingly intermittent  and  undefined,  becomes 
the  essential  characteristic  of  perceptual 
consciousness;  and,  since  the  control  of  ex- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


perience  sought  by  consciousness  on  the 
plane  of  perception  is  mainly  the  control  of 
external  conditions,  it  has,  as  its  coefficient, 
an  increase  of  bodily  movement.  And  yet, 
with  all  its  immediateness,  the  plane  of  per- 
ceptual consciousness  is  charged  with  the 
element  of  "mental  prospectiveness,"  or  to 
use  another  term,  with  "feelings  of  mean- 
ing" that  are  promonitory  of  the  plane  of 
conceptual  consciousness  where  mental  life, 
while  retaining  all  the  immediacy  and  prac- 
ticalness of  its  correlative  activity,  percep- 
tion, passes  beyond  the  mere  externals  of 
experience,  and  penetrates  to  the  internal 
meaning  of  experience.  Conceptual  activ- 
ity as  a  method  of  control  of  experience  has 
the  capacity  to  transcend  the  limitations  of 
time  and  space,  and  to  move  out  into  the 
world  of  general  and  universal  truth,  into 
freedom  of  thought,  and,  by  the  correspond- 
ing development  of  will,  into  freedom  of 
action. 

However,  it  is  the  method  of  self  activity 
as  will  that  enlists  our  interest.  Let  us  now 
return  to  the  little  child  with  his  manifesta- 
tions of  persistent  physical  activity.  No 
one  who  has  watched  an  infant  can  deny 
that  physical  development  is  one  result  of 
the  eager  restless  activities  of  the  child. 
Doing  and  the  consequent  feeling  of  doing 
which  prompts  to  the  repetition  of  the 
activity,  are  factors  in  the  method  of  con- 
trol of  self  and  experience.  The  inarticu- 
late sound  which  the  child  makes  penetrates 
the  awakening  consciousness,  and  there  fol- 
lows repetition  of  the  sound — a  kind  of  self- 
imitation.  Again,  the  satisfaction  with 
which  the  infant  continues  the  sound,  or 
repeats  a  movement,  clearly  reveals  play  as 
fundamentally  an  attitude  of  the  self  toward 
its  own  self  initiated  activities.  This  spon- 
taneous, aimless  activity,  and  the  capacity 
for  self  imitation,  albeit  unconscious,  gives 
us  the  first  step  in  the  method  of  self-activ- 
ity, which  is  will.  It  will  require  no  forcing 
of  the  imagination  to  see  that  the  aimless 
activity  which  has  an  essential  office  in  the 
evolution  of  the  power  of  will  to  do,  tends 
to  persist,  and  is  turned  to  account  in  the 
service  of  more  extended  control  of  self. 

Every  observant  kindergartner  knows 
that  the  activities  of  the  child  of  kinder- 
garten age  are  mainly  of  this  aimless  type 
wherein  doing  and  the  repetition  of  doing 
proceed  for  the  mere  joy  in  activity,  rather 
than  for  the  attainment  of  a  conscious  pur- 
pose. Yet  an  adequate  evaluation  of  this 
form  of  activity  is  necessary  to  the  under- 


standing of  child  life.  This  activity  and  its 
accompaning  repetitions,  which,  for  want 
of  a  better  word,  may  be  designated  self- 
imitation,  is  a  method  of  achieving  freedom 
on  its  lowest  plane — the  freedom  and  con- 
trol of  the  physical  self.  It  is  comparatively 
easy  to  note  that  through  persistent  activ- 
ity, the  physical  powers  of  the  child  develop 
a^nd  pass  under  relative  control;  but  the 
development  of  the  powers  of  will  and  intel- 
lect are  by  no  means  so  rapidly  or  clearly 
seen.  That  a  liberating  function  is  at  work 
here  is  revealed;  but  so  obscure  is  our 
knowledge  of  beginnings,  it  is  necessary  to 
proceed  with  great  care.  The  great  merit 
of  the  Froebel  system  consists  in  "regulat- 
ing the  natural  spontaneous  activity  of  the 
child  according  to  its  own  inherent  law,  in 
order  that  the  purpose  of  its  nature  may  be 
fulfilled."  To  permit  the  functioning  of  this 
first  form  of  activity  too  long  or  too  exclu- 
sively, is  to  arrest  the  child  upon  this  plane 
of  doing.  And  again,  to  force  the  child  in- 
to purposeful  activities  beyond  his  devel- 
oped power  to  do,  is  to  inflict  equal  injury 
to  the  life  process. 

From  the  development  of  aimless  activity 
and  its  repetitions,  or  the  "unconscious 
imitation  of  one's  self  by  one's  self"  there 
emerges  imitation  proper — the  capacity  and 
power  to  do  as  an  "other"  doer.  The  dawn- 
ing of  this  power  marks  an  epoch  in  the 
child's  life.  A  second  method  of  control  of 
self  and  experience  has  emerged.  The  con- 
sciousness of  the  child  is  focussed  upon  the 
activities  of  others.  The  earlier  method  of 
aimless  activity  gives  place  to  activities  that 
are  under  the  propulsion  of  purpose,  albeit 
vague  and  undefined,  while  the  power  of 
repetition  carried  to  a  higher  level  becomes 
the  means  of  perfecting  within  the  child  the 
activities  of  his  fellows. 

The  significance  of  imitation  in  life  and 
its  function  in  education  is  but  partially 
understood.  Yet  with  better  knowledge, 
an  existing  prejudice  is  passing  from  edu- 
cational thought.  Froebel  in  the  "Mother 
Play"  saw  in  the  child's  capacity  to  imitate 
a  method  by  which  the  child  could  be  led 
into  the  life  of  control  of  self  and  experi- 
ence-. He  made  this  the  corner-stone  of  his 
system  of  child  development ;  and  the  move- 
ment of  educational  thought  since  his  time 
has  come  to  place  a  truer  evaluation  upon 
this  "despised  form  of  action.*" 

*For  those  who  still  retain  a  feeling  of  uncer- 
tainty regarding  the  function  of  imitation  in  edu- 
cation, the  chapter  on  The  Psychology  of  Infancy 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


The  method  of  imitation  is  inseparably- 
bound  up  with  the  development  of  a  social 
consciousness.  Dr.  Harris  indicates  that 
through  the  various  modes  of  imitation  the 
individual  repeats  within  himself  the  doing, 
feeling.,  and  thinking,  of  others,  and  thus  en- 
riches and  defines  his  own  life,  by  the  lives 
and  experiences  of  others.  We  may  in  this 
connection  study  the  law  of  opposites,  since 
the  social  consciousness  waits  upon  the 
recognition  of  this  other  before  any  real 
consciousness  of  self  can  be  realized.  The 
other  with  its  various  activities  of  body — 
gesture,  language,  etc. — is  set  over  against 
the  self,  and  imitation  becomes  the  mediat- 
ing agency  between  the  self  and  its  other. 

Admitting  that  the  other  which  is 
imitated  is  in  a  measure  formative  and 
definitive  of  the  self  that  imitates,  the 
models  that  are  imitated  become  matters  of 
first  importance.  In  free  kindergarten  days 
the  child  has  responded  to  various  models 
through  imitation;  but  difficulties  have  be- 
set the  way,  since  the  other  that  he  imitates 
cannot  be  adequately  reproduced  because 
of  the  child's  physical  and  intellectual 
limitations.  Further,  the  activities  imitated 
are  mainly  adult  models.  It  has  become 
habitual  to  say  that  the  plays  of  childhood 
which  reproduce  adult  activities,  are  pre- 
monitory of  the  serious  duties  and  pursuits 
of  later  life;  e.  q.,  the  doll  play  of  childhood 
is  interpreted  as  premonitory  of  the  cares 
which  maternity  entails;  yet  who  knows 
this  to  be  true?  May  it  not  be  safer  to  con- 
jecture that  the  doll  play  arises  out  of  a 
dim  remembering,  or  recall,  of  ones  self  as 
recipient  of  such  care?  Be  this  as  it  may, 
if  the  given  world  of  infancy  and  childhood 
by  any  reach  of  the  imagination,  could  be 
conditioned  by  child  companionships,  and 
its  impressions  only  such  as  childish  pur- 
suits suggest,  would  these  so  called  pre- 
monitory activities  appear?  Surely  not; 
a/nd  herein  lies  the  fallacy  of  the  over- 
wrought symbolic  interpretation  of  childish 
activities,  which  is  due  mainly  to  a  similar 
interpretation  of  Froebel's  "Mother  Play." 
This  we  know,  that  in  the  period  of  early 
childhood,  when  the  other  is  all  abounding 
and  the  processes  of  physical  control  are  be- 
ing established  through  persistent  play 
activities,  imitation  proper  enters  and  faci- 
litates the  life  of  control,  imitating  good  and 

in  Psychologic  Foundations  of  Education  by  Dr. 
William  T.  Harris  will  be  reassuring;  and  a  care- 
ful study  of  the  bibliograph  which  he  suggests  may 
prove  convincing. 


ill  alike,  since  discrimination  and  evaluation 
are  not  attributes  of  mimetic  power. 

One  point  further  should  be  noted.  What 
this  concentration  upon  the  other,  the  "not 
self,"  means,  psychology  attempts  to  ex- 
plain. But  as  yet  we  do  not  know  how  the 
self  as  a  person  emerges  out  of  this  mimetic 
life.  Certain  it  is,  that  very  early  we  may 
detect  a  unique  character  of  response — one 
individual's  mode  of  imitation  being  unlike 
that  of  any  other;  and  it  is  this  factor  that 
reveals  a  second  and  very  important  func- 
tion of  imitation;  for  not  only  is  imitation 
a  method  of  conservation  and  control  of 
experience,  it  is  also  the  instrument  of  pro- 
gress. It  may,  under  some  circumstances, 
degenerate  into  mere  copying;  but  in  the 
young  child,  it  is  living,  spontaneous  self 
activity.  With  the  development  of  power 
to  do  as  others  do,  consciousness  takes  up 
the  directive,  and  the  child,  setting  itself 
over  against  the  other,  seeks  to  bridge  the 
gap,  or  to  mediate  the  difference,  by  imita- 
tion. This  result  achieved,  the  newfound 
power  becomes  the  object  of  repetition  and 
experimentation,  revealing  that  propensity 
to  variation  which  is  the  primary  factor  in 
individual  and  racial  progress. 

Imitation  from  one  aspect  makes  for  ad- 
justment of  the  individual  to  his  environ- 
ment; while  from  another  aspect  it  makes 
for  adaptive  processes  by  which  the  indi- 
vidual may  transcend  the  limitations  of  en- 
vironment. The  unity  of  experience  which 
is  fostered  by  imitation  under  the  dual 
aspects  of  adjustment  and  adaptation, 
makes  for  a  higher  and  more  comprehensive 
physical,  intellectual,  and  volitional  free- 
dom. Recognizing  imitation,  then,  as  a 
form  of  self-activity,  and  knowing  it  to  be 
the  young  child's  method  of  control  of  ex- 
perience, the  teacher  selects  and  arranges 
in  the  program  themes  or  experiences  that 
belong  to  the  "center  rather  than  the  cir- 
cumference of  life,"  as  models  for  imitation; 
and  further,  the  teacher  revises  ways  and 
means  of  facilitating  the  life  of  control 
through  the  use  of  expressive  materials,  and 
provides  for  the  ideal  enrichment  of  ex- 
perience by  the  presentation  of  models  in 
music,  art,  and  literature. 

Here  again,  the  teacher,  must  guard 
against  arrested  development,  which  will 
follow  when  either  phase  of  imitation  is 
over  emphasized.  When  stress  is  laid  upon 
adjustment  processes,  there  is  danger  that 
activities  will  be  dominated  by  a  collectiv- 
istic  ideal,  the  individual  being  submerged, 


/ 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


and  the  group  reduced  to  one  dead  level  of 
mimetic  perfection.  On  the  other  hand, 
when  too  great  stress  is  laid  upon  adaptive 
activities  the  individualistic  ideal  becomes 
dominant,  and  as  a  result,  the  kindergarten 
is  lacking  in  social  and  cooperative  spirit. 
The  possibilities  of  normal  development 
here  lie  in  demonstrating  the  law  of  balance 
between  these  two  aspects  of  the  method 
of  imitation. 

Recalling  that  no  single  stage  of  any  in- 
wardly initiated  process  is  self-explanatory, 
but  is  rather  a  sign  pointing  toward  a  high- 
er form  of  the  self's  activity,  we  must  seek 
within  the  mimetic  process  for  the  sign 
which  points  to  a  higher  control  of  self  and 
experience.  This  is  found  in  the  growing 
alertness  and  increasing  sensitiveness  to 
stimul — a  condition  wherein  the  minimum 
of  external  stimulation  is  met  by  the  maxi- 
mum of  internal  response.  There  can  be 
no  question  but  that  this  inner  sensitiveness 
is  due  to  a  quickening  mental  imagery 
which  makes  for  vividness  in  picturing  a 
given  situation,  and  an  accompanying  alert- 
ness in  filling  in  the  detail  of  the  experience 
to  be  controlled  when  once  its  salient  points 
have  been  presented.  Thus,  the  pupil  passes 
through  the  various  modes  of  imitation  into 
a  state  wherein  the  quickening  capacity  of 
response  to  suggestion  takes  up  the  burden 
of  control  of  experience. 

On  this  plane  the  acquisitive  and  repro- 
ductive powers  and  the  adaptive  and  experi- 
mental measures  of  control  of  experience 
function  at  the  maximum  rate.  The 
presence  of  growing  power  in  the  child  to 
image  a  situation  and  give  to  it  many-sided 
expression,  furnishes  opportunities  for  the 
training  necessary  to  child  development. 
The  increase. of  intellectual  power  to  grasp 
a  given  situation;  an  increase  of  volitional 
power  as  directive  of  increasing  physical 
powers,  these  are  factors  in  the  control  of 
experience  by  the  method  of  the  individual's 
own  state  of  suggestability.  These  are  the 
existing  conditions  that  make  the  period  of 
childhood  preeminently  one  calling  for 
training  which  has  as  its  dominant  char- 
acteristics, first  inspiration,  and  then  guid- 
ance. These  are  the  years  for  gaining  a 
practical  control  over  self  and  environment. 
(See  "Pedagogics  of  the  Kindergarten" 
page  28).  Thus,  out  of  spontaneous  activ- 
ity, imitation,  and  suggestion,  arises  habitu- 
ation— the  ordered  response  of  the  indi- 
vidual to  the  common  situations  of  daily 
life.     The  ability  to  meet  this  condition  of 


sensitiveness  to  suggestion  of  the  child, 
siezing  the  moment  of  inner  readiness,  be- 
longs to  the  artist  teacher;  while  teaching 
by  suggestion  constitutes  an  art  of  teaching. 

But  practical  control  of  experience,  with 
all  its  opportunities  and  attainments  cannot 
long  satisfy  the  normal  developing  child. 
Will,  grown  strong  in  its  response  to  sug- 
gestions that  impel  to  action,  has  also  been 
acquiring  power  to  withhold  action;  and 
with  the  growth  of  inhibitory  power,  the 
child  enters  upon  the  plane  wherein  conven- 
tional control  of  experience  becomes  pos- 
sible and  absolutely  essential  to  further  de- 
velopment. It  now  becomes  the  function 
of  self-activity,  to  withhold  action  until  in- 
tellect and  will  become  consciously  in- 
formed with  the  purposes  and  ideas  of  an- 
other. Thus,  training  gradually  gives  place 
to  instruction ;  while  the  conditions  which 
render  instruction  normally  possible  lie  in 
the  increasing  capacity  of  volitional  re- 
sponse to  stimuli. 

The  capacity  of  the  individual  to  receive 
and  act  upon  direct  instruction  was  met  in 
the  kindergarten  in  the  earlier  days  by  dic- 
tation exercises  with  gifts  and  occupations. 
This  procedure  has  fallen  into  disuse  since 
child  study  and  genetic  psychology  have 
revealed  that  the  capacity  to  act  productive- 
ly under  the  consciousness  of  direction  be- 
longs to  a  stage  later  than  the  kindergarten. 
Much  indirect  instruction  obtains  in  the 
kindergarten,  and  towards  the  close  of  the 
kindergarten  period  a  minimum  of  instruc- 
tion may,  very  properly,  be  given,  thus  pre- 
paring the  pupil  for  the  work  of  the  first 
grade  wherein  the  individual  comes  into 
possession  of  the  conventional  modes  of  ex- 
pression. Power  to  use  these  elements  of 
expression  in  conventional  form,  developes 
in  turn  the  power  to  adapt  them  in  ways 
that  bear  the  stamp  of  originality  and 
creativity.  Here  again,  mental  initiative 
moves  out  upon  the  plane  of  free  spontane- 
ous activity — the  freeplay  of  an  informed 
intellect  responding  to  consciously  con- 
ceived purposes  which  are  sustained  by  a 
developed  will. 

The  terminal  aspects  of  the  individual's 
method  of  control  of  experience  are,  alike, 
spontaneous  activity;  but  how  different. 
In  briefest  characterization,  one  is  aimless, 
unconscious  activity  v/herein  the  physical 
element  predominates;  while  the  other  is 
purposeful,  conscious  activity,  utilizing 
every  developed  resource  of  physical,  intel- 
lectual, and  volitional  power  in  response  to 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


the  allurement  of  an  ideal.  The  movement 
that  defines  method  of  control  of  self  and 
experience  has  passed  from  the  unconscious, 
implicit  unity  and  freedom  of  infancy  to  the 
relatively  conscious  and  explicit  freedom  of 
mature  years.  To  unduly  retard  this  move- 
ment is  to  arrest  development.  To  unwise- 
ly stimulate  and  accelerate  it  is  to  develop 
a  precocity  which  often  lapses  into  medio- 
crity from  sheer  prodigality  and  wasteful- 
ness. The  movement  of  the  mind  of  the 
learner  with  its  characteristic  modes  of 
activity  constitutes  method;  and  a  knowl- 
edge of  the  significance  of  the  various  levels 
of  activity  is  a  prerequisit  condition  of  suc- 
cess in  teaching. 

Method,  then,  is.  consonant  with  the 
nature  and  needs  of  the  child;  and  the 
media  in  which  it  functions,  is  the  experi- 
ence content  of  life  in  general,  and  the  or- 
dered experience  content  of  purposeful  edu- 
cation in  particular.  Method  is  an  internally 
conditioned  process.  This  point  of  view  is 
at  issue  with  popular  conceptions  of  method 
which  claim  that  method  deals  with  the  pre- 
sentation of  the  subject  matter  of  experi- 
ence by  means  of  structural  agencies. 
Method,  from  the  latter  point  of  view,  is  an 
externally  conditioned  process  arising  in  the 
mind  of  the  instructor.  The  subject  matter 
constitutes  the  major  factor  in  instruction, 
and  the  minor  factor  is  contributed  by  the 
mechanically  arranged  approach  which  is 
called  method.  But  if  the  foregoing  discus- 
sions are  valid,  then  method  consists  in  the 
inwardly  initiated  activities  of  the  child 
manifest  for  the  control  of  experience. 
Method  is  not  determined  by  the  teacher 
nor  by  the  subject  matter  of  education.  It 
is  revealed  primarily  by  the  activities  of  the 
learner.  The  spontaneous  activities  of 
childhood  furnish  the  clues  to  methods  of 
control  that  are  natural  and  unlearned;  and 
educational  procedure,  based  upon  these 
native  measures  of  control  consists  in  utiliz- 
ing and  accentuating  these  activities,  in- 
creasing their  efficiency  by  a  wise  direction. 
Waste  is  eliminated  by  wise  concentration 
upon  chose  phases  of  activity  most  available 
for  control.  Here  again  the  differentiating 
agency  of  selection  and  the  integrating 
agency  of  arrangement  may  be  clearly  de- 
monstrated, and  the  learner  may  find  in  the 
carefully  selected  and  arranged  experiences 
of  the  school  program,  the  supplementary 
and  interpretive  elements  that  define  the 
rudimentary  meanings  of  its  own  life. 


No  hard  and  fast  lines  of  demarkation 
exist  between  the  various  modes  of  self 
activity  as  will  or  self-activity  manifest  as 
intellect;  neither  does  any  phase  of  the 
movement  complete  its  function  and  then 
become  quiescent.  A  single  day  spent  in  in- 
trospection will  prove  that  the  control  of 
daily  experience  in  adult  years,  takes  place 
by  means  of  interrelated  mental  states 
which  lead  to  unconscious  aimless  activity, 
mimitic  response,  response  to  suggestion, 
volitional  response,  and  conscious  creative 
response  to  experience. 

What,  then,  is  the  teacher's  problem  ?  It 
is  a  problem  that  can  be  defined  only  in 
terms  of  self-activity.  The  primary  self- 
activity  as  method  is  contributed  by  the 
child,  and  requires  training,  guidance,  in- 
spiration and  direction.  The  secondary  self- 
activity  is  that  of  the  teacher  manifested  in 
device  in  meeting  the  requirements  of  the 
primary  self-activity.  The  child  contributes 
the  subjective  factor,  and  the  teacher  repre- 
sents the  objective  factor  of  the  educational 
process.  Both  are  essential,  since  mental 
initiative  can  only  become  realized  through 
objective  expression  which  must  be  guided 
to  successful  issues  by  the  teacher's  device. 
The  central  difficulty  lies  in  the  fact  that 
device,  masquerading  under  the  name  of 
method,  has  been  made  to  serve  a  dual 
capacity,  thus  usurping  the  place  of  true 
method  and  resulting  in  the  teacher  planned 
and  teacher  executed  exercise.  Thus,  under 
cover  of  clever  device,  experiences  are  pre- 
sented that  the  child  cannot  appreciate,  and 
materials  used  that  he  cannot  control. 
Method  and  device  are,  alike,  induced,  or 
superimposed  upon  the  child.  Device,  as 
the  teacher's  plan  of  action,  occupies  a  large 
place  in  educational  procedure ;  but  it  can- 
not take  the  place  of  method  which  belongs 
to  the  learner  and  indicates  the  plane  upon 
which  activity  is  most  vital.  Device  is  nec- 
essary and  legitimate,  but  it  must  be  sub- 
servient to  the  larger  issues  involved  in  the 
development  of  child  life. 

In  proof  that  this  point  of  view  of  method 
can  be  made  the  working  basis  for  lesson 
plans  in  primary  grades,  or  for  the  exercise 
plans  with  the  educative  materials  of  the 
kindergarten,  the  following  suggestions — 
the  outgrowth  of  years  of  experience  with 
children — with  illustrate. 

In  thinking  about  an  exercise  or  lesson 
plan,  two  general  points  should  be  clearly 
defined   at   the   very   beginning;   first,    the 


/ 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


office,  or  function  of  the  teacher  in  relation 
to  the  plan;  and  second,  the  function  of  the 
exercise  plan  itself.  Of  the  first,  Dr.  Charles 
McMurray  says :. 

"The  function  of  the  teacher  is  to  provide 
suitable  material  and  to  render  the  condi- 
tions as  favorable  as  possible  to  the  child's 
exercise  of  his  own  mental  forces.  The  pur- 
pose of  the  teacher's  plan  is  to  engender 
self-activity." 

In  relation  to  the  second. 

The  lesson  plan  must  be  conceived  as  a 
psychological  process  in  which  the  self- 
activity  of  the  child  is  to  be  guided  in  realiz- 
ing one  aim,  namely  the  organization  of  ex- 
perience for  the  purpose  of  many  sided  con- 
trol— expressive  control,  motor,  manual,  and 
graphic,  language  control  descriptive  and 
interpretive,  and  all  with  reference  to  social 
ends,  since  all  true  education  must  be  rela- 
tive to  the  society  in  which  it  is  given. 

Further  may  be  added  a  third  general 
consideration  regarding  method  of  which 
Dr.  Arnold  Tompkins  writes : 

"Method  is  the  movement  by  which  the 
mind  of  the  learner  identifies  itself  with  the 
thought  and  spirit  of  the  world  other  than 
himself  and  thus  participates  in  the  univer- 
sal life  of  the  world  which  is  his  inherit- 
ance." 

In  particular,  it  may  be  noted  that  the 
exercise  plan  should  have  five  distinct 
divisions: 

i.  The  Children. 

2.  The  subject  matter  or  experience  to 
be  emphasized. 

3.  The  aims  and  purposes  to  be  realized. 

4.  The  material  selected  for  expressive 
activity. 

5.  The  method. 

1.  The  Children. 

Think  of  the  group  of  children  with  refer- 
ence to  age — capacities,  interests.  Think 
of  these  elements  in  their  retrospective,  im- 
mediate, and  prospective  references.  Think 
of  the  exercise  in  relation  to  the  time  of  year 
and  the  length  of  time  the  children  have 
been  in  kindergarten. 

2.  Subject  Matter. 

Select  subject  matter  embodying  some 
fundamental  phase  of  social  experience  that 
is  a  direct  outcome  of  previous  experience, 
or  can  be  shown  to  be  closely  related  to  it. 
Indicate  the  important  points  to  be  empha- 
sized within  the  given  experience.  The 
character  of  the  subject  matter  selected 
should  be  such  as  will  progress  naturally 
into  the  next  related  experience. 


3.  Aims  and  purposes. 

(a)  Determine  clearly  for  yourself  the 
aim  or  purpose  of  the  general  subject 
matter. 

(b)  Determine  the  purpose  of  the  im- 
mediate exercise. 

(c)  Determine  what  the  children  may 
reasonably  be  expected  to  gain  from  the 
new  thought  and  activity. 

4.  Media  of  Expression. 

Determine  the  medium  and  gift  or  occu- 
pation— by  means  of  which  the  child  may 
express  his  thought  relative  to  a  given  situ- 
ation. 

5.  Method. 

(a)  Indicate  the  native  reaction  that  will 
be  the  reasonable  response  of  the  child  to 
the  proposed  subject  matter;  i.  e.,  the  child's 
psychologic  modes  of  activity;  namely,  free 
play,  imitation,  suggestion,  dictation,  crea- 
tive activity. 

(b)  Indicate  how  the  subject  matter 
shall  be  approached  in  order  to  establish 
the  interest  as  mutual;  e.  g.,  through  con- 
versation, picture  or  object,  play,  story,  or 
song. 

(c)  Indicate  the  point  in  the  develop- 
ment when  the  child's  purpose  in  the  exer- 
cise emerges  and  is  clearly  stated. 

(d)  Having  established  a  motive  for  play 
with  the  material,  present  the  material  to 
the  children. 

(e)  Indicate  the  point  in  the  exercise 
when  the  unity  of  the  exercise  is  established 
through  interchange  of  thought  or  activity. 

In  the  use  of  such  a  plan  every  exercise 
by  any  method  save  free  play  of  the  first 
orders  should  have  three  movements;  first, 
motivation,  second,  unification,  both  of 
which  deal  with  the  group  in  relation  to  a 
common  thought  and  action  content;  and 
third,  individuation,  wherein  the  special 
needs  of  each  child  are  met  by  the  intimate 
direct  approach  of  the  teacher.  In  every 
exercise,  provision  is  thus  made  for  the 
functioning  of  adjustive  and  adaptive 
activities.  Every  exercise  is  a  step  in  the 
education  by  unification  which  requires  that 
a  balance  be  kept  between  collectivistic  and 
individualistic  activities.  In  providing  in 
the  lesson  plan  for  the  exercise  of  these  dual 
activities,  the  primary  function  of  school  as 
an  institution  organized  for  the  conserva- 
tion, preservation,  and  transmission  of  ex- 
perience believed  to  be  of  value  to  the  de- 
veloping human  being  is  honored ;  and 
through  the  fostering  of  individual  power 
to  adapt  experience  to  new  ends,  the  essen- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


tial  factor  in  individual  and  racial  progress 
is  fostered. 

This  form  of  an  exercise  plan  is  likely  to 
meet  with  at  least,  two  objections;  the  first 
relating  to  the  teacher  and  the  second  to  the 
child.  Of  the  first  it  may  be  conceived  that 
such  a  carefully  planned  exercise  may  prove 
a  hindrance,  and  the  teacher  become  the 
slave  of  her  device.  It  may  produce  this 
effect,  truly;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
teacher  who  thinks  through  her  plan,  stat- 
ing its  aims  and  purposes,  may  make  it  a 
means  to  an  ever  broadening  freedom. 
From  the  point  of  view  of  the  kindergarten, 
the  second  objection  may  be  urged  that  it 
is  not  play  but  work.  Here,  let  us  remem- 
ber that  kindergarten  is  the  first  plane  of 
purposeful  education;  and  that  while  it 
avails  itself  of  all  the  characteristic  modes 
of  child  activity,  its  sanction  for  such  use 
lies  in  the  fact  that  they  are  made  to  func- 
tion for  the  conscious  control  of  self  and 
the  organization  of  experience.  Aimless 
play  activities  constitute  a  large  part  of  the 
business  of  early  childhood;  but  out  of 
these  emerges  the  purposeful  play  of  mid- 
dle childhood- — the  kindergarten  stage  of 
development.  And  further,  the  final  test 
of  play  lies  not  in  the  mere  manifestation  of 
activity,  but  in  the  spirit  which  prompts  to 
activity.  Work  may  often  assume  the 
character  of  play  and  play,  in  the  common 
acceptance  of  the  term,  may  be  work — nay 
worse,  it  may  be  drudgery.  Dr.  Home 
writes :  "Doing  and  achievement  smile 
alike  on  work  that  is  as  joyous  as  play,  and 
play  that  is  as  profitable  as  work." 

The  purpose  of  the  foregoing  studies  re- 
garding the  kindergarten  program  has  now 
been  fulfilled;  namely,  a  discussion  of  four 
of  the  common  problems  which  the  kinder- 
garten shares  with  education  in  general. 
The  kindergarten  can  lay  claim  to  no  other 
principles  than  those  which  regulate  all 
educational  endeavor.  In  closing,  let  us 
dwell  for  a  moment  on  the  main  sanctions 
for  the  Humanitarian  program. 

Its  volitional  sanctions  rest  upon  a  belief 
in  the  primacy  of  the  will.  The  acting,  feel- 
ing, desiring,  striving,  and  asserting  char- 
acteristics of  child  life  are  the  indices  of  the 
presence  of  rudimentary  will.  Upon  the 
development  of  the  primacy  of  the  will  in 
the  individual,  depends  the  maintenance  of 
a  permanent  capacity  for  progress  in  the 
race,  since  the  whole  structure  of  human 
achievement  and  freedom  rests  upon  the 
foundation    of   will.      Hence   the    emphasis 


that  is  placed  upon  choice,  and  upon  the 
situations  which  furnish  the  best  media  for 
volitional  activities. 

Its  intellectual  sanctions  rest  upon  the 
belief  that  the  necessary  correlative  of  the 
will  to  do  is  the  power  to  know.  Just  as 
will  in  the  individual  develops  under  the 
whet  and  play  of  other  wills  so  intellect 
develops  in  the  same  social  media.  "Social- 
ity has  been  the  great  agent  in  the  achieve- 
ment of  man's  intellectual  preeminence,  and 
it  has  operated  by  widening  and  diversify- 
ing    human     experience."*        Hence     the 

*(See  "Outlines  of  Cosmic  Philosophy"  by  John 
Piske,  Chapter  21.) 

emphasis  that  is  laid  upon  the  most  funda- 
mental of  human  experiences  first  those  of 
the  home  and  the  activities  which  make 
home  life  possible — and  second,  upon 
nature  as  manifestly  related  to  home  life. 

Its  social  sanctions  with  the  emphasis 
which  is  laid  upon  kindliness,  courtesy, 
cheerfulness,  and  good  will,  are  part  and 
parcel  of  the  philosophy  concerning  the  will 
and  the  intellect.  The  social  media  is  the 
culture  ground  of  all  human  activities  and 
virtues. 

Its  ethical  and  moral  sanctions  are  based 
upon  the  belief  in  the  brotherhood  of  man. 
The  human  relationships  that  the  program 
emphasizes  reflect  that  unity  of  purpose 
with  which  ethical  culture  deals ;  and  since 
everything  that  is  done  in  the  kindergarten 
is  with  reference  to  humanitarian  ends,  it 
follows  that  the  management  and  discipline 
of  the  kindergarten  are  based  upon  the  will- 
ingness of  its  members  to  interrilate  their 
activities  and  interests. 

Its  religious  sanction  is  based  upon  the 
belief  that  man,  himself  is  not  self  explana- 
tory; that  the  aim  of  all  willing  and  know- 
ing, and  the  relationship  of  man  to  man  is 
found  in  the  relationship  of  man  to  an  ever 
living  will  and  intellect — God.  It  is  not 
necessary  that  there  be  direct  religious  in- 
struction in  kindergarten,  since  it  is  the  in- 
forming spirit  that  imbues  the  will  and  in- 
tellect of  man  with  transcending  power.  It 
is  the  indwelling  spirit  in  nature,  which, 
speaking  through  nature's  wondrous  beauty 
bids  the  listening  learning  spirit  "be  still 
and  adore."  If  the  little  child  is  brought 
in  the  right  spirit  into  the  presence  of  God 
in  the  world  of  humanity  and  of  nature, 
those  stirrings  of  the  spirit,  which  in  un- 
taught, primitive  man  gave  birth  to  re- 
ligious   aspiration    and    expression,   will,    I 


/"* 


IO 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


believe,   waken   in   the   heart    of   the   little 
child. 

These  are  the  sanctions  which  underlie 
life  and  education;  and  they  are  the  sanc- 
tions which  entitle  the  kindergarten  to 
share  in  the  activities  by  which  even  a  little 
child  may  enter  into  his  birthright  of  free- 
dom. 

The  End. 


THE  USE  AND  ABUSE  OF  DESIGN. 

MAE  B.   HIGGONS,   PH.   B. 
Kindergarten  Public  School  No.  68,  New  York  City. 

In  discussing  the  use  and  abuse  of  design 
in  the  kindergarten,  it  may  be  well  to  note 
that  there  are  two  phases  of  the  subject,  so 
distinct  as  to  be  quite  separate. 

First,  there  are  those  productions  called 
in  the  parlance  of  the  kindergarten,  beauty- 
forms  or  forms  of  symmetry.  These  are 
usually  made  with  the  blocks,  tablets,  rings, 
and  parquetry  papers  or,  less  frequently 
now-a-days,  with  the  Froebel  system  of 
paper-cutting. 

This  is  what  the  word  design  means  to 
the  kindergartener,  who  confines  herself  to 
the  formal  work  described  by  Froebel.  To 
many  other  kindergartners,  however,  the 
word  has  a  far  different  meaning.  It  means 
that  form  of  artistic  expression  which  is 
known  as  design  by  an  artist  or  an  art 
teacher;  it  means  the  arrangement  of  units 
under  the  laws  of  repetition,  balance  and 
harmony;  it  means  the  production  of  bor- 
ders, ornaments  and  sketches  calculated  to 
decorate  definite  objects;  it  means  the  ap- 
preciation of  the  beautiful,  begun  in  the 
kindergarten  and  carried  on  throughout 
life.  The  first  use  of  the  term  design  is 
peculiar  to  the  kindergarten,  the  second  is 
familiar  in  all  grades  of  the  school  and,  in- 
deed, in  life  in  general.  The  chief  fault 
with  the  formal  design  of  the  kindergarten 
is  that  Froebel's  tendency  toward  the  over- 
emphasis of  geometry  has  been  followed, 
while  his  playful  spirit  has  been  forgotten 
by  many. 

Froebel  gave  as  one  of  the  uses  of  the 
gifts  the  production  of  symmetrical  figures 
which  he  called  beauty-forms.  We  find, 
however,  that  in  his  description  these 
beauty-forms  are  translated  in  terms  of 
life-forms,  for  he  says  of  a  form,  "It  appears 
to  us  something,  but  we  do  not  know  what 
is  formed  by  it;  we  call  it  a  picture,  and  it 
will  look  now  like  a  flower,  now  like  a  star." 
Also  later  in  describing  the  different  moves 


in  a  sequence,  he  speaks  in  terms  of  life- 
activity,  saynig,  "Come,  child !  We  will 
dance  the  cubes"  and  he  gives  little  rhymes 
for  the  child  to  sing  for  the  dancing.  Surely 
this  playful  changing  of  shapes  is  very  dif- 
ferent from  the  dictation  of  sequences  of 
symmetrical  forms  which  one  sees  in  many 
modern  kindergartens.  Contrast  the  usual 
method  of  presenting  forms  of  symmetry 
with  what  Froebel  says  of  this  kind  of 
work.  He  says  [in  the  Pedagogies  of  the 
Kindergarten],  "How  shall  these  represen- 
tations of  forms  of  beauty  be  carried  on 
with  the  children?  [Precisely  as  has  been 
already  explained  in  the  original  delineation 
of  these  plays]  :  in  the  same  way  as  mothers 
play  with  their  children,  of  their  own  ac- 
cord, and  guided  by  motherly  love  and 
motherly  feeling.  Mothers  observe  some 
kind  of  a  thing  which  they  believe  will 
captivate  the  child's  mind,  be  it  only  for  an 
instant,  and  they  try  forthwith  to  retain 
it  for  the  child's  observation.  Some  par- 
ticular object  which  has  a  symmetric  form 
has  been  represented  by  the  mother  or  the 
child  or  by  both  together.  Through  its 
symmetry  it  captivates  for  an  instant  the 
child's  attention.     *     *     * 

The  watchful  mother  perceives  the  fasci- 
nation and  seeks  to  heighten  and  retain  it 
through  words  spoken  or  sung.  Notice  the 
life  names  in  the  rhymes  he  gives 

"This  is  a  very  pretty  play 

All  our  blocks  in  a  wreath  to  lay." 

or, 

"Now  all  our  blocks  to  the  middle  go 
And  clearly  a  beautiful  star  they  show." 

or  again, 

"When  the  stars  and  circles  meet 
Then  they  look  like  flowers  sweet." 

It  is  hard  to  see  how  a  kindergartner 
who  tries  to  follow  Froebel  to  the  letter, 
can  read  these  words  and  still  continue  to 
dictate  to  children  a  sequence  of  forms 
which  have  no  meaning  to  the  child. 
"What  is  a  sequence  to  the  adult  mind  may 
not  be  to  the  child's  mind  because  he  does 
not  see  the  underlying  philosophy." 

Recently,  as  a  matter  of  observation  and 
experiment,  I  dictated  a  long  series  of 
forms  with  the  blocks  of  the  Third  and 
Fourth  Gifts  combined.  The  children 
obediently  made  form  after  form  with  little 
apparent  joy.  Finally,  I  worked  in  a  more 
divergent  form  which  I  thought  too  scat- 
tered to  be  seen  as  a  whole  by  the  children. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


ii 


I  was  surprised  by  a  spontaneous  burst  of 
admiration  with  which  it  was  greeted.  "Ah, 
isn't  that  pretty?"  "It's  a  star"  and  "That's 
pretty"  came  in  a  chorus  from  the  children 
who  had  been  almost  silent  up  to  that  point. 
To  my  mind  this  was  an  indication  that 
each  form  is  a  separate  thing  to  the  child 
to  be  approved  or  not  on  its  own  individual 
merits,  not  as  part  of  a  larger  whole.  The 
use  of  a  sequence  may  be  ligitimate  as  a 
means  to  an  end  but  it  is  certainly  not  an 
end  in  itself.  Easy  forms  must  precede  the 
more  difficult  ones  but  each  one  must  have 
a  meaning  of  its  own.  In  free  play  the  fol- 
lowing day  the  children  did  not  attempt  to 
reproduce  the  different  steps  in  the  series. 
These  called  forth  no  further  activity.  But 
they  did  try  to  make  the  interesting  form 
which  had  attracted  their  attention  and 
when  their  imagination  and  memory  failed, 
they  called  upon  the  teacher  to  direct  them. 
The  unity  of  the  sequence  made  no  impres- 
sion upon  them  but  interest  was  the  unify- 
ing agent  in  the  work.  The  law  of  contrast 
and  sequence  has  led  us  to  forget  the  rela- 
tion between  interest  and  effort  and  to 
force  upon  the  children  many  forms  which 
do  not  interest  them. 

I  do  not  believe  that  sequence  work  can 
be  made  to  any  extent  the  outcome  of  the 
child's  own  thought  and  I  do  believe  that 
Froebel  was  right  when  he  said,  "All  that 
does  not  grow  out  of  one's  own  inner  being, 
all  that  is  not  one's  own  original  feeling  or 
thought,  or  at  least  awakens  that,  oppresses 
and  defaces  the  individuality  of  man  in- 
stead of  calling  it  forth."  I  believe  that  to 
be  educative,  design  must  become  the 
working  out  of  a  problem.  The  child  must 
see  the  need  for  it  and  must  think  out  the 
best  way  to  fill  that  need.  To  be  sure,  an 
able  teacher  can  make  any  work  educative 
by  the  way  she  presents  it  but  by  the  same 
power  she  can  make  a  thing  which  is  in- 
herently interesting  that  much  the  more 
educative.  Why  should  we  confine  our- 
selves to  blocks,  tablets,  rings  and  par- 
quetry papers,  when  there  are  so  many 
leaves,  grasses,  shells,  nuts,  etc.,  that  could 
serve  the  same  purpose  and  that  appeal  so 
strongly  to  the  child-mind?  Primary  edu- 
cation has  long  since  discarded  the  type 
forms  of  drawing  and  other  work  and  has 
taken  nature  material  instead. 

Perhaps  by  studying  primary  methods, 
kindergarteners  might  get  a  better  perspec- 
tive of  the  child's  life  so  as  to  help  him  to 


realize  his  highest  possibilities  in  each  stage 
of  his  development. 

We  should  recognize  the  fact  that  this  is 
a  distinct  advance  and  should  plan  our  work 
accordingly.  The  kindergarten  would  only 
be  carrying  out  Froebel's  suggestion  if  it 
did  so.  If  the  kindergartner  should  be- 
come acquainted  with  the  work  of  the  first 
and  second  grades,  she  would  gain  an  in- 
sight into  the  line  of  work  which  the  child 
is  expected  to  follow  after  he  leaves  the 
kindergarten,  and,  though  we  would  not 
teach  anything  merely  because  it  will  be  of 
use  in  the  future,  we  may  be  able  to. 

Turning  now  to  the  other  phase  of  the 
topic,  What  are  the  reasons  for  teaching 
design  in  the  kindergarten?  To  answer 
this  question  we  must  first  answer  the 
larger  question,  Why  do  we  teach  any- 
thing? What  is  the  aim  of  education? 
Looking  at  the  many  and  varied  answers  to 
this  question  we  find  that,  right  living  or 
adjustment  to  environment,  natural  human 
and  spiritual,  is  the  ideal  sought.  Froebel 
expresses  it  "to  lead  and  guide  man  to 
clearness  concerning  himself  and  in  him- 
self, to  peace  with  nature  and  unity  with 
God."  If  this  is  the  aim  of  education  it 
must  also  be  of  every  branch  of  education. 
We  teach  art  not  because  it  may  train  a  few 
possible  artists  but  because  it  affords  an 
experience  which  will  broaden  life. 

If  we  look  at  education  from  the  cultured 
standpoint,  we  find  that  the  study  of  artistic 
expression  gives  the  aesthetic  and  artistic 
development  which  increases  a  hundred 
fold  the  richness  of  life  through  the  power 
of  the  appreciation  of  the  beautiful.  If  we 
look  at  it  from  the  utilitarian  standpoint, 
we  find  that  the  study  of  artistic  expression 
is  the  means  for  gaining  control  of  the 
mental  image  and  trains  the  imagination. 
Imagination  is  at  the  foundation  of  all 
human  activity.  The  power  of  imagining 
things  as  they  are  and  as  they  would  be  in 
different  combinations  lies  at  the  very  root 
of  production  and  invention.  Imagination 
makes  possible  the  sympathy  which 
governs  our  relation  to  those  around  us.  I 
have  heard  it  said  that  lack  of  the  picture 
making  facvdty  was  responsible  for  most  of 
the  criminals  of  the  world;  that  a  person 
who  could  imagine  beforehand  all  the 
effects  of  an  act  would  avoid  crime.  If  the 
study  of  art  will  train  the  imagination  and 
help  men  to  live  better  lives,  it  is  well  worth 
while. 

Desisrn  inculcates  the  line  of  order  which 


12 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


is  the  basis  of  righteousness.  Denman 
Ross  says  there  is  more  ethical  value  in 
manual  training  than  in  the  study  of  a 
dozen  sciences. 

For  the  child  of  kindergarten  age  the 
first  of  the  laws  of  design  is  the  all  impor- 
tant one.  Balance  and  harmony  are  too 
subtle  to  appeal  to  him  but  repetition  or 
rhythm  is  the  response  to  a  nature  instinct. 
Life  itself  is  essentially  rhythmical.  Every 
bodily  and  every  mental  process  shows  this. 
Respiration,  heart  beat  and  the  process  of 
waste  and  repair  are  the  constant  accom- 
paniment of  life  and  if  their  rhythm  be  dis- 
turbed, pain  is  the  result.  Day  and  night 
with  their  alternation  of  activity  and  rest 
have  a  definite  influence  on  the  mind.  We 
might  multiply  examples  by  showing  how 
the  patter  of  the  raindrops,  the  ceaseless 
ebb  and  flow  of  the  ocean,  the  growth  and 
decay  of  plant  life,  the  change  of  seasons 
and  many  other  processes  of  nature  are  a 
part  of  life  and  have  affected  man  through- 
out the  ages. 

It  is  perfectly  natural  that  children 
should  find  satisfaction  in  rhythmical  activi- 
ties and  forms.  Design  is  rhythm  applied 
to  the  picturing  activity. 

Groos  in  his  "Play  of  Man"  states  that 
the  pleasure  which  is  derived  from  form  is 
primordial  and  universal,  and  he  goes  on  to 
trace  the  development  of  design  in  the 
earliest  forms  of  art.  In  so  far  as  the 
Recapitulation  Theory  is  applicable,  we 
may  gain  some  knowledge  of  the  child's  in- 
structive attitude  from  the  study  of  primi- 
tive life.  In  the  early  development  of  the 
arts  man  decorated  his  person,  his  pottery 
and  his  baskets  with  representations  of  the 
activities  of  nature.  A  series  of  vertical 
lines  represented  the  fall  of  rain,  a  broken 
line  stood  for  lightning.  These  show  simple 
repetition  though  the  latter  begins  to  have 
in  it  the  elements  of  contrast  and  alterna- 
tion shown  and  in  the  compound  curves  for 
waves,  and  the  alternation  of  sun  and  star 
indicating  day  and  night.  As  the  race 
progressed  there  came  to  be  a  fuller  appre- 
ciation of  design  and  mere  repetition  was 
supplemented  by  symmetrical  and  bi-sym- 
metrical  forms  arranged  with  reference  to 
balance  and  harmony  and  studied  as  to  pro- 
portion, relation  to  background,  and  appro- 
priateness to  limiting  space  and  object 
decorated. 

In  the  kindergarten,  we  naturally  begin 
with  simple  repetition  and  alternations 
which  the  child  happens  upon  in  his  play,  as 


when  he  places  first  a  tall  block,  then  a 
short  one  and  repeats  the  combination.  In 
drawing,  painting,  and  other  occupations, 
the  repetition  of  a  unit  may  be  the  result  of 
simple  efforts  of  control.  We  may  wish  to 
give  the  child  an  opportunity  to  experience 
the  activity  of  using  a  brush  and  he  may 
just  daub,  daub,  and  if  by  chance  on  holding 
it  off,  he  sees  a  system  of  arrangement  he 
will  try  to  reproduce  it  or  will  vary  it  for 
the  satisfaction  of  his  instinct. 

Simple  arrangements  in  stringing  or 
pasting  have  a  wonderful  charm  for  the 
child.  Even  grown  people  find  a  certain 
fascination  in  stringing  beads  and  similar 
activities. 

After  such  work  involving  only  repeti- 
tion, more  purposeful  design  may  be  intro- 
duced and  the  child  may  compare  different 
pieces  of  work  and  learn  that  beauty 
depends  upon  spacing,  balance,  and  tone  as 
well  as  upon  repetition  and  alternation. 
Every  design  which  a  child  makes  should 
have  some  excuse  for  being,  that  is,  it 
should  be  made  to  suit  some  definite  pur- 
pose. It  must  not  be  a  border  or  ornament 
such  as  we  use  on  objects  but  must  actually 
decorate  the  object  itself.  The  crafts  are 
the  basis  and  initiative  for  design.  Pottery, 
basketry,  weaving,  book-binding  and  metal 
and  wood-working  supply  the  productions 
which  naturally  call  for  decoration  and  in  a 
school  where  these  industries  are  taught  all 
the  design  work  would  originate  in  this 
way.  But  what  about  schools  where  there 
are  no  facilities  for  teaching  these  crafts? 
Must  design  then  be  unpored  upon  the 
children  according  to  the  teacher's  ideas? 
By  no  means. 

Most  of  the  failures  in  the  teaching  of 
design  result  from  this  very  fault.  The 
object  to  be  decorated  and  the  need  for  the 
design  do  not  grow  out  of  the  life  of  the 
children  and  consequently  interest  is 
lacking. 

Subject  matter  and  material  are  in  a  large 
degree  the  outgrowth  of  the  environment 
and  should  differ  in  different  localities.  For 
instance,  with  children  whose  homes  and 
school  rooms  were  destitute  of  curtains,  we 
would  not  attempt  to  make  a  border  for 
a  curtain.  Similarly,  we  would  not  lead 
children  who  had  never  seen  a  rabbit  to  use 
this  form  in  a  decoration.  Of  course  in 
both  of  these  cases  the  teacher  may  provide 
the  conditions  to  make  the  lesson  of  vital 
interest.  If  a  window  or  a  closet  needs  a 
curtain,  nothing  could  be  a  better  excuse 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


13 


for  a  study  of  design  than  the  making  and 
decorating  of  such  a  curtain,  and  if  a  rabbit 
came  to  visit  the  kindergarten,  it  would  be 
very  natural  to  use  that  unit  in  design. 
Lacking  such  incentives,  however,  there 
are  always  available,  articles  made  of  clay, 
wall-paper,  carpets,  and  curtains  for  the 
doll's  house,  borders  for  the  black  board, 
book-covers,  blotters,  calendar  cards,  wall 
pockets,  picture  frames,  valentines,  May- 
baskets,  and  boxes  and  other  construction 
work.  All  of  these  objects  can  be  made  to 
suggest  decoration  which  is  perfectly  legiti- 
mate in  the  kindergarten  and  primary 
grades. 

When  the  object  to  be  decorated  has  been 
chosen,  the  kind  of  design  to  be  used  be- 
comes the  problem.  Dr.  Haney  says  "A 
design  which  is  to  be  applied,  must  primari- 
ly consider  both  the  purpose  of  its  applica- 
tion and  the  nature  of  the  form  it  is  to 
decorate.  The  first  question  must  always 
be:  Is  the  problem  a  proper  one?  Should 
this  form  be  decorated?;  and  if  it  should, 
what  shall  be  the  nature  of  the  decoration? 

These  questions  should  be  answered  by 
the  children  after  a  sufficient  study  of  good 
examples.  Classic  decoration  as  well  as 
artistic  designs  found  in  the  environment 
should  be  presented  in  order  to  give  the 
children  a  wide  range  of  usual  material  to 
influence  them  in  the  selection  of  designs 
for  their  work.  This  applies  in  the  higher 
grades  more  than  in  the  kindergarten  but 
may  be  begun  even  with  the  little  ones  as 
soon  as  any  decoration  of  objects  is  under- 
taken. The  children  should  learn  to  select 
their  designs  according  to  beauty  and  fit- 
ness and  the  teacher  should  guide  them  in 
learning  why  one  design  is  better  than 
another. 

Friezes  for  the  room,  made  by  the  com- 
bined efforts  of  the  class  are  very  good. 
For  these  the  units  should  be  objects  of 
interest,  appropriate  to  the  line  of  the  right 
for  the  season  or  the  day.  More  or  less 
natural  outlines  should  be  used  as  conven- 
tionalizations come  at  a  later  period.  At 
Thanksgiving  a  frieze  may  be  made  by 
alternating  corn-stalks  and  pumpkins  on  a 
background  of  soft  brown.  At  Christmas 
the  units  may  be  a  Christmas  tree  and  a 
Santa  Claus,  cut  from  crepe  paper  decora- 
tions. In  March  a  windmill  and  a  boat  have 
been  used  effectively.  At  Easter  a  chicken 
and  an  egg  and,  later,  in  the  spring,  flowers, 
animals,  birds,  or  insects  may  be  used. 


When  the  child  begins  to  abstract  the 
principle  of  design  from  the  embodiment  of 
it,  he  begins  to  love  art  for  its  own  sake.  I 
believe  this  comes  later  than  the  kindergar- 
ten period,  but  we  may  help  the  children 
form  habits  of  artistic  expression  as  a  foun- 
dation upon  which  the  grade  teachers  may 
build. 

I  leave  it  to  you  to  decide  which  of  the 
two  phases  of  design  is  the  more  educative 
and  which  you  will  use  but  I  would  remind 
each  one  that  we  are  not  true  disciples  of 
Froebel  unless  we  present  to  the  children 
that  which  serves  to  awaken  self-activity 
in  its  broadest  sense.  Whatever  the  form 
of  the  work  it  must  be  self-expression. 
Only  thus  can  we  hope  to  make  the  children 
truly  artistic. 

Summary. 

There  are  two  distinct  phases  of  design: 

1.  Making  symmetrical  figures,  borders, 
etc.,  with  the  traditional  kindergarten 
material. 

2.  Decorating  definite  objects  with  de- 
signs studied  from  the  standpoint  of  art. 

The  first  form  of  design  was  described  by 
Froebel  but  it  seems  that  his  spirit  has  not 
been  imitated  by  those  who  use  forms  of 
symmetry  in  uninteresting  sequences. 
These  are  not  educative  when  given  in  the 
usual  way.  Children  do  not  use  sequences 
as  adults  do  because  they  can  not  under- 
stand the  underlying  philosophy. 

The  second  phase  of  design  may  be  made 
the  outgrowth  of  the  children's  own  experi- 
ences, and  therefore  allows  great  oppor- 
tunity for  development. 

We  teach  art  to  broaden  the  children's 
experience  and  help  them  to  live.  Art 
trains  the  imagination.  Imagination  is  the 
basis  of  all  human  activity. 

Design  should  teach  the  laws  of  repeti- 
tion, balance  and  harmony.  Repetition  is 
natural  to  the  youngest  children  because 
rhythm  is  fundamental  to  life.  Balance  and 
harmony  can  be  taught  in  the  grades  better 
than  in  the  kindergarten. 

The  crafts  are  the  natural  basis  for  de- 
sign. Where  these  are  not  taught,  objects 
made  by  the  children  should  be  decorated 
or  friezes  made  for  the  room,  curtains,  etc. 

Whatever  the  form  of  the  work,  it  must 
be  self-expression.  It  is  the  process,  not 
the  product  that  counts. 


14 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


DAY  BY  DAY  WITH  NATURE— FOR 

THE  KINDERGARTEN  AND 

PRIMARY  GRADES.* 

MARY  A.  PROUDFOOT,  A.  M. 

Subject:  The  Bee,  with  Suggested  Occupa- 
tions. 

A  walk  in  the  garden. 

i.  Observe  the  bee  in  a  garden  to  deter- 
mine her  mission. 

Trace  one  if  possible,  from  flower  to  hive. 
This  of  course  could  be  done  easily  if  a  hive 
were  in  the  garden.  Allow  the  children  to 
taste  the  nectar  from  the  flowers,  and 
afterwards  honey  taken  from  a  hive.  In 
some  mysterious  way  she  changes  the 
nectar  into  honey. 

II.  Observations  of  the  bee's  return. 
Watch    the    arrival    and    alighting,    and 

observe  the  entrance  into  the  hive.  Pro- 
cure a  frame  of  honey  to  be  afterwards  used 
in  the  kindergarten. 

III.  Use  of  honey. 

Let  the  children  prepare  a  table  for  a 
little  spread  out  under  the  trees  in  the  kin- 
dergarten yard,  or  at  the  home  of  one  of 
the  children,  decorating  the  table  with  the 
blossoms  the  bees  have  been  seen  to  visit 
most.  Through  the  actual  use  and  contact 
with  the  honey,  as  with  all  other  things  of 
their  environment,  children  will  uncon- 
sciously learn  the  characteristics  of  things, 
their  use,  and  where  they  come  from.  If 
the  children  have  no  access  to  bee  hives 
directly,  much  can  be  learned  by  a  visit  to 
field  or  park. 

IV.  The  work  of  the  bees  as  seen  in  the 
observation  hives.  (See  the  primary  plan 
immediately  following  this  program). 

It  may  be  difficult  for  kindergarten,  or 
even  primary  children,  to  detect  the  queen 
bee  among  several  thousand  in  a  colony, 
but  they  can  watch  the  bees  busy  at  their 
tasks.  They  can  also  examine  a  section 
frame  and  be  shown  the  honey  cells  and 
learn  that  some  are  reserved  for  the  breed- 
ing of  workers  and  drones,  and  perhaps 
they  may  be  able  to  discover  those  larger 
cells,  constructed  for  the  rearing  of  the  new 
queens. 

V.  Observe  and  make  a  model  of  an  old 
fashioned  circular  bee  hive,  the  kind  made 
of  straw  and  known  as  a  skep.  Each  child 
can  easily  make  one  by  twisting  straw  into 
a  rope,  and  then  coil  it  into  shape,  by  sew- 
ing each  round  of  straw  together.  Such  a 
model  might  be  made  of  raffia. 


Uses  of  wax  for  various  occupations. 

a.  To  wax  thread. 

The  most  simple  use  of  wax  is  for  the 
waxing  of  thread.  See  the  shoemaker  wax 
his  thread,  and  let  the  children  wax  strings 
for  their  kindergarten  beads.  Mother  also 
uses  bees  wax  to  wax  her  irons,  just  like 
the  laundryman. 

b.  Furniture  polish. 

A  practical  furniture  polish  can  be  made 
by  a  mixture  of  turpentine  and  bees  wax 
and  the  children  will  be  glad  to  polish  the 
kindergarten  chairs  and  tables. 

c.  Dip-candles. 

It  will  be  interesting  to  learn  how  the 
grandmothers  of  olden  times  made  dip 
candles.  This  can  be  done  by  dipping 
string  into  hot  melted  bees  wax,  exposing 
the  string  to  the  air  after  each  dip,  until  the 
wax  hardens. 

d.  Molded  candles. 

The  best  candles  are  made  however,  by 
pouring  melted  wax  into  little  paste-board 
molds.  The  molds  can  be  made  of  old 
postal  cards.  Cut  the  card  into  the  size 
desired,  and  make  a  hollow  cylinder  leaving 
one  end  open  and  one  closed.  Through 
the  closed  end  draw  a  string  which  will  be 
drawn  through  the  center  for  the  wick.  In 
pouring  in  the  wax,  the  string  will  have  to 
be  held  in  place.  When  the  wax  is  cool, 
pull  off  the  paper  mold.  These  candles  can 
be  saved  till  Christmas  time,  when  they  can 
be  used  on  the  Christmas  tree. 

e.  Wax  modeling. 

This  is  an  interesting  occupation,  but  as 
bees  wax  is  not  plentiful,  each  child  can 
only  be  given  a  small  quantity,  and  should 
only  be  asked  to  model  a  very  simple  object. 

f.  Waxed  floors. 

Some  children  will  have  seen  wax  used 
to  polish  floors,  or  they  themselves  may  use 
it  to  give  a  finish  to  any  little  wooden  boxes 
made  by  children  in  the  primary  grades. 

Stories : 

Emilie  Poulsson's  In  the  Child's  World. 

a.  The  Rhyme  of  the  Idle  Boy — Emilie 
Poulsson. 

b.  Solomon  and  the  Bees — J.  G.  Saxe. 

c.  Edith  and  the  Bees — Helen  Keller. 

E.  Wiltse's  Kindergarten  Stories  and 
Morning  Talks. 

a.  The  Bee  Pockets. 

b.  The  Queen  Bee. 
Songs : 

W.  H.  Neidlinger's  Small  Songs  For 
Small  Singers. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


*5 


The  Bee. 

Jessie  Gaynor's  Songs  of  *  the  Child 
World. 

The  Bumble  Bee. 

E.  Reinecke's  Childen's  Songs. 

To  the  Bee. 

Poems : 

Mary  Lovejoy's  Nature  in  Verse. 

a.  The  Song  of  the  Bees — Marion  Doug- 
lass. 

b.  The  Busy  Bee — Isaac  Watts. 

c.  To  a  Honey  Bee — Alice  Cary. 
Frank  Dempster  Sherman's  Little  Folks 

Lyrics. 

Jester  Bee. 

PLANS  FOR  PRIMARY  GRADES 

Subject:.   The  Bee  with  Suggested  Occu- 
pations. 

In  the  kindergarten,  the  children  became 
acquainted  with  the  work  of  the  bee  and 
grew  familiar  with  the  products  through 
their  use.  The  children  of  the  grades  can 
more  completely  enter  into  the  life  of  the 
colony,  and  appreciate  the  miniature  ideal 
community,  where  there  exists  a  common 
interest,  each  bee  contributing  to  the  one 
store,  a  harvest  to  be  shared  for  the  good 
and  prosperity  of  all.  They  can  trace  the 
complete  cycle  of  the  bee's  experience  from 
the  long  summer  days  of  industry,  to  the 
winter's  period  of  rest  and  luxury. 

The  only  method  for  this  study  is  that  of 
direct  observation.  The  W.  I.  Root  Co.  of 
Medina,  Ohio,  will  ship  observation  hives 
filled  with  Italian  bees,  for  prices  ranging 
from  one  to  four  dollars,  according  to  the 
size  of  the  hive.  A  description  of  these 
hives  may  be  found  in  the  Nature  Study  Re- 
view for  May,  1905,  page  112.  These  con- 
structions are  provided  with  glass  windows 
which  enable  children  to  watch  closely  the 
movements  of  the  bees.  There  is  also  a 
wooden  case  which  fits  over  the  hive,  for 
bees  do  not  like  the  light,  and  when  not 
being  observed,  should  be  covered.  If  this 
is  not  done,  they  will  cover  the  glass  them- 
selves, with  beeglue.  In  placing  one  of 
these  hives,  it  should  be  set  in  a  second 
story  window  on  the  quiet  side  of  the  house. 
The  entrance  should  be  turned  toward  the 
window,  and  the  latter  raised  sufficiently  to 


allow  the  bees  to  pass  in  and  out.  Boards 
can  be  inserted  beneath  the  sash  on  either 
side,  to  exclude  the  bees  from  the  room. 

The  Use  of  Tongue  and  Antenna. 

Those  members  of  the  colony  which  will 
first  interest  the  little  observer  will  be  the 
"busy-bees"  or  the  workers  and  the  first 
problem  will  be  to  find  out  what  enables 
them  to  sip  the  nectar.  Watch  and  see  how 
they  unfold  a  long  black  tongue  from  under 
the  head.  It  will  soon  be  discovered  why 
this  tongue  is  of  such  length,  for  when  the 
bee  seeks  honey  from  flowers  like  the  slen- 
der honey  suckle,  the  tongue  can  probe 
down  into  the  narrow  blossoms  much 
deeper  than  the  bee  herself  can  go.  Can 
the  children  find  out  what  seems  to  guide 
the  long  tongue  to  its  treasure?  Notice 
the  trembling  feelers  or  antenna,  which 
like  so  many  fingers  feel  the  way.  The 
antenna  are  also  of  use  to  the  bee  in  help- 
ing her  to  recognize  other  bees,  when 
they  lock  antenna;  then,  perhaps,  that  is 
their  way  of  greeting  one  another. 

The  Honey  Sack. 

After  finding  the  honey  the  next  question 
is  how  the  bee  carries  her  store.  If  it  were 
possible  to  see  a  bee  resting  upon  a  window 
pane,  the  light  shining  through  the  body 
would  reveal  the  sack,  but  as  this  occasion 
would  be  rare,  the  children  would  probably 
have  to  be  told  the  fact  and  also  that  it 
takes  several  trips  even  to  fill  one  cell. 

The  Worker  Bee  as  Collector  of  Pollen. 

Watch  the  bee  draw  herself  over  the 
flowers,  as  if  she  were  searching  for  some- 
thing. Whether  it  be  for  nectar  or  not,  she 
becomes  covered  with  the  dust  or  pollen 
from  the  flowers.  If  the  opportunity 
allows,  it  will  be  interesting  to  see  the  bee 
brush  off  the  pollen  with  the  brushes  on  her 
legs.  This  pollen  she  rolls  together  and 
puts  into  a  pocket  in  each  hind  leg.  Why 
does  the  pollen  cling  to  the  bee? 

This  pollen  is  saved  by  her  and  before  it 
is  put  into  the  cells,  a  bit  of  honey  is 
kneaded  with  it  and  thus  the  bee  makes  bee 
bread.  Show  some  of  this  to  the  children; 
let  them  taste  it.  It  is  bitter  and  of  a  brown 
color.  This  is  made  for  the  young  bees  and 
is  the  first  food  given  to  them  after  they  are 
hatched. 


i6 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


The  Colony. 

Observe  the  bees  in  the  hive ;  the  plan 
and  construction  of  cells,  and  the  uses  of 
the  same  for  honey,  bee  bread,  and  breed- 
ing. How  do  bees  make  wax?  Wax  is  an 
excretion  sweated  from  the  pores  between 
the  abdominal  segments  of  the  workers. 
This  they  scrape  together  with  their  feet 
and  convert  into  comb  with  their  jaws. 
These  segments  or  rings  can  be  counted  by 
the  children  and  it  would  be  interesting  to 
call  their  attention  to  the  process  of  cell 
making.  The  bees'  honey  is  sweeter  than 
the  nectar  gathered  from  flowers,  but  how 
it  is  thus  changed  is  quite  a  mystery. 

The  Queen  Bee. 

Among  so  many,  it  is  difficult  to  single 
out  the  queen,  so  that  possibly  it  will  be 
best  to  study  a  picture  of  her,  comparing 
this,  with  the  real  workers  and  drones  that 
can  be  seen.  She  has  no  honey  sack  or 
brushes  to  gather  together  the  pollen.  She 
has  brushes,  to  be  sure,  but  these  she  uses 
to  make  her  toilet.  Her  wings  are  small; 
her  tongue  short.  The  queen  uses  her 
sting  as  her  egg  placer  and  seldom  as  a 
weapon.  The  workers  are  her  daughters, 
the  drones,  her  sons.  Her  mission  is  to  lay 
eggs  and  it  is  always  the  duty  of  a  crowd 
of  her  daughters  to  caress  and  care  for  her, 
for  she  does  no  other  work  and  is  even  fed 
by  them.  They  make  a  special  sweet  jelly 
which  they  feed  her. 

Bee  Eggs  and  the  Work  of  the  Nurse  Bee. 

When  the  queen  lays  an  egg  in  a  cell,  a 
larva  or  tiny  worm-like  creature  hatches 
out  in  three  days.  The  little  larva  is  very 
hungry  then,  so  the  nurse  bee  makes  a  kind 
of  bee  milk  and  fills  the  cell  with  it.  Soon 
the  larva  grows  so  large  it  almost  fills  the 
cell,  and  when  this  happens,  the  nurse  stops 
feeding  it,  and  covers  it  with  a  little  wax 
coverlet.  The  larva  then  spins  a  cocoon  for 
itself  and  changes  into  a  pupa,  or  beedoll, 
(really  a  chrysalis),  but  it  lies  still  only  for 
a  few  days,  then  awakes,  bites  a  hole  in  the 
coverlet,  and  steps  out  a  perfect  bee.  The 
nurse  bee  feeds  it  bee  bread  then,  but  it  is 
soon  strong  enough  to  wait  upon  itself,  and 
if  the  bee  is  a  worker  will  begin  life  at  once 
by  doing  the  duty  of  a  nurse  to  a  hungry 
larva. 

The  Drones. 

These  are  the  brother  bees.     It  will  not 


be  so  difficult  for  one  of  these  to  be  obtained 
for  study.  They  can  not  work,  since  they 
are  not  prepared  with  the  proper  facilities. 
The  drone  has  no  honey  sack,  his  tongue, 
too,  is  short  and  he  has  no  pockets  for 
gathering  the  pollen,  so  that  he  must  be 
excused  for  not  being  as  industrious  as  his 
sisters.  His  real  mission  need  not  be  re- 
ferred to,  till  a  somewhat  later  period. 

What  Bee  Swarming  Means. 

In  early  summer  when  the  coiony  be- 
comes uncomfortably  large  and  new  queens 
are  most  ready  to  step  forth,  the  old  queen 
goes  forth  from  the  hive  followed  by  many 
workers,  to  seek  a  new  home.  She  first 
lights  on  a  branch  and  all  of  her  companions 
cling  to  her  in  quite  a  crowd.  It  is  then 
that  they  may  be  shaken  into  a  new  hive, 
and  thus  induced  to  stay.  Read  John 
Burroughs'  "An  Idyl  of  the  Honey  Bee," 
which  tells  about  how  to  hunt  for  the 
homes  of  wild  honey  bees.  When  children 
can  not  have  an  observation  hive,  they  may 
be  able  to  visit  a  bee-keeper. 

"THE  BUSY  BEE." 

The  following  is  intended  to  illustrate 
how  a  nature  study  story  may  be  used  to 
present  a  resume  of  the  facts  the  children 
have  observed.  The  story  thus  serves  as  an 
ideal  review ;  containing  familiar  facts,  with 
just  the  new  element  ot  story  form  to  make 
it  sufficiently  impressive. 

Children,  have  you  ever  heard  of  a  bee's 
hive  in  the  hollow  of  an  old  tree  ?  The  door 
of  this  house  is  often  only  as  large  as  a  little 
mouse  hole. 

A  dark  house  it  would  be  for  you  or  me 
without  a  single  window;  but  the  bees  like 
it,  after  being  in  the  sunshine  all  day,  for 
each  one  has  more  than  a  thousand  eyes, 
and  can  see  just  as  well  in 'the  dark  as  in 
the  light. 

A  bee  hive  is  neat,  too,  for  the  bees  have 
a  place  for  everything.  If  we  could  go  into 
their  house,  we  should  see  neat  rows  of  wax 
baskets,  some  filled  with  the  bee  bread  and 
some  with  honey,  while  still  others  are  used 
for  babies'  cradles. 

Now,  how  they  get  these  wax  baskets  is 
a  secret.  All  I  know  is  that  when  they 
need  new  ones,  they  have  a  honey  party, 
eat  all  the  honey  they  can,  and  then  taking 
hold  of  hands,  hang  themselves  up  and  go 
to    sleep.       One    might    think    perhaps    a 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


dream-fairy  brought  the  wax  to  them,  for 
when  they  wake  up  they  'find  wax  enough 
in  their  vest-pockets  to  make  all  the  wax 
baskets  they  need.  In  bee  language,  how- 
ever, we  must  not  call  them  baskets,  but 
cells. 

I  must  not  forget  to  tell  you  about  the 
mother  bee,  for  the  bee  children  love  her 
far  better  than  anyone  else.  They  take 
such  good  care  of  her  that  they  do  not  let 
her  do  any  work,  and  even  feed  her  bee- 
jelly,  which  is  far  sweeter  than  honey.  But 
you  will  not  wonder  that  they  love  this 
queen  bee,  when  I  tell  you  that  almost 
every  day  she  lays  little  bee  eggs  in  some 
of  the  cells  and  these  eggs  are  always 
hatching  out  new  sister  and  brother  bees. 

The  youngest  of  the  workers  watch  their 
turn  to  be  little  nurse  bees  and  take  care  of 
the  babies.  You  would,  however,  never 
guess  what  a  baby  bee  looks  like — not  like 
a  little  bee,  but  like  a  small,  white  worm 
that  is  not  even  called  a  baby  bee,  but 
Larva.  Larva  is  the  baby  bee,  however, 
and  as  soon  as  it  comes  out  of  the  egg,  the 
little  nurse  bees  feed  it  from  their  own 
mouths  with  bee  milk.  Ah,  but  that  milk  is 
sweet,  sweeter  than  honey,  and  in  no  time 
the  funny  little  thing  grows  so  fast  it  be- 
comes almost  too  large  for  its  cell.  That 
would  never  do,  so  the  nurses  stop  feeding 
Larva;  and  knowing  that  babies  always 
sleep  a  great  deal,  they  make  a  wax  cover- 
let and  cover  little  Larva  up  in  a  wax  cell. 

If  Larva  were  like  our  baby,  it  might  feel 
lonesome  and  cry,  but  instead  it  pulls  a  fine 
thread  out  of  its  mouth  and  weaves  itself 
a  tiny  silken  gown,  and  goes  to  sleep  for 
two  or  three  days.  During  these  days,  it 
grows  to  look  very  much  like  a  doll,  but 
the  little  nurse  does  not  know  anything 
about  this.  What  if  she  could  look  into 
that  covered  cell?  But  the  doll  is  a  live  one 
and  wakes  up  after  a  while,  and  tired  of 
lying  so  still,  bites  a  hole  in  the  coverlet. 
Then  it  steps  out  of  its  doll  dress,  and  finds 
itself  no  longer  Larva,  but  a  lovely  bee  in 
a  velvet  gown  of  black  and  gold.  The 
nurses  next  quickly  feed  it  bee  bread,  and 
it  is  not  long  before  the  young  bee  is  not 
only  as  large  as  its  sisters,  but  just  as 
strong. 

Oh,  how  many  workers  there  are  in  that 
hive !  All  day  the  bees  fly  in  and  out,  busy 
as  bees  ought  to  be.  There  goes  a  big 
sister,  Miss  Bee,  with  all  of  her  companions. 
Miss  Bee  is  not  going  out  in  order  to  gather 
nectar    this    morning,    but    to    go    to    the 


miller's,    to    Mr.    Dandelion's,    who    keeps 
yellow  flour. 

"Buzz,  buzz,"  says  Miss  Bee;  "please 
give  me  some  of  your  yellow  pollen,"  (for 
that  is  the  name  of  the  bee's  flour),  "I  need 
it,  for  I  must  make  bee  bread  this  morning." 
"Take  it  all,  all  my  pollen,"  said  Mr.  Dande- 
lion, "but  where  will  you  carry  it?"  "Right 
here,  in  my  back  pockets,  I  have  one  on 
each  side.  Look,  here  and  here,"  said  Miss 
Bee,  and  first  with  one  back  foot,  and  then 
with  the  other,  she  filled  her  pockets  till 
they  bulged  on  either  side  like  any  boy's. 
Now,  the  secret  of  Miss  Bee's  bread  making 
is  that  she  mixes  honey  with  her  pollen. 
This  makes  sweet  dough,  and  it  hardens. 
Perhaps  some  of  you  know  what  that 
brown  bread  tastes  like. 

If  I  were  a  bee  this  very  day,  the  most 
fun  of  all  to  me,  would  be  to  go  out  for 
nectar.  Just  think  of  dipping  deep  down 
into  a  morning-glory  cup !  Only  see  Miss 
Bee  this  moment. 

"Buzz,  buzz,  Mrs.  Morning  Glory,"  says 
she,  "will  you  give  me  some  of  your  nec- 
tar?" "Aye,  aye,  my  pretty  maid,  "replies 
Mrs.  Morning  Glory,  "come  into  my  blue 
house  and  you  will  find  plenty  of  nectar, 
way  back  on  my  pantry  shelf.  But  I  am 
afraid  you  cannot  reach  it,  Miss  Bee." 
"Just  watch  me,  Mrs.  Morning  Glory,"  and 
she  begins  to  unfold  a  long  but  dainty 
tongue,  which  she  has  tucked  under  her 
chin.  Longer  and  longer  it  grows,  until  at 
last,  it  reaches  the  treasure  and  sucks  in  a 
tiny  drop,  which  goes  into  the  little  honey 
sack  which  every  worker  bee  carries  in  her 
little  inside,  right  under  her  velvet  jacket. 
A  bit  of  that  drop  she  swallows  for  her  own 
dessert,  but  most  of  it  she  puts  safely  into 
her  honey-sack,  and  when  she  reaches 
home,  stores  it  away  in  one  of  the  wax  cells. 

Now  if  I  were  a  bee,  I  should  visit  the 
flowers  all  summer  long,  and  sometimes  I 
should  want  to  fall  fast  asleep  in  a  beautiful 
lily  cup,  but  then,  if  I  did,  my  mothej  could 
not  call  me  a  worker,  and  if  I  were  not  busy 
the  other  bees  would  be  sure  to  call  me 
"drone  !  drone  !  drone  !"  A  drone  you  know 
is  the  brother  bee  who  does  not  work,  but 
poor  thing  how  can  he,  for  he  has  neither 
honey-sack  nor  pockets.  He  could  not 
gather  nectar  if  he  tried.  Who  then,  would 
gather  nectar  if  he  tried.  Who,  then,  would 
toil  of  the  summer  could  enjoy  a  long  win- 
ter's rest  in  the  hive  with  the  good  queen 
mother? 


i8 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


SUGGESTIONS    FOR    THE    KINDER- 
GARTEN AND  PRIMARY 

BERTHA   JOHNSTON. 

Kindergarten  has  opened  once  more  and 
children  and  teachers  are  happy  to  meet 
again  after  the  summer's  experiences. 
Teachers  who  have  had  good  training  will 
prefer  to  be  self  dependent  in  planning 
their  program — but  even  those  who  are 
most  independent  are  pleased  to  gather 
suggestions  from  different  sources,  which 
they  will  use  as  occasion  demands  and 
judgment  dictates. 

The  Kindergarten  Magazine  has  fre- 
quently published  a  day  by  day,  or  a  week 
by  week  program,  in  response  to  demands 
from  many  quarters.  It  has  done  this,  often 
under  silent,  and  some  times  under  ex- 
pressed protest — lest  the  young  kindergart- 
ner  be  tempted  to  use  the  outline  as  an  end 
rather  than  as  one  of  many  means  to  a 
desired  end.  In  this  article  we  will  attempt 
no  fixed  outline,  but  rather  give  a  few  sug- 
gestions some  of  which  may  be  of  value  to 
teachers  in  any  grade,  and  which  the  kin- 
dergartener may  use  or  discard  according 
to  her  own  plans  and  purposes. 

There  will  be  a  few  ideas  given  in  con- 
nection with  different  gifts  for  use  in  the 
play  circle,  appros  of  various  "points  of 
departure."  Many  kindergartners  will 
choose  the  "home"  for  the  "point  of  de- 
parture," that  being  the  center  of  things 
for  the  very  little  people.  As  many  sensi- 
tive young  children  find  the  first  few  days 
very  hard — being  unused  to  so  large  a  fam- 
ily, so  many  unfamiliar  faces,  it  would  be 
well  to  help  them  project  themselves  by 
centering  attention  in  the  "baby."  There 
is  likely  to  be  a  baby  in  very  many  homes, 
and  if  not  in  their  own,  in  that  of  a  neigh- 
bor or  a  relative. 

Talk  of  the  family,  in  the  morning  circle 
— who  help  make  the  home,  father,  mother, 
brothers,  sisters  and  baby.  Sing  the  finger 
songs — teaching  them  of  course  gradually, 
and  choosing  such  as  meet  your  own  im- 
mediate needs,  and  if  the  children  appear  to 
suffer  from  self  consciousness,  ask  them  if 
they  would  like  to  learn  a  song  to  sing  to 
the  baby  at  home,  or  learn  a  finger  play  to 
teach  to  baby. 

It  is  well  to  have  dolls  in  the  kindergar- 
ten. Let  the  children  bring  their  own 
dollies.  Sing  the  finger  plays  point  out  the 
dollies.  Sing  the  finger  plays,  pointing  out 
the  dollie's  fingers.  At  some  mother's  meet- 


ing tell  the  mothers  how  they  may  make 
dolls  out  of  cotton  goods,  painting  in  the 
features,  etc.  Miss  Harriette  M.  Mills  of 
the  New  York  Froebel  Normal  has  each  of 
her  class  of  students  make  and  clothe  a  doll, 
and  it  is  interesting  and  instructive  to  see 
what  a  variety  are  forthcoming,  and  how 
each  one  discloses  the  character  of  the 
young  woman  who  makes  it. 

In  the  play  with  the  dolls,  one  or  two 
facts  may  be  impressed  upon  childish  minds 
which  may  save  much  future  pain.  For  in- 
stance, it  is  said  that  a  large  proportion  of 
blindness  in  adults  is  preventable  being  due 
to  carelessness  with  the  eyesight  of  chil- 
dren. Therefore,  in  the  circle,  let  a  child 
carry  a  doll-baby,  or  wheel  it  in  the  car- 
riage. L,et  the  teacher  ask  the  play-mother 
— Is  dollie  quite  comfortable?  Are  her 
pillows  fixed  right?  Are  you  sure  the  sun 
is  not  shining  in  her  eyes?  Then,  in  a 
natural,  nondictative  manner,  tell  the  chil- 
dren that  we  must  always  be  careful  that 
the  sunlight  does  not  shine  in  baby's  eyes. 
That,  just  as  baby  cannot  eat  the  meat  we 
do,  or  lift  the  heavy  things  that  we  can  lift 
so  easily,  so  baby's  eyes  will  be  burnt  by 
the  light  which  our  own  strong  eyes  can 
endure  very  well.  Then,  see  that  the 
dollies  eyes  are  thus  protected,  and  occa- 
sionally through  the  term,  when  you  see 
the  children  playing  with  the  dolls,  ask, 
half  playfully,  are  you  always  careful  to 
keep  dollie's  eyes  from  the  bright  light? 
Such  little  hygiene  talks  should  be  given  in 
no  set  manner,  lest  by  making  the  point  too 
emphatic  you  tempt  the  children  to  experi- 
ment with  baby's  eyes. 

On  a  circle,  or  in  a  corner  of  the  room,  a 
bed  or  cradle  can  be  made  for  dollie,  with 
the  chairs — here  again  see  that  dollie's  eyes 
are  shielded  from  the  light. 

At  the  table,  plays  with  the  gift  balls  may 
be  taught  the  children  so  that  they  may 
teach  them  to  baby,  although  few  children 
will  have  the  balls  at  home. 

The  second  gift  may  be  used  as  a  cradle 
or  a  doll  carriage,  with  the  ball  for  the 
lively  baby,  the  cylinder  and  cubes,  the 
stove  where  you  cook  baby's  food. 

The  third  gift  may  be  transformed  in 
succession  (starting  from  baby's  house)  in- 
to baby's  high  chair,  baby's  crib,  and  baby's 
carriage.  Cut  paper  dolls  of  brown  paper, 
and  use  little  china  dolls  to  fine  purpose  to 
these  plays,  in  the  child's  eyes.  Similar 
objects  may  be  made  of  the  other  gifts. 
Different  teachers  may  work  out  the  series, 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


19 


each  in  her  own  way,  either  dictate  or  sug- 
gest to  the  children. 

In  weaving  with  the  older  children, 
weave  coverlet  for  baby's  carriage,  or  turn 
mat  up  into  baby's  basket. 

In  cardboard  modeling  make  simple  box 
which  mounted  on  cardboard  legs  will  be 
crib  for  baby — older  children  can  cut  and 
paste  a  high  chair.  By  experimenting  the 
inexperienced  teacher  will  find  herself  de- 
veloping in  equal  ratio  with  the  children. 

From  her  paper-folding  series  let  the 
teacher  select  one  associated  with  baby  and 
then  give  practice  to  the  little  ones  in  the 
forms  which  lead  up  to  it.  It  is  instructive 
to  the  teacher  to  give,  perhaps  a  week  in 
which,  each  day,  some  one  material  is  used, 
and  observe  how  the  children  learn  its  pos- 
sibilities. For  example,  give  a  week,  one 
period  each  day,  to  weaving,  or  to  paper 
folding,  series  could  include  baby's  table 
cloth,  baby's  first  book,  (teach  a  song  to 
sing  to  baby) ;  the  window  from  which 
baby  sees  many  pretty,  moving  things ;  the 
tunnel,  or  bridge,  under  which  roll  a  marble 
for  baby's  amusement,  baby's  chair,  etc.,  in" 
the  salt  cellar  series  we  have  baby's  cup  and 
saucer. 

Slimmer  Experiences. 

Some  kindergarteners  may  wish  to  begin 
the  year  with  a  rehearsal  of  the  summer 
experiences.  The  children  who  have  been 
in  the  city  all  summer  may  be  able  to  tell 
of  summer  school  or  playground  joys,  while 
out  of  town  children  will  tell  of  travel  by 
carriage  or  rail  or  motor-car  or  hay  rides 
and  picnics,  and  sails  upon  the  river  or  sea. 

In  the  city,  the  small  boy  who  daringly 
or  sometimes,  alas,  maliciously  runs  in 
front  of  motor-car  or  trolley,  is  the  despair 
of  the  motorman  and  the  conscientious 
chauffeur.  Perhaps,  we  may  be  able  in- 
directly to  help  the  children  to  assume  a 
different  attitude  to  those  who  drive  these 
swiftly  moving  vehicles. 

On  the  circle,  the  teacher  may  tell  the 
story  found  at  close  of  this  article  being 
careful  not  to  so  emphasize  the  dangers  of 
confronting  the  cars,  that  the  venturesome 
or  contrary-minded  child  will  forthwith  go 
out  and  tempt  Providence. 

After  the  children  have  told  of  travel  by 
rail  or  boat  they  will  be  glad,  as  always  to 
play  "train."  L,et  some  children  be  the 
automobile  and  mark  off  with  chalk  the 
dangerous  grade  crossing,  station  a  child  as 
flagman  or  sometimes  play  that  there  is  no 
flagman;  as  the  automobile  approaches  the 


crossing  have  the  careful  trustworthy  own- 
er, get  out,  walk  to  crossing,  look  up  and 
down  tracks  and  then  signal  that  it  is  safe 
to  cross,  or,  perhaps,  that  a  train  is  coming. 
Emphasize  the  caution  and  trustworthiness 
of  the  chauffeur. 

Instead  of  a  train,  vary  by  having  a  trol- 
ley, with  a  very  careful  motorman  who  feels 
responsible  for  the  lives  of  the  people  in  his 
car. 

At  the  table,  with  beginning  children 
who  are  learning  the  colors,  let  the  red, 
green  and  yellow  balls  represent  the  lights 
on  the  train  or  trolley.  Have  them  choose 
and  suspend  the  ones  that  indicate  the  back 
or  front  of  a  car,  or  that  signify  different 
street  car  lines. 

Out  of  second  gift  blocks  build  a  car 
barn,  and  let  the  boxes  be  trolley  cars,  with 
the  ball  for  passenger  and  the  cylinder  for 
steady  motorman.  Slide  the  boxes  from 
child  to  child  along  the  table  having  them 
stop  at  times  to  let  passengers  on  or  off,  or 
to  see  if  crossing  is  safe. 

Either  gifts  may  be  used  in  same  way, 
and  elevated  grade  crossings  may  be  built 
as  well  as  bridges  and  tunnels  and  depots. 


THE  DOCTOR'S  MOTOR-CAR 

By    BERTHA    JOHNSTON. 

There  was  once  a  Doctor  who  was  very 
fond  of  children  and  so,  nearly  all  of  the 
sick  people  he  visited  were  little  folks.  He 
had  so  many  calls  to  make  one  summer, 
that  he  decided  to  buy  an  automobile.  He 
found  that  he  could  manage  with  this  to 
see  a  great  many  people  in  one  day.  And 
the  children  were  always  so  glad  to  see  him 
because  he  was  always  so  merry  and  jolly 
that  it  did  one  good  just  to  look  at  him  or 
hear  him  speak  or  laugh. 

But  one  week  he  had  so  many  calls  to 
make  that  when  Sunday  came  he  thought 
he  would  take  his  own  wife  and  little  baby 
out  for  a  rest  and  ride  in  the  country  for 
he  was  really  very  tired  himself.  He  told 
his  chauffeur,  therefore,  that  he  might  have 
Sunday  for  a  day  of  rest  and  he  would  drive 
the  car  himself. 

Soon  they  were  in  the  country  having 
such  a  good  time,  looking  at  the  green 
fields  and  the  wild  flowers  and  the  beautiful 
clouds  in  the  blue  sky  and  the  river  far,  far 
away  in  the  distance. 

Now  it  happened,  that,  not  long  before, 
a  careless  man  had  been  walking  along  the 
road  carrying  the  box  in  which  were  the 
remains  of  his  lunch,  papers  and  crumbs 


20 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


and  parings  of  fruit  and  strings,  and  he 
tossed  these  across  the  road  into  the  bushes 
but  some  fell  into  the  road  and  among  these 
was  the  bottle  in  which  he  carried  his 
coffee.  This  broke  as  it  fell,  and  the  pieces 
of  glass  fell  right  into  the  road,  directly 
into  the  way  of  bicyclists  and  automobiles. 
And  now  comes  our  Doctor  with  the 
baby  and  its  mother  all  so  happy,  never 
dreaming  of  the  glass  in  the  road.  On,  on 
they  come,  when  suddenly  "look  out, 
Mister,  calls  a  voice  and  down  from  a  tree 
swings  a  boy.  "There's  glass  in  the  road," 
he  said,  "and  if  you  don't  look  out  that 
pretty  cooing  baby  of  yours  will  have  a 
tumble  or  perhaps  get  home  late  for  supper 
and  bedtime."  "Thank  you,  my  boy,"  said 
the  Doctor,  in  his  merry  way.  "You  are 
a  man  and  a  gentleman  and  I  hope  some 
day  you  may  have  a  machine  of  your  own," 
and  then  he  left  his  car  and  he  and  the  boy 
tossed  the  glass  into  the  grass  by  the  way- 
side where  no  cars  or  carriages  would  be 
likely  to  run  over  it.  Then  the  Doctor 
drove  on,  thankful  indeed  that  he  did  not 
have  to  spend  long  hours  in  mending  his 
wheels  or  any  broken  bones.  Soon  after, 
they  turned  homeward  and  the  fresh  air 
had  made  the  baby  so  drowsy  that  when 
they  reached  their  house  she  was  sound 
asleep  and  they  undressed  her  and  put  her 
to  bed  without  waking  her  up. 


T-he  authorities  of  the  school  of  St.  Cyr, 
France,  propose  to  publish  a  historical 
account  of  the  school,  and  have  requested 
certain  information  of  the  War  Department 
relative  to  the  parties  from  the  United 
States  who  attended  the  school  at  different 
times  from  1863  to  1893,  and  as  the  persons 
in  question  were  not  connected  with  the 
militarv  service  at  the  time  the  Chief  of 
Staff  is  endeavoring  to  locate  the  indi- 
viduals with  a  view  to  obtaining  the  infor- 
mation the  school  authorities  desire. 

The  names  sent  Gen.  Bell  so  far  concern- 
ing whom  the  requested  information  is  de- 
sired are  Burthe,  1863-4;  Jones,  1864-6; 
Slidell,  — ;  Harden  Hickey,  1874-6;  J.  H. 
Baron,    1898;    Crosbey,     1879-81;    Charde, 

1891-3- 

Information  relative  to  any  of  these  per- 
sons or  others  from  this  country  who  at- 
tended the  school  at  St.  Cyr  at  any  time 
should  be  sent  to  Major  Gen.  J.  Franklin 
Bell,  Chief  of  Staff,  in  order  that  their 
biographies  may  be  included  in  the  publi- 
cation in  question. — The  New  York  Times. 


MUNICIPAL       PLAYGROUNDS       IN 
MANHATTAN. 

CAROL  ARONOVICI. 

Freedom  and  opportunity  to  play  is  an 
inalienable  right  of  childhood.  Slowly 
society  is  awakening  to  its  duty  to  provide 
its  children  with  time  and  facilities  for 
wholesome  play.  This  problem  becomes 
more  pressing  as  population  increases  and 
open  breathing  and  play  spaces  are  replaced 
by  the  crowded  tenement  or  skyscraping 
office  and  factory  building.  In  New  York 
the  records  of  the  Juvenile  Courts,  the  roll 
of  the  penal  institutions,  the  records  of 
hospitals  and  schools,  the  daily  list  of  acci- 
dents show  the  fruits  of  the  crowded  tene- 
ment and  the  street  playground. 

The  recent  organization  of  the  Play- 
ground Association  of  America  shows  that 
public  spirited  people  are  awake  to  the  im- 
portance of  the  problem.  Chicago,  Boston 
and  Washington  are  in  a  fair  way  toward 
its  solution.  In  Manhattan  the  congestion 
reaches  its  climax.  The  question  is  what  is 
Manhattan  doing  for  its  80,000  children  and 
is  she  doing  it  economically,  progressively, 
efficiently?  These  questions  we  shall  try 
to  answer  in  the  following  paper. 

History. 

In  1887  a  bill  (1)  was  passed  by  the 
legislature,  and  approved  by  Mayor  Hewitt 
authorizing  the  City  of  New  York  to  spend 
$1,000,000  a  year  in  acquiring  small  parks, 
in  each  of  which  a  playground  was  to  be 
constructed  and  equipped.  This  law  re- 
mained a  dead  letter  until  1895,  when  new 
legislation  (2)  provided  for  the  purchase  of 
two  small  parks  within  two  years  from  that 
date.  The  sites  were  purchased  and  the 
houses  demolished;  but  the  grounds  were 
left  a  heap  of  ruins.  Finally,  in  1900,  the 
Outdoor  Recreation  League  obtained  per- 
mission to  level  off  the  ground  and  make  it 
possible  for  the  children  to  play  upon  it. 
This  was  the  beginning  of  municipal  play- 
grounds in  Manhattan. 

Since  1900  the  Borough  of  Manhattan 
has  established,  and  opened  in  rapid  succes- 
sion, eleven  playgrounds.  Some  of  these 
were  placed  in  parks  already  in  use;  for 
others,  new  parks  were  created. 

Cost. 

The  establishment  of  these  parks  entailed 
a  total  expenditure  of  $12,643,991.51,  dis- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


21 


tributed  as  follows:  (i.)  Chapter  676  of  the 
Laws  of  1887  (2)  Chapter  293  of  the  Laws 
of  1895. 

Hamilton  Fish  Park $  1,719,455.00 

Thomas   Jefferson    Park 2,748,122.00 

Seward   Park    1,811,127.00 

Corlears  Hook  Park 1,370,421.00 

Tompkins   Square    Park 93,358.00 

Hudson  Park    533,705.04 

St.  Gabriel's  Park 1,034,711.00 

DeWitt  Clinton  Park 1,272,385.00 

John   Jay   Park 388,534.00 

East  River  Park 522,118.88 

Chelsea  Park    1,200,000.00 

Total $12,693,936.92 

Adequacy. 

That  eleven  playgrounds  are  wholly  in- 
adequate to  the  needs  of  the  people  of  Man- 
hattan Island  there  remains  no  doubt. 
With  its  2,112,380  people  at  least  800,000 
of  whom  are  between  the  ages  of  four  and 
eighteen,  Manhattan  has  more  than  190,- 
000  persons  (or  about  70,000  children  to  a 
playground).  The  following  table  shows 
not  only  that  Manhattan  has  fewer  play- 
grounds in  proportion  to  its  population 
than  other  cities  considered,  but  also,  what 
is  perhaps  of  even  more  significance,  that 
Manhattan's  density  of  population  is  much 
greater  than  any  of  them. 

TABLE. 

Number 
of  peo-  Density 

Number  pie  to  of 

of  play-  a  play-  Popu- 

Cities                  Population  grounds  ground  lation 

Manhattan,   N.    Y.    2,112,380      11      192,634  131.8 

Chicago,   111.               1,432,315      13      148,640  16.8 

Newark,  N.  J.               272,950        3        90,983  19.3 

Boston,  Mass.                588,482      16        36,780  23.9 

Louisville,  Ky.              219,191        6        36,531  16.7 

Portland,   Me.                  53,493        2        26,746  3.9 

Washington,  D.  C.  298,050  20  14,902  7.8 
*See  New  York  State  Census  for  1905. 

It  is  the  congestion  more  than  the  size  of 
a  city  that  makes  playgrounds  necessary. 
The  table  shows  that  Manhattan  Island  is 
almost  six  times  more  crowded  than  Boston 
and  over  seven  times  more  crowded  than. 
Chicago.  This  means  that  the  Manhattan 
children  must  share  the  scanty  space  un- 
occupied by  tenements  with  a  great  many 
more  children  than  do  those  of  other  large 
cities.  Almost  unknown  here  are  the  de- 
lights of  the  vacant  lot  and  every  year  sees 
more  and  more  children  crowding  into  the 
narrow  dangerous  streets. 

Nor  are  the  playgrounds  large  and  com- 
modious spaces.  The  eleven  small  parks 
containing  playgrounds  cover  a  total  of 
seventy  acres,  but  of  this  only  twenty-four 
acres  are  devoted  to  the  playgrounds.    The 


following   table    shows   what   part   of   each 
small  park  is  occupied  by  playgrounds: 

TABLE   II. 

Total  area  of  the  parks  in  which  there  are  play- 
grounds and  the  actual  area  occupied  by  the  play- 
grounds proper. 

Area  of  Area  of 

Park  Playground 

DeWitt  Clinton   Park 7.4  acres  3       acres 

Thomas    Jefferson    Park...  15.  5   acres  9        acres 

Wm.  H.  Seward  Park 3.3  acres  2       acres 

St.    Gabriel's    Park 2.9   acres  1.5   acres 

Corlear's   Hook   Park 8.3   acres  2        acres 

Tompkins    Sq.    Park 10.5   acres  1.5   acres 

East  River   Park 12.5   acres  1        acres 

Hamilton  Fish  Park 3.7   acres  2        acres 

Hudson  Park    1.7  acres  .  5  acres 

John    Jay    Park 3.0   acres  1.5   acres 

Chelsea  Park    1.0   acres  .  25  acres 

Total     69.8  acres     24  .  25  acres 

Distribution. 

The  playgrounds  and  park  kindergartens 
must  be  located  within  easy  reach  of  every 
child.  The  children  of  the  tenements  can- 
not afford  to  ride  on  street  cars  and  even 
the  delights  of  the  playground  will  not  in- 
duce them  to  take  long  journeys  on  foot. 
(See  following  table).  Moreover,  they 
hesitate  to  cross  busy  and  crowded  streets 
and  they  will  not  willingly  go  into  the  ter- 
ritory occupied  by  people  of  other  national- 
ity than  their  own.  All  these  considera- 
tions should  be  borne  in  mind  in  determin- 
ing the  location  of  playgrounds. 

TABLE  I. 
Showing  the  radius  of  the  playground  attendance. 

Distance  of  Home  from  Playground 

Playground           Less         4  to  6       7  to  10         10  Total 

than           bl'ks         bl'ks       bl'ks  No.  of 

4                                             and  children 

Bl'ks                                         over  question- 
ed 

Hamil.   F.   Pk.  .85             31             4  120 

Tompkins     Sq. .    99             29             3          2  133 

Seward    Park.. 172            36             7          3  218 

Thos.    Jef.    Pk.178             42             8          2  230 

Total 534          138          22          7  701 

The  figures  given  above  show  that  out  of 
the  701  children  attending  the  playgrounds 
during  the  investigation  534,  or  76  per  cent, 
live  less  than  four  blocks  away  from  the 
playgrounds. 

It  is,  therefore,  evident  that  the  advant- 
ages of  the  playgrounds  are  enjoyed  only 
over  a  limited  area  and  that  with  the  play- 
grounds as  few  as  they  are,  most  of  Man- 
hattan's eight  hundred  thousand  children 
are  still  dependent  upon  the  dangerous 
streets  for  their  free  play. 

With  the  increased  density  of  population, 
the  homes  become  more  and  more  sunless 
and  airless  and  the  play  space  more  and 
more  scanty.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that 
playgrounds   are   most   needed  in  the  con- 


22 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


gested  districts  of  the  city.  Have  the  Man- 
hattan authorities  borne  this  consideration 
in  mind  in  determining  the  location  of  the 
playgrounds  ? 

In  a  very  general  way  they  have.  Figure 
i  shows  that  the  west  side  with  its  popula- 
tion of  901,423,  but  with  an  average  density 
of  only  93.3  persons  per  acre  has  two  play- 
grounds, while  the  more  crowded  east  side 
has  nine.  AVithin  the  east  side,  however, 
the  distribution  has  not  been  so  wise  or  so 
equitable.  The  east  side,  south  of  14th 
street  with  a  population  of  602,975  and  with 
432.9  persons  to  the  acre  has  four  play- 
grounds, while  the  district  north  of  14th 
street  with  a  population  of  598,295  and  an 
average  density  of  only  21 1.2  persons  per 
acre  has  five  playgrounds.  When  we  con- 
sider the  smaller  divisions  of  the  city  the 
injustice  seems  even  more  marked.  For 
example,  Ward  8  with  a  population  of 
727.9  to  the  acre,  the  most  densely  settled 
district  in  the  city  has  no  playground, 
while  in  the  same  region  Ward  6  with  a 
population  of  only  397.6  persons  to  the 
acre,  and  with  one  exception  the  least 
populous  district  of  the  lower  east  side  has 
a  playground,  and  Ward  T2  with  465  per- 
sons to  the  acre  has  two.  While  no  section 
of  the  city  has  too  many  playgrounds, 
some  districts  where  they  are  most  needed 
have  been  entirely  neglected.  The  result 
is  that  although  Manhattan  has  spent  more 
money  on  playgrounds  than  any  two  cities 
in  the  country  the  benefits  have  been  far 
from  proportionate. 

In  Manhattan  with  its  constantly  increas- 
ing land  values  the  solution  must  lie  in  the 
acquisition  of  small  but  numerous  play 
spaces  distributed  with  due  reference  to  the 
density  of  the  population,  and,  in  so  far  as 
it  is  possible,  within  easy  walking  distance 
of  every  home.     (1) 

(1)  In  Germany,  as  is  shown  by  the  map 
on  page  ,  the  play  grounds  are  small  and 
devoted  entirely  to  the  use  of  the  children. 
This  makes  it  possible  for  the  state  to  pro- 
vide a  larger  and  better  distributed  number 
of  playgrounds.  As  far  back  as  1897  there 
were  in  Prussia  1985  playgrounds,  almost 
all  of  which  were  within  less  than  ten 
minutes'  walk  from  a  school,  and,  as  is  well 
known,  the  German  schools  are  well  dis- 
tributed, according  to  the  distribution  of 
homes.  Germany  was  not  slow  to  learn 
that  distance  is  a  very  important  factor  in 
playground  distribution,  and  the  splendid 
results  achieved  in  Germany  are  undoubt- 


edly due  to  its  tendency  to  sacrifice  size  to 
number. 

Management. 

In  the  organization  of  the  department, 
the  playgrounds  fall  into  the  division  of 
"Playgrounds,  Kindergartens,  Bathhouses 
and  Comfort  Stations  in  the  Parks."  The 
official  in  charge  of  this  division  is  an  As- 
sistant Superintendent  who  is  not  fitted, 
either  by  training  or  by  interest,  for  the 
supervision  of  the  playgrounds.  Moreover, 
there  is  nothing  but  the  most  general  over- 
sight, no  plan  or  system,  no  responsibility. 
As  a  result  the  attendants  who  are  people 
of  various  kinds  and  degrees  of  training  are 
permitted  to  use  their  own  judgment  in 
conducting  playgrounds,  and  to  carry  out 
their  own  ideas  whether  they  are  good  or 
bad.  Besides,  the  attendants  are  frequently 
transferred  from  one  playground  to  another 
with  all  the  unpleasant  adjustments  which 
such  changes  always  mean.  In  short,  there 
is  misunderstanding,  confusion,  and  lack  of 
co-operation,  all  because  there  is  no  com- 
petent and  responsible  head  to  the  play- 
ground system. 

In  this  connection  it  may  be  said  that  the 
present  method  of  registering  attendance 
is  misleading.  Counts  are  made  twice  a 
day,  once  from  the  time  of  opening  to  1  p. 
m.  and  a  second  time  from  1  to  5  p.  m. 
This  system  makes  the  attendance  appear 
well  distributed  throughout  the  day,  and 
conceals  the  fact  that  during  most  of  the 
year  it  is  largely  concentrated  between 
twelve  and  one  and  between  three  and 
five.     (See  Table  III). 

New  York,  in  the  Borough  of  Manhattan 
was  the  first  city  in  the  United  States  to 
provide  its  playgrounds  with  paid  and 
trained  teachers.  Today  the  eleven  play- 
grounds are  regularly  supervised  by  seven- 
teen women  teachers  and  twelve  gym- 
nasium instructors.  The  yearly  salary  of 
the  women  is  $720.00  and  that  of  the  men 
is  $900,  making  an  annual  expense  of  $23,- 
040  to  the  city. 

The  management  of  the  individual  play- 
ground is  not  such  as  to  bring  the  most 
satisfactory  results.  It  is  the  park  foreman 
and  not  the  teacher  who  is  really  in  charge 
of  the  playground.  The  park  foreman  has 
the  custody  of  the  supplies  and  acts  as  time 
keeper  of  the  teachers'  work.  He  it  is  who 
decides  whether  the  weather  is  suitable  for 
opening  the  playground  or  whether  the 
teachers  should  be  sent  home.     His  author- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


23 


ity  is  often  carried  to  a  point  where  the 
prestige  of  the  teachers  is  lowered  before 
the  children  and  discipline  suffers  accord- 
ingly. Because  of  the  legal  objection  to  the 
employment  of  teachers  bv  any  other  muni- 
cipal department  than  the  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, the  Department  of  Parks  has  deprived 
the  teachers  of  their  rightful  titles  and  sub- 
stituted "Attendant,"  the  name  by  which 
the  employees  about  the  bath  houses  and 
comfort  stations  are  designated.  In  fact, 
one  order  from  the  Department  of  Parks  to 
the  foreman  was  found  to  read  "You  are 
hereby  directed  to  acquaint  the  playground 
and  gvmnasium  attendants  of  your  gang, 
etc."  The  matter  of  title  is  perhaps  of  little 
importance  but  it  is  clearly  illogical  that 
persons  who  are  selected  to  take  care  of 
parks  should  be  made  supervisors  of  work 
which  is  by  nature  educational.  It  is  as  if 
the  janitor  of  a  school  building  were  put  in 
charge  of  the  teachers  there. 

The  opening  hours  of  the  playgrounds 
are  a  striking  examole  of  bad  management 
and  needless  expense.  Under  the  present 
arrangement  nine  of  the  eleven  play- 
grounds under  the  Department  of  Parks 
are  open  the  vear  round  as  follows :  Prom 
10  a.  m.  to  5  p.  m.  during  October.  Novem- 
ber, December.  January  and  February : 
from  o  a.  m.  to  6  p.  m.  during  March.  April 
and  Mav;  and  from  o  a.  m.  to  7  p.  m.  in 
June,  July,  August  and  September. 

It  is  aoparent,  from  the  above  schedule, 
that  during  eight  months  of  the  vear 
October  to  Mav  the  hours  of  the  play- 
ground conflict  with  those  in  the  public 
schools,  ihe  natural  result  of  this  schedule 
is,  that  between  o  or  io  a.  m.  and  12:11;  p. 
m.  and  between  1  and  7,  p.  m.  the  nlav- 
grounds  are  practically  deserted  and  the 
teachers  are  idle  from  four  to  Ave  hours 
during  a  dav,  eight  months  of  the  vear. 
The  executions  are  very  often  truants  and 
the  attendants  are  freauentlv  called  uoon 
to  cross-examine  the  children  who  come 
into  the  playground  during"  school  hours. 

An  illustration  of  the  distribution  of  at- 
tendance during  school  hours,  as  compared 
with  the  hours  when  the  children  are  out 
of  school,  is  given  by  the  following  table, 
prepared  from  the  attendance  in  Tompkins 
Square  Playgrounds  during  several  days  in 
February  and  March. 


TABLE. 

Showing  hours  of  attendance  in  Thompkins  Square 
Playground. 


Hours 

February, 

1907 

March, 

1907. 

20th  21st 

25th 

26th 

4  th 

5th 

9-12* 

10    20 

None 

10 

6 

5 

12-1 

133   110 

75 

80 

125 

140 

1-3 

19    27 

15 

30 

20 

30 

3-6* 

310   210 

150 

200 

150 

300 

Total        472        367  240        320        301        475 

*In  February  the  hours  were  from  10-5,  while 
in  March  they  were   from   4-6. 

But  if  the  attendants  are  occupied  only 
a  small  portion  of  the  time  during  the  eight 
school  months,  their  work  is  doubled  dur- 
ing vacation  when  they  are  expected  to 
look  after  five  or  six  hundred  children  in 
the  course  of  eight  or  nine  hours.  The 
1906  report  of  the  Statistician  on  play- 
grounds and  kindergartens  shows  that  in 
every  case  the  attendance  during  the  sum- 
mer was  at  least  double  that  of  the  school 
term,  and  in  John  Jay,  DeWitt,  Clinton  and 
Tompkins  Square  Playgrounds  the  attend- 
ance was  trebled. 

While  the  Department  of  Parks  keeps 
the  playgrounds  open  throughout  the  day 
regardless  of  the  small  attendance  during 
school  hours  no  effort  has  been  made  to 
induce  the  children  living  near  a  play- 
ground to  take  advantage  of  its  benefits  and 
keep  off  the  streets.  Within  a  block  or  two 
of  a  playground  street  gangs  may  often  be 
observed  shooting  craps,  smoking  cigar- 
ettes or  playing  ball,  to  the  peril  of  passers- 
by.  The  records  of  schools  and  reforma- 
tories and  of  the  Juvenile  Court  show  that 
street  gang  amusements  are  responsible  for 
a  great  deal  of  delinquency  and  crime. 
While  no  boy  can,  or  should  be  brought  to 
a  playground  against  his  will,  the  police,  by 
dispersing  these  gangs  might  be  the  means 
of  inducing  them  to  go  to  the  playground 
where  the  surroundings  are  more  healthful 
and  where  they  would  not  annoy  the  neigh- 
borhood. 

The  value  of  play  as  an  educative  in- 
fluence is  so  well  known  and  the  importance 
of  directed  systematic  play  is  so  generally 
accepted  that  no  exposition  of  these  facts 
is  necessary  here.  The  playground  should 
be  under  the  supervision  of  the  Board  of 
Education.  To  the  Board  of  Education  has 
been  intrusted  the  work  of  training  the  chil- 
dren of  the  city,  and  it  does  this  according 
to  a  thorough  and  harmonious  system.  It 
is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  directed 


24 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


play  be  so  carried  on  as  to  strengthen  and 
emphasize  school  influence.  Unless  work 
and  play  are  conducted  by  the  same  depart- 
ment there  will  be  no  harmony,  no  co- 
operation. The  Board  of  Education  is  the 
proper,  logical  agency.  To  the  Depart- 
ment of  Parks  has  been  delegated  the  im- 
portant but  absolutely  different  function  of 
taking  care  of  trees  and  grass. 

The  Board  of  Education  already  con- 
ducts a  system  of  playgrounds  which  quite 
dwarfs  the  park's  system  in  its  proportions. 
There  were  80  such  play-places  located  in 
the  court  yards  or  on  the  roofs  of  the  school 
buildings,  and  in  a  few  cases,  in  vacant 
lots.  These  recreation  centers  are  con- 
ducted in  a  systematic,  scientific  manner 
and  in  harmony  with  the  other  work  of  the 
schools.  The  city,  by  appropriating  money 
for  playgrounds  to  be  conducted  by  the 
Board  of  Education  has  recognized  the 
educational  importance  of  play.  That  the 
same  Board  of  Estimate  should  appro- 
priate money  for  the  same  purpose  and 
recognize  in  one  case  the  Board  of  Educa- 
tion and  in  another  the  Department  of 
Parks  as  the  proper  authority  to  conduct 
the  work  is  clearly  illogical. 

The  difference  between  the  school  and 
the  park  playgrounds  can  be  seen  in  the 
equipment  of  the  two  types  of  playground. 
For  purposes  of  comparison,  an  inventory 
of  the  equipment  in  Thomas  Jefferson  and 
Tompkins  Square  Parks  and  a  list  of  the 
standard  equipment  used  by  the  Board  of 
Education,  are  appended.  While  there  is 
as  yet  no  recognized  standard  of  play- 
ground equipment,  it  is  apparent  that  the 
word  playground  is  interpreted  in  widely 
different  fashion  by  the  two  departments. 
The  park  playgrounds  are,  as  a  rule, 
equipped  with  the  best  and  most  up-to-date 
apparatus.  It  is  gynasium  apparatus,  how- 
ever, and  of  an  elaborate  and  expensive 
nature.  It  shows  that  the  idea  of  the  Park 
Department  is  to  provide  a  place  for 
gymnasium  and  athletic  sports  rather  than 
an  opportunity  for  guided  free  play.  The 
inevitable  result  is  that  the  playground 
attracts  the  professional  or  would-be  pro- 
fessional athlete  and  becomes  a  show  place, 
to  the  exclusion  of  the  children  who  have 
not  attained  to  proficiency  in  athletics.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  Board  of  Education 
recreation  center  playgrounds  show  a 
simpler  but  more  diversified  equipment  and 
one  which  is  fitted  to  accommodate  more 
children  at  a  given  time  and  to  offer  them 


a  greater  variety  of  amusement.  As 
evidence  of  this  the  figures  show  that  the 
attendance  at  the  playgrounds  at  present 
under  the  Department  of  Parks  is  consider- 
ably less  than  it  was  in  the  same  play- 
ground five  years  ago,  when  they  were 
under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Board  of 
Education. 

Besides  the  greater  variety  of  outdoor 
amusements  the  recreation  centers  offer 
many  other  advantages — libraries,  reading 
rooms,  equipment  for  quiet  games  and  for 
manual  training  and  opportunities  for  con- 
ducting clubs.  The  Department  of  Parks 
attempts  none  of  these  things  in  the  play- 
ground. Some  of  these  activities,  because 
of  lack  of  space,  are  manifestly  impossible. 
Others,  under  a  more  responsible  admini- 
stration, might  be  carried  on  successfully. 
There  is  no  reason  why  the  larger  of  the 
parks  should  not  be  equipped  with  build- 
ings for  quiet  games,  baths,  and  perhaps 
small  libraries  and  reading  rooms. 

Manhattan,  with  her  crowded  living  con- 
ditions and  expensive  land,  cannot  hope  to 
duplicate  the  splendid  playgrounds  of  Chi- 
cago with  their  athletic  fields,  open  air  and 
indoor  gymnasiums,  for  men,  women  and 
children,  swimming  pools,  etc.  The  larger 
of  our  playgrounds  might  easily  be 
equipped  with  wading  pools  which  enter- 
tain a  great  number  of  children,  pleasantly 
and  healthfully  and  with  little  risk  of  super- 
vision. The  other  features  should  be  kept 
constantly  in  mind  when  we  are  construct- 
ing playgrounds  in  what  are  now  less 
crowded  parts  of  the  city. 

Conclusion. 

The  close  relationship  that  play  bears  to 
education  has  been  recognized  by  both  the 
Board  of  Education  and  the  city  financial 
authorities.  In  spite  of  this  recognition, 
the  playground  work  is  still  divided  be- 
tween the  Department  of  Parks  and  the 
Board  of  Education.  The  Department  of 
Parks  has  given  proof  of  wastefulness  of 
methods,  and  of  incompetence  to  conduct 
the  playgrounds  in  a  satisfactory  manner. 
The  logical  conclusion  is  that  jurisdiction 
over  the  playgrounds  should  be  given  over 
to  the  Board  of  Education. 

In  the  meantime,  the  following  changes 
are  obviously  necessary  and  possible : 

I.  That  all  playgrounds  hereafter  ac- 
quired bv  the  city  under  the  law  of  1887 
(1)  be  located  with  the  aim  in  view  of 
accommodating;  the  most  crowded  districts. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


25 


2.  That  the  playgrounds  be  situated,  as 
far  as  possible  from  busy  thoroughfares, 
so  that  children  may  have  access  from  all 
sides. 

3.  That  in  the  acquisition  of  future  play- 
grounds, size  be  sacrificed  to  number. 

4.  That  a  general,  coherent  and  har- 
monious system  of  conducting  the  play- 
grounds be  adopted. 

5.  That  the  playground  work  be  harmon- 
ized with  the  work  in  the  public  schools. 

6.  That  the  teachers  and  instructors  be 
designated  by  their  proper  title  and  not  by 
some  substitute  which  lowers  the  prestige 
of  the  persons  engaged  in  the  work. 

7.  That  a  responsible  and  competent 
person  be  placed  in  charge  of  the  system 
and  of  the  individual  playground. 

8.  That  the  co-operation  of  the  police  be 
secured  for  the  purpose  of  breaking  up 
street  gangs  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
playground. 


GUATEMALA  SCHOOLS. 

The  new  transcontinental  railroad  which 
was  opened  on  January  19  has  brought 
Guatemala  much  nearer  to  the  United 
States,  and  American  capital  and  enterprise 
are  expected  to  play  an  important  part  in 
the  immediate  future  of  the  country. 
Already  the  people,  though  as  yet  little 
known  here,  want  to  be  like  Americans. 

"There  isn't  a  girl  in  my  school  who 
doesn't  want  to  be  like  the  Americans," 
says  Miss  Alice  Dufour,  principal  of  the 
girls'  manual  training  school  of  Guatemala 
and  a  graduate  of  Columbia,  who  is  now  in 
this  city.  "All  of  them  are  eager  to  learn 
the  English  language,"  she  continued,  "and 
while  the  transcontinental  railroad  was  be- 
ing built  they  had  a  kind  of  race  with  the 
road,  all  trying  to  acquire  fluency  in  the 
language  before  the  road  was  completed." 

Miss  Dufour's  school  was  established  out 
of  his  private  funds  by  President  Manual 
Estrada  Cabrera,  along  with  a  similar  in- 
stitution for  boys.  Only  children  whose 
parents  are  loyal  to  the  administration  are 
admitted,  and  the  president,  besides  pay- 
ing the  salaries  of  the  teachers,  furnishes 
uniforms  for  the  pupils  and  everything  else 
required  for  the  successful  operation  of  the 
schools. 

"All  the  pupils  live  at  the  school,"  said 
Miss  Dufour,  "and  they  attend  classes  six 
days  a  week  for  ten  months  of  the  year. 
They  visit  their  homes  only  on  the  last 
Sunday  of  each  month.     The  girls  rise  at 


5  o'clock  and  breakfast  off  coffee  and  dry 
bread.  Then  comes  another  meal  at  8,  the 
regular  dinner  at  11,  fruit  at  3  p.  m.,  supper 
at  5  p.  m.  and  coffee  and  bread  at  8  o'clock. 
The  supper  is  always  prepared  by  the  class 
in  cooking,  and  the  chief  object  of  the 
school  is  to  give  the  girls  a  knowledge  of 
how  to  run  a  home,  a  quality  sadly  lacking 
among  the  women  of  Guatemala  and,  in 
fact,  all  Central  American  countries.  Fam- 
ilies of  even  moderate  means  have  from 
three  to  six  servants. 

"Gardening  is  also  a  feature  of  the  school 
work.  Each  girl  cares  for  a  plot  of  ground 
4  by  10  feet.  Here  she  raises  roses,  orchids 
and  other  flowers  on  one  side  of  a  banana 
tree,  while  on  the  other  she  grows  radishes, 
lettuce  and  like  vegetables.  Seedlings  are 
protected  by  the  giant  leaves  of  the  royal 
palm. 

"Cooking,  gardening,  dressmaking  and 
housekeeping  do  not  take  all  their  time. 
They  also  study  French,  English  and 
Spanish,  history,  geography,  mathematics, 
elementary  science,  music  and  art." 

The  public  school  system  of  Guatemala 
dates  only  to  the  rule  of  President  Barrios, 
who  held  the  reins  of  government  from 
1870  to  1885,  and  amid  the  political  disturb-, 
ances  that  have  afflicted  the  country  it  has 
not  greatly  flourished.  One  of  the  first  acts 
of  the  present  president  was  to  revive  and 
rehabilitate  the  school  system.  Among 
other  things,  he  established  the  "Feast  of 
Minerva"  which  comes  at  the  close  of  the 
school  year.  It  lasts  three  days,  and  pro- 
fessors, principals  and  government  officials 
join  the  children  in  celebrating  it. — New 
York  Tribune. 


ARMY  EDUCATION. 

The  conditions  confronting  officers  and 
men  who  have  children  to  educate,  are 
simply  pitiful.  Many  an  officer  is  at  this 
moment  in  debt,  and  paying  interest  on  bor- 
rowed money,  so  that  he  may  send  his  son 
or  his  daughter  to  a  good  school,  or  keep 
them  in  some  city  where  their  education 
will  be  continuous  and  uninterrupted.  No 
matter  of  domestic  economy  touches 
officers  more  deeply  than  this  of  the  chil- 
dren's education. 

It  is  true  that  the  public  schools  of  a  city, 
if  the  post  be  near  a  city,  are  generous  in 
taking  boys  and  girls  in,  and  some  do  so 
for  a  tuition  fee;  but  it  is,  nevertheless,  a 
fact  that  an  army  officer  cannot  demand 
local  school  service  as  a  right,  because  of 


26 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


his  profession  and  his  residence  on  a  mili- 
tary reservation.  Even  when  near  a  city, 
the  post  is  outside  of  it,  and  the  children 
spend  from  two  to  four  hours  daily  travel- 
ing behind  army  mules  to  and  from  the 
school  house. 

Ihe  so-called  "post  schools"  now  estab- 
lished, and  to  which  children  are  sometimes 
sent  through  absolute  necessity  because  of 
isolation,  are  a  farce,  for  the  officer  having 
the  high  sounding  title  of  "Superintendent 
of  Post  Schools,"  is  generally  so  fully 
occupied  with  other  engaging  military 
duties  that  he  can  give  little  or  no  attention 
to  the  school  development  and  system, 
while  the  man  who  is  teacher  has  usually 
never  acted  in  that  capacity  before. 

Again,  officers  and  men  are  so  changed 
about  that  the  education  of  the  children  is 
subject  to  sad  and  costly  interruptions,  as 
they  frequently  go  back  one  grade  in  their 
transfer  from  one  locality  to  another. 

Is  there  not  a  remedy  for  this  ?  West 
Point  represents  hundreds  of  similar, 
though  smaller  cases,  and  these  children 
are  as  lusty,  as  loyal  and  as  American  as 
any  the  nation  produces. — Army  and  Navy 
Life.  

EDITORIAL. 

We  are  pleased  to  call  attention  to  an 
association  of  zealous,  public-spirited  citi- 
zens which  has  recently  been  organized  in 
Milwaukee  although  its  scope  is  national 
rather  than  local  as  indicated  by  its  name, 
viz. :  the  National  New  E  lucation  League. 
Its  object  is,  in  brief,  the  self  uplifting  of 
the  American  nation  upon  a  higher  intel- 
lectual, ethical,  esthetic  and  universal  cul- 
tural level  by  a  reorganization  of  the  public 
school  system  along  the  lines  of  the  new 
education. 

Some  of  the  means  to  this  end  are  briefly 
outlined  as  follows : 

I.  An  energetic  agitation  throughout  the 
United  States  are  the  more  consistent  ap- 
plication of  the  "new  educational"  princi- 
ples, methods,  aims,  and  practice  not  only 
in  the  kindergarten,  but  as  the  best  founda- 
tion for  the  objective,  developing,  organic 
and  correlative  art  of  child-culture  and 
soul-evolution,  to  be  continued  in  peda- 
gogic development  through  all  the  stages 
of  the  common  school  wo*,  making  of 
education  one  unitary  living  growth  under 
the  co-operation  of  the  school  (teachers), 
the  home  (parents),  and  the  community 
(district  population),  as  briefly  but  compre- 


hensively  outlined   in   C.    H.    Doerflinger's 
booklet  "synopsis." 

2.  The  publication  of  a  monthly  paper 
and  other  literature. 

3.  The  expansion  of  the  league  into 
every  district  or  parish  throughout  the 
country. 

4.  The  seeking  of  a  private  endowment 
for  a  12  grade  "Model  New  Education  Ad- 
vanced Common  School"  in  which  a 
selected  faculty  of  true  educators  devoted 
to  this  cause  shall  find  an  opportunity,  un- 
trammeled  by  political  or  other  detrimental 
forces,  to  prove  the  superiority  of  the  pro- 
posed new  system  over  that  now  in  vogue, 
by  the  practical  .results  it  will  attain,  ap- • 
proximating  those  of  the  high  school  in 
the  quantity  of  imparted  knowledge,  but 
better  as  to  powers  and  character. 

5.  The  advocacy  of  Mr.  Doerflinger's 
plans  for  the  publication  of  a  series  of  New 
Education  Teachers'  Manuals  and  other 
needed  auxiliaries. 

6.  The  advocacy  of  a  development  of  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education  into  a 
well  equipped   Government  Department. 

Mr.  C.  H.  Doerflinger  has  had  a  move- 
ment such  as  this,  upon  his  heart  and  brain 
for  many  years.  Like  Froebel,  he  proved 
his  patriotism  by  risking  his  life  for  his 
country  in  the  civil  war  (losing  a  leg  in 
the  great  conflict)  and  like  Froebel  again, 
he  proved  his  patriotism  still  further  and 
in  more  difficult,  discouraging  ways,  by 
striving  through  long  years  to  raise  the 
educational  ideals  of  his  city  and  state. 

He  was  well  trained  himself  in  a  fine 
school  established  upon  the  best  educa- 
tional principles  and  has  studied  thought- 
fully the  educational  systems  of  Switzer- 
land, Germany,  France  and  Mexico  at  first 
hand. 

In  common  with  many  thoughtful  obser- 
vers of  today  he  feels  dissatisfied  with  the 
results  of  our  schools.  For  some  reason 
we  are  not  turning  out  the  children  our 
country  needs,  either  as  to  character  or 
general  equipment  to  fight  the  battles  of 
life  with  honor  or  success.  Our  public 
schools,  our  private  schools,  our  colleges 
alike  fail  in  establishing  high  principles  or, 
disinterested  characters  in  those  who 
graduate  from  their  beautifully  equipped 
buildings  and  perfect  organizations. 

From  time  to  time  men  with  high  educa- 
tional ideals  have  succeeded  in  establishing 
and  carrying  on  schools  permeated  with 
the   noblest   spirit   of   consecration   on  the 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


27 


part  of  the  teachers;  and  guided  by  wise, 
courageous  and  far-sighted  leaders  much 
has  been  accomplished  and  even  the  rank 
and  file  of  the  public  schools  have  felt  their 
influence.  Notable  among  these  efforts 
may  be  mentioned,  the  German-American 
Acadeirv  of  Milwaukee  founded  by  Peter 
Engelman,  the  Ethical  Culture  School  of 
N.  Y.,  founded  by  Felix  Adler,  the  Cook 
Countv  Normal  School  with  which  Colonel 
Parker  carried  on  his  long  battle  for  the 
social  ideal  of  the  school,  the  Laboratory 
School  of  the  University  of  Chicago  in 
which  Dr.  Dewey  has  proved  many  things, 
and  the  Horace  Mann  School  of  New  York 
City.  Possibly  the  Ethical  Culture  School 
is  the  only  one  which  fulfills  the  demands 
of  the  present  ideal,  as  for  many  years  it 
embodied  the  highest  educational  theories 
and  was  free  to  all  students,  but  of  late 
years,  when  the  advanced  grades  of  the 
high  school  were  added  it  ceased  to  be  en- 
tirely free. 

The  Laboratory  School  and  Colonel 
Parker's  School  of  Education  and  the 
Horace  Mann  school  of  New  York  have 
fallen  under  the  restricted  control  of  the 
university  organizations  and  so  have  lent 
freedom,  and  there  appears  little  prob- 
ability that  the  public  schools  which  are 
more  and  more  systematized,  should  ever 
secure  the  freedom  called  for  by  the  new 
education,  but  we  believe  with  Mr.  Doer- 
flinger  that  the  times  are  ripe  for  an  experi- 
ment such  as  he  suggests  and  which  has 
the  indorsement  of  well-known   educators. 

If  one  school  such  as  we  have  named 
above  could  in  time  be  placed  in  every  lead- 
ing city  in  our  country  to  little  by  little 
make  its  impress  upon  the  main  body  of 
the  school  system  it  would  not  but  result 
in  vast  changes  in  the  tone  of  modern 
society.  We  ask  co-operation  of  all  who 
know  the  defects  of  our  present  modern 
life,  the  tragedies  enlisted  because  of  the 
selfishness,  low  moral  ideals  and  lack  of 
reverence  of  the  average  child  as  well  as 
the  children  of  the  very  rich  and  the 
extremes  to  join  with  us  in  the  effort  to 
establish  first  one  such  school,  then  others 
as  rapidly  as  the  necessary  funds  may  be 
secured.  It  requires  consecration  and 
sacrifice  but  the  promise  of  a  new  earth,  if 
not  a  new  heaven,  is  assuredly  worth  the 
cost. 


FOLK  AND  FAIRY  STORIES. 

RICHARD    THOMAS   WYCHE.    President   Story 
Tellers'  League. 

N  the  child's  estimate  the  stone 
that  the  builders  rejected  has 
become  the  chief  of  the  cor- 
ner. Many  a  floating  fairy 
and  folk  tale  that  failed  to  find 
its  way  in  saga  and  epic,  has 
because  of  its  inherent  worth 
lived  through  the  centuries, 
and  is  today  the  favorite  fire- 
side story  of  the  younger  chil- 
dren. The  child's  interest  in  "The  Three 
Bears,"  "Cinderella,"  "Little  Red  Riding 
Hood,"  "Beauty  and  the  Beast,"  "Santa 
Ciaus,"  and  so  on,  is  a  better  guide  to  us 
than  the  opinion  of  the  overwise  adults  in 
determining  the  literature  he  shall  have. 
The  stories  that  gave  pleasure  and  inspira- 
tion through  the  centuries  lived  while  oth- 
ers were  forgotten,  and  we  have  today  the 
winnowed  and  selected  fairy  stories  of  the 
world  to  choose  from ;  but  one  should  know 
the  folk  tales  of  his  own  land  before  those 
of  another  country.  Our  children  study  the 
geography  and  history  of  America  before 
that  of  India. 

The  North  American  Indian  and  the 
Negro  have  furnished  us  with  many  charm- 
ing folk  tales.  Longfellow  has  used  and 
idealized  many  of  the  Indian  traditions  in 
his  masterpiece  "The  Song  of  Hiawatha," 
while  Joel  Chandler  Harris  has  collected  and 
given  to  us  in  his  faultless  dialect  many  of 
the  Negro  stories.  The  re-telling  of  these 
traditions  are  splendid  examples  to  us  of 
the  story  teller's  art.  Longfellow  selected 
his  material  partially  from  "Schoolcraft's 
Collection  of  Indian  Traditions,"  while 
Harris  gathered  his  at  first  hand  from  the 
Negroes,  and  in  idealizing  these  selected 
and  gathered  stories,  they  have  written 
masterpieces  that  will  live  forever.  Hia- 
watha with  its  sweep  of  imagination,  sus- 
tained effort  and  heroism  comes  properly 
under  the  head  of  an  epic,  and  for  charm  of 
meter,  out-of-doors  life,  spiritual  and  ethical 
ideals  we  have  no  story  superior  to  it.  It 
was  the  first  story  that  revealed  to  me  the 
vastness  and  beauty  of  storyland,  when  as 
their  teacher  I  looked  into  the  eyes  of  lis- 
tening children. 

For  humor,  relaxation  and  pure  fun  we 
have  no  better  stories  than  the  deeds  of 
"Brer  Rabbit,"  in  the  Uncle  Remus  books. 


28 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


These  stories  told  as  they  were  by  a  gray- 
headed,  kind-hearted,  old  Negro  to  a  little 
boy  who  came  to  his  cabin  fireside  every 
evening  after  supper,  reveal  a  beautiful  pic- 
ture of  a  child  race, typified  in  Uncle  Remus, 
speaking  to  a  child  of  a  more  mature  race. 
They  understood  each  other,  a  child  look- 
ing into  the  face  of  a  child.  What  a  unique 
situation  that  is :  the  untaught  race  becom- 
ing the  teacher  of  the  educated  race.  If 
music,  humor,  good-natured  raillery,  skillful 
blending  of  animal  traits  and  human  nature 
as  given  in  the  stories  that  were  told  every 
day  to  the  children  of  the  South,  meant  an 
educational  impress,  we  must  then  duly 
consider  the  work  of  the  black  mammies  and 
uncles  who  told  these  stories  to  the  chil- 
dren by  the  fireside,  in  the  fields,  and  under 
the  shade  of  trees. 

The  Negro,  bringing  some  of  his  stories 
from  Africa,  getting  some  from  his  white 
master,  others  from  the  Indians,  and  him- 
self creating  many  on  the  plantation,  has 
produced  a  piece  of  literature  that  will  re- 
main for  all  time  a  record  of  what  he 
thought  and  felt  during  his  years  of  servi- 
tude in  America.  An  interesting  example 
it  is,  too,  of  the  unconscious  making  of  liter- 
ature by  a  primitive  race.  When  we  com- 
pare the  stories  of  the  Negro  with  those  of 
other  races  we  see  this  difference :  the  In- 
dian's hero  was  Hiawatha,  the  Norseman's 
was  Siegfried,  the  Greek's  was  Ulysses;  but 
the  Negro's  hero  is  the  rabbit.  Other  races 
had  men  and  women  as  characters  in  their 
stories,  but  the  Negro  has  only  animals. 
His  hero  is  the  harmless  and  helpless  rabbit, 
who  outwits  the  fox,  the  lion  and  wolf.  Not 
by  might  or  power,  but  by  craft  he  succeeds. 
If  the  hero  of  a  race  reveals  characteristics 
then  the  Negro's  message  to  the  world  is 
not  one  of  prowess  and  brute  force,  but  one 
of  a  child-like  spirituality,  as  seen  in  his 
songs  and  stories. 

The  Negro's  emotional  life,  his  songs,  su- 
perstitions, stories,  and  beliefs  in  haunts 
directly  by  the  race  that  creates  its  own  lit- 
erature. And  since  Uncle  Remus  stories 
have  been  published,  the  literature  of  the 
Negro  has  reached  all  parts  of  America,  and 
extends  even  into  Europe.  William  Morris 
puts  Uncle  Remus  down  as  one  of  the  Amer- 
ican books  he  enjoys.  While  these  stories 
are  universally  popular,  they  are  because  of 
the  dialect,  not  suitable  for  language  work 
in  the  schools,  yet  the  dialect  and  quaint  old 
English  has  in  itself  a  charm  and  educa- 
tional value.    And  for  pure  humor,  Ameri- 


can literature  has  nothing  better.  The  boy 
and  girl  whose  sense  of  humor  has  not  been 
developed,  who  has  not  been  allowed  to  re- 
lax and  laugh  is  not  fitted  for  the  world's 
work.  To  the  extent  that  we  can  let  down 
and  relax,  to  that  extent  we  can  rebound  to 
higher  things. 

He  who  has  been  giving  the  child  some- 
thing all  day  to  teach  him,  needs  occasion- 
ally to  give  him  a  story  not  to  teach  a 
blessed  thing. 

We  cannot  go  all  the  time  keyed  up  to 
the  deeds  of  Hiawatha  or  King  Arthur. 
When  friction  and  little  misunderstandings 
arise,  as  they  usually  do  in  organized  effort, 
nothing  is  better  for  teacher  and  pupil  than 
to  laugh  together  at  the  deeds  of  some  char- 
acter such  as  Brer  Rabbit.  An  immediate 
psychic  adjustment  is  made,  they  have  met 
on  a  common  plane  and  are  for  the  moment 
comrades.  The  atmosphere  is  lightened, 
sweetened  and  purified  so  that  all  can 
breathe  freely  again.  We  have  more  mus- 
cles in  our  face  for  laughing  than  for  crying. 
How  shall  we  develop  those  muscles  unless 
we  laugh.  To  see  the  point  in  a  story  and 
know  when  to  laugh  means  a  finer  and 
higher  form  of  mental  development  and  cul- 
ture than  understanding  a  rule  in  mathe- 
matics. 

It  is  rarely  that  we  find  stories  so  preg- 
nant with  life  as  the  Uncle  Remus  tales  for 
they  interest  both  the  young  and  old.  The 
little  child  enjoys  the  animal  play  and  talk: 
Most  of  the  humor  is  lost  on  him,  and  for 
that  reason  a  simple  heroic  story  is  more 
popular  with  him.  But  the  adult  sees  in  the 
artistic  settings,  the  post  lude  and  pre 
lude,  the  dialect,  the  humor  and  human  life, 
something  extremely  interesting  and  amus- 
ing. Measured  by  some  standards  these 
flowers  of  the  soil  may  seem  common  and 
unworthy,  but  those  who  heard  them  in 
their  childhood  and  those  who  feel  the 
fellowship  of  all  literary  art,  can  see  with 
Wordsworth,  in  the  meanest  flower  that 
blooms  thoughts  too  deep  for  tears. 
Others  have  crossed  the  seas,  and  climbed 
the  heights  of  some  Mount  Olympus  to  find 
literature,  but  Joel  Chandler  Harris  found 
his  in  the  common  life  on  the  plantation; 
and  he  has  written  a  piece  of  literature  that 
will  live.  As  Theodore  Roosevelt  says  of 
him,  "Presidents  may  come  and  presidents 
may  go  but  Uncle  Remus  stays  put." 

With  the  passing  of  the  primative  races 
and  the  coming  of  the  printing  press,  folks 
tales  have  had  a  tendency  to  die  out.  *  * 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


29 


If  as  Froebel  has  said,  story  telling  is  a 
refreshing  spirit  bath,  then  the  fairy  story  is 
the  most  popular  bath  with  a  little  child. 
But  to  attempt  to  give  him  all  the  fairy 
stories  now  published ,  English,  German, 
Japanese  and  Russian,  would  be  worse  than 
not  giving  him  any.  Some  one  has  defined 
a  fairy  story  as  a  heavenly  story  with  an 
earthly  meaning  and  in  this  all  good  fairy 
and  ghosts,  touching  the  white  child  at  the 
most  impressionable  period,  left  a  lasting 
impress  on  America  and  especially  on  the 
South;  for  the  children  of  no  other  section 
of  the  country  have  had  such  splendid  story 
tellers  and  as  charming  fairy  tales  told  them. 


IF. 

If  I  was  big  I'd  have  a  troop 

An'  go  an'  fight  the  foe, 

An'  lose  my  arm  or  somethin' 

Just  like  my  Uncle  Joe. 

An' when  we'd  licked 'em  good  and  hard 

An'  won  our  spurs,  why — then — 

I  guess  you'd  see  how  brave  we'd  be 

If  me  an'  the  boys  was  men. 

I  wonder  how  'twould  really  seem 

To  be  like  Uncle  Joe, — 

Do  you  suppose  he's  kinder  scairt 

When  lights  is  turned  way  low? 

I  think  if  I  was  really  growed, 

So  I  could  beat  a  drum, 

When  bedtime  came  and  it  was  dark, 

I'd  want  my  mother  some. 


THE  SWING. 

BY    ROBERT    DOUIS    STEVENSON. 

How  do  you  like  to  go  up  in  a  swing, 

Up  in  the  air  so  blue 
Oh,  I  do  think  it  the  pleasantest  thing 

Ever  a  child  can  do! 

Up  in  the  air  and  over  the  wall, 

Till  I  can  see  so  wide, 
Rivers  and  trees  and  cattle  and  all 

Over  the  countryside. 

Till  I  look  down  on  the  garden  green, 
Down  on  the  roof  so  brown — 

Up  in  the  air  I  go  flying  again, 
Up  in  the  air  and  down! 


September  and  October  are  missionary  months 
with  this  magazine,  during  which  time  any  sub- 
scriber who  renews  for  a  year  can  have  the 
privilage  of  sending  one  copy  free  for  six  months 
to  any  person  not  now  on  our  list,  the  object  be- 
ing to  reach  more  people  and  interest  them  in  the 
kindergarten  cause.  Select  some  young  kinder- 
gartner  or  primary  teacher  and  send  the  magazine 
to  her  as  a  gift  to  a  friend,  or  send  25c  additional 
and  secure  the  magazine  for  a  full  year  for  your 
friend.  We  will  begin  subscription  at  any  time- 
Christmas,  if  you  like. 


DRAWING,  PAPER  CUTTING,  FOLD- 
ING AND  PAPER  TEARING 
FOR  SEPTEMBER. 

By  liteon  CiAXTON. 

The  plan  of  the  articles  that  are  to  follow 
on  this  subject  is  to  find  a  thought  for  the 
month,  some  nature  interest,  some  study  of 
animal  life,  more  or  less  definitely  connected 
with  that  thought,  some  helper  whose  work 
is  especially  appropriate  during  the  month; 
to  not  forget  to  look  back  into  the  days  that 
have  gone  and  even  cast  the  eye  forward  to 
the  days  that  are  to  come.  The  particular 
objects  chosen  will  only  be  suggestive  and 
imply  lines  of  story  work  and  talks,  excur- 
sions into  the  world  and  much  self  expres- 
sion on  the  part  of  the  child.  If  the  mater- 
ials used  be  considered  as  means  of  self  ex- 
pression rather  than  materials  for  illustra- 
tion, the  real  purpose  will  be  attained.  The 
results  will  be  valuable  only  as  they  enable 
a  child  to  see  and  act  for  himself.  Finished 
work  is  not  the  purpose  to  be  kept  in  mind. 
If  the  same  object  be  drawn  and  then  cut 
free  it  will  help  the  child  greatly  to  see  form 
and  mass.  The  results  will  be  very  much 
more  satisfactory  than  just  to  perform  the 
one  process  with  a  given  object.  The  draw- 
ings, etc.,  when  saved  and  made  up  in  book 
form  show  at  a  glance  the  improvement  in 
the  work,  and  if  the  parents  are  invited  to 
come  each  month  to  see  the  children's  work 
and  compare  with  others,  and  finally  to  take 
it  home  it  will  add  greatly  to  the  interest. 
A  design  for  the  book  cover  would  then  be 
one  feature  of  the  month's  work. 

September. 

The  month  of  recall;  the  time  when  the 
work  goes  back  to  the  home  and  summer 
joys.  This  then  is  a  month  when  home  in- 
terests appear  largely  in  the  drawing,  cut- 
ting, folding  and  paper  tearing.  This  also 
is  the  month  when  the  neighborhood  is 
searched  for  some  beautiful  object  to  be  the 
subject  of  conversations,  visits  and  lessons 
during  the  year. 

_  The  choice  of  subject-matter  depends  en- 
tirely on  the  child's  environment  and  devel- 
opment. The  feeling  for  the  work  and 
truths  presented  will  be  found  to  some  de- 
gree in  the  most  benighted  districts  and  in 
the  crudest  home  life.  To  be  sure,  after  the 
starting  point  of  the  child's  experience  is 
found,  the  work  will  lead  away  from  some 
homes  more  quickly  than  others,  but  the 
child's   experience  must  be  the  working 


3o 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


foundation.  The  mothers  and  fathers  are 
the  helpers  to  whom  we  especially  direct 
the  thought  of  the  children  in  September. 

The  following  outline  will  be  suggestive 
of  work  along  these  lines  : 

Free  Drawing. 

1.  The  mother  at  her  daily  duties;  churn- 
ing, milking,  feeding  chickens,  washing, 
ironing,  sewing,  caring  for  the  baby. 

2.  The  father  at  his  daily  duties ;  driving 
milk  to  town,  working  in  fields,  etc.,  con- 
ductor, carpenter,  mason. 

3.  The  home. 
.4     The  school. 

5.  Representation  of  some  of  the  plays 
of  summer  time,  as  fishing,  boating,  a  day 
at  the  beach,  gathering  flowers,  trolley  ride. 

6.  Illustration  of  stories. 

Directed  Drawing. 


CatfcYViltar 


Caterpillar 

Cocoon 

Animal  life. 

Some  bird  that  migrates. 


G  oldte\rrr*xi 


Goldenrod 
Astors 


Seed  pods 
Pears 
Peaches 

Bunch  of  grapes 

Book  cover — Goldenrou  and  astors 
Flowers,  fruits  and  toys  brought  in  class-room  by 
the  children. 


^f^^X. 


Gretas  §J  ?~tfP 


Cht-ir 


Free  Cutting. 

1.  This  is  the  time  for  snipping  if  the 
children  wish  to.  But  gradually  the  chil- 
dren will  be  led  from  this  to  a  line  of  cut- 
ting, suggested  by  the  teacher. 

2.  Also  plan  to  have  pictures  cut  from 
magazines,  fashion  plates,  etc.,  but  the  re- 
sults will  of  necessity  be  very  crude. 

3.  The  home  (cut  doors  and  windows.) 

4.  Table-cloth. 

5.  Napkins. 

6.  Chairs. 

7.  Tables. 


u   ^ 

f  ^ 

Tub 


Tubs,     washboard,     ironing    board 

fS A 


Washboard 


Spool 


clothes  line  full  of  clothes,  clothes  horse 
with  clothes  on  it,  spool  of  thread,  dust  pan, 
dust  brush,  broom. 

Drawing  and  Cutting. 

1.     Draw  a  window  frame;  cut  out  space 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE 

for  glass;  paste   a  thin,   colored   paper  on       ^ 


31 


V^indow-fvante 


FSowevpot 


2.  Free  illustrative  drawings  of  father 
and  mother  at  work.  (These  pictures  must 
be  kept  free  from  detail,  for  instance,  the 
father  holding  a  hammer,  the  mother  with 
a  broom,  would  be  good  subjects. 

3.  Drawing  a  flower ;  cutting  it  out ; 
pasting  a  slat  on  the  back  and  standing  this 
in  a  flower  pot  made  of  an  empty  spool  cov- 
ered with  crepe  paper  and  tied  with  a 
ribbon. 

4.  A  flight  of  birds  on  a  blue  back- 
ground ;  cut  some  birds  larger  than  the  oth- 
ers and  arrange  the  larger  ones  in  the  front. 


Practice  Drawing. 

Street — Add  objects  of  interest. 


Poles  —  Add      details      appropriate,      as 
clothes  lines,  vines,  etc. 

Ball — Add  strings  to  make  balloon,  etc. 

Folding  and  Cutting. 

1.  Towels. 

2.  Shutters — Draw    window    and    paste 
the  shutters. 

3.  Bed, 
Bureau, 
Table, 
Piano. 
Chair, 


The   foundation  form  is   described  in   a 
previous  article. 


/  Esalloons  ( 


Wagon — Farm  wagon. 

Make  barrels  by  rolling  the  strips  used 
for  chain  paper. 

If  the  wheels  of  the  wagon  be  fastened 
with  paper,  fastened  so  that  they  "walk,"  it 
will  add  greatly  to  the  charm  of  the  con- 
struction. 


32 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


4.     Home  and  school-house;  also  based 
on  descriptions  in  previous  articles. 

Paper  Tearing. 


Oak  Leaf — green, 
brown. 


Strips  for  chains. 

Snips, 

Plates, 

Saucers, 

Bouncing  balls, 

OCTOBER 

This  is  the  month  of  falling  leaves  and  harvest- 
ing; preparation  for  winter  both  in  the  home  and 
the  world  of  nature.  The  farmer  sees  that  his 
buildings  are  in  repair  and  the  mother  begins  to 
look  over  the  winter  clothing.  The  flowers  have 
made  their  seeds.  The  fruits  are  ripening  theirs. 
Jack  Frost  touches  the  nuts  and  the  squirrels 
gather  their  winter  store.  The  bees  have  sufficient 
honey  for  the  long  winter  montns  and  almost  im- 
perceptably  the  insects  and  creatures  of  the  winds 
have  disappeared.  Winter  is  coming  and  all  must 
be  ready.  The  farmer  is  the  helper  to  whom  our 
attention  may  well  be  directed  and  as  the  thoughts 
of  the  children  are  drawn  to  his  activities  the  spirit 
of  the  season  may  be  reflected  in  the  Drawing,  Cut- 
ting, Folding  and  Paper  Tearing  in  a  variety  of 
ways.     The  following  outline  will  be  suggestive: 

DRAWING 

1.  Seed  pods — to  remind  us  of  September  and  to 
suggest  November. 


Sunflower 
seedL-pod 


branch 


2.     Maple  Leaf — red. 

green, 
brown. 


Tree  betiding  in  w'mdl 


0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

S00H- 

cover      Barrel' 


// 

\  w 

\ 

i 

\\\ 

WW 

4.  Chestnut  branch,    including  open   and   shut 
burrs  and  leaves. 

5.  Hickory    branch,    including    open    and    shut 
burrs  and  leaves. 

6.  Different  trees  in  foliage. 

7.  Bare  trees. 

8.  Tree  bending  in  the  wind. 


9.     Apples — red. 

green, 
yellow. 

10.  Branch  with  deserted  nest. 

11.  Squirrel — The  animal  life  for  November. 

12.  Jack-o-Lantern. 


13.     Book  Cover — Maple  leaves  in  colors. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


33 


PRACTICE   DRAWING 

1.  Barrel  for  apples. 

2.  Bare  tree. 

FREE  DRAWING 

1.  Illustration  of  stories. 

2.  Representation  of  conditions  in  nature  as 
colored  foliage,  falling  leaves,  squirrels  gathering 
nuts,  store  houses  being  repaired,  sheep  in  fields. 

CUTTING 

1.  Apples. 

2.  Sheep. 

3.  Sheep  fold.   (Described  In  previous  article.) 

4.  Coats. 

5.  Mittens. 

6.  Stockings. 


8.      Illustration  of  story  work. 


Mitten 


Stochifii 


3.  Fruits. 

4.  Chestnut. 

5.  Acorn  in  cup. 

6.  Sheep  fold. 

7.  Hen  house  on  same  foundation  as  sheep  fold. 
i>raw  big  windows. 


1. 
2. 
3. 

4. 

5. 
tray. 

6. 
simple 
dog. 


DRAWING  AND  CUTTING 

Apple  tree  filled  with  ripe  fruit. 

Chestnut  tree. 

Mr.  Squirrel's  family. 

Mr.  Squirrel's  home. 

Sheep  to  paste  on  back  ground  or  use  in  sand 

Illustration  of  stories,   keeping   the   pictures 
as  a  squirrel  with  nut  in  fore  feet  or  watch 


CUTTING 


Farmer. 
Leaves. 


You  can  do  kindergarten  missionary  work  at  our 
expense.     See  announcement  first  page. 


A  NEW-FOUND  SENSE. 

If  the  eyes  of  one  who  had  never  seen  were  sud- 
denly opened,  the  world  would  be  a  strange  sight. 
We  see  not  only  by  means  of  the  physical  powers 
of  the  eye,  but  by  experience.  A  blind  man  whose 
sight  is  restored  cannot  recognize  his  own  wife 
until  he  touches  her  face  or  hears  her  voice.  A 
man  who  had  never  seen  until  he  was  thirty  years 
old  has  sent  to  the  Problem,  a  magazine  for  the 
blind,  a  remarkable  account  of  his  experience  when 
the  bandage  was  drawn  from  his  eyes  in  the  hos- 
pital, and  he  was,  as  it  were,  born  again  into  the 
world: 

"What  I  saw  frightened  me,  it  was  so  big  and 
made  such  strange  motions.  I  called  out  in  terror 
and  put  out  my  hand.  My  fingers  touched  my 
nurse's  face.  I  knew  she  was  there,  for  she  had 
just  taken  the  bandage  from  my  eyes,  and  I  knew 
what  I  was  touching;  but  I  did  not  know  what  it 
was  I  saw. 

"  'For  mercy's  sake,  what  is  it?'  I  asked. 

The  nurse  answered  me  soothingly,  taking  my 
fingers  in  her  hand  and  moving  them  from  her 
mouth  to  her  eyes,  to  her  nose,  chin,  and  forehead. 

"  'It  is  my  face  that  you  see.  Look!  You  know 
this  is  my  mouth — my  chin — and  these  are  my 
eyes.' 

"  'So  I  knew  that  I  was  seeing  what  was  familiar 
to  the  touch  of  my  fingers, — a  human  face.  But 
the  sensation  was  still  one  of  terror.  I  seemed  so 
small  beside  that  expanse  of  human  features  which 
was  so  familiar  to  my  fingers,  so  unnatural  to  my 
new  sense. 

"When  the  nurse  moved  away  from  my  cot,  I 
felt  a  new  sensation,  which  was  so  agreeable  that 
I  laughed  aloud.  The  nurse  came  back,  but  not 
so  close  as  before. 

"  'What  is  that?'  I  asked. 

"  'You  are  looking  at  the  blanket  which  lies 
across  your  feet,'  she  said. 

"  'Blankets  must  be  very  beautiful  things,'  I 
said. 

"  'It  is  a  red  blanket,'  she  explained. 

"Then  I  thought  I  knew  why  people  spoke  of 
the  beauty  of  the  red  rose.  This  was  my  first 
knowledge    of    colors. 

"I  saw,  and  yet  did  not  know  that  I  saw.  How 
could  I  know  at  first  that  those  new  and  wonder- 
ful sensations  meant  the  birth  of  a  sense  of  which 
I  knew  nothing  except  in  theory?  Of  course  I 
was  expecting  to  see;  but  was  this  sight — this 
jumble  of  extraordinary  sensations? 

"The  dazzling  light  first  convinced  me,  for  I 
had  always  been  able  to  distinguish  between  night 
and  day.  But  I  could  not  recognize  objects  with 
my  new-found  sense  until  I  had  translated  into 
its  speech  the  language  of  the  other  senses. 

"The  one  lesson  of  the  blanket  was  sufficient  to 


34 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


teach  me  the  color,  red.  Yellow  was  a  different 
matter.  The  nurse  brought  me  a  cool  drink.  I 
could  recognize  her  by  sight  now.  The  thing  I 
saw  in  her  hands  I  knew  to  be  a  tray  after  I  had 
felt  of  it.     Suddenly  I  felt  a  thrill  of  disgust. 

"  'What  is  that  thing  on  the  tray?'  I  asked.  'It 
makes  me  sick.' 

"  'It  is  a  lemon.     You  said  you  liked  lemonade.' 

"  'Then  it  is  yellow.  It  is  the  color  that 
nauseates  me.' 

"Any  object  close  to  me  looked  tremendously 
large.  I  had  often  romped  with  children,  yet  when 
I  first  set  eyes  on  a  baby  it  looked  gigantic. 

"The  first  day  I  sat  by  the  window  I  put  my  hand 
out  to  feel  the  pavement. 

"  'That  must  be  the  pavement,"  I  said.  'I'm 
going  to  feel  of  it  to  make  sure.' 

"  'My  goodness!'  laughed  the  nurse.  'The  pave- 
ment is  two  stories  below.' 

"The  first  meal  I  ate  was  an  odd  experience. 
When  I  saw  that  great  hand  with  a  huge  fork 
approaching  my  mouth,  the  inclination  to  dodge 
was  almost  irresistible." — Youth's  Companion. 


Take  advantage  of  our  kindergarten  missionary 
offer.     See  announcement  first  page. 

Subscribe  now  and  get  the  magazine  free  for  a 
friend.      See  announcement  first  page. 


"Play-Drill."  A  series  of  useful  physical 
movements  for  young  children  by  Annie  M.  Ben- 
nett, with  words  and  music  by  Alice  L.  A.  Hands. 
The  primary  end  of  the  book  is  "to  teach  young 
children  to  breathe  deeply  both  in  the  inspiratory 
and  expiratory  acts.  This  is  most  successfully 
done  when  the  children  are  taught  to  do  it  un- 
consciously in  the  form  of  play.  They  are  in- 
structed, for  instance,  to  blow  away  imaginary 
bubbles  or  kites  and  to  do  this  with  the  utmost 
vigor.  In  doing  this  they  are  sure  to  make  a 
complete  exhalation,  and  nature  will  see  that 
there  is  a  complete  inhalation,  the  little  ones  be- 
ing all  unconscious  of  anything  but  the  fun." 
There  is  throughout  the  plan,  insistence  upon  a 
perfect  standing  position  which  recalls  Ling's  in- 
sistence upon  a  frequent  return  to  his  funda- 
mental position  which  was  also  one  in  correct 
standing.  In  her  introduction  however  the  author 
makes  special  concessions  to  those  who  for  any 
physical  defect  may  not  be  able  to  assume  this 
important  position.  The  selections  are  arranged 
with  reference  to  giving  all  parts  of  the  body  their 
needed  quota  of  exercises.  It  is  planned  with 
sound  good  sense  and  a  thorough  understanding  of 
the  child  and  what  he  needs  and  does  not  need. 
There  are  numerous  pictures  from  photographs  to 
illustrate  the  special  exercises  and  the  music 
compositions  are  simple,  short  and  expressive. 
The  directions  are  clear  and  brief.  One  picture 
shows  the  children  sitting  on  a  rug  placed  in  an 
open  court  and  rowing  very  vigorously  their 
imaginary  boat.  There  are  flower  songs,  see-saw 
songs;  words  to  accompany  horse  and  butterfly 
music,  as  well  as  wind  songs,  swinging,  police- 
man and  soldier  songs.  The  closing  one  is  quite 
up-to-date  in  that  it  takes  for  its  subject  the 
"electric  cars,"  as  a  running  exercise.  George 
Philip  &  Son,  London,  England.  Price  1  s  6  d. 
The  book  is  well  bound  in  serviceable  red  cloth  and 
opens  easily  for  piano  playing. 

"List  of  Books  for  the  Blind."  In  1904  the 
Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Brooklyn  Public  Library 
voted  to  establish  a  Library  for  the  Blind.  They 
found  upon  investigation,  that  upon  the  rolls  of 
the  department  of  Public  Charities  were  397  blind 
pensioners,  and  to  each  of  these  was  sent  a  notice 
of  the  intention  and  inquiry  as  to  whether  they 
were  readers  and  if  so  the  kind  of  type  used.  For 
a  long  time,  the  Church  of  the  Messiah  had  main- 


tained a  library  for  the  blind  but  recognizing  the 
special  fitness  and  better  equipment  of  the  Public 
Library  for  carrying  on  the  work  they  transferred 
to  its  care  its  entire  collection  of  437  volumes. 
This  formed  the  nucleus  for  the  present  Public 
Library  for  the  Blind  which  was  opened  April, 
1905.  The  collection  since  that  time  has  increased 
to  a  total  of  1140  volumes,  including  125  volumes 
of  sheet  music.  Books  for  the  blind  are  printed  in 
five  different  types.  These  are  known  as:  Line, 
English  Braille,  American  Braille,  Moon,  and  New 
York  point.  We  are  told  that  the  Moon  print  is 
especially  adapted  to  the  aged,  and  to  those  whose 
sense  of  touch  is  deficient,  while  to  those  whose 
touch  is  normal,  New  York  point  offers  certain 
advantages.  Since  facilities  for  learning  to  read 
are  beyond  the  reach  of  many  individuals  the 
library  provides  a  teacher  who  gives  a  regular 
course  of  instruction  in  the  home  free  of  charge. 
Pupils  up  to  the  age  of  7  6  have  been  taught  suc- 
cessfully. Oral  readings  are  held  three  times  a 
week  and  in  addition  to  its  books  the  library  re- 
ceives four  periodicals  a  week  in  the  four  different 
types.  It  contains  also  a  number  of  maps  for  the 
use  of  the  blind.  In  this  connection  we  would 
mention  a  suggestion  made  by  Dr.  Jaral,  the 
great  French  physician  who  became  blind  some- 
what late  in  life.  Out  of  his  own  sad  experience 
he  has  written  a  book  of  suggestions  for  those  who 
are  facing  this  dread  loss  of  sight.  He  has  stern 
words  for  those  physicians,  who  knowing  that 
blindness  is  inevitable  fail,  out  of  mistaken  sym- 
pathy to  give  the  due  warning  which  will  enable 
the  patient  to  prepare  himself  beforehand  for 
the  darkness  that  is  to  come.  Dr.  Jarval  gives 
many  practical  ideas  that  will  aid  the  patient  in 
training  himself  for  a  certain  degree  of  independ- 
ence. For  himself,  being  a  man  of  scientific  train- 
ing and  familiar  with  several  languages,  he  finds 
one  of  his  greatest  deprivations  to  be  his  in- 
ability to  continue  his  studies  in  the  foreign 
tongues.  He  therefore  highly  recommends  the 
translation  of  all  important  books  into  Esperanto 
which  will  thus  place  them  at  the  disposal  of  the 
blind  of  any  nation. 


Free    subscriptions    to    the    magazine.       See    an- 
nouncement first  page. 


In  "School  and  Home  Education"  for  March  we 
find  what  promises  to  be  a  paper  of  revolutionary 
tendencies.  It  is  by  B.  C.  Gregor,  now  of  Chelsea, 
Mass.,  and  is  called  "The  Foundation  of  Gram- 
mar. In  1902,  when  superintendent  of  schools, 
Trenton,  N.  J.,  Mr.  Gregory  conducted  a  practical 
investigation  to  determine  what  was  wrong  in 
present"  methods  of  teaching  grammar.  That 
something  was  wrong  was  certain,  according  to  re- 
ports of  High  School  teachers.  This  study  was 
made  by  having  all  of  the  children  from  the 
fourth  to  the  eighth  grades  inclusive,  write  a 
composition  on  a  subject  given  by  the  teacher. 
Each  teacher  was  to  follow  her  customary  plan 
in  such  work.  The  compositions  were  then 
marked  in  accordance  with  a  certain  detailed 
scheme,  covering  45  different  points,  and  the 
errors  were  classified.  The  results  were  surpris- 
ing and  seem  to  indicate  that  the  schools  have 
right  along  been  pursuing  the  wrong  way  to  turn 
out  writers  of  good,  plain  English.  There  has 
evidently  been  much  time  and  energy  wasted.  A 
study  of  this  article  will  help  grade  teachers  to 
a  better  understanding  of  just  what  the  gram- 
matical weaknesses  of  the  children  are  likely  to 
be  and  how  they  may  best  be  corrected.  Mr. 
Gregory  believes  that  the  three  essential  points  to 
be  followed  at  first  are:  1.  The  insistence  upon 
very   short   and   simple   sentences.      2.  The   avoid- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


ance  of  superfluous  words.  3.  Practice  to  insure 
the  agreement  of  subject  and  predicate,  nouns 
and  pronouns,  etc.  Attention  to  these  three  mat- 
ters would  eliminate  many  common  errors  which 
are  not  necessary  to  be  dealt  with  before  the  High 
School  period.  Mr.  Gregory  says:  "Here  are 
three  propositions  which  this  discussion  tends  to 
put  in  the  light  of  facts:  First,  many  errors  are 
so  complex  that  children  rarely  make  them; 
second,  when  the  children  do  make  them 
they  are  so  immature  that  they  cannot  under- 
stand the  explanation  when  it  is  offered;  third, 
if  the  errors  could  be  explained,  the  pupils  don't 
have  practice  enough  in  said  errors  to  enforce 
their  correction."  The  article  is  not  concluded  in 
the  March  number  but  the  facts  already  given  set 
one  to  thinking  at  once.  There  is  more  than  one 
way  of  simplifying  the  course  of  study. 


We  offer  to  send  the  magazine  as  a  missionary 
free.     See  conditions  on  first  page. 


A  COUNTING  LESSON. 

BT    CAROLYN   S.    BAILEY. 

One  little  nest  In  the  apple  tree; 

Two  fat  robins,  and  blue  eggs  three; 

Four  little  heifers,  meek  and  brown; 

Five  little  lambkins  soft  as  down; 

Six  little  grass  blades  new  and  green — 

Seven  blue  violets  peeping  between; 

Eight  nodding  blossoms  of  sweet  red  clover; 

Nine  little  honey  bees  circling  over; 

One  little  girl  come  back  again 

To  grandfather's  farm, 

And  she  counts  ten. 

Note.— A  little  girl  should  give  this  recitation.  She  should 
count  oft  a  finger  at  a  time  as  she  recites,  pointing  to  herself 
as  the  last  three  lines  are  repeated.  Accent  the  SHE  and  TEN, 
of  the  last  line  very  strongly  and  with  a  "cute"  Inflection.  It 
will  be  considered  a  "dear"  little  thing  if  the  right  child  gives  It. 

WORDS  FREQUENTLY  MISUSED 

Rarely  ever,  incorrectly  used  for  hardly  ever. 
Libel,  incorrectly  used  for  slander. 
Learn,  incorrectly  used  for  teach. 
I  says,  incorrectly  used  for  I  say. 
Liable,  incorrectly  used  for  likely 
Lay,  incorrectly  used  for  lie. 
Average,  incorrectly  used  for  or  dinary. 
Expect,  incorrectly  used  for  suspect. 
Farther,     incorrectly     used     for  further. 
Latest,  incorrectly  used  for  last. 
Many,  incorrectly  used  for  much 
Luxuriant,    incorrectly    used    for  luxurious. 
Plenty,  incorrectly  used  for  plentiful. 
Propose,     incorrectly     used     for  purpose. 
Real,  incorrectly  used  for  really. 
Compliment,  incorrectly  used  for  complement. 


One  by  one  tky  duties  wait  thee; 

Let  thy  whole  strength  go  to  each; 
Let  no  future  dream  elate  thee, 

Learn  thou  first  what  these  can  teach. 

Then  let  us  learn  to  help  each  other 

Hoping  unto  the  end : 
Who  sees  in  every  man  a  brother, 

Shall  find  in  each  a  friend. 


The  Acorn. 

BY    FANNY   J.    CROSBY. 

A  little  acorn  said  one  day, 
As  near  an  aged  elm  it  lay, 
"I  wonder  if  I  e'er  shall  be 
As    strong    and    tall    as    that    big 
tree?" 

The  little  acorn  soon  was  found, 
And  kindly  planted  in  the  ground, 
Where  after  many  years  it  grew, 
And    to    the    breeze    its    branches 
threw. 

Its  leaves  were   green,   and   'neath 

their  shade 
The     old     reclined,     the     children 

played. 
And  so  we  all,  if  we  will  try, 
Can  useful  be  as  time  goes  by; 

And  as  the  acorn,  we  are  told, 
Its    branches    spread    o'er    young 

and  old, 
Oh,  let  our  greatest  joy  be  found 
In  doing  good  to  all  around. 


Tonight — Confession. 

I  have  read  the  gospel  story, 

I  have  listened  tc  its  song; 
How  the  Lord  of  life  and  glory 

Came  to  save  both  old  and  young. 
I  have  seen  bright,  eager  faces 

Glow  with  rapture  and  delight. 
But — to  know  His  precious  promise 

Is  for  me  this  blessed  night! 

I  have  heard  it  since  my  childhood, 

Heard  it  at  my  mother's  knee, 
But  I  did  not  feel  the  blessing 

Could  be  meant  at  all  for  me. 
Now  I  see  the  gift  He  offered, 

See  the  wisdom  and  the  might, 
So,  I  come  to  claim  His  promise, 

And  confess  my  Lord  tonight. 

Oh,  for  all  those  years  of  waiting! 

Can  I  serve,  and  thus  atone 
For    the    past-dear   Lord,    forgive  me! 

I  1  n    my    heart    SSemed  turaed  to  stone? 
I  would  now  obey  Thy  precepts 

Conquered     by     Thy     love     and   might- 

Buried,  but  to  rise  and  serve  Thee, 

Let  me  do  all  this  tonight! 

Then  I'll  try  to  do  Thy  bidding, 

Seek  Thy  blessed  will  to  know; 
Ask  Thy  guidance  and  protection,' 

All  along  my  path  below. 
Then,  when  called  to  go  up  yonder, 

Join  that  throng  of  angels  bright, 
May  I  then  be  counted  worthy 

Of  the  choice  I've  made  tonight. 
— Mary  Sias. 


RELIABLE  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES  OF  AMERICA 

Ev»ry  progressive  teacher  whs  dssirss  pramotiaa  should  take  up  the  matter  with  some  wide-awake  Ttachers'  Agency.  Beyand 
the  scope  of  a  teacher's  personal  acqtuiataace  thsre  is  aot  much  hope  of  advancing  unaided.  Some  agencies  have  positloas  wait- 
lag  for  experienced  teachers  and  all  should  bt  abls  to  advise  ym  to  your  advantage.  If  you  contemplate  moving  ts  a  distant  aec- 
tioa,  let  soma  agency  secure  you  a  position  before  you  go.    Any  of  the  following  will  doubtless  seal  particulars  in  reply  to  postaj; 


Ina  good  position  this  year  is  the  aim  of  the  SUCCESS  TEACHERS'  AGENCY- 
We  can  make  this  record  if  we  can  get  the  teachers,  but  we  will  need  YOU- 
Send  in  your  name  to-dav.     Vacancies  everywhere.      No   registration  fee. 
Stamp  for  blanks  and  circular.         SUCCESS  TEACHER'S  AGENCY, 
Established,  1904.  Address,  Department  K,  Chicago,  111,. 


TEACHERS'  AGENCY 
D.  B.  COOK,  Maiager 

Syracuse,  N.Y. 
we  not  help  you) 

An  Agency  with  agents. 


LOCATES  KINDERGARTEN  TEACHEBS 

Because  of  the  scarcity  of  candidates  we  will 
register  any  kindergarten  teacher  and  accept 
registration  fee  later,  after  we  place  you. 

We   alse  extend  time  in  payment  of  com- 
mission. 

Write  Te=day.    Sead  Pfceto 

We  have  placed  hundreds  of  others.     Why  may 

Empire  Teachers'  Agency, 

Syracuse,  N.  Y. 


OUH  15ft  YE&R  BOOK  jgff  ?g%T?,#*fr  iTtis-  HAZARD  TEACHERS1  AGENCY 

n"MbuBrU^-^^"V*»onaf^k)3,T  KqSOta  Bu,ldln9'  '  MINNEAPOLIS,  H 
ted  Mera'Darcb.-j).""  '".VrneUto'tiearost    615  Empire  State  Sulldlng,  SPOKANE,  W 


Westers  State 
era  positie 
for  a  Se!*cte<3 
office. 


224  Railway  Exchange. 


MINN. 
WASH. 
DENVER.  COLO. 


SARIN'S  ^BUGATIOMAL  EXCHANGE 

HENRY  SABIN  1907  14th  Season  ELBR1DGE  H    SABIN- 

During  last  y«nr  placed  teacberslnSo  counties  In  Iowa,  and  in  Minnesota,  NorthsndSa- 

Dakota,  Nebraska,  Colorado,  Wyoming,  Utah,  Idaho,  Montana,  Washington  and  Ore, 
gan.  Address,  HENRY  SABZfS,      Manhattan  Building,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

PIONEER  TEACHERS'  AGENCY,        Jklahoma  City,  Okla. 

VTill   hslp   yoa   to   get   e.  new    or  b<4tor  Msitloa,   wh*ti«-r   yso   ar*   s    Teaeher 
Clerfc,   Beak- v°*&er,  mr  St^aegTepher.      enroll  »»w  for  fall  vaeca<*l«*   la   triinole 

Th»  d'T«r>n-l   lev   eswj    t^cefe*?*   la   sJS  ifea   Wweterz   eaj  Bootheca   Stetss  U   far 
greater   than    Hie  *nnalr. 

Writ*  fer  spi»l!«»»*»B   Wsnke  asd   fall  particslars. 


TEACHERS*    AGENCY 

Teachers  wanted  for  geod  positions  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
Registration  fee  holdg  Rood  until  we  secure  a  position  for  you. 


X.  Crsder, 


^.©me.  New  YorK 


s 


Vs»csm<"!ea    E9<         Bataoae    »f    <5<-  -    Bisad,  utter  fRESB  rp®-f*trsii£e*£  no 
ttsose  xiW'-  sarao     Kp»rier»««.  V7f.»   M.  THTJR.STOPS',  lSasseer, 

THT'RII     W*S   TEACBRRS'    AGEKC7,  S7S    Wabash    Ave..   diSeass* 


Admits  to  membership  nnly  the  better  class  of  t*»C".«<N 

registration    fee    returned    to    others   at    oicc 
Returns  fee  if  its  service  is  not  satisfactory 
Makes    specialty    cf    placing    menihera    in    the    Middle 
States  and   in   the  West— largest   salaries  paid  there. 
Is    conducted    by    experienced    educators    an<$    feusiaaas 
men. 

0  ur  5.    Has  had  phenominal  success  in  placing  it«  rrwmbeiv  dur 
Latest  ins  the  past  year, 

ookl-t  ^ow  '£  the  time  to  register. 

Send  for  our  cor  Booklet. 
Address,  337-320  Faurteeath  Avenue, 

Dept.   F.     MINNEAPOLIS,  1HINJH. 


for' 


Po$itions--for  Teachers 

If  you  want  a  position  on  the  Pacific 
Coast  or  in  Montana  or  Idaho,  it  will 
pay  you  to  register  with  the 

Pacific  Teachers'  Agency 

SEATTLE,  WASHINGTON 

Send  for  Manual  and  Registratiou 
blank.     Address 

B.  W,  BRINTNALL,   Manager, 
523  New  York  Block, 

Seattle,  Wash, 

Teach  in  the 
Sunny  South 

This  section  offers  better  In- 
ducements to  aspiring  teachers 
than  any  other,  and  teachers  are 
in  great  demand.  If  you  want  a 
good  position  for  next  school  year 
you  can  secure  it  in  this  field.  For 
full  information  write 

CLAUDE  J.   BELL, 

Nashville,  Tena. 

Proprietor      the      Bsil      Teachers' 

Agency. 


any  Teachers   Wanted 


An  Agency  that 
Recommends  in  15  Southern  States 
Ala.,    Ark.,    Pla.,    Ga.,    Ky.,    Md., 
Miss.,    Mo.,    N.    C,    S.    C,    Tenn., 

Tex.,  W.  Va. 
Also  conducts  a 

Special  Florida  Teachers'  Agency 
Supplies  Teachers  for  Universities, 
Colleges,  Private,  Normal,  High, 
and  Grade  Schools;  Special  Teach- 
ers of  Commercial  Branches,  Man- 
ual Training,  Domestic  Science, 
Art,  Drawing,  Music,  Elocution, 
Physical  Culture,  Athletics. 
Deals  in  School  Property 

Calls  come  from  School  Officials. 
Recommends  all  the  year  round. 
Register  now.     Best  chances  come 

early. 
SOUTHERN    EDUCATIONAL   RE- 
VIEW  TEACHERS   AGENCY 
CHATTANOOGA,  TENN. 


L)    .'    '     E     VAN     B.-RFN.S7       '  ,  ^  ': ;      17-KH    YZ 

i  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES 


FOUND 


AT 


LAST 


A    suitable   medium    for    model- 
ing in  all  its  branches. 


Harbutt's 
Plasticine 


"The  perfect  modeling  ma- 
terial." 

Five  beautiful  colors.  Always 
plastic.     No  disagreeable  odor. 

Ask  your  dealer  for  particulars 
— if  he  cannot  supply  you,  write 

THE  EMBOSSING  CO.,  Albany, 
N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A.  ,  General  American 
Agents. 

I       SCHEDULE  OF  PRICES 

on 

HARBUTT'S  PLASTICINE 

for 

PROFESSIONAL     and     SCHOOL 

USE 
Ca&es  containing   100   one   pound 
pieces  1  in.   x  20  in.,  one  color 
only 25c  per  lb. 

Cases   as   above   with   more    than 
one  color  ...  ......  27c  per  lb. 

L--s   than   case   lots    (10    lbs.    or 

over) 28c  per  lb. 

Less  than  10  lbs.  . .  .  .35c  per  lb. 

TERMS— NET    CASH,   F.    0.    B. 
ALBANY,  N.  Y  . 

N.  B. — On  single  orders 
amounting  to  1,000  lbs.  or  over, 
a  discount  of  5  per  cent  will  be 
allowed. 

THE 
EMBOSSING  CO. 

Albany,  H.  Y.,  U.  S.  A. 

General  American  Agents. 


TEACHERS 


We  have  great  difficulty  in 
supplying  the  demand  for 
Wages  will  please  you. 


strong  Primary  Teachers 

Write  us 

Owen  Pacific  Coast  Teacher's  Agency 

Mcninnvllle,  Oregon. 


An  Agency  that  Recommends  all  Over  the 
Country 

Here  are  examples  of  190*  changes  through  this  agency  In  every  case  by  recom- 
mendation only.  Nova  Scotia  to  N.  T.  Edith  McLeod,  Parrsboro  to  Montour  Falls. 
Maine  to  N.  J.  Anna  L.  Bard,  Presque  Isle  to  Hoboken.  Massachusetts  to  N.  T. 
Ruth  M.  Fletcher,  Northampton  to  Watertown.  Connecticut  to  N.  T.  Clarence  O. 
Boyd,  New  Haven  to  Chateaugay.  New  York  to  Vt.  Ida  Eveland.  Franklin  to  Cas- 
tleton  Normal;  to  N.  J.,  Martha  Baggs,  Ithaca  to  Fast  Orange;  to  Pa.,  W.  E. 
Dlmorler,  Montour  Falls  to  Erie:  to  W.  Va.,  Myra  L.  Shank,  Auburn  to  Morgan- 
town;  to  Ohio,  Elspeth  McCreary,  Franklin  to  Geneva;  to  Mich.,  Gertrude  Miller, 
Oswego  to  Kalamazoo;  to  Iowa,  E.  Theodore  Manning,  Rochester  to  Storm  Lake;  to 
Mo.,  John  P.  Clark,  Gowanda  to  Carthage.  New  Jersey  to  N.  T.,  F.  W.  Reed, 
Brldgeton  to  Dobbs  Ferry.  Pennsylvania  to  N.  T.  Ada  M.  Perry.  Fast  Sharon  to 
Geneva;  to  N.  J.,  Marietta  Meredith,  Towanda  to  Passaic.  Michigan  to  Ohio. 
George  W.  Slevers,  Kalamazoo  to  Cincinnati.  Wisconsin  to  N.  T.  C.  J.  Vrooman, 
Racine  to  Utica.  California  to  Ala.  Ida  M.  Cooley,  San  Francisco  to  Birmingham. 
During  1906  this  agency  filled  57  places  with  candidates  who  did  not  even  write  a 
letter.     They  were  either  called  up  by  long-distance  telephone  or  asked  to  come  here 

Without  even  Writing  a  Letter 

for  an  interview,  and  the  contract  was  closed  without  correspondence.  Among  these 
were  the  principals  at  Cardiff,  Fast  Wllllston,  Eastwood.  Great  Valley,  North  Rose, 
Russell  and  Sharon  Springs,  N.  T.,  and  Du  Bols,  Pa. ;  such  men  assistants  as  Merle 
W.  Ralph,  Amsterdam;  E.  L.  Taylor,  Ithaca;  F.  W.  Palmer,  Troy  Academy;  A.  C. 
Lewis,  St.  John's  School;  Richard  D.  Fish.  Milton.  Pa.;  and  Robert  H.  Stevens, 
Towanda,  Pa.;  such  training  class  teachers  as  Caroline  H.  Annable,  Jamestown;  and 
Jessie  Mann,  Massena;  such  city  teachers  as  Mae  L.  Haley  and  Grace  P.  Glllett, 
Auburn;  Margaret  M.  Allen  and  Ada  M.  Perry,  Geneva;  Alice  M.  Stack  and  Edna 
C.  Fear,  Hornell;  E.  Nellie  Barker,  Ithaca;  Eunice  E.  Titus,  Schenectady;  Florence 
A.  Brooks,  Utica;  and  Dora  E.  Falrchlld,  Tonkers;  the  preceptress  of  Cook  Academy 
(from  Nova  Scotia);  and  such  high  and  grade  teachers  as  Katherlne  Hayes,  Bat* via; 
Edith  E.  King,  Bay  Shore;  Marlon  Hodskln,  Munnsville;  S.  Grace  Pulford,  New 
Hartford;  Mary  F.  Fltcpatrlck,  Rouse's  Point;  Mary  D.  Spencer,  Sidney;  Wanda 
Tompkins,  Vernon;  Mary  E.  Campion,  Westbury  Station;  Grace  X.  Curtis,  Lillian  B. 
Flsk  and  Anna  L.  Williams,  Whitehall;  such  out-of-the-state  appointments  aa 
Marietta  Meredith,  Passaic,  N.  J.;  Helen  Hart  and  Maude  F.  Deuel,  Conneaut,  O. ; 
Elspeth  McCreary  and  Elizabeth  Trayhern,  Geneva,  O. ;  Ethel  M.  Crandall,  Harriet 
F.  Bird,  and  Nettle  B.  Matthews,  Warren,  O.;  and  Gertrude  T.  Miller.  Kalamazoo, 
Mich.  Wouldn't  you  like  to  get  a  good  place  aa  easily  aa  thlsT  Tou  can  do  It  only 
through  a  recommendation  agency. 

School  Bulletin  Agency,  C.  W.  Bardeen,  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 


The   South  Dakota  Teachers'  Agency 

Is  the  best  medium  through  which  to  obtain  positions 
in  the  South  Dakota  Schools.  Write  for  blanks  to 

The  JOURNAL  OF  EDUCATION,  MADISON,  S.  D. 


THE  TEXAS  TEACHERS'  BUREAU,   315   Thomas  At.,   Dallas, 
Tex.,  will  secure  you  a  lucrative  position  in  the  southwest. 


The  Western  School  News 

Published  at  Taloga,  Oklahoma,  will  be  enlarged  and 
greatly  improved  for  1908.  Largest  and  best  advertis- 
ing medium  of  its  kind  in  Western  Oklahoma.  Contains 
special  departments  for  School  Boards  and  School 
Officers,  Children's  Department,  General  News  and 
Notes,  Teachers'  Department,  Common  School  Alumni, 
Examination  Questions,  etc.  Best  publication  in  the 
state  for  School  Boards.  Bright  and  breezy  and  should 
be  read  by  every  teacher  and  school  officer. 

WESTERN  SCHOOL  NEWS, 

Taloga,  Okla. 
R.  N.  FROST,  Publisher  and  Manager. 


The  New  Kenmore 


ALBANY,  N.  Y. 


One  of  the  Best  Hotels  in  the  City 
EUROPEAN  PLAN 


$50,000  5PENT  IN  IMPROVEnENTS 

$  1 .50  and  Upwards 

150  rooms  with  Shower  and  Tub  Baths. 
175  rooms  with  hot  and  cold  running 
water.  Telephone  in  every  room.  Spe- 
cial attention  paid  to  Tourists.  Cuisine 
and  service  unexcelled.  Nearest  hotel 
to  Capitol  Building,  Theatres  and  Un- 
ion Station. 

JAMES  A.  OAKES. 

Also  LAKESIDE  HOTEL,  Modern  Sum- 
mer Resort,  with  all  Improvements. 
Situated  at  Thompson's  Lake,  Heider- 
berg  Mountains,  N.  Y.  Altitude  1650 
feet.    Seventeen  miles  from  Albany. 


Write  for  Descriptive  Booklet 


HOTEL 

RICHMOND 

17th  and  H.  Streets 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

100  Rooms,  SO  Private  Baths,  American  Plan 
13.00  Per  Day,  Upwards;  with  Bath,  $1.00 
Additional.  European  Plan,  $1.50  Per  Day, 
Upwards;      with      Bath,      $1.00      Additional. 


KINDERGARTEN 

SUPPLIES 


Bradley's  School  Paints,  Raphia,  Reed,  and  all  Con- 
struction Material 
WE  ARE  HEADQUARTERS  FOR  ALL  THE  ABOVE 
Send  for  Colalogue 

Thos.  Charles  Co.,  80=82  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago,  III. 


Hints  from  Squints 

By  HENRY R.  PATTENGILL 

144  Pages,  Cloth,.  50 

CHAPTER  I.  Hints  Comical.  Stories — wise  aand  otherwise.  Regulaar 
rib  ticklers,  liver  lnvlgorators  and  diaphragm  Jlgglers. 

CHAPTER  II.     Hints  QulzzicaL  100  of  the  best  conundrums — old  and 

new.  Enigmas,  Mental  stunts,  etc.  Whetstones  to  the  wit  and  aids  to 
digestion. 

CHAPTER  III.     Hints  Pedagogic       Neither  exhaustive  nor  exhausting. 

but   Just  sensible  suggestions  all  along  the  line. 
CHAPTER  IV.     Hints  Ethical.      Just   be  good  for  something.     Pull  of 

things  to  read  at  morning  exercises. 
CHAPTER  V.     Hints  Miscellaneous. 

Games  for  children.     Choice  selections, 
like  "Otto  and   his  Auto,"  "The  Teacher's  Creed,"   "The   Irish  Recruit," 
"Johnny  Schwartz,"  etc.,  and  the  "&"  Is  the  best  and  the  biggest  of  all. 
The  book  Is  good  for  everybody  with  red  corpuscles  and  will  help  red- 
den white  ones. 

Addrccs  H.  R.  PATTENGILL  Lansing,  Mich. 


The  Rotary 

"UNCLE  WILL'S  MAGAZINE"  FOR  THE  CHILDREN. 

The  magazine  is  carefully  graded  and  contains  seasonable  i  elec- 
tions of  the  highest  grade.  The  children  themselves  conti  Urate 
stories  and  correspond  with  the  editor,  who  has  taught  and  (super- 
vised schools  for  a  quarter  of  a  century.  For  a  dime  it  will  bo  sent 
on  trial  three  months.  NO  MAGAZINE  LIKE  IT  IN  THE  COUN- 
TRY.    Address 


Publisher  Westland  Educator. 


W.  G.  CROCKER, 

Lisbon,  N.  D. 


A  high-class  hotel,  conducted  for  your 
comfort.  Remodeled,  refurnished  through- 
out. Directly  on  car  line.  Union  Station,  20 
minutes.  Capitol,  20  minutes.  Shops  and 
Theaters,  10  minutes.  Two  blocks  to  White 
House  and  Executive  Buildings.  Opposite 
Metropolitan    Club. 

Summer  Season  July  to  October. 

Wayside   Inn   and    Cottages,    Lake   Luserne, 
N.    T..    In    the    Adirondack*.      Switzerland   of 
America,      it    minutes    from    Saratoga, 
Send  for  Booklet. 

CLIFFORD  M.  LEWIS,  Prop'r 


Why  Pay  Freight  on  Water? 

Use  Rowles'  Ink  Essence.  Makes  a  Perfect  let 
black  School  Ink.  Inklnthlsform  Is  now  used  In 
Schools  of  New  York,  Chicago  and  leading  cities. , 

PINT  PACKAGE  MAILED  FOR  10  CENTS 
School  Supply  Catalog  with  Wholesale  Prices 

mailed  free  on  request. 
E.  W.  A.  HOWIES.    233-235  Market   Street,  CHiCACO 


smfir^Me 


By  S.  C.  Hanson.  NINE  DIFFERENT  I00M  for  Qraded  and 
Ungraded  Schools.  All  popular  and  splendid. 
Filled  with  beautiful  words,  charming  melodies 
sweetly  harmonized.  Thousands  of  schools  capti- 
vated by  these  books.  Write  for  descriptive  eiroa- 
lars.  S.  C.  HANSON  *  CO.,  raslltliirs, 

Williftmsporti  In<L 


WOOSTtff  , 

iWMBINATKTjL. 

■READING  CHiKf. 


JST. 


-SSL*   IV 

J.H.SHULT5 


7^ 


^^"^ 


=r 


NOVEMBER,  1908 


INDEX  TO  CONTENTS 

The  Contribution  of  the  Kindergarten 

To  Elementary  Education 

Charles  McKenny, 

37 

The  Kindergarten  Festival 

Jane  L.  Hoxie, 

42 

Number  In  The  Kindergarten 

Harrietta  H.  Freeland, 

44 

Mothers'  Meetings  And  Reading  Circles 

Jenny  B.  Merrill, 

46 

Character  In  The  Raw,  a  Glimpse  of 

a  City  Playground 

Mabel  E.  Macomber, 

47 

A  Kindergarten  Terrarrium 

Lileon  Claxton, 

49 

Items  Of  Interest  In  Connection 

With  Thanksgiving 

New  York  Kitidergartners, 

50 

Aim  Of  Nature  Study 

Anna  I,   Wiesenburg, 

51 

Child  Nature  In  Relation  To  Kindergarten  Teaching, 

51 

Query  Column, 

-             . 

53 

Program  Previews  For  November 

Jenny  B.  Merrill,   Pd.  D. 

54 

The  Mother  in  the  Home 

Bertha  Johnston, 

55 

The  Clock             .... 

Bertha  Johnston, 

58 

Drawing,  Cutting,  Paper  Folding  And 

Paper  Tearing  For  November 

Lileon  Claxton. 

59 

A  Few  Suggestions  For  November, 

- 

61 

The  Folk  Game  In  Education 

Marie  Ruef  Hofer, 

64 

A  Story  For  Thanksgiving 

Bertha  Johnston, 

66 

Thanksgiving  Story             -            - 

Elizabeth  G.  Peene, 

67 

Book  Notes, 

. 

68 

Suggestions  For  Clay  Work  And    Pro- 

per Material  In  The  Kindergarten  A 

nd  Primary, 

70 

Volume  XXI,  No.  2. 


$1.00  per  Year,  15  cents  per  Copy 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Massachusetts  Training  Schools 


BOSTON 

Miss    Laura   Fisher's 

TRAINING    SCHOOL    FOR 

KINDERGARTNERS 

Normal   Course,  2  years. 

Post-Graduate  Course. 

Special  Course. 


•><>-2    Marlborousrli    St.,        BOSTON.    MASS. 


New    York    Training    Schools 


The    Kraus    Seminary    for 
Kindergartners 

REGl  EAR   AND   EXTENSION 
COIRSES. 

MRS.  MARIA  KRAUS-BOELTE 

Hotel  San    Remo,       Central  Park   West 

75th   Street.  -  NEW   YORK  CITY 


Kindergarten   Training  School 

X-J    St.    Stephen    Street,    Boston. 

Normal  Course,  two  years. 

For  circulars  acUlrosss 
MISS     I.I  CY     HARRIS    SYMONDS. 

MISS   ANNIE    COOLIDGK    RUST'S 

Froebel  School  of  Kinder- 
garten Normal  Classes 

BOSTON,    MASS. 

Regular    Two    Years'    Course. 

Post-Giaduate    Course.      Special    Courses. 

Sivteenth    Year. 

For  circulars  address 

MISS   RUST,  PIERCE    BLDG., 

Copley  Square. 

BOSTON 

Perry     Kindergarten     Normal 
School 

MRS.    ANNIE    MOSELEY    PERRY, 
Principal, 


If  Huntington  Ave. 


BOSTON,  MASS 


Miss  Wheelock's  Kindergarten 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

134    Newbury    Stieet.        BOSTON,    MASS 

Regular    Two    Years'    Course. 
Special    One    Year   Course    for    graduate 
students. 

Students'    Home   at    the   Marenholz. 
For  circulars   address 

LICY    YVHEEEOCK. 

BOSTON 

The    Garland 
Kindergarten   Training  School 


MRS.     MARGARET    .1.     STANNARD, 

Principal. 

1(»   Chestnut    Street.  Bostoi 


THE  ELLIMAN  SCHOOL 

Kindergarten   Normal  Class 

POST-GRADl'ATE  CLASSES. 

Twenty-tilth    Year. 

Ifi7  vy.   57th   Striet.        NEW   YORK  CITY 

Opposite   Carnegie   Hall. 


Miss  Jenny  Hunter  s 
Kindergarten   Training  School 

15  West  1127th  St.,  NEW  YORK  CITY. 

Two  Years'  Course,   Connecting  Class  and 
Primary    Methods. 

ADDRESS 
2(>T9    Fifth    Ave.,    New    York    City. 


Kindergarten    Normal    Department 

Ethical  Culture  School 


inform  nti 


addi 


MISS   CAROLINE   T.    HAVEN.    Principal* 

Central  Pa' '-'  We«t  ^ml  63(1  St. 

NEW    YORK. 


TRAINING  SCHOOL 

OF    THE 

Buffalo  Kindergarten  Assoc'n. 

Two  Years'   Course. 
For    particulars    address 

MISS   EEI.A    C.    ELDER. 
f*fl    Delaware  Avenue.       -       Buffalo,  N.    Y. 

Connecticut  Training'  Schools 

BRIDGEPORT 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

FOB 

KINDERGARTNERS 

IN    AFFILIATION    WITH 

The  New  York  Froebel   Normal 

Will    open    its    eighth    year   Septem    er    IS. 
For    circulars,    information,    etc..    address 

MARY  C.  MILLS,  Principal 

179    West    Avenue. 
BRIDGEPORT,    -    -    CO  NX. 

The      Fannie      A.      Smith 

Froebel     Kindergarten 

and  Training  School 

Good  Kindergarten  tea.  hers  have  no 
trouble  in  securing  well-paying  positioi  s 
In  fact,  we  have  found  the  demand  for 
our  graduates  greater  than  we  can  sup- 
ply.     One  and    two   years'    course. 

For     Catalogue,     address 

FANNIE  A.   SMITH,  Principal, 
T.nfnyefte   Street.    BRIDGEPORT,    C"NN. 


ADELPHI    COLLEGE 

Lafayetu  Avenue,  St.  James  and  Clifton  Places.  BROOKLYN,  NEW  YORK 

Normal  School  for  Kindergartners 

Two  Years'  Course.  Mdivss  Prof.  Anna  E.   Harvey.  Supt 


Springfield    Kindergarten 

Normal    Training    Schools 

(S100  per  year. 


Two   Years'  Course.    Ten 
Apply    t 


HATTIE  TWICHELL, 
SPRIXGI  iei,i>— i.on<;mea:i    ., 


Established    1896 

The  New  York 

Froebel  Normal 

KINDERGARTEN  and  PRIMARY  TRAINING 
College     Preparatory.    Teachers'    Academic.    Music 

E.  LYELL  EARL.  Ph.  D..  Principal. 

HARRIETTE  M.  MILLS,  Head  of  Department  of  Kindergarten  Training. 

MARIE  RUEF  hOFEK,  Department  of  Music. 

Eleventh  Year  opens  Wednesday,  Sept.  18,  1907 

Write  for  circulars.  Address.  ^  ^  ^  ^^   ^  ^    N  y 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Pennsylvania  Training   Schools 


Miss  Hart's 

Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Re-opened  Oct  1st,  1908,  at  1615 
Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia,  The 
work  will  include  Junior,  Senior, 
Graduate  and  Normal  Trainers 
Courses,  and  a  Model  Kindergar- 
ten.      For  particulars  address 

Miss  Caroline  M.  C.  Hart, 
The  Pines,  Rutledge,  Pa. 


The  Philadelphia  Training 
School  for  Kindergartners 

Reopens  October  2,  190S. 

Junior,    Senior  and   Special   Classes. 
Model    Kindergarten. 

Address 

MRS.  M.   L.   VAN   KIRK,   Principal, 

1333    Pine    Street,       -       Philadelphia,    Pa. 


Pittsburgh    and    Allegheny 
Kindergarten   College 

ALICE    N.    PARKER,    Superintendent. 

Regular   Course,    two    years.      Special    ad- 
vantages   for    Post-Graduate    work. 
Seventeenth   yeir  begins  Sept.   30,    1908 
For    Catalogue,    address 
Mrs.  William  McCracken,   Secretary, 

3439    Fifth   Avi-mie.       PITTSBURGH,  PA 


Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Under  the  direction  of  Miss  Caroline  M. 
C.  Hart,  will  re-open  September  26,  1907,' 
at  1615  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia.  The 
work  will  include  Junior,  Senior,  Gradu- 
ate and  Normal  Trainers'  Courses,  Moth- 
ers' Classes,  and  a  Model  Kindergarten. 
For    particulars    address 

MISS  CAROLINE  M.  C.  HART, 
The   Pines,       -       -       -      KVTLEDGE,  PA. 


California  Training  Schools 


Oakland  Kindergarten 

TRAINING  CLASS 


ent 


State   Accredit* 
ieth   Year  opens 


List. 

spten 


ber,   1907 


Address 

Miss  Grace   Everett   Barnard, 

i   Franklin   Slreet,       OAKLAND,  C'AL. 


Maryland  Training  Schools 


Baltimore  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

EMMA    GRANT    SAULSBLRY, 

AlrlANDA  BOlGL.iS   SAl  LSBl  RY, 

Principals. 

Normal   Course,   two  years. 

Post-Graduate   Course,   one   year. 

ADDRESS 

516    Park    Ave..       -       BALTIMORE,    JID. 

EAST    ORANGE,  -  NEW    JERSEY 


Wisconsin    Training    Schools 


Milwaukee     State    Normal 
School 

Kindergarten  Training:  Department. 

Two  Years'  Course  for  graduates  of 
four-years'  high  schools.  Faculty  of 
twenty-five.  Special  advantages.  Tuition 
free  to  residents  of  Wisconsin;  $40  per 
year  to  others.  School  opens  the  first 
Tuesday    in    September. 

Send  for   Catalog-ue   to 
NINA   C.    VANDEWALKER,    Director. 

Washington  Training  Schools 


WASHINGTON.  D.  C. 

The     Columbia     Kindergarten 
Training    School 

2115  Caiilarnia  Ave.,  cor.  Connecticut  Av 

Certificate,    Diploma   and    Normal    Course 
Principals: 


Virginia   Training   Schools 


The  Richmond  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Richmond,  Va. 

Alice  N.  Baker,  Principal. 

Two  years'  course  and  Post 

Graduate  course. 

For  further  information  apply  to 

14  W.  Main  Street. 


Georgia  Training  Schools 


Atlanta   Kindergarten   Normal 
School 

Two    Years'    Coarse    of    Study. 
Chartered    1S37. 
For    particulars    address 

WILLETTE   A.    ALLEN,   Principal, 
C39  Peachtree   Street,  ATLANTA,   GA. 

Normal  Training  School 

of  the 
KATE   BALDWIN    FREE    KINDERGAR- 
TEN ASSOCIATION. 
(Established  1899) 
HORTENSE    M.    ORCUTT,    Principal      of 
the   Training   School   and   Supervisor 

of    Kindergartens. 
Application    for   entrance  to  the   Train- 
ing Schools  should  be  made  to  Miss  M.  R. 
Sasnett,    Corresponding  Secretary, 

117  Bolton  St.,      EAST   SAVANNAH,   GA. 

If  your  Training  School  is  not  represent- 
ed in  these  columns,  kindly  send  us  your 
copy,  and  let  us  put  it  among  the  others, 
Aside  from  the  advertising  value,  both 
your  pupils  and  your  graduates  will  be 
pleased  to  see  your  training  school  have  a 
place  among  the  others  of  America. 


1874 — Kindergarten  Normal  Institutions — 1908 

1516  Columbia  Road  N.  W.,  WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

The  citizenship  of  the  future   depends  on  the  children  of  today. 

Susan  Plessner  Pollok,  Principal. 


Teachers'  Training  Course — Two  Years. 

Classes  at  Mt.  Chatauqua — Mountain  Lake  Park — 
Garrett  Co.,    Maryland. 


Repton  School 

Tarrytown=on=Hudson,  New  York. 
A  School  for  young  boys  between  the  ages  of  7  and  14.    A  few  of 
our  special  advantages  are: 

Specially  designed,  modern  buildings,  costing  over  $100,000.00.  Numbers  are  limited 
to  Forty,  giving  an  average  of  Five  boys  in  a  class,  thus  ensuring  every  boy,  practically  in- 
dividualtuition 

A  Physical  Instructor,  qualified  in  Europe,  attends  to  the  Swedish  and  other  exer- 
cises, under  the  supervision  ot  the  School  Physician,  who  prescribes  the  exercise  for  each  boy. 

A  resident  nurse,  and  hospital  building. 

Fee  for  the  school  year  $400.00— $500.00. 

Apply  to   THE  HEADMASTER. 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Michigan  Training  Schools 

Grand   Rapids 
Kindergarten   Training  School 


Winter  and  Summer  Terms. 
Oct.   1st,   190X,    to  June   1st,    1909. 
July    1st    to   August    21st,    19(19. 


CLARA    WHEELER,    Principal. 
MAT    L.    OGILBY,    Registrar. 

Shepard    Building,        -       23    Fountain    St. 
GRAND    RAPIDS,   MICH. 


Maine  Training  Schools 


Miss  Norton's  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

PORTLAND,    MAINE. 

Two    Years'    Course. 

For  circulars  address? 

15  Dow    Street,  -         PORTLAND,    MS. 

Miss  Abby  N.  Norton 


Ohio  Training  Schools 


OHIO,    TOLEDO,    2313    Ashland    Ave. 

THE      MISSES      LAW'S 

FROEBEL    KINDERGARTEN    TRAIN- 
ING   SCHOOL. 

Medical  supervision.     Personal  attention. 
Thirty-five    practice    schools. 
Certificate  and  Diploma  Courses. 

MARY   E.    LAW,    M.    D.,    Principal. 


Kindergarten      Training 

Exceptional  advantages — daily  practice. 
Lectures  from  Professors  of  Oberlin  Col- 
lege and  privilege  of  Elective  Courses  in 
the  College  at  special  rates.  Charges 
moderate.  Graduates  readily  find  posi- 
tions. 

For    Catalogue    address    Secretary 

OBERLIN    KINDERGARDEN    ASSOCIA- 
TION, 

Drawer  K,  Oberlin,  Ohio. 


CLEVELAND     KINDERGARTEN 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

In  Affiliation  with  the 
CHICAGO    KINDERGARTEN    COLLEGE 

Corner  of  Cedar  and  Watkins  Aves., 
Cleveland,   Ohio. 

(Founded  in  1894) 
Course   of  study  under  direction  of  Eliza- 
beth Harrison,  covers  two  years  in  Cleve- 
land, leading  to  senior  and  normal  courses 
in   the   Chicago    Kindergarten    Course. 

MISS   NETTA  FARIS,   Principal. 
MRS.    W.    R.    WARNER,    Manager. 


Indiana  Training  Schools 


The      Teachers'       College 
of  Indianapolis 

For   the   Training   of    Kindergartners    and 
Primary    Teachers. 

Regular  Course  two  years.  Preparatory 
Course  one  year.  Post-Graduate  Course 
for  Normal  Teachers,  one  year.  Primary 
training   a  part  of   the  regular  work. 

Classes  formed  in  September  and  Feb- 
ruary. 

90  Free  Scholarships  Granted 

Each    Year. 

Special   Primary   Class   in    May   and    June. 
Send    for    Catalogue. 

Mrs.  Eliza  A.  Blaker,  Pres. 

THE    WILLIAM    N.    JACKSON    MEMOR- 
IAL   INSTITUTE, 

23d  and  Alabama  Streets. 


The  Richmond  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

14  West  Main  Street. 
DRAWING,    SINGING,    PHYSICAL   CUL- 
TURE. 

ALICE   N.    PARKER,    Frincipal. 

Two  years  in  course.  Froebel's  theory 
and  practice.  Also  a  third  year  course 
for    graduates. 

SPECIAL   LECTURES. 


Kentucky  Training  Schools 


TRAINING    SCHOOL   OF  THE 

Louisville    Free    Kindergarten 
Association 

Louisville,    Ky. 

FACULTY: 

Miss   Mary    Hill,    Supervisor. 

Mrs.  Robert  D.  Allen,  Senior  Critic  and 
Training  Teacher. 

Miss  Alexina  G.  Booth,  History  and  Phil- 
osophy  of   Education. 

Miss.  Jane  Akin,  Primary  Sunday  School 
Methods. 

Miss  Allene  Seaton,    Manual  Work. 

Miss  Frances    Ingram,    Nature    Study. 

Miss  Anna   Moore,    Primary   Methods. 

Miss  Margaret  Byers,  Art  Work. 


New  Jersey  Training  Schools 


Miss  Cora  Webb  Peet 


Two    Years'    Course. 
For    circulars,    address 

MISS   CORA  WEBB   PEET, 
1G    Washington    St.,       East   Orange,   N.   J. 


OHIO COLUMBUS 

Kindergarten  Normal  Training  School  "X 


d  Broad 
Streets 


-EIGHTEENTH  YEAH  BEGINS  SEPTEHBEK  25,    1007- 

Frocl.clian  Philosophy.  Gifts.  Occupation.  Stories.  Games,  Music  and  Or, 

PsyclioloBV  and  Nature  Woi  k  t.iusht  at  Ohio  State  University -two  years'  < 

For  information,  .nl.licss  ICi  tznniil  it  N   Sas 


Illinois  Training  Schools 
Kindergarten  Training  School 


Resident    hor 


Chicago  Free   Kindergarten   Association 

H.    N.    Higinbotham,    Pies. 

Mrs.    P.    D.    Armour.    Vice-Pres. 
SARAH   E.   HANSOX,    Principal. 

Credit  at   the 
No- thwestera    and   Chicago    Universities. 

For  particulars  address  Eva  B.  Whit- 
more,  Sunt.,  6  E.  Madison  St.,  cor.  Mich 
ave.,  Chicago. 


PESTALOZZI-FROEBFL 

Kindergarten    Training 
School 

at  CHICAGO  COMMONS,  10  Gra^dAve. 

Mrs  Bertha  Hofer  Hrg-er,  S  -neri-te-ident 
Mis   Amelia    Hof?r,   Principal. 

THIRTEENTH    YEAS. 

Regular  course  two  years.  Advanced 
cou-ses  for  Graduate  Stroerts,  ,  "  'f  ' 
in  Home  Miking.  Includes  opportunity  to 
become  familiar  wUh  the  Pocitl  Settle- 
ment movement.  Fine  equipment.  For 
circulars    and    information    write    to 

MRS.    BERTHA    HOFER-HEGNES. 

ISO    Grand    Ave.,    Chicago. 


Chicago    Froebel    Association 

Training  Class  for  Kindergartners. 

(Established    1S76.) 

Two  Years'  Course.  Special  Cou-ses  un- 
der Professors  of  University  of  Chicago 
receive  University  credits.  For  circulars 
apply  to 

MRS.  ALICE  H.  PUTXAM:  or  MISS  M. 
L.    SHELDON.    Associate    Principals, 

1003   Fine  Arts  Building 


Chicago.  III. 


CHICAGO 

KINDERGARTEN 

INSTITUTE 

Gertrude  House,  40  Scott  Street 


Regular  Course —  Two  Years. 
Post-graduate  Course — One  Year. 
Supplementary  Course — One  Year. 
Non-professional     Home    Making: 

Course- — One  Year. 

University  Credits 
Residence  for  students  at  Gertrude 

House. 


DIRECTORS 

Miss  CAROLINE  C.  CRONISE 
Mrs.  MARY  B.  PAGE 
Mrs.  ETHEL  ROE  L1NDGREN 
Miss  FRANCES  E.  NEWTON 

Send  for  Circulars 


This  Magazine  only  65c  a 
Year.  See  following:  page. 


A  Year  and  a  half  for  one  Dollar. 


Hints  from  Squints 

By  HENRY  R.  PATTENGILL 


144  Pages,  Cloth,.  50 


Regulaar 


CHAPTER  1.     Hints  Comical.     Stories — wise  aand  otherwise. 

rib  ticklers,  liver  invigorators  and  diaphragm  jigglers. 
CHAPTER  II.     Hints  Quizzical.  100  of  the  best  conundrums — old  and 

new.       Enigmas,  Mental  stunts,  etc.  Whetstones  to  the  wit  and  aids  to 

digestion. 
CHAPTER  III.     Hints  Pedagogic.       Neither  exhaustive  nor  exhausting, 

but  just  sensible  suggestions  all  along  the  line. 
CHAPTER  IV.     Hints  Ethical.     Just   be  good  for  something.     Full   of 

things  to  read  at  morning  exercises. 
CHAPTER  V.     Hints  Miscellaneous. 

Games  for  children.     Choice  selections, 

like  "Otto  and   his  Auto,"   "The   Teacher's  Creed,"   "The   Irish  Recruit," 
"Johnny  Scnwartz,"  etc.,  and  the  "&"  is  the  best  and  the  biggest  of  all. 
The  book  is  good  for  everybody  with  red  corpuscles  and  will  help  red- 
den white  ones. 

Address  H.  R.  PATTENGILL,  Lansing,  Mich. 

The  Rotary 

"UNCLE  WILL'S  MAGAZINE"  FOB  THE  CHILDREN. 

The  magazine  is  carefully  graded  and  contains  seasonable  selec- 
tions of  the  highest  grade.  The  children  themselves  contribute 
stories  and  correspond  with  the  editor,  who  has  taught  and  super- 
vised schools  for  a  quarter  of  a  century.  For  a  dime  it  will  be  sent 
on  trial  three  months.  NO  MAGAZINE  LIKE  IT  IN  THE  COUN- 
TRY.    Address 


Publisher  Westland  Educator. 


W.  G.  CROCKER, 

Lisbon,  N.  D. 


The  Western  School  News 

Published  at  Taloga,  Oklahoma,  will  be  enlarged  and 
greatly  improved  for  1908.  Larg  est  and  best  advertis- 
ing medium  of  its  kind  in  Western  Oklahoma.  Contains 
special  departments  for  School  Boards  and  School 
Officers,  Children's  Department,  General  News  and 
Notes,  Teachers'  Department,  Common  School  Alumni, 
Examination  Questions,  etc.  Best  publication  in  the 
state  for  School  Boards.  Bright  and  breezy  and  should 
be  read  by  every  teacher  and  school  officer. 

WKSTERN  SCHOOL  NEWS, 

Taloga,  Okla. 
R.  N.   FROST,  Publisher  and  Manager. 


&0S 

c 


* 


< 


u 
O 

gtt~S 

Cl  C 
to  ¥ 

*  h  « 

wmm        ■    to 

5  ^ 


4> 


To  Friends  and  Patrons  of  the  Kindergarten-Primary  Magaztne 


'HIS  is  indeed  the  golden  age  of  education. 
There  is  danger,  however,  of  our  school  sys- 
tem becoming  heavy  at  the  top.  We  are  liable 
to  forget  the  specific  needs  of  tbe  child  at  the 
plastic  period  from  four  to  seven,  when  growth 
cannot  be  so  easily  measured  as  in  the  later  stages  of 
life.  Kindergarten  teachers  of  the  world  have  always 
had  to  contend  for  the  rights  of  the  child  at  this  early 
age. 

The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  stands  for  the 
child's  rights,  development,  and  preparation  for  the  full- 
est success  in  life  ,and  it  stands  for  these  at  the  age  of 
the  child  when  he  is  not  able  to  plead  his  own  case. 

The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  has  a  mission. 
Its  publishers  and  editors  and  contributors  are  doing  a 
work  of  love.  It  has  been  brought  out  -with  an  annual 
loss  of  thousands,  and  can  never  be  made  a  paying  propo- 
sition on  pure  educational  lines.  The  purpose  never 
was  or  is  it  at  present  to  make  money  on  the  magazine. 
It  stands  for  the  child,  it  stands  for  an  ideal,  and  its 
faithful  friends  are  willing  to  put  brains  and  money  and 
energy  into  the  realizing  of  this  ideal. 

Kindergarten  and  Primary  Teachers,  however, 
throughout  the  country  and  throughout  the  whole  world 
should  have  the  same  mission  as  the  Kindergarten  Maga- 
zine. They  should  be  jealous  about  sharing  in  the  realiz- 
ing of  this  ideal,  and  are,  I  am  sure,  ready  with  brains 
and  energy  to  do  so. 

There  is  another  way,  however  in  which  they  may 
help.  Namely,  by  supporting  tbe  subscription  list  and 
the  advertising  columns  of  the  magazine,  by  subscribing 
for  it  themselves,  and  by  inducing  other  teachers  to  sub- 
scribe for  it,  and  increase  its  circulation  up  into  the  ten 
thousands,  so  that  every  kindergarten-primary  teacher 
throughout  the  United  States,  and  in  other  countries 
where  the  English  language  is  spoken  shall  be  a  reader 
and  supporter  of  the  magazine.  If  the  expenses  and  re- 
sponsibility is  divided  among  such  a  large  body  of  undi- 
vided workers  it  will  be  felt  but  little  by  each  one,  and 
the  possibilities  of  making  the  magazine,  from  the  intel- 
lectual, artistic  and  pedagogical  sides,  far  more  attrac- 
tive and  useful  than  it  is  to  day  will  be  increased  im- 
measurably. 

The  duty,  therefore,  of  every  friend  of  the  child  at 
the  Kindergarten  age  is  to  support  the  magazine,  is  to 
send  in  news  items  that  would  be  of  interest  to  Kinder- 
garten-Primary teachers  throughout  the  world,  to  renew 
their  own  and  to  secure  new  subscriptions,  to  write  ad- 
vertisers, letting  them  know  that  their  advertisements 
are  read  and  to  do  everything  in  their  power  to  make  it 
the  leading  journal  of  child  life  and  child  education  in 
the  world  today. 

Act  today  and  induce  some  friend  to  act  also.  This 
is  the  Xmas  time  and  period  of  giving,  and  no  better  or 


more  helpful  gift  can  be  given  to  teacher  or  mother  than 
a  year's  subscription  to  the  Kindergarten  Magazine. 

You  should  also  take  the  Kindergarten  Primary  Magazine 

Because  it  contains  departments  that  cannot  fail  to 
interest  any  kindergartner  or  primary  teacher  in  the 
world.  If  you  contemplate  becoming  a  kindergartner. 
a  careful  study  of  this  magazine  previous  to  attending  a 
kindergarten  training  school  will  help  you  greatly.  If 
you  are  a  primary  or  a  rural  one-room  teacher  you  -will 
find  departments  that  will  especially  interest  you  while 
the  whole  contents  of  the  magazine  will  bring  the  spirit 
of  the  great  kindergarten  movement  within  the  range  of 
your  spiritual  vision. 

The  magazine  is  not  published  for  profit.  The  fact  that 
it  appeals  to  a  small  class  excludes  it  from  the  large  gen- 
eral advertisements  which  are  the  chief  source  of  profit  to 
the  average  magazine.  While  the  Kindergarten-Primary 
Magazine  is  the  best  possible  advertising  medium  for  kin- 
dergarten supply  houses,  training  schools,  etc.,  there  are 
not  enough  of  these  to  turn  a  profit.  The  magazine  has 
always  been  appreciated  by  kindergartners  and  its  circu- 
lation has  9pread  beyond  the  United  States,  until  it  now 
circulates  in  the  following  provinces  and  countries:  Bra- 
zil, Germany,  Austria,  China,  Japan,  Syria,  Turkey,  New 
Zeeland,  Mexico,  Australia,  France,  England,  Scotland, 
Wales,  and  all  the  provinces  of  Canada.  But  there  is  no 
profit  in  subscriptions.  It  costs  for  printing  and  postage 
alone  6oc  per  year  for  each  subscription  sent  out  and  when 
editorial  work, bookkeeping,  office  rent,  etc.,  is  added  of 
course  a  loss  is  certain;  but  the  editorial  work  and  office 
rent  will  not  be  greater  for  a  circulation  of  10,000  than  for 
5000,  hence  we  have  decided  to  push  for  a  big  circula- 
tion, and  thus  accomplish  more  for  the  kindergarten  cause 
at  but  little  additional  cost.  We  want  you  to  help  us  in  a 
way  that  will  cost  you  little  and  accomplish  much.  For  one 
dollar  we  will  send  you  the  magazine  not  for  a  year  but  for  a 
year  and  a  half.  However,  we  do  not  want  you  to  accept  that; 
but  to  have  the  magazine  sent  to  your  address  for  one  year, 
and  we'll  tell  you  what  we  would  like  to  have  you  do  with  the 
remaining  six  months'  subscription;  Do  you  know  some  kin- 
dergartner teaching  in  a  small  city  or  village,  Isolated  from 
kindergarten  influences  and  in  danger  of  dry  rot;  or  some  pri- 
mary or  rural  teacher  who  can  be  helped  by  the  magazine?  if 
so  make  her  a  Christmas  present  We  will  send  It  beginning 
with  the  Christmas  number  and  ending  with  the  school  year, 
June,  1909,  without  extra  charge  and  if  you  send  us  25c.  addi- 
tional we  will  extend  it  to  one  full  year  of  ten  numbers.  Thus 
you  will  help  the  cause  which  every  true  kindergartner 
holds  dear  and  help  yourself  as  well.  We  want  to  help  bring 
tbe  blessings  of  kindergarten  training  to  all  the  children  of 
America. 

These  offers  are  all  special  and  will  be  withdrawn 
December  25th,  1908,  after  which  the  straight  rate  of  $1.00 
will  be  made  for  the  balance  of  the  season. 


Send  all  subscriptions  and  business  communications  to  J.  H.  Shults,  Manistee,  Mich.  All 
matter  pertaining  to  the  editorial  department,  to  the  Kindergarten  Magazine  Co.,  59  W 
96th  St..  New  York. 


VOL  XXI— NOVEMBER,  1908— NO.  2 


The  Kindergarten- Primary  Magazine 

Devoted  to  the  Child  and  to  the  Unity  of  Educational 

Theory  and  Practice  from  the  Kindergarten 

Through  the  University. 

Editorial  Rooms,  59  West  96th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
EDITORIAL  COMMITTEE. 

Jenny  B.  Merrill,  Ph.  D.,   Supervisor  Kindergartens, 

Manhattan,  The  Bronx  and  Richmond 

E.  Lyell  Earle,  Ph.  D Managing  Editor 

Harriette  M.  Mills New  York  Proebel  Normal 

Mari  Ruef  Hofer Teachers'  College 

Daniel  Sneddon,  Ph.  D Te.aehers'  College 

Bertha  Johnston New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Ernest  N.  Henderson,  Ph.  D.  ..••Adelphi  College,  Brooklyn 

John  Hall,  A.  M University  of  Cincinnati 

Walter  F.  Dearborn,  Ph.  D University  of  Wisconsin 

Ernest  Farrington,  Ph.  D University  of  California 

Ray  V.  Strickler,  Illustrator,  Hillsdale,  Mich. 

The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  is  published  on  the 
first  of  each  month,  except  July  and  August,  from  27S  River 
Street,  Manistee,   Mich. 

The  Subscription  price  is  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 
Single  copies,  15c. 

Postage  is  Prepaid  by  the  publishers  for  all  subscriptions  in 
the  United  States,  Hawaiian  Islands,  Philippine  Islands,  Guam, 
Porto  Rico,  Tutuila  (Samoa),  Shanghai,  Canal  Zone,  Cuba, 
and  Mexico.  For  Canada  add  20c  and  for  all  other  countries 
in  the  Postal  Union  add  40c  for  postage. 

Notice  of  Expiration  is  sent,  but  it  is  assumed  that  a  con- 
tinuance of  the  subscription  is  desired  until  notice  of  discon- 
tinuance is  received.  When  sending  notice  of  change  of  ad- 
dress, both  the  old  and  new  addresses  must  be  given. 

Remittances  should  be  sent  by  draft,  Express  Order  or 
Money  Order,  payable  to  The  Kindergarten  Magazine  Com- 
pany.    If  a  local  check  is  sent,  it  must  include  10c  exchange. 

All  Communications  should  be  addressed  to  the  Manistee 
Office. 

J.  H.  SHULTS,  Business  Manager,  Manistee. 

Copyrighted,  1908,  by  The  Kindergarten  Magazine  Co.  En- 
tered as  Second  Class  Matter  in  the  Postofflce  at  Manistee, 
Michigan. 


THE  CONTRIBUTION  OF  THE  KINDER- 
GARTEN TO  ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION.* 

(Charles  McKenny,  Principal  State  Normal  School, 
Milwaukee.) 

THE  law  of  adjustment  is  a  fundamental 
law  of  life.  It  is  interesting  to  note 
how  easily  and  almost  automatically 
we  settle  into  new  environments.  Like  the 
chambered  nautilus  we  stretch  ourselves  in 
our  new  found  homes  and  know  the  old  no 
more. 

These  remarks  are  pertinent  to  the  present 
occasion.  The  modern  school  is  such  a  promi- 
nent fact  in  the  life  of  today,  educational  litera- 
ture is  so  abundant,  educational  gatherings 
like  the  present  are  so  frequent  and  modern 
views  of  the  child  are  so  generally  accepted 
that  we  are  prone  to  forget  how  recent  they 
all  are. 

To  us,  impatient  to  s'ee  our  ideals  actual- 
ized, reform  seems  to  move  at  a  snail's  pace, 

*Address  delivered  at  the  I.  K.  U.  convention  in 
New  Orleans,  1908. 


but  to  the  historian  who  shall  write  the  story 
of  the  present  age  she  will  seem  to  have  sped 
on  with  the  fleetness  of  a  hare.  How  recent 
are  notable  educational  events.  The  first  city 
superintendency  dates'  from  1837.  Today  there 
are  more  than  ten  thousand  such  officials. 
The  first  American  normal  school  was  estab- 
lished in  1839  and  in  x852  there  were  but  six. 
Today  there  are  one  hundred  eighty.  So  far 
as  we  have  records,  there  were  one  hundred 
and  seventy-eight  high  schools  in  1850. 
Today  there  are  more  than  seven  thousand. 
The  first  kindergarten  was  established  in  the 
United  States  in  1855.  At  the  present  time 
the  grand  total,  including  both  public  and 
private  kindergartens,  is  at  least  five  thou- 
sand. Today  one-fifth  of  our  entire"  popula- 
tion is  enrolled  in  our  schools. 

The  unprecedented  advancement  implied 
in  these  facts  has  taken  place  during  the  life- 
time of  a  man  who  still  vigorous  and  efficient, 
is  the  present  speaker  of  the  National  House 
of  Representatives  and  a  candidate  for  the 
highest  office  in  the  gift  of  the  American 
people.  Now,  what  has  caused  this  remark- 
able progress  in  so  brief  a  period  as  the  life  of 
a  single  man? 

As  we  stand  by  the  lower  Mississippi 
sweeping  on  in  its  majestic  course  to  the  sea, 
we  reflect  that  this  mighty  flood  of  water  is 
the  united  currents  of  many  rivers,  small  and 
great,  that  have  their  sources  in  widely  sepa- 
rated sections'  of  the  central  basin.  Analogous- 
ly this  noble  stream  of  human  thought  and 
endeavor  which  we  call  modern  education  is 
the  composite  of  numerous  movements  and 
tendencies  having  their  origin  in  many  in- 
stances in  widely  separated  causes,  yet  so 
uniting  their  influences  that  it  is  often  impos- 
sible to  measure  the  dynamic  re.sults  of  any 
particular  one. 

First  of  all,  educational  progress  has  been 
due  to  the  marvelous  development  of  the  re- 
sources of  the  country,  the  consequent  in- 
crease of  wealth  and  the  elevation  of  the 
standard  of  living.  The  growth  of  our  factory 
system  has  built  up  our  cities  till  nearly  fifty 
per  cent  of  our  population  are  living  under 
practically  urban  conditions.  Generally  speak- 
ing, the  children  of  the  cities  have  not  been 
needed  nor  allowed  in  the  industries  and  have 
crowded  into  the  schools,  lengthening  the 
school  year  and  increasing  the  number  of 
years  of  school  life. 

Another  primary  factor  has  been  the  Amer- 
ican doctrine  of  individuality.  It  is  impossible 
to  overestimate  the  potency  of  this  doctrine  in 
the  expanding  life  of  America.  Religion,  poli- 
tics,  industry,   education,   each   and   all  have 


38 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


been  profoundly  modified  by  it.  The  theory 
that  so  far  as  public  education  is  concerned 
every  child  should  have  an  equal  chance  with 
every  other  child  has  played  a  large  part  in 
diversifying  our  schools  and  building  up  our 
elective  courses,  and  has  made  the  public  hos- 
pitable to  any  proposition  that  enlarges  the 
possibilities  of  the  oncoming  generations. 

We  must  also  take  into  account  as  a  vital 
influence  the  successive  waves  of  academic 
enthusiasm  which  during  the  last  century 
passed  over  the  country  and  which  led  to  a 
renaissance  of  interest  in  now  this  and  now 
that  realm  of  human  thought.  Literature, 
science,  history  and  sociology,  drawing,  music, 
have  all  occupied  the  center  of  the  stage  at 
different  times  and  have  left  their  impress 
upon  the  courses  of  study  from  the  kinder- 
garten to  the  graduate  school,  and  we  are  now 
in  the  midst  of  another  season  of  awakening 
which  seems  destined  to  modify  our  educa- 
tional courses  in  the  direction  of  vocational 
subjects. 

I  have  sketched  this  general  background  of 
educational  progress  that  we  may  have  a 
clearer  perspective  and  a  surer  standard  of 
judgment  as  we  pass  on  to  consider  the  con- 
tribution the  kindergarten  has  made  to  the 
grand  result. 

Without  question,  the  greatest  contribu- 
tion to  human  progress  is  the  discovery  of  a 
fundamental  principle  which  will  illuminate 
and  regulate  conduct.  Through  such  prin- 
ciples man  secures'  control  of  nature  and  turns 
her  energy  to  his  advancement.  Who  can 
measure  the  blessings  which  have  come  to  the 
race  from  such  discoveries  as  the  laws  of 
chemistry,  the  germ  theory  of  disease  and  the 
application  of  anesthetics  and  antis'ceptics  to 
surgery?  The  greatest  good  fortune  that  can 
befall  any  age  or  country  is  the  possession  of 
men  of  genius  who  by  the  discovery  of  such 
laws  shall  strike  out  new  pathways  for  human 
progress. 

Such  a  genius  was  Frederick  Froebel,  the 
last  and  greatest  of  that  splendid  quartette  of 
educational  reformers,  Rousseau,  Pestal  ozzi, 
Herbart  and  Froebel  who  discovered  child- 
hood, dynamited  the  old  educational  ideals  and 
methods,  created  schools  for  the  children  of 
the  common  people,  elevated  the  study  of  edu- 
cation to  a  science,  established  the  kinder- 
garten and  it  seems  to  me  laid  down  for  all 
time  the  general  principles  along  which  educa- 
tion must  proceed. 

My  theme  tonight  is  the  contribution  that 
the  kindergarten  has  made  to  elementary  edu- 
cation and  this  leads  of  necessity  to  a  discus- 
sion of  the  principles  underlying  the  kinder- 
garten procedure, — in  short  to  Froebel's  edu- 
cational philosophy.  In  discussing  Froebel's 
educational  principles  I  shall  avoid  the  more 
abstract  elements  of  his  philosophy  as  not 
suited  to  this  occasion.    I  shall  have  nothing 


to  say  of  unity,  symbolism,  or  the  ultimate 
constitution  of  the  universe.  I  shall  speak  of 
those  principles  only  which  have  won  recog- 
nition and  acceptance  from  educators  of  all 
shades  of  philosophic  creeds. 

Froebel  might  well  have  chosen  as  his  cen- 
tral text  or  principle,  that  beautiful  line  from 
the  prophesy  of  isaiah,  "A  little  child  shall 
lead  them,"  for  the  center  of  his  whole  educa- 
tional system  is  the  nature  of  the  child.  Like 
Jesus,  he  set  a  little  child  in  the  midst. 

From  his  profound  and  sympathetic  study 
of  the  child,  Froebel  conceived  his  first  great 
principle,  namely,  that  education,  on  the  part 
of  the  child,  is  a  process  of  unfolding  of  his 
native  powers  and  capabilities.  In  other  words, 
the  education  of  man  is  the  evolution  of  the 
child.  i  i 

This  ought  not  to  sound  strange  to  twen- 
tieth century  teachers.  Evolution  is  a  familiar 
word  to  our  ears.  We  may  not  know  its 
methods,  but  we  believe  in  the  principle. 

But  in  Froebel's  day  evolution  was  not  a 
household  word,  although  it  was  advocated 
by  leading  scientists  and  philosophers  of  his 
day.  Darwin's'  epoch  marking  origin  of  species 
was  given  to  the  world  nearly  a  generation 
later  than  Froebel's  Education  of  Man.  The 
honor  of  first  suggesting  the  general  principle 
of  evolution  does  not  belong  to  Froebel,  but 
his  is  the  glory  of  having  first  applied  it  to 
education. 

Although  at  first  Froebel's  conception  of 
the  child  does  not  seem  of  startling  import,  a 
little  reflection  and  some  acquaintance  with 
the  history  of  education  will  make  it  stand 
out  as  one  of  the  most  far  reaching  and  revo- 
lutionary principles  ever  introduced  into  edu- 
cation. 

To  begin  with,  it  places  upon  the  organizer 
of  schools  and  courses  of  study  and  upon  the 
teacher  of  every  grade  the  supreme  obligation 
of  knowing  the  child.  To  know  the  child  one 
must  see  him  in  relation  to  the  past ;  must  con- 
ceive of  him  as  the  culmination  so  far,  of 
creative  activity,  the  heir  of  all  the  ages,  sum- 
ming up  in  himself  the  results  of  the  long  line 
of  life  struggles  on  this  planet ;  must  see  him 
in  relation  to  the  present,  a  self-active  being 
with  contrary  and  antagonistic  impulses,  en- 
deavoring to  adjust  himself  to  his  complex 
environment ;  must  see  him  in  relation  to  the 
future;  a  being  who  one  day  is  to  take  a  place 
in  human  society  and  by  his  life  to  add  or  sub- 
tract from  the  sum  total  of  virtue,  truth,  mercy 
and  love  in  the  world ;  must  see  him  in  relation 
to  the  three  great  environing  influences  which 
shape  his  life,  nature,  man  and  God. 

Now,  what  practical  application  has  such 
fine  philosophy  upon  the  daily  school  routine? 
Much  every  way.  In  the  first  place  a  concep- 
tion of  the  forces  which  have  shaped  human 
nature  will  help  to  a  right  understanding  of 
the  child  of  today.    It  makes  a  vast  difference 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


39 


whether  a  teacher  looks  upon  fighting,  Selfish- 
ness, laziness  and  deceit  among  her  children 
as  evidence  of  total  moral  depravity,  or  as 
inherited  tendencies  passed  on  from  ages  when 
they  were  advantageous  in  adapting  their  pos- 
sessors to  their  primitive  environment.  In- 
spiration will  come  to  the  teacher  who  can 
project  herself  into  the  future  and  see  her  boys 
and  girls,  men  and  women,  makers  of  homes 
and  factors  in  the  great  human  struggles  of 
their  day.  Only  by  so  viewing  them  will  she 
be  able  to  feel  the  sobering  responsibility  and 
the  glory  of  her  work.  Only  by  so  doing  will 
she  rightly  estimate  the  import  of  the  drifts'  of 
character  and  tendencies  of  disposition  which 
begin  to  reveal  themselves  even  in  infancy. 
The  forward  and  the  backward  look  give  us 
perspective  to  rightly  view  the  present. 

Not  only  does  knowing  the  child  imply 
seeing  him  in  all  these  various  relationships, 
but  it  follows  naturally  that  if  education  is* 
an  unfolding  of  the  inherent  powers  of  the 
child  that  the  teacher  must  have  an  intimate 
knowledge  day  by  day  and  month  by  month  of 
the  development  of  the  child.  She  must  catch 
the  tendencies  and  powers  at  their  flood.  She 
must  realize  that  there  are  times  and  seasons 
in  the  unfolding  of  human  nature.  There  are 
periods  of  full  tide  and  also  periods  when  the 
tide  is  at  ebb.  If  there  is  one  thing  above 
another  that  modern  psyschology  has  empha- 
sized which  is  of  vital  interest  to  education  it 
is  this, — that  inherent  tendencies  if  they  are 
not  fed  and  nourished  when  they  awaken  in 
the  child,  will  die  from  lack  of  nutrition.  One 
of  the  saddest  facts  in  human  life  is  that  of 
arrested  and  one  sided  development.  Men 
and  women  who  might  have  been  sweet- 
spirited,  large  minded  and  generous,  are  sour 
and  narrow,  unloving  and  unlovable,  simply 
because  their  better  impulses  were  not  nour- 
ished into  strength. 

The  love  of  beauty,  virtue,  sympathy,  in- 
dustry, service,  love,  religion  are  to  be  found 
in  every  normal  child.  So  also  are  the  nascent 
abilities  that  make  for  the  intellectual  life.  It 
is  the  function  of  home,  church  and  school  to 
nourish  these  nascent  powers  into  strength  and 
permanence  and  the  school  curriculum  and 
school  procedure  should  be  such  as  to  minister 
to  every  worthy  tendency  of  the  unfolding 
nature.  How  sadly  has  education  failed.  O, 
Education,  Education,  what  crimes  have  been 
committed  in  thy  name. 

The  one-sided,  inefficient,  unlovable  and 
unloving  lives  about  us,  the  hatred  of  school, 
the  dislike  of  school  studies,  the  dislike  for 
teachers',  the  numbers  who  leave  school  at 
tender  years,  all  testify  to  the  lack  of  adjust- 
ment of  the  schools  to  the  needs  of  many 
children. 

In  saying  this  I  am  not  pronouncing 
against  the  school  nor  declaring  public  educa- 
tion a  failure.     I  am  simply  saying  that  we 


have  not  yet  attained  though  we  have  been 
pressing  toward  the  goal. 

If  man  is  to  be  complete  and  symmetrical 
the  evolution  of  the  child  must  be  complete. 
You  can  never  get  more  into  manhood  than 
you  develop  out  of  childhood.  This'  means 
that  from  his  infancy  the  full  circle  of  the 
child's  powers  shall  be  educated,  nourished, 
developed.  To  use  a  current  phrase,  "the 
whole  child  must  go  to  school.''  How  trite 
this  sounds.  How  commonplace.  Yet  this 
ideal  was  never  stated  in  a  vital  manner  nor 
worked  out  in  a  practical  way  till  stated  by 
Froebei  and  worked  out  in  the  kindergarten. 
How  far  from  this  ideal  was  the  school  of  our 
childhood.  How  little  was  there  to  develop 
the  appreciation  of  art,  music,  nature;  how 
little  to  cultivate  self  expression  through 
drawing,  manual  arts  or  dramatics.  In  the 
school  of  that  day  the  thre^  R's  were  crowned 
and  all  bowed  to  their  sceptre. 

We  have  made  progress  in  fifty  years.  In 
the  best  schools  of  today,  the  Song,  the  story, 
manual  arts,  nature  excursions  and  games 
have  their  place,  not  as  recreation,  not  simply 
to  lighten  the  program,  but  as  educative 
agencies  essential  to  the  full  development  of 
the  expanding  life  of  children.  And  progress 
must  continue  till  what  is  true  of  the  best 
schools  will  be  true  of  all  schools. 

Froebel's  conception  of  evolution  of  the 
child's  powers  as  the  end  of  education  is  in 
direct  contrast  with  the  two  ideas  that  con- 
trolled the  school  of  the  olden  time.  So  far 
as  psychology  influenced  the  practice  of  the 
old  school,  its  aim  was  discipline.  The  old 
school  taught  that  the  mind  was  an  aggrega- 
tion of  more  or  less  independent  faculties;  that 
there  was  such  a  thing  as  general  perception 
and  memory  and  reason.  It  held  that  it  was 
possible  to  so  train  a  man  to  think,  that  he 
could  think  equally  well  on  all  problems;  that 
his  memory  could  be  equally  accurate  in  re- 
membering all  classes  of  facts.  Mathematics 
were  exalted  as  studies  which  trained  the 
faculty  of  reasoning.  Classical  languages 
were  held  in  high  esteem  because  they  were 
supposed  to  train  the  power  of  memory,  of 
attention  and  of  discrimination.  It  was  even 
held  that  the  powers  of  mind,  acquired  in  the 
mastering  of  Greek  and  Latin  ace  ents  were 
the  best  possible  equipment  that  a  man  could 
receive  for  studying  the  natural  sciences.  Al- 
though the  new  psychology  has  demon- 
strated the  unsoundness  of  such  views  they 
still  linger  in  the  popular  mind  and  sorry  am 
I  to  say,  in  the  minds  of  many  within  the  pro- 
fession. There  are  hundreds  today  who  be- 
lieve that  arithmetic  is  the  most  serviceable  of 
all  subjects'  in  the  school  as  a  means  of  train- 
ing reason. 

Modern  psychology  declares  that  there  is 
not  reason  but  reasonings ;  that  a  man  may 
reason  well  in  mathematics  and  be  a  dunce  in 


40 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


history;  that  a  man  may  be  able  to  generalize 
on  scientific  data  and  be  stupid  in  mathematics. 
It  maintains  also  that  there  are,  in  the  words 
of  James,  not  memory,  but  memories.  A 
memory  for  names,  a  memory  for  historical 
facts  and  dates,  a  memory  for  mathematics,  a 
memory  for  science  and  so  on  through  the 
category.  On  the  basis  of  modern  psychology 
there  is  no  justification  for  a  narrow  and  in- 
tensive course  of  study  in  the  elementary 
schools,  but  every  warrant  for  the  broad  and 
rich  curriculum  which  shall  appeal  to  and 
nourish  the  many  sided  nature  of  the  child. 

The  second  ideal  of  the  olden  school  was 
knowledge.  "Knowledge  is  power."  How 
often  one  hears  that  quoted  even  today.  It 
was  a  favorite  copy  of  the  writing  books  of  the 
olden  time.  At  best  it  is  but  a  half  truth. 
Mere  knowledge  is  not  power.  Knowledge  in 
encyclopedias,  knowledge  in  libraries,  knowl- 
edge in  lexicons,  knowledge  in  text  books, 
knowledge  in  the  head  of  an  inert,  inefficient 
individual,  is  not  power.  A  fact  never  is 
power.  It  may  be  a  weapon,  a  tool,  a  means 
to  an  end  in  the  brain  and  hand  of  some  man 
or  woman.  Power  is  an  attribute  of  mind,  it 
is  not  an  attribute  of  facts.  The  Froebelian 
idea  of  education  is  never  discipline  or  infor- 
mation, but  power, — power  in  every  worthy 
direction, — power  to  think,  to  feel,  to  appre- 
ciate, to  do.  How  limiting  and  deadening  was 
the  old  conception  of  education,  which  was  so 
largely  merely  storing  knowledge  in  the  human 
mind,  or  sharpening  to  keenness  the  mental 
powers  in  limited  directions.  How  broaden- 
ing and  stimulating  is  the  Froebelian  idea  of 
education,  which  stands  for  the  expanding  of 
the  human  being  in  every  worthy  direction.  It 
is  life  to  the  teacher;  it  is  life  to  her  pupil.  It 
is  salvation  to  the  race. 

The  second  fundamental  principle  of  Froe- 
bel's  educational  philosophy  is  this : — The 
evolution  of  the  powers  of  a  child  is  through 
self  activity.  This  is  the  basic  principle  of  the 
kindergarten.  Now  self-activity  is  a  catching 
phrase.  It  has  a  distinguished  sound,  but  what 
does  it  mean  in  the  plain  terms  of  practical 
home  and  school  life.  If  education  were  or- 
ganized and  administered  according  to  this 
doctrine  what  would  result? 

On  one  occasion,  Jesus,  to  teach  a  great 
religious  truth,  pointed  to  the  lilies  and  said, 
"Behold  the  lilies  how  they  grow."  But  how 
do  the  lilies  grow?  What  is  the  process  of 
their  unfolding?  They  grow  through  the  oper- 
ations of  forces  resident  in  the  lilies  them- 
selves. Through  root  and  leaf  elements  of 
food  are  taken  and  within  the  cells  of  the  plant 
by  a  subtle  chemistry  which  we  can  explain 
but  not  understand,  these  food  elements  are 
transformed  into  stalk  and  bud  and  flower. 

And  what  may  the  gardner  do  to  assist  the 
growth  of  the  lily?  Simply  furnish  the  proper 
environment,  soil,  food,  temperature.    Having 


done  this  he  may  rest, — he  can  do  nothing 
more. 

As  grows  the  lily,  so  grows  the  child 
through  activities  resident  within  him.  What 
can  the  teacher  do  to  assist  the  unfolding  child 
nature?  Furnish  the  proper  environment,  no 
more.  But  that  is  much,  very  much  indeed, 
for  environment  includes  all  the  surroundings 
of  the  child,  intellectual,  aesthetic,  ethical, 
social  and  religious  which  are  needful  to  nour- 
ish his  many  sided  nature. 

There  are  many  implications  in  this  law  of 
self  activity  which  are  worth  our  consideration. 
First,  it  means  that  the  child's  mental  develop- 
ment is  through  the  activity  of  his  own  powers. 
Through  no  vicarious  effort  can  a  child's 
powers  unfold,  and  this  applies  to  all  of  the 
three  prime  processes  involved  in  mental  de- 
velopment,— acquisition,  assimilation  and  ex- 
pression. 

In  acquisition,  the  child's  own  experiences 
are  the  ground  of  all  his'  knowledge.  The 
teachers'  experience  will  not  suffice.  The  child 
must  see  and  hear  and  handle.  Probably  no 
more  fundamental  mistake  is  made  in  educa- 
tion today  than  the  failure  to  base  teaching 
upon  the  actual  experiences  of  the.  child.  How 
many  a  girl  is  shedding  tears  tonight  over 
problems  in  arithmetic  of  which  she  has  no 
comprehension.  How  many  children  are  learn- 
ing facts  in  history  and  geography  which  have 
no  basis  in  their  own  experience.  Who  cannot 
recall  definitions  in  geography  the  meaning  of 
which  came  only  with  years  of  life?  There 
comes  to  my  mind  now  the  definition  of 
plateau  learned  in  the  grades  so  long  ago.  "A 
plateau  is  an  elevated  plane  or  the  flat  top  of  a 
mountain".  I  remember  reciting  it,  but  I  just 
as  distinctly  remember  that  it  had  no  meaning 
to  me.  A  flat  top  of  a  mountain.  I  had  never 
seen  a  mountain.  I  had  never  seen  large  hills. 
1  had  absolutely  nothing  out  of  which  unaided 
I  could  construct  a  picture  of  a  mountain  with 
a  flat  top.  In  a  school  in  a  noted  American 
city  a  geography  class  was  discussing  the  char- 
acteristics of  the  Mississippi  valley  and  a  vis- 
itor asked  a  member  of  the  class  if  she  had 
ever  seen  a  valley,  large  or  small.  The  child 
replied  that  she  had  not.  Yet  her  home  was  in 
a  conspicuous  river  valley.  This  is  a  type  of 
what  may  be  found  today  in  too  many  schools. 
The  remedy  lies  in  recognizing  the  absolute 
necessity  of  experience  as  the  basis  of  acquisi- 
tion. 

The  process  of  acquisition  implies  a  per- 
sonal acquaintance  with  the  elements  by  means 
of  which  new  data  may  be  interpreted.  A 
great  step  is  made  in  any  school  when  the 
children  are  taken  to  visit  neighboring  groves, 
parks,  hills,  ravines ;  when  they  are  asked  to 
note  the  action  of  water  upon  the  soil ;  when 
they  are  taught  to  observe  the  weather,  phases 
of  the  moon ;  the  position  of  the  sun  at  differ- 
ent, seasons  of  the  year;  when  the  flowers  and 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


4i 


birds  are  brought  into  true  relation  with  one 
another  and  with  their  environment,  and  when 
clouds?  and  steam  and  dew  have  meaning  to  the 
child,  because  he  has  not  only  seen  them,  but 
understands  them ;  when  children  go  to  fac- 
tories, stores,  power  houses  and  docks  that 
they  may  see  the  meaning  of  commerce  and 
the  source  of  the  food  supply  which  appears 
on  their  tables  from  day  to  day.  It  was  a  great 
lesson  in  social  life  when  an  educator  took  his 
son  to  the  hold  of  a  ship  to  see  the  stokers 
stripped  to  the  waists  heaving  coal  under  trie 
great  boilers  which  generated  steam  to  propel 
the  vessel  through  the  water  at  eighteen  miles 
an  hour.  How  different  seemed  the  beauties 
on  deck  in  their  relation  to  the  stokers  below. 
I  fear  that  the  kindergartners  themselves 
are  not  always  careful  to  base  their  teaching 
upon  concrete  experiences.  I  have  sometimes 
thought  that  they  expected  the  child  to  gen- 
eralize from  too  limited  data.  I  fear  they 
often  overwork  symbolism  and  creative  self- 
activity. 

Content  is  of  more  value  than  form.  Ra- 
experience  is  better  than  the  over  refining  r 
limited  data.  The  best  kindergartens  and  the 
best  elementary  schools  represent  today  the 
nearest  approach  to  the  realization  of  Froebel's 
law  of  self-activity.  Between  them  and  much 
of  our  kindergarten  and  elementary  school 
work  there  is  yawning  a  wide  abyss. 

But  I  must  hasten  on  to  say  that  self- 
activity  is  the  basis  of  the  assimilative  process 
by  which  new  knowledge  is  related  to  the  old 
and  old  knowledge  is  seen  in  new  relation.  It 
seems  almost  unnecessary  to  discuss  this  phase 
of  the  subject,  the  truth  is  so  evident.  The 
difficulty  is  not  in  believing  that  assimilation 
is  wholly  an  individual  matter  due  to  the  self- 
activity  of  the  child,  but  in  not  being  certain 
that  assimilation  really  does  occur.  Verbal 
memory  is  so  active  in  childhood  and  yields 
such  explicit  statements  as  to  deceive  the  very- 
elect.  Often  cautious  and  painstaking  teachers 
are  prone  to  take  the  deliverances'  of  memory 
as  evidence  that  the  assimilative  process  has 
taken  place.  So  long  as  the  only  test  of  assim- 
ilation is  oral  or  written  language,  the  possi- 
bilities for  such  misunderstanding  are  very 
great.  It  is"  only  by  the  use  of  other  modes  of 
expression  as  drawing,  manual  arts  and  dra- 
matics that  the  teachers  can  secure  a  check  on 
the  possibilities  of  taking  memory  for  assimila- 
tion. 

The  third  phase  of  the  educative  process  is 
expression.  The  end  of  all  life  is  adaptability 
and  adaptability  means  conduct.  All  the 
powers  of  the  mind  from  perception  through 
volition  have  but  one  end  and  that  end  is 
action.  We  see  this  clearly  illustrated  in  the 
life  of  the  lower  animals.  Here  sensation  and 
action  are  one.  In  childhood  there  is  little 
intervening  reflection  between  perception  and 


action.     In  the  words  of  Uncle  Remus  it  is 
"Tetch  and  go." 

When  we  look  at  it  aright  every  idea  has  a 
motor  tendency  wrapped  up  in  it.  If  we  should 
ask  children  to  define  a  hundred  articles'  we 
should  be  struck  by  the  fact  that  they  were 
defined  in  terms  of  what  is  to  be  done  to  them 
or  done  with  them.  The  whole  attitude  of  the 
child's  mind  is  a  motor  attitude.  Froebel 
seized  upon  this  great  truth  and  made  it  the 
center  of  his  system,- — education  through  self- 
activity.  To  him  expression,  that  is,  self- 
activity,  was  the  means  by  which  the  child's 
nature  could  be  read  and  understood.  It  was 
the  means  by  which  he  came  in  contact  with 
the  outside  world  and  became  acquainted  with 
its  facts.  It  was  the  means  by  which  the 
powers  of  his  mind  developed  strength  and 
definitness.  As  a  consequence,  the  kindergar- 
ten which  he  instituted  places  emphasis  upon 
and  gives  scope  to  the  child's  tendency  to  self- 
activity. 

Froebel  saw  that  the  most  complete  expres- 
sion of  the  child's  inner  self  and  the  method 
by  which  he  conquered  the  outside  world  and 
made  it  his,  was  through  play  and  kinder- 
garten procedure  may  be  defined  as  regulated 
play.  The  joy,  the  spontaneous  self-direction, 
the  co-operative  spirit  by  which  children  edu- 
cate themselves  outside  of  school  are  given  a 
place  in  the  true  kindergarten.  The  song, 
rhythm  and  music,  dramatics,  drawing,  manual 
arts,  while  championed  by  other  educational 
forces,  have  been  consistently  advocated  and 
successfully  practiced  in  the  kindergarten  from 
the  first  as  a  means  through  which  the  play 
impulse  of  the  child  may  find  adequate  expres- 
sion. 

I  have  taken  for  our  consideration  tonight 
two  of  Froebel's  educational  principles  which 
seem  to  me  the  most  far-reaching  and  practi- 
cal. Time  will  not  allow  me  to  speak  of  others. 
The  contribution  which  the  kindergarten 
has  made  to  elementary  education  has  been 
through  its  exemplification  of  Froebelian  prin- 
ciples of  education.  With  all  its  shortcomings 
it  has  been  the  one  institution  that  has  kept 
the  lamp  before  the  shrine  of  its  ideal  trimmed 
and  burning.  It  has  believed  in  its  mission  and 
with  the  faith  and  zeal  of  a  propagandist  it  has 
sowed  the  seed  of  its  gospel.  Directly  and  in- 
directly it  has  been  a  factor  in  the  educational 
progress  of  the  last  fifty  years,  the  modi- 
fication of  the  elementary  course  of  study 
by  which  it  has  become  broader  and 
richer  with  material  which  appeals  to  child 
life  has  been  in  no  small  part  due  to  the  kinder- 
garten, which  through  its  stories  and  songs,  its 
drawing  and  constructive  work,  its  games  and 
dramatics  has  shown  that  the  education  of  the 
child  may  be  furthered  by  other  agencies  than 
the  alphabet  and  the  multiplication  table  and 
that  the  road  to  knowledge  for  the  child  need 
not  be  steep  and  thorny. 


42 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


THE  KINDERGARTEN  FESTIVAL. 

By  Jane  L.  Hoxie. 

FOUR  important  festivals  are  held  in  our 
child  garden  during  the  year.  On 
Thanksgiving  Day  we  commemorate 
our  heroic  forefathers.  At  Christmas  Tide  we 
celebrate  the  birth  of  the  Savior  of  mankind. 
On  Washington's  birthday  we  do  honor  to  our 
heroes  and  our  patriots,  and  on  May  Day  we 
celebrate  the  birth  of  new  life,  the  revival  of 
all  nature  in  the  spring.  Aside  from  these 
four  great  festivals,  others  of  minor  import- 
ance are  commemorated,  but  with  less  atten- 
tion to  detail  and  with  less  effort  to  make  last- 
ing impression  upon  the  plastic  minds  and 
hearts  of  the  little  ones. 

In  the  early  fall,  in  preparation  for  the 
first  of  these  great  events,  if  we  are  country 
bred,  we  hie  away  into  the  woods  and  fields. 
Here  we  revel  in  all  nature ;  in  the  growth  and 
development  of  plants  and  trees,  in  the  ripen- 
ing processes  of  seeds,  in  the  maturing  of 
fruits  and  vegetables.  We  watch  the  south- 
ward flight  of  birds,  who  leave  their  empty 
nests  deserted  in  the  trees.  We  learn  how  all 
the  animals  prepare  to  meet  the  coming  win- 
ter with  thick  new  coats  of  feathers  or  of  fur, 
with  stores  of  hidden  food,  with  snug  warm 
beds  in  burrows,  caves  and  hollow  trees.  We 
watch  the  little  buds  for  next  year's  growth 
form  on  the  twigs  and  branches.  We  learn 
how  nature  paints  the  leaves,  disseminates  the 
seeds,  puts  all  the  flowers  to  sleep.  We  joy 
in  all  the  odors,  sights  and  sounds  that  make 
the  autumn  time  the  crown  and  glory  of 
the  year. 

If  we  are  city  born  we  cannot  go  thus  hap- 
pily away  among  the  birds  and  blossoms,  but 
must  content  ourselves  with  buds  and  flowers, 
Avith  fruits  and  seeds  culled  from  their  native 
setting,  with  visits  to  the  parks  and  markets, 
with  glimpses  from  our  windows  of  the  migraJ 
tory  flight  of  birds,  with  observations  of  the 
autumn  habits  of  animals  as  seen  in  pets  and 
dwellers  of  the  zoo. 

We  learn  that  not  only  flowers  and  trees, 
insects,  birds  and  animals  make  ready  for  the 
winter,  but  that  man  also  has  a  work  to  do. 
He  gathers  in  the  fruit.  He  stores  away  the^ 
vegetables.  He  husks  the  corn.  He  threshes: 
and  he  grinds  the  grain.  He  toils  and  moils 
that  we  may  all  be  fed  when,  wrapped  in 
ermine  robes,  old  earth  dreams  through  her 
winter  night. 

Then  we  tell  the  story  of  those  dauntless 
heroes,  the  Pilgrims  and  the  Puritans,  who 
breasted  the  unknown  waves  and  faced  the 
hazards  of  an  untried  land  for  conscience  sake. 
A  little  Pilgrim  maid,  a  miniature  Priscilla, 
walks  in  our  fancy  sedately  amid  the  strange 
vicissitudes  of  this  new  life.  We  see  her  leave 
her  English  home.  We  go  with  her  to  Hol- 
land.   With  her  we  board  the  Mayflower  and 


set  sail  across  the  deep.  With  her  we  wonder 
at  the  ocean's  winds  and  waves  and  watch  the 
antics  of  the  unknown  monsters  of  the  sea. 
With  her  we  laugh  and  dance  and  clap  our 
hands  when  little  Oceanus,  sea  born  infant  of 
a  hardy  Pilgrim  dame,  looks  up  and  smiles. 
We  land  at  last  with  her  upon  old  Plymouth 
Rock,  and  through  her  eyes  we  gaze  upon  the 
great  unbroken  forest,  the  savage  beasts  and 
dusky  natives  of  this  strange  new  world. 

Then  comes  the  story  of  the  first  Thanks- 
giving Day.  That  day  on  which  our  staunch 
progenitors  poured  forth  their  gratitude  for 
lives  that  had  been  spared,  new  friends  that 
had  been  granted  them,  a  harvest  that  was 
plentiful.  They  knew  that  God  would  keep 
them  safe  through  all  the  winter's  night.  They 
wished  to  give  him  thanks  for  life,  for  health, 
for  food,  for  shelter  and  for  friends. 

We,  too,  have  thanks  to  give.  This  very 
fall  the  harvest  has  been  plentiful.  Already 
are  the  barns  stacked  high,  cellars  o'erflow 
with  fruit  and  vegetables,  and  lavish  hoards 
crowd  every  nook  and  corner  of  the  granaries. 
None  need  go  hungry,  but  every  creature  may 
be  fed.  All  through  the  year  we  have  been 
housed  and  fed,  clothed,  warmed  and  loved. 
How  shall  we  tell  our  gratitude  for  autumn's 
gifts,  how  show  our  awe,  our  reverence — and 
our  trust  in  Autumn's  God?  How,  but  to  give 
from  out  our  lavish  store  to  those  less  happy 
and  less  fortunate  than  ourselves?  We  have 
listened  to  Dame  Nature's  tale.  We  have  pon- 
dered well  the  story  of  our  Pilgrim  Fathers, 
but  this  is  not  all.  There  is  yet  another  story, 
■ — a  story  of  little  children  like  ourselves  and 
yet  not  like  ourselves ;  for  we  have  happy 
homes,  a  mother's  love  and  care.  Our  limbs 
are  straight.  Our  backs  are  strong.  We  have 
clear  eyes  and  ready  hands.  We  can  run  and 
dance  and  skip  all  day  long  in  the  sunlight 
and  the  air.  Not  so  with  these  poor  waifs, 
huddled  in  orphan  homes  or  stretched  on  beds 
of  pain  in  children's  hospitals.  With  shining 
eyes  we  hear  this  storv  to  the  very  end.  Then, 
oh !  how  eagerly,  we  rummage  out  our  most 
capacious  baskets.  With  what  joy  we  fill 
them  to  the  very  brim  with  treasured  books 
and  toys,  with  dainties  that  would  otherwise 
have  crowned  our  own  Thanksgiving  feast. 
Here  we  place  the  big  fat  turke}r,  bought  with 
the  hoarded  pennies  from  our  banks.  Here  we 
stow  the  cups  of  jelly,  made  with  our  own 
hands,  looking  like  rubies  shining  in  the  sun. 
Here  Ave  put  the  golden  oranges,  the  rosy- 
cheeked  apples,  the  glossy  nuts,  the  red  and 
white  candies  that  Ave,  ourseh^es,  haATe  pur- 
chased Avith  such  anxious  care.  Hoav  merry 
we  are  Avhen  at  last  our  baskets  OArerfloAV.  We 
clap  our  hands.  We  whirl  about  in  an  ecstacy 
of  happy  anticipation  at  the  thought  of  the  joy 
those  other  little  ones  will  feel  AAdien  they  re- 
ceive our  bounty.  But  our  croAvning  happi- 
ness is  not  reached  until  we  don  our  caps  and 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


43 


hoods  and  sally  forth  to  bestow,  ourselves, 
these  tokens  of  our  gratitude,  these  messages 
of  good  cheer  upon  those  unfortunate  little 
ones,  so  like  ourselves  and  vet  how  different. 
Back  to  the  kindergarten  we  come  at  last,  with 
full  hearts  but  with  empty  hands.  We  dance, 
we  laugh,  we  sing,  for  have  we  not  made 
others  happy? 

Now  for  our  own  merry  making  in  the 
kindergarten  itself.  This  is  celebrated  in  end- 
less ways.  Favorite  among  these  is  the  visit 
to  grandmother's.  The  old  lady,  herself,  in 
the  person  of  a  sedate  six-year-old  miss,  at- 
tired in  a  white  kerchief,  cap  and  apron,  re- 
ceives her  guests,  who  come  all  together  in  an 
enormous  sleigh,  drawn  by  prancing  steeds 
caparisoned  in  glittering  harness  and  many 
tinkling  bells.  Needless  to  say,  this  fiery  team 
is  composed  of  lively  youngsters  selected 
from  our  midst.  The  members  of  this  sleigh- 
ing party  sing  lustily  as  the1*'  glide  along, — 
"Over  the  river  and  through  the  wood  to 
grandmother's  house  we  go."  This  visit  to 
grandmother's  culminates  in  the  serving  of  a 
Thanksgiving  luncheon,  dispensed  by  some  of 
our  own  number,  which  consists  of  tiny  pump- 
kin pies  made  and  baked  in  the  school  kitchen 
by  members  of  the  class.  The  morning  closes 
with  a  story  of  long  ago  told  while  sitting 
around  the  fireplace  as  corn  is  popped  >or 
apples  and  nuts  are  roasted  in  the  ashes  of 
our  wood  fire.  Sometimes,  however,  a  grand 
frolic  with  the  pumpkin  man,  as  the  children 
delight  to  call  our  Jack-o'-lantern,  is  preferred 
to  the  story  and  the  open  fire.  And  then  with 
full  hearts,  conscious  of  the  blessings  of  food 
and  warmth  and  shelter,  of  health  and  happi- 
ness, of  mother  love  and  care,  the  little  ones 
scatter  to  their  homes. 

Echoes  of  our  Thanksgiving  frolic  have 
scarcely  died  away  in  the  distance  ere  a  new 
motif  is  sounded.  Faintly,  at  first,  but  rapidly 
gathering  volume,  it  bursts  at  last  into  a  joy- 
ous rollicking  chorus.  Santa  Claus  is  abroad 
in  the  land.  The  season  of  loving  and  giving 
is  here. 

Early  in  December  we  make  excursions 
into  the  northland  where,  all  the  year  through, 
jolly  old  St.  Nicholas  works  with  a  will  upon 
Christmas  toys.  We  investigate  his  pack  and 
his  pockets.  We  ride  over  the  housetops  be- 
hind his  eight  fleet  reindeer.  We  peer  with 
him  down  the  flues  of  sooty  chimneys.  We 
never  tire  of  gazing  into  his  twinkling  eves  or 
wondering  at  his  ruddy  cheeks  and  at  his 
hoary  beard.  We  write  long  letters  to  this 
jolly  saint,  filled  with  our  urgent  needs  and 
dearest  wishes,  which  we  trustingly  post  in 
stove  or  fireplace.  We  take  our  fill  of  the  old, 
old  legend,  ever  new.  Gradually  it  dawns 
upon  us  that  this  dear  old  saint  must  have 
other  helpers  besides  the  brownies ;  that  per- 
haps the  world  is  filled  with  his  helpers ;  that 


everyone  may  be  a  Santa  Claus  to  somebody; 
that  John  and  Polly  and  Fred  and  Helen  may 
all  be  Santa  Clauses ;  that  each  one  of  us  may 
be  a  Santa  Claus.  Then  the  spirit  of  getting, 
getting,  always  getting  is  metamorphosed  into 
the  spirit  of  giving,  loving  and  giving,  doing 
something  for  others.  The  ecstatic  shivers  of 
delight  with  which  we  have  been  wont  to  greet 
the  thought  of  this  mysterious  Santa  Claus 
are  intensified  tenfold  as  the  spirit  of  unselfish 
love  crowds  out  the  anticipation  of  our  own 
gain  and  pleasure.  Our  brain  teems  with  ideas 
and  our  fingers  fly  to  execute  its  bidding  that 
father  and  mother,  grandfather  and  uncle, 
brother  and  sister  may  each  and  all  be  glad- 
dened and  surprised  by  what  a  wee  Santa 
Claus  of  five  or  six  can  do  to  make  them 
happy. 

As  time  goes  on  and  the  day  of  the  Christ- 
mas Festival  approaches  the  thoughts  of  the 
children  are  gradually  led  to  the  spiritual 
meaning  of  this  season.  The  legend  of  the 
Christ  Child,  in  all  its  beauty,  is  recounted  and 
the  sweet  old  story  of  the  Babe  in  the  manger 
is  told  again  and  again,  until  finally  the  true 
significance  of  this  day  of  days  lies  revealed 
and  its  commemoration  assumes  a  new  and 
solemn  meaning. 

Our  home  people  are  bidden  to  this  festival. 
The  invitations  are  written  upon  pretty  holly- 
decked  Christmas  bells  which  we  have  made 
all  by  ourselves.  Our  great  forest-giant  of  a 
tree,  decked  out  with  shining  wreaths  and 
chains  of  our  own  construction  and  hung  with 
the  gifts  we  have  fashioned  so  lovinglv,  stands 
with  outstretched  branches  to  receive  our  dear 
ones.  When  all  have  arrived,  gathering  round 
our  tree,  we  sing  to  these  best  loved  friends 
our  joyous  Christmas  Carols.  For  them  we 
play  our  merriest  games.  To  them  we  tell 
our  favorite  Christmas  stories.  The  crowning 
moment  of  our  happiness  arrives  when  we  take 
from  our  tree  that  which  our  own  hands  have 
fashioned  and  place  it  ourselves  in  the  out- 
stretched palm  of  a  loved  one.  Neither  do  we 
forget,  upon  this  day,  those  less  fortunate 
than  ourselves,  and  many  of  our  toys  arad 
goodies  find  their  way  to  homes  whose  occu- 
pants, but  for  us,  would  dream  of  Santa  Claus 
in  vain. 

Anon  a  sterner  note  is  sounded  and  the 
toilers  of  the  world  appear.  The  workers  who 
sweat  in  field  and  factorv,  who  labor  upon  the 
mountain  top  and  in  the  bowels  of  the  earth, 
become  our  dailv  companions.  We  learn  to 
see  that  each  individual  has  a  task  to  perform, 
which  he,  and  he  alone,  can  accomplish ;  that 
the  honest  labor  of  each  one  of  us  is  needed 
to  make  up  the  perfect  whole  of  our  civiliza- 
tion. The  occupations  of  the  carpenter,  the 
mason,  the  blacksmith,  the  shoemaker,  the 
farmer  and  the  miller  all  take  on  new  signifi- 
cance as  we  become   conscious,   for  the  first 


44 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


time,  of  the  true  dignity  of  work.  Our  muni- 
cipal servants,  the  postman,  the  policeman  and 
the  fireman,  now  become  objects  of  more  vital 
interest  than  ever  before,  as  we  talk  of  their 
duties  and  imitate  their  labors.  Our  great 
public  servants,  the  mayor,  the  governor,  the 
president,  assume  paternal  significance.  Last 
of  all  comes  into  view  our  heroes  (our  patriots 
and  our  soldiers).  The  colossal  figure  of 
Washington,  the  preserver  of  our  liberties,  the 
father  of  our  country,  looms  above  all  the  rest, 
and  the  spirit  of  our  patriot's  day  festival  is 
due  to  his  inspiration.  We  wish  to  celebrate 
his  birthday  because  he  was  a  great  and  good 
patriot,  willing,  like  manv  others,  to  give  his 
life,  if  need  be,  for  a  just  cause.  The  early 
truthfulness,  bravery  and  obedience  of  Wash- 
ington are  brought  especially  to  the  notice  of 
our  little  ones,  and  some  of  the  thrilling  ad- 
ventures of  his  pioneer  and  soldier  life  are 
recounted  in  simple,  unaffected  language. 

In  preparation  for  this  celebration  we  make 
garlands  and  badges  of  red,  white  and  blue ; 
we  manufacture  miniature  flags,  we  adorn  pic- 
tures of  Washington  with  the  national  colors, 
we  fold  soldier  caps,  we  learn  to  keep  step  to 
martial  music.  On  patriot's  day,  attired  in 
our  badges,  wreaths  and  caps  of  red,  white  and 
blue,  holding  flags  in  our  hands,  with  beating 
drums  and  flying  colors,  we  tramp  to  the  mar- 
tial strain  of  "Soldier  Boy,"  "When  Johnnie 
Comes  Marching  Home,"  and  "Dixie  Land." 
We  sing  the  few  strains  of  "My  Country"  that 
we  have  been  able  to  learn.  We  march  into 
camp  for  the  night.  We  rise  with  the  reveille 
in  the  morning  and  march  with  quick  step  far 
away  where  our  country  and  our  duty  call. 
We  shout  with  enthusiasm  at  the  names  of  our 
heroes,  our  country  and  our  flag.  We  listen  with 
interest  ever  new  to  child-like  tales  of  bravery 
and  heroism.  At  last  we  gather  round  our  flag 
and,  as  we  give  three  lusty  cheers  for  the  red, 
white  and  blue,  our  hearts  are  stirred  with  the 
germ  thoughts  of  a  patriotism  which  shall 
later  inspire  us,  if  need  be,  to  perform  true 
deeds  of  valor. 

The  tramp,  tramp,  tramp  of  our  martial 
host  has  scarcely  died  away  in  the  distance  ere 
a  new  theme  is  sounded,  for  lo !  the  winter  is 
past  and  gone !  The  water  of  unfettered 
brooks  now  sparkles  on  its  way,  the  notes  of 
feathered  friends  now  echo  in  the  tree  tops, 
the  sap  leaps  anew  in  the  branches,  bud  and 
flower  burst  into  bloom.  All  nature  awakens 
from  her  dream.  May  is  at  hand.  Our  May 
Day  festival  approaches.  We  have  watched 
the  springing  of  the  grass,  the  opening  of  the 
buds,  the  return  of  the  birds,  the  coming  of 
that  new  verdure  with  which  old  Earth  vearly 
covers  her  wrinkled  bosom.  We  have  planted 
our  gardens.  We  have  set  free  our  captive 
bees  "and  butterflies.  We  have  beheld  the 
revival  of  those  creatures,  big  and  little,  to 


whom  the  winter  is  but  one  long,  drowsy 
night.  We  have  hailed  with  rapture  each  bud 
and  leaf  and  blossom,  each  springing  grass 
blade,  the  flutter  of  each  pair  of  wings,  the 
hum  and  whir  of  insects,  the  leaping  of  new 
life  in  pond  and  stream,  the  shy  movement  of 
each  timid  creature  01  the  wood  and  field. 
How  shall  we  give  voice  to  the  ecstacy  that 
fills  us,  that  ecstacy  with  which  all  nature 
thrills  and  pulsates?  That  joy  which  says 
more  life  !  more  life !  and  yet  more  life  !  How, 
but  to  sing  with  the  birds,  to  skip  with  the 
lambs,  to  dance  with  the  sunbeams  over  the 
earth's  fresh  carpet  of  green.  So  we  sally 
forth  decked  out  in  many  colored  garlands, 
carrying  our  May  pole  with  us,  singing  as  we 
go.  Upon  a  broad  expanse  of  green,  in  park 
or  country,  we  take  our  stand.  All  day  long 
we  frolic  in  the  sunshine,  a  happy  band  of 
children  doing  homage  to  the  spring. 

Thus  it  is  our  purpose  that  these  four 
chief  festivals  shall  stand  as  culminating 
points,  as  climaxes  toward  which  we  bend  our 
energies,  as  special  days  that  shall  radiate  the 
spirit  of  gratitude,  of  good  will,  of  patriotism 
and  of  joyous  new  life  and  strength  with 
which  we  endeavor  to  infuse  the  entire  work 
of  the  year  in  this,  our  garden  of  happy  chil- 
dren. 


NUMBER  IN  THE  KINDERGARTEN. 

Harrlette  H.  Freeland. 

PESTALOZZI  says :  "It  is  my  opinion 
that  if  school  teaching  does  not  take  into 
consideration  the  circumstances  of 
family  life,  and  everything  else  that  bears  on 
man's  general  education,  it  can  only  lead  to 
an  artificial  and  methodical  dwarfing  of  hu- 
manity." 

Another  prominent  writer  states  the  follow- 
ing :  "The  general  problem  of  the  kindergarten 
is  not  radically  different  from  that  of  other 
schools."  If  schools  fit  for  citizenship  in  the 
broadest  sense  then  the  problem  presented  to 
the  kindergartner  as  she  considers  the  essen- 
tials and  non-essentials  in  the  training  of  the 
young  citizens  so  early  entrusted  to  her  is  not 
one  to  be  lightly  set  aside. 

Froebel  studied  Architecture,  Surveying, 
Forestry,  Crystallography.  We  see  the  mature 
man  when  he  deals  with  mathematical  sub- 
jects, and  in  many  instances  he  seems  a  math- 
ematical enthusiast. 

Again  and  again  we  read,  "no  formal  in- 
struction for  children  of  the  kindergarten  age" 
and  then  we  find  exercises  amounting  to  little 
short  of  problems  planned  for  these  same  chil- 
dren. Froebel  truly  had  keenest  love  and  in- 
sight into  childish  lives  or  it  would  never  have 
been  possible  to  use  these  exercises  success- 
fully. 

The  all-important  promotion  day  comes  for 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


45 


the  kindergarten  child  and  we  step  across  the 
hall  with  him. 

Is  it  a  wholly  new  realm  he  enters?  Let  us 
cheerfully  prophesy  that  the  good  work  begun 
in  the  kindergarten  is  continued  in  the  grades 
and  much  of  the  subject  matter  already 
familiar  gives  keener  zest  and  appreciation  for 
the  stories  he  now  begins  to  make  truly  his 
own  and  for  the  new  work  to  which  he  is'  in- 
troduced. In  the  good  old  school  days  so  often 
praised  in  song  and  story  to  have  omitted 
"Number  Work"  in  the  first  school  years 
would  have  caused  unbounded  wonder. 

Today  the  educationalists  agree  with 
psychologists  that  reason  plays  a  s'mall  part  in 
the  first  years  when  perception,  memory  and 
imagination  hold  fullest  sway.  Close  your 
eyes  and  at  once  you  can  picture  diagram 
after  diagram  illustrating  this.  You  might 
question  if  some  of  these  were  not  exaggerated 
if  it  were  not  for  your  practical  knowledge 
gained  from  actual  living  with  little  children. 
In  the  final  analysis'  there  is  nothing  like 
"illustrating  by  an  example." 

The  four  year  old  child  is  delighted  to 
count;  fond  parents  have  encouraged,  often- 
times taught  him  this  accomplishment,  and, 
by  the  American  and  foreign  parent  alike,  it  is 
considered  a  credential  for  entrance  to  that 
school  life  which  is  to  make  or  mar  the  man 
to  be.  Older  brothers  and  sisters  many  times 
furnish  what  they  consider  a  liberal  education 
before  the  child  enters  kindergarten.  Then 
proudly  introduce  the  younger  member  of  the 
family  and  among  the  accomplishments  re- 
hearsed invariablv  counting  and  the  fact  that 
he  can  "make  his  numbers"  hold  prominent 
place. 

Give  your  class  papers  to  draw  some  defi- 
nite objects  and  after  the  attempt  you  are 
often  surprised  at  the  success  with  which  he 
acids'  a  straggling  line  of  figures. 

Our  small  people  also  count  in  the  games 
they  are  constantly  playing  at  home  and  in  the 
street. 

The  youngest  children  and  the  foreigners, 
coming  directly  from  "the  ship,"  who  have  in 
no  sense  found  themselves,  some  kindergart- 
ners  claim  know  nothing  of  numbers.  If  this' 
is  true,  they  learn  most  rapidly  simply  from 
association  with  the  children  using  it  in  every 
day  fashion  at  their  work  and  play. 

Refer  to  the  first  quotation  in  this  paper. 
We  will  do  nothing  to  stunt  any  child's 
growth.  When  the  latent  power  becomes 
active  we  will  do  all  we  can  to  assist  the  de- 
velopment. 

Since  number  work  is  not  recognized  as  a 
part  of  the  curriculum  until  so  late  in  the 
grades  and  because  we  believe  the  time  can  be 
better  spent  in  work  and  play  dealing  with 
subjects  better  adapted  to  children  from  four 
to  six,  we  have  n»  specific  work  in  number  in 
the  kindergartea  course. 


On  the  other  hand  number  is  by  no  means 
omitted.  Concretely  we  are  constantly  using 
it,  and  it  would  be  impossible  to  plan  one 
period  of  our  day  without  it  if  the  child  is 
allowed  to  express  in  the  circle  the  material 
given  out  and  collected,  his  blocks,  the  num- 
ber of  times  his  ball  is  rolled,  tossed  or 
bounced.  This  without  suggestion  or  direc- 
tion. Games  are  played  involving  the  use  of 
the  number  sense  such  as: 

The  baker  delivers  his  orders  as  requested, 
the  children  go  to  various  shops  on  errands 
bringing  a  specific  number  of  things,  often 
they  count  to  see  if  change  is  correct.  Play- 
ing store  has  an  added  charm  in  the  game 
period  with  a  "grown  up"  friend  to  help  out 
when  one  is  not  quite  sure  what  comes  next. 
Each  child  is  entitled  to  so  many  pushes  when 
swinging. 

Some  of  our  Newark  kindergartners  are 
doing  especially  good  work  in  rhythm  as 
shown  bv  the  children's  ability  to  take  entire 
charge  of  the  marches.  The  independence  with 
which  many  children  "clap"  the  song  they 
desire  to  sing  and  promptly  recognize  it  when 
some  one  plays  for  them.  The  response  in  ball 
games  when  they  count  as  the  piano  plays,  and 
the  pleasure  derived  from  the  rhymes  and 
songs  giving  definite  number  direction. 

Number  is  certainly  the  foundation  of 
rhvthm,  and  the  noises  made  by  very  young, 
children  often  take  rhythmical  form  so  that  we 
are  able  to  say  this  is  the  beginning  of  music. 

Some  kindergartners  require  the  children 
when  recommended  for  promotion  to  count  to 
twenty.  In  many  instances  they  count  to  one 
hundred  with  little  assistance,  and  there  is  a 
rhythm  in  counting  together  that  reminds 
one  of  the  "five  times  five  are  twenty-five," 
sune  in  the  days  of  old. 

Simple  problem  work  if  used  wisely  is  a 
delieht  to  the  child  who  begs  for  "hard1  things" 
for  his  portion.  Make  a  walk  so  many  inches 
long.  A  wall  so  many  inches  high.  Build  a 
platform  four  inches  long  and  two  inches  wide. 
"What  shall  I  build  for  you?" 

This  work  is  recommended  only  where  it 
can  be  introduced  to  advantage.  Some  classes 
would  not  be  ready  for  it  during  their  kinder- 
garten career,  but  when  the  number  sense  is 
more  developed  and  the  child  keenly  alert, 
work  of  this  character  is  beneficial  if  used  as  a 
treat  rather  than  for  steady  diet. 

Whether  we  will  or  not,  children  both  in 
school  and  out  are  learning  number,  using  it 
correctly,  and  this  comes  from  no  abstract 
teaching  but  from  the  natural  development  of 
the  number  sense  in  the  child's  mind. 

In  conclusion  do  not  understand  me  to  ad- 
vocate anv  method  formal  teaching  of  number 
in  the  Hnderfrarten.  Only  incideatal  number 
reeosTutiom  aad  use.  The  number  s»as«  «r 
faculty  awakens  early  ia  life.    Way  a©t  reseg- 


46 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


nize  and  develop  it  as  soon  as  the  child  mind 
seems  to  appreciate  its  power? 

In  answer  to  those  who  condemn  number 
teaching  earlier  than  the  third  year  grade,  we 
say,  we  only  argue  for  incidental  teaching  and 
are  quite  content  to  leave  some  things  for  the 
High  School  and  College  Curriculum. 


MOTHERS'  MEETINGS  AND  READING 
CIRCLES. 

By  Jennie  B.  Merrill,  Pd.  D. 

Note. — Kindergartners  will  find  a  list  of  simple 
topics  for  Mothers'  meetings  in  the  Kindergarten 
Magazine  for  March,  1908.  Among  these  topics  is 
the  one  selected  for  this  month's  article. 

RUNNING    ERRANDS. 

Mothers  may  be  surprised  to  hear  that  such 
a  simple  matter  as  running  errands  has  been 
commended  upon  by  great  writers  upon  educa- 
tion, as  Rousseau,  Pestolozzi,  Froebel  and 
others. 

It  is  certainly  an  eminently  practical  sub- 
ject for  consideration  at  a  mothers'  meeting. 
The  following  questions  may  be  sent  to  several 
mothers  known  to  be  actively  interested  in  the 
meetings  for  report : 

i.  How  young  a  child  have  you  ever  asked 
to  do  an  errand  for  you? 

Will  you  tell  us  what  the  errand  was  and 
whether  the  child  was  pleased  to  do  it  for  you? 

2.  What  are  some  of  the  advantages  to 
the  child  in  running  errands  for  mother? 

3.  What  care  should  a  mother  exercise  in 
selecting  errands  for  very  young  children? 

4.  What  training  of  the  child's  mind  is 
secured  in 

(a)  Listening  to  the  directions  for  an 
errand. 

(b)  In  carrying  these  directions  out. 

(c)  In  reporting  back  to  mother. 

5.  Should  a  child  always  report  back  con- 
cerning the  accomplishment  of  an  errand  even 
when  no  direct  answer  is  sent?    Why? 

The  following  quotation  from  Mrs.  Borlis' 
excellent  chapter  on  "Ethical  Training"  in 
her  book  entitled  "Preparation  of  the  Child  for 
Science,"  may  be  read  to  the  mothers : 

There  comes  a  stage  in  every  child's  life  when 
he  is  anxious  to  he  sent  on  messages,  and  this  phase 
can  be  taken  advantage  of  to  train  him  in  one  or 
two  habits  which  it  is  difficult  to  acquire  at  a  later 
age,  and  the  lack  of  which  hampers  the  development 
of  the  scientific  faculty. 

When  a  child  is  two  Or  three  years  old,  you  ask 
him,  "Would  baby  like  to  take  a  message  for  moth- 


er?" When  you  find  him  willing,  you  say:  "Put 
down  that  toy  (or  whatever  he  may  have  in  his 
hand)  and  come  and  stand  in  front  of  me;  put  your 
hands  straight  down,  head  up,  look  me  right  in  the 
face  and  say:  'Please,  Anne,  a  spoon.'  Say  it  again.  I 
am  going  to  send  you  to  Anne  to  get  a  spoon.  What 
are  you  going  to  say  to  Anne?  Now,  say  nothing 
else;  don't  talk,  don't  play  on  the  way,  for  fear  you 
forget.  Now  tell  me  once  more  what  you  are  going 
to  say  to  Anne."  When  the  child  comes  back  with 
the  spoon,  you  say  to  him,  "Now,  go  back  and  say, 
'Thank  you,  Anne.'  What  are  you  going  to  say  to 
Anne?  Well,  now,  go  and  say  it."  When  he  comes 
back  the  second  time,  you  ask  him  what  he  said  to 
Anne.  If  he  cannot  remember,  or  is  not  clear 
whether  he  said  it  properly,  you  send  him  back  to 
try  again.  As  soon  as  he  brings  a  clear  and  crisp 
report  of  having  given  his  message  properly,  you  at 
once  restore  whatever  he  may  have  had  in  his  hands 
before  you  began. 

This  habit  of  withdrawing  all  possible  sources  of 
distraction  before  business  begins,  and  restoring 
whatever  you  deprived  him  of  directly  the  business 
is  completed,  is  of  importance.  All  these  precau- 
tions help  to  induce  the  habit  of  knowing  when  a 
duty  is  fulfilled,  an  incident  closed. 

Next  day  the  message  may  be,  "Please,  father, 
a  pencil,"  or  "Please,  nurse,  a  pinafore,  but  it  is 
well  while  varying  the  object,  to  keep  the  routine 
exactly  until  it  becomes  quite  easy  and  mechanical, 
until  the  mere  fact  of  being  called  for  a  message 
throws  the  child  bodily  and  mentally  into  the  atti- 
tude of  attention.  After  that  you  may  tell  the  child 
that  whenever  you  send  him  he  may  say,  "Thank 
you"  to  the  person  who  gives  it  to  him  before  bring- 
ing it  to  you;  but  he  is  still  not  to  talk  of  anything 
else  when  on  his  way.  Just  at  first  you  will  have  to 
explain  to  the  household  that  they  are  not  to  tempt 
the  child  to  dawdle  or  talk  when  sent  on  a  message, 
but  as  soon  as  he  is  old  enough  you  may  tell  him 
that  if  any  one  speaks  to  him  when  he  is  on  his 
way,  he  should  say,  "I  am  on  a  message  for  mother; 
I  will  come  back  to  you  when  I  have  done  what 
she  told  me." 

In  discussion  the  kindergartner  will  readily 
lead  the  mothers  to  see  the  value  of  this  early 
work  which  not  only  amuses  the  child  but 
trains  him  to  accuracy  in  listening,  in  execut- 
ing and  in  reporting.  It  indirectly  helps  in 
training  to  obedience  and  promptness.  It 
creates  a  feeling  of  responsibility  and  taxes 
the  memory  just  enough. 

It  is  not  the  wise  mother  who  laughs  at 
these  little  beginnings.  They  represent  "the 
ounce  of  prevention,"  prevention  of  inatten- 
tion, carelessness,  and  forgetfulness  in  doing 
errands  or  in  assuming  responsibility  which 
make  so  much  discord  later  on. 

Ask  mothers  to  test  this  method  and  report 
on  the  results  at  another  meeting. 

Caution  them  not  to  overdo  the  matter. 

It  should  be  a  pleasure,  not  a  burden.  Drop 
it  if  it  is  not  until  a  favorable  moment. 

There  should  be  no  tears  over  such  a  mat- 
ter with  so  young  a  child. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


47 


for  a 


scup, 


CHARACTER  IN  THE  RAW,  A  GLIMPSE 
OF  A  CITY  PLAYGROUND. 

MABEL  E.  MACOMBER,  BROOKLYN 

JUST    come    in    the    Park,    been 

waitin'  two  hours  for  a  swing." 
"Miss  Jar-r-vis,  a  boy's  throwin' 

sand  on  my  baby." 
"Teacher,   I   had   a  scup  and  it 

was  a  girl's,  and  a  girl  asked  me 
and   I  gave  her  twenty-five,  and 
she  won't  get  off." 

"Good  morning,  Miss  Jarvis;  how  do  you 
like  my  baby?  Ain't  he  sweet?  Can't  you 
get  him  a  swing?" 

An  injured  knee  having  been  duly  washed 
and  plastered,  the  teacher  had  just  returned  to 
the  playground.  It  was  a  busy  day,  without 
the  usual  helpers,  so  that  all  drill  or  class 
work  was  suspended.  A  group  of  children 
with  raised  hands  pressed  about  her.  Listen- 
ing to  all,  she  decided  that  the  sand  throwing 
was  the  only  serious  trouble,  and  immediately 
went  to  the  scene  of  disorder.  Boys  were 
allowed  to  build  castles  and  ramparts  only  on 
condition  of  unquestionably  good  behavior. 
The  little  toddlers'  eyes  must  not  be  endan- 
gered by  careless  monsters,  even  if  their 
guardians,  the  big  sisters,  should  snatch  a  few 
moments  of  absolute  enjoyment  on  a  swing. 

The  questioners  dispersed  by  the  visit  to 
the  sand-box,  the  teacher  was  no  sooner 
seated  on  a  portion  of  the  space  devoted  to 
"cake  baking"  where  she  thought  to  watch 
undisturbed,  a  special  group  of  troublesome 
girls  who  seemed  only  to  enjoy  teasing  other 
players,  and  breaking  rules,  when  a  new 
group  formed  around  her,  each  with  upraised 
hand.  There  being  no  necessary  complaint,  a 
little  lesson  was  given  them  on  the  value  of 
patience  and  self-control,  and  the  "pie-board" 
was  quiet  for  perhaps  fifteen  minutes.  The 
group  of  girls  in  question  now  took  advantage 
of  her  interest  in  the  evolution  of  a  sand  bake- 
shop,  so  that  when  Miss  Jarvis  again  turned  in 
their  direction,  each  had  secured  a  swing  and 
were  having  a  royal  good  time.  But  the  in- 
evitable tale  bearer  was  on  her  way,  and  a 
tearful  story  of  kicks,  and  summary  jerks,  by 
which  the  rapid  change  in  swing  ownership 
was  effected,  was  poured  into  the  ears  of  the 
children's  friend.  The  teacher's  rising  and 
advancing  a  few  steps  had  the  desired  effect, 
as  a  row  of  empty  swings,  and  a  rear  view  of 
skirted  forms  climbing  over  partition  benches, 
plainly  testified  to  the  delighted  tattler.  She 
did  not  deserve  a  swing,  however,  and  by  a 
series  of  motions,  understood  only  between 
teachers  and  children,  the  next  joyful  pos- 
sessors were  indicated. 

"Miss  Jar-r-vis,  can  you  play  in  succes- 
sion?    Sadie's  playin'  tennis  in  succession." 

"Miss  Jarvis,  the  bean-bag's  up  on  the 
roof." 


"Miss  Jarvis,  Jimmie  won't  let  us  play 
Crokette;  he  takes  the  hatchets  and  knocks 
the  balls  around."  But  the  teacher  could  not 
wait  to  hear  more,  for  while  taking  mental 
note  of  the  transgression  of  the  tether  ball 
rules,  the  uplifted  bean  bag,  and  the  small  boy 
in  the  croquet  inclosure,  she  had  seen  a  more 
important  evil  brooding  in  a  corner  where 
Katy  sat  exchanging  coarse  jests  with  a  group 
of  youths  outside.  How  to  save  Katy  was  the 
great  problem.  She  used  to  revel  in  the  inno- 
cent pleasures  of  the  playground,  only  giving 
trouble  through  a  certain  rudeness  of  manner 
and  occasional  quarrels  with  her  playmates. 
Now  she  had  the  "boy  craze"  and  was  not 
content  unless  surrounded  by  a  group  of  ad- 
mirers, whose  rough  companionship  had 
coarsened  the  girl.  Even  the  policeman  of 
the  neighborhood  felt  the  need  of  keeping  a 
fatherly  watch  over  her. 

"Skidoo !  23  for  yous'e ;  there's  the  cop," 
the  teacher  heard  as  she  approached,  having 
asked  the  officer  to  walk  in  that  direction. 
Katy  seized  a  swing  and  jumped  on,  not  notic- 
ing the  teacher's  approach  from  the  other  side, 
as  she  tried  in  this  way  to  escape  the  attention 
of  the  patrolman.  This  was  one  of  the  times 
for  the  teacher  to  be  blind  if  she  wanted  to 
retain  her  influence  over  the  child ;  so  Katy 
was  ignored  while  some  of  the  owners  of  the 
upraised  hands  were  satisfactorily  answered 
and  matters  generally  set  straight  till  Katy  of 
her  own  accord  came  to  Miss  Jarvis  to  ask 
her  advice  as  to  some  way  of  earning  money. 
In  return  for  a  promise  to  give  all  the  aid 
possible,  Katy  offered  to  help  in  keeping  the 
playground  in  order.  "You  must  be  very  sure 
to  speak  politely  and  not  to  strike  any  one," 
was  the  parting  injunction  as  a  group  of  girls 
approached. 

"Good-morning,  Miss  Jarvis ;  won't  you 
play  a  set  of  tennis  with  us?  Janet  and  I 
want  to  play  against  you  and  Francis." 

"Why!  Isn't  Francis  the  very  best  player 
we  have?  How  can  you  two  succeed  against 
us?"  replied  the  teacher. 

"Oh !  of  course  we  can't,  but  Janet  and  I 
are  going  to  play  in  Central  Park  to-morrow 
with  our  brothers,  and  we  want  to  practice 
hard,"  so  Miss  Jarvis  agreed,  but  with  the 
necessary  admonitions,  and  answers  to  ques- 
tions, and  even  short  excursions  to  the  teeter 
ladders,  and  to  any  spot  needing  investigation, 
also  keeping  an  eye  on  Katy  as  much  as  pos- 
sible, while  playing,  it  was  no  wonder  that 
Janet  and  Sophy  had  succeeded  in  keeping  a 
deuce  game  going  for  an  unusually  long  time 
Avhen  a  sound  of  excited  voices  behind  her 
attracted  the  teacher's  attention.  She  turned 
to  see  Katy  engaged  in  a  hair-pulling  contest, 
and  approaching  heard  all  talking  at  once. 
"She  took  my  little  sister  off  the  swing."  "She 
wouldn't  give   no-body  a   ride."     "She   don't 


48 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


own  the  swings."  "This  is  a  free  country." 
Placing  a  disinterested  child  in  possession  of 
the  swing,  the  teacher  moving  away,  drew  the 
crowd  from  the  dangerous  proximity  of  neigh- 
boring swings,  the  disputants  still  exchanging 
excited  words,  and  threats.  Katy,  on  careful 
inquiry,  it  was  proved  had  acted  only  in  self- 
defense  ;  so  Rosie  was  ordered  to  cease  hostili- 
ties or  else  leave  the  playground.  She 
haughtily  chose  the  latter  course,  while  her 
adversary  was  admonished  to  be  more  careful 
in  the  future. 

Katy  having  "got  the  satisfaction"  now 
ruled  with  a  high  hand,  so  that  frequent 
complaints  reached  Miss  Jarvis,  as  she  stood 
watching  two  curly-headed  enthusiasts  play 
their  entrancing  though  all  but  forbidden 
bounce  ball-game — 

"I  lost  my  ribbon,  one  game ; 
I  lost  my  ribbon,  two  games ; 
I  lost  my  ribbon,  three  games ;"  etc., 

each  downward  pat  of  the  ball  with  its  suc- 
cessful turn  to  another  pat  constituting  a 
"game" ;  the  words  often  most  elaborate,  are 
repeated  sing-song  fashion,  to  test  compara- 
tive skill  in  "keeping  up". 

When  one  small  maid  had  convincingly 
demonstrated  her  superiority,  the  ball  was 
turned  over  to  a  sly  miss  of  six  years,  who  had 
been  patiently  waiting  for  a  chance  at  the 
treasure,  and  a  small  girl  sent  to  bring  Katy. 
But  the  messenger  returned  Katyless.  "She 
won't  come  over ;  she  says  you  to  come  over." 

The  teacher  went  and  found  Katy  busily 
punishing  a  refractory  child  by  a  series  of 
slaps  on  her  face.  "They  won't  mind  me,"  she 
apologized ;  but  as  she  had  broken  one  of  the 
conditions  of  her  monitorship,  this  had  to  be 
taken  from  her.  Now  the  trouble  began  and 
things  happened  so  quickly,  the  teacher  could 
not  quite  remember  afterward  just  what  did 
occur.  Katy,  no  longer  a  high  potentate,  and 
maddened  by  the  loss  of  "satisfaction",  had 
immediately,  by  sheer  physical  strength,  ob- 
tained a  swing,  and  wishing  to  show  her  utter 
disdain  of  all  authority,  had  stood  and 
"pumped"  with  skirts  flying  high  in  the  air, 
while  her  masculine  friends  again  collected  on 
the  outside  and  delighted  her  with  their  re- 
marks. Feeling  completely  out  of  the  pale  of 
the  teacher's  control,  and  fairly  drunk  with 
rage,  all  the  dare-deviltry  in  her  nature  came 
tothe  front,  so  that  a  reproving  look  from  the 
teacher  met  with  the  response:  "You  can't 
make  me  get  off,  I'll  stand  if  I  like."  This 
showed  a  spirit  dangerous  to  the  playground, 
as  nothing:  is  more  contagious  than  insubordi- 
nation. No  officer  or  other  helper  in  sight,  the 
teacher  seized  the  swing  and  brought  it  to  a 
standstill  so  suddenly  that  even  the  invincible 
Katy  was  surprised  into  temporary  submis- 
sion, and  before  she  e©uld  csllect  herself  had 
obediently  hastened  outside  the  playground  at 


the  teacher's  order.  Once  outside,  however, 
the  realization  of  her  defeat  swept  over  her, 
stirring  the  already  roused  temper  into  a  blaze 
of  fury.  Standing  on  a  bench,  all  the  coarse- 
ness and  toughness  of  her  very  fiber  was  re- 
vealed, in  a  series  of  exclamations,  insulting 
names,  and  even  curses  for  the  poor  teacher. 
As  the  defender  of  law  and  order  was  spied 
walking  in  her  direction,  Katy  sent  a  parting 
shot :  "May  you  drop  dead  before  you  leave 
this  Park!" — at  the  same  time  threw  a  stone, 
which,  however,  was  badly  aimed,  and  fled  up 
the  street. 

"'Ah !"  sighed  the  teacher,  "now  I  under- 
stand. He  was  reviled,  yet  reviled  not  again." 
A  bad  outlook  for  Katy's  redemption ! 

A  more  reliable  monitor,  Mary  Stein,  was 
fortunately  found,  so  that  the  circle  of  raised 
hands  about  the  teacher  was  soon  materially 
lessened  and  the  game  of  lawn  tennis  con- 
tinued. It  seemed  a  hopelessly  deuce  game, 
but  the  excitement  of  the  little  scene  just  over 
had  told  on  the  teacher's  nerves,  and  she 
finally  lost. 

"Oh,  we  won  Miss  Jarvis  and  Francis," 
said  the  pleased  players  as  they  departed  for 
dinner,  "and  now  perhaps  we  can  win  Harry 
and  George." 

Katy  did  not  come  into  the  playground  for 
a  whole  month,  but  could  be  seen  on  the  out- 
skirts at  her  old  pastime  of  flirting.  The  case 
seemed  hopeless ;  she  had  apparently  out- 
grown any  feeling  of  attraction  toward  more 
innocent  amusements. 

Finally,  one  Saturday  afternoon,  Katy 
appeared,  and  patiently  stood  till  the  teacher 
had  replied  to : 

"My  baby's  crying;  I  been  waitin'  all  day 
for  some  blocks." 

"Have  you  got  a  needle?  A  girl  tore  my 
dress  and  I'm  afraid  to  go  home." 

"Can't  I  play  tennis  ball?  A  girl's  played 
two  hours  and  hasn't  got  a  point." 

"That's  a  lie.    She  only  just  got  the  stick." 

"Teacher,  I  got  a  rope  on  the  pin-wheel 
and  a  girl  took  it  out  of  me." 

Then  very  humbly  Katy  asked  if  she 
"could  come  in  and  take  charge  of  something." 
Very  hesitatingly  she  was  placed  in  charge 
of  a  garden  swing,  and  the  rules  explained  to 
her.  Love  of  authority  had  gotten  the  better 
of  her  pride,  and  now  she  tried  to  maintain 
her  position  by  really  faithful  work. 

Convinced  by  watching  that  Katy  had 
really  reformed,  Miss  Jarvis  hastened  to  weed 
out  some  of  the  small  boys  who  could  not  be 
allowed  to  invade  the  overcrowded  girls'  do- 
main on  Saturday,  replaced  a  battered  tether 
ball,  supplied  colored  papers  to  a  girl  who  was 
anxious  to  play  kindergartner,  and  was  busily 
adjusting  the  order  of  succession  to  the  cro- 
quet field,   when   she   was   summoned   to  the 

len  swing.     There  were  Katie  and  Rosie 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


49 


seated  calmly  monopolizing  the  swing  to  the 
exclusion  of  its  diminutive  rightful  possessors. 

"There  was  no  one  to  get  on,"  she  ex- 
claimed, jumping  up  and  pointing  to  the  clear 
space  usually  crowded  with  small  and  big 
sisters.  That  the  children  had  been  frightened 
away,  the  teacher  well  knew,  but  pretending 
not  to  see  through  the  ruse,  a  more  trust- 
worthy girl  was  placed  in  charge,  while  Katy 
was  asked  to  look  for  the  owner  of  a  lost  baby. 
Instantly  the  teacher  discovered  the  clue  to 
Katy's  character.  "What  a  shame !"  ex- 
claimed Katy,  gathering  the  child  in  her  arms. 
"No,  don't  cry ;  see,  we  will  go  find  mamee !" 
But  though  her  walks  among  the  crowded 
benches  were  unsuccessful  in  locating  any 
protector,  so  eager  was  Katy  to  please  the 
child  that  happy  smiles  had  quite  chased  away 
the  tears,  before  the  search  was  finally  given 
up  and  Katy  with  her  charge  rested  on  a 
bench.  That  afternoon  must  have  been  long 
remembered  by  the  little  one,  for  never  could 
she  have  more  devoted  or  varied  attention. 
When  the  anxious  mother  at  length  appeared, 
excitedly  inquiring  for  her  "darling",  Katy 
was  loth  to  give  her  up.  "You  don't  deserve 
to  find  her  already ;  and  I've  a  good  mind  not 
to  let  you  have  her."  But  the  mother  was  too 
delighted  to  notice  the  scolding  and  hugged 
her  baby  ecstatically. 

This  proved  to  be  a  happy  ending  to  any 
anxiety  about  Katy  on  the  part  of  the  teacher 
for  the  mutual  attraction  between  Katy,  the 
baby,  and  the  lady,  resulted  in  a  permanent 
arrangement  whereby  every  moment  of  Katy's 
time  was  not  only  profitably,  but  pleasantly 
employed. 

By  sports  like  these  are  all  their  cares  beguiled. 
The  sports  of  children  satisfy  the  child. 

— Oliver  Goldsmith. 


A  KINDERGARTEN  TERRARRIUM. 

LIXEON  CIvAXTON 

NE  of  the  common  feelings  in  re- 
gard to  introducing  beasts,  and 
bugs  and  crawling  things  into  the 
kindergarten  is  that  they  are  unde- 
sirable because  of  their  natural 
propensities  to  creep  under  things 
and  either  disappear  altogether  or  reappear  in 
such  an  unexpected  place  and  manner  that 
they  frighten  the  teacher  or  some  timid  child 
with  the  suddenness  of  it.  Then,  too,  the  cru- 
elty of  depriving  these  helpless  things  of  their 
natural  environment  and  proper  food  must  not 
be  lost  sight  of. 

Still  keeping  these  objections  in  mind,  a 
kindergarten  may  be  the  permanent  and  suit- 
able home  of  many  creeping  things  if  a  terrar- 
rium  large  enough  be  provided.  The  teacher 
will  find  that  it  is  with  a  terrarrium  as  it  is 


with  many  other  things.  She  does  not  know 
what  she  can  do  until  she  has  tried. 

The  larger  boys  of  the  school  are  generally 
most  willing  and  helpful  in  this  matter.  In 
some  schools  they  construct  the  whole  box 
either  in  the  manual  training  class  or  after 
school.  Then  they  take  great  pleasure  in 
stocking  it  and  caring  for  the  animals.  The 
size  of  the  room  must,  of  course,  regulate  the 
size  of  the  box,  but  it  should  be  as  large  as 
the  space  in  the  room  will  permit.  If  the  box 
is  small,  it  must  be  the  home  of  fewer  animals. 
Five  feet  by  three  feet  by  three  feet  is  none 
too  large  if  the  room  is  big  enough  for  it. 

The  bottom  of  the  box  should  be  lined  with 
tin  or  zinc.  A  hole  in  the  zinc  is  necessary  for 
drainage.  Around  the  bottom  are  nailed 
boards  from  6  to  8  inches  wide  to  support  the 
earth.  A  frame  work  of  narrow,  strips  is 
erected  on  this.  Cover  the  frame  over  the  top 
and  sides  with  wire  net  fine  enough  to  prevent 
the  things  from  escaping.  A  door  should  be 
made  in  a  convenient  place.  If  instead  of  net 
a  pane  of  glass  be  used  in  the  door,  the  chil- 
dren can  see  better,  but  a  net  will  answer 
every  purpose.  It  is  better  to  provide  the  door 
with  a  lock  as  the  children  from  the  upper 
grades  take  a  real  interest  in  the  terrarrium, 
which  should  be  encouraged,  but  for  the 
safety  of  the  animals  the  children  should  not 
be  permitted  to  handle  them  at  will.  Dark 
green  paint  finishes  the  box. 

The  bottom  of  the  terrarrium  must  be  cov- 
ered with  small  stones  to  permit  the  water  to 
drain  off.  Then  filled  with  good  soil  to  a 
growing  depth.  The  terrarrium  must  be 
placed  where  it  will  get  both  sunshine  and 
light,  but  is  protected  from  draughts.  It  will 
add  to  the  beauty  as  well  as  the  utility  of  the 
box  to  have  it  well  provided  with  plants. 
Ferns,  ivy,  geraniums,  inch  vines,  umbrella 
plants  all  grow  easily  and  so  are  fitting  for 
this  puroose.  Wild  flowers  found  in  walks 
or  used  for  nature  lessons  will  take  root  if  suf- 
ficient earth  be  left  on  the  roots.  These  in 
many  cases  have  thrived  in  the  terrarrium  and 
have  even  produced  seeds  to  the  delight  of  the 
children.  i 

Scatter  shells  and  large  stones  about  the 
box.  The  animals  enjoy  hiding  under  the 
stones.  In  one  corner  sink  a  deep  pan  for 
water.  The  animals  will  use  this  for  drink- 
ink,  bathing,  and  swimming.  The  water  must 
be  kept  sweet.  Putting  too  much  food  in  it 
is  a  common  cause  of  sour  water.  Water 
plants  and  snails  help  to  purify  it.  Still,  occa- 
sionally, the  water  should  all  be  removed  and 
the  rocks  from  the  bottom  washed  thoroughly. 
An  aurium  perched  on  the  rocks  so  that  the 
sun  shines  through  it,  is  an  attractive  addition, 
but  should  not  be  used  unless  space  is  plen- 
tiful. 

Now  that  the  box  is  ready  for  tenants  what 


50 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


living  things  will  stay  in  it?  The  aquiri-ist 
will  tell  you  of  many  wonderful  creatures  and 
will  provide  you  with  them,  too,  but  first  see 
what  the  walks  in  the  neighborhood  will  do. 
The  big  boys  will  know  where  to  find  the 
natives  of  the  soil.  Certain  it  is  that  tads, 
frogs,  toads,  turtles,  caterpillars  and  bettles 
can  be  secured  in  many  districts.  It  is  well  to 
take  a  box  on  every  walk,  for  some  of  the 
greatest  treasures  are  found  when  least  ex- 
pected. Frogs'  eggs  in  the  spring  are  possi- 
ble. These  have  developed  into  frogs  in  the 
class  room  and  have  then  been  taken  to  some 
body  of  water  by  the  children,  who  enjoyed 
letting  them  hop  away  to  bigger  waters  than 
they  had  provided.  In  the  fall  the  cocoons 
found  may  be  tied  to  the  plants  and  twigs  in 
the  box.  If  the  moths  or  butterflies  appear  in 
the  spring  they  may  be  kept  happily  for  their 
few  days  of  life,  during  which  time  they  may 
even  lay  eggs  where  the  children  can  see  them. 
If  they  live  for  some  time  they  may  possibly 
be  of  the  longer  lived  species  and  can  be 
allowed  to  fly  "far,  far  away,"  while  the  chil- 
dren watch  them  and  sing  a  happy  good-bye. 
If  a  few  caterpillars  are  placed  in  a  glass  bottle 
with  leaves  it  is  quite  certain  to  result  in  one 
or  more  "soft  cocoons"  being  spun.  Those 
that  are  allowed  to  wander  almost  freely  may 
take  longer  to  settle  down,  but  possibly  some 
of  them  will  make  their  nests  in  a  spot  where 
the  children  can  see  them.  A  tiny  chick  was 
introduced  into  one  of  these  small  farms  one 
spring  day  and  was  allowed  to  wander  freely 
for  about  a  week.  In  one  corner  a  box  filled 
with  cotton  served  for  his  bed.  About  five 
o'clock  he  was  tucked  away  for  the  night. 

As  for  the  attractions  to  be  found  in  the 
shops,  there  are  many  varieties  of  turtles  rang- 
ing from  the  size  of  a  penny  to  the  size  of  a 
plate.  A  turtle  as  large  as  one's  hand  is  not 
too  large  for  the  box,  but  anything  larger  de- 
stroys the  plants  in  crawling  around.  Then 
there  are  the  brown  camillians  that  actually 
change  to  green  while  resting  on  the  green 
leaves.  The  children  never  tire  of  watching 
this  marvel.  The  fire-salamander  is  fascinat- 
ing with  his  brilliant  coat  of  black  and  orange, 
the  ants  and  lizards  of  different  colors,  with 
their  funny  antics,  add  greatly  to  the  pleasure 
of  the  children.  A  small  alligator  may  be  of 
the  collection. 

There  are  a  few  things  to  be  guarded 
against.  Animals  that  will  bite  are  not  desir- 
able, because  they  must  be  handled  more  or 
less  for  the  children  to  be  personally  acquaint- 
ed with  them.  Such  animals  as  would  eat  any 
animal  that  you  already  possess  must  be  omit- 
ted from  the  collection,  no  matter  how  inter- 
esting their  ways.  Too  many  animals  must 
not  be  secured  for  the  space  in  the  box.  The 
aquiri-ists  tell  us  more  animals  die  of  over- 
feeding when  in  confinement  than  from  too 
little  food.     But  a  few  conferences  with  the 


people  who  make  a  business  of  this  sort  of 
thing  will  teach  all  that  is  necessary  to  know, 
ihey  have  the  foods  required  at  very  reason- 
able prices.  The  animals  are  surprisingly  in- 
expensive. Some  of  these  shop  keepers  are 
pleased  to  visit  the  school  and  suggest  in  the 
constructing  and  stocking  of  the  box.  Others 
will  rent  at  low  prices  such  animals  as  would 
be  desirable  visitors,  but  not  permanent  resi- 
dents. 

It  is  well  known  that  during  the  winter 
months  many  of  these  creatures  burrow  into 
the  earth,  there  to  remain  till  old  Sol  warms 
up  again.  But  experience  will  show  that  at 
any  time  an  animal  may  disappear  for  weeks 
at  a  time  and  then  reappear  glistening  and  fat. 
The  salamander  took  such  a  trip  late  in  Au- 
gust one  season  and  returned  about  the  middle 
of  September,  prettier  than  ever. 

A  kindergartner,  or  any  teacher  for  that 
matter,  will  see  after  once  trying,  that  the 
time,  trouble  and  expense  of  fitting  up  such  a 
box  are  more  than  equalled  by  the  interest  of 
the  children.  The  lines  of  work  that  natur- 
ally connect  themselves  with  the  animals, 
plants,  shells,  etc.,  of  the  terrarrium  are  num- 
berless. The  considerate  control  on  the  part 
of  the  children  so  as  to  not  frighten  the  crea- 
tures when  they  are  placed  in  the  circle  for 
observations  is  well  worth  securing.  More 
cordial  relationships  between  the  younger  and 
older  children  of  the  school  are  established. 
Then,  too,  who  can  tell  but  that  a  second 
"Sonny"  may  be  the  result  of  your  efforts  to 
bring  these  things  closer  to  the  children's 
lives  ? 


ITEMS  OF  INTEREST  IN  CONNECTION 
WITH  THANKSGIVING. 

(Reported   by  public   kindergartners   of  Manhattan, 
The  Bronx  and  Richmond.) 

During  November  we  went  to  the  grocery 
store,  buying  fruit  and  vegetables  for  our 
Thanksgiving  work.  Another  day  we  made 
biscuits  and  took  them  to  the  bakers,  waiting 
until  they  were  baked.  The  baker  was  very 
good  to  me,  showing  everything  that  was  to 
be  seen,  and  when  we  asked  the  price  of  the 
baking,  said  that  he  would  not  let  us  pay  for  it, 
as  he  did  not  often  have  as  much  pleasure  as 
our  visit  has  given  him. 

The  central  object  of  interest  was  the  farm 
yard  scene  in  the  sand  tray.  The  fruit,  grain 
and  vegetables  have  been  gathered  in,  and  on 
Thanksgiving  Dav  the  dolls  of  the  doll  house 
dined  with  the  prandmother  at  the  farm  house. 
— E.  B.  C. 

Objects  of  interest  in  the  kindergarten  dur- 
ing November :  A  growing  sand  tray  scene  of 
the  barn  yard  and  barn  yard  animals.  Also 
dolls,  large  and  small,  to  represent  farmers, 
helpers  and  family.  A  toy  mill,  in  which  real 
wheat  was  ground  to  flour.    A  dramatic  play 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


51 


of  "Pedro  and  the  Pumpkin",  with  Indian  cos-  ; 
tumes  and  accessories.     A  little  party  follow-  0 
ing  the  making  of  real  butter  in  the  kinder-  H 
garten  room,  and  a  Thanksgiving  party  and 
entertainment  for  the   children's  parents  and 
little  friends.— R.  A. 

Thanksgiving  party  on  Wednesday,  No- 
vember 29th,  for  which  the  children  popped 
corn  on  the  gas  ranges  at  school.  The  chil- 
dren were  so  delighted  with  the  process  that  I 
have  heard  of  several  mothers  buying  corn- 
poppers  for  the  children  to  use  at  home.  We 
opened  a  can  of  pear  preserves,  prepared  and 
cooked  at  school  by  the  kindergarten  children, 
and  greatly  enjoyed  tasting  our  own  preserves. 
-M.  J.  H. 

At  our  Thanksgiving  celebration  we  each 
brought  a  piece  of  fruit  which  we  wrapped 
separately  in  colored  tissue  and  packed  into  a 
large  peach  basket,  decorated  with  yellow  and 
green  tissue  paper.  This  basket  we  sent  to  the 
little  children  in  a  nearby  hospital,  and  were 
delighted  on  our  return  to  receive  such  an 
appreciative  letter  of  thanks  for  it,  telling  us 
of  the  pleasure  our  offering  gave  the  little 
ones.— A.  M.  M. 

On  Wednesday,  November  27,  the  A.  M. 
kindergarten  children  invited  the  P.  M.  kin- 
dergarten children  to  a  Thanksgiving  party. 
There  were  55  children  present  and  a  festive 
spirit  prevailed.  Our  two  Jack-o'-lanterns 
smiled  a  broad  welcome  to  all.  The  tables 
were  covered  with  autumn  leaf  table  cloths 
and  napkins,  and  our  paper  plates  were  tinted 
green  at  the  edge  and  decorated  with  a  Jack- 
o'-lantern  in  the  center.  The  children  had 
made  these  and  each  one  tok  home  one  as  a 
souvenir  of  the  close  of  the  festivities.  We 
sent  a  box  of  fruit  to  the  hospital  children. 
— E.  M.  W. 


AIM  OF  NATURE  STUDY. 

Anna  I.  Weisenburg. 

a.  To  encourage  careful  observation. 

b.  To   encourage   moral   truths. 

1.  Nature's  orderly  ways. 

2.  Nature's   protection   of  life. 

IN  placing  emphasis  on  nature  and  its  study, 
the  first  question  to  the  teacher  is,  how 
to  obtain  the  materials  for  its  study.  The 
first  means  toward  this  end  is  the  school 
garden.  Here  can  be  had  by  means  of  some 
care  and  attention,  leaves  and  plants  sufficient 
for  many  a  lesson  which  wil  lencourage  the 
child's  observation  of  form,  size,  etc.,  and 
encourage  the  love  of  beauty  by  means  of 
botany.  Neighboring  rocks  and  defts  will  pro- 
vide mineral  specimens  and  the  transparency 
of  the  mica,  the  glitter  of  the  quartz,  the  vari- 
ous colors  will  be  an  unending  source  of  in- 
terest. In  this  connection  can  be  emphasized 
manual  training  by  making  a  cabinet  to  hold 


•*all  specimens,  the  pupils  doing  the  work. 
I  Brooks  and  streams  will  provide  larvae,  snails, 
j worms  and  dragon-flies  and  many  other  living 
specimens  for  the  study  of  animate  nature  and 
an  occasional  hour  can  be  spent  in  dissecting 
these  or  mounting  insects  for  the  cabinet.  The 
excursion  provides  means  of  capturing  butter- 
flies and  material  not  to  be  had  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  school.  Then,  too,  the  seasons  bring 
their  store  of  material.  In  the  winter  the  snow 
crystals  can  be  observed  and  drawn ;  the  spring 
brings  the  birds  on  the  trees  and  we  can  see 
how  carefully  nature  protects  them  from  cold 
by  observing  their  coverings,  folding  and  posi- 
tion ;  the  autumn  has  its  racoons  and  with  the 
microscope  can  be  observed  seed-vessels  and 
their  designs. 

In  its  teaching,  it  is  well  for  each  pupil  to 
keep  a  note-book  and  once  a  month  these 
should  be  read  aloud  and  questions  from  all 
the  pupils  encouraged,  with  stories  from  the 
teacher.  The  practical  value  of  this  study  can 
be  emphasized  by  the  reading  to  the  children 
of  newspaper  items  and  agricultural  reports, 
with  accounts  of  experiments  such  as  the  cul- 
tivation of  clover  by  means  of  bees  as  ferti- 
lizers. After  observation,  drawing  from 
memory  should  be  cultivated,  always  encour- 
aging questions  for  the  seasons  of  positions, 
etc.  Give  brief  accounts  of  the  lives  of  famous 
naturalists  and  their  achievements,  so  as  to 
awaken  desire  for  investigation  and  experi- 
mentation. 

The  aim  of  nature  work  is,  then,  to  awaken 
in  children  the  idea  of  close  observation  and 
encourage  experimentation  and  investigation. 
The  children  soon  notice  the  economy  of  na- 
ture and  her  orderly  ways,  each  bud  and  flower 
coming  at  the  right  time  and  in  the  right  place. 
In  the  study  of  birds  and  small  animals  can  be 
encouraged  the  idea  of  studying  them  alive,  so 
developing  respect  for  the  sacredness  of  all 
life.  To  study  nature  to  its  best  advantage, 
therefore,  object  teaching  is  more  benefit  than 
books,  and  exery  teacher  can  easily  find  ma- 
terial if  she,  herself,  will  be  as  observant  as  the 
children. 


CHILD  NATURE  EN  RELATION  TO 
KINDERGARTEN  TEACHING. 

THE  study  of  child  nature  is  essential 
to  all  true  Kindergarten  teachers,  and 
to  be  wholly  successful  they  must  un- 
derstand the  principles  which  underlie  the 
work  of  the  great  educational  reformer  of 
Germany.  Froebel  studied  children  closely 
to  find  out  their  tendencies.  He  watched  them 
at  play  and  at  work,  and  the  more  he  watched 
them,  the  more  sure  he  felt,  that  the  develop- 
ment of  human  beings'  is  governed  by  law, 
just  as  the  growth  of  the  plants  and  the  crys- 
tallization of  minerals  is  so  governed.  After 
studying  children  for  fifty  years,  he  came  to 


52 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


the  conclusion  that  the  most  important  period 
of  human  education  is  before  the  child  is  seven 
years  old.  Hence  the  work  that  teachers'  have 
to  do  in  educating  little  children  is  more  im- 
portant, not  less  important,  than  the  work  of 
the  teachers  who  educate  older  boys  and  girls. 
Froebel's  chief  idea  was  that  a  child  should 
develop  naturally,  just  as  a  plant  does.  He 
believed  that  little  children  are  like  young 
plants.  If  a  seed  is  planted  in  good  earth  and 
watered,  it  germinates  and  a  young  plant  ap- 
pears. If  the  plant  receives  sunshine  and  mois- 
ture it  puts  forth  leaves,  flowers,  and  fruit, 
and  grows  into  a  strong  and  beautiful  shrub 
or  tree.  But  if  the  seed  fall  on  stony  ground 
or  is  left  without  moisture  or  light,  it  either 
dies  or  the  plant  grows  up  stunted  and  un- 
healthy. Froebel  declared  that  the  same  is 
true  of  infants  and  little  children.  They  must 
be  placed  in  such  surroundings  and  be  treated 
in  such  a  way  that  they  can  develop  in  ac- 
cordance with  their  nature.  Now,  therefore,  it 
becomes  our  duty  to  consider  what  is  the 
nature  of  a  child. 

1.  Love  of  Pjiay. — In  the  first  place  a 
healthy  child  is  almost  always  at  joyous  play. 
Play  is  to  children  what  work  is  to  grown-up 
people. 

2.  Bodily  Activity. — A  healthy  child  de- 
lights in  bodily  activity.  During  almost  all 
his  waking  hours  he  kicks,  crawls,  runs',  jumps, 
climbs,  pushes,  pulls  and  handles.  By  this 
means  his  body  becomes  strong  and  he  gains 
control  over  his  muscles',  and  his  limbs. 

3.  Mental  Activity. — The  child's  mind  is 
constantly  at  work.  This  wonderful  world  is 
new  to  him.  The  sights  and  sounds  about  him 
fill  him  with  wonder  and  curiosity,  and  he  is 
never  tired  of  finding  out  about  them,  by 
means  of  looking,  listening,  smelling,  tasting 
and  handling.  As  he  grows  older  he  constant- 
ly questions  his  elders  about  his  surroundings. 

4.  Love  of  Doing. — The  child  has  a  great 
love  of  doing  and  making.  He  is  constantly 
busy,  collecting  bits  of  wood,  sand,  stones, 
cloth,  paper,  etc.  With  these  he  will  make 
what  he  calls  a  hous'e,  or  a  doll  or  a  fire. 

5.  Imitation  and  Representation.  —  He 
takes  a  great  pleasure  in  imitating  and  repre- 
senting what  he  sees  and  hears.  In  his  games 
and  songs  he  acts  little  plays,  in  which  he  rep- 
resents the  words,  actions'  and  sounds  of  people 
and  of  animals.  He  will  also  try  to  draw  pic- 
tures of  people,  animals  and  things. 

6.  Character  and  Conduct. — A  child  has 
capabilities  for  good  and  evil  at  an  early  age. 
He  soon  shows  tendencies  which  must  be 
checked,  such  as  anger,  selfishness,  untruth- 
fulness, and  also  capabilities  which  must  be 
carefully  encouraged,  such  as  love,  candor, 
courage  and  reverence. 

7.  Sociability. — The  child  loves  the  society 
of  other  children.  If  a  lonely  child  is  brought 
into  the  company  of  other  children  he  imme- 


diately brightens  up  and  becomes  happier, 
just  as  little  Froebel  did  when  his  uncle  Sent 
him  to  the  day-school.  .Children  also  love  the 
society  of  animals,  such  as  dogs,  cats  and  par- 
rots, and  animals  seem  to  like  to  be  with  chil- 
dren. 

In'  a  well-conducted  Kindergarten  all  these 
natural  characteristics  of  children  are  satisfied 
and  developed.  The  purpose  in  a  Kindergar- 
ten is  not  to  cram  the  verbal  memory,  but  to 
develop  all  the  powers  of  a  child ;  to  ensure  for 
him  a  strong,  healthy,  capable  body,  mind  and 
character. 


T  is  reported  that  the  Governor  of  one 
of  the  central  states  had  received 
$25.00  for  delivering  an  address  to  the 
graduating  class  of  a  Manual  Training 
High  School.  The  bill  presented  by  the 
Governor  was  accompanied  by  a  voucher 
showing  that  the  money  had  been  drawn 
on  a  warrant  of  the  School  Board.  Ad- 
dressing the  young  people  in  the  public 
educational  institutions  of  a  state  may  not 
necessarily  be  regarded  as  one  of  the 
essential  functions  of  a  Governor.  But  an 
address  given  in  the  capital  city  precludes 
the  need  of  traveling  expenses,  and  if  such 
a  speech  were  given  by  the  state's  chief 
magistrate  it  would  seem  that  a  man  of 
genuine  patriotism  and  generous  feeling 
would  be  fair  to  regard  the  price  of  such  an 
address  as  included  in  his  annual  salary 
from  the  state  he  serves.  We  trust  that 
the  School  Board  and  the  citizens  and  the 
children  felt  that  they  received  their 
money's  worth  in  inspiration  received. 


The  stealing  of  a  school  house  would 
seem  to  be  a  task  of  large  proportions  but 
the  people  of  Bay  Ridge,  Brooklyn,  com- 
plain that  the  four  portable  buildings  which 
they  were  promised  have  disappeared  and 
they  claim  that  the  four  now  being  used 
by  a  school  in  another  section  of  the  city 
are  those  which  are  due  them.  Hundreds 
of  children  are  on  half  time  for  lack  of 
school  space. 

A  POSTAL  GAUD  DEVICE 
An  ordinary  window  shade  and  a  package  of 
gummed  "stickers,"  together  with  your  post  cards, 
makes  the  required  material.  When  3rou  wish  to 
display  a  series  of  cards  relating  to  the  History, 
Reading,  Language  or  Geography  lesson  fasten  the 
required  cards  to  the  shade  by  means  of  the 
stickers,  in  the  order  you  wish  to  have  them.  The 
cards  can  easily  be  removed  and  others  put  in 
their  place.  G.  W.  So.  Kaukauna,  Wis. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


53 


T  the  Playground  Congress 
in  New  York  City  Dr. 
Myron  T.  Scudder  advo- 
cated the  need  of  outdoor 
play  grounds  in  the  country 
as  one  means  of  keeping  rural  young  peo- 
ple at  home.  He  believes  that  one  reason 
why  young  people  migrate  from  the  coun- 
try to  the  city  is  because  they  seek  in  the 
one  place  the  social  enjoyments  lacking  in 
the  other.  He  suggests  the  establishment 
of  athletic  fields  and  playgrounds  in  the 
farming  regions  and  the  formation  of 
country  school  athletic  leagues. 

In  response  to  this  plea,  some  people 
claim  that  the  country  boy  obtains  suf- 
ficient athletic  exercise  in  the  performance 
of  his  daily  "chores"  around  house  and 
barn  and  in  the  hayfield.  Also,  that  he  is 
two  fatigued  after  his  daily  work  to  engage 
with  any  great  spirit  in  athletic  sports. 

It  may  be  said  in  reply  to  these  state- 
ments, that  in  athletic  games  different  sets 
of  muscles  are  employed  and  in  such  dif- 
ferent ways  and  with  such  a  different  spirit 
that  the  reaction  is  quite  different. 

In  the  old  days,  before  the  Shakers  dis- 
carded their  so-called  "dance,"  the  men 
would  come  up  from  their  work  in  the  fields 
fatigued  to  the  utmost  degree,  as  were  the 
women  from  their  household  tasks.  They 
would  sink  into  their  seats  as  though  fur- 
ther action  were  impossible.  But  the 
Elder  would  give  out  a  hymn  and  all  the 
Brothers  and  Sisters  would  join  in  the 
singing,  gaining  in  spirit  with  each  inspir- 
ing stanza.  Little  by  little  the  hands,  arms 
and  head  would  begin  to  sway  and  beat  in 
time,  and  soon,  simultaneously,  all  would 
rise  to  their  feet  and  begin  a  light,  tripping, 
tiptoe  step  around  the  room.  The  tiptoe 
movement  would  soon  grow  into  more 
rapid  time  till  it  became  a  skip  and  before 
the  exercise  was  over,  body,  mind  and 
spirit  were  thoroughly  relaxed. 

We  are  not  advocating  the  introduction 
of  a  Shaker  dance  into  the  playground 
movement  but  simply  cite  the  above  in- 
stance to  show  that  fatigue  of  body  and 
dullness  of  mind  due  to  routine  work  does 
not  preclude  much  relaxation,  joy  and 
physical  good  to  be  gained  from  active  ex- 
ercise of  another  kind. 

Will  not  the  teachers  in  the  rural  schools 
give  us  some  light  upon  this  topic?  Ask 
the  parents  of  your  children.  Discuss  it 
with  each  other  and  write  to  the 
editor.  B.  J. 


QUERY  COLUMN 

Any  teacher,  whether  she  be  a  subscriber  or 
not,  may  send  to  the  editor  of  this  department, 
(Miss  Bertha  Johnston,  1054  Bergen  St.,  Brooklyn, 
N.  Y.)  such  questions  relating  to  child  psychology, 
school  management,  discipline,  use  of  kindergarten 
materials,  etc.,  as  smuggest  themselves  in  daily 
practice.  These  questions  will  be  printed  one 
month  and  readers  are  urgently  requested  to  send 
such  answers  and  counter-questions  as  their  own 
daily  experience  and  observation  dictate.  The 
editor  will  also  from  time  to  time  propound  such 
questions  as  circumstances   appear   to   warrant. 

i.  Kindergarten  has  not  yet  opened  for 
the  day  and  two  youthful  kindergartners 
are  in  conversation,  while  a  few  of  the  chil- 
dren cluster  around  them.  When,  "Isn't 
Flossie  a  dear!"  says  one  director  to  the 
other.  "What  pretty  curls  she  has !  and 
such  sweet  blue  eyes.  She  is  positively  the 
cutest  child  I  ever  saw!"  The  entire  group 
of  children,  including  Flossie,  are  attentive 
listeners  when  this  exclamation  is  made. 

Query: 

a.  Does  the  child  deserve  praise  for 
mere  prettiness  or  winsomeness? 

b.  What  does  the  teacher  lack  who  thus 
openly  criticises  a  child  or  indiscriminately 
praises  it  or  expresses  admiration? 

c.  What  is  the  probable  effect  upon 
Flossie  of  such  criticism? 

d.  What  is  the  natural  effect  upon  the 
listening  children  who  may  be  neither 
pretty  nor  attractive  but  long  none  the  less 
for  love  and  appreciation? 

e.  What  Mother  Play  has  a  bearing 
upon  this  topic? 

2.  In  cutting  an  Italian  lemon  in  half,  so 
green  were  some  of  the  seeds  that,  al- 
though the  lemon  was  large  and  firm,  it 
was  at  first  supposed  that  the  fruit  must  be 
moldy  inside.  Closer  observation  showed 
that  the  seeds  were  sprouting  and  the  green 
was  the  green  of  the  plumules  which  were 
splitting  open  the  cotyledons.  How  can 
this  be  accounted  for? 


The  new  education  must  stimulate  the 
development  of  the  individual  and  still 
keep  that  which  was  good  in  the  old  social 
order.  If  too  large  emphasis  is  placed  with 
the  student  upon  adjustment  to  present 
customs,  progress  is  likely  to  be  very  slow; 
if,  on  the  other  hand,  the  development  of 
the  individual  is  probed  to  the  extreme,  the 
social  order  itself  is  endangered  by  the  lack 
of  co-operation  between  the  individuals 
composing  the  state,  as  for  example  the 
Greek  nation. 

D.  A.  Sargent  in  American  Physical  Edu- 
cation Review. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


PROGRAM    PREVIEWS    FOR    NOVEM- 
BER. 

Selected  by  Jenny  B.  Merrill,  Ph.  D. 

NOTE. — It  has  been  my  ambition  as  a  super- 
visor of  kindergartens  to  preserve  the  individuality 
of  kindergartners  wnile  securing,  at  the  same  time, 
a  growing  unity  of  purpose  and  action. 

Too  much  direction  in  details  will  of  necessity 
cramp  originality. 

THE  note  of  unity  in  the  outline  programs 
presented  below  is  very  apparent,  while 
the   method  of   presentation   preserves 
the  soul  of  the  writer. 

I  call  attention  to  one  or  two  prominent 
features  illustrated  by  these  programs : 

1.  Miss  Elder's  preview  illustrates  the 
power  of  a  careful  analysis  of  a  subject.  It 
probably  covers  more  ground  than  possible, 
but  is  very  suggestive  on  this  account  to  pri- 
mary teachers  as  well  as  to  kindergartners. 

2.  Miss  Franke's  paper  gives  a  short,  run- 
ning account  covering  similar  matter  with 
charming  glimpses  of  practical  work. 

3.  Miss  Van  Atta  does  not  forget  the 
great  value  of  continuity  and  hen-ce  shows  us 
the  relation  of  the  November  program  to  that 
of  the  previous  month.  She  furnishes  a  fine 
list  of  stories  and  games. 

4.  Miss  West's  preview  helps  the  spirit- 
ual note  uppermost  and  further  illustrates  the 
principle  of  continuity  by  looking  ahead  and 
indicating  the  relation  of  the  November  work 
to  that  of  December. 

No  one  preview  is  superior  to  the  other  in 
my  estimation,  but  each  one  is  delightfully 
characteristic  of  its  author. 

PREVIEW    FOR    NOVEMBER. 

Sibyl  Elder. 
Keynote  for  the  month's  work — Thanksgiving. 
1.     For  the  Bounties  of  the  earth. 

a.  What  the  Baker  has. 

He  makes  his  bread  from  flour — from  wheat — 
from  the  earth. 

b.  What  the  Grocer  sells. 

Butter  made  from  milk — from  cows  that  live 
on  grass  or  grain — from  the  earth. 

Eggs  laid  by  hens — that  feed  on  corn — from 
the  earth. 

Vegetables  all  grow  in  the  earth. 


II. 


What  the  Butcher  provides. 

Beef  from  cattle — grain — earth. 

Mutton  from  sheep — grass — earth. 

Pork  from  hogs— corn — earth. 

Turkeys  ) 

Chickens)   from  corn — earth. 

Ducks      ) 
What  the  Clothing  store  furnishes. 

Wool  garments  from  sheep — grass — earth. 

Cotton  garments  from  cotton  plant — earth. 
But  earth  to  produce  all  these  things  requires: 
)  plow. 

a.  The  Farmer  to)  sow. 

)  reap. 

)  care  for  live  stock. 

b.  Rain  to  moisten  the  earth. 

c.  Sunshine  to  make  things  grow. 

God  sends  the  rain  and  the  sunshine,  so  we 
must  thank  God  for  all. 
For  our   Homes. 

works    to    provide    food, 


3. 


For    the    father    who 

clothes,  and  shelter. 

For    the    mother    who    cares    for    the    children's 

needs. 

For  loving  brothers   and  sisters  who  help   each 

other. 

For  the  kindergarten  that  helps  the  children  to 

make  the  home  brighter. 

For  what  the  City  gives  us. 
Police  to  protect  us. 
School  doctors  to  look  after  our  health. 
Firemen  to  keep  our  homes  from  being  burned. 
Schools  to  give  us  an  education. 
Lights  for  our  dark  streets. 
Parks  in  which  to  play. 
Notes. 

Shall    teach    them    verses    from    some    of    the 
Psalms  of  Thanksgiving. 

Shall    bring    in    specimens    of    fruits,    vegeta- 
bles,   etc. 

Shall  pop  corn  on  the  Kindergarten  stove  and 
make   a  jack-o'-lantern   from  a   pumpkin. 

Shall  give  each  child  a  little  flag. 

Shall  have  sCme  toy  animals  as  well  as  pictures 
when  we  talk  about  the  sheep,  turkeys,  etc. 

Shall  show  specimens  of  raw  cotton  and  wool. 

Shall  not  go  into  the  manufacturing  of  anything. 

Shall  not  talk  about  the  history  of  Thanksgiving 
Day. 

Central  object  of  interest  for  November — a  doll's 
house  to  be  furnished  by  the  children. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


PLAN   FOR   NOVEMBER. 
Lydia  B.  Franke. 

During  November  one  underlying  thought  will 
be  thankfulness — our  many  blessings.  We  will  take 
up  "For  the  fruit  upon  the  tree"  very  simply,  line 
by  line,  devoting  to  it  just  a  very  few  minutes 
each  day. 

We  have  planned  to  lay  out  a  farm  with  house, 
barn,  chicken-coop,  pigeon  house,  dog  kennel  and 
duck  pond,  and  hope  to  have  a  horse,  cow,  dog, 
flock  of  sheep,  chickens  and  ducks. 

After  speaking  of  the  farmer  and  his  tools  and 
work,  the  farm  and  its  products  and  creatures,  we 
will  take  up  the  miller  and  baker.  We  will  finish 
with  "The  First  Thanksgiving,"  told  as  a  story,  and 
a  little  Thanksgiving  feast  of  which  a  special  feature 
will  be  apple  sauce  or  some  little  thing  cooked  on 
the  gas  stove  by  the  children. 

Our  fingers  will  be  busy  making  barn,  chicken- 
coop,  kennel,  etc.,  of  stiff  paper  or  cardboard,  cutting 
out  fences,  modeling  fruit  and  vegetables,  fringing 
doilies  and  cutting  out  plates  for  our  little  feast. 
We  will  paint  our  barns  and  some  of  the  vegetables, 
draw  and  cut  out  tools,  etc. 

Gifts — Fifth  (principally)  building  farm  house, 
barn,  etc. 

Sticks — To  represent  fences,  tools,  etc. 

Occupation — Folding,  cutting  and  paintings — 
(fruits  and  vegetables). 

Our  special  object  of  interest  will  be'  our  farm 
and  the  inside  of  a  barn  (an  old  soap  box)  with  bins 
and  bags  for  corn  and  grain,  clay  barrels  of  apples 
and  vegetables,  stall  for  horse,  tools  In  a  corner,  etc. 

PREVIEW  OF  NOVEMBER'S  PROGRAM. 

Helen  Van  Atta. 

After  considering  the  preparation  for  winter 
made  by  the  family  in  the  home,  and  the  pet  ani- 
mals (the  dog,  the  cat,  and  the  canary),  we  talked 
about  the  migration  of  the  summer  birds,  learned 
the  song  and  talked  of  the  birds  that  do  not  go. 
Following  this  we  took  walks  to  the  Park  to  observe 
the  deserted  nests,  the  condition  of  the  trees  in  their 
preparation  for  their  winter  sleep,  the  ripened  and 
falling  leaves  and  the  formation  of  buds  for  next 
year's  growth.  The  talks  were  based  on  observa- 
tions and  further  impressed  by  songs,  stories,  games, 
pictures  and  occupations. 

This  month  we  will  continue  our  talks  on  the 
general  subject  of  "Preparation  for  the  Coming  Cold 
Weather"  by  beginning  with  the  preparation  as  seen 
in  the  storing  up  of  resources  by  plants,  animals,  and 
man.  The  squirrel  will  be  the  central  object  of  in- 
terest for  some  little  time.  His  home,  his  store  of 
nuts  gathered  and  hidden  away  for  the  long,  cold 
winter;  his  difficulty  in  finding  food  when  snow  is 
on  the  ground,  his  heavy  fur  coat  which  protects 
him,  etc.,  will  be  some  of  the  topics  of  interest  to 
the  children.  A  stuffed  squirrel  will  be  enjoyed  if 
a  live  one  cannot  be  obtained. 

The  farmer  and  his  harvest  time  will  follow. 
The  gathering  and  storing  of  fruits,  grains  and  veg- 
etables. The  transportation  in  boxes,  barrels,  etc., 
by  means  of  wagons,  boats,  and  railroads. 

The  farmer's  share  in  our  Thanksgiving  dinner. 

Thanksgiving,  the  holiday  when  lather  is  at 
home,  and  all  dine  together.  Have  the  children 
express  feeling  of  gratitude  by  giving  them  an  oppor- 
tunity to  make  some  one  else  happy  by  giving  or 
making  something  for  some  one. 

I.  A  few  of  the  stories  will  be: 

"A  Nutting  Party"  Child  World  Magazine 

"A  Thanksgiving  Story"      Kgn.  Mag.,  Nov.,  '92 
Anecdotes  or  true  stories  observed  and  re-told. 

II.  Songs  and  Games: 

1.    The  Squirrel  Poulsson,  Smith  II 


2.  How  the  Corn  Grew 

3.  The  Orchard 

4.  The   Train 

5.  The  Wind 

6.  The  Pony 

7.  Over  the  River 

8.  Thanksgiving  Song 

9.  Sense  Games 

III.     Nature  Materials: 


55 

Poulsson 
Manuscript 

Manuscript 
Dozen  and  Two 

Song  Echoes 


iv.Ua.: 


etc. 
pump- 


iruits,  vegetables,  grains,  nuts, 
i>ox  aeilt  wotu  country  contiximi 

lull,  coin  auu  oliier  vegeia.ui.eo. 
11  possible,   a  reui   squirrel    or   rabbit    will    be 

gotten. 

IV.  Constructive    work   in    audition    to   progressive 
v/oiK.  vvitn  gilts  auu  occupations: 

Wont  witn  paper  auu  paste-board  illustrating 
tne  preparation  ior  TnanKSgiviug  amner. 

V.  Thanksgiving  Party: 

x-iates,  napkins  and  rings  made  by  tne  chil- 
dren, corn  popped,  JacK-o  -lanterns  ior  real 
lun  at  close  or  party. 

PREVIEW    FOR    NOVEMBER. 

Inez  W.  West. 

This  month  we  are  going  to  try  to  feel  the  spirit 
of  "Thank  you,"  to  snow  we  nave  it  Dy  actions  as 
well  as  by  words.  We  are  going  to  know  wny  we 
siiould  feel  '"Thank  you-'  lor  tne  farmer,  miller, 
baker,  carpenter,  blacksmith,  cobbler,  miner,  and 
tnus  to  ail  others  who  are  "working  together"  day  by 
aay  for  us  all.  "No  man  liveth  to  nimseif  alone. " 
Vv  e  each  have  our  place.  Children  have  eacn  a  place 
in  the  home,  in  the  kindergarten.  We  are  glad  of 
our  country,  our  great  big  home.  We  will  sing 
"Thank  you  to  God  many  times  for  his  goodness. 
The  first  Thanksgiving  was  a  "Thank  you '  day  to 
God  for  a  plentiful  harvest.  The  people  at  the  first 
Thanksgiving  remembered  their  neignbors,  the  In- 
dians. Many  people  like  to  remember  others  at  this 
time  now.  "Be  ye  kind  to  one  another."  Perhaps 
we  know  of  some  one  to  heip  to  make  a  glad  day  for 
them,  with  fruit,  vegetables,  even  a  flower  does 
much  good.  Cultivate  the  spirit  of  giving.  Scatter 
kind  words,  smiles,  do  helpful  errands.  Give  our- 
selves in  many  little  ways  to  make  some  one  else 
happy.  Thus  we  will  lead  on  to  the  December 
thoughts  of  toys,  Santa  Claus,  the  Christ  Child — the 
results  of  labor,  care,  thought,  and  love  for  the  chil- 
dren.    "Freely  ye  have  received,  freely  give." 


THE  MOTHER  IN  THE  HOME. 

Bertha  Johnston. 

THE  ideas  suggested  for  the  last  number 
centered  in  part  around  the  baby.  We 
will  next  think  of  the  other  members, 
which  are  important  parts  of  the  family  whole, 
beginning  with  the  mother,  for  "many  make 
the  household,  but  only  one  the  home."  We 
want  to  think  not  only  of  the  many  things  that 
mother  does  for  us,  but  also  of  some  of  the 
things  which  we  may  do  for  her. 

In  many  households,  mother  must  share  in 
all  of  the  home  tasks — in  others  she  does  less 
of  the  actual  work,  but  her  maternal  care  is 
shown,  none  the  less,  in  the  wise  nurture  she 
gives  to  her  children. 

Suppose  we  follow  a  sequence  with  the 
gifts,  with  the  mother-of-all  work  in  mind. 

With  the  third,  fourth,  fifth  or  sixth  gift 
depending  upon  the  experience  and  skill  of  the 


56 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


group,  start  off,  with  home  which  shelters  the 
family,  i.  e.,  the  gift  as  a  whole.  2.  Transform 
this  into  the  stove  at  which  mother  cooks  the 
breakfast  and  on  which  she  heats  her  irons. 
3.  Make  the  table  which  she  sets  ready  for 
breakfast  for  her  hungry  family.  4.  After 
breakfast,  mother  may  need  to  wash  the  chil- 
dren's clothes — make,  then  from  the  table,  4, 
the  two  tubs  of  the  city  house,  or  the  wash- 
bench  of  the  country  house.  5.  Is  the  sewing- 
machine  with  which  mother  makes  the  clothes 
for  her  active  little  ones. 

Let  the  kindergartners  make  these  forms 
with  the  blocks,  and  then  she  can,  at  the  table, 
dictate  or  suggest  according  to  the  special 
needs  of  her  children.  But  whatever  the 
method  employed,  be  sure  that  the  spirit  of 
quiet  pleasure  in  the  work  is  not  absent. 

THE    MOTHER   AS    BUYER. 

The  Consumers'  League  holds  that  one  of 
the  most  important  functions  exercised  by  the 
modern  woman  is  that  exhibited  by  her  in  the 
capacity  of  consumer  or  purchaser.  The  dis- 
penser of  the  family  funds  should  know  how 
to  buy  and  where  to  buy  with  true  economy. 
She  should  know  good  quality  in  meat,  veget- 
ables, fruits,  and  in  the  fabric  she  buys,  as  in 
the  ready-made  garments.  The  League  insists 
also,  upon  the  Consumer's  responsibility  as  to 
the  conditions  under  which  garments  are  made. 
She  should  buy,  as  far  as  is  possible,  those 
articles  made  by  firms  which  pay  their  em- 
ployees at  reasonable  rates;  treat  them  fairly, 
and  afford  sanitary  shop  conditions  as  to  light, 
ventilation,  etc.  The  facts  unearthed  by  the 
Consumers'  League  strikingly  exemplify  Froe- 
bel's  principle  of  interdependence.  More  than 
one  case  of  scarlet  fever  in  the  homes  of  the 
wealthy  has  been  traced  to  the  handsome  cloak 
or  gown,  which,  in  the  making  in  a  tenement 
home,  was  used  to  cover  for  a  while  a  little 
tenement  house  patient. 

The  aims  of  the  Consumers'  League  and 
what  it  has  thus  far  accomplished  would  form 
a  suitable  topic  for  discussion  at  a  mothers' 
meeting.  With  the  children,  however,  who 
love  to  play  store,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  accom- 
pany mother  in  imagination,  to  the  shop,  the 
grocery,  the  clothing  store,  etc. — and  think  of 
how  thoughtful  she  is  in  buying  the  pretty 
suits  for  Nellie  or  Max,  or  the  good  oatmeal 
or  potatoes  for  the  daily  meal.  Nearly  all  chil- 
dren of  six  and  over  have  the  actual  experi- 
ence of  being  sent  to  the  store  on  errands. 
Two  of  Froebel's  Mother  Plays  are  rich  in 
suggestion  for  the  kindergartner  in  regard  to 
the  educational  opportunities  offered  in  the 
shops.  See  the  "Target"  and  the  "Toy-Shop." 
But  in  carrying  out  the  present  line  of  thought 
it  is  the  mother  as  purchaser  which  is  to  re- 
ceive most  emphasis. 


First  Gift- 
Mother  is  going  to  put  up  some  plums, 
some  green  apples,  etc.,  for  winter  use. 
Which  of  the  balls  will  best  represent  the 
plums?  Let  one  child  be  the  mother  and  take 
another  child  to  the  end  of  the  table  where  the 
balls  are  held  in  a  basket,  and  go  through  the 
form  of  buying.  With  the  youngest  children 
this  will  be  a  good  test  of  color  knowledge. 
Let  the  children  match  the  balls  with  their 
dresses  or  shirt-waists.  Mother  goes  shopping 
and  takes  a  green  or  a  yellow  car.  Make  cars 
of  chairs  and  attach  different  balls.  She  buys 
a  balloon  for  the  baby.    Which  color? 

Second  Gift — 

Build  a  grocery  store  (group-work)  of  the 
second  Gift  boxes,  and  arrange  the  cubes  and 
cylinders  as  barrels,  kegs,  boxes,  etc.  Let  the 
children  tell  which  shape  represents  best  the 
flour  and  apple  barrel,  the  keg  of  white  grapes, 
butter,  cheese,  etc.  Which  will  do  to  repre- 
sent the  box  of  crackers,  tea,  etc.  ?  What  shall 
we  play  the  balls  represent?  The  apples  and 
other  fruits,  potatoes,  etc.,  on  account  of  gen- 
eral resemblance  in  size,  shape,  etc.,  although 
somewhat  disproportionate  to  size  of  flour  bar- 
rel. On  account  of  activity  of  balls,  several 
could  be  hitched  to  boxes  as  grocer's  horses, 
or  could  represent  grocer's  lively  cat. 

Another  day,  the  Second  Gift  Box  can  be 
turned  into  kitchen  furnishings — the  stove,  the 
flour-roller,  etc.  Play  that  we  cook  the  good 
things  mother  buys  at  the  grocer's.  The  ball 
can  represent  the  tea- ball  with  which  she 
makes  a  good  cup  of  tea.  Use  Second  Gift 
beads  for  dishes. 

Tablets — ■ 

1.  With  tablets  make  the  oil-cloth  that 
mother  buys  for  kitchen  floor.  2.  Arrange 
triangles,  etc.,  in  form  of  square  or  oblong, 
and  then  play  cut  out  as  cookies.  Let  circles 
reoresent  pancakes  or  cookies,  and  have  a  fine 
time  baking  them  on  play  stove. 
Sticks — 

Outline  table,  stove,  etc. 

Beads — 

String  beads  to  represent  the  cranberries, 
etc.,  with  which  mother  decorates  the  house 
at  Thanksgiving  time,  or  the  peppers,  etc., 
hung  up  in  the  country  attic  to  dry. 

Let  the  cylinders  represent  the  jelly  and 
canned  goods  mother  puts  up  for  winter  use. 
Play  putting  up  fruit  with  stove  made  of  sec- 
ond, third  or  fourth  Gift. 

If  the  children  live  in  the  country  or  the 
city;  if  they  dwell  in  a  mill  district,  or  a  can- 
ning or  a  farming  or  a  dairy  region,  the  given 
environment  will  suggest  modifications  of  the 
above,  and  new  lines  of  thought,  all  of  which 
may  center  around  the  mother  in  the  home. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


57 


With  chairs,  mark  off  a  play-house  corner 
where,  with  dollies,  the  home  life  may  be  dra- 
matized. If  the  kindergarten  possesses  a  doll- 
house  screen,  so  much  the  better. 

OCCUPATIONS. 

Clay. 

Model  vegetables  mother  prepares  for  the 
immediate  meal  or  uses  in  preserving. 

Model  dishes,  plates,  cups,  saucers,  used  in 
the  home.  Set  the  third  or  fourth  Gift  table 
with  such  little  dishes. 

Card-board. 

Cut  out,  fold  and  paste  a  box  measuring 
about  3x2x1  inches.  Turn  upside  down  and 
make  into  a  stove,  by  cutting  a  hole  in  the 
top  for  a  stove  pipe,  into  which  insert  a  roll 
of  paper,  as  the  pipe  itself.  Cut  openings  for 
oven  door  and  grate.  Color  black  and  paste 
black  parquetry  circles  on  for  lids. 

Take  an  oblong  4x2  inches.  Let  the  chil- 
dren experiment,  cutting  into  it  from  the  nar- 
row ends,  two  slits,  leaving  narrow  pieces 
which  may  be  bent  down  into  legs.  The  pro- 
jecting ends  may  be  called  the  leaves  of  the 
table.  It  may  take  several  attempts  to  get 
them  to  approximate  in  length,  but  therein  lies 
the  value  of  the  lesson.  After  a  table  is  made, 
let  the  children  play  with  it,  or  they  may 
make  chairs  to  place  around  it.  Make  the 
chairs  by  slightly  modifying  the  proportions 
of  the  table,  and  cutting  off  one  leaf,  while 
turning  up  the  other  for  a  back. 

As  many  mothers  must  wash  and  iron  the 
children's  clothes,  the  wash-tub  may  be  made 
of  the  stiff  paper  cut  into  shape  and  pasted  to 
a  circle  as  a  base.  If  you  have  not  made  such 
a  little  tub  when  in  training,  it  may  require  a 
little  experimentation  to  make  the  part  repre- 
senting the  staves,  of  just  the  right  curve,  so 
that  it  will  incline  from  top  to  bottom  as  wash- 
tubs  do.  Little  children  may  not  be  able  to  do 
this,  so  that  the  teacher  may  need  to  make  a 
model  outline.  After  the  strip  for  the  upper 
part  is  cut  out,  bend  it  up  from  the  bottom 
edge  about  %  inch.  Cut  this  bent  edge  into 
many  narrow  slits,  bend  them  up  so  that  they 
may  overlap,  if  necessary,  and  paste  to  the 
circle  which  is  to  form  the  bottom  of  the  tub. 
Make  the  little  tub  more  realistic  by  cutting 
handles  into  it. 

Wash-board — 

Take  a  small  piece  of  corrugated  card- 
board for  the  zinc  part,  and  paste  it  upon  a 
cardboard  frame.  Get  a  real  washboard  for  a 
model  and  let  the  children  work  out  their  own 
little  toy  copies. 

Cutting,    I. — 

1.  Cut  out  paper  dolls. 

2.  Cut  out  the  clothes  that  mother  washes 
and  irons-r-st«ekings,  skirts,  etc. ;  attach  to 
line  which  may  be  fastened  t©  four-inch  sticks 
and  inserted  in  sa»d  box. 


3.  Take  tissue  paper,  cut  into  oblongs 
about  the  size  of  a  lace  collar,  fold  this  piece 
several  times  and  cut  from  it  tiny  oblongs, 
triangles,  etc.,  to  give  a  lacy  effect.  Open  out 
and  take  home  to  mother  for  a  play  collar. 
Some  unsympathetic  or  un-understanding  pa- 
rents may  be  inclined  to  treat  with  scorn  such 
an  offering  from  tiny  fingers — hence  it  may  be 
wise,  in  mothers'  meetings,  to  suggest  that 
when  a  child  does  take  home  such  a  piece  of 
his  handiwork,  some  words  of  appreciation  arc 
in  order  for  the  effort  implied.  If,  in  this  case, 
the  mothers  are  likely  to  be  unimaginative,  let 
the  children  speak  of  the  result  as  a  pattern 
for  a  collar,  and  in  playing  house  or  visiting 
thev  can  don  them.  Compare  results  and  lead 
the  children  to  see  the  effect  of  repetition  and 
symmetry  and  balance  in  design. 

Fold  and  cut  out  a  square  of  one  color, 
and  paste  the  result,  if  pleasing,  upon  one  of 
a  harmonious  tone  for  a  rug  for  the  doll-house ; 
or  an  oblong  can  be  made,  as  a  stenciled  effect 
for  the  wall  of.  the  doll-house  sewing-room, 
where  the  mother  spends  so  many  hours. 

Play  going  to  store  to  look  at  different 
rugs,  stockings,  shirts,  etc.  (cut  out  by  chil- 
dren)   which  we  may  wish  to  buy. 

Cutting,  II. — 

Make  other  rug  designs  for  mothers'  in- 
spection by  folding  squares  of  paper,  cutting 
off  angles,  etc.,  and  then  re-arranging  the  cut- 
off corners  around  the  central  body,  pasting 
them  thus  when  a  pleasing  effect  has  been 
obtained. 

Weaving — 

Rugs  can  be  made  for  doll-house  of  the 
paper  weaving,  as  well  as  the  oilcloth  weav- 
ing. Also  a  coverlet,  to  put  over  mother  when 
she  takes  a  nap. 

Folding — 

Fold  shawl,  table  cloth,  cup  and  saucer, 
etc.,  chair,  sofa,  wash  bench,  etc. 

Fold  and  paste  several  little  books,  for  doll- 
house,  emphasizing  how  mother  tells  stories 
and  reads  to  children. 

Songs — 

In  the  Hubbard  Song  Book  is  a  song  which 
although  it  really  describes  how  the  children 
help  in  the  home,  is  appropriate  here.  The 
refrain  runs,  "We  little  children  are  busy,  yes, 
there  is  work  for  us  all." 

The  Patty  Hill  book  has  a  good  sewing 
machine  song. 

Games  and  Plays — 

Some  table  plays  have  been  suggested.  On 
the  circle,  part  of  the  kindergarten  room  can 
be  arranged  with  chairs  as  the  store,  and 
mother  can  take  a  long,  weary  trolley  ride  to 
buy  necessaries  for  the  home.  On  her  arrival 
home  let  one  child  offer  a  chair,  while  another 


58 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


gets  an  imaginary  cup  of  tea,  to  refresh  her. 
Such  little  plays  will  help  the  child  to  realize 
a  little  the  desirable  reaction  between  parent 
and  child.  He  will  probably  not  remember  to 
always  do  the  thoughtful  things  at  home,  but 
by  dramatizing  it  thus  simply,  some  impres- 
sion is  made  upon  the  child  heart. 


THE  CLOCK. 

Bertha  Johnston. 


At  this  beginning  session  of  the  school  year 
many  kindergartners  find  it  advisable  to  devote  a 
little  time  to  the  Clock,  the  Tick-Tack  Mother  Play, 
to  give  the  little  ones  some  slight  appreciation  of  the 
importance  of  punctuality,  of  being  in  kindergarten 
promptly  in  order  that  no  time  be  wasted,  but  every- 
thing be  done  at  the  right  moment,  here,  as  at  home. 

In  the  circle  talk  the  children  can  be  helped  to 
see  that  health,  and  happiness  and  efficiency  depend 
largely  upon  the  regularity  of  the  hours  for  sleeping, 
eating,  working,  playing.  How  does  a  child  feel  the 
day  after  he  has  been  up  very  late?  If  he  eats  candy 
and  cakes,  or  even  much  good  bread  and  butter  be- 
tween meals,  does  he  have  a  good  appetite  for  the 
wholesome  meat  and  potatoes  of  the  regular  meal? 
If  he  plays  when  he  should  be  working  or  studying, 
what  are  the  results  upon  himself  and  others;  or  if 
he  postpones  the  errand  upon  which  mother  sent 
him  and  doesn't  bring  back  the  yeast  or  the  flour 
or  the  eggs  at  the  right  time?  If  he  is  late  at 
kindergarten,  does  it  affect  only  himself? 

THE  CLOCK. 

How  do  the  birds  and  animals  know  when  to  go 
to  bed  or  get  up?  Sunrise  and  sunset.  How  does 
the  farmer  know  when  to  plant  or  reap?  Signs  of 
the  seasons. 

Is  there,  in  kindergarten  or  home,  anything 
which  helps  us  know  when  is  the  time  to  do  cer- 
tain things? 

Talk  about  the  kindergarten  clock.  The  im- 
portant features  are,  of  course,  the  face,  with  the 
dial  figures  and  the  hands;  and,  with  many  clocks 
the  visible,  swinging  pendulum,  which  charms  the 
child,  as  does  the  regular  "tick,  tock"  of  the  clock's 
voice. 

What  does  the  kindergarten  clock  tell  us?  When 
to  go  to  the  circle,  when  to  go  to  the  table,  etc. 

In  order  to  give  special  help  for  special  needs, 
many  different  kinds  of  clocks  have  been  invented. 
Talk  over  the  particular  characteristics  of  the  alarm 
clock,  the  cuckoo  clock,  the  great  church  clock,  or 
that  of  the  town  hall;  the  large,  stately  hall  clock, 
the  serviceable  kitchen  clock,  the  dainty  parlor  clock, 
and  the  little  pocket  clock  called  a  watch. 

Do  we  always  need  to  look  at  the  clock  to  tell 
the  time?  No.  many  or  most  clocks  have  a  bell  at- 
tachment which  every  hour,  or  at  even  more  frequent 
intervals,  will  strike  and  tell  the  time.  Indeed,  the 
name  "clock"  comes  from  a  word  which  means 
"bell."  Some  clocks  will  have  chimes  and  others 
call  out  "cuckoo,  cuckoo,"  to  please  the  little  chil- 
dren. 

PLAYS. 

We  can  play  go  to  the  store  to  buy  a  clock  and 
let  the  children  represent  in  their  own  way  the 
various  kinds.  See  if  we  can  guess  the  kind  intend- 
ed. Some  may  not  be  going,  others  are,  the  pendu- 
lums swinging  with  great  regularity.  Ask  the  store- 
keeper to  wind  up  the  striking  part  and  let  a  child 
guess  the  time  by  counting  the  strokes.  Many  ex- 
ercises in  counting  may  properly  be  given  at  this 
time. 


out  the  morning.  Let  him  sit  by  the  teacher  and 
when  the  time  comes  to  go  to,  or  leave  the  circle, 
to  march  to  the  tables,  etc.,  let  the  teacher  whisper 
to  the  clock,  who  will  stand  up  and  call  "cuckoo, 
cuckoo,"  the  children  obeying  the  call. 

Or,  make  on  the  circle,  on  tough  paper,  the  face 
of  a  clock,  fasten  it  to  the  triangle,  give  in  charge  of 
one  child,  and  at  the  special  hour  or  half  hour  let 
him  move  the  hands  at  a  whispered  suggestion,  and 
then  strike  the  triangle  the  required  number  of 
times. 

See  Vol.  XIX,  page  13  (1906-7)  Kindergarten 
Magazine  for  little  poem-play,  the  cuckoo  clock. 

Play  elevator-starter  in  big  office  building  or 
department  store  who  times  elevator  boys. 

GIFTS. 

First— 

1.  Have  a  rhythmic  game,  the  children  all 
swinging  the  balls  in  time,  like  pendulums. 

2.  Play  the  balls  are  hopping,  flying  birds;  if 
there  is  sunshine  in  the  room  let  one  child  draw 
down  the  shade  gradually,  to  represent  sunset,  and 
then  let  the  birds  nestle  in  the  hands  for  a  long 
night's  sleep  and  rise  again  when  the  shade  goes  up. 

3.  Play  the  balls  are  babies  and  sing  them  to 
sleep  with  some  lullaby  when  sleepy  time  comes. 

4.  Play  train,  and  let  one  child  stand  at  a  giren 
place  and  hold  up  the  green  or  the  red  ball  to  let 
the  engineer  know  whether  it  is  safe  to  pass,  which 
will  depend  upon  whether  another  train  has  been 
on  time. 

Second  Gift- 
Turn  one  box  into  a  clock  with  the  cubes  and 
cylinder  for  frame  and  face,  and  the  sphere  for  pen- 
dulum. Let  the  boxes  of  the  other  children  be  turned 
into  train  or  trolley  and  one  or  two  may  be  auto- 
mobiles. At  a  given  time  and  place,  the  train  has 
right  of  way  and  the  other  vehicles  must  wait  till  it 
passes.  We  will  look  at  our  watches  to  see  if  they 
agree  with  the  clock,  for  we  do  not  wish  to  miss 
a  train. 

The  Second  Gift  may  also  represent  a  boat  which 
will  leave  dock  just  when  the  clock  tells  it  to  do  so. 
Building  Gifts. — These  may  be  made  into  the  town 
hall  with  its  large  clock  that  can  be  seen  a  long 
distance  off.  To  the  main  building  attach  a  tower 
upon  which  may  be  pasted  a  circle  to  represent  the 
face.  A  sequence  may  be  made  of  the  third  and 
fourth  gifts,  as  follows,  using  the  one  on  which  the 
group  of  children  are  best  qualified: 

1.  The  Gift  as  a  whole  is  the  home  where 
dwells  the  family. 

2.  Then,  in  turn,  may  be  made  the  shelf  and 
resting  on  it  the  alarm  clock  which  awakens  Father 
in  the  morning,  so  that  he  will  not  be  late  to  busi- 
ness. Or  the  stove  upon  which  mother  cooks  break- 
fact,  looking  at  the  clock  as  she  puts  on  the  oatmeal 
or  potatoes. 

3.  The  tables  around  which  sit  the  family  at 
breakfast  while  the  children  keep  a  lookout  on  the 
clock  as  they  wish  to  be  early  to  kindergarten. 

4.  Tne  blocks  may  represent  the  children  on 
the  kindergarten  circle. 

5.  Transform  them  into  the  baby's  bath-tub  or 
cr.o,  for  while  the  older  children  are  at  kindergarten, 
at  just  the  right  time,  mother  gives  baby  its  nap. 

6.  The  table  at  which  the  boys  and  girls  study 
when  study-hour  comes;  or  the  fence  of  the  garden 
in  which  they  rake  or  pick  up  leaves  at  the  right 
time. 

8.    The  home  again. 

Sticks — Outline  the  Roman  figures  of  the  clock 
face. 

NATURE. 

Speak  of  morning-glories  and  other  flowers  that 
have  regular  times  for  opening  and  closing;   also  of 


Let  one  child  represent  a  cuckoo  clock  through- marvelous  routine  of  day  and  seasons. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


59 


OCCUPATIONS. 

Cut  from  advertisements,  pictures  of  clocks  and 
watches.  Let  each  child  make  a  booklet  illustrated 
with  such  pictures. 

Let  each  child  have  such  a  watch  face  and  then 
paste  it  to  a  circle  of  cardboard  to  stiffen,  and  let 
him  carry  it  and  refer  to  it  in  play  through  the  day. 
If  a  child  is  unnecessarily  slow  or  unpunctual,  re- 
mind him  by  referring  him  to  his  watch. 

Make  a  clock  for  doll-house  by  pasting  a  kinder- 
garten circle  upon  a  fourth  block.  Stand  upon  doll- 
house  mantel. 

Cut  a  circle  of  paper,  and  let  the  teacher  draw 
upon  it  the  dial  figures  in  strong  lines,  which  the 
children  can  prick  in.  Attach  hands  which  are  mov- 
able and  suspend  in  window  so  that  light  will  shine 
through   pricking. 

Drawing — 

Draw  pictures  of  clocks,  of  trains,  etc. 
Folding — 

Looking  up  the  geometric  series,  fold  the  irreg- 
ular pentagon  which  will  give  a  form  resembling  a 
clock  frame  with  a  triangular  top.  Paste  a  circle 
here  for  clock  face.  Use  in  doll-house.  The  clock 
form  may  be  made  by  folding  tunnel  and  then  fold- 
ing square  into  sixteen  small  squares;  then,  keeping 
two  sides  folded  in,  turn  down  upper  corners  so  as 
to  make  apex  at  top.  We  will  not  give  space  for 
detailed  dictation  as  kindergartner  should  know 
how  to  give  that  clearly  and  briefly. 

Having  made  folded  square  into  sixteen  smaller 
ones,  by  cutting  away  some  of  the  squares  the  facade 
of  a  town-hall  with  its  tower  for  clock  will  appear. 
This  can  be  pasted  on  a  card  with  a  calendar  be- 
neath, or  doors  can  be  cut  into  it  and  calendar 
placed  inside. 

A  Time  sequence  can  be  followed  with  life  form 
series  thus:  (1)  Salt-cellar  used  three  time  a  day 
at  meals.  (2)  Tadpole  which  we  see  usually  at 
spring-time.  (3)  and  (4)  Birds  which  know  by  some 
mysterious  way  when  it  is  time  to  fly  away  to  other 
climes.  (5)  Table  cloth  all  nicely  folded  ready  for 
mother  to  use  when  she  gives  her  five  o'clock  tea 
at  which  she  uses,  (6)  her  pretty  tea-cup  and  saucer. 
1 1 )  Windmill  which  has  no  set  time  for  working, 
but  does  so  when  the  wind  dictates  and  so  can  not 
be  depended  on.  (8)  Double  boat  which  leaves  dock 
just  on  time. 

Miscellaneous — 

Take  any  small  cardboard  box  or  make  one. 
Paste  on  it  face  of  clock.  Just  beneath  face,  cut 
out  a  sauare  through  which  the  pendulum  should 
show.  Make  the  pendulum  by  attaching  second  gift 
bead  or  a  pea  to  a  string  and  fastening  inside  of  box. 
.An  alarm  clock  form  for  bedroom  mantel  can  be 
made  by  pasting  against  a  stiff  circle  a  straight, 
narrow  piece  to  serve  as  a  grace.  Put  on  mantel 
piece  made  when  using  sequence  of  fourth  gift. 

Story- 
Let  the  kindergartner  read  the  beautiful  story  by 
Thomas  K.  Beecher  called  "Keeping  Time  with  the 
Stars."  It  is  published  in  a  miscellaneous  collection 
of  stories  which  he  wrote  for  his  Sunday  school. 
He  had  in  charge  the  windinsr  and  setting  of  the 
town  clock  of  Elmira,  N.  Y.,  for  many  years. 

See  "True  Story  of  a  Family  Clock"  in  back 
number   of   Kindergarten   Magazine. 


DRAWING,  CUTTING.  PAPER  FOLD- 
ING AND  PAPER  TEARING  FOR 

NOVEMBER 
LILEON  CLAXTON. 

This  is  the  month  that  Is  full  of  historic  connec- 
tions   for      the    grades    and    local     interests    for    the 


younger  children;  a  month  when  we  stop  to  think 
of  the  gift  and  the  Giver;  a  time  when  we  realize 
to  whom  our  gratitude  is  due.  Any  formal  ex- 
pression of  thankfulness  will  not  bring  about  the 
desired  feelings.  It  is  by  bringing  before  the  minds 
of  the  children  their  possessions  and  helpers  that 
thankfulness  springs  up.  This  is  a  time  when  not 
only  the  farmer  may  be  made  an  object  of  interest 
but  the  city  children  have  helpers  in  the  police- 
men, etc.     Any  such  helper  may  be  appropriately 


Pilgrim  hub 


Indian 
■a-nd. 

pottevy 


TurHey 


""^P*  Goose 


introduced  into  the  November  program.  The  post- 
man, however,  is  so  naturally  connected  with  val- 
entines that  he  may  easily  be  kept  till  February. 

There  is  a  great  temptation  to  crowd  the  his- 
toric interests  down  into  the  kindergarten  and 
lower  grades  because  of  the  historic  associations  of 
this  month.  This,  however,  must  be  avoided.  The 
month  presents  sufficient  topics  to  the  beginners 
without  infringing  on  the  work  of  later  years  and 
the  oft-repeated  complaint  that  the  children  are 
tired  of  Hiawatha  and  the  May  flower  long  before 
they  reach  the  age  of  understanding,  much  of  that 
work  will  not  continue  to  be  heard  from  the  teach- 
ers of  more  advanced  work.  The  little  children 
are  quite  content  to  talk  about  the  turkey  and  the 
pumpkin  pies  and  leave  the  Pilgrim  Fathers  to 
their  own  devices  and  the  grown  ups. 

The  animal  life  around  which  our  interest  cen- 
ters this  month  is  the  turkey  primarily — incident- 
ally, the  duck  and  goose.     Some  suggestions  for  the 
work  in  different  lines  follow: 
DRAWING 

1.  Pilgrim  huts. 

2.  Pilgrim  church. 

3.  Pilgrim  furniture. 

4.  May  flower. 

5.  Indian  wigwam. 

6.  Bows  and  arrows. 


60  KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 

Vegetables         _      C-a-noe 


Cavot 


7.  Indian  pottery. 

8.  Turkey. 

9.  Duck. 

10.  Goose. 

11.  Book  Cover — Basket  of  vegetables  . 

FREE  DRAWING 

1.  Farm  animals  in  their  houses. 

2.  Barnyard  scenes. 

3.  Bins  full  of  vegetables. 

4.  Barrels  of  apples. 

5.  Policemen  at  daily  duties,  such  as  helping 
folks  across  the  street,  taking  lost  child  home, 
stopping  a  fast  horse. 

6.  Mayflower  leaving  England. 

7.  Mayflower  landing  at  Plymouth  rock. 

8.  Building  of  village. 

9.  Indian  life. 

PRACTICE    DRAWING 
Cornfield  with  pumpkins  in  it. 
Vegetables. 

CUTTING 

1.  May  flower. 

2.  Small  boats. 

3.  Wigwams. 

4.  Canoes. 

5.  Policeman's  hat,  gloves,  stick. 

6.  Vegetables — onion. 

potato, 
carrot. 

7.  Illustrate  stories. 

8.  Cutting  to  the  line  as  in  previous  month. 
Magazine  pictures  should  be  greatly  improved  by 
this  time.  The  children  should  be  able  to  cut 
straight-edge  pictures  true. 

9.  Some  simple  combination  of  objects  on  one 
base  might  be  attempted  toward  the  end  of  this 
month. 


DRAWING  AND  CUTTING 


1. 

Pumpkin  pie 

2. 

Ear  of  corn. 

3. 

Onion. 

4. 

Radish. 

5. 

Carrot. 

6. 

Turnip. 

7. 

Potato. 

8. 

Policeman. 

FOLDING  AND  CUTTING 


(Box 


1.      Bins  to  store  things  for  the  winter. 
form). 

3.  Poultry  house;  same  foundation  as  de- 
scribed in  previous  article.      Draw  large  windows. 

4.  Folding  and  cutting  for  flower  patterns  of 
unique  design  might  be  introduced  in  November  to 
prepare  for  snow  flake  work  of  the  winter  months. 
The  work  could  be  done  by  simply  folding  the  book 
form  and  then  folding  the  bottom  of  the  closed 
book  to  the  top  of  book  and  cutting  off  the  open 
corners. 

5.  Cutting  strips  for  chains  should  have 
reached  a  pretty  good  standard.  Some  of  the  best 
might  be  saved  for  Christmas  tree  decorations. 

Mats  and  fringe. 

Simple   vegetables — potato,   onion. 

For  tearing  a  mat  a  good  size  sheet  of  manilla 
paper  should  be  selected;  fold  through  one  diame- 
ter; tear  through  the  middle  beginning  at  the  fold. 
This  leaves  two  portions  held  together  only  by  a 
border,  which  is  proportionate  to  the  size  of  the 
mat.  Tear  each  half  as  before.  Tear  each  quarter. 
This  will  probably  give  the  desired  width.  Care 
should  be  taken  in  tearing  the  strips  to  be  woven 
into  this  mat  that  they  are  the  same  width  as  the 
strips  in  the  mat.  Colored  strips  are  more  desirable 
than  manilla. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


A     FEW     SUGGESTIONS     FOR     NO? 
VEMBER. 

N  kindergarten,  the  central 
thought  for  November  is  that 
of  a  Thanksgiving,  and  the 
work  of  the  preceding  months 
has  led  little  by  little  to  Thanksgiving  Day 
as  a  climax. 

It  is  to  be  doubted  if  the  children  of  kin- 
dergarten age  gather  any  very  definite  im- 
pressions when  the  story  of  the  Puritans 
is  told  to  them.  And,  indeed,  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  uniform  day  of  Thanksgiving 
thoroughout  our  country  is  of  recent  origin. 
Until  comparatively  recently  each  state  had 
its  own  particular  day  of  harvest  celebra- 
tion. 

But  the  children  of  all  grades,  especially 
those  in  the  rural  districts,  can  be  led  to  see 
that,  after  the  hay  and  corn  and  buckwheat 
and  barley;  the  apples,  and  pumpkins  and 
potatoes  have  been  safely  harvested  by  the 
farmer,  and  the  peas  and  beans  and  fruits 
preserved  by  the  housewife,  it  is  quite 
natural  for  those  who  have  toiled  all  sum- 
mer in  field  and  orchard  to  be  happy  and 
grateful  when  the  fruits  of  their  labors  are 
stored  in  barn  and  bin  and  they  are  certain 
of  food  during  the  winter. 

The  city  people  may  not  at  first  thought 
be  able  to  appreciate  all  of  the  bounties  of 
Nature  which  man's  labor  has  developed, 
but  if  the  children  try  to  think  of  the  condi- 
tion of  things  during  the  terrible  blizzard  in 
New  York  many  years  ago,  when  for  three 
days  no  trains  could  reach  the  city  and  even 
the  stores  of  condensed  milk  ran  low,  they 
may  be  helped  to  realize  that  we  have  many 
things  for  which  to  be  grateful. 

Let  the  children  be  told  that  all  people  in 
all  countries  have  been  accustomed  to 
gather  at  the  season  of  the  ingathering  of 
the  crops  to  celebrate  the  harvest  with  song 
and  dance  and  hymn  of  praise. 

The  children  in  the  grades  may  be  told 
stories  of  the  Puritans,  their  high  purpose 
in  seeking  a  new  land,  their  hard  winter, 
their  sufferings,  and  their  deep  gratitude 
for  what  to  us  today  may  seem  very  meagre 
blessings.  School  histories  will  supply  the 
details.  The  story  told  at  the  end  of  this 
article  may  be  related  to  any  grade. 

The  kindergartner  believes  that,  however 
unattractive  in  appearance  or  conduct,  how- 
ever contrary  or  mischievous  or  malicious, 
a  child  may  be,  for  a  time,  each  one,  never- 


theless, has  in  him  the  seeds  of  the  Divine 
and  it  is  her  privilege  to  search  for  and  dis- 
cover all  of  the  sweet  and  natural  and 
wholesome  qualities  of  childhood,  to  elimin- 
ate the  bad  and  to  overcome  evil  with  good. 
She  is  the  Luther  Burbank  of  the  child-gar- 
den who  can  develop  from  the  thistles 
of  child-nature  most  unexpected  fruits  of 
lovableness,  goodwill  and  self-control. 

Practical  Suggestions. 

The  rural  teacher  may  be  obliged  to  leave 
some  of  the  little  folks  to  their  own  devices 
while  she  is  engaged  with  other  classes. 
Perhaps  she  may  make  use  of  the  following 
little  plays: 

First  Gift  Ball. 

A  circle  game  which  the  children  love  is 
called  the  quiet  game.  One  child  stands  in 
the  center  of  a  circle  of  children  and 
beckons  to  a  little  playmate  who  softly  tip- 
toes to  the  center  without  saying  a  word 
and  in  her  turn  beckons  silently  to  another, 
and  so  on  until  a  change  of  play  is  desired. 
The  children  of  the  country  schools  might 
be  trained  to  play  such  a  game  quietly,  thus 
learning  self-control,  consideration  for 
others,  etc.  It  could  be  modified  by  having 
one  child  in  the  center  hold  up  a  ball,  and 
then  the  child  in  the  circle  who  holds  one 
of  corresponding  color  goes  up  to  match  it 
and  if  correct,  takes  the  center  place.  She 
in  turn  holds  up  in  dumb  show  another  ball. 
The  corresponding  one  is  held  up  by  the 
child  who  has  it  in  his  hands.  If  a  child 
makes  a  mistake  in  matching,  the  other 
children  must  indicate  it  by  shaking  their 
heads  vigorously.  Before  letting  the  chil- 
dren play  such  a  game  by  themselves  it 
might  be  necessary  to  play  it  several  times 
under  the  teacher's  direction.  It  could  be 
varied  as  the  children  gain  in  knowledge  of 
color  by  exhibiting  the  ball  and  letting  the 
children  hold  up  fruit  or  pieces  of  silk  or 
cotton  fabric  which  resembles  the  ball  most 
in  color. 

Second  Gift. 

In  country  schools  and  kindergartens  the 
Second  Gift  may  be  turned  to  account  as 
the  hay  wagon,  with  the  spheres  for  horses 
or  the  cubes  for  lumbering  but  useful  oxen. 
Or  the  cubes  of  all  of  the  children  may  be 
taken  to  build  the  large  general  barn  into 
which  the  fruits  of  field  and  orchard  are  to 
be  kept.  In  those  parts  of  the  country 
where  machinery  is  used  in  harvesting  a 


62 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


derrick  crane  or  a  threshing  machine  may 
be  formed  by  an  ingenious  teacher.  Some 
mechanical  genius  amongst  the  older  boys 
may  be  called  upon  to  help. 

If  there  is  a  sandbox  in  the  room  let  the 
children  talk  over  the  need  of  good  roads 
and  some  of  the  important  things  necessary 
in  the  making  of  good  roads.  The  farmer 
needs  smooth,  well-graded  roads  in  order 
to  carry  his  product  to  market.  A  really 
good  road  is  higher  in  the  middle  than  on 
the  sides  to  allow  for  drainage.  The  prob- 
lem of  road-making  is  different  in  different 
localities.  Rocky  soil,  sandy  soil,  clay  soil, 
stony  soil,  each  presents  its  own  problem. 

Let  the  children  make  good  roads  in  the 
sandbox,  and  try  to  solve  different  prob- 
lems. In  some  cases  the  ingenious  ones 
may  wish  to  try  to  rig  up  stone-breaking 
machinery  with  the  Second  Gift. 

Third  and  Fourth  Gifts. 

Build  the  barns  in  which  the  grain  and 
hay  are  stored.  Make  the  hay  wagon  of  a 
few  of  the  blocks  using  others  for  the 
horses.  Make  the  fences  around  the 
meadows  which  keep  the  cows  in  and  the 
savage  creatures  out.  See  the  "Mother 
Plays"  of  the  "Garden  Gate."  Make  also 
the  watering  trough.  Do  the  animals  feel 
glad  and  grateful  for  the  cooling  water  thus 
provided?  Perhaps  a  pump  can  be  built  or 
a  well  by  such  children  as  are  familiar  with 
them. 

With  the  Fifth  and  Sixth  Gifts. 

Build  the  house  which  shelters  the  family. 
See  the  Mother  Plays  of  the  Carpenter. 
Are  we  grateful  for  our  comfortable  homes? 
Build  the  church  to  which  we  go  to  express 
our  gratitude.  Build  the  schoolhouse  for 
which  also  we  are  grateful. 

Make  the  railway  station  and  the  trains 
which  bear  the  produce,  the  hay  and  the 
milk  and  the  potatoes  to  the  cities  and 
which  carry  the  people  who  wish  to  revisit 
on  Thanksgiving  Day  their  old  homes. 

Tablets. 

With  the  tablets  form  designs  for  stained 
glass  windows  or  for  the  oilcloth  or  wall- 
paper with  which  the  home  is  to  be  deco- 
rated. 

Tell  how  in  the  old  days  very  often  the 
clean  white  floor  of  the  kitchen  would  be 
covered  with  sand  and  then  a  design  made 
upon  this  with  the  broom. 

Make  the  sidewalk  on  either  side  of  the 


road.  Be  sure  that  the  paving-stones  are 
placed  closely  together.  Ask  the  children 
how  the  stones  look  in  their  own  streets. 
Do  they  think  that  the  men  who  laid  them 
did  it  well?  Did  they  take  pains  with  their 
work,  or  was  the  foundation  so  poorly  laid 
that  the  stones  have  sunk  irregularly  and 
have  cracked.  Children  enjoy  trying  to 
step  from  one  crack  in  a  pavement  to  the 
other  so  after  the  stones  are  laid  upon  the 
table  let  them  step  from  crack  to  crack  with 
their  fingers,  making  a  little  play  of  it. 
There  can  be  a  little  counting  lesson,  count- 
ing both  the  stones  laid  and  the  number  of 
cracks.  Sometimes  sidewalks  are  made  of 
stones  placed  in  a  pattern.  Let  the  children 
make  such,  of  the  tablets. 

Sticks. 

Let  the  children  outline  the  house,  barn, 
etc.  Select  all  the  sticks  of  one  size  and  lay 
at  the  side  of  an  imaginary  railroad  ready 
to  be  laid  as  ties. 

If  the  rural  school  teacher  has  no  kin- 
dergarten sticks  she  may  be  able  to  prevail 
upon  some  of  the  older  boys  to  cut  burnt 
matches  into  one-inch  and  two-inch  lengths 
for  the  use  of  the  little  people,  or  twigs  can 
be  taken  from  trees  and  cut  into  one-inch, 
two-inch,  three-inch  and  four-inch  lengths. 

Kindergarten  Occupations. 

Clay. 

Model  the  various  kinds  of  fruits  and 
vegetables  which  are  of  simple  form.  The 
rural  teacher  can  put  a  potato,  carrot,  onion, 
etc.,  before  the  child  for  busy  work  and  let 
him  form  them,  and  set  aside  to  show  to 
her  when  she  has  finished  with  the  par- 
ticular class  she  may  have  in  hand. 

Give  the  child  a  squash  seed,  and  a 
cucumber  seed.  Let  him  model  several  of 
each.  Then  let  him  make  an  oblong 
placque  measuring  y2  inch  high  and  2x3 
inches  in  length  and  place  upon  this  a  series 
of  the  seed  models  }4  inch  apart,  as  a 
design. 

Model  the  horse  and  oxen  that  have  help- 
ed the  farmer  with  his  ploughing  and  reap- 
ing and  the  dog  that  has  helped  the  shep- 
herd guard  his  sheep. 

Cardboard  Modeling. 

Make  small  boxes  to  hold  various  kinds 
of  seeds  which  may  be  gathered  in  the  fall 
days.  Save  the  seeds  for  spring  planting. 
Make  the  boxes  by  cutting  out  of  thin  card- 
board or  stiff  paper  an  oblong  measuring 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


63 


4x4  inches.  Fold  this  square  into  16 
smaller  squares,  thus :  Fold  the  front  edge 
to  the  back  edge  and  crease.  Open  out  and 
a  crease  will  be  seen  bisecting  the  square 
from  left  to  right.  Fold  the  front  edge  till 
it  coincides  with  this  crease.  Open.  Fold 
the  back  edge  so  that  it  coincides  with  the 
middle  crease.  Open.  Fold  the  left  edge 
over  till  it  exactly  meets  the  right  edge. 
Open.  A  crease  will  be  seen  bisecting  the 
paper  from  back  to  front.  Fold  the  left  and 
the  right  edges  respectively  so  that  each 
coincides  with  the  central  crease.  Open 
and  the  square  will  be  found  divided  into 
16  small  squares  thus: 


1 ~\ ! 

i  !  i 

; 1 — .—-v 

,  •»       ;  t  1 


From  two  opposite  sides  of  the  square 
cut  two  slits  one  inch  long,  one  inch  from 
the  sides.  See  plain  lines.  This  will  make 
four  flaps.  Bend  up  four  sides  one  inch 
deep  to  form  the  sides  of  the  box  and  bend 
and  paste  the  flaps  to  make  the  sides  firm. 

With  such  a  box  as  a  basis,  but  longer  in 
proportion  to  the  width  wagons  may  be 
made  for  the  carrying  of  the  hay  of  the  toy 
farm.  Seeds  also  may  form  a  part  of  the 
miniature  load.  Wheels  may  be  of  milk- 
bottle  tops,  or  may  be  cut  from  stiff  card- 
board. Fasten  to  body  of  the  wagon  with 
paste.  Let  the  children  play  with  these  in 
the  sand  box. 

Nature. 

Gather  seeds  of  small  fruits  of  different 
kinds,  melon,  apple,  rose-haws,  cran- 
berries, etc.,  and  string  for  decorations  for 
room.  Save  till  Thanksgiving  Day  and  take 
home.  Alternate  the  seeds,  one  kind  with 
another,  and  also  with  straws,  cut  into  one 
inch  lengths.  Dried  corn  alternates  prettily 
with  straws  or  cranberries.  This  gives 
practice  in  counting  and  in  design. 

Collect  leaves  and  let  the  children  press 
and  mount  them  on  cards  which  can  after- 
wards be  made  into  booklets. 

Copy  the  leaves  in  pencil,  in  water  color 
and  in  clay.  Notice  how  those  on  one  tree 
will  vary  in  form  and  color,  and  get  in  what 


particulars  those  of  one  tree  resemble  each 
other. 

Give  each  of  a  circle  of  children,  a  dif- 
ferent kind  of  leaf.  Let  one  child  stand  in 
the  center  of  the  circle  and  hold  up  one  leaf 
in  plain  view;  then  the  child  in  the  circle 
who  holds  the  companion  leaf  must  hold  it 
up  and  give  its  name.  Modify  this  game  by 
substituting  nuts,  fruit,  seeds,  etc.,  for  the 
leaf. 

A  Lemon,  Apple,  Orange,  Pear,  etc. 

Place  a  row  of  fruit,  a  lemon,  apple, 
orange,  pear,  etc.,  on  the  table  or  floor. 
Let  a  child  observe  the  row  and  then  cover 
his  eyes  while  another  child  removes  one 
piece  of  fruit.  The  first  child  looks  again 
and  tells  which  kind  of  fruit  is  missing. 

In  the  sand  of  the  sand  box  stick  a  num- 
ber of  twigs,  letting  them  appear  about  Yi 
inch  above  the  sand.  Hide  also  an  apple 
and  a  pear  letting  the  stems  stick  out  half 
an  inch.  Let  the  children  try  to  find  the 
fruit  from  what  they  see  of  the  stems. 

Paper-Cutting. 

Place  a  row  of  different  kinds  of  fruit 
where  it  is  in  plain  view  and  let  each  child 
cut  free-hand  a  copy  of  one  piece  and  see 
if  the  other  children  can  tell  what  it  is. 
These  may  afterwards  be  colored  in  chalk 
or  water-color  and  used  for  place  cards  for 
Thanksgiving  dinner. 

Cut  turkey,  cow,  horse,  every  animal 
that  helps  make  Thanksgiving.  These  may 
be  used  in  playing  with  the  gifts  or  with 
the  sand  box. 


Postal  Cards. 


Souvenir  postal  cards,  can  be  used  with  much 
profit  by  kindergarteners,  primary  and  rural 
teachers.  To  illustrate:  where  local  views  have 
been  issued,  make  a  collection  with  the  aid  of  the 
pupils  and  arrange  on  sheets  of  mounting  board 
in  groups;  for  instance,  place  the  views  of 
churches,  public  buildings,  factories,  stores,  resi- 
dences, business  streets,  etc.,  each  together.  Let 
the  pupils  talk  or  write  about  the  pictures,  short 
sentences  such  as,  "we  go  to  this  church;"  "that  is 
the  library  where  I  get  my  books;"  "my  father 
works  in  that  factory;"  "we  buy  our  groceries  at 
this  store;"  "our  house  is  on  this  street,"  etc. 
Then  tell  short  stories  about,  for  instance,  what 
churches,  libraries,  factories,  stores,  etc.,  are  for, 
and  tell  about  the  use  of  court  houses,  jails,  etc.; 
ask  pupils  to  observe  if  the  picture  looks  like  the 
object  represented.  If  any  views  are  not  recog- 
nized explain  location,  etc.,  and  ask  pupils  when 
passing  to  observe  whether  the  picture  looks  like 
the  object  intended  to  be  represented. 


GAMES,  PLAYS,  STORIES 

RECITATIONS,  MEMORY  GEMS,  ETC. 


THE   FOLK   GAME  IN    EDUCATION. 

MARIE  RUEF  HOFER,  Columbia  University. 

HE  recent  congress  of  the 
Playground  Association  of 
;  :£j(£  America  held  in  New  York 
City  revealed  not  only  a 
substantial  interest  in  the  municipal  and 
constructive  features  of  the  playground,  of 
securing  and  equipping  the  same  for  city 
and  country,  but  a  very  lively  interest  in 
what  and  how  children  shall  play.  This 
was  shown  in  all  the  papers  read  and  in  the 
serious  work  of  all  the  committees.  Par- 
ticularly was  the  dramatic  element  of  play, 
in  folk  games  and  dances  and  festivals,  em- 
phasized. This  was  climaxed  in  the  various 
exhibitions  of  games  given  for  the  benefit 
for  those  who  attended  the  Congress. 
These  exhibitions  given  on  the  green  back 
of  the  Metropolitan  Museum,  the  Van 
Cortland  Park  festival,  and  in  a  festival  of 
free  play  and  simple  village  games  and 
dances  given  under  the  forbidding  arches 
of  the  Brooklyn  bridge.  In  each  instance 
was  the  new  tendency  to  freer  dramatic  ex- 
pression in  folk  games  and  dances  shown, 
often  carrying  out  the  picturesque  national 
effect  by  touches  of  characteristic  color  and 
costume.  In  the  rendering  of  these  games 
and  dances  by  the  representative  children 
of  all  nations,  such  as  can  only  be  seen  on 
our  American  shores  was  extremely  sug- 
gestive material  for  reflection.  Has  the 
folk  game  come  to  stay?  Is  it  an  intrinsic 
element  in  our  future  educational  life? 
What  is  its  significance  and  place. 

The  folk  game  in  the  kindergarten  has 
thus  far  been  viewed  with  considerable  sus- 
picion, as  a  possible  disturbing  element  to 
Froebelian  principles.  While  all  material 
of  this  kind  requires  explanation  and  ad- 
justment to  the  needs  of  little  children,  the 
more  liberal  worker  would  enter  a  protest 
against  this  continual  fear  of  rudely  jostling 
the  Froebelian  ideal  from  its  pedestal. 

As  read  without  prejudice  Froebel's 
world  was  preemently  God's  world,  with 
the  emphasis  laid  on  God.  The  earth,  the 
air,  the  sea  and  all  that  in  them  is  of  life, 
and  significance  to  the  child,  was  his  motto. 
The    equal,    happy,    philosophical    distribu- 


tion of  these  elements  plus  human  spiritual 
vision,  over  the  kindergarten  program  is 
surely  the  aim  of  every  well  trained  kin- 
dergartner.  The  view  point,  it  is,  that 
brings  the  curse  or  approval  of  the  gods. 
If  the  enthusiastic  kindergartner  be  strong- 
ly inclined  to  Nature,  or  to  rhythm  or  to 
art,  her  program  will  surely  veer  that  way, 
and  her  children  will  best  do  that  which 
is  backed  by  this  same  enthusiasm.  Cir- 
cumstances and  environment  may  also 
point  her  sails.  If  the  factory  be  the  life 
pulse  of  her  neighborhood,  industrial  in- 
terpretations must  result,  and  her  ingenuity 
will  be  taxed  in  breaking  wholesome  paths 
into  the  outer  world  of  nature  and  art.  If 
she  be  in  love  with  the  potato  to  the  extent 
of  seeing  world  relationships  in  the  tuber, 
(this,  it  seems,  was  Froebel's  peculiar 
talent,  to  read  deeply  into  common  things) 
she  is  to  be  congratulated  instead  of  criti- 
cized on  having  "truly  caught  the  spirit." 
There  may  be  gross  errors  in  judgment  in 
this  converting  world  forces  into  pedagogi- 
cal pabulum,  but  we  are  convinced  from 
previous  observation  that  our  earth  ball 
will  not  be  jarred  off  its  axis  thereby,  but 
will  roll  calmly  onward  in  its  course  with- 
out material  disturbance. 

In  following  the  evolution  of  plays  and 
games  for  a  decade  and  more  the  writer 
wishes  to  put  herself  on  record,  that  in  the 
active  experience  of  investigating  and  test- 
ing phase  after  phase  of  this  evolution  of 
play  material,  from  the  formal,  prosaic 
representative  game  of  the  past,  through 
Delsaritan  bird  flight,  rhythmic  mazes, 
often  dangerously  exaggerated,  no  more 
wholesome  heresy  has  penetrated  kinder- 
gartenism  than  the  folk  game  and  dance. 

In  the  first  place  it  proves  Froebel's  his- 
toric attitude,  both  as  regards  play  as  a 
racial  product  and  his  games  to  be  not  a 
mere  fantasy  of  the  brain,  but  a  funda- 
mental life  product.  All  the  so  called 
original  Froebelian  games  were  those  of  the 
folk  about  him,  as  lie  frankly  tells  us,  and 
their  subjects  are  old  in  the  world  order  of 
events.  Self  activity  inducing  self-evolution 
through  playful  movements,  social  games 
drawn  from  world  courtesies  and  ameni- 
ties; industrial  episodes,  racial  experiences 
re-enacted;     civic     and     national     events 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


«5 


dramatized,  social  eminations  crystalized 
in  holidays  and  festivals. 

Contrary  to  popular  belief  Froebel  did 
not  invent  the  Knights.  They  lived  in 
every  castle  and  stronghold  of  his  country- 
side, and  their  histories  were  scattered 
plentifully  about  in  the  plays  of  the  German 
children.  The  magic  ring  made  sacred  by 
centuries  of  religious  and  festal  traditions 
of  the  Germans  found  its  rightful  reincar- 
nation in  the  Kindergarten  circle.  "Would 
you  know  how  doth  the  Farmer"  has  its 
familiar  counterpart  in  every  country,  in- 
trinsically dear  because  wrought  from  the 
texture  of  native  custom. 

Whether  we  stamp  the  harvest  dance  of 
the  Russians  or  gracefully  pantomine  the 
"Avoine"  of  the  French  matters  little. 
What  a  tribute  to  the  fundamental  qualities 
of  Froebel's  educational  interpretations 
that  he  strikes  not  a  shallow  vein  but  a  deep 
seam  of  genuine  ore  that  makes  real  kinder- 
garten principles  a  binding  unity  in  the 
world.  Why  should  an  Americanized  kin- 
dergarten interpretation  set  the  pattern  for 
the  whole  world?  Is  not  the  next  step  in 
our  national  evolution  the  recognition  of  a 
common  unity  and  the  life  of  all  countries 
and  peoples  its  best  illustration.  Is  not  the 
present  inundation  of  folk  love  of  all  kinds 
a  significant  pointing  finger  to  a  racial  unifi- 
cation iminent  in  history  and  not  a  passing 
fad.  The  coming  to  our  shores  of  the 
European  peasant  is  not  in  vain  if  in  con- 
tributing his  traditions  he  reinforces  this 
unity.  The  native  gaiety  and  joyousness 
of  his  festivals  may  serve  us  for  pasttime 
and  recreation,  but  there  is  a  deeper  lesson 
to  be  learned  which  we  gladly  accept  at  his 
hands.  If  our  next  advance  in  education  be 
a  "progress  backward"  it  is  merely  a 
straightening  of  girders,  a  tightning  of  bars 
and  beams,  a  settling  of  foundations  for  the 
grander  oncoming  march  of  human 
progress. 

Educationally,  the  folk  game  represents 
to  us  the  happy  means  by  which  we  can 
study  simple  evolutionary  processes,  for 
which  the  kindergarten  in  the  best  sense 
stands.  Whether  this  be  in  relation  to 
physical  development  in  the  homely  hop, 
stamp,  spring,  clap,  by  which  we  moderns 
can  shake  off  nervous  and  eneamic  tend- 
encies, or  its  outworking  into  group  activi- 
ties of  subject  matter  which  makes  up  the 
bulk  of  kindergarten  programs ;  or  an  em- 
phasis of  the  dramatic  element,  shown  in 
simple,  forceful  action  in  the  expression  of 


common  human  motives;  or  as  the  concrete 
representing  of  these  in  simple  unities  of 
time  and  space — form — it  is  all  good.  The 
only  difficulty  for  the  kindergartner  will  be 
where  the  dancing  teacher  and  physical 
trainer,  unacquainted  with  the  thought 
connections  of  the  kindergarten  will  use 
these  plays  and  dramas  as  mere  devices  and 
fancy  steps,  with  which  to  embellish  the 
graces  of  their  art. 

The  following  somewhat  free  interpreta- 
tion with  additional  experiences  are  offered 
in  English.  The  first  part  of  the  game  is 
played  in  a  circle,  the  children  joining  hands 
and  skipping  first  to  the  right  and  then  to 
the  left,  acting  out  "clap  their  hands  and 
sing."  At  "Who  wants  to  know,"  children 
turn  from  side  to  side  to  their  neighbors, 
bowing  and  asking  question,  once  to  each 
measure.  Then  marching  forward  they 
gesture  with  the  right  hand  outward  in 
sowing  around  the  circle.  Then  all  join 
hands  and  repeat,  each  time  giving  new 
activity.  Mowing,  grasp  sythe  and  sweep 
inward.  Binding,  stoop  and  gather,  twist, 
throw  toward  center.  Flailing,  grasp  flail, 
throw  backward  over  shoulder  and  front 
and  down.  Sifting,  shake  rapidly  to  and 
fro.  Grinding,  twisting  of  hands  or  arms. 
Stand  with  arms  folded. 
The  oats  in  the  oat  field  the  happy  season 

brings. 
The  farmer,  the  farmer  he  claps  his  hands 

and  sings. 
Who  wants  to  know,  who  wants  to  see, 
How  we  sow  the  grain  so  free. 
'Tis  thus  the  farmer  sows,  as  through  the 

field  he  goes.     Repeat. 
'Tis  thus  the  farmer  mows  as  through  the 

field  he  goes. 
'Tis  thus  the  farmer  binds,  as  round  and 

round  he  twines. 
'Tis  thus  the  farmer  beats  his  oats  and  rye 

and  wheat. 
'Tis  thus  the  farmer  sifts  as  to  and  fro  he 

shifts. 
'Tis  thus  the  oats  are  ground  as  the  wheels 

go  round  and  round, 
'Tis  thus  the  farmer  rests  when  he  has  done 

his  best. 


I  hold  in  my  memory  bits  of  poetry  learned  in 
childhood,  which  have  stood  me  in  good  stead 
through  life  in  the  struggle  to  keep  true  to  just 
ideals  of  love  and  duty. — President  Eliot. 


Everything  that  tends  to  develop  the  boy  or 
girl  into  a  desirable  citizen  is  as  much  a  part  of 
the  teacher's  duties  as  to  see  that  his  problems  in 
mathematics  are  correctly  solved. 


66 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


A  STORY  FOR  THANKSGIVING. 

How  John  Henry  Borrowed  Coals  to  Light  the  Fire. 
BERTHA  JOHNSTON. 

Suppose  you  have  been  out  at  play  till  it 
grows  very  late  and  the  rooms  are  quite 
dark  as  you  go  into  your  home,  so  that 
you  cannot  see  to  read  in  your  favorite 
story-book  what  can  be  done  to  make  the 
room  bright  and  cheery?  Yes,  mama  will 
perhaps  take  a  match,  scratch  it  upon  the 
sand  of  the  match-scratcher  and — then 
what?  Yes,  she  will  possibly  light  the 
lamp  or  the  gas  and  perhaps  she  may  turn 
on  the  electricity. 

Perhaps  again,  it  is  a  cold  winter's  day 
and  you  come  into  the  room  shivering  from 
your  last  cold  walk  home  from  school.  You 
come  into  the  house  and  go  straight  to  the 
open  wood  fire  or  to  the  radiator  or  to  the 
large  hospitable-looking  stove.  If  the  fire 
in  the  stove  should  go  out  during  the  night 
how  would  father,  mama  or  the  cook  make 
a  new  one?  Yes,  she  would  place  paper  in 
the  stove,  then  kindling-wood  on  top  of 
that,  and  coals  upon  the  sticks  of  wood  and 
then — she  would  scratch  a  match,  touch  it 
to  the  paper  and  in  a  few  moments  the 
wood  would  be  blazing  and  the  coals  also 
would  catch  fire.  But  suppose  there  were 
no  matches  in  the  house,  or  the  neighbors 
had  none,  or  the  grocery  store  had  run  out 
or  there  were  none  to  be  had  anywhere? 

I  am  going  to  tell  you  the  story  of  a  little 
boy  and  what  he  had  to  do  one  cold  win- 
ter's day  before  men  had  ever  thought  of 
making  the  friction  matches  which  we  use 
now  every  day  and  think  we  could  not  get 
along  without. 

It  was  the  day  before  Thanksgiving  and 
he  had  been  thinking  how  good  all  the 
delicious  meats  and  fruits  and  vegetables 
would  taste  which  were  to  make  the  fine 
Thanksgiving  dinner.  Turkeys  were  to  be 
roasted,  and  potatoes  baked  and  squash 
boiled;  the  pumpkin  and  apple  pies  had 
been  already  made  and  the  jellies  and  pre- 
served fruits  were  on  the  shelves  in  a  fine 
array — and  he  and  his  brothers  and  sisters 
and  the  cousins  who  were  to  come  in  the 
morning,  were  to  crack  some  of  the  nuts 
he  had  gathered  in  the  bracing  October 
days.  And  then  they  would  gather  round 
the  large  wood-fire  and  roast  apples  and 
chestnuts  while  uncle  and  auntie  or  grand- 
father would  tell  some  splendid  story  of 
the  Indians  or  sing  some  jolly  song.  Or 
some  old-fashioned  game  would  be  played 
by   the:   young   people   while   the   old   folk 


talked  over  times  long  past  and  good  times 
to  come. 

John  Henry  had  been  thinking  for  many, 
many  days  of  the  delightful  holiday  com- 
ing, and  now — tomorrow  it  would  really  be 
here  with  all  its  fun  and  frolic. 

It  was  hard  to  go  to  sleep,  thinking  of 
all  the  fun  of  the  morrow,  but  at  last  his 
eyes  did  close,  and  no  sooner  was  he  asleep 
than  it  seemed  he  heard  his  mother's  voice 
calling  to  awaken  him.  "John  Henry!  .Oh, 
John  Henry!"  He  sprang  to  his  feet, 
although  his  room  was  cold,  for  there 
would  be  no  long  staying  in  bed  on 
Thanksgiving  Day.  And  then — what  was 
it  his  mother  was  saying? — The  fire  had 
gone  out?  What,  the  fire  out  on  Thanks- 
giving Day.  No  fire  with  which  to  roast 
the  turkey,  or  bake  the  pudding,  or  boil 
the  sweet  potatoes !  No  fire  on  Thanks- 
giving Day! 

John  Henry  was  shivering  with  cold,  but 
he  was  not  thinking  of  that. 

What  was  that  his  mother  was  saying? 
He  must  dress  quickly  and  go  to  neighbor 
Brownnell's  half  a  mile  away  and  borrow 
some  coals.  Thus  only  could  the  fire  be 
re-lighted,  for  friction  matches  were  little 
known  at  that  time,  and  people  who  lived 
far  from  others  were  usually  very  careful 
to  so  fix  the  fire  at  night  that  it  would  keep 
until  morning  when  it  could  easily  be  made 
to  blaze,  if  desired. 

But  the  "hired  girl"  had  been  careless 
and  the  fire  was  out,  and  no  flint  or  tinder 
box  in  the  house  to  light  another. 

So  John  Henry  didn't  spend  much  time 
in  dressing.  He  took  some  cold  breakfast, 
put  on  his  high  boots,  and  wrapped  his 
muffler  around  his  neck;  put  on  the  warm 
mittens  his  mother  had  knitted  for  him  and 
started  off  to  walk  through  the  deep  snow, 
half  a  mile  to  the  neighbor's.  He  carried 
a  kettle  for  holding  the  coals. 

It  was  a  cold  walk  and  the  half  mile 
seemed  a  long  one,  but  at  last  he  reached 
Mr.  Brownnell's  while  the  family  were  at 
breakfast. 

Mrs.  Brownnell  and  the  small  boys  and 
girls  bustled  around  and  made  a  place  for 
John  Henry  at  the  table  and  he  found  that 
he  was  quite  ready  to  eat  a  second  break- 
fast of  hot  pancakes  and  maple  syrup. 

Then  Mr.  Brownnell  took  some  hot,  live 
coals  from  the  fire,  put  them  in  the  kettle, 
covered  them  with  just  enough  ashes  to 
keep  them  from  burning  up  before  John 
Henry  reached  home,  and  showed  the  boy 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


6? 


just  how  to  hold  and  swing  the  kettle  so 
that  the  fire  should  not  go  out. 

Then  John  Henry  started  for  home  and 
the  walk  seemed  even  longer  than  before 
for  the  ten-year-old  boy.  Suppose  the  fire 
in  the  kettle  should  go  out !  How  care- 
fully he  held  it!  How  carefully  he  tried  to 
swing  so  that  there  should  be  just  enough 
draught  to  keep  the  coals  alive. 

But  at  last  the  home  on  the  hillside  was 
reached  and  the  coals  were  still  glowing  a 
deep,  clear  red  when  they  were  taken  out, 
and  carefully  placed  in  the  fireplace  be- 
neath the  huge  log.  Then  they  were  care- 
fully fanned,  and  soon  the  log  was  blazing 
and  fire  could  be  carried  from  it  into  the 
kitchen  by  means  of  a  long  pine  splinter 
split  from  a  log  in  the  wood  pile.  And  soon 
the  turkey  was  roasting  and  the  potatoes 
baking  and  cauliflower  boiling  and  the 
prospects  of  a  good  dinner  were  all  that 
could  be  wished  for,  and  John  Henry  and 
his  family  were  thankful  not  only  for  food 
and  shelter  and  clothing,  but  for  fire  as 
well — the  fire  that  kept  them  warm,  and 
cooked  their  meals  and  helped  them  in  so 
many,  many  ways. 

THANKSGIVING  STORY. 

Elizabeth  G.  Peene. 

ONCE  upon  a  time,  not  very  long  ago, 
there  lived  down  on  Chriplie  street,  a 
little  boy  named  Nathan.  He  went  to 
kindergarten  every  day.  He  liked  to  work 
and  play,  but  he  remembers  two  days  he  liked 
better  than  all  the  rest.  One  was  the  day  the 
children  took  their  chairs  out  in  the  garden  and 
had  a  party  with  chestnuts,  and  th  eother  was 
when  the  kindergarten  had  a  Thanksgiving 
party  with  apples  and  white  tissue  paper  table 
napkins,  and  sang  their  new  Thanksgiving 
song: 

Oh,  come,  dear  little  children,  come, 

Your  grateful  thanks  to  sing, 
For  all  the  warm  coats,  mits  and  shoes 
Ere  winter's  storms  begin. 

Nathan  told  his  mama  all  about  the  fun 
when  he  went  home  and  asked  her  if  he 
could  have  a  party  in  his  house.  He  wanted 
to  ask  Hymen  to  come,  and  Rachel  and  Baby 
Mary.  His  mother  said  she  would  see.  So 
early  on  Thanksgiving  morning,  Nathan 
jumped  out  of  bed,  dressed  himself  and  ran  in 
to  ask  his  mother  again  if  he  could  have  the 
party.  She  said  that  when  he  had  taken  the 
peelings  down  to  the  garbage  can,  she  would 
give  him  two  pennies  to  buy  apples  for  a  party. 
You  should  have  seen  Nathan  hurry.  The 
dish  of  peelings  was  heavy,  so  he  couldn't  go 
downstairs  very  fast,  but  he  ran  all  the  way 
up  again, — then  ran  to  the  back  flat  on  the 


third  floor  and  asked  Hymen,  Mary  and 
Jxachel.  lie  ran  to  tne  pusn  cart  and  uougut 
lour  apples,  ran  home  again  as  last  as  lie 
could  and  began  to  get  ready  tor  the  party. 
j.i.e  took  a  ciiair  and  stood  it  in  tiie  center  ui 
tiie  kitchen  tor  a  table ;  he  took  blocks  ol  wood 
and  put  them  for  chairs.  He  wanted  a  table 
clotb,  but  didn't  know  what  to  use,  so  his 
mother  gave  him  clean  wrapping  paper.  He 
covered  the  table  and  patted  it  nice  and 
smooth.  He  was  just  going  to  cut  the  apples 
when  a  Knock  was  heard  at  the  door.  Natiian 
gave  one  jump,  opened  the  door,  and  there 
stood  Hymen,  Kache  and  Mary,  hand  in  hand, 
Uieir  hair  all  wet  and  brushed  so  smooth,  their 
faces  clean,  and  baby  Marv  had  a  bright  blue 
new  dress.  Nathan  thought  they  looked  so 
fine  that  he  stood  there  saying,  "Ah !  Ah  I" 
instead  of  saying,  "Come  in.  His  mama  in- 
vited them  in  and  when  thev  saw  all  the  little 
table  ready  for  the  party,  they  all  said,  "Ah! 
Ah!"  and  stood  quite  still.  Nathan  wanted 
them  to  have  lots  of  fun,  so  he  got  his  paper 
doll  out  for  Mary,  and  she  hugged  it  and  didn't 
want  to  do  anything  but  nurse  it  all  the  time. 
Hymen  rolled  his  wagon  up  and  down  the 
kitchen,  and  Rachel  took  the  picture  book,  but 
didn't  say  "Thank  you."  Nathan  told  her  to 
say  "Thank  you."  Soon  everything  was  ready 
for  the  party.  They  sat  up  nice  and  straight 
on  their  stools,  and  Nathan  showed  them  how 
to  fold  their  hands,  and  he  sang  his  kinder- 
garten Thanksgiving  song  for  them.  He 
passed  them  the  apples  and  they  smiled  and 
laughed  and  giggled  and  talked  and  had  such 
a  fine  time !  Baby  Mary  kept  saying,  "Thank 
you,  thank  you."  They  gave  mama  a  piece  of 
apple,  and  they  gave  Poll  a  piece,  too,  and 
they  laughed  at  Polly,  for  she  said,  "Thank 
you."  They  gave  doggie  a  piece,  and  he  said, 
"Bow  wow,"  which  is  "Thank  you"  for  a  dog. 
When  they  finished  the  party,  they  didn't  want 
to  go  home.  Mary  hugged  her  dolly  and  kept 
whispering,  "Thank  you,  thank  you,  thank 
you.  Nathan  and  Hymen  played  lots  of  dif- 
ferent things,  and  Rachel  looked  at  the  boys 
and  nursed  babv  Mary  until  their  big  sister 
came  for  them.  When  baby  Mary  was  going 
to  bed  that  night  she  was  sleepily  saying — 
"party — dollie — thank  you — thank  you." 


How  One  New  York  Kiudergartner  Observed  Thanksgiving. 

The  day  before  Thanksgiving  we  had  both 
classes  together  and  we  had  a  very  pleasant 
morning  with  our  songs,  stories,  games,  and 
many  of  the  children  told  Mother  Goose 
rhymes.  Nearly  each  child  contributed  some- 
thing toward  a  basket  of  fruits  for  the  little 
people  in  St.  Vincent's  hospital.  We  had  two 
large  peach  baskets  filled  with  apples,  oranges, 
nuts,  etc.  The  children  were  much  delighted 
to  see  the  beautiful  baskets  that  they  were 
sending  away. — M.  E.  P. 


68 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


BOOK  NOTES. 


The  Brooklyn  Public  Library  publishes  a  very 
excellent  list  of  books  for  boys  and  girls  approved 
bv  it  for  use  in  the  children's  rooms.  It  does  not 
pretend  to  be  either  a  finding  list  or  to  be  complete 
as  to  the  books  found  in  the  children  s  rooms  but  it 
gives  the  branch  librarians  a  "definite  idea  of  what 
books  they  may  freely  order  for  the  shelves  of  their 
children's  rooms."  The  compiler,  Miss  Hunt,  super- 
intendent of  the  Children's  Department,  includes 
such  titles  as  she  believes  will  help  "in  carrying  out 
the  purpose  of  the  children's  library,  namely,  that 
of  being  a  nursery  for  good  citizenship".-  The  need 
of  attracting  all  classes  of  children,  those  from  a 
cultured  home  and  environment  and  those  of  limited 
vocabulary  and  experience,  has  been  kept  in  mind. 
Some  of  the  selections  may  therefore  be  lacking 
in  literary  quality,  but  all  have  some  distinct  merit 
which  entitles  them  to  a  place  here.  Such  a  list 
should  prove  serviceable  to  librarians  in  other  cities, 
and  parents,  also,  may  well  find  them  useful.  The 
Brooklyn  system  includes  twenty-three  libraries. 
Frank  P.  Hill  is  Chief  Librarian. 

CORNELL  RURAL  SCHOOL,  LEAFLET  HOME 
STUDY  COURSE.  How  many  New  York  teachers 
are  aware  of  their  privileges  in  regard  to  these  two 
helpful  monthly  journals,  published  by  the  N.  Y. 
State  College  of  Agriculture,  and  to  be  obtained 
gratis  by  all  teachers  in  New  York  state?  The 
former  is  in  two  installments,  one  for  children  and 
one  a  supplement  for  the  teacher.  The  spring  num- 
bers of  1908  for  the  children  tells  how  to  organize  a 
farm  boys'  club,  and  the  May  issue  describes  the 
organizing  of  a  girls'  club.  The  teachers  supplement 
for  April  is  a  garden  number  and  is  practical  in  its 
many  suggestions.  Alice  G.  McCloskey  is  editor, 
with  Professors  G.  F.  Warren  and  Charles  H.  Tuck 
as  advisers. 

The  Home  Nature  Study  Course  is  edited  by 
Anna  Botsford  Comstock  and  John  W.  Spencer.  In 
the  April-May  number  are  directions  for  tree  plant- 
ing, with  much  information  as  well  concerning 
frogs  and  toads  with  their  wonderful  transforma- 
tions. Directions  are  given  for  making  an  aquarium 
and  there  is  a  lesson  also  upon  the  strawberry,  and 
one  upon  the  blackbird.  These  valuable  leaflets  are 
published  at  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  under  the  auspices  of 
Cornell  University. 

GRASSHOPPER  LAND,  by  Margaret  W.  Mor- 
ley.  The  brief  foreword  states  that  this  book  is 
written  not  for  children,  but  for  their  grandfathers 
and  grandmothers,  who  were  once  boys  and  girls  in 
the  country  and  may  be  in  danger  after  all  these 
years  of  forgetting  about  grasshoppers.  It  is  quite 
safe  to  say,  however,  that  children  will  read  the 
book  with  great  delight.  Miss  Morley  has  a  style 
all  her  own,  and  in  her  merry,  familiar  talk  she 
carries  one  straight  into  the  heart  of  nature.  By 
the  clever  use  of  simile  and  metaphor  she  puts  her 
scientific  statements  into  picturesque  language 
which  captivates  the  reader's  attention,  and  intensi- 
fies his  interest  in  the  lively  little  insect  that  is  so 
alluring  to  all  children.  We  give  a  few  sentences 
to  indicate  the  general  literary  quality. 

"No  doubt  the  sense  of  smell  was  originally 
developed  to  enable  animals  to  smell  out  their  food, 
to  find  their  friends,  and  to  detect  their  enemies. 
Man  has  found  other  ways  of  meeting  these  needs, 
so  his  sense  of  smell  is  on  the  wane,  though  it  still 
continues  to  be,  as  just  said,  the  most  acute  faculty 
that  he  has.  .  .  .  Although  the  grasshopper's  feelers 
were  not  designed  as  mere  ornaments,  yet,  like  our 
noses,  they  add  immensely  to  the  personal  appear- 
ance of  the  family,  and  it  could  easily  be  imagined 
that  vanity  dictated  the  graceful  way  in  which  they 


are  waved  about  if  one  did  not  know  the  very  prac- 
tical nature  of  those  delicate  append-ages." 

Then  follows   a  description   of  the  antennae  as 
seen  under  the  microscope.     As  the  title  suggests, 
the  study  is  not  confined  to  the  grasshopper  alone, 
but    to    grasshopper    land,    hence    comparisons    are 
frequent  between  the  grasshopper  and  relatives  more 
or  less  times  removed,  as,  for  instance,  the  chapter 
upon  "harmless  frauds,"  which  tells  about  the  walk- 
ing stick  and  walking  leaf.     One  chapter  "the  Diary 
of  a  Locust,"  tells  the  history  of  the  locust  from  his 
viewpoint.    But  as  interesting  as  any  are  those  pages 
devoted    to    the    migratory    locust   of   the   East   and 
his  ravages,  and  the  different  methods  by  which  man 
has  in  ancient  and  modern  times  fought  against  the 
terrible  scourge.     An  extract  from  Pliny  tells  how, 
in  the  Granaicke  region  with  Barbarie,  ordained  is 
it  by  law,   every  three  years   to  wage   war  against 
them,   and    so   to    conquer   them.     In   China   and   in 
Africa,  emperor  and  sultan  have  organized  men  to 
fight  them.    The  story  of  the  Island  of  Cyprus  shows 
how  interdependent  are  the  lives  of  men  and  of  even 
the    apparently    insignificant    insect   world.      Cyprus 
was   a    "happy,   thriving   and   beautiful   land"   until 
1571,  when  it  fell  under  the  rule  of  the  Turks.    For 
two   hundred    and    fifty   years    thereafter   it  was   a 
wilderness,  because  under  a  corrupt  government  no 
effort  was  made  to  destroy  the  locusts  that  freely 
ravaged  the  land  of  every  growing  thing.    But  when 
Cyprus  was  ceded  to  England,  a  simple  device,  dis- 
covered by  a  certain  Count  Mattei,  which  had  never 
been  used  by  the  Turks,  was  put  into  operation  in 
1883,  and  in  one  season,  by  the  means  of  a  system  of 
55,000   pits  and  fences,   195,000,000,000   locusts   were 
destroyed  in  one  season.     The   device  consisted  of 
walls    and    the    plague    has    never    again    become 
unmanageable    in   the   lovely   island.      The    chapter 
upon  locusts  as  food  is  another  side  to  the  question, 
and  we  learn  that  in  some  parts  of  the  world  the 
locust  is  eagerly  welcomed  as  a  source  of  food,  and 
is  regarded  as  a  tidbit.     In  Oriental  countries  they 
are  highly  regarded  as  food  even  when  not  a  neces- 
sity, and  in  others  they  are  the  staff  of  life  of  the 
people.     There  are  various  ways  of  preparing  them 
for  food  as  described.    The  volume  is  copiously  illus- 
trated with  delightful  pen  and  ink  pictures  showing 
the  insects  in  all  kinds  of  pistre.    We  close  with  a 
few  words  of  the  author  which  take  one  directly  into 
the  country  fields: 

"Think  of  crossing  a  close-cut  New  England 
meadow  late  in  August  without  stirring  up  a  com- 
motion of  whirring  wings  and  hopping  legs.  Think 
of  walking  over  the  fields  without  hearing  those  odd 
little  pattering  sounds,  like  drops  of  rain,  made  by 
the  hoppers  as  they  spring  up  on  all  sides  of  us.  To 
the  fortunate  dweller  in  locust-free  lands  summer 
would  not  be  quite  summer  without  the  shrill  and 
pleasant  hubbub  of  the  grasshopper  folk." 

This  book  should  be  in  every  school  library  and 
will  be  a  good  companion  for  the  summer  vacation, 
both  for  young  and  for  those  who  wish  to  renew  the 
happy  memories  of  youthful  days.  A.  C.  McClurg 
Co.,  Chicago. 

There  is  also  a  drawing  from  an  Assyrian  relief 
in  the  British  Museum  showing  attendant  bringing 
locusts  and  pomegranates  into  the  King. 

THE  BOY  GEOLOGIST,  by  E.  J.  Houston,  Ph. 
D.  A  story  centering  around  the  experiences  at 
boarding  school  of  two  boys,  one  of  whom  has  a 
strong  interest  in  anything  geological,  and  the  other 
an  equally  decided  leaning  toward  chemistry.  Vari- 
ous incidents  in  school,  boy-like,  are  described;  and 
a  good  many  interesting  facts  about  geology  and 
chemistry  are  given  in  describing  the  experiments 
and  adventures  of  the  boys  and  their  friends.  But 
the  literary  style  is  not  particularly  interesting.  The 
boys  address  each  other  in  stilted,  formal  language, 
and  in  this  respect  the  story  is  forced  and  artificial. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


69 


We  would  be  interested  in  knowing  whether  boys 
who  have  a  natural  inclination  toward  geology  and 
chemistry  would  read  the  story  for  the  sake  of  the 
information  to  be  gained  or  whether  they  would  pre- 
fer to  get  their  facts  directly  from  somci  scientific 
book.     Henry  Altemus  Co.,   Philadelphia,   Pa. 

The  recent  earthquakes  at  San  Francisco  and 
Valparaiso,  and  the  eruption  of  Vesuvius  are  made 
the  basis  for  a  discussion  of  such  phenomena  and 
the  fetish  which  an  ev-slave  negro  had  brought  with 
him  from  Africa  and  which  he  uses  to  injure  his 
enemies  is  found  to  contain  radium,  thus  offering 
opportunity  for  a  discourse  upon  that  rare  element. 
Incidentally  information  as  to  the  course  of  action 
under  certain  emergencies,  such  as  sunstroke,  is 
given. 

PROSE  EVERY  CHILD  SHOULD  KNOW.  Edi- 
tion by  Mary  E.  Burt.  The  title  to  this  volume  at 
first  thought  sounds  somewhat  presumptuous,  but  a 
study  of  the  contents  justifies  the  editor  in  most  of 
her  selections.  There  are  few,  if  any,  that  one  would 
wish  to  omit,  especially  when,  after  reading  the  in- 
troduction, we  understand  the  basis  of  that  selec- 
tion. "It  is  a  reading  book  for  home  culture,  and  a 
collection  of  recitations  for  school  use".  The  book 
begins  with  a  paragraph  from  Talmage  which  a 
three-year-old  loved  to  recite,  on  "The  Influence  of 
a  Clean  Face",  and  it  closes  with  several  pages 
from  William  M.  Salter  on  "Morality  the  Essence  of 
Life."  The  greater  number  of  the  selections  are  less 
than  two  pages  in  length,  and  are  thus  short  enough 
to  be  memorized.  The  authors  represent  fairly  well 
the  Academy  of  Immortals  of  all  time.  George 
Washington,  and  Aristotle,  Fenelon,  Lincoln,  Mrs. 
Custer  and  Victor  Hugo,  De  Amicis,  Desmothenes, 
William  Pitt,  De  Mirabeau,  Marcus  Aurelius  and  Ed- 
mund Burke,  Plato  and  Sallust,  George  Eliott  and 
Edwin  Markham,  etc.,  etc.,  are  a  few  names  from 
this  galaxy  of  prophets.  The  extracts  from  the  great 
speeches  which  have  helped  on  the  world's  progress 
as  they  stirred  men's  hearts  to  righteousness  and 
effort  may  well  be  learned  by  our  growing  children. 
The  Declaration  of  Independence  and  the  entire 
Constitution  of  the  United  States  are  given  in  full. 
Miss  Burt  rejoices  that  with  the  children  who  were 
her  schoolmates  she  committed  to  memory  these 
great  documents.  Crisp  arguments  for  debate  upon 
the  leading  questions  of  the  day — money,  labor,  suf- 
frage, etc.,  may  be  found.  Exactly  why  the  extract 
from  concerning  the  life  of  the  father  bee  is  given 
we  do  not  understand. 

An  unusual  but  interesting  feature  of  the  book 
is  the  little  personal  note  introducing  each  selection, 
and  often  addressed  to- some  particular  child  whom 
the  author  has  in  mind  when  deciding  to  use  the  ex- 
tract. The  volume  will  help  the  children  to  appre- 
ciate what  are  the  real  things  in  life — the  things 
worth  while.   Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.,  N.  Y.   $0.90  net. 

THE  YOUNGSTERS  OF  CENTERVILLE,  by 
Etta  Anthony  Baker.  These  are  youngsters  whose 
acquaintance  any  child,  boy  or  girl,  will  be  glad  to 
make.  The  children  are  normal,  wholesome  real 
girls  and  boys.  Their  doings  and  their  adventures 
are  told  in  a  breezy,  jolly,  sympathetic  manner  that 
is  irresistible,  and  the  manliness  of  the  boys  and 
the  womanliness  of  the  girls  are  brought  out  in  a 
delightful  manner  by  one  who  seems  to  have  a  thor- 
ough understanding  of  boy  and  girl  nature.  Illus- 
trated by  Francis  Day.    Henry  Holy  &  Co. 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  CLAY  WORK  AND 
PROPER  MATERIAL  IN  THE  KIN- 
DERGARTEN AND  PRIMARY. 

EkVERY  one  is  familiar  with  the  native  in- 
i  stinct  of  the  child  for  handling  plastic 
material.  It  is  an  instinct  that  persists 
practically  throughout  life,  although  its  period 
of  greatest  intensity  is  during  the  plastic  age 
of  childhood.  It  is  a  culture  epoch  in  the  de- 
velopment of  the  race. 

There  are,   however,  difficulties   connected 


with  the  use  of  the  same  material  by  a  num- 
ber of  children.     Hygienic  difficulties,  partic- 


ularly that   in  all  probability  have   been   very 
much  exaggerated. 

In  a  recent  visit  to  the  Albany  schools,  the 
writer  noticed  the  splendid  results  that  were 
obtained  by  the  use  of  a  specially  prepared 
material  called  Plasticine,  that  seemed  to  sat- 
isfy all  conditions  necessary  for  preserving 
plasticity  of  the  material  and  for  avoiding  un- 
sanitary dangers.  On  investigation  it  was 
found  that  the  material  is  vised  very  largely 
throughout  the  country  in  many  Kindergarten 
and  Primary  grades. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


As  a  result  of  a  series  of  tests  conducted  by 
a  noted  English  chemist  it  was  proved  that 
germs  could  not  live  in  this  material.  On 
being  handled  it  was  found  to  possess  a  de- 
cidedly pleasing,  although  very  mild  odor,  en- 
tirely unlike  the  usual  modelling  materials, 
which,  as  every  Kindergartner  knows,  pos- 
sesses a  very  unpleasing  fishy-like  smell. 


primitive  colors  without  compelling  him  to 
"prepare  them,  which  is  really  beyond  his  abil- 
ity at  that  age.  Another  great  difficulty  of 
the  ordinary  clay  material  we  found  was  obvi- 
ated by  simply  taking  a  large  piece  of  the  ma- 
terial and  rubbing  it  against  the  small  particles 
that  adhere  to  the  hands.  The  small  surfaces 
of  the  pieces  immediately  attach  themselves  to 


~\ 


It  is  always  ready  for  use  and  is  not  affect- 
ed by  changes  in  temperature,  difficulties  ac- 
companying the  ordinary  clay  material.  The 
color  effect  secured  by  the  Albany  schools  was 


really  marvellous.  The  material  itself  comes 
in  five  colors,  which  make  possible  the  various 
blending  of  color  necessary  to  teach  more 
clearly  the  effect  of  color  as  well  as  of  form. 


the  larger,  thereby  cleaning  the  hands  per- 
fectly. 

Some  of  the  work  of  the  children  in  the 
Albany  schools  took  the  form  of  permanent 
designs  of  plaster  casts,  the  material  lending 
itself  very  readily  to  this  fixed  form. 

We  recommend  this  material  to  the  schools, 
and  any  plea  of  false  economy  is  onlv  robbing 
the  child  of  his  right  to  a  truly  sanitary  ex- 
pressive plastic  material  at  the  most  plastic 
age  in  the  child's  career. 


What  have  I  done  today,  and  what  am  I  going 
to  do  tomorrow  for  the  moral  and  spiritual  uplift 
of  my  pupils? 

Let  us  not  forget  that  soul  culture  of  the  little 
ones  in  our  charge  is  always  the  dominant  duty  we 
have  before  us. 


Large  possibilities  of  self-activity  and  ad- 
antages   were   offered   to   the   pupil   by   these 


"CRA    Y    0  L  A" 
Arlists'  and  School  Crayon 

CRAYOLA  COLORS  are  per. 
manent  and  brilliant    and    can 
be    blended    and   overworked. 
They  will  not  blur  nor  rub  off! 
No  expeni-ive  outfit  is  required 
in  their  ust!    No    waiting    for 
colors  to  dry.    No  brushes   to 
clean!  No  liquid   colors   to  soil 
the    hands   and   clothes!    Try 
■  Crajola"    for    Stenciling   and 
all  educational  color  work. 

We  shall  be  pleased   to  furu- 
ish  samplts  and  particulars   to 
teachers  interested. 

BINNEY  &  SMITH  CO., 

81-83  Fulton  St., 
New    York. 

A  BAKER'S  DOZEN  FOR 


CITY  CHILDREN 

New  Book  of  Kindergarten  Songs 

By  ISABEL  VALENTINE  and  LILEON  CLAXTON 

1  wo  Practical  Kindergartners  of  the  New  York  City  Public  School  System 

With  introduction  by  JENNY  B.  MERRIL,  Supervisor  of  Kinder= 
gartens,  New  York  City  Public  Schools. 


THIRTEEN  SONGS  written  AS  A  RESULT  OF  YEARS   of   teaching 
THIRTFFN  SONCiS  that  have  been  thoroughly  tried  and 

I  I  IU\I  LLM    ^»W  v\J^>       PROVEN  IMMENSELY  SUCCESSFUL. 
THIRTEEN    SONGS    EXPRESSIVE  OF  THE  CHILD'S  OWN  EVERYDAY 

THIRTEEN    SONGS    READILY  DRAMATIZED  FROM  THE  CHILDREN'S 

. SUGGESTIONS 

THTRTFFN  <sONf,S  that  city  kindergartners  must  have  and 
iniiM  EjLiU  ownvjo      OTHER  kindergartners  should  have 

THTRTFFN  SONCS    bright,  cheery,  new.  with  smooth  flowing 

1  nilVlEjLilV  JWI^VJJ         HARMONIES  AND  SIMPLICITY  OF  RYTHYMA. 

The  thirteen  songs  are  clearly  printed  on  good  paper  and  bound  with  strong  linen  mak- 
ing a  very  attractive  and  durable  book,  just  the  thing  for  an  EASTER  GII<T. 

Add  5c  extra  for  Postage 
If  ordered  sent  by  mail. 

We  will  send  the  KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE  for  one 
yearandacopy  of  "A  BAKER'S  DOZEN  FOR  CITY  CHILDREN," 
$  1  .55  prepaid,  to  any  address  in  the  United  States  on  receipt  of  $1.10 

(Canadian  or  Foriegn  subscribers  add  20  cents  or  40  cents  respec- 
tively, for  postage.)      You  may  use  this  offer  to  renew  your  sub- 


Price  50  Cents  ,* 


NOTE: 


for 


<fcl     1Q  scription  if  you  like. 


This  offerrmay  not  appear  again,  so  attend  to  it  today.     Address 

The  Kindergarten -Magazine  Co 

59  West  96th.  Street,  NEW  YORK. 


KINDERGARTEN  SUPPLIES 

Bradley's  School  Paints,  Raphia,  Reed,  and  all  Construction 

Material 
WE  ARE  HEADQUARTERS  FOR  ALL  THE  ABOVE.    Send  for  Catalogue. 

THOS.  CHARLES  CO.  80=82  Wabash  Avenue., Chicago,  III. 


THE 

WORLD 

RENOWNED 


The  many  points 
ofs  uperi  ority 
were  never  better 
emphasized  than 
intheSOHMER 
PIANO  of  today. 


It  is  built  to  sat- 
isfy I  he  most  cul- 
tivated tastes  :   : 


The  advantage 
of  such  a  piano 
appeals  at  once 
to  the  discrimi- 
uating  intelli- 
gence of  t  h  <_• 
leading:  artists. 


SOHMER  &    CO, 

WARER00Y1S-C0R.    5th  AVE.  AND  22nd  St. 


NEW  YORK 


Summer  School 

OF  THE  SOUTH 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TENNESSEE 

KNOXVILLE 

Seventh  Session;  Six  weeks 
June  23-July  31,  1908 

Best    summer  school    for    teachers. 

Reorganized  and  enlarged  to 
the  increasing  demands  of  pro- 
gressive teachers. 

Consecutive  courses  of  two, 
three,  and  four  years,  with  direc- 
tions and  outlines  for  home  study 
for  those  who  desire  it. 

Courses  in  Kindergarten,  Pri- 
mary Methods,  Music,  Drawing, 
Manual  Training,  Nature  Study 
and  Biology,  including  Human 
Physiology  and  Hygiene,  Agricul- 
ture, Horticulture,  Forestry, School 
Gardening,  Geography,  Geology, 
Physics,  Chemistry,  Mathematics, 
English,  Literature,  the  Bible, 
Latin,  Greek,  German,  French, 
Spanish,  History.  Economics,  So- 
ciology, Psychology,   Education. 

From-  60  to  75  public  lectures, 
readings  and  aiusic  recitals  of  the 
highest  type. 

No  charge  except  registration 
fee  of  $10. 

Official  announcement  ready 
about  the  first  of  March.     Address 

P.    P.   CLAXTON, 

Superintendent. 


Try  the  American  Kindergarten 
Supply  House,  Manistee,  Mich. 
Price  List  free. 


See  Announcement  of  our  Christmas  Gift,  p.  70 


CHRISTMAS  NUMBER 


Evan^  ,         -tent 

EVASION,  iu„ 


DECEMBER,  1908 


INDEX  TO  CONTENTS 


The  Right  of  the  Child  to  a  Proper 

Life  Equipment  -  -  E.  Lyell  Earle, 

The  Kindergarten  and  Social  Service    Nettie  P.  Sehiverin, 
The  Kindergarten  a  Culture  Period  in  -    * 


Life 

Editorial  Notes  -  -  - 

The  I.  K.  U,  at  Buffalo 
A  Christmas  Symposium 
Suggestions  on  Christmas  Month 
Suggestions  for  Occupation  Work  for 

Christmas  Month 
Teaching  History  by  Puppets 
Drawing,  Cutting,  Paper  Folding  and 

Tearing  for  December 
Kindergarten  Gifts 
Two  December  Visitors 
A  December  Program 
Kindergarten  Grand  Opera, 


Julia  A.  Balback, 


Jenny  B  Merrill,  Pd. 
Bertha  Johnston, 

Bertha  Johnston, 


D. 


Lileon  Clapton, 
Bertha  Johnston, 
Sibyl  Elder, 
Helen  D  Denfigh 
("Mrs.  E.  Lyell") 

Auguste  S.  Earle  B.  M. 
Mari  Ruef  Hofer, 


Old  Christmas  Plays  and  Carols 

A  Dialogue 

Verse  from  an  old  Bavarian  Christmas  Play 

Shepherd  Song  -  - 

Santa  Claus  Magical  Gift  -     ,      Bertha  Johnston, 

Books  For  Holiday  Gifts  - 


71 

79 

80 

81 
81 
64 

87 

89 
91 

92 

94 
97 

98 

99 
103 
103 
104 
104 
104 


Volume  XXI,  No.  3. 


$1.00  per  Year,  15  cents  per  Copy 


,  Iff  Iff 


KINDERGARTEN  SUPPLIES 

Bradley's  School  Paints,  Raphia,  Reed,  and  all  Construction 

Material 
WE  ARE  HEADQUARTERS  FOR  ALL  THE  ABOVE.    Send  for  Catalogue. 

THOS.  CHARLES  CO.  80=82  Wabash  Avenue., Chicago,  111. 


THE 

WORLD 

RENOWNED 


The  many  points 
ofs  uperiority 
were  never  better 
emphasized  thap 
intheSOHMER 
PIANO  of  today. 


It  is  built  to  sat- 
isfy the  most  cul- 
tivated tastes  :   : 


The  advantage 
of  such  a  piano 
appeals  at  once 
to  the  discrimi- 
n  a  t  i  n  g  intelli- 
gence of  the 
leading  artists. 


SOHMER  &  CO. 

WAREROOMS--COR.  Sth  AVE.  AND  22nd  St.  NEW  YORK 


Lakeside  Classics 

AND 

Books  for  Supplementary 
Reading 

Please  send  for  descriptive  list  of  Selec- 
tions from  English  and  American  au- 
thors and  for  stories  prepared  for  all 
grades  from  third  to  last  year  in  High 
School.  132  numbers  In  Lakeside 
series  at  prices  from  a  cents  to  35  cents, 
depending  on  amount  of  material  and 
style  of  binding;—  any  book  sent  post- 
paid on  receipt  of  price. 

Ainsworth  &  Company 

377-388  Wabash    venue 

CHICAGO,  ILL 


Louisiana  School  Review 

Is  the  only  educational  paper  pub- 
lished in  Louisiana.  It  shows  the 
movement  which  is  now  sweeping 
over  the  state.  That  advertisers 
and  readers  appreciate  its  worth  is 
shown  by  its  steadily  growing 
patronage.  If  you  would  reach 
Louisiana  teachers  or  know  what 
they  are  doing,  patronize  the  Re- 
view. 

Business  correspondence  should 
be  addressed  to  W.  C.  ROATEN, 
Bus.  Mgr.,  Bernice,  La.,  and  edi- 
torial correspondence  to  E.  F. 
Gayle.  Lafayette,  La. 


Educational  Exchange  &  Realty  Co. 

Educational  journals  and  other 
periodicals  bought  and  sold.  Pub- 
lishers desiring  to  dispose  of  same 
will  be  put  in  touch  with  the  right 
parties  to  effect  a  deal.  Corre- 
spondence confidential. 

FOR  SALE. — A  well-established 
Normal  School  and  College  in 
prosperous  condition.  Worth  fully 
$ou,000.00.  Present  owners  will 
open  books  for  inspection.  Those 
interested  must  give  satisfactory 
references  as  to  having  the  neces- 
sary capital  for  so  large  an  invest- 
ment. 

We  have  for  sale  also  a  business 
college  upon  most  r  easonable 
terms.     Address 

EDUCATIONAL  EXCHANGE  AND 
UEALTY  CO., 

Lock  Box  195, 

Indianapolis,  Ind. 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Massachusetts  Training  Schools 

BOSTON 

Miss   Laura   Fisher's 

TRAINING    SCHOOL    FOR 

KINDERGARTNERS 

Normal  Course,  2  years. 

Post-Graduate  Course. 

Special  Course. 

For  circulars  addrrsss 
292    Marlborough    St.,        BOSTON,    MASS. 

Kindergarten  Training  School 

82   St.    Stephen    Street,   Boston. 

Normal  Course,  two  years. 

For  circulars  addresss 
MISS    Ll'CY    HARRIS    STMONDS. 


MISS    ANNIE    COOLIDUE    BEST'S 

Froebel  School  of  Kinder- 
garten Normal  Classes 

BOSTON,    MASS. 

Kejrular    Two    Years'    Course. 

Post-Graduate    Course.      Special    Courses. 

Sixteenth    Year. 

For  circulars  address 

MISS  RUST,  PIERCE   BLDG., 

Copley  Square. 

BOSTON 

Perry     Kindergarten     Normal 
School 

MRS.    ANNIE    MOSELEY   FERRY, 
Principal, 

IK  Huntington  Ave.,  BOSTON,  MASS. 

Miss  Wheelock's  Kindergarten 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

134    Newbury    Street,        BOSTON,    MASS. 

Regular    Two    Years'    Course. 

Special    One    Year   Course    for    graduate 
students. 

Students'    Home,  at    the   Marenholz. 

For  circulars   address 

LICY    WHEELCCK. 

BOSTON 

The   Garland 
Kindergarten   Training  School 

Normal    Course,    two    years. 
Home-making     Course,     one    year. 
MRS.     MARGARET    3.     STANNARD, 
Principal. 

19   Chestnut  Street,  Boston. 


Springfield   Kindergarten 

Normal    Training    Schools 

Two  Years'  Course.    Terms,  §100  per  year. 

Apply    to 

HATTIE  TWICHELL, 

SPRINGFIELD— LONGMEADOAV,   MASS. 


New   York   Training   Schools 


The    Kraus    Seminary    for 
Kindergartners 

REGULAR  AND  EXTENSION 
COURSES. 

MRS.  MARIA  KRAUS-BOELTE 

Hotel  San  Renio,      Central  Park  West 
75th   Street,  -  NEW  YORK  CITY 


THE  ELLIMAN  SCHOOL 

Kindergarten  Normal  Class 

POST-GRADUATE  CLASSES. 

Twenty-fifth    Year. 

1C7  W.  57th  Street,       NEW  YORK  CITY 

Opposite    Carnegie    Hall. 


Miss  Jenny  Hunter's 
Kindergarten   Training  School 

15  West  127th  St.,  NEW  YORK  CITY. 

Two  Years'   Course,   Connecting  Class  and 
Primary    Methods. 

ADDRESS 
2079    Fifth    Ave.,    New    York   City. 


Kindergarten    Normal   Department 

Ethical  Culture  School 

For   information   address 

MISS   CAROLINE   T.    HAVEN,   Principal, 

Central  Park  West  and  63d  St. 

NEW    YORK. 


TRAINING  SCHOOL 

OF    THE 

Buffalo  Kindergarten  Assoc'n. 

Two  Years'   Course. 
For   particulars    address 

MISS  ELLA   C.   ELDER, 
8C   Delaware  Avenue,       -       Buffalo,  N.    Y. 

Connecticut  Training  Schools 

BRIDGEPORT 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 


KINDERGARTNERS 

IN    AFFILIATION    WITH 

The  New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Will    open    its    eighth    year   September   IS 
For    circulars,    information,    etc.,    address 

MARY  C.  MILLS,  Principal 

17U    West    Avenue, 
BRIDGEPORT,    -    -    CONN. 

The      Fannie      A.      Smith 

Froebel    Kindergarten 

and  Training  School 

Good  Kindergarten  teachers  have  no 
trouble  in  securing  well-paying  positions. 
In  fact,  we  have  found  the  demand  for 
our  graduates  greater  than  we  can  sup- 
ply.     One  and    two   years'   course. 

For     Catalogue,     address 

FANNIE  A.   SMITH,  Principal, 
Lafayette  Street,    BRIDGEPORT,   CONN. 


ADELPHI    COLLEGE 

Lafayette  Avenue,  St.  James  and  Clifton  Places.  BROOKLYN,  NEW  YORK 

Normal  School  for  Kindergartners 

Two  Years'  Course.  Address  Prof.  Anna  E.   Harvey,  Supt 


Established    1896 


The  New  York 

Froebel  Normal 

KINDERGARTEN  and  PRIMARY  TRAINING 


College     Preparatory.    Teachers'    Academic.    Music 

E.  LYELL  EARL,  Ph.  D.,  Principal. 

HARRIETTS  M.  MILLS,  Head  of  Department  of  Kindergarten  Training. 

MARIE  RUEP  H0FEK,  Department  of  Music. 


Eleventh  Year  opens  Wednesday,  Sept.  18, 1907 
Write  for  circulars.  Address, 

59  West  96th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Michigan  Training  Schools 


Grand  Rapids 
Kindergarten  Training  School 


Winter  and  Summer  Terms. 

Oct.  1st,   1U0K,   to  June  1st,   1909. 

July  1st  to  August   21st,    1909. 

CERTIFICATE,    DIPLOMA    AND 
NORMAL,    COURSES. 

CLARA   "WHEELER,    Principal. 
MAT   L.   OGILBT,   Registrar. 

Shepard    Building,       -       23    Fountain    St. 
GRAND   RAPIDS,  MICH. 


Maine  Training  Schools 


Miss  Norton's  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

PORTLAND,    MAINE. 

Two    Years'    Course. 

For  circulars  addresss 

15  Dow   Street,         -        PORTLAND,  ME. 

Miss  Abby  N.  Norton 


Ohio  Training  Schools 


OHIO,   TOLEDO,   2313   Ashland    Ave. 

THE     MISSES     LAW'S 

FROEBEL    KINDERGARTEN    TRAIN- 
ING   SCHOOL. 

Medical  supervision.     Personal  attention. 
Thirty-five    practice    schools. 
Certificate  and  Diploma  Courses. 

MARY  E.    LAW,    M.   D.,    Principal. 


Kindergarten     Training 

Exceptional  advantages — daily  practice, 
lectures  from  Professors  of  Oberlin  Col- 
lege and  privilege  of  Elective  Courses  In 
the  College  at  special  rates.  Charges 
moderate.  Graduates  readily  find  posi- 
tions. 

For    Catalogue    address    Secretary 
OBERLIN    KINDERGARDEN    ASSOCIA- 
TION, 
Drawer  K,  Oberlin,  Ohio. 


Indiana  Training  Schools 


CLEVELAND     KINDERGARTEN 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

In  Affiliation  with  the 
CIHCAGO    KINDERGARTEN    COLLEGE 

Corner  of  Cedar  and  Watkins  Aves., 
Cleveland,  Ohio. 

(Founded  in  1S94) 
Course  of  study  under  direction  of  Eliza- 
beth Harrison,  covers  two  years  in  Cleve- 
land, leading  to  senior  and  normal  courses 
in   the   Chicago   Kindergarten   Course. 

MISS   NETTA  FARIS,    Principal. 
MRS.    W.   R.    WARNER,    Manager. 


The      Teachers'      College 
of  Indianapolis 

For  the   Training  of   Kindergartners   and 
Primary    Teachers. 

Regular  Course  two  years.  Preparatory 
Course  one  year.  Post-Graduate  Course 
for  Normal  Teachers,  one  year.  Primary 
training  a   part  of   the  regular  work. 

Classes  formed  in  September  and  Feb- 
ruary. 

90  Free  Scholarships  Granted 

Each   Year. 

Special  Primary  Class   in   May  and   June. 
Send   for   Catalogue. 

Mrs.  Eliza  A.  Blaker,  Pres. 

THE   WILLIAM    N.    JACKSON   MEMOR- 
IAL   INSTITUTE, 

23d  and  Alabama  Streets. 


The  Richmond  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

14  West  Main  Street. 
DRAWING,    SINGING,   PHYSICAL   CUL- 
TURE. 

ALICE   N.    PARKER,    Frincipat. 

Two  years  in  course.  Froebei's  theory 
and  practice.  Also  a  third  year  course 
for   graduates. 

SPECIAL  LECTURES. 


Kentucky  Training  Schools 


TRAINING   SCHOOL   OF  THE 

Louisville    Free    Kindergarten 
Association 

Louisville,    Ky. 

FACULTY: 

Miss  Mary    Hill,    Supervisor. 

Mrs.  Robert  D.  Allen,  Senior  Critic  and 
Training  Teacher. 

Miss  Alexina  G.  Booth,  History  and  Phil- 
osophy  of  Education. 

Miss  Jane  Akin,  Primary  Sunday  School 
Methods. 

Miss  Allene  Seaton,   Manual  Work. 

Miss  Frances    Ingram,    Nature    Study. 

Miss  Anna   Moore,   Primary  Methods. 

Miss  Margaret  Byers,  Art  Work. 


New  Jersey  Training  Schools 


Illinois  Training  Schools 
Kindergarten  Training  School 

Resident    home   for   a   limited   number   of 
students. 

Chicago  Free  Kindergarten  Association 

H.    N.    Higinbotham,    Pres. 

Mrs.    P.    D.    Armour,    Vice-Pres. 
SARAH  E.   HANSON,    Principal. 

Credit  at  the 
Northwestern   and  Chicago    Universities, 

For  particulars  address  Eva  B.  Whit- 
more,  Supt.,  6  E.  Madison  St.,  cor.  Mich 
ave.,  Chicago. 


PESTALOZZI-FROEBEL 

Kindergarten   Training 
School 

at  CHICAGO  COMMONS,  180  Grand  Ave. 

Mrs  Bertha  Hofer  Hegner,  Superintendent 
Mis   Amelia    Hofer,    Principal. 

THIRTEENTH    YEAR. 

Regular  course  two  years.  Advanced 
courses  for  Graduate  Students.  A  course 
in  Home  Making.  Includes  opportunity  to 
become  familiar  with  the  Social  Settle- 
ment movement.  Fine  equipment.  For 
circulars    and    information    write    to 

MRS.    BERTHA    HOFER-HEGNER, 

180    Grand   Ave.,    Chicago. 


Chicago    Froebel    Association 

Training  Class  for  Kindergartners. 

(Established    1876.) 

Two  Years'  Course.  Special  Courses  un- 
der Professors  of  University  of  Chicago 
receive  University  credits.  For  circulars 
apply   to 

MRS.  ALICE  H.  PUTNAM,  or  MISS  M. 
L.    SHELDON,    Associate    Principals, 


1008  Fine  Arts  Building, 


Chicago,  111. 


Miss  Cora  Webb  Peet 

KINDERGARTEN   NORMAL   TRAINING 
SCHOOL 

Two    Years'    Course. 
For    circulars,    address 

MISS  CORA  WEBB   PEET, 
16   Washington  St.,       East  Orange,  N.  J. 


OHIO 


COLUMBUS 


Kindergarten  Normal  Training  School 

EK1HTEENTH  YEAR  BEOINS  SEPTEnBEit  25,  1907 

Frochelian  Philosophy.  (Jilts.  Occupation.  Stones,  Games.  Music  and  Dra 
Psychology  and  Nature  Work  taught  at  Ohio  State  University-two  years'  c< 


17th  and  Broad 
Si  recta 


CHICAGO 

KINDERGARTEN 

INSTITUTE 

Gertrude  House,  40  Scott  Street 


Regular  Course— Two  Years. 
Post-graduate  Course — One  Year. 
Supplementary  Course — One  Year. 
Non-professional     Home   Making 

Course — One  Year. 

University  Credits 
Residence  for  students  at  Gertrude 

House. 


DIRECTORS 

Miss  CAROLINE  C.  CRONISE 
Mrs.  MARY  B.  PAGE 
Mrs.  ETHEL  ROE  LINDGREN 
Miss  FRANCES  E,  NEwTON 

Send  for  Circulars 


RELIABLE  KlNDERGAfcTENGTRAlNlNQ  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Pennsylvania  Training  Schools 


Miss  Hart's 

Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Re-opened  Oct.  1st,  1908,  at  1615 
Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia,  The 
work  will  include  Junior,  Senic* 
Graduate  and  Normal  Trainers' 
Courses,  and  a  Mo  Kin  <  n  gar- 
ten.       For  particulars  address 

Miss  Caroline  M.  C.  Hart, 
The  Pines/  Rut  ledge.  Pa. 


The  Philadelphia  Training 
School  for  Kindergartners 

Reopens  October  2,  1908. 
Junior,   Senior  and  Special  Classes. 
Model   Kindergarten. 

Address 

MRS.  M.  L.  VAN  KIRK,  Principal, 

1333   Pine    Street,       -       Philadelphia,   Pa. 


Pittsburgh    and    Allegheny 
Kindergarten  College 

ALICE    N.    PARKER,    Superintendent. 

Regular   Course,    two   years.      Special   ad- 
vantages  for   Post-Graduate    work. 
Seventeenth   year  begins  Sept.   30,    1908 
For   Catalogue,    address 
Mrs.  William  McCracken,  Secretary, 

3439  Fifth  Avenue,      PITTSBURGH,  PA 

Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Under  the  direction  of  Miss  Caroline  M. 
C.  Hart,  will  re-open  September  26,  1907, 
at  1615  "Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia.  The 
work  will  include  Junior,  Senior,  Gradu- 
ate and  Normal  Trainers'  Courses,  Moth- 
ers' Classes,  and  a  Model  Kindergarten. 
For   particulars   address 

MISS  CAROLINE  M.  C.  HART, 
The  Pines,      -      -       -      RUTLEDGE,  PA. 


California  Training  Schools 


Oakland  Kindergarten 

TRAINING  CLASS 

State   Accredited  List. 

Seventeeth  Year  opens  September,  1907. 
Address 

Miss  Grace  Everett  Barnard, 

1374  Franklin   Street,       OAKLAND,  CAL. 


See  Our  Free 
Christmas  offer 
on  following 
Page 


Wisconsin   Training   Schools 


Milwaukee    State   Normal 
School 

Kindergarten  Training  Department. 

Two  Tears'  Course  for  graduates  of 
four-years'  high  schools.  Faculty  of 
twenty-five.  Special  advantages.  Tuition 
free  to  residents  of  Wisconsin;  $40  per 
year  to  others.  School  opens  the  first 
Tuesday   in   September. 

Send  for  Catalogue  to 
NINA  C.   VANDEVVALKER,    Director. 


Washington  Training  Schools 


WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

The    Columbia    Kindergarten 
Training   School 

2115  California  Ave.,  cor.  Connecticut  A  v. 

Certificate,    Diploma  and   Normal   Course 
Principals: 

SARA  KATHARINE  LIPPINCOTT, 
SUSAN  CHADICK  BAKER. 


Virginia  Training  Schools 


The  Richmond  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Richmond.  Va. 

Alice  N.  Baker,  Principal. 

Two  years'  course  and  Post 

Graduate  course. 

For  further  information  apply  to 

14  W.  Main  Street. 


Georgia  Training  Schools 


Atlanta  Kindergarten  Normal 
School 

Two    Years'    Course    of    Study. 
Chartered   1897. 
For    particulars    address 

WILLETTE  A.    ALLEN,   Principal, 
639  Peachtree  Street,  ATLANTA,  GA. 

Normal  Training  School 

of  the 
KATE   BALDWIN  FREE    KINDERGAR- 
TEN ASSOCIATION. 
(Established  1899) 
HORTENSE    M.    ORCUTT,    Principal     of 
the   Training   School  and   Supervisor 

of   Kindergartens. 
Application   for  entrance  to  the   Train- 
ing Schools  should  be  made  to  Miss  M.  R. 
Sasnett,   Corresponding  Secretary, 

117  Bolton  St.,     EAST  SAVANNAH,  GA. 

If  your  Training  School  is  not  represent- 
ed in  these  columns,  kindly  send  us  your 
copy,  and  let  us  put  It  among  the  others. 
Aside  rom  the  advertising  value,  both 
your  pupils  and  your  graduates  will  be 
pleased  to  see  your  training  school  have  a 
place  among  the  others  of  America. 


1874 — Kindergarten  Normal  Instituti    is —   308 

1516  Columbia  Road  N.  W.,  WASHINGTON    D.  C. 

The  citizenship  of  the  future  depends  on  the  children  of  today. 

Susan  Plessner  Pollok,  Principal.  >j|r**P** 

Teachers'  Training  Course — Two  Years. 

Summer  Training  Classes  at  Mt.  Chatauqua — Mountain  Lake  Park — 
Garrett  Co.,   Maryland. 


Repton  School 

Tarrytown=on=Hudson,  New  York. 
A  School  for  young  boys  between  the  ages  of  7  and  14.    A  few  of 
our  special  advantages  are: 

Specially  designed,  modern  buildings,  costing  over  $  100.000.00.  Numbers  are  limited 
to  Forty,  giving  an  average  of  Five  boys  in  a  class,  thus  ensuring  every  boy,  practically  in- 
dividualtuition 

A  Physica  Instructor,  qualified  in  Europe,  attends  to  the  Swedish  and  other  exer- 
cises, under  the  supervision  ot  the  School  Physician,  who  prescribes  the  exercise  for    each  boy. 

A  resident  nurse,  and  hospital  building. 

Fee  for  the  school  year  $400.00—8500.00. 

Apply  to  THE  HEADMASTER. 


A  CHRISTMAS  PRESENT  FREE 

To  Every  Subscriber!     Read  carefully 

This  is  a  straightforward,  clean  cut  proposition:  Every  persons  who  sends 
us  one  dollar,  the  price  of  the  magazine  for  one  year,  will  receive  the  magazine  for  the 
time  subscribed  for,  a  full  year  of  ten  issues,  and  in  addition  six  months  entirely 
free  of  Charge:  You  can  have  this  free  subscription  go  to  yourself  and  thus  receive  the 
magazine  for  a  year  and  a  half,  or  fifteen  issues,  or,  what  is  better,  have  it  sent  to  a 
friend,  and  in  such  case  we  will  let  the  free  subscription  begin  with  this  number  and  end 
with  the  school  year,  June,  1 909. 

This  is  the  season  of  giving,  of  self-sacrifice  and  of  good  cheer.  The  above  is  our 
gift  to  the  kindergarten  cause  and  your  opportunity  to  help  bring  the  blessings  of 
kindergarten  training  to  all  the  children  of  America  without  material  expense 

to  yourself,  for  this  magazine  goes  forth  as  a  missionary  and  pleads  for  the  child  who 
cannot  plead  for  himself.  To  extend  its  circulation  means  to  increase  the  interest  in  all 
things  pertaining  to  the  kindergarten.  If  you  would  prefer  to  have  the  entire  amount  go 
to  extend  the  circulation  of  this  magazine  we  will  send  it  to  three  new  names  for  six 
months  each.  Three  Christmas  presents  for  one  dollar,  presents  that  will  be  ap- 
preciated, that  will  help  the  recipient  to  do  better  work,  will  help  the  kinder- 
garten  cause,  will  bring  you  to  the  memory  of  your  friends  at  least  once  each  month. 

Surely  every  kindergartner  has  one  or  more  friends  who  will  appreciate  such  a  gift. 

This  offer  will  be  withdrawn  Dec.  25,  1908.  We  suggest  you  send  in  your 
subscription  now,  to=day,  lest  you  overlook  it. 

This  magazine  is  edited  not  by  theorists,  but  by  practical  kindergartners,  supervis- 
ors and  training  school  teachers  who  are  actually  engaged  in  the  work;  who  are  meeting 
and  solving  the  problems  that  you  as  a  kindergartner  or  primary  teacher  are  meeting; 
The  magazine  will  be  more  practically  helpful  than  ever.  Can  you  afford 
to  be  without  it?  Did  you  ever  know  a  really  progressive  and  successful  kindergart- 
ner who  did  not  improve  every  opportunity  to  gain  knowledge  pertaining  to  her  pro- 
fession? Can  you  hope  to  really  succeed  if  you  neglect  such  an  opportuni= 
ty?  Is  it  not  a  fact  that  if  you  do  not  read  a  kindergarten  magazine  regularly  you  can 
not  keep  abreast  of  the  times?  Will  you  not  go  on  unconsciously  but  none  the  less 
certainly  missing  information  and  inspiration  so  easily  obtained  that  you  will  soon  be  one 
of  the  few  not  to  possess  it?  Can  this  mean  success  for  you?  It  certainly  means 
under  ordinary  conditions  failure  sooner  or  later.  You  must  keep  alive  or  you  cannot 
do  the  work  as  the  world  must  have  it  done  to=day.  And  if  you  cannot  suc- 
ceed in  that  way  neither  can  your  friend. 

Our  offer  enables  you  to  help  her  practically  with  little  expense  to  yourself.  Are 
you  not  willing  to  do  SO  at  this  glad  Christmas  season? 

Address,  J.  H.  SHULTS,  Business  Manager  Kindergarten=Primary  Magazine,  Manistee,  Mich. 

Outline  of  U.  S.  History 

SUITABLE  FOR  THE  GRADES.    SECOND  EDITION  NOW  READY. 

A  SUCCESSFUL  TEACHER  SAYS: 
The  Palmer  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Gentlemen: — During  the  passing  term,  I  have  used  the  Kingsley's  Outline  of  United  States  History  with 
my  teachers,  who  were  preparing  to  take  the  examination  for  licenses  to  teach  in  New  York  City.  I  am  glad  to  say 
that  we  are  satisfied  with  that  book.  It  is  more  than  a  mere  outline;  it  is  in  itself  sufficient  for  review,  without  the 
aid  of  a  large  text-book. 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Yours  truly,  T.  J,  McEVOY. 

The  above-named  book  will  be  sent  postpaid  on  receipt  of  35  cents. 

THE  PALMER  COMPANY 

50  Bromfield  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 


Ofye  3iin6ero(arten-  Jprimar?  Mtaga^ine 

VOL.  XXI— DECEMBER,  1908— NO.  3 


The  Kindergarten- Primary  Magazine 

Devoted  to  the  Child  and  to  the  Unity  of  Educational 

Theory  and  Practice  frcm  the  Kindergarten 

Through  the  University. 

Editorial  Booms,  59  West  OGtli  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
EDITORIAL  COMMITTEE. 

J«nny  B.  Merrill,  Ph.  D.,   Supervisor  Kindergartens, 

Manhattan,  The  Bronx  and  Richmond 

E.  Lyell  Earle,  Ph.  D Managing  Editor 

Harriette  Al.  Mills New  York  Proebel   Normal 

Mari  Kuef  Hot'er Teachers'  College 

itaiiiel  Snedden,  Ph.  I) Te.aehers'  Collese 

Bertha  Johnston New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Ernest  N.  Henderson,  Ph.   D.  .  .  • -Adolphi  College,   Brooklyn 

John  Hall,  A.  M University  of  Cincinnati 

Walter  E.  Dearborn,  Ph.  D University  of  Wisconsin 

Ernest  Farrington,  Pli.  D -...University  of  California 

Ray  V.  Strickler,  Illustrator,  Hillsdale,  Mich 

All    Communications    shoald    be    addressed    to    tile 
Manistee  Office. 

J.  H.  SHL'LTS,  Business  Manager,  Manistee. 

The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  is  published  oh  the 
first  of  each  month,  except  July  and  August,  from  278  River 
Street,   Manistee,   Mich. 

The  Subscription  price  is  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 
Single  copies,   15c. 

Postage  is  Prepaid  by  the  publishers  for  all  subscriptions  in 
the  United  States,  Hawaiian  Islands,  Philippine  Islands,  Guam, 
Porto  Rico,  Tutuila  (Samoa),  Shanghai,  Canal  Zone,  Cuba, 
and  Mexico.  Eor  Canada  add  2Co  and  for  all  ether  countries 
in  the  Postal  Union  add  40c  l'or  postage. 

Notice  of  Expiration  is  sent,  but  it  is  assumed  that  a  con- 
tinuance of  the  subscription  is  desired  until  notice  of  discon- 
tinuance is  received.  When  sending  notice  of  change  of  ad- 
dress, both  the  old  and  new  addresses  must  be  given. 

Remittances  should  be  sent  by  draft,  Express  Order  or 
Money  Order,  payable  to  The  Kindergarten  Magazine  Com- 
pany.    If  a  local  check  is  sent,  it  must  include  10c  exchange. 

Copyrighted,  1908,  by  The  Kindergarten  Magazine  Co.  En- 
tered as  Second  Class  Matter  in  the  Postoffice  at  Manistee, 
Michigan. 

THE  RIGHT   OF  THE  CHILD   TO   A 
PROPER  LIFE  EQUIPMENT. 

E.    LYELL   EARLE, 
President  New  York  Froebel  Normal.* 

As  I  sat  here  this  morning  listening  to 
the  addresses  of  the  President  of  the  Rhode 
Island  Institute  of  Instruction  and  to  the 
remarks  of  His  Excellency,  the  governor  of 
the  state,  who  touched  so  clearly  on  the 
vital  topics  of  education  today  and  watched 
the  impressions  made  on  this  large  body  of 
representative  teachers,  I  was  compelled  to 
appreciate  the  importance  of  such  matters 
as  this  for  the  betterment  of  education 
throughout  the  entire  state.  Rhode  Island 
is  one  of  the  few  states  in  which  such  a 
gathering  is  possible.  Whether  the 
teachers  are  realizing  their  full  strength  in 
such  an  assemblage,  whether  they  are  get- 
ting out  of  it  the  full  value  of  their  strength 
in  forming  and  sustaining  public  opinion,  is 
a  question  that  must  be  answered  by  those 
of  you  who  are  on  the  ground  all  the  time. 
Such  a  body  of  teachers  represents  the 
largest  amount  of  organized  intelligence  in 
the    state    and    when    such    intelligence    is 

*Address  delivered  at  Rhode  Island  State  In- 
stitute. 


directed  through  united  efforts  toward 
definite  results,  there  is  scarcely  anything 
within  justice  that  you  may  not  obtain  by 
constant  well  directed  effort. 

The  topic  that  has  been  assigned  me  for 
a  discussion  this  morning  is  one  that  must 
appeal  to  every  true  teacher  and  one  that 
contains,  in  germ  at  least,  almost  all  the 
problems  of  education  that  are  demanding 
solution  today. 

We  are  living  truly  in  the  golden  age  of 
education.  Never  in  the  history  of  the 
world  has  there  been  such  wide  spread  in- 
terest in  the  subject  of  the  education  of  the 
child.  Never  have  nations  expended  such 
vast  sums  of  money  for  the  realization  of 
this  end.  Throughout  the  world  statesmen 
are  giving  the  question  of  education  the 
profoundest  consideration.  Philosophers 
are  revising  their  theories  of  knowledge 
and  their  standards  of  worth.  Scientists 
are  investigating  with  the  most  fearless 
hand  problems  of  physical  and  mental  con- 
ditions for  the  purpose  of  furthering  the 
well  being  of  the  child  during  the  period 
of  his  formal  education.  The  United  States 
today  is  contributing  for  school  purposes 
almost  as  much  money  as  the  rest  of  the 
world  is  expending  in  public  instruction. 
Buildings  that  rival  in  splendor  the  palaces 
of  the  ancient  world  and  surpass  in 
academic  equipment  the  dreams  of  the 
most  enthusiastic  pedagogues  welcome  the 
child  as  he  leaves  the  home  for  his  first 
formal  step  into  education  and  impress  him 
with  the  vastness  and  importance  of  the 
course  upon  which  he  is  about  to  enter. 

Normal  schools  and  city  training  schools 
are  centering  their  attention  on  the  practi- 
cal aspect  of  education,  and  colleges  and 
universities  are  revising  their  faculties  and 
planning  their  courses,  to  a  very  conscious 
extent,  for  the  furtherance  of  the  educa- 
tional equipment  of  its  graduates. 

But  while  we  are,  indeed,  living  in  the 
golden  age  of  education,  which  does  not 
necessarily  mean  that  the  pedagogue  is  re- 
ceiving a  large  or  adequate  share  of  the 
golden  shekles,  while  all  of  this  activity, 
interest  and  expenditure  are  manifest 
around  about  us,  we  cannot  deny  that  there 
is  a  great  deal  of  unrest  in  the  educational 
world,  that  there  is  a  great  deal  of  dissatis- 
faction with  the  results  of  school  education, 
at  least  among  men  who  are  meeting  the 


72 


Kindergarten-primary  magazine. 


hard  facts  of  life  in  the  commercial  and  in- 
dustrial enterprises  of  the  clay. 

Men  in  business,  who  are  accustomed  to 
figure  out  to  the  fraction  of  a  per  cent  the 
results  of  every  penny  of  expenditure,  are 
inquiring  whether  the  large  amount  of 
money  put  annually  into  our  great  school 
systems  is  declaring  an  adequate  and  en- 
couraging dividend.  For  many  years  past 
the  college  graduate  and  the  university 
man  have  been  the  butt  of  industrial  ridi- 
cule. It  had  come  to  be  almost  a  by-word 
that  the  success  of  a  college  man  in  busi- 
ness was  an  exception  emphasized  by  the 
fact  of  its  rare  occurence.  The  longer  a 
boy  remained  in  school  beyond  the  period 
of  late  infancy  the  worse  he  seemed  to  be 
equipped  for  doing  things  in  the  shop,  or 
in  the  store,  or  in  the  office ;  the  longer  it 
seemed  to  take  him  to  find  himself  in  any 
particular  industrial  activity,  as  if  his  ability 
to  get  along  in  life  was  inversely  propor- 
tional to  the  length  of  time  he  spent  in 
school,  and  to  the  relative  success  he  at- 
tained therein. 

As  a  result  of  investigations  made  in 
shops  and  offices  and  department  stores  in 
New  York  State  it  was  found  that  boys 
and  girls  leaving  the  elementary  school 
after  the  legal  age,  and  after  having  passed 
the  so-called  educational  test  were  practi- 
cally helpless  in  specific  knowledge  that 
might  help  them  in  the  particular  work 
they  were  undertaking.  Boys  and  girls 
who  can  do  formal'  decimals  out  of  arith- 
metics when  presented  according  to  school 
method,  would  not  know  how  to  write  a 
bill  where  applied  decimals  was  an  absolute 
necessity.  In  the  making  out  of  reports, 
the  most  unusual  errors  in  spelling  and 
sentence  form  were  made  by  boys  and  girls 
who  had  a  fair  amount  of  accuracy  in  for- 
mal grammar  and  formal  composition.  In 
the  shop  and  factory  where  manual  skill  or 
a  working  knowledge  of  tools  was  desir- 
able, it  was  found  that  the  process  had  to 
begin  and  that  the  ordinary  things  that 
boys  knew  from  their  mere  home  life  15  or 
20  years  ago,  were  entirely  unheard  of, 
were  entirely  lost  to  the  public  school  boy 
of  the  present  generation.  When  it  came 
to  the  knowledge  and  application  of  ele- 
mentary principles  of  hygiene,  sanitation, 
ventilation,  etc.,  these  boys  and  girls  were 
entirely  oblivious  of  the  existence  of  such 
problems  and  had  to  be  taught  and  directed 
in  the  most  elementary  lines  of  health.  It 
was  found,  in  a  word,  without  going  into 


more  detail,  that  the  school  subjects  were 
not  functioning  out  in  life,  were  not  finding 
an  expression  or  continuation  in  the 
activities  of  most  boys  and  girls  who  go 
into  business  offices,  factories,  shops  or 
other  commercial  work. 

The  same  complaint  is  raised  as  to  the 
equipment  for  citizenship,  as  to  the 
knowledge  of  the  practical  needs  that  go 
to  make  government  an  expression  of  the 
people's  will,  a  corporation  carried  on  along 
economic  lines  for  the  best  interest  and 
profit  of  its  every  member. 

I  have  often  stood  in  the  City  Hall  or 
Countv  Building  in  New  York  City  and 
watched  the  helplessness  of  men  and 
women  who  came  there  for  the  ordinary 
purpose  of  paying  taxes,  witnessed  the  sigh 
of  relief  with  which  they  placed  their 
money  into  the  hands  of  some  astute  poli- 
tician who  had  cleverness  enough  to  study 
out  the  practical  workings  of  government, 
illustrating  how  absolutely  helpless  most 
men  are  when  it  comes  to  even  the  ordinary 
functions  of  citizenship.  I  will  not  here  go 
into  the  question  of  civic  co-operation  in 
the  department  of  cities  and  state  govern- 
ment such  as  a  working  knowledge  of 
police  and  fire  department,  street  cleaning, 
sanitation  and  drainage,  where  the  millions 
of  dollars  of  annual  taxation  go  to  and  the 
thousand  and  one  other  questions  that  are 
vital  to  life  and  that  I  am  sorry  to  say  are 
so  seldom  touched  on  in  our  courses  of  his- 
tory, civics  and  economics  even  in  the  best 
schools  of  the  country. 

Furthermore,  women  have  not  escaped 
the  accusation  that  higher  education  has 
made  them  less  fit  for  their  true  place  in 
life  as  many  of  their  supreme  self-con- 
stituted lords  and  masters  conceive  this 
true  place  to  be.  The  high  school  and 
college  were  blamed-  for  having  established 
standards  that  were  artificial,  for  having 
cultivated  tastes  that  could  not  be  satisfied, 
for  having  neglected  courses  that  made  for 
proper  domestic  economy  and  bliss,  which, 
with  many  people,  seem  to  be  synonomous, 
and  which  left  them  practically  unfit  for  the 
higher  functions  of  life,  of  motherhood  and 
mother  nurture  in  the  conduct  of  the  home, 
and  in  the  rearing  of  the  family  for  the 
realization  of  the  noblest  and  best  ideas  of 
life. 

On  several  occasions,  I  have  been 
tempted  to  test  the  accuracy  of  the  young 
mother's  knowledge  as  to  the  properties  of 
food  stuffs  and  especial  methods  of  caring 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


n 


for  the  young  child  that  love  and  nature 
have  placed  in  her  keeping.  I  recall  par- 
ticularly one  instance  a  few  years  ago, 
while  sitting  on  the  beach  at  the  seashore 
and  watching  two  beautiful  children  play- 
ing in  the  sand  and  the  proud  young  mother 
sitting  near.  She  might  well  be  a  repre- 
sentative American  mother  of  today  and  I 
thought  I  would  test  some  of  my  notions 
as  to  the  accuracy  of  some  mothers' 
knowledge  as  to  what  they  are  doing  daily 
for  their  children.  I  began  with  the  chil- 
dren as  a  path  to  the  mother's  attention  and 
in  a  few  minutes  was  engaged  in  conver- 
sation with  her,  praising  her  lovely  boy  and 
girl  and  leading  her  on  to  reveal  to  me  some 
of  her  special  methods  in  their  training.  I 
found  her  a  graduate  of  one  of  our  best 
women's  colleges  and  a  sane,  modest 
mother  truly  devoted  to  her  home  and  to 
her  children.  When  we  came  to  the  ques- 
tion of  food  stuffs,  she  told  me  that  she  fed 
them  "Force"  mornings  and  other  staple 
articles  and  I  asked  her  if  she  did  not  know 
that  "Force"  was  said  to  contain  a  chemical 
poisoning  that  in  a  short  time  acted  on  the 
nerves  of  the  children,  worse  even  than 
excessive  use  of  coffee  or  alcohol.  She 
seemed  to  be  horrified  at  the  thought  and 
immediately  vowed  she  would  never  again 
feed  her  children  with  "Force."  I  found 
that  after  lunch,  at  the  hotel,  she  warned 
all  the  other  mothers  against  this  poisonous 
food  and  the  result  was  that  if  I  had  not 
stopped  the  little  scheme  I  had  been  test- 
ing, I  might  have  found  myself  a  fit  subject 
for  criminal  prosecution  by  one  of  the  food 
trusts  that  had  originated  or  industrialized 
the  preparation  of  what  the  child  should 
eat.  This  is  a  simple  case,  but  it  illustrates 
the  point  that  as  a  matter  of  fact  none  of 
us,  and  I  am  not  reflecting  here  upon  the 
devoted  open  hearted,  earnest  mother,  that 
none  of  us  is  getting  out  of  his  course 
work  the  things  that  should  be  gotten 
therefrom,  to  make  his  work  less  a  process 
of  learning  and  more  a  process  of  applica- 
tion and  result. 

In  a  word  there  is  a  feeling  abroad,  not 
only  among  business  men  and  statesmen, 
but  also  among  educators,  that  the  schools 
today  are  not  giving  the  child  his  best  life 
equipment.  That  there  is  much  to  be  done 
before  the  mere  conferring  of  the  gradua- 
tion diploma,  whether  it  be  of  the  grammar 
school  or  of  the  high  school,  or  of  the  col- 
lege or  professional  school,  will  be  at  least 
a  probable  assurance  that  the  graduate  is 


properly  equipped  for  some  real  life  pur- 
pose. 

If  then  as  educators,  we  are  the  first  to 
admit  that  the  child  has  a  right  to  a  proper 
life  equipment,  and  that  as  a  matter  of  fact 
he  is  not  getting  this  equipment,  we  must 
determine  where  the  responsibility  lies 
and  what  particular  agencies  are  not  ful- 
filling their  duty  in  the  matter. 

People  are,  it  seems  to  me,  all  too  prone 
to  place  all  the  blame  for  all  failures  on  the 
school.  They  seem  to  forget  that  there  are 
other  institutions  whose  duty  it  is  to  edu- 
cate in  a  large  sense,  they  seem  to  forget 
that  the  home,  and  the  church  and  the  state 
even  outside  of  its  formal  expression  in  the 
school  are  also  necessary  partners  to  this 
proper  life  equipment  of  the  child.  They 
seem  to  forget  that  the  child,  too  often 
comes  to  school,  physically  unfit  and  moral- 
ly depraved,  and  in  possession  of  a  set  of 
habits  that  have  a  strong  start  in  wrong 
directions  because  of  influences  from  the 
home  and  in  the  street,  which  influences 
are  pretty  sure  to  be  working  constantly 
against  the  onward  and  upward  tendencies 
of  the  school. 

The  school  has  the  child  only  a  certain 
number  of  hours  of  the  day  and  cannot  con- 
trol, to  any  extent,  the  conditions  that  pre- 
vail in  the  home  or  in  the  neighborhood, 
and  does  not  always  have  the  intelligent 
co-operation  of  the  church  or  the  civic  de- 
partments of  city  or  state  that  might  and 
should  be  marshalled  into  sustaining  the 
standards  that  the  true  school  must  set  in 
every  locality  where  it  has  become  a  proper 
life  center. 

The  school,  therefore,  is  only  partially 
responsible  for  the  proper  equipment  of  the 
child  for  life.  But  is  it  discharging  fully 
even  this  partial  responsibility?  The  ques- 
tion arises,  how  far  should  the  school  be 
merely  a  medium  for  transmitting  and  in- 
terpretating  experience,  or  to  what  extent 
should  it  forecast  the  future  and  organize 
the  child's  powers  toward  meeting  the  very 
probable  conditions  he  may  have  to  face. 
As  a  matter  of  fact  what  has  been  the 
conception  of  the  school  history?  Has 
it,  perhaps,  been  the  most  traditional  of  all 
the  great  institutions  that  educate,  with  the 
exception  possibly  of  the  church  in  some 
places,  and  at  some  periods  of  its  history? 
Has  it  not  followed  tradition  rather  than 
been  a  leader?  Has  it  been  concerned 
more  with  fossils  than  with  life?  Has  it 
been    over-weighted    with    books    and    the 


74 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


past,  rather  than  busy  with  real  things  and 
the  needs  of  the  present?  Has  it  been,  can 
it  be,  or  should  it  be,  an  originator  rather 
than  an  imitator?  An  inspirer  rather  than 
an  informer?  A  leader  rather  than  a  fol- 
lower? A  pioneer  in  every  great  field  of 
activity,  rather  than  a  late  comer  of  the 
second  and  third  generation,  who  can  enjoy 
only  the  remnants  of  the  great  live  things 
that  have  been,  and  of  the  great  successes 
already  achieved,  and  an  admirer  of  great 
deeds  that  have  been  witnessed  by  the 
original  delver  in  the  virgin  style  of  life? 

What  is  the  conception  of  the  true  func- 
tion of  the  school  today?  What  is  the  prac- 
tice? Let  us  see.  There  are  those  who  tell 
us  that  it  is  the  purpose  of  the  school  to 
develop  harmoniously  all  the  powers  of  the 
individual,  so  that  when  he  goes  out  into 
life  he  will  be  equally  equipped  to  face  any 
condition  that  may  arise,  and  embrace  the 
first  opportunities  that  present  themselves, 
and  be  equally  capable  and  successful  in 
every  possible  walk  of  life.  The  followers 
of  this  theorv  of  harmonious  development 
have  erected  institutions  devoted  to  a 
classical  literature  and  art,  and  to  tradi- 
tional mathematics  and  history,  to  gradu- 
ate men  and  women  who  at  least  have  de- 
veloped the  power  to  appreciate  the  things 
that  have  happened,  if  they  have  not  the 
power  to  see  the  things  that  are  happening 
now  and  are  really  worth  while,  or  the 
power  to  originate  things  that  shall  become 
the  standard  of  excellence  on  the  morrow. 

These  leaders  of  harmonious  develop- 
ment forget  the  great  fact  that  biology 
teaches  us  that  the  very  cellular  structure 
of  man  renders  him  potentially  incapable 
of  doing  all  things  or  of  learning  all  things 
to  an  equal  degree  of  excellence;  that  his 
physical  basis  of  activity  is  conditioned  by 
the  evolution  of  his  original  nature,  which 
gives  him  capabilities  that  are  strong  in 
certain  lines  and  weak  in  others  in  which 
it  is  physically  impossible  for  him  to  attain 
to  any  great  degree  of  excellence.  But, 
even  if  it  were  physically  possible,  it  would 
be  socially  useless,  even  if  it  were  possible 
physically  to  attain  this  harmonic  excel- 
lence to  show  that  our  students  would  be 
equally  well  equipped  in  all  subjects, 
equally  strong  in  mathematics,  or  litera- 
ture, history  and  science,  the  question 
arises  here  how  has  the  race  grown?  How 
has  it  advanced  from  the  primitive  simple 
condition  of  life  to  the  present  higher  com- 
plex   state    of    man's    social    development. 


What  is  the  difference  between  a  pioneer 
settlement  in  the  Klondike,  and  a  great 
civilized  city?  In  the  Klondike,  everybody 
is  doing  everything  for  himself.  He  is 
building  his  own  house,  hewing  his  own 
wood, .  gathering  his  own  harvest,  making 
his  own  shoes,  and  cooking  his  own  meals. 
While  in  a  great  center  of  civilization  no- 
body is  doing  anything  for  himself.  Every- 
body is  doing  something  for  somebody  else. 
One  man  makes  shoes  for  other  people, 
another  makes  ties  or  builds  houses,  or 
makes  matches  or  shoe  strings,  and  in  the 
making  of  this  particular  object  in  which 
he  has  specialized  he  secures  enough  to  hire 
somebody  else  to  do  the  other  things  for 
him  and  to  give  him  a  better  product  for 
less  money  and  a  larger  amount  of  comfort 
and  leisure  than  would  be  possible  in  primi- 
tive conditions.  The  race  has  grown,  there- 
fore, not  by  harmonious  development  of 
every  possible  power  of  man,  but  by  a  pro- 
cess of  fine  specialization,  by  a  selective 
process  based  on  native  instinct,  and  native 
tendency,  and  individual  ability  to  excel 
along  certain  given  lines. 

^  requently,  I  am  sorry  to  say  in  our 
school  work  we  start  out  on  the  old  prin- 
ciple that  true  education  consists  in  finding 
out  what  the  child  likes  to  do,  and  in  mak- 
ing him  do  the  opposite,  that,  after  all,  life 
must  be  considered,  not  being  able  to  do 
what  we  would  like  to  do,  but  being  com- 
pelled to  do  what  we  hate. 

The  child  cannot  be  properly  equipped 
for  his  true  place  in  life  by  any  such  con- 
ception of  education  or  by  the  more  har- 
monious development  of  all  the  possible 
powers  of  body  and  mind  that  the  in- 
dividual possesses. 

There  are  others  who  tell  us  that  we  are 
to  look  for  our  standard  of  life  equipment  to 
life  itself.  The  solution  is  not  to  be  found 
in  more  philosophy  or  an  individual  specu- 
lation. It  is  not  to  be  found  in  the  easier 
abstractions  of  philosophical  sociology,  but 
that  we  must  go  to  biology  as  illustrated  in 
the  evolution  of  organic  life  for  the  true 
meaning  and  aim  of  education  and  for  the 
true  means  and  the  methods  for  realizing 
this  aim.  The  first  great  truth  that  they 
urge  upon  is  that  life  has  grown  and  per- 
sists, and  reaches  its  highest  development 
b"r  a  process  of  adjustment,  by  a  process  of 
selective  adaptation.  They  show  us  incon- 
testably  that  adaption  to  life  environment 
is  a  biological  law.  That  unless  the  indi- 
vidual or  the  organism,  whether  it  be  the 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


snail  that  creeps  along  the  sea  rock,  and 
takes  on  the  hue  and  tint  of  the  very  sea 
and  rock  to  deceive  its  hungry  neighbors, 
or  the  young  Russian  bear  that  learns  to 
stand  for  days  hugging  the  leeward  side  of 
the  tree  to  escape  the  overwhelming  storm, 
or  the  human  child  which  needs  years  and 
years  of  care  to  help  it  in  the  slow  process 
of  adjustment,  that,  unless  the  individual 
becomes  quickly  and  properly  fitted  for  the 
physical  and  other  conditions  that  surround 
him  he  shall  pay  the  inevitable  penalty  of 
death.  From  this  law  there  is  no  escape. 
On  this  law  rests  the  biologic  sanction  of 
compulsory  education  namely,  that  unless 
the  child  becomes  quickly  and  properly 
equipped,  fitted  into  the  world,  to  life  con- 
ditions about  him,  failure  and  relative 
death  are  the  penalties. 

Most  teachers  are  convinced  of  the  im- 
portance of  this  great  truth  that  education 
is  essentially  a  process  of  adjustment  to 
real  life,  but  they  seem  to  forget  that  there 
is  a  two-fold  aspect  of  adjustment  to  be 
considered.  That  not  every  form  of  ad- 
justment is  a  selective  adaption ;  that  the 
real  vital  adiustment  must  come  from  with- 
in, must  have  within  it  the  element  of  per- 
sonality, of  individuality,  of  self  activity 
and  choice  on  the  part  of  the  individual  to 
any  given  situation  that  confronts  him. 

The  Navaho  Indian  who  packs  up  his 
tent  in  the  winter  and  goes  from  the  Rocky 
to  the  Pacific  Coast  to  enjoy  the  warm 
winter  breezes  of  the  Pacific  and  escape  the 
bleak  winds  of  the  plains  is  adjusting  him- 
self to  his  native  environment.  But  in  this 
case  environment  itself  is  the  master.  The 
white  man  who  stakes  his  claim  and  builds 
his  hut,  and  chops  his  wood  and  gathers 
in  his  small  supplies,  and  faces  alike  the  sun 
of  summer,  and  the  storm  of  winter,  and 
rises  master  above  the  conditions,  becomes 
a  center  of  civilization  and  is  illustrating  in 
himself  the  true  form  of  adjustment,  the 
self  active  processes  that  go  on  in  life  and 
the  self  active  processes  that  must  go  on  in 
the  school  if  the  child  is  to  be  properly 
equipped  for  his  real  life  work. 

I  recall  going  into  Fjord  of  Molde  in 
Norway  one  beautiful  summer  morning,  as 
we  rowed  into  the  crescent  town  that  lies 
one-half  encircled  by  the  mountains.  I 
was  impressed  with  the  quietness  of  the 
place.  Big  men,  big  women,  and  big  chil- 
dren all  looked  around  as  if  awed.  They 
looked  at  us  with  quiet  indifference  and 
possible   doubt   and   showed   absolutely   no 


signs  of  enthusiasm  and  very  little  interest. 
When  I  asked  them  what  was  up  in  the 
mountains,  they  said,  "Nobody  ever  goes 
up  there."  One  man  even  went  so  far  as 
to  tell  us  there  were  lions  and  tigers  in  the 
snow  clad  tops  of  the  Norwegian  Hills,  a 
sad  application  of  his  geography  as  to  local 
conditions.  On  reflecting  as  to  the  cause 
of  this  awe  and  almost  terror  in  the  attitude 
of  this  people,  I  was  impressed  with  the 
yastness  of  nature,  the  tremendous  import 
of  environment  which  awe  them  into  a 
most  passive  submission.  Behind  them  was 
the  avalanche  which  some  of  them  may 
have  seen  sweep  down  the  mountain  side 
and  crush  their  little  huts  and  almost  hurl 
them  into  the  sea.  Before  them  lay  the 
ocean,  that  in  an  hour  would  often  times 
become  mighty  in  storm  and  swallow  up 
from  their  sight  their  husbands  and 
brothers  who  were  out  seeking  from  the 
deep  a  scant  livelihood.  Here  was  a  case  of 
passive  adjustment  to  environment.  Here 
was  a  case  where  nature  was  the  master 
and  man  the  conquered. 

The  Russian  slave  whom  I  saw  in  the 
mines  of  Siberia  was  another  example  of 
this  passive  adjustment.  The  light  came 
through  a  shaft  about  five  feet  square  and 
the  eyes  of  the  condemned  were  turned 
permanently  toward  the  column  so  that  after 
vears  of  working  in  the  mines  their  eyes 
become  permanently  crossed  so  that  no 
matter  how  they  faced  their  eyes  always 
turned  in  the  direction  of  that  shaft  of  light. 
I  learned  from  investigation  that  even  after 
these  exiles  were  liberated  from  the  mines 
it  took  years  and  years  before  the  eyes  re- 
turned to  their  normal  direction.  Here  is 
a  case  again  of  passive  adjustment  where 
nature  and  environment  are  the  masters ; 
an  illustration  of  the  reason,  perhaps,  why 
so  many  fail  when  leaving  school  they  go 
out  into  a  new  environment  and  are  not 
able  either  to  meet  it  or  rise  superior  to  it. 

You  have  all  read  the  story  of  the  Battle 
of  the  Giants,  of  how  the  pigmies  of  the 
rival  states  boasted  of  the  prowess  of  their 
respective  giants  and  how  to  settle  their 
relative  strength  a  contest  was  arranged 
between  them.  The  legend  goes,  one  of 
the  giants  proved  himself  mightier  in 
wrestling  than  the  other.  He  would  seize 
his  adversary  in  his  arms,  raise  him  high 
above  his  head  and  hurl  him  with  terrific 
force  to  the  earth.  But,  by  a  strange  mar- 
vel, every  time  the  apparently  conquered 
giant  touched  the  earth,  he  rebounded  back 


76 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


with  renewed  strength  and  vigor  so  that 
the  first  giant  began  to  tire  of  the  constant 
effort  of  mastering  his  opponent  and  was 
about  to  abandon  the  conflict.  Then  a  wise 
little  pigmy  came  to  him  and  whispered 
how  he  might  conquer  his  foe  and  the  next 
time  he  seized  him  in  his  arms,  he  raised 
him  above  the  earth  and  with  his  terrific 
strength  crushed  him,  bone  and  muscle  in 
his  arms  and  held  him  there  mangled  until 
he  died.  This  legend  illustrates  what  I 
mean  by  the  importance  of  education,  in 
having  the  child  touch  life,  touch  his  en- 
vironment and  to  get  strength  from  the 
contact  instead  of  failure  and  death,  as  so 
many  of  us  do. 

These  all  illustrate  what  I  mean  by  a 
self  active  process  of  adjustment,  they  all 
show  what  I  mean  by  touchnig  life  and 
getting  strength  from  the  contact.  They 
illustrate  the  great  saying  of  Spenser  "To 
give  the  net  product  without  showing  the 
processes  by  which  nature  realizes  that 
product  is  to  invert  the  order  of  learning, 
is  to  deprive  the  child  of  the  ability  to  touch 
life  as  it  is,  to  imitate  in  his  own  profes- 
sional, industrial,  commercial  or  other  en- 
terprises, the  life  processes  themselves 
which  produce  this  successful  net  product. 

The  child,  therefore,  will  have  a  true  life 
equipment,  when  the  school  has  established 
within  him  the  habit  of  self  active  mastery 
over  his  environment,  has  brought  him  into 
possession  of  the  true  inheritance  of  the 
race,  and  made  it  possible  for  him  to  use 
that  inheritance  to  its  fullest,  and  to  trans- 
mit it  improved  to  posterity. 

When  we  turn  from  this  self  active  pro- 
cess of  individual  mastery  over  conditions, 
to  the  conditions  themselves,  we  are  met  by 
another  important  consideration  which 
may  enable  us  to  measure  again  the  extent 
of  proper  life  equipment.  The  school  as 
a  matter  of  fact  seems  to  have  been  con- 
cerned more  with  the  traditional  aspect  of 
environment  rather  than  with  the  actual 
life  about  it,  and  the  very  probable  life, 
that  is  already  beginning  to  be  for  the  stu- 
dents, who  are  soon  to  leave  its  protecting 
walls.  The  course  of  studies  in  most  of  our 
schools  has  been  made  up  of  the  logical  or- 
ganization of  man's  deeds  in  the  past.  It 
has  taken  their  language,  and  literature 
and  science  and  history,  has  glorified  the 
best  in  these,  and  has  called  the  child  in  to 
worship  at  the  shrine  of  these  past  suc- 
cesses, and  under  entirely  different  condi- 
tions, has  tried  to  force  him  to  imitate  them 


or  to  attain  the  same  degree  of  excellence. 
It  has  wearied  his  little  brain  with  language 
and  mathematical  symbols  that  have  no 
content  for  him  and  for  which  he  found  no 
use  in  life.  It  has  driven  out  the  present 
and  killed  the  living  before  admitting  them 
within  its  walls  for  study,  and  has  been  so 
concerned  with  mastering  a  resurrection  of 
the  dead  that  it  has  little  time  for  the  quick 
or  the  needs  that  are  even  now  quickening 
for  the  future.  Is  it  not  possible  for  the 
school  to  abstract  from  the  traditional  en- 
vironment of  the  race  all  that  is  of  ex- 
cellence therein  and  find  the  expression  of 
the  excellence  in  terms  of  actual  activity 
around  about  the  child  today. 

Is  it  not  possible  for  the  school  to  see  in 
the  flying  machine  the  complex  summary 
of  every  device  that  man  has  used  to  mas- 
ter his  environment  for  locomotion  and  to 
subjugate  the  forces  and  energies  of  nature 
for  his  own  welfare  and  happiness?  Is  it 
not  possible  in  a  course  in  chemistry  to 
forecast  a  combination  of  sapolio  and 
ammonia  which  will  give  a  product  of  in- 
dustrial value  that  will  be  of  more  worth  to 
the  students  and  to  the  hqusewife,  than  the 
mere  study  of  the  actual  sapolio  or 
ammonia  as  they  exist  without  any  look 
forward  into  the  possibilities  of  a  combina- 
tion of  these  for  their  amplified  use? 

Is  it  not  possible  in  our  courses  of 
physiography,  nature  and  science  work,  to 
take  the  class  out  into  actual  life  to  study 
the  meandering  stream,  the  pone  plain,  the 
talus  slope,  the  evidences  of  glacial  deposit 
and  illustrate  the  great  truth  of  causal  rela- 
tion, of  social  dependence  on  physiograpic 
conditions,  as  illustrated  in  our  railroad 
routes,  in  the  great  trade  centers  and  in  the 
possibility  of  commercial  and  industrial  ad- 
vantages resulting  from  an  accurate  knowl- 
edge of  actual  geographic  conditions  round 
about  us  ? 

Is  it  not  possible  in  our  history,  civics 
and  economics  courses  to  study  the  actual 
city  and  state  departments,  to  visit  them 
even  for  days  at  a  time,  if  necessary  under 
city  supervision  and  the  city  expense ;  in  our 
course  of  manual  training  to  go  into  the 
box  factory,  the  jewelry  shop,  the  gas 
house,  the  electrical  works  and  cotton  mills, 
and  to  studv  first  hand  conditions  with 
with  which  the  boys  and  girls  are  to  con- 
tend or  modify  for  their  individual  comfort 
and  the  success  of  the  community? 

All  of  these  things  must  result  in  a 
proper  attitude  toward  life ;  in  an  industrial 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


77 


and  commercial  appreciation  and  will  en- 
able our  boys  and  girls  to  realize  the  de- 
pendence of  every  member  of  society  upon 
every  other  member  and  to  preserve  the 
proper  relative  values  among  the  great  in- 
dustries that  make  for  human  betterment. 
How  few  of  us  stop  to  reflect  on  the  most 
common  place  facts  of  life  that  are 
pregnant  with  meaning  when  properly  con- 
sidered. The  breakfast  roll  and  the  milk 
that  are  on  our  own  tables  in  the  early 
morning  here  called  for  hours  of  labor  and 
industry  and  organized  effort  that  deserve 
proper  appreciation.  There  has  been  an 
economic  saving  in  the  process  that  makes 
for  individual  leisure  and  saves  the  family 
wear  and  tear  and  includes  the  possibility 
of  home  comforts.  .  In  the  cleaning  of  our 
streets,  the  patrol  of  our  city,  fire  and  police 
protection,  in  the  social  work  done  by  or- 
ganized charity,  by  settlement  workers  and 
by  generous  men  and  women,  in  all  of 
these  can  be  found  legitimate  matters  for 
effectual  study  in  the  public  schools  to  get 
the  pupils  in  the  habit  of  seeing  life  as  it 
is  and  of  appreciating  and  estimating  the 
values  of  the  real  things  about  them,  rather 
than  fostering  a  blind  admiration  for  the 
things  that  are  dead  and  past. 

Is  it  entirely  beyond  the  province  of  the 
school  to  safely  forecast  the  essential  ele- 
ments of  activities  that  will  make  for  future 
success  and  to  impress  these  in  the  actual 
activities  of  the  school  daily  so  that  the 
child  will  be  doing  here  and  now  in  elemen- 
tal form,  perhaps,  what  he  must  be  doing 
soon?  That  he  will  be  fitted  by  the  school 
to  continue  living  and  not  be  compelled  to 
unlearn  or  neglect  all  that  he  has  been 
forced  to  do  in  the  school?  That  he  shall 
not  be  compelled  to  succeed  in  spite  of  a 
set  of  useless  or  harmless  habits  that  arti- 
ficial school  methods  have  forced  upon  him 
during  the  most  valuable  formative  period 
of  his  life? 

What  then  are  we  doing  toward  this  real 
equipment  of  our  students  for  the  real 
needs  that  they  are  to  face.  Let  us  take 
an  example  from  the  physical  aspect  of  our 
education  today. 

All  of  us  have  read  of  the  fact  that  the 
Secretary  of  State,  Elihu  Root  has  been 
compelled  twice  recently  to  retire  to  a 
sanitorium  for  physical  recuperation.  Per- 
haps we  did  not  pay  much  attention  to  the 
fact  that  this  sanitorium  is  conducted  by  a 
retired  prize-fighter  and  wrestler  called 
Muldoon  with  whom  Secretary  Root  would 


not  have  condescended  to  associate  in  any 
way,  when  he  was  in  his  intellectual  prime 
or  when  Muldoon  was  the  champion  Greco- 
Roman  wrestler  of  the  world.  And,  yet, 
after  20  years  intellectual  service  to  his 
country,  this  man  of  wisdom  and  affairs 
is  forced  to  give  himself  into  the  hands  of 
a  man  uneducated,  at  least  in  the  ordinary 
school  sense,  to  build  up  according  to  prize 
fighting  methods  his  physical  strength,  so 
that  he  mav  be  able  to  use  his  brain  a  little 
longer. 

Does  it  not  seem  a  sad  commentary  on 
our  physical  education  in  the  schools  and 
universities,  and  on  our  way  of  living,  that 
the  Secretary  of  State  is  compelled  to  go 
to  a  retired  prize-fighter  to  recuperate 
physically  so  that  he  may  be  able  to  do 
mentally  the  things  that  may  still  be  of  ser- 
vice to  our  country? 

Are  we,  particularly  in  our  crowded 
cities,  paying  proper  attention  to  the 
hygienic  conditions  of  our  school  rooms,  to 
lighting,  heating  and  ventilation?  Are  we 
having  proper  medical  inspection  and 
supervision?  Are  we  providing  play 
grounds  and  recreation  centers  for  children 
of  the  school  age  and  beyond?  Are  we 
realizing  the  close  dependence  of  intellec- 
tual and  moral  excellence  on  physical 
health  and  well  being,  and  are  we  seeing 
the  importance  of  the  eye  and  the  ear  as 
avenues  of  entrance  for  the  stimuli  that  are 
to  arouse  the  brain  to  proper  activity,  with- 
out which  true  intellectual  and  moral 
growth  cannot  be  emphasized?  Are  we 
sending  our  boys  and  girls  out  of  school 
with  body  erect,  chest  expanded,  muscles 
developed,  with  a  physical  character  that  is 
stamped  on  their  very  walk  and  posture 
just  as  truly  as  their  intellectual  character 
is  stamped  upon  their  expressions  of  truth 
and  their  moral  character  is  impressed  in 
their  attitude  toward  right?  The  school 
owes  indeed  the  child  a  proper  physical,  in- 
tellectual and  moral  equipment  for  life ;  at 
least,  it  is  its  duty  to  see  that  it  does  not 
injure  him  during  the  times  that  he  is  con- 
fined to  it,  and  that  all  the  knowledge  of 
modern  science  of  hygiene,  sanitation, 
drainage,  the  qualities  of  food  stuffs  and 
the  interdependence  of  physical  and  mental 
conditions  should  be  marshaled  to  the  pro- 
tection of  the  child  to  the  proper  fitting  him 
for  his  life  work.  It  may  not  be  possible 
for  the  school  to  forecast  every  con- 
tingency. It  may  not  be  possible  to  fit 
every  individual  for  the  actual  work  he  will 


78 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


undertake  and  succeed  in  in  life,  but  it  is 
possible  to  make  education  a  vital  process 
of  selective  adaption,  an  imitation  of  the 
steps  by  which  nature  reaches  her  net 
product.  It  is  possible  to  imbue  the  child 
with  a  consciousness  of  his  mastery  over 
conditions.  It  is  possible  for  him  to  learn 
to  touch  life  and  to  get  joy  and  strength 
from  the  contact. 

To  do  all  this,  however,  the  teacher  him- 
self must  be  thus  equipped  and  must  be 
concerned  more  with  the  needs  that  are, 
and  the  needs  that  are  to  be,  than  with 
those  that  have  been.  He  must  be  con- 
cerned more  with  the  living  now,  and  that 
which  shall  soon  be  than  with  the  dead 
past.  He  must  neglect  fossils  and  not  over- 
weight himself  with  the  products  of  the 
past  which  being  dead  and  inert  will  only 
serve  to  weight  him  down,  but  must  look 
to  the  living  now,  for  life  and  energy  and 
be  a  prophet  rather  than  an  orator,  a 
doer  and  a  builder,  rather  than  a  dreamer 
or  a  destroyer. 

When  I  was  invited  to  speak  to  this  great 
body  of  teachers  of  the  state  of  Rhode 
Island,  I  decided  that  I  would  come  here 
several  days  in  advance  and  look  over  con- 
ditions in  city  and  state  so  that  whatever 
I  might  say  might  not  be  amiss  for  local 
application.  I  am  happy  to  report  that  the 
state  and  city  have  a  representative  body 
of  devoted  teachers  who  are  doing  their 
best  under  present  conditions  in  many  ways 
to  realize  the  ideas  that  I  have  been  plead- 
ing. But  while  there  is  much  they  still 
could  do,  there  is  also  much  that  could  be 
done  for  them.  They  are  in  many  cases 
over-worked,  under-paid  and  unappre- 
ciated. The  city  and  state  committees  fre- 
quently dole  out  to  them  every  dollar  with 
a  begrudging  hand  and  when  boys  and  girls 
do  not  come  up  to  the  standard  of  commer- 
cial and  industrial  excellence,  the  blame  is 
placed  on  the  schools,  the  leaders  of  which 
have  long  been  pleading  for  proper 
academic  and  financial  freedom  in  the 
carrying  on  of  the  work  necessary  to  real- 
ize this  commercial  and  industrial  excel- 
lence. 

Ten  years  ago,  in  a  hysteria  of  reform, 
Providence  threatened  to  deprive  the  little 
children  of  the  most  valuable  of  all  their 
training — the  kindergarten — and  when 
noble  women  of  the  Public  Educational 
Committee  cried  down  the  injustice,  a  sop 
and  in  this  case  a  most  harmful  one  was 
given  the  resenters,  when  the  beginning 
of  domestic  sciences   and  economy  in  the 


cooking  courses  and  the  chemistry  of  foods, 
etc.,  were  beginning  to  be  studied,  were 
ordered  taken  out  of  the  schools  and 
Providence  was  thrown  back  ten  years,  at 
least  in  its  educational  advance. 

Time  was  in  New  England,  when  all  of 
these  industrial  activities  were  performed 
in  the  home,  when  the  stockings  were 
knitted,  the  food  stuffs  canned,  the  bread 
baked  and  the  clothing  to  a  large  extent 
made  in  the  very  homes.  Woman,  the  ever 
devoted  toiler  of  the  race,  performed  all 
these  duties  with  a  saving  that  man  did  not 
always  appreciate.  Now,  however,  when 
organized  industry  and  commerce  have  in- 
dustrialized these  home  activities  and  put 
the  knitting  and  the  weaving  into  the  mills 
and  the  canning  into  the  factory  and  the 
baking  into  the  biscuit  trust,  the  schools 
have  clone  little  to  supply  these  lost  activi- 
ties which  boys  and  girls  formerly  learned 
in  the  home.  The  great  economic  law  of 
industrialism  is  working  out  to  an  infallible 
consequence,  but  the  schools  have  not  sup- 
plied the  growing  generation  with  the  same 
or  equivelant  activities.  When  the  young 
man  or  woman  goes  out  in  to  real  life,  they 
have  not  lived  through  those  culture  epochs 
and  are  retarded  in  the  rapidity  of  their  ad- 
justment to  economic  and  commercial  con- 
ditions about  them.  It  is  the  duty  of  the 
schools  to  place  these  activities  in  every 
course  of  stuclv.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  school 
committee  to  appropriate  adequate  funds 
for  the  carrying  out  of  these  activities  and 
to  leave  the  Superintendent  and  Principal  a 
sufficient  amount  of  academic  freedom  to 
realize  the  values  of  these  necessary  steps 
in  human  development. 

I  am  happy  to  say  that  throughout  the 
country  today,  teachers  are  realizing  this 
great  need.  I  am  proud  to  be  a  teacher  in 
this  golden  age  of  education  which  has 
reached  the  highest  rank  of  professional 
excellence  because  of  the  dig'nity  of  the 
work  itself,  because  of  the  high  standard 
of  the  preparation  it  requires  and  because 
of  the  sanctity  of  the  responsibility  it  puts 
upon  us.  Our  universities  today  through- 
out the  country  are  organizing  courses 
that  are  alive.  It  has  been  our  great  honor 
today  to  listen  to  the  President  of  the 
Brown  University  who  has  told  us  of  the 
great  things  that  that  institution  has  done 
for  the  teacher  of  this  and  of  nearby  states, 
and  of  the  still  greater  things  that  it  is 
to  do. 

Psychology  is  beginning  to  be  studied  on 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


79 


the  living  lines  of  organic  development 
rather  than  on  the  old  former  descriptive, 
theoretical  lines,  is  emphasizing  the_life 
processes,  is  using  material  from  the  actual 
environment  of  the  child,  material  which 
must  be  made  over  into  his  future  success. 
Subject  matter  of  the  course  of  study  is 
being  drawn  not  merely  from  the  growth 
of  tlie  past  but  from  the  actual  living 
present,  not  merely  from  the  book  and  the 
picture  and  the  traditional  learning  of  the 
race,  but  from  the  shop  and  the  mart,  from 
the  business  office,  and  the  factory,  and  the 
bridge  and  the  subway,  and  the  Hying 
macliine  and  the  kitchen,  from  the  need  of 
home  decoration  and  of  free  services  in  the 
playground,  in  the  settlement,  in  the 
recreation  center. 

Teachers  trained  in  the  knowledge  of 
these  things  and  in  a  use  of  them  as  school 
material  will  send  out  children  truly 
equipped  for  the  great  needs  of  life,  and  i 
am  happy  to  see  that  the  teachers  of  this 
state  are  not  entirely  deprived  of  the  best 
possibilities  in  these  lines. 

God  and  humanity,  and  the  state  have 
given  us  the  most  sacred  responsibility, 
have  given  us  the  product  of  the  ages  and 
of  every  organism  that  has  been  from 
the  beginning  to  the  present  time. 

The  little  child  is  ours  with  his  trust,  and 
his  confidence  and  his  hope  and  his  pos- 
sibilities. Helpless,  he  is  placed  in  our 
hands  surrounded  by  nature,  surrounded 
by  physical  and  moral  environment  against 
which  he  must  often  contend  and  over 
which  he  must  always  secure  the  mastery 
if  that  mead  of  happiness  is  to  be  his  which 
is  the  birthright  of  every  child  of  humanity, 
'the  ages  and  the  ages  have  been  con- 
cerned in  his  making,  and  woe  be  unto  us 
if  we  undo  or  retard  the  sacred  process. 
Woe  be  to  us  if  we  neglect  in  ourselves  this 
necessary  law  of  adjustment  to  the  living 
now. 

Let  us  take  the  child  as  he  comes  to  us, 
and  let  us  fit  him  into  life  through  his  self 
active  response.  Let  us  fit  him  into  such 
a  way  of  life  that  he  will  touch  it,  that  he 
will  get  strength  and  happiness  from  the 
contact,  that  he  will  enter  upon  his  inherit- 
ance to  the  fullest  extent  fully  equipped  to 
transmit  it  to  posterity,  not  merely  as  he 
received  it  but  improved  by  the  possession, 
and  a  new  source  of  happiness,  for  every 
child  of  humanity  that  is  to  follow  him. 


THE  KINDERGARTEN  AND  SOCIAL 
SERVICE. 

NETTIE   P.    SCHWERIN, 
Head    Worker,    Bloomingdale,    Guild,   N.   Y. 

During  the  last  ten  years  a  new  era 
seems  to  have  dawned  in  education.  The 
democratic  tendencies  that  had  already 
developed  so  strong  in  politics,  in  literature 
and  in  art  are  now  making  themselves  felt, 
in  education.  A  new  ideal,  the  social  one 
is  emphasized. 

This  social  ideal,  however,  is  working 
out  but  slowly,  owing  to  the  orthodox 
traditions  that  control  many  departments 
of  school  room  practice.  In  the  settlement, 
however,  many  of  the  traditions  have  been 
set  aside,  and  a  freerer  type  of  education  is 
in  development.  Here,  too,  democracy  is 
not  realized  as  yet,  but  is  in  process  of 
development.  It  seems  to  me  that  it  is 
through  the  settlement,  in  co-operation 
with  the  school  and  school  room  practice 
that  the  best  results  may  be  looked  for  in 
the  future.  The  reaction  of  this  co-opera- 
tion should  be  felt  both  in  the  school  and 
in  the  settlement,  as  each  of  these  organi- 
zations need  the  help  of  the  other.  In  our 
own  settlement,  the  Bloomingdale  Guild, 
146  W.  rooth  street,  the  desirability  for  this 
co-operation  with  the  New  York  Froebel 
Normal,  which  is  in  such  close  proximity 
to  this  settlement,  is  now  being  worked 
out. 

In  our  story  telling  classes,  the  hand 
work  classes,  festival  work  and  in  the  club 
organization  we  are  providing  special  train- 
ing for  the  students  of  the  New  York 
Froebel  Normal.  Those  students  come  to 
us  prepared  with  the  special  training.  In 
return  the  student  receives  from  the  settle- 
ment the  power  to  react  quickly  in  the  situ- 
ations, and  the  benefit  of  freer  work  which 
they  would  be  obliged  to  give  in  order  to 
hold  their  classes  and  clubs  intact. 

This  broader  kind  of  work  has  its  place 
in  education  just  as  much  as  the  program 
has  its  place  in  the  Kindergarten.  The 
futility  of  attempting  to  force  a  definite  pro- 
gram on  a  club  for  instance  of  boys  from 
eight  to  ten  years  old  who  have  been  in 
school  all  day  and  who  are  under  the  in- 
fluence of  the  fascinating  street  life  of  our 
crowded  city,  is  most  obvious  to  even  a 
casual  observer. 

I  believe  the  work  must  be  prepared  and 
prepared  carefully.  But  quick  adjustment 
must  be  made  to  a  situation  and  perhaps  a 


So 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


new  program  will  have  to  be  arranged  at  a 
moment's  notice.  This  naturally  requires 
a  club  leader  to  have  initiative,  and  initiative 
is  therefore,  an  important  element  in  the 
make-up  of  a  club  worker.  Besides  this 
sympathy  and  a  belief  of  human  nature  is 
necessary.  With  these  three  qualifications, 
training,  initiative  and  sympathy,  to  start 
with  a  club  leader  may  hope  to  develop  into 
a  capable  worker. 

Another  important  qualification  is  spon- 
taneity. Nothing  is  more  pitiful  than  to  see 
the  songs  and  games  so  sterilized  that  all 
joy  has  been  taken  from  them.  The  club 
leader  herself  must  have  the  qualifications 
she  wishes  to  develop  in  her  club  groups. 
No  one  is  so  quick  as  a  street  child  to  detect 
insincerity  or  the  lack  of  interest  on  the 
part  of  the  leader.  The  failure  of  many 
club  leaders  is  due  to  their  lack  of  faith  and 
insight  in  children.  We  hope  to  be  able  to 
take  groups  of  students  from  the  New  York 
Froebel  Normal,  bringing  with  them  the 
splendid  training  that  they  have  received, 
and  ready  to  react  to  tiie  new  situations 
that  they  will  meet  in  the  club  work  with 
the  children  of  our  tenement  population, 
and  thus  strike  the  right  balance  in  out- 
work, both  on  the  educational  and  the 
social  side. 


THE   KINDERGARTEN   A   CULTURE 
PERIOD  IN  LIFE. 

JULIA  A.   BALBACK. 

The  kindergarten  is  our  planting  ground 
for  the  morals,  maimers,  patriotism,  clean- 
liness of  body  and  mind,  justice  toward 
man  and  beast,  and  a  realization  of  human 
worth  and  responsibility  of  the  future.  We 
have  run  the  gamut  of  self-indulgence,  self- 
will  and  selfishness  and  we  are  none  the 
better  for  the  experience.  We  have  been 
charitable  also  in  a  formless,  unthinking 
way,  but  the  charities  performed  have 
shown  us  that  a  greater  charity  is  needed ; 
a  charity  which  does  not  only  give  for  to- 
day j.nd  tomorrow,  but  a  charity  which 
gives  for  all  time,  a  charity  as  broad  and 
long  as  this  glorious  land  of  ours  we  live  in, 
a  charity  which  means  the  health,  wealth 
and  welfare  of  our  country,  and  which  will 
make  a  nation  of  absolutely  independent 
individuals,  although  as  absolute  inter- 
dependent commonwealths.  I  mean  we 
need  ?  nation's  charity  of  thought  and  rea- 
soning on  the  subject  of  people  training, 
which   can   only   be    reached   through    the 


kindergarten.  The  well-to-do  children  re- 
ceive good  training,  also  aid  to  rind  then- 
place  in  this  world,  but  the  poor  children 
whose  parents  have  many  little  ones  have 
no  show  on  earth  unless  thinking  humanity 
will  give  them  one.  There  is  no  way  to 
help  people  out  of  poverty  but  by  training 
them  to  know  what  they  must  know  to  be 
able  to  help  themselves  and  to  realize  their 
possibilities.  Every  child  that  is  born  is 
entitled  to  a  fair  training  and  education  in 
order  to  make  a  good  and  useful  citizen. 
If  this  noble  human  charity  could  suddenly 
be  realized,  in  eighteen  years  from  today 
the  prison  walls  would  begin  to  crumble 
and  benevolent  institutions  of  learning  and 
training  be  common  in  their  stead,  and  the 
land  would  bloom  in  all  its  glory  from 
Alaska  to  Cape  Horn.  The  good  sense,  in- 
telligence and  practical  knowledge  gained 
by  the  then  youth  throughout  the  land 
would  make  sordid  poverty  unthinkable, 
for  with  knowledge  comes  strength,  power 
and  contentment,  for  no  one  who  can  read 
good  books  and  write,  who  can  keep  a  clean 
home,  who  can  work  at  a  trade,  or  do  com- 
mon work  bravely,  and  be  honored  there- 
for, can  possibly  be  called  poor. 

By  the  time  when  the  public  kinder- 
garten is  fully  underway  we  will  have 
learned  how  not  to  have  poor  people  among 
us.  We  will  find  ways  and  means  that  all 
may  be  employed,  housed  and  fed,  and  none 
but  those  who  want  to  be  wicked  need 
be  so.  Cities  and  states  will  find  ways  and 
means  to  provide  a  more  economical  house- 
hold so  that  the  funds  wasted  or  purloined 
by  grafters  today  will  in  future  be  used  in- 
stead to  help  the  people  help  themselves 
through  their  better  training,  and  coming 
generations  brought  up  by  the  best  of 
citizens,  especially  the  best  of  women,  will 
in  future  permit  neither  graft  nor  mis- 
management. 

For  the  persons  who  can  realize  the 
power  for  good  of  the  vote  will  know  how 
to  appreciate  it  and  use  it.  The  vote  of 
farmers  and  mechanics  can  not  be  bought, 
but  the  ignorant  vote  can.  Right  living 
and  right  thinking  can  only  be  gained  by 
the  multitude  if  inculcated  during  child- 
hood, and  with  good  precepts  and  fine  ex- 
ample the  vast  multitude  will  gladly  take 
up  what  is  best  in  their  reach,  and  once 
rightly  started — strive  on. 

May  God  permit  this  great  philanthropy, 
a  philanthropy  in  which  every  citizen  may 
help,   to   come   true,   and   the   kindergarten 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


flourish  everywhere  together  with  the 
parks,  and  play-grounds  where  while  learn- 
ing useful  things  at  play  our  children  may 
at  the  same  time  imbibe  health  and 
strength. 


THE  I.  K.  U.  AT  BUFFALO 

Buffalo  has  been  selected  as  the  next 
place  of  meeting  of  the  International  Kin- 
dergarten Union.  The  invitation  comes 
from  the  Mayor,  the  Superintendent  of 
Education,  the  Buffalo  Kindergarten  Asso- 
ciation, the  Buffalo  Kindergarten  Union, 
and  the  Alumnae  of  the  Training  School  of 
the  Buffalo  Kindergarten  Association. 

With  the  growth  of  the  Union  the  selec- 
tion of  a  place  of  meeting  becomes  increas- 
ingly difficult.  Buffalo  seems  to  meet  all 
the  requirements.  It  is  a  center  of  kinder- 
garten interest,  it  is  midway  between  the 
East  and  the  West,  and  is  convenient  of 
access  from  all  points  of  country.  The 
local  committee  has  selected  the  week  be- 
ginning April  as  the  most  convenient  time 
for  holding  the  meeting. 
Authorised  by    MISS  NINA  C.  VANDEWALKKR. 

Chairman  Committee  on  Time  and  Place. 


In  order  to  ascertain  the  general  opinion  of 
Kindergartners,  concerning  the  value  of  an  exhibit 
at  the  I.  K.  TJ.  convention,  the  Buffalo  Kinder- 
gartners are  asking  kindergartners  to  reply  to  the  follow- 
ing questions  at  once: 

I.  Do  you  consider  an  exhibit  of  sufficient 
value  to  compensate  for  the  time  and  labor  spent 
by  the  exhibitors? 

II.  Do  you  recommend  a  general  or  a  special 
exhibit? 

III.  If  a  special  exhibit,  along  what  lines?  For 
instance,  Art,  Giftwork,  etc. 

IV.  Kindly  suggest  any  special  Kindergarten 
work  which  has  been  brought  to  your  attention 
and  which  would  be  desirable  for  use  as  an 
exhibit. 

V.  Along  what  line  would  you  be  willing  to 
exhibit? 

VI.  If  at  the  head  of  a  Training  School  would 
you  be  interested  in  a  Training  School  Exhibit? 

What  would  your  school  be  willing  to  con- 
tribute? 

If  impossible  to  call  a  meeting  of  your  branch 
please  send  your  personal  answer. 

MARY  B.   WATKINS, 
Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Exhibit. 
86   Delaware  Avenue,   Buffalo,   N.   Y. 


Rhode  Island  is  keenly  alive  to  the  vital 
problems  in  education  today. 


Providence  has  features  of  special  in- 
terest— its  open  air  school,  and  its  close  co- 
operation among  settlement  libraries  and 
public  education  committees  being  im- 
portant. 


EDITORIAL  NOTES. 

The  National  New  Education  League  to 
which  reference  was  made  in  the  Septem- 
ber number  of  the  Kindergarten-Primary 
Magazine  has  been  fairly  launched  together 
with  the  initial  number  of  the  organ  which 
represents  the  cause  for  which  the  organi- 
zation stands.  We  recommend  thoughtful 
teachers  to  send  to  the  headquarters  of  the 
League,  414  Merrill  Building,  Milwaukee, 
Wisconsin,  for  copies  of  this  journal, 
"National  New  Education"  and  for  the 
"Prospectus"  which  tells  in  detail  the  aims 
and  also  the  methods  proposed  to  accom- 
plish these  aims. 

The  present  and  ultimate  success  of  the 
American  Republic  depends  upon  the  Com- 
mon School  System  of  the  country.  The 
Common  schools  should  be  so  numerous, 
the  classes  so  restricted  as  regards  num- 
bers, the  teachers  so  skilled  and  con- 
secrated and  the  methods  so  excellent  that 
all  citizens  should  take  a  pride  in  sending, 
as  does  our  patriotic  President,  their  chil- 
dren to  the  public  schools.  At  present,  in 
many  of  our  congested  city  centers  that  is 
practically  impossible.  Many  a  public- 
spirited  mother  would  be  glad  to  send  her 
child  to  the  public  schools,  feeling  that 
there  is  obtained  there  a  certain  democratic 
training  which  no  private  school  provides; 
but  she  is  deterred  from  so  doing  by  the 
feeling  that  she  may  be  thereby  depriving 
some  needy  child  of  the  privileges  for 
which  she  herself  can  afford  to  pay.  Again, 
in  centers  of  foreign  population  many  feel 
uneasy  at  thought  of  their  children  having 
only  foreign-born  children  for  playmates 
and  companions.  Both  of  these  considera- 
tions are  important,  but  were  classes  small 
so  that  the  children  could  have  the  in- 
dividual attention  of  the  teacher  many  ob- 
jections would  be  answered. 

The  N.  N.  E.  L.  wishes  to  accomplish 
for  the  entire  school  system  what  the  spirit 
of  Froebel  has  accomplished  for  the  kinder- 
garten. We  quote:  "Their  (German  Com- 
missioners sent  over  to  study  the  American 
school  system)  reports  show  a  friendly  dis- 
position to  appreciate  to  its  full  value  what 
the  American  school  accomplishes,  but  they 
are  practically  unanimous  in  their  opinion 
that  while  our  primary  and  lower  elemen- 
tary grades  often  present  surprisingly  good 
results,  the  upper  elementary  and  advanced 
(high  school)  work  is  unsatisfactory. 

"The  explanation  for  the  above  is  very 
simple.      In   consequence   of   the   constant 


8a 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


agitadon  of  individual  and  associated 
friends  of  childhood  since  the  Froebelian 
ideals  dawned  upon  widely  different 
regions  of  the  United  States ;  by  the  largely 
self-sacrificial  work  of  the  pioneers  of 
rational  education  in  many  private  and 
society  schools  and  kindergartens ;  through 
the  educational  press,  the  discussions  at 
educational  conventions,  the  activity  of 
women's  federations  and  particularly  of  the 
10,000  devoted  members  of  the  I.  K.  U.  and 
kindred  associations,  an  irresistible  in- 
fluence has  been  exerted  upon  the  primary 
departments  of  our  schools — with  or  with- 
out kindergarten  attached — in  thousands 
of  localities  wherever  that  activity  was 
felt." 

All  kindergartners  who  wish  that  the 
consecrated  work  and  methods  of  the  kin- 
dergarten should  be  carried  forward 
throughout  the  grades  of  the  school  can- 
not fail  to  be  interested  in  this  movement. 
Business  men,  manufacturers,  parents, 
patriots,  faithful  teachers,  all  feel  that 
although  in  many  respects  our  schools  do 
bring  forth  good  fruit,  nevertheless,  the  re- 
sults are  not  adequate  to  the  time  and 
money  spent  upon  them.  Will  not  those 
who  criticise,  unite  in  an  attempt  to  elimin- 
ate faults,  to  rectify  mistakes,  and  to  per- 
fect the  good.  One  step  in  this  direction 
will  be  the  passing  of  the  bill  introduced  on 
May  26,  1908  by  Senator  Isaac  Stephenson 
of  Wisconsin  in  the  United  States  Senate ; 
a  bill  numbered  S.  7228,  having  for  its  ob- 
ject the  creation  of  a  new  executive  depart- 
ment of  the  national  government  to  be 
named  Department  of  Education  and  repre- 
sented by  a  secretary  in  the  presidential 
cabinet. 

The  new  department  would  invest  the 
pedagogic  profession  with  greater  dignity 
and  influence.  It  would  make  the  people 
feel  that  education  is  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant functions  of  government,  because 
upon  the  intelligence  and  civic  virtues  of 
the  citizens  will  depend  the  sane  develop- 
ment, the  future  welfare  and  the  very  exist- 
ence of  our  Republic. 

The  500,000  teachers  and  members  of 
school  boards,  and  in  fact  the  friends  of 
educational  advancement  in  all  parts  of  the 
United  States  should  now  send  petitions  in 
support  of  the  bill  to  the  friend  of  their 
cause,  Isaac  Stephenson,  and  to  the  sena- 
tors and  representatives  of  their  respective 
states,  without  regard  to  political  or  other 
differences. 


If  the  Stephenson  bill  becomes  a  law,  it 
will  bring  powerful  aid  and  encouragement 
to  the  educational  interests  of  all  states, 
similar  to  that  rendered  to  the  agricultural 
and  other  interests  now  represented  by 
executive  departments. 


Mrs.  Ogden  Mills  of  New  York  was  the 
principal  backer  of  a  vacation  school  pro- 
ject to  have  the  children  of  the  poor  taught 
to  make  their  own  toys.  This  idea  is  not 
entirely  new  to  kindergartners  who  in  the 
line  of  occupation  work  frequently  have 
their  children  make  substantial  objects  with 
which  the  children  may  afterwards  play. 
Wagons  of  cardboard,  dolls'  furniture,  doll- 
houses,  paper  dolls  and  paper  animals  are 
some  of  the  things  that  have  been  made  by 
little  hands.  Certainly  the  making  of  toys 
should  not  be  restricted  to  the  children  of 
the  poor.  Country  boys  in  the  old  days  had 
many  a  good  game  with  balls  made  of  the 
leather  taken  from  worn  out  boots  or 
shoes  and  the  school  that  helps  the  child  of 
wealth  to  enjoy  making  playthings  out  of 
raw  material  found  at  home  will  be  adding 
to  both  the  happiness  of  the  child  and  his 
capacitv  for  present  and  future  usefulness. 

At  Christmas  time  it  might  be  well  to  ask 
a  classroom  of  children  how  many  toys 
they  have  ever  made  and  to  have  a  discus- 
sion as  to  which  might  be  made  for  younger 
children  at  home. 

This  is  the  time  also  to  have  the  kinder- 
garten toys  repaired  and  put  in  condition. 
Surgical  operations  may  be  needed  by  some 
of  the  dolls  or  toy  animals ;  gift-boxes  may 
need  to  have  the  covers  glued;  the  building 
gifts  may  be  improved  by  a  good  washing, 
chairs  may  require  paint  and  perhaps  the 
doll  house  may  need  a  new  coat.  Discuss 
with  the  children  the  toys  at  home  and 
such  as  need  repair.  Give  suggestions  as 
to  how  this  may  he  done.  Perhaps  some 
old  toy  may  be  put  into  good  repair  for 
giving  away.  Try  also  to  let  the  children 
feel  the  joy  of  giving  away  some  gift  which 
is  new  from  the  shops. 


The  following  extract  from  a  contem- 
porary may  give  a  hint  to  older  children  of 
experiments  to  be  made,  which  may  evolve 
into  a  simple  Christmas  gift : 

The  First  Moving  Pictures. 

Moving  pictures  originated  in  an  experiment  to 
snow  both  sides  of  a  shilling  at  once.  In  1S26, 
according  to  the  Chicago  Tribune,  Sir  John 
Herschel  asked  his  friend,  Charles  Babbage,  how 
he   would   show   both   sides  of  a  shilling   at   once. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


83 


Babbage  replied  by  taking  a  shilling  from  his 
pocket  and  holding  it  before  a  mirror. 

This  did  not  satisfy  Sir  John,  who  set  the 
shilling  spinning  on  a  large  table,  at  the  same 
time  pointing  out  that  if  the  eye  is  placed  on  a 
level  with  a  rotating  coin,  both  sides  can  be  seen 
at  once. 

Babbage  was  so  struck  by  the  experiment  that 
the  next  day  he  described  it  to  a  friend,  Doctor 
Fitton,  who  immediately  made  a  working  model. 

On  one  side  of  a  disk  was  drawn  a  bird,  on  the 
other  side  an  empty  bird  cage.  When  the  card 
was  revolved  on  a  silk  thread  the  bird  appeared 
to  be  in  the  cage.  This  model  showed  the  per- 
sistence of  vision  upon  which  all  moving  pictures 
depend  for  their  effect. 

The  eye  retains  the  image  of  the  object  seen  for 
a  fraction  of  a  second  after  the  object  has  been 
removed.  This  model  was  called  the  thaumatrope. 
Next  came  the  zeotrope,  or  "wheel  of  life."  A 
cylinder  was  perforated  with  a  series  of  slots,  and 
within  the  cylinder  was  placed  a  band  of  drawings 
of  dancing  men.  On  the  apparatus  being  slowly 
rotated,  the  figures  seen  through  the  slots  appeared 
to  be  in  motion. 

The  first  systematic  photographs  of  men  and 
animals  taken  at  regular  intervals  were  made  by 
Edward  Maybridge  in  1877. 


This  season  when  the  doll  is  so  much  in 
evidence  it  is  of  interest  to  note  that  in 
September  at  the  meeting  of  the  Colored 
National  Baptist  Association  composed  of 
negro  leaders  from  all  over  the  country, 
resolutions  were  passed  calling  upon 
colored  mothers  to  hereafter  buy  only 
colored  dolls  for  their  children,  with  a  view 
to  increasing  respect  for  their  own  race, 
and  encouraging  the  manufacturer  of  these 
dolls  by  the  Association. 


Mrs.  Julia  A.  Fletcher  Carney,  author  of 
"Little  Drops  of  Water,"  that  nursery 
classic,  died  November  First  in  Galesburg, 
Illinois.  She  was  a  primary  school  teacher 
in  Boston  at  the  time  (1845)  sne  wrote  the 
verses. 


This  number  of  the  Magazine  brings  us 
around  to  the  most  joyous  period  of  the 
year,  Christmas  tide.  We  take  this  occa- 
sion to  extend  to  our  subscribers,  to  our 
friends,  to  all  members  of  the  great  human 
family  the  greetings  of  a  truly  Happy 
Christmas. 


No  idea,  perhaps,  has  so  taken  hold  of 
the  human  fancy  or  has  exerted  a  greater 
influence  on  the  true  advance  of  the  race 
than  the  idea  of  the  Christ  Child.  This 
stands  at  once  for  the  sum  total  of  all  that 
the  race  had  been  in  the  past,  typified  in  the 
infancy  and  the  hope  of  this  race  Savior,  as 
well  as  the  aspiration  of  humanity  toward 
its  ultimate  deification. 


The  idea  is  particularly  true  to  the  Kin- 
dergartner  who  takes  every  Christ  child  of 
humanity  that  comes  to  her,  and  tries  to 
mould  and  advance  him  according  to  this 
race  ideal   and  race  aspiration. 

It  is  this  unification  of  the  noblest  in 
human  hope,  and  the  highest  in  spiritual 
aspiration  that  makes  the  Kindergarten  a 
perennial  source  of  freshness  and  aspira- 
tion. 

May  this  ideal  extend  out  into  every 
child  mind  and  take  possession  of  every 
child  soul  and  lift  him  up  to  participate  in 
true  race  salvation  by  his  co-operation  to 
the  fullest  in  the  spiritual  life  of  the  race, 
and  in  the  vital  duty  of  the  individual, 
home,  and  civic  responsibilities. 

May  the  joy  of  Christmas  tide  be  the  un- 
failing fountain  of  strength  and  joy  to 
every  child  of  humanity. 


Dr.  Jennie  B.  Merrill,  Supervisor  of  Kin- 
dergartens in  Manhattan  and  the  Bronx  of 
New  York  City  was  the  special  guest  of 
the  Maine  Teachers'  Association  in  Novem- 
ber. The  topic  she  discussed  was  the  rela- 
tion of  the  Kindergarten  to  the  Primary, 
and  incidentally  to  Education  in  the  larger 
sense. 

It  would  be  very  helpful  to  both  the  Kin- 
dergarten and  Primary  if  supervisors  and 
superintendents  of  schools  could  meet 
oftener  for  an  impartial  discussion  for  the 
real  relation  that  should  exist  among  the 
various  departments  of  education,  particu- 
larly the  Kindergarten  and  the  lowest 
Primary  grades. 

Dr.  Merrill  is  doing  a  large  work  in  New 
York  City  to  make  this  relation  as  close 
as  possible,  and  we  will  welcome  from 
supervisors  and  superintendents  through- 
out the  country  all  suggestions  and  results 
obtained  in  trying  to  make  this  relation 
closer. 


At  the  Rhode  Island  Institute  of  Teach- 
ers, Dr.  E.  Lyell  Earle,  the  editor  of  the 
Kindergarten  Primary  Magazine,  and 
President  of  the  New  York  Froebel  Nor- 
mal was  the  special  lecturer  during  the  first 
week  of  November.  There  were  two 
thousand  teachers  in  attendance  and  the 
sincerest  co-operation  was  manifest  among 
the  various  departments  of  church  and 
State  and  school,  all  working  for  the  better- 
ment of  the  child,  and  advancement  of  edu- 
cation. One  of  Dr.  Earle's  addresses  is 
found  in  this  number  of  the  Magazine. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


A  CHRISTMAS  SYMPOSIUM. 

JENNY  B.  MERRILL,  Pd  D. 

IT  has  occurred  to  me  that  selections 
from  the  reports  of  Christmas  month,  1907, 
in  our  public  kindergartens,  would  be  an 
inspiration  for  1908. 

A  glimpse  here  and  a  glimpse  there  will 
serve  to  show  how  we  preserve  unity  in 
diversity  at  this  happy  season. 

The  query  concerning  differing  creeds 
which  one  thoughtful  kindergartner  raises 
is  answered  by  the  happy  dance  around  an 
''evergreen  tree."  In  practice  we  find  it 
possible  to  find  some  common  note  of  joy, 
and  little  by  little  are  we  not  teaching  every 
child  not  merely  to  tolerate  but  to  love 
those  who  keep  different  holidays,  but  are 
all  children  of  one  Father. 

Life  shakes  us  together  in  a  great  city 
and  we  must  needs  learn  to  endure  each 
others'  creeds. 

I  have  thought  well  to  introduce  this 
seemingly  discordant  note  because  it  indi- 
cates a  sociological  problem  and  because 
the  kindergartner  handled  it  with  real  tact 
and  sympathy. 

A  QUERY  AND  AN  ANSWER. 

The  last  three  weeks  of  the  month  were  devoted 
to  the  preparation  for  and  celebration  of  the 
Christmas  festival,  entirely  without  religious 
reference.  Every  child  made  a  gift  for  the  one 
he  loved  most  at  home  and  for  a  child  in  the 
kindergarten. 

The  Christmas  tree  was  dressed  by  the  children 
Tuesday  morning  and  there  was  no  doubt  that 
they  were  pleased  with  the  result. 

After  the  holidays  there  was  a  marked  change 
in  the  feeling  for  Christmas.  The  Jewish  children 
would  not  sing  the  Santa  Claus  songs.  They  said, 
they  were  just  as  good  as  Christian  children  even 
if  Santa  Claus  didn't  visit  them  and  that  "Santa 
Claus  is  a  lie."  WE  DID  NOT  TALK  ABOUT  IT 
AFTER  THAT. 

The  tree  and  its  life  in  the  forest  interested 
them.  We  called  it  "the  evergreen  tree,"  and  the 
Jewish  children  danced  around  it  as  gaily  as  the 
Christian  children. 

Is  it  right  to  tell  Jewish  children  even 
the    Santa   Claus   legend?      Is   it   good   for 


Christian  children  to  celebrate  Christmas  as 
a  pagan  festival  ? 

Answer— The  children  of  all  creeds  must 
meet  these  differences  in  literature  and  do 
they  not  need  to  "play  them  out"  in  happy 
childhood  as  the  best  kind  of  preparation 
for  an  understanding  of  history? 

The  case  cited  is  unusual  and  simply  re- 
flects an  agitation  in  the  community  in 
which  the  children  live.  It  is  an  interesting 
and  faithful  report  and  illustrates  how  chil- 
dren feel  the  atmosphere  about  them.  How 
imitative  they  are  and  how  much  more  they 
absorb  than  we  realize  of  home  talk.  How 
quickly  too  they  drop  a  grievance  under 
wise,  tactful  management  as  is  shown  in 
dropping  the  subject  and  uniting  on  the 
nature  side  by  calling  the  tree  "an  ever- 
green tree." 

"Overcome  evil  with  good." 
"A  soft  answer  turneth  away  wrath." 
"If  meat  cause  my  brother  to  offend   I 
will  eat  no  more  meat." 

Let  us  not  forget  the  Christian  spirit  in 
our  zeal  for  the  historic  Christmas  story. 

(See  Kindergarten  Magazine ,  December,  1907, 
article  entitled  "Difficulties  of  Celebrating  Christ- 
mas," Mary  F.  Schaeffer. 

THE  TOYMAN. 
Holiday    Thoughts — :Loving    and    giving;    Happy 
New  Year  coming. 

TOYS   IN   CONNECTION   WITH    HOLIDAY. 

Toy  Shop  played — Our  toys  arranged  on  chairs 
(counters).  Other  children  come  to  buy  them. 
Dolls — girls.  Trumpets,  drums — boys.  Children 
reproduce  them  in  drawing,  cutting,  folding.     R.  K 

We  started  the  month  by  a  visit  to  a  toy  shop  on 
Grand  street.  The  children  were  delighted  and 
talked  of  this  visit  for  weeks.  They  drew  pictures 
of  what  they  saw  and  played  the  game  of  "Toy- 
man" with  a  great  deal  of  life  and  spirit.     E.  D.  D. 

During  December  the  children  had  a  happy 
time  making  toys  such  as  rocking  horses,  Teddy 
bears,  dolls,  etc.  The  toyman  meant  a  great  deal 
to  the  children  and  a  visit  to  the  Grand  street  toy 
push  carts  and  scanty  window  shows  made  the 
little  children  happy.  R.  D. 

During  the  month  of  December  we  have  talked 
about  the  toyshop  and  have  made  as  many  toys  as 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


85 


possible  in  kindergarten  materials.  The  children 
brought  in  all  the  toys  they  have  at  home  and 
they  asked  their  mothers  to  take  them  on  Grand 
street  to  see  all  the  toys  in  the  windows.        E.  L. 

Just  before  Christmas  we  all  had  a  delightful 
visit  to  Schwarz's  toy  shop.  We  were  conducted 
through  every  department.  All  the  mechanical 
toys  were  v/ound  up  and  set  going  for  us.  We 
peeped  into  four  doll  houses  and  our  hearts  were 
made  glad  by  a  beautiful  illustrated  letter  each  of 
us  received  to  take  home  and  mail  to  Santa  Claus. 

A.  M.  M. 

A  doll's  house  was  made  for  our  kindergarten 
and  Santa  Claus  we  hoped  would  see  it  and  send 
furniture  for  it.  Needless  to  say  the  furniture  had 
arrived  upon  our  return  and  a  tiny  Christmas 
tree  stood  in  the  parlor. 

THE  TREE. 

Our  Christinas  tree  was  one  of  the  prettiest  and 
largest  ones  which  we  ever  had.  We  started  very 
early  this  year  to  get  ready  so  we  didn't  get  in 
such  a  rush  at  the  end. 

This  year  we  put  the  mothers'  presents  and  the 
fathers'  presents  in  a  box  and  wrapped  each  box 
up  nicely  and  put  a  picture  of  Santa  Claus  on  the 
outside.  I  found  it  much  better  than  trying  to 
put  the  presents  on  the  tree  at  noon  time  after 
the  morning  class  had  had  their  party.         A.  M.  D. 

I  took  all  my  children  up  on  a  hill  where  Christ- 
mas trees  grew  and  cut  down  one!  The  children 
carried  it  home.  The  tree  was  made  very  beautiful 
by  things  which  the  children  had  made.  Some 
German  parents  sent  some  quaint  ornaments  for 
the  tree.  At  the  tree  celebration  there  were  2  3 
mothers,  six  babies  and  one  grandfather.  There 
were  GO  children  altogether.  B.  C.  F. 

A  forest  of  pine  trees  was  represented  in  our 
sand  table  by  using  twigs  kept  during  the  year 
from  our  last  tree. 

We  went  to  this  forest,  selected  a  tree,  played 
cut  it  down  and  transported  it  to  a  toy  wagon  and 
a  toy  train  to  the  city. 

The  Christmas  tree  arrived  Monday  and  we  had 
a  beautiful  time  with  it  before  it  was  dressed  for 
the  Christmas  party.  Every  child  helped  to  dress 
it.  Fifteen  mothers  visited  us  and  they  were  very 
much  pleased  with  the  tree,  the  gifts  the  children 
had  made  and  the  songs  they  sang.  The  primary 
classes  came  in  to  see  the  tree.  They  sang  their 
carols  and  we  caroled  back  to  them.  S.  L. 

The  Christmas  tree,  our  central  object  of  interest 
this  month,  was  purchased  by  the  children  who 
carried  it  to  the  kindergarten  on  their  shoulders. 
This  is  one  of  the  events  of  the  year.  The  mothers 
were  invited  to  enjoy  it  when  trimmed.  H.  V. 

The  Christmas  tree  was  the  central  object  for 
the  month,  first  in  preparation  for  the  festival,  then 
the  tree  itself  and  last  the  great  holiday.  Our 
friends  were  with  us,  we  sang  and  played  games 
and  told  stories  and  then  received  our  gifts  for 
the  parents  and  ourselves  and  said  good- bye  with 
hearts  full  of  thankfulness  and  joy.  S.  E.  G. 

GIFTS  AMD  DECORATIONS. 

Children  made  rose  calendars,  red  cardboard 
blotters  with  holly  pasters  and  red  ribbon,  pussy- 
cat match  scratchers  on  gray  card  with  edges 
sewed  and  colored  red.  The  tree  was  decorated 
with  cornucopias,  baskets,  lanterns  and  chains 
made  by  children.  Room  hung  with  red  and  green 
chains  and  holly.  M.   G.   C. 

The  children  brought  quantities  of  greens  to 
trim  the  room,  every  available  space  being  filled 
with  spruce,  pine  and  hemlock.  K.  D. 

Our  Christmas  tree  was  a  great  success  and 
never  looked  so  pretty.  The  little  things  which 
the  children  made  were  simple  and  gave  great 
pleasure.     A  little  picture  of  the  class  was  taken 


as  a  present  for  each  mother.  The  mothers  came, 
and,  I  think,  especially  enjoyed  the  game  "Christ- 
mas Toys."  The  children  dramatized  the  toys  they 
desired  Santa  Claus  to  bring,  and  entered  into  the 
fun  with  great  spirit.  C.  T.  R. 

In  decorating  the  room  for  the  Xmas  exercises, 
the  children  cut  out  white  bells  and  painted  them 
led  and  green,  and  strung  three  straws  between 
each  bell.  They  placed  their  own  presents  on  the 
tree.  E.  G. 

I  tried  a  new  experiment  for  the  children's 
Christmas  gifts.  We  had  pretty  red  cards  3x6  on 
which  were  mounted  tiny  calendars  and  the  child's 
own  photograph.  The  pictures  turned  out  rather 
unsatisfactorily  and  they  all  were  not  particularly 
clear;  they  were  good  in  as  much  as  they  were 
suggestive  of  the  child's  most  characteristic  atti- 
tude. Those  mothers  who  were  here  seemed  much 
pleased.  We  had  our  tree  as  usual  which  was 
festooned  with  gifts  and  hangings  made  by  the 
children.  The  tree  was  placed*  on  a  table  which 
was  laden  with  little  baskets  made  by  the  children 
of  the  afternoon  class  for  my  children  and  vice 
versa.  The  baskets  were  filled  with  crackers  and 
prettily  arranged  with  red  crepe  paper  and  white 
tissue  paper.  F.  A. 

The  children  made  raffia  needle  books  for  the 
mothers,  calendars  for  the  fathers  and  the  trim- 
mings for  the  tree.  The  colors  were  restricted  to 
red  and  green,  but  gold  and  silver  lamp  lighters 
lightened  it  a  little.  On  Monday  we  had  the 
children  make  "sugar  plums"  (cream  walnuts) 
and  the  triangular  candy  boxes  decorated  with 
fancy  seals.  Before  making  the  candy  we  had 
the  hands  washed  in  hot  water  and  soap,  which 
we  hoped  would  have  some  value  in  the  future. 
It  has  had  some  effect. 

STORIES. 

I    told    the    following    stories    during    December: 

"Little  Red   Riding   Hood." 

"The  Story  of  the   First  Christmas." 

"The   First   Christmas   Presents." 

"The  Night  Before  Christmas." 

"Santa  Claus  and  the  Mouse." 

"The   Wooden   Shoe." 

"The  Discontented   Pine   Tree."  E.   R. 

Five  stories  told   during  December: 
■    "Letter  to  Santa" — Gaynor  Song  Book. 

"Santa  and  the  Mouse" — Child's  World. 

"Christmas   in   the   Barn" — Child's   World. 

"First  Christmas  Presents" — Kindergarten 
Stories,  Miss  Wiltse. 

"The  Three  Wishes" — Fairy  Tales.  S.  K. 

Other   stories  told: 

"Golden    Cobwebs" — In    "How    to    Tell    Stories." 

"Lambs   and   the  Bramble." 

"Piccola." 

"Christmas  in  Germany." 

"Little  Jack  Horner." 

"Mrs.  Santa  and  the  Dolls." 

"Mother    Hubbard's   Christmas   Cupboard." 

"The  Cat's  Christmas  Party." 

"The  Raggedy  Boy." 

HOW  MOTHERS  HELPED. 

In  the  beginning  of  December  we  had  a  Mothers' 
Meeting  for  the  purpose  of  making  scrap  books  for 
hospital  children.  The  mothers  furnished  the 
pictures  and  cloth  for  books,  the  children  helped 
cut  out  pictures  from  magazines.  The  mothers 
stayed  until  5:30  to  help  finish  and  even  took 
work  home.  We  made  thirty  cloth  scrap  books 
in  all.  I-  R. 

A  Mothers'  Meeting  was  held  on  Dec.  13,  at 
which  the  mothers  helped  to  make  the  Christmas 
stockings  for  the  tree.  We  also  planned  to 
solicit  clothes,  bedding,  etc.,  for  a  poor  family, 
very  worthy  and  very  destitute,  and  to  contribute 


86 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


toys   and    a    Christmas    dinner    for    them,    to    make 
their  holiday  season  as  cheerful  as  possible. 

M.  J.   H. 
THE  CHIIISTMAS  PARTY. 

I  must  speak  of  our  Christmas  party  as  it  was 
such  a  treat.  Our  principal  made  it  possible  for 
us  to  have  our  tree  in  the  school  yard,  the  two 
kindergartens  uniting  and  fully  one  hundred 
parents  attending.  There  were  sixty-six  children 
in  the  circle.  We  had  an  opening  circle,  a  march, 
played  games,  and  formed  circle  again  just  in 
time  to  receive  a  visit  from  Santa  Claus.  Not  one 
child  was  afraid.  The  prettiest  thing  to  us  was 
an  impromtu  dance  around  the  tree,  inspired  by 
playing  of  waltz  on  the  piano.  Each  child  chose 
partner  and  danced.  G.  B.  R. 

Our  Christmas  party  was  a  great  success.  We 
had  a  tree,  simple  toys  for  the  boys  and  dolls  for 
the  girls.  A  class  of  High  school  girls  dressed  the 
dolls  and  eleven  of  the  girls  came  to  our  exer- 
cises. They  were  so  interested  in  the  children, 
that  each  girl  has  decided  to  become  a  kinder- 
gartner,  their  teacher  tells  me.  E.  G.  S. 

We  had  our  Christmas  party  Thursday  after- 
noon, Dec.  22nd.  Between  thirty-five  and  forty 
mothers  came.  Many  of  the  mothers  come  often 
to  the  kindergarten  but  a  few  were  here  for  the 
first  time  that  day. 

In  this  section  of  the  town  where  so  many  of 
the  parents  have  difficulty  both  in  speaking  and 
in  understanding  English  they  get  a  better  com- 
prehension of  the  kindergarten  by  seeing  its  prac- 
tical working  than  they  do  by  being  told  about 
the  work.  Fifteen  minutes  in  the  kindergarten 
brings  about  a  better  understanding  than  an 
hour's  talk.  H.  M.  O. 

At  Christmas  time  we  had  our  Christmas  tree 
party  and  the  mothers  were  invited  again.  I  had 
ten  mothers  and  one  father  present.  I  told  the 
children  a  Christmas  story,  "The  Brown  Sparrow's 
Christmas;"  we  sang  our  Xmas  songs,  played  a 
few  games,  and  then  distributed  the  presents  to 
mothers  and  to  the  children.  The  children  had 
hung  their  stockings — tarlton  stockings — the 
night  before  and  when  they  came  found  them  filled 
with  candies.  A  very  delightful  Christmas  party 
and  every  one  seemed  happy.  G.  I.  T. 

We  enjoyed  our  Christmas  work  very  much  this 
year.  We  purchased  the  tree  early,  and  per- 
mitted each  child  to  decorate  it  in  some  way. 
Prom  time  to  time  a  little  toy  or  bright  ball  would 
appear  and  we  let  the  child  who  had  brought  it 
hang  the  article  wherever  he  wished. 

The  children  would  walk  around  the  tree  and 
point  to  the  little  gift,  and  take  such  satisfaction 
in  saying,  "There's  mine."  The  whole  tree  was 
theirs.  Then  their  gifts  pleased  them  so  much, 
and  we  closed  Friday  with  the  two  classes  meet- 
ing in  the  morning.  It  really  was  a  perfect 
picture.  Our  principal  came  to  see  us  and  she 
thought  it  so  inviting  that  she  permitted  the  other 
classes  to  call  for  a  few  moments.  Their  faces 
beamed  with  happiness  and  the  true  Christmas 
spirit  was  certainly  felt.  It  sweetened  my  entire 
vacation.  Their  joy  was  so  abundant  and  con- 
tagious. 

Our  principal  retires  February  1st.,  and 
although  it  saddens  us  to  think  of  it,  still  we 
realize  the  great  privilege  we  have  had  in  being 
associated  with  such  a  true  and  beautiful  womanly 
woman.  M.  B. 

Center  of  interest — Our  Christmas  Tree.  Two 
large  trees  and  two  small  trees,  the  gift  of  our 
janitor. 

Never  before  have  I  experienced  such  a  joyous 
time  in  the  kindergarten  in  preparation  for 
Christmas  as  this  year. 

The   children    caught   the   spirit   of    "loving   and 


giving."  It  was  carried  to  their  homes.  Mother 
and  father,  brothers  and  sisters,  all  helped. 

For  two  weeks  before  our  party,  the  little  ones 
came  bringing  mysterious  looking  packages. 
Things  they  had  made  at  home  for  the  Christmas 
tree.  When  asked  "What  is  this?"  they  would 
say  rougishly,  "I  am  Santa  Claus." 

The  work  done  at  home  and  in  the  kindergarten 
was  well  done,  showing  independence  and  origin- 
ality in  the  use  of  material.  We  not  only  worked 
to  make  the  parents  happy  but  used  our  little 
tree  to  take  to  sick,  poor  and  crippled  little  ones 
who  would  not  have  had  a  tree  but  for  us. 

Stories  told  were  "Piccola,"  "The  Legend  of  the 
Christmas  Tree,"  "Santa  Claus  and  the  Mouse," 
"The  Little  Boy's  Dream,"  "The  Forest,"  "The 
Bird's  Christmas." 

Songs:  "Ring,  Ring  Happy  Bells,"  "This  Tree 
Was  Grown  on  Christmas  Day,"  "Oh  This  Wonder- 
ful Tree,"  "We  Send  a  Merry  Christmas,"  etc. 

Our  Christmas  Festival  was  a  grand  success. 
Almost  every  mother  was  present.  The  children 
presented  the  head  of  our  department  with  a  min- 
iature tree,  decorated  with  all  their  own  handi- 
work. 

They  made  and  filled  tarleton  stockings  for  visit- 
ing babies.  M.  F.  S. 


A  SUGGESTION 

In  making  gifts  for  adults,  choose  colors 
that  are  likely  to  please  them  rather  than 
the  child,  namely  tints  and  shades. 

Worsted  is  pretty  for  tying  and  is  less 
expensive  than  ribbon. 

Make  simple  gifts  and  let  them  be  the 
child's  work  as  much  as  possible. 

Last  year  kindergartners  found  the  crepe 
paper  with  holly  and  Santa  Claus  designs 
very  useful  in  decorating  and  in  making 
gifts.  Translucent  paper  was  also  used 
with  good  effects. 

In  places  where  nature  material  is  scarce, 
efforts  should  be  made  to  retain  the  Christ- 
mas tree  or  several  of  its  lower  branches 
for  use  after  Christmas.  If  it  seems  best  to 
give  the  tree  to  some  institution  or  to  a 
needy  family  for  use  on  Christmas  day,  ask 
to  have  several  branches  returned  or 
secure  them  from  your  own  home  tree. 
Suggestions  will  be  given  next  month  for 
the  use  of  the  material. 

Christmas  Songs  of  Sky  and  Earth. 

"Twinkle,  twinkle  little  star." 

"Little  star  that  shines  so  bright." 

"Lady  Moon." 

"Tiny  Snownakes." 

"Tiny  tracks  in  the  snow." 

"Who  comes  this  way." 

"O,  clap,  clap  your  hands." 

"Old  Santa  Claus." 

"Up  on  the  house-top." 

"Oh,  this  wonderful  tree." 

"This  tree  was  grown  on  Christmas 
Day." 

"Jingle  bells." 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


87 


"Ring  happy  beils." 

"  Baby's  boat." 

"Sleep  little  baby  mine." 

"Once  in  royal  David's  city." 

"Holy  night." 

"We  three  kings." 

AN  INCIDENT. 

If  any  child  should  be  frightened,  this 
incident  might  be  told  as  a  story  or  it  might 
be  told  before  the  celebration  if  Santa 
Clans  is  expected. 

Personally  I  regard  it  better  not  to  have 
a  visible  Santa  for  the  little  ones. 

There  may  be  pictures  of  the  good  saint 
but  they  should  not  be  large  or  too 
grotesque  and  should  not  remain  after 
Christmas.      Fairies  come   and   go  quickly. 

A  little  five-year-old  girl  was  at  our  home  on 
Christmas  Day.  Someone  dressed  up  as  Santa 
Claus,  and  after  a  great  jingling  of  bells  outside, 
came  into  the  parlor.  The  little  girl's  eyes  grew 
big  and  round,  and  she  clung  to  her  father.  In 
a  few  moments  this  fear  disappeared  and  she 
called  out:   "Santa  Claus,  I  wrote  you  a  letter!" 

NOTE — Great  care  should  be  exercised  not  to 
frighten  children  nor  unduly  excite  them  dur- 
ing this  season. 

PREPARING  INVITATIONS. 

In  many  kindergartens  the  invitations  to 
the  Christmas  party  are  prepared  at  least 
in  part  by  the  children. 

The  children  may  cut  out  and  paint  a  red 
or  green  bell,  a  stocking  or  fire  place,  a 
yellow  star,  and  the  invitation  may  be 
written  inside  if  double  or  on  the  reverse 
side. 

A  picture  of  Santa  Claus  or  a  simple 
holly  seal  may  be  mounted  upon  a  card 
of  invitation. 

A  chimney  may  be  used  or  a  tree  drawn 
in  green  with  colored  dots  here  and  there 
to  suggest  lighted  candles. 

An  envelope  may  be  folded  of  green 
paper  and  fastened  with  a  small  red  circle 
or  holly  seal. 

On  one  bell  used  as  an  invitation  card, 
the  following  verse  appeared  : 

"This  little  bell 

Bears  a  message  you  see. 
It  asks  you  to  come 

To  our  Christmas  tree." 

It  is  a  training  in  good  taste  to  prepare 
cards  of  invitation  with  care.  It  is  a  mark 
of  refinement  to  the  credit  of  the  kinder- 
gartner  and  will  be  appreciated  in  the  home 
by  the  cultured  mother  and  will  be  treas- 
ured as  well  by  a  mother  who  may  not  even 
be  able  to  read  the  written  words. 


The  color  and  the  symbol  will  carry  the 
message.  J.  B.  M. 

Scenes  Suggested  For  Sand  Table. 

1.  The  woods  where  fir  trees  grow. 
Introduce  toy  men  and  wagons,  toy  axe, 

etc. 

2.  Transporting  trees  to  the  city. 
Introduce    wagons,    trains,    boats,    using 

either  toys  or  building  blocks. 

3.  The  city.  Unloading  at  the  railroad 
station. 

Wagons  to  carry  trees  to  stores.  Stores 
built  of  blocks. 

4.  A  country  scene,  ground  covered 
with  snow — the  night  before  Christmas. 

Introduce  Santa  Claus  driving  over  a 
bridge.  Have  a  house  built  with  a  chimney 
in  the  distance. 


SUGGESTIONS    ON     CHRISTMAS 
MONTH. 

BERTHA   JOHNSTON. 

The  point  of  departure  for  November  has 
been  "benefits  received,"  and  the  many 
things  for  which  we  have  cause  to  be  grate- 
ful. This  naturally  leads  to  the  spirit  of 
the  Christmas  giving  for 

"...  .if   at   any   time   we   cease 

Such   channels   to   provide 
The  very   founts   of   love   for  us 

Will  soon  be  parched  and  dried. 

For  we  must  share,  if  we  would  keep, 

That    blessing    from    above; 
Ceasing  to  give,  we  cease  to  have;  — 

Such   is  the   law  of   love." 

For  busy  work  at  the  desk  the  children 
in  the  rural  schools  may  be  given  the  kin- 
dergarten blocks  to  work  out  a  sequence  as 
follows:  (The  kindergarten  teacher  may 
dictate  or  merely  give  a  suggested  play. 
The  grade  teacher  could  give  a  definite 
dictation  lesson  or  merely  write  upon  the 
board  the  names  of  the  objects  to  be  built, 
or,  if  the  children  are  very  young,  she  could 
tell  the  story  and  let  the  children  work  out 
the  different  objects  as  they  choose  to 
represent  them.) 

Tell  of  the  little  children  who  lived  in  a 


Wall  to  be       Ladder 
Decorated 


Chimney 

comfortable     house    in     the     country     (1). 


88 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Their  father  planned  to  go  out  into  the 
woods  to  cut  down  some  hemlock  trees, 
one  for  the  church  and  one  for  his  home. 
(The  ruthless  way  in  which  the  forest  trees 
have  been  cut  down  in  past  years  and  the 
recent  terrible  devastation  of  the  forests  by 
the  fires  would  make  timely  here  a  brief 
dissertation  upon  the  importance  of  select- 
ing with  discrimination  the  trees  to  be  cut. 
None  should  be  wasted  and  those  who  own 
timber  lands  should  learn  how  to  thin  out 
the  woods  properly,  leaving  some  trees  to 
grow  for  future  use  and  to  protect  the 
undergrowth  from  drying  out  and  being 
washed  away  by  rains  leaving  the  rocky 
foundation  bare  of  soil.  (See  Roth's  "  First 
book  of  Forestry"  published  by  Ginn  and 
Co.)  Tell  the  children  that  in  some  Euro- 
pean countries,  where  the  people  have 
learned  by  sad  experience  the  value  of  the 
forests,  no  man  may  cut  a  tree  unless  he 
plants  another.  Our  own  arbor  day  exer- 
cises are  of  great  value  for  thus  repairing 
the  loss  of  trees  occasioned  by  fires,  lum- 
bering interests  and  human  needs. 

But  after  this  brief  digression  we  must 
return  to  our  story.  Father  takes  out  the 
large  sleigh  and  the  two  strong  horses  (2) 
and  drives  to  the  woods  possibly  taking 
Tommy  and  Helen,  well  wrapped  up  in 
their  warm  coats,  boots  and  mufflers. 

They  bring  home  the  trees  (imaginary), 
and  then  father  makes  two  wooden  stand- 
ards, one  for  each  tree  (3). 

In  the  fall  the  family  had  gathered  the 
long  trailing  ground-pine  and  other  vines, 
and  hollv  had  been  sent  to  them  from 
friends  in  the  South  and  now  they  must  put 
the  tree  in  the  front  room  and  decorate  the 
rooms  with  the  green  vines.  So  here  is'  the 
high  wall  of  the  front  room  and  here  the 
step-ladder  (4). 

At  night  the  children  took  their  stockings 
and  hung  them  up  before  the  fireplace  f  O 
and  then  went  to  bed  to  dream  of  St.  Nick 
coming  clown  the  chimney. 

Let  the  children  illustrate  with  their 
blocks  "'Twas  the  Night  Before  Christ- 
mas." 

A  sequence  parallel  to  the  above  may  be 
worked  out  with  the  Fourth  Gift  but  in- 
stead of  the  tree-boxes  the  church  may  be 
built  and  then  the  church-wall  which  is  to 
be  decorated. 

In  localities  where  Christmas  trees  may 
not  grow  or  if  for  any  reason  it  may  not 
seem  best  to  make  use  of  the  tree  incident, 


play  that  father  is  driving  to  the  station  to 
meet  the  expected  guests. 

Directions  For  Dictated  Play. 

1.  Place  the  boxes  evenly  in  front  of 
you.  Here  is  the  house  where  Tommy 
lived. 

2.  Now  we  will  make  the  sleigh  with 
two  horses.  Take  the  two  front  top  blocks 
and  place  them  on  the  table  to  the  right  of 
the  lower  layer,  just  touching  them  evenly. 
Take  the  remaining  two  top  blocks  and 
place  them  to  the  left  of  the  lower  blocks 
about  one  inch  away.  These  represent  the 
horses.  (Let  the  children  play  a  little  with 
them,  moving  the  sleigh  with  the  right 
hand  and  the  horses  with  the  left.  Tiny 
dolls  cut  out  of  paper  may  help  in  the  play. 
Play  cut  down  trees  and  load  on  sleigh. 
Burnt  matches  may  be  used  or  twigs  if 
obtainable.  Leave  sleigh  and  horses 
intact. 

3.  We  will  now  make  two  standards  to 
hold  the  Christmas  trees  upright.  Look 
at  the  sleigh.  Take  the  two  left-hand 
blocks  of  the  sleigh  and  slide  them  along 
till  they  just  meet  the  other  two  blocks. 
This  gives  two  two-inch  standards.  Stick 
a  match  in  the  center  where  the  blocks 
meet,  to  show  how  the  tree  would  be  held. 

4.  Now  we  will  build  the  high  wail  of 
the  parlor  and  the  tall  step-ladder.  Take 
the  two  front  blocks  of  the  left-hand  stand- 
ard and  place  them  on  the  two  back  blocks. 
Take  the  two  front  blocks  of  the  remain- 
ing standard  and  place  them  on  top  of  the 
wall.  Take  one  of  the  remaining  blocks 
and  place  it  on  the  other  to  make  a  step- 
ladder. 

5.  After  helping  the  grown  folks  make 
the  rooms  beautiful  and  fragrant  we  are 
ready  to  go  to  bed  and  dream  of  Santa 
Claus,  so  we  hang  up  our  stockings  before 
the  fireplace.  Build  thus :  Slide  the  top 
step  of  the  ladder  so  that  it  rests  exactly  on 
top  of  lower  step — making  a  pillar.  Re- 
move the  two  top  cubes  from  the  wall  and 
stand  one  on  top  of  the  other  making  a 
pillar.  Place  a  little  to  one  side.  Now 
slide  the  next  two  top  cubes  of  the  wall  a 
little  forward  so  that  they  overlap  the 
lower  ones.  This  gives  the  hollow  of  the 
fireplace  and  the  mantelpiece.  Move  the 
two  pillars,  one  to  the  right  and  one  to  the 
left  of  the  fireplace  to  complete  it. 

Now  cut  some  tiny  stockings  out  of 
paper  and  if  a  narrow  strip  of  paper  about 
two  inches  long  is  cut  at  top  of  stocking 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


89 


it  can  be  bent  so  as  to  be  hung  upon  the 
mantelpiece. 

6.  Cay  the  stockings  to  one  side,  to  be 
ready  to  make  the  chimney.  Slide  the  over- 
lapping cubes  of  the  mantel  back  so  that 
they  rest  exactly  upon  the  lower  ones. 
Place  the  right-hand  pillar  of  two  blocks 
so  that  its  back  left  vertical  edge  exactly 
meets  the  front  right  vertical  edge  of  the 
left-hand  pillar.  A  three-sided  hollow  be- 
comes visible.  Close  this  up  with  the  two 
blocks  that  will  best  close  it  up.  This  gives 
the'  chimney  down  which  St.  Nick  will 
come. 

7.  We  will  now  make  a  cubical  box 
like  the  one  Tommy  found  in  his  stocking. 
Push  the  two  front  cubes  back  till  they 
meet  the  two  back  cubes.  Complete  the 
large  cube  in  the  best  possible  way.  (Leave 
this  to  the  children's  judgment.)  Have 
them  tell  what  Tommy  found  in  his  Christ- 
mas box. 

Suggestions  For  Occupation  Work  For  Christmas 
Month.  ! 

CLAY — Let  the  children  model  a  num- 
ber of  snowballs.  Then  pile  several  on  top 
of  one  another  to  build  a  small  snow  fort. 
Fill  up  the  interstices  with  clay  and  smooth 
over.  Tell  them  that  when  men  go  far 
north  where  there  is  snow  all  the  time  they 
build  real  houses  of  snow  and  ice  which  do 
not  melt.  Let  them  model  a  snow  man  of 
clay. 

Make  a  sphere  or  ball  of  clay,  and  then 
cut  it  in  half  with  a  piece  of  string.  Take 
each  half  sphere,  and  by  pressure  and 
molding  with  the  fingers,  hollow  it  out  into 
a  bowl  or  cup  for  baby's  oatmeal. 

Take  small  piece  of  clay  and  roll  it  out 
into  the  shape  of  a  Christmas  candle.  Re- 
member to  insert  the  wick.  Jewish  and 
Roman  Catholic  children  will  be  able  to 
tell  of  the  large  candles  that  are  used  in 
cathedral  and  synagogue.  A  lesson  in  pro- 
portion can  be  given  by  asking  that  some 
be  made  one  inch  long  and  others  twice 
that  length  and  others  three  times  that 
length.  Have  the  little  children  count  how 
many  they  make. 

Mold  nuts  to  hang  on  the  tree.  Give 
good-sized  walnuts  as  models. 

The  \  older  children  may  model  holly 
leaves  and  berries,  resting  upon  a  founda- 
tion of  firm  clay  in  the  shape  of  a  placque. 

CARDBOARD  TWINE-BOX— Take  a 
cubical  box  in  which  comes  shredded  cod- 
fish. Paste  over  each  side  some  pretty 
paper  (wall-paper  of  a  small  pattern  would 


be  suitable  as  would  any  plain  color  of 
dainty  tint.  Punch  a  hole  in  the  center  of 
the  bottom  and  make  two  other  holes,  in 
opposite  sides  about  one-half  inch  from  the 
top.  Place  a  ball  of  pretty  twine  inside, 
first  running  the  end  through  the  hole  in 
the  bottom  so  that  it  can  be  gently  pulled. 
Run  ribbon  through  the  two  other  holes 
bv  which  to  suspend  the  box;  glue  down 
the  top  and  the  little  gift  is  finished.  Hang 
in  some  place  convenient  of  access  when 
string  for  wrapping  is  needed  in  a  hurry. 
Let  the  older  children  make  the  entire  box. 
(See  November  number  of  the  Kindergar- 
ten Primary  Magazine.) 

MATCH-SCRATCHER— 1.  Cut  a  cir- 
cle of  dainty-colored  cardboard  and  upon 
it  paste  a  star  cut  from  sandpaper.  White 
cardboard  may  be  painted  a  dainty  color 
in  water-color  paints. 

2.  Upon  a  square  of  cardboard  draw  a 
star  and  let  the  children  prick  the  outline 
with  a  kindergarten  pricking  needle  or  a 
hat-pin  or  shawl-pin.  In  center  of  star, 
paste  a  piece  of  sandpaper. 

3.  Cut  a  cardboard  oblong  measuring 
6?l7  inches.  Take  sandpaper  measuring 
4x/2x6  or  7  inches.  Cut  from  upper  right- 
hand  corner  clown  to  lower  left-hand  cor- 
ner in  a  curved  line  to  give  the  slope  of  a 
hill.  Paste  this  upon  the  background  of 
cardboard  close  to  the  bottom.  Then  cut 
from  dark-green  paper  a  line  of  evergreen 
trees,  curving  so  that  they  will  appear  just 
above  the  line  of  the  hill.  It  may  be  better 
to  cut  the  curving  line,  of  trees  first,  out  of 
a  large  piece  of  paper  and  then  paste  the 
sandpaper  upon  this.  (Is  it  more  or  less 
pleasing  to  ha\re  the  trunks  of  the  trees 
show?  See  that  they  are  placed  in  pleasing 
relation  to  each  other.)  Tell  the  children 
this  is  a  hill  covered  with  sparkling  snow. 
Play  that  the  match  scratching-  over  it  is 
the  sled  rushing  down  the  hill.  If  thev 
know  the  story  of  the  "Little  Fir  Tree" 
thev  may  be  interested  in  cutting  out  the 
rabbit  scampering  over  the  snow. 

PARQUETRY  BOOK-COVER  DE- 
SIGN— That  is  a  prettv  custom  of  the 
Germans,  which  trains  the  children  who 
are  old  enough  to  write,  to  practice  until 
they  can  write  neatly  some  sentiment  of 
love  and  gratitude  for  all  that  the  parents 
do  for  them.  On  the  occasion  of  birthday 
or  Christmas  these  sentiments  are  written 
by  the  children  upon  engraved  forms  and 
presented  to  the  father  and  mother.  As 
they  represent  the  child's  fidelity  to  school 


go 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


duties,  and  much  of  patience  and  pains- 
taking, they  more  truly  are  a  gift  from  the 
child  than  are  the  beautiful  presents  which 
so  often  the  child  buys  with  money  given 
to  him  by  the  parent  himself.  In  the  kin- 
dergarten or  the  grades  some  such  expres- 
sion of  love  can  be  made  by  the  child.  The 
older  children  can  make  the  booklets  of 
sheets  of  paper  with  holes  punched  at  the 
top  or  at  the  sides  through  which  ribbon 
or  worsted  may  be  run.  These  sheets 
should  previously  have  been  inscribed  or 
decorated.  The  older  children  can  write 
upon  them  the  appropriate  sentiment  in 
their  best  handwriting.  Practice  through 
the  term  with  this  end  in  view.  The  kin- 
dergarten children  may  save  and  cut  appro- 
priate pictures  or  may  save  some  good 
examples  of  kindergarten  occupation  work. 
The  book-covers  may  be  decorated  with 
the  original  drawings  of  the  older  children 
or  with  a  parquetry  design,  i.  Take  kin- 
dergarten circles  of  red  and  white,  the 
white  representing  snow  balls  and  the  red 
holly  berries,  ranged  alternately ;  or  make 
a  simple  design  as  a  border  in  one  corner. 
2.  From  dark-green  paper  cut  holly  leaves, 
and  arrange  in  a  border  with  an  occasional 
red  berry  or  cluster  of  berries  showing. 
They  may  practice  cutting  such  leaves  and 
clusters  for  busy  work.  Give  a  real  leaf 
when  possible  or  a  picture  or  old  Christ- 
mas card  may  give  a  hint.  Children  living 
near  Northern  woods  will  find  that  the 
wintergreen  and  the  partridge  berry  offer 
charming  units  for  design.  3.  Cut  a  simple 
fir  tree  from  dark  green  paper  and  let  it 
alternate  with  a  white  rabbit  as  a  border. 

CUTTING— The  making  of  units  for 
the  borders  mentioned  above  affords  oppor- 
tunity for  paper-cutting.  In  addition  to 
this,  children  who  are  studying  geography 
may  be  led  to  speak  of  the  Noah's  Ark 
which  so  many  children  receive  at  Christ- 
mas time  and  talk  of  the  different  countries 
from  which  different  animals  come.  Let 
the  older  boys  and  girls  cut  out  pairs  of  the 
animals,  cows,  horses,  cats,  lions,  tigers, 
either  free-hand  or  from  models  obtainable 
at  kindergarten  supply  stores  and  mount 
them  upon  spools  or  make  cardboard  sup- 
ports at  the  back  and  give  to  a  younger 
brother  or  sister  or  cousin. 

Illustrate  with  paper-cutting  the  beauti- 
ful old  English  ballad  "The  Robin's  Christ- 
mas Eve."  The  robin,  the  church,  the  sex- 
ton with  his  lantern,  the  singing  children, 
etc.,  may  be  cut  out. 


DRAWING  AND  PAINTING— Illu- 
strate the  various  Christmas  poems  and 
stories  told.  The  attempts  of  the  younger 
and  more  inexperienced  children  will 
necessarily  be  more  or  less  crude.  As  an 
opportunity  for  practice  in  securing  good, 
clean  washes,  let  the  children  cut  out  card- 
board stars  about  four  or  five  inches  in 
diameter  (white  bristol-board)  and  then 
color  these  with  blue  or  red,  pink,  gold  or 
silver.  Punch  a  hole  in  each,  insert  a  bit  of 
ribbon  and  use  for  decoration  of  wall  or 
tree.  A  scrap  picture  of  an  angel  might  be 
pasted  in  the  corner  of  each.  Make  a  chain 
of  such  stars. 

WEAVING— Have  the  children  make 
the  usual  kindergarten  weaving  mats  and 
paste  two  together  with  a  bit  of  scented 
cotton  between.  2.  Make  several  such 
mats,  about  two  inches  square  (necessarily 
they  will  have  few  strips)  and  fasten  them 
together  so  as  to  make  a  little  scented 
cluster. 

CHAINS— 1.  Cut  gold,  silver,  red  and 
green  paper  into  lengths  measuring  ^4x4 
inches.  Paste  the  end  of  one  length  so  that 
it  overlaps  the  other,  making  one  link. 
Put  another  strip  through  this,  making  a 
second  link  and  continue  to  lengthen  in  the 
same  way.  The  red  and  green  will  inter- 
link prettily,  but  the  gold  and  silver  chains 
are  better  .if  of  one  color  only.  Use  to 
decorate  tree  or  chandelier.  Let  the  chil- 
dren occupy  themselves  thus  in  "busy  time" 
and  take  the  chains  home.  2.  Make  chains 
of  red  and  green  circles,  symbolic  of  holly, 
alternating  with  straws.  3.  Let  older  chil- 
dren cut  the  green  in  shape  of  holly  leaves, 
and  alternate  with  the  red  circles. 

PEG-BOARD— 1.  Let  the  children  plant 
the  pegs  irregularly,  as  trees — the  green 
ones.  Then  play  selecting  the  right  ones  as 
Christmas  trees,  talking  over  why  some  are 
chosen  and  others  left — we  choose  often 
from  a  crowded  spot  so  as  to  leave  the  re- 
maining trees  more  light  and  air  and  space. 
Put  the  trees  in  a  "third"  or  "fourth"  gift 
sledge  to  draw  to  the  station  whence  they 
will  be  taken  to  the  big,  far-away  city. 
Some  of  the  green  sticks  may  be  used  also, 
to  give  trees  of  different  heights.  2.  Ar- 
range the  sticks  prettily,  as  if  they  were 
flowers  in  a  florist's  window.  What  is  this 
red  flower?  This  blue  one?  Shall  we  buy 
one  for  grandmother?  How  many  yellow 
ones  are  there  in  Nellie's  window?  Do 
flowers  cost  more  or  less  at  Christmas 
time? 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


9i 


HOW  TO  MAKE  A  DUPLICATOR. 

Every  kindergartner  and  primary  teacher  re- 
quires a  duplicator.  Obtain  an  oblong  pie  tin  the 
size  you  wish  the  duplicator.  'Purchase  12  ounces 
of  glycerine  and  2  ounces  of  gelatine,  and  place  in 
a  stew  kettle  with  two  ounces  of  granulated  sugar 
and  exactly  a  half  pint  of  water;  let  stand  a  day 
or  two,  then  heat  until  gelatine  dissolves.  Pour 
into  pie  tin  and  puncture  all  the  bubbles  with  a 
pin.  The  writing  or  drawing  you  wish  to  copy 
should  be  freshly  made  with  hectograph  ink.  Place 
writing  side  down  upon  the  surface  of  the  dupli- 
cator, pressing  down  smoothly  with  the  hand.  Re- 
move, and  from  15  to  50  copies  can  be  taken  off. 
When  through  wash  the  copy  off  carefully  with 
tipid  water.  Occasionally  place  the  pan  on  a 
stove  and  remelt  the  contents  which  will  secure 
a  new  smooth  surface. 


HOW  TEACHERS  OFTEN  WASTE  TIME. 

By   repeating   questions   and    answers. 

By  making  too  much  of  trifles. 

By  giving  inexplicit  directions. 

By  unskillful   an   illogical   questioning. 

By  prompting  pupils  too  soon  and  thus  confus- 
ing them. 

By  illogical  arrangement  and  development  of 
lessons. 

By  tardiness  in  beginning  work  after  an  inter- 
mission. 

By  allowing  tardy  responses  to  questions  and 
commands. 

By  poor  assignment  of  lessons. 

By  failing  to  have  all  pupils  at  work. 

By  attempting  to  teach  before  attention  is 
secured. 

By  doing  the  mechanical  work  rather  than  have 
the  pupil  do  it. 

By   nagging  and  scolding. 

By  talking  too  loud  and  too  much,  thus  bury- 
ing the  lesson. 

By  explaining  what  the  pupils  already  know. 

By  explaining  what  pupils  may  work  out  for 
themselves. 

By  not  using  signs. 

By  correcting  the  language  of  pupils  when  they 
should  be  correcting  their  own. 

By  not  recognizing  the  law  of  ethics. 


I  know  a  teacher  who  is  dishonest  and  yet 
precious  little  children  are  entrusted  to  her  care. 
Is  it  fair? 


TEACHING  HISTORY  BY  PUPPETS 

For  some  years  a  Sicilian  named  Antonio  Parisi 
has  been  giving  historical  "puppet-shows"  in  the 
Sicilian  quarter  of  New  York  city.  His  plays  deal 
chiefly  with  events  in  the  life  and  times  of  Charle- 
magne. The  drama  committee  of  the  People's  In- 
stitute has  now  taken  notice  of  Signor  Parisi  and 
his  puppets  and  is  to  test  the  puppet-show  as  an 
aid  to  education  in  history.  The  show,  moved  to 
a  retreat  near  Washington  Square,  is  to  be  acces- 
sible to  600,000  school  children  and  their  teachers. 
The  school  authorities  in  New  York  are  said  to  be 
greatly  interested  in  the  experiment.  The  Sicilian 
children,  according  to  the  enthusiastic  advocates 
of  the  plan,  know  the  history  of  Charlemagne 
"like  a  book,"  wholly  through  these  shows. — Cur- 
rent Events. 

The  above  extract  was  sent  us  with  the 
suggestion  that  the  story  of  the  Pilgrim 
Fathers   might    be    thus    worked    out    with 


educational  benefit,  but  it  reached  us  too 
late  in  November. 

The  interesting  item  recalls  a  visit  we 
made  several  years  ago  to  a  puppet  theater 
in  Chicago.  It  was  in  the  Italian  quarter 
and  to  reach  it  we  must  pass  through  a 
room  where  natives  of  sunny  Italy  were 
playing  billiards.  Passing  beyond  this 
"foyer"  we  found  ourselves  in  a  small  room 
furnished  with  ordinary  wooden  chairs. 
Our  group  of  five  or  six  made  the  only 
women  present  but  in  the  gallery,  crowded 
under  the  low  ceiling  were  a  number  of  at- 
tentive boys  and  girls. 

Little  by  little,  more  and  more  men  came 
in;  the  billiard  players  gave  up  their  cues 
to  become  a  part  of  the  audience  and  soon 
the  place  was  full,  and  the  proprietor 
passed  around  the  hat  for  the  ten  cents 
which  constituted  the  admission  price. 
Some  of  the  men  began  to  smoke  and 
although  all  were  well-behaved,  the  general 
strangeness  of  the  place,  and  by  the  looks  of 
appearance  of  the  men  and  their  queer 
speech  accompanied  by  the  looks  of  curi- 
osity cast  in  the  direction  of  the  strange 
American  women  almost  brought  tears  of 
homesickness  to  the  eyes  of  one  of  the 
young  students. 

But  soon  the  orchestra  ( ?)  began  to  play 
and  this  brought  smiles  to  the  eyes  because 
the  music  was  afforded  by  the  turning  of  a 
hand-organ — which    seemed    quite    Italian. 

Meanwhile  we  had  been  studying  the 
small  but  complete  little  stage  with  its 
drop-curtain  decorated  with  medieval 
heroic  figures;  and  soon  the  curtain  rolled 
up  and  the  play  began.  The  puppets  were 
larger  than  we  had  pictured  them  in  imagi- 
nation. They  were  from  two  and  a  half  to 
three  feet  high  and  were  garbed  to  suit  the 
parts,  in  very  picturesque  garments.  The 
play,  we  learned,  was  from  Ariosto's 
Orlando  Furioso.  It  had  been  running  one 
year  with  two  more  to  run  before  all  of  the 
tale  was  told.  So  far  as  we  could  tell,  the 
scene  lay  outside  the  walls  of  Paris  or  some 
other  important  city  at  the  time  of  the 
Crusades. 

The  parts  were  read  by  a  man  behind  the 
scenes.  His  voice  was  at  once  musical  and 
very  flexible,  expressing  every  shade  of 
meaning.  The  puppets  were  manipulated 
by  strings  attached  to  head,  body  and 
limbs  and  carried  behind  the  scenes.  From 
the  distance  at  which  they  were  viewed  and 
the  perfect  natural  relation  of  scenery  to 
the  little   actors  they  seemed  to  be   quite 


92 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


life-sized.      The    movements    were    neces- 
sarily   somewhat    stiff    and    woodeny    but 
nevertheless    were    expressive    of    various 
moods   and   differences   of   feeling,   bearing 
perhaps,    much    the    same    relation   to   the 
motions  of  living  actors  as  the  blocked-out 
or  angular  drawings  bear  to  those  in  which 
all  the  soft  roundnesses  of  muscle  and  skin 
are   depicted.     Although   the  words   might 
not  be  understood,  the  action  was.     At  one 
time   there   were   as   many  as   ten   knights 
upon    the    stage — all    in    beautifully-made 
armor.     There  was  one  scene  in  which  the 
king  occupied  the  stage  alone  and  seemed 
to    be   vexed   with    some   important    affair. 
He    walked   up    and    down   the    stage   one 
moment,  in  great  distress  of  mind.     Anon, 
he  almost  wept,  and  then  he  beat  his  breast 
in  woe.    But  a  moment  later,  he  strode  up 
and  down,  stamped  his  foot  and  seemed  to 
gather  himself  together  to  strike  some  blow 
that  would  bring  his  enemies  to  terms.   We 
did  not  remain  until  the  evening's  close  nor 
did  we  return  to  continue  the  story  the  next 
night  but  we  can  very  well  understand  that 
history  and  patriotism  and  good  literature 
might  well  be  brought  to  the  people,  espec- 
ially   to    the    unlettered,    in    these    puppet 
shows.     The  audience  of  men  listened  with 
closest  attention  to  every  word. 

The  only  manikin-show  that  is  familiar 
to  the  average  child  in  America  is  Punch 
and  Judy,  which  also  had  its  origin  in  Italy. 
But  the  comedy  enacted  on  the  tiny  travel- 
ing stage  conveys  no  lesson  of  value  to  the 
children  and  it  would  be  a  praise-worthy 
effort  to  supersede  Punch  with  something 
equally  entertaining  but  more  edifying.  A 
jumping-jack  is  probably  the  simplest  form 
of  puppet. 

Many  boys  have  their  own  little  toy 
theaters  and  a  few  years  ago  a  book  was 
published 

giving  directions  for  building  a  puppet 
theater,  and  for  making  the  dolls;  several 
plays  were  given  for  acting.  We  commend 
this  interesting  little  volume  to  our  readers. 
The  teacher,  with  help  of  her  older  children 
might  be  able  to  work  out  some  very  in- 
teresting scenes  from  history  and  litera- 
ture, in  accordance  with  the  suggestions 
given,  with  value  especially  for  children  of 
foreign  birth  who  are  little  acquainted  with 
American  history.  The  drawing  and  cut- 
ting out  of  the  figures,  the  searching  after 
pictures  showing  costumes,  the  making  of 
the  scenery — would  furnish  opportunity 
for   busy  work   that   would   have   genuine 


educational  content.  The  Kindergarten- 
Primarv  Magazine  will  have  more  definite 
suggestions  to  make  early  in  the  next  year. 


Drawing,    Cutting,    Paper    Folding    and 
Tearing  For  December 

During  the  last  three  months  the  children  have 
been  led  to  feel  how  much  is  provided  for  them, 
how  carefully  their  needs  are  looked  after  and  how 
many  helpers  are  constantly  busy,  so  that  they  may 
be  happy.  Now  comes  December,  the  month  when 
the  children  may  make  something  to  express  their 
gratitude  for  all  this  loving  care. 

To  be  sure  they  have  before  tnis  entered  into  the 
spirit  of  helpfulness  by  dusting  chairs,  putting 
things  in  their  proper  places,  and  running  errands 
to  partly  repay  for  all  these  things,  but  now  a  gift 
is  to  be  made,  something  that  can  pass  from  hand  to 
hand  and  finally  be  presented  to  the  loved  one.  A 
real  Christmas  gift  mingled  with  love  and  patience. 


Ced^r 


unLh 


ranch 
u/ith 
cones 


Trie. 


During  the  month  the  thought  of  the  children 
will  be  directed  to  the  toyman,  the  securing  of  the 
Christmas  tree,  Santa,  and  at  lust  the  day  on  which 
the  gifts  of  love  are  bestowed.  In  all  the  prepara- 
tion for  that  climax,  if  the  work  be  over-exemplified 
and  the  joy  of  giving  be  lessened,  the  purpose  of  the 
work  will  be  lost.  Christmas  is  the  time  of  loving 
gifts.  Each  preceding  month  has  presented  some 
form  of  animal  life  that  naturally  connected  itself 
with  the  work.  Santa's  reindeer  will  be  the  ani- 
mal to  which  the  ihoughi  of  the  children  will  be 
directed  during  December  and  he  will  figure  more 
or  less  in  the  drawings  of  the  month  and  possibly 
in  the  cutting. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


93 


This  is  a  season  when  so  much  gay  coloring  may 
be  indulged  in  and  free  invention  be  greatly  en- 
couraged. The  work  that  follows  is  not  intended 
to  be  suggestive  for  gifts  necessarily,  but  many  of 
the  things  may  ei^ter  into  the  presents  if  the 
teacher  and  children  desire  them.  When  decora- 
tions for  the  tree  are  being  made  the  cnildren  will 
enjoy  making  the  same  things  for  the  tree  at  home 


/f^  Candaj-ba/bftet  P" 


TreftUkT  JUL 


tmmm 


lllfiill 

TVee 

E-E-fit^^^^  of  s'dvev 
avid. 


that  they  make  for  the  tree  in  school.  This  will 
also  permit  many  children  to  have  pretty  decora- 
tions on  their  home  trees  wno  otherwise  would  have 
very'  little.  This  will  be  one  way  to  add  to  the 
Christmas  joy. 

Drawing. 

Cedar  tree,  Cedar  branch  and  berries;  pine  tree, 
pine  tree  and  cones;  hemlock  tree,  hemlock  branch 
and  cones;  lighted  candle,  drum  and  sticks,  horn, 
Santa  and  sleigh,  chimney,  reindeer;  Christmas 
tree  with  decorations  for  book  cover. 

Free  Drawing. 

Illustrate  story  work;  home  of  Christmas  tree; 
securing  the  tree;  transporting  tree  to  city;  window 
in  toy  shop;  visit  witi.  mother  to  toy  shop. 

Practice  Drawing. 

Candle  stick,  chimney,    (high)    sleigh. 


Cutting 


Pictures  from  magazines  to  be  pasted  in  picture 
books  for  gifts:  Christmas  tree,  mantle  piece, 
stockings,  Christmas  toys,  candy  baskets,  candy 
cones;  strips  for  chains  for  tree;  silver  strips  to  be 
rolled  for  circles  for  tree;  boy  with  sleigh. 

Cut  mantle  piece  and  stockings  separate.  Paste 
on  a  mounting  paper. 


Drawing  and  Cutting. 

Colored  stockings  for  tree,  dollies,  toys,  Santa, 
reindeer.  Pictures  of  tne  tree  decorations  that  are 
bought  in  the  shops,  as  balls,  stars,  etc.;  rocking 
horse;  illustration  of  stories. 

To  r  ike  the  rocking  horse  let  the  children  draw 
a  good-sized  picture  of  the  horse;  tnen  cut  same. 
Use  this  picture  as  a  stencil  for  the  other  horse.  If 
the  children  cannot  uraw  well  enough  to  make  their 
own  stencil  the  teacher  may  give  them  a  stencil  at 
first.  Use  colored  pencils  to  decorate.  Paste  a  slat 
in  between  tae  two  horses'  bodies  to  make  them 
stand  up.  Any  such  realistic  object  gives  the  great- 
est pleasure  to  the  children. 

Folding  and  Cutting. 

Lanterns  for  tree.  Mats  and  strips  for  gifts  (cut 
double.)  Open  grate  fireplace.  Snowflakes  (fold 
and  cut  per  described  before.) 

To  make  the  lanterns  for  the  trees  take  a  square 
paper  4x4  or  larger;  cut  off  one  edge  for  the  handle; 
fold  one  diameter;  cut  on  this  fold  to  within  one- 
half  inch  of  the  edges  and  not  too  close  together. 
Open  paper  and  paste  together,  so  that  the  fold 
runs  through  the  middle  between  the  top  and  bot- 
tom of  the  lantern.  Paste  handle;  add  a  chain. 
These  lanterns  are  very  effective  if  made  of  colored 
paper,  but  for  the  older  children  they  may  be  made 
much  more  elaborate  by  using  a  plain  paper  and 
drawing  or  painting  to  represent  Japanese  lanterns. 
This  is  done  by  making  a  black  band  at  the  top  and 
bottom  and  painting  some  simple  design,  as  seen 
on  lanterns  in  shops. 

Designs  for  Japanese  lanterns: 

This  is  a  very  good  time  to  introduce  transpar- 
encies and  it  may  be  done  in  connection  with  the 
lanterns  and  the  ^nristmas  star.  To  mak?  the  lan- 
tern take  a  good-sized  piece  of    ">aper,   black  pre- 


94 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


ferred,  and  fold  one  diameter.     Cut  the  outline  of  a 
Japanese  lantern  on  the  open  edges  thus: 

Then  cutting  from  the  fold  follow  the  outside  of 
the  paper  and  an  outline  of  the  lantern  is  the  re- 
sult thus: 

Open  this  and  paste  it  on  a  piece  of  brightly 
colored  tissue  paper  larger  than  the  outline  of  the 
lantern,  so  as  to  give  strengta  while  pasting.  After 
the  paste  is  tnoroughly  dried  cut  away  the  tissue 
outside  the  black  edge  of  lantern.  Support  with  a 
string  the  color  of  tne  tissue  paper  ani  hang  in 
window  or  before  a  candle. 

To  make  the  outline  for  the  star  transparency 
take  a  four-inch  square,  fold  sixteen  squares  and 
diameters  and  diagonals.  To  secure  the  points  of 
tne  star  fold  on  diagonals  and  cut  from  corners  to 
line  running  one  inch  from  edge  of  the  paper 
where   it  crosses  the  diameter. 

Open  and  fold  on  the  other  diagonal  and  cut  as 
before.  A  four-pointed  solid  star  is  the  result.  Be- 
ginning on  the  diagonal  cut  parallel  to  the  outer 
edge  leaving  an  open  star  one-half  inch  wide. 
Paste  this  on  a  yellow  square  of  tissue  paper  4x4. 
When  dry  cut  away  tissue  outside  of  star  and  hang 
in  window. 

To  make  the  open  grate  fireplace,  take  a  piece  of 
either  red  or  black  paper  4x4,  or  larger,  fold  the 
sixteen  squares;  cut  out  a  piece  in  the  middle  two 
squares  by  three  squares,  leaving  the  mantle  piece. 
Paste  the  mantle  on  a  piece  of  manilla  paper.  Cut 
blue  and  white  plates  for  mantle.  Draw  and  cut 
clock.  Represent  fire  with  red  and  yellow  pencils 
and  use  black  paper  strips  to  represent  grate.  These 
strips  should  only  be  pasted  at  the  ends  and  should 
stand  out  from  the  mounting  sheet  to  look  like  a 
half  round  grate. 

PAPER  TEARING.—  JDollie  Clothes:    (a)  Parasol;  (b)  Hood 
(c)  Shoes;  (d)  Mittens:  (e)  Dress. 


iRochmg  horse 


CKatn 

■made,  otsilvev 

ax^d,  gold. 


«S*s 


pee/P 


Jr 


L^x\tevn,opev» 


1111111)1 


Cmi*Y\e 


•V>gvAfr  ft*  Japevi£fr£  \acnwn\9* 


%4 

w31 


Kindergarten  Gilts 

(Continued) 
By  BERTHA  JOHNSTON. 

First  Gift  Ball— Color  and  Number. 

Play  that  the  balls  are  church  bells  ring- 
ing on  Christmas  day.  Sing  "Bell  So  High 
Up  In  the  Steeple,"  or  some  other  church- 
bell  song,  as  if  the  chimes  were  ringing. 
Swing  in  good  rhythm. 

Play  that  it  is  Christmas  Eve  and  that 
the  children  are  to  go  to  bed  at  eight 
o'clock.  Let  one  child  stand  at  one  end  of 
the  table  with  the  ball  and  suddenly  be- 
gin to  swing  it,  but  very  evenly.  Let  the 
children  count  the  number  of  swings  to  see 
if  bedtime  has  come.  Then  let  them  play 
go  to  sleep.  While  they  sleep  let  the 
teacher  place  a  ball  before  each  child  and 
when  they  wake  up  let  each  child  tell  what 
kind  of  fruit  he  found  at  his  place  Christ- 
mas morning,  or  what  kind  of  a  toy,  (most 
resembling  the  sphere).  A  toy  balloon,  a 
ball,  a  top,  etc.  Let  a  child  bounce  or  spin 
or  make  his  ball  hop,  and  then  have  other 
children  guess  that  he  received  a  ball,  a 
top  or  a  canary  bird. 

Play  that  we  go  to  the  store  to  buy  a 
balloon  for  baby.  What  color  shall  we 
buy?  Place  several  balls  in  a  row  as 
balloons.  Close  eyes.  (Teacher  conceals 
one).  Tell  that  one  balloon  flew  away 
through  the  window  in  the  night  time. 
Which  one  is  missing? 

Sticks 

Outline  a  star;  the  church;  a  sled;  the 
toy  store,  etc.  Have  the  children  tell  how 
many  sticks  they  have  used;  if  they  are  all 
of  the  same  length,  etc.  Give  some  children 
four,  some  five,  some  six  sticks.  Ask  how 
many  candy-sticks  did  you  receive  ? 

Tablets 

Let  the  little  children  make  a  simple 
stained-glass  window  design  as  follows: 
Place  a  square  before  the  child.  Take  four 
other  squares  of  a  contrasting  tone  and 
place  at  the  four  sides  of  the  first  square, 
one  straight  edge  touching  another  (plac- 
ing in  the  order  front,  back,  right-hand, 
left-hand).  Talk  a  little  about  the  design 
and  then  ask  if  the  children  can  make  one 
even  more  pleasing  by  placing  the  outside 
squares  in  just  a  little  different  relation. 
If  each  is  placed  cornerwise  a  pretty  effect 
is  obtained.     See  how  many  designs  can  be 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


95 


made  of  these  few  squares.  Then  give  four 
more  tablets  and  obtain  as  many  effects  as 
the  children  can  create. 


Show  the  older  children  pictures  of 
snowflake  crystals  in  a  dictionary  or 
encylcopedia.  Ask  how  many  main  lines 
all  of  the  snow  crystals  seem  to  be  formed 
upon.  It  will  be  found  that  the  underlying 
number  is  always  six.  Give  the  children 
isosceles  triangles  and  let  them  form  them 
in  a  hexagon.  Then  give  six  equilateral 
triangles  and  let  them  arrange  these  with 
reference  to  the  first  six.  Upon  these  place 
six  squares  and  then  six  more  triangles. 
The  accompanying  drawing  gives  one  sug- 
gested form  which  may  be  varied  ad  lib. 
When  we  realize  that  more  than  r,ooo 
varieties  of  crystal  have  been  found  it  will 
be  seen  that  the  possibilities  of  the  child's 
creative  instinct  may  be  given  full  play  with 
these  snowflakes  as  a  unit — if  the  number 
six  be  taken  as  the  basis. 

Most  children  have  at  one  time  or  an- 
other had  a  kaleidoscope.  Let  the  children 
make  a  kaleidoscopic  design  with  the 
tablets. 


Peas. 

Snowflakes — Give  the  children  a  pea  into 
which  they  may  insert  six  sticks  or  wires. 
At  the  end  of  each  stick  insert  another  pea, 
and  then  another  stick  at  the  end  of  each 
pea.  From  the  last  pea  let  three  small 
sticks  radiate.  Let  the  children  vary  as 
imagination  dictates  but  always  keeping 
true  to  the  law  of  symmetry  based  upon 
sixes. 

Toys  for  doll — Give  a  pea  and  a  stick  and 
let  the  child  make  a  toy  for  dollie's  Christ- 
mas ;  a  cane  or  pencil  with  rubber,  etc.  Of 
three  peas  and  sticks  make  a  toy  triangle 
with  another  stick  and  pea  to  strike  it.  Of 
four  peas  and  stick  a  tiny  picture-frame 
may  be  made  or  a  clock  case.     Make  a  toy 

Ald-fclrtfl 

doll  for  dollie  of  two  peas  and  five  sticks 


stiff  toy  animals  may  be  made  also,  as  well 
as  toy  furniture  in  outline;  also  a  sled. 

Make  a  tiny  box  into  which  to  put 
dollie's  toys  or  hang  them  on  tiny  tree. 

Parquetry. 

After  making  a  window-design  in  the 
tablets  reproduce  it  with  the  parquetry 
papers  letting  the  children,  choose  their 
own  colors,  under  a  little  suggestion,  if 
necessary.  The  grade  teacher  might  draw 
upon  the  board  a  pattern .  after  one  de- 
signed by  a  child.  Then  let  the  children 
observe  it,  and  tell  how  many  tablets  of 
each  kind  is  required  to  reproduce  it  and 
give  these  out  so  that  each  child  may  make 
one. 

Let  the  children  reproduce  in  white 
papers  a  snowflake  design.  Paste  these 
upon  white  paper  and  cut  out  around  the 
edges  making  an  ornament  for  Christmas 
tree. 

Slats 

With  six  kindergarten  slats  make  a  star, 
sewing  together  the  ends  so  as  to  stay 
them.  Use  for  tree  decoration.  A  number 
might  be  strung  together  to  decorate 
room.  Interlace  four  or  eight  slats  into  a 
picture  frame.     Gild. 

Perry  Pictures. 

If  the  story  of  the  shepherds  has  been 
told  the  small  Perry  pictures  may  be  given 
the  children  to  frame.  Pictures  of  the 
Nativity  may  be  used  also.  These  may  be 
framed  with  the  slats,  or  cardboard  frames 
of  dainty  color  may  be  made.  Cut  four 
small  cardboard  squares  and  in  the  center 
of  each  paste  a  Christmas  picture.  Punch 
holes  in  top  and  bottom  and  tie  together 
with  silk  or  worsted  into  a  series  that 
mother  may  hang  in  her  room. 

Cut  four  oblongs  of  dainty  color  and 
upon  each  paste  three  months  of  the 
calendar.  Fasten  together  into  tiny  book- 
let. 

Games. 

Several  games  with  the  gift  balls  have 
been  already  suggested.  These  may  be 
played  also  upon  the  circle. 

Let  several  children  of  different  heights 
stand  together  in  the  center  of  the  circle 
back  to  back  and  with  arms  stretched  out, 
thus  forming  a  Chirstmas  tree.  Upon  this 
hang  first  gift  balls,  letting  one  child  give 
directions  by  calling  out  the  color  next  to 
be  suspended.     Let  the  little  children  hang 


96 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


as  many  as  they  can,  selecting  the  colors  as 
directed.  This  gives  practice  in  learning 
the  colors.  Then  let  another  child  direct 
that  an  orange  shall  be  hung  upon  the 
branches  and  let  a  child  choose  the  orange- 
colored  ball.  On  the  outstretched  palms 
place  several  second  gift  beads  as  candles 
letting  the  children  choose  the  color  and 
name  it  at  the  same  time.  Suspend  other 
gifts  as  toys  letting  the  children  name 
them. 

A  game  loved  by  the  children  is  the 
showing  by  dumb  show  the  toys  received 
or  desired.  One  child  goes  to  the  center, 
squats  down  and  suddenly  springs  up  to 
represent  a  jumping-jack  or  jack-in-the- 
box.  Another  jumps  up  and  down  to  sug- 
gest a  bouncing  ball.  Another  skips  the 
rope ;  another  slides  on  skates  or  a  sled. 

Let  the  children  dramatize  "The  Night 
Before  Christmas."  While  some  sleep, 
others  may  represent  the  good  Saint  and 
softly  enter  the  room  to  fill  with  imaginary 
toys  the  imaginary  stockings. 

As  in  Christendom  the  essence  of  the 
Christmas-tide  is  joy  over  the  birth  of  a 
little  child  so  it  has  come  to  be  a  time  de- 
voted especially  to  the  happiness  of  the 
little  ones  and  the  spirit  of  joy  should 
radiate  from  teacher  and  kindergartner  in 
and  out  of  the  school-room.  This  is  not  at 
all  incompatible  with  genuine  hard  but 
happy  work  if  the  teacher  sees  to  it  that  the 
work  is  within  the  child's  capacity  and  that 
nervousness  and  hurry  are  banished  from 
the  child's  Paradise.  Do  not  undertake 
more  than  can  be  easily  carried  through 
before  the  joyous  day  arrives. 

At  Mother's  Meetings  it  would  be  well  to 
discuss  the  advisability  of  taking  the  chil- 
dren down  town  to  see  the  shops  if  that 
necessitates  getting  worn-out,  nervous  and 
excited  through  the  seeing  of  so  many 
varied  sights  and  the  jostling  of  the  crowds. 
Let  the  kindergartner  review  once  more 
the  Mother-Play  of  the  "Toy-shop"  and 
read  the  chapter  on  shop-windows  in  Eliza- 
beth Harrison's  "Some  Silent  Teachers," 
in  order  to  gain  an  insight  into  the  educa- 
tional possibilities  of  the  stores.  Talk  this 
over  with  the  mothers  and  then  suggest 
that  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the 
home  there  would  be  little  toy-stores  where 
toys  in  enough  variety  could  be  seen  to  sat- 
isfy the  little  child  without  over-fatiguing 
and  overwhelming  him.  In  many  cases  the 
parent   cannot  leave   home  without  taking 


the  child — it  is  then  wise  to  accomplish  as 
much  as  possible  of  the  Christmas  shopping 
several  weeks  before  the  holidays  begin, 
thus  adding  to  the  good  cheer  of  the  child, 
the  mother  and  the  shopkeeper's  employe. 
Train  the  child,  especially  at  holiday  time, 
to  take  home  as  many  parcels  as  he  can  in 
order  to  relieve  drivers  and  horses  as  much 
as  possible.  Thoughtfulness  taught  thus 
in  childhood  will  be  reflected  in  innumer- 
able ways  throughout  life. 

Whether  or  not  the  story  of  the  Christ 
child  shall  be  told  as  the  eventful  day 
approaches  depends  upon  various  contin- 
gencies. If,  little  by  little,  the  children 
have  been  led  up  to  an  appreciation  of  that 
most  beautiful  legend,  nothing  is  more 
appropriate  or  effective  than  the  story  as 
told  in  St.  Luke.  But  unless  the  mood  of 
the  children,  the  atmosphere  of  the  kinder- 
garten, is  just  right,  the  story  had  better  be 
omitted.  If  the  little  folks  are  in  a  hilarious 
or  boisterous  mood  it  would  be  worse  than 
useless  to  spoil  the  wonderful  story  by 
speaking  to  ears  that  do  not  hear.  If,  how- 
ever, by  their  previous  work  with  gifts  and 
occupations,  and  the  preparation  of  their 
minds  by  means  of  other  tales  which  they 
have  heard,  the  children  seem  readv  for  the 
story  of  the  Nativitv,  tell  it  by  all  means. 
In  neighborhoods,  however,  where  the  tell- 
ing of  the  story  might  arouse  unChristlike 
antagonisms  then  it  may  be  omitted.  Only 
a  short  time  ago  and  those  of  strict  Puritan 
fajth  forbade  merrymaking  at  this  time  as 
savoring  too  much  of  paganism.  The  De- 
cember festival  is  not  peculiar  to  Christ- 
ianity. Long  before  the  Christian  era. 
Egyptians,  and  Assyrians,  Persians  and 
Hindoos  celebrated  with  joyous  rite  the 
period  of  the  winter  solstices,  when  the  sun 
returned  upon  his  course  to  bring  once 
more  to  earth  warmth  and  light  and  re- 
newed life.  There  are  many  stories  which 
will  appeal  to  all  races  and  creeds  without 
creating  unhappiness  or  misunderstanding. 

"The  Night  Before  Christmas"  is,  of 
course  a  perennial  favorite  and  should  be  a 
part  of  the  heritage  of  every  child.  An- 
other charming  old  English  ballad  is  "The 
Robin's  Christmas  Eve"  which  has  been 
published  for  many,  many  years  by  Mc- 
Loughlin  Brothers,  N.  Y.  The  same 
bright-colored  pictures  recur  with  each 
edition  but  they  tell  their  story  well  and 
although  the  robin  is  an  English  robin  and 
the    atmosphere    essentially    English,    the 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


97 


story  is  universal  in  its  appeal  to  young 
and  old  alike.  Children  could  dramatize  it 
effectively  although  doubtless  all  would 
clamor  to  play  the  role  of  robin.  The  price 
is  25  cents. 

A  story  that  has  held  its  own  for  many 
years  is  "Whv  the  Chimes  Rang,"  by 
Alden.  Formerly  it  could  be  obtained  in 
pamphlet  form  but  it  is  now  published  by 
the  Bobbs-Merrill  Co.,  of  Indianapolis  in  a 
volume.  "The  Knight  of  the  Silver  Shield" 
which  contains  another  Christmas  story 
"The  Great  Walled  City,"  besides  others 
of  charming  fancy. 

"Child's  Christ  Tales,"  by  Mrs.  Proud- 
foot  contains  many  legends  centering 
around  the  Child.  Flanagan  &  Co.,  Chica- 
go, now  publish  it  in  an  inexpensive  edition. 

"Christmas  in  Many  Times  and  in  Many 
Dands,"  by  Evelyn  Walker  contains  many 
stories  of  the  Christmas  time  from  pagan 
and  Christian  periods  arranged  for  a 
Christmas  school  entertainment.  The  illu- 
strations are  distinct  enough  to  serve  as 
models  for  costumes.  Price  50  cents.  Pub- 
lished by  Welch  &  Co.,  Chicago. 

"Christmas-Tide,"  by  Elizabeth  Harri- 
son contains  stories  and  also  wise  and  help- 
ful suggestions  for  parents  as  to  how  to 
celebrate  this  happy  time. 

The  "Children's  Messiah,"  by  Ma'ri  Ruef 
Hofer  is  a  compilation  of  songs  which 
gives  a  complete  program  to  carry  through 
the  day  in  home  or  school.  Suggestions 
are  also  included  for  stereoptican  pictures 
to  accompany  the  songs. 

"Christmas  Time  Songs  and  Carols,"  by 
Mrs.  Crosby  Adams,  Chicago,  also  gives  a 
choice  selection  of  songs,  the  music  by  Mrs. 
Adams. 

"The  Cup  of  Loving  Service,"  by  Eliza- 
beth D.  Taylor  (James  Pott  &  Co.).  is  a 
beautiful  story  for  the  Christmas  time. 

Any  teacher  who  is  making  the  stars  a 
point  of  departure  should  read  "In  Time 
with  the  Stars,"  by  Thomas  K.  Beecher, 
published  by  Hosmer  H.  Billings,  Elmira, 
N.  Y.  It  is  the  storv  of  a  discussion  be- 
tween the  parts  of  his  watch.  Another 
story  in  the  same  volume  "Quit  Crowding" 
has  the  right  Christmas  spirit  although  not 
strictly  a  Christmas  story. 

"The  Frozen  Heart"  is  the  dramatization 
of  Hans  Andersen's  story  of  the  "Snow 
Queen,"  by  an  English  composer  Mary 
Carmichael,  who  has  written  a  kindergar- 
ten song  book  also. 

"Christmas     Every     Day,"     by    William 


Dean  Howells  (Harper  &  Brothers),  is  a 
capital  story  to  read  to  those  children  who 
are  likely  to  have  a  surfeit  of  good  things 
on  Christmas  Day. 

NOTE — By  mistake  "A  Few  Suggestions  For  No- 
vember" by  Bertha  Johnston,  in  the  November 
number  of  the  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine, 
page  61,  were  separated  from  her  story  "A  Story 
For    Thanksgiving,"    page    66. 


Dec.     5- 


Dec.     6- 


Dec. 


Dec. 


TWO  DECEMBER  VISITORS. 

BY    SIBYL    ELDER. 

(A)  Jack  Frost. 

(B)  Santa  Claus. 

Dec.  4— Jack  Frost's  Home.  The  cold 
north.  Ice  and  snow  always 
there.  Keeps  at  home  all 
summer.  Goes  abroad  in  the 
winter. 

-What  he  does.  Beautiful  frost 
work  on  the  ground  and  win- 
dows. 

-Forms  shining  icicles  and  makes 

the  tree  branches  glitter. 
-Freezes    the    rivers    and    ponds. 

Makes  good  skating. 
-Review. 
Dec.    11 — Turns    the    rain    into    snow    and 

hail.        Snow-balling,      forts, 

sleds,  sleighing. 

Dec.  12 — Makes  our  fingers  and  noses  red. 
Need  warm  mittens  and  cloth- 
ing. 

Dec.  13 — Santa  Claus.  Comes  from  Jack 
Frost's  country.  His  sleigh 
and  reindeer. 

Dec.  14 — His  pack — filled  with  toys  and 
games — visits  our  homes  the 
night  before   Xmas. 

Dec.    15 — Review. 

Dec.  18 — Getting  ready  for  Santa  Claus. 
Xmas  tree  put  up — where  it 
comes  from. 

Dec.  19 — -Trimming  the  tree — c  a  n  d  1  e  s, 
popcorn,  etc.  Holly  in  win- 
dows, etc. 

Dec.  20 — Hanging  up  stockings  at  home. 
Santa  Claus  going  down  chim- 
ney and  filling  them. 

Dec.  21 — Waking  up  on  Xmas  morning. 
Fun  opening  the  stockings. 
Presents  on  Xmas  tree.  Makes 
us  happy  to  give  something  to 
others. 


98 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Dec.  22 — Review.      Visits    of   the   mothers 
to  kindergarten. 

Games. 

Skating  Game — (Reed). 
The     Toyman's     Shop — The    Toyman — 
(Holiday  Songs) — Miss  Poulsson. 
The  Three  Bears — Dramatized. 
Pretty  Little  Popcorns. 
Old  Santa  Claus  Came  to  Our  House. 
Snowballing. 

Feather  Game — (Gaynor  II). 
Snowman — (Neidlinger). 


A  DECEMBER  PROGRAM. 

BY   HELEN   D.    DENFIGH. 

Points  of  connection — The  Harvest,  or 
'gathering-in  time'  is  over;  Christmas,  the 
'giving-out  time'  is  close  at  hand;  winter  is 
beginning  in  earnest. 

Thoughts  For  the  Month. 

(I)  To  have  the  children  realize  the 
love  and  care  of  father  and  mother,  and  to 
think  lovingly  of  other  children  through- 
out the  city  who  are  poor  or  sick,  that  they 
may  want  to  express  themselves  in  glad, 
free  giving; — each  one  may  be  a  little 
'Santa'  if  he  will. 

(II)  To  welcome  the  winter,  by  observ- 
ing nature  so  wonderfully  preparing  the 
earth  for  rest,  and  by  enjoying  the  fun  and 
frolic  of  this  merry  season. 

I..   Home  Life. 

The  Child's  Home — Mother's  kindness, 
and  love,  and  work.  Father's  care  in  pro- 
viding; his  strength  and  cheer. 

Other  Homes — Sometimes  no  dear 
father  or  mother.  Scanty  clothing  or  food. 
Few  toys.     Even  pain  to  bear,  too. 

II..   Nature. 

The  snow,  and  ice.  The  cold,  brisk  wind. 
Leafless  trees ;  protected  birds.  Frost  on 
window  pane.  Sleeping  plants.  Birds  with 
us  now.     Holly.     Our  Christmas  tree. 

Morning  Talks. 

Materials. 

Snow ;  Ice  ;  Leafless  twigs ;  Frost  on 
pane;  Bread  (for  birds);  Linen  (for  gift); 
Picture  books ;  Flolly ;  Christmas  Tree. 

Pictures. 

Sir  Galahad. 

'Toyman  and  Boy'  Mother-Play. 

'Twas  the  night  before  Christmas. 


Subjects. 

Our  warm,  bright  room;  comfortable 
homes,  and  clothing.  Mother's  care  for  all 
at  home.  The  things  she  does.  Father's 
hard  work  all  day.  His  glad  home-coming. 
Other  children  who  have  no  father  or 
mother;  where  and  how  they  live.  Sick 
children.  What  can  we  do  to  make  them 
happy?  Sir  Galahad;  and  King  Arthur, 
who  stayed  to  help  his  people,  whilst  his 
knights  went  searching  for  'the  best  thing 
in  the  world.'  The  shops;  the  toys.  The 
snow  and  ice.  Tree  buds.  Hungry  birds. 
Our  Christmas  tree. 

Songs. 

The  Family  (Gilchrist  music)  Blow 
Book. 

Santa  Claus.     Poulsson  Finger  Plays. 
Christinas  Bells.     Hubbard  book. 

Rhymes 

"The  North-wind  doth  blow" 
"Old  King  Cole." 

Read — "  'Twas  the  night  before  Christ- 
mas." 

Stories. 

^  Little    Jolliby's    Christmas    (Chapter    II) 
Cheever. 

The  Bird's  Christmas  Carol  (adapted) 
K.  D.  Wiggin. 

Games. 

Santa  Claus   (song  dramatized). 

Skating  game. 

Sleigh-races. '  (Children  wear  bells  while 
racing). 

Tov-shop.  (Children  to  be  the  toys,  as 
"Tack-in-the-box,"  "Dancing  bear,"  "Walk- 
ing doll,"  "Woolly  lamb,"  toyman  and  pur- 
chaser). 

Children  to  work  out  a  "snow-man 
game,"  with  Frost,  Sun,  and  Wind  per- 
sonified. 

Rhythms. 

Snow-balls ;  making  and  tossing.  Page 
121,  music  for  Child  World,  Vol.  II  Hofer. 

Mother  out  shopping,  walking,  looking 
in  windows.  Page  10,  music  for  Child 
World,  Vol.  II  Hofer. 

Father  hurrying  home  with  parcels. 
Page  120,  music  for  Child  World,  Vol.  II 
Hofer. 

Children  dancing  around  the  Christmas 
Tree.  Page  65,  music  for  Child  World, 
Vol.  II  Hofer. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


99 


GAMES,  PL  A  YS,  STORIES 

RECITATIONS,  MEMORY  GEMS,  ETC. 


KINDERGARTEN      GRAND     OPERA. 

(Mrs.   E.  Lyell)   AUGUbTE  S.   EARLE,  B.  M. 

On  Christmas  Day,  1907,  a  notable 
musical  performance  was  given  at  the 
Metropolitan  Opera  House,  New  York 
City,  under  the  direction  of  Heinrich 
Conried.  It  was  a  children's  matinee  of 
Humperdinck's  "Hansel  und  Gretel." 

When  Mr.  Conried  announced  his  inten- 
tion of  giving  this  Christmas  matinee,  a 
burst  of  protest  followed — but  he  could 
not  be  swerved  from  his  idea,  pleading 
"Does  not  Mr.  Frohman  give  "Peter  Pan" 
as  a  Christmas  offering  with  the  most 
flattering  response  from  a  mighty  audience 
of  children,  young  and  old, — why  not  ex- 
tend the  fairy  story  into  music?"  The  per- 
formance justified  his  confidence  and  an- 
other great  epoch  in  a  great  city  was  be- 
gun— the  introduction  of  the  Child's  Grand 
Opera,  "Hansel  und  Gretel." 

Who  could  resist  it?  Were  not  we, 
teachers,  parents,  and  big  brothers  and 
sisters  happy  with  the  children  in  our  re- 
turn  to  the  "Never,  never  land"  in  Peter 
Pan — just  so  was  that  great  audience 
entranced  in  "Hansel  und  Gretel,"  which 
opened  up  the  "Never,  never  land"  of 
music  ? 

In  Peter  Pan  we  lived  again  the  fairy 
life  of  childhood  told  in  classic  diction  and 
style;  in  "Hansel  und  Gretel,"  the  same 
universal  Fairy  Brotherhood  pulsed  in 
majestic  tone  of  liquid  melody  and  sonor- 
ous harmony,  while  with  fascinated  eye  and 
enraptured  ear  we  were  borne  into  the 
Fairy  Wood  and  Grove  of  the  classic  realm 
of  childhood. 

Is  not  this  the  true  Kindergarten  of 
humanity  that  reaches  up  from  the  child 
life  that  is  and  touches  alike  the  child's  soul 
that  never  dies  in  mother  and  father, — in 
grandsire  and  grandma,  making  a  universal 
Kindergarten  of  all  humanity?  Does  not 
this  grand  opera,  a  classic  in  form  and  ex- 
pression combine  and  illustrate  the  true 
activities  of  life  which  should  be  combined 
and  illustrated  in  the  Kindergarten,  a  true 
mirror  of  life  as  it  should  be?  Do  we  not 
find  in  this  master  piece  the  Home  Circle, 


the  Nature  Gift,  the  true  Occupation,  the 
Song  and  Game  and  Story  and  the  ultimate 
realization  of  the  ethical  ends  all  these  aim 
at  realizing? 

Let  us  see  from  a  brief  presentation  of 
the  story  itself  and  from  a  few  excerpts 
from  the  text — the  truth  of  what  we  are 
saying. 

The  Story. 

Hansel  and  Gretel  is  an  opera  in  three 
acts,  the  music  by  Engelbert  Humperdinck 
and  the  libretto  by  Adelheid  Wette.  It  is 
the  German  version  of  the  old  nursery 
legend — Babes  in  the  Wood. 

The  first  scene  discloses  a  wretched 
homestead.  The  two  children,  Hansel  and 
Gretel,  are  at  work — the  boy  making 
brooms  and  the  girl  knitting  stockings. 
They  both  complain  of  feeling  very 
hungry,  and  there  isn't  a  thing  in  the 
house.  Yes,  there's  a  jug  of  milk  that  will 
make  nice  blanc-mange  when  mother 
comes  home.  Hansel  tastes  it  and  Gretel 
raps  his  fingers.  ,He  says  he  won't  work 
any  more  and  proposes  they  dance  instead. 
Gretel  is  delighted.  He  is  very  awkward 
at  first  but  she  teaches  him  the  steps  and 
they  are  getting  along  so  famously  that 
they  whirl  around  the  room  and  fall 
exhausted  on  the  floor.  At  this  moment 
the  mother  enters  and  she  is  so  angry  at 
seeing  them  do  no  work  that  she  boxes 
their  ears  for  it.  In  her  excitement  she 
gives  the  milk  pitcher  a  push.  It  falls  off 
the  table,  breaks  in  pieces,  and  spills  all  the 
milk.  At  this  she  is  beside  herself  and 
seizes  a  basket  and  tells  the  children  to  go 
to  the  wood  and  pick  strawberries.  They 
must  not  come  home  till  the  basket  is  full. 
They  run  off  while  she,  weary  of  life,  sits 
sobbing  herself  to  sleep. 

The  father  is  heard  in  the  distance  with 
a  joyous  song  and  enters  in  a  joyful  mood. 
He  wakes  up  his  unhappy  wife  to  tell  that 
he  has  sold  all  his  brooms  at  the  fair  for 
splendid  prices  and  he  shows  his  basket 
full  of  provisions.  Both  are  thus  in  fine 
humor  when  he  asks  where  the  children 
are.  She  says  she  sent  them  away  in  dis- 
grace to  the  Ilsenstein.  The  Ilsenstein !  he 
exclaims,  where  the  witches  ride  on  broom- 


ioo 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


sticks  and  devour  little  children.  Exclaim- 
ing "Oh  horror!",  she  runs  out  of  the 
house,  he  after  her,  to  lind  Hansel  and 
Gretel. 

The  second  act  shows  a  forest.  Gretel  is 
making  a  garland  of  wild  roses  while 
Hansel  is  looking  for  strawberries.  In  the 
background  is  the  Ilsenstein.  It  is  sunset. 
Hansel  crowns  Gretel  queen  of  the  wood 
and  she  allows  him  to  taste  a  strawberry. 
He  gives  her  one  in  return  and  little  by 
little  they  devour  them  all.  Then  they  are 
frightened.  They  want  to  pick  more  but 
it  is  getting  too  dark.  They  want  to  leave 
but  cannot  find  the  way.  Gretel  fears  be- 
ing in  the  dark  but  Hansel  is  very  brave. 
She  sees  faces  in  trees  and  stumps  and  he 
calls  out  to  reassure  her.  Echo  answers 
and  he  grows  frightened  too.  They  huddle 
together  as  a  thick  mist  arises  which  hides 
the  background.  Gretel,  terror-stricken, 
falls  on  her  knees  and  hides  behind  Hansel. 
At  this  moment  a  little  man  appears,  as 
the  mist  rises,  and  quiets  them.  It  is  the 
Sandman  and  he  sings  them  to  slumber. 
Half  awake  they  say  their  evening  prayer 
and  sink. down  on  the  moss  in  each  other's 
arms.  A  dazzling  light  then  appears,  the 
mist  rolls  itself  into  a  staircase  and  angels 
pass  down  and  group  themselves  about  the 
i wo  sleeping  children. 

In  the  third  act  the  scene  is  the  same, 
the  mist  still  hiding  the  background.  The 
Dawn  Fairy  shakes  dewdrops  on  the  chil- 
dren. They  wake,  but  Hansel  very  lazily, 
r  hey  both  have  had  dreams  of  angels  com- 
ing to  see  them  with  shining  wings.  The 
mist  now  clears  away  and  in  the  back- 
ground is  seen  the  witches'  house  with  a 
tence  of  gingerbread  figures.  There  are 
also  seen  an  oven  and  a  cage.  Hansel 
wants  to  go  inside  and  Gretel  draws  him 
back.  But  Hansel  says  the  angels  beguiled 
their  footsteps  and  why  shouldn't  they 
nibble  a  bit  at  the  cottage  ?  They  tiptoe  to 
the  fence  and  break  off  a  bit  of  the  cake 
cautiously.  The  witch  voice  from  within 
tells  them  to  go  on  nibbling.  They  like  the 
gingerbread.  It  suits  them  famously  and 
apparently  suits  her  too  as  she  watches 
them  from  her  window. 

But  she  comes  out  of  the  house  as  they 
are  joyously  laughing  and  throws  a  rope 
about  Hansel's  neck  and  caresses  them. 
Hansel  tries  to  get  away  and  calls  her 
names,  while  she  goes  on  saying  how  she 
loves  them  both — they  are  such  dainty 
morsels.      Hansel   tries    to   run   away    and 


takes  Gretel  with  him.  But  the  witch 
casts  a  spell  on  them  and  they  stand  stock- 
still.  Then  she  leads  Hansel  to  the  cage 
and  shuts  him  in  and  gives  him  almonds 
and  raisins  to  fatten  him  up.  She  loosens 
Gretel  with  the  magic  stick  and  says  how 
nice  and  plump  she'll  be  when  she's 
roasted  brown.  She  opens  the  oven  and 
puts  more  fagots  under  it  and  says  the  fire 
will  soon  be  ripe  to  push  Gretel  in.  In  her 
joy  she  rides  wildly  round  on  a  broomstick 
while  Gretel  watches  from  the  house. 

The  witch  calls  Gretel  out  and  opens  the 
oven  door.  Hansel  tells  Gretel  to  beware 
and  the  witch  tells  her  to  peep  in  the  oven. 
Gretel  pretends  she  does  not  understand. 
She  secretly  disenchants  Hansel  so  that 
when  the  witch  bends  over  and  peers  into 
the  oven  they  give  her  a  push  and  in  she 
goes.  Then  they  dance  wildly  about. 
Hansel  throws  sweetmeats  out  of  the  win- 
dow. The  oven  cracks  open  and  falls  into 
bits,  while  groups  of  children  suddenly  sur- 
round Hansel  and  Gretel.  Then  they  dis- 
enchant the  gingerbread  children  who  are 
very  grateful.  As  they  are  all  dragging 
the  gingerbread  witch  about,  the  Father 
and  Mother  come  in  and  are  overjoyed  at 
finding  their  children  again. 

DRAMATIS  PERSONAE. 

Peter,  Broom-maker. 
Gertrude,  his  wife. 
Hansel, 

Gretel,       their  children. 
The  Witch  who  eats  children. 
Sandman,  the   Sleep  Fairy. 
Dewman,  the  Dawn  Fairy. 
Children. 

The  Fourteen  Angels. 
Note     home     occupation     with     Nature 
Gift  Material  in  Scene  I,  Act  I. 

ACT  I. 

AT  HOME. 

Scene  I. 

(Small,  poorly  furnished  room.  In  the 
background  a  door,  a  small  window  near 
it  with  a  view  into  the  forest.  On  the 
left  a  fireplace,  with  chimney  above  it. 
On  the  walls  many  brooms  of  various 
sizes.  Hansel  sits  near  the  door,  making 
brooms,  and  Gretel  opposite  him  by  the 
fireplace,  knitting  a  stocking.) 
Likewise  in  same   act,   Song  and  Dancr 

and  Game  of  children  serves  as  climax  of 

scene. 

(Claps  her  hands.) 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


101 


Brother,  come  and  dance  with  me, 
both  my  hands  I  offer  thee; 

right  foot  first, 

left  foot  then, 
round  about  and  back  again! 
Hansel    (tries   to   do   it,   but   awakwardly). 
I  would  dance,  but  don't  know  how, 
when  to  jump,  and  when  to  bow; 
show  me  what  I  ought  to  do, 
so  that  I  may  dance  like  you. 

Gretel. 

With  your  foot  you  tap,  tap,  tap; 
with  your  hands  you  clap,  clap,  clap ; 

right  foot  first, 

left  foot  then, . 
round  about  and  back  again ! 

Hansel. 

With  your  hands  you  clap,  clap,  clap; 
with  your  foot  you  tap,  tap,  tap; 

right  foot  first, 

left  foot  then, 
round  about  and  back  again ! 

Gretel. 

That  was  very  good  indeed, 
O,  I'm  sure  you'll  soon  succeed ! 
Try  again,  and  I  can  see 
Hansel  soon  will  dance  like  me ! 

(Claps  her  hands.) 

With  your  head  you  nick,  nick,  nick; 
with  your  fingers  you  click,  click,  click ; 

right  foot  first, 

left  foot  then, 
round  about  and  back  again. 

Hansel. 

With  your  head  you  nick,  nick,  nick ; 
with  your  fingers  you  click,  click,  click ; 

right  foot  first, 

left  foot  then, 
round  about  and  back  again ! 
Brother,  watch  what  next  I  do, 
you  must  do  it  with  me  too. 
You  to  me  your  arm  must  proffer, 
I  shall  not  refuse  your  offer ! 
Come ! 

Both. 

What  I  enjoy  is  dance  and  jollity, 
love  to  have  my  fling; 
in  fact,  I  like  frivolity, 
and  all  that  kind  of  thing. 

Gretel. 

Tralala,  tralala,  tralala! 
Come  and  have  a  twirl,  my  dearest  Hansel, 
come  and  have  a  turn  with  me,  I  pray. 


Sing  lustily  hurrah  !  hurrah  ! 
while  I  dance  with  you; 
and  if  the  stockings  are  in  holes, 
why,  mother'll  knit  some  new ! 

Hansel. 

Tralala,  tralala,   tralala ! 
Sing  lustily  hurrah  !  hurrah  ! 
while  I  dance  with  you ; 
and  if  the  shoes  are  all  in  holes, 
why  mother'll  buy  some  new! 
Tralala,  tralala,  tralala ! 
(They  dance   round  each  other  as  before. 
'Ihey  then  seize  each  other's  hands  and 
go  round  in  a  circle,  quicker  and  quicker, 
until   at   length   they   lose   their   balance 
and    tumble    over    one    another    on    the 
floor.) 

In  Act  II,  note  crowning  of  Gretel  as 
Queen  of  the  Wood  and  the  abandon  of 
the  children  under  the  natural  influence  of 
the  forest  wild  and  as  terror,  is  about  tc 
seize  them  the  traditional  Sandman  or 
Sleep  Fairy  approaches  the  children  with 
friendly  gestures  and  sprinkles  the  mystic 
grains  on  their  wearied  eyes. 

Scene  II. 

Sandman  (the  Sleep  Fairy). 
(The    little    man    approaches    the    children 
with  friendly  gestures,  and  the  children 
gradually   calm   down.      He    is    strewing 
sand  in  the  children's  eyes. 
I  shut  the  children's  peepers,  sh ! 
and  guard  the  little  sleepers,  sh ! 
for  dearly  do  I  love  them,  sh ! 
and  gladly  watch  above  them,  sh ! 
And  with  my  little  bag  of  sand, 
By  every  child's  bedside  I  stand; 
then  little  tired  eyelids  close, 
and  little  limbs  have  sweet  repose. 
And  if  they're  good  and  quickly  go  to  sleep, 
then  from  the  starry  sphere  above 
the  angels  come  with  peace  and  love, 
and  send  the  children  happy  dreams, 
while  watch  they  keep ! 
Then  slumber,  children,  slumber, 
for  happy  dreams  are  sent  you 
through  the  hours  you  sleep. 

(Disappears.     Darkness.) 
Hansel  (half  asleep). 
Sandman  was  there ! 

Gretel  (ditto). 
Let  us  first  say  our  evening  prayer. 
(They  cower  down  and  fold  their  hands.) 
Both. 
When  at  night  I  go  to  sleep, 


162 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


fourteen  angels  watch  do  keep : 
two  my  head  are  guarding, 
two  my  feet  are  guiding, 
two  are  on  my  right  hand, 
two  are  on  my  left  hand, 
two  who  warmly  cover, 
two  who  o'er  me  hover, 
two  to  whom  'tis  given 
to  guide  my  steps  to  Heaven. 
(They  sink  down  on  to  the  moss,  and  go 
to   sleep   with   their   arms   twined   round 
each  other.     Complete  darkness.) 
Scene  III. 
(Here     a     bright     light     suddenly     breaks 
through   the   mist   which   forthwith   rolls 
itself  together  into  the  form  of  a  stair- 
case,   vanishing    in    perspective,    in    the 
middle  of  the  stage.     Fourteen  angels,  in 
light   floating   garments,   pass   down   the 
staircase,  two  and  two,  at  intervals,  while 
it     is     getting    gradually    lighter.       The 
angels    place    themselves,    according    to 
the     order    mentioned     in    the     evening 
hymn,  around  the  sleeping  children ;  the 
first  couple  at  their  heads,  the  second  at 
their    feet,    the    third    on    the    right,    the 
fourth    on    the    left,    the    fifth    and    sixth 
couples    distribute    themselves    amongst 
the  other  couples,   so  that  the  circle  of 
the    angels    is    completed.       Lastly    the 
seventh  couple  comes  into  the  circle  and 
takes  its  place  as  "guardian  angels"  on 
each  side  of  the  children.     The  remain- 
ing angels  now  join  hands  and  dance  a 
stately    step    around    the    group.       The 
whole  stage  is  filled  with  an  intense  light. 
Whilst  the  angels  arrange  themselves  in 
a  picturesque  tableau,  the  curtain  slowly 
falls.) 

Act  III  emphasizes  element  of  the  story 
when  the  dawn  fairy  sprinkles  clew  drops 
on  sleeping  children ;  the  story  element  be- 
ing elaborated  through  gingerbread  figures 
and  the  witch's  voice  bidding  the  lost 
children  to  nibble  to  satisfy  their  hunger. 
The  story  element  of  suspense  reaches  its 
climax  when  the  witch  seizes  Hansel  and 
Gretel  and  attempts  to  bake  them  into 
gingerbread  figures. 

The  ethical  ends  are  attained  by  the 
over-throw  of  the  witch  and  the  dis- 
enchanting of  the  gingerbread  children  and 
the  hapnv  father  and  mother  come  in  and 
join  the  true  Home  Kindergarten  Circle  in 
the  joyous  finale  of  the  opera. 

Father. 

Children,  see  the  wonder  wrought, 


how  the  Witch  herself  was  caught 
unaware 
in  the  snare 
laid  for  you  with  cunning  rare ! 

All  the  Rest. 

See,  O  see  the  wonder  wrought, 
how  the  Witch  herself  was  caught 
unaware 
in  the  snare 
laid  for  us  with  cunning  rare ! 
(The    two    boys    drag    the    Witch    in    the 
cottage.) 

Father. 

Such  is  Heaven's  chastisement; 

evil  works  will  have  an  end. 

"When  past  bearing  is  our  grief, 

Then  'tis  Heaven  will  send  us  sure  relief!" 

All. 

"When  past  bearing  is  our  grief, 
Then  'tis  Heaven  will  send  relief!" 

The  End. 

I  cannot  dismiss  this  beautiful  Kinder- 
garten opera  without  a  reference  to  the 
special  adaptation  of  classical  themes  to 
the  child  aspect  of  story.  It  illustrates  the 
truth  that  Kindergartners  are  not  always 
realizing — namely,  that  as  the  highest  art 
and  literature  have  in  them  elements  of 
classical  simplicity  that  appeal  permanently 
to  child  growth,  so  even  classical  music 
rightly  adapted  to  its  theme  may  begin  to 
introduce  the  child  to  his  true  musical  in- 
heritance. 

It  illustrates  furthermore  the  truth  that 
the  real  Kindergartn.er  must,  motherlike, 
have  an  insight  into  not  merely  hand 
material  and  child  processes  but  a  fuller 
equipment  of  literary  artistic  and  musical 
appreciation. 

In  a  later  article  I  may  return  to  the 
musical  themes  themselves  as  excerpts  for 
actual  use  in  the  Kindergarten. 


A  CORRECTION— Owing  to  an  error  the  article 
"Number  in  the  Kindergarten''  written  by  Harrietta  H. 
Freeland,  and  published  in  the  November  number,  was 
not  duly  credited  to  the  School  Exchange  of  Newark,  N. 
J.,  from  which  it  was  taken.  This  lack  of  credit  was  due 
entirely  to  the  misplacing  of  a  slug  and  was  wholly  un- 
intentional. 


Free  for  six  months.  See  our  great  offer  on 
page  69. 

Our  great  offer  will  be  withdrawn  December  25, 
1908.  If  you  wish  to  take  advantage  of  it,  do  not 
delay. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


103 


OLD       CHRISTMAS       PLAYS       AND 
CAROLS. 

BY   MARI   RUEP   HOFER. 

There  is  no  more  beautiful  contribution 
to  the  literature  of  Christmas  than  that  of 
the  old  half-forgotten  nativity  plays  of  the 
Middle  Ages.  In  those  childlike  days, 
when  the  mystery  and  marvel  of  the 
wondrous  birth  had  not  yet  faded  from  the 
ken  of  man,  were  produced  those  sacredly 
human  people's  dramas  whose  simple  and 
naive  character  ranks  them  among  the 
classics  of  the  world. 

The  mystical  element  of  the  Christian 
faith  was  always  warmly  cherished  by  the 
simple  people  whose  spiritual  need  it  ful- 
filled. Simultaneously  with  the  greater 
Passion  Plays  and  Miracle  Plays  of  Europe 
sprang  up  in  every  village  and  hamlet  these 
lesser  and  humbler  dramas  of  the  Christ 
birth.  So  plentiful  were  these  that  every 
province  in  France  and  Germany,  every 
country  in  England  could  boast  its  own 
original  "Mystery"  or  Sacred  play  with  a 
group  of  peasants  for  playwrights  and 
actors. 

The  subjects  most  frequently  chosen, 
were  the  Story  of  Bethlehem,  Vision  of  the 
Shepherds,  The  Three  Kings,  The  Star 
Carol,  The  Journey  of  Joseph  and  Mary, 
or  supposed  .scenes  from  the  Childhood  of 
Jesus.  The  element  of  personal  relation- 
ship which  is  almost  lost  in  modern 
Nativity  interpretations  is  well  retained  in 
these  bits  of  translated  and  untranslated 
verse  here  offered.  This  makes  them  akin 
to  the  childhood  of  all  times  and  suggests 
their  suitability  for  children's  Christmas 
plays,  or  for  presentation  by  Kindergarten 
Training  Classes.  A  touch  of  simple 
costume  and  Ben  Greet  stage  setting 
makes  them  available  anywhere. 


A  DIALOGUE. 
The  Shepherd. 

Ye    shepherds,    leave    we    here    our 

flocks, 
Upon  the  young  grass  pasturing; 
Already  should  we  be  away 
To  Bethlehem   now  journeying, 

For  on  that  sod 

The   son  of   God 
Chose  from  a  human  stem  to  spring. 

The  Shepherdess. 

Well  said,  0  gentle  shepherd  mine, 
And  with  such  lovely  light  for  view, 
Let  us  to  Bethlehem,   swift  of  foot, 


There   to  behold   this  marvel   new, 
Of  which   did   tell 
Great    Gabriel, 
Who  gives  to  us  a  witness  true. 

The  Shepherd. 
That    high    discourse    which    I    have 

learned, 
The  which  the  angel  bade  us  hear, 
Has  so  rejoiced  my  heart  in  full 
That  I  no  more  may  linger  here, 

But  bend  the  knee 

My  God  to   see 
Who  for  my  sake  comes  lowly  near. 

The  Shepherdess. 

Through    that    sweet    song   of    graei- 

ousness, 
My  soul  is  so  entranced  and  filled, 
That    heavenward    lifting    up    mine 

eyes 
As  by   an  exstacy  I'm  willed, 

And   still   in   thought 

The  chords  seem  wrought 
Of  harmony  divine  that  thrilled. 

The  Shepherd. 

Yet  it  is  needful  that  we  take 
Some   new   gift   excellently- planned; 
For  he  that  unto  God  will  turn 
Must  ne'er  appear  with  empty  hand; 

God  builds  our  joys 

And    He    destroys, 
He   waters  and  He  plants  the  land. 

The  Shepherdess. 

I    have    a    great    bowl    of    new    milk. 
Just  freshly  taken  from  the   cow. 

The  Shepherd. 
And  I  will  carry  a  young  lamb, 
That  hath  no  spot  or  stain,   I  trow. 

The  Shepherdess. 
A    treasure    fine 
Is    likewise    mine, 
But   I   would   fain   that   none   should 
know. 

The  Shepherd. 

What  wouldst  thou  give  Him,  sister, 

say? 
Tell  me,  what  should  thy  present  be? 

The  Shepherdess. 
I  make  him  present  of  my  heart. 

The  Shepherd. 

My  will,  my  life,  I  give  him  free. 

The  Shepherdess. 

Let   us   begone, 
And  haste  we  on. 

The  Shepherd. 

Not  to  be  there  is  grief  to  me. 

— From     The     French     by     Lady 
Lindsay. 


104 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


SHEPHERD'S   SONG. 

Now  we  will  go,  now  we  will  go, 

The  way  we  know  to   Bethlehem; 
That    they   may   show   and    we   may 
know, 
'Tis  even  so  as  we  proclaim. 
And  we  will  take  the  bread  we  bake, 
The    wine    we    make    as    gifts    to 
them, 
And    milk    and    cheese,    and    on    our 
knees 
Will  offer  these  at  Bethlehem. 
And  He  shall  know  we  love  Him  so, 

But   cannot   show   a   better   way 
Of  service  dear  and  loving  cheer, 
Than    we    do    here    on    Christmas 
day. 
— Housman's  Nativity  Play. 

VERSE  FROM  AN  OLD  BAVARIAN 
CHRISTMAS  PLAY. 

O  Jesulein   zart, 

Dein  kripplein  ist  hart! 

O   Jesulein   zart, 

Wie  liegst  du  so  hart! 

Schlaff   Kindlein,    du   deine  Augelein 
zue, 

Schlaff  und  gib  uns  die  ewige  Rhue, 
O  Jesulein   zart, 


SANTA  GLAUS'  MAGICAL  GIFTS. 

BERTHA   JOHNSTON. 

Listen,  the  sleigh-bells!     Oh,  sister  I  hear 
Them  coming  now  surely,  each  moment  more  near! 
Yes,   skimming   a-gallop,   o'er   snowdrifts   so   white, 
The  reindeers  of  Santa  are  speeding  tonight. 

Straight    through    the    moon's    rainbow    ring    now 

they  dash,     ' 
Next,  'twixt  soft  cloud-banks  they  leap  like  a  flash 
Each    laughing   star    holds   high   a   gay,    twinkling 

light; 
Each  reindeer  nods  "thank  you"  for  roadway  made 

bright. 

Pictures  and  go-carts,  pianos,  are  stowed 
With  dolls,  balls  and  skates  in  the  magical  load 
That  Santa  has  crowded  so  tight  in  his  sleigh 
To  bring  down  the  chimney  when  dawns  Christmas 
day. 

Now,    a    wonderful    charm    has    each    playtoy    and 

game 
By   which  you  may   tell  which  from   Santa   Claus 

came. 
The  magic  I'll  tell  you  and  then  when  you  know 
Just  tell  the  glad  secret  wherever  you  go. 

A  share  in  the  giving  has  jolly  St.   Nick 
His  loving  charm  spreads  with  a  magic  most  quick 
And  children  receiving  HIS  presents  so  rare 
vVith    all    of    their    playmates    each    joy    long    to 
SHARE. 


A  straight  forward,  clean  cut  proposition.  This 
Magazine  6  months  free.  See  our  great  offer  on 
page  69. 


BOOKS  FOR  HOLIDAY  GIFTS. 

"DRIFTED  IN"  by  Will  Carleton.  In  this 
volume,  Will  Carleton,  America's  versatile  poet 
tells  in  rhyme  the  story  of  a  train  that  is  "drifted 
in"  by  a  snow  storm.  Upon  the  thread  of  this 
story  are  interwoven  thirty  or  more  poems  the 
majority  being  the  stories  told  by  the  different 
passengers  as  a  means  of  forgetting  their  un- 
pleasant predicament.  This  gives  occasion  for  a 
great  variety  of  thought,  philosophy  and  senti- 
ment. "The  Old  Front  Gate"  with  its  story  of 
the  drifting  apart  of  a  wedded  pair  and  the  recon- 
ciliation, radiates  both  humor  and  a  sweet  senti- 
ment peculiarly  appropriate  to  the  spirit  of  the 
Christmas  time. 

"Swingin'   back  and  swingin'   forward,   I  am  very 

glad  to  state 
That    that    pair    re-entered    Heaven    through    the 

Old  Front  Gate." 

There  are  several  different  poems  inspired 
directly  by  the  Christmas  thought.  "The  Ghost 
Walk"  is  of  special  interest  just  now  when  the ' 
matter  of  college  hazing  is  being  so  much  dis- 
cussed. College  students  past  and  present  will 
enjoy  the  unexpected  turn  the  story  takes.  "The 
Coming  of  the  King"  and  the  "Messenger  Out  of 
the  Sky"  are  very  different  in  style  of  expression 
but  they  alike  record  the  joy  occasioned  by  the 
entrance  of  an  infant  into  the  home  where  he  has 
been  long  desired.  "The  Captain's  Story"  is  the 
semi-ironical  tale  wherewith  the  old  sea  captain 
cleverly  subdues  an  incipient  insurrection  as  he 
speaks 

" In  a  voice  with  velvet  sheath  ( . 

Enclosing  claws  that  were  just  beneath." 

We  have  cited  enough  to  give  a  faint  idea  of 
the  variety  to  be  found  between  the  pages  of  this 
handsome  book  on  whose  cover  is  depicted  the 
roving  hamlet 

"....with  its  one  long  swaying  street 
On  which  the  tribes  of  the  nations  meet," 

sunk  in  the  depths  of  the  impassable  drift.  Pub- 
lished by  the  Every  Where  Publishing  Co.,  New 
York.     Price   $1.50. 

"Tommy  Trot's  Visit  to  Santa  Claus"  by  Thomas 
Nelson  Page.  This  is  a  truly  delightful  story  for 
boys  but  to  the  kindergartner,  and  indeed  to  any 
teacher  it  brings  a  welcome  note  of  encouragement 
for  it  depicts  incidentally,  in  a  few  words  here  and 
there  an  ideal  father  who  is  more  than  the  mere 
provider  of  the  material  needs  of  his  child.  The 
description  of  the  making  of  the  sled  by  Tommy 
under  the  sympathetic  guidance  of  his  father  who 
knows  when  to  wisely  suggest  and  when  to  lend 
a  helping  hand,  is  one  to  be  read  at  parent's  meet- 
ings as  a  lesson  in  parental  pedagogy.  The  ex- 
periences of  Tommy  and  his  friend  in  the  Polar 
regions  of  Dreamland  will  make  their  natural 
appeal  to  the  child.  Published  by  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons. 

"Princess  Wisla,"  by  Sophie  Swett.  Princess 
Wisla  is  little  Peggy  Piper  who  lives  near  Bar 
Harbor  and  is  stolen  for  awhile  by  an  old  Indian 
squaw  who  loves  her  dearly  and  eventually  re- 
stores her  to  her  heart-broken  parents.  The 
friendship  between  a  brother  and  sister  and  be- 
tween the  two  little  girl  playmates  is  charmingly 
portrayed  and  despite  its  fairylike  incidents  each 
one  is  within  the  range  of  possibility.  The  chil- 
dren who  are  passing  beyond  the  fairy  story 
period  to  that  in  which  they  ask  "is  it  true?"  will 
be  just  the  ones  to  most  enjoy  this  tale.  The  love 
of  the  old  squaw  for  the  child  she  thus  forcibly 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


105 


adopts  and  the  generous  manner  in  which  she 
later  comes  to  the  rescue  of  Peggy's  father  will 
help  the  children  to  feel  a  kinship  with  those  of 
the'  less  advanced  races.  We  welcome  a  story  that 
helps  to  dissipate  racial  distrust  and  hatreds. 
Published  by  Little,  Brown  &'  Co.,  Boston. 

"Easy  German  Stories,"  by  Hedwig  Levi.  Some 
of  Miss  Levi's  stories  have  from  time  to  time 
appeared  in  the  pages  of  the  Kindergarten- 
Primary  Magazine.  This  little  volume  includes 
stories  originally  written  for  two  German  juvenile 
periodicals.  They  are  arranged  now  with  refer- 
ence to  English  children  who  are  learning  Ger- 
man. Several  of  the  pretty  little  tales  are  purely 
fanciful  while  others  will  appeal  to  the  child  who 
wants  to  hear  a  true  story.  The  language  is  sim- 
ple and  idiomatic  so  that  the  little  child  who  reads 
will  be  learning  German  as  it  is  spoken  by  the 
Germans.  It  is  edited  with  notes  and  vocabulary 
by  Mrs.  Luise'  Delp,  senior  German  Mistress  at  the 
Sydenham  High  School,  England.  Published  by 
Geo.  G.  Harrap  >&'  Co.,  London,  England. 

"The  Spring  Cleaning,"  by  Mrs.  Frances  Hodg- 
son Burnett.  This  is  another  of  the  Queen  Cross- 
patch  booklets  gotten  up  in  the  same  attractive 
style  as  was  the  Cozy  Lion  of  last  year.  The  fairy 
Queen  tells  how,  with  help  of  her  Green  Workers 
she  accomplishes  her  spring  housecleaning,  wakens 
the  plants  and  manages  to  get  them  up  in  time 
to  give  joy  to  a  little  city  flower-girl  who  is  to 
see  the  primroses  growing  for  the  first  time.  The 
colored  illustrations  are  by  Harrison  Cady.  Pub- 
lished by  the  Century  Co. 

"Home  Occupations  for  Boys  and  Girls,"  by 
Bertha  Johnston  assisted  by  Fanny  Chapin.  This 
is  a  little  volume  written  with  special  reference 
to  the  mother  who  knows  little,  practically,  of 
kindergarten  principles  or  methods  and  hence 
needs  to  have  detailed  directions  for  making  use 
of  the  many  odds  and  ends  to  be  found  in  every 
household.  The  market-basket,  the  sewing- 
basket,  the  paint-box,  and  papers  saved  from  the 
scrap-basket,  each  yield  suggestions  for  happy 
employment.  There  is  a  chapter  devoted  to  holi- 
day occasions,  others  describe  plays  and  games, 
dolls  and  doll-houses,  household  duties,  etc.,  and 
there  is  a  chapter  each  devoted  to  kindergarten 
gifts  and  kindergarten  occupations.  Although 
written  with  the  mother  primarily  in  mind,  grade 
teachers  as  well  as  kindergartners  will  find  many 
suggestions  of  use  in  school  hours.  Published  by 
George  W.  Jacobs  •&'  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  Price 
fifty  cents. 


IF  I  WEKE  YOU 
If  I  were  you  and  went  to  school 
I'd  never  break  the  smallest  rule; 
And  it  should  be  my  teacher's  joy 
To  say  she  had  no  better  boy; 

And   'twould  be  true 

If  I  were  you. 


Go  to  bed  late — cross  girl  or  boy. 
Go  to  bed  early — ready  for  play; 
Go  to  bed  late — moping  all  day. 
Go  to  bed  early — no  pains  or  ills; 
Go  to  bed  late — doctors  and  pills. 
— St.  Nicholas. 


"CR  A   Y  O  L  A" 

Artists'  and  School  Crayon 


CRAYOLA  COLORS  are  per- 
manent  and  brilliant  and  can 
be  blended  and  overworked. 
They  will  not  blur  nor  rub  off! 
No  expensive  outfit  is  required 
in  their  use!  No  waiting  for 
colors  to  dry,  No  brushes  to 
clean!  No  liquid  colors  to  soi 
the  hands  and  clothes!  Try 
"Crayola"  for  Stenciling  and 
all  educational  color  work. 

We  shall  be  pleased  to  furn- 
ish samples  and  particulars  to 
teachers  interested. 


BINNEY  &  SMITH  CO., 

81-S3  Fulton  St., 
New   York. 


cn^P^rgxl^>iGiui>GS 


FOR  CHRISTMAS 

AWARDED  FOUR    /^irTC 
GOLD  MEDALS     VJ1.T    1  O 

Re  produ  ciionj^the 
Worlds  Great 

EACH  FOR  25  OR  MORE  S/zxQ 

SEND  TODAY  3 TWO   CENT 

STAMPS  FOR    CATALOGUE 

OF  10  00  MINIATURE 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

THREE  PICTURES 
AND  A  COLORED 
CIRD  PICTURED 


AWARDED  FOUR  GOLD  flEDALS. 

SEND  TODAY 

25  Cents  for 

25  Art  Subjects  or 

25  Madonnas  or 

25  for  Children  or 

25  Kittens,  Dogs,  etc.  or 

25  on  Life  of  Christ  or 

$1.00  for  any  four 

sets  or  for  Art  Set 

No.   10  of   100 

Choice  pictures. 
Send  50  cents  for  10 

Extra  Size  pictures, 

■0x12 
Madonna  Booklet.  25c. 
The  one  cent   pictures  are    4  to  6  times  the  size  of  this 
Madonna. 

THE  PERRY  PICTURES  CO. 
80x630  rialden,  Mass. 


ORDER  TO=DAY 


A  Few  Valuable  Books  for  Kindergartners  and  Primary  Teachers 

We  keep  in  stock  many  books  not  found  in  this  list,  and  supply  ANY  book  on  the  market  at  lowest  prices. 
Put  right  in  your  order  the  book  you  want,  give  us  the  name  of  publisher  if  you  can,  and  we  will  send  it. 


Kindergarten  Hand  Books  Especially  for  Primary  Teachers 


Price,  25  Cents 


These  books  give  just  the 
information  desired  by  pri- 
mary-kindergarten teachers 
The  works  are  all  amply  ill- 
ustrated and  are  bound  in 
limp  cloth. 

The  First  Gift  in  Primary 
Schools.  By  J.  H.  Shults.  With 
several  illustrations,  songs 
and  games,  price  15c. 

A  Second  Gift  Story  or  Miss 
Arden'sWay.  By  Violet  Lynn. 
This  volume  tells  in  attract- 
ive story  form  how  teachers 
can  use  the  second  gift  in 
correlation  with  the  regular 
primary  work.  Price  25  cents. 
Illustrated. 

The  Third  Gift  in  Primary 
Schools.  —  Building  with 
Cubes.  By  J.  H.  Shults. 
Written  especially  for  Pri- 
mary teachers,  containing 
lesson  suggestions  and  hints 
relative  to  correlation  with 
primary  school  work.  Fully 
illustrated.  Limp    cloth. 

Price  20c. 

The  Fourth  Gift  in  Primary 
School  S. — -Building  with 
Bricks.  By  J.  H.  Shults.  AJhandbook  for  the  primary  teacher 
on  the  use  of  this  gift  in  correlation  with  primary  school 
work.  The  only  work  of  this  kind  written  especially  for  pri- 
mary teachers.    Fully  illustrated.    Limp  cloth,  price  20c. 

The  Seventh  Gift  in  Primary  Schools.  —  Tablet  Laying  and 
Parquetry  Work.  By  J.  H.  Shults.  With  many  illustrations 
hints  and  suggestions,  enabling  primary  teachers  to  use  the 
gift  in  correlation  with  their  primary  school  work.  Limp 
cloth.    Price  20c. 

The  Tenth  Gift  — Stick  laying— In  Primary  Schools.-- By 
Alice  Buckingham.  The  only  book  of  its  kind  published  in 
America.  Contains  nearly  200  illustrations  with  complete 
instructions  for  the  use  of  the  gift  in  primary  schools;  price 
25c. 

Eleventh  Gift— King  Laying  in  Primary  Schools—With  many 
illustrations  for  both  ring-laying  and  ring  and  stick-laying 
combined.    Limp  cloth,  price  20c. 

The  Thirteenth  Gift- The  Point— In  Primary  Work.  By  J. 
H.  Shults.  Illustrating  the  work  with  lentils,  corn,  peas  and 
other  seeds.    Limp  cloth,  price  15c. 

Peas  and  Cork  Work  in  Primary  Schools.  By  J.  H.  Shults. 
Illustrated.    Limp  cloth,  price  15c. 

Reed   and    Raffia    Construction    Work    in    Primary 

Schools.  By  Mary  A.  Shults.  Fully  illustrated.  It  teaches 
how  to  use  both  reeds  and  raffia  in  primary  schools,  with 
children  of  every  grade.  Complete  instructions  for  making 
mats,  baskets,  and  many  other  articles,  both  from  reeds  and 
raffia  alone,  and  with  a  combination  of  both;  price  25c. 

Stories,  Games,  flusic,  Etc. 

All  books  sent  prepaid  on  receipt  of  price 
unless  the  postage  is  indicated. 

One  Hundred  New  Kindergarten  Songs,    $1.00 
Cloth.    The  latest  and  best. 

Graded    Memory   Selections 10 

A   Christmas   Festival  Service,  paper. . .     .25 
By   Nora   Smith. 

Instrumental     Characteristic     Rhythms. 

Part  I,  boards,  $1.50;  Part  II,  paper,   1.00 
By   Clara  I*   Anderson. 


Boston       Collection 
Stories,    cloth     . . 


of       Kindergarten 


Songs  and  Games  for  Little  Ones,  net.   1.50 

Postage,    16c. 
By  Harriet  S.  Jenks  and  Gertrude  Walker. 

Song     Stories     for     the     Kindergarten, 

boards    1.00 

By  Mildred  J.  and  Patty  S.  HilL 

St.  Nieholas  Songs,  boards,  net, 1.25 

Postage,    24c. 

The     Songs     and     Music     of     Froebel's 

Mother   Play,   cloth 1.50 


FINGER 
A         VLftVS 

w 

Send  to  us  for 
any  book  pub- 
lished and  we'll 
supply  it  at  low- 
est prices.  Give 
name  of  pub- 
lisher, if  possi- 
ble and  price. 


Timely   Games  and  Songs  for  the  Kin- 
dergarten,   paper 60 

By  Clare  Sawyer  Reed. 
In  the  Child's  World,  cloth 2.00 

By     Emllie    Poulsson. 

Half  Hundred  Stories  (207  pages),  cloth     .lb 
Dozen    and    Two    Kindergarten    Songs. 

Paper    $  .so 

Louis    Pauline   Warner. 
Folk  and   Other  Songs  for  Children....   1.50 

Jane    Bird    Radcllffe-Whitehead. 

Kindergarten    Chimes,  paper 1.00 

"  boards    1.25 

"  "  cloth    1.50 

Kate    D.  Wlggin. 

Uttle  Songs  for  Little  Singers 25 

W.   T.   Glffe. 

Motion  Songs   25 

Mrs.   Boardman. 

Posies  from  a  Child's  Garden  of  Verses.   1.00 

Wm.    Arms   Fisher. 

Sixty  Songs  from  Mother  Goose's  Jubilee  1.00 

L.    E.    Orth. 

Song  Echoes  from  Child  Land 2.00 

Miss  Harriet  S.   Jenks  and  Mrs.  Mabel  Rust- 
Songs  of  Nature 30 

E.    U.    Emerson   and   K.   L.   Brown. 

Songs  of  Sunshine 1.00 

Stories  In   Song . . .  .r 75 

Thirty  Songs  for  Children 50 

Master  St.  Elmo 1.00 

Postage,    12   cents. 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Musical    Poems    1.50 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Flower  Ballads,  cloth 1.00 

"  "         paper     50 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Callsthenlc  Songs,  cloth .  ■ .35 

By    Flora    Parsons. 

Finger   Plays,   cloth •    1.25 

By    Emllie    Poulsson. 
The    Story   Hour,   cloth 1.00 

By    Kate    Douglas    Wlggln. 

Myths   and  Mother   Plays,  cloth 1.00 

By    Sara    Wiltse. 

Flower   Ballads,  paper,    .50;   cloth 1.00 

By    Caro   S.    Senour. 

niscellaneons 

Commentary  on  Froebel's  Mother  Play.. $1.25 

By   J.   Denton  Snider. 

The  Psychology  of  Froebel's  Play  Gifts,  1.25 

By  J.   Denton  Snider. 
Mottoes  and  Commentaries  of  Froebel's 

Mother    Play     l.oO 

Translated    by    Susan    E.    Blow. 

Outline   of   a   Tear's  Work   In   the  Kin- 
dergarten     60 

By   Anna   Deveraux. 

Blackboard  Designs,  paper .50 

By  Margaret  E.   Webb. 

Education  by  Plays  and  Games .50 

By    G.    E.    Johnson. 

The   Study   of  Children,   cloth 1.00 

By  Frances  Warner. 
Nursery  Ethics,   cloth l.Oo 

By    Florence  Wlnterburn. 
The  Color  Primer.  Price,  Teachers'  Edi- 
tion.  .10;  Pupils'    Edition 05 

The  Color  Primer  Is  issued  in  a  paper 
cover.  The  teachers'  edition,  including  as  a 
part  of  itself  the  pupils'  edition,  has  8fl 
pages  and  the  pupils'  edition  alone  24 
pages. 

Water  Colors  in  the  Schoolroom.     Price, 

boards   25 

By   Milton   Bradley. 
This    Is    a   practical    handbook    on    the   use 
of  Water  Colors. 

An  artistic  book.  Illustrated  with  twelve 
colored   plates. 


Address  all  orders  to 


American  Kindergarten  Supply  House 

276-278-280  Hirer  Street,  Manistee,  Mich. 


A  BAKER'S  DOZEN  FOR 


CITY  CHILDREN 

New  Book  of  Kindergarten  Songs 

By  ISABEL  VALENTINE  and  LILEON  CLAXTON 

1  wo  Practical  Kindergartners  of  the  New  York  City  Public  School  System 

With  introduction  by   JENNY  B.  MERRIL,  Supervisor  of  Kinder 
gartens,  New  York  City  Public  Schools. 


THIRTEEN  SONGS  WRITTEN  as  a  result  of  yeaes  of  teaching 

EXFERI  ENCE 

THIRTFFN  SO  NHS  that  have  been  thoroughly  tried  and 

I  I  lll\  I  LLI  ti    ^>Wi  TIVJ^>  PROVEN  IM  MENSELY  SUCCESSFUL. 

THIRTEEN    SONGS  EXPRESSIVE  OF  THE  CHILD'S  OWN  EVERYDAY 

THIRTEEN    SONGS  READILY  DRAMATIZED  FROM  THE  CHILDREN'S 
SUGGESTIONS 

THTRTFFN  SONPxS  that  city  kindergartners  must  have  and 

liiirvi  LiLii>  ownuo  other  kindergartners  should  have 

THTRTFFM  SONflS  bright,  cheery,  new.  with  smooth  flowing 

1  1  llJA.  1  LiLiH    >JwnVJ>J  HARMONIES  AND  SIMPLICITY  OF  RYTHYMA. 

The  thirteen  songs  are  clearlv  printed  °n  good  paper  and  bound  with  strong  linen  mak- 
ing a  very  attractive  and  durable  book,  just  the  thing  for  an  EASTER  GIFT. 


Price  50  Cents  i 


Add  5c  extra  for  Postage 
ordered  sent  by  mail. 


We  will  send  the  KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE  for  one 
year  and  acopy  of  'A  BAKER'S  DOZEN  FOR  CITY  CHILDREN," 
$  1  .55  prepaid,  to  any  address  in  the  United  States  on  receipt  of  $1.10 

*  (Canadian  or  Foriegn  subscribers  add  20  cents  or  40  cents  respec- 

*^'  tively,  for  postage.)      You  may  use  this  offer  to  renew  your  sub- 

Si    10  scriptionif  you  like. 


NOTE: 


This  offer  may  not  appear  again,  so  attend  to  it  today.     Address 

The  Kindergarten -Magazine  Co 

59  West  96th.  Street,  NEW  YORK. 


RELIABLE  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES  OF  AMERICA 

Every  progressive  teacher  who  desires  promotion  should  take  np  the  matter  with  some  wide-awake  Teachers'  Agency.  Beyond 
the  scope  of  a  teacher's  personal  acquaintance  there  is  not  much  hope  of  advancing  unaided.  Some  agencies  have  positions  wait* 
ing  for  experienced  teachers  and  all  should  be  able  to  advise  you  to  your  advantage.  If  you  contemplate  moving  to  a  distant  sec- 
tion, let  some  agency  secure  you  a  position  before  you  go.    Any  of  the  following  will  doubtless  send  particulars  in  reply  to  postal: 


TEACHERS 


We  have  great  difficulty  in 
supplying  the  demand  for 
Wages  will  please  you. 


strong  Primary  Teachers. 

Write  us 

Owen  Pacific  Coast  Teacher's  Agency 

McHlnnville,  Oregon. 


THE  EMPIRE 

TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

D.  H.  COOK,  Manager 

Syracuse,  N.iY. 
we  not  help  you? 

An  Agency  with  agents. 


LOCATES  KINDERGARTEN  TEACHERS 

Because  of  the  scarcity  of  candidates  we  will 
register  any  kindergarten  teacher  and  accept 
registration  fee  later,  after  we  place  you. 

We  also  extend  time  in  payment  of  com- 
mission. 

Write  Today.    Send  Photo 

We  have  placed  hundreds  of  others.     Why  may 

Empire  Teachers'  Agency, 

Syracuse,  N.  Y. 


BJFBgmmn-jTIiB  HAZARD  TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

JoraStlected  Membership.  Wrila  the  nearest  615  Empire  State  Building,.  SPOKANE.  WASH. 
office. I  224  Railway  Exchange.     -      DENVER.  COLO. 

SABIN'S  EDUCATIONAL  EXCHANGE- 

HENRY  SABIN  1907  «4th  Season  ELBRIDGE  H.  SABIN 

During  last  year  placed  teachers  In  80  counties  in  Iowa,  and  in  Minnesota,  NorthandSo 

Dakota,   Nebraska,  Colorado,  Wyoming,  Utah,  Idaho,    Montana,  Washington  and  Ore 

gan.  Address,  HENRY  SABIN,    Manhattan  Building,  Des  Moines,  !owa. 

Pioneer  Teachers'  Agency,         Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 

Will  help  you  get  a  new  or  better  position,  whether  you  are  a  Teacher,  Clerk, 
Book-keeper,  or  Stenographer.     Enroll  now  for  fall  vacancies  in  schools. 

The  demand  for  good  teachers  in  all  the  Western  and  Southern  States  Is  far 
greater  than  the  supply. 

Write  for  application  blanks  and  full  particulars. 


ROME 


TEACHERS'    AGENCY 

Teachers  wanted  for  good  positions  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
Registration  fee  holds  good  until  we  secure  a  position  for  you. 

W.  X.  Crider,  Rome,  New  YorK 


Primary  Teachers  Wanted 

Vacancies    not        Because   •(   4*--   mand,  offer  FREE]  registration  to 
those  with  some    Kperlcnce.  VMA  M.  THURSTON,  Hunger, 

THURS1     ITS  TEACHERS'  AGENCY,  878  Wabash   Ave,  Chicago, 


Minneapolis 

Teachers' 

Agency 


Scad 
for"4 
Our  5 
Latest 
Booklet 


Admit*  to  membership  only  the  better  class  of  teachers 

registration    fee   returned   to   others  at  once. 
Returns  fee  if  its  service  is  not  satisf acrory . 
Mokes    specialty    of    placing   members    in    the    HldiUs 
States  and  in  the  West — largest  salaries  paid  there. 
Is   conducted   by   experienced   educators   and   busiasas 

men. 
Has  had  phenomlnal  success  in  placing  its  members  din- 
ing: the  past  year. 
Now  is  the  time  to  register. 

Send  for  our  our  Booklet. 
Address,  337-329  Fourteenth  Avenue, 

Dapt.  F.    MINEAPOLIS.  MINM. 


Positions==for  Teachers 

If  you  want  a  position  on  the  Pacific 
Coast  or  in  Montana  or  Idaho,  it  will 
pay  you  to  register  with  the 

Pacific  Teachers'  Agency 

SEATTLE,  WASHINGTON 

Send  for  Manual  and  Registration 
blank.     Address 

B.  W.  BRINTNALL,  Manager, 
523  New  York  Block, 

Seattle,  Wash, 

Teach  in  the 
Sunny  South 

This  section  offers  better  In- 
ducements to  aspiring  teachers 
than  any  other,  and  teachers  are 
in  great  demand.  If  yon  want  a 
good  position  for  next  school  year 
you  can  secure  it  in  this  field.  For 
full  information  write 

CLAUDE  J.  BELL, 

Nashville,  Tenn. 

Proprietor     the     Bell     Teachers' 

Agency. 

GO  SOUTH 

Many  Teachers  Wanted 


An  Agency  that 
Recommends  in  15  Southern  States 
Ala.,    Ark.,    Fla.,    Ga.,    Ky.,    Md., 
Miss.,    Mo.,    N.    C,    S.    C,    Tenn., 

Tex.,  W.  Va. 
Also  conducts  a 

Special  Florida  Teachers'  Agency 
Supplies  Teachers  for  Universities, 
Colleges,  Private,  Normal,  High, 
and  Grade  Schools;  Special  Teach- 
ers of  Commercial  Branches,  Man- 
ual Training,  Domestic  Science, 
Art,  Drawing,  Music,  Elocution, 
Physical  Culture,  Athletics. 
Deals  in  School  Property 

Calls  come  from  School  Officials. 
Recommends  all  the  year  round. 
Register  now.     Best  chances  come 

early. 
SOUTHERN    EDUCATIONAL   RE- 
VIEW TEACHERS  AGENCY. 
CHATTANOOGA,  TENN. 


CHICAGO,  17    E.  Van   Buren    St 


THE  CLARK  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES 


NEW    YORK,    156    FIFTH    AVE. 


BOISE,    IDAHO 


Send  for  OIK  PLATFORM,  giving  full  information  and  five  hundred  letters  from 
teachers  and  school  officers. 


INDEX  TO  CONTENTS 


Reminiscenses  of  Froebel  E.  Hess 

The  Short  Story—  Its  Place  in  the  Kinder- 


garten and  Grades 

Scientific  Basis  upon  which  Kindergarten 
is  Founded 

Letters  to  a  Young  Kindergartner 

Mothers'  Meetings  and  Reading  Circles 

After  Christmas  - 

Program  Suggestions  for  January 

Tony  and  his  Fruit  Stand 

Kindergarten  Light  Opera 

Social  Celebrations  in  New  York 

New  Years  Day 

The  Cultivation  of  Beauty  Perception 

The  City  Street  - 

Query  Column, 

Book  Notices  ... 

Copyright,  1909,  by  J.  H.  Shults. 


E.  Lyell  Earle, 

Hortense  M.  Orcutt, 
Harrietta  Melissa  Mills, 
Jenny  B.  Merrill,  Pd.  D. 

Bertha  Johnston, 

Augusti  S.  Earle, 
Mari  Ruef  Hofer, 


107 

115 

121 
124 
125 
126 
127 
132 
132 
134 
135 
136 
137 
139 
140 


Volume  XXI,  No.  4. 


$1.00  per  Year,  15  cents  per  Copy 


KINDERGARTEN  SUPPLIES 

Bradley's  School  Paints,  Raphia,  Reed,  and  all  Construction 

Material 
WE  ARE  HEADQUARTERS  FOR  ALL  THE  ABOVE.    Send  for  Catalogue. 

THOS.  CHARLES  CO.  80=82  Wabash  Avenue., Chicago,  111. 


THE 


SOBMEB 


PIANO 


THE 

WORLD 

RENOWNED 


The  many  points 
ofs  uperiority 
were  never  better 
emphasized  than 
intheSOHMER 
PIANO  of  today. 


It  is  built  to  sat- 
isfy the  most  cul- 
tivated tastes  :  : 


The  advantage 
of  such  a  piano 
appeals  at  once 
to  the  discrimi- 
n  a  t  i  n  g  intelli- 
gence of  the 
leading  artists. 


SOHMER  &  CO. 


WARER00MS--C0R.  5th  AVE.  AND  22ud  St. 


NEW  YORK 


Lakeside  Classics 

AND 

Books  for  Supplementary 
Reading 

Please  send  for  descriptive  list  of  Selec- 
tions from  English  and  American  au- 
thors and  for  stories  prepared  for  all 
grades  from  third  to  last  year  in  High 
School.  132  numbers  in  Lakeside 
series  at  prices  from  a  cents  to  35  cents, 
depending  on  amount  of  material  and 
style  of  binding;—  any  book  sent  post- 
paid on  receipt  of  price. 

Ainsworth  &  Company 

377-388  Wabash  Arenae 

CHICAGO,  H.L 


An  Unusual  and  Extraordinary  Opportunity! 

FREE 


SAMPLE  OFFER 

18  DAT*  ONLY       9 
Beiutlful   Bright  SpvUlac  Funou 

$5  Barnatto  Diamond  Ring  ur,r 

Approximates  genuine  in  brilliancy,  detection 
almost  bafflos  experts,  fills  every  requirement-^ 
otthe  most  exacting,  pleases  the  meat  fastid-~fl| 
lous,  at  only  one-thirtieth  the  cost  of  the  real 

mond.      As  a  means    of   introducing  thin 

rveloux  and  wonderful  xa'ntil latino  Q*mt 
and  securing  as  many  new  friends  as  quickly 

possible,  we  a're  making  a  special  induce- 
ment for  the  newyear.  We  want  you  to  wear 
this  beautiful  Ring,  thin  nwnt«rpi*Cm  of  man's 
handicraft,  this  simulation  that  sparkles  with 
•11  the  beauty,  and  flashes  with  all  the  fire  of 

^A  GENUINE    DIAMOND 

of  the  first  water.  We  want  yon  to  show  it  to 
rour  friends  and  take  orders  for  us,  as  it  sells 
itself— sells  at  sight— and  makes  100%  Froflt 
(or  you,  absolutely  without  effort  on  your  part. 

We  want  good,  honest  representatives  everywhere,  i 
llty,  city  or  oouatry.  In  faot,  la  s»«ry  country  tbroufbout  the  wi 
id  wodm,  who  will  not  itll  or'  para  tat  Baroatto  Simulation  Diamonds 
under  tht  prcUas*  that  thoy  as*  Gsnulno  C«mi.  If  you  wnat  to  wear  a  slma* 
diamond,  to  tba  ordlaary  vbiarrer  almoit  Ilk*  unto  a  («»  of  taa  pur*  It 
rmt.i  llitltjf  tubstltuw  for  th«  genuine.;  or  If  you  want  ta  Bake  Booty, 
eVa'l  wait— ACT  TODAY,  as  this  edTcrtlscmtat  may  Dot  appear.eor  tbli  uaus- 
»1  and  •xtraordlnary  opportunity  occur,  again.  Fill  out  tot  ooupoa  b*tov 
id  ssnd  at  ones— nrst  corns,  first  strrad. 


The  Barnatto  Diamond  Co.         Wrtto  B*~  »««  °*W !»  **uh 
yea  saw  tkls  ad. 

Glrard  Bldg.,  Chicago.   - 


Natru ♦. • „. 

R.F.D.R.tf* Strttt 

TowH^rCity 

&                                                                     f> 
P.O.  B*x....    Stat* 


PRIMARY  TEACHERS 

will  be  Interested  to  know 
that  we  put  up 


p 

I  Kindergarten  Material 


Especially  for  primary  school*  and  will 
Mild  with  our  catalogue  FREE  Instruction* 
tor  usinf  the  material  In  primary  school*. 


Addre**  J.  jj.  »HULT«,  ITanUtee.  Mich. 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Massachusetts  Training  Schools 

BOSTON 

Miss   Laura  Fisher's 
>,;]      TRAINING    SCHOOL    FOR 
KINDERGARTNERS 

Normal  Course,  2  years. 

Post-Graduate  Course. 

Special  Course. 

For  circulars  addresss 
292   Marlborougrh    St.,        BOSTON,    MASS. 


Kindergarten  Training  School 

82  St.   Stephen   Street,  Boston. 
Normal  Course,  two  years. 

For  circulars  addresss 
MISS    LUCY    HARRIS    SYMONDS. 


MISS   ANNIE    CQOLIDGE    RUST'S 

Froebel  School  of  Kinder- 
garten Normal  Classes 

BOSTON.    MASS. 

Regular    Two    Years'     Course. 

Post-Graduate    Course.      Special    Courses. 

Sixteenth   Year. 

For  circulars  address 

MISS   RUST,  PIERCE   BLDG., 

Copley  Square. 

BOSTON 

Perry     Kindergarten     Normal 
School 

MRS.    ANNIE    MOSELEY   PERRY, 
Principal, 

18  Huntington  Ave.,  BOSTON,  MASS. 

Miss  Wheelock's  Kindergarten 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

134    Newbury    Street.        BOSTON,    MASS. 

Regular    Two    Years'    Course. 

Special    One    Year   Course    for    graduate 
students. 

Students'    Home   at   the   Marenholz. 

For  circulars   address 

LICY    WHEELOCK. 

BOSTON 

The   Garland 
Kindergarten  Training  School 

Normal    Course,    two    years. 
Home-making     Course,     one    year. 
MRS.     MARGARET    3.     STANNARD, 
Princisal. 

19  Chestnut  Street,  Boston. 


New   York   Training   Schools 


Springfield   Kindergarten 

Normal    Training    Schools 

Two  Years'  Course.    Terms,  $100  per  year. 

Apply    to 

HATTIE  TWICHELL, 

SPRINGFIELD— LONGiMEADOW,   MASS. 


The    Kraus    Seminary    for 
Kindergartners 

REGULAR  AND  EXTENSION 
COURSES. 

MRS.  MARIA  KRAUS-BOELTE 

Hotel  San  Renio,      Central  Park  West 

75th  Street,  -  NEW  YORK  CITY 


THE  ELLIMAN  SCHOOL 

Kindergarten  Normal  Class 

POST-GRADUATE  CLASSES. 

Twenty-fifth    Year. 

167  W.  57th  Street,       NEW  YORK  CITY 

Opposite   Carnegie   Hall. 


Miss  Jenny  Hunter's 
Kindergarten   Training  School 

15  West  127th  St.,  NEW  YORK  CITY. 

Two  Years'  Course,   Connecting  Class  and 
Primary    Methods. 

ADDRESS 
2079    Fifth   Ave.,    New    York   City. 


Kindergarten    Normal    Department 

Ethical  Culture  School 

For  information   address 

MISS   CAROLINE   T.   HAVEN,   Principal, 

Central  Park  West  and  C3d  St. 

NEW    YORK. 


TRAINING  SCHOOL 

OF    THE 

Buffalo  Kindergarten  Assoc'n. 

Two  Years'   Course. 
For   particulars    address 

MISS  ELLA   C.   ELDER, 
86   Delaware  Avenue,       -       Buffalo,  N.   Y. 

Connecticut  Training  Schools 

BRIDGEPORT 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

FOR 

KINDERGARTNERS 

IN    AFFILIATION    WITH 

The  New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Will   open   its   eighth   year   September  IS. 
For    circulars,    information,    etc.,    address 

MARY  C.  MILLS,  Principal 

179    West    Avenue, 
BRIDGEPORT,    -    -    CONN. 

The      Fannie      A.      Smith 

Froebel    Kindergarten 

and  Training  School 

Good  Kindergarten  teachers  have  no 
trouble  in  securing  well-paying  positions. 
In  fact,  we  have  found  the  demand  for 
our  graduates  greater  than  we  can  sup- 
ply.     One  and   two  years'   course. 

For    Catalogue,    address 

FANNIE  A.  SMITH,  Principal, 
Lafayette  Street,   BRIDGEPORT,  CONN. 


ADELPHI    COLLEGE 

Lafayette  Avenue,  St.  James  and  Clifton  Places.  BROOKLYN,  NEW  YORK 

Norma!  School  for  Kindergartners 

Two  Years'  Course.  Address  Prof.  Anna  E.   Harvey,  Supt 


Established    1896 


The  New  York 

Froebel  Normal 


KINDERGARTEN  and  PRIMARY  TRAINING 


College     Preparatory.    Teachers'!  Academic.    Music 

E.  LYELL  EARL,  Ph.  D.,  Principal. 

HARRIETTS  M.  MILLS,  Head  of  Department  of  Kindergarten  Training. 

MARIE  RUEF  HOFEK,  Department'of  Music. 


Eleventh  Year  opens  Wednesday,  Sept.  18,  1907 

Write  for  circulars.  Address, 

59  West  96th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Michigan  Training  Schools 


Grand  Rapids 
Kindergarten  Training  School 


Winter  and  Summer  Terms. 
Oct.  1st,  1908,   to  June   1st,    1909. 
July  1st  to  August   21st,    1909. 


CERTIFICATE,    DIPLOMA    AND 
NORMAL    COURSES. 


CLARA   WHEELER,    Principal. 
MAT   L.    OG1LBT,    Registrar. 

Shepard   Building,       -       23    Fountain    St. 
GRAND   RAPIDS,  MICH. 

Maine  Training  Schools 

Miss  Norton's  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

PORTLAND     MAINE. 

Two    Years'    Course. 

For  circulars  addresss 

15  Dow   Street,  -         PORTLAND,    ME. 

Miss  Abby  N.  Norton 


Ohio  Training  Schools 


OHIO,   TOLEDO,   2313   Ashland   Ave. 

THE      MISSES     LAW'S 

FROEBEL    KINDERGARTEN    TRAIN- 
ING   SCHOOL. 

Medical  supervision.     Personal  attention. 
Thirty-five    practice    schools. 
Certificate  and  Diploma  Courses. 

MART   E.    LAW,    M.   D.,    Principal. 


Kindergarten      Training 

Exceptional  advantages — daily  practice. 
Lectures  from  Professors  of  Oberlin  Col- 
lege and  privilege  of  Elective  Courses  in 
the  College  at  special  rates.  Charges 
moderate.  Graduates  readily  find  posi- 
tions. 

For    Catalogue    address    Secretary 
OBERLIN   KINDERGARDEN    ASSOCIA- 
TION, 
Drawer  K,  Oberlin,  Ohio. 


CLEVELAND     KINDERGARTEN 

TRAINING  SCHOOL 

In  Affiliation  with  the 

CHICAGO    KINDERGARTEN    COLLEGE 

Corner  of  Cedar  and  Watkins  Aves., 
Cleveland,   Ohio. 

(Founded  in  1894) 
bourse   of  study  under  direction  of  Eliza- 
beth Harrison,  covers  two  years  in  Cleve- 
land, leading  to  senior  and  normal  courses 
in   the    Chicago    Kindergarten    Course. 

MISS   NETTA  FARIS.    Principal 
MRS.    W.    R.    WARNER,    Manager. 


Indiana  Training  Schools 


The      Teachers'      College 
of  Indianapolis 

For  the   Training;   of   Kindergartners   and 
Primary    Teachers. 

Regular  Course  two  years.  Preparatory 
Course  one  year.  Post-Graduate  Course 
for  Normal  Teachers,  one  year.  Primary 
training  a  part  of   the  regular  work. 

Classes  formed  in  September  and  Feb- 
ruary. 

90  Free  Scholarships  Granted 

Each    Year. 

Special   Primary  Class   in    May  and   June. 
Send   for   Catalogue. 

Mrs.  Eliza  A.  Blaker,  Pres. 

THE    WILLIAM    N.    JACKSON   MEMOR- 
IAL   INSTITUTE, 

23d  and  Alahama  Streets. 


The  Richmond  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

14  West  Main  Street. 
DRAWING,    SINGING,   PHYSICAL   CUL- 
TURE. 

ALICE   N.    PARKER,    Frincipal. 

Two  years  in  course.  Froebei's  theory 
and  practice.  Also  a  third  year  course 
for   graduates. 

SPECIAL  LECTURES. 


Kentucky  Training  Schools 


Illinois  Training  Schools 
Kindergarten   Training  School 

Resident    home   for    a    limited    number    of 
students. 

Chicago  Free  Kindergarten  Association 

H.    N.    Higinbotham,    Pres. 

Mrs.    P.    D.    Armour,    Vice-Pres. 
SARAH  E.  HANSON,    Principal. 

Credit  at  the 
Northwestern   and   Chicago    Universities. 

For  particulars  address  Eva  B.  Whit- 
more,  Supt.,  6  E.  Madison  St.,  cor.  Mich, 
ave.,  Chicago. 


PESTALOZZI-FROEBEL 

Kindergarten    Training 
School 

at  CHICAGO  COMMONS,   180  Grand  Ave. 

Mrs  Bertha  Hofer  Hegner,  Superintendent 
Mis    Amelia    Hofer,    Principal. 

THIRTEENTH    YEAR. 

Regular  course  two  years.  Advanced 
courses  for  Graduate  Students.  A  course 
in  Home  Making.  Includes  opportunity  to 
become  familiar  with  the  Social  Settle- 
ment movement.  Fine  equipment.  For 
circulars    and    information    write    to 

MRS.    BERTHA    HOFER-HEGNER, 
180    Grand    Ave.,    Chicago. 


TRAINING   SCHOOL   OF  THE 

Louisville    Free    Kindergarten 
Association 

Louisville,    Ky, 

FACULTY: 

Miss  Mary    Hill,    Supervisor. 

Mrs.  Robert  D.  Allen,  Senior  Critic  and 
Training  Teacher. 

Miss  Alexina  G.  Booth.  History  and  Phil- 
osophy  of  Education. 

Miss  Jane  Akin.  Primary  Sunday  School 
Methods. 

Miss  Allene  Seaton,   Manual  Work. 

Miss  Frances    Ingram,    Nature    Study. 

Miss  Anna   Moore,   Primary  Methods. 

Miss  Margaret  Byers,  Art  Work. 


New  Jersey  Training  Schools 


Miss  Cora  Webb  Peet 

KINDERGARTEN   NORMAL   TRAINING 
SCHOOL 

Two    Years'   Course. 
For    circulars,    address 

MISS  CORA  WEBB  PEET, 
16   Washington   St.,       East  Orange,  N.  J. 


OHIO COLUMBUS 


Kindergarten  Normal  Training  School 


EIGHTEENTH  YEAR  BEGINS  SEPTEnBBR  2S,  1007 * 

Froehelian  Philosophy.  Gifts.  Occupation.  Stories.  Gaines,  Music  and  Orawin 
Psychology  and  Nature  Work  taught  at  Ohio  State  University-two  years'  cours 


17th  and  Broad 
Streets 


Chicago    Froebel    Association 

Training  Class  for  Kindergartners. 

(Established    1S76.) 

Two  Tears'  Course.  Special  Courses  un- 
der Professors  of  University  of  Chicago 
receive  University  credits.  For  circulars 
apply   to 

MRS.  ALICE  H.  PUTNAM,  or  MISS  M. 
L.    SHELDON,    Associate    Principals, 

1008  Fine  Arts  Building,  Chicago,  111. 


CHICAGO 

KINDERGARTEN 

INSTITUTE 

Gertrude  House,  40  Scott  Street 


Regular  Course— Two  Years. 
Post-graduate  Course — One  Year. 
Supplementary  Course — One  Year. 
Non-professional     Home   Making 

Course — One  Year. 

University  Credits 
Residence  for  students  at  Gertrude 

House. 


DIRECTORS 

Miss  CAROLINE  C.  CRONISE 
Mrs.  MARY  B.  PAGE 
Mrs.  ETHEL  ROE  LINDGREN 
Miss  FRANCES  E,  NEWTON 

Send  for  Circulars 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Pennsylvania  Training  Schools 


Miss  Hart's 

Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Re- opened  Oct.  1st,  1908,  at  1615 
Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia,  The 
work  will  include  Junior,  Senio^ 
Graduate  and  Normal  Trainers' 
Courses,  and  a  Model  Kindergar- 
ten.      For  particulars  address 

Miss  Caroline  M.  C.  Hart, 
Model  Kindergarten 
The  Pines,   Rutiedge,  Pa. 


The  Philadelphia  Training 
School  for  Kindergartners 

Keopens  October  2,  1908. 

Junior,    Senior   and   Special   Classes. 
Model    Kindergarten. 

Address 

MRS.   M.    L.   VAN  KIRK,  Principal, 

1333   Pine   Street,       -       Philadelphia,   Pa. 


Pittsburgh    and    Allegheny 
Kindergarten   College 

ALICE    N.    PARKER,    Superintendent. 

Regular   Course,    two   years.      Special   ad- 
vantages   for    Post-Graduate    work. 
Seventeenth  year  begins  Sept.   30,    1908 
For   Catalogue,    address 
Mrs.  William  McCraoken,  Secretary, 

3439  Fifth  Avenue,       PITTSBURGH,   PA 


California  Training  Schools 


Oakland  Kindergarten 

TRAINING  CLASS 

State   Accredited  List. 

Seventeeth  Year  opens  September,  1907. 
Address 

Miss  Grace   Everett  Barnard, 

1374   Franklin   Street.       OAKLAND,  CAL. 


Wisconsin   Training   Schools 


Milwaukee    State   Normal 
School 

Kindergarten  Training:  Department. 

Two  Years'  Course  for  graduates  of 
four-years'  high  schools.  Faculty  of 
twenty-five.  Special  advantages.  Tuition 
free  to  residents  of  Wisconsin;  $40  per 
year  to  others.  School  opens  the  first 
Tuesday   in    September. 

Send   for  Catalogue   to 
NINA  C.   VANDEWALKER,    Director. 


Washington  Training  Schools 


WASHINGTON.  D.  C. 

The    Columbia    Kindergarten 
Training   School 

2115  California  Ave.,  cor.  Connecticut  At, 

Certificate,    Diploma   and    Normal    Course 
Principals: 

SARA  KATHARINE  LIPPINCOTT, 
SUSAN   CHADICK  BAKER. 


Virginia  Training  Schools 

The  Richmond  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Richmond.  Va. 

Alice  N.  Baker,  Principal. 

Two  years'  course  and  Post 

Graduate  course. 

For  further  information  apply  to 

14  W.  Main  Street. 


Georgia  Training  Schools 


Atlanta  Kindergarten  Normal 
School 

Two    Tears'    Course    of    Study. 
Chartered   1897. 
For   particulars    address 

WILLETTE   A.    ALLEN,   Principal, 
639  Peachtree  Street,  ATLANTA,  GA. 

Normal  Training  School 

of  the 
KATE   BALDWIN  FREE    KINDERGAR- 
TEN ASSOCIATION. 

(Established  1899) 

HORTENSE    M.    ORCUTT,    Principal      of 
the   Training   School   and   Supervisor 

of   Kindergartens. 
Application    for   entrance   to   the   Train- 
ing Schools  should  be  made  to  Miss  M.  R. 
Sasnett,   Corresponding  Secretary, 

117  Bolton  St.,      EAST   SAVANNAH,  GA. 


If  your  Training  School  is  not  represent 
ed  in  these  columns,  kindly  send  us  you 
copy,  and]  let  us  put  it  among  the  others 
Aside  rom  the  advertising-  value,  both 
your  pupils  and  your  graduates  will  be 
pleased  to  see  your  training  school  have  a 
place  among  the  others  of  America. 


1874 — Kindergarten  Normal  Instituti    is — I  908 

1516  Columbia  Road  N.  W.,  WASHINGTON    D.  C. 

The  citizenship  of  the  future  depends  on  the  children  of  today. 

Susan  Plessner  Pollok,  Principal. 

Teachers'  Training  Course — Two  Years. 

Summer  Training  Classes  at  Mt.  Chatauqua — Mountain  Lake  Park — 
Garrett  Co.,    Maryland. 


Repton  School 

Tarry  tow  n=on=Hudson,  New  York. 
A  School  for  young  boys  between  the  ages  of  7  and  14.    A  few  of 
our  special  advantages  are: 

Specially  designed,  modern  buildings,  costing  over  $  100.000.00.  Numbers  are  limiteo 
to  Forty,  giving  an  average  of  Five  boys  in  a  class,  thus  ensuring  every  boy,  practicaily  in 
dividualtuition 

A  Physica  Instructor,  qualified  in  Europe,  attends  to  the  Swedish  and  other  exer- 
icses,  under  the  supervision  ot  the  School  Physician,  who  prescribes  the  exercise  for    each  boy 

A  resident  nurse,  and  hospital  building. 

Fee  for  the  school  year  $400.00— $500.00. 

Apply  to  THE  HEADMASTER. 


Reeds,  Raffia,  Splints,  Braided  Straw,  Matting  and  Ceneral  Construction  Material 


Postage  at  the  rate  of  16c  per  pound  must 
In  all   cases   be  added  to  these  prices   when 
goods  are  to  be  sent  by  mail. 

COLORED  RAFFIA   (Florist  Fiber). 
Colors:    Red,    Orange,   Yellow,    Green,   Blue, 
Violet,    Brown    and    Black. 

Per  pound Net,  $0.40 

Per  %-pound    Net,       .25 

Per  %-pound    Net,       .15 

%-lb.  bunch,  assorted  colors 15 

PLAIN    RAFFIA    (Florist    Fiber). 

Per   2    ounces 06 

Per  %-pound    10 

Per  %-pound    15 

Per    pound     20 

Per  pound,  5-pound  lots 15    ^^S'ZEPHYR   "*" 


REEDS. 
Our  reed  Is   all  put  up   in  POUND  PACK- 
AGES OF  EACH  SIZE,  and  we   do   not   sell 
part    of    a    package    except    ?X    an    advance 
of  Be  per  package. 

No.  1,  fine,  per  pound 1.00 

No.  2 ,  medium,  per  pound 95 

No.  3,  medium  coarse,  per  pound 75 

No.    4,    coarse,   per   pound 75 

No.  5,  coarser,  per  pound 50 

No.  6,  coarser,  per  pound 50 

LOOMS. 

Todd  Adjustable— No.  Al,  no  needle. . .     .15 

Postage,  18c. 

Xodd    Adjustable— Perfection $0.30 

Postage,  23c. 

Todd  Adjustable — No.  2 75 

Little  Gem— No.  1,  9x12 25 

Little  Gem— No.   2,   7x9% 25 

Faribault,   hammock   attachment 35 

Other  Looms  Furnished. 
Above   should   be   ordered   by   express. 
MOUNTING   BOARD. 

Good  quality,  8-ply  mounting;  board,  colors, 
dark  green,  steel  blue,  black,  per  sheet,    .08 

Kodack  Mounts,  colors  as  above,  per  slit..  .04 
Both  above  are  32x28  inches,  but  will  be  cut 
in  J4  or  'A  sheets  at  lc  per  sheet  extra,  or  free 
in  lots  of  12  sheets  at  a  time. 

Bristol,  in  colors,  22x28,  per  sheet $0.05 

Heavy  Manila,  ZZy2x.ZSYz 02 

Straw  Board,  22x28 02 

Postage  on  a  single  sheet  of  above,  4c,  to 
which  must  be  added  postage  on  the  packing  for 
same,  as  follows:  If  cut  in  quarters  and  rolled, 
lc  per  sheet,  4c  per  doz.  sheets.  If  sent  full 
size  and  rolled,  5c  per  sheet,  8c  per  doz.  sheets. 
Full  sheets,  packed  flat,  per  sheet,  30c.  Per 
dozen  sheets,  35c.    State  how  preferred. 

Japanese  Manila,   20x30 01 

Leatherette,    20x25 05 

Cardboard  Modeling:  Paper,  18x24 02 

Postage  on  above,  1  sheet,  2c;  per  doz.,  17c 

Coated  Paper,  20x24 04 

Engrine  Colored  Paper,  20x24 03 

Gilt  and  Silver  Paper,  20x24 05 

Postage  on  above,  1  sheet,  2c;  1  doz.,  8c 

Oak   Tag:  for   Construction  Work,  0x12, 
dozen    sheets    .06 

Postage,  10  cents. 
Oak    Tag:   for   Construction   Work,    8%x 
10%,  per  dozen 0* 

Postage,    9   cents. 

Oak    Tag:   for    Construction    Work,    7%x 
»V4.  per  dozen .OS 

Postage,   9  cents. 
Colors — Dark      Green.      Yellow,      Turquoise- 
Carpet  Warp,  per  skein 15 

Add  12c  for  postage. 


TodcL 

I 


Faribault.  Loom 


far'iloaultVoaVi 


Macreme   Cord,   per  ball Net,       .12 

Add  4c  for  postage. 

Bnbber  Balls,  2-inch,  plain,  per  doz 60 

Postage,  each,  4c,  per  doz.,  37c. 

Rubber  Balls,   2-Inch,  plain,  per  doz.. .     .60 

Postage,  each,  4c;  per  doz.,  37c 

Rubber  Balls,  3-inch,  plain,  each .15 

Add  6c  for  postage. 

Rubber  Balls,   4%-inch,  plain,   each....     .25 
Rubber  Balls,  4%-inch,  red,  each 85 

Add  7c  for  postage  for  either  above. 

Brass  Paper  Fasteners,  per  100 SO 

Conductor's  Punch   .80 

Add  4c  for  postage  on   either  above. 

Copper  Wire,  per  spool .20 

iron  Wire,  per  spool .10 

Add   7c   for   postage   on  either   above. 
Following  sent  postpaid  on  receipt  of  price : 

Germantown    Yarn,    skein 12 

Single    Zephyr,    per    lap 08 

Seine  Needles,  wood,  each   15c;   doz....   1.50 

Toy   Knitter,   per  dozen 50 

Brown's  Pictures,  each..%c,  lc,  So  and     .05 

Silver  and  Gilt  Stars,  gummed,  rer  100     .10 

Order  the  following  by  freight  or  express. 

Scbute  Weaving  Discs,  4-lnch,  doz 15 

Sctaute  Weaving  Discs,  6-inch,  doz 25 

Schute  Weaving  Discs,  12-lnch,  doz 50 

The  Multiple  Perforator 3.00 

Orwig   Punch    2.50 

Modeling    Clay — 5Jb.    bricks 25 

Modeling    Clay    Flour — 5-lb    boxes 25 

Modeling   Clay — by  the  barrel 8.00 


WikW-»* 


WHITE    BRAIDED     STRAW. 

Per    yard $0.02 

Postage,  lc. 
Per    piece,    120    yards 50 

Postage,  per  piece,  15c. 

COLORED  BRAIDED  STRAW. 

Half-Inch  wide,  In  colors,  as  follows:  Nile 
Green,  Red,  Pink,  Yale  Blue,  Bright  Green 
and   Ecru. 

Per    yard O3 

Per    piece,    120    yards 60 

Postage,  same  as  for  white  braided  straw 


Indian  Ash  Splints  and  Fillers. 

15c.  per  ounce;  $1.20  per  pound.    Assorted 

colors.     Postage,  on  ribbon  and  packing 

2c.  per  ounce.  20c   per  pound, 

We  also  keep  in  stock  Wood  Ribbon,  Sweet 
Grass,  T.  K.  Matting,  Ash  Splints  for  basket 
handles,  Basket  Bottoms,  etc.  Send  for  sam- 
ples or  circulars  and  prices. 

We  furnish  everything  on  the  market  in 
the  line  of  construction  material  at  lowest 
pricAs. 


Germantown 


Orwig  Perforator 


RAPHIA  FRAMES 


B     • 

»    0 

a  *C 

.. 

7.  a 

00 

1  « 
-5  * 

a 
a 

►.  0 

u    U 

U    -" 

3    u 

0  *** 

>     CJ 

i>    ~ 

V 

>>  "C 

2  0. 

0,  » 

B,    a 

2  a 

I  s 

>>  CO 

0  S 
«  .2 

■a 
a 

0  - 

« 

Address  all  orders  to 


American  Kindergarten  Supply  House 

276=278=280  River  Street,  Manistee,  Mich. 


VOL.  XXI— JANUARY,  1909— NO.  4 


The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine 


Devoted  to  the  Child  and  to  the  Unity  of  Educational 

Theory  and  Practice  from  the  Kindergarten 

Through  the  University. 

Editorial  Booms,  59  West  9Gth  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

EDITORIAL  COMMITTEE. 

E.  Eyell  Earle,  Ph.  D Managing  Editor 

Junny  IS.   Merrill,  Ph.  I).,  Supervisor  Kindergartens, 

Manhattan,  The  Bronx  and  Richmond 

Harriette  M.  Mills New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Mari  Ruef  llofer Teachers'  College 

andN.  Y.  F.  N. 

Bertha  Johnston New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Special  Articles 
Ray  V.  Strickler,  Illustrator,  Hillsdale,  Mich. 

All  communications  pertaining  to  subscriptions  and  advertising 
or  other  business  relating  to  the  magazine  should  be  addressed 
to  the  flichigan  office,  J,  H.  Shults,  Business  Hanager,  Manistee, 
riichigan.  All  other  communications  to  E.  Lyell  Earle,  Managing 
Editor,  59  W.  96th  St.,  New  York  City. 

The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  is  published  on  the 
first  of  each  month,  except  July  and  August,  from  27S  River 
Street,   Manistee,   Mich. 

The  Subscription  price  is  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 
Single  copies,   15c. 

Postage  is  Prepaid  by  the  publishers  for  all  subscriptions  in 
the  United  States,  Hawaiian  Islands,  Philippine  Islands,  Guam, 
Porto  Rico,  Tutuila  (Samoa),  Shanghai,  Canal  Zone,  Cuba, 
and  Mexico.  1' or  Canada  add  20e  and  for  all  other  countries 
in  the  Postal  Union  add  40c  for  postage. 

Notice  of  Expiration  is  sent,  but  it  is  assumed  that  a  con- 
tinuance of  the  subscription  is  desired  until  notice  of  discon- 
tinuance is  received.  When  sending  notice  of  change  of  ad- 
dress, both  the  old  and  new  addi  esses  must  be  given. 

Remittances  should  be  sent  by  draft,  Express  Order  or 
Money  Order,  payable  to  The  Kindergarten  Magazine  Com- 
pany.    If  a  local  check  is  sent,  it  must  include  10c  exchange. 


REMINISCENSES  OF  FROEBEL. 

In  September,  1844,  when  a  spoiled 
youngster  of  9  years,  my  parents  placed  me 
at  the  Institute  of  Keilhau,  then  in  charge 
of  President  John  Barop.  Prior  to  that 
time,  for  some  15  years,  Froebel  had  been 
at  the  head  of  that  institution,  but  on 
account  of  some  financial  difficulties  and  a 
misunderstanding  with  Barop,  Froebel  was 
no  longer  connected  with  that  school,  and 
had  transferred  his  kindergarten  work  to 
Blankenburg  on  the  other  side  of  a  high 
wooded  ridge  a  few  miles  distant  from 
Keilhau.  Both  high  endeavors  at  a  new 
system  of  education  were  still  in  their  in- 
fancy. I  was  only  the  thirty-fifth  pupil  at 
Keilhau,  and  Froebel  had  hardly  half  a 
dozen  lady  pupils.  In  government  circles 
he  was  looked  upon  as  a  suspicious  and 
dangerous  character,  instilling  revolu- 
tionary notions  into  the  minds  of  the  rising 
generation,  and  at  Keilhau  he  was  consid- 
ered to  be  an  impractical  dreamer,  who  had 
spent  a  fortune  without  accomplishing  any- 
thing. In  his  own  Fatherland,  which  he 
had  helped  to  deliver  from  the  yoke  of  the 
great  conqueror  Napoleon,  the  kindergar- 


ten was  proscribed  and  it  was  not  until 
some  years  after  his  death  when  Bismark 
was  at  the  head  of  affairs  in  Prussia,  and 
Otto  von  Beust,  one  of  my  classmates  at 
Keilhau,  had  become  Prime  Minister  of 
Saxony,  that  the  kindergarten  was  tolerated 
at  Berlin  and  Dresden. 

The  first  time  I  ever  heard  of  Froebel 
was  in  September,  1844.  According  to  his 
system  of  object  lessons  then  still  prevail- 
ing at  Keilhau,  the  month  of  September 
each  year  was  devoted  to  pedestrian  ex- 
cursions, for  which  purpose  the  school  was 
divided  into  three  classes,  not  so  much  with 
regard  to  school  work  as  to  physical  endur- 
ance. The  first  class  had  to  march  30 
miles  a  day  whenever  necessary,  the  second 
class  20,  and  the  third  class  10  to  15.  But 
these  were  exceptional  tests  only,  and  rail- 
ways, river  steamers  and  farm  wagons  were 
also  occasionally  used  on  these  excursions. 
Being  the  youngest,  though  not  the  small- 
est boy  of  unknown  powers  of  endurance, 
I  was  assigned  to  the  third  class,  the  objec- 
tive point  of  whose  excursion  was  the  old 
castle  ruins  of  the  Kiffhauser,  where  Fred- 
erick Barbarossa,  first  German  Emperor  of 
the  old  Roman  Empire,  once  dwelled,  and 
was  now  sitting  according  to  legend,  in  a 
subteranean  chamber  of  his  old  castle,  his 
elbow  resting  on  a  table  with  his  head  on 
his  hand  and  his  long  red  beard  grown  all 
around  the  table  (as  we  could  see  by  look- 
ing through  a  lens  over  a  hole  in  a  wall) 
dreaming  of  a  new  German  Empire,  "grand 
as  Hermann  on  the  Weser  meadows, 
strong  as  Luther  from  the  AVartburg  saw 
it!" 

The  idea  of  a  United  Fatherland,  which 
Napoleon  had  cut  up  into  numerous  petty 
principalities  sowing  local  discords  and 
jealousies  among  the  people  to  keep  them 
apart  and  in  subjection,  was  the  first  object 
lesson  impressed  upon  my  young  mind  by 
this  visit  to  the  Keffhauser,  but  not  the 
only  one,  for  on  our  home  journey  we 
visited  also  the  toy  factories  at  Sonneberg, 
a  paper  mill  and  several  other  industrial 
establishments.  On  this  trip  I  heard  much 
talk  about  Froebel  and  I  soon  discovered 
that  the  whole  school  at  Keilhau  was 
divided  into  a  Froebel  and  a  Barop  faction. 
Froebel's  nickname  was  "Wolf"  and 
Barop's  "Zerberus,"  among  the  boys.  All 
highly  respected  and  feared  Barop,  but  did 


io8 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


not  love  him  as  well  as  Froebel,  who  was 
a  boy  among  boys.  Some  of  them  told  me 
grewsome  Red  Riding  Hood  stories  about 
the  "wolf,"  and  cautioned  me  to  beware  of 
his  wiles  should  be  ever  come  to  Keilhau 
again.  Others  laughed  at  such  stories  in 
derision,  shouting:  "Ich  kann  nicht 
Fuersten-diener  sein!"  (I  cannot  be  a  ser- 
vant of  princes)  and  bet  Froebel  would 
come  to  Keilhau  again  on  the  next  iSth  of 
October,  to  dance  and  sing  with  them 
around  a  big  bonfire  upon  the  Steiger,  and 
let  them  fire  the  big  rifle  he  carried  all 
through  the  war  against  Napoleon,  who 
was  finally  routed  on  the  historic  battle 
field  of  Luetzen  on  Oct.  18,  1813,  and  would 
then  rehearse  again  also  the  story  of  the 
foundation  of  Keilhau.  I  did  not  then 
understand  the  significance  of  the  above 
quotation  from  one  of  Schiller's  great 
dramas,  but  afterwards  learned  that  this 
characteristic  phrase,  as  it  had  once  caused 
an  estrangement  between  Schiller  and  the 
other  great  poet  Goethe,  so  it  had  also 
caused  a  break  in  the  friendship  between 
Froebel  and  Barop.  Froebel  while  still  at 
Keilhau  once  was  invited  by  a  certain 
sovereign  family  to  become  a  tutor  of  their 
children,  and  Barop  had  strongly  urged 
him  to  accept  that  call  in  the  interest  of  a 
more  liberal  education  of  the  children  of 
the  rich  and  government  class,  but  Froebel's 
heart  was  with  the  poorest  of  the  poor 
children  whose  mothers  had  to  work  all 
day  in  field  or  factory  to  create  more  wealth 
for  the  rich  who  would  do  nothing  for  the 
utterly  neglected  poor  people's  children, 
and  his  final  answer  to  Barop's  arguments 
had  been  the  above  phrase :  "Ich  kann 
nicht  Fuersten-diener  sein."  It  was  not  in- 
tended by  Froebel  but  mistaken  by  Barop 
as  a  criticism  of  his  character  and  aims. 
Froebel  had  simply  meant  to  say  that  his 
nature  unfitted  him  for  the  duties  of  the 
proposed  higher  education  of  the  rich, 
which  was  Barop's  special  mission,  while 
his  call  was  to  the  poor. 

Afterwards  when  they  better  understood 
each  other  they  became  better  friends  than 
ever,  but  at  that  time  in  1844  they  were 
not  on  speaking  terms. 

On  our  last  day's  journey  home  from  the 
Kiffhauser,  along  a  lonely  trail  over  wooded 
foothills  of  the  Thuringian  mountains,  on 
which  both  Schiller  and  Goethe  had  left 
their  foot  prints  in  their  day,  we  rested 
awhile  under  the  wide  spread  branches  of 
a  magnificant  old  oak,  bearing  a  tablet  in- 


scribed with  a  few  lines  composed  by 
Goethe  under  that  same  centuries-old  tree. 
I  will  not  attempt  to  translate  them  into 
English  but  quote  them  here  in  their 
original  German,  as  they  played  a  prom- 
inent part  in  the  final  reconcilation  between 
Barop  and  Froebel  a  year  later: 

"Ueber  alien  Gipfeln  ist  Run, 
In  alien  Wlpfeln  spuerest  Du 

Kaum    einen    Hauch. 
Die  Voegelein  schweigen  im   vValde, 

Warte   nur!-Balde! 
Ruhest  du  auch!" 

OCT.  18,  1844. 

At  Keilhau  the  18th  of  October  there 
was,  and  I  presume  still  is,  a  holiday, 
though  not  a  legal  one  as  the  4th  of  July 
is  in  this  country.  The  whole  school  then 
had  a  picnic  upon  the  Steiger,  a  high  ridge, 
commanding  the  most  extensive  view  of 
the  surrounding  country  for  many  miles  in 
every  direction.  On  my  first  visit  there 
before  reaching  the  summit  I  was  blind- 
folded and  two  strong  arms  led  me  to  the 
brink  of  a  precipice.  When  the  handker- 
chief was  removed  from  my  eyes  a  start- 
ling, most  magnificent  view  of  a  varicolored 
landscape  suddenly  burst  upon  my  aston- 
ished gaze.  Away  below  ■me  numerous 
orchards  and  patches  of  various  trees  in 
their  most  gorgeous  autumn  attire  of 
glossy  red,  yellow,  brown,  pink  and  purple 
foliage,  to  the  right  a  pine-crowned  moun- 
tain range  with  now  and  then  a  barren 
rocky  ledge,  in  the  far  distance  earth  and 
sky  melting  together  in  a  blue  haze,  and  a 
few  miles  to  the  left  an  isolated  hill  in  a 
broad  valley  bearing  an  extensive  old 
castle  ruin  at  the  foot  of  which  nestled  the 
village  of  Blankenburg,  then  Froebel's 
domicil.  During  the  day  a  huge  funeral 
pyre  was  built  around  a  stately  young  pine 
representing  Napoleon,  a  cannon  mounted 
on  a  ship  carriage  recently  presented  to 
Keilhau  by  the  foundry  at  Essen  in  ^'est- 
phalia  (then  owned  by  Madam  von  Born, 
a  sister  of  Barop,  but  now  the  greatly  en- 
larged and  world  renowned  works  of  the 
late  cannon  king  Grup)  had  been  lugged 
up  by  some  of  the  teachers  and  larger  boys, 
and  a  lot  of  sky  rockets  were  also  at  hand. 

As  the  day  advanced  all  eyes  watched  the 
road  to  Blankenburg  anxiously  for  the 
familiar  figure  of  Froebel,  and  some  of  the 
boys  started  to  meet  him  going  as  far  as 
Blankenburg,  where  they  were  told  that 
Froebel  was  up  at  the  old  castle,  preparing 
a  bon-fire  of  his  own  and  was  not  coming- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


109 


to  us.  In  the  absence  of  Barop,  Mittendorf 
then  took  charge  of  the  ceremonies  and 
ordered  a  sunset  salute  to  Froebel.  I  being 
the  youngest  and  latest  arrival  at  Keilhau 
was  accorded  the  honor  of  firing  the  first 
shot  out  of  the  first  cannon  ever  cast  at  the 
works  of  Essen.  I  should  have  been  glad 
to  let  any  other  boy  take  my  place,  but 
screwed  up  courage  enough  to  promptly 
respond  to  the  command  "Fire !"  And  it 
was  a  whopper,  the  shot  reverberating 
again  and  again  from  the  near  and  distant 
hillsides  ten  or  a  dozen  times.  I  know  of 
no  other  spot  than  the  Lovely  Rock  on 
the  river  Rhine  that  can  produce  such 
echoes.  All  the  other  boys  then  clam- 
mered  for  a  chance  to  touch  off  the  cannon, 
but  there  was  not  ammunition  enough  to 
accommodate  every  one,  and  when  the 
echoes  of  the  last  shot  had  died  away,  and 
night  was  settling  down  upon  the  hills, 
Froebel's  response  to  our  salute  came  in 
the  shape  of  skyrockets,  which  we  an- 
swered rocket  for  rocket,  and  then  the 
torch  was  applied  to  our  funeral  pyre,  and 
soon  another  flame  shot  up -from  the  old 
castle.  Blankenburg  where  Froebel  was 
celebrating  the  anniversary  of  the  great 
battle  of  nations  upon  the  historic  plains  of 
Luetzen  and  Leipzig,  where  the  great 
Napoleon's  armies  were  utterly  routed  Oct. 
18,  1813,  and  where  during  the  devastating 
30  years  war  Gustavus  Adolphus  of  Sweden 
defeated  the  imperial  Austrian  forces  under 
Tilly  in  September,  1631,  and  in  November, 
1642,  those  under  Wallenstein.  In  that 
battle  Gustavus  Adolphus  was  killed  and  a 
great  monument  now  marks  the  spot  where 
he  fell,  and  which  was  visited  each  year  by 
one  or  the  other  classes  of  Keilhau  on  their 
September  pilgrimages.  When  the  young 
pine  tree  representing  Napoleon  had  been 
consumed  by  our  bon  fire  amid  shouts  and 
patriotic  songs,  Mittendorf  rehearsed  the 
story  of  the  foundation  of  Keilhau.  He 
told  us  how  Froebel,  Barop,  Laugethal  and 
himself,  who  had  served  in  different  regi- 
ments, while  in  pursuit  of  one  of  Napoleon's 
shattered  columns,  had  unexpectedly  met 
at  the  foot  of  the  Colen,  where  the  road 
divides  and  in  commemoration  of  that 
meeting  had  planted  an  oak  tree,  and 
agreed  to  start  a  school  there  to  secure  by 
education  the  liberty  their  swords  had 
gained  upon  the  battle  field.  He  also  spoke 
of  the  many  difficulties  they  had  to  over- 
come before  they  could  realize  their  plans 
and  greatly  deplored  the  existing  estrange- 


ment between  Froebel  and  Barop,  hoping 
that  they  would  soon  become  reconciled 
and  be  friends  again  as  they  had  been  for 
many  years. 

CHRISTMAS  AT  KEILHAU. 

In  1844  the  main  school  building  at 
Keilhau  was  a  plain  stone  structure  about 
60x80  feet,  two  and  a  half  stories  high, 
covered  with  a  large  mansard  roof  of  slate. 
The  whole  was  built  upon  and  partly  into 
the  last  gentle  slopes  of  the  Colm,  a  round 
wooded  hill  behind  the  Institute.  Some 
eight  or  ten  broad  stone  steps  led  up  to  the 
main  front  entrance  into  a  spacious  hall. 
Another  narrow  hall  divided  the  whole 
building  lengthwise  into  a  front  and  rear 
part.  On. the  first  floor  to  the  right  of  the 
main  entrance  was  a  large  reception  room 
and  several  guest  chambers.  To  the  left 
were  three  school  rooms,  the  last  one 
forming  an  L  with  the  first  two.  All  three 
could  be  thrown  into  one  by  large  folding 
doors  and  each  also  had  a  smaller  door 
leading  into  the  rear  hallway.  From  the 
large  front  hall  a  broad  staircase,  with  a 
square  platform  and  turn  between  each 
story,  led  up  to  the  third  floor  occupied  by 
dormitories.  On  the  first  floor  along-side 
the  staircase,  was  a  passageway  to  a  rear 
door  opening  on  another  narrow  passage 
between  the  rear  wall  of  the  main  building 
and  a  retaining  wall.  A  few  stone  steps 
led  from  the  rear  door  up  to  the  higher 
level  of  the  back  yard.  This  was  flanked 
on  the  right  by  a  one  story  annex,  the 
colonaded  entrance  to  which  made  some 
pretentions  to  architectural  beauty,  and  led 
into  a  large  ball  room  with  several  guest 
chambers  on  one  end  and  a  vestibule  on 
the  other,  from  which  stairways  led  up  to 
the  second  and  down  to  the  first  floor  of 
the  main  building.  The  rear  part  of  the 
first  floor  was  occupied  by  the  culinary  de- 
partment, a  store  room,  the  janitor's  quar- 
ters and  an  armory.  The  front  part  of  the 
second  story  was  occupied  by  three  school- 
rooms like  those  below,  a  vestibule  above 
the  lower  hall  divided  the  school  rooms 
from  Barop's  quarters  and  the  rear  part  of 
the  second  floor  was  divided  up  into  teach- 
ers' rooms.  Froebel's  and  Mittendorf's 
quarters  were  in  another  building  known 
as  the  lower  house,  the  upper  part  of  which 
was  a  spacious  gymnasium  for  athletic  ex- 
ercises in  the  winter. 

The  first  time  I  ever  met  Froebel  face  to 
face  was   the   day  before   Christmas,    1844. 


no 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Barop  with  his  wife  and  his  sister,  Madam 
von  Born,  were  locked  up  in  the  upper 
school  rooms,  preparing  them  for  the  holi- 
days. Elise  Froebel  and  Unger,  our  draw- 
ing teacher,  who  was  quite  an  artist  with 
scissors  and  paste  brush  as  well  as  with 
pencil  and  paint  brush,  were  engaged  copy- 
ing pictures  of  the  life  of  Christ  with  vari- 
colored tissue  paper  for  transparencies  for 
the  decoration  of  the  windows.  Some  of 
the  teachers  and  the  larger  boys  were  out 
in  the  woods  cutting  young  pine  trees  and 
gathering  evergreens  for  garlands  and 
wreaths,  and  we  smaller  boys  were  left  to 
ourselves  in  care  of  old  "Sap,"  the  janitor. 
He  had  gathered  us  in  the  comfortably 
heated  third  school  room  of  the  lower  floor 
at  the  south  end  of  the  narrow  hall.  This 
room  had  three  windows,  one  looking  east- 
ward and  the  other  two  southward  com- 
manding a  full  view  of  the  backyard,  the 
annex  to  the  right,  a  Jessamine  bower,  be- 
tween two  stately  lime  trees  straight  ahead 
along  the  rear  fence,  very  cosy  in  summer 
time  and  the  usual  place  of  morning  devo- 
tions, but  now  dreary  and  abandoned 
covered  with  deep  snow.  I  had  not  yet  be- 
come accustomed  to  the  atmosphere  of 
Keilhau  and  sat  moping  in  a  corner  of  that 
room  feeling  quite  homesick  among  these 
boisterous,  playing,  laughing  and  singing 
boys.  One  of  them  had  caught  a  couple 
of  little  wrens  and  imprisoned  them  be- 
tween the  inner  and  outer  panes  of  one  of 
the  windows.  There  they  were  comfortably 
sheltered,  had  plenty  of  food  and  some  pine 
twigs  to  perch  upon,  but  it  was  not  their 
own  nest  and  they  seemed  to  be  homesick 
too,  and  tried  hard  to  escape.  Outside  was 
grim  winter  and  deep  snow  but  they  evi- 
dently preferred  the  vicissitudes  of  liberty 
to  their  crystal  prison  house.  While 
watching  these  little  birds  flying  against 
and  picking  the  window  panes,  I  saw  two 
figures  enter  the  rear  gate  on  the  Steiger 
road  to  Blankenburg.  One,  a  stalward 
man  in  a  long  fur  coat  held  together  around 
the  waist  by  a  band  of  straw  such  as  the 
peasants  used  to  bind  sheaves  of  grain  with, 
a  large  fur  cap  was  drawn  over  his  eyes 
and  ears,  leaving  nothing  of  the  face  visible 
but  a  pointed  nose,  prolonged  by  an  icicle, 
his  feet  encased  in  a  pair  of  large  wooden 
overshoes,  stuffed  with  hay  to  keep  them 
on,  and  evidently  borrowed  from  some 
peasant  on  the  other  side  of  the  Steiger 
ridge.  The  other  figure  was  that  of  a  slen- 
der young  man  in  the  twentier  years,  well 


dressed  but  with  utter  indifference  to  the 
cold.  The  former  soon  proved  to  be 
Froebel  and  the  latter  W.  C.  Baehring, 
whom  Froebel  had  chosen  as  his  successor 
and  who  had  come  all  the  way  from  Berlin 
to  spend  Christmas  at  Keilhau,  his  Alma 
Mater.  He  soon  returned  to  Berlin,  where 
he  was  Froebel's  agent,  and  where  in  1848 
he  became  mixed  up  with  the  Revolution. 
Because  of  this  he  had  to  leave  the  country 
or  be  shot  if  caught.  Years  afterwards  I 
met  him  again  as  General  Freight  Agent 
of  the  C,  H.  &  D.  R.  R.  at  Cincinnati, 
where  his  sister  Augusta  had  a  small  kin- 
dergarten for  her  brothers  and  some  of  the 
neighbors'  children.  Later  on  we  went  to 
Iowa  together  where  he  became  my  father- 
in-law. 

When  I  first  saw  these  two  figures  enter 
the  rear  gate  I  called  the  other  boys'  atten- 
tion to  them  excla'iming:  "There  comes 
Santa  Claus."  Then  others  shouted :  "It 
is  the  "Wolf"  and  all  rushed  pell  mell  out 
of  the  door  to  intercept  him  in  the  front 
yard.  Directly  the  Wolf  became  Napoleon, 
and  a  fierce  battle  commenced.  Snow  balls 
were  flying  thick  and  fast,  some  of  the  boys 
charged  Froebel's  legs  capturing  his  wood- 
en overshoes  and  trying  hard  but  in  vain, 
to  throw  him  down  into  the  snow.  While 
wrestling  thus  a  snowball  knocked  off  his 
fur  cap  revealing  a  merry,  kindly  face,  with 
two  large  blue  eyes,  an  oval  forehead  from 
which  long  hair  parted  in  the  middle  and 
brushed  back  behind  the  ears  flowed  down 
to  his  shoulders,  a  long  straight  nose, 
smooth  shaven  lips  and  a  pointed  chin. 
Surrendering  to  the  allied  forces  he  com- 
manded a  halt,  and  shook  hands  with  the 
boys  thronging  around  him.  When  he 
espied  me  standing  one  side  he  asked : 
"Whom  have  j^ou  there  ?  A  new  comer  ?" 
Two  of  the  boys  then  dragged  me  over  to 
him  and  presented  me.  He  lifted  me  up 
like  a  feather,  asked  me  some  questions, 
kissed  me  on  both  cheeks  and  forehead  and 
then  threw  me  down  into  the  snow  and 
rolled  me  over  several  times,  then  all  the 
other  boys  fell  upon  me,  stuffed  me  all  full 
of  snow  and  hauled  me  all  over  the  yard 
shouting  the  college  cry.  This  was  my 
hazing  and  I  now  was  a  full  fledged 
"Froebel  boy"  as  the  pupils  at  Keilhau 
were  generally  known. 

The  next  morning,  instead  of  the  usual 
hideous  "hoop-hoop"  at  six  o'clock  a  beau- 
tiful anthem,  accompanied  by  a  flute,  violin 
and   guitar   awoke   the   pupils    at    Keilhau 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


in 


from  their  slumbers  as  early  as  4  o'clock. 
The  whole  school,  duly  washed  and 
combed,  was  soon  assembled  in  the  lower 
large  hall  for  roll  call  and  the  usual  inspec- 
tion bv  one  or  the  other  of  the  teachers, 
being  the  officer  in  command  for  the  week. 
At  his  word  all  closed  ranks,  faced  about 
and  marched  upstairs.  The  folding  doors 
at  the  head  of  the  second  landing  opened 
and  in  the  vestibule,  between  Barop's 
apartments  and  the  school  rooms  on  the 
second  floor  stood  Barop  with  the  ladies  of 
his  household,  bidding  us  good  morning 
and  a  merry  Christmas.  Then  the  subdued 
voices  of  an  invisible  far  off  choir  an- 
nounced to  the  ear  "Glad  tidings  of  great 
joy;  glory  to  God  in  the  highest  and  peace 
on  earth  to  men  of  good  will,"  this  was  also 
revealed  to  the  eye  by  a  beautiful  trans- 
parent before  the  only  window  of  that 
profusely  decorated  vestibule,  but  only 
dimly  lighted  by  the  few  tapers  behind  the 
transparency  and  a  solitary  star  over  the 
closed  doors  to  the  school  rooms.  After 
a  brief  contemplation  of  this  transparency, 
artistically  formed  of  various  layers  of 
colored  tissue  paper,  bringing  out  the 
lights  and  shades  of  lifelike  figures  of 
angels,  men  and  sheep  in  bas  relief,  and  for 
which  a  celebrated  painting  by  one  of  the 
old  masters  had  served  as  a  model,  the 
folding  doors  of  the  school  rooms  flew  open 
and  a  flood  of  light  from  seven  large  Christ- 
mas trees  dazzled  our  eyes  and  the  delicious 
fragrance  of  fir  and  pine,  festoons,  numer- 
ous garlands  and  wreaths  filled  the  air. 
Greeted  bv  a  joyful  carol  of  the  still  in- 
visible choir,  we  marched  into  the  flood  of 
light,  fragrance  and  melody  led  by  Barop. 
Near   and   clearer   came   the  words   of   the 

carol : 

O  du  froehliche, 
O,   clu  Selige 
Gnaden  bring-ende 
WeihnaeMs  Zeit 
Welt  gins  verlorer 
Christ  ward  geboren 
Freuedich!    Freuedioh 
Christenheit,   etc.,   etc., 

The  first  window  in  the  school  rooms 
next  to  the  annunciation,  represented  in 
like  masterly  manner  the  three  magi  from 
the  East  on  their  way  to  Bethlehem,  fol- 
lowing a  bright  star  with  a  long  luminous 
trail;  the  next,  the  flight  into  Egypt,  then 
came  the  presentation  in  the  temple  at 
Jerusalem  with  Simon  and  the  child  as 
principal  figures.  The  transparencv  over 
the  window  near  the  corner  of  the  last 
room    at   right    angles   with    the   first   two 


rooms  represented  a  harvest  field  and  kin- 
dergarten with  Christ  as  the  central  figure, 
saying:  "Suffer  little  children  to  come 
unto  me  and  forbid  them  not,  for  of  such 
is  the  kingdom  of  Heaven."  Here  Froebel 
and  Mittendorf  had  taken  their  stand.  As 
we  filed  by  them  each  silently  shook  hands 
with  both  except  Barop,  who  shook  hands 
with  Mittendorf  alone  and  only  bowed  to 
Froebel  while  rapidly  passing  on.  The  sub- 
jects of  the  last  three  transparencies  were : 
Christ  teaching  humility  to  his  disciples; 
Christ  reproving  the  Pharasees  accusing  a 
woman  of  sin,  saying:  "Who  of  you  is 
without  sin  let  him  cast  the  first  stone  ;  and 
last,  Mary  of  Magdala,  the  last  at  the  cross 
and  the  first  at  the  empty  sepulcher  in  the 
resurrection  morning. 

After  leisurely  marching  all  around  the 
long  continuous  tables,  fringed  with  gar- 
lands and  wreaths,  bearing  seven  gaily 
decorated  and  profusely  lighted  Christmas 
trees,  and  having  a  plate  set  for  each  pupil 
with  his  name,  some  apples  and  nuts  on 
each  plate  and  a  box  of  presents  from  his 
parents  underneath  the  table,  Mittendorf 
offered  up  a  fervent  prayer  and  thanks- 
giving and  then  Froebel  spoke  apparently 
greatly  depressed.  I  wish  now  that  I  could 
correctly  reproduce  every  word  he  then 
spoke  but  we  boys  were  then  more  inter- 
ested in  the  contents  of  the  boxes  beneath 
the  tables  than  in  Froebel's  speech,  yet  I 
distinctly  remember  some  disjointed  frag- 
ments. He  spoke  of  his  efforts  and  his 
failures  at  Berlin,  Dresden,  Leipzig  and 
other  German  cities  and  his  only  slight  suc- 
cess in  the  slums  of  Paris,  where  he  was 
more  gladly  received  than  in  his  own 
Fatherland.  He  reminded  the  Rulers  of 
Germany  of  their  promises  made  in  1813 
but  which  remained  still  unfulfilled  in  1844. 
He  warned  the  "Holy  Alliance"  formed  at 
Paris  in  1815;  not  to  attempt  to  transplant 
their  autocratic  institution  into  the  free  soil 
of  America,  which  he  considered  the  most 
promising  field  for  the  free  development  of 
the  kindergarten  idea.  He  then  admonished 
us  bovs  to  forget  and  forgive  all  offenses 
and  ill  feelings  that  might  exist  between 
any  of  us,  and  then  bade  us  to  find  our 
places.  Several  of  the  boys  who  had  not 
spoken  to  each  other  for  months,  before 
looking:  for  their  plates  upon  the  tables, 
shook  hands  and  became  friends  again,  but 
Froebel  sought  Barop  in  vain  who  im- 
mediately after  the  conclusion  of  Froebel's 
speech,    had    slipped    away    into    his    own 


112 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


private  quarters.  An  hour  later,  as  the  lazy 
December  sun  was  rising  over  the  eastern 
hills  Froebel  with  deeply  bowed  head 
wended  his  way  back  to  Blankenburg  all 
alone. 

At  a  social  gathering  in  the  evening  of 
the  same  clay,  Llise  Froebel  who  was 
always  in  great  demand  on  such  occasions, 
being  full  of  comic  stories  and  popular 
songs,  was  called  upon  for  one  of  her  amus- 
ing songs,  to  which  she  responded  in  a  most 
expressive,  solemn  and  pathetic  manner 
with  a  selection  from  Handel's  Messiah  be- 
ginning: "He  was  rejected  and  persecuted 
by  men."  This  seemed  to  touch  Barop 
deeply,  with  tears  in  his  eyes  he  silently 
pressed  Flise's  hand  and  whispered  a  mes- 
sage to  Froebel  in  her  ear. 

THE  RECONCILIATION. 

Whatever  that  message  was,  it  remained 
a  secret,  never  mentioned  by  either  Barop 
or  Flsie  Froebel.  New  Year's  day  passed 
and  the  school  settled  down  to  its  regular 
routine.  Mardi  gras  came  with  its  usual 
elaborate  masquerade  ball  under  the  direc- 
tion of  our  dancing  master,  who  was  quite 
an  artist  in  his  line,  and  had  made  Mardi- 
gras  at  Keilhau  quite  popular  among  the 
court  circles  at  Rudolstadt,  from  where  we 
then  drew  many  visitors.  Lent  passed  and 
Palm  Sunday  came  with  its  usual  confirma- 
tions. The  Easter  vacation  passed  and 
Pentecost  came  with  its  excursions  into 
rejuvinated  Nature,  its  picnics  and  "Wald- 
meister"  punch  bowls,  but  no  Froebel, 
who  theretofore  had  never  failed  to  be 
present  on  such  occasions. 

At  last  in  the  latter  part  of  August,  1845, 
Barop  one  day  with  a  merry  twinkle  in  his 
dark  eyes,  gave  us  half  a  holiday  and  in- 
vited the  whole  school  to  meet  him  at  5 
p.  m.  in  the  Pavillion  on  top  of  the  Colm. 
We  boys  were  all  agog  wondering  what 
surprise  Barop  migh  have  in  store  for  us, 
and  right  after  dinner  we  repaired  in  dif- 
ferent groups  to  the  Colm,  the  slopes  of 
which  were  a  perfect  labyrinth  of  paths, 
gardenspots,  hearths,  rustic  benches  and 
beds  of  moss,  of  which  each  boy  had  one 
o  f  his  own,  and  where  we  were  occasional- 
ly allowed  to  bivouac  all  night.  Each  of 
the  bovs  was  also  permitted  to  have  a  pet 
animal  of  some  kind  and  there  was  a  whole 
menagerie  of  them  at  Keilhau.  One  of  the 
boys,  a  special  chum  of  mine,  named 
Richard  Heidenreich,  whose  nick-name  was 
the   "Bockmann,"   owned   a   splendid   Billy 


goat,  standing  on  his  hind  legs  over  six  feet 
high  with  a  long  patriarchal  beard  and  two 
powerful   horns.      He  was  well   broken   to 
the   harness  and  trained  to  perform   some 
amusing  tricks.     He  was  the  favorite  of  all 
and   the    special   delight    of   small   children 
when  allowed  to  ride  in  his  cart.     He  had 
the   free   range   of  all   Keilhau   and   was   a 
very  intelligent,  dignified  and  good  natured 
beast,  but  ever  ready  to  fight  anyone  who 
dared  to  challenge  him.     As  usual  on  our 
after  dinner  rambles,  Billy  was  with  us  on 
that   memorable   afternoon,   cutting  up   all 
sorts  of  capers.     Long  before  the  appointed 
hour   the   whole    school   was    assembled   in 
the  pavilion  on  the  top  of  the  Colm,  enjoy- 
ing   the    beautiful    view    that    point    com- 
manded.    Below  the  school  building  the  old 
church   and   the   village   of   Keilhau      amid 
orchards    and    ripening   harvest    fields,   the 
silver  thread  of  the  Schala,  a  little  moun- 
tain   stream,    winding   its    tortuous   length 
through     green     meadows,     fringed     with 
stately    willows.     Lindin  and  Walnut  trees. 
Further  on  the  villages  of  Eichfeld,  Schala 
and  a    part  of  the  residence  city  of  Rudol- 
stadt,   the    "Schloss"   being   hidden  behind 
a  hill.     Still  further  on  the  river  Saale  and 
Schiller's  Height  on  a  rocky  cliff.    To  right 
and  left  wooded  hills,  the  swimming  pond 
at  the  foot   of  the   precipitous,   Uhu   ridge 
with  the  old  "Goethe  Oak"  on  one  of  its 
slopes,    along  which   a   bridle   path   led   to 
Blankenburg   as    already   mentioned.      The 
front  of  the   pavillion  was   open,   the   rear 
and  sides  boarded  up  with  an  open  entrance 
on  each  side,  the  whole  covered  with  a  roof 
slanting  from  high  posts  in  front  down  to 
the  ground  in  the  rear.     A  bench  ran  along 
the  sides  and  rear  of  the  floor,  the  front 
of  which  was  several  feet  above  the  sloping' 
ground  without  any  steps  up  to  it.     Teach- 
ers and  most  of  the  pupils  were  seated  on 
the  benches,  while  some  of  the  boys  were 
standbier    on    the    ground   below   near   the 
right  hand  entrance  and  Heidinreich  and  I 
with  Billy  between  us,  each  holding  one  of 
his  big  horns,  stood  below  the  left  entrance 
in  front  of  the  floor  or  platform.     At  pre- 
ciselv   5   o'clock   Barop  with   the   ladies   of 
his  household  anpeared  through  the  right 
door,  and  directly  afterwards,  from  out  of 
a  nearby  thicket  under  a  cluster  of  pines, 
Froebel  and   his   sister  'EHse  emerged  and" 
came  hand  in  hand  through   the  left   side 
door,  taking  their  stand  opposite  Barop  on 
the     other  -side     of    the     floor.       After    a 
moment's  pause  of  utter  surprise  they  were 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Ir3 


greeted  by  tremendous  applause,  as  soon 
as  silence  had  been  restored  Barop  in  his 
happiest  humorous  vein  bade  Froebel  a 
most  hearty  welcome  back  to  Keilhau,  he 
reminded  him  of  some  of  their  youthful 
escapades  while  fellow  students  at 
Gottingen,  of  their  talks  at  camp  fires  while 
comrades  at  arms  during  the  war,  of  their 
mutual  aspirations  in  the  cause  of  higher 
education,  of  their  disputes  about  Schiller 
and  Goethe  and  the  respective  educational 
value  of  their  great  works,  and  the  differ- 
ence of  their  characters  and  natures.  He 
then  asked  Froebehs  pardon  for  any  sor- 
row and  pain  he  might  have  unintentional- 
ly caused  him. 

Froebel  then  answered  Barop  in  the 
same  vein  reminding  him  of  the  differences 
in  their  own  natures,  and  of  the  difference 
in  their  rhissions  in  life.  That  his  (Barop's) 
was  to  the  institutions  of  hig'her  learning, 
while  his  own  was  to  the  submerged  classes 
of  society  and  small  children.  That  the 
first  few  years  of  a  child's  life  were  the 
most  important  ones  in  determining  its 
destiny,  and  that  out  of  their  disputes  and 
conflicts  of  opinion  new  truths  and  higher 
ideals  had  been  evolved  and  that  each  one 
should  be  true  to  his  own  nature  and  best 
convictions.  Then  turning  to  us  boys  he 
said  that  each  of  us  had  had  some  special 
mission  in  life,  of  which  we  would  become 
conscious  sooner  or  later,  and  that  we 
should  always  heed  the  still  small  voice  of 
conscience  within  us.  Whenever  that  bade 
us  to  say  or  do  a  thing  we  should  not 
hesitate  to  act  at  once  without  regard  to 
consequences.  Then  turning  to  Barop 
again  he  pointed  toward  the  "Goethe  Oak," 
and  reminded  him  of  their  declining  years 
and  the  folly  of  ever  allowing  any  petty 
prejudices  to  'come  between  them,  impair- 
ing the  usefulness  of  the  few  remaining 
years  of  their  old  age.  He  then  asked 
Barop's  pardon  for  anything  that  he  might 
have  unwillingly  said  or  done  that  had 
caused  him  grief,  then  he  spread  out  his 
arms  and  entreated  Barop  to  come  back  to 
his  heart.  Barop  promptly  advanced 
toward  Froebel  and  just  as  he  got  in  front 
of  him  he  held  out  his  hand  to  Froebel  say- 
ing something  in  an  undertone  which  no 
one  and  probably  Froebel  himself  did  not 
hear,  for  he  remained  in  the  same  attitude 
with  unturned  eyes  and  out  stretched  arms. 
A  painful  pause  ensued,  when  all  at  once 
Billy,  who  had  listened  and  taken  in  the 
proceedings   as   attentively   as    any   one   of 


us,  seemed  to  have  an  inner  call  to  perform 
a  special  mission.  Suddenly,  he  jerked 
himself  loose  from  our  hold  and  with  a 
single  bound  he  was  on  the  platform  direct- 
W  behind  Barop,  and  standing  upon  his 
hind  legs  he  gently  pushed  Barop  into 
Froebel's  arms,  who  tightly  embraced 
Barop,  hugging  and  kissing  him  to  his 
heart's  content.  This  unexpected  denou- 
ment  threw  the  whole  audience  into  con- 
vulsive laughter  and  merriment.  It  surely 
was  a  single  step  from  the  sublime  to  the 
ridiculous.  As  soon  as  Barop  had  freed 
himself  from  Froebel's  embrace,  he  looked 
around  to  see  what  had  happened.  There 
•  stood  Billy  meekly  bleating  as  if  to  ask 
Barop's  pardon  for  his  rudeness.  Froebel 
took  in  the  ridiculous  situation  at  a  glance 
and  pointing  to  the  Schiller  Height  he  said 
to  Barop:  "Billy  wants  to" say  to  both  of 
us : 

"Ich  sei,   gewarht  mir 

die  Bitte 
In  Etiren  Bunae 

Der-Dritte." 

(A  quotation  from  one  of  Schiller's  fam- 
ous balads  which  both  admired  much.) 

Billy  .was  at  once  admitted  as  the  third 
in  their  new  bond  of  friendship.  Both 
stroked  and  petted  his  shaggy  neck  and 
the  ladies  voted  him  a  red  ribbon.  Thus 
happik-  ended  the  long  estrangement  be- 
tween these  two  great  educators — Froebel 
and  Barop. 

After  this  Froebel  visited  Kielhau  more 
frequently  and  on  such  occasions  Barop  as 
well  as  Froebel  would  join  us  boys  on  our 
outdoor  sports  and  after  dinner  rambles. 
Occasionally  such  visits  would  give  us  an 
extra  holiday  for  an  excursion  up  the 
idyllic  valley  of  the  Schwarza,  a  clear 
mountain  stream,  up  to  Schwarzburg  with 
its  extensive  game  preserves  abounding 
with  deer,  wild  boars  and  other  smaller 
game,  or  down  the  valley,  stopping  for  din- 
ner at  the  "Chrysobras,"  a  famous  Inn, 
noted  for  its  juicy  wild  boar  roasts  and 
potato  dumplings,  then  further  down  the 
valley  to  the  River  Saale  and  up  that  river 
to  a  point  opposite  Schiller's  Height.  Anv 
"Froebel  boy"  who  could  swim  across  the 
river  there,  climb  up  the  steep  rocky  bank 
to  the  little  pavilion  on  Schiller's  Height 
and  swim  back  again  through  a  strong  cur- 
rent (the  river  at  that  point  being  about 
120  yards  wide)  was  entitled  to  wear  a 
bathing  suit  of  his  own  design  and  any 
color  he  might  choose,  instead  of  the  com- 


II4 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


mon  white  trunks  of  the  other  boys.  I 
accomplished  this  feat  several  times  in 
company  with  other  teachers  and  other 
boys,  and  once  with  Froebel  on  one  side 
and  Barop  on  the  other  side  of  me.  They 
"Were  both  excellent  swimmers  but  I  could 
keep  up  with  them  and  in  fact  reached  the 
other  shore  first.  After  this  and  another 
more  strenuous  endurance  test,  I  was  ac- 
corded the  privilege  not  only  of  selecting 
any  kind  of  bathing  suit,  but  also  of  joining 
any  of  the  three  classes  on  their  annual 
September  journeys  I  preferred. 

One  summer  afternoon  I  and  a  few  other 
boys  accompanied  Froebel  from  one  of  his 
visits,  back  to  his  home  at  Blankenburg. 
We  took  the  short  cut  past  the  Goethe  Oak, 
where  we  rested  in  its  shade  for  quite 
awhile.  He  seemed  to  be  in  a  serious  and 
comtemplative  mood.  Speaking  of  the  in- 
congruities and  perplexities  of  this  life,  and 
the  general  unrest  then  prevailing  all  over 
Germany  and  France.  Again  he  pointed 
to  America  as  the  land  of  promise  and  of 
his  hope,  where  he  thought  the  highest 
ideals  of  mankind  would  eventually  be 
realized.  He  reiterated  and  elaborated  the 
advice  he  had  given  us  at  the  reconciliation 
meeting  upon  the  Colm,  that  in  all  perplex- 
ities we  should  follow  the  dictates  of  our 
own  consciences  regardless  of  con- 
sequences. On  arising  he  stood  awhile  be- 
fore the  tablet  on  that  oak,  silently  reading 
to  himself  the  inscription  I  have  already 
quoted  and  then  bade  us  to  go  back  to 
Keilhau  as  it  was  getting  late  and  he  could 
give  us  no  supper  at  Blankenburg.  Re- 
luctantly  we  said  good  bye.  This  was  not 
the  last  time  I  saw  Froebel,  but  somehow 
he  made  the  deepest  impression  upon  me  on 
that  occasion.  In  later  life  here  in  this 
country  when  I  had  diverse  chances  to  "get 
rich  quick"  I  have  often  thought  of  it  and 
acted  according  to  his  advice,  but  generally 
with  disastrous  consequences.  And  now  in 
my  old  age  when  I  no  longer  have  such 
chances,  and  am  still  dependent  on  my  daily 
labor  for  my  daily  bread,  I  sometimes 
doubt  the  wisdom  of  that  advice,  believing 
that  I  would  be  better  off  had  I  sub- 
ordinated my  individual  conscience  to  that 
of  my  superiors  and  carried  out  their  orders 
regardless  of  right  or  wrong,  saying:  "Thy 
will  not  mine  be  done"  and  throwing  all 
responsibility  upon  their  shoulders.  But  I 
have  never  as  yet  regretted  of  ever  having 
acted  on  Froebel's  advice.  And  while  I 
might  be  better  off  financially  had  I  done 


otherwise  I  might  not  be  able  to  sleep  as 
well  as  I  now  can. 

1  he  last  time  I  saw  Froebel  was  between 
Christmas  and  New  Year  in  1848,  at  one  of 
our  usual  evening  entertainments  at 
Keilhau.  On  that  occasion  I  was  called 
upon  by  our  French  teacher  to  recite  for 
Froebel  a  little  piece  of  French  poetry  he 
had  taught  me.  It  is  about  the  only  French 
which  has  stuck  to  me  to  the  present  time 
and  it  describes  my  own  present  condition 
and  perhaps  also  that  of  Froebel  in  1848, 
but  a  few  years  before  his  death  in  1852, 
so  that  in  conclusion  I  will  quote  it  here: 

"De  ta  tige  detachee, 
Pauvre  feuille  desechee, 
Ou  vas  tu?     Je  n  en  say  rien, 
L'orage  a  frappe  le  chene 
Oui   seul   etait  mon   soutien. 
De  sou  inconstante  haleine, 
Le  Lephyr  ou  l'aguilou 
Depuisce  jour  me  promene 
De  la  forest  a'  la  plaine, 
De  la  montagse  au  vallou, 
Saus  me  plaindre  ou  ni  effrayer, 
Je  vais  ou  va  toute  chose, 
Ou  va  la  feuille  de  rose 
Et  la  feiulle  de    laurier. 

With  a  most  cordial  I.  K.  U.  Chatauqua 
salute,  I  remain 

Sincerely  yours, 

F.  HESS. 


WHAT  IS  WORTH  WHILE? 

E.    LYELL   EARLE. 

What  is  worth  while?     Ah,  nothing 

That  soon  must  cease  to  be, 
For  ne'er  may  the  heart's  true  longings  rest 

But  in  eternity. 

What  is  worth  while?     Not  falseness! 

For  a  lie  doth  live  hut  a  day. 
What  is  worth  while?     Not  worry! 

It  eats  the  heart's  life  away. 

What  is  worth  while?     Complaining? 

Nay!    for  it  bringeth  but   gloom. 
What   is  worth  while?      Self-seeking? 

It  taketh  from  life  its  bloom. 

What  is  worth  while?     'Tis  grasping 

The  hope  of  the  present  hour. 
What  is  worth  while?     'Tis  toiling 

To  perfect  each  wakening  power. 

What  is  worth  while?     'Tis  gladness, 

That  lightens  the  pressing  load. 
What  is  worth  while?     'Tis  loving 

Each  toiler  we  meet  on  the  road. 

What  is  worth  while?      'Tis  duty, 

That    strengthens   the   doubting   heart. 

What  is  worth  while?     'Tis  friendship, 
That  bears  of  life's  wrongs  a  part. 

What  is  worth  while?     Ah,  sorrow, 

That  purgeth  life's  dross  away. 
What  is  worth  while?     Resurrection! 

From  sorrow,  to  Hope's  joyous  day! 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


US 


THE  SHORT  STORY. 

ITS  PLACE  IN  THE  KINDERGARTEN  AND  THE 

GRADES. 

E.    LYELL    EARLE. 

EVER  since  man  first  felt  the  need  of 
turning  actual  or  imagined  happen- 
ings into  words,  short  narratives 
have  had  a  place  in  literature. 
Their  development  has  been  that 
of  narratives  in  general,  and  in  each 
literary  period  before  the  19th  century  the 
short  story  differs  from  the  long  chiefly 
in  matter  of  length,  although  in  the  shorter 
stories  may  be  found  occasionally  a  differ- 
ence in  the  selection  and  use  of  incidence 
due  to  a  didactic  purpose. 

The  story  that  is  short  found  its  expres- 
sion in  the  Tales  of  the  Bible,  as  for  in- 
stance that  of  Ruth  and  in  the  Cupid  and 
Psyche  of  the  Golden  Art  of  Apuleius. 

During  the  great  Italian  revival  of  letters 
in  the  13th  century  Boccacio  used  this  form 
with  great  effect.  Chaucer  also  in  England 
made  it  popular  after  his  return  from  Italy. 

From  Chaucer  and  Boccacio  we  must 
spring  across  the  centuries  until  we  come 
to  Hawthorne  and  Poe,  without  finding 
another  name  really  worthy  of  note.  In 
these  500  years  there  were  great  novelists 
but  no  writer  of  short  stories. 

Generally  speaking  there  would  seem  to 
be  no  generic  distinction  in  narratives  be- 
fore the  19th  century  other  than  narratives 
short  and  narratives  long,  tales  of  many 
episode     and  tales  of  one. 

To  discover  then  any  originality  in  a 
short  story  it  is  necessary  to  find  a  real  dif- 
ference between  a  tale  like  Ruth,  and  the 
Pit  and  the  Pendulum  by  Poe.  The  differ- 
ence is  easily  felt  by  the  reader  but  the 
question  remains,  is  it  merely  mechanical 
or  is  it  of'  deeper  origin.  Irving's  tales  are 
considered  to  have  served  as  a  bridge  be- 
tween the  papers  of  Addison  and  the 
specific  short  stories  of  Hawthorne  and 
Poe.  The  legend  of  Sleepy  Hollow  like 
Ruth  is  a  story  of  simple  episode  but  be- 
trays much  more  conscious  art.  >  The  White 
Old  Maid  by  Hawthorne,  and  The  Gold 
Bug  bv  Poe  are  narratives  for  a  purpose, 
and  this  purpose  is  to  suggest  an  impres- 
sion, and  to  leave  us  with  a  single  vivid  con- 
viction rather  than  a  number  of  remem- 
bered facts.  The  spell  of  the  end  is  on 
every  word  and  in  every  choice  of  incident. 
It  is  this,  which,  for  want  of  a  less  abused 
word,  may  be  called  Impressionism,  that  is 


characteristic  to  some  extent  of  all  typical 
short  stories  and  serves  as  the  most  funda- 
mental distinction  between  them  and  the 
earlier  tales. 

As  to  question  of  source  it  is  possible  to 
hazard  an  hypothesis.  The  line  of  influence 
from  the  Spectator  papers  through  Irving's 
tales  will  account  for  well  modelled,  care- 
fully written,  thoroughly  artistic  stories — 
forms  such  as  are  found  in  Hawthorne  and 
Poe.  It  is  probable  that  both  of  these 
writers,  however,  were  influenced  by  the 
romantic  school  of  Germany  represented  at 
that  time  by  Tieck,  and  Hoffmann.  It  has 
been  declared  that  Poe  derived  his  source 
from  Hoffmann,  Hawthorne  from  Tieck. 
The  truth  is,  however,  that  romanticism 
was  in  the  air  of  this  period,  and  is  found 
in  the  best  writers  of  America,  England, 
France  and  Germany. 

The  American  short  story  is  superior  to 
the  English,  at  least  in  a  delicacy  of  fantasy 
which  the  English  could  not  attain.  Both 
Poe  and  Hawthorne  are  as  American  as  any 
one  can  be.  Hawthorne  is  considered  by 
some  a  finer  genius  than  Poe.  He  had  at 
all  times  a  wholesome  simplicity  and  never 
showed  any  trace  of  the  morbid  taint  which 
characterizes  nearly  all  Poe's  work.  Haw- 
thorne's effects  are  moral  while  Poe's  are 
merely  physical.  Ethical  consequences  are 
always  worrying  Hawthorne's  soul,  but 
Poe  did  not  know  that  there  were  any 
ethics.  Poe  had  a  faculty  which  one  may 
call  imaginative  reasoning  to  a  degree  be- 
yond all  other  writers  of  fiction.  Lowell 
asserts  that  Poe  had  two  of  the  prime  qual- 
ities of  genius,  vigorous  minute  analysis, 
and  wonderful  fecundity  of  imagination. 

The  essential  characteristics  of  a  short 
story  are  that  it  deals  with  a  single  char- 
acter, a  single  event,  a  single  emotion  or  a 
series  of  emotions  called  forth  by  a  single 
situation.  The  short  story  is  not  a  chapter 
of  a  novel,  but  it  impresses  the  reader  with 
the  belief  that  it  would  be  spoiled  if  it  were 
enlarged.  Another  difference  between  the 
novel  and  the  short  story  is  that  the  former 
with  a  few  exceptions  has  a  love  theme  that 
is  not  necessary  to  the  latter.  The  writer 
must  have  a  sense  of  form.  The  construc- 
tion must  be  logical,  adequate  and  har- 
monious. A  sketch  or  tale  may  have  still- 
life,  in  a  story  something  must  happen. 

There  are  form  requisites  essential  to 
good  short  story  writing.  They  are  com- 
pression, originality,  ingenuity  and  fantasy. 

In   a   drama   every  line,   every  word   is 


n6 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Great    Stone    Face, 
stories,    Stevenson's 


written  for  its  full  effect — but  the  dramatist 
has  the  help  of  living  personalities  to  carry 
out  his  scheme,  whereas  the  short  story 
writer  must  make  every  word,  sure,  telling, 
and  necessary  to  the  story.  He  must  have 
a  sense  of  compression,  or  as  Frederick 
Wedmox  felicitiously  styles  it,  "Pregnant 
brevity."  The  "Pregnant  brevity,"  every- 
where apparent  in  the  analysis  of  a  good 
story  is  absolutely  essential  to  the  maker 
of  a  good  story.  This  sense  is  marvellously 
displayed  in  Poe's  detective  stories,  par- 
ticularly "The  murders  in  the  Rue  Morgue" 
and  "The  Purloined  Setter."  Poe  knew  the 
value  of  psychological  processes  in  the 
reader's  mind. 

Originality  is  of  course,  as  important  to 
the  short  story  as  to  the  other  forms  of 
literature.  It,  particularly  today  sets  the 
seal  of  success  on  manuscripts  of  fiction 
submitted  for  publication.  The  author's 
personality  is  reflected  to  a  great  extent,  in 
his  employment  of  this  requisite,  "The 
all  of  Poe's  short 
Dr.  Jekle  and  Mr. 
Hyde,"  (which  is  a  short  story  in  spirit) 
and  Kipling's  "The  Man  that  Was"  all  have 
the  impress  of  the  author's  originality  of 
treatment. 

The  quality  of  fantasy  is  also  necessary. 
Ethetical  greatness  as  a  result  of  moral 
effects  to  be  sought  is  a  characteristic  of 
Hawthorne's  style  in  this  branch  of  liter- 
ature. The  fantasy  of  the  "Great  Stone 
Face"  with  its  allegorical  significance  and 
the  underlying  meaning  of  true  worth  is 
exquisitely  wrought  into  the  fabric  of  that 
master-piece. 

Again  some  of  Kipling's  short  stories  are 
conceived  in  a  vein  of  fantasy,  or  rather  are 
fantastical  in  themselves.  They  are  a  fine 
example  of  the  not-undue-prominence  of 
this  characteristic,  a  proper  comprehension 
of  which,  however,  is  absolutely  essential 
to  the  moral  of  the  story. 

It  is  evident  therefore,  that  the  short 
story,  the  true  short  story,  properly  con- 
ceived and  written  out  requires  the  quali- 
ties of  a  great  author  and  that  its  literary 
•alue  particularly  today  as  a  type  form  is 
of  great  importance. 

THE  KINDERGARTEN  STORY. 

The  Program  of  the  Race-Child  along 
the  road  toward  Wisdom  and  Power  is 
marked  by  myths,  legends,  fables  and  won- 
ler  tales.  By  means  of  them  the  race  began 
to  understand  different  types  of  human  ex- 


perience, to  comprehend  the  forces  of 
Nature  and  the  workings  of  Her  laws,  to 
understand  and  apply  moral  truths.  The 
types  of  experience,  and  the  elemental 
truths  garbed  as  images  in  the  myth  legend, 
fable  and  wonder  tale  are  mental  and 
spiritual  nourishment  for  the  developing 
child  even  as  they  were  for  the  race.  The 
child  may  not  at  first  recognize  the  truth 
which  is  the  life  of  the  image,  but  it  enters 
with  the  image,  nevertheless  and  becomes 
a  part  of  his  own  experience,  so  increasing 
his  power  and  understanding.  In  this 
guise  it  is  eagerly  received  and  enjoyed  by 
the  child.  Therefore  the  story  for  the 
young  child,  the  kindergarten  story,  takes 
the  form  of  myth,  legend,  fable,  wonder 
tale,  having  the  element  of  personification. 

We  found  in  tracing  the  development  of 
the  short  story  that  its  natural  ancestors 
were  myths,  fables,  legends,  hero  tales  and 
wonder  tales;  therefore  it  must  bear  some 
resemblance  to  them. 

First,  the  test  of  a  good  short  story  is 
interest.  The  myths,  fables,  legends,  and 
hero  tales  that  have  been  handed  down  to 
us,  must  meet  this  test,  else  they  could  not 
have  survived  through  the  ages.  The 
Wonder  Tales  and  Fairy  tales  of  more  re- 
cent origin  have  to  be  interesting  else  chil- 
dren would  not  even  listen  to  them. 

The  necessary  elements  of  a  good  kinder- 
garten story  are  much  the  same  as  those  of 
a  short  story.  There  must  be  a  close  co- 
herence even  to  logical  sequence  of  parts, 
there  should  be  color  enough  to  make  it 
ring  true;  the  plot  or  central  thought  must 
stand  out  with  the  subordinate  incidents 
grouped  naturally;  the  plot  should  be  sim- 
ple and  the  story  free  from  digression  so 
that  the  mind  may  easily  follow  the 
thought-thread.  The  element  of  mystery 
or  suspense  inhances  the  plot  and  increases 
the  interest,  but  there  can  not  be  much  of 
this  in  a  child's  story,  and  simple  allusions 
to  things  close  to  the  child's  life  make  a 
good  apperceptive  basis. 

The  story  of  "The  Three  Bears"  or 
"Little  Goldilocks"  is  a  story  that  children 
love,  because  of  its  very  combination  of 
mystery  and  simplicity  of  allusion.  In  the 
first  place  bears  are  not  of  a  child's  daily 
life  and  there  is  an  element  of  mystery 
about  them,  but  the  child  following  "Goldi- 
locks" finds  familiar  common-place  things, 
a  house,  a  table,  chairs,  food  and  beds. 

The  climax  of  this  story  is  particularly 
good,   there  being  no  anti-climax  to   spoil 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


117 


the  impression.  An  element  found  in  "The 
Story  of  the  Three  Bears"  and  in  many- 
other  stories  which  delight  children,  is 
rarely  found  in  a  good  story  for  the  adult- 
mind — the  element  of  repetition.  This  is 
a  form  of  gymnastics  for  the  child's  mind, 
and  he  loves  it ;  the  enjoyment  is  greater 
when  the  repetition  is  cumulative,  as  in 
"The  House  that  Jack  Built." 

So  much  for  the  technique  of  the  Kin- 
dergarten Story,  now  we  come  to  its  pur- 
pose. The  purpose  of  every  good  story  is 
primarily  to  give  enjoyment,  therefore  in 
kindergarten  the  story  is  told,  not  read.  It 
gains  interest  through  the  personality  of 
the  narrator,  just  as  a  humorous  incident  is 
twice  as  funny  from  the  lips  of  a  friend,  as 
the  same  thing  in  the  paper.  The  story  to 
the  child  like  the  study  of  literature  to  the 
more  mature  individual,  increases  his  power 
and  culture,  and  enriches  his  experience; 
for  the  story,  Froebel  says,  is  like  a  mirror 
to  the  child  reflecting  his  own  possibilities. 
It  opens  a  new  path  for  the  imagination  and 
gives  form  and  color  to  the  ideals.  The 
general  purpose  of  the  kindergarten  story, 
is  to  give  enjoyment  and  to  furnish  nour- 
ishment for  the  developing  mind  and  spirit. 

Of  course  there  are  many  kinds  of  kin- 
dergarten stories,  as  there  are  kinds  of 
short  stories,  all  having  the  general  pur- 
pose but  each  its  specific  aim. 

For  instance,  there  is  the  Nature  story, 
in  which  scientific  facts  are  put  in  such  at- 
tractive form  as  to  engage  the  interest  of 
little  children.  The  method  used  is  usually 
personification. 

There  is  also  the  Historical  story,  which 
appeals  to  the  instinct  of  Hero  worship, 
and  arousing  patriotism  furnishes  an  ideal. 

There  is  also  the  pure  nonsense  tale 
which  is  "just  for  fun,"  but  furnishes  need- 
ed relaxation  and  establishes  good  feeling 
between  those  who  have  laughed  together. 

We  cannot  immediately  discern  the  in- 
fluence of  the  story  on  the  child,  yet  all 
literature  testified  to  the  influences  of 
children's  stories  upon  mankind,  by  its 
allusions  to  them. 

The  images  of  myths,  fables,  and  fairy 
tales  remain  with  us,  we  use  them  in  com- 
mon conversation.  One  ofter  hears  the  ex- 
planation "sour  grapes"  or  the  expression 
"He  is  a  varitable  Ugly  Duckling." 

Many  of  our  first  inferences  are  drawn 
from  the  experience  and  knowledge  gained 
from  the  myths,  fables  and  fairy  tales  of 
our  childhood. 


THE  PLACE  OF  THE  STORY  IN  THE  GRADES. 

"The  prime  object  of  reading,"  says 
Stanley  Hall,  "should  be  the  development 
of  a  living  appreciation  of  good  literature, 
and  the  habit  of  reading  it  rather  than  bad, 
for  with  this  end  all  others  are  secured." 

In  the  telling  or  reading  of  stories,  four 
aims  have  been  suggested  for  the  teacher 
to  bear  in  mind,  (1)  To  develop  an  interest 
in  reading;  (2)  to  cultivate  the  imagina- 
tion; (3)  to  present  a  model  of  expression; 
(4)  to  create  ideals  of  right  living.  Of 
primary  importance  is  the  development  of 
an  interest  in  reading — not  only  reading, 
but  the  best  reading.  Outside  the  influence 
exerted  by  those  with  whom  we  come  in 
contact,  nothing  has  a  more  powerful  in- 
fluence in  shaping  out  lives  than  the  printed 
page;  for  as  has  been  truly  said,  "It  is  a 
silent,  constant,  powerful  factor  in  the 
creation  of  the  ideals  after  which  our  lives 
are  modeled  or  by  which  they  are 
wrecked." 

The  portal  to  the  enchanted  land  of 
literature  is  rich  in  meshes  of  fairy  tales, 
myths,  and  other  short  stories  which  by 
their  poetical  fancy,  humor,  or  appeal  to 
some  other  phase  of  child  nature  create  in 
the  boy  or  girl  a  burning  thirst  for  more 
of  the  same  delectable  nectar.  If  his  palate 
is  pleased  with  the  first  taste,  he  is  likely 
to  return  again  and  again  for  a  fresh 
draught. 

Some  children  enter  school  with  a 
knowledge  of  the  beautiful  land  inhabitated 
by  fairies  and  elves.  Others  have  had  only 
a  peep  at  its  riches,  while  the  majority  are 
standing  tip-toe  trying  to  catch  a  glimpse 
of  the  promised  country  which  they  know 
is  theirs  by  right.  How  careful  then  should 
the  teacher  be  to  select  stories  that  will 
stimulate  the  proper  kind  of  imagination ! 
Nothing  but  the  best  should  be  read  to  or 
put  into  the  hands  of  the  child,  for  being 
imitative,  he  will  model  his  own  actions 
after  those  of  the  characters  in  the  story. 
He  has  crossed  the  border  into  another  and 
larger  world — school,  and  simply  needs  the 
touch  of  a  fairy's  wand,  in  the  shape  of  a 
story,  to  carry  him  to  Elysian  fields  there 
to  roam  forever. 

What  ends  does  story-telling  serve? 
First,  there  is  the  joy — the  pleasure  it 
gives.  Then  there  is  relaxation  in  listening 
to  the  doing  of  other  people  instead  of  do- 
ing something  ourselves.  The  establish- 
ment, of  a  friendly  relation  between  the 
teacher  and  the  pupil  is  an  end  to  be  de- 


II{ 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


sired ;  but  greater  than  all  is  the  enriching 
of  the  child's  spiritual  experience — the 
arousing  of  his  emotional  nature,  thus  ex- 
tending his  sympathies. 

Where  can  be  found  the  child  whose  eyes 
do  not  brighten,  whose  pulse  does  not  beat 
faster  at  the  mere  mention  of  story?  His 
imagination,  always  on  the  alert,  will  re- 
spond at  the  slightest  touch,  for  childhood 
is  preeminently  the  Garden  of  Imagination. 

What  kind  of  story  shall  be  selected? 
Percival  Chubb  in  "The  Teaching  of  Eng- 
lish" says,  "For  Primary  children  the  in- 
teresting thing  cannot  be  the  long  thing. 
The  long  story  or  poem  peddled  out  in 
small  installments  is  an  artistic  and  peda- 
gogical absurdity."  Such  writers  as  Scud- 
der,  Kipling,  Stockton,  Howells,  Seton, 
and  Macdonald  are  sug'gested  by  the  same 
author  as  fields  from  which  to  glean. 

The  first  and  most  important  point  in 
the  selection  of  the  story.  It  should  include 
variety  from  the  start.  The  race  in  its 
evolution  has  passed  through  various 
stages.  So  will  the  child.  Different  kinds 
of  short  stories  should  be  introduced  to  fit 
the  proper  need  of  the  child  in  the  various 
stages  of  its  development.  By  many  people 
who  have  had  much  to  do  with  little  chil- 
dren, the  fairy  tale  is  thought  the  best  story 
for  the  child  that  has  just  come  from  home. 
The  fairy  tale  is  moral  in  its  tone.  It  deals 
with  the  punishment  of  wickedness  and  the 
reward  of  goodness  in  a  summary  fashion, 
and  this  appeals  to  the  child  at  this  period. 
How  wrath  and  indignation  are  aroused  by 
the  wicked  witches  and  orges  and  joy  by 
the  good  fairies,  who  finaUv  triumph  in 
spite  of  almost  insurmountable  difficulites. 
The  fable  is  deemed  more  suitable  for  a 
later  period,  while  the  myth  and  legend, 
being  more  difficult  of  comprehension  are 
reserved  for  the  third  and  fourth  years. 

If  we  allow  folk  and  fairy  stories,  fables 
and  myths  to  be  part  of  the  work  from  the 
first  year,  of  course  we  must  grade  them 
according  to  difficulty  in  both  language  and 
thought.  Nature  stories,  parables  from 
nature  and  Bible  stories  should  be  included 
in  the  work  from  the  start.  In  the  fourth 
vear,  stories  in  history  and  science  should 
be  introduced  to  inculcate  such  ethical  les- 
sons as  patriotism,  industry,  self-respect, 
honesty,  patience,  reverence,  and  justice. 

Since  reading  to  the  pupils  is  a  necessary 
part  of  the  teacher's  work  it  behooves  her 
to  perform  this  part  of  her  work  faithfully, 
conscientiously,      and      thus      foster      the 


emotional  development  of  the  child's 
nature.  The  imagination  must  be  allowed 
full  play — must  not  be  suppressed,  for  with- 
out it  there  is  very  little  comprehension  of 
other  subjects. 

If  nothing  but  the  best  written  stories, 
(best  in  thought  and  best  in  expression) 
are  read  or  told  to  children  from  the  begin- 
ning of  their  school  life,  a  subtle  influence 
will  be  at  work  that  will  unconsciously  re- 
act upon  their  spoken  and  later  their  writ- 
ten language  and  also  be  a  powerful  force 
in  character  building.  A  prominent  eduT 
cator  has  said,  "The  English  language  is 
not  taught  best  by  formal  drill  or  enforced 
and  uninteresting  written  theses  or  treat- 
ises on  style  but  by  first  securing  subject 
matter  that  so  deeply  interests  that  style 
is  left  to  form  itself  unconsciously  in  re- 
action upon  content." 

The  element  of  humor  has  been  sadly 
missing  in  school  literature,  but  the  future 
will  remedy  this  defect  by  utilizing  the 
stories  of  Garrell,  Lear,  Herford,  Ruth  Mc- 
Enery  Stuart  and  Kate  Douglas  Wiggin 
among  others. 

By  no  means  should  the  moral  be  so 
prominent  as  to  waken  a  dislike  for  the 
story  in  the  heart  of  the  child.  Neither 
should  the  story  be  too  instructive  in  its 
character.  The  moral  should  be  felt  rather 
than  expressed  and  instruction  in  nature, 
for  the  sake  of  instruction,  might  better  be 
reserved  for  the  nature  period. 

To  create  an  interest  in  the  Bible  so  that 
the  pupil  will  wish  to  read  for  himself  that 
most  classic  of  literature  would  be  an  ex- 
cellent reason  for  the  introduction  of 
Biblical  literature;  but  there  are  other 
reasons.  Why  should  the  Bible  be  reserved 
for  the  Sunday-school?  It  should  become 
part  of  the  daily  instruction,  for  is  not 
every  day  life  six  times  as  long  as  Sunday 
existence,  and  does  it  not  therefore  need 
six  times  as  much  emphasis?  We  have 
daily  need  of  the  lessons  of  truth,  wisdom, 
faith,  patience,  duty,  filial  love  and  sacrifice 
that  the  Good  Book  teaches.  The  stories 
will  in  many  cases  need  to  be  adapted, 
especially  for  young  children ;  but  as  one 
authority  has  said,  "It  should  not  be  for- 
gotten that  there  is  no  literature  too  sacred 
to  be  cut  or  mutilated  in  any  way,  if  it  can 
really  be  made  more  effective  with 
children." 

Language  a  little  in  advance  of  the 
pupil's  resources  should  be  indulged  in,  as 
it  is  stimulating-  and  tends  to  increase  the 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


119 


vocabulary  of  the  child.  Relative  to  writ- 
ing for  children,  Hawthorne  said,  "The 
author  has  not  always  thought  it  necessary 
to  write  downward  in  order  to  meet  the 
comprehension  of  children.  He  has  gen- 
erally suffered  the  theme  to  sear  whenever 
such  was  its  tendency." 

Scarcely  less  important  than  the  kind  of 
story  is  the  teacher  as  a  story-teller.  Too 
little  importance  has  been  attached  to  this 
side  of  the  question.  It  is  certainly  an  art 
to  be  able  to  tell  a  story  graphically  and 
although  all  are  not  gifted  naturally  in  this 
line,  yet  each  may  cultivate  the  power  that 
will  pay  for  the  time  spent  in  the  acquire- 
ment. The  facial  expression  and  the 
gesticulations  that  will  accompany  the  tell- 
ing will  hold  the  attention  of  little  children 
much  more  readily  than  the  readings  from 
a  book;  and  the  glow  of  satisfaction  that 
results  from  knowing  that  the  mind  is  a 
rich  store-house  of  facts  and  fancies  will 
give  a  poise,  a  self  possession  to  the  nar- 
rator that  nothing  else  can.  Good  story 
tellers  deal  very  little  in  abstractions  and 
are  very  liberal  in  the  use  of  figures  of 
speech  that  make  more  vivid  the  meaning 
by  rousing  the  imagination  and  fancy. 

What  is  the  aim  of  English  teaching? 
Correctness  in  speech?  Knowledge?  No, 
culture,  and  that  in  its  broadest  sense.  Not 
merely  refinement  in  speech  and  manners 
but  a  larger  heart,  with  deeper  sympathies, 
a  broader  view,  a  kindlier  spirit. 

Folk  stories  are  the  recorded  traditions 
of  the  common  people.  They  are  poetical 
fancies  that  have  been  handed  down  from 
mother  to  child.  Some  authorities  claim 
that  a  fairy  story  is  a  form  of  folk  story 
and  different  compilers  contradict  each 
other  in  their  classification.  "The  fairy 
story,"  says  Hamilton  Wright  Mabie,  "is 
an  instinctive  endeavor  to  shape  the  facts 
of  the  world  to  meet  the  needs  of  the 
imagination,  the  cravings  of  the  heart." 
"In  the  fairy  story,  men  are  not  entirely 
free  from  their  limitations,  but  by  the  aid 
of  faries,  giants,  and  demons  they  are  put 
in  command  of  unusual  powers  and  make 
themselves  masters  of  the  forces  of  nature." 

What  is  the  educational  value  of  fairy 
tales?  Primarily,  they  arouse  the  emotional 
nature,  which  at  the  present  time  needs 
arousing  in  order  to  counteract  the 
materalistic  tendency  of  the  times.  They 
are  the  stepping  stones  to  the  child's 
spiritual  independence.  As  life  progresses 
and  he  is  hedged  in  by  circumstances  over 


which  he  has  no  control,  (like  the  people  in 
the  fairy  tale,)  he  will  rise  superior  to  these 
forces  by  the  aid  of  the  giant  will  and  assert 
his  mastery  over  them  at  least  in  spirit. 

McMurry  says,  "The  moral  ideas  incul- 
cated by  the  fables  are  usually  of  a  practi- 
cal, worldly  wisdom  sort,  not  high  ideals  of 
moral  quality,  not  virtue  for  its  own  sake, 
but  varied  examples  of  the  results  of  rash- 
ness and  folly.  This  is,  perhaps,  one  rea- 
son why  they  are  so  well  suited  to  the  im- 
mature moral  judgments  of  children." 

Injustice,  pride,  greed,  selfishness,  boast- 
fulness,  etc.,  are  illustrated  clearly  with  the 
result  that  must  inevitably  follow.  Refer- 
ences to  the  fable  are  so  frequent  in  liter- 
ature that  its  value  extends  far  beyond 
childhood.  The  truth  it  embodies  is  ex- 
pressed clearly  and  forcibly  and  for  that 
reason  leaves  an  indelible  impression  upon 
the  child's  mind. 

"The  myth  differs  from  other  stories  and 
legends  because  it  is  an  explanation  of 
something  that  happened  in  earth,  sea,  or 
sky."  Stanley  Hall  says,  "They  are  pro- 
foundly true,  not  to  the  external  world  as 
the  child  knows  and  may  be  freely  told, 
but  to  the  heart  and  the  world  within. 
With  the  good  as  the  pretty  and  the  bad 
as  always  ugly  and  the  ethical  judgment 
freely  exercised  where  it  is  sure  to  go  right, 
myth  forms  are  about  as  near  pure  object 
teaching  as  ethics  can  get." 

"The  legend  belongs  to  a  later  period  and 
often  reflects  the  large  meaning  of  the 
myth  and  the  free  fancy  of  the  fairy  tale. 
The  legend  differs  from  the  myth  in  hav- 
ing some  basis  of  fact.  As  a  guide  to  his- 
torical truth  it  is  worthless  although  stimu- 
lating to  historical  imagination. 

Historical  stories  are  best  introduced  by 
anecdotes  of  people  famous  in  history. 
Eggleston  says  that  some  of  these  stories 
have  become  a  kind  of  national  folklore  and 
should  be  familiar  to  every  child.  Not  only 
warriors  and  patriots  but  statesmen,  dis- 
coverers, inventors,  and  men  of  letters 
should  be  included  in  the  list. 

"With  the  great,  one's  thoughts  and 
manners  easily  become  great — what  this 
country  longs  for  is  personalities,  grand 
persons,  to  counteract  its  materialities," 
says  Emerson. 

FIRST  YEAR. 
FOLK  STORIES. 

The  Elves  and  the  Shoemaker. 

The  Moon  in  the  Mill  Pond. 

The  Man  in  the  moon. 

The  Old  Woman    and   Her   Pig. 


120 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


The  Story  of  Chicken  Little. 
The  Three    Bears. 
The  House  that  Jack  Built. 
Jack  and  the  Bean  Stalk. 
Little  Red  Riding  Hood. 

FAIRY   TALES. 

The  Four  Musicians. 

The  Buffalo  Leather  Boots. 

The  Four  Winds. 

The  Good  Little  Mouse. 

Hensel   and   Grethel. 

The  Hut  in  the  Wood. 

The  Magic  Mirror. 

Snowdrop. 

One  Bye,  Two  Eyes,  Three  Eyes. 

The  Ugly  Duckling. 

The  Pine  Tree. 

SECOND  YEAR. 
FOLKS  STORIES. 

Dick  Whittington  and  His  Cat. 

Belling  the   Cat. 

The  Sheep  and  the  Pig. 

Cindrella. 

Puss  in  Boots. 

Tom  Thumb. 

The  Sleeping  Beauty  in  the  Wood. 

FAIRY  TALES. 

The  Bronse  Ring. 

The  Golden  Goose. 

The  Princess  and  the  Pea. 

The  Fir  Tree. 

The  Flax. 

Little  Snow  White. 

The  Valiant  Little  Tailor. 

Little  Golden  Head. 

Why  the  Sea  is  Salt. 

The  Wishing  Ring. 

The  Wonderful  Musician. 

The  Little  Match  Girl. 

THIRD  YEAR. 

FOLK  STORIES. 

The  Fisherman  and  His  Wife. 

The  Golden  Bird. 

The  White  Cat. 

Beauty  and  the  Beast. 
FAIRY   TALES. 

Aladdin  or  the  Wonderful  Lamp. 

Ali  Baba. 

The  Conceited  Apple  Branch. 

The  Enchanted  Stag. 

A  Drop  of  Water. 

The  Little  Mermaid. 

Princess  May  Blossom. 

The  Princess  on  the  Glass  Hill. 

The  Snow  Man. 

Hare  and  the  Turtle    (Japanese). 


FOURTH  YEAR. 
FOLK  STORIES. 

A  Country  Fellow  and  the  River. 
The   Star   Gazer. 
Hans  in  Luck. 
FAIRY  TALES. 
Bluebeard. 
The  Light  Princess. 
The  Twelve  Brothers. 
Last  Dress  of  the  Old  Oak. 
The  Old  Street  Lamp. 
The  Wonderful  Sheep. 
The  Fair  One  With  Golden  Locks. 


FIRST  YEAR. 

MYTHS. 

Aeolus  and  His  Children. 

Apollo  and  Clytic. 

Arachae. 

Echo  and  Nareissus. 

Hermes'  Cattle. 

Iris. 

Penelope's   Web. 

FABLES. 

The  Ant  and  the  Grasshopper. 
The  Dog  and  His  Shadow. 
The  Lion  and  the  Mouse. 
The  Mice  in  Council. 
The  Wolf  and  the  Shepherd. 
The  Fox  and  the  Grapes. 


MYTHS. 


SECOND  YEAR. 


The  Flocks  of  Apollo. 
The  Golden  Fleece. 
Hyacinthus. 
Phileson   and   Baueis. 
Orpheus. 

FABLES. 

The   Ant   and   the   Dove. 
The  Donkey  and  the  Salt. 
The  Lark  and  Her  Young  Ones. 
The  Shepherd's  Boy. 
The  Wind  and  the  Sun. 

THIRD  YEAR. 

MYTHS. 

Apollo  and  Pan. 

The  Labors  of  Hercules. 

Latena   and   the  Rustics. 

Perseus  and  Audremeda. 

Ulysses  and  the  Bag  of  Winds. 

Venus  and  Adonis. 

The  Dragon's  Teeth. 

Psyche. 

FABLES. 

The  Country  Mouse  and  the  City  Mouse. 

The  Crow  and  the  Pitcher. 

The  Fox  and  the  Goat. 

The  Hare  and  the  Tortoise. 

The   Peasant   and   the  Apple  Tree. 

The  Wolk  in  Sheep's  Clothing. 

FOURTH  YEAR. 

MYTHS. 

Jupiter  and  Io. 

The  Three  Golden  Apples. 

The  Golden  Touch. 

The  Gorden's  Head.     . 

How  Odin  Lost  His  Eye. 

The  Guest  of  the  Hammer. 

The  Apple  of  Idua. 

The  Star  and  the  Lily. 

Prometheus. 

The  Do-as-you-likes.    (Kingsley). 

FABLES. 

Union  Gives  Strength. 
Tne  Wolf  and  the  Lamb. 
The  Fox  That  Lost  His  Tail. 
Hercules  and  the  Wagoner. 
The  Fox  and  the  Crow. 
The  Arab  and  His  Camel. 
The  Stag  and  the  Lion. 

THIRD  AND  FOURTH  YEARS. 

BIBLE  STORIES. 

Abraham,    Isaac,    Jacob,    Joseph,    Moses,    Johsua, 
Samson,  David. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


121 


LEGENDS. 

Legend  of  Arthur. 

Legends  of  Alfred. 

Siegfried. 

William  Tell. 

Stories  of  Robin  Hood. 

Historical  Anecdotes — Eggleston. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

How  to  Tell  Stories  to  Children — Sara  Cone 
Bryant.      (Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co). 

The  Place  of  the  Story  in  Early  Education. — 
Sara  E.  Wiltse.      (Ginn  &  Co.) 

The  Story  Hour. — Kate  Douglas  Wiggin. 
(Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co). 

Special  Method  in  Primary  Reading. — Charles 
A.  McMurry.      (The  Macmillan  Co.) 

Special  Method  in  the  Reading  of  English 
Classics. — Charles  A.  McMurry.  (The  Macmillan 
Co.) 

Monographs  on  Education.  How  to  Teach  Read- 
ing.— G.  Stanley  Hall.      (Heath  <&)  Co.) 

National  Education  Association  Report  1905; 
pp.    .~4,  868,  871. 

Method  in  Education. — Reark.  Chap.  II.  Char- 
acter Building.      (American  Book  Co.) 

The  Teaching  of  English. — Percival  Chubb. 
(The  Macmillan  Co.) 

Books  and  Culture. — H.  W.  Mabie.  (Dodd, 
Mead  •&  Co.) 

Old  Stories  of  the  East. — James  Baldwin. 
(American  Book  Co.) 

Myths  Every  Child  Should  Know.- — H.  W.  Mabie. 
(Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.) 

Graded  Literature  Readers. — Third  Book.  (May- 
nard,  Merrill  ■&  Co.) 

Stories  of  Old  Greece. — Emma  M.  Firth.  (D.  C. 
Heath  ■&  Co.) 

Stories  of  Heroic  Deeds. — James  Johnmet. 
(American  Book  Co.) 

Parables  from  Nature. — Margaret  Gatty. 
(Thomas  Y.  Crowell  ■&  Co.) 

In  the  Child's  World. — Emilie  Poulsson.  (Mil- 
ton, Bradley  Co.) 

Boston  Collection  of  Kindergarten  Stories.  (J. 
L.   Hammett  Co.) 

A  Graded  List  of  Poems  and  Stories. — Gilbert 
&  Harris.      (Silver,  Burdett  &i  Co.) 

Folklore  Stories  and  Proverbs. — Sara  E.  Wiltse. 
(Ginn  &  Co.) 

Fables  and  Folk  Stories. — Horace  E.  Scudder. 
(Houghton,  Mifflin  ■&  Co.) 

Children's  Rights. — Kate  Douglas  Wiggin. 
What  Shall  Children  Read? 
Children's  Stories.     (Houghton,  Mifflin  •&>  Co.) 

Stories  or  Great  Americans. — Edward  Eggleston. 
(American  Book  Co.) 

MISCELLANEOUS  STORIES. 

Kate  Douglas  Wiggin. 
Sara  Wiltse. 
Elizabeth   Harrison. 
H.  B.  Stowe. 
Margaret  Gatty. 
Ouida. 

Louisa  Alcott. 
Dinah  M.  Craik. 
Josephine  Jarvis. 
Emilie  Poulsson. 
T.  B.  Aldrich. 


SCIENTIFIC    BASIS    UPON    WHICH 

KINDERGARTEN  IS  FOUNDED. 

BY  HORTENSE  M.  ORCUTT,  Supervisor,  Savannah, 
Georgia. 

COMMON  objection  to  the 
Kindergarten  is  that  it  is  a 
place  where  children  do 
nothing  but  play. 

The  truth  of  the  matter  is 
that  the  Kindergarten  is  a 
place  where  children's  play 
is  directed  and  utilized  for  educational  ends. 
If  we  stop  for  a  moment  to  think  about  it, 
this  fact  constitutes  the  strongest  scientific 
argument  in  favor  of  the  Kindergarten. 
State  it  scientifically  and  see  how  it  reads. 
Children  are  tremendously  active.  The 
natural  expression  of  that  activity  is  play. 
Here  we  have  a  great  natural  force.  Shall 
we  utilize  it  for  wise  ends,  or  shall  we  sub- 
stitute an  artificial  power  alien  to  the 
nature  of  the  object  upon  which  it  is  sup- 
posed to  work?    The  answer  is  obvious. 

"The  miller  looks  to  his  mill  race,  the 
engineer  replenishes  his  coal  bin,  the 
motorman  sees  to  his  current,  the  sailor  re- 
gards the  quarter  of  the  wind."  And  we  as 
educators,  if  we  are  wise,  will  work  with 
nature  and  not  against  it. 

OUTLINE    FOE    OBSERVING    KINDERGARTEN. 
TO  FEEL  OF  THE  PLACE. 

A  Kindergarten  should  feel  happy.  You 
should  be  conscious  of  this  from  the  first 
moment  that  you  step  into  the  room. 

Happiness  is  a  moral  quality  and  comes 
only  through  the  right  ordering  of  our  re- 
lations with  others. 

The  Kindergarten  age  is  from  4  to  6. 
Children  of  this  age  easily  cry  and  quarrel. 

To  have  forty  or  fifty  little  children 
working  and  playing  together  and  happy  is 
a  great  moral  achievement. 

A  KINDERGARTEN  SHOULD  BE  A  BUSY  PLACE. 

Children  learn  to  do  through  doing. 

Directed  activity,  not  suppressed  activity, 
is  what  we  want.  The  normal  child  is  very 
active.  The  wise  educator  utilizes  this 
natural  force  in  directions  that  will  train 
and  develop  the  child. 

THE  KINDERGARTNER  SHOULD  BE  ABLE  TO 
SHOW  YOU  A  WRITTEN  PLAN  OF  WORK. 

While  all  that  goes  on  in  a  good  Kinder- 
garten seems  perfectly  simple  and  spon- 
taneous, it  is  really  the  product  of  that  true 
art  that  conceals  all  art.  Nothing  the  Kin- 
dergartner  does  is  accidental. 


122 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Each  bit  of  the  day's  plan  has  been  made 
for  a  special  purpose ;  namely,  to  meet  some 
need  in  the  child's  growth. 

To  this  end  is  planned: 

(i)  The  subject  of  thought  suitable  to 
the  season  of  the  year  or  to  the  line  of 
activity  and  ideals  that  we  wish  to  bring 
before  the  child.  This  selected  line  of 
thought  is  illustrated  and  reinforced  by 
appropriate, 

Talks, 

Stories, 

Poems, 

Songs,  etc. 

(2)  An  opportunity  is  given  the  children 
to  get  this  thought  into  action  through  con- 
duct,   through    the    hand    work    and    the 
games. 
THE  KINDERGARTEN   SHOULD  BE   ORDERLY. 

By  orderly,  we  do  not  mean  military 
discipline  and  silence.  We  mean,  rather, 
the  order  that  comes  naturally  through 
absorption  in  what  one  is  doing,  through 
interest  and  through  care  not  to  interfere 
with  the  rights  of  others. 

OBSERVE  THE  CHILDREN. 

The  children  should  be  unconscious, 
spontaneous,  all  alive — paying  no  attention 
to  visitors. 

Notice  the  quality  of  attention  that  the 
children  give  to  their  work  and  play. 

It  should  be  involuntary  attention,  atten- 
tion born  of  genuine  interest.  Notice  the 
quality  of  control  or  self  direction  possessed 
by  the  children  and  remember  that  six 
years  is  the  age  of  the  oldest  child. 

Notice  the  discipline.     If  no  discipline  is 

needed,  be  sure  you  see  the  product  of  wise 

guidance  in  the  beginning.     If  discipline  is 

used,  notice  its  character — not  an  arbitrary 

or     personal     infliction,     but     the     natural 

penalty  of  a  broken  law. 

MORNING  CIRCLE.  9:00-9:30. 
OBSERVE. 

Reverence  during  devotion. 

Glad  morning  greeting. 

Expressions  of  good  comradship — happy 
living  together. 

The  thought  for  the  day  given  to  the 
children  by  the  Kindergartner,  either  in 
talk,  poem  or  story. 

Singing  of  the  songs  (preceded  by  exer- 
cises for  good  tone  production.) 

During  the  morning  circle  opportunity 
is  given  the  children  to  relate  individual  ex- 
periences to  the  Kindergartner.  This 
means  growth  in  individuality,  personality 
and  in  the  power  of  expression. 


RHYTHMIC   EXERCISES,    9:30-9:45. 
OBSERVE. 

The  movements  of  the  children  should 
be  strong,  graceful,  free;  not  mechanical 
and  cramped. 

With  children  of  kindergarten  age,  we 
use  large,  bodily  movements,  and  the  rea- 
son is  physiological.  The  large  muscles 
come  into  play  first  in  the  order  of  the 
child's  development.  The  development  of 
the  small  muscles  does  not  come  until  after 
the  kindergarten  age. 

These  exercises,  though  carefully  planned 
to  help  the  child's  physical  development, 
are  conducted  in  the  spirit  of  play.  Joyous 
activity  is  always  of  'the  most  physical  bene- 
fit. With  little  children  we  seek  always 
to  avoid  formality,  drill,  the  merely 
mechanical — because  these  methods  do  not 
educate  and  develop;  they  eradicate  and 
suppress. 

HAND  WORK.  9:45-10:10. 
OBSERVE. 

The  child's  conquest  of  materials;  the 
training  he  is  getting  in  the  power  to  do, 
to  produce;  the  control  of  hand  and  eye — 
which  means  control  of  the  brain  centers 
that  lie  back  of  the  hand  and  eye. 

All  good  educational  hand  work  gives  the 
child  an  opportunity  to  develop  his  own 
powers,  to  express  his  self  activity. 

In  the  child's  ability  to  apply  his  own 
simple  ideas  lies  the  test  of  his  growth  and 
our  success  or  failures  as  educators. 

THE  GAMES,  10:10-10:50. 
OBSERVE. 

The  social  side  of  the  games;  the  right 
and  happy  ordering  of  the  child's  relation 
with  other  children  in  play. 

If  the  game  is  a  success,  all  must  help. 
This  is  as  truly  good  training  and  good 
discipline  as  the  "team  work"  so  much  com- 
mended for  the  moral  qualities  it  develops 
in  the  college  student. 

Game  time  gives  the  Kindergartner  the 
best  of  opportunities  for  getting  close  to 
her  children.  This  close  companionship, 
being  a  good  comrade  with  the  children, 
gives  great  opportunity  to  help  the  chil- 
dren's moral  development.  Notice  how 
often  the  children  choose  the  Kindergart- 
ner to  take  part  in  the  games. 

Through  the  representative  and  dramatic 
games  the  children  come  better  to  under- 
stand the  life  about  them. 

From  10:50  to  11:05  we  have  another 
Hand  Work  period. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


123 


RECESS.  11:05  to  11:15. 
OBSERVE. 

A  period  in  which  the  children  do  what 
they  like. 

If  the  morning's  programme  has  been 
successful  recess  will  not  be  a  period  of 
wild  license;  it  will  not  seem  as  if  the  chil- 
dren had  escaped  from  prison.  It  will  be 
a  period  of  free  yet  well  directed,  self- 
activity.  It  will  show  that  the  children  are 
really  learning  how  to  play. 

LUNCHEON,  11:15-11:30. 
OBSERVE. 

Training  in  service,  in  courtesy,  good 
form  and  the  ability  to  conduct  simple  con- 
versation. 

STORIES,  11:30-11:50. 
OBSERVE. 

Shining  eyes,  absorbed  attention. 

Training  of  the  emotions,  the  imagina- 
tion and  the  building  of  ideals. 

Preparation  for  dismissal  and  good-bye. 
ii  :5o-i2:oo. 

"There  are  doubtless  many  ways  in 
which  men  may  make  a  new  heaven  and  a 
new  earth  of  their  dwelling  places,  but  the 
simplest  of  all  ways  is  through  a  fond,  dis- 
cerning and  individual  care  of  each  child." 


EDITORIAL. 


In  looking  back  over  the  year  just  ended 
we  have  many  reasons  to  rejoice  for  results 
accomplished.  While  the  country  at  large 
has  passed  through  a  financial  crisis,  edu- 
cation has  proven  itself  capable  of  a  healthy 
adjustment  even  to  the  most  trying  situa- 
tions, j 

Its  manifest  determination  to  educate 
boys  and  girls  for  life  and  to  make  the  pro- 
cess as  vital  as  possible  is  one  of  the  most 
•  hopeful  things  that  have  been  prominent  in 
the  educational  world  during  the  past  year. 
The  school  has  proved  itself  ready  to  modify 
its  methods  as  the  needs  of  life  are  modified, 
and  has  apparently  gotten  beyond  the  stage 
when  it  considered  itself  the  supreme  and 
ultimate  repository  of  the  wisdom  of  the 
ages  which  the  child  was  merely  to  imbibe 
and  as  a  result  become  possessed  of  all  he 
needed  to  make  an  immediate  success  of 
life. 

This  tolerance  in  general  of  life,  as  it  is 
found  here  and  now,  is  going  over,  we  are 
glad  to  say,  into  the  special  departments 


of  school  activities,  not  least  among  which 
are  the  kindergarten  and  primary. 

It  is  hopeful  to  record  the  fact  that  there 
seems  to  be  less  dogmatism  and  more  of  a 
tendency  to  bear  with  the  views  of  others 
as  containing"  possibly  something  of  real 
value  rather  than  limiting  the  educational 
horizon  to  the  traditions  or  prescience  of  a 
few.  This  tolerance  has  probably  resulted 
from  the  larger  spirit  of  tolerance  that  is 
manifest  in  the  scientific  world  of  today. 


The  editorial  committee  of  the  Kinder- 
garten Magazine  wishes  to  invite  the  co- 
operation of  training  teachers  and  training 
classes  throughout  the  country.  What  it 
wants  in  particular  are  the  reports  of  de- 
vices used  daily  in  the  kindergarten  in  the 
working  out  of  special  program  matter 
with  a  careful  record  of  the  results 
obtained.  It  wants,  furthermore,  brief 
abstracts  on  the  Mother  Plays,  on  the 
Stories,  and  Nature  Collections,  as  well  as 
Essays  on  General  Educational  Theory  and 
Practice  and  Program  Method  and  Ma- 
terial. 

Consequently  it  makes  this  offer  to  all 
training  schools.  It  will  give  one  year's 
subscription  free  to  the  Kindergarten 
Primary  Magazine  to  any  student  whose 
work  has  been  selected  and  approved  by 
the  training  teacher  under  any  of  these 
heads.     Some  suggestive  titles  follow: 

The  Place  and  Value  of  My  Nature  Col- 
lection. 

How  I  Made  Up  My  Picture  Folio. 

The  Best  Pists  of  Kindergarten  Stories 
Suited  to  the  Periods  and  Activities  of  the 
Year. 

The  Relation  of  the  Materials  of  the 
Kindergarten  To  Those  of  the  Early 
Primary. 

Illustrations  and  Suggestions  for  Hand 
Work. 

To  graduate  kindergartners  the  same 
offer  is  made  for  the  above,  or  any  other 
articles  that  the  Magazine  accepts  and 
prints.  We  urge  training  teachers  to  in- 
terest their  classes  in  these  matters  and 
ask  kindergartners  throughout  the  country 
to  send  us  in  their  contributions.  This  is 
one  of  the  ways  all  may  co-operate  in  sus- 
taining the  standard  of  the  Magazine  and 
keeping  it  in  touch  with  the  actual  needs 
of  the  child  today.  Above  all  we  want 
practice  articles  and  suggestions. 


^LETTERS   TO    A    YOUNG   KINDER- 
GARTNER. 

My  Dear  Young  Kindergartner : 

You  can  scarce  understand  how  deeply 
your  letter  appealed  to  me,  nor  how  swift- 
ly it  carried  me  back  to  the  time  when  I, 
too,  faced  the  full  responsibility  of  caring 
for  a  group  of  kindergarten  children,  and 
felt  the  same  deep  need  for  guidance  and 
inspiration  which  you  express. 

Your  letter  reveals  to  me  more,  perhaps, 
than  you  are  aware.  Your  evident  con- 
sciousness of  your  limitations  as  a  beginner 
in  kindergarten  teaching  argues  well  for 
your  possibilities  of  growth;  and  the  very 
definiteness  with  which  you  have  stated 
your  problems  indicates  the  earnestness  of 
your  purpose  to  solve  them.  It  will  be  a 
pleasure  to  take  up  correspondence  with 
you;  indeed  it  will  be  a  privilege  to  follow 
your  endeavor  to  find  yourself  in  the  ser- 
vice of  childhood. 

You  write  in  your  letter  "I  am  weak  in 
organization;"  and  then  what  follows  be- 
trays you.  Your  very  nearness  to  your 
training  is  a  hindrance  to  you.  It  leads  you 
to  think  of  your  problems  in  terms  of  train- 
ing-class philosophy,  psychology,  and 
pedagogy;  hence  your  approach  to  the 
problems  you  would  solve  is  that  of  the 
class  room  rather  than  that  of  the  kinder- 
garten itself.  Now  do  not  take  this  state- 
ment too  seriously,  for  it  marks  a  very 
legitimate  stage  in  your  development.  The 
class  room  approach  is,  at  present,  the  only 
one  you  can  make,  since  you  lack  the  actual 
basis  of  practical  experience.  Many  of  the 
cherished  theories  of  training-class  days 
will  not  seem  to  bear  the  test  of  practice; 
and  here  you  must  guard  against  judging 
too  hastily.  These  theories  will  work — 
they  must  if  they  are  based  upon  the  prin- 
ciples of  education  as  applied  to  the  kinder- 

*A11  rights  reserved. 


garten.  When  you  have  tested  these 
theories  in  the  crucible  of  practice,  enlight- 
enment will  come  to  you,  gradually,  surely, 
inspiringly;  for,  theoretically  and  practi- 
cally the  principles  underlying  the  kinder- 
garten are  safe  and  sound. 

Let  us,  then,  adopt  the  practical  and 
common-place  approach  to  every  problem, 
and  I  will  ask  you  to  trust  me  to  point  out 
to  you  at  the  end  of  each  consideration,  the 
philosophy  involved  therein.  That  this 
philosophy  will  be  according  to  Froebel, 
goes  without  saying;  yet,  lest  you  fall  into 
the  too  common  error  of  thinking  him  the 
repository  of  all  educational  wisdom,  I 
shall  sometimes  direct  you  to  other  masters 
in  education. 

Since  the  problems  we  would  solve  con- 
cern organization,  let  us  sieze  our  dilemma 
by  the  horns  and  make  it  serve  us  as  we 
now  proceed  to  organize  our  problems; 
and  since  we  must  have  order  in  this,  I 
will  submit  a  plan  of  action  for  your  con- 
sideration. Will  you  study  it  carefully,  and 
when  you  write  do  not  hesitate  to  suggest 
changes.  You  should  discard  points  in 
which  you  are  reasonably  certain  of  your 
position,  and  you  may  feel  at  liberty  to  sub- 
stitute other  points  in  which  you  need  as- 
sistance. 

Shall  we  not,  then,  let  the  order  sug- 
gested by  the  daily  routine  of  the  kinder- 
garten direct  our  efforts?  If  so,  the  order 
may  be  somewhat  as  follows : 

I.  The  Organization  of  the  Morning 
Circle. 

II.  The  Organization  of  Marching  and 
Rhythms. 

III.  The  Organization  of  Table  Exer- 
cises. 

IV.  The  Organization  of  the  Play 
Circle. 

V.  Organization  as  Involved  in  the 
General  Management  of  the  Kindergarten. 

And  now,  that  we  may  lose  no  time,  I 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


125 


will  outline  somewhat  minutely  the  points 
involved  in  the  first  of  these  problems.  If 
this  plan  commends  itself  to  you,  will  you 
write  your  views  very  fully,  keeping  strict- 
ly to  the  outline  which  I  now  suggest. 

I.  The  Organization  of  the  Morning 
Circle. 

(1)      Before   kindergarten — what? 

(2     The  office  of  prayers  and  hymns. 

(3)  The  function  of  instrumental  music. 

(4)  The  legitimate  activities  of  the 
morning  circle. 

(5)  The  function  of  imitation. 

(6)  The  law  of  repetition  and  its  appli- 
cation. 

(7)  The  Sanctions  of  the  Morning 
Circle. 

(8)  The  principles  and  processes  in- 
volved. 

And  now,  my  dear  young  teacher  (I  use 
the  word  "teacher"  because  it  signifies  so 
much  that  is  humble  and  lowly,  so  much 
that  is  high  and  beautiful),  you  must  re- 
member that  in  order  to  receive  you  must 
give;  so  when  you  find  the  way  growing 
clear,  I  hope  you  will  write  to  me;  thus 
you  will  inspire  me  to  greater  zeal  in  help- 
fulness. When  you  doubt,  you  must  state 
your  doubts  clearly.  When  you  disagree, 
you  must  disagree  courageously  and  open- 
ly, else  the  result  of  our  correspondence 
will  not  be  as  we  wish.  So,  too,  if  I  some- 
times seem  to  criticise  some  cherished  form 
or  exercise  gathered  in  training-class  days, 
do  not  let  partisanship  blind  you  to  the  fact 
that  the  ways  are  indeed  many;  and  that 
the  purpose  of  our  seeking  is  that  we  may 
together  find  a  better  way,  knowing  that 
the  best  way  is  the  ideal  goal  that  lures  us 
to  enter  upon  this  course  of  Self-culture.  I 
shall  watch  for  your  response  with  interest. 

It  is  the  privilege  of  your  chosen  profes- 
sion to  "make  the  plays  of  childhood  a 
round  in  that  ladder  of  experience  over 
which  the  soul  climbs  toward  self-realiza- 
tion and  self-knowledge ;"  while  the  com- 
pensation it  offers  to  you  is  also  self-reali- 
zation and  self-knowledge. 

Faithfully  your  friend, 

HARRIETTE  MELISSA  MILLS. 


MOTHERS'    MEETINGS   AND    READ- 
ING CIRCLES. 

DR.    JENNY   B.   MERRILL. 

Note  I.  Kindergartners  will  find  a  list 
of  simple  topics  for  Mother's  Meetings  in 
the  Kindergarten  Magazine  March,  1908. 

2.  The  author  of  the  paragraph  on 
errands  quoted  last  month  is  Mrs.  M.  E. 
Boole.  The  name  was  misprinted.  Several 
kindergartners  have  reported  the  success- 
ful issue  of  a  discussion  on  "children's 
errands;"  we  will  quote  further  from  Mrs. 
Boole  upon  another  practical  subject,  viz: 

Carrying  Out  Orders. 

"As  early  as  possible  you  choose  some 
little  function,  which  the  child  has  learned 
to  perform,  such  as  washing  his  own  hands, 
as  a  means  of  training  him  further  into  the 
sense  of  responsibility  in  carrying  out 
orders.  For  instance,  when  you  see  that 
he  is  able  to  wash  his  hands  properly,  you 
explain  to  him  that  it  is  not  safe  for  him  to 
touch  the  hot  water  tap,  as  the  water  is 
sometimes  hot  enough  to  scald  him.  You 
tell  him  that  he  is  not  to  touch  the  hot 
water  tap  unless  you  are  there  to  give  him 
leave.  If  you  intend  that  any  other  person 
shall  have  authority  to  give  leave,  mention 
that  person  fondly  at  once;  say  'Unless 
nurse  or  I,  or  father  gives  you  leave,'  and 
having  said  so,  let  it  be  understood  that  any 
other  grown  up  person  may  draw  hot  water 
for  the  child,  but  may  not  give  leave  for 
him  to  touch  the  tap. 

At  that  point  there  will  probably  come 
little  difficulties  with  servants  and  relatives. 
'As  if  I  didn't  know  as  well  as  his  mother.' 
You  must  explain  to  the  complainer  that 
Jacky  is  just  now  getting  a  lesson  about 
what  he  is  responsible  for  and  to  whom, 
and  that  no  confusion  should  be  introduced 
into  his  mind.  A  little  tact  and  a  little 
firmness  are  needed  to  soothe  affectionate 
jealousies  in  regard  to  authority,  but  the 
results  of  this  method  are  so  satisfactory 
to  the  whole  household,  that  people  soon 
begin  to  say  that  after  all  the  mother  seems 
to  have  known  what  she  was  about.  Well 
you  send  Master  Jacky  up  to  wash  his 
hands,  giving  him  minute  directions  as  to 
his  order  of  procedure,  which  you  make 
him  repeat  each  day  until  you  find  that  he 
no  longer  needs  to  be  reminded. 

Every  day  he  comes  back  with  his  report 
which  may  be  as  follows :  Cook  was  up- 
stairs; I  asked  her  to  draw  me  some  hot 


126 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


water;  I  washed  my  hands;  I  used  soap; 
I  rinsed  the  soap  off;  I  used  my  own  towel; 
I  think  I  wiped  my  hands  quite  dry;  I  did 
not  touch  any  one's  else  towel;  I  put  my 
own  towel  back  on  the  proper  ring.  The 
report  must  include  all  the  details  upon 
which  you  cautioned  him.  Amongst  its 
other  advantages  this  has  a  tendency  to 
check  a  child's  natural  inclination  to  occupy 
the  conversation  with  details  of  his  own 
affairs  and  performances  at  the  wrong  time. 
He  understands  that  reporting  the  details 
of  what  he  has  been  doing  is  a  piece  of  busi- 
ness to  be  done  at  a  certain  time  and  heard 
no  more  of." 

Questions  For  Discussion. 

i.  How  often  during  a  day  should  a 
child  under  six  be  required  to  give  such  an 
accurate  report?  (Mrs.  Boole  says  "not 
more  than  once  or  twice,  for  the  rest  of 
the  time  he  should  be  allowed  to  be  his 
natural,  careless,  impish  self;  and  other 
people,  not  himself,  should  guard  him  from 
mischief  and  danger.") 

2.  What  would  be  the  result  of  over- 
doing such  a  lesson  in  exactness?  It  would 
make  the  child  either  peevish  or  priggish. 

3.  What  other  examples  of  similar  acts 
can  you  suggest  as  appropriate  for  these 
early  lessons  in  responsibility? 

4.  How  could  such  lessons  be  applied  in 
visiting  in  a  friend's  house  in  order  to  pre- 
vent accident  ? 

5.  What  good  reaction  upon  the  mother 
would  such  a  daily  report  bring  about  ? 

It  would  tend  to  make  her  more  accurate 
in  giving  directions  to  a  child.  It  would 
lead  to  a  habit — respectful  attention  to  a 
child's  report.  It  would  develop  a  simple 
dignity  in  dealing  with  household  affairs. 
The  mother  would  realize  that  she  is  truly 
the  child's  first  and  best  teacher. 

6.  Would  such  careful  daily  reports 
have  any  effect  upon  the  habit  of  truth 
telling? 

7.  Ask  mothers  to  test  this  method  and 
report  several  months  hence. 

Note — Kindergartners  will  render  practical  ser- 
vice if  they  will  send  reports  to  the  writer  of  this 
article  if  any  mothers  try  the  method  suggested. 


AFTER  CHRISTMAS. 

January. 

We  are  enjoying  our  Christmas  tree  so 
much.  Fortunately  it  was  not  thrown  out 
as  happened  last  year.  The  children  have 
been   sawing   off  branches   and   today  we 


made  a  table  and  started  a  bed  which  we 
hope  to  finish  tomorrow.  F.  B.  B. 

During  December  the  Christmas  Tree 
was  the  central  object  of  interest.  We 
talked  of  where  it  grew,  drew  and  painted 
pictures  of  it  and  decorated  it  for  the 
mothers  to  see  at  the  Christmas  party. 
While  talking  of  the  woodman  and  carpen- 
ter this  month,  January,  we  have  used  it 
for  illustration,  sawing  off  branches,  chop- 
ing,  etc.  We  are  now  using  it  for  a  pole 
for  a  game  with  a  string  and  ball.    R.  B.  H. 

We  had  a  very  interesting  time  with  the 
carpenter.  The  children  responded  well 
and  had  many  things  to  tell  about  him  and 
his  work.  We  had  some  very  good  clay 
reproductions  of  tools,  also  did  some  free 
cutting.  The  stories  of  trees,  saw-mills  and 
logging  camp  were  much  appreciated.  This 
work  was  all  remembered  and  spoken  of 
again  and  again  during  our  study  of  holly, 
fir,  pine  and  mistletoe  sprays.  We  had  a 
great  deal  of  fun  with  the  pine  needles  and 
the  prickles  of  the  holly.  J.  J.  E.  A. 

The  central  object  of  interest  for  January 
will  be  the  Christmas  tree.  Each  child  has 
already  climbed  it,  and  had  a  swing  in  its 
branches.  They  have  played  they  were  in 
the  woods  and  picked  a  branch  they  liked 
the  best  calling  it  a  tree.  We  have  taken 
the  needles  off  the  twigs  and  had  stick 
lessons  with  the  twigs.  By  and  bye  we  will 
play  carpenter  and  wood-chopper  and  saw 
off  the  branches  and  then  make  dolls'  fur- 
niture. The  trunk  that  is  left  will  be  our 
flag  pole  and  later  our  may-pole.  G.  H. 


"Whoso  to  dull  and  narrow  lives 
Doth  ope  the  sky's  wide  blue, 

The  gold  of  sunset,  rose  of  dawn, 
The  diamond  gleam  of  dew, 

Vast  space  on  space  of  free,  fresh  air, 
Green  hilltop,  outlook  new, 

And  forest  path  but  seldom  trod, — 

Whoso  doth  this  doth  work  with  God." 

Annual  welcome  of  N.  Y.  P.  S.  Kinder- 
garten Association  Nov.  20,  1908. 


Father  in  Heaven,  we  thank  Thee, 

We  thank  Thee. 
For  mother  love  and  father  care, 
For  brothers  strong  and  sisters  fair, 
For  love  at  home  and  here  each  day, 
For  guidance  lest  we  go  astray, 
Father  in  heaven,  we  thank  Thee, 

We  thank  Thee. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


127 


PROGRAM     SUGGESTIONS     FOR 
JANUARY. 

BERTHA   JOHNSTON. 

"f  N  JANUARY  a  variety  of  topics  present 
-*-  themselves  as  suggestive  points  of  de- 
parture for  a  kindergarten  program.  In 
many  public  schools  the  older  children  are 
about  to  leave  the  Paradise  of  Childhood 
for  the  sterner  realities  of  the  First  Grade, 
and  new  children  enter  to  fill  the  vacancies 
thus  made.  This,  with  the  fact  that  Janu- 
ary is  the  beginning  month  of  the  New 
Year  makes  the  subject  of  "Time"  par- 
ticularly timely.  We  give  below  a  few 
parallel  suggestions  along  this  line.  A  talk 
about  the  grades  above,  and  visits  of  the 
kindergarten  children  to  the  first  grade  and 
vice  versa  for  an  early  morning  song  or 
talk,  are  quite  in  order.  This  has  been 
done  in  several  schools  in  Chicago.  Now, 
too,  if  it  has  not  already  been  taken  up  at 
the  beginning  of  the  school  year,  the 
"clock"  may  be  made  the  center  of  attrac- 
tion. See  November  number  of  Kinder- 
garten-Primary Magazine. 

The  "trades"  are  made  the  center  of  in- 
terest in  many  kindergartens  in  January, 
and  in  the  city,  as  preliminary  to  this,  the 
street  and  its  manifold  interests  present 
opportunity  for  helping  the  child  to  see  and 
feel  and  act  rightly.  This  is' especially  true 
in  the  crowded  tenement  sections  where 
the  abnormal  conditions  make  it  imperative 
to  so  nurture  the  best  in  the  child  that  the 
evil  is  overcome  by  good. 

We  will  give  first  a  few  suggestions  in 
connection  with  the  city  streets. 

Can  the  child,  on  the  morning  circle, 
show,  without  words,  some  of  the  things  he 
saw  or  did  on  the  street  this  morning? 
Act  out  street  car,  horse  and  wagon,  slid- 
ing on  ice,  throwing  snowballs,  policeman 
helping  someone  across  the  street,  baby 
wheeled  in  carriage,  etc.  Speak  of  grocery 
stores,  florists,  and  other  kinds  of  business. 
The  country  child  sees  trees,  shrubs,  barns, 
sleighs,  icicles,  horses,  cows,  sheep  in  fold, 
etc.,  school-house,  library,  etc.)  This  leads 
naturally  up  to  the  trades  from  one  direc- 
tion and  to  the  important  Froebelian  prin- 
ciple of  interdependence  so  well  expressed 
in  Emerson's  noble  poem  "Each  and  All." 
The  entire  poem  is  well  worth  committing 
to  memory  by  the  kindergartner.  We  give 
but  two  lines : 

"All    are    needed    by    each    one 
Nothing  is  fair  or  good  alone." 


If  the  thoughtful  kindergartner  has 
saved  the  kindergarten  Christmas  tree,  the 
various  ways  of  disposing  of  its  needles, 
tings  and  trunk  leads  naturally  to  the  trade 
from  another  direction — to  the  woodsman 
and  the  carpenter.  But  to  return  to  the 
Street  with  our  program  ideas. 

FIRST  GIFT. 

Let  the  balls  represent  fruit  in  shops  or 
on  fruit  stands.  Pile  upon  a  table  in 
pyramidal  form  and  let  children  count  how 
many  apples,  etc.,  there  are.  Buy  two  or 
three;  how  many  are  left?  Emphasize  im- 
portance of  giving  fair  pay. 

Errands — This  is  a  good  time  to  practice 
suggestions  given  last  month  by  Dr.  Mer- 
rill in  her  paper  on  "Running  Errands." 
Send  child  to  buy  three  green  cooking 
apples.  See  that  he  returns  with  three 
green  balls. 

Let  balls  represent  flowers  in  window  or 
street  cars  that  take  mother  to  the  shops 
when  she  goes  shopping.  Does  she  take  a 
red  or  a  green  car?  Do  we  wait  patiently 
in  the  store  for  our  turn  to  be  served? 

Let  balls  represent  bells  of  churches  that 
we  hear  on  the  streets  on  New  Year's 
night.  Which  is  pleasanter  to  hear,  the 
rich,  deep  tones  of  the  church  bells  or  the 
harsh  clanging  of  the  factory  horns  and 
whistles?  What  can  we  do  with  the  green 
apples.  We  can  make  an  apple  pie  or 
pudding.  If  we  do  not  care  to  make  pies 
or  cake  at  home,  what  can  we  do?  We  can 
go  to  the  baker  whose  enticing  window  we 
see  from  the  street. 

THE  STREET-CLEANER. 

The  "street-cleaner"  opens  up  a  far- 
reaching  topic.  How  does  he  help?  How 
can  we  help?  We  need  not  throw  papers 
or  banana-skins  in  the  street.  We  want  to 
help  keep  our  city  beautiful  and  clean.  Let 
the  child  act  out  a  little  plav.  Plav  buy 
fruit  at  a  stand,  eat  the  imaginary  fruit- 
look  about  for  a  receptacle  in  which  to  place 
skins  and  paper  bag.  Failing  in  the  search. 
roll  up  the  skins  in  the  paper  and  put  in 
hand-bag  or  pocket.  The  fact  that  the 
street-cleaner,  however  humble  his  office,  is 
a  city  employe,  working  for  the  civic  wel- 
fare gives  him  a  dignity  that  does  not 
inhere  in  the  organ-grinder  or  scissors- 
grinder.  There  is  a  chapter  in  that  beau- 
tiful classic  translated  from  the  French, 
"The  Attic  Philosopher,"  which  tells  how 
a  patriot  served  his  country  in  many  ways, 


128 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


including  fighting  in  the  wars  and  when  dis- 
abled, he  finds  service  on  the  street  clean- 
ing force.  It  was  retold  in  simple  form  in 
the  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  a  few 
years  ago. 

THIRD     AND  FOURTH  GIFTS. 

Lay  the  oblongs  as  straight,  level,  even 
pavements  in  the  street.  (Group  work) 
Arrange  the  cubes  as  houses.  Let  the 
cylinders  of  the  Second  Gift.  Beads  be  the 
ash  cans  and  refuse  receptacles. 

PAPER  CUTTING. 

Cut  dolls  (street-cleaners)  of  paper  and 
also  brooms- — observe  kind  used  by  street- 
cleaners. 

CARDBOARD  MODELING. 

i.  Make  wagon-bodies,  and  attach 
wheels  made  by  button-molds.  These  are 
the  wagons  for  carrying  away  the  city 
trash  and  refuse. 

In  winter  the  snow  must  be  carried  away 
— make  shovels  of  cardboard  attached  to 
small  wooden  handle,   (burnt  match). 

3.  Make  refuse-receptacles  by  cutting 
oblong  3x5  inches.  Paste  one  short  edge 
to  overlap  the  other.  Cut  many  slits  into 
the  lower  end  about  J/\  inch  up,  bend,  and 
to  the  surface  thus  made  paste  a  circle  to 
form  the  bottom. 

Bent  surface  to  which 
to  attach  circle. 


^-Vvv\A/V^ 

This  can  be  used  as  trash-basket  for  doll- 
house  or  to  hold  tooth-picks  or  burnt 
matches. 

Speak  of  the  many  things  found  in  the 
receptacles  and  of  how  they  are  sorted  and 
classified  and  men  have  learned  to  make 
use  of  everything;  old  tin  cans,  bones, 
papers,  rags,  etc.  How  does  the  city  dis- 
pose of  garbage  ?  When  we  grow  up  are 
we  going  to  help  work  out  plans  so  that 
there  shall  be  no  waste  at  all,  and  that 
rivers  and  bays  shall  not  be  polluted  with 
city  waste? 

THE  BAKER. 

In  Germany  and  England  the  baker  plays 
a  more  important  role  than  in  America. 
Very  often  the  people  prepare  the  meat  and 
dough  and  depend  upon  the  baker  to  roast 
or  bake  them.      He   therefore   serves   as   a 


good  illustration  of  the  principle  of  inter- 
dependence. But  city  life  even  in  the  United 
States  could  ill  afford  to  spare  the  man  who 
gives  us  good  bread  and  breakfast  rolls, 
and  cakes  and  pies  of  all  kinds. 

Speak  of  clock  by  which  we  know  when 
the  goodies  have  been  cooking  long 
enough. 

GIFTS— SECOND  GIFT. 

Let  the  box  represent  the  baker's  wagon 
on  its  rounds,  with  the  ball  for  the  spirited 
horse.  Or  it  may  be  the  oven  into  which 
are  popped  the  good  loaves  of  bread  and 
cake,  or  it  may  be  the  grocery  store  from 
which  the  baker  gets  his  barrels  (cylinder) 
of  flour  or  baking  apples,  and  boxes  (cubes) 
into  which  the  wholesale  baker  puts  many 
of  the  crackers  and  fancy  biscuit  he  makes. 
The  lid  of  the  box  may  be  used  as  the  in- 
clined plane  up  which  the  barrels  are  rolled. 

The  sphere  may  stand  for  the  lively  cat 
which  helps  the  baker  by  keeping  the  place 
free  of  rats  and  mice. 

The  cylinder  suggests  the  barrel,  baking- 
powder  box,  flour-roller,  etc.  The  cubes 
may  represent  loaves  or  separate  biscuit. 
Make  a  stove  oi  the  oblong  box  with  the 
cylinder  for  the  pipe.  The  tables  will  serve 
as  cookies  of  various  shapes.  Let  the  chil- 
dren play  at  buying  and  selling;  counting 
the  dozen  of  cookies,  etc.  Telling  what 
shapes  of  cookies  they  want — circles, 
triangles,  etc. 

THIRD  GIFT. 

With  this  may  be  built,    (1)   the  bakery,   (2) 

counter    (3)    glass    cases    for    holding   fine 

cakes.     Tell  what  kinds  of  cake  are  made. 

(4)  Range  with  smoke-pipe  and  at  one  side 

1 


/  /  ZZ- 


Bakery 


Glass  Case 


./~7 


Shelves  for  loaves,    Range  with 
pies,  etc.  oven  door  open 


y^M. 


Kneading     Flour  bar- 
table      rel  or  basket 
in  which  are 
loaves 


Desk  Counter  Tables 

the  kneading-table  and  also  the   flour-bar- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


129 


rel.  (5)  After  leaving  the  kitchen  where 
we  see  the  cooking  done  we  return  to  the 
room,  above  where,  before  we  leave,  we  sit 
at  one  of  the  two  tables  in  the  rear  and 
eat  some  cookies  and  milk,  then  pass  in 
front  of  the  counter  and  pay  at  the  desk  for 
our  pleasant  treat. 

NUMBER  PLAY. 

(a)  A  man  bought  some  boxes  of 
crackers.     How  many? 

(b)  Two  men  carried  them  into  the 
grocery — each  carrying  half?     How  many? 

(c)  He  had  to  put  them  in  a  long  narrow 
space,  carrying  two  at  a  time ;  count  them 
by  twos — 2,  4,  6,  8. 

He  sold  one  half  the  first  day.  How 
many  left? 

(e)  Sold  one  of  these.     How  many  left? 

(f)  Gave  two  away.     How  many  left? 

FOURTH.  FIFTH.  SIXTH  GIFTS. 

Build  bakery,  or  street  with  bakery,  and 
also  build  fine,  beautiful  wedding  cake. 

TABLETS. 

Make  fine  floor  for  bakery.  Also  give 
geometrical  names  and  let  children  buy  and 
sell  cookies  of  various  shapes.  Play  you 
have  a  large  cake  and  wish  to  make  a 
design  with  colors  to  decorate  it.  Give 
practice  in  counting,  in  recognizing  angles, 
(sides,  corners,  etc.)  in  placing  with  regard 
to  balance  and  symmetry. 

LENTILS. 
Play  they  are  caraway  seed  candies  and, 
giving  the  children  large  circles  of  paper  to 
represent  cakes  let  them  arrange  the  lentils 
in  various  line  designs.  Circles,  crosses, 
fylfot,  etc. 

OCCUPATIONS— CLAY. 

Mould  of  the  clay,  all  kinds  of  cakes, 
patty-cakes,  crullers,  jumbles,  etc.  Also 
some  of  the  things  mother  and  the  baker 
use  in  cooking;  the  big  mixing  bowl,  the 
measuring-cup,  etc. 
Sand. 

SAND. 

With  the  little  tin  moulds,  make  a  num- 
ber of  cakes,  count  them,  buy  and  sell,  etc. 

CUTTING. 

Cut  pictures  of  utensils  used  in  cooking 
by  mother  or  baker — the  spoons  for  stir- 
ring, the  knives,  forks,  chopping-knife. 
Paste  these  on  cardboard. 

Illustrate  by  cutting  "Little  Jack  Hor- 
ner." 


Illustrate  rhymes  found  in  "Mother  Play 
Book." 

CARDBOARD  MODELING. 

Make  deep  head  pan  and  shallow  baking 
pan.  Also  measuring-cup.  Use  tablets  or 
parquetry  circles  for  cookies  and  play  at 
baking.  Make  stove  (See  November  num- 
ber.) but  make  oven  especially  prominent. 

Make  clock  by  which  baker  knows  the 
time  for  putting  in  and  taking  out  his 
cakes  and  pies.     (See  November  issue.) 

Make  bakery  window.  Cut  oblong  of 
7x8  inches.  Cut  two  slits  in  one  long  side 
about  one  inch  long,  one  inch  from  and 
parallel  to  each  short  edge.  One  and  one- 
half  inches  from  same  long  side  and  on  line 
with  each  slit  put  a  dot.  Two  inches  from 
each  dot  make  a  second  one.  Unite  these 
dots  by  three  lines  as  shown  in  drawing 
and  cut  along  these  lines.  Bend  along 
dotted  lines  and  you  have  a  bakery  window 
with  shelf  on  which  to  place  the  things  the 
baker  makes. 


Bakery  Window  Working  Drawing 

from  inside. 

PAPER  FOLDING. 
1.  The  clean  top  of  kneading  table. 


The  clean  top  of 
kneading  table 

2.  Recipe-book. 


Receipt  Book 


Bakery  window 


Oven  into  which  the  pans 
are  shoved 


3.  Bakery  window. 


C 


Pan  Another  oven 

4.  Oven  into  which  the  pans  are  shoved. 

5.  Pan. 

In  the  "life-form"  series  of  paper  folding 
the  so-called  "box"  makes  a  good  baker's 
cap.  The  "wind-mill"  is  appropriate  here 
also  as  representing  the  mill  that  grinds  the 


130 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


flour.     The  intervening  forms   may  repre- 
sent : 

i.  The  salt-cellar  used  by  baker;  2 
(Tadpole)  the  baker's  skimmer  with  short 
handle;  3  (bird)  cuckoo  in  cuckoo-clock, 
that  "cuckoos"  and  flaps  its  wings ;  4 
(Duck)  swims  on  pond  of  wind-mill;  5 
table  cloth  folded;  6  cup  and  saucer;  7 
windmill ;  8  Double  boat  that  carries  grain 
to  mill ;  9  pocket  book  from  which  we  pay 
for  what  we  get  at  baker's;  10  box  or 
baker's  cap. 

THE  CARPENTER. 

The  carpenter  is  an  important  factor  in 
both  country  and  city  life.  To  his  skill  and 
integrity  we  owe  the  comfort  and  safety  of 
our  homes.  Can  we  show  on  the  game 
circle  some  of  the  tools  he  uses,  and  how  he 
uses  them?  We  will  suggest  in  just  a  few 
words  some  of  the  ways  in  which  the  gifts 
and  occupations  may  be  used  with  refer- 
ence to  this  subject. 

First  Gift — Give  a  color  lesson,  letting 
the  balls  represent  the  paint  to  be  used 
both  inside  and  outside  the  house.  Which 
can  of  paint  shall  we  chose?  Speak  of  the 
colors  used  inside  the  rooms.  Which  color 
is  pleasantest  if  the  room  is  on  the  shady 
side  of  the  street?  Which  color  is  pleasant- 
est in  cold  winter  weather  on  the  sunny 
side? 

Now  is  a  good  time  to  begin  to  make  a 
doll  house  of  soap  boxes  or  other  boxes. 
Place  it  so  that  the  little  rooms  get  the  sun- 
light and  the  shadow  at  different  times. 

Second  Gift — Make  a  derrick  crane  of 
the  cylinder,  sticks,  etc.,  with  such  tacks 
and  hairpins  as  may  be  needed.  If  building 
is  going  on  near  the  school  the  older  chil- 
dren may  be  able  to  give  ideas  after  watch- 
ing the  cranes.  The  principles  of  the  lever, 
the  pulley  and  the  inclined  plane  may  be 
illustrated  with  this  Gift.  Play  that  the 
cover  of  the  box  is  the  long  board  up  which 
the  workmen  walk  with  their  hods.  Let 
the  Second  Gift  Bead  cylinders  be  the 
workmen.  How  steadily  they  walk.  Let 
them  make  a  high  wall  of  Second  Gift 
cubes.  Play  that  the  Second  Gift  Bead 
cylinders  are  barrels  of  lime  for  mortar. 
Show  how  easily  they  are  rolled  up  the 
inclined  plane. 

Turn  Second  Gift  cylinder  into  wheel- 
barrow by  running  a  stick  through  it  and 
then  placing  two  sticks  as  handles  beneath 
the  ends.  It  will  roll  along  nicely  with 
care. 


Third,  Fourth,  Fifth,  Sixth  Gifts  give 
opportunity  for  a  great  variety  of  expres- 
sion. Build  houses,  school-houses,  churches, 
railway  stations,  monuments,  shops,  etc. 
Why  do  frame  country  houses  have 
such  sloping  roofs?  What  becomes  of 
snow  that  melts  on  top  of  city  houses? 

Second  Gift  Beads — Make  fences  of 
various  sorts. 

Sticks — Outline  buildings  of  various 
kinds. 

Outline  ladder  used  by  workmen. 

CLAY. 

Make  small  bricks,  let  dry  and  next  day 
build  into  wall  of  house.  Let  children  see 
need  of  making  them  of  exact  size.  Why 
do  we  arrange  them  so  that  one  rests  upon 
two  beneath?  * 

CARDBOARD  MODELING. 

Cut  and  bend  into  houses,  barns,  sheep- 
folds,  etc.  Also  make  watering-troughs. 
Give  practice  in  cutting  straight  lines  in 
making  boards  ( ?)  of  different  lengths. 
Pile  these  up  in  imaginary  woodyard  on 
table  and  play  buy  and  sell,  thus  making 
counting  and  measuring  lesson. 

Make  cardboard  wheelbarrow.  See 
rougfh  drawing:.     Fold  on  dotted  lines  and 


cut  where  indicated  to  make  legs.  Bend 
down  small  front  flaps  and  through  these 
run  slender  axle  upon  which  rolls  a  card- 
board wheel. 

Paper  cutting — Cut  pictures  of  various 
tools  used  by  carpenter. 

Peas  and  sticks — Make  ladder  used  by 
carpenter.  Also  make  pictures  of  tools. 
Make  framework  of  house. 

WOOD. 

Let  older  children  have  genuine  experi- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


131 


ence  with  saw,  hammer  and  nails.  Give 
them  blocks  of  various  sizes  and  shapes 
and  let  them  see  what  they  can  do — chairs, 
tables,  etc.,  can  be  made.  Boxes  can  be 
made  into  houses.  Let  them  paint  these 
with  real  paint. 

Tell  of  the  need  of  doing  work  perfectly. 
Once  a  carpenter  built  a  fine,  expensive 
house,  but  when  finished  the  roof,  as  it 
seemed,  leaked  in  every  rain  storm.  One 
carpenter  after  another  tried  but  could  not 
find  the  trouble.  At  last  one  came  who 
tried  something  else.  He  played  the  hose 
on  a  window  frame  and  showed  that  the 
trouble  was  not  with  the  roof  but  with  the 
window.  When  we  build  we  want  to  build 
perfect  shelters  for  the  fathers  and  mothers 
and  children  who  will  live  in  our  houses. 


LEARNING  TO  READ. 

SO  CLOSELY  associated  with  the  kin- 
dergarten is  the  name  of  Froebel  that 
it  is  necessary  to  remind  ourselves 
occasionally  as  well  as  our  co-workers  in 
the  elementary  school,  that  no  other 
writer  has  given  us  a  more  valuable  outline 
of  the  "chief  groups  of  the  subjects  of  in- 
struction. We  know  well  that  it  was 
Froebel  who  taught  us  to  keep  school  with- 
out books,  and  who  urged  educators  to  re- 
member that  "the  A,  B,  C  of  things  must 
preceed  the  A,  B,  C  of  words." 

Less  familiar  are  we  with  his  apprecia- 
tion of  what  it  is  to  learn  the  alphabet.  It 
was  Froebel  who  wrote  these  strong 
words :  "Writing  and  reading,  which 
necessarily  imply  a  living  knowledge  of 
language  to  a  certain  extent,  lift  man  be- 
yond every  other  known  creature  and  bring 
him  nearer  the  realization  of  his  destiny. 
Through  the  practice  of  these  arts  he 
attains  personality." 

The  endeavor  to  learn  these  arts  makes 
the  scholar  and  the  school. 

The  possession  of  the  alphabet  places  the 
possibility  of  self-consciousness  within  his 
reach,  for  it  alone  renders  true  self-knowdedge 
possible  by  enabling  him  to  place  his  iron 
nature  objectively  before  himself,  as  it  were; 
it  connects  him  clearly  and  definitely  with  the 
past  and  future,  brings  him  into  universal 
relationship  with  the  nearest  things,  and 
gives  him  certainty  concerning  the  most 
remote. 

The  alphabet  thus  places  man  within 
reach  of  the  highest  and  fullest  earthly  per- 
fection. Writing  is  the  first  chief  act  of 
free  and  self-active  consciousness. 


If  every  young  teacher  who  begins  to 
teach  a  child  to  read  and  to  write  would 
occasionally .  read  these  inspiring  words, 
the  great  task  would  be  lightened. 

Froebel  also  wrote  a  charming  little 
story  entitled  "How  Lena  learned  to  read," 
in  which  he  describes  a  child  who  having 
passed  through  the  kindergarten,  has  be- 
come exceedingly  anxious  to  learn  to  write 
and  to  read. 

Froebel  makes  the  desire  to  learn  to  read 
the  initiatory  step. 

I  claim  that  the  good  kindergartner 
always  puts  the  child  in  this  attitude 
towards  the  work  of  the  first  school  year. 

While  there  is  no  reading  taught  in  the 
kindergarten  proper,  the  children  often 
play  "  read  a  story"  from  a  little  folded 
book. 

They  learn  to  love  picture  books,  story 
books  and  song  books  and  should  be 
trained  to  handle  them  with  care.  The 
illustrated  song  books  have  often  been  very 
attractive  to  the  children  of  our  kindergar- 
tens. Many  little  ones  can  find  the  songs 
by  the  pictures  or  general  "look"  of  the 
page. 

In  a  similar  way  stories  and  nursery 
rhymes  are  sometimes  recognized  by  very 
young  children  in  the  home. 

Mrs.  Ellen  Kenyon  Warner  calls  this 
"The  Natural  Method  of  learning  to  read," 
and  has  written  a  primer  arranged  so  as  to 
take  advantage  of  this  power  of  the  child 
to  recognize  a  whole  story,  rhyme  or  song. 

Her  method  is  embodied  in  "The  Culture 
Readers"*  and  as  teachers  are  becoming 
more  and  more  interested  in  this  "natural 
way"  of  introducing  a  child  to  reading,  we 
have  secured  permission  to  present  Mrs. 
Warner's  recently  published  manual  in  the 
Kindergarten  Magazine. 

We  hope  also  to  have  a  special  article  on 
primary  reading  from  the  pen  of  this 
gifted  writer  who  is  so  well  known  all  over 
the  country.  No  one  has  given  more 
thought  to  the  phonic  work  connected  with 
all  good  methods  of  reading  and  full  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  phonics  in  connection  with 
the  natural  method. 

*The  Culture  Readers.  Ellen  Kenyon  Warner, 
Dd.  D.  Books  1  and  2  edited  by  Jenny  B.  Merrill, 
Pd.  D.,  published  by  D.  Appleton  Co.,  N.  Y. 


Personal — Will  the  mother  wbo  subscribed  for  the 
Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  for  her  daughter  Daisy 
without  giving  us  postoffice  address,  kindly  send  address 
to  J.  H.  Shults,  Manistee,  Mich.? 


TONY  AND  HIS  FRUIT  STAND. 

BERTHA   JOHNSTON. 

OLD  TONY  kept  a  little  fruit  stand  on 
the  crowded  corner  of  a  big  city. 
There,  every  day,  he  arranged  in  at- 
tractive pyramids,  his  store  of  red  apples 
and  russet  pears  from  faraway  orchards; 
long,  yellow  bananas  from  Cuba,  round 
oranges  from  Italy  and  heavy  clusters  of 
purple  grapes  from  California.  So  beauti- 
ful did  they  appear  that  people  passing  by 
would  often  turn  to  take  a  second  look  at 
them,  and  sometimes  would  turn  back  and 
buy.  Little  children  would  often  stop,  too. 
on  their  way  to  school,  to  buy  an  apple  or 
a  plum  for  lunch. 

But  there  was  one  group  of  boys,  led  by 
a  large,  thoughtless  boy  who  liked  to  tease 
Tony;  they  would  call  him  names,  laugh  at 
his  way  of  talking,  and  then,  when  he  grew 
angry  and  stamped  his  foot  and  shook  his 
fist  at  them,  they  thought  that  was  great 
fun.  They  did  not  stop  to  think  that  he 
was  old  and  gray,  and  stiff  with  rheuma- 
tism; they  did  not  think  of  all  the  pains  he 
took  to  make  his  little  stand  look  beautiful ; 
they  did  not  know  of  the  little  grandson 
who  lived  with  Tony  and  went  to  kinder- 
garten every  day  and  that  it  took  all  of 
Tony's  pennies  to  feed  the  little  boy  and 
himself  and  pay  for  rent  and  clothes.  Thev 
only  thought  it  was  a  big  joke  to  make 
Tony  lose  his  temper  and  then  race  away 
from  him  as  hard  as  they  could  go. 

One  day  Tony  was  feeling  very  anxious 
about  the  little  grand  son.  He  was  sick 
that  morning  and  could  not  go  to  kinder- 
garten; and  Tony  felt  very  down-hearted 
indeed. 

As  he  stood  there  in  the  cold,  alone  came 
a  runaway  horse.  He  dashed  bv  Tonv's 
corner,  the  wagon  was  dragged  against 
Tony's  stand  so  that  the  stand  was  over- 
turned and  away  rolled  apples,  pears  and 
grapes  into  the  sidewalk  and  even  far  into 
the  gutter  and  the  road. 

The  big  boy  leader  (whose  name  I  do  not 
like  to  give  you)  was  standing  near  with  a 
small  soap-box  wagon,  and  the  moment  he 
saw  that  fruit-stand  overturned  he  made  a 
dash  for  it,  with  his  little  wagon,  calling  to 


his  boy  and  girl  followers  to  take  a  chance 
too.  Then  there  was  a  scramble  and  soon 
the  little  wagon  was  filling  up  with  the 
fruit  while  Tony  ran  hither  and  thither  like 
one  distracted  and  stamped  his  foot  and 
called  in  vain  for  the  boys  to  stop. 

But  help  was  at  hand  for  now  Jack  came 
upon  the  scene.  Jack  was  also  a  big  boy. 
He  lived  in  the  same  house  that  Tonv 
and  knew  of  the  good  care  he  gave  little 
Pietro,  and  how  hard  it  was  for  him  to  get 
out  to  his  stand  in  all  kinds  of  weather — ■ 
when  the  streets  were  slippery  with  ice  and 
when  they  were  slushy  with  melted  snow. 
Jack  had  no  patience  with  a  coward.  "Get 
out  of  that,"  he  cried.  "Drop  those  apples." 
And  he  started  toward  the  other  big  boy. 
"You  mean  sneak,"  he  called.  "You're  a 
coward  too.  One  big  boy  and  eight  little 
ones  against  one  poor  old  man.  Put  up 
that  stand  and  place  the  apples  back  where 
they  belong."  The  other  children  stood 
still  for  a  moment.  They  had  never  thought 
of  their  fun  in  just  that  way  before.  Then, 
as  big  Jack  began  to  pick  up  some  of  the 
bananas  they  all  began  to  help  and  soon  it 
was  a  race  to  see  who  could  do  it  most 
quickly.  They  washed  the  mud  off  at  a 
faucet  in  a  bi  g  building  near  by  and  soon 
the  apple-stand  looked  just  as  fine  as  ever, 
and  Tony  gave  big  Jack  three  apples  to 
divide  amongst  the  children.  And  one  fine, 
large  apple  Jack  cut  open  in  such  a  way 
that  a  beautiful  star  could  be  seen  in  the 
center  and  that  apple  tasted  the  best  of  all. 


KINDERGARTEN  LIGHT  OPERA. 

AUGUSTI  S  EARLE 

'  I  ^HE  child  is  here  and  he  reigns,  he  com- 
-*-  mands,  and  oh  how  happy  are  we  to 
follow  his  commands,  for  does  he  not  reign 
in  the  land  of  joy,  happiness  and  love?  In- 
deed then  are  we  happy  to  be  subjects  in 
this  beautiful  Fairyland. 

The  child  moreover  reigns  not  only  in 
the  home,  and  the  school  and  church  but 
also  in  the  theater;  for  did  not  the  greatest 
individual  theatrical  manager  of  the  world. 
Charles  Frohman,  see  three  years  ago  the 
needs  of  introducing  the  adult  to  the  child's" 
Fairyland,  and  thus  the  exquisite  "Peter 
Pan"  took  us  with  delirious  abandon  into 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


the  "Never  never  Land."  Last  year, 
Heinrich  Conr'ied,  then  the  American 
Impressario,  led  us  tunefully  into  the  Kin- 
dergarten grand  opera  with  "Hansel  and 
Gretel,"  and  this  year  we  are  carried  into 
another  psychological  experience  — "Little 
Nemo  in  Slumberland,"  a  child  musical 
comedy,  sum  of  the  two  previous. 

Little  Nemo  is  the  work  of  Windsor  Mc- 
Cay,  a  staff  artist  of  the  New  York  Herald. 
For  several  years,  several  thousands  of 
children  have  been  gladdened  by  the  Sun- 
day Herald's  Nemo  experiences. 

Little  Nemo  is  a  dear  little  chap  with 
dark  brown  ringlets,  a  perfect  little  darling, 
who  dreams  wonderful  dreams,  which  Mr. 
McCay  illustrates.  Klaw  and  Erlanger, 
giants  in  staging  musical  comedy,  are  re- 
sponsible for  the  production,  and  a  more 
gorgeous  production  were  hard  to  con- 
ceive; Herbert  Grecham,  the  greatest  stage 
manager  of  the  age;  Victor  Herbert,  king 
American  composer  of  high  opera ;  Harry 
Smith,  the  most  popular  of  librettists,  with 
New  York's  best  scenic  artists,  all  these 
have  been  called  upon  to  sing  and  live 
through  the  dreams  of  childhood  again,  to 
become  a  Nemo,  the  "Nowhere  Child." 

The  story  may  be  placed  under  four 
headings.  First,  the  loneliness  of  the  only 
child  for  a  real  playmate,  which  is  laden 
with  every  device  known  for  childish  en- 
tertainment. Second,  a  city  playground  is 
shown,  emphasizing  the  thought  and' atten- 
tion a  great  public  is  paying  a  great  move- 
ment. Third,  the  patriotic  side  so  graphic- 
ally illustrated  in  the  Fourth  of  July  dream. 
Fourth,  the  ethical  side  illustrated  in  all  the 
characteristics,  and  particularly  when  Little 
Nemo  turns  to  the  Little  Princess,  and  to 
the  vast  audience,  saying,  "If  you  will  still 
be  my  playmate  I  will  give  you  all  my  toys, 
all  my  money  and  all  my  love." 
SCENE  ONE,  ACT  1. 

Shows  Slumberland  as  a  vast  place  of 
beauty  reigned  over  by  King  Morpheus. 
The  king's  daughter,  the  Little  Princess, 
begs  for  a  new  diversion — a  real  playmate. 
Sweets  in  the  form  of  the  Candy  Kid  are 
declined  by  her,  and  then  the  large  story 
book  opens  to  admit  the  characters  every 
child  has  learned  to  love — Little  Red  Rid- 
ing Hood,  Puss  in  Boots,  Jack  the  Giant 
Killer,  Cindrella,  Simple  Simon,  etc.,  etc. 
For  an  instant  the  Little  Princess  is 
pleased  and  rightly  so  for  the  charm  of  this 
human  story  book  is  irresistible.  Ennui  soon 
appears  however  and  her  ever  plea   for  a 


really  truly  playmate  provokes  the  services 
of  the  Candy  Kid  and  several  attendants, 
among  them  Flip,  an  ugly  child  who  is  the 
nephew  of  the  god  of  Dawn,  to  come  to 
find  little  Nemo,  who  has  been  described 
as  a  real  boy,  living  on  earth,  and  who  has 
been  suggested  as  a  playmate  for  the  little 
princess. 

SCENE  II.     A  CITY  PLAYGROUND. 

Its  charm  is  its  simplicity.  For  any  who 
may  doubt  the  consideration  the  people  are 
paying  the  vital  question  of  public  play- 
grounds for  the  child's  physical  welfare,  he 
will  quickly  see  that  even  theatrical  mana- 
gers are  cognizant  of  the  needs  of  the  chil- 
dren, for  the  second  scene  is  a  public  play- 
ground. The  simple  activities  of  the  child 
are  shown,  and  the  joyousness  of  the  May 
parties  and  the  swings,  and  the  delight  of 
the  open  space  are  cheerfully  guarded  by 
that  happy  benefactor  so  often  abused,  the 
policeman.  The  policeman,  a  joyous  whole- 
some father  when  about  to  lock  the  play- 
ground for  the  night,  discovers  sleeping 
,  within  the  shade  of  a  huge  tree  a  little  bit 
of  humanity,  and  a  sense  of  protection 
asserting  itself  he  takes  up  the  child,  wraps 
the  only  available  article  of  warmth  about 
it  (which  happens  to  be  a  table  cloth  left 
by  picnicers)  and  with  a  surprised  expres- 
sion exclaims  "Oh  this  is  little  Nemo,"  the 
curtain  lowers  with  the  audience  satisfac- 
tion of  little  Nemo  being  safely  carried  by 
the  big  jolly  policeman  to  his  home  and 
mother.  We  are  now  introduced  to  the 
main  characters  and  as  the  story  centers  in 
Slumberland  we  are  ready  to  accept  our  in- 
troduction to  Fairyland  for  Nemo  is  safely 
tucked  in  bed,  and  his  beautiful  dreams 
about  to  begin. 

The  first  dream  leads  Nemo,  the  little 
Princess,  and  the  accompanying  party  into 
the  beautiful  land  of  St.  Valentine.  The 
Little  Princess  and  Nemo  are  seen  wan- 
dering about,  singing  and  calling,  happy 
and  longing,  finally  meeting  in  a  joyous 
embrace  with  tuneful  burst  into  the  alluring 
little  song,  "Won't  you  be  my  Playmate?" 

The  next  scene  shows  a  distressing 
dream,  for  due  to  Flip's  interference  the 
mystic  ship  on  wdiich  Nemo  and  the  Little 
Princess  are  sailing  through  the  mysterious 
Slumberland,  is  wrecked  on  Cannibal 
Island,  called  the  Isle  of  Table  D'hote. 
The  ethical  element  again  is  manifest  here 
when  the  hungry  Cannibals  are  converted 
from    their    savage    purpose    by   the    sweet 


134 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


"songs  and  games"  of  the  Little  Princess, 
and  her  dreamed  of  Knight,  Nemo. 

Nemo's  next  dream  is  a  magnificent 
pageant  and  a  splendid  lesson  in  patriotism. 

Nemo  falls  asleep  and  dreams  of  the 
Fourth  of  July.  In  a  vision  he  sees  the 
Palace  of  Patriotism  in  Slumberland.  He 
joins  the  dream-children  in  a  joyous  cele- 
bration of  Independence  Day.  The  never- 
to-be-forgotten  heroes  of  his  country's  past 
appear  and  thrill  the  little  dreamer's  heart. 
The  Liberty  bells  ring  out  amid  a  sudden 
burst  of  glory. 

Song — "Remember  the  Old  Continen- 
tals"— A. 

The  final  dream  brings  them  back  to  the 
Palace  of  King  Morpheus  in  Slumberland 
where  little  Nemo  is  surrounded  by  all  the 
beautiful  subjects  of  royalty.  A  splendid 
vision  of  reality  is  shown  of  the  future  of 
every  little  Nemo,  by  a  future  little  Slum- 
berland Princess  in  the  dream  of  love,  and 
the  dream  of  service,  and  the  celestial 
dream  of  reward.  The  curtain  goes  down 
on  the  mystic  land  in  which  we  have  lived 
our  entire  life  in  a  few  hours,  and  as  we 
prepare  to  leave  the  Country  of  Slumber- 
land for  the  realities  outside,  Little  Nemo 
steps  to  the  foot  lights,  his  little  playmate 
the  Princess  at  his  side,  both  surrounded 
by  the  joyous  subjects  of  the  country  of 
dreams,  and  says,  "To  all  children  from 
seven  to  seventy,  may  all  have  dreams  like 
mine  in  Slumberland,"  repeating  as  a 
climax  the  ethical  purpose  so  manifest 
throughout  the  play,  namely  his  beautiful 
sweet  unselfishness. 

I  could  wish  with  all  my  beart  that  every 
child  from  "seven  to  seventy"  could  wit- 
ness this  performance,  which  words  are  in- 
adequate to  describe,  for  it  is  a  memory 
and  a  pleasure  it  were  hard  to  estimate. 
Figures  mean  but  little  when  they  run  into 
thousands,  but  when  a  great  theatrical 
syndicate  sees  the  justice  of  expending  $80,- 
000  on  a  child's  performance  we  realize  in- 
deed that  the  child  is  here  and  that  he 
reigns  and  he  commands.     Happy  child! 


We  are  printing  in  this  month's  issue  of 
the  Magazine  an  outline  for  intelligent  lay- 
observation  of  the  work  of  the  kindergar- 
ten. This  outline  was  written  some  months 
ago  by  Miss  Hortense  M.  Orcutt,  Super- 
visor of  the  Kate  Baldwin  Free  Kindergar- 
tens of  Savannah,  Ga.,  and  privately  printed 
by  Mr.  George  J.  Baldwin,  President  of  the 
Kate    Baldwin    Free    Kindergarten    Asso- 


ciation for  public  distribution  in  Savannah. 

A  few  copies  of  this  outline  found  their 
way  to  New  Orleans  at  the  time  of  the  I. 
K.  U.  and  since  then  so  many  requests  for 
the  outline  have  come  to  Miss  Orcutt  from 
kindergartners,  supervisors  and  school 
superintendents  that  the  Savannah  edition 
has  been  exhausted.  Since  it  is  ever  the 
aim  and  purpose  of  the  Magazine  to  meet 
the  needs  of  kindergartners  and  teachers 
all  over  the  country,  we  take  pleasure  in 
putting  this  strong,  practical  and  sugges- 
tive outline  in  their  hands  through  the 
columns  of  this  Magazine. 

We  recommend  it  for  discussion  at  a 
Mothers'  meeting  to  assist  parents  in 
observing  more  thoughtfully  the  various 
phases  of  a  kindergarten  day. 


SOCIAL    CELEBRATIONS     IN     NEW 
YORK. 

MARI   RUEF   HOFER. 

'HpO  the  outlander  and  stranger  in  New 
■*-  York  many  of  the  local  happenings 
and  customs  taken  as  a  mere  matter  of 
course  by  the  native  habitant  are  a  con- 
stant source  of  amazing  wonder.  When 
asked  "what  it  is  all  about"  the  old  New 
Yorker  gravely  shakes  his  head  and  rever- 
ently expounds  "no  one  knows  why,  we  just 
do  it — it  is  the  custom,"  and  proudly  adds, 
"it  is  done  nowhere  else  in  the  world — New 
York  is  different  you  know." 

Awakening  on  Thanksgiving  day  morn- 
ing in  New  York  City,  one  is  greeted  by  the 
blare  of  trumpets  and  strange  festal  noises 
mingled  with  the  usual  roar  of  city  traffic 
and  tramping  pedestrians.  A  strange  sense 
of  the  unusual  is  in  the  air.  Windows  are 
thrown  open.  Your  excited  head  in  com- 
pany with  many  other  excited  heads  are 
questioningly  protruded  to  be  answered  by 
the  animated  scene  below. 

A  streaming  Mardigra  of  quaintly  garbed 
and  bedizzened  crowds  mingle,  with  cheer- 
ing or  jeering  onlookers — as  the  case  may 
be — and  sober  the  plodding  citizens  push- 
ing their  way  through  to  the  New  England 
Thanksgiving  sermon.  In  the  masquerad- 
ing throng  are  fools  in  motley,  bands  of 
ragamuffin  children  begging  from  door  to 
door,  Uncle  Sam  leading  gay  Columbias, 
in  stars  and  stripes,  bands  of  ragged  sol- 
diery brave  in  tarnished  cap  and  gilt  bands, 
Red-coats  besmeared  and  spattered,  bear- 
ing old  fashioned  hauberks  and  battle  axes. 
Indian  braves  in  beaded  buckskins  and 
feathers,  men  in  women's  skirts  and  alack 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


135 


occasionally  women  making  brave  in  jer- 
kin and  breeches.  Old  revolutionary  fire 
arms  down  to  water  pistols  serve  for  arms ; 
fifes,  drums,  rattles,  flags,  mysterious 
insignia,  make  the  scene  wild  and  gay  with 
color  and  sound.  In  vain  the  onlooker 
seeks  for  some  solution  of  the  scene,  in  vain 
ask  questions,  no  one  knows,  everybody  is 
good  natured  and  participative  in  the  fun, 
even  to  a  liberal  spattering  from  one  of  the 
irresponsible  water  pistols.  The  beggars 
are  fed  and  feed  liberally  in  a  universal 
sense  of  irresponsible  gaity. 

Shades  of  tradition  and  history  assist  in 
untangling  this  medley  of  suggestion. 

THE  DUTCH  CONTRIBUTION. 

To  begin  at  the  beginning  of  today's 
masquerading  as  far  as  New  York's  Dutch 
ancestors  are  concerned,  away  back  in  the 
fifteenth  century,  so  story  hath  it,  Holland 
had  a  famous  band  of  Rag-a-muffins 
destined  to  leave  a  historic  laud  mark  no 
less  than  that  the  great  Netherland  wars 
necessary  to  establish  a  Dutch  Republic. 
Suffering  under  insult  and  repression  from 
a  foreign  court  the  Nobles  of  old  Holland 
went  to  the  King  to  sue  for  their  rights  and 
to  demand  greater  freedom  for  the  people. 
The  King  and  his  courtiers  scorned  their 
request  with  a  royal  scorn  and  call  them 
beggars  and  ragg-a-muffins  for  the  pains. 
The  disappointed  nobles  retorted  to  the 
taunt,  declaring  as  they  left  the  presence  of 
royalty  that  they  would  hence  forth  be- 
come beggars  until  they  had  gained  what 
the  King  had  refused  them.  Then  followed 
the  famous  beggars'  banquet  where  clothed 
in  rags  and  beggar's  wallets  they  bound 
themselves  with  solemn  oath  to  Prince 
William  of  Orange  for  the  cause  of  Hol- 
land's freedom.  This  thrilling  story  can 
be  read  in  Motley's  Dutch  Republic  and 
other  authentic  histories. 

THE  ENGLISH  CONTRIBUTION. 

Another  element  which  has  undoubtedly 
contributed  to  New  York's  masquerading 
is  the  equally  famous,  or  infamous  guy 
Faukes  Gun  Power  episode.  This  occured 
in  November,  1605,  and  its  suppression  was 
thereafter  celebrated  for  many  years  in  a 
Jubilee  of  great  fervor  and  noise,  with 
masquerading  and  blowing  of  horns  and 
carrying  simulated  traitor's  heads  on  pikes 
in  procession  through  the  streets  in  Don- 
don.  It  is  easy  to  be  seen  how  both  these 
interesting    historic    occasions    must    have 


been  handed  over  as  traditions  to  the  New 
World  by  the  early  English  and  Dutch 
settlers  and  helped  to  make  gay  early 
Colonial  and  New  York  life. 

EVACUATION  BAY. 

Greatest  and  most  recent  of  all  is  New 
York's  own  contribution,  the  commemora- 
tion of  America's  throwing  off  British  rule 
when  November  25,  1783,  our  own  tat- 
tereddemalion  soldiers  drummed  the  Red 
Coats  out  of  New  York  Harbor.  So  recent 
and  notable  is  this  great  event  that  it  is 
almost  incredible  to  believe  that  it  has 
already  fallen  into  decay  and  its  celebration 
left  to  the  chance  revivals  of  children  and 
the  mass  of  the  people  wholly  ignorant  of 
the  significance  of  the  occasion.  As  a  re- 
sult we  hear  a  great  deal  of  complaint 
about  the  rag-a-muffin  nuisance  and  a  con- 
demnation ot  the  general  noise  and  lawless- 
ness of  this  annual  event.  In  view  of  the 
Hendrick  Hudson  celebration  proposed  for 
September  of  next  year  serious  reflection 
is  brought  to  bear  on  local  and  city  history 
of  New  York  and  the  possibilities  of  in- 
corporating this  in  suitable  pagents  and 
public  exercises.  Since  the  educational 
condemnation  of  the  use  of  the  worn-out 
George  Washington  myth  we  are  reminded 
that  if  there  is  one  place  where  the  George 
Washington  story  can  be  properly  vitalized 
possibly  minus  his  hatchet,  this  place 
should  be  New  York  City,  where  every 
turn  and  corner  is  marked  with  his 
memory.  Is  here  no  opportunity  for 
teachers  and  social  workers  ?  To  revitalize 
things  worthy  of  place  in  historic  memory, 
also  to  make  good  to  the  children  the 
shreds  and  snatches  of  once  great  public 
enthusiasms  by  proper  interpretations  of 
remaining  local  customs.  Until  this  is  done 
play  on  ye  merry  revellers  your  mad  med- 
ley of  facts  and  fiction  which  preserve  to  us 
these  things  until  moralist  and  pedagogue 
rightly  instal  ye  in  the  temple  of  world's 
great  events. 

NOTE — An  interpretation  of  the  above  historic 
events  in  a  series  ot  tableaux  and  pictures  with  an 
illustrated  talk  was  given  at  Asacoy  Boys'  Club, 
Brooklyn,  with  great  success  on  the  eve  before 
Thanksgiving  this  year.  The  begging  and  license 
in  that  particular  neighborhood  was  greatly 
mitigated  by  the  fact  that  the  children  under- 
stood the  situation  better. 


New  Years  Day. 

The  New  Year  can  mean  very  little  to 
a  young  child.     But  he  will  hear  his  elders 


136 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


speaking  of  it  and  a  little  time  may  be 
given  in  kindergarten  to  telling  of  the 
twelve  months  which  come  in  succession 
and  in  reviewing  the  special  days  in  each 
of  which  the  kindergarten  takes  note. 
Ask  the  children  if  they  know  of  any  par- 
ticular clay  in  January  which  we  celebrate. 
Perhaps  some  child  will  of  his  own  accord 
step  out  and  say  "I  wish  you  a  Happy  New 
Year."  Then,  for  February,  some  child, 
big  or  little,  may  represent  a  scene  in  the 
story  of  Washington.  This  year  comes  in- 
auguration day  in  March.  Speak  of  how 
the  President  is  installed  in  office.  April 
is  the  month  of  rain,  etc.  As  each  month  is 
named  let  a  child  stand  up  to  represent  it 
and  when  all  twelve  are  up,  count  and  see 
how  many  months  there  are.  What  kind 
of  weather  does  each  month  bring?  Each 
one  brings  many  pleasures.  Even  stormy 
March  does  his  part  to  freshen  the  earth 
with  his  winds  and  prepare  for  the  rains  of 
April  and  flowers  of  May  and  June.  Sing 
"I  am  the  Little  New  Year"  found  in  the 
Jenks  and  Walker  book. 


THE  CULTIVATION  OF  BEAUTY  PERCEPTION. 

I  shall  say  nothing  new — I  but  echo 
what  has  been  said  by  Ruskin  and  others. 
If  new  it  might  be  questioned.  An  ideal  for 
our  children — good,  useful,  beautiful.  The 
moral  alone  is  not  sufficient.  The  useful 
alone  is  not  sufficient.  The  beautiful  alone 
is  not  sufficient.  We  want  a  full  life.  Do 
these  three  form  an  impossible  ideal? 
What  could  we  substitute  for  them? — 
Respectable?  Rich?  Fashionable?  Do 
not  fear  high  ideals  or  distrust  the  man  who 
says  "Utopian!" 

The  brain  is  a  highly  sensitive  receptacle 
— hundredth  of  a  second  photographic 
plate  is  not  so  quick.  The  five  senses  are 
our  means  of  contact  with  the  world  out- 
side us.  Small  inlets,  for  light  waves, 
sound  waves,  they  are  all  touch  in  a  way. 
Each  of  the  senses  supplies  what  the  other 
four  are  deficient  in.  But  by  the  combina- 
tion of  the  five  we.  get  a  broad  idea  of  what 
things  are.  The  eye  supplies  most  of  our 
information.  Two  of  these  have  great  arts 
dependent  upon  them — the  ear  art,  music. 
The  art  of  the  eye — the  resemblant  arts, 
painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  and  all 
the  lesser  arts. 

These  arts  have  taken  a  prodigious  time 
to  evolve,  and  are  closely  interwoven  with 
human  ideals,  and  must  not  be  lightly 
thought  of,  as  for  amusement  only.     Each 


has  played  a  great  part  in  life.  The  art 
dependent  on  the  eye,  the  greater  part,  I 
think;  music  being  a  more  abstract,  less 
definite  art,  though,  perhaps  none  the  less 
potent,  we  must  not  forget  the  fable  of  the 
Trumpeter,  who  though  he  did  not  himself 
fight,  roused  the  fighting  spirit  in  others  by 
his  music.  We  give  a  good  deal  of  the  edu- 
cational period  of  a  child's  life  to  learning 
something  of  music. 

Music  is  not  my  subject  however — I  only 
introduce  it  to  help  in  illustrating  my  sub- 
ject. What  I  am  anxious  about  is  the 
training  of  the  eye  to  see  things  truthfully 
— fully.  By  learning  first  to  see  things 
truthfully  we  acquire  the  language  which 
will  help  us  to  understand  artists  who  will 
teach  us  to  see  things  beautifully. 
Mediaeval  artists  painted  with  very  limited 
eye   vision.      Turner  with   the   very   fullest. 

Think  of  the  abundance  of  beautiful 
things  which  nature  has  laid  before  us.  I 
have  often  stood  in  the  street  to  look  at  a 
fine  sky,  and  felt  inclined  to  cry  out  "Dook !" 
Can  we  see  them  without  training?  So  far 
as  the  organ  of  sight  goes  yes !  But  we  do 
not  see  them  consciously,  so  as  to  get  full 
pleasure  from  them.  Compare  the  average 
person's  attempt  to  paint  a  leaf,  with  the 
trained  person's  attempt.  The  average  per- 
son is  easily  satisfied.  Not  so  the  trained 
person  who  sees  more  than  he  can  give. 

Considering  not  only  what  nature  has 
given  us  to  look  at,  but  also  the  energy 
and  money  man  spends  in  making  things 
look  nice,  should  we  not  spend  a  good  deal 
of  time  in  learning  to  appreciate  them? 

If  you  take  the  general  subjects  in  school 
you  will  find  sight  training  is  given  a  very 
poor  place — reading,  spelling,  writing, 
arithmetic,  history,  languages,  geography, 
music,  science — most  of  these  are  a  burden 
of  words  to  children.  At  the  end  may  come 
drawing  for  one  hour  a  week,  and  very 
often  taught  by  a  teacher  who  does  not 
know  the  value  of  it — or  who  takes  the  value 
commonly  set  upon  it,  and  who  teaches  it 
in  quite  the  wrong  way.  Of  course  other 
subjects  may  be  contributory  to  sight. 
Take  botany  for  instance.  Drawing  and 
painting  are  the  best  ways  of  getting  the 
knowledge  of  a  thing  into  the  brain.  We 
have  done  too  much  word-teaching,  and 
should  do  more  sight-teaching.  Children 
usually  like  drawing  and  painting  and  it  can 
be  made  a  pleasant  aid  to  teaching  many 
subjects.  Memory  drawing  is  the  best  way 
of   teaching"   children   drawing.      And   it   is 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


m 


the  way  they  draw  by  nature.  Know  first, 
and  draw  after.  The  ordinary  teacher  who 
shows  them  how  by  doing,  but  instead 
should  lead  them  on  by  exciting  their  ob- 
servation. Show  them  how  a  little.  Of 
course  teachers  should  be  able  to  do. 

Children  ought  not  to  be  encouraged  in 
cleverness,  so  as  to  shine.  Children  are 
very  fond  of  conventions,  or  clever  tricks. 
They  should  be  discouraged,  as  they  hinder 
accurate  observation.  If  a  child  is  clever 
in  a  showy  sense,  that  cleverness  will  not 
forsake  it,  should  it  later  on  become  com- 
mercially valuable.  But  restraint  is  better 
than  cleverness.  Truth  is  what  should  be 
sought.  It  is  the  grown-ups  who  divert  the 
child's  vision  from  the  truth  to  untruth — or 
prejudiced  vision.  People  like  convention 
as  a  rule,  often  because  they  don't  know 
what  truth  is. 

-  I  have  been  speaking  up  to  this  of  the 
getting  of  the  knowledge  of  the  appearance 
of  things.  While  children  are  learning 
that,  they  may  also  be  coming  in  contact 
with  Art — i.  e.,  learning  to  see  things 
beautifully.  But  it  should  not  be  too  ad- 
vanced for  them.  What  does  learning  to 
see  things  beautifully  mean?  The  percep- 
tion of  unity  and  perfect  types.  The  sub- 
ject or  story  of  a  picture  may  not  mean 
much — the  unity  or  harmony  of  it  is  of 
greater  value — Abraham  and  Isaac  may 
teach  unquestioning  obedience  to  a  higher 
power,  but  the  value  of  such  a  picture  by  a 
great  painter  will  depend  on  its  unity  more 
than  upon  its  moral. 

Looking  at  these  unities  continually, 
unity  enters  into  the  habit  of  our  thought, 
and  we  have  the  key  to  all  the  arts,  and  to 
the  greatest  of  all  arts,  the  art  of  life,  the 
blending  of  all  the  complexities  into  one 
great  unity.  A  hatred  of  muddle,  a  desire 
to  have  beautiful  homes,  and  beautiful 
cities,  a  dislike  to  change  and  fashion,  a 
liking  for  modest  and  beautiful  clothing. 
The  beautiful  art  of  embroidery  has  been 
almost  killed  by  the  changes  of  fashion. 

Without  a  live  and  understanding  of  art, 
we  shall  never  have  beautiful  life.  Much 
effort  as  all  know  is  now  being  made  to  im- 
prove the  look  of  things,  but  it  is  not  a 
general  effort.  Now  to  get  this  under- 
standing time  must  be  given,  if  you  don't 
insist  upon  it  you  will  not  get  it,  for  science 
of  some  sort,  or  some  other  subject  will  be 
pushed  in  front  of  your  children,  with  the 
idea  of  making  them  more  practical 
citizens. 


It  may  be  thought  science  should  hold  a 
higher  place  compared  with  art.  But  few 
of  us  can  indulge  in  science.  While  every 
one  of  us  have  eyes  and  cannot  help  seeing. 
But  we  want  instructed  seeing.  E  .E. 


THE  CITY  STREET. 

DR.    JENNY   B.   MERRILL. 

A  kindergartner  in  Man- 
hattan invited  a  little  girl 
who  was  playing  in  the  street 
to  come  to  kindergarten. 
The  child  replied  "Is  there 
a  sidewalk  in  the  kindergar- 
8"  ten?"  "No."  "Is  there  a  mud- 
gutter?"  "No, but  there  is  a  big  table  full 
of  sand  like  Coney  Island." 

I  think  we  can  make  a  side  walk  and  a 
gutter.  The  child  was  partly  convinced. 
So  few  realize  the  joy  of  the  city  child  in 
his  playground — the  side  walk,  the  street. 
It  means  the  great  out-of-door  world.  This 
great  joy  showed  itself  quite  unexpectedly 
when  a  kindergartner  proposed  taking  a 
walk  to  the  children  in  an  orphan  asylum. 
"What,"  exclaimed  one,  "on  the  side  walk? 
are  you  going  to  take  us  out  on  the  side 
walk?  The  children  had  not  been  out  for  a 
month.  Upon  reaching  the  street,  one  little 
child  stooped  down  and  touched  the  side 
walk  with  his  hand. 

The  street  gives  to  the  city  child  a  sense 
of  space,  of  freedom,  of  people,  of  activity. 
This  is  all  felt,  not  realized  consciously. 
Many  kindergartners  who  cannot  reach 
parks  or  the  river,  will  not  miss  it  by  taking 
a  walk  round  the  block,  a  walk  to  the  cor- 
ner even,  a  run  across  the  street  to  look  up 
at  the  big  school  or  the  flag,  a  walk  to  the 
nearest  tree,  or  at  the  different  seasons  to 
market  to  discover  what  new  fruit  or  vege- 
table has  arrived.  Even  in  the  city  street 
the  sky  is  overhead.  The  clouds  and  birds, 
the  sunshine  and  shadows  give  glimpses  of 
nature.  Even  the  mud-gutter  is  not  to  be 
dispised.  It  has  given  many  a  child  his 
first  unconscious  lessons  in  geography.  He 
finds  a  river  in  it,  even  dams  and  water 
falls.  He  watches  a  paper  boat  on  a  chip 
on  its  journey  in  the  gutter  and  forgets  or 
rather  fails  to  see  the  lurking  evil  that 
troubles  his  elders. 

"In  the  mud  and  scum  of  things 

There's    something,    something   always   sings." 

I  never  pass  a  little  child  playing  in  the 
mud  gutter  that  I  do  not  stop  and  watch 
and  try  to  think  his  little  thoughts. 


138 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


THE  FORTY-SEVENTH  ANNUAL  CONVENTION 
N.  E.  A. 

The  Executive  Committee  of  the  National  Edu- 
cation Association  announce  that  the  next  annual 
convention  will  he  held  in  Denver,  Colorado,  July 
5  to  9,  1909. 

THE    DEPARTMENT    OE    SUPERINTENDENCE. 

Owing'  to  the  destruction  hy  fire  of  the  leading 
hotel  of  Oklahoma  City,  in  accordance  with 
previous  announcement,  the  next  meeting  of  the 
Department  of  Superintendence  will  be  held  in 
Chicago  February  23  to  25,  1909.  The  Audi- 
torium hotel  will  be  the  headquarters.  The  rail- 
way rates  for  this  meeting  Avill  be  one  and  one- 
half  fare  on  the  certificate  plan  from  all  territory 
east  and  south  of  Chicago  and  St.  Louis,  and  there 
is  a  fair  prospect  that  a  similar  rate  will  be 
granted  from  the  territory  of  the  Western  Pas- 
senger Association.  In  any  case,  the  rate  will  not 
be  more  than  2c  per  mile  each  way,  which  is  the 
same  as  the  one  and  one-third  fare  on  the  cer- 
tificate plan  which  was  formerly  granted  for  this 
meeting  on  the  basis  of  3c  per  mile. 

It  is  expected  that  the  Chicago  meeting  of  the 
Department  of  Sunperintendence  will  be  the 
largest  in  the  history  of  the  Department. 

A  special  Bulletin  containing  a  preliminary  pro- 
gram will  be  issued  about  January  15. 

For    the    Executive    Committee, 

IRWIN    SHEPARD. 

Secretary. 


Helena,   Mont.,  Oct.    17th,    1908. 

To  the   Editor  of   the   Kindergarten  Magazine   and 
Pedagogical  Digest: 

Dear  Sir:  We  would  like  to  announce  that  the 
Council  held  its  opening  meeting  Oct.  13th.  The 
subjects  discussed  this  year  will  be  anything  help- 
ful or  suggestive  that  the  different  committees 
may  choose,  as  we  will  have  a  committee  for  each 
meeting. 

At  the  first  meeting  Miss  Alice  Neill,  one  of  the 
Helena  Kindergartners,  who  has  recently  returned 
from  a  year  abroad,  told  of  her  observation  and 
study  in  Germany  and  England.  Last  winter  from 
a  long  article  in  a  German  paper  we  learned  of  a 
work  Miss  Neill  accomplished  while  there.  Miss 
Neill  was  informed  that  she  would  be  among  the 
last  to  visit  Froebel's  birthplace  as  the  house  was 
to  be  destroyed.  But  Miss  Neill  determined  this 
would  not  be  the  case  and  although  there  were 
many  difficulties  succeeded  in  interesting  the 
citizens  of  Oberweissbach  to  the  extent  that  a 
large  petition  was  sent  and  money  guaranteed  to 
preserve  Froebel's  first  home,  that  others  may 
visit  the  scenes  of  his  childhood  which  will  be 
transformed  into  a  kindergarten  and  museum. 

Sincerely  yours, 

FLORENCE    GAGE, 
Sec'y   Helena   Kindergarten    Council. 


MY  COUNTRY  SCHOOL. 

I  have  40  scholars  and  seven  grades  in  my  room; 
one  boy  is  19  years  old  and  the  youngest  just  5 
years;  there  are  five  in  the  chart  class,  and  until 
I  began  to  use  kindergarten  material  I  found  it 
much  more  difficult  to  interest  them.  I  did  not 
then  like  to  ask  the  board  for  kindergarten 
material,  and  took  $2.00  from  my  slender  purse 
and    sent    it    to    a   kindergarten   supply    house.      I 


should  now  go  to  the  board  and  ask  for  necessary 
material.  I  purchased  with  other  things  some 
small  rubber  balls  with  zephyr  of  the  true  standard 
colors,  and  with  the  aid  of  two  older  girls  knit  a 
covering  for  one  of  each  of  the  standard  colors. 
The  next  day  I  gave  each  one  a  ball,  and  they 
were  greatly  delighted.  I  told  them  they  could 
play  with  the  balls  if  they  were  careful  not  to 
drop  them  on  the  floor,  or  be  noisy.  A  half  hour 
was  spent  bouncing  the  balls  about  on  the  desks, 
whirling  them  around  by  the  string,  squeezing  the 
balls  and  watching  them  return  to  original  shape, 
etc.  I  then  snatched  a  few  minutes  to  ask  them 
something  about  the  balls.  All  could  give  the 
name  ball,  and  could  tell  that  they  were  round, 
but  none  could  name  all  the  colors,  though  each 
could  give  the  names  red  and  blue.  I  said  now  I 
will  show  you  how  the  name  of  the  ball  looks  on 
tne  blackboard.  I  wrote  "BALL"  and  afterwards 
"RED"  and  held  up  the  red  ball  so  that  all  could 
see  it.  I  asked  each  child  to  hold  up  their  balls, 
and  gave  them  the  colors  which  they  represented 
two  or  three  times,  red,  orange,  yellow,  green, 
blue,  violet.  I  gave  each  one  a  pencil  and  paper, 
and  asked  them  to  write  the  word  ball  very  large 
as  I  had  written  it.  A  little  later  I  asked  them 
all  to  write  the  word  "red,"  as  I  had  written  it  on 
the  board. 

A  little  later  I  gave  the  little  ones  a  few 
moments'  time,  and  I  hung  the  red  ball  against  the 
wall  telling  each  one  to  look  at  it  very  often  dur- 
ing the  day,  and  try  to  bring  me  something  to- 
morrow the  color  of  the  ball,  a  bit  of  ribbon,  paper, 
cloth,  etc.  I  then  gave  each  child  a  shoe  string 
and  six  of  the  half  inch  kindergarten  beads,  which 
I  had  previously  prepared.  They  were  told  to 
place  them  on  the  string.  I  resumed  my  work  with 
the  older  classes.  A  few  let  them  drop  on  the  floor, 
but  this  was  soon  overcome,  and  the  forenoon  was 
spent  pleasantly  in  this  way. 

In  the  afternoon  I  gave  each  pupil  more  kinder- 
garten beads  and  asked  them  to  string  first  all 
the  red,  then  the  orange,  then  the  yellow;  not 
many  could  remember  the  yellow  color,  and  I  gave 
them  a  sample  and  most  of  them  did  very  well. 
After  a  while  I  gave  each  a  handful  of  3  inch 
colored  sticks,  (which  pleased  them  very  much), 
and  told  them  to  play  quietly  with  them.  After  a 
while  I  went  around  and  found  each  child  trying 
to  make  something  with  the  sticks;  some  build- 
ing corn  cribs,  houses,  barns,  etc.  All  were  very 
crude,  but  each  child  had  attempted  to  build  some- 
thing. I  drew  a  rectangle  on  the  board  and  told 
them  to  make  something  like  it  with  their  sticks 
which  they  did,  calling  it  a  box.  I  asked  them  to 
make  a  deeper  box,  and  they  did  this  by  building 
up  with  the  sticks.  Then  I  wrote  the  word 
BOX  on  the  board  in  large  letters,  permitted  them 
to  play  with  the  sticks  a  little  longer,  and  then 
required  each  one  to  write  the  word  box  in  large 
letters  on  paper. 

For  the  last  exercise  of  the  day  we  had  a  little 
game    with    the    balls    singing    a    little    song. 

Just  before  dismissal  I  asked  them  all  to  look  at 
the  red  ball  carefully  and  see  if  they  could  bring 
me  something  like  it  in  the  morning.  Then  the 
next  morning  I  took  a  piece  of  cardboard  about  a 
foot  square,  placed  it  on  the  board  near  the  red 
ball,  and  pasted  all  the  bits  of  ribbon,  paper,  cloth, 
etc.,  on  it,  and  asked  them  to  decide  which  looked 
the  nearest  in  color  like  the  red  ball;  which  they 
did  correctly.  I  announced  that  Mary  brought  the 
bit  of  ribbon  that  looked  most  like  the  ball,  and 
would  be  entitled  to  play  with  the  red  ball  that 
day.  I  found  that  all  the  children  could  recognize 
and  spell  the  words  ball,  red  and  box. 

I  fear  this  letter  is  too  long,  and  I  will  close,  but 
may  write  again  for  next  month. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


139 


QUERY  COLUMN. 

To  the  Editor  of  the  Kindergarten  Primary 
Magazine: 

"May  I  ask  you  where  to  find  a  story  called 
'The  Little  Gray  Spider?'  It  is  I  believe  par- 
ticularly suited  to  the  Christmas  thought  of  work- 
ing for  others,  but  I  have  not  been  able  to  find  it." 

Canada.      A.   H.   C. 

The  story  asked  for  is  undoubtedly  that 
called  "The  Golden  Cobwebs,"  which  will 
be  found  in  "How  to  Tell  Stones  to  Chil- 
dren" by  Sarah  Cone  Bryant,  published  by 
Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co. 

In  the  November  number  a  question  was 
asked  concerning  the  sprouting  of  the 
lemon  seeds  inside  the  lemon.  The  ques- 
tion was  submitted  to  the  Nature  Study 
Department  of  Cornell  University,  and 
Professor  Herbert  J.  Webber  of  the  De- 
partment of  Experimental  Plant  Breeding 
kindly  replied  at  length,  as  follows : 

"With  reference  to  the  germination  of  lemon 
seeds  in  the  fruit,  I  beg  to  state  that  while  this 
phenomenon  is  not  very  common,  nevertheless  it 
cannot  be  said  to  be  uncommon,  as  I  have  per- 
sonally seen  quite  a  number  of  instances  of  this 
kind  in  lemons,  oranges  and  grape-fruits.  The 
germination  of  the  seeds  in  the  fruit  is  liable  to 
occur  when  the  fruit  is  held  beyond  a  certain 
length  of  time  especially  on  the  tree  so  that  the 
juice  in  the  interior  of  the  fruit  is  absorbed, 
leaving  the  seed  to  some  extent  dry  or  partially 
dry.  I  am  not  certain  that  this  could  be  con- 
sidered to  be  the  true  cause  of  the  germination,  it 
is  only  a  suggestion  relative  to  it. 

The  surprising  thing  about  this  development  is 
that  the  leaves  become  green  in  the  fruit.  It  would 
seem  that  sufficient  light  penetrated  the  coats  so 
that  the  chlorophyll  assumes  the  green  color.  This 
is  not  so  surprising,  after  all,  when  we  remember 
that  the  cotyledons  of  certain  citrus  fruits  such 
as  the  kid  glove  variety  of  orange,  are  commonly 
green  in  the  seeds.  We  must  conclude  that  either 
sufficient  light  reaches  the  interior  of  the  fruit  to 
stimulate  this  chlorophyll  development,  or  that  the 
green  color  can  be  assumed  in  this  limited  way 
without  the  action  of  light." 

"Is  it  true,  as  hinted  at  in  some  of  the  daily 
papers,  with  reference  to  Roosevelt's  hunting  trip, 
that  tigers  are  not  found  in  Africa?  I  had  always 
thought  that  they  were  common  to  both  Asia  and 
Africa."  J.   B. 

Primary  teachers  are  requested  to  ask 
their  children  to  look  this  question  up  in 
geographies  or  encyclopedies,  and  send  in 
replies. 

"In  the  use  of  the  Gifts  should  we  always  insist 
on  the  children  employing  every  block  belonging 
to  the  Gift  used?"  S.  T.  W. 

Kindergartners  please  reply. 


The  latest  word  concerning  the  Froebel 
House  in  Oberweissbach  is,  that  it  is  not 
to  be  pulled  down  but  to  be  put  in  thorough 
repair  as  the  Pastor's  House.  Fraulein 
Heerwart  rejoices  over  this  as  it  indicates 
that  her  petitions  have  impressed  the  Gov- 
ernment. Her  committee  would  have  liked 
to  have  bought  the  House  which  would 
have  necessitated  the  building  of  a  more 
modern  one  in  another  place.  Now,  the 
Church  Party,  the  committee  and  the 
community  have  to  joim  expenses.  Fraulein 
Heerwart  says  that  the  more  money  the 
committee  puts  into  the  fund  the  more 
voice  it  will  have  in  the  matter  as  to  what 
is  to  be  done.  The  committee,  will  there- 
fore, be  very  thankful  for  contributions. 

The  British  Foreign  and  School  Society 
in  London  has  promised  to  help,  and  Miss 
Knighton,  Miss  Lister  and  Fraulein 
Froebel  have  collected  some  money  al- 
ready. Those  in  this  country  who  are  in- 
terested are  asked  to  contribute  also. 

Money  may  be  sent  directly  to  Fraulein 
Heerwart  or  to  the  Treasurer  of  the  I. 
K.  U. 


A  REFORMATION 
THE  OLD  KING  COLE 
Old  King  Cole  was  a  jolly  old  soul, 

And  a  jolly  old  soul  was  he. 
He  called  for  his  pipe  and  he  called 
for  his  bowl  , 

And  he  called  for  his  fiddlers  three. 

THE  NEW  KING  COLE 

Kind  friends,  I  want  you  all  to  know 
That  verse  was  written  long  ago, 

I've  changed  my  life  since  then; 
Although  I'm  still   a  jolly  soul, 
I  never  touch  my  toddy  bowl  , 

Nor  drink  what  injures  men. 

My  pipe  is  laid  upon  the  shelf, 
I  never  smoke  cigars  myself, 

Nor  do  my  fiddlers  three; 
Just  come  and  visit  at  my  court, 
You'll  find  us  living  as  we  ought, 

And   none  so  gay   as  we. 


"Whatever  you  are,  be  that; 

Whatever  you  say,  be  true; 
Straightforward  act,  be  honest; 

In  short,  be  nobody  else  but  you." 


GOOD  MORNING 

By  L.  R.  S. 

Good  morning,  good  morning, 

Our  work  has  begun! 

The  little  stars  faded  one  by  one; 
They  faded  away,  at  dawn  of  day, 
Wee  little  stars  quite  tired  of  play. 
So  gladly  we  greet  you, 

We  greet  you,  bright  sun, 
Good   morning,    good   morning, 

Our  work  has  begun! 


140 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


BOOK  NOTICES. 

A  new  book  of  Alphabets  by  H.  W.  Sliaylor 
(Ginn  ■&'  Co.)  aims  at  giving  assistance  to  students 
who  desire  proficiency  in  lettering.  It  may  be 
used  in  special  classes  in  lettering  or  by  the  in- 
dividual who  desires  skill  and  variety  in  the  vari- 
ous style  of  alphabets. 

It  should  be  of  special  service  to  teachers  in 
the  Kindergarten  and  Primary  grades  who  may 
make  their  blackboard  work  and  exhibitions  par- 
ticularly attractive  by  a  pleasing  variety  of  letters. 

Little,  Brown  >&'  Co.  have  just  brought  out  a  new 
edition  of  the  works  of  Louisa  M  .Alcott,  so  well 
and  profitably  known  as  the  Spinning  Wheel 
Stories.  The  binding,  paper  and  illustrations  are 
pleasing.  The  books  are  always  a  profitable 
adjunct  to  every  library  whether  in  the  school  or 
the  home.  Miss  Alcott's  contribution  to  literature 
and  education  has  been  a  true  up-lift  in  the  noblest 
sense  of  that  word. 

Kindergarten  Primary  teachers  would  always 
find  in  these  books  suggestive  and  ready  material 
to  aid  them  in  their  daily  work. 

The  Little  Women  or  Meg,  Joe,  Beth  and  Amy 
will  always  be  a  storehouse  of  interest  and  infor- 
mation. Miss  Alcott's  books  will  always  serve  to 
keep  us  close  to  the  simpler  and  truer  things  of 
life. 

Prom  the  same  publishers  conies  Rover  the  Farm 
Dog  by  Lilly  P.  Wesselhoeft  who  is  already 
familiarly  known  by  her  Animal  stories.  Rover 
the  Farm  Dog  combines  all  the  elements  of  excel- 
lence found  in  her  other  dog  stories  with  a  sure 
application  to  the  tests  and  knowledge  of  matters 
of  our  present  day  children.  It  may  be  profitably 
read  entire  in  any  school  or  may  be  used  for 
excerpts  where  inducing  interest  is  aimed  at.  One 
of  the  chief  elements  of  the  book  is  that  it  pre- 
serves the  element  of  true  story  telling  and  holds 
the  interest  to  the  end. 

The  Quest  Flower — Houghton  Mifflin  Co.  Pub- 
lishers will  prove  a  rival  to  Mrs.  Burnham's  pre- 
vious success.  Hazel  Wright  is  a  girl  of  winning 
personality  and  freshness  combined  with  a  rare 
amount  of  confidence  in  a  child.  The  title  of  the 
books  suggests  where  the  emphasis  is  placed,  as 
the  child's  love  of  flowers  used  as  a  true  human 
appeal  is  one  of  the  great  means  used  in  winning 
over  an  opposing  Aunt  and  Uncle  to  a  public  re- 
union. The  book  furnishes  an  excellent  help  for 
children.  Paper  is  excellent,  the  type  clear,  large 
and  firm,  and  the  illustrations  of  an  equal  excel- 
lence. The  religious  element  of  Christian  Science 
in  it  is  properly  subordinated. 

"The  Happy  Chaps,"  by  Carolyn  Wells.  This 
cheerful  jingling  fairy  tale  tells  in  clever,  spark- 
ling verse  all  about  the  doings  of  the  Happy  Chaps 
who  are  a  quaint  little  people  akin  to  gnomes  and 
elves;  always  happy,  always  busy  at  work  or  play. 
The  narrative  of  their  doings  and  those  of  the 
Skiddoodles  upon  the  national  holidays  and  at  the 
County  Fair  ending  with  the  Christmas  festivities, 
carries  us  well  through  the  year.  In  the  main  the 
verse,  although  varied  is  smooth,  but  there  is  an 
occasional  unnecessary  jar  that  vexes  the  ear  and 
that  could  have  been  rectified,  often  by  the  mere 
transportation  of  a  word.  The  clever  illustrations 
are  by  Harrison  Cady.  Published  by  the  Century 
Co.,  N.  Y.,  $1.50. 

"Fresh  Posies — Rhymes  to  Read  and  Pieces  to 
Speak,"  by  Abbie  Farwell  Brown.  This  handsome 
volume  is  beautifully  illustrated  with  a  few  full- 
page  pictures  in  color  by  Anna  Milo  Upjohn.  It 
contains  a  variety  of  subject  matter  which  inter- 


prets, in  most  cases  with  success,  the  child's  point 
of  view,  touching  child-nature  upon  many  sides 
as  indicated  by  the  chapter  headings  of  which  a 
few  are:  Heart's  Desire,  A  Country  Child  in  the 
City,  City  Romp,  Out  of  Doors,  Little  Thoughts, 
Story  Rhymes,  Nonsense,  Songs  Made  for  •  Music. 
As  is  perhaps  unavoidable  in  such  collections,  a 
few  poems  are  included  that  add  nothing  to  its 
value.  Time  passes  so  quickly  and  the  child  of 
today  has  so  much  to  read  that  it  is  a  question 
whether  it  is  best  to  give  a  child  a  volume  con- 
sisting entirely  of  poems  by  one  author,  however 
gifted,  and  these  all  written  with  childish  interest 
in  mind,  rather  than  a  carefully  edited  compilation 
of  many  poets  suited  to  all  ages  which  thus  leads 
the  child  from  childish  imaginings  to  higher 
flights  of  poetic  insight  and  expression.  Published 
by  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.,  Boston.      $1.50. 


TRADE     SCHOOLS,     OUR     CHILDREN,     OUR 
SCHOOLS    AND    OUR    INDUSTRIES,    by    Andrew 
Sloan   Draper,   Commissioner   of  Education   of   New 
York   State.     This  is  the  address  given  before  the 
State   Educational  Association   at   Syracuse,   Decem- 
ber, 1907,  and  educators  may  well  be  pleased  to  be 
able   to  have  recourse  to  it  in  this   permanent  and 
accessible  form.     The  writer  shows  conclusively  the 
need  of  such  schools,  not  only  as  a  means  of  culture, 
but  as  leading  to  a  life  work.     He  shows  the  rela- 
tionship  of  good  citizenship   to  the  good  workman. 
"The  good  workman,  successful  workman,  is  a  hap- 
pier man  and  a  more  reliable  citizen,  a  much  larger 
factor  in  giving  strength  and  balance  to  his  country 
than   the   unsuccessful    or   the   only   half   successful 
professional    man".      He,    while    not    advocating    a 
strict    copying    of    Germany's    system    or    methods, 
points   out  much  that  we  may  learn  from   her  and 
tells    as    well    of    certain    experiments    in    our    own 
country,   notably   in    Cleveland,   Cincinnati   and   Mil- 
waukee, that  will  give  light  upon  this  subject.     Dr. 
Draper  believes    that   the   public   "snould   supply  to 
the  children  of  the  wage  earners  something  equiva- 
lent to  the  literary  and  professional  instruction  pro- 
vided for  the  children  of  the  better-to-do  classes  in 
the  high  schools  and  colleges".     He  has  viewed  the 
subject  from  the  standpoint  of  the  taxpayer,  the  em- 
ployer, the  Federation  of  Labor,  the  nation  at  large. 
We   have   often   asked   ourselves   and   others,   What 
can   be   done   to   bring   into   being  the   leaders,    the 
great  inspired  captains  who  will  be  the  Armstrongs, 
the  Howes,  the  Jane  Addams  of  tomorrow,  the  Lin- 
colns?    Has  Dr.  Draper  given  the  clue  when  he  says: 
"Have  no  fear  for  the  future  of  the  higher  learning  in 
the  United  States.     Its  only  danger  is  in  the  inade- 
quacy of  the  elementary  and  fundamental  training.  .  . 
There  need  be  no  fear  of  any  lack  of  generals.     If 
we  train   and   guide   the   crowd,  the  leadership  will 
then  take  care  of  itself.     If  we  undertake  to  favor 
only  or  mainly  the  materials  of  which  leaders  are 
made,  we  are  likely  to  be  fooled  about  it — for  it  is 
generally  the  unexpected  that  happens  in  the  matter 
of  leadership;  and  we  then  surely  withhold  from  the 
masses   what  is  theirs   and  the   country's  due.     All 
experience  shows  that  the  real  captains  in  all  lines 
of  human  activity  have  come  out  of  the  crowd  that 
worked  with  their  hands.    The  love  and  the  capacity 
for    drudging    work    are    the    fundamental    basis    of 
leadership  in  all  employments,  whether  of  the  head 
or  of  hand,  and  any  educational  system  which  fails 
to   recognize   the    fact,   which    does    not   honor   the 
blouse  shirt  and  the  clean  smut  of  honest  labor,  is 
at  once  misleading  the  innocents  and  moving  direct- 
ly towards  the  defeat  of  its  own  ends.     The  address 
is  a  plea  for  the  development  of  the  workmen  rather 
than  of  professional.     It  is  a  frank  demand  for  the 
teaching  of  dates,  and  the  argument  closes  with  a 
number  of  recommendations.    Among  these  we  men- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


141 


tion:  Require  eight  years  instead  of  seven  in  the 
public  schools. 

Require  attendance  at  seven  years  of  age  in- 
stead of  eight  and  let  it  continue  in  the  elementary 
or  trade  school  to  seventeen.  (Exceptions  are  sug- 
gested to  this  main  regulation). 

Trade  schools  to  be  open  both  day  and  night. 

Establishment  of  continuation  schools. 

Shorten  the  time  in  the  elementary  schools  to 
seven  years.  Take  out  what  is  not  vital  to  the  child. 
Ask  him  that  he  will  learn  and  do  things  on  his  own 
account,  if  he  has  the  power,  and  give  him  the  power 
and  expect  that  through  it  he  will  gain  knowledge. 
Then  push  him  along  to  have  him  finish  the  ele- 
mentary school  in  his  fourteenth  year,  and  if  he  has 
finished  it  or  not  when  he  is  fifteen,  send  him  to  the 
trades  school.  Put  into  the  elementary  schools  from 
the  beginning  some  form  of  industrial  work. 

Expect  the  schools  to  keep  track  of  him  until  he 
is  seventeen.  Let  the  teaching  be  done  by  real 
artisans  who  are  intellectually  balanced  and  can 
teach,  rather  than  by  teachers  who  can  only  use 
tools  indifferently. 

Modify  the  child  labor  laws  so  they  will  articu- 
late with  the  plan  and  enforce  them.  Require  em- 
ployers to  regulate  their  affairs  so  that  employees 
may  attend  continuation  or  trades  schools  four  or 
five  hours  a  week. 

Let  these  schools  be  supported  by  the  town. 

Make  it  possible  lor  one  in  a  trades  school  to 
go  to  a  manual  training  school,  and  vice  versa,  but 
avoid  the  inference  that  one  is  to  prepare  for  the 
other.  The  volume  is  a  splendid  plea  for  democ- 
racy and  the  truth. 


"C  R  A   Y  0  L  A" 

Artists'  and  School  Crayon 

CRAYOLA  COLORS  are  per- 
manent and  brilliant    and   can 
be    blended    and   overworked. 
They  will  not  blur  nor  rub  off! 
No  expensive  outfit  is  required 
in  their  use!    No    waiting    for 
colors  to  dry.    No  brushes   to 
clean!  No  liquid  colors   to  soi 
the    hands   and   clothes!    Try 
"Crayola"   for    Stenciling  and 
all  educational  color  work. 

We  shall  be  pleased   to  furn- 
ish samples  and  particulars  to 
teachers  interested. 

BINNEY  &  SMITH  CO., 

81-83  Fulton  St., 

New   York. 

J 

Outline  of  U.  S.  History 

SUITABLE  FOR  THE  GRADES.    SECOND  EDITION  NOW  READY. 

A  SUCCESSFUL  TEACHER  SAYS: 
The  Palmer  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Gentlemen; — During  the  passing  term,  I  have  used  the  Kingsley's  Outline  of  United  States  History  with 
my  teachers,  who  were  preparing  to  take  the  examination  for  licenses  to  teach  in  New  York  City.  I  am  glad  to  say 
that  we  are  satisfied  with  that  book.  It  is  more  than  a  mere  outline;  it  is  in  itself  sufficient  for  review,  without  the 
aid  of  a  large  text- book. 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Yours  truly,  T.  J,  McEVOY. 

The  above-named  book  will  be  sent  postpaid  on  receipt  of  35  cents. 

THE  PALMER  COMPANY 

50   Bromfield  Street,  Boston,  Mass 


FOR  CHRISTMAS 

AWARDED  FOUR    jfirTC 
GOLD  MEDALS     OUT    10. 

Reproduciionj^the 
Worlds  Great 

EACH  FOR  25  OR  MORE  5/i*8 

SEND  TODAY  3 TWO   CENT 

STAMPS  FOR    CATALOGUE 

OF  IO OO  MINIATURE 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

THREE  PICTURES 
AND  A  COLORED 
BIRD  PICTURED 


s 


AWARDED  FOUR  GOLD  HEDALS. 

SEND  TODAY 

25  Cents  for 

25  Art  Subjects  or 

25  Madonnas  or 

25  for  Children  or 

25  Kittens,  Does,  etc.  or 

25  onSLife  of  Christ  or 

$1.00  for  any  four 

sets  or  for  Art  Set 

No.   10  of    loo 

Choice  pictures 
Send  50  cents  for  10 
•■  Extra  Size  pictures, 

10x12 
Madonna  Booklet.  25c. 
The  one-cent' pictures  are    4  to  6  times  the  size  of  this 
Madonna. 

THE  PERRY  PICTURES  CO. 
Box  630  rialden.Mass. 


1 

ii 

'      | 

i*i 

''.> 

5, 

| 

jSPS*"" 

ORDER  T0=DAY 


A  Few  Valuable  Books  for  Kindergartners  and  Primary  Teachers 

We  keep  in  stock  many  books  not  found  in  this  list,  and  supply  ANY  book  on  the  market  at  lowest  prices. 
Put  right  in  your  order  the  book  you  want,  give  us  the  name  of  publisher  if  you  can,  and  we  will  send  it. 

Kindergarten  Hand  Books  Especially  for  Primary  Teachers 


Price,  25  Cents 


These  books  give  just  the 
information  desired  by  pri- 
mary-kindergarten teachers 
The  works  are  all  amply  ill- 
ustrated and  are  bound  in 
limp  cloth. 

The  First  Gift  in  Primary 
Schools.  By  J.  H.Shults.  With 
several  illustrations,  songs 
and  games,  price  15c. 

A  Second  Gift  Story  or  Miss 
Arden'sWay.  By  Violet  Lynn. 
This  volume  tells  in  attract- 
ive story  form  how  teachers 
can  use  the  second  gift  in 
correlation  with  the  regular 
primary  work.  Price  25  cents. 
Illustrated. 

The  Third  Gift  in  Primary 
Schools.  —  Bu  ild  i  ng  with 
Cubes.  By  J.  H.  Shults. 
Written  especially  for  Pri- 
mary teachers,  containing 
lesson  suggestions  and  hints 
relative  to  correlation  with 
primary  school  work.  Fully 
illustrated.  Limp    cloth. 

Price  20c. 

The  Fourth  Gift  in  Primary 
School  s. — Building  with 
Bricks.  By  J.  H.  Shults.  AJhandbook  for  the  primary  teacher 
on  the  use  of  this  gift  in  correlation  with  primary  school 
work.  The  only  work  of  this  kind  written  especially  for  pri- 
mary teachers.    Fully  illustrated.    Limp  cloth,  price  20c. 

The  Seventh  Gift  in  Primary  Schools.  —  Tablet  Laying  and 
Parquetry  Work.  By  J.  H.  Shults.  With  many  illustrations 
hints  and  suggestions,  enabling  primary  teachers  to  use  the 
gift  in  correlation  with  their  primary  school  work.  Limp 
cloth.    Price  20c. 

The  Tenth  Gift  — Stick  Laying— In  Primary  Schools.-- By 
Alice  Buckingham.  The  only  book  of  its  kind  published  in 
America.  Contains  nearly  200  illustrations  with  complete 
instructions  for  the  use  of  the  gift  in  primary  schools;  price 
25c. 

Eleventh  Gift— Ring  Laying  in  Primary  Schools—With  many 
illustrations  for  both  ring-laying  and  ring  and  stick-laying 
combined.    Limp  cloth,  price  20c. 

The  Thirteenth  Gift- The  Point-In  Primary  Work.  By  J. 
H.  Shults.  Illustrating  the  work  with  lentils,  corn,  peas  and 
other  seeds.    Limp  cloth,  price  15c. 

Peas  and  Cork  Work  in  Primary  Schools.  By  J.  H.  Shults. 
Illustrated.    Limp  cloth,  price  15c. 

Reed  and  Raffia  Construction  Work  in  Primary 
Schools.  By  Mary  A.  Shults.  Fully  illustrated.  It  teaches 
how  to  use  both  reeds  and  raffia  in  primary  schools,  with 
children  of  every  grade.  Complete  instructions  for  making 
mats,  baskets,  and  many  other  articles,  both  from  reeds  and 
raffia  alone,  and  with  a  combination  of  both;  price  25c. 

Stories,  Games,  flusic,  Etc. 

All  books  sent  prepaid  on  receipt  of  price 
unless  the  postage  is  iudicated. 

One  Hundred  New  Kindergarten  Songs,    $1.00 
Cloth.    The  latest  and  best. 

Graded   Memory   Selections 10 

A   Christmas   Festival   Service,  paper. . .      .25 
By   Nora   Smith. 

Instrumental     Characteristic     Rhythms. 

Part  I,  boards,  $1.50;  Part  II,  paper,   1.00 
By    Clara   L.    Anderson. 

Boston       Collection       of       Kindergarten 

Stories,     cloth     60 


0 


Songs  and    G;i. 

Postage.    15 
By   Harriet  S 


ties  for  Little  Ones,  net.    1.50 
Jenks  and  Gertrude  Walker. 


Song      Stories      for      the     Kindergarten, 

boards    1.00 

By  Mildred  J.  and   Patty  S.   Hill. 

St.    Nicholas   Songs,   boards,    net 1.25 

Postage,    24c. 


The      Songs     and 
Mother    Play, 


Mnsic     of      Froebel's 
cloth 1.50 


ffc  II 

llfe^f 

101 

|S[,     %0NGS 

Send  to  us  for 
any  book  pub- 
lished and  we'll 
supply  it  at  low- 
est prices.  Give 
name  of  pub- 
lisher, if  possi- 
ble and  price. 


Timely   Games   and   Songs  for  the  Kin- 
dergarten,   paper 60 

By  Clare  Sawyer  Reed. 
In  the  Child's  World,   cloth 2.00 

By    Emllle    Poulsson. 

Half  Hundred  Stories  (207  pages),   cloth     ,1b 
Dozen    and    Two    Kindergarten    Songs. 

Paper     |  .JO 

Louis    Pauline   Warner. 

Folk  and  Other  Songs  for  Children 1  50 

Jane    Bird    RadcllfCe-Wkltehead. 

Kindergarten    Chimes,    paper 1.00 

"  boards     1.25 

"  cloth     1.50 

Kate    D.    Wlggln. 

Little  Songs  for  Little  Singers 25 

W.    T.   Glffe. 

Motion  Songs 25 

Mrs.   Boardman. 

Posies  from  a  Child's  Garden  of  Verses.    1.00 

Wm.    Arms  Fisher. 

Sixty  Songs  from  Mother  Goose's  Jubilee  1.00 

L.    E.    Orth. 

Song  Echoes  from  Child  Land 2.00 

Miss   Harriet  S.    Jenks  and  Mrs.   Mabel   Rust. 

Songs  of  Nature 30 

E.    U.    Emerson   and    K.    L.    Brown. 

Songs   of   Sunshine 1.00 

Stories  in    Song 75 

Thirty  Songs  for  Children .50 

Master  St.  Elmo 1.00 

Postage,    12    cents. 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Musical    Poems    1.50 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Flower  Ballads,  cloth 1.00 

"  "         paper     50 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Calisthenic  Songs,  cloth.  ■ 35 

By    Flora    Parsons. 

Finger   Plays,   cloth •    1.25 

By    Emllle    Poulsson. 

The   Story  nour,   cloth 1.00 

By    Kate    Douglas    Wlggln. 

Myths  and  Mother   Plays,  cloth 1.00 

By    Sara    Wlltse. 

Flower   Ballads,  paper,    .50;   cloth 1.00 

By    Caro    S.    Senour. 

riiscellaneons 

Commentary  on  Froebel's  Mother  Play.  .$1.25 

By  J.   Denton  Snider. 

The  Psychology  of  Froebel's  Play  Gifts,  1,25 

By  J.   Denton  Snider. 
Mottoes  and  Commentaries  of  Froebel's 

Mother    Play     l.oO 

Translated    by    Susan    E.    Blow. 

Outline   of   a   Year's   Work   In   the  Kin- 
dergarten      60 

By  Anna   Deveraux. 

Blackboard  Designs,  paper .50 

J3y  Margaret  E.  Webb. 

Education  by  Plays  and   Games JSO 

By    G.    E.    Johnson. 

The   Study   of  Children,   cloth 1.00 

By   Frances  Warner. 
Nursery  Ethics,   cloth l.Oo 

By   Florence  Winterburn. 
The  Color  Primer.  Price,  Teachers'  Edi- 
tion.   .10;  Pupils'   Edition 05 

The  Color  Primer  is  Issued  in  a  paper 
cover.  The  teachers'  edition,  including  as  a 
part  of  Itself  the  pupils'  edition,  has  80 
pages  and  the  pupils'  edition  alone  24 
pa  ges. 

Water  Colors  in  the  Schoolroom.     Price, 

boards    25 

By    Milton   Bradley. 
This    Is    a    practical    handbook    on    the    us* 
of  Water   Colors. 

An  artistic  book,  illustrated  with  twelve 
colored    plates. 


Address  all  orders  to 


American  Kindergarten  Supply  House 

276-278-280  River  Street.  Manistee,  Mich. 


A  BAKER'S  DOZEN  FOR 


CITY  CHILDREN 

New  Book  of  Kindergarten  Songs 

By  ISABEL  VALENTINE  and  LILEON  CLAXTON 

Two  Practical  Kindergartners  of  the  New  York  City  Public  School  System 

With  introduction  by  JENNY  B.  MERRIL,  Supervisor  of  Kinder- 
gartens, New  York  City  Public  Schools. 


THIRTEEN  SONGS  w|I|lfI||r^ERESTJLT  0F  YBAM  0F  teaching 

7HIRTEFN    SONGS    THAT  HAVE  BEEN  THOROUGHLY    TRIED    AND 
i  i  iiim  ll-i  ti    ^>yyi  ^viu       PROVEN  IMMENSELY  SUCCESSFUL. 

THIRTEEN    SONGS    EXPRESSIVE  OF  THE  CHILD'S  OWN  EVERYDAY 

—      LIFE. 

THIRTEEN    SONGS    READILY  DRAMATIZED  FROM  THE  CHILDREN'S 
■  mm  lli       ^wi  tvj^>      SUGGESTIONS 

THIRTF.FN  SONCS    THAT  CITY  KINDERGARTNERS  MUST  HAVE  AND 
XilllYl  L.J-IH   \Q\JV\\jvJ        OTHER  KINDERGARTNERS  SHOULD  HAVE 

THIRTEEN  SO NC»S     BRIGHT.  CHEERY.  NEW.  WITH    SMOOTH  FLOWING 
xi  hi  vi  j^un    ^unu>j        HARMONIES  AND  SIMPLICITY  OF  RYTHYMA. 

The  thirteen  songs  are  clearly  printed  °n  good  paper  and  bound  with  strong  linen  mak- 
ing a  very  attractive  and  durable  book,  just  the  thing  for  an  EASTER  GIFT. 

Prir a  5ft  f  Atitc  Add  5c  extra  for  Postage 

1 1 1WC  dV  V^llld   if  ordered  sent  by  mail. 

NOTE-  We  wil1  send  the  KINDERGARTEN- PRIMARY  MAGAZINE  for  one 

year  and  a  copy  of  "A  BAKER'S  DOZEN  FOR  CITY  CHILDREN," 

%pl.«5«5  prepaid,  to  any  address  in  the  United  States  on  receipt  of  $1.10 

*  (Canadian  or  Foriegn  subscribers  add  20  cents  or  40  cents  respec- 

tively, for  postage.)      You  may  use  this  offer  to  renew  your  sub- 

^|  fif\  scription  if  you  like. 


This  offer  may  not  appear  again,  so  attend  to  it  today.     Address 

The  Kindergarten-Magazine  Co 

59  West  96th.  Street,  NEW  YORK. 


RELIABLE  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES  OF  AMERICA 

Every  progressive  teacher  who  desires  promotion  should  take  up  the  matter  with  some  wide-awake  Teachers'  Agency.  Beyond 
the  scope  of  a  teacher's  personal  acquaintance  there  is  not  much  hope  of  advancing  unaided.  Some  agencies  have  positions  wait- 
ing for  experienced  teachers  and  all  should  be  able  to  advise  you  to  your  advantage.  If  you  contemplate  moving  to  a  distant  sec- 
tion, let  some  agency  secure  you  a  position  before  you  go.    Any  of  the  following  will  doubtless  send  particulars  in  reply  to  postal: 


TEACHERS 


We  have  great  difficulty  in 
supplying  the  demand  for 
Wages  will  please  you. 


strong  Primary  Teachers. 

Write  us 

Owen  Pacific  Coast  Teacher's  Agency 

Mcninnville,  Oregon 


LOCATES  KINDERGARTEN  TEACHERS 

Because  of  the  scarcity  of  candidates  we  will 
register  any  kindergarten  teacher  and  accept 
registration  fee  later,  after  we  place  you. 

We   also  extend  time  in  payment  of  com- 
mission . 

Write  To=day.    Send  Photo 

Syracuse,  N..Y.     We  have  placed  hundreds  of  others,     Wbymay 
we  not  help  you? 

Empire  Teachers'  Agency, 

An  Agency  with  agents. Syracuse,  N.  Y. 


THE  EMPIRE 

TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

D.  H.  COOK,  Manager 


OUR  15th  YEAR  BOOK  j^^Kv^jThe  HAZARD  TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

Western  States,  and  what  we  are  doingr  if  west-  3]7  Kasota  Building.  -  MINNEAPOLIS,  MINN. 
?£.«£  £fiirwS2e,5Wre  State  Buiidin,  SPOKANE.  WASH, 
office 224  Railwgy  Exchange.     - DENVER.  COLO. 


SABIN'S  EDUCATIONAL  EXCHANGE 

HENRY  SABIN  1907  14th  Season  ELBRIDGE  H.  SABIN 

During  last  year  placed  teachers  in  80  counties  in  Iowa,  and  in  Minnesota,  North  and  So 

Dakota,   Nebraska.  Colorado,  Wyoming,  Utah,  Idaho,    Montana,  Washington  and  Ore 

gan.  Address,  HENRY  SABIN,    flanhattan  Building,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

Pioneer  Teachers'  Agency,         Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 

Will  help  you  get  a  new  or  better  position,  whether  you  are  a  Teacher,  Clerk, 
Book-keeper,  or  Stenographer.     Enroll  now  for  fall  vacancies  in  schools. 

The  demand  for  good  teachers  in  all  the  Western  and  Southern  States  is  far 
greater  than  the  supply. 

Write  for  application  blanks  and  full  particulars. 


ROME 


TEACHERS'     AGENCY 

Teachers  wanted  for  good  positions  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
Registration  fee  holds  good  until  we  secure  a  position  for  you. 

W.  X.  Crider,  Rome,  New  YorK 


Primary  Teachers  Wanted 


Vacancies    not 

taoae  frith  lomr 

THURS1 


Because    of    &r  .    mind,  offer  FREE  retrUtratlos  to 
xperlenrr.  VIVA    M.  THURSTON,  Manager, 

W'S  TEACHERS'    AGENCY,  378  Wabaiih    Ave..  Chlcaaro. 


Minneapolis 

Teachers' 

Agency 


1.  Admits  to  membership  only  the  better  class  of  teachers 
registration    fee    returned    to    others   at    once. 

2.  Returns  fee  if  its  service  is  not  satisf acrory . 

3.  Makes    specialty    of    placing    members    in    the    Middle 
States  and  in  the  West — largest  Salaries  paid  there. 

Is    conducted    by    experienced    educators    and    business 

men. 
Has  had  phenominal  success  in  placing  its  members  dur 
ing  the  past  year. 
_     j.  .  Now  is  the  time  to  register. 

Send  for  our  our  Booklet. 
Address,  337-339  Fourteenth  Avenue, 

Dapt,   F.     MINEAPOLIS,  jniNJH- 


Sand 
fori*4" 
Our  5, 
Latest 


Positions==for  Teachers 

If  you  want  a  position  on  the  Pacific 
Coast  or  in  Montana  or  Idaho,  it  will 
pay  you  to  register  with  the 

Pacific  Teachers'  Agency 

SEATTLE,  WASHINGTON 

Send  for  Manual  and  Registration 
blank.     Address 

B.  W.  BRINTNALL,  Manager, 
523  New  York  Block, 

Seattle,  Wash. 

Teach  in  the 
Sunny  South 

This  section  offers  better  in- 
ducements to  aspiring  teachers 
than  any  other,  and  teachers  are 
in  great  demand.  If  you  want  a 
good  position  for  next  school  year 
you  can  secure  it  in  this  field.  For 
full  information  write 

CLAUDE  J.   BELL, 

Nashville,  Tenn. 

Proprietor     the     Bell      Teachers' 

Agency, 

GO  SOUTH 

Many  Teachers  Wanted 


An  Agency  that 
Recommends  in  15  Southern  States 
Ala.,    Ark.,    Fla.,    Ga.,    Ky.,    Md., 
Miss.,    Mo.,    N.    C,    S.    C,    Tenn., 

Tex.,  W.  Va. 
Also  conducts  a 

Special  Florida  Teachers'  Agency 
Supplies  Teachers  for  Universities, 
Colleges,  Private,  Normal,  High, 
and  Grade  Schools;  Special  Teach- 
ers of  Commercial  Branches,  Man- 
ual Training,  Domestic  Science, 
Art,  Drawing,  Music,  Elocution, 
Physical  Culture,  Athletics. 
Deals  in  School  Property 

Calls  come  from  School  Officials. 
Recommends  all  the  year  round. 
Register  now.     Best  chances  come 

early. 
SOUTHERN   EDUCATIONAL   RE- 
VIEW  TEACHERS   AGENCY 
CHATTANOOGA,  TENN. 


CHICAGO,   17    E.   VAN    BUREN    ST 


THE  CLARK  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES 


NEW    YORK,    156    FIFTH    AVE. 


Send  for  OUR  PLATFORM,  giving  full  infoEmation  and  nve  nunui 
teachers  and  school  officers. 


BOISE,    IDAHO 


FEBRUARY,  1909 


sSaPSK 


INDEX  TO  CONTENTS 

Stories,  and  Games,  vs.  Five  Cent  Theaters 

and  the  Sunday  Supplement           -         Jennjr  B.  Merrill,  Pd.  D. 

143 

The  I.  K.  U.  at  Buffalo            ...... 

144 

The  I.  K.  U.  and  the  N.  E.  A.                    -            -            ... 

145 

Comic  Supplements  Again,            ...... 

146 

A  Policeman  Father  at  School,             ..... 

146 

Mother's  Reading  Circles            - 

147 

A  Practical  Suggestion  to  Mothers,              M.  E.  Boole, 

147 

The   Significance  of  the  Recent  National 

Festivals  in  Chicago               -            -       Amalie  Hofer, 

148 

Letters  to  a  Kindergartner             -                 Harrietta  Melissa  Mills, 

153 

Nature  Study  in  the  Home                -                Rev.  Thorn  ley,  M.  A. 

160 

The  Natural  Method  in  Reading             -          Ellen  E.  K.  Warner, 

164 

Suggestions  for  Singing  Time               -            Edyth  J.  Turner, 

168 

Story               .....      Florence  Tristram, 

173 

Whale  School              ..-.-.., 

174 

Nya-gwa-ih,  How  the  Bear  Lost  its  Tail,     Harriet  M.  Converse, 

175 

The  Wise  Man  and  the  Ink  Well             -        Doris  Webb, 

176 

Copyright,  1938,  by  J.  H.  Shults. 

Volume  XXI,  No.  5. 


$1.00  per  Year,  15  cents  per  Copy 


KINDERGARTEN  SUPPLIES 

Bradley's  School  Paints,  Raphia,  Reed,  and  all  Construction 

Material 
WE  ARE  HEADQUARTERS  FOR  ALL  THE  ABOVE.    Send  for  Catalogue. 

THOS.  CHARLES  CO.  80=82  Wabash  Avemie.,Chicago,  111. 


THE 


SOEMEB 


PIANO 


THE 

WORLD 

RENOWNED 


The  many  points 
ofs  uperi  o  rity 
were  never  better 
emphasized  than 
in  the  SOHMER 
PIANO  of  today. 


It  is  built  to  sat- 
isfy i  he  most  cul- 
tivated tastes  :   : 


The  advantage 
of  such  a  piano 
appeals  at  once 
to  the  discrimi- 
natiug  intelli- 
gence of  the 
leading  artists. 


SOHMER  &   CO 


WAREROOHS-COR.   5th  AVE.  AND  22nd  St. 


NEW  YORK 


Lakeside  Classics 

AND 

Books  for  Supplementary 
Reading 

Please  send  for  descriptive  list  of  Selec- 
tions from  English  and  American  au- 
thors and  for  -tories  prepared  for  all 
grades  f  r.  m  third  to  last  year  in  High 
School.  132  numbers  In  Lakeside 
series  at  prices  from  2  cents  to  35  cents, 
depending  on  amount  of  material  and 
style  of  binding;—  any  book  sent  post- 
paid on  receipt  of  price. 

Ainsworth  &  Company 

377  =388  Wabash  Avenue 

CHICAGO,  HL 


An  Unusual 

FREE 


and  Extraordinary  Opportunity  I 

SAMPLE  OFFER 

IS  DAY*  ONLY       ® 

Beutlfol  Bright  Sparkling   Funou 


$5  Barnatto  Diamond  Ring 

Approximates  genuine  in  brilliancy,  detection     ,\ 
almost  baffles  experts,  fills  every  requirement-^^ 
of. the  most  exacting,  ploases  the  most  fastid-  ~~ 
ious,  at  only  one-thirtieth  the  cost  of  the  real 
diamond.      As  a  means    of   introducing  thi* 
marvelous  and  wonderful  fdntiUalinff  g*m, 
and  securing  as  many  new  friends  at  quickly 
at  possible,  we  are  making  a  special  induce- 
ment for  the  new  year.     We  want  you  to  wear 
this  beautiful  Ring,  thin  maxt«rpiec*  of  man's 
handicraft,  this  simulation  that  sparkles  with 
all  the  beauty,  and  Hashes  with  all  the  fire  of 

>A  GENUINE    DIAMOND 


Of  the  first  1 


it  to 


We  want  you  to  sh' 
your  friends  and  Use  orders  for  uf .  at  it  sells 
Itself— sells  at  sight— and  makes  100%  ?roflt 
lor  you,  absolutely  without  effort  on  your  part. 

We  want  good,  honest  representatives  everywhere 
eallty,  city  or  country .  In  foot,  la  arerj  eountrj  ihroujoout  tba 
and   woman,     who    will  sot  mII  or   pawn  tat  Buranto  Staul 
undar  tht  pratanrt  that  they  iti  Ganulna  Gtmi.    If  you  want  I 
latlon  diamond,  to  the  ordinary  obitrrer  almost  Ilka  usto  a  fai 
ray  aerena,  a  fitting  substitute  for  tbtfenulct;  or  If  yon 
•on't  wait— ACT  TODAY,  at  tfali  advartliemaat  may  not  appear, 
sal  and  aitraordlnarj  opportunity  occur,  again.     Fill  out   thi 
and  land  at  odo«— flrit  coma,  ftrit  ■  tried. 


The  Barnatto  Diamond  Co.         Wrtu  *"■  *****  of  v*v '»  *hUh 
yea  sav  thli  ad. 

Olrard  Blag.,  Chicago.  -.. 

8lr»:— Plaaia  sand  Free,  Simple  Offer,  Bine,  Earrings,  Stud  m  i#arf 

(Stick)  Pin,  oatalorue. 

Name ....••*•«••..•••.... _,,.„,-, 

R.F.D.R.No Street 

Towner  City....*.. • —.*.... 

P.  O.  Box....    State 


PRIMARY  TEACHERS 

will  be  Interested  to  know 
that  we  put  up 

Kindergarten  Material 

!   Especially  for  primary  schools  and  will 
send  with  our  catalogue  FREE  instructloas 
for  using  the  material  In  primary  schools. 
Address  J.  H.  SHULTS,  flanlstee,  Mich. 


EREE! 

iKinde 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Massachusetts  Training  Schools 

BOSTON 

Miss   Laura   Fisher's 

TRAINING    SCHOOL    FOR 

KINDERGARTNERS 

Normal  Course,  2  years. 

Post-Graduate  Course. 

Special  Course. 

For  circulars  addresss 
292   Marlborough    St.,        BOSTON,    MASS. 


Kindergarten  Training  School 

82   St.    Stephen    Street,   Boston. 

Normal  Course,  two  years. 

For  circulars  addresss 
MISS    LUCY    BARKIS    SYMONDS. 


MISS   ANNIE    COOLIDGE    RUST'S 

Froebel  School  of  Kinder- 
garten Normal  Classes 

BOSTON,    MASS. 

Regular    Two    Years'    Course. 

Post-Graduate    Course.      Special    Courses. 

Sixteenth   Year. 

For  circulars  address 

MISS  RUST,  PIERCE   BLDG., 

Copley  Square. 

BOSTON 

Perry     Kindergarten     Normal 
School 

MRS.    ANNIE    MOSELEY   PERRY, 
Principal, 


18  Huntington  Ave., 


BOSTON,  MASS. 


Miss  Wheelock's  Kindergarten 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

134    Newbury    Street,        BOSTON,    MASS. 

Regular    Two    Years'    Course. 
Special   One   Year   Course'  for   graduate 
students. 

Students'    Home   at   the  Marenholz. 
For  circulars   address 

IXCY    WHEELOCK. 

BOSTON 

The   Garland 
Kindergarten  Training  School 

Normal    Course,    two    years. 
Home-making    Course,     one    year. 
MRS.     MARGARET    3.     STANNARD, 
Principal. 

19  Chestnut  Street,  Boston. 


Springfield   Kindergarten 

Normal    Training    Schools 

Two  Years'  Course.    Terms,  $100  per  year. 

Apply    to 

HATTIE  TWICHELL, 

SPRINGFIELD— LONGMEADOW,   MASS. 


New   York   Training   Schools 


The    Kraus    Seminary    for 
Kindergartners 

REGULAR   AND   EXTENSION 
COURSES. 

MRS.  MARIA  KRAUS-BOELTE 

Hotel  San  Remo,       Central  Park  West 
75th  Street,  -  NEW  YORK  CITY 


THE  ELLIMAN  SCHOOL 

Kindergarten  Normal  Class 

POST-GRADUATE  CLASSES. 

Twenty-fifth   Year. 

167  W.  57th  Street,       NEW  YORK  CITY 

Opposite   Carnegie  Hall. 


Miss  Jenny  Hunter's 
Kindergarten   Training  School 

15  West  127th  St.,  NEW  YORK  CITY. 

Two  Years'  Course,   Connecting  Class  and 
Primary    Methods. 

ADDRESS 
2079    Fifth   Ave.,    New    York   City. 

Kindergarten    Normal    Department 

Ethical  Culture  School 

For   information   address 

MISS   CAROLINE   T.    HAVEN,   Principal, 

Central  Park  West  and  63d  St. 

NEW    YORK. 


TRAINING  SCHOOL 

OF    THE 

Buffalo  Kindergarten  Assoc'n. 

Two  Years'   Course. 
For   particulars   address 

MISS  ELLA   C.   ELDER, 
86   Delaware  Avenue,      -      Buffalo,  N.   Y. 

Connecticut  Training  Schools 

BRIDGEPORT 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

FOR 

KINDERGARTNERS 

IN    AFFILIATION    WITH 

The  New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Will   open   its   eighth   year  September   IS. 
For    circulars,    information,    etc.,    address 

MARY  C.  MILLS,  Principal 

179    West    Avenue, 
BRIDGEPORT,    -    -    CONN. 

The      Fannie      A.      Smith 

Froebel    Kindergarten 

and  Training  School 

Good  Kindergarten  teachers  have  no 
trouble  in  securing  well-paying  positions. 
In  fact,  we  have  found  the  demand  for 
our  graduates  greater  than  we  can  sup- 
ply.     One  and   two  years'   course. 

For    Catalogue,    address 

FANNIE  A.  SMITH,  Principal, 
Lafayette  Street,    BRIDGEPORT,   CONN. 


ADELPHI    COLLEGE 

Lafayette  Avenue,  St.  James  and  Clifton  Places.  BROOKLYN,  NEW  YORK 

Normal  School  for  Kindergartners 

Two  Years'  Course.  Address  Prop.  Anna  E.   Harvey,  Supt 


Established    1896 


The  New  York 

Froebel  Normal 

KINDERGARTEN  and  PRIMARY  TRAINING 


College     Preparatory.    Teachers'  I  Academic.    Music 

E.  LYELL  EARL,  Ph.  D.,  Principal, 

HARRIETTS  M.  MILLS,  Head  of  Department  of  Kindergarten  Training. 

MARIE  RUEF  HOFEK,  Department  of  Music. 


Eleventh  Year  opens  Wednesday,  Sept.  18,  1907 

Write  for  circulars.  Address, 

59  West  96th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Michigan  Training  Schools 


Grand   Rapids 
Kindergarten  Training  School 


Winter  and  Summer  Terms. 

Oct.  1st,  1908,  to  June  1st,   1909. 

July  1st  to  August    31st,   1909. 

CERTIFICATE,    DIPLOMA    AND 
NORMAL    COURSES. 

CLARA   WHEELER,    Principal. 
MAT   L.    OG1LBT,   Registrar. 

Shepard    Building:,       -       23    Fountain    St. 
GRAND   RAPIDS,  MICH. 


Maine  Training  Schools 

Miss  Norton's  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

PORTLAND     MAINE. 

Two    Tears'    Course. 

For  circulars  addresss 

15  Dow   Street,  -         PORTLAND,   ME. 

Miss  Abby  N.  Norton 


Ohio  Training  Schools 


OHIO,    TOLEDO,    231:4    AsMand    Ave. 

THE      MISSES      LAW'S 

FROEBEL    KINDBRG  IRTEN     TRAIN- 
ING   SCHOOL. 

Medical  supervision.      Personal   attention. 
Thirty-five    practice    schools 
Certificate  and  Diploma  Courses. 

MART   E.   LAW,    M.    '»..    Principal. 

Kindergarten      Training 

Exceptional  advantages — daily  practice. 
Lectures  from  Professors  of  Oberlin  Col- 
lege and  privilege  of  Elective  Courses  ii 
the  College  at  special  rates.  Charges 
moderate.  Graduates  readily  find  posi 
tions. 

For    Catalogue    address    Secretary 
OBERLIN    KTNDERGARDEN    ASSOCIA- 
TION. 
Drawer  K,  Oberlin,  Ohio. 


CLEVELAND     KINDERGARTEN 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

In  Affiliation  with  the 
CHICAGO    KINDERGARTEN    COLLEGF 

Corner  of  Cdar  and  Watkins  Apes., 
Cleveland,    Ohio. 

(Founded  in  1S94) 
Course  of  study   under  direction  of  Eliza- 
beth Harrison,  covers  two  years  in  Cleve- 
land, leading   to  senior  and  normal  courses 
in   the   Chicago    Kindergarten    Course. 

MISS   NETTA  PARIS,    Principal. 
MRS.    W.    R.    WARNER,   Manager. 


Indiana  Training  Schools 


The      Teachers'      College 
of  Indianapolis 

For  the   Training:  of   Kindergartners   and 
Primary    Teachers. 

Regular  Course  two  years.  Preparatory 
Course  one  year.  Post-Graduate  Course 
for  Normal  Teachers,  one  year.  Primary 
training  a  part  of  the  regular  work. 

Classes  formed  in  September  and  Feb- 
ruary. 

90  Free  Scholarships  Granted 

Each    Year. 

Special   Primary  Class   in    May   and   June. 
Send    for    Catalogue. 

Mrs.  Eliza  A.  Blaker.  Pres. 

THE   WILLIAM    N.    JACKSON   MEMOR- 
IAL   INSTITUTE, 
23d  and  Alabama  Streets. 


The  Richmond  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

14  West  Main  Street. 


ALICE   N.    PARKER,    Frinclpal. 

Two  years  in  course.  Froebei's  theory 
and  practice.  Also  a  third  year  course 
for   graduates. 

SPECIAL  LECTURES. 


Kentucky  Training  Schools 


TRAINING    SCHOOL   OF  THE 

T  .ouisville    Free    Kindergarten 
Association 

Louisville,    Ky, 
FACULTY: 

'Tiss  Mary    Hill,    Supervisor 

Mrs.    Robert   D.    Allen.    Senior   Critic   anc1 
Training  Teacher. 

Miss  Alexina  G.  Booth.   History  and  Phil- 
osophy  of  Education. 

Miss   Jane  Akin,    Primary  Sunday    School 
Methods. 

Miss  Aliene  Seaton,  Manual  Work. 

Miss  Frances    Ingram,    Nature    Study. 

Miss  Anna    Moore,    Primary   Methods. 

Miss  Margaret  Byers,  Art  Work. 


New  Jersey  Training  Schools 


Miss  Cora  Webb  Peet 

KINDERGARTEN  NORMAL   TRAINING- 
SCHOOL 

Two    Years'   Course. 
For    circulars,    address 

MISS  CORA  WEBB  PEET, 
16   Washington   St.,       East  Orange,  N.  J. 


OHIO COLUMBUS 

Kindergarten  Normal  Training  School 


17th  and  Brood 
Streets 


-E1QMTEENTH  YEAR  BEGINS  SEPTEnBER  25,    1907- 


Illinois  Training  Schools 
Kindergarten  Training  School 


Chicago  Free  Kindergarten  Association 

H.   N.    Higinbotham,    Pres. 

Mrs.    P.    D.    Armour,    Vice-Pres. 
SARAH  E.  HANSON,   Principal. 

Credit  at  the 
Northwestern   and  Chicago   Universities. 

For  particulars  address  Eva  B.  Whit- 
more,  Supt.,  6  E.  Madison  St.,  cor.  Mich, 
ave.,  Chicago. 


PESTALOZZI-FROEBEL 

Kindergarten    Training 
School 

at  CHICAGO  COMMONS,  180  Grand  Ave. 

Mrs  Bertha  Hofer  Hegner,  Superintendent 
Mis    Amelia    Hofer,    Principal. 

THIRTEENTH    YEAR. 

Regular  course  two  years.  Advanced 
courses  for  Graduate  Students.  A  course 
in  Home  Mailing.  Includes  opportunity  to 
become  familiar  with  the  Social  Settle- 
ment movement.  Fine  equipment.  For 
circulars    and    information    write    to 

MRS.    BERTHA    HOFER-HEGNER, 
ISO   Grand   Ave.,    Chicago. 


Chicago    Froebel    Association 

Trainiug  Class  for  Kindergartners. 

(Established    1S76.) 

Two  Years'  Course.  Special  Courses  un- 
der Professors  of  University  of  Chicago 
receive  University  credits.  For  circulars 
apply  to 

MRS.  ALICE  H.  PUTNAM,  or  MISS  M. 
L.    SHELDON,    Associate    Principals, 

1008  Fine  Arts  Building,         Chicago,  111. 


INSTITUTE 

Gertrude  House,  40  Scott  Street 


Regular  Course — Two  Years. 
Post-gfraduate  Course — One  Year. 
Supplementary  Course— One  Year. 
Non-professional     Home   Making: 

Course — One  Year. 

University  Credits 
Residence  for  students  at  Gertrude 

House. 


DIRECTORS 

Miss  CAROLINE  C.  CRONISE 
Mrs,  MARY  B.  PAGE 
Mrs.  ETHEL  ROE  LiNDGREN 
Miss  FRANCES  E,  NEWTON 

Send  for  Circulars 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Pennsylvania  Training  Schools 


Miss  Hart's 

Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Re-opened  Oct.  1st,  1908,  at  1615 
Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia,  The 
work  will  include  Junior,  Senior 
Graduate  and  Normal  Trainers' 
Courses,  and  a  Model  Kindergar- 
ten.      For  particulars  address 

Miss  Caroline  M.  C.  Hart, 
Model  Kindergarten 
The  Pines,  Rutledge,  Pa. 


The  Philadelphia  Training 
School  for  Kindergartners 

Reopens  October  2,  1908. 
Junior,    Senior  and   Special   Classes. 
Model    Kindergarten. 

Address 

MRS.   M.   L.   VAN  KIRK,  Principal, 

1333   Fine   Street,       -       Philadelphia,    Pa. 


Pittsburgh    and    Allegheny 
Kindergarten  College 

ALICE   N.    PARKER,    Superintendent. 

Regular   Course,    two   years.      Special   ad- 
vantages   for    Post-Graduate    work. 
Seventeenth  year  begins  Sept.   30,   1908 
For   Catalogue,    address 
Mrs.  William  McCracken,  Secretary, 

3439  Fifth   Avenue,       PITTSBURGH,  PA 


California  Training  Schools 


Oakland  Kindergarten 

TRAINING  CLASS 

State   Accredited  List. 
Seventeeth  Tear  opens  September,  1907. 
Address 

Miss  Grace   Everett  Barnard, 

1374  Franklin   Street,       OAKLAND,  CAL. 


Wisconsin   Training   Schools 


Milwaukee    State   Normal 
School 

Kindergarten  Training  Department. 

Two  Tears'  Course  for  graduates  of 
four-years'  high  schools.  Faculty  of 
twenty-five.  Special  advantages.  Tuition 
free  to  residents  of  Wisconsin;  $40  per 
year  to  others.  School  opens  the  first 
Tuesday   in   September. 

Send   for   Catalogue   to 
NINA   C.   VANDEWALKER,    Director. 


Washington  Training  Schools 


WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

The    Columbia    Kindergarten 
Training   School 

2115  California  Ave.,  cor.  Connecticut  Av. 

Certificate,    Diploma  and   Normal   Course 
Principals: 

SARA  KATHARINE  LIPPINCOTT, 
SUSAN  CHADICK  BAKER. 


Virginia  Training  Schools 

The  Richmond  Training  School 

for  Kindergartners 

Richmond.  Va. 

Alice  N.  Baker,  Principal. 

Two  years'  course  and  Poat 

Graduate  course. 

For  further  information  apply  to 

14  W.  Main  Street. 


Georgia  Training  Schools 


Atlanta  Kindergarten  Normal 
School 


For    particulars   address 

WHXETTE   A.   ALLEN,  Principal, 
?39  Peaehtrec-   Sireet,  ATLANTA,  GA. 

Normal  Training  School 

of  the 
KATE   BALDWIN   FREE   KINDERGAR- 
TEN ASSOCIATION. 

( Established  1899) 

HORTENSE    M.    ORCUTT,    Principal     of 

the   Training   School  and   Supervisor 

of   Kindergartens. 
Application   for   entrance  to  the   Train- 
ing Schools  should  be  made  to  Miss  M.  R. 
Sasnett,   Corresponding  Secretary, 

117   Rolton  St.,      EAST   SAVANNAH,  GA. 


If  your  Training  School  Is  not  represent 
ed  in  these  columns,  kindly  send  us  you 
copy,  and  let  us  put  it  among  the  others 
Aside  rom  the  advertising  value,  both 
your  pupils  and  your  graduates  will  be 
pleased  to  see  your  training  school  have  a 
place  among  the  others  of  America. 


1874 — Kindergarten  Normal  Instituti    is —  i  908 

1516  Columbia  Road  N.  W.,  WASHINGTON    D.  0. 

The  citizenship  of  the  future  depends  on  the  children  of  today. 

Susan  Plessner  Pollok,  Principal. 

Teachers'  Training  Course — Two  Years. 

Summer  Training  Classes  at  Mt.  Chatauqua — Mountain  Lake  Park — 
Garrett  Co.,   Maryland. 


Repton  School 

Tarry  tow  n=on=Hudson,  New  York 
A  School  for  young  boys  between  the  ages  of  7  and  14.    A  few  of 
o  ur  special  advantages  are: 

Specially  designed,  modern  buildings,  costing  over  $  100.000.00.  Numbers  are  limiteo 
to  Forty,  giving  an  average  of  Five  boys  in  a  class,  thus  ensuring  every  boy,  practicaihy  in 
dividualtuition 

A  Physica  Instructor,  qualified  in  Europe,  attends  to  the  Swedish  and  other  exer- 
icses,  under  the  supervision  ot  the  School  Physician,  who  prescribes  the  exercise  for    each  boy 

A  resident  nurse,  and  hospital  building. 

Fee  for  the  school  year  $400.00— $500.00. 

Apply  to  THE  HEADMASTER. 


Reeds,  Raffia,  Splints,  Braided  Straw,  Matting  and  General  Construction  Material 


Postage  at  the  rate  of  16c  per  pound  must 
In  all  cases  be  added  to  these  prices  when 
goods  are  to  be  sect  by  mail. 

COLORED  RAFFIA   (Florist  Fiber). 
Colors:    Red,    Orange,    Yellow,    Greou,   Blue, 
Violet,    Brown    and    Black. 

Per  pound Net,  (0.40 

Per    Mi-pound    Net,       .25 

Per   14 -pound    Net,       .15 

%-lb.  bunch,  assorted  colors Iff 

PLAIN    RAFFIA    (Florist    Fiber). 

Per  2   ounces 06 

Per  ^4-pound   ....._, 10 

Per  %-pound    15 

Per    pound     20 

Per  pound,  5-pound  lots 15 


REEDS. 
Our  reed  Is   all  put  up   In  POUND  PACK- 
AGES  OF  EACH  SIZE,  and  we  do   not   sell 
part    of    a    package    except    at    an    advance 
or  Be  per  package. 

No.  1,  fine,  per  pound 1.00 

No.  2,  medium,  per  pound 95 

No.  S,  medium  coarse,  per  pound 75 

No.   4,    coarse,  per   pound 75 

No.  5,  coarser,  per  pound .50 

No.  6,  coarser,  per  pound 50 

LOOMS. 

Todd  Adjustable— No.  Al,  no  needle...     .15 

Postage,  18c. 

Todd    Adjustable — Perfection $0.30 

Postage,  23c. 

Xodd  Adjustable— No.  2 75 

Little  Gem— No.  1,  9x12 25 

Little   Gem— No.   2,   7xaya 25 

Faribault,    hammock   attachment 85 

Other  Looms  Furnished. 
Above   should   be   ordered   by   express. 
MOUNTING   BOARD. 

Good  quality,  8-pIy  mounting  board,  colors, 
dark  green,  steel  blue,  black,  per  sheet,    .08 

Kodack  Mounts,  colors  as  above,  per  sht..  .04 
Both  above  are  22x28  inches,  but  will  be  cut 
in  J4  or  '/&  sheets  at  lc  per  sheet  extra,  or  free 
in  lots  of  12  sheets  at  a  time. 

Bristol,  in  colors,  22x28,  per  sheet $0.05 

Heavy  Manila,  SZy2xZSya 02 

Straw  Board,  22x28 02 

Postage  on  a  single  sheet  of  above,  4c,  to 
which  must  be  added  postage  on  the  packing  for 
same,  as  follows:  If  cut  in  quarters  and  rolled, 
lc  per  sheet,  4c  per  doz.  sheets.  If  sent  full 
size  and  rolled,  5c  per  sheet,  8c  per  doz.  sheets. 
Full  sheets,  packed  flat,  per  sheet,  30c.  Per 
dozen  sheets,  35c.    State  how  preferred. 

Japanese  Manila,   20x30 .01 

Leatherette,    20x25 05 

Cardboard  Modeling  Paper,  18x24 02 

Postage  on  above,  1  sheet,  2c;  per  doz.,  17c 

Coated  Paper,  20x24 04 

Engine  Colored  Paper,  20x24 .03 

Gilt  and  SUver  Paper,  20x24 .00 

Postage  on  above,  1  sheet,  2c;  1  doz.,  8c 

Oak   Tag  for   Construction   Work,  9x12, 
dozen    sheets    00 

Postage,  10  cents. 
Oak    Tag   for   Construction   Work,   8V&X 
10%,  per  dozen 0} 

Postage,   9  cents. 

Oak   Tag   for   Construction   Work,    7V4x 
9%,  per  dozen .00 

Postage,    9   cents. 
Colors — Dark      Green.     Yellow,     Turquoise- 
Carpet  Warp,  per  skein 15 

Add  12c  for  postage. 


ZEPHYR. 


Faribault  Uoom. 

MM 

!■ 

T 

faribaalt-looVft 


With"""* 

Hawmo«*  ftttach- 


Macreme   Cord,   per   ball Net,       .12 

Add  4c  for  postage. 

Rubber  Balls,  2-inch,  plain,  per  doz 60 

Postage,  each,  4c,  per  doz.,  37c. 

Rubber   Balls,    2-inch,   plain,   per   doz. . .      .60 

Postage,   each,   4c;   per   doz.,    37c. 

Rubber  Balls,  3-Inch,  plain,  each 10 

Add  6c   for  postage. 

Rubber   Balls,   4 '/i-tnch,  plain,   each 25 

Rubber  Balls,  4%-inch,  red,  each 85 

Add  7c  for  postage  for  either  above. 

Brass   Paper  Fasteners,  per  100 20 

Conductor's  Punch    .80 

Add   4c   for   postage  on  either   above. 

Copper   Wire,   per   spool .20 

iron  Wire,  per  spool 10 

Add  7c   for  postage  on  either  above. 
Following  sent  postpaidjon  receipt  of  price : 

Gormantown    Yarn,    skein 12 

Single    Zephyr,    per    lap 08 

Seine  Needles,  wood,  each   15c;   doz....   1.50 

Toy   Knitter,  per  dozen 50 

Brown's  Pictures,  each..%o,  lc,  So  and     .05 

Silver  and  Gilt  Stars,  gummed,  rer  100     .10 

Order  the  following  by  freight  or  express. 

Schute  Weaving  Discs,  4-inch,  doz 16 

Schute  Weaving  Discs,  6-inch,  doz 25 

Schute  Weaving  Discs,  12-lnch,  doz 50 

The  Multiple  Perforator 3.00 

Orwig   Punch    2.50 

Modeling    Clay — 5Jb.   bricks 25 

Modeling    Clay    Flour — 5-Ib    boxes 25 

Modeling   Clay — by  the  barrel 8.00 


WHITE    BRAIDED     STRAW. 

Per    yard $0.02 

Postage,  lc. 
Per    piece,    120    yards 60 

Postage,  per  piece,  15c. 

COLORED  BRAIDED  STRAW. 

Half-inch  wide,  In  colors,  as  follows:  Nile 
Green,  Red,  Pink,  Yale  Blue,  Bright  Green 
and    Ecru. 

Per    yard O3 

Per   piece,    120   yards 60 

Postage,  same  as  for  white  braided  straw 


Indian  Ash  Splints  and  Fillers. 

15c.  per  ounce;  $1.20  per  pound.    Assorted 

colors.     Postage,  on  ribbon  and  packing 

2c.  per  ounce.  20c   per  pound, 

We  also  keep  In  stock  Wood  Ribbon,  Sweet 
Grass,  T.  K.  Matting,  Ash  Splints  for  basket 
handles,  Basket  Bottoms,  ete.  Send  for  sam- 
ples or  circulars  and  prices. 

We  furnish  everything  on  the  market  In 
the  line  of  construction  material  at  lowest 
prions. 


Address  all  orders  to 


Germantown 


Multiple  Perforator 


Orwig  Perforator 


RAPHIA  FRAMES 


a 

. 

0 
0 

a 

. 

"■* 

a 

a 

e 
j3 

a 

*> 

0 

t- 

M 

3 

s 

0 
►> 

a 

09 
V 

■ft 

s 

0, 

a 

a 

9 

e 

!►>  as 

a 
0 
0 

a 
.0 

•a 
a 

2 

P 

3 

a 

0> 

i 

I 

American  Kindergarten  Supply  House 

276-278=280  River  Street,  Manistee,  Mich. 


Ol)£  TJiin6erosarten-  jprimatT  ^tlaga^ine 

VOL.  XXI—FEBUARY,  1909— NO.  5 
The  Kindergarten- Primary  Magazine 


Devoted  to  the  Child  and  to  the  Unity  of  Educational 

Theory  and   Practice  from  the  Kindergarten 

Through  the  University. 

Editorial  Rooms,  59  West  9fth  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

EDITORIAL  COMMITTEE. 

E    T,yell  Earle.  Ph.  D Managing  Editor 

J.^nn'y  B.  Merrill,  Ph.   D.,   Supervisor  Kindergartens. 

Manhattan.  The  Bronx  and   Richmond 

Harriette  M.  Mills New  York  Froebel    Normal 

Mari  Rutf  Hofer Teachers'  College 

and  N.  Y.F.N. 
Bertha  Johnston New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Special  A  r tides 
Ray  V.  Strickler,  Illustrator,  Hillsdale,  Mich. 

All  communications  pertainingto  subscriptions  andadvertising 
or  other  business  relating  10  the  magazine  should  be  addressed 
to  the  Michigan  office,  J.  H.  Shults,  Business  Manager,  Manistee, 
Hichigan.  All  other  communications  to  E.  Lyell  Earle,  Managing 
Editor,  59  W.  96th  St.,  New  York  City. 

The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  is  published  on  the 
first  of  each  month,  except  July  and  August,  from  27S  River 
Street.  Manistee.    Mich. 

The  Subscription  price  is  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 
Single  copies.    15c. 

Postage  is  Prepaid  by  the  publishers  for  all  subscriptions  In 
the  United  States.  Hawaiian  Tslands,  Philippine  Islands.  Guam, 
Porto  Rico.  Tutuila  (Samoa).  Shanghai,  Canal  Zone.  Cuba, 
and  Mexico.  For  Canada  add  20c  and  for  all  other  countries 
in  the  Postal  Union  add  4Cc  for  postage. 

Notice  of  Expiration  is  sent,  hut  it  is  assumed  that  a  con- 
tinuance of  the  subscription  is  desired  nntil  notice  of  discon- 
tinuance is  received.  When  pending  notice  of  change  of  ad- 
dress, both  the  old  and  new  addresses  must  be  given. 

Remittances  should  be  sent  by  draft.  Express  Order  or 
Money  Order,  payable  to  The  Kindergarten  Magazine  Com- 
pany.    If  a  local  check  is  sent,  it  must  Include  10c  exchange. 


STORIES    AND     GAMES    VS.     FIVE- 
CENT  THEATERS  AND  THE  SUN- 
DAY SUPPLEMENT. 
JENNY  B.  MERRILL,  Pd.  D. 

I  have  never  entered  a  five-cent  theater, 
and  my  mother  who  still  rules  in  the  home 
will  not  have  a  Sunday  newspaper  around. 
Hence  you  may  judge  that  I  am  badly  pre- 
pared upon  at  least  one-half  of  my  subject. 

But  if  there  are  those  who  having  found 
evil  in  these  two  amusements  seek  a 
method  of  substitution  they  are  certainly 
wise  for  the  best  way  to  chase  darkness  is 
to  let  in  light  when  lo  the  spectre  is  no 
more. 

The  fact  that  our  good  chairman  has  sug- 
gested stories  and  games  as  two  possible 
substitutes  for  the  five-cent  shows  and  the 
funny  stories  of  the  supplements  has  led  me 
to  seek  a  point  of  connection  between  them. 

I  find  it  in  what  an  English  writer  has 
called  "The  Instinct  of  Pursuit." 

If  I  raise  a  ball  to  throw  it,  you  are  at 
once  interested  to  follow  its  course  and  to 
see  where  it  will  strike.  So  a  story  begins, 
proceeds   and   ends.      So   likewise   a   game 


begins,  proceeds,  ends  and  so  does  a  show 
and  a  series  of  funny  pictures.  In  this  then 
they  are  all  alike. 

The  mind  of  a  child,  yet  of  an  adult,  loves 
to  follow  a  course,  to  start — to  go — to 
arrive,  it  has  in  other  words  an  instinct  of 
pursuit.  The  question  is  "Do  we  provide 
well  for  the  natural  instinct  in  our  educa- 
tional schemes  and  in  our  amusements? 
If  not  by  pushing  the  story  and  the  game  to 
the  front,  will  we  not  be  able  to  let  in  more 
light  which  will  help  to  drive  out  the  dark- 
ness? 

Notwithstanding  my  confessed  ignorance 
of  two  elements  in  my  topic  I  must  admit 
that  I  have  seen  Sunday  supplements  and 
that  I  have  catechised  quite  vigorously  a 
young  friend  who  patronized  five  cent 
shows. 

I  hope  I  will  not  shock  you  by  saying  I 
have  found  good  elements  in  both.  It  is  an 
old  question,  is  there  positive  good  and 
positive  evil  or  are  they  comparative  terms? 
We  need  not  solve  the  mystery  today,  for 
if  we  decide  that  we  want  our  children  to 
have  as  near  the  best  as  we  can  give  them 
that  is  all  that  is  necessary.  I  can  conceive 
a  five  cent  show  to  be  better  than  no  show 
at  all,  and  a  funny  supplement  better  than 
no  pictures  and  no  nonsense.  I  can  con- 
ceive some  games  to  be  worse  than  some 
shows  for  some  children. 

I  remember  well  years  ago  that  a  remark 
of  Dr.  Lyman  Abbott  in  regard  to  theaters 
made  a  great  impression  upon  mv  mind.  I 
had  been  brought  up  to  condemn  the 
theater  as  inimical  but  said  Dr.  Abbott  "We 
should  not  condemn  all  theaters  because 
there  are  bad  ones  any  more  than  we  con- 
demn all  books  because  there  are  bad  books. 
We  must  train  our  young  folk  to  feel  and 
know  the  difference  between  the  good  and 
the  bad  in  theaters  as  in  books. 

A  child  will  know  good  food  from  bad  if 
he  has  been  served  well  from  childhood  in 
a  good  home.  He  will  almost  instinctively 
reiect  injurious  food  as  he  grows  in  years 
but  his  vouth  must  be  protected  until  his 
judgment  is  formed,  otherwise  he  will  have 
no  high  ideals,  no  correct  standards. 

Standards  and  ideals  are  the  products  of 
experience  and  we  must  furnish  them  to  the 
young. 

Annie  M.  Allen,  in  her  excellent  book, 
"Home.  School  and  Vacation,"  calls  atten- 
tion in  the  chapter  on  Amusements  to  the 


i44 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


fact  that  we  have  erred  in  permitting  over- 
stimulation and  "under  regulation." 

Mrs.  Allen  says,  "Congestion  and  stag- 
nation are  both  gross  errors,  easy  to  avoid 
when  once  they  are  recognized."  She  fur- 
ther says  "To  judge  of  the  probable  value 
of  any  occupation  or  amusement  to  any 
special  child,  we  must  have  a  lively  concep- 
tion of  what  the  child  is  in  his  best  estate 
and  what  sort  of  creature  he  is  to  grow  to 
be.  Our  success  must  depend  upon  our 
own  sense  of  proportion,  upon  the  fineness 
of  our  feeling  for  balance  and  adjustment." 

But  others  are  to  report  upon  a  wish 
selection  of  stories  and  games.  That  they 
have  elements  capable  of  crowding  out  less 
worthy  amusements,  I  am  certain. 

The  child  cannot  be  in  two  places  at  the 
same  time  and  if  we  furnish  well  equipped 
playgrounds  in  the  home,  in  the  school,  in 
the  park,  the  five  cent  show  will  have  less 
chance.  Furthermore  if  we  have  story 
tellers  in  all  our  branch  libraries,  if  we  have 
story  hours  in  the  home,  story  tellirtg  upon 
the  door-steps  on  summer  evenings,  if  we 
have  story  hours  in  our  church  houses  and 
in  our  schools,  again  the  children  will  be  too 
full  of  happy  thoughts  to  wander  far  afield. 

To  be  very  practical  it  has  even  occurred 
to  me  that  there  might  be  a  story  hour  in 
every  school  house  to  which  good  children 
would  have  access  after  school  hours  in- 
stead of  a  room  for  the  detention  of  trouble- 
some boys  and  girls.  The  school  house 
must  be  so  homed  that  it  cannot  be  a 
punishment  to  remain  an  extra  hour  with- 
in its  walls.  Teachers  will  volunteer  to  con- 
duct these  story  homes  in  turn  and  the 
teachers  will  be  the  best  story  tellers. 

Dr.  Thomas  Hunter,  the  President  of  the 
Normal  College,  was  a  famous  story-teller. 
In  teaching  classes  of  rough  boys  in  night 
schools  in  his  younger  days  he  would  say 
"Now  if  we  get  through  our  work  in  time, 
I  will  tell  you  a  story."  And  there  were  no 
bad  boys  to  prevent  the  work  from  moving 
rapidly  along. 

It  has  also  occurred  to  me  that  the  five 
cent  shows  may  be  encouraged  to  improve- 
ment if  teachers  will  visit  them  and  kindly 
point  out  the  most  objectionable  features 
and  suggest  stories,  pictures  and  song  that 
will  please  without  vulgarizing  children. 

The  boy  whom  I  interrogated  had  seen 
good  old  fairy  tales  illustrated,  he  had  seen 
sports  of  foreign  countries ;  he  had  seen  the 
naval  review  at  San  Francisco  and  other 


present  day  history.  I  have  faith  to  believe 
such  shows  could  be  extended  and  possibly 
even  good  evolved  where  evil  now  exists. 
At  least  I  mean  when  opportunity  offers  to 
see  what  is  being  shown  the  children  in  my 
own  neighborhood.  Again  the  schools 
must  help  in  improving  the  funny  picture 
page.  Why  not?  We  can  surely  raise 
artists  who  can  be  funny  without  being  low 
and  vulgar. 

The  art  work  now  being  accomplished  in 
our  schools  will  in  time  raise  the  taste  of 
the  whole  community. 

In  his  last  annual  report  to  Dr.  Maxwell, 
our  distinguished  supervisor  of  the  Manual 
Arts,  Dr.  James  P.  Haney,  said".  "It  is  to 
be  noted  that  the  long  time  restriction  for- 
bidding pupils  to  sketch  in  the  museum  was 
removed  by  Sir  Purdon  Clarke  immediately 
after  his  acceptance  of  the  directorship. 

A  large  number  of  teachers  have  since 
availed  themselves  of  the  opportunity  to 
send  their  pupils  or  to  visit  the  museum 
with  them  for  the  sake  of  studying  the  in- 
valuable collections  and  of  making  notes 
and  sketches  useful  in  classwork." 

Dr.  Haney  speaks  further  in  his  report  of 
"the  study  of  pictures  both  in  the  form  of 
canvases,  photographs — -and  reproductions 
of  visits  of  pupils  to  the  galleries  of  the  Fine 
Arts  Building,  of  loan  exhibitions    etc. 


THE  I.  K.  U.  AT  BUFFALO. 

The  local  committee  in  conference  with 
the  Executive  Board  of  the  I.  K.  U.  an- 
nounces the  following  plan  for  the  exhibit 
in  connection  with  the  meeting  in  Buffalo 
April  26~30th: 

I  An  exhibit  giving  suggestions  for  the 
Architecture  and  Furniture  of  a  Kinder- 
garten room,  along  hygienic  and  artistic 
lines.  This  will  include  material,  photo- 
graphs, and  lantern  slides. 

II  An  exhibit  of  the  Jessie  Davis'  Genetic 
Construction  Work. 

III  Nature  Work — including  material, 
photographs  and  students'  note-books. 

IV  Work  with  Mothers'  Clubs. 
Contributions   or   suggestions   along  anv 

of  these  lines  will  be  welcome. 

Applications  for  space  should  be  made  by 
March  first.  Address  Miss  Marry  E.  Wat- 
kins,  86  Delaware  Ave.,  Buffalo. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


»4'5 


The  I.  K.  U.  and  the  N.  E.  A. 

Dr.  Earle, 

Editor  of  the  Kindergarten  Magazine, 
59  West  96th  St.,  N.  Y. 

My  dear  Dr.  Earle :  The  Board  of  the 
I.  K.  U.  has  appointed  a  committee  to  in- 
vestigate the  problem  of  some  sort  of  future 
relationship  with  the  N.  E.  A.  in  response 
to  the  request  from  the  N.  E.  A.  to  con- 
sider seriously  the  necessity  for  uniting  the 
kindergartners  to  some  larger  body  of 
education.  The  committee  appointed  is  as 
follows : 

Miss  Caroline  T.  Haven  of  New  York,  Chairman. 

Miss  Bertha  Payne  of  Chicago. 

Miss  Lucy  Wheelock  of  Boston. 

Miss  Anna  Williams  of  Philadelphia. 

Professor  Forbes  of  Rochester. 

Superintendent  Elson  of  Cleveland. 

Dr.  Nicholas  Murray  Butler. 

This  committee  has  been  in  consultation 
with  prominent  educators  for  advice  with 
regard  to  some  future  relationship  to  the 
N.  E.  A.  The  enclosed  letter  from  Dr. 
Butler  I  will  be  glad  to  have  published  in 
the  next  number  of  your  magazine,  and  I 
hope  it  will  be  followed  by  letters  from 
Professor  Eorbes  and  Superintendent 
Elson,  giving  their  points  of  view. 

A  circular  will  go  out  to  all  branches  of 
the  I.  K.  U.  in  January,  and  I  have  asked 
Miss  Haven  to  send  one  of  these  circulars 
to  your  magazine  as  soon  as  possible,  so 
that  it  may  be  printed  before  the  different 
branches  take  action  upon  it. 

Will  you  publish  Dr.  Butler's  letter  as 
early  as  possible,  so  that  everything  can  be 
done  to  make  all  of  the  branches  intelligent 
as  to  what  is  being  considered  before  they 
vote  upon  the  subject. 

Thanking  you  in  advance  for  your  co- 
operation, I  am 

Sincerely  yours, 

PATTY  S.  HILL. 

December  18,  1908. 
Miss  Patty  S.  Hill, 

President,  International  Kindergarten  Union, 
Teachers  College. 

My  dear  Miss  Hill:  The  question  which  you  put 
to  me  today  as  to  a  possible  formal  relationship 
between  the  International  Kindergarten  Union  and 
the  National  Education  Association,  is  both  im- 
portant and  interesting.  That  some  relationship 
between  the  two  organizations  would  be  mutually 
advantageous  seems  to  me  obvious.  The  papers 
and  discussions  of  the  International  Kindergarten 
Union  would,  if  included  in  the  Proceedings  of  the 
National  Educational  Association,  go  to  a  large,  a 
widely  distributed,  and  a  highly  sympathetic  body 
of  readers  who  do  not  now  see  them.  The  personal 
association  of  those  primarily  interested  in  kinder- 


garten   teaching    with    students    of    education    and 
teachers  in  other  fields  of  activity  would  be  broad- . 
ening  and  helpful  in  many  ways. 

It  so  happens  that  as  a  member  of  the  Executive 
Committee  of  the  National  Education  Association, 
I  am  much  interested  in  this  matter  from  another 
point  of  view.  It  has  seemed  to  many  members  of 
the  National  Education  Association  that  the  time 
has  come  when  we  cannot  longer  postpone  consid- 
eration of  questions  touching  the  readjustment  and 
possible  consolidation  of  some  of  the  existing  de- 
partments of  the  association.  The  number  of  de- 
partments has  been  increased  of  late  until  the  de- 
partments have  lost  all  relation  to  any  fixed  prin- 
ciple of  orderly  classification,  and  to  such  an  extent 
that  the  printing  of  their  proceedings  in  the  an- 
nual volume  has  become  a  serious  and  very  ex- 
pensive matter. 

Have  you  thought  of  some  such  plan  as  the  fol- 
lowing, which  I  think  would  be  advantageous  both 
to  the  International  Kindergarten  Union  and  to  the 
National  Education  Association? 

Suppose  the  members  of  the  International  Kin- 
dergarten Union  were  all  to  qualify  as  active  mem- 
bers of  the  National  Education  Association — 
which  many  of  them  now  are — and  continue  to 
hold  their  annual  meetings  in  the  spring,  as  has 
been  customary  for  some  time  past,  under  the  title 
of  International  Kindergarten  Union:  Department 
of  Kindergarten  Education  of  the  National  Educa- 
tion Association. 

Suppose  that  the  existing  Department  of  Kinder- 
garten Education  was  consolidated  with  the  De- 
partment of  Elementary  Education,  and  that  those 
kindergartners  who  attended  the  summer  meeting 
of  the  National  Education  Association  would 
either  take  part  in  the  Department  of  Elementary 
Education  for  the  purpose  of  studying  and  discuss- 
ing questions  and  problems  that  are  on  the  border 
line  between  the  kindergarten  and  the  elementary 
school,  or  would  take  this  opportunity  to  hear 
papers  and  discussions,  either  at  the  general  ses- 
sions or  in  other  departments,  which  appeal  to 
them  individually  as  interesting  and  instructive. 

In  this  way,  the  International  Kindergarten 
Union,  while  composed  entirely — at  least  so  far  as 
voting  members  were  concerned — of  active  mem- 
bers of  the  National  Education  Associaton,  would 
preserve  its  identity  and  the  advantages  of  its 
existing  form  of  organization,  while  gaining  the 
benefits  of  membership  in  the  larger  body. 

Perhaps  you  will  observe  that  the  Department 
of  Superintendence  as  now  conducted  stands  in 
just  this  relation  to  the  general  association.  This 
department  holds  its  meetings  in  mid-winter  and 
they  are  very  successful  and  largely  attended.  The 
Superintendents,  or  very  many  of  them,  also  attend 
the  summer  meeting  and  distribute  themselves 
among  those  departments  and  sessions  that  promise 
most  usefulness  and  interest.  In  this  way,  the 
Superintendents  get  the  advantage  of  a  meeting  de- 
voted to  their  own  special  concerns,  and  also  of 
membership  in  a  body  which  takes  the  whole  of 
education  for  its  province.  It  has  seemed  to  me 
that  the  International  Kindergarten  Union  might 
like  to  follow  this  precedent. 

Of  course,  I  am  writing  only  as  an  individual 
member  of  the  National  Education  Association. 
The  Board  of  Directors  of  that  body  could,  how- 
ever, if  they  so  wished,  by  vote  consolidate  the 
existing  departments  of  Kindergarten  and  Ele- 
mentary Education,  and  could  give  authority  to 
the  International  Kindergarten  Union,  provided  the 
terms  of  its  membership  were  made  to  conform  to 
those  of  membership  in  the  National  Education 
Association,  to  meet  at  a  time  other  than  that 
fixed  for  the  general  summer  meeting,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  plan  which  I  have  outlined  . 

If  the  officers  and  members  of  the  International 


146 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Kindergarten  Union  should  think  it  worth  while 
to  take  action  to  put  this  plan  into  effect,  it  would 
be  well  for  them  to  be  represented  at  Denver  next 
July  by  a  committee  whose  members  should  present 
the  question  in  all  its  phases .  to  the  Board  of 
Directors  of  the  National  Education  Association. 
It  would  be  helpful,  too,  if  the  matter  might  find 
discussion  in  the  educational  publications  of  the 
country  between  now  and  next  July,  in  order  that 
the  largest  possible  number  of  persons  interested 
might  be  informed  as  to  the  proposal,  and  that  any 
criticisms  which  it  may  call  forth  might  receive 
due  consideration. 

Commending  this  plan,  or  something  on  similar 
lines,  to  your  consideration,  I  am, 

Faithfully   yours, 

NICHOLAS  MURRAY  BUTLER. 


COMIC  SUPPLEMENTS  AGAIN. 

From  time  to  time  the  Kindergarten- 
Primary  Magazine  has  called  attention  to 
the  mischief  "that  lies  hid"  in  the  usual 
comic  supplements  of  the  daily  and  Sunday 
papers.  The  matter  has  been  subject  for 
discussion  in  the  I.  K.  U.  It  should  be 
brought  up  in  parents'  meetings  at  least 
once  a  year,  until  some  impress  has  been 
made  upon  the  collective  parent  of  the 
country.  Someone  has  said  that  a  man 
can  be  judged  by  what  he  laughs  at — by 
what  he  considers  funny.  All  children  need 
to  laugh — what  would  a  world  be  without 
childish  laughter?  But  we  must  give  the 
environment  which  will  provide  fun  that  is 
pure,  uplifting,  not  degrading,  kindly  and 
not  cruel.  We  would  recommend  that  a 
kindergartner  save,  for  a  time,  the  comic 
pictures  as  they  appear  in  many  papers — ■ 
classify,  study  them,  then  judge  what  is 
their  several  tendencies.  What  is  likely  to 
be  the  effect  upon  a  sensitive  mind  of  week- 
ly impressions  of  the  kind.  One  such 
picture  may  soon  be  obliterated  by  others 
of  a  higher  type — but  innumerable  impres- 
sions of  the  kind  cannot  fail  to  deaden  the 
appreciation  for  more  delicate,  kindly 
humor ;  cannot  fail  to  harden,  to  coarsen, 
and  so  to  deprive  of  the  power  to  enjoy  the 
genial  humor,  the  delicate  wit,  the  pene- 
trating satire  of  the  masters  of  literature ; 
cannot  fail  to  develop  the  cruel,  dishonest 
side  of  the  child  nature.  We  subjoin  two 
letters  reprinted  from  The  New  York 
Times,  whose  testimony  may  prove  useful 
in  mothers'  meetings : 

"MISCHIEF  IN  COMIC  PICTURES 

A  small  boy  of  my  acquaintance  became  highly 
'nterested  not  long  ago  in  the  adventures  of  a 
naughty  youth,  presented  in  the  comic  supplement 
of  a  well-known  newspaper.  The  youth  in  the 
newspaper  shampooed  his  sister's  hair,  and  anointed 
Hie  poodle  with  a  mixture  of  ink,  glue,  and  the 
Tamily    hair    tonic,    leaving    the    remainder    of    the 


compound  in  the  bottle  for  the  use  of  his  father 
and  mother.  The  results  as  pictorially  set  forth 
were  so  intensely  amusing  that  the  small  observer 
immediately  took  steps  to  repeat  them  in  real  life. 
Much  mischief  is  suggested  in  such  ways  as  this, 
and  the  suggestions  come  from  artists  who  have 
little  sympathy  with  children." 

"COMIC  SUPPLEMENTS  NOT  PROPERLY  A  PART 
OF  THE  LITERATURE  OF  CHILDHOOD. 

I  beg  the  attention  of  your  readers  to  your  report 
of  the  session  of  the  American  Playground  Congress 
on  Sept.  9,  with  Miss  Maud  Summers'  attack  upon 
the  comic  supplements  of  the  Sunday  newspapers. 
That  is  a  straightforward  thrust  at  a  crying  evil, 
and  demands  earnest  consideration  from  all  who 
are  responsible  for  the  children  of  our  day.  And 
who  of  us  is  free  from  that  responsibility? 

I  indorse  every  statement  that  Miss  Summers 
makes  so  clearly  and  pithily.  It  is  true  that  in 
these  papers  "emphasis  is  placed  on  deceit,  on  cun- 
ning, and  on  disrespect  for  gray  hairs;"  upon  these 
qualities  hinges  the  smartness  of  the  young  per- 
sons therein  depicted,  which  amuses  impression- 
able little  souls  and  often  allures  them  to  emula- 
tion. Humor  has  indeed  "its  place  in  the  litera- 
ture of  childhood,"  and  a  prominent  place.  But 
"genuine  fun  from  gifted  writers,"  to  substitute 
for  "the  coarse,  vulgar  type  now  so  prominent,"  is 
not  lacking,  and  new  supplies  only  await  demand. 

I  call  upon  those  who  have  charge  of  these  mat- 
ters and  upon  all  whose  influence  goes  to  form  en- 
lightened public  opinion  to  make  this  demand  per- 
sistently— that  writers  and  limners  for  childhood 
keep  to  "the  most  vital  purpose  of  the  story  *  *  * 
to  give  high  ideals  which  are  reproduced  in  char- 
acter." Otherwise  the  malicious,  sordid,  and  law- 
less ideals  will  be  reproduced  in  our  rising  genera- 
tion. 

My  personal  gratitude  to  Miss  Summers  is 
strengthened  by  the  fact  that  only  once  before  have 
I  found  in  print  any  serious,  comprehensive  protest 
against  this  careless  sin. 

Will  not  right-minded  men  and  women  add  their 
voices  to  hers?" 


A  POLICEMAN  FATHER  AT  SCHOOL 

An  exchange  recently  gave  a  column  to 
an  ex-police  lieutenant  forty-eight  years 
old,  of  New  York,  who  for  three  years  has 
been  studying  at  the  New  York  Free  Even- 
ing School.  As  this  furnishes  an  example 
of  a  rarely  thoughtful  father  we  call  it  to 
the  attention  of  our  readers,  noting  espec- 
ially his  recognition  of  the  fact  so  seldom 
realized  by  the  paternal  parent  that  the 
memory  of  a  father's  companionship,  his 
intelligent  interest  in  his  child's  doings 
means  far  more  to  children  and  community 
than  leaving  them  mere  money.  This 
father  said  to  the  inquiring  reporter:  "I 
found  that  if  I  asked  one  of  my  children 
about  his  or  her  grammar  lessons  I  could 
be  fooled  easily  because  I  knew  nothing 
about  it  myself.  They  could  talk  to  me 
about  verbs  and  nouns — perhaps  they  knew 
the  difference — I  was  not  quite  sure  that  I 
did.  This  was  three  years  ago.  I  retired 
from  the  police  force  on  a  pension  sufficient 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


HI 


to  support  my  family  with  the  help  of  the 
older  children.  I  thought  it  all  out  and 
made  up  my  mind  that  it  was  better  for  my 
children  to  help  them  personally  in  getting 
an  education  tnat  would  help  them  through 
lite  than  to  continue  to  work  and  leave  them 
out  a  small  fortune  at  best  which  they 
might  run  through  and  become  a  burden 
on  the  community."  Among  the  subjects 
studied  by  him  are  algebra,  geometry, 
advanced  arithmetic,  chemistry,  English, 
European  history,  economics,  American 
history  and  civics. 


A  new  invention  will  make  books  for  the 
blind  less  expensive  than  heretofore.  Up 
to  the  present  time,  in  preparing  the  em- 
bossed pages  for  those  who  must  read  with 
their  fingers,  it  has  been  possible  to  use 
only  one  side  of  the  paper.  This  nivention 
allows  the  embossing  on  one  side  of  a  page 
between  the  embossed  lines  on  the  other, 
making  thus  a  great  saving  in  the  amount 
of  the  expensive  paper  required.  Those 
who  have  worked  out  this  new  process  are 
William  B.  Wait,  Principal  Emeritus  of  the 
New  York  Institute  for  the  Blind,  and  B. 
B.  Huntoon,  Superintendent  of  the  Ameri- 
can Printing  House  for  the  Blind,  Louis- 
ville. 


MOTHERS'  READING  CIRCLES. 

JENNY  B.  MERRILL,  PD  D. 

The  American  School  of  Household 
Economics  has  published  a  series  of  help- 
ful books  for  mothers.  One  of  these  books 
is  entitled  "Study  of  Childlife,"  by  Marian 
Foster  Washburne. 

Kindergartners  will  find  in  Part  I  of  this 
excellent  work  a  chapter  on  "Children's 
Faults'  and  Their  Remedies,"  which  will  not 
fail  to  arouse  interest  and  discussion  in  a 
Mothers'  meeting. 

We  recommend  discussion  and  illustra- 
tion of  the  following  quotations  taken  from 
this  chapter. 

i.  "Many  so-called  faults  of  children  are 
no  more  than  inconvenient  crossings  of  an 
immature  will  with  an  adult  will."  Ex- 
amples :     Quiet,  order,  cleanliness. 

2.  Richter  says :  "The  faults  that  are  real 
faults  are  those  that  increase  with  age." 
Mrs.  Washburne  says,  "This  rule  ought  to 
be  put  in  large  letters,  that  every  one  who 
has  to  train  children  may  be  daily  reminded 
by  it,  and  not  spend  his  force  in  trying  to 
overcome  little  things,  which  may  perhaps 


be  objectionable,  but  which  will  vanish  to- 
morrow. Concentrate  your  energies  on  the 
overcoming  of  such  tendencies  as  may  in 
time  develop  into  permanent  evils." 

3.  "  1  lie  chief  object  of  all  training  is  to 
lead  the  child  to  prefer  right  doing  to 
wrong  doing;  to  make  right  doing  a  per- 
manent desire.  Therefore  in  all  the  pro- 
cedures about  to  be  suggested  an  effort  is 
made  to  convince  the  child  of  the  ugliness 
and  painfulness  of  wrong  doing. 

The  object  is  not  to  make  the  child  bend 
his  will  to  the  will  of  another  but  to  make 
him  see  the  fault  itself  as  an  undesirable 
thing. 

4.  "A  broken  will  is  a  worse  misfortune 
than  a  broken  back." 

5  "Where  obedience  is  seldom  required, 
it  is  seldom  refused." 

6  "Prohibitions  are  almost  useless.  A 
prohibition  acts  like  a  suggestion." 

Froebel  meets  this  difficulty  by  substitut- 
ing positive  commands  for  prohibitions, 
that  is,  he  tells  the  child  to  do  instead  of 
telling  him  not  to  do. 

NOTE — The  mothers  should  be  encouraged  to 
give  illustrations  from  home  life  and  the  kinder- 
gartner  should  add  others  from  her  every  day  note 
book.  The  serious  faults  considered  in  the  chap- 
ter are  as  follows:  Quick  temper,  sullenness, 
lying,  jealousy,  selfishness,  laziness,  untidiness, 
and  impudence.     Remedies  are  suggested. 


A     PRACTICAL     SUGGESTION     TO 
MOTHERS. 

If  we  suspect  that  a  child  is  giving  a 
garbled  version  of  some  transaction  to 
screen  himself  from  blame,  it  is  well,  before 
asking  any  other  person  concerned  what 
were  the  facts,  to  ask  the  child  himself 
what  version  he  thinks  that  other  person 
would  give;  for  example:  When  he  says, 
"I  didn't  break  the  plate;  I  fell  up  against 
the  table  and  the  plate  fell  and  broke  itself;' 
if  you  ask,  "What  do  you  think  nurse  will 
tell  me  about  it?'  the  child  will  perhaps 
answer  "I  think  nurse  will  tell  you  that 
she  had  told  me  not  to  go  near  that  table 
at  all  while  the  crockery  was  on  it."  A 
chil  1  who  has  thus  corrected  his  own  one- 
sided statement  has  had  a  very  good  lesson, 
and  been  helped  to  become  clear-headed 
and  truthful. 

M.  E.  BOOLE. 


148 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


THE     SIGNIFICANCE     OF     RECENT 

NATIONAL  FESTIVALS  IN 

CHICAGO. 

AMALIE   HOFER,   Chicago. 

The  national  festival  has  to  do  with  the 
heart  history  of  a  people,  and  ever  centers 
about  such  experiences  and  events  as  lift 
the  deeper  passions  of  a  race  into  united, 
heroic  action.  Groups  thus  stirred  by  some 
valid  human  exigent,  are  brought  into  co- 
herency, which  in  time  assumes  the  form  of 
picturesque  provincialism,  or  of  involuner- 
able  nationalism.  The  traditional  festival 
is  a  recurrent  manifesto  of  these  deeper 
feelings,  and  promotes  and  develops  group 
co-hesion,  in  other  words  the  patriotic  and 
the  national  spirit.  In  the  course  of  time 
the  festival  and  its  ceremonies  may  even 
become  the  symbol  of  unitedness,  quite 
apart  from  the  human  and  historic  incident 
which    furnished    the    original    incitement. 

The  most  time-honored  festivals  such  as 
the  solstice  carnivals  are  the  outcome  of 
folk  experience  and  feeling  as  old  and 
perennial  as  life  itself.  They  are  tap- 
rooted  by  instincts  which  reach  further  than 
historic  circumstance,  deeper  far  than 
religious  creed,  down  into  the  very  sources 
of  being. 

The  commemoration  of  different  times 
and  different  peoples  are  found  to  have 
counterpart  features,  the  same  character- 
istics re-emerging  at  different  periods.  This 
fact  indicates  a  probable  substrate  of  feel- 
ing, common  to,  therefore  significant  to  all 
men. 

For  300  years  America  has  been  the 
Bethel  for  groups  that  become  alien  and 
emigrant  because  of  loyalty  to  some  deep- 
ly grained  human  principle,  or  groups  that 
seek  to  recover  a  sense  of  coherency  which 
has  been  shaken  by  the  altering  conditions 
attending  evolution.  Twenty  or  thirty  dif- 
ferent national  groups  have  been  bringing 
to  this  harbor  their  household  gods  of  per- 
sonal feeling,  local  custom,  historic  tradi- 
tion and  national  traits.  In  the  new  co- 
herence which  is  bound  to  be  established, 
what  portion  of  these  birthrights  will  sur- 
vive, or  be  eliminated  or  merged  ? 

The  transplanting  of  an  old  custom  or  an 
older  race  festival  maybe  attended  by  as 
serious  dangers  as  the  moving  of  an  aged 
tree  or  person.  The  destiny  of  some  of 
these  foreign  ceremonies  is  a  matter  of 
genuine  concern  to  such  as  believe  that  the 
ultimate     composit     which     we     designate 


American,  may  even  now  be  in  the  making. 

It  is  with  some  such  theories  in  mind, 
that  I  have  been  observing  the  national 
festivals  as  preserved  in  our  country,  and 
have  noted  the  adjustments  and  trasitions 
occasioned  by  the  new  conditions.  In  pro- 
portion to  the  length  and  the  propitious- 
ness  of  stay  in  America  have  certain  groups 
revived  the  old  time  customs.  The  new 
comers,  like  those  first  immigrants,  the 
Puritans,  do  not  immediately  set  up  the  old 
festival  land  marks,  but  self  consciously 
wait  for  what  will  happen  next,  sometimes 
rigid  under  the  sense  of  being  different, 
otten  reminded  of  this  by  the  ridicule  of 
those  longer  on  the  new  field, — always 
watching  out  of  the  corner  of  the  eye.  Only 
when  the  present  good  makes  the  old 
wrongs  fade  into  the  past,  and  when  the 
sense  of  belonging,  when  the  home  feeling 
emerges,  and  when  its  roots  begin  to  go 
down  into  the  new  soil,  only  then  are  the 
old  stories  told  again,  the  old  days  recalled 
and  the  good  of  the  old  times  remembered. 
Then  arises  the  desire  for  kinship  and  home- 
geniety,  the  necessity  to  be  once  again  with 
those  who  understand  and  belong.  It  is 
then  that  groups  of  their  own  kind  get  to- 
gether, in  Turner  Hall  or  lodge  or  union, 
forming  societies  for  mutual  aid,  or  recrea- 
tion, or  national  self-preservation.  An  open 
air  place  is  christened  Waldheim,  or  Vogel- 
song  or  Edelweiss,  where  men  may  come 
together  the  way  one  used  to  come,  when 
there  was  only  one  kind,  and  all  of  the 
same  custom.  Many  of  these  life  saving 
societies  were  crude  and  grotesque  even 
vulgar  in  their  methods  and  were  con- 
sidered as  Dutch  or  Irish  picnics,  by  the 
Puritan  who  also  preferred  his  own  kind. 
The  children  of  the  earlier  settlers  called 
the  later  comers  foreigners  and  nick-named 
them  out  of  all  national  existence,  as  Dutch, 
or  Micks,  or  Dagoes.  •  But  the  later  comers 
in  turn  also  won  their  spurs,  and  today  the 
boys  and  girls  of  our  schools  are  being 
taught  the  stories,  songs,  games  and  the 
poetic  merry-making  ways  which  have  been 
preserved  in  our  country  by  means  of  these 
same  picturesque  festivals  of  the  foreigners. 
The  embers  of  folk  feeling  are  being  in- 
vited to  blaze  up  again,  and  folk  song  and 
folk  dance  are  embraced  by  professional 
and  amateur  alike,  to  the  credit  of  the  in- 
diginous  democracy  of  our  American 
national  spirit. 

If  Thanksgiving  had  come  at  some  other 
season  of  the  year,  say  in  the  budding  time 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


m 


or  the  time  of  the  harvest  moon,  who  knows 
what  out-of-door  characteristics  may  not 
have  been  developed  as  appropriate  to  this 
our  greatest  national  festival.  There  are 
signs  that  point  to  a  warming  of  the  somber 
northern  social  coloring:  for  instance  the 
sober  hundreds  who  are  drawn  in  the  win- 
ter months  to  sport  on  sunny  shores,  to 
witness  the  Marde  Gras  frivolities  or  to 
participate  in  the  rose  battles  and  flower 
testa  of  the  Pacific  coast.  There  is  no 
mistaking  the  return  of  our  younger  gen- 
eration to  the  delights  of  color,  song, 
gaiety,  even  Pagan  extravagances.  Dur- 
ing the  past  season  there  have  been  pre- 
sented to  the  public  in  the  name  of  charity 
many  forms  of  riotous  Kirmess,  fancy 
dressing  and  stepping,  theatrical  posing  and 
beauty  competitions,  which  but  yesterday 
would  have  been  censured  by  the  church- 
building  fathers.  The  privileges  of  foreign 
travel  abroad  and  the  unavoidable  foreign 
contacts  at  home  have  modified  our  provin- 
cialism, until  many  are  turning  to  revalue 
the  customs  and  celebrations  and  recrea- 
tions of  the  European  American. 

The  great  Norwegian  national  day, 
Frihedsdag,  is  May  17th  and  is  celebrated 
wherever  Norwegians  are  settled.  Out- 
side of  1000-year-old  Norway,  the  most 
extensive  festival  is  held  in  Chicago,  and 
is  participated  in  by  the  best  of  70,000  Nor- 
wegian Americans  who  on  that  day,  are 
again  descendants  of  viking  and  explorer, 
as  well  as  "immigrants  in  a  foreign 
country."  On  that  day  for  twenty  years 
there  has  been  singing  and  dancing  and 
merry  making  because  Norway  secured  a 
constitution  and  government  of  her  own. 
This  independence  day  which  was  once  an 
end  in  itself,  now  becomes  the  day  for  Nor- 
wegian tradition,  and  the  renewing  of  the 
characteristic  folk  nature  which  made  of 
Norsemen  a  nation.  On  this  day  it  is  re- 
called that  the  first  occupants  of  Ireland 
were  Norwegians,  and  that  good  English 
blood  of  today  is  of  Norman,  Norse, 
descent,  and  that  Liev  Erikson  was  the  first 
discoverer  of  America. 

At  day  break  of  May  17th  the  Norwegian 
colony  of  Chicago  was  awakened  by  the 
music  of  national  hymn  and  choral  as  the 
band  wagon  carried  the  musicians  from 
street  to  street.  In  the  fatherland  this 
same  custom  prevails,  however  with  the 
far  more  stirring  music  of  the  ringing 
chimes  and  the  Maennerchor  and  instru- 
ments sounding  from  the  high  towers  from 


six  to  eight  o'clock  in  the  morning. 

At  once  preparations  are  made  for  the 
chief  event  of  Frihedsdag,  the  morning  pro- 
cession of  children.  Ten  thousand  Nor- 
wegian boys  and  girls  assembled  at  Hum- 
bolt  Park,  costumed  to  represent  the  vari- 
ous provinces  of  Norway,  children  from 
six  to  youths  of  seventeen  join  in  this  his- 
torical procession,  each  carrying  the  flag 
of  his  choice.  In  the  recent  May  17th  par- 
ade, it  was  found  that  80  per  cent,  chose 
the  Norwegian,  the  rest  the  American  flag, 
or  both.  This  assembling  of  the  youth  was 
witnessed  by  representative  citizens  whose 
care  it  now  is  to  keep  the  younger  genera- 
tion from  becoming  less  and  less  Nor- 
wegian. In  the  Fiordland  each  school  has 
its  banner  or  pennant  and  the  entire  young- 
er generation  (for  education  is  compul- 
sory) marches,  school  by  school,  after  the 
respective  flag.  When  the  national  hymn 
was  sounded  by  the  band,  and  the  song, 
Ja,  vi  elsker  deete  laudet,  the  entire  assem- 
blage arose,  and  every  head  was  uncovered 
to  the  sun.  The  afternoon  was  given  to 
patriotic  speaking,  national  games,  athletic 
sports,  folk  singing  and  dancing.  Three 
Norse  Maennerchor  assisted  the  singing, 
carrying  the  anthems  and  folk  songs 
with  a  timbre  and  artistic  power  worthy  the 
Grieg  fatherland.  I  asked  a  young  Nor- 
wegian whether  any  special  proclamation 
ordered  the  day  to  be  celebrated.  He  said 
with  great  warmth  of  feeling  "Every  child 
and  every  adult  looks  for  this  day  to  come 
as  you  do  your  4th  of  July.  It  is  like  the 
sun  coming  up, — just  so, — like  the  sun  it 
can  never  be  kept  back  any  more." 

There  is  no  American  provision  that  I 
know  of,  by  which  this  holiday  is  secured 
to  the  Norwegians.  Some  have  questioned 
whether  the  foreign  born  should  be  en- 
couraged to  keep  these  days,  holding  that 
it  is  unAmerican  and  may  even  block  the 
way  to  Americanization.  Others  consider 
that  some  compromise  may  be  desirable, 
for  purposes  picturesque  as  well  as  poetic. 

One  of  the  oldest  festivals  of  the  present 
time  is  the  midsummer  national  merry 
making  of  the  Swedish  people,  set  for  June 
24th.  Again  no  gathering  outside  the 
native  country  on  this  day  is  so  large  as 
that  held  in  some  one  of  the  Chicago  parks. 
Owing  to  the  unavoidable  thrift  of  the  hard 
working  middle  class  making  up  our  175,- 
000  Chicago  Swedes,  St.  John's  day  is  cele- 
brated on  the  Sunday  nearest  to  the  24th. 
In  the  old  country,  where  industrial  inter- 


[50 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


ests  are  homogenius,  the  entire  population 
is  set  free  for  whatever  day  of  the  week  this 
date  may  fall.  In  this  country  no  united 
recognition  has  as  yet  been  secured  for  the 
date,  and  while  Sunday  is  free,  many  Amer- 
ican and  Swedish  Methodists  withhold 
their  co-operation.  Nevertheless  the  Euro- 
pean out-of-door  Sunday  custom  prevails 
to  draw  the  thirty  or  more  thousands  to  this 
most  completely  reproduced  of  old  world 
festivals.  Family  groups  are  every  where 
conspicious,  and  intoxicants  and  vulgarities 
are  entirely  prohibited. 

The  fifteenth  annual  midsummer  day 
celebration  in  Chicago  was  held  last  June 
2  ist,  and  promptly  at  one  o'clock  the  cus- 
tomary raising  of  the  majestic  May  pole 
took  place.  The  pole  was  seventy  foot  high 
bound  with  garlands  and  dressed  in 
streamers,  great  wreaths  decorating  the 
upper  end. 

In  the  old  country  each  province  has  a 
different  arrangement  of  the  pole  decora- 
tions, with  various  local  emblems.  The 
Chicago  audience  being  representative  of 
many  different  provinces,  has  adopted  a 
decorative  scheme  of  its  own.  One  great 
wreath  is  bound  toward  the  top  of  the 
pole  and  two  others  like  the  arms  of 
the  cross,  on  either  side.  These  are  inter- 
twined with  the  Swedish  and  American 
colors. 

As  the  pole  is  raised  into  place  the 
Star  Spangled  Banner  was  played  in  with 
the  Potpourri  of  Swedish  national  and  folk 
songs.  Then  followed  a  carefully  planned 
program  of  athletics,  singing  and  dancing 
by  various  organizations,  occupying  dif- 
ferent platforms,  that  the  eager  thousands 
might  be  accommodated.  Sixteen  folk 
dances,  representing  the  traditional  dances 
and  costumes  of  the  different  provinces  ot 
Sweden  were  a  highly  applauded  feature 
of  the  program.  Some  of  the  dancers  are 
from  the  old  country,  some  are  now  Chi- 
cago business  men  and  their  wives,  notably 
members  of  the  Philochorus  Society,  or- 
ganized fifteen  years  ago  in  Chicago  for  the 
definite  purpose  of  preserving  in  full  detail 
the  folk  games  and  dances  of  the  old  time. 
There  was  a  wonderful  exactness  of  move- 
ment and  yet  freedom  of  fine  physiques 
which  elicited  continuous  applause.  Many 
of  the  dances  were  pantomine  figures,  tell- 
ing of  courting,  attracting  and  repelling, 
winning  and  losing,  and  competing  against 
odds  and  carrying  off  the  bride.  In  it  all 
there  was  a  clearness  of  good  story  telling 


and  a  purity  of  natural  feeling  and  straight 
forward  exhibition  of  the  old  law  that  the 
fittest  shall  be  victor.  It  was  on  a  level 
with  epic  poetry  and  bold  saga,  and  as  such 
was  a  delight  to  the  lover  ot  the  classic,  of 
whatever  nationality.  The  Viking  band 
vied  with  the  Iduna  and  the  North  Star. 

Midsommabrud  was  carried  out  in  all 
the  traditional  detail,  and  proved  to  be 
not  merely  a  pretty  affair,  but  one  that  had 
a  uniquely  democratic  fair-play  purpose. 
Out  of  the  great  assembly  six  men  were 
named,  men  of  family,  each  of  whom  was 
responsible  to  nominate  two  married 
women  who  selected  two  of  the  most  beau- 
tiful young  women  present,  making  twenty- 
four,  probably  all  strangers  to  each  other, 
possibly  never  having  met  until  the  after- 
noon of  the  festival.  (How  impossible  this 
in  the  old  country).  These  selected  from 
their  own  number  the  loveliest  of  all  and 
proclaimed  her  the  "Midsommabrud." 
Standing  tall  and  calm,  surrounded  by  her 
twenty-three  generous  peers,  all  wreathed 
and  decorated,  she  was  crowned  and  gar- 
landed and  formally  presented  with  the 
customary  gold  medal.  This  medal  is  of 
handsome  and  elaborate  workmanship, 
having  from  time  immemorial  the  same  de- 
sign of  the  Swedish  arms, — the  Chicago 
medal  having  added  the  stars  and  stripes. 
This  annual  crowning  of  the  queen  took 
place  at  four  o'clock  and  thousands  in  his- 
torical as  well  as  modern  holiday  costume 
gathered  to  witness  the  brilliant  spectacle. 

There  is  a  coherence  in  the  audience  of 
these  national  groups,  a  spirit  of  fellowship 
and  patriotism  which  is  substantial  and 
solid  and  staid,  almost  devout,  that  differs 
much  from  the  firecracker  enthusiasm  of 
young  America.  Recollections  of  the  old 
home,  regrets  for  the  impulse  which  broke 
the  old  ties,  disillusionment,  hard,  pioneer 
days  and  deferred  hopes, — are  all  mingled 
in  the  revival  of  the  national  day  on  the 
far  western  prairie.  And  it  is  not  unusual 
that  a  telegram  of  greeting  is  forwarded  to 
the  King  of  the  fatherland  and  an  answer 
returned  by  his  majesty  to  the  people  wait- 
ing in  the  Chicago  park. 

During  the  past  three  years  the  Hun- 
garian population  of  Chicago  has  grown 
from  three  to  thirty  thousand,  chiefly  from 
so-called  working  class  to  our  day  labor 
class.  These  are  in  solid  earnest  to  acquire 
the  language,  the  wage  and  the  rights  of 
American  citizenship.  The  Hungarian's 
birthright  is  a  demand  for  political  freedom, 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


15* 


and  every  day  laborer  is  more  or  less  of  a 
political  agitator  for  this  higher  idea, — 
Hungarian  National  life.  March  15th  was 
celebrated  in  Chicago  by  thousands  of  Hun- 
garians, many  of  them  for  the  first  time 
away  from  their  beautiful  home  country. 
This  is  the  national  day,  to  commemorate 
the  high  demands  of  the  committee  of  '48 
for  constitutional  liberty,  and  is  held  in 
honor  with  that  iooo  year  old  St.  Stephen's 
day,  which  marks  the  anniversary  of  relig- 
ious liberty.  Two  large  celebrations  were 
held  in  Chicago  last  March,  by  these  sturdy 
patriots,  one  for  the  factory  hands  and  the 
laborers  of  the  outlying  districts,  and  one 
in  the  heart  of  the  city.  The  latter  was 
conducted  by  the  Hungarian  Singing  and 
Titerary  Society,  a  group  of  young  people 
who  are  pledged  to  preserve  in  tact  and 
enjoy  their  mother  tongue,  national  music 
and  literature. 

How  often  it  is  the  singing  society  of 
the  foreign  peoples  which  carries  the  ark  of 
their  covenant  safely  through  the  wilder- 
ness. 

The  Hungarian  national  spirit  has  a 
cumulative  intensity,  unparalled  by  that  of 
any  other  living  race  today.  It  broke  out 
into  ardent  applause  and  continuous  cheers 
as  the  Hungarian  speaker  outlined  the  pur- 
pose of  the  celebration.  At  the  naming  of 
Tois  Kossuth,  and  the  American  sympathy 
extended  to  him  in  the  fifties,  patriotism 
flamed  high,  the  audience  shouting  and 
cheering  and  stamping  in  one  great  burst 
of  feeling.  One  of  the  leading  dramatic 
members  then  read  Talpra  Madgar,  the  re- 
sponse of  the  audience  reminding  one  of 
the  excited  Amens  and  gesticulations  of  a 
revival  meeting.  Prayer,  home  longings 
and  stubborn  determinations  were  all  ex- 
pressed in  the  rendering  of  the  national 
hymn,  a  composition  which  a  young  Hun- 
garian said  is  "so  sad,  you  see,  because  it 
stands  for  all  the  history  of  our  people." 
Then  came  folk  dancing,  the  inevitable 
climax  of  the  folk  festival.  The  Hungarian 
Czardas,  which  has  seldom  been  seen  in 
our  country,  is  the  wildest  and  most  tor- 
nado-like of  all  folk  dances.  It  well  repre- 
sents the  letting  loose  from  bonds  a  once 
free  and  irresistibly  powerful  spirit.  The 
unbridled  fury  of  rhythm  and  movement 
are  accompanied  by  violins  which  pour  out 
in  one  harmony  defiance  and  tears  and 
heart  touching  tenderness  as  only  Hun- 
garian raphsodies  may  do.  It  is  doubtful 
whether  the  Czardas  may  ever  be  repro- 
duced by  imitation  folk  dancers. 


It  exhibits  a  cumulative  force  of  feeling 
and  motor  accompaniment  scarcely  to  be 
acquired  in  a  single  generation.  There 
would  be  as  great  a  difference  in  power  as 
that  which  exists  between  the  epic  com- 
posers and  the  amateur  performers  of  the 
great  raphsodies,  which  we  Americans  have 
long  since  loved.  That  such  a  native 
dance  is  a  matter  of  deep  reality  is  made 
plain  by  the  profound  reaction  upon  all  who 
behold.  A  folk  dance  is  far  from  a  thing  to 
amuse  or  to  entertain,  or  to  make  graceful 
those  who  crave  novelty.  A  significant  in- 
stinct keeps  those  who  have  the  primal  gift 
of  the  dance  reluctant  to  come  before 
strange  companies.  L,et  the  imitation  folk 
dancer  try  stepping  the  sod  instead  of  the 
dancing  floor,  and  discover  what  a  vastly 
different  set  of  co-ordinations  are  required 
and  then  he  or  she  will  gain  a  little  notion 
of  the  heroic  muscling  of  the  Morris 
dancers  who  without  losing  step  passed 
from  village  to  village  along  the  high  road. 

Over  three  thousand  Hungarians  cele- 
brated Midsummer  day,  Aug.  2nd,  which 
date  is  arranged  entirely  to  suit  American 
climate  and  conditions,  and  again  there  was 
play  and  sport,  and  games,  which  combine 
pantomine  with  dance.  It  is  a  heroic  and 
over-whelming  fact,  that  so  many  thous- 
ands, over-worked,  numbed  with  livelihood 
getting  and  gnarled  with  physical  and 
political  burdens,  still  play,  or  seek  the 
appearance  of  leisure  and  recreation, — on 
one  or  barely  two  holidays  which  even  an 
American  industrialism  may  not  take  away 
from  them.  Play  is  indeed  freedom  from 
economic  pressure, — and  it  is  in  his  play 
that  the  soul  of  the  immigrant  grows  to  the 
more  stately  purposes  of  the  land  of  the 
free, — the  house  of  the  brave. 

And  during  our  interviews  in  Chicago  the 
groups  have  each  in  turn  reminded  the 
writer,  that  certain  of  their  national  athletes 
won  honors  at  the  London  Olympian  games. 
It  is  also  noteworthy  that  the  so-called 
American  delegation  alone  comprised 
Anglo-Saxon,  Teuton,  Slav,  Celt,  Black 
Ethiopian  and  red  Indian,  while  Finnish 
atheletes  refused  to  be  classed  as  Russians 
and  the  Irish  regretted  having  to  be  listed  as 
British,  upon  an  occasion  which  placed  na- 
tional prowess  on  record  before  all  the 
world. 

Again  Aug.  15th,  less  than  a  month  ago, 
the  Irish  Americans  of  Chicago  celebrated 
the    300th    anniversary    of    Yellow    Ford, 


*52 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


when  Hugh  O'Neill,  the  Prince  of  Ulster, 
routed  the  English  in  1598.  Just  to  hear  an 
older  Irishman  tell  the  romantic  story  of 
this  folk  hero  stirs  to  the  uttermost  ones 
vascular  system,  how  must  those  feel  who 
have  inherited  the  patriotic  fire  and  admira- 
tion for  a  dozen  generations  when  they  keep 
this  holiday.  Hugh  O'Neill  was  held  as  a 
captive  at  the  English  court  but  was  raised 
to  high  honor  and  titles  by  the  queen,  and 
counted  as  a  subject.  At  last  his  heart 
answers  to  his  own  and  he  returns  to  his 
Ulster  tribesmen  and  led  them  on  to  victory 
against  the  English  invaders  Aug.  10th, 
1598,  and  the  following  year  Ballaghby  was 
won.  The  commemoration  of  these  two 
victories,  together  with  Blessed  Virgin 
Eady  Day  in  Harvest,  drew  the  United  Irish 
Societies,  the  Irish  Nationalists  and  the 
Clana-Gael  to  the  green  wood  of  Brands 
and  other  Chicago  parks.  The  speeches 
were  greeted  with  old  Gaellic  as  well  as 
United  States,  English  shouts,  and  over- 
whelming enthusiasm  streamed  from  the 
multitudes, — not  because  the  particular 
words  were  so  stirring,  but  because  this 
fervor  of  patriotism  and  nationalism  had 
been  conserved  for  the  great  and  appro- 
priate day.  One  of  these  gatherings  was 
presided  over  by  a  brother  of  an  Irish 
Parliament  member,  another  was  addressed 
by  Hugh  O'Neill,  a  direct  descendant  of  the 
Ulster  hero.  Brands  park  was  the  scene  of 
one  of  the  greatest  jig  and  step-dancing 
contests  ever  held  in  this  country.  The 
competitors  were  James  Coleman  and  John 
Ryan,  masters  of  old  country  step  dancing 
from  Ireland,  they  held  the  boards  until 
every  drop  of  Gaellic  blood  rose  up  and 
joined  in  the  rhythm.  Now  indeed  the  bed 
rock  of  national  sentiment  was  reached. 
The  fineness  of  poise,  the  muscular  preci- 
sion, the  purity  and  deftness  of  movement 
of  these  experts  can  scarcely  be  described. 
Another  program  offered  the  Irish  horn- 
pipe, danced  by  two  young  girls,  where 
again  was  to  be  noted  as  conspicuous  the 
exactitude  and  yet  abandoned  of  the  whole 
body  the  rapid  rhythm,  and  again  the 
accompanying  nodding,  stepping  and  clap- 
ping of  hundreds  throughout  the  audience. 
Nor  was  this  enough,  but  there  must  be 
competitions  between  the  dancing  teams, 
of  St.  Eouis  and  Chicago,  an  athletic  sport 
just  being  re-discovered  by  the  teachers  of 
men  gymnastics. 

These  are  but  brief  glimpses  of  the  festi- 
vals  of   the   larger   foreign   groups   which 


make  up  our  international  American  city, 
merely  indicating  the  historic  or  nature  in- 
cident winch  lies  tathoms  deep  in  their 
group  lite.  If  there  were  time  it  would  be 
interesting  to  witness  the  crude  pageant  of 
tne  Sicilian  colony,  when  the  side  streets 
and  alleys  blossom  out  with  lanterns  and 
decorations,  the  venders  of  useless  and  gay 
novelties  make  their  way  through  the  holi- 
day dressed  crowds,  all  excited  to  tiie 
higliest  pitch  of  patois  talk  and  gesture, 
— or  to  go  down  Clark  street  wiien  the 
Chinese  JNew  Year's  celebration  is  in  full 
and  picturesque  swing,  when  every  store- 
iront  may  be  mistaken  for  a  Joss  temple, 
wiien  all  debts  are  cancelled  and  every- 
body's birthday  is  celebrated  in  one  glori- 
ous natal  day.  Or  walk  the  endless 
lauarynth  of  the  Jewish  market  into  which 
rassover  turns  the  streets  and  curbs  off  the 
gnetto,  when  every  household  must  be 
punned  and  burnished;  or  the  Eithuanian 
music  festival,  when  a  complete  opera  in 
the  native  language  and  music  is  rendered, 
in  which  hundreds  of  these  high  minded 
exsiavs  participate,  when,  forgetting  the 
Polish,  Russian  and  Prussian  reins  tor  a 
moment,  revive  their  folk  life  in  the  heart 
of  Chicago;  or  come  out  on  Scotland's  day 
in  August,  when  the  Chicago  Caledonians 
go  witn  their  families  to  the  forests  and  fill 
whole  long  midsummer  day  with  folk  games 
and  dances  and  cricket,  and  merry  dronings 
of  the  old  old  bag  pipe.  Or  to  Elliott  s 
park  with  the  Svitmod  Singing  Society,  to 
witness  the  initial  out-door  performance  of 
an  historical  drama  of  the  period  of  1435 
and  36  of  Swedish  history. 

Then  there  are  the  Welsh  folk  to  be 
noted,  who  with  Chicago,  as  a  center  have 
held  their  great  national  Estedfod  in  our 
country.  These  are  some  of  the  higher 
pleasure  forms  growing  out  of  the  once 
crude  and  often  unseemly  picnic. 

It  is  the  annual  Play  Festival  of  Chicago 
which  brings  together  on  one  city  green, 
as  it  were  into  one  great  concert  program 
all  these  variously  significant  national 
games,  dances,  sports,  physical  and  athletic 
accomplishments  of  her  people  without 
money  and  without  price.  The  participa- 
tion is  all  voluntary  and  noncompetitive  and 
group  after  group  contributes  its  event  with 
a  democratic  zest  which  bids  fair  to  produce 
the  most  cosmopolitan  festival  ever  held  in 
any  time. 

And  so  these  unique  freedom  festivals 
with   their   enduring   significance   to  great 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


*53 


peoples,  are  being  transplanted  one  by  one, 
to  American  Commons,  and  may  they  con- 
tinue to  be  celebrated  by  the  tests  of 
prowess,  of  physical  freedom  and  the 
developing  emulations  of  song,  oratory, 
dance,  and  patriotic  loyalty,  for  these  are 
the  credits  which  admit  a  people  to  the 
great  battle  royal  of  all  times  and  tides, 
tne  contest  for  the  survival  of  the  iittest. 

L,ike  Chicago  our  entire  nation  may 
never  reach  homogeneity  but  we  have 
today  the  opportunity  to  preserve  some  of 
the  nnest  traits  of  international  life  and  to 
develop  a  higher  variety  of  cosmopolitan- 
ism which  would  seem  to  be  America's 
destiny. 

LETTERS   TO   A   KINDERGARTNER. 
THE     ORGANIZATION     OF     THE 

MORNING  (JlKCLE. 

My  dear  young  Teacher:  Your  enthu- 
siastic response  to  my  proposed  plan  to 
concentrate  our  efforts  upon  problems  of 
organization  in  the  kindergarten  is  encour- 
aging; so  we  will  at  once  consider  the  or- 
ganization of  the  morning  circle. 

From  the  moment  when  the  children  be- 
gin to  assemble  in  kindergarten,  the  im- 
mediate conditions  must  be  controlled  with 
a  view  to  establishing  that  atmosphere  of 
mutual  good  will  which  is  a  primary  condi- 
tion of  success.  The  personal  greeting 
between  child  and  teacher;  the  timely  re- 
quests for  assistance  in  the  care  of  the 
room  and  preparation  of  work;  the  pro- 
vision for  play  with  toys;  free  blackboard 
space  for  drawing;  a  miscellaneous  collec- 
tion of  blocks  for  building;  a  doll  house — 
which  is  an  ever  new  means  of  contented, 
co-operative  play, — all  these  tend  to  create 
an  atmosphere  of  harmony,  so  that  the 
kindly  voice  of  the  teacher  or  a  familiar 
strain  from  the  piano  will  suffice  to  bring 
the  children  happily  to  the  morning  circle. 
A  moment  spent  in  seeing  that  each  child 
is  comfortably  seated,  that  the  light  is  ad- 
justed, that  hands  are  free  from  trinkets, 
is  time  well  spent. 

If  the  children  assemble  in  a  rollicking 
spirit,  do  not  enter  at  once  upon  hymn  and 
prayer,  but  lead  them  carefully  until 
thought  and  feeling  are  consonant  with  the 
true  spirit  of  prayer;  otherwise  the  exer- 
cise will  degenerate  into  a  formal  habit 
that  has  not  even  the  grace  of  reverence  to 
condone  its  lack  of  spirituality.  Prayer 
and  hymn  should  express  the  related  feed- 
ing and  emotion,  even  though  understand- 


ing be  limited.  Here,  music,  speaking  a 
language  more  subtle  than  words,  may 
come  to  your  aid.  You  may  play  for  the 
children  some  such  measure  as  Men- 
delssohn's Spring  Song,  moving  from  this 
into  music  of  a  more  quiet  nature — such 
as  some  of  the  shorter  pieces  of  Schumann 
— until  the  spirit  is  attuned  to  prayer.  Or, 
beginning  with  the  greeting  songs  and 
plays,  you  may  lead  through  song,  activity, 
and  conversation,  toward  a  thoughtful 
appreciation  of  the  good  and  pleasant 
things  we  share,  until  that  moment  of 
readiness  comes  when  thought  and  feeling 
find  true  expression  in  prayer  and  hymn. 
The  former  course  is  the  easier;  but  the 
latter  is  a  higher  form  of  the  teacher's 
power  and  art. 

It  is  in  the  early  morning  period  that  the 
child's  mind  is  most  susceptible;  hence  it 
is  the  time  for  story  telling  and  the  pre- 
sentation of  songs  and  poems.  The  morn- 
ing circle  should  never  degenerate  into  a 
mere  rehearsal  of  songs,  the  result  of 
capricious  choices  of  individual  children. 
Because  a  song  or  game  is  chosen  by  a 
child,  it  need  not  necessarily  be  made  the 
center  of  collective  interest  or  expression. 
Again,  the  teacher  may  be  too  prominent. 
Imbued  with  the  largeness  or  beauty  of 
the  experience  she  would  present,  she  is 
unmindful  that  the  elements  of  the  selec- 
tion are  within  the  collective  experience  of 
the  group,  and  that  she  should  draw  out 
these  fragments  of  experience  and  gather 
them  into  the  whole  which  she  would 
present.  Too  often  the  morning  circle  is 
made  up  of  listening  children  only,  recep- 
tive, and  happy  in  their  receptivity;  but 
such  a  condition  deprives  the  child  of  his 
right  to  be  a  contributing  agent  in  an  ex- 
ercise that  should  be  essentially  social. 
The  morning  circle  should  give  oppor- 
tunities for  the  development  of  language 
power  through  its  descriptive  and  expres- 
sive forms,  and  for  the  experiencing  with 
others  of  the  child's  own  age  the  situations 
and  interests  that  belong  to  his  own  world. 
Watch,  then,  that  the  balance  of  self-activ- 
ity be  contributed  by  the  children  rather 
than  the  teacher. 

A  constant  appeal  should  be  made  to 
activity.  The  morning  circle  may,  very 
properly,  become  the  arena  for  developing 
and  perfecting  models  of  activity  to  be 
used  again  under  the  freer  conditions  of  the 
play  circle.  There  is  a  tendency  to  encour- 
age the  use  of  inferior  models,  due  to  the 


154 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


belief  that  the  initiative  of  the  children 
should  be  utilized.  I  believe  this  also;  but 
to  be  satisfied  with  this,  is  to  remain  upon 
a  low  plane  of  expression.  It  is  imperative 
that  each  model  set  for  the  child  shall  con- 
form    to     the     highest     standards ;     since, 

"Beginning  with  life,  but  knowing  not  as  yet 
Even  the  letters  of  its  alphabet 
He  imitates  each  pattern  set." 

No  teacher  can  afford  to  trust  to  chance 
that  her  own  activities,  under  the  inspira- 
tion of  the  moment,  will  exemplify  either* 
truth  or  beauty.  Each  new  thought  pre- 
sented is  sure  to  call  forth  motor  responses 
from  the  children.  It  is  incumbent  on 
the  teacher  to  know  what  the  rational  re- 
sponses will  be,  and  to  practice  and  perfect 
these  activities  as  a  part  of  her  preparatory 
work,  since  she  must  sometimes  set  the 
model.  Again,  some  child  will  represent 
an  activity  with  a  grace  and  fidelity  that 
are  the  very  embodiment  of  truth  and  art. 
Here  imitation  enters,  enabling  each  child 
to  repeat  the  activity  and  grace  of  another, 
while  through  repetition  and  variation  the 
developmental  possibilities  of  each  play 
may  be  realized.  The  fact  that  the  children 
are  comfortably  seated  makes  the  morning 
circle  an  ideal  place  for  the  dramatization  of 
stories  and  rhymes.  It  may  also  be  the 
place  for  delightful  picture  study  or  a  close 
observation  of  objects,  expressive  or  illus- 
trative of  interests  emphasized  in  the  gen- 
eral program.  Not  all  these  interests  and 
activities  may  be  present  in  a  single  morn- 
ing. They  are  so  many  and  varied  that 
each  morning  circle  may  be  fresh,  delight- 
ful and  unique. 

I  have  indicated  the  external  aspects  of 
the  morning  circle;  but  underneath  its  joy- 
ousness  and  play  are  fundamental  prin- 
ciples of  great  dignity  which  the  kinder- 
garten shares  with  all  educational  en- 
deavor. These  principles  are  gathered 
from  philosophy,  psychology,  physiology, 
sociology,  aesthetics,  and  religion.  This 
may  seem  a  formidable  array  of  large 
words,  but  nevertheless  you  must  know 
that  these  are  sources  which  furnish  the 
sanctions  for  the  morning  circle,  and 
should  not  only  direct  the  selection  of  in- 
terests, but  suggest  the  manner  of  conduct- 
ing the  exercise.  Let  me  indicate  briefly 
some  very  simple  ways  in  which  each 
element  is  present  in  your  work. 

Philosophy  seeks  to  unify  life  in  all  its 
manifestations  and  meanings.  The  little 
child  is   a   seeker   after  truth.     His   every 


thought  and  act  is  to  unify  his  own  life  with 
that  of  the  world  in  which  he  lives.  The 
very  form  of  your  'circle  and  the  blending, 
umiymg  agencies  which  you  use  are  so 
many  aids  to  the  child's  quest.  The  intel- 
lectual nurture  that  the  morning  circle 
affords  through  the  presentation  and  repre- 
sentation of  experience,  has  back  of  it  the 
psychological  reasons  and  activities  which 
lilted  humanity  above  the  plane  of  animal 
life.  When  you  make  the  conditions  of 
your  circle  compatible  with  physical  well- 
uemg;  when  you  give  free  opportunity  for 
physical  activity;  when  you  aid  the  young 
child  in  securing  control  of  his  body  as  the 
instrument  of  his  mind  and  will, — you  have 
back  of  your  efforts  the  physiological 
sanctions  which  demand  a  sound  body  as 
the  temple  for  the  indwelling  of  a  sound 
mind  and  an  immortal  soul.  The  sociologi- 
cal influences  are  present  in  the  morning 
circle  when  you  recognize  the  essentially 
social  nature  of  the  child,  and  that  his  life 
can  unfold  in  none  other  than  a  social 
medium.  When  you  provide  opportunities 
for  the  exercise  of  social  intelligence,  social 
good  will,  and  social  efficiency,  you  are  or- 
ganizing the  child's  world  of  the  kinder- 
garten on  the  basis  of  that  spirit,  which  in 
the  world  of  human  affairs  we  now  name 
Universal  Brotherhood.  The  aesthetic 
sanctions  are  an  outgrowth  of  the  social 
spirit  which  demand  graciousness,  cour- 
tesy, kindliness  and  beauty  of  expression, 
and  action  one  toward  another.  And 
finally,  through  all  the  morning  circle 
should  run  that  thread  of  spirituality  which 
lifts  the  exercise  above  mere  material 
things,  and  nurtures  the  spirit  none  the  less 
truly  because  unconsciously. 

Y  our  morning  circle  may  be  the  most 
beautiful  demonstration  of  the  law  of  unity 
which  the  Froebel  system  affords.  It  is 
but  a  step  from  this  law  to  the  process  of 
its  realization,  which  is  self-activity.  It 
is  the  blending  of  the  conscious  self-activity 
of  the  teacher  with  the  naive,  unconscious 
self-activity  of  the  little  children,  that  gives 
to  the  morning  circle  its  greatest  value. 

It  is  because  I  believe  that  the  morning  circle 
affords  the  highest  opportunities  for  growth,  that 
I  urge  you  to  give  to  it  your  best  thought.  I  be- 
lieve that  it  should  give  the  point  of  departure  for 
the  entire  morning  by  suggesting  the  common 
thought  and  action  content  for  subsequent  exer- 
cises; but,  more  than  this,  I  believe  that  by  means 
of  the  morning  circle  there  should  be  created  that 
psychic  climate  which  makes  the  kindergarten  a 
veritable  child  garden. 

Faithfully  yours, 

HARRIETTE   MELISSA  MILLS. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


155 


Olive  Oil. — The  finest  olive  oil  in  the  world 
is  grown  in  Tuscany — the  garden  of  Italy. 

The  trees  blossom  in  Tuscany  in  the 
month  of  May.  The  fruit  begins  to  ripen 
in  November  and  is  generally  in  full 
maturity  by  January. 

It  is  a  risky  crop,  maturing  as  it  does  dur- 
ing winter  weather.  A  cold  snap  with  frost 
may  cause  great  damage  to  the  fruit. 

Sometimes  the  fruit  remains  on  the  trees 
till  May,  yielding  a  pale,  very  thin  oil, 
appreciated  in  some  quarters,  but  which 
speedily  develops  rancidity. 

The  process  of  extracting  the  oil  is 
simple  in  the  extreme ;  the  fruit  is  first 
crushed  in  a  mill  to  a  uniform  paste,  then 
the  paste  is  transferred  to  circular  bags  or 
receptacles  made  of  vegetable  fibre.  A  pile 
of  these  are  placed  in  a  press  and  the 
exuding  oil  flows  into  a  tank  below. 

Essential  conditoins  are  that  the  mill 
should  not  revolve  too  fast,  or  it  will  over- 
heat the  olive  paste  and  give  a  bad  flavor  to 
the  oil ;  that  the  bed  of  the  mill  should  not 
be  of  metal  for  the  same  reason. 

Also  the  degree  of  pressure,  when  the 
object  is  to  get  the  finest  quality  of  oil — 
"oil  from  the  pulp"  as  the  term  runs — must 
not  be  excessive.  The  finest  olive  oil  is 
essentially  a  cold  drawn  oil.  Heat  is 
prejudicial  to  quality. 

However,  when  all  possible  care  has  been 
taken  in  the  process  the  fact  remains  that 
olive  oil  can  be  made  only  from  freshly 
gathered,  perfectly  sound,  ripe  olives  of 
the  proner  kind.  The  big  fat  olives  of  hot, 
subtropical  climates  can  never  yield  a  deli- 
cately flavored  oil. 

The  newly  made  oil  must  be  allowed  to 
settle.  It  is  then  clarified  simply  by  passing 
it  through  purified  cotton  wool  in  a  suitable 
filter.  Really  fine  olive  oil  calls  for  no 
other  treatment  whatever,  chemical  or 
otherwise,  to  render  it  fit  for  the  table.  On 
this  point  it  is  as  well  to  be  clear,  as  refer- 
ence has  been  made  before  now  to  pro- 
cesses of  refining  olive  oil  so  as  to  obtain 
a  specially  fine  quality — one  might  as  well 
try  to  "paint  the  lily  or  adorn  the  rose !" 

After  being  brought  to  America,  the 
clarified  oil  is  preserved  in  warehouses  in 
large  slate  lined  tanks,  holding  up  to  20,- 
000  gallons  each,  wherein  the  oil  is  main- 
tained at  an  equable  temperature.  For 
bottling  and  can  filling  purposes  it  is  trans- 
ferred bv  pipes  from  these  large  tanks  to 
other  smaller  tanks  in  the  packing  rooms. — 
Exchange. 


PROGRAM   IDEAS   FOR   FEBRUARY. 

BERTHA  JOHNSTON. 

February  brings  the  birthdays  of  Ameri- 
ca's two  most  eminent  presidents  and  also 
the  day  that  brings  valentines  to  the  little 
people — offering  thus  several  points  of  de- 
parture for  the  kindergarten  program. 

From  the  home  as  a  center,  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  school  year,  the  subject-matter 
has  widened  out  to  include  the  workers  in 
field  and  forest;  and  those  who  serve  in 
doing  faithful  work  in  the  various  neces- 
sary occupations  under  the  general  caption 
"trades;"  several  festivals  have  been  cele- 
brated and  this  month  we  may  naturally 
consider  those  who  serve  us  as  employees 
of  the  State,  the  postman,  the  fireman,  etc., 
leading  up  to  higher  and  higher  forms  of 
service  to  the  soldier,  the  knight,  symbolic 
of  the  "hero"  who  gives  his  life,  if  need  be, 
for  his  country — his  flag — that  symbol  of 
all  that  is  great  and  good  and  worthy  our 
deepest  love  and  reverence — embracing 
home,  state,  church. 

In  the  kindegarten  the  work  of  the  post- 
man, the  fireman,  the  policeman  are  among 
the  subjects  taken  up — their  service  to  us 
and  our  obligations  to  them.  The  "post- 
man" co-ordinates  naturally  with  St.  Val- 
entine's Day  in  the  early  part  of  the  month. 
The  study  of  the  "knights"  finds  a  natural 
climax  in  America's  great  heroic  figure  of 
Washington,  whose  birthday  comes  late  in 
the  month.  But  this  year  the  thought  of 
the  nation  is  centering  around  Lincoln,  the 
centenary  of  whose  birth  falls  on  February 
12.  As  he  will  be  very  much  talked  about 
in  all  homes  and  as  the  spirit  of  the  cele- 
bration should  be  contagious,  let  us  help 
the  little  children  to  catch  something  of  the 
glow  of  love  and  gratitude  all  feel  for  the 
great,  wise,  merciful  President. 

ABRAHAM  LINCOLN   CENTENARY. 

Lincoln's  character,  life  and  achieve- 
ments form  such  a  noble  heritage  that  we 
must  guard  against  making  it  commonplace 
or  an  "old  story"  by  too  frequent  repetition 
in  the  schools.  A  study  of  his  life  belongs 
best  to  the  High  School,  the  hero-worship- 
ing age.  But  this  year  being  the  centennial 
of  his  birth  we  may  well  choose  such  inci- 
dents in  that  life  as  make  their  appeal  to 
childhood  and  seek  to  have  them  become 
a  part  of  the  little  child's  life.  We  will 
mention  a  few  such.  The  teacher  may  seek 
out  others  in  any  good  biography — and  of 


156 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


these  incidents  may  select  such  as  will  best 
meet  the  needs  of  her  particular  group  of 
children.  We  refer  especially  to  "The 
Boy's  Life  of  Lincoln,"  by  Helen  Nicolay; 
Ida  Tarbell's  notable  biography,  and  "The 
True  Story  of  Abraham  Lincoln,"  by 
Elbridge  S.  Brooks.  It  is  pleasant  to 
record  that  the  later  biographers  find  that 
Thomas  Lincoln,  the  father,  was  not  the 
lazy,  shiftless  man  that  he  has  been  so 
often  painted. 

Tell  something  of  Lincoln's  boyhood. 
The  simple  cabin  in  which  he  was  born; 
one-roomed,  one-windowed,  having  only 
one  door,  and  a  big  chimney  outside.  When 
Abraham  was  four  years  of  age,  the  family 
moved ;  a  few  years  later  moved  still  far- 
ther away.  They  lived  in  the  mysterious 
forest  where  wolves,  catamounts,  part- 
ridges, coons  and  deer  might  frequentlv  be 
shot. 

In  all  his  life  the  boy  had,  all  told,  but 
one  year  of  school,  learning  only  to  read, 
write  and  cipher.  But  he  knew  by  heart 
many  parts  of  the  Bible,  i^Esops  Fables, 
and  the  Pilgrim's  Progress. 

Tell  of  the  good  mother  who  died  when 
the  boy  was  ten  years  old  and  of  the  good 
stepmother  that  loved  and  helped  him  so 
much. 

How  was  this  boy  of  the  wilderness 
clothed?  He  dressed  in  linsey-woolsev 
shirt,  buckskin  breeches,  coon-skin  cap  with 
a  tail  behind  and  heavy  shoes — though 
often  barefoot. 

He  read  all  books  that  he  could  borrow. 
One  time  he  borrowed  a  famous  book 
"Weem's  Life  of  Washington."  He  put  it 
on  a  shelf  in  the  cabin,  and  from  this  it 
slipped  to  a  crack  between  the  logs  and  was 
soaked  by  the  rain.  To  pay  for  it.  Abra- 
ham Lincoln  worked  three  days  for  the 
farmer  who  owned  it.  Thus  he  bought  his 
first  book.  (This  story  might  be  good  to 
reserve  for  some  occasion  when  a  child 
mav  be  seen  using  a  book  carelessly). 

Lincoln  grew  to  be  very  tall — six  feet 
four,  when  only  eighteen  years  old.  He 
could  outrun,  outwalk,  outwrestle  all  com- 
oetitors.  He  could  split  rails,  mow  the  fields 
and  do  all  kinds  of  chores.  He  was 
awkward,  thin,  homely,  but  A^erv  popular 
because  always  ready  to  do  a  kind  act,  and 
fo  tell  a  jolly  story — always  good-natured, 
brave,  honest. 

He  read,  read,  read  whenever  he  could 
?et  a  chance.  He  had  no  fairy-tales,  or 
story  books,  but  each  book  read  seemed  to 


help  him  to  make  a  man  of  himself.  He 
tried  to  remember  what  he  read.  His 
"slate"  was  a  wooden  shingle  or  the  back 
of  the  wooden  fire-shovel  on  which  he 
would  write,  practicing  sums  and  then 
shaving  them  off,  or  saving  those  shingles 
on  which  something  precious  had  been 
written. 

Two  books  of  the  imagination,  Young 
Lincoln  did  read,  viz. :  "^Esop's  Fables"  and 
the  "Arabian  Nights."  How  much  they 
must  have  meant  to  this  mind  that  so  often 
expressed  itself  in  parables  ! 

Lincoln  was  very  kind-hearted,  and 
gentle  toward  any  weak  or  helpless 
creature.  Once,  when  riding  dressed  in  his 
best,  ready  to  make  a  call,  he  heard  a  pig 
squealing,  caught  in  the  mire.  He  rode  on. 
but  looking  back,  the  wee  bright  eyes  of  the 
pig  looked  at  him  so  despairingly  that  he 
jumped  from  his  horse  and  got  it  out. 

When  a  boy  he  tried  to  make  some  boys 
stop  tormenting  some  terrapins  and  wrote 
a  composition  on  cruelty  to  animals  which 
made  his  companions  ashamed. 

Another  time  he  was  traveling  with  sev- 
eral others  on  important  business  and 
passed  two  birds  that  had  fallen  from  the 
nest.  He  looked  a  long  time  for  the  nest 
and  put  the  little  ones  safely  back  with  the 
mother,  despite  the  laughter  of  his  friends. 
Another  time  he  saw  a  poor  old  man  chop- 
ping up  an  old  hut  that  was  to  be  split  into 
kindling  wood.  He  was  to  get  a  dollar  for 
this  work,  with  which  he  meant  to  buy 
shoes,  for  he  was  barefoot  although  the  dav 
was  cold.  Lincoln  told  the  man  to  go  in 
and  warm  himself  and  he  swung  the  axe 
and  soon  had  the  hut  down  and  chopped 
into  kindling,  so  that  the  man  had  his  dol- 
lar and  shoes. 

He  found  two  law  books  once  in  the  bot- 
tom of  a  barrel  of  trash  and  when  he  began 
to  read  these  he  determined  to  become  a 
lawver. 

Once  when  a  clerk  in  a  grocery  store  he 
found,  after  he  had  sold  a  woman  some  tea 
that  the  scales  had  not  worked  right  and 
so  he  walked  a  long  distance  after  her  to 
g"ive  her  what  was  due.  Another  time  he 
found  he  had  not  given  a  purchaser  the  full 
amount  of  change — about  six  cents — and 
so  he  took  the  trouble  to  take  it  to  her.  He 
never  was  verv  rich  but  always  rejoiced  in 
knowing  that  the  people  called  him 
"Honest  Abe."  He  hated  swearing  and 
bad  language.  Once,  when  he  was  Presi- 
dent, a  man  was  highly  recommended  for 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


157 


a  certain  office,  but  he  swore  twice  in  the 
course  of  an  interview.  The  President 
then  opened  the  door.  "I  thought  the  sen- 
ator had  sent  me  a  gentleman.  I  find  I  am 
mistaken.  There  is  the  door,  sir.  Good- 
evening!"  he  said.  (Tell  this  story  to  boys 
who  think  it  manly  to  swear,  at  the  same 
time  telling  them  the  story  of  the  "Glen 
Clary  Boys."  See  any  biography,  to  show 
how  brave  Lincoln  was). 

He  became  famous  in  time  as  a  man  who 
would  never  try  to  defend  a  guilty  man,  but 
was  always  ready  to  help  the  weak  and  un- 
popular if  he  felt  that  he  was  right.  He 
would  tell  the  truth  even  if  it  kept  him  from 
being  elected  to  positions  he  would  like. 
Finally  he  became  President  of  the  United 
States,  because  the  people  trusted  him. 
Then  an  awful  war  broke  out  but  he  was 
wise  and  patient  and  just  and  gentle, 
though  stern  if  necessary,  and  at  last  the 
war  ended  and  then  an  insane  man  shot  the 
eood  President  and  even  his  enemies  wept 
bitter  tears  feeling  that  their  best  friend 
was  gone.  Tell  of  the  long  funeral  train 
from  Washington  to  Springfield.  The  mil- 
lions of  weeping  people.  Tell  how  from 
year  to  year  more  and  more  books  are 
written,  tellinsf  of  the  good  President. 
"Honest  Abe,"  "Father  Abraham,"  and 
how  this  year  manv  memorials  of  him  have 
been  suggested.  Some  suggest  a  monu- 
ment, some  a  public  building,  some  a  splen- 
did road  that  will  last  for  ages  and  always 
be  of  use  to  men.  What  do  you  think 
would  be  a  p"ood  way  to  show  love  for  him  ? 
He  lived  and  died  to  make  our  country  bet- 
ter and  safer ;  our  cities  better  and  safer. 
Shall  we  show  with  our  blocks  a  beautiful 
monument?  Shall  we  construct  with  them 
a  beautiful  library  or  park  or  public  hall? 
Shall  we  make  a  fine  road  in  miniature  in 
the  sand-box.  first  with  foundation  of 
pebbles,  then  sand,  then  blocks  laid  firmlv 
and  evenly?  Shall  we  try  to  keep  our  city 
beautiful  by  not  throwing  paper  and  skins 
in  the  street?  Shall  we  work  hard  in 
school:  shall  we  be  quiet  and  helpful  in 
the  public  libraries,  never  annoying  the 
librarian,  but  thinking  of  how  Abraham 
Lincoln  would  have  rejoiced  to  use  the 
books  that  are  free  to  us.  Shall  we  always 
try  to  keep  the  laws  of  library,  school,  city 
and  country,  the  country  that  Abraham 
Lincoln  loved  and  worked  and  died  for? 
This  erives  opportunity  for  loving  work 
with  Gifts. 


Read  Tom  Taylor's  poem  on  Lincoln 
originally  published  in  1865  in  London 
Punch.  It  can  be  found  in  "Literary  of 
Poetry  and  Song." 

POSTMAN. 

If  father  or  mother  leaves  us  to  go  on  a 
long  journey  how  may  we  know  if  they 
reach  their  destination  safely?  How  may 
we  let  them  know  that  all  is  going  well  at 
home?  We  can  write  a  letter.  How  send 
it?  Country  children  may  take  it  in  person 
to  the  village  post-office  and  there  also  re- 
ceive the  letter  sent  by  mother.  Or  they 
may  give  it  to  the  rural  delivery  postman 
who  will  also  put  the  return  letter  in  the 
rural  delivery  box. 

The  city  child  may  put  it  in  the  post-box, 
whence  it  will  be  taken  by  the  postman  to 
the  big  branch  postoffice  where  it  is  classi- 
fied, state  by  state,  city  by  city,  and  thence 
taken  to  the  main  office  whence  it  goes  by 
big  safe  wagons  to  the  train. 

In  the  central  postoffice  where  the  second 
class  matter  (magazines,  etc.)  is  dis- 
tributed, huge  sacks  representing  the  dif- 
ferent States  stand  on  end  and  a  man  tosses 
into  these  the  bundles  meant  for  them. 
They  are  supposed  to  have  had  a  prelimin- 
ary classification  at  the  publishers',  who 
must  send  them  to  the  postoffice  duly 
labelled. 

Speak  of  the  various  means  of  transport- 
ing the  mails  in  different  parts  of  the  world. 
In  Berlin  is  a  museum,  the  "Post  Museum," 
which  shows  models  of  hundreds  of  vehicles 
and  other  means  used  to  carry  messages. 
Here  may  be  seen  models  of  those  who  run 
on  foot :  of  two-wheeled  and  four-wheeled 
carriages;  of  sledges,  etc.,  camels,  mules, 
elephants  and  other  animals,  also  carrier- 
pigeons.  Tell  of  the  pigeons  which  fly 
hundreds  of  miles  back  to  their  homes  and 
because  of  this  "homing  instinct"  can  be 
used  to  carry  messages  tied  to  them.  Often 
seen  on  valentines. 

Inquire  of  the  children  some  of  the  im- 
portant qualities  needed  by  the  mail-carrier 
— courage,  fidelity,  punctuality,  etc. 

What  are  our  obligations  to  him?  How 
can  we  help  him?  By  prompt  attendance 
at  sound  of  his  bell:  by  patience  if  mistakes 
are  made:  bv  writing  the  address  clearly 
and  fullv  on  envelope  or  wrapper.  (Here 
is.  a  point  for  primary  teachers  to  consider. 
Train  your  class  to  write  addresses  fullv 
and  distinctly,  both  on  writing  paper  and 
envelope.     Business  people  are  greatly  an- 


158 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


noyed  and  delayed  by  careless  correspon- 
dents wh  )  write  without  giving  address  and 
then  complain  because  no  reply  is  given. 
It  is  never  safe  to  write  any  letter  without 
the  address  as  it  saves  your  friend  the 
trouble  of  looking  it  up  in  an  address  book. 
Also,  train,  your  children  to  always  enclose 
a  stamp  when  writing  a  letter  requiring  a 
reply)  If  wrapping  up  a  package  to  go 
through  the  mails  we  will  make  it  neat  and 
compact  so  as  to  be  easily  handled. 

Tell  that  Abraham  Lincoln  was  once 
postman  in  the  scattered  village  in  which 
he  lived — New  Salem. 

Apropos  of  the  subject  of  the  "Postman" 
let  all  teachers  read  the  following  extract 
from  Postmaster  General  Meyer's  circular 
letter  to  all  United  States  postmasters  sent 
with  a  view  to  secure  co-operation  of  the 
public  school  teachers  in  instructing  chil- 
dren as  to  the  operation  of  the  postal 
service. 

"These  instructions  should  cover  such  features 
of  the  service  as  the  delivery  of  the  mails,  the 
classification  of  mail  matter,  the  registry  and 
money  order  system,  and  particularly  the  proper 
addressing  of  letters  and  the  importance  of  plac- 
ing return  cards  on  envelopes.  Postmasters 
should  arrange,  if  possible,  to  deliver  personal  talks 
to  the  pupils  on  these  subjects  and  should  give  the 
teachers  access  to  the  Postal  Guide  and  the  Postal 
Laws  and  Regulations  and  render  them  every 
assistance  in  securing  necessary  information." 

GAME. 

i.   Draw   six  ellipses   on   the   floor,   thus, 


and  Little  Folks.  How  disappointing  if 
the  man  should  toss  a  Pennsylvania  bundle 
into  a  California  bag. 

FIRST  GIFT. 

1.  Place  in  a  row  the  six  colored  balls. 
Have  ready  some  postage  stamps  of  dif- 
ferent denominations  and  let  the  children 
match  the  colors.  Speak  of  the  value 
represented — one,  two,  three  cents,  etc. 

2.  Put  baskets  or  boxes  on  the  table  and 
toss  the  balls  (magazines)  into  these. 

SECOND  GIFT. 

Let  the  children  choose  which  part  of 
the  mail  service  their  box,  with  its  contents, 
will  represent — the  city  mail  wagon ;  the 
country  stage ;  the  mail  train.  If  the  train, 
the  box  may  be  the  engine ;  the  cylinder  the 
smoke  stack,  the  cubes  the  mail  cars.  The 
sphere  may  be  the  express-rider's  post 
horse  that  gallops  down  to  meet  the  train 
and  carry  the  mail  through  the  mountains. 

The  sphere,  cylinder  and  cube  may  also 
be  transformed  into  lamp  posts  with  the 
letter  box  attachment,  while  the  additional 
cube  represents  the  box  for  packages  and 
magazines. 

THIRD  AND  FOURTH  GIFTS. 

Build  mail  wagons,  trains,  postoffice,  etc. 
We    give    pictorial    suggestions    for    series 


with  chalk,  measuring  1x2  feet  and  about 
three  inches  apart.  Play  these  are  the 
openings  of  the  mail  bags  and  let  the  chil- 
dren toss  the  magazines  (bean-bags)  into 
them.  Label  the  ellipses  New  York, 
Chicago,  Buffalo,  etc. 

2.  Let  several  children  stand  in  a  line, 
each  extending  his  arms  and  clasping  his 
hands  so  as  to  form  with  them  a  circle. 
This  represents  the  mail  bag.  Let  another 
child  toss  the  bean-bags  into  the  circle. 
(The  bags  will  of  course  fall  to  the  floor). 
Think  of  all  the  children  in  all  the  different 
cities  who  are  eagerly  awaiting  St.  Nicholas 


3 


3  3-Wagon 

with  Fourth  Gift,  representing  (1)  Child's 
home;  (2)  postoffice,  with  stamp  and 
money  order  windows,  of  five  blocks,  and 
mail  box  of  three  blocks.  (3)  Postoffice  of 
seven  blocks   showing  especially  the   plat- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


159 


form  in  the  rear  where  all  the  wagons  draw 
up  to  receive  and  deposit  their  loads. 


genes  of   "Beauty   Forms  "    with  Fourth  Gift  as  suggestion   for 
memorial  in  form  of  fountain,  with  benches,  or  music  stand. 

FIFTH  AND  SIXTH  GIFTS. 

Build  beautiful  postoffice  structures.  An 
essential  part  of  the  exterior  is  the  platform 
for  the  use  of  the  mail  brought  by  the 
wagons.  When  the  fine  main  postoffice  of 
a  large  city  was  to  be  built,  its  designing 
was  put  into  the  hands,  we  are  told,  of  a 
man  who  had  never  before  planned  a  post- 
office.  He  did  not  make  himself  familiar 
with  the  needed  details  and  did  not  allow 
for  the  platform  referred  to.  This  neglect 
spoiled  the  efficiency  of  the  costly  structure 
and  an  inclined  roadway  had  to  be  made 
to  run  beneath  the  building  at  great  incon- 
venience to  all  concerned.  Let  the  children 
feel  that  patriotism  demands  that  all  such 
public  work  should  be  put  into  the  hands 
of  competent,  honest,  faithful  people. 

CLAY. 

Mold  horses,  camels,  elephants  and  other 
animals  employed  in  transporting  the  mails. 

CARDBOARD  MODELING. 

Letter  Boxes  of  Cardboard 

Let  each  child  cut  out  several  oblongs 
measuring  1x4^  inches.  Bend  at  the  inch 
lines  at  right  angles  and  it  will  be  found 
that    l/2    inch  -overlaps.      Paste   this   down. 


side,  to  make  a  row  of  letter  boxes  at  the 
postoffice.  Upon  this  row  glue  another 
row,  until  enough  have  been  made  so  that 
each  child  has  a  box.  Play  sending  dif- 
ferent ones  to  get  their  imaginary  letters. 
Were  they  all  distinctly  addressed?  Tell 
the  children  about  the  Dead-letter  Office 
at  Washington  and  the  great  cost  to  the 
country  because  people  are  ignorant  or 
careless  about  the  addresses.  Only  one 
kind  of  living  animal  mav  be  sent  through 
the  United  States  mails,  and  that  is  a 
Queen  Bee. 

Old  stamps  may  be  used  to  represent 
letters  and  put  into  the  tiny  boxes.  The 
children  may  be  thus  given  a  color  lesson 
and  one  in  recognizing  figures. 

The  glued  together  letter  boxes  may 
afterwards  be  glued  to  a  common  founda- 
tion and  used  as  seed  boxes. 

PAPER-CUTTING  AND  FOLDING. 

Out  of  ordinary  brown  paper,  cut  a  piece 
on  plan  of  diagram  here  shown.     Fold  on 


Diagram  for  mail-carrier's  knapsack, 

the  dotted  lines  and  paste  together  the 
three  straight-edged  flaps.  The  curved  one 
forms  the  top  of  mail  carrier's  bag.  Attach 
a  cord  and  let  the  child  dramatize  the  post- 
man who  goes  through  rain  and  hail  and 
snow  to  bring  to  us  our  letters  and  valen- 
tines. ,    J'!  ■      !     J' 

VALENTINES. 

1.  A  simple  valentine  can  be  made  by 
cutting  a  heart  of  red  paper  and  attaching 
to  the  center  of  this  a  scrap  picture  of  a 
flower,  a  dove,  etc.,  by  a  narrow  piece  of 
paper  folded  back  and  forth  several  times 
to  make  a  spring,  thus : 


Letter  Boxes  of  Cardboard. 

Glue  a  number  of  these  together,  side  by 


2.  Take  a  small  square  of  gold    or  silver 


i6o 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


paper.     Make  a  fold  of 
opposite  sides,  thus: 


inch  from  two  open  envelope;  (7)  closed  envelope;  (8) 
sailboat.  (See  illustrations).  To  the 
primary  grade  teacher  we  would  say  that 
each  of  these  objects  is  based  upon  the  folds 
of  the  one  preceding.  The  envelope  can 
be  fastened  with  scrap  picture  after  valen- 
tine is  inside. 


This  gives  an  oblong,  with  two  flaps.  Upon 
the  flaps  paste  lace  paper  saved  from  toilet 
soap  boxes  or  paper  doilies.  This  gives 
two  lacy  doors.  Beneath  these  paste  some 
dainty,  appropriate  scrap  picture.  If  no 
lace  paper  is  at  hand  let  the  children  make 
their  own  of  tissue  paper.  Fold  the  tissue 
paper  several  times  upon  itself  and  then 
cut  tiny  holes,  triangles,  circles,  etc.  Open 
out,  and  the  effect  should  be  very  pretty 
after  some  skill  has  been  attained. 

Let  the  children  fold  envelopes  into 
which  to  put  their  valentines.  The  kinder- 
garten "beauty  forms"  of  paper  folding 
may  be  turned  into  valentines  by  pasting 
appropriate  pictures  at  center  and  corners. 

The  triangular  series  II  of  paper-folding 
co-ordinates  well  with  the  postofflc'e  sub- 
ject matter.  It  starts  off  with  the  (1) 
square,    foundation    of   postoffice ;    (2)    the 


Foundation  of  P.  O. 


Shawl  or  plaid. 


shawl  (plaid)  worn  by  the  Scotch  mail 
carrier;  (3)  sail  made  by  the  sailmaker  to 
send  the  mail  boat  over  the  waters ;  (4) 
the  sailboat;  (5)  the  snow-shoe  which  helps 


Snowshoe  Envelope  Envelope  Sailboat 

the  Canadian  speed  over  the  snow;  (6)  the 


NATURE  STUDY  IN  THE  HOME. 

BY  THE  REV.  THORNLEY,  M.  A. 

Nature  Study  the  Children's  Study. 

Nature  study  is  par  excellence  the  chil- 
dren's study.  Miss  Mason,  the  founder  of 
the  Parents'  National  Educational  Union, 
in  her  book  on  Home  Education  (page  58) 
says : 

"Every  child  has  a  natural  interest  in  the 
living  things  about  him,  which  it  is  the 
business  of  his  parents  to  encourage;  for, 
but  few  children  are  equal  to  holding  their 
own  in  the  face  of  public  opinion,  and  if 
they  see  that  the  things  which  interest  them 
are  indifferent  or  disgusting  to  you  their 
pleasure  in  them  vanishes  and  that  chapter 
in  the  book  of  Nature  is  closed  to  them." 

Parents  are  beginning  to  realize  this, 
and  are  anxious  to  encourage  their  children 
in  these  studies.  Unfortunately  in  the  days 
of  their  childhood  such  knowledge  was 
despised,  and  any  attempt  to  acquire  it  was 
looked  upon  as  a  waste  of  time.  But  we 
have  now  changed  all  this.  We  have  found 
in  Nature  Study  a  most  potent  instrument 
for  the  education  of  our  children.  For  it 
develops  the  seeing  eye,  and  the  hearing 
ear;  it  satisfied  the  insatiable  curiosity  of 
childhood;  lays  the  foundation  of  Art.  in 
an  early  appreciation  of  Beauty;  and  of 
Science  in  a  gradual  perception  of  law,  and 
last,  but  not  least,  of  Religion,  in  that  it 
increases  the  sense  of  reverence,  wonder, 
and  awe.  In  a  beautiful  passage  our  poet 
Browning  has  well  summed  up  the  true 
worth  of  Nature  Study.  It  occurs  in  his 
poem  of  "Kra  Lippo  Lippi."  where  the 
cloistered  monk,  rebelling  against  that 
false  law  which  bade  him  shut  his  eyes 
against  the  beauties  of  the  outward  world, 
after  which,  with  a  poet's  and  painter's 
instinct,  he  vearned,  tells  how  he  both  felt 
and  saw, 

"The  beauty  and  the  wonder  and  the  Power 

The    shapes    of    things,    their    colours,    lights    and 

shades 
Changes  and  surprises,.  .  .  .and,  God  made  it  all!" 

I  take  it  then,  that  there  is  a  great  desire 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


161 


to  teach  children  about  Nature  in  all 
classes,  from  parents,  the  architypal 
teachers  to  Education  Committees  their 
poor  substitutes.  Each  is  anxious  to  do 
something  better  than  has  been  done  in  the 
past. 

The  Parent's  Difficulty. 

I  am  not  unmindful  that  this  generation 
of  parents  experiences  a  difficulty  which 
will  most  probably  be  removed  from  the 
next.  I  know  that  many  parents  feel  handi- 
capped at  present  by  their  own  defective 
education  in  Nature  knowledge.  It  is  such 
as  these  whom  I  am  anxious  to  help  in  this 
paper.  But  before  I  can  do  this,  they  must 
dismiss  from  their  minds  any  idea  that  it 
is  the  quantity  of  knowledge  acquired  that 
makes  a  Nature  student.  It  is  rather  the 
particular  habit  of  mind  induced  in  the  act 
of  acquiring  such  knowledge  which  is  of 
the  most  value  to  us  and  our  children.  For 
this  reason  it  is  that  the  mere  reading  about 
Nature  is  of  but  little  value;  to  watch  an 
insect  pollinating  a  flower ;  to  study  the 
arrangement  of  the  buds  on  the  common 
trees;  to  rear  caterpillars  into  butterflies; 
to  watch  the  little  seed  growing  into  the 
perfect  plant ;  such  studies  as  these  have  a 
real  educational  value,  they  teach  to  SEE ; 
and  seeing  is  a  faculty  which  this  genera- 
tion has  shamefully  neglected. 

Feeble  at  the  beginning,  this  faculty  of 
"seeing,"  mav  be  wonderfully  educated, 
and  a  bountiful  harvest  of  the  quiet  eye 
reaped  at  last.  Moreover,  the  power  to  see 
correctly  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  assets 
in  our  everyday  life. 

When  children  come  in  from  their  walk 
they  should  be  asked  what  they  have  seen, 
what  has  excited  their  interest  and  curi- 
osity. What  made  such  men  as  Gilbert 
White,  of  Selbourne,  and  Charles  Darwin 
so  notable  was  their  wonderful  power  of 
seeing.  So  Nature  Study  may  be  shortly 
defined  as  the  "science  of  seeing."  Its 
great  instrument  is  the  EYE. 

A  Heresy. 

There  is  a  peculiar  heresy  abroad  that 
some  children  and  some  persons  are  not 
gifted  with  powers  of  observation,  and  so 
Nature  Studv  is  not  for  such.  Surely  this 
is  absurd.  We  all  know  persons  who  are 
born  color  blind,  or  music  blind,  but  did 
anybody  ever  hear  of  a  normal  person  who 
was  unable  to  observe?  This  valuable 
faculty  may  be   shamefully  neglected,   but 


it  cannot  be  done  away  with.  Anyhow 
children  are  born  observers,  and  born 
naturalists,  and  these  great  and  natural 
powers  in  them  only  require  discreet  guid- 
ance and  encouragement  from  you  to  be- 
come to  them  a  valuable  possession  and  a 
joy  forever. 

Books. 

But  now  to  get  to  work.  Let  me  sav  at 
first  a  few  words  about  "books."  And  in 
particular  about  books  for  parents.  The 
right  kind  of  books  will  help  you ;  but  they 
are  not  easy  to  hit  upon.  I  have  brought 
with  me  for  distribution  a  list  of  books 
which  we  have  to  some  extent  found  use- 
ful to  both  parent  and  teachers.  Some  of 
them  are  not  ideal  Nature  Students'  books, 
but  they  are  the  best  I  can  find.  The  list 
is  annotated  so  that  parents  or  teacher  can 
the  more  readily  select  a  suitable  book. 

Books  are  onlv  useful  for  the  purpose  we 
have  in  mind  when  they  send  us  back  ag"ain 
to  Nature,  hungering  to  know  more  of  her 
wonderful  ways  and  works ;  more  keen  to 
observe  and  more  patient  to  learn.  Books 
are  useless  when  they  give  us  poor  sub- 
stitutes for  this  power  of  observation  or 
tend  to  stifle  it. 

Of  course,  books  of  a  purely  technical 
character,  helping  us  to  find  out  something 
more  about  the  interesting  things  which 
we  have  seen  in  our  walks  abroad,  will 
always  have  a  proper  use  and  value.  But 
it  is  books  like  dear  old  Gilbert  White's 
Natural  Historv  of  Selborne,  or  Kingsley's 
Town  Geologv,  or  Warde  Fowler's,  A 
Year  with  the  Birds,  which  beget  in  us  a 
powerfid  yearning  to  see  for  ourselves  the 
wonderful  and  beautiful  things  they  point 
out  for  us. 

Hosts  of  books  on  Nature  Study  are  be- 
ing issued  almost  everv  month;  they  are 
too  often  failures  as  being  either  mere  com- 
pilations, bv  those  who  know  but  little  first- 
hand of  their  subject;  or  else  thev  are  filled 
with  descriptions  of  thines  which  the  true 
Nature  Student  is  better  left  to  find  out  for 
himself. 

Poetry  and  Songs  For  Children. 

I  should  like  now  to  sav  a  few  words 
about  suitable  poetry  and  songs  for  little 
children,  in  connection  with  the  study  of 
Nature. 

Nature  Study  is  of  great  value  in  edu- 
cating the  imaginative  and  poetical  side  of 


l62 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


the  child's  nature.  Beautiful  descriptions 
of  scenery,  of  the  "habits  and  activities  of 
animals;  of  the  beauties  of  flowers  and  in- 
sects abound  on  every  side.  In  this 
pleasant  and  easy  way  children  may  be 
helped  to  associate  right  and  beautiful 
feeling  with  what  they  see  in  Nature ;  and 
will  at  length  discover  for  themselves  that 
much  of  the  best  poetry  has  been  inspired 
by  the  sight  of  natural  phenomena. 

I  have  not  as  yet  been  able  to  put  my 
hands  on  any  one  suitable  book  containing 
selected  passages  from  the  best  poets 
illustrative  of  the  varied  phenomena  of 
Nature.  But  any  parent  would,  I  am  sure, 
find  most  interesting  employment  in  study- 
ing poetry  with  this  object ;  marking  down 
any  pieces  which  she  thinks  would  be  help- 
ful to  her  child  in  realizing  (to  use  rather 
a  trite  phrase)  the  poetic  beauties  of 
Nature.  Fine  descriptions  of  natural 
scenerv,  and  phenomena,  sympathetic 
references  to  bird  and  beast,  insect  and 
flower,  and  to  all  the  varied  moods  of 
Nature.  One  might  very  easily  make  a 
truly  valuable  poetry  book  for  one's  child 
in  this  simple  way.  It  may  however  be 
helpful  to  some  parents  to  suggest  the 
titles  and  oublishers  of  two  or  three  little 
books  of  songs  and  poetrv,  much  used  by 
kindergarten  teachers  with  very  little  chil- 
dren. Here  they  are:  Son^s  for  Little 
Children.  Vols.  I  and  II,  bv  Eleanor  Smith 
(Curwen).  The  Child's  Song  and  Game 
Book,  Parts  I  and  II.  by  Keatley  Moore 
(Sonnenschein).  Kindergarten  Songs  and 
Games  by  Berry  and  Michaels.  Also 
rhythms  and  games  by  Mari  Ruef  Hofer, 
and  the  rhymes  and  songs  in  the  Kinder- 
garten Magazine. 

The  Note  Book.    The  Drawing  Book. 

A  powerful  adjunct  to  the  cultivation  of 
the  seeing  faculty  in  the  child  is  the  draw- 
ing book.  All  children,  even  little  children, 
should  be  encouraged  to  draw  natural  ob- 
jects with  brush  or  pencil.  Some  children 
will  display  considerable  ability  in  model- 
ling in  clav  or  plasticine.  It  is,  however, 
important  that  this  exercise  should  be  re- 
garded as  a  test  to  find  out  if  the  child  is 
seeing  correctly  rather  than  as  an  art 
exercise. 

Of  equal  importance  with  the  drawing 
book  is  the  Diary  and  Nature  Calendar 
which  the  child  should  be  encouraged  to 
make.  In  the  diary  the  first  appearance  of 
things  will  be  carefully  noted ;  the  first 
flower  seen,  the  first  buds  opened,  the  first 


swallow,  the  first  butterfly,  etc.,  and  in 
addition  to  this  anything  that  has  caught 
the  interest  of  the  child  should  find  a  place 
in  it.  Brush-work  pictures,  and  selected 
pieces  of  poetry  may  also  be  added  until  a 
quite  facinating  little  volume  is  produced. 
I  have  seen  excellent  calendars  done  by 
children  in  small  schools  which  could  be 
made  at  home  under  the  proper  direction  of 
the  parent. 

Children's  Walks. 

From  note  books  and  diarys  I  pass  on  to 
children's  walks.  The  value  to  a  child  of 
a  couple  of  hours  spent  in  the  fresh  air 
every  day  is  well  known  to  parents.  It  is 
customary  to  send  the  children  out  in 
charge  of  a  governess  or  nurse.  I  would, 
however,  advise  mother's  who  are  in 
earnest  about  nature  studying  to  accom- 
pany their  children  oftener  in  order  to  call 
the  child's  attention  to  things  interesting 
and  beautiful;  to  encourage  them  to  bring 
suitable  objects  home.  They  should  be  pre- 
pared to  provide  liberally  bottles,  boxes, 
jars,  and  other  suitable  vessels  for  the  pur- 
pose of  keeping  under  observation  for  a 
short  time  any  of  the  interesting  living 
finds.  But  these  when  done  with  should 
be  given  their  liberty  and  when  possible  re- 
stored to  a  similar  place  to  that  in  which 
they  were  found,  for  in  this  way  the  child 
will  readily  learn  reverence  and  respect  for 
life. 

Before  the  walk  commences  it  is  better 
to  plan  to  have  some  definite  aim  to  pro- 
pose to  the  children ;  for  example,  that  they 
should  note  how  many  different  kinds  of 
flowers  they  will  find  in  their  walk,  how 
many  different  kinds  of  birds  they  will  see. 
etc.,  then  on  the  next  occasion  when  lessons 
are  resumed  'the  note  book  should  be 
brought  out  and  the  children  encouraged 
to  make  some  notes,  or  little  drawings  of 
what  they  have  seen. 

The  subject  of  making  collections  of  any- 
thing that  requires  killing  is  fraught  with 
many  difficulties.  I  find  myself  almost  in 
two  minds  about  it.  Collecting  natural 
objects  with  the  necessary  mounting  and 
labeling  has  undoubtedly  some  educational 
value.  The  difficulty  is  largely  connected 
with  the  question  whether  young  children 
should  be  encouraged  to  put  any  living 
thing  to  death.  Very  young  children 
should  certainly  never  be  allowed  to  do 
this.  I  think  we  are  all  quite  at  one  on 
this.     Moreover,  numerous  collections  can 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


163 


be  made  of  objects  that  do  not  require  kill- 
ing: seeds,  minerals,  empty  shells,  even 
plants,  and  many  other  things. 

With  older  children  more  may  be 
allowed,  but  the  parent  would  be  wise  to 
see  that  the  killing  is  done  under  proper 
circumstances.  Collections  made  for  pure- 
ly scientilic  purposes  stand  on  somewhat 
different  grounds,  and  it  is  unnecessary  to 
enter  upon  a  discussion  of  these  here. 

There  are,  however,  a  few  habits  of  chil- 
dren connected  with  this  matter  of  collect- 
ing natural  objects  which  require  watching 
and  correcting.  They  will  gather  great 
bunches  of  flowers,  and  then  after  a  short 
time,  wearying  of  carrying  them  will  fling 
them  away  by  the  roadside  to  wither  and 
die  in  the  sun.  They  will  also  pluck  up 
plants  by  the  roots  and  do  many  other  im- 
pulsive and  careless  things.  Parents  must 
be  very  watchful  to  rebuke  these  faults. 
It  is  most  important  that  at  the  beginning 
of  a  child's  life  it  should  be  taught  the 
utmost  reverence  in  these  matters;  who  can 
say  how  much  of  its  after  life  would  be  in- 
fluenced for  good  by  it. 

Therefore,  if  your  children  bring  flowers 
home  see  that  they  put  them  in  water  at 
once;  or  if  it  is  living  catipilars  see  that 
they  are  as  soon  as  possible  provided  with 
proper  housing,  food  and  air. 

Museums. 

Parents  living  in  towns,  can  sometimes 
get  a  certain  amount  of  help  from  the  local 
museums.  The  creatures  read  about  in  the 
books  may  be  seen  as  it  were  in  their 
"proper  person"  in  the  museums;  and 
something  of  their  relative  as  well  as  real 
size  revealed  to  children.  In  my  own  hum- 
ble opinion,  and  speaking  generally 
museums  are  disappointing.  1  do  not  think 
we  make  the  most  or  the  best  use  of  them. 
And  children  are  always  more  interested 
in  living  animals  than  dead  ones,  for  a  live 
dog  is  always  better  than  a  dead  lion. 
Nevertheless,  it  would  be  profitable  to  take 
a  child  to  the  museum  for  an  hour  or  so 
one  morning  in  the  week  particularly  to  see 
something  which  has  been  recently  a  sub- 
ject of  interest  to  the  child. 

Keeping  Pace. 

And  parents  must  keep  pace  with  the 
children;  must  try  to  interest  themselves 
in  all  that  properly  interests  the  child.  I 
know  that  many  would  reply,  "We  have 
not  time  for  it."    But  it  is  well  worth  mak- 


ing time  for.  To  see  our  children  growing 
up  intelligent,  keen,  and  reverential  is  worth 
the  expenditure  of  any  amount  of  time  and 
trouble.  Is  it  not  true  that  too  many  of 
the  young  people  of  these  days  appear  to 
have  run  through  the  whole  circle  of  their 
interests  before  they  are  properly  grown 
up.  Blase  with  satiety;  suffering  from 
ennui,  to  them  life  seems  scarcely  worth 
living.  Nature  Study  will  supply  fresh  in- 
terests, undying,  always  fresh,  for  Nature 
is  full  of  surprises,  and  has  the  energy  of 
eternal  youth. 

The  study  of  Nature  too  is  recreative,  it 
is  good  for  the  parents,  it  is  antidotal  to  the 
worry  and  fret  of  housekeeping  or  business. 
It  kindles  in  us  the  growth  of  a  loftier  ideal, 
the  outward  expression  of  which  will  be  the 
simpler  life  and  the  Garden  City,  and  the 
end  Paradise  regained.  And  all  this, 
through  the  little  child  in  our  midst. 
Mothers  should  propose  to  themselves  cer- 
tain courses  of  readings  such  as  books  of 
an  elementary  character  treating  of  plant 
and  animal  life.  The  weekly  consumption 
of  novels  is  prodigious,  surely  a  little  book 
on  Natural  History  might  be  intercalated 
now  and  again.  But  if  not  this,  mothers 
should  be  keen  to  look  out  for  anything 
that  will  help  the  children.  Good  pictures 
from  the  magazines,  suitable  poetry.  There 
are  several  weekly  and  monthly  magazines 
almost  or  entirely  devoted  to  the  interest 
of  natural  history  e.  g.,  The  Country  Side, 
Mr.  si,.  K.  Robinson's  little  paper,  published 
weekly. 

They  would  also  do  well  to  study  some 
book  drawn  up  by  an  expert  in  teaching 
Nature  knowledge  to  children,  like  Miss 
Jeanie  Mackenzie's,  A  Nature  Programme 
and  its  Connections,  published  by  Charles 
&  Didle. 

But  the  Parent's  National  Educational 
Union,  will  at  any  time  advise  its  members 
on  the  best  books  and  methods  to  attain  the 
desired  results. 

Children's  Pets. 

No  address  on  the  subject  of  Nature 
study  in  the  home  would  be  complete  with- 
out a  few  words  about  children's  pets.  By 
all  means,  if  the  home  allows  of  it  let  chil- 
dren have  pets.  They  learn  tenderness  and 
kindness  through  them,  and  the  keeping  of 
them  is  an  excellent  discipline.  Some  bur- 
den is  laid  upon  parents,  however,  to  see 
that  children  attend  to  them  properly. 
Otherwise    the    pets    may    suffer    acutely 


164 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


through  neglect.  Unflinching  terms  must" 
be  made  with  the  cnild  that  any  repeated 
neglect  will  result  111  the  pets  being  taken 
away.  1  hen  again  parents  should  take 
trouole  10  ascertain  whether  anything  is 
being  learnt  irom  the  pets;  whether  the 
habits  of  bird  or  rabbit  or  dog  or  cat  are 
being  properly  observed  by  the  child. 
Older  cmluren  should  be  asked  occasional- 
ly to  write  an  account  of  their  pets;  how 
do  they  spend  their  day;  what  differences 
they  nave  observed  between  the  ways  of 
cat  and  dog;  I  have  known  children  write 
very  clever  tetters  to  pets,  in  which  quite 
close  observation  of  their  habits  has  been 
plain.  )l  es,  1  am  sure  pets  make  a  very 
goo  1  subject  of  our  curriculum.  Cat  and 
dog,  canary  and  parrot,  guinea-pigs  and 
white  mice,  and  afi  the  host  of  farm-yard 
animals,  can  give  a  kind  of  teaching  which 
is  of  great  value  to  our  children;  and  which 
we  cannot  afford  to  neglect. 
v  It  is  a  common  complaint  that  children 
tire  very  quickly  of  their  pets.  Some  chil- 
dren undoubtedly  do  so;  but  the  child  is 
so  little  taught  to  observe  that  much  of  the 
true  interests  of  these  pets  is  lost  to  it.  A 
change,  more  or  less  frequent,  possibly  an 
exchange  of  pets  might  be  beneficial  in 
some  instances. 

There  are,  however,  many  other  living 
things  which  will  readily  interest  children 
and(  are  full  of  teaching.  Such  are  for 
example,  the  germinating  of  seeds,  watch- 
ing the  tiny  plant  unfolding  its  beautiful 
and  interesting  structures.  Rearing  cater- 
pillars into  butterflies  and  moths.  Watch- 
ing an  aquarium  with  developing  frog 
spawn,  and  other. living  creatures.  The  life 
history  of  frog  and  newt  is  marvellously 
fascinating,  and  quite  young  children  find 
endless  delight  in  watching  it;  learning  les- 
sons of  life  and  growth  which  they  will 
never  forget. 

But  I  plead  most  of  all  for  the  country 
walk.  The  walk's  the  thing.  In  these  days 
of  rush  typified  by  cycle  and  motor  car,  the 
country  side  has  become  a  thing  more  for 
measuring  the  terrific  rate  we  can  progress 
at  by  means  of  the  engines  which  we  have 
invented  instead  of  a  glorious  opportunity 
and  the  priceless  privilege  of  studying  the 
works  of  the  Great  Creator,  the  garments 
of  the  Invisible  which  fill  his  beautiful 
temple  the  world. 

Age  will  not  sever  our  love  from  Nature ; 
but  rather  will  the  ties  which  draw  us  to 
her  be   strengthened:   becoming  of   sacra- 


mental significance,  so  that  she  becomes  to 
us  an  outward  and  visible  sign  of  an  in- 
finite love  enfolding  our  lives;  filling  our 
hearts  with  lofty  hopes  and  high  courage; 
till  the  symbols  are  replaced  by  realities; 
and  the  heart  that  was  in  Tune  with  the 
Universe  finds  itself  in  Tune  with  God  and 
Heaven.  Such  is  the  outlook  and  we  may 
sing  with  Browning : 

"Grow  old  along  with  me;   the  best  is  yet  to  be 
The  last  of  life,  lor  which  the  first  was  made, 
Our   times  are   in   His   hand 
Who  saith,  'a  whole  1  planned,' 
Youth    shows    but    half;    trust    God;    see    all,    nor 
be  afraid." 


MANUAL   OF   THENATURAL 
METHOD  IN  READING. 

"I  plead  therefore  for  a  recognition  of  the  value 
of  superficiality  as  one  of  the  goods  per  se  in  this 
field;  a  knowledge  that  is  all  extent  without  much 
intensity.  This  is  the  form  in  which  all  knowledge 
begins."  G.  STANLEY  HALL. 

INTRODUCTION. 

At  the  close  of  this  Course — i.  e.,  at- the 
close  of  the  first  year  in  school  when  taught 
by  the  Natural  Method — children  in  the 
New  York  schools  are  qualified  to  take  the 
examination  in  the  public  libraries  which 
entitles  them  to  library  cards.  They  are 
thus  launched  upon  their  course  as  inde- 
pendent readers  by  one  year  of  study,  one 
hour  a  day,  plus  whatever  supplementary 
reading  the  school  chooses  to  give. 

The  children  find  the  work  pleasant  and 
natural. 

The  teacher,  if  of  the  old  school  of 
thought,  must  give  herself  one  big  wrench 
into  the  new  school.  Then  all  difficulty  is 
over.  As  soon  as  she  can  bring  herself  to 
consider  the  child  as  a  product  of  the 
nursery  and  play-ground,  whose  interest  in 
reading  has  already  connected  him  with 
books,  and  whose  mental  processes  in  re- 
gard to  this  subject  are  already  in  train, 
she  will  see  the  philosophy  of  beginning 
with  the  Nursery  Method,  which  is  the 
first  step  in  the  Natural  Method.  Having 
entered  on  this  work  with  this  perception, 
her  interest  and  zeal  will  grow  with  her  ex- 
perience. To  find  Nature  vindicating  her- 
self in  the  healthy  growth  of  the  child  mind 
under  natural  processes  is  a  joy  surpassing 
any  that  can  come  to  the  teacher  of  little 
faith  who  clings  to  the  old  mechanisms 
and  glories  in  the  old  cheap  type  of 
"results." 

The  features  that  distinguish  the  Natural 

Copyright,  1908,  by  Ellen  E.  K.  Warner. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


165 


Method  in  Reading  from  any  method  pub- 
lished prior  to  1903,  making  it  revolu- 
tionary, are  as  ioliows: 

1.  it  begins  with  literature,  and  does  not 
at  any  point  otter  text  made  to  teach  words, 
phonograms  or  letters. 

2.  it  proceeds  by  memorization  of  its 
earliest  text. 

3.  it  then  presents  the  memorized  text  in 
script  and  atierwards  in  print. 

4.  Alter  the  hfth  week  it  begins  Scientific 
\\  ord  Study,  proceeding  by  progressive 
analysis  until  the  alphabet  is  known. 

5.  For  this  purpose  it  divides  all  words 
between  the  initial  consonant,  simple  or 
compound,  and  the  rest  of  the  word,  thus 
reducing  all  words  to  the  two-letter  class,- 
so  to  speak. 

0.  Alter  the  alphabet  has  been  acquired, 
Word  Study  proceeds  (in  Book  ii)  by 
classification  ol  words  in  groups  by  ortho- 
graphic content,  thus  teaching  several 
words  in  the  time  it  used  to  require  to  teach 
one,  the  type  words  in  each  case  being 
taken  from  the  day's  reading  lesson.  This 
work  proceeds  from  the  easy  to  the  dithcult 
until  111  one  year  from  entering  school  the 
child  has*  studied  practically  the  entire 
vocabulary  ol  child  literature,  in  a  third 
term  (.Book  iiij,  this  ground  is  reviewed 
and  completed,  with  closer  study  and  more 
of  memorization. 

Nothing  at  all  akin  to  the  Natural 
Method  111  Reading,  in  spirit  or  in  structure, 
had  been  published  when  the  Culture  Read- 
ers appeared  in  1903.  All  methods  that 
have  since  sprung  into  being  having  any  of 
these  features  are  to  that  extent  followers 
of  the  Natural  Method  in  Reading,  and 
their  success  has  been  found  proportionate 
to  the  fidelity  with  which  they  follow  the 
method  as  thus  presented  in  the  Culture 
Readers. 

One  variation  from  the  course  thus  pre- 
sented has  been  to  ignore  all  forms  of  liter- 
ature except  that  of  romantic  narrative. 
This  has  produced  in  the  children  a  dreamy 
love  for  that  sort  of  reading  which  is  of 
high  culture  value,  though  unfortunately 
narrowing,  and,  possibly,  having  other 
psychic  effects  not  altogether  promotive  of 
the  individual's  future  interests  in  this 
work-a-day  world.  The  children  love  to 
act  the  story,  and  never  tire  of  its  repeti- 
tions. Its  characters  and  incidents  make  a 
world  of  fancy  for  them  in  which  they  revel 
as  little  poets.  This  is  good  for  some  and 
bad  for  others.  The  value  of  dramatic  plays 


in  the  kindergarten  has  been  underesti- 
mated by  "practical"  people.  It  is  over- 
estimated when  permitted  to  crowd  every- 
thing else  out  ol  a  course  in  reading.  Lit- 
erature is  larger  than  romantic  narrative, 
and  JUihE  is  larger  than  literature. 

The  Culture  Readers  contain  more  than 
the  Natural  Method  in  Reading.  They  are 
built  on  the  theory  that  a  course  in  reading 
is  the  most  powerful  constructive  cause 
that  can  be  injected  into  any  effort  to  culti- 
vate a  human  being.  Such  a  course  may 
make  a  man  a  patriot,  a  poet,  an  inventor, 
an  explorer,  or  anything  it  is  within  his  in- 
herited capacity  to  become.  The  period  of 
specialization  does  not  legitimately  begin 
111  nursery,  kindergarten  or  primary  school. 
V  oung  childhood  should  receive  rounded 
development.  The  core  of  reading  for  this 
period  should  contain  all  the  seed  thoughts 
out  of  which  the  future  self  will  evolve.  As 
near  as  may  be  within  the  covers  of  a  text- 
book, such  a  core  has  been  offered  to  the 
primary  pupil  in  The  Culture  Readers. 

Their  key  note  is  ethics.  The  child's 
ethical  nature  develops  by  perceptions, 
sympathies  and  habits.  It  develops  in  all 
the  thought  and  action  that  make  his  daily 
life.  To  stimulate  true  thought  and  ethical 
action  is  the  supreme  effort  of  the  Culture 
Readers. 

THE  AUTHOR. 

USE  OF  MANUAL. 

The  teacher  should  know  the  end  from 
the  beginning.  She  should  read  this 
Manual  through  before  beginning  the 
work. 

She  should  follow  it  carefully  from  day 
to  day,  keeping  it  open  before  her  during 
the  first  term's  work  and  frequently  refer- 
ring to  it  in  subsequent  terms  for  reminder. 
Only  an  adept  in  the  Method  should  per- 
mit herself  to  digress  from  the  instructions 
given. 


THE   NATURAL   METHOD    IN 
READING.* 

PART  1.— FIRST  FOUR  WEEKS. 

Following  the  text  of  the  Culture  Read- 
ers, Book  I,  the  work  of  the  first  four  weeks 
is  as  follows : 

1.  Memorize  the  rhymes  presented  under 
"First  Step,"  pp.  1  to  17  inclusive. 

*  Correspondence  with  author  cordially  invited. 
Address  in  care  publishers,  D.  Appelton  &  Co.,  29- 
35  West  32nd  St.,  New  York. 


i66 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


2.  Learn  to  recognize  them  individually 
in  scnpt,  as  wholes  an'1  in  their  leading 
words  and  phrases. 

No  particular  ordef  is  required  in  teach- 
ing the  rhymes. 

As  many  of  them  as  the  teacher  chooses 
may  be  given  on  the  first  day,  appropriately 
three. 

Presentation  in  script  may  be  begun  on 
the  second  day. 

DEVICES  FOR  ENHANCING  INTEREST. 

f.  Preliminary  talks,  as,  for  instance,  a 
discussior  of  "the  Baby"  on  first  day  for 
help  in  getting  acquainted,  followed  by 
singing  ot  the  "little  sleepy  song,"  Rockaby 
Baby. 

2.  Singing  of  all  pieces  whose  melodies 
are  given  and  also  of  others,  as  Little  Red 
Bird,  What  Does  Little  Birdie  Say?  etc. 
Jack  and  Jill  may  be  sung  to  the  tune, 
Yankee  Doodle.  The  songs  should  be 
taught  in  the  time  scheduled  for  Music. 
The  lively  songs  may  be  used  to  wake  up 
the  children  on  dull  days.  The  softer  songs 
may  be  used  to  calm  them  into  quiet  after 
any  unusual  excitement.  Simple  Simon  is 
to  be  sung  with  mock  mournfulness. 

3.  Dramatization  of  pieces  presenting 
two  or  more  characters  in  action.  No 
accessories  are  required  for  this  play. 
Jack  and  Jill  may  carry  between  them  an 
imaginary  pail  of  water  and  really  fall  down 
at  the  appropriate  point  in  the  recitation. 

(a)  The  class  may  recite  while  a  little 
girl  and  boy  act  the  piece  in  time  with  the 
rendition.     No  pointing  for  this. 

(b)  The  teacher  may  point  in  silence  to 
the  words  on  the  board  and  the  actors  show 
their  knowledge  of  her  progress  by  falling 
down  at  the  right  times  respectively.  A 
group  of  backward  children  will  enjoy  this 
drill. 

The  class  will  watch  intently  for  correct- 
ly timed  action.  Nothing  holds  the  interest 
of  a  class  of  little  children  so  powerfully  as 
to  watch  a  classmate  doing  some  novel 
work,  however  simple,  and  nothing  is  so 
powerful  an  incentive  to  study  as  the  pos- 
sibility of  being  chosen  for  such  work. 
During  the  first,  or  "sight-word"  stage  of 
learning  to  read,  no  word  is  too  difficult  to 
be  taught  with  ease  with  the  help  of  this 
personal  and  dramatic  interest.  Most  of 
the  "play  work,"  however,  should  be  done 
outside  the  reading  periods,  which  should 
be  devoted  to  reading  and  word  study. 

Words  are  recognized  first  by  their  loca- 


tion in  the  text  and  afterward  by  form  and 
structure. 

DEVICES     FOR     FIXING     ATTENTION     UPON 
WORD  FORMS. 

1.  Teacher  points  to  words  of  piece  while 
class  sings  or  recites  it.  The  practice  of 
pointing  must  not  be  permitted  to  induce 
sing-song  or  drawling.  The  pointing  must 
carefully  time  itself  to  dramatic  rendition. 

2.  Pupil  points  to  words  of  piece  while 
class  recites  or  sings.  Until  and  unless 
children  develop  the  requisite  skill  in  direct- 
ing the  pointer,  the  teacher  must  guide  the 
hand  to  keep  it  in  time  with  dramatic  rendi- 
tion. 

3.  Children  point  to  certain  words  in  the 
piece  as  called  for.  "Where  does  it  say 
mother?"  etc. 

4.  Teacher  points  to  prominent  words  in 
text  and  pupils  tell  what  they  are.  "What 
does  this  word  say?"  etc. 

5.  Children  point  from  seats  to  words  on 
board  (a)  while  reading  piece,  guided  by 
teachers  pointer;  (b)  to  designated  words. 
Lxample:  "You  may  all  point  to  the  word 
that  says  poor.  All  who  are  pointing  to 
tins  word  (indicating)  are  right."  To 
enlist  physical  action  awakens  attention  in 
the  dreamy. 

0.  Witli  a  rhyme  on  the  board,  write  its 
prominent  words  apart,  ask  class  or  in- 
dividuals what  they  are,  and  have  in- 
dividuals identify  them  in  text. 

7.  Explaining  that  the  chalk  cannot  talk 
so  fast  as  the  tongue,  pronounce  slowly 
while  writing.  The  slow  pronunciation 
must  be  naturally  voiced.  It  will  be  found 
that  the  vowel  takes  inhection  and 
emphasis.* 

*  There  is  danger  in  this  device  unless  the 
teacner  has  tne  scientific  progression  deeply  in 
ruma.  it  is  NaTUkajl  at  tnis  time,  and  with  the 
excuse  or  tne  chalk  s  slowness,  to  reveal  that  word 
lorins  are  made  up  of  smaller  rorms.  It  would,  be 
uiNJN'ATURALi  to  expect  the  baby  student  to  re- 
member all  the  sounds  in  a  long  word  thus 
analyzed  and  connect  them  with  tne  variable  let- 
ter lorms  tbat  represent  tnem  and  so  maice  up  the 
word.  That  would  be  to  carry  to  a  wild  extreme 
the  very  theory  of  teaching  against  which  the 
.Natural  Method  is  opposed  with  all  the  force  it 
has.  To  pronounce  siowly  while  writing,  especial- 
ly in  connection  with  the  work  of  the  hist  step,  is 
merely  to  teach  the  subconsciousness  that  the 
spoken  word  is  a  composite,  and  that  the  written 
word  is  a  corresponding  composite.  It  is  a  subtle 
preparation  for  the  more  insistent  analysis  of 
words  that  is  to  come  later,  ft  has  no  immediate 
and  conscious  relation  to  the  reading  of  the  verses, 
and  must  not  lead  to  such  further  application  as 
would  form  an  obstructive  habit.  The  children 
are  to  SEE  LETTERS  THROUGH  WORDS,  and  not 
words  through  letters.     While  they  are  looking  at 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


167 


the  letters  they  cannot  see  the  word.  It  is  the 
w  olios  they  aie  to  see  while  reading.  Therefore, 
having  pronouncd  the  word  slowly  in  time  with 
tne  cnalk,  let  it  stand  before  the  eye  in  its  com- 
pleted wholeness,  and  do  not  again  break  that 
wnoieness  until  the  time  comes  in  the  course  of  a 
more  definite  study  of  words  as  laid  down  on  the 
exercise  pages. 

8.  Volunteers  draw  a  line  under  words 
as  called  for. 

9.  Volunteers  erase  words  as  called  for. 

10.  Class  calls  oft  words  of  entire  piece 
as  teacher  erases,  beginning  at  the  end. 
'1  his  may  be  postponed  until  fifth  week. 

11.  in  the  game  of  deaf  and  dumb  school 
questions  are  asked  and  answered  in  writ- 
ing and  pantomine,  commands  are  written, 
etc.  "Button  my  shoe,"  etc.,  may  be  power- 
fully reviewed  in  this  way,  the  requests  be- 
ing executed  in  make-believe.  Most  of  the 
verbs  and  verb  phrases  in  the  text  may  be 
similarly  impressed.  The  interest  that  cen- 
ters in  action  will  be  found  the  most  effec- 
tive of  all  spurs  to  word  learning.  Corre- 
late here  with  the  number  work. 

DEVICES  FOR  VARYING  PROGRESSIVE  DRILL. 

1.  After  recitation  of  a  piece  call  a  line  of 
children  to  the  board.  Point  to  a  word  and 
send  the  first  who  names  it  to  his  seat.  So 
with  another,  etc.  When  only  two  or  three 
are  left,  call  another  line  to  reinforce  them. 
So  go  round  class.  When  only  a  few  are 
left  at  close  of  exercise,  let  each  show  any 
word  he  knows.  Find  something  easy 
enough  for  the  last  pupil  to  do. 

2.  With  a  rhyme  on  board  call  up  a  line. 
Give  pointers  to  first  two.  Call  a  word. 
The  first  who  finds  it  wins.  Send  him  to 
seat  and  give  his  pointer  to  the  next  in 
turn.  So  go  round  class.  Call  it  "running 
races." 

3.  Characterize  demand  according  to 
meaning  of  word,  as,  "Who  wants  to  send 
the  Old  Woman's  children  to  bed?"  "Who 
will  catch  me  a  nice  little — frog?"  etc., 
volunteer  erasing  the  word  indicated. 

When  the  group  of  incompetents  at  the 
board  during  any  round-the-class  exercise 
grows  unwieldy,  drop  to  some  simpler  de- 
mand, such  as,  "Show  me  any  word  you 
know."  No  child  should  be  allowed  to  con- 
tract a  feeling  of  discouragement  through 
having  it  appear  that  he  can  do  nothing 
at  all.* 

EFFECTIVE  ECONOMIES. 

The  children  should  watch  the  words  as 
they  grow  under  the  chalk.  It  is  wasteful 
to  write  the  lessons  while  the  class  is  at- 


tending to  something  else,  and  to  sweep  all 
work  from  the  board  without  a  parting 
exercise  in  word  calling.  To  secure  atten- 
tion while  producing  the  script  lessons, 
make  use  of  two  devices: 

1.  When  presenting  new  text,  pronounce 
slowlv  while  writing,  using  natural  intona- 
tions. 

2.  When  the  piece  is  known,  have  class 
announce  each  word  as  it  appears. 

PREPARATION  FOR  BOOK  READING. 

During  the  first  four  weeks  the  following 
preparation  should  be  made  for  the  use  of 
books : 

1.  Exercises  in  closing  all  the  fingers  of 
the  right  hand  except  the  pointing  finger, 
and  extending  that. 

2.  Exercises  in  pointing  from  seats  with 
finger  to  words  on  board  as  called  for. 

3.  Exercises  in  pointing  to  objects  in  the 
room  or  seen  from  windows. 

4.  Standing  exercises  in  pointing  for- 
ward, backward,  to  the  right,  to  the  left, 
north,  south,  east,  west,  etc. 

The  class  should  be  adept  in  pointing  be- 
fore taking  books. 

This  work  may  be  done  in  the  period 
scheduled  for  physical  exercise. 


DIDN'T  WANT  THE  JOB. 

During  the  recent  examination  of  appli- 
cants for  the  position  of  mail-carrier,  a 
colored  boy  appeared  before  the  civil  ser- 
vice commission. 

"How  far  is  it  from  this  earth  to  the 
moon?"  was  the  first  question  asked  him. 
"How  fah  am  it  from  de  earf  to  de  moon?" 
he  repeated,  as  he  began  to  reach  for  his 
hat.  "Say,  boss,  if  you's  gwine  to  put  me 
on  dat  route,  I  doesn't  want  de  job;"  and 
with  that  he  left  as  though  he  were  escap- 
ing from  some  calamity. — The  December 
Circle  Magazine. 


*For  some  time  it  remained  a  mystery  why  cer- 
tain classes  that  did  good  work  in  their  other  sub- 
jects failed  in  learning  to  read  by  the  Natural 
Method.  Examination  at  last  revealed  that  in 
every  case  some  vital  principle  laid  down  in  the 
Manual  had  been  ignored  by  the  teacher.  Two 
points  of  divergence  from  the  Method  covered  most 
of  the  cases: 

1.  The  importance  of  timely  drill  in  keeping  the 
place  by  pointing  had  been  slighted,  depriving  the 
slow  children  of  those  earlier  visual  impressions 
upon  which  all  later  work  depends; 

2.  Teachers  had  introduced  abstract  drill  not 
provided  in  the  course  and  so  closed  the  minds  of 
the  pupils  to  the  main  avenues  of  progress, 


GAMES,  PLAYS,  STORIES 

RECITATIONS,  MEMORY  GEMS,  ETC. 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  SINGING  TIME. 

EDYTH   J.    TURNER,    N.   Y.    P.    S. 

When  Miss  Palmer's  note  reached  me 
stating  that  the  members  of  the  Kindergar- 
ten Union  are  to  direct  their  thought  this 
season  toward  music  and  art,  I  immediately 
wished  myself  one  of  you,  for  these  subjects 
are  two  1  am  especially  interested  in.  As 
"Vocal  music  in  the  Kindergarten"  is  what 
we  are  to  discuss  this  afternoon,  do  some 
of  you  agree  with  me  that  the  singing  is 
at  times  fearfully  and  strangely  rendered, 
causing  one  having  a  sensitive  ear  to 
twitch:'  I  recently  saw  Maxine  Elliot  in 
her  new  play  "Myself  Bettina."  In  it,  she 
returns  to  the  New  England  farm  house, 
after  spending  some  years  as  a  vocal 
student  abroad.  Wishing  to  sing  she  opens 
the  old  piano,  but  as  her  lingers  strike  the 
notes,  such  discordant  sounds  pour  forth, 
that  she  exclaims  "Ouch !"  Just  what  I 
have  sometimes  felt  inclined  to  say  in  my 
own  kindergarten.  For,  we  hear  the  dreary, 
monotones,  the  high  piercing  voice,  and 
true  mixed  with  harsh  voices  altogether, 
making  a  combination  that  is  far  from 
sweet  melody.  One  reason  for  this  is,  I 
believe,  that  no  very  especial  effort  is  made 
toward  helping  each  child  to  find  his  or  her 
sweet  little  voice.  We  all,  no  doubt, 
acknowledge  it  a  part  of  our  duty  to  create 
a  love  of  music  in  the  child,  but  do  we  real- 
ize how  great  a  power  to  do  he  finds  in 
himself,  if  we  have  at  least  a  ten  minute 
singing  time  every  day?  I  was  greatly 
helped  by  a  visit  i  made  across  the  river 
last  year,  attending  a  session  at  a  model 
school  there.  What  I  saw  greatly  inspired 
me,  but  not  one  moment  was  given  to  the 
child's  voice. 

Some  kindergartners  think  it  necessary 
to  rush  song  teaching  at  the  beginning  of 
the  term,  because  the  day's  work  goes  so 
much  more  heartily  when  the  children  sing 
during  morning  talk,  perhaps  while  march- 
ing and  again  during  game  time.  Many 
others  realize  that  this  is  not  essential.  I 
have  found  that  it  pays  to  put  all  the  energy 
we  can  muster  on  tone  and  the  quality  of 
the  voice,  first  and  always. 


Many  of  us  deal  with  tiny  foreigners. 
How  are  we  to  begin?  ±>y  using  the 
simplest  devices,  the  simplest  songs.  vV  hat 
are  these? 

Please  picture  the  little  folks  bringing 
their  chairs  and  placing  them  close  to,  and 
m  front  of  our  piano  which  has  a  mirror 
above  it.  This  is  helpful  to  the  kindergart- 
ner  of  course,  but  how  interesting  to  the 
cmld  seeing  himself  a  singer !  An  old  fash- 
ioned stool  is  used  rather  than  a  bench  for 
it  is  necessary  to  twist  and  turn  about 
readily.  Please  think  of  this  as  the  first 
day. 

A  few  introductory  remarks  are  made  as 
to,  "Who  sings  in  your  family,  Ida?  What 
do  they  sing  m  your  house,  Kmil?  Morris, 
is  there  any  one  in  your  home  who  does  not 
sing,  but  likes  to  listen?  Can  we  all  sing 
together?  What  shall  we  sing?"  Then  a 
popular  street  song  is  suggested,  sung  m 
nie  crude  fashion  1  have  spoken  of  in  all 
probability,  so  1  say,  "Children  the  piano 
will  sing  tor  us,  and  I  think,  more  sweetly 
than  we  did."  An  appealing  melody  is  ex- 
pressively played  and  the  children  are  asked 
if  they  like  to  listen  to  such  soft,  quiet 
music  as  that.  (The  old  piano  forte  selec- 
tion known  as  "The  Shepherd  Boy,"  is  good 
for  this  purpose  as  it  represents  the  shep- 
herd's pipes  and  is  delicate).  As  the  chil- 
dren say  they  like  it,  it  is  agreed  that  we 
have  another  listening  time  tomorrow.  I 
think  we  might  lay  a  little  more  stress  upon 
this  ear-training.  We  would  be  more  truly 
following  Froebel's  teachings  if  we  did  so. 
Listening  to  a  high  note  of  the  piano,  a  bass 
note,  the  pitch  pipe,  a  bell,  and  if  possible 
the  fairy-like  music  that  so  marvelously 
comes  when  the  moistened  finger  is  pressed 
lightly  upon  the  rim  of  a  thin  glass  in  which 
there  is  some  water.  The  deafening  noise 
of  our  city  streets  so  kills  our  sense  of  quiet 
sounds  that  ought  we  not  more  than  once 
or  twice  a  year  hold  the  sea-shell  near  our 
city  baby's  ear?  Think  of  the  many  beau- 
tiful wooing  sounds  in  country  life  our  city 
children  rarely  hear.  The  humming  birds 
about  the  Trumpet  Vine,  the  peepers  after 
sunset.  The  voice  of  the  wind  as  heard  in 
the  woods.     I  can  remember  so  well  when 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


169 


we  children  were  taken  for  the  first  time  to  spend  a  summer  on  a  farm  being  perfectly 
fascinated  at  milking  time.  I  was  so  sorry  when  old  Sally  would  stop  while  milking, 
to  rub  her  sleeve  across  her  face  (a  habit  she  had)  for  as  I  confided  to  an  elder,  "I 
wanted  the  pail  to  fill  up,  without  the  music  stopping."  It  was  the  rhythm  of  the  thing, 
that  pleased  of  course,  that  alternate  swish  ng  sound. 

But  to  return  to  our  first  song.  Laying  my  hand  on  a  nearby  head  I  say,  "the  piano 
sang  you  a  song  now  I  know  one  that  I  can  sing  about  Tony?  and,  starting  on  the 
upper  note  of  a  scale  I  sing,  "Little  (I)  Boy,"  repeating  the  words  until  the  lowest 
note    is    reached.   (111.)      "Can    you    all    sing  this?"   I  ask.     Of  course  they  can  because 


S 


P=F^ 


^S 


** 


Little     boy     little 


ioy 


ink 


boy 


littk- 


boy 


no  thought  has  to  be  given  to  the  words,  and  here  is  our  clue,  namely  to  use  such 
simple  words  and  expressions  that  all  our  thought  and  that  of  the  child  may  be  put 
upon  the  notes  and  quality  of  tone.  Because  of  this  it  is  a  very  good  plan  to  sing 
the  children's  names  to  them  individually,  each  child  returning  his  own  name  singing 
it  as  (II)  he  received  it.  (111.)    Quickly  done  it    brings   about    an   alertness   and   concen- 


g 


£ 


=p: 


3 


3 


3 


Mu  -  riel 


Law 


3r 


Ma    -    ry  Ar    -     no  Jer    -    ry 

trated  attention  that  is  necessary.     Besides  in   this   way  the  kindergartner  is   given   an 

opportunity  to  study  the  pitch  and  quality  of  each  child's  voice.     This  knowledge  she 
must  have  if  she  is  to  work  intelligently. 

Returning  to  the  words  "little  boy"  that  were  sung,  the  children  find  that  they  can 

also  sing  "big  boy.''  The  same  with  "Little  girl"  and  "big  girl,"  then  alternating  "big 

boy  and  little  girl."     In  the  room  are  "big  ladies,"    so   we    sing   about    them,    and    by 

clever  suggestion  some  child  will  combine  two  of  the  songs  making,  (III)  "big  ladies 

and   little    children."     (Ill-)    While    we   are  singing  the  Janitor  happens  in  and   I  ask 


rr  r  r  I J  jgj  1  i  .1  j  j 


Big  ladies    and  little    children        big    ladies  and        little     children 


why  we  cannot  sing  a  song  about  him,  and   Max,  who  was  with  us  last  term,  exclaims 
''Mr.  Black  bringing  in  the  sand."  (IV)  (111.)  After  hearty  applause,  for  Max  has  given 


ij-^^T  1  g  Up  a  I   j  |  ittm 


Mister    Black      bringing  the  sand,    Mister    Black    bringing   the   sand 

us  a  new  song  to  sing,  no  one  helping  him,  we  sing  this  to  the  scale.  Continuing  I  say 
to  the  children :  "Would  you  be  surprised  if  I  sang  a  song  about  all  of  you  ?"  Then 
lightly  and  softly  and  somewhat  staccato,  starting  upon  a  higher  note  this  time,  I 
sing.     "All  the  little  children  sitting  in  their  chairs,"  the  words  being  repeated  in  order 


gag  I  \JJ7J  j  j|jjjj  j 


All   the   little,  children   sitting   on   their,  chairs,  all  the  little  children  sitting  on  their  chairs 


170 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


to  complete  the  scale.  "Now  who  will  make 
up  a  song  about  me?"  Some  child  follows 
the  same  line  of  thought  and  offers,  "Miss 
Turner  playing  the  piano."  Everyone  is  so 
happy  over  the  joy  that  this  creative  work 
brings,  that  it  is  too  loudly  sung,  so  the 
piano  shows  us  how  to  sing  it  softly.  We 
must  depend  so  much  upon  imitation  in  this 
work.  All  this  time  the  kindergartner 
should  be  a  listener  quite  as  much  as  a 
director,  starting  these  scale  songs  upon 
different  notes,  noting  the  kind  of  singers 
she  has,  their  good  points  and  their  faults. 
Of  course  I  am  relating  to  you  more  than 
the  first  day's  work,  and  I  will  tell  you  of 
a  few  more  of  these  sentence  scale  songs, 
before  I  pass  on  to  another  device.  A  little 
girl  rushed  to  me  before  removing  her 
wraps  one  day  last  October,  so  anxious  was 
she  to  tell  me  of  two  songs  she  had  made 
up  while  on  her  way  home.  "May  we  not 
sing  them  today?"  she  asked.  "One  is 
'When  Autumn  comes  the  leaves  change 
their  dresses,'  and  the  other,  'When  winter 
time  comes  the  snow  falls  softly.'  "  You 
will  say,  "why  those  are  words  she  had 
heard  in  the  circle,"  no  doubt,  but  the  point 
is,  that  she  had  tested  these  words  in  her 
little  mind  and  found  that  they  could  be 
sung  to  the  scale.  That  day  as  Selma  sang- 
them  to  us,  I  think  nearly  every  child  real- 
ized the  pleasure  that  the  power  to  origin- 
ate gives.  When  I  asked,  "how  did  she 
bring  (VI)  them  to  us,  in  her  pockets?" 
"She  brought  them  in  her  thinking  cap," 
exclaimed  Morris.  "Good,"  I  replied,  "we 
can  sing  that,  Morris,  you  just  then  gave  us 
a  song."  So  we  merrily  sang  it.  (111.)  (VI)  The 
objects  about  the  room,  the  children's  work, 


Miss  Turner  gave  us  nuts  to  take  home. 

I  can  see  my  face  in  the  glass. 

See  the  little  fairies  flying  all  around. 

Mr.  Black  has  a  big  fire. 

Mr.  Black  puts  coal  on  the  fire. 

A  little  squirrel  is  sitting  on  a  stump. 

I  could  enumerate  any  number  of  these, 
partly  or  wholly  originated  by  the  child. 
Their  value  rests  in  quickening  the  child's 
interest,  awakening  his  power  to  create  and 
memorize,  and  gives  us  a  simple  point  of  de- 
parture  in  working  with   foreign   children. 

Now  I  wish  to  speak  of  the  monotone 
singer.  Have  you  noticed  that  boys  are 
more  apt  to  be  at  fault  in  this  respect?  It 
seems  to  me  that  their  voices  are  usually 
not  so  well  placed  as  are  those  of  the  girls 
of  the  same  age,  and  that  a  group  of  little 
girls'  voices  are  naturally  sweeter  and  of  a 
lighter  and  higher  quality.  I  have  used  all 
the  devices  I  am  capable  of  thinking  of,  to 
get  these  dreary  voices  higher.  We  play- 
fully speak  of  them  at  times  as  singing  way 
down  in  the  cellar,  not  like  those  who  send 
their  voices  high  up,  as  birds  fly.  One 
day  quite  in  despair  it  occurred  to  me  to 
try  this.  "Sydney,"  I  said,  "Suppose  I  was 
walking  along  the  street,  going  very  fast, 
and  you  were  on  the  other  side  and  saw  me 
drop  my  gloves,  and  you  wanted  to  call  me, 
would  -iu  not  sing  out  high  and  clearly, 
'hoo-00  hoo-00'  so  as  to  make  me  hear? 
Let  us  play  that  right  now."  Getting  as  far 
away  as  space  would  permit,  I  got  him  to 
imitate  the  call,  then  sounded  his  name  and 
a  few  others  on  the  same  high  note.     He 


9- 


m (lf'  HI ^tr^r  1 1  nn  1  i,-^ri^m 


She  brought  them     in 


think 


ing 


cap,      ahe  brought  them     in  her   think  -  uv     cap 


an  incident  of  the  day  supply  the  subjects.     did  *■     °ne  has  first  to  helP  these  children 

realize   that   there   are   hie-her   tones,   then 
SCALE  SONGS.     (ORIGINAL).  -,      .,  .      .  f    ..  '  . 

persistently    work    to    get    them,    through 

Three  little  girls  have  pretty  curls.  imitation 

See  the  rain  comes  pattering  down.  The  echo  device  used  in  this  connection 

All  the  leaves  are  on  the  chain.  is  splendid.    While  some  friends  and  I  were 

The  pony  and  the  sheep  are  looking  at     picnicing  last  summer  near  an  abandoned 

quarry  on  the  river  Dart  in  England,  I  was 

able  to  get  the  sweetest  returns  to  my  coo-y 

The  pumpkin  babies  are  all  in  a  row.  callSi     Also  some  that  were  very  amusing 

The  pumpkin  babies  are  laughing  at  me.     because     so     perfectly     returned    by    the 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE.  I?I 

mysterious  voice  of  the  rocky  height.  (VII)      Play  echo.     Let  a  child  hide.     Suggest  that 

9- 


•f — p- 


F=^ 


ii 


^ 


-p-^r 


pE3f_4^:xJL£| 


Coo 


another  with  a  well-placed  voice  send  the 
piano  perhaps.  Unless  the  call  is  returned 
so  the  child  learns.  If  you  are  so  fortunate 
the  arches  that  are  under  the  driveways, 
perience  it. 

It  is  a  good  thing  to  try  sustained  sing 
this  wav  to  get  a  depth  and  richness  of  tone. 
is  an  opportunity  for  everyone  to  shine,  for 
approving  smile  now  and  then.  The 
that  sings  just  the  same  as  the  fish  ped 
ear  needs  this  practice.  To  imitate  deep 
splendidly.  Why  not  just  here,  select  a  boy 
ring  out  a  few  (VIII)  tones  higher,  and  a 


Coo 


y     Coo  -    y 


call  to  the  monotone  hidden  behind  the 
just  as  it  is  received,  it  is  not  a  true  echo, 
as  to  be  near  Central  Park,  a  stroll  through 
will  furnish  an  opportunity  for  them  to  ex- 

ing  at  times.  A  better  chance  is  given  in 
Imitate  the  various  kinds  of  whistles.  Here 
even  the  worst  singers  must  be  given  an 
pleasure  of  finding  the  note  on  the  piano 
dler's  horn  may  be  given  to  a  child  whose 
sounding  bells  gives  us  a  chance  to  sustain 
to  represent  the  deep  peal,  another  one  to 
girl  probably,  being  a  third  to  represent  the 


-©- 


dong 


O 

dong 


^221 


21 


dong 


dong 


highest  bell.  Indicate  to  them  when  to  ring  (sing).  Perhaps  four  bell  ringers 
(singers)  might  be  brought  into  play,  or  the  whole  group  so  divided  as  to  do  this. 
Only,  we  would  not  attempt  this  until  the  end  of  the  term.  Then  I  think  it  would  not 
be  too  confusing,  for  during  the  last  few  weeks  of  school  last  year  my  children  en- 
joyed singing  that  pretty  round,  "June  Lovely  June,"  one  (IX)  half  of  the  group 
singing  independently  of  the  other. 


^^ 


tyyif 


J    ill  J-— ^bUQ=£^ 


June,  lovely         June,        now    beau-  -  ti       fies  the  ground       the 


song        of  the      cuckoo  through  the  glad  earth  re  -  sounds 


It  is  a  playful  thing  and  most  helpful  in  this  line,  to  sing  the  exclamations  that  the 
Three  Bears  make  when  they  return  home  and  find  that  some  one  has  been  meddling. 
'±  he  father  bear's  deep,  resonant  tones  ring  out  on  low  C  for  instance,  prolonged  and 
impressive.  The  mother  bear's  remarks  are  sustained  on  A  in  the  second  space  perhaps, 
and  the  baby  bear's  lighter  high  voice,  all  the  words  being  sung  on  E  in  the  fourth 
space,  give  the  children  a  definite  idea  of  difference  in  quality  and  pitch  they  may  not 
have  (X)  so  realized  before.  ' 


-ei-        -&-      -W-J-      I€?         -©L 


WIiqs  Been       sitting  in 


my 


-O 


hair 


172 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


i£ 


122 


<g    « 


XZ 


Who,* 


Seen       sitting 


my 


chair 


m  v  \rr  jjj 


Who's 


>een       sitting 


my 


:hair 


Of  course,  you  all  sing  syllables.  We 
have  been  told  that  "hoo"  is  so  good  in 
imitating  a  trumpet,  for  instance,  as  it 
places  the  tone  as  far  forward  as  possible. 
The  vowels  sung  to  the  scale  or  any  given 
interval  give  an  open  tone,  and  a  good 
laugh  "ha  ha"  all  the  way  down  the  scale 
or  several  scales  successively  is  very  re- 
freshing when  it  is  needed.  Sometimes  I 
feel  that  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  we  cannot 
permit  the  children  to  play  upon  the  piano. 
When  there  are  many  children,  we  surely 
may  not,  but  occasionally  at  the  singing 
time  a  child  may  be  invited  to  go  and  strike 
a  note  somewhere  just  over  the  stool,  and 
sing  "la"  to  the  sound  that  comes.  Children 
find  this  more  difficult  than  imitating  a 
sound  sung  to  them. 

One  of  the  things  we  do  when  learning 
a  new  song  is  to  "catch  words."  First  the 
piano  sings  it  for  us,  then  the  kindergart- 
ner,  after  this  we  all  hum  the  tune  together, 
then  sing  tra-la-la,  brightly  and  in  rather 
quick  time  as  the  melody  is  played  upon 
the  piano.  Then  the  children  listen  again, 
as  the  song  is  sung  and,  as  it  is  finished, 
each  child  is  encouraged  to  tell  what  word 
or  words  he  or  she  kept  in  mind  or 
"caught."  It  takes  considerable  control  on 
the  part  of  the  child  to  keep  from  calling 
the  word  out,  at  once — and  a  good  bit  of 
memorizing  to  bear  it  in  mind  until  the  con- 
clusion of  the  song. 

Dr.  Jenny  B.  Merrill  in  her  "Outline 
Course  for  Vacation  Schools"  gives  us 
these  definite  suggestions:  "Sing  rather 
high.  Pitch  should  range  from  E  on  the 
first  line  to  F  on  the  fifth  line.  Sing  softly 
and  lightly  but  with  good  accentuation. 
Give  preference  to  songs  of  moderately 
quick  time.  Do  not  attempt  too  many 
songs.  Sing  to  the  children.  Do  not  re- 
quire them  to  learn  all  the  songs  you  sing. 
Slumber  songs  should  be  sung  occasionally 


while  the  children  are  resting.  This  often 
helps  in  maintaining  good  discipline."  This 
helpful  advice  we  might  keep  more  con- 
tinually in  mind. 

Most  children  have  seen  the  band-leader 
in  our  city  parks  directing  his  men.  One 
day  when  our  singing  lacked  spirit  and  that 
very  accentuation  to  which  Miss  Merrill 
alludes,  I  playfully  used  a  baton  standing 
before  the  children.  They  enjoyed  this  and 
responded  more  readily.  So,  at  another 
time  a  child  was  our  band  master.  When 
desiring  to  get  a  new  melody  more 
thoroughly  learned,  it  is  a  good  plan  to 
encourage  the  children  to  play  imaginary 
violins  and  flutes,  as  well  as  table  pianos. 

I  was  privileged  while  on  the  other  side 
of  the  Atlantic  to  spend  a  Sunday  evening 
with  a  family  during  which  the  six  children 
and  their  parents  passed  the  time  pleasant- 
ly together.  As  the  hour  grew  late  the 
good  father  said,  "Now  we  will  have  our 
good  night,  -children,"  whereupon  they  all 
stood  and  reverently  sang,  that  sweetly 
peaceful  selection  from  Mendelssohn's 
Elijah,  "O  Rest  in  the  Lord."  As  I  stood 
there  profoundly  impressed  by  what  I  saw 
and  felt,  it  came  to  me  with  renewed  force 
that  it  is  to  such  an  end  as  this  that  all  our 
efforts  as  kindergartners  are  turned — the 
beautiful  and  harmonious  unity  of  family 
life. 


"I'D  BE  TOO  POLITE." 

One  day  a  little  boy  came  to  school  with 
very  dirty  hands  and  the  teacher  said  to 
him  : 

"Jamie,  I  wish  you  would  not  come  to 
school  with  your  hands  soiled  that  way. 
What  would  you  say  if  I  came  to  school 
with  soiled  hands?" 

"I  wouldn't  say  anything,"  was  the 
prompt  replv,  "I'd  be  too  polite." — New 
York  World.' 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


*7: 


STORY. 

By  Florence  Tristram. 

R.  AND  MRS.  CRANE  had  been 
JLVJL  brought  to  the  farmyard  when  they 
were  only  a  few  days  old,  but  had  soon 
become  so  tame  as  to  follow  their  master 
about,  and  to  answer  the  names  he  gave 
them.  They  spent  most  of  their  time  in  the 
farmyard,  and  settled  all  disputes'  and  quar- 
rels there. 

"There  is  no  doubt  about  it,"  said  Mrs. 
Crane,  looking  proudly  round,  one  day.  "But 
when  you  and  I  first  came  to  this  place  we 
found  everything  in  great  confusion ;  true,  we 
were  very  young,  but  even  then  we  could  see 
that  there  was  no  system  or  regularity  here. 
Now,  don't  you  agree  with  me?" 

"Indeed  I  do,  dear,"  replied  Mr.  Crane; 
but  he  made  a  point  of  speaking  more  loudly 
than  his  wife,  for  they  were  in  the  middle  of 
the  farmyard,  and  he  noticed  that  the  cocks 
and  hens  and  other  creatures'  were  listening 
attentively.  "We  had  hard  work  just  at  first 
to  get  everything  into  proper  order,  but  it's 
wonderful  what  energy  and  an  attractive  per- 
sonality-can do." 

"Bullying,  you  should  say,"  grunted  a  pig 
from  the  sty,  not  far  away.  "That  is  how 
you  managed  to  get  your  way.  You  were 
captured  and  brought  here,  where  your 
strange  appearance  and  foreign  airs  made 
you  seem  alarming — to  some  at  least — but 
not  to  lis,  for  we  pigs'  have  character,  and 
wills  of  our  own.  We  are  not  easily  fright- 
ened. Besides,  we  won't  be  ordered  about 
by  such  as  you." 

Mrs.  Crane  drew  herself  up  and  replied : 
"I  can  assure  you  that  we  never  wished  to 
have  anything  to  do  with  you.  We  have  al- 
ways given  you  pigs  a  wide  berth ;  you  are 
such  extremely  dirty  creatures !  But,  please 
understand  in  future,  that  we  only  talk  to  our 
equals,  so  don't  address  yourself  to  us  again, 
unless  you  wish  to  receive  another  snub." 
Then,  before  the  pig  could  answer,  she 
walked  off  in  a  stately  manner,  and,  followed 
by  her  devoted  mate,  to  the  other  end  of  the 
farmyard. 

"You  have  a  wonderful  way  of  putting 
people  in  their  places,  and  saying  just  the 
right  thing,"  said  Mr.  Crane.  "It's  seldom 
you  find  beauty  and  brains  together,  but  you've 
got  both.    You're  a  wonderful  bird  !" 

Mrs.  Crane  smiled  a  crane-smile,  and  re- 
plied playfully.  "You'll  make  me  quite  vain  if 
you  praise  me  so  much.  I  don't  tell  vou  all  the 
nice  things  I  think  about  you,  but  I  think  them 
all  the  same." 

"I  am  sure  you  do,  dear,"  replied  her  hus- 
band. "And,  as  for  me,  I've  never  ceased  to 
admire  you — from  the  very  first  time  I  saw 
you.    I  shall  never  forget  that  moment." 


"Really !"  ejaculated  Mrs.  Crane,  in  a 
pleased  manner.    "What  was  I  doing?" 

"You  were  engaged  in  swallowing  a  frog. 
and  had  a  most  rapturous  look  in  your  eyes.  I 
remember  even  what  you  said." 

"Dear  me !  What  a  memory  you  have ! 
What  did  I  say?"  asked  Mrs.  Crane. 

"You  turned  your  eyes  up  towards  the 
skies,  and  s'aid,  'My  beak,  but  that  was  a  good 
one.'     That  was  exactly  what  you  said." 

"Never!  I  never  in  my  life  used  such  an 
expression — indeed,  I  never  heard  it  until  now. 
I  am  certain  'my  beak'  is  quite  a  slang  term, 
and  if  there's  anything  in  the  world  that  I 
detest,  it's  slang,"  said  Mrs.  Crane. 

"I'm  sorry,  dear,  if  I've  hurt  your  feelings' ; 
but  you'll  excuse  me  if  my  memory  fails  me 
sometimes,  for  I'm  not  as  young  as  I  was. 
Age  and  time  keep  pace  together." 

"Please  don't  talk  in  that  depressing  man- 
ner," said  Mrs.  Crane.  "You're  not  old — you 
only  imagine  it.  Besides,  we're  both  growing 
old  together." 

"There's  great  comfort  in  that,  certainly," 
said  Mr.  Crane — and  the  birds  looked  lovingly 
at  each  other. 

A  fight,  between  two  hens,  roused  the 
cranes  to  action,  for  they  felt  that  thev  must 
settle  the  dispute.  It  was  all  about  a  piece  of 
bread. 

"I  found.it  first,"  one  hen  was  saying.  "It 
was  almost  hidden  in  the  mud,  and  then,  just 
as  I  was  enjoying  it,  she  came  over,  and  made 
a  peck  at  it." 

"What  a  story,"  exclaimed  the  other  hen. 
"It  was  the  other  way  about.  She  was  the 
thief,  for  she  saw  me  putting  the  bread  in 
there  for  safety." 

"The  best  way  to  settle  this  is  for  me  to 
take  the  bread,"  said  Mrs.  Crane.  Both  hens 
agreed  to  this,  and  peace  was*  restored. 

Meanwhile  Mr.  Crane  was  looking  after 
Charlie,  the  horse,  who  would  always  start 
before  the  driver  was  ready.  Today  he  was 
very  impatient  to  be  off,  so  Mr.  Crane  said, 
"I'm  sorry  to  see  that  you  have  not  cured  your- 
self of  that  imoatient  habit  vet.  If  you  don't 
stand  still,  I  will  really  be  obliged  to  give  you 
a  blow  with  my  beak." 

"That's  a  very  light  punishment.  I'm  not 
much  afraid  of  it,"  returned  Charlie.  It's'  onlv 
a  very  gentle  reminder.  I  am  certain  you 
would  not  hurt  me  for  the  world." 

"You  are  right,"  was  the  rejoinder.  "I 
love  horses  dearly,  and  I  feel  sorry  that  anyone 
should  ever  treat  them  badly." 

"And  that,  my  friend,  is  too  often  the  case," 
replied  Charlie.  "I  am  kindlv  treated,  but 
some  of  my  kind  must  submit  to  s  life  of 
misery — beaten,  ill-used,  or  over- worked — as 
many  of  them  are.  Thev  can  say  nothing,  but 
must  bear  all  ir:  silence!  How  glad  I  am  that 
I'm  not  a  cab  hors'e !" 


i74 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


"Why,  there  is  my  darling  husband.  He 
has  come  back  again !"  she  exclaimed — and 
from  that  day  she  recovered  her  health  and 
Spirits.  The  rest  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
farmyard  were  wiser,  and  knew  that  Mrs. 
Crane  only  saw  her  own  reflection.  It  was  the 
pigs  who  said  it  would  be  better  not  to  tell 
Mrs.  Crane  the  truth,  for  it  gave  her  pleasure 
to  think  it  was  her  long  lost  husband  which 
she  saw  in  the  glass,  even  though  he  seemed  to 
have  lost  the  power  of  doing  anything  but 
imitating  her. 

"What  a  mimic  he  has'  become !  He  copies 
everything  I  do,"  she  often  remarked,  and  her 
friends  looked  at  each  other,  but  said  nothing. 

They  have  a  hard  time  of  it,  haven't  they?" 
said  Mr.  Crane. 

"Well,  of  course,  some  are  treated  kindly, 
very  kindly,"  replied  Charlie.  "Others  of  them 
are  not ;  and  some  yet,  sad  to  relate — some  are 
starved,  badly  treated,  and  overladen  from 
morning  till  night.  In  spite  of  it  all,  they  do 
their  best  to  serve  their  masters,  till  death 
comes,  and  their  miserable  lives  are  ended." 

"Dear  me !  What  a  very  sad  picture."  said 
Mr.  Crane.  "Human  beings'  are  supposed  to 
be  wonderful  creatures,  and  I  wonder  they  can 
be  so  unkind.  Poor  cab-horses !  I  think  I'll 
fly  off  to  London  now,  though  I'm  quite  a 
stranger  there,  and  take  them  some  frogs  and 
fishes." 

Before  Charlie  could  say  how  useless  Mr. 
Crane's  mission  would  be,  he  had  flown  high 
up  above  the  farm  buildings,  and  was"  soon 
far  away. 

"Alas !  In  trying  to  do  this  kind  deed,  it 
seemed  Mr.  Crane  met  his  death — for  he  never 
came  back  to  the  farmyard  again.  Someone 
said  he  had  been  seen  some  distance  off  lying 
on  the  eround,  dead,  but  nobody  breathed  a 
word  of  this  to  Mrs.  Crane,  who  was  plunged 
into  the  deepest  grief  at  the  loss  of  her  hus- 
band. She  became  more  dejected  every  day. 
At  last  she  was  comforted  in  a  strange  way. 
There  was  an  old  disused  mirror  which  had 
been  put  out  in  the  yard  just  lately,  and  as 
she  was  passing  it  one  day  she  caught  sight 
of  her  own  reflection. 


WHALE  SCHOOL  IN. 

No  Tardy   Scholars  Reported  at  Eastport 
Sea  of  Learning. 

A  school  of  young  whales,  according  to 
the  Eastport,  L.  L,  summer  news  corre- 
spondent, was  a  feature  of  the  famous  re- 
sort last  summer.  They  were  sighted  sev- 
eral times  and  vast  crowds  were  out  on  the 
beach  to  watch  them  at  their  lessons. 

The  school  kept  from  9  to  12  and  1  to  3 


every  day  except  Saturday  and  Sunday. 
There  were  classes  for  great  whales  and 
smaller  whalelets,  and  a  calfgarten  for 
smallest  whalecalfs,  not  over  ten  feet  long. 
There  were  probably  from  sixty  to  eighty 
whales  in  attendance,  and  a  corps  of  able 
and  efficient  instructors  gave  them  the  best 
possible  drilling  in  all  the  subjects  that 
make  up  a  polished  and  educated  whale. 

The  classes  in  navigation  were  a  specialty 
of  this  school.  The  scholars  might  be  seen 
any  fine  morning  on  practice  cruises  off  the 
beach,  sailing  up  and  down  and  following 
the  directions  of  the  teachers. 

There  was  a  theoretical  course,  too, 
which  of  course  the  guests  at  Eastport 
beach  could  not  see,  as  it  was  held  at  the 
bottom  of  the  ocean.  The  difficult  problems 
of  trigonometry  and  navigation  were  there 
figured  out  on  the  sand  by  the  young 
whales  with  their  flippers. 

The  under-water  classes  lasted  an  hour, 
to  give  the  whales  time  to  come  up  and 
breathe  between  classes. 

Half  a  mile  out,  the  elocution  class  were 
at  work,  and  it  is  said  that  they  were  spout- 
ing verse  from  the  "Parlor  Elocutionist." 

There  was  an  exciting  series  of  games 
one  afternoon,  after  whale  school  was  over. 
Many  of  the  Eastport  residents  went  out  in 
motor  yachts  and  rowboats  to  witness  the 
sport.  The  student  body  got  together  after 
the  events  were  over  and,  floating  easily  on 
the  surface,  gave  the  whale  school  yell, 
with  remarkable  spirit  and  precision.  It 
was  as  follows : 

Squirt,  squirt,  squirt ; 

Flip,  flip,  flip ; 

Whale    school,    whale    school, 

Zip,  zip,  zip! 

A  painful  incident  occurred  one  morning 
in  plain  view  of  the  residents  of  the  beach. 
One  of  the  calfgarten  class  had  difficulties 
in  saying  his  alphabet  and  was  publicly 
whaled,  weeping  copiously  all  the  while. 
There  was  a  great  disturbance  for  a  while, 
as  the  calf  had  to  take  ten  blows  of  the 
fluke.  As  soon  as  the  punishment  was  over 
the  young  whale  dried  its  eyes  hurriedly  on 
the  back  of  its  flipper  and  dived  below  to 
hide  its  shame. — New  York  Times. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


*?5 


NYA-GWA-IH,  HOW  THE  BEAR  LOST 
ITS  TAIL. 

HARRIET  M.  CONVERSE. 
Myths  and  Legends 

Nya-gwa-ih,  the  bear,  who  was  hunting 
the  torest  tor  his  winter  store  of  nuts  ana 
honey,  had  traveled  tar  trom  his  home  when 
lie  met  an  aged  lox  who  lnlormed  him  that 
he  had  just  passed  the  river  where  he  saw 
some  strange  little  animals  dive  down  to 
a  burrow  beneath  the  water.  He  thought 
they  were  young  otters,  and  had  watcned 
tor  their  return  but  they  had  not  appeared, 
and  ne  urged  the  bear  to  go  with  mm  and 
endeavor  to  entice  them  Irom  their  hiding 
place. 

The  credulous  bear,  smacking  his  lips  and 
licking  out  his  tongue  in  anticipation  ol  a 
feast,  hunched  himself  down  to  the  water 
where  upon  looking  m  he  saw  the  reflection 
of  his  own  face,  and  sat  himself  down  to 
watch  for  its  reappearance. 

Untiringly  he  waited,  as  the  artful  fox 
encouraged.  At  length  it  occurred  to  the 
bear  to  allure  the  unknown  little  creatures 
by  hshing  for  them  and  the  bear  was  a 
genial  hsnerman.  He  had  the  patience  to 
wait  all  the  day  by  a  stream,  and  the  cun- 
ning to  watch  breathlessly,  fearing  to 
shadow  the  water,  but  now,  alas  he  had  no 
bait!  What  was  he  to  do:'  The  artful  fox 
suggested  that  he  should  swim  to  a  log  that 
was  floating  near,  and  after  he  had  nxed 
himself  hrm,  to  drop  his  tail  in  the  water. 
Soon  something  would  seize  it,  when  he 
was  to  lift  it  up  to  the  log  and  whip  the 
game  over  to  the  shore  where  he  would  re- 
main and  protect  it  for  him. 

By  the  persuasions  of  the  wily  fox,  the 
unsuspecting  bear  swam  out  to  the  log 
where  he  secured  himself  and  dropped  his 
tail  into  the  water,  and  the  tail  of  the  bear 
was  broad,  and  so  long  it  reached  near  to 
the  bottom  of  the  river. 

Soon  a  something  shook  the  tail,  and  as 
the  bear  lifted  it  up,  he  saw  a  wriggling 
little  animal,  not  a  bird,  nor  a  fish,  but  a 
something  of  flesh  very  like  a  young  otter, 
and  he  slung  it  across  the  stream  to  the  fox. 
"That  is  fine!"  said  the  fox.  Again  and 
again  the  bear  lowered  his  tail  in  the  water, 
to  secure  the  shoal  which  seemed  to  have 
gathered  around  him.  Whenever  the  tail 
shook,  he  would  throw  his  game  to  the  fox 
who  would  urge  him  on.     This  continued 


until  a  gusty  north  wind  which  chanced  to 
be  passing  stopped  in  its  wonder  and  derid- 
ing the  bear,  blew  its  cold  breath  over  the 
water.  And  the  river  became  quiet  and  its 
waves  suddenly  stretched  out  as  smooth  as 
a  blanket.  i\lo  more  could  they  chase  each 
other  in  their  race  with  the  wind  nor  lap  to 
the  shore  when  it  thirsted  in  the  sun,  for 
the  north  wind  had  frozen  them  down  by 
its  breath.  But  the  foolish  and  unheeding 
bear,  intent  on  his  game,  waited  till  night. 
JNIo  more  came  the  tremulous  snipping  at 
his  tail,  no  longer  his  tail  grew  heaving 
with  the  wrigglers.  The  bear,  who  could 
not  see  the  crafty  fox  devouring  his  pile  of 
game,  exclaimed,  "How  suddenly  the 
wrigglers  have  stopped  biting  my  tail ! 
What  does  it  mean?" 

The  subtle  fox  caught  sniffing  and  chok- 
ing over  a  bone,  replied :  "Something  has 
driited  against  them.  Wait  till  it  passes." 
And  the  good  natured  bear  who  in  his 
mind  was  counting  the  game  which  he  had 
thrown  to  the  shore,  saw  the  night  coming, 
and  thought  of  his  home  to  which  he  knew 
he  must  hasten.  He  had  his  honey  and  his 
nuts  beside  his  river  game  to  carry,  and  the 
way  was  long.  As  he  was  hxing  himself  to 
travel,  in  his  hospitality  he  invited  the  fox 
to  return  with  him  when  they  would  par- 
take of  the  feast  together;  and  if  the  fox 
was  willing,  he  could  help  carry  the  game. 
But  no  answer  came  to  his  invitation. 
Again  he  called  to  the  fox.  No  answer,  and 
he  raised  himself  to  jump  from  the  log. 
But  his  tail  was  "so  heavy."  "Some  big 
game,"  gleefully  thought  he,  as  he  pulled 
stronger.  "My!  how  that  game  pulls!" 
thought  the  bear.  "Now  I  will  bring  it." 
And  with  a  vigorous  jump,  he  made  a 
lunge  for  the  shore  when  lo!  his  tail  was 
left  in  the  water !  The  satirical  north  wind 
had  frozen  it  fast !  And  the  friendly,  advis- 
ing fox!  Where  was  he?  Vanished!  And 
the  game?  A  pile  of  half  chewed  bones  on 
the  bank!  With  a  sigh  and  a  sneering 
smile,  the  tailless  bear  lifted  his  load  01 
honey  and  nuts  and  lumbered  along  to  his 
cave  miles  away! 

Thus  the  bear  lost  his  tail  and  his  tailless 
descendants  have  never  been  fishermen. 


I  think  that  every  mother's  son, 

And  every  father's  daughter, 
Should  drink  at  least  till  twenty-one, 

Just  nothing  but  cold  water. 
And  after  that,  they  might  drink  tea, 

But  nothing  any  stronger, 
If  all  folks  would  agree  with  me, 

They'd  live  a  great  deal  longer. 


176 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


THE  WISE  MAN  OF  THE  INK  WELL. 

BY  DORIS  WEBB. 

I  CAN'T  tell  you  where  he  lives  or  how  to  get 
there,  because  if  I  did  you'd  go  and  ask  him 
questions,  and  that  would  make  him  cross, 
but  you  can  look  for  him  yourself  if  you  like, 
and  it's  very  probably  impossible  that  you  may 
find  him.  I'm  talking,  of  course,  about  the  Wise 
Man  of  the  In  k  Well,  and  if  he  ever  reads  this 
himself  I  sincerely  hope  he  won't  mind  having  me 
tell  all  about  how  Chester  Young  went  to  see  him. 
Chester  was  the  youngest  Young,  but  he  was  not 
so  very  young  at  that — not  nearly  so  young  as 
he  had  been  seven  or  eight  years  before,  when  he 
was  too  young  to  care  about  being  called  the 
youngest  Young.  At  that  time  he  didn't  mind 
having  four  brothers  older  than  himself,  but  at 
the  time  this  story  begins  it  made  him  feel  very 
sad  indeed.  When  his  mother's  friends  said, 
'"Why,  you're  the  baby,  aren't  you?"  he  would 
feel  quite  indignant  and  make  up  his  mind  to 
grow  just  as  fast  as  he  could  and  catch  up  with 
Allan,  who  came  next  to  him.  But  somehow  he 
never  seemed  to  manage  it,  for  when  he  was  five 
and  Allen  was  six  na  would  think,  "Now  just  three 
months  more  and  I'll  be  six,  too,"  but  before  he 
got  there  Allan  would  jump  into  seven  and  leave 
him  a  whole  year   beiiind   again. 

At  last  Chester  said  to  himself,  "I  really  must 
find  a  way  to  skip  a  year  and  not  be  the  youngest 
Young  any  longer."  So  he  asked  ail  those  he  met 
if  they  had  any  idea  how  to  skip  a  year.  But, 
although  they  could  skip  rope  and  skip  stones  and 
skip  lessons,  none  of  them  had  ever  tried  to  skip 
a  year,  and  most  of  them  declared  it  couldn't  be 
aone.  At  last,  however,  some  one  said  to  him, 
"If  you  really  want  to  find  out  go  and  ask  the 
Wise  Man  of  the  Ink  Well,  who  knows  more  about 
everything  than  anybody  else." 

"That's  a  good  idea,"  said  Chester.  "How  shall 
I  find  the  Wise  Man  of  the  Ink  Well?" 

"Why,"  said  the  friend,  "you  just  go  so  and  so 
and  such  and  such  a  wheres"  (you  know  I  told 
you  I  couldn't  tell  you  where  it  was)  "and  a  little 
bit  to  the  west,  and  then  come  half  a  mile  back 
again  on  the  same  road  and,  facing  the  left,  walk 
five  steps  to  the  right,  and  there,  right  on  the 
broad  seashore,  you  will  find  the  Ink   Well." 

"That's  very  clear  indeed,"  said  Chester,  who 
was  a  clever  little  boy;  "and  what  shall  I  do  after 
that?"_ 

"First,"  saj  d  his  friend,  "let  me  warn  you  not 
to  go  six  steps  to  the  right,  because  then  you'd 
walk  into  the  well." 

"I'll  do  my  best  to  be  careful,"  said  Chester. 

"And  then,"  continued  his  friend,  "if  you  look 
about  you,  you  will  probably  see  the  Wise  Man 
of  the  Ink  Well,  and  if  he  feels  like  it  he  may 
talk  to  you,  and  if  he  doesn't  he  won't.  He  prob- 
ably won't." 

Of  course  that  was  a  little  discouraging,  but 
still,  it  was  the  only  suggestion  Chester  had  heard 
as  yet,  so  he  thanked  his  friend  and  started  out 
for  the  Ink  Well  at  that  identical  moment. 

He  followed  all  his  friend's  directions  carefully 
and  conscientiously,  and  it  wasn't  more  than  two 
minutes  over  three-quarters  of  an  hour  before  he 
stood  on  the  edge  of  the  Ink  Well  on  the  sandy 
shore.  (He  had  carefully  refrained  from  stepping 
into  the  Ink  Well.)  There,  by  the  side  of  the  Ink 
Well,  sitting  on  the  sand  was  an  old  man  who 
looked  so  intensely  wise  that  Chester  knew  him  at 
once.  He  was  studiously  writing  in  a  big  book 
and  frequently  dipping  his  pen  into  the  well. 

'Good  morning,"  said  Chester  pleasantly.  "Are 
you  very  busy  today?" 


But  the  Wise  Man  said  absolutely  nothing  and 
dipped  his  pen  carefully  into  the  well. 

"What  a  pleasant  beach  this  is!"  said  Chester. 
"Don't  you  think  so?" 

But  the  Wise  Man  kept  entirely  silent  and  wrote 
something  in  his  book. 

Chester  was  beginning  to  feel  a  little  bit  dis- 
couraged, but  he  decided  to  try  again. 

"I'm  Chester  Young,"  he  said  calmly.  "I'm  the 
youngest  Young,  because  I'm  only  eight,  and  I 
live  at" — 

"Dear  me,  dear  me,"  said  the  Wise  Man;  "now 
I  have  to  write  that  down,"  and  dipping  his  pen 
into  the  well  he  wrote  carefully  in  his  book:  — 
"He's  Chester  Young.  He's  the  youngest  Young, 
because  he's  only  eight  and  he  lives  at" — 

"Whatever  made  you  write  that  down?"  asked 
Chester  in  surprise. 

"I  had  to,!'  replied  the  Wise  Man  calmly.  "I'm 
writing  down  everything  I  know,  and  please  don't 
tell  me  anything  more  or  I'll  never  get  finished. 
You  see,"  he  continued  confidentially,  "I  got  tired 
of  carrying  around  so  much  knowledge,  so  I 
started  writing  down  things  and  then  immediately 
forgetting  them.  I've  filled  those  five  hundred  and 
seventy-nine  volumes,"  pointing  to  a  huge  pile, 
"with  things  1  knew,  and  now  I've  forgotten  them 
all,  and  you  don't  know  what  a  relief  it  is.  I've 
trained  myself  to  forget  a  thing  the  minute  I  write 
it  down,  and  I  haven't  the  slightest  idea  now  what 
your  name  is  or  how  old  you  are  or  where  you  live. 
Only,  you  see,  it  will  be  very  convenient  to  have  it 
written  here  for  anybody  who  wants  to  find  out." 

"How  clever!"  cried  Chester.  "I  think  it's  ever 
so  much  harder  to  forget  than  to  remember. 

"It  takes  a  great  mind,"  said  the  Wise  Man 
placidly,  "and  I  find  it  a  great  comfort.  It  leaves 
me  time  to  do  lots  of  things.  Yesterday  I  made 
a  fountain  pen." 

"Oh,  I  know,"  said  Chester.  "Uncle  has  one. 
It's  a  pen  with  ink  in  it." 

The  Wise  Man  shook  his  head.  "Mine's  quite 
different,"  he  said.  "It's  a  real  fountain — an  ink 
fountain.     Shall  I  turn  it  on  for  you?" 

"I'd  love  to  see  it,"  said  Chester,  "if — if  it 
doesn't  splatter  much." 

"It  won't  splatter  over  here,'  said  the  Wise  Man. 
"It's  right  in  the  middle  of  the  beach  and  con- 
nected, of  course,  with  the  well.  Stand  back  and 
I'll  turn  it  on."  He  pressed  the  button  in  a  rock 
as  he  spoke  and  out  of  the  middle  of  the  beach 
rose  a  graceful  fountain  of  ink  from  a  pen  stand- 
ing on  end.  "There!"  said  the  Wise  Man,  "isn't 
that  lovely?  It  would  black  your  shoes  for  you  in 
a  moment!  But,  of  course,  I  mustn't  waste  ink," 
and  he  turned  it  off  again.  Chester  was  so 
charmed  and  interested  in  the  black  sand  where 
the  fountain  had  been  playing  that  he  stood  gazing 
at  it  some  minutes  in  silence.  At  last  he  came  to 
himself  and  said  suddenly:  — 

"Oh,  I  want  to  know,  please,  how  I  can  skip  a 
year,  because  I  don't  like  being  the  youngest 
Young." 

"Well,  well!"  said  the  Wise  Man.  "Dear  me! 
It's  years  since  any  one  asked  me  how  to  skip  a 
year.  Of  course,  it's  one  of  the  first  things  I 
learned  in  my  youth.  My  father  taught  me  how 
to  do  it." 

"Oh,  I'm  so  glad!"  cried  Chester,  in  delight, 
jumping  up  and  down. 

"Only,"  continued  the  Wise  Man,  "I  wrote  all 
about  it  in  one  of  my  books,  so,  of  course,  I've 
forgotten  it." 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


177 


"Which  book  was  it?'  asked  Chester  quickly. 

"I  really  couldn't  say,"  said  the  Wise  Man, 
"and  I  haven't  indexed  them  yet,  but,  of  course, 
if  you  looked  over  the  five  hundred  and  seventy- 
nine  volumes  you'd  be  sure  to  find  it.  And  they're 
very  interesting  reading.  Lots  about  spelling 
rules,  and  whole  chapters  devoted  to  multiplica- 
tion.    You'd  be  sure  to  enjoy  them." 

"I'm  afraid,"  said  Chester  sadly,  "I  haven't 
time.  I  didn't  tell  mother  I  was  coming,  so  I'll 
have  to  go  right  home  again.  I  have  luncheon  at 
one." 

"Quite  right,"  said  the  Wise  Man.  "Goodby!" 
A.nd  picking  up  his  pen  he  wrote  "He  has  luncheon 
it  one"  in  his  book. 

Chester  ran  away  home  as  fast  as  he  could,  fol- 
lowing his  friend's  directions  backward  and  trying 
not  to  feel  too  disappointed  about  being  the 
youngest  Young. 

But  when  he  got  near  his  house  Allan  came 
racing  to  meet  him.  "Oh,  Chester!"  he  called, 
"you're  not  the  youngest  Young  any  more.  We've 
got  a  new  sister,  and  she's  a  girl,  so  she  won't 
mind  being  the  youngest  at  all.     Aren't  you  glad. 

And  Chester  was  the  gladdest  boy  in  town. 

But  there's  just  one  other  thing  I'd  like  to  tell 
you.  You  know  that  black  sand  made  by  the  foun- 
tain pen  of  the  Wise  Man  of  the  Ink  Well  some- 
times gets  tracked  way  down  the  beach,  and  if 
any  time  when  you're  digging  on  the  seashore  you 
come  upon  layers  of  blackish  sand  you  may  be 
sure  the  Wise  Man  of  the  Ink  Well  is  not  far  away. 
— New  York  Herald. 


Lm 

"C  R  A   Y   0  L  A" 

Artists'  and  School  Crayon 

CRAYOLA  COLORS  are  per. 
manent  and  brilliant  and  can 
be  blended  and  overworked. 
They  will  not  blur  nor  rub  off! 
No  expensive  outfit  is  required 
In  their  use!  No  waiting  for 
colors  to  dry.  No  brushes  to 
clean!  No  liquid  colors  to  soi 
the  hands  and  clothes!  Try 
"Crayola"  for  Stenciling  and 
all  educational  color  work. 

We  shall  be  pleased  to  furn- 
ish samples  and  particulars  to 
teachers  interested. 

BINNEY  &  SMITH  CO., 

81-83  Fulton  St., 
New   York. 

Outline  of  U.  S.  History 

SUITABLE  FOR  THE  GRADES.    SECOND  EDITION  NOW  READY. 

A  SUCCESSFUL  TEACHER  SAYS: 
The  Palmer  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Gentlemen: — During  the  passing  term,  I  have  used  the  Kingsley's  Outline  of  United  States  History  with 
my  teachers,  who  were  preparing  to  take  the  examination  for  licenses  to  teach  in  New'  York  City.  I  am  glad  to  say 
that  we  are  satisfied  with  that  book.  It  is  more  than  a  mere  outline;  it  is  in  itself  sufficient  for  review,  without  the 
aid  of  a  large  text-book. 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Yours  truly,  T.  J.  McEVOY. 

The  above-named  book  will  be'sent  postpaid  on  receipt  of  35  cents. 

THE  PALMER  COMPANY 

50   Bromfield  Street,   Boston,  Mass 


cT^f>Gygx^pici<op@s 


FOR  CHRISTMAS 

AWARDED  FOUR    /"'T"CVTPC< 
GOLD  MEDALS     WlX    1  & 

Re  produ  ctionj^the 
Worlds  Great 

ONecInT 

EACH  FOR.  25  OR  MORE  S%x8 

SEND  TODAY  3 TWO  CENT 

STAMPS   FOR    CATALOGUE 

OF  10  00  MINIATURE 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

THREE  PICTURES 
AND  A  COLORED 
BIRD  PICTURE^ 


AWARDED  FOUR  GOLD  ilEDALS. 

SEND  TODAY 

25  Cents  for 

25  Art  Subjectsor 

25  Madonnas  or 

25  for  Children  or 

25  Kittens,  Dogs,  etc.  or 

25  on;  Life  of  Christ  or 

$1.00  for  any  four 

sets  or  for  Art  Set 

No.   10  of   100 

Choice  pictures. 
Send  50  cents  for  10 

Extra  Size  pictures, 

10X12 

Madonna  Booklet.  25c. 
The  one-cent  pictures  are    4  to  6  times  the  size  of  this 
Madonna. 

THB  PERRY  PICTURES  CO. 
Box  630  flalden,  Mass 


ORDER  TO=DAY 


i            ftncV 

Price,  25  Cuts 


A  Few  Valuable  Books  for  Kindergartners  and  Primary  Teachers 

We  keep  in  stock  many  books  not  found  in  this  list,  and  supply  ANY  book  on  the  market  at  lowest  prices. 
Put  right  in  your  order  the  book  you  want,  give  us  the  name  of  publisher  if  you  can,  and  we  will  send  it. 

Kindergarten  Hand  Books  Especially  for  Primary  Teachers 

These  books  give  just  the 
information  desired  by  pri- 
mary-kindergarten teachers 
The  works  are  all  amply  ill- 
ustrated and  are  bound  in 
limp  cloth. 

The   First    Gift  in  Primary 

Schools.  By  J.  H.  Shults.  With 

several  illustrations,   songs 

and  games,  price  15c. 
A  Second  Gift  Story  or  Miss 

Arden'sWay.  By  Violet  Lynn. 

This  volume  tells  in  attract- 
ive story  form  how  teachers 

can   use  the  second  gift  in 

correlation  with  the  regular 

primary  work.  Price  25  cents. 

Illustrated. 
The  Third  Gift  in  Primary 

Schools.  —  Building    with 

Cubes.     By   J.   H.   Shults. 

Written   especially  for    Pri- 
mary  teachers,    containing 

lesson  suggestions  and  hints 

relative  to  correlation  with 

primary  school  work.   Fully 

illustrated.  Limp    cloth. 

Price  20c. 
The  Fourth  Gift  in  Primary 

School  S.— Building  with 
Bricks.  By  J.  H.  Shults.  AJhandbook  for  the  primary  teacher 
on  the  use  of  this  gift  in  correlation  with  primary  school 
work.  The  only  work  of  this  kind  written  especially  for  pri- 
mary teachers.    Fully  illustrated.     Limp  cloth,  price  20c. 

The  Seventh  Gift  in  Primary  Schools.  —  Tablet  Laying  and 
Parquetry  Work  By  J.  H.  Shults.  With  many  illustrations 
hints  and  suggestions,  enabling  primary  teachers  to  use  the 
gift  in  correlation  with  their  primary  school  work.  Limp 
cloth.    Price  20c. 

The  Tenth  Gift  — Stick  Laying— In  Primary  Schools.-- By 
Alice  Buckingham.  The  only  book  of  its  kind  published  in 
America.  Contains  nearly  200  illustrations  with  complete 
instructions  for  the  use  of  the  gift  in  primary  schools;  price 
25c. 

Eleventh  Gift— Ring  laying  in  Primary  Schools-Withmany 
illustrations  for  both  ring-laying  and  ring  and  stick-laying 
combined.    Limp  cloth,  price  20c. 

The  Thirteenth  Gift- The  Point— In  Primary  Work.  By  J. 
H.  Shults.  Illustrating  the  work  with  lentils,  corn,  peas  and 
other  seeds.    Limp  cloth,  nrice  15c. 

Peas  and  Cork  Work  in  Primary  Schools.  By  J.  H.  Shults. 
Illustrated.    Limp  cloth,  price  15c. 

Reed  and  Raffia  Construction  Work  in  Primary 
Schools.  By  Mary  A.  Shults.  Fully  illustrated.  It  teaches 
how  to  use  both  reeds  and  raffia  in  primary  schools,  with 
children  of  every  grade.  Complete  instructions  for  making 
mats,  baskets,  and  many  other  articles,  both  from  reeds  and 
raffia  alone,  and  with  a  combination  of  both;  price  25c. 


Stories,  Games,  flusic,  Etc. 

All  books  sent  prepaid  on  receipt  of  price 
unless  the  postage  is  indicated. 

One  Hundred  New  Kindergarten  Songs,    $1.00 
Cloth.    The  latest  and  best. 

Graded   Memory   Selections 16 

A  Christmas  Festival  Service,  paper. . .     .25 
By    Nora   Smith. 

Instrumental     Characteristic     Rhythms. 

Part  I,  boards,  $1.50;  Fart  II,  paper,  1.00 
By   Clara  L.    Anderson. 

Boston       Collection       of       Kindergarten 

Stories,    cloth     (0 

Songs  and  Games  for  little  Ones,  net.   1.60 
Postage,    15c. 
By  Harriet  S.   Jenks  and  Gertrude  Walker. 

Song:      Stories      for     the     Kindergarten, 

boards    l.gn 

By  Mildred  J.  and  Patty  S.  Hill. 

St.   N Icholns  Songs,  boards,   net, 1.25 

Postage,    24c. 

The     Songs     and     Moslc     of      Froebel's 

Mother    Play,    cloth 1.50 


FINGER 

pLftVS 

Send  to  us  for 
any  book  pub- 
lished and  we'll 
supply  it  at  low- 
est prices.  Give 
name  of  pub- 
lisher, if  possi- 
ble and  price. 


Timely  Games  and  Songs  for  the  Kin- 
dergarten,   paper 00 

By  Clare  Sawyer  Reed. 

In  the  Child's  World,  cloth 8.00 

By    Emllle    Poulaaon. 

Half  Hundred  Stories  (207  pages),  cloth     .76 
Dozen   and   Two   Kindergarten    Songs. 

Paper    $  JO 

Louis    Pauline  Warner. 

Folk  and  Other  Songs  for  Children 1.00 

Jane    Bird    Radcllffe-Whltehead. 

Kindergarten   Chimes,  paper 1.00 

"  "  boards    1.25 

"  "  cloth    1.50 

Kate   D.  Wlggln. 

Little  Songs  for  Little  Singer* .28 

W.    T.   Glffe. 

Motion  Songs 25 

Mrs.   Boardman. 

Posies  from  a  Child's  Garden  of  Verses.   1.00 

Wm.    Arms  Fisher. 

Sixty  Songs  from  Mother  Goose's  Jubilee  1.00 

L.    E.    Orth. 

Song  Echoes  from  Child  Land 2.00 

Miss  Harriet  S.   Jenks  and  Mrs.  Mabel  Rust. 
Songs  of  Nature 60 

E.    U.    Emerson   and   K.    L.    Brown. 

Songs  of  Sunshine 1.00 

Stories  in   Song 75 

Thirty  Songs  for  Children .50 

Master  St.  Elmo 1.00 

Postage,    12    cents. 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Musical    Poems    1.00 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Flower  Ballads,  cloth 1.00 

"  "        paper    .50 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Callsthenlc  Songs,  cloth.  * 85 

By    Flora    Parsons. 

Finger  Plays,  cloth •   1.25 

By    Emllle    Poulsson. 

The  Story  Hour,  cloth 1.00 

By    Kate    Douglas   Wiggln. 

Myths  and  Mother  Plays,  cloth 1.00 

By    Sara   Wiltse. 

Flower  Ballads,  paper,    .50;   cloth 1.00 

By   Caro   8.   Senour. 

riiscellaneons 

Commentary  on  Froebel's  Mother  Play.  .$1.25 
By  J.  Denton  Snider. 

The  Psychology  of  Froebel's  Play  Gifts,  1.25 

By  J.   Denton  Snider. 
Mottoes  and  Commentaries  of  Froebel's 

Mother   Play    1.00 

Translated    by   Susan    E.    Blow. 

Outline  of  a  Year's  Work   In  the  Kin- 
dergarten         .60 

By  Anna  Deveraux. 

Blackboard  Designs,  paper .00 

By  Margaret  B.  Webb. 

Education  by  Plays  and  Games .50 

By    G.    E.    Johnson. 

The   Study  of  Children,  cloth 1.00 

By  Frances  Warner. 

Nursery  Ethics,   cloth l.Ou 

By  Florence  WInterburn. 
The  Color  Primer.  Price.  Teachers'  Edi- 
tion.  .10;  Pupils'   Edition 05 

The  Color  Primer  Is  Issued  In  a  paper 
cover.  The  teachers'  edition.  Including  as  a 
part  of  Itself  the  pupils'  edition,  has  80 
pages  and  the  pupils'  edition  alone  24 
pages. 
Water  Colors  In  the  Schoolroom.     Price, 

boards    25 

By    Milton   Bradley. 
This    Is   a    practical    handbook    on    the    use 
of  Water  Colors 

An    artistic    book,    illustrated    with    twelve 
colored   plates.  ' 


Address  II  orders  to 


American  Kindergarten  Supply  House 

276-278-280  River  Street.  Manistee,  Mich. 


A  BAKER'S  DOZEN  FOR 


CITY  CHILDREN 

New  Book  of  Kindergarten  Songs 

By  ISABEL  VALENTINE  and  LILEON  CLAXTON 

Two  Practical  Kindergartners  of  the  New  York  City  Public  School  System 

With  introduction  by  JENNY  B.  MERRIL,  Supervisor  of  Kinder 
gartens,  New  York  City  Public  Schools. 


THIRTEEN  SONGS    WRITTEN  a|a  result  of  years   of   teaching 
THIRTFFN  SONCiS   that  have  been  thoroughly  tried  and 

I  I  him  LLI  >    ^>Wi  TVJ^>       PROVEN  IMMENSELY  SUCCESSFUL. 
THIRTEEN    SONGS    EXPRESSIVE  OF  THE  CHILD'S  own  everyday 
THIRTEEN    SONGS    READILY  DRAMATIZED  FROM  THE  CHILDREN'S 

THTRTFFN  ^sONPtS  that  city  kindergartners  must  have  and 

lllllVlLjLjn   OWINVjO        OTHER  KINDERGARTNERS  SHOULD  HAVE 

THTRTFFN  SONf,S    bright,  cheery,  new.  with  smooth  flowing 
i  i nrv  i  LjLi1>  wjwnvjkj      harmonies  and  simplicity  of  rythyma. 

The  thirteen  songs  are  clearlv  printed  on  good  paper  and  bound  with  strong  linen  mak- 
ing^a  very  attractive  and  durable  book,  just  the  thing  for  an  EASTER  GIFT. 


Price  50  Cents 


Add  5c  extra  for  Postage 
If  ordered  sent  by  mail. 


We  will  send  the  KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE  for  one" 
yearandacopy  of  "A  BAKER'S  DOZEN  FOR  CITY  CHILDREN," 
$1.55  prepaid,  to  any  address  in  the  United  States  on  receipt  of  $1.10 

£  (Canadian  or  Foriegn  subscribers  add  20  cents  or  40  cents  respec- 

*^*  tively,  for  postage.)      You  may  use  this  offer  to  renew  your  sub- 

Si   00  scriptionif  you  like. 


NOTE: 


This  offer  may  not  appear  again,  so  attend  to  it  today.     Address 

The  Kindergarten-Magazine  Co. 

59  West  96th.  Street,  NEW  YORK. 


RELIABLE  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES  OF  AMERICA 

Every  progressive  teacher  who  desires  promotion  should  take  op  the  matter  with  some  wide-awake  Teachers'  Agency.  Beyond 
the  scope  of  a  teacher's  personal  acquaintance  there  is  not  much  hope  of  advancing  unaided.  Some  agencies  have  positions  wait- 
ing for  experienced  teachers  and  all  should  be  able  to  advise  you  to  your  advantage.  If  you  contemplate  moving  to  a  distant  sec* 
tion,  let  some  agency  secure  you  a  position  before  you  go.    Any  of  the  following  will  doubtless  send  particulars  in  reply  to  postal: 

Positions- -for  Teachers 


TTPT  A'^T- TPT?  ^.  ^e  kave  &reat  difficulty in 

J-  XLxA.v^jrj.XI/rvO    supplying  the  demand  for 
strong  Primary  Teachers.     Wages  will  please  you. 

Write  U5 

Owen  Pacific  Coast  Teacher's  Agency 

Mcrtlnnville,  Oregan. 


THE  EMPIRE 


TEACHERS'  AGENCY 
».  B.  COOK,  Mauser 

Syracuse,  N.iY. 
wc  not  help  yo*J 

An  Agency  with  agents. 


LOCATES  TOER6ARTEN  TEACHERS 

Because  of  the  scarcity  of  candidates  we  will 
register  any  kindergarten  teacher  and  accept 
registration  fee  later,  after  we  place  you. 

We  als»  extend  time  in  payment  of  com- 
mission. 

Write  To-day.    Send  Photo 

We  have  placed  hundreds  of  others, »  Why  may 

Empire  Teachers"  Agency, 

Syracuse,  N.  Y. 


OUR 15th  YEAR  BOOK  Bfr  MMfffe  iThe  HAZARD  TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

Weslers  State*,  and  what  we  are  doing  in»e«t-  (  317  Kasota  Building.  -  MINNEAPOLIS.  MINN. 
ttSSSSZ  M^m&p!0  WriCS '-«««  615  Empire  State  Building.  SPOKANE.  WASH. 
pffice.  1224  Railway  Exchange      -      DENVER.  COLO. 


SAINTS  EDUCATIONAL  EXCHANGE 


NBNBY  SABIN  teey  Mt»  Saasaa  ELBRIDQB  N.  SAB1N 

Daria*  fast  year  ptaesdtsachsrsln  So  eaantlee  in  lews,  and  In  Minnesota,  North  and  S» 

Batata,  Nsfcraaka.  Colorado.  Wyoming  Utah,  ldah«,    IHeBtana,  Washington  and  Ore 

KM.  Addrass.  HENUT  BABIM,   rianhattan  Balldlaf,  Dm  Moines,  Iowa. 


Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 

Clerk, 


Pioneer  Teachers*  Agency, 

Will  help  yon  get  a  new  or  better  position,    whether  you   are  a  Teacher, 
Book-keeper,  or  Stenographer.     Enroll  now  for  fall  vacancies  In  schools. 

The  demand  for  good  teachers  in  all  the  Western  and  Southern  States  Is  far 
greater  than  the  supply. 

Write  for  application  blanks  and  full  particulars. 


ROME 


TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

Teachers  wanted  far  good  positions  In  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
Rafistration  fas  holds  goo*  until  we  secure  a  position  for  you. 

W.  X.  Crielor,  Rome,  Now  YorK 


Primary  Teachers  Wanted 


Taeaaafae   m»% 
tBaaa  wttk  aanso     nasi  Ian 

"    M»B  ~ 


•wa  u.  nromvroH , 

IB'  AGaarCT,  BTB  W« 


M  MsrsatMfJaBi  to 


Teachers' 
Agency 


1.  Adarits  %*  neaiaerahis  only  the  hetser  else*  af  teacher* 

registration   fee  returned  te  other  e  at  ease. 

2.  Retuma  fee  if  its  Berries  is  not  eatiaf acrory . 

§.   Makea   specialty   ef  placing   aseaasera   ia   tfee   MiidM) 
I  States  and  in  the  West — largest  •stories  paid  «fccre> 

2s   eoadncted  hy  experienced  edncatora  and   aaaaaai 


tar 

°mr  S     Has  had  phenominal  e< 
Latest 

Wow 


BeeUet' 


line  Use  peat  year. 
'  ia  the  time  to  register. 


ifeSE 


naeradiar 


Soad  for  ear  ear  Booklet. 
Address,  497-330  Peurteaath  Arena*. 

Beat.  P.    JMINBAPOLIS.  nlMBV 


If  you  want  a  position  on  the  Pacific 
Coast  or  in  Montana  or  Idaho,  it  will 
pay  you  to  register  with  the 

Pacific  Teachers'  Agency 

SEATTLE,  WASHINGTON 

Send  for  Manual  and  Registration 
blank.     Address 

B.  W.  BRINTNALL,  Manager, 
523  New  York  Block, 

Seattle,  Wash. 

Teach  in  the 
Sunny  South 

This  section  offer*  better  in- 
ducements to  aspiring  teacher*, 
than  any  other,  and  teacher*  are 
In  great  demand.  If  yoa  want  • 
good  position  for  next  school  year 
yon  can  secare  It  in  this  field.  Per 
fall  information  write 

CLAUDE  J.  BELI* 

Naahrllle,  Ten*. 

Proprietor     the     Bell     Teaaaann* 

Ageney. 

GO  SOUTH 

Many  Teachers  Wantoj 


An  Agency  that 
Recommend*  In  15  Southern  State* 
Ala..    Ark.,    Fla.,    Ga.,    Ky.,    Md., 
Mies.,   Mo.,    N.    C,   S.   C..   Tenn.. 

Tex.,  W.  Va. 
Also  conducts  a 

Special  Florida  Teacher*'  Agency 
Supplies  Teachers  for  UnlYeraitica, 
Colleges,  Private,  Normal,  High, 
and  Grade  Schools;  Special  Teach- 
er*  of  Commercial  Branches,  Man- 
ual Training,  Domestic  Science, 
Art,  Drawing,  Music,  Elocution, 
Physical  Culture,  Athletic*. 
Deals  In  School  Property 

Calls  come  from  School  Official*. 
Recommends  all  the  year  round. 
Register  now.     Best  chance*  com* 

early. 
SOUTHERN   EDUCATIONAL  RE- 
VIEW TEACHERS  AOENCT 
CHATTANOOGA,  TENN. 


THE  CLARK  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES 


Bend  for  OUR  PLATFORM,  giving-  foil  lnforanaliou  auu  u«e 
teachers  and  school  officers. 


INDEX  TO  CONTENTS 

Nature  Study  in  the  First  Four  Grades,      W.  T.  B.  S.  Imlay, 

180 

The  Intermediate  School,            -           -      Bridget  M,  F.  CauMeld. 

182 

Letters  to  a  Young  Kindergartner              Harrietta  Melissa  Mills, 

188 

Devolopment  of  Personality  in  Children,   Dr.  Jenny  B.  Merrill 

190 

i    The  I.  K.  U.  and  the  N.  E.  A. 

191 

What  Shall  the  Children  Read, 

193 

Education  in  China,            -                                      -           - 

194 

A  Playhouse,           -            -            •                 Hypatia  Hooper. 

195 

Program  Suggestions  for  March        -          Bertha  Johnston 

197 

The  Wind,  a  poem             ..-.-.- 

203 

The  Use  of  Kindergarten  Material           - 

204 

GAU-WI-DI-NE  and  GO-HAY,  Winter 

and  Spring.            -            .                       Harr           ... 

210 

Teasles— Keep  Out           ....... 

212 

Copyright,  1908,  by  J.  H.  Shults. 

Volume  XXI,  No.  6. 


$1.00  per  Year,  15  cents  per  Copy 


•KINDERGARTEN  SUPPLIES 

Bradley's  School  Paints,  Raphia,  Reed,  and  all  Construction 

Material 
WE  ARE  HEADQUARTERS  FOR  ALL  THE  ABOVE.    Send  for  Catalogue. 

THOS.  CHARLES  CO.  80=82  Wabash  Avenue.,  Chicago,  111. 


THE 


SOIHEB 


PIANO 


THE 

WORLD 

RENOWNED 


The  many  points 
of  S  uperiority 
were  never  better 
emphasized  than 
in  the  SOHMER 
PIANO  of  today. 


It  is  built  to  sat- 
isfy the  most  cul- 
tivated tastes  :  : 


The  advantage 
of  such  a  piano 
appeals  at  once 
to  the  discrimi- 
nating  intelli- 
gence of  the 
leading  artists. 


SOHMER  &>  CO. 


WAREROOMS  -COB.   5th  AVE.  AND  22nd  St. 


NEW  YORK 


Lakeside  Classics 

AND 

Books  for  Supplementary 
Reading 

Please  send  for  descriptive  list  of  Selec- 
tions from  English  and  American  au- 
thors and  for  stories  prepared  for  all 
grades  from  third  to  last  year  in  High 
School.  132  numbers  in  Lakeside 
series  at  prices  from  a  cents  to  35  cents, 
depending  on  amount  of  material  and 
style  of  binding;—  any  book  sent  post- 
paid on  receipt  of  price. 

Ainsworth  &  Company 

377-388  Wabash  Avenue 

CHICAGO,  ILL 


An  Unusual  and  Extraordinary  Opportunity! 

rnPP  SAMPLE  OFFER 

1    HlWLi  18  OAY*  ONLY       @ 


Beanttfnl  Bright  Sp&rkllog   Fuaons 


$5  Barnatto  Diamond  Ring 


of, the  most  exacting:,  ploaset  the  moat  fastid- 
ious, at  only  one-thirtieth  the  cost  of  the  real 
diamond.  As  ainenns  of  in  traducing  thin 
marvelous  and  wonderful  ncintil  latino  o*mt 
and  securing  as  many  new  friends  »i  quickly 
as  possible,  we  are  making  a  special  induce* 
nient  for  the  new  year.  We  want  you  to  wear 
this  beautiful  Ring,  thin  mastttrpitc*  of  man's 
handicraft,  this  simulation  that  sparkles  with 
all  the  beauty,  and  flashes  with  all  the  fire  of 

*>/L  GENUINE    DIAMOND   • 

pt  the  first  water.    We. want  you  to  show  it  to 

?'our  friends  and  take  orders  for  us.  at  it  sells 
taelf— sells  at  sight— and  makes  100%  Profit 
for  you,  absolutely  without  effort  on  your  part. 

We  want  good,  honest  representatives  everywhere,  in  every  lo- 
cality, city  or  country,  in  fact.  Id  every  country  throughout  the  worlJ,  both  m*a> 
and  woratB,  who  will  not  t*tl  or  pawn  tbt  Barnatto  Simulation  Diamond* 
under  the  protons*  that  thoy  ate  Gonulno  Gemi.  If  you  want  to  wear  a  ilaio* 
letjon  diamond,  to  tb*  ordinary  observer  almost  like  unco  a  gom  of  the  puree* 
ray  oorono,  a  fitting  eubatituto  for  tbo  genuine;  or  If  yeu  want  ttaak*  bshi, 
don't  wait— ACT  TODAY,  at  this  adTtrtliemtst  may  not  appoar.aor  thin  nnot- 
lordlnary  opportunity  occur,  again.  Fill  out  tbt  coupe*  Me* 
i,  flrttterrtd. 


The  Barnatto  Diamond  Co.         Wriu  ••*•  ■*■•  of  p»ow  -»  »*»• 

yon  saw  this  t4. 

Olrard  Bldg.,  Chicafo.  *^__ 

Sin:— PUato  ttad  Frtt,  Sample  Offer,  King,  Earrlngt,  Stud  m  tfcarf 
(Stick)  Pin,  eataloru*. 

Nam* ...*». 

R.f.D.R.N* Street 

TerwtUr  City • 


P.O.B0X. 


State. 


pREE! 

1  Kinde 


PRIM  ART  TEACHERS 

will  be  Interested  to  know 
that  we  put  up         » 

Kindergarten  Material 

•   Especially  for  primary  schools  and  wll  I 
send  with  our  catalogue  FREE  Instruction* 
for  using  the  material  In  primary  schools. 
Address  J.  H.  SHULTS,  fUnUtee.  Mich. 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Massachusetts  Training  Schools 

BOSTON 

Miss   Laura   Fisher's 

TRAINING    SCHOOL    FOR 

KINDERGARTNERS 

Normal  Course,  2  years. 

Post-Graduate  Course. 

Special  Course. 

For  circulars  addresss 
292    Marlborough    St.,        BOSTON,    MASS. 


Kindergarten  Training  School 

82   St.    Stephen    Street,    Boston. 

Normal  Course,  two  years. 

For  circulars  addresss 
MISS    LUCY    HARRIS    SYMONDS. 


MISS   ANNIE    COOLIDGE    RUST'S 

Froebel  School  of  Kinder- 
garten Normal  Classes 

BOSTON,    MASS. 

Regular    Two    Years'     Course. 

Post-Graduate    Course.      Special    Courses. 


MISS   RUST,  PIERCE   BLDG., 

Copley  Square. 

BOSTON 

Perry    Kindergarten    Normal 
School 

MRS.    ANNIE    MOSELEY   PERRY, 
Principal, 


18  Huntington  Ave., 


BOSTON,  MASS. 


New   York   Training   Schools 


Miss  Wheelock's  Kindergarten 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

134    Newbury    Street,        BOSTON,    MASS. 

Regular    Two    Tears'    Course. 

Special    One    Year    Course    for    graduate 
students. 

Students'    Home   at    the   Marenholz. 

For  circulars   address 

LCCY    WHEELOCK. 

BOSTON 

The   Garland 
Kindergarten   Training  School 

Normal    Course,    two    years. 
Home-making     Course,     one    year. 
MRS.     MARGARET    J.     STANNARD, 
Principal. 

19   Chestnut   Street,  Boston. 


Springfield   Kindergarten 

Normal    Training    Schools 

Two  Years'  Course.    Terms,  $100  per  year. 
Apply    to 

HATTIE  TWICHELL, 

SPRINGFIELD— LONGMEADOW,   MASS. 


The    Kraus    Seminary    for 
Kindergartners 

REGULAR  AND  EXTENSION 
COURSES. 

MRS.  MARIA  KRAUS-BOELTE 

Hotel  San  Remo,      Central  Park  West 

75th  Street,  -  NEW  YORK  CITY 


THE  ELLMAN  SCHOOL 
Kindergarten  Normal  Class 

POST-GRADUATE  CLASSES. 

Twenty-fifth   Year. 

167  W.  57th  Street,       NEW  YORK  CITY 

Opposite   Carnegrie   Hall. 


Miss  Jenny  Hunter's 
Kindergarten   Training  School 

15  West  127th  St.,  NEW  YORK  CITY. 

Two  Years'  Course,   Connecting  Class  and 
Primary    Methods. 

ADDRESS 
2079    Fifth    Ave.,    New    York    City. 

Kindergarten    Normal    Department 

Ethical  Culture  School 

For  information   address 

MISS   CAROLINE   T.    HAVEN,   Principal, 

Central  Park  West  and  63d  St. 

NEW    YORK. 


TRAINING  SCHOOL 

OF    THE 

Buffalo  Kindergarten  Assoc'n. 

Two  Years'   Course. 
For   particulars   address 

MISS  ELLA  C.   ELDER, 
86  Delaware  Avenue,      -      Buffalo,  N.   Y. 

Connecticut  Training  Schools 

BRIDGEPORT 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

FOR 

KINDERGARTNERS 

IN    AFFILIATION    WITH 

The  New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Will   open   its   eighth   year  September  18. 
For    circulars,    information,    etc.,    address 

MARY  C.  MILLS,  Principal 

179    West    Avenue, 
BRIDGEPORT,    -    -    CONN. 

The      Fannie      A.      Smith 

Froebel    Kindergarten 

and  Training  School 

Good  Kindergarten  teachers  have  no 
trouble  in  securing  well-paying  positions. 
In  fact,  we  have  found  the  demand  for 
our  graduates  greater  than  we  can  sup- 
ply.     One  and    two   years'   course. 

For    Catalogue,     address 

FANNIE  A.   SMITH,   Principal, 
Lafayette  Street,    BRIDGEPORT,   CONN. 


ADELPHI    COLLEGE 

Lafayette  Avenue,  St.  James  and  Clifton  Places.  BROOKLYN,  NEW  YORK 

Normal  School  for  Kindergartners 

Two  Years'  Course.  Acklross  Prof.  Anna  E.   Harvey,  Supt 


Established    1896 


The  New  York 

Froebel  Normal 

KINDERGARTEN  and  PRIMARY  TRAINING 


College     Preparatory.    Teachers'    Academic.    Music 


E.  LYELL  EARL,  Ph.  D.,  Principal. 

HARR1ETTE  M.  MILLS,  Head  of  Department  of  Kindergarten  Training. 

MARIE  RUEF  HOFEK,  Department  of  Music. 


Eleventh  Year  opens  Wednesday,  Sept.  18,  1907 
Write  for  circulars.  Address, 

59  West  96th  Street,  New  York.  N.  Y. 


RELIABLE     KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Michigan  Training  Schools 


Grand  Rapids 
Kindergarten  Training  School 


Winter  and  Summer  Terms. 
Oct.  1st,  1908,  to  June  1st,   1909. 
July  1st  to  August   21st,   1909. 

CERTIFICATE,    DIPLOMA    AND 
NORMAL    COURSES. 

CLARA   WHEELER,    Principal. 
MAT   L.    OG1LBT,   Registrar. 

Shepard   Building,       -       23    Fountain    St. 
GRAND   RAPIDS,  MICH. 


Maine  Training  Schools 

iVIiss  Norton's  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

PORTLAND     MAINE. 

Two    Years'    Course. 

For  circulars  addresss 

15  Dow   Street,  -         PORTLAND,   ME. 

Miss  Abby  N.  Norton 

Ohio  Training  Schools 

OHIO,   TOLEDO,   2313   Ashland   Ave. 

THE      MISSES     LAW'S 


Medical  supervision.     Personal  attention. 
Thirty-five    practice    schools. 
Certificate  and  Diploma  Courses. 

MARY  E.   LAW,   M.   D.,   Principal. 


Indiana  Training  Schools 


Kindergarten     Training 

Exceptional  advantages — daily  practice. 
Lectures  from  Professors  of  Oberlin  Col- 
lege and  privilege  of  Elective  Courses  ir 
the  College  at  special  rates.  Charge? 
moderate.  Graduates  readily  find  posi- 
tions. 

For    Catalogue    address    Secretary 
OBERLIN    KINBERGARDEN    ASSOCIA- 
TION, 
Drawer  K,  Oberlin,  Ohio. 


CLEVELAND     KINDERGARTEN 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

In  Affiliation  with  the 
CHICAGO    KINDERGARTEN    COLLEGE 


(Founded  in  1894) 
Course  of  study  under  direction  of  Eliza- 
beth Harrison,  covers  two  years  in  Cleve- 
land, leading  to  senior  and  normal  courses 
in   the    Chicago    Kindergarten    Course. 

MISS   NETTA  FARIS.    Principal. 
MRS.    W.   R.    WARNER,   Manager. 


The      Teachers'      College 
of  Indianapolis 

For  the   Training  of   Kindergartners   and 
Primary    Teachers. 

Regular  Course  two  years.  Preparatory 
Course  one  year.  Post-Graduate  Course 
for  Normal  Teachers,  one  year.  Primary 
training   a   part   of   the  regular  work. 

Classes  formed  in  September  and  Feb- 
ruary. 

90  Free  Scholarships  Granted 

Each    Year. 

Special   Primary  Class  in   May  and  June. 
Send   for   Catalogue. 

Mrs.  Eliza  A.  B laker.  Pres. 

THE   WILLIAM   N.    JACKSON   MEMOR- 
IAL   INSTITUTE, 

23d  and  Alabama  Streets. 


The  Richmond  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

14  West  Main  Street. 
DRAWING,    SINGING,    PHYSICAL   CUL- 
TURE. 

ALICE   N.    PARKER,    Frincipai. 

Two  years  in  course.  Froebel's  theory 
and  practice.  Also  a  third  year  course 
for   graduates. 

SPECIAL  LECTURES. 


Kentucky  Training  Schools 


TRAINING   SCHOOL   OF  THE 

Louisville    Free    Kindergarten 
Association 

Louisville,    Ky. 

FACULTY: 
Miss   Mary    Hill,    Supervisor 
Mrs.    Robert   D.    Allen.    Senior   Critic    and 

Training  Teacher. 
Miss  Alexina  G.  Booth.   History  and   Phil- 
osophy  of   Education. 
Miss   Jane   Akin.    Primary   Sunday    School 

Methods. 
Miss  Allene  Seaton,   Manual  Work. 
Miss  Frances    Ingram,    Nature    Study. 
Miss  Anna  Moore,   Primary  Methods. 
Miss  Margaret  Byers,  Art  Work. 


New  Jersey  Training  Schools 


Miss  Cora  Webb  Peet 

KINDERGARTEN   NORMAL   TRAINING 
SCHOOL 

Two    Years'    Course. 
For    circulars,    address 

MISS  CORA  WEBB  PEET, 
16   Washington  St.,       East  Orange,  N.  J. 


OHIO COLUMBUS 

Kindergarten  Normal  Training  School 

-EIGHTEENTH  YEAR  BEOINS  SEPTEMBER  25,   1907 


171b  and  Bread 
Streets 


Froebelian  Philosophy.  Gifts.  Occupation.  Stories.  Ga 

Psychology  and  Nature  Work  taught  at  Ohio  State  Uni' 

For  information,  ad.lresi 


s,  Music  and  Drawing 
'Slty— two  years'  course 
i  iz/idetii  N  Samuel.  I 


Illinois  Training  Schools 
Kindergarten  Training  School 


Chicago  Free  Kindergarten  Association 

H.    N.    Higinbotham,    Pres. 

Mrs.    P.    D.    Armour,    Vice-Pres. 
SARAH   E.   HANSON,   Principal. 

Credit  at  the 
Northwestern   and   Chicago   Universities. 

For  particulars  address  Eva  B.  Whit- 
more,  Supt.,  6  E.  Madison  St.,  cor.  Mich, 
ave.,  Chicago. 


PESTALOZZI-FROEBEL 

Kindergarten    Training 
School 

at  CHICAGO  COMMONS,  180  Grand  Ave. 

Mrs  Bertha  Hofer  Hegner,  Superintendent 
Mis   Amelia    Hofer,    Principal. 

THIRTEENTH    YEAR. 

Regular  course  two  years.  Advanced 
courses  for  Graduate  Students.  A  course 
in  Home  Making.  Includes  opportunity  to 
become  familiar  with  the  Social  Settle- 
ment movement.  Fine  equipment.  For 
circulars    and    information    write    to 

MRS.    BERTHA    HOFER-HEGNER, 

180   Grand   Ave.,    Chicago. 


Chicago    Froebel    Association 

Training  Class  for  Kindergartners. 

(Established   1876.) 

Two  Years'  Course.  Special  Courses  un- 
der Professors  of  University  of  Chicago 
receive  University  credits.  For  circulars 
apply  to 

MRS.  ALICE  H.  PUTNAM,  or  MISS  M. 
L.    SHELDON,    Associate    Principals, 

1008  Fine  Arts  Building,         Chicago,  111. 


CHICAGO 

[DER6ARTEN 

INSTITUTE 

Gertrude  House,  40  Scott  Street 


Regular  Course— Two  Years. 
Post-graduate  Course — One  Year. 
Supplementary  Course — One  Year. 
Non-professional     Home   Making 

Course — One  Year. 

University  Credits 
Residence  for  students  at  Gertrude 

House. 


DIRECTORS 

Miss  CAROLINE  C.  CRON1SE 
Mrs.  MARY  B.  PAGE 
Mrs.  ETHEL  ROE  L1NDGREN 
Miss  FRANCES  E..  NEWTON 

Send  for  Circulars 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Pennsylvania  Training  Schools 


Miss  Hart's 

Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Re-opened  Oct.  1st,  19#,  at  1615 
Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia.  The 
work  will  include  Junior,  Senior 
Graduate  and  Normal  Trainers 
Courses,  and  a  Model  Kindergar- 
ten.     For  particulars  address 

Miss  Caroline  M.  C.  Hart, 
The' Pines,  Rutledge,  Pa. 


The  Philadelphia  Training 
School  for  Kindergartners 

Keopens  October  2,  1908. 
Junior,   Senior  and  Special  Classes. 
Model   Kindergarten. 

Address 

MRS.   M.   L.   VAN  KIRK.  Principal, 

1333   Pine   Street,       -       Philadelphia,   Pa. 


California  Training  Schools 


Pittsburgh    and    Allegheny 
Kindergarten  College 

ALICE   N.    PARKER,    Superintendent. 

Regular   Course,    two   years.      Special   ad- 
vantages  for   Post-Graduate   work. 
Seventeenth  year  begins  Sept.   30,   1908 
For   Catalogue,    address 
Mrs.  William  McCracken,  Secretary, 

3439  Fifth   Avenue,       PITTSBURGH,  PA 


Oakland  Kindergarten 

TRAINING  CLASS 

State   Accredited   List. 

Seventeeth  Year  opens  September,  1907. 
Address 

Miss  Grace  Everett  Barnard, 

1374   Franklin   Street,       OAKLAND,  CAL. 


Wisconsin   Training   Schools 


Milwaukee    State   Normal 
School 

Kindergartem  Training  Department. 

Two  Tears'  Course  for  graduates  of 
four-years'  high  schools.  Faculty  of 
twenty-five.  Special  advantages.  Tuition 
free  to  residents  of  Wisconsin;  540  per 
year  to  others.  School  opens  the  first 
Tuesday   in   September. 

Send  for  Catalogue   to 
NINA   C.    VANDEWALKER,    Director. 


Washington  Training  Schools 


WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

The    Columbia    Kindergarten 
Training   School 

2115  California  Ave.,  cor.  Connecticut  Av. 

Certificate,    Diploma  and   Normal   Course 
Principals: 

SARA  KATHARINE  LIPPINCOTT, 
SUSAN  CHADICK  BAKER. 


Virginia  Training  Schools 

The  Richmond  Training  School 

for  Kindergartners 

Richmond,  Va. 

Alice  N.  Baker,  Principal. 

Two  years'  course  and  Post 

Graduate  course. 

For  further  information  apply  to 

14  W.  Main  Street. 

Georgia  Training  Schools 


Atlanta  Kindergarten  Norma! 
School 

Two    Tears'    Course    of    Study. 
Chartered   1897. 
For    particulars   address 

WILLETTE  A.    ALLEN,   Principal, 
639  Peachtree  Street,  ATLANTA,  GA. 

Normal  Training  School 

of  the 

KATE   BALDWIN  FREE   KINDERGAR 

TEN  ASSOCIATION. 

(Established  1899) 

HORTENSE    M.    ORCUTT,    Principal      or 
the   Training   School  and   Supervisor 

of    Kindergartens. 
Application    for   entrance  to   the   Train 
ing  Schools  should  be  made  to  Miss  M.  K 
Sasnett,   Corresponding  Secretary, 

117  Bolton  St.,     EAST   SAVANNAH,  GA 


If  your  Training  School  is  not  represent 
ed  la  these  columns,  kindly  send  us  you 
copy,  and  let  us  put  it  among  the  other; 
Aside  rom  the  advertising  value,  botb 
your  pupils  and  your  graduates  will  It- 
pleased  to  see  your  training  school  have  a 
place  among  the  others  of  America. 


1874 — Kindergarten  Normal  Instituti    is — i  908 

1516  Colombia  Road  N.  W.,  WASHINGTON    D.  C. 

The  citizenship  of  the  future  depends  on  the  children  of  today. 

Susan  Plessner  Pollok,  Principal. 

Teachers'  Training  Course — Two  Years. 

Summer  Training  Classes  at  Mt.  Chatauqua — Mountain  Lake  Park — 
Garrett  Co.,   Maryland. 


Repton  School 

Tarry  tow  n=on=Hudson,  New   York 
A  School  for  young  boys  between  the  ages  of  7  and  14.    A  few  of 
our  special  advantages  are: 

Specially  designed,  modern  buildings,  costing  over  $  100.000.00.  Numbers  are  limited 
to  Forty,  giving  an  average  of  Five  boys  in  a  class,  thus  ensuring  every  boy,  practicaily  in 
dividualtuition 

A  Physica  Instructor,  qualified  in  Europe,  attends  to  the  Swedish  and  other  exer- 
icses,  under  the  supervision  ot  the  School  Physician,  who  prescribes  the  exercise  for    each  boy 

A  resident  nurse,  and  hospital  building. 

Fee  for  the  school  year  $400.00— $500.00. 

Apply  to  THE  HEADMASTER. 


Reeds,  Raffia,  Splints,  Braided  Straw,  Matting  and  General  Construction  Material 


Postage  at  the  rate  of  16c  per  pound  must 
In  all  cases   be  added  to  these  prices  when 
goods  are  to  be  sect  by  mall. 

COLORED  RAFFIA   (Florist  Fiber). 
Colors:    Red,    Orange,    Yellow,    Green,    Blue, 
Violet,    Brown    and    Black. 

Per  pound Net,  $0.40 

Per   14-pound    Net,       .25 

Per   14-pound    , Net,       .15 

14-lb.   bunch,  assorted  colors IS 

PLAIN    RAFFIA    (Florist    Fiber). 

Per   2   ounces 06 

Per  34-pound .10 

Per  %-pound   15 

Per    pound    20 

Per  pound,  5-pound  lots 15 


REEDS. 
Our  reed  is   ail  put  up   in  POUND  PACK- 
AGES  OF  EACH  SIZE,  and  we  do   not   sell 
part    of    a    package    except    at    an    advance 
of  5c  per  package. 

No.  1,  fine,  per  pound 1.00 

No.  2,  medium,  per  pound 05 

No.  S,  medium  coarse,  per  pound......      .75 

No.    4,   coarse,  per   pound 75 

No.  5,  coarser,  per  pound .50 

No.  6,  coarser,  per  pound .50 

LOOMS. 

Todd  Adjustable — No.  Al,  no  needle. . .     .15 

Postage,  18c. 

Todd    Adjustable— Perfection $0.30 

Postage,  33c. 

Todd  Adjustable — No.   2 75 

Little  Gem— No.  1,  9x12 25 

Little  Gem— No.   2,   7x9% 25 

Faribault,    hammock    attachment 85 

Other  Looms  Furnished. 
Above   should   be   ordered   by   express. 
MOUNTING   BOARD. 

Good  quality,  8-ply  mounting  board,  colors, 
dark  green,  steel  blue,  black,  per  sheet,    .08 

Kodack  Mounts,  colors  as  above,  per  sht..  .04 
Both  above  are  22x28  inches,  but  will  be  cut 
in  H  or  %  sheets  at  lc  per  sheet  extra,  or  free 
in  lots  of  12  sheets  at  a  time. 

Bristol,  in  colors,  22x28,  per  sheet $0.05 

Heavy  Manila,  22y2x28% .02 

Straw  Board,  22x28 02 

Postage  on  a  single  sheet  of  above,  4c,  to 
which  must  be  added  postage  on  the  packing  for 
same,  as  follows:  If  cut  in  quarters  and  rolled, 
lc  per  sheet,  4c  per  doz.  sheets.  If  sent  full 
size  and  rolled,  5c  per  sheet,  8c  per  doz.  sheets. 
Full  sheets,  packed  flat,  per  sheet,  30c.  Per 
dozen  sheets,  35c.    State  how  preferred. 

Japanese  Manila,   20x30 01 

Leatherette,    20x25 05 

Cardboard  Modeling  Paper,  18x24 02 

Postage  on  above,  1  sheet,  2c;  per  doz.,  17c 

Coated  Paper,  20x24 04 

Engine  Colored  Paper,  20x24 .03 

GUt  and  Silver  Paper,  20x24 .05 

Postage  on  above,  1  sheet,  2c;  1  doz.,  8c 

Oak   Tag   for   Construction   Work,  8x12, 
dozen    sheets    .08 

Postage,  10  cents. 
Oak    Tag   for   Construction   Work,   8%x 
10%,  per  dozen .04 

Postage,   9  cents. 

Oak   Tag   for   Construction   Work,    7%x 
9%,  per  dozen .05 

Postage,   9   cents. 
Colors — Dark      Green.      Yellow,      Turquoise- 
Carpet  Warp,  per  skein 15 

Add  12c  for  postage 


ZEPHYR 


Favibaulfc 

Loom 

n Tj 

1 

II 

,FavibaaltVoo*w 


Hswvn\o«K 


ftktach 


Macreme    Cord,    per    ball Net,       .12 

Add  4c  for  postage. 

Rubber  Balls,  2-lnch,  plain,  per  doz 60 

Postage,  each,  4c,  per  doz.,  37c. 

Rubber   Balls,    2-ineh,   plain,   per  doz.. .      .60 

Postage,   each,    4c;   per   doz.,    37c 

Rubber  Balls,  3-lnch,  plain,  each 15 

Add   6c   for  postage. 

Rubber   Balls,   4%-inch,  plain,    each 25 

Rubber  Balls,   4%-inch,  red,  each 85 

Add   7c   for  postage   for  either   above. 

B ra«s   Paper  Fasteners,  per  100 20 

Conductor's  Punch    .80 

Add   4c    for   postage   on   either   above. 

Copper   Wire,   per   spool 20 

Iron  Wire,  per  spool 10 

Add   7c   for  postage  on   either  above. 
Following  sent  postpaid^on  receipt  of  price : 

Germantown    Yarn,    skein 12 

Single    Zephyr,    per   lap 08 

Seine  Needles,  wood,  each   15c;   doz....   1.50 

Toy  Knitter,  per  dozen 50 

Brown's  Pictures,  each.  .%c,  lc,  3c  and     .05 

Silver  and  Gilt  Stars,  gummed,  per  100     .10 

Order  the  following  by  freight  or  express. 

Schute  Weaving  Discs,  4-lnch,  doz 15 

Schute  Weaving  Discs,  6-inch,  doz 25 

Schute  Weaving  Discs,  12-inch,  doz 50 

The  Multiple  Perforator 3.00 

Orwig   Punch    2.50 

Modeling    Clay — 5Jb.   bricks 25 

Modeling    Clay    Flour — 5-lb    boxes 25 

Modeling  Ciay — by  the  barrel 8.00 


WHITE     BRAIDED     STRAW. 

Per    yard $0.02 

Postage,  lc. 
Per    piece,    120    yards 50 

Postage,  per  piece,  15c. 

COLORED  BRAIDED  STRAW. 

Half- inch  wide.  In  colors,  as  follows:  Nile 
Green,  Red,  Pink,  Yale  Blue,  Bright  Green 
and   Ecru. 

Per    yard 

Per    piece,    120    yards 


Postage,  same  as  for  white  braided  straw 


Indian  Ash  Splints  and  Fillers. 

15c.  per  ounce;  $1.20  per  pound.    Assorted 

colors.     Postage,  on  ribbon  and  packing 

2c.  per  ounce.  20c   per  pound, 

We  also  keep  in  stock  Wood  Ribbon,  Sweet 
Grass,  T.  K.  Matting,  Ash  Splints  for  basket 
handles,  Basket  Bottoms,  etc.  Send  for  sam- 
ples or  circulars  and  prices. 

We  furnish  everything  on  the  market  in 
the  line  of  construction  material  at  lowest 
pricAs. 


Address  all  orders'to 


Multiple  Perforator 


Orwig  Perforator 


03 

.60     RAPHIA  FRAMES 


B    ^ 

§s 

B  "B 

. 

.  0. 

a 

a    <n 

■a  u 
5  fc 

*  • 

►.  0 

t.  0 

9    s- 

«     *j 

>    « 

P.  » 

z    a 

s  a 

ffl      qi 

g  a 

>k(» 

■   2 

a 

0    *! 

S 

<*) 

American  Kindergarten  Supply  House 

276-278=280  River  Street,  Manistee,  Mich. 


15l)£  3iin6er^arten-"primarY  ^tta  gamine 


VOL.  XXI— MARCH,  1909— NO.  6 


The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine 


Devoted  to  the  Child  and  to  the  Unity  of  Educational 

Theory  and  Practice  from  the  Kindergarten 

Through  the  University. 

Editorial  Rooms,  59  West  96tli  Street,  New  York,  N.  T. 

EDITORIAL  COMMITTEE. 

E.  Lyell  Earle,  Ph.  D Managing  Editor 

J«nny  B.  Merrill,  Ph.  D.,  Supervisor  Kindergartens, 

Manhattan,  The  Bronx  and  Richmond 

Harrtette  M.  Mills New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Mari  Kiief  Hofer Teachers'  College 

and  N.  Y.F.N.    . 
Bertha  Johnston New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Special  Articles 

All  communications  pertaining  to  subscriptions  and  advertising 
or  other  business  relating  to  the  magazine  should  be  addressed 
to  the  nichigan  office,  J,  H.  Shults,  Business  flanager,  Manistee, 
nichigan.  All  other  communications  to  E.  Lyell  Earle,  Managing 
Editor,  59  W.  96th  St.,  New  York  City. 

The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  is  published  on  the 
first  of  each  month,  except  July  and  August,  from  278  River 
Street,  Manistee,   Mich. 

The  Subscription  price  is  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 
Single  copies,  15c. 

Postage  Is  Prepaid  by  the  publishers  for  all  subscriptions  In 
the  United  States,  Hawaiian  Islands,  Philippine  Islands,  Guam, 
Porto  Rico,  Tutuila  (Samoa),  Shanghai,  Canal  Zone,  Cuba, 
and  Mexico.  For  Canada  add  20«  and  fer  all  other  countries 
In  the  Postal  Union  add  40c  for  postage. 

Notice  of  Expiration  is  sent,  but  it  is  assumed  that  a  con- 
tinuance of  the  subscription  is  desired  until  notice  of  discon- 
tinuance is  received.  When  sending  notice  of  change  of  ad- 
dress, both  the  old  and  new  addresses  must  be  given. 

Remittances  should  be  sent  by  draft,  Express  Order  or 
Money  Order,  payable  to  The  Kindergarten  Magazine  Com- 
pany.   If  a  local  check  is  sent,  it  must  include  10c  exchange. 


NATURE     STUDY     IN    THE     FIRST 
FOUR  YEARS. 

W.  T.  B.  S.  IMLAY,  Principal. 

The  relative  value  of  each  study  in  the 
curriculum  of  our  elementary  schools 
should  be  estimated  according  to  its  help- 
fulness in  developing  and  rounding  out  the 
child;  in  fitting  him  to  take  his  place  among 
men  and  in  doing  the  best  his  abilities  will 
allow.  Therefore,  the  training  of  the 
child's  mental  powers  means  more  than  the 
developing  in  him  an  ability  to  memorize 
facts.  The  subject  matter  presented  with 
this  end  in  view  should  differ  materially 
from  that  by  which  we  simply  wish  to  make 
the  pupil  the  possessor  of  facts  for  the  sake 
of  familiarizing  him  with  a  given  subject. 

Bearing  this  in  mind,  we  find  in  nature 
a  subject  which,  in  the  highest  degree, 
affords  an  opportunity  to  develop  the  child's 
powers  of  observation.  It  trains  his  eye 
to  see  the  things  that  are  about  him:  to 
note  varied  conditions,  contrasts  and 
similarities.  It  also  aids  in  developing  the 
habit  of  patiently  waiting  for  results,  as 
well  as  enabling  him  to  correctly  reason, 
and,  through  noting  the  orderly  procedure 


of  nature's  ways,  the  relation  of  cause  and 
effect  is  seen. 

Nor  do  we  stop  here,  for  the  eye  being 
trained  to  see,  the  tongue  at  the  same  time 
should  be  trained  to  accurately  tell  what  is 
seen.  It  may  be  said  that  this  is  ideal.  Our 
answer  is  that,  whether  ideal  or  not,  it  is 
possible  to  do  all  this  and  much  more  if 
the  study  of  nature  is  taken  up  enthusiasti- 
cally and  patiently,  allowing  the  child, 
under  the  teacher's  direction,  to  become  the 
discoverer  of  facts  and  conditions. 

To  do  this  the  teacher  must  become  a 
student  of  nature.  Not  alone  of  its  text 
books,  but  of  its  varied  moods  as  found  in 
stream  and  meadow,  in  sunshine  and  rain, 
under  adverse  as  well  as  favorable  condi- 
tions. 

She  must  be  a  lover  of  children,  watch- 
ing the  gradual  unfolding  of  each  child's 
mind  and  by  adapting  her  aid  to  its  peculiar 
requirements  she  shows  him  how  to  gather 
knowledge. 

She  must  spend  her  time  in  preparing 
for  her  work  rather  than  in  correcting  the 
errors  made  by  the  pupils. 

She  must  be  able  to  adapt  herself  to  con- 
ditions and  environment,  not  forcing  the 
uncommon  nor  strange  upon  the  children; 
she  must  lead  them  step  by  step  from  the 
familiar  to  the  unknown. 

She  must  lose  sight  of  self  and  her  own 
knowledge,  as,  with  firm  hand,  she  leads 
the  children  unconsciously  along  the  path 
she  has  marked  out  to  the  objects  she 
wishes  them  to  discover.  Then,  being  an 
interested  listener  to  tales  of  discovery,  she 
sees  the  effectiveness  of  her  work. 

She  must  be  an  expert  questioner,  fram- 
ing her  queries  in  such  a  manner  that  time 
is  not  wasted,  nor  the  point  lost.  She  must 
never  tell  that  which  a  pupil  can  find  out 
for  himself. 

She  must  direct  where  to  go  and  what 
the  pupil  is  to  seek. 

METHOD. 

But  the  query  may  be  raised,  How  is  this 
to  be  done  with  all  that  is  required  in  the 
short  time  at  our  disposal? 

First,  by  correlation  with  language,  mak- 
ing language  and  nature  study  hand- 
maidens. 

Second,  by  taking  it  up  incidentally  for 
home  work  and  bringing  facts  from  out- 
side to  the  classroom  to  be  there  discussed. 


i8o 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Observational  nature  study  in  its  earliest 
stages  must  be  done  objectively,  wherein 
the  child  from  the  object  itself  finds  out 
facts.  These  facts  are  still  further  fastened 
by  picture  and  story.  The  general  condi- 
tions being  the  same,  yet  with  details  dif- 
ferent, the  child's  horizon  is  broadened.  He 
is  thus  led  from  a  study  of  the  object  to  a 
study  of  the  subject.  Here  he  gathers  in- 
formation from  others  relative  to  a  given 
thing,  and  as  he  finds  that  there  is  much 
information  which  he  must  depend  upon 
others  to  give  him,  he  sees  that  he  is  but 
a  part  of  a  great  whole. 

While  the  primary  purpose  of  this  study 
should  be  the  development  of  the  child,  we 
must  not  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that  we  are 
to  make  it  the  introduction  to  formal 
geography.  That  observing  natural 
phenomenon  will  lead  us  to  understand 
something  about  the  physical  conditions  of 
the  earth  and  how  man  is  affected  thereby. 
While  we  are  gathering  scientific  facts  we 
should  keep  in  mind  that  we  are  not  study- 
ing a  science.  Neither  are  we  fitting  chil- 
dren to  be  analytical  discerners  and  re- 
corders of  conditions  and  things  beyond 
them.  All  that  we  ask  is  that  they  be  able 
to  classify  when  they  see  relations,  to 
observe  conditions,  to  realize  that  time  is 
a  great  element  in  changing  features,  and, 
above  all,  to  talk  intelligently  upon  what 
they  have  seen  and  know. 

The  following  scheme  for  the  first  four 
years  of  school  life  is  merely  suggestive. 
It  is  offered  simply  as  a  frame  about  which 
may  be  built  the  structure  best  adapted  to 
the  school  a  teacher  may  be  in.  Varied  to 
suit  the  individual  preference  and  needs,  if 
followed,  this  course  will  prove  helpful  in 
showing  how  much  a  child  may  do. 

FIRST  YEAR. 

Have  pupils  observe 
WEATHER  CONDITIONS. 

Kind  of  day — clear,  cold,  stormy,  etc. 
THE  SUN. 

Where  it  seems  to  rise. 

Where  it  seems  to  set. 

Where  it  is  at  noon. 

Where  it  never  is. 

What  it  does. 

Its  shape  as  we  see  it.     Compare  it  with  other 
objects. 
COLOR   OF    SKY. 

Sun,  clouds. 
FAMILIAR   FLOWERS. 
WHAT   FAMILIAR   ANIMALS   DO. 
PLANTS — WHAT   THEY   NEED  TO   KEEP  THEM 

ALIVE. 

Air,  soil,  water,  sunshine, 


v/ATER. 

Give  its  uses. 

Have  nature  poems  learned.  Use  pictures  to 
fasten  the  nature  facts  presented  as  well  as  to 
show  other  related  facts  in  nature. 

Encourage  pupils  to  collect  and  preserve  the 
pictures  of  nature  facts  presented. 

Combine  all  Nature  Work  with  Language. 

SECOND  YEAR. 

ENCOURAGE   PERSONAL   OBSERVATION. 

HAVE   PUPILS   TEST   FACTS. 

HAVE    PUPILS    OBSERVE    FAMILIAR    ANIMALS. 

What  the  animal  does;    how  he  lives. 

Habits  of  animals  compared. 

Families  of  animals  illustrated  by  pictures. 

PLANTS — WHAT    IS    NECESSARY    TO    SUSTAIN 
LIFE? 

Light,  heat,  air,  soil,  water. 

PARTS  NECESSARY  FOR  LIFE. 

Root,  stem,  leaves. 

PARTS  NECESSARY  TO  REPRODUCE  OTHER 
PLANTS. 

Bud,  flower,  fruit,  seed. 
PLANTS  MAY  BE 
Very  large — trees. 
Large  or  bushy — shrub. 
Small — herb. 

Have  pupils  watch  germination  of  seeds. 
Compare  plants  as  to  parts. 

HAVE  PUPILS  OBSERVE  THE  WEATHER. 

Kind  of  day. 
Direction  of  the  wind. 

HAVE  PUPILS  OBSERVE  THE  SUN. 

Where  it  rises  now  as  compared  with  where  it 
rose  two  or  three  months  ago. 

Where  it  sets  now  as  compared  with  where  it 
set  two  or  three  months  ago. 

What  has  been  caused  by  this? 

HAVE   PUPILS   OBSERVE    WHAT   WATER   DOES 

(Take  this  up  on  rainy  days). 
Falls,  flows,  collects. 

DEVELOP,    APPLY,    and    HAVE    LEARNED    what 

is  a 

Puddle,  pond,  lake,  ocean,  stream,   river? 

Develop   idea  that  water  gives  form  to  land. 

Apply  and  have  learned  what  is  an  island, 
peninsula. 

Have  nature  forms  learned  and  talked  about. 

Use  pictures  to  fasten  facts  presented  and  to 
show  related  facts. 

Encourage  pupils  to  collect  and  preserve  pictures 
of  nature  facts  and  to  talk  accurately  about  them. 

Correlate  all  Nature  with  Language. 

THIRD  YEAR. 

Prior  to  this  time  the  object  has  principally  been 
studied,  but  now  we  begin  to  have  the  pupils  study 
the  subject  as  well.     This  may  be  done  by 

STUDYING  OBJECTS. 

GATHERING   EXPERIENCE    OR   OBSERVATIONS 
OF  OTHER  PEOPLE. 

The  children  who  have  knowledge  thus  become 
the  instructors  of  those  that  have  none  or  but 
little.  The  teacher  must  always  bear  in  mind  that 
she  is  the  diiector  and  suggester,  the  pupil  being 
the  gatherer  and  learner. 

There  must  be  constant  review  of  the  work  of 
lower  grades. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


I8l 


ANIMALS. 
BIRDS. 

How  they  are  distinguished  from  other  animals. 
FAMILIES  OR   CLASSES. 

Perchers,  waders,  swimmers,  scratchers,  birds  of 
prey,  runners,  climbers.  THEIR  HABITS  AND 
CHARACTERISTICS    IN    OUTLINE. 

Insects  AND  LOWER  FORMS  OF  ANIMAL  LIFE. 
Peculiarities  and  habits  in  outline.  No  attempt 
made  to  study  analytically. 

PLANTS. 

Planting  of  seeds  and  watching  germination. 
STUDY  OF  ROOTS. 

Kinds — Fleshy  and  fibrous. 

Parts — Crown,  root,  and  rootlet. 

Uses  of  each  part. 
PICTURES  OF  OBJECTS. 

Roots  used  as  food. 

STEMS. 
Parts  and  their  uses. 

LEAVES. 

Parts  and  their  uses. 

ARTICLES  OP  FOOD  obtained  from  the  different 
parts  of  plants. 

USEFUL  ARTICLES  obtained  from  the  different 
parts  of  plants. 

The     different     ways     in     which     plants     grow 
exogens,  endogens. 
THINGS    THAT    HAVE    LIFE    COMPARED    WITH 

THOSE  THAT  HAVE  NO  LIFE. 

MINERALS. 

Soil,  what  it  is. 

Rocks,  and  what  becomes  of  them. 
Sand, 
Clay, 
Slate, 
What  they  are.     The?r  uses. 

LAND  AND  WATER  FORMS. 

Develop    by   moulding   board;    observe    on    rainy 
days. 
COLLECTED   WATER. 

Puddle,  pond,  lake,  ocean. 
PARTS  OF  COLLECTED  BODIES  OF  WATER. 

Bay,  gulf,  sea. 
FLOWING  WATER. 

Stream,  river. 
CONNECTING   WATER. 

Strait. 

LAND  FORMS. 

Island,  peninsula,  cape,  hill,    mountain,  isthmus. 
Have    pupils    draw    and    color    land    and    water 
forms. 

Develop  horizon,  zenith. 

DIRECTION. 

Of  places  from  school. 
Of  important  places  from  each  other. 
Routes  followed  by  children  in  going  from  home 
to  school. 

Points  of  compass  taught. 

Nature  poems  taught  and  disclosed. 

HOW  TO  TEACH  DIRECTION. 

Place  paper  on  desk,  with  top  towards  the  north. 
While  the  paper  is  lying  on  the  desk,  mark  in 
their  respective  places  on  the  paper  the  points  of 
eompass — north,  east,  south,  and  west.  Take  the 
paper  from  the  desk  and  hold  before  you.     Develop 


the  fact  that  the  change  of  position  does  not  change 
the  actual  direction  marked  on  the  paper  while  on 
the  desk.  Have  pupils  tell  where  the  north  or 
east  really  is;  where  it  is  to  be  represented  on  the 
paper.  Develop  the  fact  that  the  paper  represents 
direction  on  the  surface  of  the  desk.  When  this 
has  been  done,  hang  paper  on  wall  and  call  atten- 
ion  to  actual  and  indicated  direction.  Place  paper 
over  a  map  and  call  attention  to  the  same. 

FOURTH  YEAR. 

The  work  of  lower  grades  reviewed. 

ANIMALS. 
Mammals;    characteristics. 

PLANTS. 

Classified. 
LAND  AND  WATER  FORMS. 

Some  map,  say  of  Long  Island,  Manhattan 
Island,  or  Brox  Borough  may  be  used  to  illustrate 
forms.  Pupil  to  recognize  by  name  as  well  as  to 
indicate  when  the  form  is  named.  Direction  of 
one  form  from  another  shown  on  map. 

The  form  of  the  earth  SHOWN  by  the  globe. 

LAND  AND  WATER  FORMS  SHOWN  on  the 
globe. 

DIRECTION  of  one  water  form  from  another 
shown  on  the  globe. 

NIGHT  AND  MOON. 

Have  pupils  observe  the  difference  in  the  appear- 
ance of  the  sky  at  night  from  what  it  is  in  the 
day. 

Have  pupils  observe  the  different  positions  ol 
the  moon.  The  change  in  the  shape  of  the  moon 
is  to  be  noticed. 

Do  not  try  to  explain  causes,  but  simply  have  the 
children  notice  the  facts 

PEOPLE. 

How  people  live. 

Some  reasons  for  the  different  manner  of  living. 

WHAT  PEOPLE  DO  TO  GAIN  A  LIVING. 

Work  the  soil.   (Agriculture.) 
Make  things  from  that  which  is  obtained  from 
the  soil.      (Manufacture.) 
Buy  and  sell.     (Commerce.) 
Dig  for  minerals.    (Mining.) 
Cut  forest  trees.      (Lumbering.) 
Fish. 

PRODUCTS. 

Animal, 

Vegetable, 

Mineral, 
Where  obtained?     How  obtained? 

The  surface  characteristics  shown  and  explained 
by  physical  maps. 

USE  EXACT  GEOGRAPHICAL  TERMS. 

Use  globe  to  show  differences  between  sphere  and 
hemisphere;   between  hemisphere  and  continent. 

Use  globe  or  map  to  show  difference  between 
continent  and  grand  division. 

CONTINENTS. 

Eastern   and  Western. 

GRAND  DIVISION. 

North  America,  South  America,  Eurasia,  and 
Africa. 

Show  (do  not  expect  the  pupils  to  understand 
or  memorize)   how  the  earth  is  heated. 

This  will  include  the  revolution  of  the  earth 
on  its  axis  about  the  sun. 


l82 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


THE  INTERMEDIATE  SCHOOL. 

Reviewing  the  various  stages'  and  pur- 
poses of  education — religious  and  cultural 
to  about  1300,  utilitarian  in  the  church  and 
in  the  art  and  crafts  for  the  next  four  or 
five  centuries,  when  a  return  to  the  cultural 
aim  but  with  a  broader  field  of  material  and 
method,  we  find  that  our  twentieth  century 
has  brought  us  to  a  new  educational  era — 
to  a  renascence  in  the  art  of  teaching.  The 
process,  like  the  processes  of  nature  and 
art,  and  government,  has  been  one  of 
evolution.  The  great  underlying  force  in 
the  development  of  our  American  system 
has  been  the  economic  and  political  condi- 
tion of  the  country,  directed  and  controlled 
by  the  self-conscious  power  and  sense  of 
responsibility  of  the  common  people,  act- 
ing through  their  unit  of  government,  the 
state.  Looking  into  the  "little  red  school 
house"  of  a  few  generations  ago,  we  find 
the  beginnings  of  every  step  in  the  most 
elaborate  system  of  today;  even  a  course 
in  university  training  was  given  to  the 
bright  pupil  who  walked  through  the  fields 
with  the  school  master  or  who  by  the  light 
of  the  resinous  pine-knot  delved  to  the 
depths  in  mathematics  or  law,  or  philos- 
ophy, or  climbed  to  the  heights  in  literature 
or  science  or  religion. 

Constructing  upon  such  a  foundation, 
then,  with  heed  to  the  demands  of  the  mass 
of  the  people  as  well  as  to  their  best 
development  in  industry,  morality,  content- 
ment and  enlightenment,  the  organizer  of 
a  state  unit  of  education  must  meet  the 
questions. 

1.  What  are  the  demands? 

2.  To  what  extent  are  they  met  by  the 
district  schools? 

3.  How,  with  greatest  efficiency  plus 
greatest  economy,  may  they  be  met  now? 

The  first  two  questions  are  well  an- 
swered in  The  History  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts School  System — Martin,  but  the 
third  must  be  answered  by  each  state  and 
bv  each  large  city,  and  even  by  each  good- 
sized  town  with  full  consideration  given  to 
its  social,  ethical  and  industrial  past  and 
future.  It  is  the  question  of  today  in  our 
educational  unrest.  It  brings  to  our  con- 
sideration, to  be  viewed  in  relation  one  to 
another, 

1.  Studies,  absolute  value;  relative 
value. 

2.  Pupils,  as  varying  in  age ;  as  vary- 
ing in  capacity  for  knowledge. 


3.  Pupils  as  varying -in  interests,  tem- 
peraments, native  ability. 

Because  of  the  form  of  our  government 
which  gives  the  maximum  of  power  to  the 
masses  of  the  people,  the  importance  of  our 
elementary  education  is  proportionate  to 
its  greater  extensiveness,  and  in  New  York 
City  but  fifty-six  per  cent  of  those  who 
enter  the  elementary  school,  apply  for  ad- 
mission to  the  high  schools,  and  of  the 
fifty-six  per  cent,  fifty-two  per  cent  leave 
during  the  first  year.  The  problem  of  the 
elementary  school  has,  therefore,  to  do 
with  over  seventy-two  per  cent  of  the  total 
school  population. 

Though  the  most  important,  this  step  in 
the  educative  process  is  the  most  difficult 
because  Of  the  age  of  the  pupils,  and  the 
difference  of  aim,  interest  and  ability.  Two 
ends  must  be  kept  in  view,  first  retrospec- 
tive, "How  meet  the  demands  of  the  com- 
munity?" and,  second,  prospective  "How 
fit  these  demands  in  training  for  efficient 
citizenship?"  Of  the  latter  aim  we  may 
make  two  divisions,  intellectual,  including 
the  intelligent  understanding  of  physical 
needs,  and  ethical. 

In  these  directions  the  Commissioners 
and  Superintendents  of  Education  in  the 
city  of  New  York  have  made  wonderful 
progress  during  the  last  ten  years  in  mat- 
ters of  both  economy  and  efficiency.  The 
consolidation  of  schools  under  one  head 
has  made  for  unity  and  uniformity,  and  the 
"Departmental  System,"  in  increasing 
specialization  has  increased  knowledge  and 
skill  on  the  teachers'  part,  and  on  the 
pupils',  knowledge,  power  and  character- 
building. 

From  the  departmental  system,  to  meet 
the  conditions  in  the  more  congested  dis- 
tricts, has  evolved  the  Intermediate,  or 
what  might  be  more  properly  termed  the 
Pre-Academic  school,  in  which  are  gath- 
ered, under  one  principal,  a  person  of 
superior  professional  and  administrative 
ability,  all  the  seventh  and  eighth  year 
pupils  of  the  district.  The  first  saving  is 
in  the  reduction  of  the  number  of  classes 
in  the  last  two  years — say  from  forty 
classes  with  registers  ranging  from  twenty- 
five  to  fifty,  to  thirty  classes  with  registers 
of  forty,  a  good  working  number.  The 
consequent  relief  in  cases  of  part-time 
classes  in  the  lower  grades  is  self-evident. 
The  plan  of  instruction  is  departmental, 
with,  of  course,  greater  specialization  on 
the  teacher's  part,  the  healthy  and  friendly 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


183 


friction   among   teachers   and   classes   that  study  card  and  (b)  a  teacher's  schedule  of 

makes  for  improvement  and  progress,  and  classes. 

a  maximum  of  special  equipment   such   as  These  two  teachers'  schedules  show  two 

apparatus     for     science,     history     and  ways    of   dividing   the    day.      The    division 

geography,    domestic    science,    gymnastics  into  fifteen  periods  of  twenty  minutes  each 

and    shop-work.      In    the    ordinary    school  serves  several  purposes.     First  the  inflex- 


a. 


* 

5 


N. 


N 


N 

v 


^ 


r 

Of 


^4 


*£ 


T%t**4to 


>j£<^cCy~ 


-*'  A^&Z^Ly- 


6. 


^J^  &£^-«fAy 


\ 


*% 


X 


q,t 


t£/. 


&  <rz<Z&*h- 


\ 


& 


*^-Q^ 


(D/yTscJit-jJi 


s. 


/i*Xst<s~t^Y-L^-~ 


*9 


Goo  K  iri  q 


«£ 


^w 


^'^^QU^aJi. 


Cfa^ilcJLs 


C'^jL^ 


^-^Lt^L-u- 


\ 


$& 


\ 


Q>  ^yjya.^Lyc^^hy^ 


SUX4MA*. 


<fyu£&. 


±%> 


■VS 


% 


3^JeJ: 


Co  /Tn^iA^^u^Zs 


J< 


<-*-£^r-is(U 


•<J^Z-t~e£*Ls_ 


with  from  four  to  eight  classes  of  the 
seventh  and  eighth  years,  an  expenditure 
for  such  equipment  would  not  be  justifi- 
able, because,  out  of  twenty-five  hours,  it 
would  be  used  but  four  to  eight  hours  per 
week. 

The  time  divisions  are  similar  to  those 
of  the  high  school,  as  will  be  shown  in 
the   following  diagrams   for    (a)    a   pupil's 


ible  time  division  of  forty  minutes,  be  the 
subject  history  or  gymnastics,  need  not  be 

*Plus  half  of  boys'  class,  the  other  half  of  which 
is  in  the  shop. 

**Should  be  used  for  distribution  of  library 
bftoks,  inspection  of  blank-books,  drill  in  spelling 
or  in  any  way  for  best  interest  of  the  class  in 
the  opinion  of  its  official  teacher. 

***In  an  Intermediate  school  only  half  the 
pupils  can  assemble  at  one  time. 


1 84 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


•^TUvt- 


«-^c^-«^<z/^ 


-CChtJ. 


<w^C*-t--^-t?. 


u/U- 


Z^_ 


tpo-n^/>.  a/3/. 


U 


*/0 


-&<r^.        %&* 


^U^m-  f& 


J&t42syY7.     0*3- 


A 


/L<2^r7 


?& 


^>dL>C<A~<?tAj 


-% 


// 


tw  ^a7 


'Zf/UUn/.    0&'- 


<£a**^.  £&• 


&C\jiest/- .    off- 


#3< 


/* 


£^L.  M 


-^L^asi-^-   o*< 


2&i-<zsm-    oCot 


X^u/.     /&'- 


V 


td-wJ)-      5&. 


'\pc-??^>.     PB- 


^v^W.  <w- 


/%U*o*<*>.  P&: 


^aXa-o^-i  ojB, 


2** 


"^z^um  ■    ow. 


~&<rr»J- 


fa,. 


A^.  fa:  XJfr^.  p/3? 


£e- 


3. 


4&Zl&Cy  arts* 


A 


S0', 


t/t^otesi/-.    cTOO, 


Jlco-^pC.     o&. 


enforced.  Instead  a  half  class  may  remain 
in  the  shop  or  in  the  kitchen  eighty  min- 
utes; either  two  periods  of  forty  minutes 
or  one  period  of  eighty  minutes  may  be 
given  to  Manual  Training.  Shorter  study 
periods  give  the  children  opportunity  for 
the  supervision  and  direction  of  several  in- 
structors and  for  specialized  assistance  in 
study.  A  short  and  frequent  period  for 
gymnastics  is  surely  a  gain  upon  physical 
exercises  which  tend  to  fatigue  before  forty 
minutes  have  passed,  and  a  daily  music 
lesson  of  twenty  minutes  is  a  better  agent 
for  tone  development,  correct  method  and 
physical  response  in  singing  than  a  less 
frequent  longer  period.  It  is  well,  when 
possible  to  double  classes  in  study  and  in 
music — in  the  first  for  economy,  and  for 
free  periods  for  teachers,  and  for  accustom- 
ing pupils,  gradually  to  the  methods  of  the 
high  school;  in  the  second  for  the  better 
results  of  the  larger  chorus,  and  the  mutual 
improvement  on  part-singing  when  the 
choruses  are  mixed,  (i.  e.,  boys  and  girls). 
None  of  these  things  could  well  be  done  in 
the  seventh  and  eighth  year  grades  of  the 
usual  school  register. 

When  there  are  large  numbers  of  pupils 
of  one  grade  or  type,  segregation  for  the 
various  reasons  can  best  be  accomplished, 
and  flexibility  of  courses,  methods  and 
grading  facilitated  and  increased.  The 
pupils   of  thinking  ability  or  those   whose 


education  will  continue  beyond  the  elemen- 
tary school  may  be  grouped  together  and 
given  those  studies  which  will  function  in 
secondary  education,  with  the  teacher's 
aim  and  view  beyond  the  point  at  which 
the  children  leave  school.  The  maximum 
of  homogeneity  in  a  class  will  give  teachers 
greater  and  more  effective  opportunity  for 
the  cultivation  of  school  morality,  self- 
reliance,  self-confidence,  recognition  of  a 
place  for  and  a  value  in  the  ability  of  the 
concrete  thinker.  It  will  also  increase 
opportunity  for  meeting  and  providing  for 
individual  differences,  in  attitude  to  les- 
sons, to  school  rules  as  well  as  to  interests 
and  abilities. 

Those  pupils  whose  formal  schooling 
ends  with  the  eighth  year,  such  grouping 
should  have  provided  with  a  realization  of 
their  ability,  as  related  to  their  interests,  a 
specialized  direction  of  independent 
thought,  which  will  enable  them  to  fit  into 
new  situations  in  the  lines  of  activity  they 
have  chosen. 

Of  the  individual  differences  those  deter- 
mined upon  the  basis  of  native  ability  and 
capacity  for  working  are  most  deserving 
of  special  provision.  The  Intermediate 
school,  is  able  to  make  a  special  class  for 
the  six  per  cent  of  the  pupils  of  plus-normal 
ability,  by  making  transfers  from  the  ya 
grades  in  about  the  fourth  week  of  the 
school    term.      These   pupils'   programmes 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


185 


would  not  be  different  from  those  of  other 
classes,  but  the  teacher's  plans  for  speed 
and  correlation  would  receive  particular 
attention  with  the  aim  of  finishing  in  a 
year  and  a  half  the  work  of  two  years  or 
four  grades.  Individual  differences  in 
teachers  would  be  considered  in  the  assign- 
ments to  such  classes,  enthusiasm  and 
initiative  being  prerequisites.  Where  such 
a  plan  has  been  tried  the  promotion  or  re- 
naming of  the  class  is  an  event  of  greatest 
interest  to  every  pupil  in  the  school  and 
therefore  functions  for  increase  of  school 
spirit,  the  plan  might  be  carried  to  the 
greater  length  of  allowing  individual 
pupils— foreigners  or  out  of  town  pupils  of 
advanced  age,  or  any  whose  study  had 
covered  a  slightly  different  course — to 
finish  the  seventh  and  eighth  years  in  one 
year.  The  flexibility  of  grading  desirable 
for  a  small  part  of  our  children  might  be 
effected  in  this  way.  Work  of  a  similar 
kind  should  be  done  for  the  slower  pupils 
and  hold-overs. 

Much  has  been  written  during  the  last 
decade  and  several  experiments  have  been 
made  in  industrial  and  commercial  train- 
ing in  the  secondary  schools.  Such  train- 
ing has  a  very  important  place  in  the  last 
two  years  of  the  present  elementary 
schools,  for  reasons  similar  to  those  which 
give  it  a  place  in  the  high  schools,  and 
could  as  easily  be  carried  on.  Under  an 
elective  system  a  course  in  German  might 
be  adapted,  as  in  many  schools  at  the 
present  time,  to  the  needs  of  those  pupils 
whose  education  will  be  continued  in  high 
school.  For  such  pupils  as  are  fitted  for 
commercial  work  the  two  hundred  minutes 


assigned  for  a  foreign  language  might  be 
spent  more  profitably  in  the  study  of  book- 
keeping, stenography  and  typewriting. 
Arithmetic  and  civics  could  be  so  modified 
that  they  would  best  serve  the  aims  of 
these  pupils.  Other  pupils  whose  interests 
and  capacity  would  best  be  trained  for 
mechanical  pursuits  would  elect  to  give 
this  time  to  working  in  metal,  sheet-iron, 
and  the  principles  of  industries  which  could 
be  presented  and  understood  most  sys- 
tematically, and  economically  at  this  age. 
The  pupils,  under  efficient  instruction 
would  be  lead  to  sense  the  joy  of  produc- 
tion, to  appreciate  the  dignity  of  manual 
labor  and  to  combine  a  cultural  mentality 
with  mechanical  skill.  Only  in  an  inter- 
mediate school  of  reasonable  size,  one  thou- 
sand or  more  pupils,  could  this  problem  be 
economically  and  adequately  dealt  with. 

Among  the  problems  presented  to  the 
organizer  of  an  intermediate  school, 
records  and  discipline  are  prominent.  This 
is  met  very  simply  by  making  each  teacher 
the  ''official  teacher"  of  a  given  section,  and 
responsible  for  its  attendance,  punctuality 
and  behavior.  Each  class  would  have  a 
"section  book"  in  which  to  record  the  at- 
tendance and  conduct  of  the  class  in  each 
room.  Following  is  a  diagram  of  a  day's 
record  in  such  a  book,  for  fifteen  twenty 
minute  periods : 

Pupils  whose  names  are  entered  for 
neglect  or  annoyance  report  to  the  official 
teacher  for  punishment,  and  as  the  method 
makes  a  square  in  the  matter  of  respons- 
ibility it  is  effective  in  diffusing  the  in- 
fluence of  a  strong  teacher,  and  assists  the 
weak.     The  section-book  is  carried  by  the 


ggg. 


v*: 


y/3Uf~2, 


£    /He~.  /,  J  ft?. 


-fa  f-i^^li^c/  tc. 


£.CC 


h'-3 


&&#. 


'/J 


<+3 


-&M  Vw 


//£< 


~7T- 


i+J. 


M 


6. 


0.  <h>£u»,  e**,. 


J0-1 


a.&e. 


t/-^ 


+  </. 


i86 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


class  president,  for  the  Intermediate  school 
affords  one  of  the  best  opportunities  for 
the  development  of  student  government 
plans  at  their  best.  Another  plan  is  to  have 
an  attendance  card  carried  by  the  class 
president.     Conduct  would  be  marked  A., 


/Enwr.    t-9 


7flJ»?,*       fcf    49- 


Cy-fie^y 


¥7 


4-f 


£L.3t 


U-fr 


M- 


B.,  C.  or  D.  at  the  end  of  each  month  by 
all  teachers,  and  the  lowest  mark  used,  or 
the  marks  averaged.  Both  plans  work 
with  marked  success  in  two  intermediate 
schools  in  New  York. 


John  Jo 


Feb.. 


Mar. 


April 


May. 


X 

B+ 


B 

B+ 

B+ 


B 
B+ 


B+     A 


Brf- 
B+ 
B 


For  the  purpose  of  keeping  records  of 
pupils'  marks,  the  following  scheme  is 
effective,  though  perhaps  open  to  criticism 
because  of  excessive  book-keeping.  The 
teachers  of  the  various  subjects  send  to  the 
official  teacher,  by  the  second  of  each 
month,   estimates  of  pupils'  work  for  the 


month  previous,  including  a  mark  in  cor- 
related subjects.  The  diagram  will  show 
how  this  is  best  accomplished. 
(See  preceding  illustration) 
From  such  a  record  the  Record  Teacher 
may  transcribe  the  marks  upon  a  card 
which  will  be  a  record  of  the  pupil's  stand- 
ing during  his  time  in  the  intermediate 
grades. 

(See  table  on  following  page) 

This  card  should  remain  with  the  Prin- 
cipal or  with  each  successive  Record 
Teacher,  going  with  the  pupil  through 
school.  From  it  the  monthly  report  card, 
stating  averages  and  deficients  is  made,  and 
sent  to  the  parents. 


J7  J.       M-CU  7W« 


y^j^^o 


JsrTu«Ce^-  /  'O    <J  ■ 


*2i^ts>~\  -c~*-££^r>- 


7 


^ 


~7~ 


a%  ^£ 


"~2^rTs.  >»^»-t-^-/-^c^         JSc 


Effort 


Troficie/>( 


LATE 


joA  7)i o.  \j~Jfa.    3">nc.     4d\    $-"h* 


Ou 


-6. 


Absent      o 


Conduct. 


4, 


'  i)fr/c/F/vr  in 


Z,"  Ate V7Z^<^<^- 


a, 


7b 


cu 


<L 


ft 


A. 


73* 


cu 


CL^ 


6u 


ft. 


a. 


3%l> 


4  M«~ 


22L 


4  /tie. 


-  / 


JZl^Lg^Q^ 


Among  the  objections  that  have  been 
raised  to  the  departmental  system,  and 
therefore  to  the  Intermediate  school  is 
that  of  lack  of  correlation.  A  safe-guard 
against  this  is  horizontal  as  well  as  vertical 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


John  Jones 

Bom  Jan.l,  1894 

Grade  7  AB1 

Term  ending  Ju.,  1908 

Grade  7  BB2 

Grade  7  BB2 

Grade  8  AB 

Grade  8  BB 

d 

s 

6 

c 

6 

"2 

u 

0 

2 

0 

2 

in 

Arithmetic 
Reading 

Written  C. 
Oral  Comp. 
Spelling 
Penmanship 
History 
Geography 
S  cience 
Dr  awing 
Shop 
Cooking 
Gymnastics 
German 
Music 
Effort 
Proficiency 
Time*  Late 
Days  Absent 
Conduct 

assignments  in  the  placing  of  teachers.  On 
the  teachers'  schedules  shown  it  will  be 
seen  that  this  is  done  in  the  case  of  the 
English  work.  Each  class  goes  to  the 
teacher  for  English  eighty  minutes  per  day 
and  the  sub-divisions  are  left  to  the  in- 
dividual teachers,  or  to  the  teachers  on  a 
given  grade  to  be  settled  in  conference. 
This  provides  for  the  greatest  possible  cor- 
relation in  the  branches  of  English,  Litera- 
ture, Composition,  Grammar,  Spelling  and 
Dictation.  It  allows  for  considerable 
flexibility  in  the  time  assignments,  keeping 
in  accord  with  the  Course  of  Study,  and 
makes  provision  for  the  individualism  of 
both  teacher  and  class.  Moreover  it  opens 
up  the  correlation  of  literature  with  com- 
position and  rhetoric  and  prepares  him  for 
the  methods  of  the  high  school. 


Another  means  for  correlating  and  co- 
ordinating studies  is  to  allow  teachers  to 
hold  grade  conferences,  or  when  there  are 
several  teachers  of  the  same  subject  for  a 
grade,  let  them  hold  subject  conferences. 
These  should  be  attended  by  teachers  of 
grades  immediately  above  and  immediately 
below,  so  that  articulation  and  consequent 
economy  of  time  and  energy  may  result. 
Subject  conferences  may  be  made  of  two 
kinds — absolute  and  relative.  At  the  first 
the  subject  matter  would  be  discussed, 
unified  and  planned  in  point  of  time.  At 
the  second  the  subject  matter  would  be 
considered  in  relation  to  other  subjects. 
Requiring  all  teachers  to  give  marks  in 
oral  composition,  etc.,  will  aid  in  this  mat- 
ter also.  Unity  in  school  legislation  will 
be  effected  and  experiments  advantageous- 


[88 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


ly  made  if  teachers  of  certain  class  groups, 
meeting  in  conference,  decide  upon  means 
of  class  management,  always  of  course  with 
power  of  approval  or  veto  left  to  the  Prin- 
cipal. 

Among  the  many  virtues  of  the  Inter- 
mediate school,  the  possibilities  of  furnish- 
ing the  maximum  of  social  activity,  or- 
ganized and  directed,  is  most  important. 
It  is  of  incalculable  value  in  the  training  of 
character,  and  here  in  the  pre-academic 
grades  reaches  the  great  majority  of  chil- 
dren whose  school  life  ends  at  fourteen  or 
fifteen.  In  a  school  of  a  thousand  seventh 
and  eighth  year  pupils,  it  is  possible  to 
organize  a  Glee  Club  of  at  least  two  hun- 
dred, various  athletic  clubs  according  to 
the  interests  and  capacities  of  the  pupils, 
crafts  clubs,  literary  clubs,  an  employment 
bureau,  a  newspaper  staff,  history  clubs 
and  several  other  dependent  upon  the  in- 
genuity of  the  teacher  and  the  character  of 
the  children.  Teachers  are  always  ready  to 
give  extra  time,  energy  and  strength  to 
such  activities.  In  1904  when  P.  S.  62  was 
organized  under  Principal  John  S.  Roberts, 
the  Intermediate  school  was  an  experiment. 
Success  attended  it  from  the  beginning  as 
it  has  attended  the  two  which  have  since 
had  fair  trial.  These  are  P.  S.  24,  Man- 
hattan, under  Principal  J.  A.  Waters,  and 
P.  S.  42,  Bronx,  under  Principal  Wm.  P. 
McCarthy.  Visits  to  any  of  these  schools 
will  repay  not  the  educator  only,  but  any 
person  interested  in  the  future  of  our 
country  and  society. 

As  the  schools  become  more  active  in 
their  duty  to  the  community  through 
Alumni  Associations,  Lectures,  Parents' 
Meetings  and  the  like,  the  importance  and 
desirability  of  the  pre-academic  school 
will  be  more  fully  recognized.  It  is 
one  more  step  toward  the  perfection  of 
efficiency  and  economy  due  to  Dr.  Wm. 
Maxwell's  direction  of  our  municipal  school 
system.  It  has  paved  the  way  in  New 
York  for  the  more  logical  plan  of  time 
division  in  the  students'  school  life  given 
by  Mr.  Harms  (Harvard  University): 

Primary 3  years  6 —  9  years 

Grammar 3  years  9 — 12  years 

Secondary 6  years  12 — 18  years 

Tertiary 6  years  18—24  years 

The  curriculum  for  nine  or  twelve  years  would  divide  as 
follows:  In  the  first  six  years  emphasis  would  be  placed 
upon  the  school  crafts,  the  essentials  with  the  beginnings 
ot  cultural  interest  n  the  fouith  year.  After  the  sixth 
year  the  emphasis  should  be  upon  the  cultural  subjects, 
and  a  dual  system,  academic  and  technical  should  be 
developed.     The  latter  would  serve  the  needs  of  the 


great  number  whose jeducation  is  completed  with  the 
tourteenth  or  fifteenth  year,  and  who  demand  and  should 
receive  an  education  of  immediate  practical  benefit, 
which  at  the  same  time  makes  for  power  to  understand 
and  to  grow.  The  City  Club,  advocating  reorganization 
along  these  lines,  are  pointing  the  next  step  in  our  edu- 
cational evolution. 

BRIDGET  M.  F.  CAULFIELD. 


*LETTERS   TO    A   YOUNG   KINDER- 
GARTNER. 

THE     ORGANIZATION     OF     MARCHING     AND 
RHYTHMS. 

My  dear  Young  Kindergartner :  It  is 
not  surprising  that  the  music  of  your  kin- 
dergarten is,  as  you  say  a  constant  source 
of  disappointment  to  you.  No  single 
aspect  of  kindergarten  work  has  been  sub- 
ject to  so  much  experimentation.  Devices 
and  schemes  for  improving  kindergarten 
music  are  set  forth,  many  ot  which  are  at- 
tractive and  sufficiently  alluring,  and  which, 
while  they  may  be  successful  in  the  hands 
Of  the  originators,  are  most  disheartening 
to  the  young  kindergartner  who  seeks  the 
solution  of  her  difficulties  by  such  means. 
However,  do  not  lay  all  the  failures  of 
these  schemes  to  the  tact  that  your  musical 
achievements  are  most  ordinary.  The  dif- 
ficulties are  often  inherent  in  the  schemes. 
Into  the  realm  of  kindergarten  music  we 
are  prone  to  rush  with  the  latest  device  and 
notion,  where  we  should  proceed  slowly 
and  reflectively. 

In  my  last  letter  I  indicated  how  instru- 
mental music  may  be  made  a  unifying 
agency  of  the  morning  circle  and  also  how 
it  may  aid  in  securing  that  attitude  of  mind 
and  heart  which  is  necessary  if  prayer  and 
hymn  are  to  be  characterized  by  the  spirit 
ol  worship.  Herein  music  is  used  for  its 
most  fundamental  influence — to  awaken 
and  nurture  feelings  and  emotions  for 
which  music,  in  turn,  furnishes  the  most 
fitting  means  of  expression.  This  primary 
function  of  music,  it  is  important  for  you 
to  grasp;  but  it  should  not  blind  you  to 
other  significant  influences  of  which  we 
may  well  consider  three;  namely,  the  phy- 
sical, intellectual,  and  moral.  Granting 
that  music  influences  child  life  in  this  three 
fold  fashion,  the  necessity  for  careful  or- 
ganization becomes  imperative. 

Let  me  present  two  negative  situations 
often  seen  in  kindergarten.  Marching  is 
a  daily  exercise.  In  many  kindergartens 
its  continuity  is  mechanical  ;and  deadening 

*A11  rights  reserved. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


189 


rather  than  progressive  and  vital.  First 
there  is  the  march  where  the  children  move 
hand  in  hand  in  a  kind  of  kindergarten 
lock-step  led  by  the  teacher  who  often 
marches  backward  that  she  may  exercise 
control  over  the  group.  Such  a  march  is 
held  by  the  one  in  charge  to  meet  the  de- 
mands for  physical  relaxation.  Followed 
faithfully  it  becomes  the  dreariest  of  all 
exercises,  the  reaction  being  in  perfect  re- 
sponse to  the  dre  ar,  daily  monotony  of 
the  piano. 

Again,  in  place  of  the  lock-step  the 
teacher  leads  a  march  and  after  a  few  min- 
utes the  entire  group  puts  on  imaginary 
soldier  caps,  knapsacks,  epaulets  and 
swords;  they  wave  imaginary  flags,  first 
with  the  right  hand,  then  with  the  left,  then 
with  both  hands,  when,  suddenly  the  chil- 
dren break  into  helter  skelter  running, 
skipping,  sliding;  they  walk  like  turkeys, 
waddle  like  ducks,  tramp  like  horses,  jump 
like  rabbits,  fly  like  birds,  and  all  the  while 
the  piano  is  giving  forth  the  unremitting 
strains  of  some  popular  two  step. 

These  procedures  are  an  offense  against 
child  nurture.  The  first  is  stultifying  in 
its  effects,  while  the  other  is  injurious 
physically,  mentally,  and  morally.  In  the 
case  where  miscellaneous  activities  are  re- 
quired while  the  children  are  marching,  let 
me  be  quite  clear.  The  ability  to  co- 
ordinate and  readjust  motor  responses  to 
such  markedly  differing  activities  requires 
a  physical  control  seldom  seen  in  the  kin- 
dergarten child;  and  when  one  musical 
form  is  used  for  widely  divergent  activities, 
an  intellectual  stimulus  is  lacking,  while  a 
subtle  untruthfulness,  a  lack  of  sincerity,  is 
present,  even  though  ignored. 

In  contrast  with  this  let  us  consider  the 
development  of  marching  and  rhythms 
under  the  strict  guidance  of  the  rule  "sim- 
ple before  complex;"  or,  in  other  words,  as 
evolving  in  a  progression  that  is  vital — a 
progression  which  calls  for  increasing 
physical  control,  a  growing  alertness  of  in- 
tellectual power  to  grasp  ideas,  and  an  in- 
creasing earnestness  and  fidelity  of  expres- 
sion which  is  truthfulness. 

Organization  will  not  begin  then,  with 
marching,  since  it  is  well  along  in  the  scale 
of  "controlled  activity.  It  will  begin  with 
the  characteristic  free  activities  of  child- 
hood. Every  normal  child  of  five  years 
knows  how  to  walk,  run,  skip,  and  how  to 
take  the  hop-skip  movement.  These 
activities   have   been   acquired   outside   the 


kindergarten,  first,  from  pure  joy  in  move- 
ment, and  second,  in  response  to  some 
definite  purpose  such  as  going  on  errands 
for  mother.  In  the  kindergarten  they  are 
to  pass  under  conscious  control  in  response 
to  appropriate  rhythms. 

One  may  well  begin  wth  the  skipping 
movement  since  in  this  the  child  is  the  least 
self-conscious  and  the  element  of  spon- 
taneity, or  abandon,  is  the  dominant  note. 
If  the  room  is  small,  seat  one  group  which 
may  profitably  watch  and  be  ready  to  re- 
peat the  activities.  You  may  begin  with 
one  child,  taking  then  another  until  the 
entire  group  is  skipping  in  perfect  abandon. 
Often  this  can  be  accomplished  without  the 
use  of  piano.  Soon  the  suggestion  to  join 
hands  will  be  made  and  skipping  around 
the  ring  and  reversing  to  skip  the  other 
way  will  give  a  pleasant  variation  to  the 
exercise.  Or,  partners  will  be  chosen,  thus 
bringing  the  moment  of  readiness  for  the 
introduction  of  the  song  "I  wish  dear  little 
playmate  you'd  skip  with  me  today,"  or, 
Remicke's  "A  Partner  So  Merry."  Thus, 
song  and  rhythm  may  come  to  the  children 
as  the  best  possible  expression  of  a  situa- 
tion rich  in  physical,  intellectual  and  social 
nurture.  The  skipping  activities  once 
fairly  begun,  their  progression  and  varia- 
tion may  keep  pace  with  the  growing  con- 
trol of  the  children. 

Running  activities  may  in  time  be  subject 
to  much  delightful  extension  and  variation 
— swiftly,  heavily,  softly,  on  tiptoe — until 
they  merge  into  tag  games,  racing  games, 
and  feats  of  skill.  Walking  may  give  point 
of  departure  for  many  exercises;  walking 
sedately  as  in  going  to  church;  hurriedly 
as  if  going  to  the  store  for  mother;  easily 
and  gracefully,  as  on  pleasure  bent.  Just 
here,  Miss  Poulsson's  "L,ittle  Boy's  Walk" 
will  be  suggestive.  It  will  give  the  point 
of  departure  for  an  excursion  to  practice 
walking  and  "seeing  things,"  which,  in 
turn,  will  afford  suggestion  for  many 
activities   which   express   thought  content. 

The  habit  once  established  of  making 
the  familiar  movements  of  skipping,  run- 
ning and  walking  in  response  to  appro- 
priate rhythms  from  the  piano,  it  is  easy  to 
begin  the  ordered,  constrained  activity  of 
marching.  Here,  again,  begin  with  the 
simplest  form,  which  is  measured  stepping. 
For  this,  Schumann's  "Soldiers  March" 
may  be  used,  or  perhaps  better  still  the 
"Dessauer  March"  played  with  light 
staccato    touch    thereby    securing    the    de- 


IgQ 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


sired  reaction.  Further  it  is  desirable  to 
march  while  you  march,  introducing  varia- 
tions such  as  fast,  slow,  changing  the  direc- 
tion of  the  march,  etc.,  noting  and  correct- 
ing defective  carrying  of  head,  shoulders 
and  arms.  The  calisthenic  march,  so  popu- 
lar in  some  kindergartens,  belongs  to  a 
more  advanced  stage  of  development. 

It  is  well  to  relieve  the  tension  of  march- 
ing by  forming  a  circle  in  which  one  may 
direct  activities  which  exercise  every 
muscle  of  the  body.  Here  too,  one  may 
provide  opportunities  for  the  children  to 
listen  to  new  rhythms ;  and  the  activities 
may  be  truly  creative  if  many  children  are 
permitted  to  respond  to  them.  Choice  and 
judgment  should  be  exercised  in  the  selec- 
tion of  the  best  models,  and  their  modifica- 
tion and  extension  should  be  wisely 
directed.  Gradually  these  activities  may 
be  incorporated  into  the  marching  exercise  ; 
but  it  is  wise  to  inarch  briskly  and  then 
halt  while  the  next  activity  is  suggested  by 
the  piano  or  announced  by  the  leader.  This 
moment  of  preparation  and  listening  is 
very  essential  since  it  gives  time  for  a  re- 
adjustment of  both  mental  and  physical 
attitude  toward  the  proposed  change. 

In  brief,  put  thought  into  this  work. 
Utilize  the  suggestion  of  the  children  lest 
you  make  the  disastrous  mistake  of  think- 
ing that  mere  responsive  activity  is  true 
self-activity.  True  self-activity  may  express 
itself  here  in  two  ways;  first,  in  the  ability 
to  lead,  and  second  in  following  a  leader 
intelligently  rather  than  mechanically.  In 
following  the  suggestions  which  I  have  in- 
dicated for  the  development  of  marching 
and  rhythms,  you  should  always  bear  in 
mind  that  a  development  of  the  funda- 
mental muscles  of  the  body  is  demanded 
as  the  foundation  for  the  use  of  the 
smaller  accessory  ones.  And  finally  I  urge 
you  never  to  permit  these  exercises  to  de- 
generate into  a  mere  mechanical  rehearsal 
of  stereotyped  movements;  but  remember 
always  that  rhythm  and  song  are  intimately 
connected  with  the  child's  expression  of 
life. 

Froebel  says :  "Rhythmical,  measured 
movement  and  harmonious  song  neces- 
sarily and  early  belong  to  the  human  being, 
meeting  the  needs  of  his  nature  on  all 
sides."  It  is  well  worth  your  striving  to 
realize  this  ideal,  and  the  children  them- 
selves may  be  your  guide. 

Sincerely  yours, 
HARRIETTE   MELISSA    MILLS. 


DEVELOPMENT  OF  PERSONAL- 
ITY IN  CHILDREN. 

Dr.  Merrill  writes : 

The  following  reprint  of  Mr.  Earl 
Barnes'  lecture  upon  "The  development  of 
personality  in  children,"  is  taken  from  one 
of  the  daily  newspapers  of  Savannah,  Ga., 
where  the  lecture  was  given.  It  was  sent 
by  Miss  Hortense  M.  Orcutt,  supervisor  of 
kindergartens. 

It  is  substituted  in  place  of  our  monthly 
article  on  "Mothers'  Meetings"  as  no  more 
important  subject  can  be  presented  to 
mothers  for  discussion.  We  regret  that  it 
came  too  late  to  appear  in  our  issue  for 
February  but  if  kindergartners  have  over- 
worked the  Washington  ideal  this  year, 
the  warning  will  come  in  time  for  1910.  It 
is  safer  to  keep  to  "acquaintance  ideals" 
and  leave  "historic  characters"  to  the 
teachers  beyond  when  the  historic  sense 
has  developed. 

Even  Washington  as  a  boy  cannot  appeal 
to  the  child  until  he  has  first  grasped  his 
greatness  as  a  man.  If  there  is  danger  in 
dragging  our  great  men  from  their  adult 
dignity  by  presenting  incidents  of  childhood 
too  soon,  let  us  content  ourselves  with 
waving  our  flags,  joining  in  the  happy  holi- 
day and  simply  "looking  up"  to  the  picture 
on  the  wall,  rather  than  pasting  it  upon  a 
badge. 

GROWTH  OF  CHILDREN'S  IDEALS 

First  Lecture  on  Development  of  Children  By  Mr. 
Earl  Barnes. 

Under  the  head  of  "The  Development  of  Per- 
sonality" Mr.  Earl  Barnes,  who  is  giving  two 
lecture  courses  for  the  Huntingdon  Club,  began  the 
afternoon  series  on  "The  Training  and  Develop- 
ment of  Children"  at  the  Lawton  Memorial  yes- 
terday. That  the  audience  was  deeply  interested 
in  Mr.  Barnes'  presentation  of  the  subject  was 
evident  and  a  sympathetic  personal  relation  was 
established  between  speaker  and  hearers  by  the 
informal  manner  of  his  address,  and  his  putting 
his  subject  in  the  light  of  matter  for  mutual  study 
rather  than  pronouncing  the  final  authoritative 
word  upon  it,  using  even  the  direct  appeal  of  the 
question  where  it  best  served  to  develop  the  con- 
clusions suggested.  He  urged  that  those  who  made 
up  the  audience  should  regard  themselves  as 
fellow-students  with  him,  and  that  each  lecture 
should  be  followed  by  free  question  and  criticism. 

The  development  of  the  personality  with  which, 
in  Mr.  Barnes'  claim,  the  child  is  endowed  at 
birth,  was  interestingly  -traced.  Without  attempt- 
ing to  explain  the  mystery  of  those  differences  of 
personality  which  are  so  striking  in  children  of 
the  same  family,  brought  into  tne  world  under  the 
same  conditions  and  environment,  the  fact  that 
they  exist  in  marked  degree  in  all  families  was 
cited  as  matter  of  common  observation  and 
knowledge.  As  early  as  the  age  of  one  week,  the 
speaker  said,  the  peculiar  native  characteristics 
of  the  individual  become  evident   and  proceed   in 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


191 


their  development  through  the  experiences  that 
come  to  him.  The  growth  of  personality  from  its 
manifestation,  when  the  mouth  is  its  center,  to 
the  gradual  recognition  of  the  arms,  legs,  and 
other  parts  of  the  body  as  belonging  to  the  in- 
dividual, and  its  later  extension  to  the  mother  and 
the  nurse,  as  being  equally  the  property  of  the  in- 
dividual; to  the  crib  as  his  crib,  the  room  as  his 
room;  the  house  finally  as  his  house,  was  sug- 
gestively touched  upon,  and  it  was  shown  how, 
with  the  growth  of  the  child,  the  extension  of  the 
personality  still  goes  on,  through  his  school,  his 
church,  his  state,  his  country,  his  political  party. 
Among  the  suggestive  thoughts  thrown  out  was 
one  that  the  best  school  conserves  this  tendency  in 
the  child  to  regard  the  school  and  his  particular 
room  and  desk  as  his  personal  property.  The 
idea  of  possession  in  common  was  left  for  con- 
sideration in  a  later  lecture. 

To  understand  the  growth  of  personality  and  its 
extension  through  these  various  channels,  it  was 
explained,  it  is  necessary  to  learn  how  ideals  grow 
in  children's  minds.  "An  idea  that  we  love,"  said 
the  speaker,  "becomes  an  ideal,"  and  it  was 
shown  that  to  build  up  about  an  idea  affection, 
admiration,  and  reverence,  is  to  create  an  ideal 
towards  which  the  individual  will  inevitably  grow. 

Prom  tests  conducted  in  public  schools  in  this 
country  and  in  board  schools  in  England  the 
growth  of  ideals  from  local  and  acquaintance  ideals 
to  larger  world  ideals  was  shown  to  follow  in  all 
children  a  steadily  increasing  line  until  adolescence 
is  reached.  The  charts  indicated  that  children  of 
the  kindergarten  age  almost  invariably  choose 
acquaintances,  the  mother,  father,  teacher,  or 
other  individual  with  whom  they  are  brought  into 
personal  contact,  as  the  person  whom  they  would 
most  wish  to  be  like,  and  that  the  tendency  to 
choose  ideals  from  public  life  or  from  history  or 
Action  grows  as  the  child  grows  older,  a  smaller 
and  smaller  percentage  selecting  acquaintance 
ideals  until  the  age  of  13  is  reached. 

An  interesting  result  of  the  comparative  investi- 
gations was  the  discovery  that  the  percentage  of 
English  children  choosing  public  ideals  at  the 
kindergarten  or  early  school  age  is  much  larger 
than  in  America,  while  there  is  also  greater  dif- 
ficulty in  obtaining  answers  to  the  questions  put 
them,  owing  to  lack  of  imagination;  and  that  in 
America  the  children  of  the  west  coifst  choose 
public  ideals  at  a  much  earlier  age  than  the  chil- 
dren of  the  east  coast.  The  best  growth  in  the 
expansion  of  ideas,  the  speaker  said,  should  be 
slow.  He  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  while 
children  grow  away  from  acquaintance  ideals  the 
individual  in  adult  life  returns  to  them,  and 
urged  the  cementing  of  the  bond  between  the  child 
and  the  home  as  a  great  need  in  American  life, 
and  as  one  which  the  school  and  the  individual 
teacher  should  meet  by  keeping  before  the  student's 
imagination  the  figures  of  the  parents  striving  for 
his  happiness  and   maintenance. 

The  manner  of  presenting  world  ideals  to  the 
child  was  the  occasion  of  some  interesting  discus- 
sion. Mr.  Barnes  pointed  out  that  while  the  study 
of  the  proper  literature  to  present  to  the  child 
at  each  stage  of  his  school  work  has  been  brought 
to  a  marvelous  degree  of  excellence,  there  is  still 
the  need  of  a  similar  well-ordered  plan  in  present- 
ing for  his  admiration  and  emulation  suitable  per- 
sonal ideals,  and  the  fact  was  instanced  that  Wash- 
ington has  been  made  so  long  the  child's  hero, 
that  the  adolescent  and  adult  student  will  have 
none  of  him,  although,  as  the  speaker  suggested, 
his  true  qualities  are  not  those  that  natively  appeal 
to  the  child  but  to  the  adult. 

He  deplored  also  the  fact  that  the  choice  of  ideals 
is  limited  almost  exclusively  to  male  ideals,  and 
that  not  only  the  boys,  but  the  girls  of  America, 


taught  almost  entirely  by  women  teachers,  are 
moved  by  the  ideals  illustrated  in  the  lives  of 
men.  This  he  attributed  to  the  lack  of  place 
given  women  in  the  American  histories  used  in  the 
schools,  a  book  of  500  pages  having  but  half  a 
page  in  all  devoted  to  the  work  of  women.  He 
suggested  as  a  solution  the  compilation  and  use 
of   biographical   studies  of   American   women. 


THE  I.  K.  U.  AND  THE  N.  E.  A.  AGAIN. 

To  the  Branches  of  the  International  Kin- 
dergarten Union : 

During  the  last  few  years  there  have 
been  frequent  discussions  concerning  the 
advisability  of  merging  the  International 
Kindergarten  Union  with  the  Kindergarten 
Department  of  the  National  Education 
Association  of  which  it  was  an  offshoot  in 
1892. 

Three  or  four  years  ago  at  its  annual 
meeting  the  Kindergarten  Department  of 
the  National  Education  Association  ap- 
pointed a  Committee  to  present  the  matter 
to  the  ^International  Kindergarten  Union 
and  ask  it  to  consider  some  possible  rela- 
tionship. 

For  the  New  Orleans  meeting,  the 
Executive  Board  of  the  International  Kin- 
dergarten Union  arranged  for  a  presenta- 
tion by  three  papers  which  showed  respec- 
tively the  origin  of  the  Union,  its  present 
status  and  the  possibility  for  its  future. 
Some  discussion  followed  this  presentation 
but  no  definite  action  was  taken. 

The  present  Executive  Board  of  the  In- 
ternational Kindergarten  Union  feels  that 
the  question  demands  the  consideration  of 
the  individual  branches  in  order  that  every 
one  may  have  an  opportunity  to  express  an 
opinion  on  the  future  policy  of  the  Union. 

The  Board  has  therefore  appointed  a 
committee  to  present  to  the  branches  the 
various  plans  proposed.  This  committee 
has  been  selected  to  represent  as  far  as  pos- 
sible the  different  opinions  previously  ex- 
pressed with  the  addition  of  three  members 
of  the  National  Education  Association  who 
can  give  suggestions  from  the  view  point 
of  this  larger  body. 

This  committee  hereby  presents  seven 
possibilities  for  the  future  of  the  Union  to 
which  it  asks  the  attention  of  the  branches: 

1.  To  remain  entirely  distinct  as  at  present. 

2.  To  merge  ourselves  with  the  Kindergarten 
Department  of  the  National  Education  Association 
and  lose  our  identity. 

3.  To  meet  every  year  with  the  National  Edu- 
cation Association  but  to  keep  our  own  in- 
dividuality. 

4.  To  meet  every  other  year  with  the  National 


192 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Education     Association     and     separately     in     the 
alternate  year. 

5.  To  meet  once  with  the  National  Education 
Association  by  way  of  experiment  postponing 
definite  action  till  after  such  a  meeting. 

6.  To  have  representation  in  the  National 
Education  Association  with  other  women's  organi- 
zation as  a  Council  of  Women.  This  is  the  new 
Department  of  which  Miss  Laura  Gill  is  Chairman. 

7.  To  become  a  department  of  the  National 
Education  Association  but  meeting  separately  as 
now  at  a  different  time  of  year. 

This  last  plan  would  place  us  on  a  similar 
plane  to  that  of  the  Department  of  Super- 
intendence which  holds  its  meetings  apart 
from  the  National  Education  Association. 
This  plan  also  involves  changes  in  our  Con- 
stitution since  membership  by  branches 
would  no  longer  be  possible.  An  open  let- 
ter from  Dr.  Butler  in  the  February  issue 
of  the  Review  and  Magazine  gives  further 
details  of  this  plan. 

Will  each  branch  consider  the  above  pos- 
sibilities arid  make  a  definite  statement  in 
regard  to  its  preference  for  one  of  these  or 
for  some  other  not  here  indicated,  to  be 
sent  to  the  chairman  of  the  committee  on 
or  before  March  27,  1909. 

From  these  returns  a  report  will  be  pre- 
pared to  be  presented  at  the  business  ses- 
sion of  the  Buffalo  meeting  of  the  Union  in 
April  next. 

Committee : 

ANNA  W.  WILLIAMS, 
LUCY  WHEELOCK, 
BERTHA   PAYNE, 
NICHOLAS  MURRAY  BUTLER, 
GEORGE  M.  FORBES, 
WILLIAM  H.  ELSON, 
CAROLINE  T.  HAVEN,  Chairman. 
Central  Park  West  and  63rd  St.,  New  York  City. 


WHAT      SHALL     THE      CHILDREN 
READ? 


Valuable  Suggestions  From  Carolyn  Wells 
and  W.  W.  Denslow,  Writers  of  Juve- 
nile Literature,  and  from  Prof.  John 
A.  Mac  Vannel  and  Miss  E.  G. 
Baldwin,  of  the  Teachers'  Col- 
lege of  Columbia  University 

"The  reading  a  child  does  in  its  home  has 
a  tremendous  influence  on  its  development 
— an  influence  hardly  surpassed  by  any 
other  single  factor,"  is  the  view  of  Prof. 
John  A.  MacVannel,  professor  of  the 
science  of  education  and  kindergarten  work 
in  Teachers'  College,  Columbia  University, 
expressed  in  a  recent  interview.  Since  this 
school  is  the  recognized  leader  in  the  new 


movement  of  scientific  child  study,  and  is 
wielding  a  great  influence  by  sending  to  all 
parts  of  the  country  teachers  aroused  to 
the  importance  of  every  factor  that  touches 
the  child,  Prof.  MacVannel's  words  carry 
much  weight.  Continuing  along  the  same 
lines,  he  said: 

"Even  the  books  and  periodical  literature 
intended  for  the  reading  of  mature  people 
play  an  important  part  in  molding  the  child. 
Immature  young  people  look  over  and  read 
much  of  this  matter  and  inevitably  are 
benefited  or  injured.  It  is  always  a  posi- 
tive influence  and  one  that  must  be  serious- 
ly considered  by  all  who  have  charge  of  the 
younger  generations,  if  they  are  to  live  up 
to  their  obligations. 

THE  BEST  JUVENILE  LITERATURE. 

"Children  and  young  people  will  read, 
and  as  surely  will  be  strongly  influenced  by 
what  thev  read.  They  should  be  supplied 
with  the  best  obtainable  juvenile  literature. 
There  is  an  abundance  of  this  which  fulfills 
all  the  requirements  for  the  wholesome  and 
sane  development  to  which  the  youth  of 
this  modern  day  is  entitled.  Twenty  years 
ago  there  was  a  different  story  to  tell,  for 
at  that  time  much  of  the  best  juvenile  liter- 
ature of  the  day  was  stilted,  namby-pamby 
and  lacking  in  that  charm,  simplicity  and 
wholesomeness  which  characterizes  the 
better  class  book  of  today.  Modern  au- 
thors who  are  at  all  worth  considering,  no 
longer  talk  down  to  children  and  young 
people,  but  address  them  with  an  unaffected 
naturalness  and  svmpathy  that  make  a 
strong  appeal.  This  attraction  affords  to 
this  type  of  writing  an  opportunity  to  drive 
home  in  a  subtle  but  none  the  less  power- 
ful manner,  the  good  taste  and  high  ideals 
it  reflects." 

THE  VISITING  STORY  TELLER. 

Carolyn  Wells,  whose  merry  verses  and 
stories  have  charmed  many  thousands  of 
young  people,  is  bevond  question  an  au- 
thority on  what  a  child  ought  to  read.  Her 
books  for  girls  and  boys  have  been  success- 
ful ;  she  is  a  regular  contributor  to  the 
magazines  for  boys  and  girls,  and  one  of  her 
latest  volumes,  "The  Happychaps,"  ran 
serially  in  St.  Nicholas  through  the  past 
year.  Commenting  on  the  useful  sphere  of 
the  modern  magazine  for  young  people, 
Miss  Wells  said: 

"A  magazine  for  young  people  is  a  visit- 
ing story  teller,  who  goes  each  month  into 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


193 


welcoming  houses  of  youths  to  spin  him 
yarns,  sing  him  verses,  show  him  pictures 
and  talk  over  departmental  interests.  In 
this  manner  author  and  reader  become  real 
companions  and  whatever  influence  the 
good  literature  has  .  acts  continuously 
through  the  year,  and  the  reader  has  a 
never  ceasing  interest,  a  constant  source  of 
wholesome  pleasure  and  fun. 

"A  book  is  often  a  feast,  but  its  twelve 
issues  make  of  a  magazine  a  mental  diet, 
and  if  it  is  the  proper  sort,  it  will  build  up 
wholesome  idea  tissues.  Each  issue  of  a 
modern  young  people's  magazine  like  St. 
Nicholas  appeases  somewhat  that  insatiable 
hunger  for  diversity  and  change  which  is 
ever  present  in  the  child  and  the  youth 
The  various  contributions,  each  one  simple, 
and  too  brief  to  tire  the  immature  mind, 
form  a  substantial  and  delicious  mental 
course  dinner — with  the  difference  that 
none  of  the  courses  become  cold  if  left  till 
day  after  tomorrow  or  next  week." 

OLD  AND  NEW  FAIRY  TALES  COMPARED. 

Few  men  of  our  generation  have  con- 
tributed more  clean  fun  and  laughter  for 
children  and  grown-ups  than  W.  W. 
Denslow,  the  artist-author.  Since  "Father 
Goose"  appeared  some  ten  years  ago,  with 
Denslow's  inimitable  pictures,  a  long  line  of 
his  picture  books  and  story  books  have 
been  published  and  widely  read.  Mr.  L. 
Frank  Baum's  "Wizard  of  Oz,"  which  first 
appeared  as  a  book  with  more  than  a  hun- 
dred Denslow  pictures,  has  been  on  the 
stage  continuously  for  many  years.  Re- 
cently Mr.  Denslow  has  become  a  con- 
tributor to  St.  Nicholas,  and  his  latest  work, 
a  series  of  pictures  and  verse,  "When  I 
Grow  Up,"  which  set  forth  day  dreams  of 
an  American  youngster,  are  to  appear 
throughout  the  year.  Aside  from  his  suc- 
cess as  a  producer  of  laughter  and  whole- 
some fun,  he  has  performed  an  important 
and  recognized  service  for  juvenile  litera- 
ture of  the  day  in  pointing  out  the  defects 
of  old  fairy  tales  and  in  keeping  his  picture 
books  and  his  work  free  of  such  harmful 
elements.  His  many  imitators  point  the 
truth  of  his  ideas.  In  discussing  his  views 
Mr.  Denslow  said : 

"My  aim  in  children's  pictures  and  verse 
is  to  furnish  good,  clean  wholesome  fun  for 
children,  eliminating  the  deceit,  murder  and 
theft  that  is  so  rife  in  the  older  fairy  tales. 
These  elements  bore  harmful  results.  A 
child  reading  of  downright  treachery  and 


cruelty  does  not  recognize  the  wrong  of  it, 
but  deems  it  proper  and  worthy  of  imita- 
tion. Anyhow,  keep  this  spirit  out  of  the 
stories,  verse  and  pictures  that  children 
read  and  you  never  contribute  injurious 
ideas. 

"Action,  children  demand,  and  you  can 
give  them  plenty  of  wholesome  action,  fun 
and  entertainment  without  ever  employing 
the  easier  trick  of  crowding  force  into  your 
humor  by  impressions  of  brutality,  cunning, 
deceit  or  the  shock  of  horror  and  gore. 
You  can  even  invent  tales  and  pictures  of 
pirates  abounding  in  adventure  and  daring, 
without  even  hinting  at  the  blacker  side  of 
the  once  respectable  profession  practiced 
under  the  black  flag. 

THE  MODERN  FAIRY  TALE. 

"The  fairy  tales  of  the  modern  day  are 
gradually  following  the  new  standards  and 
the  effect  on  the  youngsters  who  read  this 
better  class  of  juvenile  writing,  is  even  now 
appreciable.  They  are  growing  up  into 
wholesome,  sane  maturity,  free  from  the 
bugaboos,  the  horrors  and  fear  inspired  by 
the  older  type  of  writing  that  exulted  in 
piled  up  impressions  of  barbarity. 

"In  teaching  a  boy  arithmetic  you  drill 
him  continuously  day  by  day  and  he  learns 
to  think  and  reason  properly.  Even  in 
his  games  he  must  practice  continuously  to 
excel.  It  follows  logically,  that  continued 
and  regular  reading  of  a  magazine  that  in- 
terests and  absorbs  him  will  instill  into  him 
the  type  of  ideas  and  impressions  it  con- 
veys. An  author  who  writes  for  young 
people  and  has  any  serious  appreciation  for 
the  formative  results  of  juvenile  reading, 
welcomes  the  opportunity  afforded  him  by 
the  magazine  of  recognized  literary  qual- 
ity." 

A  LIBRARIAN'S  VIEW. 

The  work  of  a  librarian  drrers  an  excel- 
lent chance  to  study  tastes  in  reading  and 
tendencies  of  literature.  Because  of  the 
special  work  done  in  the  Teachers'  College, 
the  views  of  Miss  E.  G.  Baldwin,  its 
librarian,  are  of  special  interest. 

"The  problem  of  selecting  the  right  sort 
of  reading  for  children  and  young  people 
presents  great  difficulties,"  she  says.  "Few 
parents,  relatives  or  friends  know  anything 
at  all  about  it.  They  look  on  juvenile 
books,  magazines  and  periodicals  merely  as 
amusements.  Rarely  does  one  of  them 
realize   that   what   the   child   reads   in   the 


194 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


home  does  more  than  almost  any  other 
factor  in  molding  his  tastes  and  character. 

"In  seeking  advice  teachers  are  often 
consulted,  and  in  the  majority  of  cases  this 
is  profitless,  because  the  average  teacher 
has  little  scientific  knowledge  of  the  sub- 
ject. The  opinions,  however,  of  those  who 
have  specialized  in  the  science  of  education 
in  kindergarten  work  will  often  be  found 
of  value.  Perhaps  the  best  advice  pro- 
curable on  what  young  people  should  read 
is  to  be  obtained  from  the  editors  of 
juvenile  magazines  of  repute  and  acknowl- 
edged literary  quality.  This  is  about  the 
easiest  and  cheapest  advice  to  be  acquired, 
for  each  number  of  such  a  magazine  pre- 
sents a  collection  of  the  writing  of  the  best 
authors  of  current  juvenile  literature. 

"And  the  best  juvenile  literature  of  to- 
day, with  its  innate  charm  and  happy, 
pleasing  qualities,  meets  the  requirements 
of  proper  child  development  and  inculcates 
those  tastes,  ideas  and  ideals  that  go  to  the 
making  of  fine,  strong  characters.  This 
charming  and  simple  literature,  with  its 
wholesome  influence,  is  also  the  most 
scientific  mental  food  for  young  people.  It 
is  as  sanitary  and  hygienic  as  the  regime 
science  now  prescribes  for  the  bodies  of 
children. 

TH3  PLACE  OF  THE  PERIODICAL. 

"Many  parents  and  elders  conscientiously 
attempt  to  select  proper  reading  for  young 
people,  but  the  knowledge  of  the  subject 
among  even  cultured  people  of  broad  edu- 
cation is  insufficient  to  save  them  from 
error.  The  educational  centers  where  the 
Science  of  Education  and  kindergarten 
work  are  given  importance  are  now  active- 
ly engaged  disseminating  new  knowledge 
and  instruction  along  these  lines.  Colum- 
bia University  ils  doing  an  important  work 
in  this  direction.  It  is  constantly  training 
large  numbers  of  teachers  from  all  sections 
of  the  country.  With  such  widespread  in- 
fluences at  work,  the  next  generation  or 
two  will  realize  more  fully  the  importance 
of  the  reading  a  child  does  in  the  home,  and 
k'ow  how  to  judiciously  select  such  maga- 
zines and  books  as  will  benefit  and  aid  their 
proper  development.  Unfortunately,  even 
educators  who  have  worked  along  this  line, 
have  lagged  somewhat  behind  the  author 
of  the  best  modern  juvenile  fiction.  During 
the  last  two  decades  a  juvenile  literature 
has  been  in  existence,  immeasurably  su- 
perior to  the   standards  that   preceded   it. 


This  writing  is  direct  and  simple;  it  holds 
up  fine  ideals  and  ideas,  and  is  the  embodi- 
ment of  good  taste  and  culture,  yet  it  has 
none  of  that  namby-pamby  attitude  of 
preachment  and  condescension  found  in  the 
old-time  best  books  for  boys  and  girls. 

"There  are  hundreds  of  volumes  of  such 
books,  and  there  are  a  few  good  young 
peoples'  magazines  and  periodicals.  These 
latter  perform  a  great  service  by  exerting  a 
formative  influence  which  even  the  finest 
books  cannot  sometimes  achieve." 


EDUCATION  IN  CHINA. 

The  Chinese  Board  of  Education  has  re- 
cently issued  ten  regulations  governing 
educational  matters  throughout  the  empire. 
Here  are  some  of  them: 

"Every  capital  city  must  have  at  least 
one  hundred  primary  schools  and  a  mini- 
mum of  five  thousand  students.  All  pre- 
fectures and  districts  must  have  at  least 
forty  schools  and  a  minimum  of  two 
thousand  students. 

"Every  child  at  the  age  of  seven  years 
shall  be  compelled  to  attend  school. 

"Any  official  succeeding  in  persuading 
gentrv  to  found  schools  shall  be  rewarded. 

"The  parents  of  any  child  of  seven  years 
of  age  or  over  shall  be  held  responsible  for 
the  attendance  at  school  of  such  child,  and 
will  be  punished  in  the  event  of  its  failure 
to  attend. 

"All  prefects  and  magistrates  who  fail  to 
obtain  the  stipulated  number  of  schools  and 
students  in  their  respective  districts  will  be 
punished." 

Who  shall  say  after  this  that  China  lags 
behind  in  the  race? — New  York  Tribune. 


Trees  of  Paris. 


There  are  85,840  trees  in  Paris,  and  each 
tree  has  its  number,  age,  history  and  condi- 
tion recorded  in  the  books  at  the  Hotel  de 
Ville.  The  appropriation  for  this  depart- 
ment is  450,000  francs  a  year.  The  work 
could  not  be  done  for  any  such  sum  had  it 
not  been  so  thoroughly  done  in  the  begin- 
ning, in  the  reign  of  Napoleon  III. 


"What's  your  occupation,  bub?"  asked  a 
visitor  at  the  capitol  of  a  bright  boy  whom 
he  met  in  the  corridor.  The  boy  happened 
to  be  a  page  in  the  White  House.  "I'm 
running  for  Congress,  sir,"  he  replied. — 
Christian  Intelligencer. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


195 
— — I 


FMCTJCE 


A  "PLAYHOUSE." 

HYPATIA    HOOPER. 

This  house  is  a  joy  all  day  every  day. 
The  one  illustrated  was  made  in  a  large 
kindergarten    during    a    measles    epidemic, 


when  at  no  time  were  there  more  than  forty     for  same. 


24    inch    shingle    nails    (about    five    cents 
worth). 

8  1 -inch  nails. 

2  hinges  with  screws  for  same. 

1  door  button  with  screw  for  same. 

2  button-hole   twist   spools   with   screws 


children  belonging  and  never  perfect  at- 
tendance. 

The  children  worked  like  beavers.  When 
our  kindergarten  supervisor  came  and, 
guided  by  a  small  boy  when  on  a  tour  of 
inspection,  she  inquired:  "Who  made  it?" 
Laddie  replied :  "O,  me  and  Miss  H —  and 
the  other  kids." 

Materials  required  are : 

2  bundles  of  laths. 

12  sheets  of  light  weight  poster-board 
(30x40). 


Old  sheets. 

Newspaper  strips. 

Brown  wrapping  paper   for   roofing. 

The  house  in  the  illustration  is  made  of 
light  weight  poster-board;  but  that  is  for 
economy  rather  than  choice  as  heavy 
weight  would  be  more  satisfactory  in  all 
but  allowing  the  children  to  do  the  cutting. 

If  light  weight  poster-board  is  used  it 
will  be  wise  to  line  each  card  by  pasting 
sheeting-  on  it  before  using  at  all. 


196 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


PLANS  FOE,  DOLL  HOUSE 


NOTE— The  figures  given  in  the  following  illustrations 
represent  inches  or  fractions  of  inches.  The  frame  work 
is  made  of  lath. 


fi      ■                  *rk 

J 

Hi,  • 

: 

1 

_.«-_?>» 

4-c 

R  19 

\ 

30 

r 

■-1-               S««i 

Outside  of  Ends. 


Inside  of  Ends. 


Illustrations  above  give  demensions  of  OUTSIDE  also 
INSIDE  of  the  ENDS.  The  ends  will  be  made  up  of  a 
whole  sheet  of  cardboard  30x40  and  a  piece 40x19. 


Outside  of  Front. 


Outside  of  Door 


Above  illustration  shows  the  OUTSIDE  dimensions.  At 
the  peak  of  the  roof  the  lath  supporting  the  same  are 
strengthened  by  the  addition  of  an  extra  small  piece  of 
lath.  Also  a  piece  of  lath  at  the  door  latch.  A  separate 
diagram  of  the  door  is  given . 


^^ 

D 

S74-+ 

i 

— T5 — 

K%,t  lit 

s             , 

L-4 — U 

Inside  of  Front. 


Inside  of  Door. 


Above  illustrations  show  inside  view  of  the  front  as  ^de- 
scribed above,  also  inside  view  of  door. 


Outside  of  Back. 


Inside'of  Back. 


Measuring,  marking,  cutting  of  pieces  for 
ends,  front,  back,  door  and  the  cutting  out 
of  windows  is  highly  interesting.  The  re- 
spective pieces  may  be  joined  through  the 
agency  of  paste  and  a  small  piece  of  sheet- 
ing on  the  white  side  or  if  allowance  is 
made  for  lapping,  brass  fasteners  can  be 
used. 

Strip  pasting  brings  in  all  the  children 
since  several  can  work  on  one  sheet  of 
poster-board.  Only  the  more  capable  chil- 
dren can  be  trusted  to  put  on  the  long 
strips  since  they  tear  easily  when  wet  with 
paste.  With  the  aid  of  a  piece  of  card- 
board the  size  of  the  "bricks"  the  little  ones 
can  join  in  marking  the  ends  of  the  bricks. 

Preparation  of  -the  laths  needs  a  good 
saw  and,  in  the  above  house,  was  largely 
done  after  school  with  the  "aid"  of  one  or 
two  boys. 

Now  the  joy  of  nailing!  It  is  well  for 
the  teacher  to  have  the  help  of  an  older 
child  and  nail  the  ends  that  the  poster- 
board  may  not  lose  its  place  between  the 
laths ;  then  the  children  may  be  trusted  to 
put  in  nails  with  comparative  freedom. 
Teachers  will  have  to  go  over  the  nailing 
with  a  piece  of  metal  under  the  points  in 
order  to  clinch  the  nails. 

T.f.e  mechanism  of  the  roof  can  be  seen 
from  the  photograph. 

Tcths  are  so  very  "warpy"  that  measure- 
ments may  have  to  be  changed  by  quarter 
or  even  half  inches ;  but  measurements 
given  in  the  lath  diagram  will  serve  to 
work  from. 

The  eight  larger  nails  are  used,  two  on  a 
corner,  to  hold  the  house  when  completed. 
Hooks  and  eyes  can  also  be  used. 

Our  chimney  is  to  be  added  for  Santa 
Clans. 


These  illustrations  give  INSIDE  and  OUTSIDE  diagram 
of  back  of  the  doll  house.  The  spaces  shown  at  the  top  al- 
ow for  the  ridge  pole. 


A  Number  Device 

Cut  a  number  of  circles,  squares,  or 
triangles  from  colored  cardboard.  Scatter 
these  over  the  table.  Require  the  children 
to  make  various  combinations  with  them; 
as,  two  circles  and  three  circles  are  five 
circles;  four  squares  and  two  squares  are 
six  squares,  etc.  This  is  a  good  mental  test 
as  the  children  see  no  written  numbers 
whatever,  and  must  depend  upon  their  own 
memories. — Virginia  Baker. 


It  is  never  too  late  to  write  gentle  words. — 
George  Eliot. 

Pleasure  comes  through  toil;  when  one  gets  to 
love  his  work,  his  life  is  a  happy  one. — Ruskin. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


19 


PROGRAM    SUGGESTIONS    FOR 
MARCH. 

BERTHA  JOHNSTON. 

The  winds  are  so  much  in  evidence  in 
March,  and  Froebel's  "Mother  Play"  upon 
the  Weather-Vane  is  so  full  of  suggestion 
that  the  Wind  becomes  the  natural  as  well 
as  the  fascinating  point  of  departure  for 
this  month.  Referring  to  the  Mother  Play 
we  see  that  two  important  suggestions  are 
to  be  derived  from  it.  First,  that  important 
part  played  by  "imitation"  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  child  and  second,  that  "a  single 
mighty  power  like  the  wind  can  do  many 
things  great  and  small.  You  see  the  things 
it  does,  though  you  can  not  see  the  wind 
itself."  This  point  of  mysterious  invis- 
ibility can  be  well  paralleled  at  the  present 
time  by  reference  to  the  important  part 
played  by  invisible  electricity  waves  made 
use  of  by  wireless  telegraphy  in  the  saving 
of  the  S.  S.  Republic. 

The  picture  in  the  Mother  Play  illustrates 
many  of  the  useful  activities  of  the  wind : 
the  turning  of  the  weather-vane,  the  drying 
of  the  clothes,  the  waving  of  flag,  turning 
of  wind-mill  and  the  toy  windmill,  etc.  Its 
immense  value  as  a  means  of  transportation 
with  sailing  vessels  is  not,  however,  shown 
here,  although  known  to  most  children 
either  by  having  seen  sailboats  or  pictures 
of  the  same.  After  a  number  of  days  spent 
in  talking  about  the  wind  and  illustrating 
its  various  uses  with  the  gifts  and  occupa- 
tions the  teacher  will  be  able  to  make  the 
child  appreciate  to  some  degree  the  mys- 
tery and  power  of  the  invisible  wind,  that 
man's  intelligence  has  learned  to  control 
during  the  many  long,  long  ages,  although 
there  are  times  when  even  man  is  unable 
to  control  it  and  is  a  puppet  before  its 
tremendous  currents.  But  man  is  still  in- 
vestigating and  within  recent  years  has 
even  learned  how  to  make  use  of  the  air 
currents  for  his  airships.  Before  taking  up 
the  subject  of  the  wind  we  will  speak  first, 
however,  of  the  wreck  of  the  "Republic" 
and  its  lessons. 

The  story  of  the  collision  between  the 
Florida  and  the  Republic  with  the  rescue 
of  the  many  hundreds  of  passengers  is  one 
pf  the  most  thrilling  of  recent  times  and 
affords  opportunity  for  the  inculcation  of 
several  moral  lessons  in  a  way  to  appeal  to 
all  children  with  irresistible  force;  for  here 
we  find  virtues  displayed  which  all  of  our 
schools  should  develop  and  train  but  which 


the  influence  of  the  home  does  not  always 
reinforce. 

First,  let  us  consider  the  matter  of 
discipline — the  safety,  the  final  rescue  of  all 
those  human  beings  depended  upon  the 
immediate  unquestioning  response  of  the 
ship's  men,  officers,  and  crew,  to  the  word 
of  command.  When  the  orders  were  given, 
although  they  had  to  work  in  the  dark  both 
literally  and  figuratively,  every  man  sprang 
at  once  to  his  post,  and  did  his  duty  instant- 
ly. The  delay  of  a  few  moments  to  ask 
"why?"  would  have  been  disastrous.  If 
the  word  to  rake  out  the  fires,  for  instance, 
to  put  them  out  at  once  had  not  been 
obeyed,  an  explosion  would  have  occurred. 

Then,  the  passengers,  too,  did  their  duty. 
When  the  Captain  explained  matters  and 
told  them  that  if  they  all  kept  cool  and  fol- 
lowed instructions,  they  obeyed,  although 
frightened,  cold  and  hungry.  Twice  the 
trip  had  to  be  taken  in  the  small  boats  and 
the  second  one  was  taken  in  the  dark  and 
in  a  choppy  sea  but  no  lives  were  lost  be- 
cause all  obeyed  instructions.  It  must  have 
b~en  hard  for  those  who  were  the  last  to 
go,  but  still  they  kept  brave  and  cool  and 
obedient  and  didn't  hurry  and  scurry  and 
make  confusion  by  trying  to  push  in  ahead 
of  their  turn,  as  people  do  at  rush  hours  on 
the  cars. 

As  in  all  such  cases  the  brave  men  let  the 
more  delicate  women  and  children  go  first. 
After  the  women  and  children  came  the 
men  passengers,  then  the  crew  and  officers 
and  the  Captain  was  the  last  to  leave. 

There,  too,  were  the  brave  stokers,  work- 
ing down  at  the  furnaces  and  at  risk  of 
their  lives  putting  out  the  fires,  preventing 
the  explosion.  And  after  the  fires  were  out 
they  helped  pass  along  the  passengers  one 
by  one,  although  they  were  cold  and  wet 
and  tired  and  hungry,  for  sixteen  hours. 

But  although  much  depended  upon  the 
courage  and  fidelity  of  many  people,  none 
could  have  eventually  been  saved  except 
for  the  devotion  to  duty,  the  fortitude  and 
determination  of  one  man,  John  R.  Binns, 
the  operator  of  the  wireless  telegraph  in- 
strument. He  stuck  to  his  post  for  sixteen 
hours,  cold,  wet,  hungry,  sleepy.  Oh,  how 
long  the  hours  must  have  seemed,  but  he 
held  to  his  instrument.  He  telegraphed  the 
danger  to  the  stations  on  the  coast  and 
when  other  ships  tried  to  find  the  Republic 
in  the  dark  of  the  fog  he  guided  them  by 
his  signals  till,  like  a  game  of  hunt  the 
thimble,  now  hot,  now  cold,  the  Republic 


198 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


was  located  by  several  ships.  First  the 
Florida  came  to  the  assistance  soon  after 
she  realized  that  the  Republic  had  been  in- 
jured seriously  by  her  unintentional  attack ; 
then  came  the  Baltic  with  her  brave,  sturdy 
Captain  and  brave,  obedient  men. 

Then,  too,  the  land  operator  responded 
at  once  to  the  call  C.  Q.  D.  and  notified 
other  vessels.  He  didn't  stop  to  ask  ques- 
tions. He  knew  his  business  and  did  his 
work  faithfully. 

How  can  we  ever  hope  to  emulate  those 
brave  sailors  and  obedient  passengers?  By 
learning  the  lesson  of  obedience.  Not 
slavish  obedience,  but  obedience  to  those 
in  authority  who  know  more  about  a  given 
situation  than  we  do.  Right  here  in  school 
we  may  practice  such  obedience  every  day. 
We  know  there  is  a  reason  for  the  rule  not 
to  whisper  unnecessarily  in  the  classroom 
when  others  are  studying  or  reciting.  We 
know  there  are  good  reasons  for  the  rules 
regarding  punctuality  and  regular  attend- 
ance. We  know  there  are  reasons  for  the 
rules  against  annoying  or  bullying  those 
younger,  or  weaker  than  ourselves.  We 
realize,  of  course,  the  reasons  for  instant 
obedience  to  the  fire-drill  signal. 

We  know  there  are  good  reasons  for 
rules  against  smoking  by  those  under  age. 
Could  Binns  have  held  out  at  his  long 
watch  if  his  body  had  been  enfeebled  by 
continual  smoking  of  cigarettes  before  he 
had  attained  his  growth,  or  by  insistent 
smoking  after  he  was  fully  grown?  If  he 
had  undermined  his  health  and  his  heart 
had  become  a  "tobacco-heart"  as  the  doc- 
tors call  it,  he  might  have  died  of  heart 
disease  at  any  moment  and  then  his  mes- 
sages would  have  ceased.  No  man  can  be 
safely  trusted  at  such  a  post  who  has  not 
good  physical  health  and  absolute  self- 
control. 

Here  the  teacher  may  put  some  scorn 
into  her  voice  as  she  speaks  of  certain  men 
who  have  so  little  self-control  that  they 
cannot  ride  for  two  short  minutes  in  an 
elevator  without  smoking  even  though 
smoking  may  annoy  other  people,  although 
the  sign  may  say  clearly:  "No  smoking  al- 
lowed"— some  men  cannot  even  ride  a  short 
distance  in  a  car  without  getting  out  a 
cigar  or  cigarette.  Could  they  endure  any 
long  siege  of  watching  if  perchance  their 
cigars  were  all  under  water?  Would  men 
who  smoke  in  a  crowded  place  where  it 
sickens  women  be  likely  to  help  them  at 
time  of  a  wreck. 


We  can  practice  self-control  in  many 
ways  every  day.  We  can  do  kind  and 
thoughtful  deeds  for  others'  comfort.  We 
can  give  up  our  seat  in  the  car  to  the  tired 
looking  man  or  the  woman  laden  with 
bundles.  We  can  trust  and  obey  intelli- 
gently the  wise  orders  of  parents  and 
teachers,  and  then,  when  a  crisis  comes, 
we  will  be  not  only  willing  and  anxious  but 
able  to  meet  it. 

"So  near  is  Nature  to  our  dust, 

So  nigh  is  God  to  man, 
When  Duty  whispers  'Lo,  thou  must,' 
The  youth  replies,   'I  can.'  " 

GAME  OF  RESCUE  AT  SEA. 

As  said  above  little  children  are  essential- 
ly imitative — they  continually  imitate  in 
their  plays  the  doings  of  their  elders. 
Therefore  it  is,  as  Froebel  has  continually 
pointed  out,  very  important  that  the  things 
they  see  should  be  ennobling.  Children 
of  the  congested  city  districts  unfortunate- 
ly see  much  that  is  harmful — they  imitate 
in  their  plays  the  arrest  of  the  lawbreaker, 
the  funeral  of  the  next  door  neighbor,  the 
crap  playing  of  the  big  boys.  It  is  there- 
fore quite  legitimate  when  all  are  talking 
of  the  wonderful  heroism  displayed  in  a 
shipwreck  that  the  children  should  imitate 
it  in  their  plays.  We  suggest  one  such  in- 
cident for  the  children  to  play,  although 
additional  suggestions  given  by  each  other 
and  the  teacher  are  desirable. 

Draw  upon  the  floor  in  chalk  the  outline 
of  a  row-boat,  placing  it  near  a  ship  made 
of  kindergarten  chairs.  Upon  the  other 
side  of  the  boat  make  another  ship  of 
chairs,  the  chairs  being  in  each  case  so 
placed  that  the  seats  form  the  outside  of 
ship.  Now  let  the  "Captain"  tell  the  chil- 
dren in  one  boat  that  all  must  be  rowed 
over  to  the  other  ship  but  that  if  all  are 
patient  and  go  in  turn  all  will  be  saved. 
Then  let  the  little  girls  step  up  on  the  seat 
of  the  selected  chair  and,  aided  by  kind 
sailor-bovs,  jump  into  the  chalk  boat.  Let 
the  previously-chosen  ship's  crew  play  at 
rowing  as  fast  as  possible,  the  passengers 
all  sitting  very  quietly  till  the  other  ship  is 
reached.  Then  they  are  helped  quickly  up 
and  the  passengers  of  the  other  ship  play 
give  them  clothing  and  food,  while  the 
rowers  go  quickly  back  for  another  load. 
This  little  play  will  give  practice  in  patience 
and  self-control  in  waiting  one's  turn  and 
will  strengthen  the  feeling  in  the  boys  that 
the  girls  must  be  shown  consideration 
always.     One  boy  in  each  ship  may  repre- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


199 


sent  the  wireless  operators  tapping  away 
their  messages.  Of  course,  other  points 
may  be  introduced  by  the  teacher  familiar 
with  the  splendid  story.  Some  children 
may  represent  the  stokers  at  their  disagree- 
able task  of  first  shoveling  in  coal,  at  the 
hot  furnaces,  and  then,  suddenly,  at  word  of 
command,  hastily  raking  them  over  to  put 
them  out,  although  water  is  pouring  in 
fast. 

THE  WIND. 

Circle-Talk.  The  children  will  know  of 
the  value  of  the  wind  in  kite-flying.  Tell 
of  the  old  saying  "straws  show  which  way 
the  wind  blows"  and  ask  what  the  literal 
meaning  is;  then  the  figurative  meaning. 
On  a  windy  day  place  some  straws  or  other 
light  material  where  the  wind  will  catch  it 
and  see  if  the  direction  of  the  wind  can  be 
determined.  Does  it  make  any  difference 
to  our  comfort  and  pleasure  whether  the 
wind  blows  from  one  direction  or  another? 
Yes,  indeed,  if  from  one  direction  it  brings 
rain  and  cold,  from  another  balmy  airs. 
The  farmer  often  can  tell  what  sort  of 
weather  will  come  by  watching  the  weather- 
vane  and  he  knows  just  what  to  do  on  the 
farm.  He  can  tell  the  direction  of  wind  also 
by    watching    the     clouds,     as    they    float 


sometimes  mistakes  are  made  as  the  science 
is  comparatively  new.  Perhaps  some  of 
our  school  children  when  grown,  may  be 
able  to  investigate  and  discover  new  facts 
which  will  help  the  government  to  be  even 
more  accurate.  The  Bureau  telegraphs  its 
predictions  to  different  stations  which  by 
signals  tell  to  different  offices  what  the  pre- 
diction is.  Often  these  signals  are  colored 
flags  which,  placed  in  a  certain  position 
have  different  meanings.  Perhaps  we  can 
arrange  a  little  system  of  our  own  to  tell 
each  other  the  direction  of  the  wind.  We 
can  arrange  to  use  four  colored  balls  and 
have  each  one  represent  a  different  wind. 
Then,  each  day,  one  or  two  children  pre- 
viously appointed  will  note  the  direction  of 
the  wind,  by  looking  at  weather-vane  or 
placing  flag  where  i,t  will  be  blown  by  the 
merry  wind  and  then  suspending  the  proper 
one  where  it  can  be  seen  by  all.  A  ball  may 
be  attached  to  a  long  cord  and  this  made 
to  revolve  over  a  spool  fastened  to  the  wall 
as  a  little  pulley  and  the  ball  raised  each 
day. 

The  following  are  the  signals  used  by  the 
United  States  government  and  which  it 
sends  to  various  Weather  Bureau  stations, 
to  railways  and  postmasters,  etc.  It  uses 
either  flags  or  whistles. 


White,  clear 


Blue,  rain  or  snow 


White  &  Blue,  local  rain 
or  snow 


Black,  temperature        White  and  black,  cold  wave 


lightly  in  the  sky,  or  are  piled  upon  like 
snowbanks. 

By  watching  the  direction  of  the  wind  we 
may  often  know  whether  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  carry  an  umbrella  or  whether  the 
day  will  be  a  pleasant  one. 

Older     children     may     be     told     of     the 


a 


► 

s 


£  S.  E. 


Weather  Signal  Bureau  at  Washington 
which  is  under  the  supervision  of  the  De- 
partment of  War.  Here,  every  day,  are  re- 
ceived telegrams  from  all  over  the  country 
telling  of  the  direction,  force,  velocity,  etc., 
of  the  winds  in  all  localities  and  by  compil- 
ing and  comparing  these,  together  with 
other  data,  the  Bureau  predicts  what  the 
weather  will  be  for  each  locality  although 


No.  4  (the  temperature  flag)  placed 
above  1,  2,  and  3  means  that  the  tempera- 
ture will  become  warmer;  placed  below  it 
means  colder.  If  not  displayed  it  means 
that  the  temperature  is  stationary. 

The  warning  of  an  approaching  storm  is 
thus  given : 


H 


P 


Red  &  black,  means  storm  of  increased  violence 


The  pennant  J^"    (red)    signifies  easter- 
ly (N.  E.  toS.) 

The  pennant   ^^  (white)  signifies  west- 
erly (S.  W.  toN.) 

(red  with  black  center)  sig- 


The  flag: 


nifies  storm  of  marked  violence. 


2od 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


The  pennant  above  the  flags  means  wind 
blows  from  N.  Q. 

The  pennant  below  the  flags  means  wind 
blows  from  the  S.  Q. 

If  given  by  whistles  the  signals  are: 

One  long  blast  means  "fair;"  two  long 
blasts  mean  rain  or  snow;  three  long  blasts 
mean  "local  rain  or  snow." 

One  short  blast  means  lower  tempera- 
ture expected;  two  short  blasts  mean 
higher  temperature;  three  short  blasts 
mean  a  cold  wave. 

To  attract  attention  to  the  signals  a 
warning  blast  of  from  15  to  20  seconds  is 
first  given;  then  the  other  whistles.  A  long 
blast  is  of  4-6  seconds  duration;  a  short 
blast  of  1-3  seconds. 

Tell  of  the  beautiful  weather-vane  more 
than  thirty  feet  high  made  by  the  great 
artist  St.  Gaudens  for  the  World's  Fair, 
representing  Diana,  the  moon  Goddess, 
with  quiver  and  arrows.  A  smaller  one,  just 
like  it  now  tells  the  wind  direction  from  the 
tower  of  Madison  Square  Garden,  New 
York. 

GAMES. 

Have  ready  a  sheet  of  cloth  and  a 
feather.  Name  four  children  respectively 
by  the  names  of  the  principal  winds.  Place 
them  on  opposite  sides  of  the  sheet.  Let 
one  try  to  blow  the  feather  clear  across  the 
sheet;  then  another,  etc.  Then  let  two 
blow  at  the  same  time  and  observe  what 
happens  when  "contrary"  winds  are  blow- 
ing. Which  kind  of  a  wind  would  voyagers 
prefer  to  meet  at  sea?  Have  the  children 
draw  deep  breaths  and  see  in  how  many 
strong  well-controlled  puffs  they  can  send 
the  feather  off  the  sheet.  Rightly  managed 
this  may  prove  a  good  lung  exercise.  Then, 
anytime  upon  the  circle  such  an  exercise 
can  be  practised  without  a  feather  or  with 
an  imaginary  one. 

Buy  one  or  more  toy  balloons  and  let  the 
children  blow  them  across  the  room,  or  take 
out  of  doors  and  discover  the  direction  of 
the  wind  by  means  of  their  flight. 

Let  two  children  stand  in  center  of  circle 
and  form  a  wind-mill.  This  they  do  by  each 
stretching  out  his  arms  to  their  full  extent 
in  one  continued  line  and  then  standing  to- 
gether in  such  a  way  that  their  arms  cross 
at  right  angles  to  form  the  sails  of  the  mill. 
Raise  the  arms  up  and  down  as  if  turned  by 
the  wind.  Other  children  impersonate  the 
miller  and  the  farmers  bringing  their  grain 
to  be  ground.    Let  the  miller  hesitate  as  to 


just  when  he  can  deliver  the  grain  because 
he  is  not  sure  when  the  wind  will  blow  and 
set  his  simple  machinery  to  running.  The 
wind  has  not  been  blowing  in  some  time. 
Then  let  all  look  anxiously  at  the  mill 
whose  sails  slowly  begin  to  revolve.  See 
games  described  in  Blow  translation  of 
"Pedagogics  of  the  Kindergarten,"  pages 
257,  258  and  275. 

Let  the  children  on  the  circle  each  play 
that  his  hand  is  a  weather-vane  as  in 
Mother  Play  and  bend  it  back  and  forth. 
This  simple  play  is  supposed  to  be  first 
used  with  a  very  young  child  but  the  wrist 
movement  makes  a  very  good  exercise. 
And  we  must  not  forget  that  with  all  of 
Froebel's  Mother  Plays  the  physical  was 
considered  as  well  as  the  spiritual. 

FIRST  GIFT. 

Use  the  balls  as  weather  signals  as  sug- 
gested above. 

SECOND  GIFT. 

Turn  the  box  into  a  sail-boat  fastening  a 
paper  sail  to  one  of  the  sticks.  The  forms 
may  represent  freight  of  different  kinds. 
Let  the  Captain  look  at  the  weather  signal 
to  see  if  the  winds  are  "fair"  or  threaten- 
ing. Let  the  ship  also  represent  a  fishing 
boat  and  speak  of  the  dangers  the  fisher- 
men sometimes  encounter  when  sudden 
winds  come  up,  but  a  skillful  sailor  may 
often  save  himself  by  quick  intelligent 
action. 

Turn  the  contents  of  the  box  into  a 
weather  bureau  station  with  signal  tower 
and  paper  flag  waving  at  the  top.  Have 
one  child  attach  one  colored  flag  and  then 
the  next  one  observe  the  signal  and  put 
out  a  corresponding  color  and  so  on  around 
the  table;  let  each  one  await  his  turn  as  if 
miles  apart.  Paper  flags  may  be  cut  out 
beforehand  in  occupation  period. 

BUILDING  GIFTS. 

Build  into  mills  to  which  paper  sails  may 
be  attached.  We  give  an  illustration  of  a 
mill  and  wings  made  with  the  Fourth  Gift, 


A 


Foundation  of  Mill 
With  Fourth  Gift. 


Sails  of  Mill  Plan  of  Completed  Mill 


although  the  wings  are  usually  placed  on 
the  side  of  the  mill. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


2oi 


Build  the  Fifth  Gift  into  a  Signal  Tower. 
See  illustation.  Make  a  ladder  of  peas  and 
sticks  by  which  the  man  may  mount  to  the 
dizzy  top. 

TABLETS. 

Make  a  representation  of  the  mill,  a  sail- 
boat, kite,  etc.,  in  the  flat  or  surface  form. 
Tell  the  children  they  may  make  a  picture 


I   I 


M 

MM 

mam 


Foundation  plan  of  12  prisms.  Signal  Tower,  1-6  of  Windmill  picture, 
framework .        made  of  tablets 

of  how  such  things  look  towards  evening 
against  the  sky  when  the  shadows  make  all 
look  as  if  of  one  flat  surface. 

STICKS. 

Outline  flag,  kite,  sailboat  and  other 
objects  influenced  by  the  wind.  A  weather 
cock  can  be  outlined  as  shown  below.  Also 
a  vane  in  shape  of  fish. 


PEAS  WORK. 

Outline  weather-vanes  of  different 
shapes — as  arrows,  cock,  stiff  little  man, 
etc. 

Build  a  skeleton  signal  tower  growing 
smaller  toward  the  top  and  place  at  extreme 
top  of  small  paper  flag,  thus.  Build  ladder 
for  use  with  Sixth  Gift. 


i — i 

i i  > 

i . . 


OCCUPATIONS— PAPER. 

Cut  out  various  garments,  stockings, 
underclothing,  sheets,  napkins,  to  hang 
upon  a  line  stretched  across  from  one  pole 
to  another.  (Poles  may  be  made  of  Second 
Gift  Beads  placed  one  upon  another  with 
a  stick  running  through  to  hold  them  to- 
gether). 

Cut  small  picture  of  kite,  sail-boat, 
weather-vane,  flag,  etc.,  to  paste  in  book. 
Weather  signal  pennants  may  be  cut  of 
colored  paper  or  of  white  paper  which  the 
children  may  themselves  color  with  paints 
or  chalk. 

Cut  and  fold  pinwheel.  If  at  any  time  it 
should  be  impossible  to  obtain  a  stick  to 
which  to  attach  a  pinwheel  a  substitute 
may  be  made  by  rolling  a  piece  of  paper 
tightly  into  an  old-fashioned  lamplighter 
and  attaching  wheel  to  this.  This  pin- 
wheel may  also  be  attached  to  windmill. 
(See  above.) 

Parachute — Cut  a  square  of  light-weight 
paper  measuring  about  seven  inches  each 
way.  Take  four  pieces  of  string  eleven 
inches  long  and  in  the  end  of  each  make  a 
large  knot.  Run  the  string  through  each 
corner  of  the  paper,  the  knot  preventing  it 
from  going  entirely  through.  In  the  other 
end  of  each  string  make  another  knot.  Run 
a  pin  through  these  last  knots,  thus  joining 
them  and  then  attach  the  pin  to  a  small 
cork.  This  makes  a  light  parachute  which 
will  hold  its  own  in  a  breeze. 

Kite — A  simple  kite  may  be  made  by 
little  children  of  newspaper  or  manilla 
paper.  Give  each  child  a  square  and  direct 
as  follows:  Fold  from  lower  edge  to  just 
meet  the  upper  edge;  crease  and  open. 
Fold  upper  edge  down  to  just  meet  central 
crease;  open.  Fold  right  edge  to  just  meet 
left  edge;  open.  L,et  the  children  see  if 
they  can  tell  where  to  crease  now  in  order 
to  give  kite-form  lines  along  which  to  cut. 
Then  let  them  cut  out  the  kite. 

Older  children  may  fold  and  paste  such  a 


202 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


form  upon  a  framework  made  of  slats 
crossed.  A  model  may  be  found  in  any 
little  toystore. 

PAPER  FOLDING. 

A  sailboat  and  the  windmill  naturally  are 
in  line  with  the  thought  of  this  month. 
For  the  benefit  of  the  rural  school  teachers 
we  will  give  detailed  direction  for  making 
sailboat,  which  is  folded  as  follows : 

Fold  from  the  upper  to  the  lower  line 
edge  and  crease.  Open  and  fold  the  right 
edge  so  that  it  exactly  meets  the  left  edge; 
open.  Turn  the  paper  over  so  that  what 
was  the  upper  side  is  turned  under.  Place 
so  that  the  sides  of  the  paper  are  not 
parallel  with  the  table  but  at  an  angle.    See 


Make    a   windmill    as    follows :      Take    a 
piece   of   cardboard  measuring  7x9  inches. 


Sailboat 

illustration  3.  Fold  the  lower  corner  to 
meet  the  upper  corner  and  crease ;  open. 
Fold  the  right-hand  corner  to  meet  the  left- 
hand  corner  and  crease ;  open.  The  square 
is  now  crossed  by  two  diameters  with  the 
crease  on  one  side  of  the  paper  and  two 
diagonals  with  the  crease  on  the  reverse 
side  of  the  paper.  Now  take  all  four  cor- 
ners 1,  2,  3,  4,  in  one  hand  so  that  the  semi- 
diameters  0-1,  0-2,  0-3,  0-4  will  touch  each 
other.  (See  figure)  and  press  down  firm- 
ly. Turn  3  down  so  that  it  meets  o  and 
crease.  Two  sails  become  visible.  Turn 
the  paper  completely  over  and  turn  1  down 
so  as  to  meet  o.  Crease.  Now  bend  1,  3, 
o  back  to  the  center  to  form  the  hull  of  the 
little  boat  and  stand  it  up. 

CARDBOARD. 

Cut  a  large  fish,  arrow,  etc.,  of  card- 
board to  be  used  as  a  weather-vane.  Run 
a  slender  stick  up  and  down  through  the 
center  and  nail  stick  to  a  post  or  barrel- 
head or  some  object  placed  where  the  wind 
can  blow  upon  it.  Let  the  children  tell  each 
day  from  which  way  the  wind  blows. 


h 

g 

b 

e 

1 

deb  a 

Model  for  Windmill 

Score  from  a-e,  b-f,  c-g,  d-j,  making  thus 
four  scores  seven  inches  long.  Cut  the 
top  down  13/2  inches  on  each  score  giving 
four  flaps.  This  scoring  and  cutting  gives 
four  sides  of  a  windmill  each  two  inches 
wide  with  an  inch  flap  to  paste  over  when 
bent  into  form.  The  four  top  flaps  will 
make  a  flat  roof,  and  the  score-lines  may  be 
cut  half  an  inch  up  from  the  base  to  make  a 
standard.  To  this  structure  may  be  at- 
tached a  small  pin-wheel. 

Older  children  may  make  a  peaked  roof 
by  scoring  oblique  lines  as  shown  in 
illustration  and  bending  triangular  flaps 
which  may  be  pasted  together.  A  tiny  vane 
may  be  attached  to  apex  of  roof. 

OUTSIDE  MATERIAL. 

With  soap  and  water  and  penny  pipes  let 
the  children  make  bubbles  and  blow  them 
about  the  room  or  observe  how  the  cur- 
rents of  air  affect  them.  Play  in  similar 
way  with  balloons. 

Let  the  children  wash  out  the  paste 
cloths  and  hang  up  in  wind  to  dry.  Cut 
pennants  of  cotton,  color  in  Diamond  dyes, 
blue,  red  and  yellow  and  use  for  signaling. 

DRAWING. 

The  children  will  be  able  to  draw  inter- 
esting pictures  of  boys  running  with  their 
kites  flying  aloft ;  ships  in  full  sail ;  wind- 
mills, weather-vanes,  etc.  Also  the  clothes 
on  the  line  dancing  in  the  breeze.  These 
pictures  may  be  colored  with  chalk  or 
paint. 

THE  UNSEEN  MUSICIAN. 

The  wind  among  other  things  is  an  in- 
visible musician.  Have  you  ever  listened 
to  him  when  he  is  using  the  telegraph  wires 
as  harp  strings?  What  beautiful  music  he 
plays !  Then,  too,  he  sings  lullabies  in  the 
tree-tops  to  the  birds ;  how  he  roars  around 
the  corner  of  the  house !     How  he  whistles 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


203 


through  the  knot-holes,  or  the  speaking- 
tube  in  the  house!  We  make  use  of  him 
with  our  wind  instruments.  What  are 
some  of  them  ?  Yes,  the  trumpet,  the  oboe, 
the  flute,  the  clarionet,  the  wonderful 
organ  with  all  of  its  many  pipes.  How 
much  joy  and  help  the  wind  gives  us  when 
we  learn  how  to  work  in  harmony  with 
him! 

The  kindergartner  may  read  Walt  Whit- 
man's poem,  "Proud  Music  of  the  Storm," 
page  310. 

In  Parables  From  Nature,  by  Mrs.  Gatty, 
will  be  found  a  good  weather-vane  story. 
The  Odyssey  tells  the  story  of  Odysseus 
and  the  bag  of  winds;  and  in  Aesop  is  the 
fable  of  the  Wind  and  the  Sun. 

Among  the  Wind  songs  are  Stevenson's 
"I  Saw  You  Toss  the  Kites  on  High;"  this, 
with  several  other  wind  songs  will  be  found 
in  the  Blow  edition  of  the  "Mother  Play." 
Also,  in  the  Jenks  and  Walker  book  is  a 
little  song  which  speaks  of  "the  wind  as  a 
musician  with  anything  for  keys,"  etc. 

THE  WIND.* 
BERTHA  JOHNSTON. 

Around  our  vast  world  blows  the  wind  fresh  and 

free, 
We  hear  and  we  feel  him  but  never  can  see — 
But — see  how  the  arrow  he  turns  'round  to  show 
If  sunshine  is  coming,  fog,  rainstorm  or  snow. 

The  ambitious  kite  now  is  soaring  on  high — 
He  tugs  at  the  string,  longing  birdlike,  to  fly — 
The  light  wind  uplifts  him  and  bears  him  so  far 
He  feels  he  may  soon  reach  the  bright  evening  star. 

The  family  garments,  both  coarse  ones  and  fine 
Droop  heavy  and  wet  on  the  taut  laundry  line — 
Till   merry   Wind   cries  out   "Just   dance   now  my 

dears! 
With    Sunshine's   kind    help    I    will    dry    all    your 

tears." 

The  children  are  merry,  the  wind's  blowing  free, 
So  sailing  we'll  go  on  the  billowy  sea. 
What  joy  'tis  to  rise,  rise,  then  dip  in  the  wave 
So  far  we  can  see  into  Neptune's  green  cave. 

The  miller  is  anxious— his  great  fans  stand  still 
Till  Wind  comes  up  briskly,  with  lusty  good-will. 
He  pushes  the  fans  till  they  circle  so  fast 
They  turn  to  a  great  giant  circle  at  last. 

A  fine  moving  picture  show  oft  may  be  seen 
When  Wind  floats  the  cloud-films  across  the  blue 

screen. 
Bears,  camels,  grand  mountains,  fair  castles  delight 
'  All  children  who  like  fairy  pictures  so  bright. 

*This  may  be  turned  into  a  recitation  with 
shadow-pictures  thrown  on  a  sheet  to  illustrate 
each  stanza.  The  cloud  effect  may  be  secured  by 
cutting  from  large  sheets  a  pattern  enlarged  from 
the  one  given  here. 


The  Wind  as  musician  with  trombone's  deep  boom 
Announces  the  Storm-King's  approach  through  the 

gloom ; 
He  whistles  in  knot-holes;    in  tree-tops  oft  sings; 
Plays  telegraph  wires  like  sweetest  harp-strings. 

Oh!   the  wind  sings  and  plays  and  he  works  with 

us  too, 
As  fast  as  we  learn  all  the  things  he  can  do. 
We  see  his  great  works  but  himself  ne'er  can  see 
Around  our  vast  world  so  fresh-blowing  and  free. 


Pattern  for  Cloud  Effect  in  Wind  Recitation. 


Devices  For  Holding  Pencils. 

My  pencil  holder  was  a  complete  success 
with  second  grade  pupils.  I  took  a  piece  of 
cardboard  sixteen  or  eighteen  inches  by  ten 
or  twelve  inches,  and  enough  narrow  elastic 
to  reach  twice  across.  I  placed  one  strip  of 
the  elastic  across  the  top  about  two  inches 
from  the  edge  of  the  cardboard  and  the 
other  strip  across  the  bottom,  the  same 
distance  from  the  edge.  I  then  tacked  the 
elastic  to  the  cardboard  about  every  inch 
apart.  Above  every  inch  space  I  wrote  or 
pasted  the  pupil's  name  or  number.  At 
noon  and  dismissal,  while  the  books  were 
being  put  away,  I  asked  some  pupil  to  pass 
the  cardboard.  Each  pupil  placed  his 
pencil  under  the  elastic  which  had  his  name 
or  number.  This  was  done  quietly  and 
quickly.  When  school  called  some  pupil 
passed  the  pencils  while  the  hat  monitors 
were  passing.  We  were  then  ready  for 
work. — L^illian  Shelton. 


Teacher — Johnny,  can  you  inform  the 
class  as  to  how  the  age  of  a  chicken  is 
determined? 

Johnny — Yes'm.     By  the  teeth. 

Teacher — Why,  Johnny,  chickens  have 
no  teeth ! 

Johnny — No'm.  But  we  have. — The 
Bohemian. 


The  Vacation  Idea 

Fond  Mother — Bobby,  dear,  you've  for- 
gotten your  toothbrush. 

Bobby — But  I  thought  I  was  going  on  a 
vacation. — Circle. 


204 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


THE       USE      OF       KINDERGARTEN 
MATERIAL. 

Many  of  the  leading  educators  of 
America  are  coming  to  see  that  the  rural 
schools  are  the  weakest  link  of  the  educa- 
tional chain.  As  a  class  the  equipment  is 
inadequate,  the  teachers  are  inexperienced 
and  the  results  far  from  satisfactory.  Rural 
high  schools  are  advocated  as  the  panacea 
for  the  imperfections  of  the  country  schools 
but  they  cannot  reach  the  little  ones.  The 
average  country  teacher  is  a  young  girl 
without  normal  training,  and  with  but  little 
experience ;  as  a  class  doing  their  best  but 
unequal  to  the  task  before  them.  There  are 
exceptions,  but  the  above  is  the  rule. 

In  many  localities  her  duties  are  complex. 
She  has  all  the  grades  in  one  room,  and  as 
a  rule  considers  it  necessary  to  devote  most 
of  her  time  to  the  older  children.  Said  one 
teacher:  "I  just  have  to  let  the  little  ones 
go;  I  have  no  time  to  do  anything  with 
them."  When  asked  why  not  use  kinder- 
garten material,  she  replied :  "I  don't  know 
how."  It  is  our  purpose  to  set  forth  in 
these  articles  so  plainly  that  the  most  in- 
experienced teacher  can  comprehend  it, 
some  of  the  ways  in  which  with  little  super- 
vision something  can  be  accomplished  for 
the  little  ones  with  kindergarten  material. 
To  place  a  child  in  a  school  room  with 
nothing  to  do  and  insist  on  his  keeping 
quiet  is  cruelty  and  naturally  engenders 
hatred  of  school  life.  There  are  still  many 
rural  teachers  who  know  but  little  about 
kindergarten  material  and  nothing  about 
kindergarten  training,  and  while  it  is  true 
the  results  of  their  efforts  along  the  line  of 
kindergarten  training  cannot  be  perfect, 
and  may  result  in  some  harm,  yet  when 
compared  with  enforced  idleness,  we  should 
be  willing;  to  risk  the  results.     This  series 


of  articles  will  be  devoted  exclusively  to  the 
use  of  kindergarten  material  in  rural  one- 
room  schools.  We  shall  endeavor  to  state 
some  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  the 
material  for  her  use,  and  explain  in  detail 
some  of  the  methods  which  she  may  adopt 
to  teach  reading,  spelling,  etc.,  and  to  keep 
the  little  ones  pleasantly  and  profitably 
employed. 

The  expense  for  material  is  always  a  con- 
sideration with  rural  teachers;  she  of  neces- 
sity must  limit  the  amount  invested,  and 
naturally  desires  the  best  results  for  the 
least  expenditure.  With  this  thought  in 
view  we  should  recommend  the  colored 
sticks,  colored  slats,  tablets,  kindergarten 
beads,  parquetry  papers,  papers  for  folding 
and  cutting,  as  among  the  first  to  be  pur- 
chased. 

STICKS. 

The  sticks  come  in  lengths  from  i  to  5 
inches  or  can  be  obtained  in  assorted 
lengths  in  a  box  from  kindergarten  supply 
houses  for  25c.  The  color  attracts  and 
holds  the  attention  of  the  pupils  and  the 
great  variety  afforded  by  kindergarten 
material  as  well  as  its  cheapness  emphasizes 
its  value  to  rural  teachers. 

City  children  may. be  content  to  play  with 
corn,  seeds,  beans,  etc.,  but  the  country 
children  will  be  much  more  interested  in 
"boughten  things." 

Each  exercise  should  be  limited  as  to 
length  and  it  is  seldom  best  to  introduce  the 
same  material  oftener  than  once  or  twice  a 
week. 

At  first  give  each  child  a  small  handful 
of  sticks  and  allow  them  to  play  with  the 
sticks,  prohibiting  throwing  them  aimless- 
ly about,  taking  sticks  from  each  other,  etc. 
After  a  little  while  most  of  them  will  try 
to     make     something:     with     the     sticks. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


205 


Encourage  those  who  have  produced  some 
definite  iorm  and  perhaps  make  a  drawing 
of  it  on  the  board;  then  ask  the  children  to 
copy  it.  After  a  time  take  away  all  except 
two  sticks  and  ask  children  in  how  many 
ways  they  can  place  two  sticks  together. 
We  illustrate  a  few.     Then  three  sticks  to- 


then  perhaps  tell  a  little  story  involving 
some  very  simple  forms  and  ask  how  many 
can  make  some  of  these  forms. 


206  ' 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


We  give  a  few  simple  designs  which  are 
merely  suggestive.     The  pupils  will  invent 
many  more  and   should  be   encouraged  to  «j 
do  so.  / 

Some  simple  borders: 


n  l 

C   .   ■  J  I  I  i  i  ' 


FS| Beautiful  designs  can  be  made  by  combin-' 
ing  the  colored  sticks  with  the  rings,  half, 
rings  and  quarter  rings.  We  give  a  few  illus-^ 
trations. 


The  designs  made  with  kindergarten 
material  are  known  as  forms  of  beauty, 
forms  of  life  and  forms  of  knowledge. 
Forms  of  life,  those  representing  definite 
objects,  are  usually  more  interesting  to  first 
grade  children  than  the  others,  and  the 
pupils  should  be  led  by  suggestions  to  rep- 
resent objects  in  the  school  room,  the  home, 
on  the  streets,  etc.,  with  the  sticks,  tablets, 
parquetry  papers,  blocks,  etc.  Designs 
representing  objects  connected  with  the 
central  thought  of  the  month  as,  for  in- 
stance, Easter,  can  be  made — the  cross, 
star,  etc. 

Other  correlated  work  can  be  tablet  lay- 
ing, slat  weaving,  block  building,  stringing 
kindergarten  beads,  etc. 


KlNDERGAfcTEtt-PfclMAkV  MAGAZINE. 


207 


Por  a  lesson  in  addition  put  two  or  three 
marks  oh  the  board  and  ask  them  to  count 
and  state  the  number;  put  two  or  three 
more,  allowing  them  to  add  these ;  erase 
and  ask  how  many  are  left,  the  pupils  fol- 
lowing the  marking  by  laying  a  like  num- 
ber of  sticks  down  on  the  desk  and  the 
erasing  by  picking  them  up. 

Every  teacher  will  understand  how  to 
continue  this  number  work  to  include  frac- 
tions, etc.  Perhaps  it  may  be  well  to  re- 
member that  many  educators  consider 
specific  number  work  with  very  small  chil- 
dren unnecessary,  but  they  will  enjoy  learn- 
ing number  combinations  in  this  way. 


cro 


mo 


cru 


]oaor 


W 


m 


a  o 


— 


x 


& 


/ 


& 


/ft 

2o8 


KlNDERGARTEN-PklMARY  MAGAZINE. 


For  much  of  the  kindergarten  work  the 
netted  surface  is  necessary.  Where  kinder- 
garten tables  are  not  provided  a  substitute 
can  be  made  by  placing  strong  Manilla  or 
other  cardboard  on  the  pupils'  desks,  the 
surface  of  the  board  having  been  accurately 
drawn  in  inch  squares. 

With  very  small  children  in  stringing 
kindergarten  beads  give  each  pupil  a  dozen 
beads  of  assorted  forms  and  a  shoe  string. 
For  a  short  time  allow  pupils  free  play, 
after  which  suggest  that  they  first  string  the 
spheres,  then  the  cubes,  and  afterwards  the 
cylinders,  then  alternate  a  sphere  and  a 
cylinder,  etc.    Colors  can  be  alternated  also. 


Helpful  Suggestions  To  Teachers. 

Let  us  be  careful  in  regard  to  ventilation. 

Let  us  always  have  a  pleasant  word  at 
parting. 

Let  us  know  the  flowers,  trees  and  birds 
around  us. 

Let  us  teach  care  of  school  property  and 
all  property. 

Let  us  have  a  calendar  and  a  thermo- 
meter in  each  room. 

Let  us  at  all  times  correct  improper  car- 
riage or  loud,  harsh  voice  tones. 

Let  us  study  the  environment  of  the 
child;  let  us  come  in  touch  with  the  parents. 

Let  us  bring  a  loving,  happy,  wholesome 
atmosphere  into  the  school  room. 

Let  us  try  in  every  action,  word,  or  deed 
of  ours  to  be  an  example  worthy  the  repro- 
duction of  the  youthful  imitator. 

Let  us  insist  upon  cleanliness  of  person, 
room,  and  desks,  upon  neatness  in  all  work. 

Let  us  be  sparing  of  threats,  and  never 
make  any  that  we  cannot  or  do  not  carry 
into  effect. 

Let  us  teach  respect  and  love  for  all  that 
is  highest  and  best;  for  the  aged  and  those 
older  than  self. 

Let  us  tell  some  of  the  good  things  about 
John  to  his  mother,  and  ask  help  from  her 
to  correct  wrong. 

Let  us  strive  to  make  each  day's  work  so 
interesting  that  the  pupils  will  hate  to  stay 
away  for  fear  of  missing  something. 

Let  us  endeavor  to  cultivate  a  true  feel- 
ing of  manliness  and  womanliness,  and  thus 
lay  the  foundation  for  a  good  man  and  a 
good  woman. — J.  D.  Brooks. 


How  wonderful  would  be  the  influence 
if  every  teacher  were  a  rainbow  maker,  a 
dispenser  of  happiness,  giving  forth  smiles 
and  good  cheer.  The  teacher  who  is  not 
happy  in  her  school  is  sure  to  make  her 
pupils  unhappy.  On  the  other  hand  the 
teacher  who  is  happy,  who  smiles,  who 
keeps  sweet,  will  have  no  trouble  in  enlist- 
ing the  co-operation  of  her  pupils.  You 
may  forget  your  arithmetic  lesson  or  how 
to  solve  the  hard  problem  in  algebra  and  be 
excusable,  but  there  is  no  excuse  when  you 
forget  your  smile. — Midland  Schools. 


Improper  Punishments, 
i.  Slap  on  back  or  side  of  head. 

2.  Pull  or  box  ears. 

3.  Sarcasm. 

4.  Reproof  before  visitors. 

5.  Copying  words  a  hundred  times. 

6.  Standing  on  floor. 

7.  Severe  criticism  of  work  when  child  is 
doing  as  well  as  he  knows  how. 

8.  Send  a  child  home  a  mile  or  so  in  un- 
pleasant weather  for  forgotten  books. 

9.  Exaggeration  of  a  child's  misdemean- 
ors in  order  to  convince  him  of  the  heinous- 
ness  of  them. 

10.  Destroy  the  property  of  a  child  be- 
cause it  should  not  have  been  brought  to 
school. 


Lead  Pencil  Lines. 
If  any  of  the  teachers  are  troubled,  as  I 
have  been  by  not  being  able  to  write  rapid- 
ly on  the  black  board,  and  keep  at  the  same 
time  my  sentences  straight,  I  would  sug- 
gest this  plan.  _  Draw  with  a  yard  stick, 
lead  pencil  lines.  These  are  not  easily  seen 
by  any  except  the  teacher,  and  will  not 
erase  for  some  time,  even  when  the  board 
is  washed. — Rocky  Mountain  Educator. 


In  the  grammar  of  life,  the  great  verbs  are  "to 
be"  and  "to  do." — Stewart. 

Truth  alone  makes  life  rich  and  great. — Emer- 
son. 


WISE  SAYINGS. 

Beauty  is  God's  handwriting. — Charles  Kingsley. 

What  we  must  do  let  us  love  to  do. — Coleridge. 

A  merry  heart  doeth  good  like  a  medicine. — The 
Bible. 

A  single  sunbeam  is  enough  to  drive  away  many 
shadows. — St.  Francis  of  Assisi. 

Diligence  is  the  mother  of  good  luck. — Franklin. 

Habit  is  a  cable;  we  weave  a  thread  of  it  every 
day  and  at  last  we  cannot  break  it. — Horace  Mann. 

A  thankful  heart  is  not  only  the  greatest  virtue, 
but  the  parent  of  all  the  other  virtues. — Cicero. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


209 


Number  Device  For  Seat  Work. 

Make  booklet  of  ten  to  twenty  pages,  not 
including  cover.  Teach  the  children  to 
number  each  page  in  Arabic  and  Roman 
figures  and  also  in  script.  Then  paste 
printed  alphabet  cards  to  form  the  number 
of  page.  On  each  page  let  children  cut, 
freehand,  and  mount  as  many  circles, 
squares,  oblongs,  ovals,  cups,  teapots, 
chairs,  dolls,  tops,  etc.,  as  the  page  indi- 
cates. On  page  one  only  one  of  each  thing 
should  be  mounted.  On  page  10,  ten  of 
each  article  should  appear.  Do  not  limit 
the  children  as  to  what  they  shall  cut. — 
School  Education. 


Much  From  Little. 


Do  you  know  what  pretty  vases  and  jars 
pickle  bottles  and  the  despicable  snuff  jar 
will  make  when  covered  with  a  coat  of  gilt 
paint?  Try  it  and  you  will  never  be  in 
want  of  jars  or  vases  for  your  flowers  again. 
A  gilded  pickle  bottle  will  make  an  orna- 
mental as  well  as  a  very  useful  receptacle 
for  pencils,  when  placed  on  your  desk.  Use 
a  mucilage  bottle  for  a  needle-case.  It  will 
also  make  a  very  convenient  tack  recep- 
tacle. Have  a  tray  on  your  desk  for  pins. 
Have  you  a  washstand?  If  not,  take  a 
grocery  box  and  cover  the  sides  with 
cheesecloth.  Cover  the  top  with  a  piece  of 
white  oilcloth  and  tack  down  with  gilt 
tacks.     Place  under  the  mirror. 


Freddie- 
three  eyes? 

George — 

Freddie- 
eye? 

George- 
head. 

Freddie 

George — 
other  eye  ? 

Freddie— 
my  thumb, 
knothole  in 
for  nothin'. 


Useful  Place 

Say,  wouldn't  you  like  to  have 

Yes. 

Where'd   you    have    the    other 

I'd  have  it  in  the  back  of  my 

-You  would?     I  wouldn't. 
Where    would    you    have    your 

Why,  I'd  have  it  in  the  end  of 
so  I  could  poke  it  through  a 
the  fence  and  see  the  ball  game 


Nearly  All  On. 

"Hurry  up,  Tommy!"  called  mother 
from  downstairs.  "We're  late  now.  Have 
you  got  your  shoes  on?" 

"Yes,  mamma — all  but  one." — Every- 
body's Magazine. 


For  Perfect  Attendance. 

I  offer  the  following  plan  hoping  it  will 
help  some  teacher  as  it  helped  me:  When 
I  looked  at  the  daily  register,  I  saw  that 
very  many  of  the  children  had  been  tardy 
the  term  before.  I  gave  each  pupil  a  piece 
of  cardboard  with  his  name  at  the  top. 
Every  day  that  he  was  neither  tardy  nor 
absent,  he  received  a  star,  which  he  pasted 
on  the  cardboard.  We  had  a  large  card 
with  each  pupil's  name  on  it  hanging  on  the 
wall.  When  he  had  five  stars  on  his  card, 
a  large  gold  one  was  pasted  after  his  name 
on  the  large  card.  I  gave  two  diplomas 
last  year  and  many  certificates  of  attend- 
ance. I  had  only  a  few  pupils.  For  the 
primary  classes  I  made  bows  of  ribbons^of 
different  widths.  For  a  perfect  lesson- a 
large  bow  was  given,  for  good,  a  bow  a 
little  narrower,  and  so  on. — Mae  Hughes. 


A  Review. 
Everything  triat  will  vary  a  review  is 
welcome  to  the  teacher.  Here  is  a  way  of 
conducting  one  that  may  be  new  to  some- 
body. After  making  out  the  list  of  ques- 
tions you  desire  to  ask  in  history, 
geography  or  arithmetic,  take  a  number  of 
small  cards  and  on  each  one  write  the 
answer  to  a  question.  These  should  be 
numbered  to  correspond  with  the  number- 
ing of  the  questions.  Distribute  several 
cards  to  each  pupil.  Then  read  your  ques- 
tions and  allow  the  pupil  who  thinks  he 
holds  the  answer  to  read  it.  If  he  is  cor- 
rect, give  him  a  credit,  and  at  the  end  of 
the  exercise  count  the  credits  to  see  which 
pupil  has  the  largest  number. — Popular 
Educator. 


GAU-WI-DI-NE  AND    GO-HAY,   WIN- 
TER AND  SPRING.* 
IROdUOIS  MYTHS  AND  LEGENDS 

BY    HARRIET    MAXWELL    CONVERSE. 

The  snow  mountain  lifted  its  head  close 
to  the  sky;  the  clouds  wrapped  around  it 
their  floating  drifts  which  held  the  winter's 
hail  and  snowfalls,  and  with  scorn  it  defied 
the  sunlight  which  crept  over  its  height, 
slow  and  shivering  on  its  way  to  the  val- 
leys. 

*See  note  on  following  page. 


no 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Close  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain,  an  old 
man  had  built  him  a  lodge  "for  a  time," 
said  he,  as  he  packed  it  around  with  great 
blocks  of  ice.  Within  he  stored  piles  of 
wood  and  corn  and  dried  meat  and  fish. 
No  person,  animal  nor  bird  could  enter  this 
lodge,  only  North  Wind,  the  only  friend 
the  old  man  had.  Whenever  strong  and 
lusty  North  Wind  passed  the  lodge  he 
would  scream  "ugh-e-e-e,  ugh-e-e-e,"  as 
with  a  blast  of  his  blustering  breath  he  blew 
open  the  door,  and  entering,  would  light 
his  pipe  and  sit  close  by  the  old  man's  fire 
and  rest  from  his  wanderings  over  the 
earth. 

But  North  Wind  came  only  seldom  to 
the  lodge.  He  was  too  busy  searching  the 
corners  of  the  earth  and  driving  the  snows 
and  the  hail,  but  when  he  had  wandered 
far  and  was  in  need  of  advice,  he  would 
visit  the  lodge  to  smoke  and  counsel  with 
the  old  man  about  the  next  snowfall,  before 
journeying  to  his  home  in  the  north  sky; 
and  they  would  sit  by  the  fire  which  blazed 
and  glowed  yet  could  not  warm  them. 

The  old  man's  bushy  whiskers  were 
heavy  with  the  icicles  which  clung  to  them, 
and  when  the  blazing  fire  flared  its  lights, 
illuminating  them  with  the  warm  hues  of 
the  summer  sunset,  he  would  rave  as  he 
struck  them  down,  and  glare  with  rage  as 
they  fell  snapping  and  crackling  at  his  feet. 

One  night,  as  together  they  sat  smoking 
and  dozing  before  the  fire,  a  strange  feeling 
of  fear  came  over  them,  the  air  seemed 
growing  warmer  and  the  ice  began  to  melt. 
Said  North  Wind:  "I  wonder  what  warm 
thing  is  coming,  the  snow  seems  vanishing 
and  sinking  lower  in  the  earth."  But  the 
old  man  cared  not,  and  was  silent.  He 
knew  his  lodge  was  strong,  and  he  chuckled 
with  scorn  as  he  bade  North  Wind  abandon 
his  fears  and  depart  for  his  home.  But 
North  Wind  went  drifting  the  fast  falling 
snow    higher    on    the    mountain    until    it 

*  Another  version,  from  the  Senecas,  makes  Ha-to 
the  Spirit  of  the  Winter  and  O-swi-ne-don,  the 
Spirit  of  Warmth.  The  former  is  described  as  an 
old  man  who  skulks  about  in  the  woods  and  raps 
the  trees  with  his  war  club,  (ga-ji-wa).  When 
the  weather  is  the  coldest  he  is  the  most  active 
and  any  one  can  hear  him  rapping  the  trees.  It 
is  a  very  evil  thing  to  imitate  the  acts  of  any 
nature  spirit.  The  penalty  is  to  be  captured  by 
the  spirit  and  pressed  into  its  service.  Ha-to  is 
deathly  afraid  of  blackberries  and  never  visits  the 
earth  when  they  are  in  blossom.  A  boy  who  had 
mocked  Ha-to  once  vanquished  him  by  throwing  a 
pot  of  blackberry  sauce  in  his  lace.  Thus  the 
Senecas  use  blackberries  in  winter  as  a  medicine 
against  frost  bites. 


groaned  under  its  heavy  burden,  and 
scolding  and  blasting,  his  voice  gradually 
died  away.  Still  the  old  man  remained 
silent  and  moved  not,  but  lost  in  thought 
sat  looking  into  the  fire  when  there  came 
a  loud  knock  at  his  door.  "Some  foolish 
breath  of  North  Wind  is  wandering," 
thought  he,  and  he  heeded  it  not. 

Again  came  the  rapping,  but  swifter  and 
louder,  and  a  pleading  voice  begged  to 
come  in. 

Still  the  old  man  remained  silent,  and 
drawing  nearer  to  the  fire  quieted  himself 
for  sleep;  but  the  rapping  continued, 
louder,  fiercer,  and  increased  his  anger. 
"Who  dares  approach  the  door  of  my 
lodge?"  he  shrieked.  "You  are  not  North 
Wind,  who  alone  can  enter  here.  Begone ! 
no  refuge  here  for  trifling  winds,  go  back 
to  your  home  in  the  sky."  But  as  he  spoke, 
the  strong  bar  securing  the  door  fell  from 
its  fastening,  the  door  swung  open  and  a 
stalwart  young  warrior  stood  before  him 
shaking  the  snow  from  his  shoulders  as  he 
noiselessly  closed  the  door. 

Safe  within  the  lodge,  the  warrior 
heeded  not  the  old  man's  anger,  but  with 
a  cheerful  greeting  drew  close  to  the  fire, 
extending  his  hands  to  its  ruddy  blaze, 
when  a  glow  as  of  summer  illumined  the 
lodge.  But  the  kindly  greeting  and  the 
glowing  light  served  only  to  incense  the 
old  man,  and  rising  in  rage  he  ordered  the 
warrior  to  depart. 

"Go!"  he  exclaimed,  "I  know  you  not. 
You  have  entered  my  lodge  and  you  bring 
a  strange  light.  Why  have  you  forced  my 
lodge  door?  '  You  are  young,  and  youth 
has  no  need  of  my  fire.  When  I  enter  my 
lodge,  all  the  earth  sleeps.  You  are  strong 
with  the  glow  of  sunshine  on  your  face. 
Long  ago  I  buried  the  sunshine  beneath  the 
snowdrifts.     Go!  you  have  no  place  here! 

"Your  eyes  bear  the  gleam  of  the  sum- 
mer stars,  North  Wind  blew  out  the  sum- 
mer starlights  moons  ago.  Your  eyes  daz- 
zle my' lodge,  your  breath  does  not  smoke 
in  chill  vapors,  but  comes  from  your  lips 
soft  and  warm,  it  will  melt  my  lodge,  you 
have  no  place  here. 

"Your  hair,  so  soft  and  fine,  streaming 
back  like  the  night  shades  will  weave  my 
lodge  into  tangles.  You  have  no  place 
here. 

"Your  shoulders  are  bare  and  white  as 
the  snowdrifts.  You  have  no  furs  to  cover 
them ;  depart  from  my  lodge.  See,  as  you 
sit  by  my  fire,  how  it  draws  away  from  you. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


212 


But  the  young  warrior  only  smiled,  and 
asked  that  he  might  remain  to  fill  his  pipe ; 
and  they  sat  down  by  the  fire  when  the  old 
man  became  garrulous  and  began  to  boast 
of  his  great  powers. 

"I  am  powerful  and  strong,"  said  he,  "I 
send  North  Wind  to  blow  all  over  the  earth 
and  its  waters  stop  to  listen  to  his  voice  as 
he  freezes  them  fast  asleep.  When  I  touch 
the  sky,  the  snow  hurries  down  and  the 
hunters  hide  by  their  lodge  fires;  the  birds 
fly  scared,  and  the  animals  creep  to  their 
caves.  When  I  lay  my  hand  on  the  land, 
I  harden  it  still  as  the  rocks;  nothing  can 
forbid  me  nor  loosen  my  fetters.  You, 
young  warrior,  though  you  shine  like  the 
sun,  you  have  no  power.  Go !  I  give  you 
a  chance  to  escape  me,  but  I  could  blow 
my  breath  and  fold  around  you  a  mist 
which  would  turn  you  to  ice,  forever ! 

"I  am  not  a  friend  to  the  Sun,  who  grows 
pale  and  cold  and  flees  to  the  south  land 
when  I  come;  yet  I  see  his  glance  in  your 
face,  where  no  winter  shadows  hide.  My 
North  Wind  will  soon  return;  he  hates  the 
summer  and  will  bind  fast  its  hands.  You 
fear  me  not,  and  smile  because  you  know 
me  not.  Young  man,  listen.  I  am  Gau-wi- 
di-ne,  Winter!  Now  fear  me  and  depart. 
Pass  from  my  lodge  and  go  out  to  the 
wind." 

But  the  young  warrior  moved  not,  only 
smiled  as  he  refilled  the  pipe  for  the 
trembling  old  man,  saying:  "Here,  take 
your  pipe,  it  will  soothe  you  and  make  you 
stronger  for  a  little  while  longer;"  and  he 
packed  the  o-yan-kwa  (Indian  tobacco) 
deep  and  hard  in  the  pipe. 

Said  the  warrior:  "Now  you  must  smoke 
for  youth  and  Spring!  I  fear  not  your 
boasting;  you  are  aged  and  slow  while  I 
am  young  and  strong.  I  hear  the  voice  of 
South  Wind.  Your  North  Wind  hears, 
and  Ga-oh  is  hurrying  him  back  to  his 
home.  Wrap  you  up  warm  while  yet  the 
snowdrifts  cover  the  earth  path,  and  flee  to 
your  lodge  in  the  north  sky.  I  am  here 
now,  and  you  shall  know  me.  I,  too,  am 
powerful ! 

"When  I  lift  my  hand,  the  sky  opens 
wide  and  I  waken  the  sleeping  Sun,  which 
follows  me  warm  and  glad,  I  touch  the 
earth  and  it  grows  soft  and  gentle,  and 
breathes  strong  and  swift  as  my  South 
Wind  ploughs  under  the  snows  to  loosen 
your  grasp.  The  trees  in  the  forest  wel- 
come my  voice  and  send  out  their  buds  to 


my  hand.  When  my  breezes  blow  my  long 
hair  to  the  clouds,  they  send  down  gentle 
showers  that  whisper  the  grasses  to  grow. 

"I  am  not  to  tarry  long  m  my  peace  talk 
with  you,  but  to  smoke  with  you  and  warn 
you  that  the  Sun  is  waiting  for  me  to  open 
its  door.  You  and  North  Wind  have  built 
your  lodge  strong  but  each  wind,  the 
North,  and  the  East,  and  the  West,  and  the 
South  has  its  time  for  the  earth.  Now 
South  Wind  is  calling  me;  return  you  to 
your  big  lodge  in  the  sky.  Travel  quick 
on  your  way  that  you  may  not  fall  in  the 
path  of  the  Sun.  See !  it  is  now  sending 
down  its  arrows  broad  and  strong!" 

The  old  man  saw  and  trembled.  He 
seemed  fading  smaller,  and  grown  too 
weak  to  speak,  could  only  whisper:  "Young 
warrior,  who  are  you?" 

In  a  voice  that  breathed  soft  as  the 
breath  of  wild  blossoms,  he  answered : 
"I  am  Go-hay,  Spring!  I  have  come  to 
rule,  and  my  lodge  now  covers  the  earth ! 
I  have  talked  to  your  mountain  and  it  has 
heard;  I  have  called  the  South  Wind  and  it 
is  near;  the  Sun  is  awake  from  its  winter 
sleep  and  summons  me  quick  and  loud. 
Your  North  Wind  has  fled  to  his  north  sky; 
you  are  late  in  following.  You  have  lin- 
gered too  long  over  your  peace  pipe  and  its 
smoke  now  floats  far  away.  Haste  while 
yet  there  is  time  that  you  may  lose  not 
your  trail." 

And  Go-hay  began  singing  the  Sun  song 
as  he  opened  the  door  of  the  lodge.  Hover- 
ing above  it  was  a  great  bird  whose  wings 
seemed  blown  by  a  strong  wind,  and  while 
Go-hay  continued  to  sing,  it  flew  down  to 
the  lodge  and  folding  Gau-wi-di-ne  to  its 
breast  slowly  winged  away  to  the  north, 
and  when  the  Sun  lifted  its  head  in  the 
east,  it  beheld  the  bird  disappearing  behind 
the  far  away  sky.  The  Sun  glanced  down 
where  Gau-wi-di-ne  had  built  his  lodge, 
whose  fire  had  burned  but  could  not  warm, 
and  a  bed  of  young  blossoms  lifted  their 
heads  to  the  touch  of  its  beams.  Where 
the  wood  and  the  corn  and  the  dried  meat 
and  fish  had  been  heaped,  a  young  tree  was 
leafing,  and  a  blue  bird  was  trying  its  wings 
for  a  nest.  And  the  great  ice  mountain  had 
melted  to  a  swift  running  river  which  sped 
through  the  valley  bearing  its  message  of 
springtime. 

Gau-wi-di-ne  had  passed  his  time,  and 
Go-hay  reigned  over  the  earth ! 

Some  writers  have  credited  this  legend  to  the 
Ojibwas,  but  for  many  generations  the  Iroquois 
have  claimed  it  as  their  own. 


2ii 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


TEASLES— KEEP  OUT. 
A  Dr.  Daddiman  Story. 

The  Junior  Partner — four  and  a  half,  going  on 
five — is  the  finest  sort  of  a  fellow  when  he  is 
himself.  But  he  was  not  himself  for  a  long  time 
before  the  Senior  Partner  discovered  what  was 
the  trouble.  And,  of  course,  he  felt  very  very 
sorry  when  he  knew  that  the  Junior  Partner  had 
the  real,  old-fashioned,  deep-seated  teasles.  It 
is  such  a  horrid  disease  and  lasts  so  long!  It  is 
as  much  worse  than  measles  as  you  can  think. 

When  you  have  measles  you  are  put  to  bed  and 
taken  care  of;  that  means  ice-cream  and  kindness. 
People  are  kept  out  for  fear  of  spreading  the  dis- 
ease. It  is  generally  over  in  a  few  days  and  that 
ends  it. 

Whoever  heard  of  treating  a  case  of  teasles  with 
kindness?  But  it  would  be  a  good  plan,  when  it 
first  shows  itself,  to  put  the  patient  to  bed  and 
hang  out'  a  large  dark-blue   flag: 


TEASLES 
KEEP  OUT 


for  the  disease  is  sure  to  affect  every  one  that 
comes  near. 

The  worst  of  teasles  is  that  it  always  is  a  long 
time  before  they  find  out  what  is  the  matter.  It 
is  mistaken  for  badness  just  as  it  was  with  the 
Junior  Partner.  A  good  many  folks  think  that  all 
sickness  is  badness.  The  fact  is  just  the  opposite. 
Badness  is  mostly  sickness.  When  people  under- 
stand these  things  better,  they  won't  be  so  smart 
about  blaming  and  punishing.  Then  some  one 
will  say  to  you: 

"Good  morning!  How  is  your  temper  this 
morning?" 

And  you  will  say: 

"Very  sweet  at  present,  thank  you.  But  I  am 
afraid  that  I  am  in  for  an  attack  of  selfishness. 
You  know  that  I  am  subject  to  them  and  they 
use  me  up  for  days.  But  how  is  your  brother? 
Did  he  get  entirely  over  his  rudeness?" 

And  the  other  will   reply: 

"Thank  you,  he  is  much  better,  but  he  does  not 
feel  entirely  well.  Did  you  hear  about  Dicky 
Brown's  accident?" 

"Why,  no!     What  was  it?" 

"Poor  Dick  has  been  getting  so  fool  blooded,  and 
yesterday  he  made  a  misstep  and  broke  his  word." 

"Oil,  how  sau.      Was  it  a  bad  fracture?" 

"I  do  not  think  so,  though  it  is  giving  him 
much  pain.  But  the  doctor  says  that  pain  is  a 
good  sign." 

And  so  the  talk  will  go  on.  For  people  will 
always  love  to  talk  about  ailments. 

The  teasles  not  being  recognized  early,  generally 
gets  into  the  system.  Then  you  are  a  long  time 
getting  rid  of  it.  And  it  comes  back  so  often  that 
it  is  hard  to  tell  when  you  are  really  cured.  In 
fact,  the  disease  is  liable  to  leave  a  weakness  that 
way  for  some  time.     It  is  something  like  a  habit. 

So,  of  course,  the  Senior  Partner  felt  very  very 
sorry  when  the  Junior  Partner  told  his  symptoms 
and  he  examined  him  and  understood  the  case. 
The  trouble  showed  itself  mostly  in  the  hands, 
tongue  and  feet. 

The  hands  had  taken  away  Martha's  sled  and 
left  it  on  the  sidewalk,  while  the  feet  carried  the 
Junior  Partner  swiftly  away.  The  feet  had  rushed 
him  off  when  the  hands  pulled  the  chair  from 
under   James   and  let   him   fall   to   the  floor.      Not 


long  before  that,  the  hands  had  thrown  all  the 
coats  from  the  porch-rail  upon  the  heads  of  the 
children  who  were  digging  in  the  dirt.  And  they 
had  several  times  taken  away  the  swing. 

The  Senior  Partner  examined  the  hands,  tongue 
and  feet.  The  hands  had  a  "striking"  appearance, 
but  bore  no  signs  of  meddling  nor  wall  marking. 

The  tongue  looked  like  a  kind  tongue  and  most 
of  the  time  it  was.  But  there  were  some  "tattles" 
on  it.  And  the  Senior  Partner  has  heard  it  call- 
ing names,  and  saying  unkind  things  and  even 
interrupting.      He  was  sure  about  it. 

The  feet  were  simply  run  down.  They  had  a 
few  dawdles,  but  not  more  than  most  young  feet. 

Although  the  Junior  Partner  had  suffered  in 
this  way  for  quite  a  while,  the  case  did  not  seem 
to  be  hopeless — not  half  as  bad  as  some.  And 
he  had  a  jolly  good  constitution.  But  teasles  is 
teasles  and  no  one  wants  to  have  it  nor  to  be 
exposed  to  it.  If  you  don't  get  it  out  of  your 
system  when  you  are  young,  you  will  have  a  hard 
time  with  it.  Just  think  of  everybody  running 
around  the  corner  when  you  come  near,  and  whis- 
pering  at   recess — (for   children   have   feelings): 

"I  say!  here  comes  that  John  Henry!  He  has 
a  bad  attack  of  teasles!  You  can't  have  any  fun 
when  he's  around.     Let's  run  and  hide!" 

And  poor  little  John  Henry  would  have  no  one 
to  play  with.  And  when  he  grew  up,  no  one 
would  want  to  associate  with  him  because  of  the 
teasles. 

So  the  Senior  Partner  thought  over  the  case, 
and  thought  and  thought,  just  as  the  doctor  does 
when  you  are  ill,  but  he  does  not  show  it.  Teasles 
is  treated  in  so  many  different  ways.  And  some 
of  the  treatments,  such  as  the  use  of  hard  words, 
while  they  give  the  operator  relief,  drive  the 
teasles  in  and  make  the  patient  worse.  Latinized 
water  is  good  for  many  things,  as  every  doctor 
knows.  If  fresh  and  cool,  it  is  excellent  in  the 
treatment  of  the  whines.  But  you  could  not  carry 
a  lot  of  Latinized  water  around  and  have  it  fresh 
for  use  when  you  felt  the  teasles  coming  on.  The 
Junior  Partner  must  have  a  remedy  which  he 
could  take  with  him  and  use  himself,  so  as  to  be 
always  prepared  for  an  attack. 

"Partner!"  said  the  Senior  Partner,  "do  you 
really  and  truly  wish  to  be  cured?" 

"Yes,  Daddy."  The  Junior  Partner  is  a  great 
joker.  He  calls  the  Senior  Partner  Daddy,  and 
the  General  Manager,  Mother. 

"The  cure  which  I  will  give  you  is  a  very  old 
one  and  comes  from  the  East — from  the  greatest 
doctor  that  the  world  has  ever  known.  If  you 
use  it  carefully,  it  will  cure  any  attack,  however 
severe.  Hold  your  hands  in  front  of  you — palm 
to  palm  and  a  little  apart.     Are  you  ready?" 

"Yes,  Daddy." 

"Bring  the  tips  of  the  little  fingers  together. 
Say — Little." 

"Little." 

"Next  finger-tips  together.     Say — Children." 

"Children." 

"Middle  fingers.     Say — Love." 

"Love." 

"Next  fingers.     Say — One." 

"One." 

"Thumbs.      Say — Another." 

"I  will  call  this  cure,  'Naming  the  Fingers.' 
When  you  feel  an  attack  coming  on,  use  it  quickly 
and  keep  on  using  it  until  you  feel  better.  You 
may  name  the  fingers  to  yourself  if  you  wish. 
Now  let  us  practice  it." 

The  Junior  Partner  repeated  it  until  he  had  it 
ready  for  instant  use.  And  now  he  says  that  he 
is  surely  getting  better.  And  everybody  is  glad, 
for  when  he  is  himself,  the  Junior  Partner — four 
and  a  half,  going  on  five — is  the  finest  sort  of 
a  fellow. 


15412 

Bale  Your  Waste 

and  Turn  It  Into   CASH 

tfH 

LITTLE  GIANT  h„j  p™ 
Rag  and  Paper  Baler 

You  know  the  inconvenience  of  storing: 
loose  waste  for  market— keeps  piling:  up 
so  fast  you  can't  handle  it. 

Sometimes  the  trouble  it  makes  more 
than  counterbalances  the  proceeds. 

But— put  a  Little  Giant  Baler  on  the  job 

in  some,  out-of-the-way  corner.     You'll 

never  miss  the  floor  space  it  occupies,  and 

it'll  eat  up  the  waste  just  as  fast  as  it 

accumulates. 

Compresses  it  into  bales  with  a  lever- 
age so  powerful  the  office  boy  can  oper- 
ate it— and  can't  get  it  out  of  whack. 
With  the  Little  Giant  Baler  a  lot  of 
stuff  that's  been  kicking:  around  under 
foot     as    worse    than   useless,    and 
without  money  value,  can  be  put  fh- 
to  marketable  shape,  and  turned 
Into  ready  casfras  so  much  clear 
g-ain.     It  pays  for  itself  many 
times  over,  and  every  day  you're 
without  the  Little  Giant  isyour 
losa.    Write  now  for  price  list 
and  other  information. 

Little  Giant 
Hay  Press 
Company 

Alma, 

Mich. 

Dallas, 

Texas 


"CRA  Y  0  L  A" 
Artists'  and  School  Crayon 

CRAYOLA  COLORS  are  per. 
manent  and  brilliant  and  can 
be  blended  and  overworked. 
They  will  not  blur  nor  rub  off! 
No  expensive  outfit  is  required 
in  their  use!  No  waiting  for 
colors  to  dry.  No  brushes  to 
clean!  No  liquid  colors  to  soi 
the  hands  and  clothes!  Try 
"Crayola"  for  Stenciling  and 
all  educational  color  work. 

We  shall  be  pleased  to  furn- 
ish samples  and  particulars  to 
teachers  interested. 

BINNEY  &  SMITH  CO., 

81-83  Fulton  St., 
New    York. 

Outline  of  U.  S.  History 

SUITABLE  FOR-TtJE  GRADES.    SECOND  EDITION  NOW  READY. 

A  SUCCESSFUL  TEACHER  SAYS: 
The  Palmer  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. 

GenTlembn: — During  the  passing  term,  I  have  used  the  Kingsley's  Outline  of  United  States  History  with 
my  teachers,  who  were  preparing  to  take  the  examination  for  licenses  to  teach  in  New  York  City.  I  am  glad  to  say 
that  we  are  satisfied  with  that  book.  It  is  more  than  a  mere  outline;  it  is  in  itself  sufficient  for  review,  without  the 
aid  of  a  large  text-book. 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Yours  truly,  T.  J.  McEVOY. 

The  above-named  book  will  be  sent  postpaid  on  receipt  of  35  cents. 

THE  PALMER  COMPANY 

50   Bromfield  Street,  Boston,  Mass 


FOR  CHRISTMAS 

AWARDED  FOUR.    /",1"EVT,C< 
GOLD  MEDALS     VJlX    1  O 

Re  produ  ctionj^the 
Worlds  Great 

ONbcInT 

EACH  FOR  25  OR  MORE  5&x8 

5 END  TODAY  3 TWO  CENT 

STAMPS  FOR    CATALOGUE 

OF  10  00  MINIATURE 

1  LLUSTRATIO/NS 

THREE  PICTURES 
AND  A  COLORED 
BIRD  PICTURED 


e  I^erc 


AWARDED  FOUR  GOLD  flEDALS. 

SEND  TODAY 

25  Cents  (or 

25  Art  Subjects  or 

25  Madonnas  or 

25  for  Children  or 

25  Kittens,  Dogs,  etc.  or 

25  on  Life  of  Christ  or 

$1.00  for  any  four 

sets  or  for  Art  Set 

No.  10  of  100 

Choice  pictures. 
Send  50  cents  for  10 
1  Extra  Size  pictures, 

10x12 
Madonna  Booklet.  25c. 
The  one-cent  pictures  are    4  to  6  times  the  size  of  this 
Madonna. 

THE-  PERRY  PICTURES  CO. 

Box  630  flalden,  Mass, 


ORDER  TO=DAY 


A  Few  Valuable  Books  for  Kindergartners  and  Primary  Teachers 

We  keep  in  stock  many  books  not  found  in  this  list,  and  supply  ANY  book  on  the  market  at  lowest  prices . 
Put  right  in  your  order  the  book  you  want,  give  us  the  name  of  publisher  if  you  can,  and  we  will  send  it. 

Kindergarten  Hand  Books  Especially  for  Primary  Teachers 


Price,  25  Cents 


These  books  give  just  the 
information  desired  by  pri- 
mary-kindergarten teachers 
The  works  are  all  amply  ill- 
ustrated and  are  bound  in 
limp  cloth. 

The  First  Gift  in  Primary 
Schools.  By  J.  H.  Shults.  With 
several  illustrations,  songs 
and  games,  price  15c. 

A  Second  Gift  Story  or  Miss 
Arden'sWay.  By  Violet  Lynn. 
This  volume  tells  in  attract- 
ive story  form  how  teachers 
can  use  the  second  gift  in 
correlation  with  the  regular 
primary  work.  Price  25  cents. 
Illustrated. 

The  Third  Gift  in  Primary 
Schools,  —  Build  i  ng  with 
Cubes.  By  J.  H.  Shults. 
Written  especially  for  Pri- 
mary teachers,  containing 
lesson  suggestions  and  hints 
relative  to  correlation  with 
primary  school  work.  Fully 
illustrated.  Limp    cloth. 

Price  20c. 

The  Fourth  Gift  in  Primary 
School  S. — Building  with 
Bricks.  By  J.  H.  Shults.  AJhandbook  for  the  primary  teacher 
on  the  use  of  this  gift  in  correlation  with  primary  school 
work.  The  only  work  of  this  kind  written  especially  for  pri- 
mary teachers.    Fully  illustrated.    Limp  cloth,  price  20c. 

The  Seventh  Gift  in  Primary  Schools.  —  Tablet  Laying  and 
Parquetry  Work  By  J.  H.  Shults.  With  many  illustrations 
hints  and  suggestions,  enabling  primary  teachers  to  use  the 
gift  in  correlation  with  their  primary  school  work.  Limp 
cloth.    Price  20c. 

The  Tenth  Gift^-Stick  Laying— In  Primary  Schools.-- By 
Alice  Buckingham.  "1  he  only  book  of  its  kind  published  in 
America.  Contains  nearly  200  illustrations  with  complete 
instructions  for  the  use  of  the  gift  in  primary  schools;  price 
25c- 

Eleventh  Gift— Ring  Laying  in  Primary  Schools—With  many 
illustrations  for  both  ring-laying  and  ring  and  stick-laying 
combined.    Limp  cloth,  price  20c. 

The  Thirteenth  Gift- The  Point— In  Primary  Work.  By  J. 
H.  Shults.  Illustrating  the  work  with  lentils,  corn,  peasand 
other  seeds.    Limp  cloth,  price  15c. 

Peas  and  Cork  Work  in  Primary  Schools.  By  J.  H.  Shults. 
Illustrated.     Limp  cloth,  price  15c. 

Reed  and  Raffia  Construction  Work  in  Primary 
Schools.  By  Mary  A.  Shults.  Fully  illustrated.  It  teaches 
how  to  use  both  reeds  and  raffia  in  primary  schools,  with 
children  of  every  grade-  Complete  instructions  for  making 
mats,  1  askets,  and  many  other  articles,  both  from  reeds  and 
raffia  alone,  and  with  a  combination  of  both;  price  25c. 

Stories,  Games,  Jlusic,  Etc. 

AH  books  sent  prepaid  on  receipt  of  price 
unless  the  postage  is  indicated. 

One  Hundred  New  Kindergarten  Songs,    $1.00 
Cloth.    The  latest  and  best. 

Graded   Memory  Selections 19 

A   Christmas   Festival  Service,  paper. . .      .25 

By   Nora   Smith. 

Instrumental     Characteristic     Rhythms. 

Part  I,  boards,  $1.50;  Part  II,  paper,  1.00 
By   Clara   L.    Anderson. 

of      Kindergarten 


Songs  and   Games  for  Little  Ones,  net.    1.50 

Postage,    15c. 
By  Harriet  8.  Jenks  and  Gertrude  Walker. 

Sons     Stories      for     the     Kindergarten, 

boards    1.00 

By  Mildred  J.  and  Patty  S.   Hill. 


The     Sonars     and     Huale     of      Froebel's 

Mother    Play,   cloth 1.50 


FINGER 

PL/XVS 

Send  to  us  for 
any  book  pub- 
lished and  we'll 
supply  it  at  low- 
est prices.  Give 
name  of  pub- 
lisher, if  possi- 
ble and  price. 


Timely   Games  and   Songs  for  the  Kin- 
dergarten,   paper 00 

By  Clare  Sawyer  Reed. 
In  the  Child's  World,  cloth 1.00 

By    Braille    Poulsson. 

Half  Hundred  Stories  (207  pages),  cloth  .lb 
Dozen    and    Two    Kindergarten    Songs. 

Paper    $  JO 

Louis    Pauline   Warner. 

Folk  and  Other  Songs  for  Children 1.50 

Jane    Bird    Radcllffe-Whitehead. 

Kindergarten    Chimes,   paper 1.00 

"  "  boards    1.25 

"  "  cloth     1.50 

Kate    D.    Wlggln. 

Uttle  Songs  for  Little  Singers 25 

W.   T.   Glffe. 

Motion  Songs   ,      .25 

Mrs.    Boardman. 

Posies  from  a  Child's  Garden  of  Verses.    1.00 
Wm.    Arms   Fisher. 

Sixty  Songs  from  Mother  Goose's  Jubilee  1.00 
L.    E.    Orth. 

Song  Echoes  from  Child  Land 2.00 

Miss  Harriet  S.   Jenks  and  Mrs.   Mabel  Rust. 

Songs  of  Nature 60 

E.    TJ.    Emerson   and   K.   L.    Brown. 

Songs   of  Sunshine 1.00 

Stories  in  Song 75 

Thirty  Songs  for  Children J50 

Master  St.  Elmo 1.00 

Postage,    12   cents. 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Musical   Poems    1.50 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Flower  Ballads,  cloth 1.00 

"  "         paper    50 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Callsthenic  Songs,  cloth .  • 35 

By    Flora    Parsons. 

Fjnger   Plays,   cloth •   1.25 

By    Emilie    Poulsson. 

The   Story  nonr,  cloth 1.00 

By    Kate    Douglas    Wlggln. 

Myths  and   Mother  Plays,  cloth 1.00 

By    Sara    Wlltse. 

Flower  Ballads,  paper,    .50;   cloth 1.00 

By   Caro   S.    Senour. 

iliscellaneons 

Commentary  on  Froebel's  Mother  Play.  .$1.25 

By  J.  Denton  Snider. 

The  Psychology  of  Froebel's  Play  Gifts,  L.25 

By  J.   Denton  Snider. 
Mottoes  and   Commentaries  of  Froebel's 

Mother    Play     l.oO 

Translated    by    Susan    B.    Blow. 

Outline   of   a   Year's   Work   In   the  Kin- 
dergarten      00 

By   Anna   Deveraiix. 

Blackboard  Designs,  paper .50 

By  Margaret   E.   Webb. 

Education  by  Plays  and  Gaines .50 

By    G.    E.    Johnson. 

The   Study   of  Children,   cloth 1.00 

By  Frances  Warner. 

Nursery   Ethics,   cloth l.Oo 

By   Florence  Wlnterburn. 
The  Color  Primer.  Price.  Teachers'   Edi- 
tion,   .10;   Pupils'   Edition 05 

The  Color  Primer  is  Issued  in  a  paper 
cover.  The  teachers'  edition.  Including  as  a 
part  of  Itself  the  pupils'  edition,  has  80 
pages  and  the  pupils'  edition  alone  24 
pages. 

Water  Colors  In  the  Schoolroom.     Price, 

boards    25 

By   Milton   Bradley. 
This    is    a    practical    handbook    on    the    use 

of  Water   Colors 

An  artistic  book.  Illustrated  with  twelve 
colored   plates. 


Address  All  orders  to 


American  Kindergarten  Supply  House. 

276-278-280  River  Street.  Manistee,  Mich. 


.  CITY  CHILDREN 

New  Book  of  Kindergarten  Songs 

By  ISABEL  VALENTINE  and  LILEON  CLAXTON 

Two  Practical  Kindergartners  of  the  New  York  City  Public  School  System 

With  introduction  by   JENNY  B.  MERRIL,  Supervisor  of  Kinder- 
gartens, New  York  City  Public  Schools. 


THIRTEEN  SONGS   WRITTEN  as  a  result  of  years   of   teaching 

. EXPERI ENCE  _ 

TH I  RTF  FN  SONCiS  that  have  been  thoroughly  tried  and 

IIIMMLLl^    yjwmvj^>       PROVEN  IMMENSELY  SUCCESSFUL. 

THIRTEEN   SONGS    EXPRESSIVE  OF  THE  CHILD'S  own  everyday 

LIFE. 

THIRTFFN    SONGS    READILY  DRAMATIZED  FROM  THE  CHILDREN'S 
II  lll\i  LLH    ^WMUJ      SUGGESTIONS 

THTRTFFN  SONCS  that  city  kindergartners  must  have  and 

inil\l£j£.l\   OWIMjO        OTHER  KINDERGARTNERS  SHOULD  HAVE 

THIRTFFN  SONGS   bright,  cheery,  new.  with  smooth  flowing 

1  l  liIX  A  &L1IX   UKJiyyjU        HARMONIES  AND  SIMPLICITY  OF  RYTHYMA. 

The  thirteen  songs  are  clearlv  printed  on  good  paper  and  bound  with  strong  linen  mak- 
ing a  very  attractive  and  durable  book,  just  the  thing  for  an  EASTER  GIFT. 


Price  50  Cents  i 


Add  5c  extra  for  Postage 
ordered  sent  by  mail. 


We  will  send  the  KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE  for  one ' 
year  and  acopy  of  "A  BAKER'S  DOZEN  FOR  CITY  CHILDREN," 
$1.55  prepaid,  to  any  address  in  the  United  States  on  receipt  of  $1.10 

£  (Canadian  or  Foriegn  subscribers  add  20  cents  or  40  cents  respec- 

*"r  tively,  for  postage.)      You  may  use  this  offer  to  renew  your  sub- 

Si   00  scriptionif  you  like. 


NOTE: 


This  offer  may  not  appear  again,  so  attend  to  it  today.     Address 

The  Kindergarten-Magizine  Co 

59  West  96th.  Street,  NEW  YORK. 


RELIABLE  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES  OF  AMERICA 

Every  progressive  teacher  who  desires  promotion  should  take  up  the  matter  with  some  wide-awake  Teachers'  Agency.  Beyond 
the  scope  of  a  teacher's  personal  acquaintance  there  is  not  much  hope  of  advancing  unaided.  Some  agencies  have  positions  wait- 
ing for  experienced  teachers  and  all  should  be  able  to  advise  you  to  your  advantage.  If  you  contemplate  moving  to  a  distant  sec- 
tion, let  some  agency  secure  you  a  position  before  you  go.    Any  of  the  following  will  doubtless  send  particulars  in  reply  to  postal: 


np TT^  A  f^J  TT7"Q  C    We  have  great  difficulty  in 
A  J_^XA.V><Jn.J_jJA.O    supplying  the  demand  for 
strong  Primary  Teachers.     Wages  will  please  you. 

Write  us 

Owen  Pacific  Coast  Teacher's  Agency 

Mcninnvllle,  Oregon. 


THE  EMPIRE 

TEACHERS'  AGENCY 
D.  H.  COOK,  Manager 

Syracuse,  N.iY. 
we  not  help  you? 

An  Agency  with  agents. 


LOCATES  KINDERGARTEN  TEACHERS 

Because  of  the  scarcity  of  candidates  we  will 
register  any  kindergarten  teacher  and  accept 
registration  fee  later,  after  we  place  you. 

We  also  extend  time  in  payment  of  com- 
mission . 

Write  To-day.    Send  Photo 

We  have  placed  hundreds  of  others,  a  [Why  may 

Empire  Teachers'  Agency, 

Syracuse,  N.  Y. 


OUR  15th  YEAR  BOOK  ffiWLfir&Mi  HAZARD  TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

Western  States,  and  what  we  are  doing  inwest-    317  Kasota  Building,  -  MINNEAPOLIS.  MINN. 


SABIN'S  EDUCATIONAL  EXCHANGE 

HENRY  SABIN  1907  14th  Season  ELBRIDGE  H.  SABIN 

During  last  year  placed  teachers  in  80  counties  In  Iowa,  and  In  Minnesota,  NorthandSo 

Dakota,   Nebraska,  Colorado,  Wyoming,  Utah,  Idaho,    Montana,  Washington  and  Ore 

tan.  Address,!  HENRY  SABIN,    flanhattan  Building,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

Pioneer  Teachers*  Agency,        Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 

Will  help  you  get  a  new  or  better  position,  whether  you  are  a  Teacher,  Clerk, 
Book-keeper,  or  Stenographer.     Enroll  now  for  fall  vacancies  In  schools. 

The  demand  for  good  teachers  in  all  the  Western  and  Southern  States  is  far 
greater  than  the  supply. 

Write  for  application  blanks  and  full  particulars. 


ROME 


TEACHERS*     AGENCY 

Teachers  wanted  for  good  positions  in  ail  parts  of  the  United  State* 
Registration  fee  holds  good  until  we  secure  a  position  for  you. 

W.  X.  Crider,  Rome,  New  YorK 


Primary  Teachers  Wanted 

Vacancies    sot        Because   ef   dr.  oaand,  offer  FREE  rearlatratlea  to 
tkoae  with  aome    Kperlenee.  V5A  M.  THURSTON,  Manager, 

THURN    WS  TEACHERS'  AGENCY,  878  Wabaan   Atc  Cblcasro. 


Minneapolis 

Teachers' 

Agency 


Sand 
fori 
Our  5 
Latest 


1.  Admits  to  membership  only  the  better  class  of  teachers 

registration   fee   returned   to   others  at   once. 

2.  Returns  fee  if  its  service  is  not  satisf acrory . 

3.  Makes    specialty    of    placing   members    in    the    Hiddla 
States  and  in  the  West — largest  salaries  paid  there. 

4.  Is   conducted  by   experienced   educators   and   business 
men. 

Hag  had  phenominal  success  in  placing  its  members  dur 
the  past  year. 


,  Now  is  the  time  to  register. 

Send  for  our  our  Booklet. 
Address,  337-329  Fourteenth  Avenue, 

Dept.  F.    MINBAPOLIS,  M1NM. 


Positions—for  Teachers 

If  you  want  a  position  on  the  Pacific 
Coast  or  in  Montana  or  Idaho,  it  will 
pay  you  to  register  with  the 

Pacific  Teachers'  Agency 

SEATTLE,  WASHINGTON 

Send  for  Manual  and  Registration 
blank.    Address 

B.  W.  BRINTNALL,  Manager, 
523  New  York  Block, 

Seattle,  Wash. 

Teach  in  the 
Sunny  South 

This  section  offers  better  In- 
ducements to  aspiring  teacher" 
than  any  other,  and  teachers  are 
in  great  demand.  If  yon  want  a 
good  position  for  next  school  year 
yon  can  secure  it  in  this  field.  For 
full  information  write 

CLAUDE  J.  BELL, 

Nashville,  Tenia, 

Proprietor     the     Bell     Teachers' 

Agency. 

GO  SOUTH 

Many  Teachers  Wanted 


An  Agency  that 
Recommends  in  15  Southern  States 
Ala.,    Ark.,    Fla.,    Ga.,    Ky.,    Md., 
Miss.,   Mo.,    N.    C,    S.    C,    Tenn., 

Tex.,  W.  Va. 
Also  conducts  a 

Special  Florida  Teachers'  Agency 
Supplies  Teachers  for  Universities, 
Colleges,  Private,  Normal,  High, 
and  Grade  Schools;  Special  Teach- 
ers of  Commercial  Branches,  Man- 
ual Training,  Domestic  Sciencs, 
Art,  Drawing,  Music,  Elocution, 
Physical  Culture,  Athletics. 
Deals  in  School  Property 

Calls  come  from  School  Officials. 
Recommends  all  the  year  round. 
Register  now.     Best  chances  corns 

early. 
SOUTHERN   EDUCATIONAL  RE- 
VIEW TEACHERS  AGENCY 
CHATTANOOGA,  TENN. 


B.    F.  CLARK 


CHICAGO,   17    E.    VAN    BUREN    ST 


THE  CLARK  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES 


NEW    YORK,    156    FIFTH    AVE. 


BOISE,    IDAHO 


Send  for  OCR  PLATFORM,  giving  full  inlomuation  and  8ve  hundred  letters  from 
teachers  and  school  officers. 


Evanst 


APRIL,  1909 


c  ubraiy 


INDEX  TO  CONTENTS 


:ibr 


Letters  to  a  Young  Kindergartner 

Child  Study  in  Relation  to  Elementary  Art 
Education 

Self  Reliance  .... 

The  Kindergarten  in  Buffalo 

Program  of  the  International  Kindergarten 
Union  Buffalo,  week  of  April  26, 1909 

Farragut  in  Madison  Square. 

Mothers'  Circles,  -  ... 

Should  Industrial  Interest  Direct  Education? 

Advantages  of  Kindergarten  Training 

Editorial  Notes  .... 

Some  Values  of  the  Kindergarten 

Editorial  Announcement 

A  New  Vocal  Method  Based  on  a  New  The- 
ory of  Tone  Production 

Walks  of  the  Year        - 

Program  for  April 

The  Use  of  Kindergarten  Material  in  one 
room  Rural  Schools 

The  Clock  Face 

Book  Notes  .... 

How  they  Helped  the  Bread  Line 

Copyright,  1909*  by  J.  H.  Staults. 


Harrietta  Melissa  Mills, 
Earl  Barnes, 

Alice  S.  Hartmann 
Patty  S.  Hill 

Dr.  Jenny  B.  Merrill,      - 

Eva  L.  Grant 

Hilda  Busick 

Grace  E.  Ketcham 
Bertha  Johnston 

Genevieve  Kinnear 


-213- 

215 
218 
219 

224 
226 
227 
227 
228 
229 
230 
231 

232 
234 
236 

241 
240 
245 
246 


Volume  XXI,  No.  7. 


$1.00  per  Year,  15  cents  per  Copy 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Massachusetts  Training  Schools 

BOSTON 

Miss  Laura  Fisher's 

TRAINING   SCHOOL   FOR 

KINDERGARTNERS 

Normal  Course,  2  years. 

Post-Graduate  Course. 

Special  Course. 

For  circulars  addresss 
292  Marlborough   St.,        BOSTON,   MASS. 


New  York  Training  Schools 


Kindergarten  Training  School 

82   St.    Stephen    Street,   Boston. 

Normal  Course,  two  years. 

For  circulars  addresss 
MISS    LUCY    HARRIS    SYMONDS. 


MISS  ANNIE    COOIIDGE    RUST'S 

Froebel  School  of  Kinder- 
garten Normal  Classes 

BOSTON,    MASS. 

Regular    Two    Years'    Course. 

Post-Graduate    Course.      Special    Courses. 

Sixteenth   Year. 

For  circulars  address 

MISS  RUST,  PIERCE   BLDG., 

Copley  Square. 

BOSTON 

Perry    Kindergarten    Normal 
School 

MRS.   ANNIE    MOSELjJY   PERRY, 
Principal, 

18  Huntington  Ave.,  BOSTON,  MASS. 


Miss  Wheelock's  Kindergarten 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

134   Newbury    Street.        BOSTON,    MASS. 

Regular    Two    Tears'    Course. 
Special   One   Year   Course   for   graduate 
students. 

Students'    Home  at   the  Marenholz. 
For  circulars  address 

LTJCY    WHEELOCE. 

BOSTON 

The   Garland 
Kindergarten  Training  School 

Normal    Course,    two    years. 
Home-making     Course,     one    year. 
MRS.     MARGARE 
Prin 

19  Chestnut  Street, 


Springfield  Kindergarten 

Normal    Training    Schools 

Two  Years'  Course.    Terms,  $100  per  year. 

Apply    to 

HATTIE  TWICHELL, 

SPRINGFIELD— LONGMEADOW,  MASS. 


The   Kraus    Seminary   for 
Kindergartners 

REGULAR  AND  EXTENSION 
COURSES. 

MRS.  MARIA  KRAUS-BOELTE 

Hotel  San  Remo,      Central  Park  West 
75th  Street,  -  NEW  YORK  CITY 


THE  ELLIMAN  SCHOOL 

Kindergarten  Normal  Class 

POST-GRADUATE  CLASSES. 

Twenty-fifth   Tear. 

167  W.  57th  Street,        NEW  YORK  CITY 

Opposite   Carnegie  Hall. 


Miss  Jenny  Hunter's 
Kindergarten  Training  School 

15  West  127th  St.,  NEW  YORK  CITY. 


ADDRESS 
2079    Fifth   Ave.,    New    York   City. 


Kindergarten    Normal    Department 

Ethical  Culture  School 

For  information  address 

MISS  CAROLINE  T.   HAVEN,  Principal, 

Central  Park  West  and  63d  St. 

NEW   YORK. 


TRAINING  SCHOOL 

OF   THE 

Buffalo  Kindergarten  Assoc'n. 

Two  Years'  Course. 
For  particulars   address 

MISS   ELLA   C.   ELDER, 
86  Delaware  Avenue,      -      Buffalo,  N.   Y. 

Connecticut  Training  Schools 

BRIDGEPORT 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 


KINDERGARTNERS 

IN    AFFILIATION    WITH 

The  New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Will   open   its   eighth   year  September   14. 
For   circulars,    information,    etc.,    address 

MARY  C.  MILLS,  Principal 

179    West    Avenue, 

Bridgeport,  -  -  conn. 

The     Fannie     A.     Smith 

Froebel    Kindergarten 

and  Training  School 

Good  Kindergarten  teachers  have  no> 
trouble  in  securing  well-paying  positions. 
In  fact,  we  have  found  the  demand  for 
our  graduates  greater  than  we  can  sup- 
ply.     One  and   two  years'  course. 

For    Catalogue,    address 

FANNIE  A.  SMITH,  Principal, 
Lafayette  Street,    BRIDGEPORT,  CONN. 


ADELPHI    COLLEGE 

Lafayette  Avenue,  St.  James  and  Clifton  Places.  BROOKLYN,  NEW  YORK 

Normal  School  for  Kindergartners 

Two  Years'  Course.  Address  Prof.  Anna  E.   Harvey,  Supt 


Established    1896 


The  New  York 

Froebel  Normal 

KINDERGARTEN  and  PRIMARY  TRAINING 


College     Preparatory.    Teachers'    Academic    Music 

E.  LYELL  EARL,  Ph.  D„  Principal. 

HARR1ETTE  M.  MILLS,  Head  of  Department  of  Kindergarten  Training. 

MARIE  RUEF  HOFER,  Department  of  Music. 


Eleventh  Year  opens  Wednesday,  Sept.  18, 1907 

Write  for  circulars.  Address, 

59  West  96th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


Reeds,  Raffia,  Splints,  Braided  Straw,  IMatting 
and  General  Construction  Material 


Postage  at  the  rate  of  16c  per  pound  must 
in  all  cases  be  added  to  these  prices  when 
goods  are  to  be  sent  by  mail. 

COLORED  RAFFIA   (Florist  Fiber). 

Colors:  Red,  Orange,  Yellow,  Green,  Blue, 
Violet,    Brown    and    Black. 

Per  pound Net,  90.40 

Per   y2-pound    Net,       .25 

Per   14-pound    Net,       .15 

V4-lb.   bunch,  assorted  colors IS 

PLAIN    RAFFIA    (Florist    Fiber). 

Per    2    ounces 03 

Per  ^4-pound    10 

Per  Vi-pound    15 

Per    pound 20 

Per  pound,  5-pound  lots 15 


REEDS. 
Our  reed  Is   all   put  up   in  POUND  PACK- 
AGES  OF  EACH   SIZE,   and   we  do   not   sell 
part    of    a    package    except    ft    an    advance 
of  So  per  package. 

No.  1,  One,  per  pound 1.00 

No.  2,  medium,  per  pound 95 

No.  3,  medium  coarse,  per  pound 75 

No.    4,    coarse,   per   pound 75 

No.  5,  coarser,  per  pound .60 

No.  6,  coarser,  per  pound 50 

LOOMS. 

Todd  Adjustable— No.  Al,  no  needle. . .     .15 

Postage,  18c. 

Todd    Adjustable— Perfection $0.30 

Postage,  23c. 

Todd  Adjustable— No.  2 75 

Little  Gem-No.  1.  0x12 25 

Little   Gem— No.   2,   7x9% .25 

Faribault,   hammock   attachment .85 

Other  Looms  Furnished. 
Above  should  be   ordered  by  express. 
MOUNTING  BOARD. 

Good  quality,  8-ply  mounting  board,  colors, 
dark  green,  steel  blue,  black,  per  sheet,    .08 

Kodack  Mounts,  colors  as  above,  per  sht..  .04 
Both  above  are  22x28  inches,  but  will  be  cut 
in  H  or  'A  sheets  at  lc  per  sheet  extra,  or  free 
in  lots  of  12  sheets  at  a  time. 

Bristol,  in  colors.  22x28,  per  sheet $0.05 

Heavy  Manila,  22V2x28y3 .02 

Straw  Board,  22x28 .02 

Postage  on  a  single  sheet  of  above,  4c,  to 
which  must  be  added  postage  on  the  packing  for 
same,  as  follows:  If  cut  in  quarters  and  rolled, 
lc  per  sheet,  4c  per  doz.  sheets.  If  sent  full 
size  and  rolled,  5c  per  sheet,  8c  per  doz.  sheets. 
Full  sheets,  packed  flat,  per  sheet,  SOc.  Per 
dozen  sheets,  35c.    State  how  preferred. 

Japanese  Manila,   20x30 01 

Leatherette,    20x25 .05 

Cardboard  Modeling  Paper,  18x24 .08 

Postage  on  above,  1  sheet,  2c;  per  doz.,  17c 

Coated  Paper,  20x24 .04 

Engine  Colored  Paper,  20x24 .08 

Gilt  and  Silver  Paper,  20x24. .08 

Postage  on  above,  1  sheet,  2c;  1  doz.,  8c 

Oak   Tag  for   Construction  Work,  9x12, 
dozen    sheets    .06 

Postage,  10  cents. 
Oak    Tag   for   Construction   Work,   8%x 
10%,  per  dozen Of 

Postage,   9  cents. 

Oak   Tag   for    Construction   Work,    7*4x 

9V4,  per  dozen .05 

Postage,   9  cents. 
Colors — Dark      Qrsan,     Yellow,     Turquoise- 
Carpet  Warp,  per  skein 15 

Add  12c  for  postage 


ZEPHYR. 


Todd. 
Loom 

I 


Faribault  t-oem 

1 

11  I  1 

;; 

i!  f 

fgribaulHoo^ 


Macreme    Cord,    per    ball Net,       .12 

Add  4c  for  postage. 

Rubber  Balls,  2-lnch,  plain,  per  doz 60 

Postage,  each,  4c,  per  doz.,  37c. 

Rubber  Balls,   2-lnch,   plain,   per  doz. . .     .60 

Postage,  each,   4c;   per  doz.,   87c 

Rubber  Balls,  3-inch,  plain,  each 15 

Add  6c   for  postage. 

Rubber  Balls,  4%-lnch,  plain,   each 25 

Rubber  Balls,  4%-lnch,  red,  each 85 

Add  7c   for  postage  for  either  above. 

Brass  Paper  Fasteners,  per  100 20 

Conductor's  Punch   .80 

Add   4c   for   postage  on   either   above. 

Copper  Wire,  per  spool .20 

Iron  Wire,  per  spool 10 

Add  7c  for  postage  on  either  above. 
Following  sent  postpaid|on  receipt  of  price : 

Germantown    Yarn,    skein 12 

Single   Zephyr,   per   lap 08 

Seine  Needles,  wood,  each  15e;  doz....   1.50 

Toy  Knitter,  per  dozen .BO 

Brown's  Pictures,  each.  .%«.  lc,  3c  and     .05 
Silver  and  Gilt  Stars,  gummed,  per  100     .10 

Order  the  following  by  freight  or  express. 

Schute  Weaving  Discs,  4-Inch,  doz 15 

Schute  Weaving  Discs,  6-inch,  doz 25 

Schute  Weaving  Discs,  1 2-lnch,  doz 50 

The  Multiple  Perforator 8.00 

Orwig   Punch 2.50 

Modeling   Clay — 5 Jb.   bricks 25 

Modeling   Clay    Flour' — 5- lb    boxea 25 

Modeling  Clay — by  the  barrel 8.00 


WHITE    BRAIDED 
Per    yard. 


STRAW. 


90.02 

Postage,  lc. 
Per   piece,    120   yards 50 

Postage,  per  piece,  15c. 

COLORED  BRAIDED  STRAW. 

Half- Inch  wide,  in  colors,  as  follows:  Nile 
Green,  Red,  Pink,  Yale  Blue,  Bright  Green 
and   Ecru. 

Per    yard O3 

Per   piece,    120   yards 60 

Postage,  same  as  for  white  braided  straw 


Indian  Ash  Splints  and  Fillers. 

15c.  per  ounce;  $1.20  per  pound.    Assorted 

colors.     Postage,  on  ribbon  and  packing 

2c.  per  ounce,  20c  per  pound, 

We  also  keep  in  stock  Wood  Ribbon,  Sweet 
Grass,  T.  K.  Matting,  Ash  Splints  for  basket 
handles,  Basket  Bottoms,  etc.  Send  for  sam- 
ples or  circulars  and  prices. 

We  furnish  everything  on  the  market  In 
the  line  of  construction  material  at  lowest 
prleaa. 


Germantown 


Onvig  Perforator 


Conductor's  Punch 


RAPHIA  FRAMES 


0   j; 

0    £ 
«    0 

a  'Z 

, 

a, 

OB 

•a  s 

8 

*  0 

u     0 

t<  "■ 

3     u 

0    *j 

>     03 

•  "3 
a  « 

0.   a 

0 

u   — 

t     = 

3   S 

►.  a> 

0  2 
«  .2 

•a 
a 

£  a 

« 

• 

Address  all  orders  to 


American  Kindergaren  Supply  House 

276-278-280  River  Street,  Manistee,  Mich. 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Michigan  Training  Schools 


Grand  Rapids 
Kindergarten  Training  School 


Winter  and  Summer  Terms. 
Oct.  1st,  1U0K,  to  June  1st,   ia09. 
July   1st   to  August   21st,    100U. 

CERTIFICATE,     DIPEOMA    AND 
NUKMAL    COURSES. 

t*3^ARA   WHEELER,    Principal. 
HA"?    L.    OGll_,Br,   Registrar. 

Jhepard    Building,       -       23    Fountain    St. 
GRAND   RAPIDS,  SUCH. 


Maine  Training  Schools 

Miss  Norton's  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

PORTLAND  MAINE. 

Two     Xears'  Com  so. 

For  circulars  addresss 

15  Dow   Street,  -  PORTLAND',   ME. 

Miss  Abby  N.  Norton 


Ohio  Training  Schools 


OHIO,   TOLEDO,   2313   Ashland   Ave. 

THE      MISSES     LAW'S 

FROEBEL    KINDERGARTEN    TRAIN- 
ING   SCHOOL. 

Medical  supervision.     Personal  attention. 
Thirty-five    practice    schools. 
Certificate  and  Diploma  Courses. 

MARY   E.    LAW,    M.   D.,    Principal. 


Kindergarten     Training 

Exceptional  advantages — daily  practice. 
Lectures  from  Professors  of  Oberlin  Col- 
lege and  privilege  of  Klective  Courses  in 
the  College  at  special  rates.  Charges 
moderate.  Graduates  readily  find  posi- 
tions. 

For    Catalogue    address    Secretary 
OBERUN    R1NDERGARDEN    ASSOCIA- 
TION, 
Drawer  K,  Uberlin,  Ohio. 


CLEVELAND     KINDERGARTEN 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

In  Affiliation  with  the 
CHICAGO    KINDERGARTEN    COLLEGE 

Corner  of  Cedar  and  YVatkins  Aves., 
Cleveland,   Ohio. 

(Founded  In  1894) 
Course   of  study   under  direction  of  Elisa- 
beth Harrison,  covers  two  years  in  Cleve- 
land, leading  to  senior  and  normal  courses 
in   the    Chicago    Kindergarten    Course. 

MISS   NETTA  FARIS,    Principal. 
MRS.    W.   R.    WARNER,    Manager. 


Indiana  Training  Schools 


The      Teachers'      College 
of  Indianapolis 

For  the   Training   of   Kindergartners   and 
Primary    Teachers. 

Regular  Course  two  years.  Preparatory 
Course  one  year.  Post-Graduate  Course 
for  Normal  Teachers,  one  year.  Primary 
training   a   part   of   the  regular  work. 

Classes  formed  in  September  and  Feb- 
ruary. 

90  Free  Scholarships  Granted 

Each    Year. 

Special   Primary  Class   in    May  and   June. 
Send   for   Catalogue 

Mrs.  Eliza  A.  Blaker,  Pres. 

THE    WILLIAM    N.    JACKSON    MEMOR- 
IAL   INSTITUTE, 

23d  and  Alabama  Streets. 


The  Richmond  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

14  West  Main  Street. 
DRAWING,    S1AG1NG,   Plll'SICAL   CUL- 
TURE. 

ALICE   N.    PARKER,    principal. 

Two  years  in  course.  Froebei's  theory 
and  practice.  Also  a  third  year  course 
for    graduates. 

SPECIAL  LECTURES. 


Kentucky  Training  Schools 


TRAINING    SCHOOL   OF  THE 

Louisville    Free    Kindergarten 
Association 

Louisville,    Ky. 

FACULTY: 

Miss   Mary    Hill,    Supervisor 

Mrs.  Robert  D.  Allen.  Senior  Critic  and 
Training  Teacher. 

Miss  Alexlna  G.  Booth.  History  and  Phil- 
osophy  of  Education. 

Miss  Jane  Akin,  Primary  Sunday  School 
Methods. 

Miss  Allene  Seaton,   Manual  Work. 

Miss  Frances    Ingram,    Nature    Study. 

Miss  Anna    Moore,    Primary   Methods. 

Miss  Margaret  Byers,  Art  Work. 


New  Jersey  Training  Schools 


Miss  Cora  Webb  Peet 

KINDERGARTEN    NORMAL   TRAINING 
SCHOOL 

Two    Years'    Course. 
For    circulars,    address 

MISS  CORA  WEBB  PEET, 
16   Washington   St.,       East  Orange,  N.   J. 


OHIO COLUMBUS 

Kindergarten  Normal  Training  School 

EIGHTEENTH  YEAR  BEGINS  SEPTEMBER  25,   1907 


I7lh  and  Broid 
Streets 


Frocbelian  Philosophy.  Gifts.  Occupation.  Stories,  Gai 

Psychology  and  Nature  Work  taught  at  Ohio  State  Uni- 

For  information,  address 


R,  Music  and  Drawing 
sit? --two  years'  course 
i  izabetii  N  Samuel,  Pti 


Illinois  Training  Schools 
Kindergarten   Training  School 


Chicago  Free  Kindergarten  Association 

H.    N.    Higinbotham,    Pres. 

Mrs.    P.    D.    Armour,    Vice-Pres. 
SARAH   E.   HANSON,   Principal. 

Credit  at  the 
Northwestern   and   Chicago    Universities. 

For  particulars  address  Eva  B.  Whit- 
more,  Supt.,  6  E.  Madison  St.,  cor.  Mich, 
ave.,  Chicago. 


PESTALOZZI-FROEBEL 

Kindergarten    Training 
School 

at  CHICAGO  COMMONS,  180  Grand  Ave. 

Mrs  Bertha  Hofer  Hegner,  Superintendent 
Mis    Amelia    Hofer,    Principal. 

THIRTEENTH    YEAR. 

Regular  course  two  years.  Advanced 
courses  for  Graduate  Students.  A  course 
in  Home  Malting.  Includes  opportunity  to 
become  familiar  with  the  Social  Settle- 
ment movement.  Fine  equipment.  For 
circulars    and    information    write    to 

MRS.    BERTHA    HOFER-HEGNER, 
ISO    Grand    Ave.,    Chicago. 

Chicago    Froebel    Association 

Training  Class  for  Kindergartners. 

(Established    1876.) 

Two  Years'  Course.  Special  Courses  un- 
der Professors  of  University  of  Chicago 
receive  University  credits.  For  circulars 
apply  to 

MRS.  ALICE  H.  PUTNAM,  or  MISS  M. 
L.    SHELDON,    Associate    Principals, 

1008  Fine  Arts  Building,         Chicago,  111. 


CHICAGO 

KINDERGARTEN 

INSTITUTE 

Gertrude  House,  40  Scott  Street 


Regular  Course — Two  Years. 
Post-graduate  Course — One  Year. 
Supplementary  Course — One  Year. 
Non-professional     Home   Making 

Course — One  Year. 

University  Credits 
Residence  for  students  at  Gertrude 

House. 


DIRECTORS 
Miss  CAROLINE  C.  CRONKE 
Mrs.  MARY  B.  PAGE 
Mrs.  ETHEL  ROE  LINDGREN 
Miss  FRANCES  E..  NEWTON 

Send  for  Circulars 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Pennsylvania  Training  Schools 


Miss  Hart's 

Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Re-opened  Oct.  1st,  1908,  at  1615 
Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia.  The 
work  will  include  Junior,  Senior, 
Graduate  and  Normal  Trainers 
Courses,  and  a  Model  Kindergar- 
ten.      For  particulars  address 

Miss  Caroline  M.  C.  Hart, 
The  Pines,  Rutledge,  Pa. 


The  Philadelphia  Training 
School  for  Kindergartners 

Reopens  October  2,   1908. 


MRS.   M.    L.    VAN    KIRK,  Principal, 
1333   Pine   Street,       -       Philadelphia,   Pa. 


Pittsburgh    and    Allegheny 
Kindergarten  College 

ALICE    N.    PARKER,    Superintendent. 

Regular   Course,    two    years.      Special    ad- 
vantages   for    Post-Graduate    work. 
Seventeenth  year  begins  Sept.   30,   1908 
For    Catalogue,    address 
Mrs.  William  McCracken,  Secretary, 

3439  Fifth  Avenue,       PITTSBURGH,  PA 


California  Training  Schools 


Oakland  Kindergarten 

TRAINING  CLASS 

State   Accredited  List. 

Seventeeth  Year  opens  September,  1907. 
Address 

Miss  Grace  Everett  Barnard, 

1374  Franklin  Street,       OAKLAND,  CAL. 


Wisconsin   Training  Schools 


Milwaukee    State   Normal 
School 

Kindergarten  Training  Department. 

Two  Years'  Course  for  graduates  of 
four-years'  high  schools.  Faculty  of 
twenty-five.  Special  advantages.  Tuition 
free  to  residents  of  Wisconsin;  $40  per 
year  to  others.  School  opens  the  flrsi 
Tuesday   in   September. 

Send    for   Catalogue   to 
NINA   C.    VANDEWALKER,    Director 


Washington  Training  Schools 


WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

The    Columbia    Kindergarten 
Training    School 

2115  California  Ave.,  cor.   Connecticut  Av 

Certificate,    Diploma   and    Normal   Course 
Principals: 

SARA  KATHARINE  LIPPINCOTT. 
SUSAN  CHADICK  BAKER. 


Virginia  Training  Schools 


The  Richmond  Training  School 

for  Kindergartners 

Richmond,  Va. 

Alice  N.  Baker,  Principal. 

Two  years'  course  and  Post 

Graduate  course. 

For  further  information  apply  to 

14  W.  Main  Street 


Georgia  Training  Schools 


Atlanta  Kindergarten  Normal 
School 

Two    Years'    Course    of    Study. 
Chartered    1897. 
For    particulars    address 

WILLETTE  A.    ALLEN,  Principal, 
S39  Peachtree  Street.         ATLANTA,  GA. 

Normal  Training  School 

of  the 
KATE   BALDWIN    FREE    KINDERGAR- 
TEN ASSOCIATION. 

(Established  1899) 

HJRTENSB    M.    ORCUTT,    Principal     of 
the   Training    School   and    Supervisor 

of   Kindergartens. 
Application   for  entrance  to  the  Train- 
ing Schools  should  be  made  to  Miss  M.  R 
Sasnett,   Corresponding  Secretary, 

117   Bolton  St.,      EAST   SAVANNAH.   GA. 


1874 — Kindergarten  Normal  Instituti    is —  i  908 

1516  Columbia  Road  N.  W.,  WASHINGTON    D.  C. 

The  citizenship  of  the  future  depends  on  the  children  of  today. 

Susan  Plessner  Pollok,  Principal. 

Teachers*  Training  Course — Two  Year*. 

Summer  Training  Classes  at  Mt.  Chatauqua — Mountain  Lake  Park — 
Garrett  Co.,  Maryland. 


A  New  and  Complete  Course  in  Singing 

Presented  in 
THE    TRUE    METHOD    OF   TONE   PRODUCTION 

by     J.  Van  Brcekhoven 
The    well-known    composer,    author    and    teacher. 

Published  by  The  H.  W.  Gray  Co.,  21  E.  17th 
St.,  New  York.    Agents  for  Novello  &  Co.,  London. 

The  new  vocal  principles  are  based  on  the 
author's  discovery  of  the  true  function  of  the 
vocal  organ  in  singing.  The  book  has  been  most 
favorably  reviewed  by  European  and  American 
authorities,  both  musical  and  medical.  And  the 
new  vocal  principles  have  been  endorsed,  and  the 
exercises  adopted  by  some  of  the  foremost  teachers 
in  the  vocal  profession. 

Note — The  author  has  organized  a  special  NOR- 
MAL CLASS  COURSE  at  THE  NEW  YORK 
ER0EBEL  NORMAL  INSTITUTE  for  the  training 
of  teachers  of  choirs  for  young  people  from  10 
to  16. 

For  particulars  address, 

J.  VAN  BR0EKH0VEN, 
59  W.  96th  St.,  New  York  City. 


"C  R  A   Y  O  L  A" 

Artists'  and  School  Crayon 

CRAYOLA  COLORS  are  per. 
manent  and  brilliant    and   can 
be    blended    and   overworked. 
They  will  not  blur  nor  rub  off! 
No  expensive  outfit  is  required 
in  their  use!    No    waiting   for 
colors  to  dry.    No  brushes  to 
clean!  No  liquid  colors  to  soi 
the    hands   and  clothes!    Try 
"Crayola"   for   Stenciling  and 
all  educational  color  work. 

We  shall  be  pleased   to  furn- 
ish samples  and  particulars  to 
teachers  interested. 

BINNEY  &  SMITH  CO., 

81-83  Fulton  St., 

New   York. 

t3l)£  3iin6er9arten-  jprimar?  Mla^a^ine 

VOL.  XXI— APRIL,  1909— NO.  7 

The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  exercise   {\ called  a  play  circle    but  the 

D         "f  "  capricious  choices  of  the  children  determine 

its  organization.    These  situations  illustrate 
Devoted  to  the  Child  and  to  the  Unity  of  Educational  °    ,  T       ,,        r  ,,  ,1 
Theory  and  Practice  from  the  Kindergarten  two    extremes.       In    the    first,    there    IS    the 
Through  the  University.  conscious    domination    of    the    teacher    ex- 
Editoriai  Rooms,  59  west  96tu  street,  NewYork,  n.  y.  pressed   in   the   selection  and   arrangement 
Business  Office,  276-278-280  River  Street,  Manistee,  Mich.  of    all    activities.      In    the    second,    such    or- 
editorial  committee.  ganization  as  obtains  is  due  to  the  fallacy 
b.  Lyeii  Earie,  ph.  d Managing  Editor  of  free  play  which  finds  in  the  unrestrained 

j'-nny  JB.  Merrill,  Ph.  D.,  Supervisor  Kindergartens,  r- rinirp«    nf    ihf>    inrlivirlnal     trip    nrimarv   rnn- 

Manhattan,  The  Bronx  and  Richmond  CllOlCeS    OI    tile    lntllVlUUdl,    tne    primary    COn 

Harriette  M.  Mills New  York  Froebel  Normal  ditintl'',   of   rhilfl    develonment 

ftlari  Ruef  Hofer Teachers'  College  UlLlUIlb   Ul    1_1111U   UC VClupillCilL. 

Bertha  Johnston .'.    .New  York  Froebel  Normal  -Let   US   Consider  these   Situations. 

pec  a     r  jn  ^e  first,  the  children  have  been  called 

All  communications  pertaining  to  subscriptions  andadvertlsing  ,„   „„„„„    ,i„:„  „1„,T  „  „4.,'..;4.;~„   ^C   „.;{*-   ~„  ,-*„ 

or  other  business  relating  to  tne  magazine  should  be  addressed  to  Cease  their  play  activities  Of  gift  Or  OCCU- 

to  the  nichigan  office,  J,  H.  Shults,  Business  flanager,  Manistee,  notion      U*T     thp      arhrtraru     rlpr-icinn      of     trip 

riichigan.    Allother  communications  to  E.  Lyell  Earle,  Managing  patlOn      Dy     tile      arDltrary     decision     OI      tne 

Editor,  sow.  96th  st.  New  York  city.  teacher.     She  wills  that  the  children  shall 

The    Kindergarten-Primary    Magazine    is    published    on    the  „„  n        fnr1T1     ^f     r,lov    that     1Q     nftpn     nil 

first  of  each  month,   except  July  and   August.,   lrom  278  River  Cease     Olie     IOl  1T1     OI     pidy     tndt     lb     OltCll     dll" 

street,  Manistee,  Mich.  absorbing,   to   participate   in  another   form 

The  Subscription  price  is  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  r-         <  .  ,  ■     .         •  ,,  i  ;  1 

single  copies,  i5c.  of  play  that  exists   in  the  teacher  s  plan, 

postage  is  Prepaid  by  the  publishers  tor  aii  subscriptions  m  quite  apart  from  the  will  and  desire  of  the 

the    United  States,  Hawaiian  Islands,  .Philippine  islands,  Guam,  -1  *■   ,-,-,,  .  .  ..,,.,  , 

Porto    Rico,    Tutuila    (Samoa),    Shanghai,    Canal    Zone,    Cuba,  grOUp.         i  he    attitude    Of    miEQ    WlllCh    makeS 

and  Mexico.      Por  Canada  add  208  and  for  all  other  countries  ,  -i   i  •  ,  ,  atM    •         r 

in  the  Postal  Union  add  40c  for  postage.  Play      pOSSlble      IS      not      present.  1  hlS      fact 

Notice  of  Expiration  is  sent,  but  it  is  assumed  that  a  con-  seems  never  to  occur  to  the  formal  kinder- 

tlnuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired  mail   notice  of  discon-  . 

tlnuance  Is  received.      When  sending  notice  of  change  of  ad-  gai'tner,    and    She    proceeds    tO    Organize    the 
dress,  both  the  old  and  new  addresses  must  be  given.  .     .    .  ,      ,  .         ,  , 

»«.mit.„„   ■    ^  ,*  k        i  u    *   ,.    ,.  „  ,  activities  of  the  exercise  by  selecting  games 

Remittances    should    be    sent    by    draft,    Express    Order    or  .  .  J,  °   ° 

Money    Order,   payable   to   The   Kindergarten   Magazine   Com-  and    directing    their    execution.        The    aCtlVl- 
pany.     If  a  local  check  is  sent,  it  must  include  10c  exchange.  0  . 

______________^ ties  are  responsive  and  reproductive,   and 

*TFTTPRq    TO    A    vmTMr    TTTMr^i?  may  be  executed  with  precision ;  but  a  grave 

METIERS    TO   A   YOUNG   KINDER-  danger  is  inherent  in  this  course.    The  con- 

\jr\i^.xi\Ejss..  trQi  js  external;  it  is  vested  in  the  teacher 

THE   ORGANIZATION   OF  THE   PLAY   CIRCLE,  and  tends  to  minimize  the  child's  self-con- 

My  Dear  Young  Kindergartner :  troL     "The  child  who  is  forced  to  submit 

In    iudp-in      of  1  '  -  1      '  passively  and  continuously  to  the  personal 

+u„n~      x  a^    «tm        lmj         j  .     iG     ^,  domination  of  the  teacher,  cannot  have   a 

these  words:       The  children  do  not  play,  .  .■         c  ru     ,  ■   A-   ■*     ,-.■   » 

„~„  u~        „   ™         •     a  lL       -^     x;        -       i  true  conception  of  liberty  or  individuality, 
you  have  summarized  the  situation  in  the         T     .,     ,  "   ,  ,  ,         .,      .,      ,    ■•' ■ 

„   „~~~    i  •    a  l  atai        i  -i  ,  •,         ,  In  the  kindergarten  where  the  teacher  is 

average  kindergarten.    The  children  do  not  •    .       ,      •  ,,    .us   t  i      ka     1    *t,       u-i 

_i_„.        a     •  ii  i     i  -u  i  imbued  with  the  free  play  ideal,  the  chil- 

play;  and  since  all  normal  children   play,  ,  ,  ,    ,       K      .u  a- 

*„i  ,  ,„      ■     ,,  ,      j  .  e    J'  dren  are  assembled  under  the  same  condi- 

and  play  is  the  most  adequate  means   of  -..  ,        ,  ■     A- 

+u   v  o  if  •         it.     '  u.  l  tions:  namely,  play  in  one  exercise  is  dis- 

their  self-expression,  there  must  be  some-  .•        A  .,     '  ■.  u        *.  u-  u  a  ■ 

,i  ■  „  ,•     ,,  '  j ■...        i-rc     1  continued  that  it  may  be  established  in  an- 

thing    radically   wrong    and    the    difficulty         fa         Let  us  note  the  teacher's  procedure, 

cannot  be  with  the  children.     Here,  more  n  t,  i    •       i  •   a-   -a     r  ..• 

i       ,      ,,  ,  1        ,,      ,       ,  r  Here,  the  appeal  is  always  individualistic, 

clearly  than  anywhere  else,  the  burden  of  Addr'essi       fchild,  the  question  is:  What 
failure  must  be  borne  by  the  one  in  charge.  i  i  A      .        i      3     ™u       u-i  1 

Does   this    seem   a    harsh    iudernent?      I  game  WOU  d  y°U        6     °  P    Y?  6 

,  ,  j     ■  •    &    tj-    "r  addressed   having  no   special   desire,   avail- 

beg  you  to  reserve  your  decision      If,  after  .        himsdf     f  ^     Hn/of  kast  resistancej 

we  have  made  a  study  of  the  problem,  you  £  h    Qne  freqUently  chosen  be- 

stmthink  this,  we  will  continue  the  discus-  fore;         the  first  that  c^mes  (Q  his  mind; 

T  '  i-i  ,  .  ,     .  e.  g.  "Five  Tittle  Chickadees."     He  selects 

In    many    kindergartens,    play,    with    its  th<fchildren  and  the  game  proceeds.    Again 

constituent  elements  of  joy  and  spontaneous  the    individuaiistic    afeppeal :      "Helen,    what 

activity,  has  given  place  to  games  with  their  would  Hkf  to     j      ?„  and  her 

constituent,    reproductive    and    responsive  |jelenJs  respoiSe  is  truiy  psychological  in 

activities.       In     other     kindergartens,     the  .-     ,  ■  •        /    A      . 

u^lbautnj,     unc  t]iat   every   impression   tends   to   a   corres- 

*All  rights  reserved.  ponding  expression.     Helen,  too,  wishes  to 


214 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


play  "Five  Little  Chickadees,"  and  the 
exercise  is  repeated.  This  order  of  appeal 
continues  until  the  period  is  over.  Thus 
the  whole  exercise  has  been  dominated,  not 
by  the  teacher,  but  by  the  momentary 
caprices  of  the  children. 

Both  courses  have  defeated  the  ends  of 
play.  The  activities  suggested  have  had  no 
correlative  intellectual  or  emotional  basis 
in  the  group  consciousness,  and  have  been 
executed  without  adequate  motivation. 
Each  event  has  been  a  detached,  isolated 
fragment,  and,  as  such,  when  made  the 
center  of  group  activity,  is  devoid  of  edu- 
cational value  and  is  stultifying  in  its  effect 
if  not  absolutely  injurious  in  its  untruthful- 
ness, its  lack  in  emotional  values,  and  its 
barrenness  of  intellectual  stimulus.  These 
activities  do  not  constitute  play,  for  they 
are  half-hearted  and  joyless;  they  are  also 
hypocritical,  since  they  have  no  root  in 
genuineness  of  feeling  or  thought.  Organ- 
ization, such  as  we  have  seen,  has  created 
no  unity,  save  that  of  a  perfunctory  order. 
There  is  present  no  true  self-activity  which 
sustains  interest,  holds  attention  in  an  in- 
voluntary grasp,  and  minimizes  the  ten- 
dencies to  wrong  doing — since  right 
activity   tends   always   to   be   all-absorbing. 

I  have  presented  these  all  too  prevalent 
extremes  that  I  may  indicate  clearly  the 
course  which  successful  organization  must 
follow;  for,  between  the  arbitrary,  interfer- 
ing control  of  the  teacher  and  the  unre- 
strained caprices  of  the  children,  there 
exists  a  median  line  which  leads  to  success- 
ful, artistic  results. 

Returning  to  the  group  just  assembled 
on  the  play  circle,  let  me  indicate  how  "a 
wise  guidance  may  capacitate  for  freedom." 
The  teacher,  having  sundered  the  thread  of 
play  which  engaged  the  self-activity  of  the 
group  in  an  earlier  exercise,  must,  by  her 
own  self-activity,  seek  to  create  in  the 
group  that  attitude  of  mind  and  heart 
which  makes  play  possible.  Self-activity 
and  the  spirit  of  play  are  contageous;  and 
since  the  co-operation  and  participation  of 
the  entire  group  is(  sought,  the  first  appeal 
should  be  to  the  group.  Play  is  play;  and 
in  the  capacity  of  playmate,  the  teacher 
secures  that  unconscious  responsiveness  of 
the  group  which  is  a  primary  condition  of 
consciously  willed  response  which  rises 
gradually  to  self-direction  and  self-control. 

The  teacher  knows  that  joy  in  movement 
can  be  a  legitimate  end  in  itself;  hence  the 
choice   of  pure   activity-plays   is   in   order. 


These  should  be  subject  to  constant  varia- 
tion, since  a  routine  procedure  would  de- 
■  teat  the  purpose — which  is  to  secure  group 
expression  of  joyous  activity.  Hence,  the 
exercise  may  begin  with  songs  which  call 
for  pure  activity,  such  as  Miss  Eleanor 
Smith's  "Action  Song,"  Mrs.  Gaynor's 
"Clapping  Song,"  or  the  familiar  "Let  your 
feet  tramp,  tramp."  Or,  collective  activi- 
ties in  connection  with  familiar  finger  plays 
may  be  chosen.  Or,  again,  the  piano,  used 
as  a  playmate,  may  suggest  rhythms — 
familiar  ones  as  centers  tor  accustomed 
activities,  new  ones  for  consideration  and 
experimentation.  Accustom  the  children 
to  thinking  the  play  situations,  talking 
about  them,  and  comparing  different  ways 
of  playing  them  out.  In  this,  there  is  a 
constant  play  between  the  individual  and 
the  group.  Spontaneous  contribution  and 
sympathetic,  unobtrusive  control  unite  to 
create  the  conditions  of  play.  The  social 
order  may  thus  be  established,  and  each  in- 
dividual may  be  made  a  vitalized  element 
through  the  inspiration  of  the  leader. 

Unined  in  thought  and  action,  the  group 
is  now  prepared  to  receive  and  execute  the 
individual  choices  of  play,  rhythms,  etc. ; 
but,  even  here  it  is  not  wise  to  adopt  the 
choice  of  one  child.  L,et  a  number  of  chil- 
dren choose  and  their  choices  be  made 
subject  to  the  desire  of  the  group.  Finally, 
one  may  be  made  the  center  of  activity  for 
a  greater  or  lesser  number  of  children,  as 
the  case  may  be.  Plays  that  engage  but 
few  children,  are,  under  such  treatment, 
interesting  to  the  entire  group. 

Now  the  activities  to  be  organized  may 
be  child-contributed ;  and  it  is  here  that  the 
artist  teacher  rises  to  the  highest  plane, 
since  with  minds  and  hearts  of  the  children 
attuned  to  play,  self-consciousness  vanishes, 
and  susceptibility  to  suggestion  and  creative 
self-activity  is  at  its  maximum. 

The  third  step  in  the  organization  of  the 
play  circle  comes  when  the  teacher  leads 
the  children  again  into  concerted  activities, 
preliminary  to  once  more  breaking  the 
thread  of  play  and  dispersing  the  children 
to  their  respective  rooms. 

Thus,  organization  of  this  third  order 
may  accomplish  the  daily  solution  of  the 
problem  of  control  versus  spontaneity. 
Activity  in  its  necessary  responsive  and  re- 
productive forms,  tends,  under  such  or- 
ganization, to  develop  into  those  higher 
forms  of  self-activity  which  include  the 
creation  and  execution  of  consciously  con- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


4X5 


ceived  ideas;  while  the  adjustment  of  the 
individual  and  the  social  group  is  such  as 
may  serve  the  end  of  harmonious  develop- 
ment in  each.  In  a  play  circle  of  this  order, 
there  is  life,  joy  and  liberty.  Working 
under  the  law,  teacher  and  children  are  free 
from  the  law.  Unity  is  the  organizing 
principle,  and  self-activity  in  various  mani- 
festations characterizes  every  process, 
while  the  result  is  artistic  expression. 
Here,  there  is  no  ennui,  no  untruthfulness. 

For  the  teacher  who  can  accomplish  this 
highest  form  of  organization,  there  is  a 
freedom  from  effort,  which,  on  other  planes 
of  self-activity  we  attribute  to  genius  and 
inspiration. 

Do  not  think  that  I  am  an  advocate  of 
the  impossible.  There  is  freedom  for  you, 
but  it  is  not  a  gift — it  must  be  won  by  con- 
stant study,  by  constant  practice  which 
makes  perfect. 

Froebel  indicates  the  way  and  the  reward 
in  the  Mother  Play  of  "Tick  Tack:" 

"Oh,  teach  your  child  that  those  who  move 

By  Order's  kindly  law, 
Find  all  their  lives  to  music  set; 
While  those  who  this  same  law  forget 

Find  only  fret  and  jar." 

Faithfully  yours, 
HARRIBTTE  MELISSA  MILLS. 


DR.  MERRILL  AT  NIAGARA  FALLS. 

Dr.  Merrill  gave  an  address  at  Niagara 
Falls  on  January  nth  to  the  kindergartners 
and  primary  teachers  illustrating  "the  or- 
ganic continuity  between  the  kindergarten 
and  the  primary"  in  the  subject  of  drawing. 

This  topic  is  a  favorite  one  with  Dr. 
Merrill.  She  addressed  on  January  21st 
the  Mothers'  Club  of  P.  S.  8,  the  Bronx,  on 
"The  principle  of  continuity  in  education." 
Any  kindergartner  or  elementary  teacher 
who  has  not  fully  grasped  the  practical 
value  of  this  subject  should  read  Froebel's 
Education  of  Man,  chapter  1,  section  2.2., 
and  Dr.  Dewey's  chapter  on  "Waste  in 
Education"  in  "School  and  Society." 


Frank  Du  Mond,  one  of  our  American 
artists,  once  said  that  he  thought  a  washing 
with  its  various  colors  napping  against  the 
blue  sky  is  one  of  the  prettiest  sights  in  the 
world. 

The  freedom  and  ease  with  which  kinder- 
garten children  draw,  cut,  or  paint  this 
familiar  city  sight  is  remarkable.  If  great 
artists  love  to  depict  it  why  not  "the  little 
artist?" 


CHILD    STUDY    IN    RELATION    TO 
ELEMENTARY  ART  EDUCATION. 

BY  EARL  BARNES. 

HE  STUDY  of  a  passive  child  can 
produce  little  that  is  of  value  for 
educational  practice.  It  is  only 
when  he  expresses  himself  that  we 
catch  glimpses  of  his  inner  life. 
Hence  his  art  impulses  must  be  studied 
through  things  that  he  makes.  Drawings 
probably  give  us  our  best  approach  to  the 
development  of  these  art  interests,  and  in 
this  study  we  shall  confine  ourselves  mainly 
to  drawing  and  color,  entirely  neglecting 
music  and  stories. 

In  drawing,  we  have  a  form  of  self-ex- 
pression that  yields  itself  to  study  better 
than  any  other,  except  written  speech. 
This  is  because  it  is  self-recording,  and  so 
becomes  a  permanent  photograph  of  the 
child's  mind  which  the  student  can  refer  to, 
again  and  again,  for  purposes  of  comparison 
or  generalization.  It  can  even  be  claimed 
that  drawing  has  one  advantage  over  writ- 
ten speech,  since  it  can  be  used  with  chil- 
dren some  years  before  they  begin  to  write. 
In  consequence  of  the  availability  of 
drawings  for  study,  we  have  a  wealth  of 
investigations  dealing  with  the  subject  from 
almost  every  point  of  view.  The  latest  and 
most  comprehensive  study  is  that  by  Dr. 
George  Kerschensteiner,  which  appeared  in 
1905.  During  a  period  of  seven  years  as 
school  inspector  in  Munich,  the  author 
worked  over  three  hundred  thousand  chil- 
dren's drawings.  Many  of  these  were  sub- 
jected to  careful  examination,  and  from 
time  to  time  special  test  exercises  were  set 
and  the  results  were  analyzed  and  tabu- 
lated. The  work  indicates  only  slight 
acquaintance  with  earlier  studies  in  the 
field,  but  its  independent  conclusions  are 
even  more  valuable  on  this  account.  Many 
hundreds  of  the  children's  drawings  are  re- 
produced in  the  volume,  both  in  black  and 
white  and  in  colors. 

Just  before  this  work  was  printed  Dr. 
Siegfried  Levinstein  brought  out  his  ex- 
tended study  on  drawings  made  by  school 
children.  With  the  support  of  Professor 
Lamprecht,  the  author  has  collected  a  great 
number  of  drawings  made  by  school  chil- 
dren, to  illustrate  the  story  of  "Hans-Guck- 
in-die-Luft,"  and  he  has  also  summarized 
earlier  studies.  The  volume  is  richly 
illustrated  with   reproductions   of  the  chil- 


2l6 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


dren's  drawings,  and  there  is  an  extended 
bibliography. 

Among  earlier  German  works,  Professor 
Wilhelm  Preyer's  well-known  study  on  his 
son  is  still  useful,  especially  in  connection 
with  the  development  of  interest  in  color. 
There  are  less  important  studies  in  German 
by  Gotze  and  Pappenheim. 

Among  the  works  by  French  students 
Perez's  "E'Art"  et  la  Poesie  chez  l'Enfant" 
still  remains  a  classic.  Unlike  the  German 
works,  this  is  based  on  the  careful  study  of 
a  few  children,  and  deals  rather  with  art 
appreciation  than  with  creative  work.  In 
his  "First  Three  Years  of  Childhood"  the 
same  author  has  recorded  valuable  observa- 
tions from  the  same  held.  In  various 
articles  and  reviews  Alfred  Binet  has  given 
us  the  benefit  of  his  interesting  and  sug- 
gestive ways  of  thinking  about  children  s 
drawings.  Compayre,  in  his  "L/  Evolution 
Intellectuelle  et  Morale  de  l'Enfant,"  offers 
many  suggestions  of  value  for  this  chapter. 
Passy  has  also  given  us  some  valuable 
notes.  One  of  the  earliest  quantitative 
studied  made  on  children's  drawings  was 
that  by  Ricci  in  Italy. 

In  England  one  of  the  closest  students  of 
children's  drawings  has  been  Ebenezer 
Cooke.  He  has  spoken  and  written  exten- 
sively on  the  subject,  and  his  views  have 
largely  influenced  work  in  the  schools. 
Professor  James  Sully's  chapters  on  art 
development  in  his  "Studies  of  Childhood" 
have  been  widely  read  and  copied.  A  little 
volume  by  the  late  inspector  of  schools,  T. 
G.  Rooper,  reprinted  in  America  as  "Draw- 
ing in  Primary  Schools,"  is  based  directly 
on  the  study  of  children,  and  has  also  had 
large  influence  in  the  teaching  of  drawing 
in  England.  Miss  Drury's  study  on  what-, 
children  think  pretty,  Miss  Sophie  Part- 
ridge's extended  study  on  children's  pic- 
ture writing,  and  Miss  Rena  Partridge's  ex- 
amination of  the  way  children  draw  men 
and  women  are  well  known.  In  various 
issues  of  "Child  Life"  during  1906-1907 
Miss  M.  E.  Findlay  discussed  "Design  in 
the  Art  Training  of  Young  Children  From 
the  Point  of  View  of  Childrens'  Tastes." 

In  America  we  have  a  great  number  of 
studies  on  this  subject.  Dr.  Frederick 
Burk's  "The  Genetic  versus  the  Logical 
Order  in  Drawing"  is  an  admirable  sum- 
mary of  work  done,  and  gives  a  definite 
application  to  teaching.  Professor  J.  Mark 
Baldwin  has  analyzed  certain  steps  in  the 
development    of    drawing    with    his    usual 


philosophical  thoroughness.  Dr.  Herman 
T.  Rukens  in  "A  Study  of  Children's  Draw- 
ings m  Early  Years"  has  given  us  one  of 
the  best  summaries  so  far  made.  Mrs. 
Maitland  has  investigated  the  question  as 
to  what  subjects  school  children  wish  to 
draw.  Professor  A.  B.  Clark  has  examined 
children's  attitude  toward  perspective  prob- 
lems. In  his  "Notes  on  Children's  Draw- 
ings," Professor  Elmer  E.  Brown  has  pub- 
hsned  and  interpreted  four  rather  extended 
studies  on  individual  children. 

One  of  the  earliest  attempts  to  interpret 
large  groups  of  children's  drawings  was 
made  by  the  writer  in  1893.  In  his  "Studies 
in  Education,"  he  has  analyzed  an  extended 
collection  of  pictures  made  by  children  and 
has  printed  another  version  of  Miss  Drury's 
study  on  what  children  think  pretty. 
Professor  M.  V.  O'Shea  has  an  analytical 
study  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  National 
Education  Association.  The  records  of 
infancy  kept  by  Shinn,  Moore  and  Hogan 
devote  much  space  to  the  efforts  made  by 
children  to  express  themselves  in  drawing 
and  to  the  development  of  art  appreciation. 
In  "A  Rittle  Girl  Among  the  Old  Masters," 
William  Dean  Howells  has  recorded  the 
steps  in  the  development  of  a  child  living  in 
the  midst  of  European  art  galleries. 

These  varied  studies  show  beyond  all 
question  that  children  pass  through  succes- 
sive stages  in  their  appreciation  of  art  and 
in  their  relation  to  artistic  creation.  Frag- 
mentary and  incomplete  as  the  results  are, 
they  have  already  had  a  large  influence  on 
art  instruction,  especially  with  little  chil- 
dren; and  in  the  future  the  more  perfect 
study  of  children  must  inevitably  determine 
the  ways  in  which  we  shall  help  them  to  an 
understanding  and  an  expression  of  the 
beautiful. 

From  an  examination  of  the  many  studies 
that  have  been  made  on  infancy  it  seems 
clear  that  the  first  few  months  of  a  child's 
life  are  distinguished  above  all  else  by  ex- 
treme activity  and  by  fragmentariness  of 
interest.  A  baby's  waking  hours  are  fully 
occupied  and  he  turns  restlessly  from  one 
thing  to  another,  eagerly  gathering  a  mass 
of  unrelated  experience.  All  observers 
agree  in  noting  a  broken  interest  at  this 
time  in  striking  sensory  impressions,  be- 
ginning when  the  child  is  but  a  few  days 
old.  He  turns  with  evident  pleasure 
towards  rays  of  light,  brightly  colored 
objects  and  glittering  things.  Mobility  and 
glitter  seem  more  attractive  to  him  than 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


2l7 


color;  and  objects  of  daily  life,  such  as  a 
mother's  dress,  seem  to  exercise  a  more 
compelling  power  than  any  other  artistic 
products. 

White  is  probably  the  most  attractive 
color  at  this  time,  and  a  piece  of  newspaper 
will  hold  the  attention  as  well  as  a  hand- 
somely colored  toy,  especially  if  the  baby 
is  allowed  to  do  something  with  it.  By  the 
time  they  are  a  year  old,  many  children 
show  an  interest  in  looking  at  pictures,  and 
six  months  later  they  can  pick  out  animals 
they  know  or  photographs  of  father  or 
mother.  Hence  by  this  time  visual  images 
must  be  pretty  well  formed  in  their  minds. 
The  whole  subjective  life  is,  however,  so 
undifferentiated  that  admiration  can  hardly 
exist  aside  from  the  general  mass  of 
pleasurable  feelings. 

Thus  until  the  age  of  two  years  there  is 
little  in  the  way  of  art  activity  to  record. 
If  the  child  is  given  pencil  and  paper  he 
may  rub  them  together  as  he  might  rub 
any  articles  together  that  are  handed  to 
him.'  When  he  seems  to  be  drawing  he  is 
probably  imitating  the  action  of  his  elders, 
just  as  he  does  when  he  plays  at  writing 
letters.  If  meaning  appears,  well  and  good; 
but  he  is  merely  imitating  the  action  that 
lie  sees  and  not  the  representative  effort 
that  lies  behind  it.  His  interest  is  in  the 
art,  not  in  the  product. 

About  the  age  of  two,  however,  the  child 
begins  to  have  a  distinct  pleasure  in  the 
products  of  his  rubbing.  His  drawing  is 
still  only  a  scrawl,  but  he  has  a  creative 
rather  than  a  merely  imitative  attitude 
towards  it.  Professor  Baldwin  has  analyzed 
the  steps  in  scribble  development  with 
great  thoroughness.  The  angular  straight 
lines  give  way  about  the  age  of  two  years 
to  curves,  lateral  movements  being  pre- 
ferred to  vertical  movements.  About  the 
twentv-seventh  month  a  sense  of  connec- 
tion betwen  what  was  visually  in  the  child's 
own  consciousness  and  the  movement  of 
his  own  hand  or  pencil  springs  into  exist- 
ence. Tracery  imitation  begins.  Ebenezer 
Cooke  finds  in  these  early  scribbles  a  ten- 
dency toward  elliptical  forms  on  which  he 
bases  far-reaching  educational  conclusions. 
Professor  Brown  has  also  pointed  out  the 
predominance  of  motor  impulses  in  his 
early  work,  though  recognizing  the  steady 
attempt  to  relate  motor  and  visual  images ; 
and  Professor  Sully  speaks  of  drawing  at 
this  period  as  largely  "imitative  play 
action." 


All  students  of  childhood  agree  in  recog- 
nizing that  the  images  which  the  child  seeks 
to  express  at  this  early  age  are  already 
within  his  mind  when  the  drawing  begins. 
The  operation  is  from  within  outward  and 
is  hence  often  spoken  of  as  conceptual 
drawing.  Passy,  Miss  Partridge  and  Ker- 
schensteiner  all  report  experiments  where 
they  posed  before  a  class  and  found  that 
even  elementary  school  children  were  as 
liable  to  draw  them  standing  as  sitting,  or 
with  hats  as  without.  The  difficulties  of 
execution  are  so  great  with  little  children 
that  there  is  little  desire  to  look  at  other 
drawings,  or  at  an  object,  even  if  the  child 
be  nominally  copying  it.  Possibly  if  this 
motor  difficulty  did  not  exist  the  result 
would  be  the  same,  for  one  cannot  help 
feeling  that  the  aim  at  this  time  is  self- 
expression  rather  than  representation.  In 
fact,  drawing  for  a  very  young  child  is  so 
thoroughly  a  language  that  we  may  be 
wrong  in  considering  it  as  in  any  degree  an 
art  expression.  One  is  startled  to  see  how 
easily  a  child  at  this  age  declares  a  mass  of 
meaningless  lines  to  be  a  man,  a  horse,  or 
an  engine.  Whatever  may  be  true  of 
adults,  "art  for  art's  sake,"  has  no  place  in 
a  child's  world. 

So  thoroughly  is  all  drawing  conceptual 
at  this  period  that  if  a  child  is  drawing  a 
complex  whole  he  is  content  to  put  down, 
one  after  the  other,  the  parts  he  knows  and 
happens  to  think  about.  Thus,  if  he  is 
drawing  a  cow,  he  makes  a  scrawl  of  some 
kind  to  stand  for  the  cow  as  a  whole ;  on 
one  side  of  this  he  scratches  some  horns, 
on  the  other  side  some  legs  and  a  tail, 
while  a  smudge  some  inches  away  is  de- 
clared to  be  the  hair.  If  he  draws  a  man 
on  horseback,  you  see  both  of  his  legs ;  in 
drawing  a  woman  he  may  draw  her  body, 
then  put  on  her  clothes,  one  garment  after 
another,  and  even  draw  her  pocket,  a  purse 
in  the  pocket  and  a  penny  in  the  purse. 
This  tendency  to  work  out  a  detail  at  a 
time  has  led  some  students  to  speak  of  this 
stage  as  the  cataloguing  period  in  drawing. 

Nothing  is  more  striking  in  the  drawings 
made  bv  children  at  this  period  than  the 
way  in  which  they  universally  invent  or 
adopt  diagramatic  forms.  They  do  not 
draw  the  outline  of  men,  or  trees  or  houses ; 
they  make  symbols  or  signs  to  stand  for 
them.  Thus  they  make  a  straight  line  for 
a  leg,  a  little  circle  for  an  eye ;  a  vertical 
line  with  a  few  horizontal  lines  on  the 
sides  represents  a  tree.     Many  people  are 


2l8 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


led  by  this  fact  to  assume  that  children 
tend  to  abstract  form  from  things,  and  that 
they  are  interested  in  such  form  abstrac- 
tions and  hence  should  be  given  work  with 
lines  and  plane  surfaces.  A  little  observa- 
tion, however,  will  show  anyone  that  these 
diagrams  are  due,  not  to  the  child's  having 
abstracted  the  form  from  the  object,  but  to 
his  inability  to  co-ordinate  visual  and  motor 
images  and  to  his  slight  power  over 
muscular  direction.  With  developing 
power  his  growth  is  not  from  objects  to 
more  abstract  forms,  but  from  his  first 
crude  diagrams  he  moves  steadily  to  real 
objects.  The  pictorial  evolution  of  a  man 
illustrates  these  steps. 

The  correctness  of  this  position  is  further 
shown  by  the  fact  that  all  of  a  child's 
spontaneous  drawings  before  he  is  six  years 
old  are  pictorial.  Mrs.  Maitland  found  only 
five  per  cent,  of  the  children  at  this  age 
drawing  geometrical  designs,  and  only 
three  per  cent,  using  ornament.  In  illus- 
trating stories,  Barnes  found  less  than  one 
per  cent,  using  ornamental  forms.  Lukens 
found  but  two  per  cent,  using  geometrical 
designs  and  decoration  combined.  As  we 
have  repeatedly  said,  drawing  is  for  these 
young  children  a  language  closely  akin  to 
speech.  It  grows  up  bv  the  same  alternat- 
ing analysis  and  syntheses  that  we  find 
accompanying  the  mastery  of  speech.  From 
the  tangle  of  lines  that  stands  for  a  man 
emerges,  as  it  were  by  accident,  some  cir- 
cumscribed part  that  is  recognized  as  the 
head ;  arms  and  legs  spring  out  from  it ; 
eves  find  their  place ;  and  then  a  nose  fol- 
lows. A  body  evolves  below  the  head, 
often  by  uniting  the  legs  with  a  line ;  ears 
linger  until  later.  These  early  figures  of 
men  are  almost  invariably  drawn  full-face, 
possiblv  because  only  a  full-face  figure 
p-ives  the  child  a  chance  to  enumerate  all 
the  features.  Since  throughout  childhood 
the  motor  impulses  tend  to  concentrate, 
now  in  one  direction,  now  in  another,  the 
interest  in  drawing  is  very  spasmodic. 
Sometimes  it  continues  strong  for  several 
days,  and  then  entirely  disappears  for  sev- 
eral weeks  or  even  months. 

The  objects  that  a  child  is  especially  in- 
terested in  drawing  at  this  time  are  those 
related  to  his  own  daily  life  and  needs. 
Men  and  women  are  most  attractive : 
babies,  domesticated  animals,  objects  of 
daily  use,  and  playthines  are  the  objects 
which  he  must  portray  if  he  is  to  draw  with 
avidity.     His  standards  are  so  low  that  he 


has  no  fear  of  being  unable  to  realize  them. 
He  feels  as  secure  in  drawing  a  man  as  in 
drawing  a  vertical  line. 

Whether  children  tend  to  draw  mass  or 
outline  before  they  are  six  has  attracted 
much  attention.  Mrs.  A.  H.  Putnam  pro- 
vided in  her  kindergarten,  water  colors, 
colored  crayons,  slates,  paper  and  pencils 
and  the  sand  table,  and  then  encouraged 
her  children  to  make  representations  of  a 
ball.  There  was  no  direction  given,  but 
eighty-seven  out  of  ninety-seven  children 
who  had  been  in  the  kindergarten  but  a  few 
days  drew  outlines  with  pencils.  It  may  be 
said  that  this  is  what  they  had  always  been 
accustomed  to  do,  but  the  line  seems  best 
to  correspond  with  what  we  have  found  to 
be  the  children's  aim  in  drawing  at  this 
period. 

Any  thoughtful  observer  who  watches  a 
child's  drawing  from  the  time  he  is  two 
until  he  is  six  must  be  deeply  impressed 
with  the  great  aid  it  furnishes  to  all  of  his 
processes  of  thought.  It  relates  visual  and 
motor  impulses,  thereby  perfecting  visual 
judgments,  the  great  majority  of  which  rest 
on  motor  experiences,  and  at  the  same  time 
it  directs  and  cultivates  motor  activity.  By 
recording  images  and  thus  holding  them 
before  the  mind  for  consideration  such 
drawing  forms  one  of  the  most  effective 
agencies  in  organizing  a  body  of  correct 
ideas  or  concepts  on  which  all  intelligent 
thinking  must  finally  rest. 

(To  be  continued) 


The  greatest  work  has  always  gone  hand 
in  hand  with  the  most  fervent  moral  pur- 
pose.— Sidney  Lanier. 

SELF-RELIANCE. 

Myself  did  make  my  yesterdays, 

And  this  I  truly  know, 
To  all  my  morrows  I  shall  bring 

Their  store  of  joy  or  woe. 

Each  cup  these  lips  of  mine  shall  drink, 

It  shall  be  filled  by  me; 
For  every  door  that  I  would  pass, 

These  hands  must  mould  the  key. 

If  e'en  on  yonder  shining  height 

A  larger  life  I  own, 
Though  throb  my  brain,  though  ache  my  feet, 

Its  slope  I  climb  alone. 

No  more  along  a  darkened  way, 

I,   doubting,   blindly  grope; 
No  more  I  shame  my  soul  with  fear, 

Nor  yet  with  yearning  hope. 

But  knowing  this  that  I  do  know, 

And  seeing  what  I  see, 
I  rest  in  this  great  certainty — 

All  may  be  well  with  me. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


219 


THE  KINDERGARTEN  IN  BUFFALO. 


lO^GS"! 

3*S 

NEXT  in  educational  import- 
ance to  the  meeting  in  Buf- 
falo in  1896,  of  the  National 
Educational  Association  will 
be  the  convention  of  the  In- 
ternational Kindergarten  Union  in  that 
city,  in  April.  Such  a  gathering  of  educa- 
tors is  an  inspiration  and  impetus  to  the 
educational  interests  of  any  city,  and  will 
be  cordially  welcome  in  Buffalo,  whose 
lines  of  educational  interest  are  many  and 
varied. 

Buffalo   is   a  city  beautiful   for  situation 


tion,"  and  while  at  least  two  educational 
institutions  in  the  city  are  the  direct  out- 
growth of  kindergarten,  the  great  change 
in  elementary  education  which  has  taken 
place  in  Buffalo  within  the  last  two 
decades,  is  also  in  part  due  to  the  develop- 
ment of  kindergarten  ideals  and  kinder- 
garten spirit.  That  this  has  been  univer- 
sally true,  Miss  Nina  C.  Vandewalker 
clearly  shows  in  "The  Kindergarten  in 
American  Education."  In  discussion  of  the 
factors  which  have  brought  about  changes 
in  both  spirit  and  method,  she  says :  "The 
present   procedure   of  the   primary   schools 


Albright  Art  Gallery 


and  a  strategic  point  commercially  and  in- 
dustrially, and  has  advanced  with  great 
strides  especially  since  the  development  of 
electric  power  from  Niagara  Falls.  The 
rapid  increase  in  population  has  constantly 
taxed  to  the  utmost  its  school  facilities,  and 
though  each  year  sees  new  buildings  erect- 
ed or  old  ones  enlarged,  "the  great-coat 
Have  is  always  inadequate  to  cover  the 
growing  Want."  Not  only  is  the  school 
population  increasing  beyond  the  accom- 
modations, but  there  has  been  expansion 
within  the  school  along  many  lines,  for 
Buffalo  has  kept  pace  with  other  progres- 
sive cities  in  recognition  of  the  importance- 
of  art,  manual,  and  domestic  training.  All 
these  things  call  for  a  constantly  growing 
educational  budget,  which  the  people 
cheerfully  meet ;  but  expansion  along  so 
many  lines  makes  impossible  very  rapid 
growth  along  any  one  line. 

The  kindergarten  movement  has  the  dis- 
tinction of  being  the  first  movement  in 
Buffalo  in  the  direction  of  the  "new  educa- 


bears  the  stamp  of  the  kindergarten  too 
unmistakably  to  leave  one  in  doubt  as  to 
the  source  from  which  the  transforming 
influence  has  come."  She  further  says: 
"Other  influences  have  played  their  part 
and  left  their  impress.  Of  these  the  art 
and  manual  training  movement,  which 
next  to  the  kindergarten  has  been  the 
strongest  influence  in  the  transformation 
of  the  school,  is  an  illustration." 

It  is  interesting  to  trace  some  of  the  be- 
ginnings of  the  kindergarten  movement  in 
Buffalo  to  their  original  source  of  inspira- 
tion. Mrs.  Amanda  M.  Hoffman  who 
conducted  for  many  years  a  private  school 
in  the  city  became  interested  in  the  kin- 
dergarten through  Miss  Ellen  Hale  of  Bos- 
ton, who  doubtless  received  her  impres- 
sions from  Miss  Elizabeth  P.  Peabody.  In 
1876,  that  year  which  was  so  fruitful  in  the 
extension  of  knowledge  of  the  kindergar- 
ten, Mrs.  Hoffman  secured  a  kinder- 
gartner  from  Boston  and  opened  a  kinder- 
garten in  connection  with  her  school.     A 


220 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


few  months  earlier  Miss  Peabody  had 
given  a  series  of  lectures  in  Florence,  Mass. 
Out  of  the  interest  awakened,  grew  the 
Florence  Kindergarten  and  Training 
School,  and  to  Florence  Mrs.  Hoffman 
went  in  the  summer  of  1877  to  study  with 
Mrs.  Auretta  Roy  Aldrich,  principal  of  the 
school.  Thither  went  also  for  kindergar- 
ten training  Miss  Katherine  S.  Chester  who 
subsequently  opened  a  kindergarten  in 
connection  with  Buffalo  Seminary.  Owing 
in  part  to  the  encroachments  of  business 
upon   the    section   where    these    kindergar- 


this  tiny  kindergarten.  From  this  small  be- 
ginning interest  spread,  as  it  was  bound  to 
do,  and  the  following  year  the  Franklin 
Kindergarten  was  established,  with  Miss 
Emma  K.  Newman,  a  graduate  of  Mine. 
Kraus-Boelte's  Training  School  as  direc- 
tor. Recognizing  the  desirability  of  con- 
tinuing in  the  elementary  school  something 
of  the  spirit  and  methods  of  the  kinder- 
garten, it  was  determined  after  consulta- 
tion with  President  Eliot,  to  erect  on  this 
kindergarten  foundation  a  preparatory 
school.      In   this   project   Mrs.    Glenny   and 


At  the  Terrace  Playground 


tens  were  located  they  were  discontinued 
some  years  ago. 

In  1888  two  graduates  of  the  School  of 
Ethical  Culture,  Miss  Jessica  E.  Beers  and 
Miss  Emma  Gibbons,  opened  a  kindergar- 
ten and  primary  school,  which  was  the  be- 
ginning of  the  Elmwood  School,  one  of  the 
private  schools  of  which  Buffalo  is  justly 
proud,  and  of  which  Miss  Beers  is  prin- 
cipal. 

Among  the  students  at  the  Seminary, 
was  a  young  girl  who  became  very  deeply 
interested  in  Miss  Chester^  kindergarten, 
finding  it  so  attractive  that  she  made  use 
of  every  excuse  to  spend  an  hour  there. 
This  interest  and  enthusiasm  were  lasting 
and  had  important  results  for  education  in 
Buffalo.  When  some  years  later,  her  little 
son  reached  kindergarten  age,  the  mother, 
Mrs.  Bryant  Burwell  Glenny,  invited  to  her 
home  three  afternoons  each  week,  three 
other  children,  with  Miss  Beers  to  conduct 


Mrs.  DeEancey  Rochester  were  the  leading 
spirits,  and  Dr.  Nicholas  Murray  Butler  as 
counsellor  determined  the  lines  along 
which  the  school  should  develop;  and  the 
Franklin  School  was  the  result.  To  this 
school  in  its  early  years  and  to  the  School 
of  Pedagogy  which  was  an  outgrowth  of 
it,  and  which,  unhappily,  survived  but  two 
years,  was  due  the  beginning  in  Buffalo  of 
the  interest  in  child  study  which  has  like- 
wise been  a  factor  in  the  transformation  of 
the  elementary  schools. 

The  free  kindergarten  movement  in  Buf- 
falo owed  its  beginning  to  the  enthusiasm 
of  Miss  Margaret  C.  Brown,  upon  whose 
initiative  a  public  meeting  was  called  in  the 
summer  of  1891.  Much  interest  was 
aroused  and  an  organization  effected  under 
the  corporate  name  of  the  Buffalo  Free 
Kindergarten  Association,  and  organized 
for  the  purpose  of  opening  free  kindergar- 
tens, and  establishing  a  kindergarten  train- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


221 


ing  school.  The  officers  were  Mrs.  John 
Clark -Glenny,  president;  Mrs.  Thomas  R. 
Sheer  and  Mrs.  Louis  H.  Allen,  vice  presi- 
dents :  Mrs.  Adelbert  Moot,  secretary,  and 
Mr.  C.  N.  Underhill,  treasurer.  Four  kin- 
dergartens and  the  training  school  were 
opened  in  the  fall,  under  the  supervision  of 
Miss  Margaret  C.  Brown.  The  interest 
further  materialized  in  the  form  of  a 
periodical,  The  Kindergarten  News,  edited 
by  Mr.  Louis  H.  Allen  and  Mr.  William 
Macomber,  and  published  in  Buffalo  until 


■>«  - 


',',     .\\l;K      SIS    \, 


The  Lenox— Headquarters  I.  K.  U. 

the  Milton  Bradley  Co.  assumed  the  pro- 
prietorship, and  enlarged  it  into  the  Kin- 
dergarten Review. 

In  1892  Mr.  John  G.  Milburn  became 
president  of  the  Kindergarten  Association, 
an  office  which  he  filled  for  twelve  years. 
In  the  same  year  there  was  also  a  change  in 
the  corps  of  kindergartners ;  Miss  Ella  C. 
Elder  of  the  Florence  Kindergarten  was 
chosen  superintendent,  and  she  brought 
with  her  a  staff  of  kindergartners  from 
Boston.  Considerable  vantage  ground  was 
gained  for  the  free  kindergarten  movement 
when  the  city  granted  an  appropriation 
toward  the  maintenance  of  kindergartens. 
This  appropriation  was  increased  annually 
as  the  work  was  extended  and  kindergar- 
tens had  in  some  cases  been  located  in 
public  school  buildings,  so  that  when  the 
time  came  that  it  seemed  advisable  to  in- 
corporate kindergartens  as  part  of  the  pub- 
lic school  system,  the  transition  was  ac- 
complished with  little  difficulty,  and  without 
change  in  management,  Miss  Elder  being 
retained  as  supervisor,  a  position  which 
she  still  fills. 

While  the  kindergarten  has  not  encoun- 
tered in  Buffalo  the  periods  of  doubt  and 


threatened  disaster  which  have  confronted 
it  at  times  in  some  cities,  its  extension  has 
been  somewhat  slow,  owing  to  reasons  al- 
ready suggested,  the  rapid  growth  of  school 
population,  which  in  some  districts  where 
kindergarten  was  greatly  needed,  has  left 
no  available  school  room  for  children  un- 
der school  age,  and  to  the  fact  that  the 
kindergarten  was  one  of  the  numerous  de- 
partments clamoring  for  a  share  in  the 
yearly  increase  in  the  appropriation  for 
education.     The  year  of  greatest  expansion 


Iroquis  Hotel 

was  last  year,  when  six  kindergartens  were 
opened. 

Buffalo,  like  many  other  cities,  has  dem- 
onstrated the  value  of  the  kindergarten 
as  a  foundation  for  social  settlement  work, 
three  of  its  settlements  having  started  with 
a  kindergarten.  Mothers'  meetings  have 
in  many  districts  grown  into  Mothers'  clubs 
and  in  some  districts  Parents'  Associations 
or  Parent-Teachers'  Associations  have 
sprung  from  or  grown  up  side  by  side  with 
the  Mothers'  Meetings.  The  public  library 
co-operates  with  the  Mothers'  clubs  by 
sending  out  carefully  selected  libraries, 
which  are  kept  in  kindergartens  for  the 
use  of  the  mothers  and  the  younger 
children. 

With  the  transfer  of  the  kindergarten  to 
the  Department  of  Public  Instruction,  the 
Kindergarten  Association  was  largely  re- 
lieved of  responsibility,  but  it  has  continued 
its  relation  of  sponser  to  the  training  school 
which  it  founded,  and  which  has  had  its 
home  for  many  years  in  the  Women's  Edu- 
cational and  Industrial  Union. 

There  is  also  a  department  of  kindergar- 
ten training,  of  which  Miss  Louise  Cassety 


222 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


is  director,  in  connection  with  the  Buffalo 
State  Normal  School. 

Buffalo  has  numerous  institutions  that 
will  prove  interesting  to  visitors  who  are 
especially  interested  in  the  educational 
activities  of  a  city.  Of  these  perhaps  none 
exerts  a  more  potent  influence  than  the 
Woman  Teachers'  Association,  the  first 
and  perhaps  the  only  organization  of  its 
kind  in  the  country.  It  has  a  membership 
of  more  than  eight  hundred  of  the  teachers 
employed  in  the  public  schools  of  the  city, 


Hotel  Statler 

and  under  the  efficient  leadership  of  Dr. 
Ida  C.  Bender,  supervisor  of  primary 
grades,  not  only  justifies  its  existence  by 
promoting  the  welfare  of  the  public 
schools,  creating  a  spirit  of  sympathy  and 
good  will  among  the  teachers,  developing 
the  abilities  and  resources  of  individual 
members,  and  creating  in  the  community  a 
deeper  sense  of  the  dignity  of  the  teacher's 
profession,  but  through  its  valuable  lecture 
courses  which  are  open  to  the  public  it  con- 
tributes not  a  little  to  the  cultural  life  of 
the  city.  The  association  owns  a  com- 
modious and  attractive  building,  the  Chap- 
ter House,  which  is  the  center  of  much 
social  as  well  as  educational  activity. 

The  Natural  History  Museum,  the  prop- 
er*--  of  the  Natural  History  Society,  has  its 
temporary  home  in  the  public  library  build- 
ing, and  is  an  invaluable  adjunct  of  the 
public  schools,  as  a  school  of  observation 
to  which  classes  go  at  stated  times  for 
illustrated  lectures. 


In  the  beautiful  Historical  building,  the 
New  York  State  building  of  the  Pan-Amer- 
ican Exposition,  is  a  fine  historical  collec- 
tion, and  three  times  each  week  are  given 
lectures  and  addresses  upon  local  history, 
which  are  open  to  the  public. 

The  Albright  Art  Gallery,  "the  people's 
palace  of  the  fine  arts  of  painting  and 
sculpture,"  is  said  to  be  the  best  example 
of  pure  Greek  architecture  in  America. 
The  building  contains  an  excellent  per- 
manent collection,  among  its  chief  treasures 
being  full-sized  models  of  two  of  St. 
Gauden's  noblest  achievements,  the  Shaw 
Memorial  and  the  Stevenson  Memorial. 
The  frequent  loan  exhibition  of  the  finest 
work  of  American  and  many  foreign  artists, 
offer  to  every  citizen  the  opportunity  to 
become  acquainted  with  the  best  of 
modern  art,  a  privilege  which  the  people 
are  not  slow  to  appreciate,  as  is  evident 
from  the  large  attendance  on  Sunday  and 
holiday  afternoons. 

The  dream  of  many  of  the  citizens  of 
Buffalo  is  of  a  noble  university  building 
which  shall  stand  on  the  most  commanding 
site  in  the  city  and  invite  to  its  ample  doors 
the  young  men  and  women  of  the  city,  and 
public-spirited  citizens,  men  and  women, 
are  laboring  faithfully  to  make  that  dream 
a  reality. 

ALICE   S.    HARTMANN. 


SPECIAL  ANNOUNCEMENT  TO  THE 

KINDERGARTNERS  VISITING 

BUFFALO. 

The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine 
takes  great  pleasure  in  recommending  to 
kindergartners  who  contemplate  visiting 
Buffalo  during  the  I.  K.  U.  convention  the 
Iroquois  Hotel,  which  has  a  national  repu- 


tation  for  the  quality  of  its  service.  It  is 
situated  in  the  center  of  the  city,  accessible 
from  all  car  lines,  and  in  close  touch  with 
the  great  activities  of  this  busy  city.  It 
can  be  reached  in  a  few  minutes  from  any 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


223 


station,  and  is  but  a  step  from  the  special 
cars  that  run  to  Niagara  Falls  every  half 
hour. 

Messrs.  AVoolley  and  Gerrans,  hosts, 
have  a  reputation  in  New  York,  Saratoga 
and  Buffalo  as  knowing  how  to  combine  all 
the  comforts  of  the  modern  hotel  with  true 
home   atmosphere   and   artistic   setting. 

The  delegates  of  the  I.  K.  U.  will  be 
specially     welcome     on     mentioning     the 


editor  of  the  Kindergarten-Primary  Maga- 
zine, who  has  enjoyed  the  hospitality  of  the 
Iroquois  for  many  years  without  ever  find- 
ing the  slightest  reason  for  complaint.  If 
the  delegates  will  write  the  proprietors 
mentioning  the  Kindergarten-Primary 
Magazine  they  will  receive  special  rates 
and  special  consideration. 

The  Iroquois  is  one  of  the  sure  places  of 
Buffalo. 


Castle  Inn 


The  Markeen 

Buffalo  is  ~sl  beautiful  and  interesting  city,  the 
hotel  accommodations  are  all  that  could  be  desired 
and  the  program  is  one  of  unusual  interest.  Now 
let  every  kindergartner  resolve  to  come  early  and 
attend  all  the  meetings  of  the  convention.  You 
need  the  inspiration  it  will  bring  to  you.  The  con- 
vention needs  the  inspiration  you  can  bring  to  it. 
Come. 


224 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


PROGRAM  OF  THE  INTERNA- 
TIONAL KINDERGARTEN  UNION, 
BUFFALO,  N.  Y.,  WEEK  OF  APRIL 
26,  1909. 

'pHE  board  of  the  Interna- 
tional  Kindergarten  Union 
submits  the  following  pro- 
gram to  the  branches  of  the 
■  2HB  International  Kindergarten 
I  nion,  and  wishes  to  add  a  line  of  explana- 
tion that  the  various  branches  may  realize 
what  was  in  mind  when  this  program  was 
mapped  out. 

Ceitain  definite  aims  were  kept  in  mind 
as  the  program  was  constructed,  and  it  is 
these  aims  which  we  wish  the  branches  to 
consider  when  reading  the  program. 

1.  To  build  the  program  in  the  light  of 
general  education  with  specialists  who 
would  bring  to  the  kindergarten  friendly 
criticism,  and  the  desire  to  be  of  service  in 
helping  us  to  solve  the  particular  problem 
of  the  kindergarten. 

2.  The  effort  has  been  to  prevent  over- 
crowded programs.  No  session  has  more 
than  two  speakers,  and  in  the  majority  of 
cases  only  one. 

3.  The  purpose  of  this  shorter  program 
has  been  to  leave  time  for  discussion  at  the 
close  of  lectures  and  papers. 

4.  The  aim  has  been  to  limit  the  number 
of  subjects  taken  up  during  the  week,  so 
that  more  intensive  work  might  be  done. 
As  far  as  possible  two  sessions  are  given  to 
each  subject. 

5.  The  desire  of  the  Board  was  to  secure 
leaders  for  every  subject  placed  upon  the 
program!  This  is  a  day  when  superin- 
tendents and  principals  of  schools  are  mak- 
ing an  effort  to  understand  the  aim  of  the 
kindergarten,  and  the  program  was  built 
with  the  hope  that  it  might  draw  superin- 
tendents and  principals  of  schools. 

Mr.  Percival  Chubb  of  the  Ethical  Cul- 
ture School  of  New  York,  who  is  chairman 
of  the  literature  committee,  has  specialized 
in  the  problem  of  literature  in  its  relation 
to  education  as  a  whole,  and  is  ably  pre- 
pared to  see  the  literature  of  the  kinder- 
garten in  the  light  of  the  problem  of  the 
elementary  school. 

Dr.  Colin  Scott  of  the  Boston  Normal 
School,  has  made  an  especial  study  of  all 
the  experiments  in  social  education  in  this 
country  and  abroad,  and  will  give  the  re- 
sults of  his  study  to  the  kindergartners  at 
this  meeting. 


Mr.  Dwight  Perkins  of  the  Board  of  Edu- 
cation, Chicago,  Illinois,  is  making  an 
especial  study  of  school  architecture  in  the 
light  of  the  changes  demanded  by  modern 
education  based  upon  the  law  of  self- 
activity. 

Dr.  John  A.  MacVannel  is  Director  of  the 
kindergarten  department,  Teachers'  Col- 
lege, Columbia  university,  and  Professor 
of  the  Philosophy  of  Education  in  the 
University,  and  in  the  light  of  this  Dr. 
MacVannel  has  made  an  especial  study  of 
the  philosophy  of  Froebel  and  the  practice 
of  the  kindergarten. 

Miss  Caroline  Haven  of  the  Ethical  Cul- 
ture School,  New  York  City,  and  Miss  Alice 
Fitts  of  Pratt  Institute,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y., 
each  has  proven  her  leadership  in  the  sub- 
jects indicated  upon  the  program. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  kindergartners  will 
make  an  effort  to  get  their  school  princi- 
pals, superintendents  and  Boards  of  Educa- 
tion to  attend  these  meetings,  and  in  this 
way  co-operate  with  the  Board  of  the  In- 
ternational Kindergarten  Union  in  the  two 
especial  aims  of  this  meeting.  First,  to  help 
the  kindergartners  to  see  themselves  as 
part  of  the  whole  problem  of  education, 
and  second,  to  get  school  men  to  see  the 
kindergarten  in  the  light  of  the  whole 
problem  of  education. 

PATTY  S.  HILL, 
President  of  I.  K.  U. 

The  headquarters  of  the  convention  will  be  at 
The  Lenox  Hotel. 

The  places  of  meeting  will  be  as  follows:  Con- 
vention Hall,  Virginia  Street;  First  Universalist 
Church,  North  street. 

LOCAL  ORGANIZATION. 

President,   Mrs.  Adelbert  Moot. 
First  Vice-President,  Mrs.  George  Sawyer. 
Second   Vice-President,   Mrs.    Charles  W.   Pardee. 
Secretary,    Mrs.    Delancy   Rochester. 
Treasurer,   Mr.    John   Lord   O'Brien. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  COMMITTEES. 

General  Chairman  of  Local  Committee,  Mrs. 
Adelbert  Moot. 

Kindergarten  Auxiliary,  Miss  Ella  C.  Elder. 
Transportation,  Mr.  Harry  Parry. 
Finance,  Mr.  John  Lord  O'Brien. 
Exhibits,  Miss  Mary  E.  Watkins. 
Printing,  Mrs.  A.  R.  Preston. 
Accommodations,    Miss   Florence   Oppenheimer. 
Entertainment,  Mrs.  Delancy  Rochester. 
Badges  and  Decorations,   Miss  Louise  Cassety. 
Music,  Mr.   Seth  Clark. 
Program,  Miss  Ella  C.  Elder. 
Press,  Mrs.  Esther  Davenport. 

PROGRAM 

MONDAY   AFTERNOON.   APRIL   26th,   AT   TWO 

O'CLOCK. 

Meeting  of  Committee  of  Nineteen.  Miss  Lucy 
Wheelock  Chairman. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


22^ 


MONDAY  EVENING.  APRIL  26th.  AT  8  O'CLOCK. 

Board  meeting. 

TUESDAY   AFTERNOON.   APRIL  27th.  AT  2:30 
O'CLOCK. 

Conference  of  training  teachers  and  supervisors. 
Closed  session.  Admission  by  ticket.  Miss  Eliza- 
beth Harrison,  Chairman. 

Address:  Dr.  John  Angus  MacVannel,  Director 
of  the  Kindergarten  Department,  Teachers'  Col- 
lege, Columbia  University,  New  York  City.  Sub- 
ject:    "Materials  of  the  Kindergarten." 

Discussion. 

TUESDAY  EVENING.  APRIL  27th.  AT  8  O'CLOCK. 

Program  in  charge  of  literature  committee: 

Address:  Mr.  Percival  Chubb,  Ethical  Culture 
School,     New    York     City.         subject — 

Address:  (Speaker  to  be  announced  later).  Sub- 
ject: "The  Newspaper  and  Its  Relation  To  Child- 
hood." 

Address:  (Speaker  to  be  announced  later).  Sub- 
ject:    "The  Comic  Sunday  Supplement." 

WEDNESDAY    MORNING.    APRIL    28th,   AT    10 
O'CLOCK. 

Invocation. 

Addresses  of  welcome 

Response. 

Report  of  Corresponding  Secretary  and  Treas- 
urer:     Miss  Anna  H.  Littell. 

Report  of  Auditor:      Miss  Margaret  Giddings. 

Reports  of  committees: 

Foreign  Correspondence:  Miss  Mary  McCulloch, 
chairman. 

Propagation:      Miss  Myra  Winchester,  chairman. 

Nominations:      Luella   Palmer,   chairman. 

Credentials  and  Elections:  Miss  Ella  C.  Elder, 
chairman. 

Parents'  Committee:  Miss  C.  Geraldine  O'Grady, 
chairman. 

N.  E.  A.  Committee:  Miss  Caroline  T.  Haven, 
chairman. 

Committee  of  Nineteen:  Miss  Lucy  Wheelock, 
chairman. 

Appointment  of  committee  on  Time  and  Place, 
and  Resolutions. 

Reports  of  Delegates. 

WEDNESDAY    AFTERNOON.    APRIL    28th.    AT 
3  O'CLOCK. 

Literature  Committee. 

Address:  Mr.  Percival  Chubb,  Ethical  Culture 
School,  New  York  City.  Subject:  "The  Child  As 
a  Literary  Personage." 

Address:  Dr.  John  A.  MacVannel,  Teachers' 
College,  New  York  City.  Subject:  "Children's 
Literature — Principles  of  Selection." 

WEDNESDAY    EVENING.    APRIL    28th. 
O'CLOCK. 

Lecture,  "Social  Education  and  the 
garten." — Colin  Scott,  Ph.  D.,  Boston 
School. 

Discussion. 

THURSDAY    MORNING.    APRIL    29th. 

O'CLOCK. 

Business  session. 

Luncheon  at  12:30  o'clock  at  Contention  Hall. 

THURSDAY    AFTERNOON,  APRIL    29th.    AT    2 
O'CLOCK. 

Joint  session  of  Mothers'  Clubs;  and  Kinder- 
gartners. 

Five  minute  addresses  by  prominent  kinder- 
garten leaders. 

THURSDAY    AFTERNOON.    3:30    O'CLOCK. 

Automobile  ride  about  the  city. 


AT    8 

Kinder- 
Normal 


AT     10 


THURSDAY     EVENING.     APRIL     29th.     AT     8 
O'CLOCK. 

Reception  at  Albright  Art  Ga'.lery. 

FRIDAY  MORNING,  APRIL  30th.  AT  10  O'CLOCK. 

Subject:  "The  Hygiene  and  Aesthetic  Require 
ments  of  the  Kindergarten  Room."  (a)  "Hygiene" 
— Miss  Caroline  Haven,  Ethical  School,  New  York 
City.  (b)  "Art" — Miss  Alice  E.  Fitts,  Pratt  In- 
stitute, Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

FRIDAY    AFTERNOON.    APRIL    30th.    AT    2:30 
O'CLOCK. 

Stereopticon  lecture.  Subject:  "Recent  Educa- 
tional Requirements  &2  Expressed  in  School  Build- 
ings." Speaker:  Mr.  Dwight  Perkins,  Board  of 
Education,  Chicago,  111. 

ACCOMMODATIONS. 

The    Lenox,    North    street,    Headquarters;    Euro- 

.pean   plan.      Rooms    $1.50    per    day    without    bath; 

$2.00    and    $2.50    for    two    people.       Rooms    with 

bath    $2.50    to    $3.00    one   person;    $3.50    to    $4.00 

two   persons.      Table   'd'hote   meals    $2.25    per   day. 

Hotel  Iroquois,  Main  street;  European  plan. 
Rooms  $1.50  and  $2.00  without  bath;  with  bath, 
$3.00  one  person,   Jp.j.uu  two  persons. 

Hotel  Statler,  Washington  street;  European 
plan.  Rooms  $1.50  per  day,  one  person,  $2.50  per 
day  for  two  persons.     Shower  bath  in  every  room. 

The  Genesee,  Main  street;  European  plan. 
Rooms  $1.50  per  day  and  upwards. 

The  Lafayette,  Washington  street;  European 
plan.  Rooms  $1.50  per  day  without  bath;  $2.00  to 
$3.00  with  bath.     One  dollar  extra  for  two  people. 

The  Niagara,  Porter  Ave.  and  Seventh  St.— American 
plan.     $2.5o  per  day  and  upwards. 

The  Markeen,  Main  street;  American  plan.  $3.00 
per  day,  two  persons  in  a  room.  $1.75  for  room 
and  breakfast. 

The  Buckingham,  Allen  street;  European  plan. 
Rooms  $1.50  and  $2.00.  Limited  number;  excel- 
lent cafe. 

Hotel  Touraine,  Delaware  avenue;  European 
plan.  Rooms  $1.50  per  day  and  upwards,  with 
bath. 

Castle  Inn,  Niagara  Square;  American  plan. 
$2.00  to  $4.00  per  day. 

Young  Women's  Christian  Association,  Niagara 
Square.  Rooms  5  0  cents  per  day.  Breakfast  and 
luncheon,   20  cents  each,  dinner  3  0  cents. 

Delegates  desiring  accomodations  in  private 
families  may  secure  them  by  addressing  Miss 
Oppenheimer,  25  North  Pearl  street,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

RAILROAD  RATES. 

The  Trunk  Line  Association,  the  New  England 
Passenger  Association  (excepting  the  Eastern 
Steamship  Company  and  tue  Metropolitan  Steam- 
ship Company)  and  the  Eastern  Canadian  Pas- 
senger Association  have  granted  special  rate  of 
one  and  three-fifths  fare  for  the  round-trip  to 
Buffalo,  on  the  certificate  plan. 

The  following  directions  are  submitted  for  your 
guidance: 

1.  Tickets  at  the  regular  full  one-way  first-class 
fare  for  the  going  journey  may  be  secured  within 
three  days  (exclusive  o  f  Sunday)  prior  to  and 
during  the  first  three  days  of  the  meeting.  The 
announced  opening  date  of  the  meeting  is  April 
26  and  the  closing  date  is  April  30,  consequently 
you  can  obtain  your  going  ticket  and  certificate  not 
earlier  than  April  22,  nor  later  than  April  28.  Be 
sure  that,  when  purchasing  your  going  ticket,  you 
request  a  certificate.  Do  not  make  the  mistake  of 
asking  for  a  receipt. 


!26 


klNDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


2.  Present  yourself  at  the  railroad  station  for 
ticket  and  certificate  at  least  thirty  minutes  before 
departure  of  train  on  which  you  will  begin  your 
journey. 

3.  Certificates  are  not  kept  at  all  stations.  If 
you  inquire  at  your  home  station,  you  can  ascer- 
tain whether  certificates  and  through  tickets  can 
be  obtained  to  place  of  meeting.  If  not  obtainable 
at  your  home  station,  the  agent  will  inform  you  at 
what  station  they  can  be  obtained.  You  can  in 
such  case  purchase  a  local  ticket  thence,  and  there 
purchase  through  ticket  and  secure  certificate  to 
place   of  meeting. 

4.  Immediately  on  your  arrival  at  the  meeting 
present  your  certificate  to  the  endorsing  officer, 
Mr.   Harry  Parry. 

5.  It  has  been  arranged  that  the  Special  Agent 
of  tne  Railroad  Association  will  be  in  attendance 
on  April  28,  29,  and  30,  from  9  a.  m.  to  6  p.  m.,  to 
validate  certificates.  A  fee  of  25  cents  will  be 
charged  at  the  meeting  for  each  certificate  vali- 
dated. If  you  arrive  at  the  meeting  and  leave 
for  home  again  prior  to  the  Special  Agent's  arrival, 
or  if  you  arrive  at  the  meeting  later  than  April 
30,  after  the  Special  Agent  has  left,  you  cannot 
have  your  certificate  validated,  and  consequently 
you  will  not  get  the  benefit  of  the  reduction  on 
the  home  journey.  No  refund  of  fare  will  be  made 
on  account  of  failure  to  have  certificate  validated. 

6.  So  as  to  prevent  disappointment,  it  must  be 
understood  that  the  reduction  on  the  return  jour- 
ney is  not  guaranteed,  but  is  contingent  on  an 
attendance  at  the  meeting  of  not  less  than  100 
persons  holding  regularly  issued  certificates  ob- 
tained from  ticket  agents  at  starting  points,  show- 
ing payment  of  regular  full  one-way  first  class 
fare  of  not  less  than  75  cents  on  the  going  journey. 

7.  If  the  necessary  minimum  of  100  certificates 
are  presented  to  the  Special  Agent,  and  your  cer- 
tificate is  duly  validated,  you  will  be  entitled  up 
to  and  including  May  4,  to  a  continuous  passage 
ticket  by  the  same  route  over  which  you  made  the 
going  journey,  at  three-fifths  of  the  regular  one- 
way first-class  fare  to  the  point  at  which  your 
certificate  was  issued. 

Tne  Central  Passenger  Association  state  that  as 
the  regular  rate  of  two  cents  per  mile  applies  in 
their  territory  they  cannot  grant  concessions  for 
this  convention. 

No  response  has  been  as  yet  received  from  the 
South-western  Passenger  Association. 


One  of  New  York's  inspiring  art  treas- 
ures is  the  St.  Gauden's  statue  of  the  "Old 
Salamander,"  Admiral  Farragut,  in  Madi- 
son Square.  He  is  represented  as  standing 
upon  the  vessel's  bridge,  field-glasses  in 
hand.  We  give  below  some  verses  written 
by  Arthur  Guiterman  in  the  New  York 
Times  in  which  he  pictures  the  brave 
Admiral  as  looking  down  upon  the  hurry- 
ing, careless  Broadway  crowd,  wondering 
if  there  is  among  them  anything  of  the  old 
brave,  consecrated  spirit,  which  would  be 
equal  to  the  sacrifices  of  the  war-time;  and 
in  the  last  stanza  he  expresses  his  faith  in 
the  soundness  of  the  people.  The  teacher 
in  the  grades  may  be  able  to  put  the  verses 
to  good  use  in  connection  with  a  history 
lesson,  if  she  uses  a  picture  of  the  statue  to 
make  her  point  clear.    Let  the  children  feel 


that  all  of  the  sacrificing  heroes  of  the  past 
may  well  ask,  "What  are  you  of  today  do- 
ing, to  make  us  feel  that  our  sacrifices  were 
worth  while  ?" 

FARRAGUT  IN  MADISON  SQUARE. 

The  spirit  that  burned  in  the  clay 

Survives  in  the  bronze;    and  the  peerless 

Old  Sailor  who  fought  in  the  Bay 

Lashed  fast  to  the  rope  ladder,  fearless 

And  vigilant,  looks  on  the  brawl 

Below,  in  its  turbulent  mazes. 
And  what  does  he  think  of  it  all 

As,  waked  by  the  sea  wind,  he  gazes? 

"They  haste,  as  they  hastened  of  old, 

Still  driven  by  folly  and  passion, 
Those  eager-eyed  hunters  of  gold, 

These  fribbles  of  glittering  Fashion. 

"And  who  in  that  eddying  throng, 

So  brilliant  with  vigor  and  fire, 
Will  balance  the  right  and  the  wrong 

When  stirred  by  the  flame  of  Desire? 

"Aye,  who  of  the  self-loving  band 

Will  pause  for  the  weal  of  another, 
Or  reach  forth  a  generous  hand 

To  rescue  a  down-trampled  brother? 

"Shall  these  be  the  mothers  of  men — 

These  moths  that  are  mad  after  pleasure? 

Would  those  save  the  Nation  again — 
The  blind,  ever  groping  for  treasure? 

"  'The  froth  and  the  bubbles?' — I  know, 
They  rise  to  the  brim,  being  lighter; 

But  that  which  is  hidden  below — 

Who  knows? — is  it  finer  and  brighter? 

"Yet  why  should  I  doubt  who  have  seen? 

Again  let  the  trumpet  awaken, 
And  all  that  is  sordid  and  mean 

Shall  dwindle,  and  self   be  forsaken. 

"The  land  will  arise  as  before, 

Flame-hallowed  and  nobler  and  grander. 

My  people  are  sound  at  the  core, 

Thank  God!" — says  the  Old  Salamander. 

■ — Janet  Yale,  in  Harper's  Bazaar. 


Teaching  simple  children, 
I  am  simple,  too; 

So  we  learn  to  gather 
Lessons  plain  as  true. 


— Lucy  Larcom. 


We  swing  the  balls  this  morning, 

So  gently  to  and  iro, 
Now  back  and  forth  we  send  them. 

Straight  in  a  line  they  go. 
Chorus : 

Little  balls  so  pretty, 

Swinging  to  and  fro, 
Round  and  round  in       circle, 

Now  they  quickly  go. 


We  came  to  school  this  morning, 

To  do  our  duty  true, 
And  try  to  please  our  teacher, 

In  everything  we  do. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


227 


MOTHERS'  CIRCLES. 

BY  JENNY  B.  MERRILL,  PD.  D. 

Kindergartners,  primary  teachers  and  mothers 
may  find  a  few  happy  suggestions  from  the  topics 
accompanying  the  months  of  the  year  taken  from 
a  Japanese  calendar. 

January — New  Year's  Play. 
February — The  First  Dedication. 
March — The  Girls'  Day. 
April — Cherry  Blossoms. 
May— The  Boys'  Day. 
June — Sweet  Flag  Blossoms. 
July — The  Lotus  Flower. 
August — The  Summer  Evening. 
September — Moonlight. 
October — Chrysanthemums. 
November — Autumn  Tint  of  Maples. 
December — The  First  Snow. 

We  all  know  that  Japan  has  been  called 
"The  paradise  of  childhood."  One  thing 
that  helps  to  make  it  so  is  the  love  of 
nature  and  the  consequent  excursions  to 
enjoy  out-of-door  life,  as  indicated  in  many 
of  these  topics.  Japan  is  the  home  of  the 
"flower  festival." 

The  notion  of  centering  the  attention 
about  one  definite,  beautiful  aspect  of 
nature  is  a  very  happy  and  suggestive  one 
to  the  teacher  or  parent  who  is  planning 
walks  in  the  city  or  country.  In  Japan, 
family  groups  go  out  to  observe  these 
varying  aspects  of  nature.  Shall  we  not 
aim  through  our  Mothers'  Circles  to  do 
something  towards  extending  this  interest- 
ing and  uplifting  national  custom? 

A  Japanese  student  at  Cornell  Univer- 
sity once  asked  a  professor  to  direct  him 
where  to  go  to  see  the  snow.  The  profes- 
sor with  surprise  exclaimed,  "See  the  snow! 
Why  it  is  all  around  you." 

The  young  student  then  explained  to  this 
learned  man  that  it  was  the  custom  in 
Japan  to  seek  an  elevation  or  some  favor- 
able spot  where  a  fine  view  or  extended 
landscape  could  be  enjoyed. 

A  friend  of  mine  who  has  traveled  in 
Japan  has  spoken  to  me  of  this  national 
custom  and  from  her  I  secured  another 
list  of  interesting  subjects  which  many  in- 
telligent Japanese  families  enjoy  together 
during  their  observations  of  natural  pheno- 
mena, such  as  The  Flight  of  Birds,  Twilight 
on  the  Water,  Moonlight  on  the  Snow, 
The  Movement  of  Clouds,  After  a  Storm, 
The  Rainbow,  A  Halo,  Sunrise,  Sunset 
Clouds.      In    olden    times    almost    every 


nobleman's  house  had  its  "chamber  of  the 
inspiring  view." 

Recently  with  a  friend  I  walked  through 
Central  Park  after  a  snow  storm.  Fairy- 
land was  all  around  us. 

"Every  fir  and  pine  and  hemlock 
Wore  garments  too  dear  for  an  earl, 

And  the  smallest  twig  on  the  elm  tree 
Was  ridged  inch-deep  in  pearl." 

How  many  might  have  enjoyed  this 
beautiful,  restful,  soothing  glimpse  of 
white-robed  nature  who  instead  were 
crowded  into  theaters  and  moving  picture 
shows  !  One  pleasure  will  not  take  the  place 
of  another,  but  an  alternation  will  help  to 
undo  the  evil  of  over-stimulation,  and  will 
subdue  the  spirit  to  gentler  moods  and 
nobler  sentiments. 


SHOULD     INDUSTRIAL      INTEREST 
DIRECT  EDUCATION? 

REPORTED  BY  DR.  J.  B.  MERRILL. 

PROF.  EARL  BARNES  re- 
cently considered  this  topic  in 
his  Extension  course  at  the 
Normal  College,  N.  Y.  C  . 
His  subject  was  timely  in 
view  ot  tlie  great  wave  of  interest  in  trade 
and  industrial  schools  now  at  its  height, 
apparently,  both  east  and  west. 

Mr.  Barnes  first  gave  the  reasons  for  the 
child's  interest  in  the  common  industries  of 
life.  Such  industries  appeal  to  the  child's 
instincts  of  activity  and  imitation. 

The  little  girl  can  follow  mother  with  her 
toy  broom,  with  a  duster,  with  a  towel  as 
she  wipes  dishes. 

The  boy  or  girl  can  follow  father  as 
gardener  or  carpenter  with  rake  and  hoe 
or  with  hammer.  He  can  play  chop  wood 
with  a  stick  until  he  is  trusted  with  a  blunt 
ax,  then  a  sharp  one,  and  before  he  realizes 
it,  he  is  at  real  work. 

It  is  not  so  easy  to  imitate  the  complex 
work  of  our  day  as  the  child  sees  it  in  the 
city.  The  machine  hides  the  real  work. 
The  child  can  realize  what  a  pair  of  hands 
may  do  but  not  what  is  accomplished  by  a 
thousand  horse  power  machine. 

When  we  talk  about  the  educational 
value  of  the  work  Abraham  Lincoln  did,  it 
is  quite  a  different  matter. 

Variety  and  touch  with  all  the  interest 
of  simple  living  were  involved  in  his  labor. 

Monotony,  dull  monotony  is  the  evil  of 
much  of  present  day  industry.  For  this 
reason  it  is  not  fitted  for  educational  pur- 


228 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


poses.  The  child  should  not  be  allowed  to 
enter  upon  it  until  he  is  fourteen  years  of 
age  or  over.  "Probably,"  said  Prof.  Barnes, 
"our  present  civilization  will  not  stand  for  a 
later  age  than  fourteen  but  do  not  let  us 
permit  the  age  limit  to  drop  down  to  ten 
or  twelve." 

Manual  training,  properly  interpreted, 
carried  out  as  an  extension  of  the  kinder- 
garten and  in  accordance  with  its  principles, 
is  all  that  is  needed  in  our  elementary 
schools.  Closer  industrial  training  will 
tend  to  develop  caste  in  education  which 
holds  in  all  European  countries. 

Manual  training  does  not  train  eye  and 
hand  alone,  but  like  physical  training 
develops  the  whole  nervous  system  of  the 
child  and  fits  him  to  adapt  himself  to  any 
and  all  forms  of  work.  It  is  as  needful  for 
the  boy  or  girl  who  is  bound  for  high  school 
as  for  him  or  her  who  must  later  learn  a 
trade. 

The  boy  and  girl  are  to  be  father,  mother 
and  citizen  and  not  mere  workmen.  They 
must  not  be  dulled  at  too  early  an  age  by 
the  direful  influences  of  monotony  in 
specializing  forms  of  industry. 

ADVANTAGES    OF    KINDERGARTEN 
TRAINING. 

(This  paper  is  sent  at  the  request  of  Miss  Nellie 
Brown,  of  Bangor,  Me.  It  was  read  at  the  con- 
vention,  Portland,   Me.,    1908.) 

It  is  my  conviction  that  a  child  who  has 
kindergarten  training  possesses  an  in- 
estimable advantage  over  the  one  who 
lacks  it. 

His  superior  ability  asserts  itself  almost 
as  soon  as  he  enters  school.  He  is  ready 
to  learn.,  His  senses — gates  of  his  mind — 
are  open,  and  the  acquiring  of  knowledge 
becomes  an  easy  task. 

The  fact  that  a  great  many  children  with- 
out kindergarten  training  are  not  ready  to 
learn  on  first  entering  school,  is  apparent 
to  any  worker  in  a  primary  room.  Before 
learning  can  take  place,  the  eye  must  be 
taught  to  see,  and  the  ear  be  trained  to 
hear. 

When  a  pupil  correctly  sounds  such  a 
word  as  "c-at"  and  pronounces  it  hen,  he 
exemplifies  the  advisability  of  ear  training. 
The  vision  of  a  five-year-old  in  a  vain  at- 
tempt to  select  words  like  his  sample, 
speaks  for  the  need  of  the  training  of  eye. 

Lack  of  fundamental  sense  training  is  a 
serious  drawback  which  often  appears  as 
stupidity  in  the  pupil,  and  not  only  neces- 


sitates waste  of  time  in  September,  but 
hinders  progress  all  along  the  way. 

Besides  this  preliminary  sense-training 
which  so  quickens  and  awakens  the  mind, 
the  kindergarten  child  possesses  a  fund  of 
real  knowledge  in  contrast  to  his  less  for- 
tunate class-mate.  For  two  years  he  has 
been  mastering  problems  with  hand  and 
brain  which  would  puzzle  the  skill  of  his 
parents.  He  knows  quantity  and  form  and 
color.  He  has  an  enlarged  vocabulary,  and 
is  correspondingly  capable  of  receiving 
ideas.  To  his  list  of  acquisitions  must  be 
added  his  training  of  hand.  This  last  asset 
will  be  appreciated  by  the  teacher  who  has 
sometime  had  the  task  of  teaching  chubby 
fingers  to  grasp  the  pencil,  not  like  a  spear 
— not  like  a  hammer — and  to  direct  its  point 
toward  the  vicinity  of  an  obstinate  base 
line. 

Last,  but  not  least,  since  all  this  develop- 
ment has  been  brought  about  in  that  spirit 
of  play  which  is  genius,  he  comes  to  us 
with  a  school  attitude  that  is  golden — a 
happy  expectancy  which  is  fit  substitute 
for  voluntary  attention. 

Seven  years  of  experience  with  mixed 
primary  classes  convince  me  that  the  value 
of  kindergarten  training  cannot  easily  be 
over  estimated. 

EVA  L.   GRANT, 
42  Grant  street,  Bangor,  Maine. 


LEGEND  OF  MOSES. 

The  story  of  the  cause  of  Moses'  slow- 
ness of  speech  is  given  in  the  Talmud  and 
runs  as  follows :  Pharaoh  was  one  day  sit- 
ting on  his  throne  with  Moses  on  his  lap 
when  the  child  took  off  the  king's  crown 
and  put  it  on  his  own  head.  The  "wise 
men"  tried  to  persuade  the  king  that  this 
was  treason,  for  which  the  child  ought  to 
be  put  to  death,  but  Jethro  replied :  "It  is 
the  act  of  a  child  who  knows  no  better. 
Let  two  plates  be  set  before  him,  one  con- 
taining gold  and  the  other  red-hot  coals, 
and  you  will  find  he  will  prefer  the  latter  to 
the  former."  The  experiment  being  made, 
the  child  snatched  up  one  of  the  live  coals, 
put  it  into  its  mouth  and  burned  its  tongue 
so  severely  that  it  was  ever  after  "heavy 
and  'slow  of  speech." — New  York  Ameri- 
can. 


And  then  there  is  many  a  man  who  helps 
himself  to  stay  poor  by  his  determination 
to  maintain  his  reputation  as  a  good  fellow. 
—Puck. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


229 


EDITORIAL   NOTES. 

It  is  said  that  the  moving  picture  shows 
are  developing  a  new  disease  of  the  eyes 
which  is  not  at  all  surprising  when  one 
considers  the  continual  vibration  of  even 
the  most  smoothly  working  machine,  with 
its  rapid  succession  of  films,  necessitating 
as  rapid  an  adjustment  of  the  eye  muscles, 
for  which  evolution  has  not  yet,  at  least, 
prepared  them.  We  are  all  conscious,  after 
attending  an  illustrated  lecture,  of  more  or 
less  eye-strain,  and  consequent  fatigue. 
What  must  this  mean  for  children,  who  at- 
tend such  shows  with  any  frequency!  This 
possible  physical  injury  will  be  an  added 
argument  against  the  frequent  attendance 
by  children  upon  such  entertainments ; 
when  the  mechanism  is  perfected,  doubt- 
less such  harm  will  be  rendered  nil,  and 
meanwhile  the  shows  will  be  improving  in 
quality  and  educational  value. 


There  is  an  experimental  movement  re- 
ported in  New  York,  to  counteract  the  at- 
tractions of  the  moving  pictures  by  the  in- 
troduction into  some  schools  of  the 
mechanical  pianos  by  means  of  which  the 
children  may  become  acquainted  with  the 
best  of  music  and  their  taste  so  educated 
that  they  will  learn  to  prefer  good  music  to 
sensational  pictures.  This  surely,  is  one 
way  of  overcoming  evil  with  good.  Our 
children  hear  too  little  good  music,  and 
although  the  mechanical  music-players  will 
never  take  the  place  of  inspired  musicians 
they  at  least  are  better  than  mediocre 
players  and  familiarize  the  young  people 
with  good  music  suitable  to  their  under- 
standing. Familiarity  with  the  best  does 
not  breed  contempt.  It  stimulates  a  desire 
for  the  best  and  those  who  have  heard  good 
sol j  or  orchestra  music  from  the  pianola  or 
orchestrion  will  be  none  the  less  eager  to 
hear  the  best  virtuoso  or  orchestra  when 
they  come  to  town. 


We  give  below  the  regulations  govern- 
ning  the  Rhodes  Scholarships  as  an  excel- 
lent example  of  the  best  trend  in  education. 
We  may  well  ask  ourselves  if  our  costly 
school  system  is  accomplishing  the  results 
aimed  for  in  the  bequest  of  this  far-sighted 
English  financier.  The  regulations  are  as 
follows : 

"My  desire  being  that  the  students  who  shall 
he  elected  to  the  scholarships  shall  not  be  merely 
hookworms,  I  direct  that  in  the  election  of  a 
student  to  a  scholarship  regard  shall  be  had  to: 

1.  His  literary  and  scholastic  attainments. 


2.  His  fondness  for  and  success  in  manly  out- 
door sports,  such  as  cricket,  football  and  the  like. 

3.  His  qualities  of  manhood,  truth,  courage,  de- 
votion to  duty,  sympathy  for  and  protection  of  the 
weak,   kindliness,    unselfishness  and   fellowship. 

4.  His  exhibition  during  school  days  of  moral 
force  of  character  and  of  instincts  to  lead  and  to 
take  an  interest  in  his  schoolmates,  for  those  lat- 
ter attributes  will  be  likely  in  after  life  to  guide 
him  to  esteem  the  performance  of  public  duty  his 
highest  aim. 

The  marks  for  the  several  qualifications  would 
be  awarded  independently  as  follows:  The  maiks 
for  the  first  qualification  by  examination,  for  the 
second  and  third  qualifications  by  ballot  by  uie 
fellow-students  of  the  candidates,  and  for  the 
fourth  qualification  by  the  headmaster  of  the  can- 
didate's school." 

The  insistence  upon  the  candidate's 
prowess  in  the  playground  is  interesting; 
surely  a  leader  of  men  has  a  fine  practice 
field  in  the  field  of  sports;  how  much  bet- 
ter to  be  a  participator  in  the  game,  than 
a  mere  onlooker ! 

The  insistence  on  moral  attributes  and 
on  qualities  of  leadership  and  sympathy 
with  his  mates;  i.  e.  the  social  instinct,  is 
noteworthy.  Will  we  ever  have  such 
"tests"  in  our  schools? 


From  an  exchange,  the  Pittsburg  Press, 
we  quote  the  following,  with  the  suggestion 
that  some  kindergarten  club  or  mother's 
club  might  have  an  interesting  and  valu- 
able meeting  devoted  in  part  to  a  discus- 
sion of  earliest  memories.  Each  member 
might  be  asked  to  bring  a  slip  upon  which 
was  written  this  recollection  in  concise 
language,  the  slips  to  be  preserved  among 
the  club  archives  for  future  editing  in  case 
any  member  was  moved  by  the  spirit  to 
such  an  undertaking. 

Looking  Backward— What  is  the? Earliest  Event  in  Life  You  Can 
Remember? 

"I  can  remember  back  to  my  fourth  year,"  said 
a  physician.  "I  was  four  during  the  Philadelphia 
Centennial  of  1876,  and  I  remember  two  Cen- 
tennial scenes  well.  One  was  a  great  room  full 
of  brass  band  instruments — horns  so  big  and  yel- 
low and  shiny  that  they  delighted  me.  I  remem- 
ber, too,  a  Turkish  coffee  room.  My  father  took 
me  into  this  room.  Turks  in  native  dress  served 
the  coffee.  I  liked  the  place  at  first;  then  I  saw 
that  it  was  noisy.  The  native  waiters  shouted 
horribly.  I  was  frightened.  I  was  on  the  point 
of  tears,  but  whether  I  cried  or  not  I  can't  tell 
you." 

"I  can  remember  back  to  the  time  when  I  was 
three,"  said  a  lawyer.  "At  the  age  of  three  my 
family  took  me  to  Cape  May.  I  saw  my  father 
out  in  the  water.  He  laughed  and  held  out  his 
arms  to  me,  and,  all  dressed,  I  ran  into  the  sea 
to  him." 

"All  of  us,"  said  a  psychologist,  "can  remember 
back  to  our  fourth  year.  Some  of  us  can  even 
remember  back  to  the  second  year.  It  would  make 
an  interesting  article,  a  compilation  of  the  earliest 
memories  of  a  lot  of  people.  The  trouble,  as  a 
rule,  is  to  fix  the  date  of  these  memories,  so  as  to 
be  sure  of  our  age  at  the  time." — Pittsburg  Press. 


230 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


SOME    VALUES    OF    THE    KINDER- 
GARTEN. 

HILDA  BUSICK,    P.    S.    15  7,   Manhattan,   N.   Y.    C. 

THE  history  of  civilization 
affords  many  illustrations  of 
the  conservative  tendency  in 
human  nature.  A  storm  of 
protest  greeted  the  Coper- 
nican  theory  of  the  planetary  system ;  the 
theory  of  the  circulation  of  the  blood;  the 
theory  of  evolution. 

Conservation  is  the  result  of  habit;  and 
habits  are  not  easily  eradicated.  Thus  the 
old  is  not  too  readily  discarded — not  before 
the  value  of  the  new  is  well  proven. 
Habit,  too  stubbornly  persisted  in,  prevents 
progress. 

It  is  not  surprising,  therefore,  when  new 
theories  of  education  meet  with  similar 
opposition.  "The  proof  of  the  pudding  is 
in  the  eating."  If  the  new  theory  prove  its 
worth  the  opposition  gradually  disappears. 

The  theory  and  practice  of  the  kinder- 
garten were  no  exception  to  this  rule. 
They  were  treated  with  ridicule  and  scorn, 
and  even  now,  when  many  understand  their 
worth,  some  there  are  who  express  hostile 
opinions. 

One  favorite  objection  is  that  the  kinder- 
garter  is  all  song  and  play.  There  are 
young  kindergartners  who,  in  the  Morning 
Ring,  allow  the  children  to  choose  songs 
indiscriminately- — songs  which  have  no 
connection  with  the  subject  in  hand.  A 
very  little  experience  cures  that  fault,  not 
really  a  very  bad  one,  for  all  singing  is  an 
expression  of  happiness,  and  the  spirit  of 
happiness  is  contagious.  Carlyle  says, 
"Give  us  the  man  who  sings  at  his  work.  * 
*  *  He  will  do  more  in  the  same  time — he 
will'  do  it  better — persevere  longer." 

Parents,  whose  children  have  not  attend- 
ed kindergarten,  are  those  who  object  to 
the  play.  They  have  not  considered  the 
philosophy  of  play,  and  therefore  believe 
it  to  be  nothing  higher  than  the  undirected 
play  of  the  streets.  The  Greeks  realized 
the  benefit  derived  from  play,  giving  much 
opportunity  for  it,  and  since  their  day,  play 
has  been  more  or  less  in  the  foreground. 

Froebel,  however,  was  the  first  to  appre- 
ciate the  full  educational  value  of  play,  and 
to  incorporate  it  definitely  as  a  means  of 
education.  Children  play  about  that  which 
interests  them.  Interest  is  a  great  incentive 
to  effort.  Effort  results  in  a  gain  of 
strength,     physically,     mentally,     morally. 


Children  frequently,  though  not  intentloii- 
ally,  practice  in  play  that  which  becomes 
their  business  in  adult  life.  They  play 
teacher,  or  doctor,  or  storekeeper,  or  manu- 
facturer, or  "mother."  Watch  any  group 
of  children  and  see  the  initiative  developed 
in  their  play,  the  ingenuity,  the  originality, 
the  imagination  which  here  find  expression ! 
The  socializing  influence  of  play  is  invalu- 
able. The  resulting  knowledge,  gained  in 
a  most  practical  way,  is  the  relation  of 
human  beings  to  each  other  and  to  the 
whole:  the  assurance  that  consequence  fol- 
lows cause,  the  absolute  necessity  of 
obedience  to  law,  the  meaning  of  "thine" 
and  "mine,"  honesty,  justice,  the  efforts  of 
selfishness  and  unselfishness,  of  politeness 
and  rudeness,  of  sweet  temper  and  the  re- 
verse. These  values  are  greatly  heightened 
when  play  takes  place  under  the  direction 
of  one  specially  trained  to  understand  its 
worth. 

There  is  an  occasional  teacher  who  be- 
lieves the  kindergarten  child  needs  suppres- 
sion. Suppression  harks  back  to  the  early 
systems  of  education  when  the  aim  was  to 
make  every  individual  a  copy,  as  it  were,  of 
the  past,  when  progress  was  not  sought  nor 
desired.  It  is  used  only  by  those  who  have 
not  kept  abreast  of  the  progress  of  child- 
study  and  educational  thought.  The  world 
demands  more  than  empirical  knowledge  in 
other  professions;  it  is  loath  to  call  in  the 
assistance  of  a  lawyer  or  physician  who  is 
not  in  touch  with  the  latest  scientific  knowl- 
edge of  his  profession. 

The  thought  of  suppression  has  been  sup- 
planted by  that  of  control.  Suppression  and 
control  presuppose  two  vastly  separated 
points  of  view,  and  the  point  of  view  is  a 
very  important  element  in  teaching.  A 
kindergartner  who  believes  that  material  is 
a  means,  not  an  end,  finds  material 
secondary  to  method.  A  kindergartner 
whose  point  of  view  is  control,  sees  the  pos- 
sibilities latent  in  the  child,  and  aims  to 
establish  the  foundations  of  that  which  will 
be  a  permanent  good.  Suppression  is  tem- 
porary, wholly  from  without,  and  is  not 
effective  after  the  pressure  has  been  re- 
moved. 

But  what  is  there  to  suppress?  A  dis- 
position on  the  part  of  the  child  to  express 
himself  frequently,  at  length,  and  spon- 
taneously, that  is,  without  the  teacher'? 
permission.  Were  the  matter  investigated, 
it  would  be  found  that  this  tendency  is  not 
acquired    in    the    kindergarten.       Children 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


23: 


bring  it  with  them  from  the  home  where 
they  have  spent  rive  years,  encouraged  to 
talk  by  parents,  relatives  and  friends. 

The  kindergartner  could  suppress  this 
trait  if  she  would.  But  she  is  willing  to 
work  gradually,  knowing  that  self-control 
is  a  priceless  possession  that  is  slowly  at- 
tained. It  is  the  growth  of  a  power,  de- 
veloped only  as  effort  is  exerted  trom  with- 
in. She  knows  that  suppression  would 
crush  out  originality  and  that  presently  the 
child  would  have  nothing  to  express. 

However,  the  kindergarten  does  not 
claim  to  perform  miracles,  to  secure  to  chil- 
dren at  hve  years  of  age  the  powers  for 
which  many  are  still  struggling  at  a  much 
later  period.  It  aims  to  take  a  child's 
nature  where  it  is,  and  gradually  direct  it 
into  channels  of  helpfulness  to  itself  and 
others,  it  endeavors  to  have  the  children 
realize  the  necessity  of  controlling  impulses 
and  habit;  of  utilizing  originality  to  good 
purpose;  it  begins  (^but  cannot  finish)  the 
lormation  of  habits  of  observation  and  at- 
tention, of  having  an  opinion  and  express- 
ing it  well,  and  at  the  right  time ;  of  follow- 
ing direction  as  well  as  of  leading;  of  giv- 
ing opportunity  to  others,  of  obedience,  of 
cleanliness,  of  order,  of  truth;  of  "doing 
unto  others  as  you  would  they  should  do 
unto  you." 


IT  MADE  A  DIFFERENCE. 

A  Chinaman  of  noble  birth  had  been  in- 
vited to  dine  at  William's  home.  His 
mother  was  very  anxious  that  the  guest 
should  not  be  made  uncomfortable  by  the 
little  chap's  curiosity,  so  she  took  him  aside 
and  explained  all  about  the  yellow  skin, 
long  braid  of  hair  and  almond  eyes  of  the 
Mongolians,  and  even  showed  him  pictures 
of  Chinese.  She  impressed  upon  him  more 
than  anything  else  the  fact  that  the  visitor 
was  his  father's  friend  and  was  to  be  treat- 
ed with  respect.  Upon  the  Celestial's  ar- 
rival, William  tried  hard  not  to  stare  or  to 
look  too  curious,  and  succeeded  in  being- 
very  quiet  for  some  time,  when,  much  to 
the  surprise  of  his  mother  and  the  amuse- 
ment of  the  Chinese,  he  called  out: 
"Mamma,  if  he  wasn't  our  friend,  wouldn't 
he  be  funny?" — Bellman. 


Hope  is  not  only  cheap  and  comforting, 
but  plentiful,  and  furthermore  can  be  con- 
structed right  at  home  by  oneself  out  of  al- 
most any  old  thing.— Puck. 


EDITORIAL  ANNOUNCEMENT. 

Beginning  with  the  April  number  of  the 
Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  Mr.  J. 
Van  Broekhoven  will  contribute  a  series  of 
articles  on  a  variety  of  subjects  relating  to 
the  influence  of  music  on  the  child  in  the 
kindergarten,  the  home,  the  church  and  the 
school.  The  nature  of  the  articles  will  be 
of  a  wide  scope  of  interest;  touching  upon 
the  moral,  social,  aesthetic,  psychological 
and  practical  features  of  music  in  the  edu- 
cational plan  of  the  child. 

Mr.  Van  Broekhoven,  having  a  high 
educational  ideal,  a  large  experience  as 
teacher,  and  a  broad  basis  of  knowledge, 
combined  with  a  warm  sympathy  for  the 
child  and  the  teacher,  the  articles  will  be  of 
especial  value  to  teachers  and  parents  of 
children. 

It  is  the  object  to  publish  these  articles 
in  pamphlet  form,  after  their  appearance  in 
this  paper,  to  facilitate  a  wider  circulation 
and  familiarity  with  the  subject  of  music 
in  the  child's  education.  We  therefore  ad- 
vise teachers  and  parents  to  subscribe  now 
and  avail  themselves  of  the  many  valuable 
articles  appearing  each  month  in  The  Kin- 
dergarten-Primary  Magazine. 


Nellie  apologized  for  the  action  of  her 
new  baby  sister  by  saying,  "You  see,  she 
hasn't  got  any  sense  yet."  Her  mother 
objected  to  such  an  idea,  and  Nellie  replied, 
"Oh,  of  course  she's  got  sense,  but  it  isn't 
working  yet." — The  November  Delineator. 


In  writing  a  sketch  of  Washington  a 
pupil  ended  her  essay  by  saying:  "Wash- 
ington married  a  famous  belle,  Martha 
Curtis,  and  in  due  time  became  the  father 
of  his  country." — The  November  Delinea- 
tor. 


Paul,  at  the  age  of  four,  was  asked  one 
morning  by  his  papa,  "What  is  the  name  of 
the  first  meal  of  the  day?" 

"Oatmeal,"  responded  little  Paul  prompt- 
ly.— The  November  Delineator. 

"Wot's  your  rush,  Jimmie?"  "I'm  goin' 
to  store  for  sompin'  or  other,  an'  I'm  hurry- 
in'  to  git  dere  before  I  forgits  what  I'm 
groin'  for." — Credit  Lost. 


God's   response   to   the   fears   of   man   is 
always,  "Fear  not." — Abbott. 


232 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


A  NEW  VOCAL  METHOD  BASED  ON 
A  NEW  THEORY  OF  TONE  PRO- 
DUCTION. 


SS#p|  TiEFORE  the  invention  of  the 
[jjjj_|r||  .aryngoscope  by  Manuel  Gar- 

^^%i^rq  cia,  a  Spanish  singing  teacher 
||l|g||l|iy  in  1849,  tne  medical  and  musi- 
~-^^::^^^  cal  profession  had  no  reliable 
knowledge  of  the  action  during  singing  of 
the  vocal  organ.  The  invention  of  the 
laryngoscope  was  a  great  boon  to  the 
medical  profession,  and  was  of  little  or  no 
value  to  the  vocal  teacher.  Dr.  Morell 
Mackenzie,  the  eminent  English  throat 
specialist,  sums  up  its  importance  in  the  fol- 
lowing : 

"The  immediate  effect  of  the  invention  of 
the  laryngoscope  was  to  throw  the  whole 
subject  into  hopeless  confusion  by  the  in- 
troduction of  all  sorts  of  error  of  observa- 
tion, each  claiming  to  be  founded  on  occular 
proof,  and  believed  in  with  corresponding 
obstinacy."  "The  beginning  of  wisdom," 
he  continues,  "in  studying  the  voice,  is  to 
clear  the  mind  of  all  preconceived  ideas  as 
to  its  resemblance  to  this  or  that  instru- 
ment, and  study  it  by  itself  in  the  light  of 
anatomical  and  physical  science." 

The  author  of  the  new  method  has  fol- 
lowed this  mode  of  investigation,  and  has 
presented  the  result  of  his  labors  in  a  lately 
published  work  entitled  "The  True  Method 
of  Tone  Production,"  by  John  Van  Broek- 
hoven,  with  six  books  of  exercises.  Pub- 
lished by  the  H.  W.  Gray  Co.,  New  York, 
agent  for  Novello  &  Co.,  London. 

This  theory  is  entirely  new  and  novel.  It 
refutes  the  old  and  generally  accepted 
theory  that  tone  is  produced  by  the  vibra- 
tion of  the  vocal  cords.  The  author  empha- 
sizes the  fact  that  the  vocal  organ  is  a  wind 
instrument  in  which  the  air  current  and  the 


cavities  through  which  it  passes  are  of 
prime  importance.  He  asserts  that  the 
vocal  cords  do  not  produce  the  tone  by 
vibration,  but  that  they  form  the  necessary 
opening  for  the  air  current  to  pass  in  to 
the  larynx  cavity  or  "cup"  as  he  calls  this 
space.  This  function  is  similar  to  that  pro- 
duced by  a  trumpet  or  horn  player  in  ad- 
justing his  lips,  so  that  the  proper  current 
of  air  may  pass  into  the  mouth-piece  of  the 
horn,  where  the  tone  is  produced  by  the 
peculiar  nature  of  the  current  of  air,  its  fric- 
tion and  whirl  conditioned  by  the  form  of 
the  cup  cavity. 

In  Fig.  1  is  presented  a  view  of  the  inner 
larynx  slightly  enlarged,  from  which  we 
may  obtain  an  idea  of  this  feature. 


The  long  black  slid  represents  the  open- 
ing between  the  two  vocal  cords  marked 
b,b.  The  two  vocal  cords  b,b,  are  com- 
posed of  two  different  substances,  viz. : 
one-third  of  their  length  of  gristle,  and  the 
other  two-thirds  of  muscular  ligaments. 
The  two  vocal  lips,  by  contraction,  control 
the  size  and  form  of  the  opening  through 
which  the  current  passes  into  the  larynx 
space  above.  The  letters  d,  d  indicate  the 
so-called  false   vocal  cords,   located   some- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


233 


what  higher  up  above  the  real  vocal  cord 
b,  b.  Below  the  false  vocal  cords  d,  d,  and 
behind  them,  on  each  side  is  an  opening 
which  runs  upwards,  called  the  pockets,  or 
ventricles  of  Morgagni.  The  edges  of  these 
false  vocal  cords  also  form  a  set  of  lips, 
more  flexible  and  capable  of  different 
movements  than  the  real  vocal  cords. 
Owing,  to  this  capacity  for  moving  down- 
wards, upwards,  forwards  and  backwards 
the  cavity  or  "cup"  of  the  larynx  below 
may  establish  many  forms,  different  in 
dimensions.  Now  according  to  the  size  of 
these  pockets  in  different  persons  the  false 
vocal  cords  produce  various  proportions  of 
the  inner  larynx  cavity.  And  to  this  fact 
is  due  the  character  and  pitch  of  the  vocal 
tone  produced;  whether  it  is  a  soprano, 
alto,  tenor  or  a  bass  tone,  and  to  the 
capacity  of  each  individual  in  establishing 
different  forms  of  the  larynx  cavity  the 
singer  will  be  able  to  change  the  quality  of 
the  voice,  in  what  is  called  "the  register." 
No  previous  investigations  have  ever 
conceived  the  importance  in  tone  produc- 
tion of  these  false  vocal  cords,  and  to  Mr. 
Van  Broekhoven  is  due  the  credit  of  hav- 
ing pointed  out  their  true  function.  This 
has  been  recognized  by  many  medical  and 
musical  authorities,  while  his  theory  is 
doubted  by  others.  But  Van  Broekhoven 
brings  further  proof  of  the  functions  of 
these  false  vocal  cords,  to  convince  these 
doubters.  In  Fig.  2  he  presents  an  illustra- 
tion from  a  work  of  the  celebrated  German 
specialist  Dr.  Dudwig  Turck,  in  which  is 
visible  the  action  of  the  false  vocal  cords 


view.  Furthermore  the  upper  part  of  the 
inner  larynx  space  is  also  contracted  by  the 
muscular  ligaments  forming  this  upper 
part,  or  vestibule  of  the  larynx. 

It  cannot  be  denied  that  a  tone  changes 
in  pitch,  quality  and  volume  according  to 
the  nature  of  the  cavities  through  which  it 
passes.  This  is  amply  demonstrated  by 
organ  pipes,  and  by  the  form  of  the  mouth- 
piece a  horn  player  employs  for  high  or  low 
tones.  Now  in  that  the  construction  of  the 
human  larvnx  is  almost  identical  in  its 
breath  controlling,  tone  producing,  and  tone 
deflecting  factors,  to  those  employed  by  a 
trumpet  player  in  the  management  of  the 
air  current,  the  shape  of  the  mouthpiece, 
and  the  tube  of  the  instrument,  it  must  be 
concluded  that  the  author's  theory  has  a 
scientific  natural  basis  for  its  support. 

In  Fig.  3  we  see  how  the  upper  end  of 
the  larynx  p,  q  is  so  contracted  as  to  almost 
entirely  close  this  upper  part. 


d,  d.  Here  they  approach  each  other 
towards  the  center  of  the  larynx  cavity,  so 
as  almost  to  touch  each  other,  and  thereby 
almost  entirely  close  the  inner  space,  above 
the  real  vocal  cords,  which  are  hidden  from 


There  is  no  doubt  therefore  that  the 
inner  larynx  cavities,  and  its  upper  outlet 
can  be  varied  greatly  in  its  dimensions  by 
these  different  muscular  functions.  And  in 
pointing  this  out  the  author  has  de- 
monstrated the  true  physical  functions  of 
the  vocal  organ  in  singing.  While  it  must 
also  be  recognized  that  such  functions  can- 
not be  demonstrated  to  every  pupil,  it  must 
be  acknowledged  that  the  teacher  who  has 
a  thorough  insight  into  the  result  estab- 
lished by  certain  forms  of  the  larynx 
cavities,  and  has  the  educated  musical  ear 
and  experience  to  recognize  this,  must  be 
better  adapted  and  equipped  as  vocal 
teacher,  than  one  who  knows  nothing  of 
this.  He  will  be  able  to  diagnose  a  voice 
with  greater  accuracy  than  if  he  did  not 
possess  this  knowledge. 

The  author  was  well  aware  of  that  in 
writing  his  book.  For  he  has  furnished  to 
the  teacher  and  student  the  one  volume 
which  contains  the  explanatory  part  of  his 
new  method  fully  illustrated.  And  in  his 
six  books  of  exercises  he  provides  the 
proper  material  for  the  pupil.  The  exer- 
cises are  extremely  melodious  and  concise, 


234 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


and   are   well   graded   in   their   progressive 
course. 

The  new  vocal  method  is  in  every  sense 
a  very  timely  and  most  valuable  work,  is 
especially  for  young  vocal  teachers,  who 
will  find  in  "Ihe  True  Method  of  Tone 
Production"  a  valuable  and  complete 
course  of  vocal  material. 


WALKS  OF  THE  YEAR.* 


GRACE  E.  KETCHAM,  P.  S 


12,  The  Bronx,  N.  Y.  C. 


THE  first  few  weeks  in  the 
kindergarten  in  the  fall  are 
spent  in  becoming  acquainted 
with  each  other  and  kinder- 
garten life  but  by  the  first  of 
October  the  children  are  ready  to  join 
enthusiastically  in  the  walks. 

In  our  program  the  excursions  come 
under  the  heading  "Source  of  Experience," 
and  as  such  they  prove  most  pleasant  and 
profitable.  Talks,  stories,  songs,  games, 
gifts  and"  occupations  are  grouped  about 
them  in  such  fashion  that  not  only  do  the 
children  have  a  definite  idea  of  the  special 
object  of  the  walk  but  upon  their  return  are 
given  the  opportunity  and  suitable  ma- 
terials in  which  to  express  the  impressions 
gained. 

With  the  needs  of  the  children  in  mind 
I  go  over  the  ground  myself  before  taking 
them  with  me.  Some  walks  are  repeated 
many  times.  Thus  in  the  fall  the  children 
gather  leaves  and  nuts  under  a  certain 
horse-chestnut  tree.  Later  and  in  the  early 
spring  they  go  to  see  the  bare  branches 
with  their  queer  markings  and  large,  well 
protected  buds.  Later  in  the  spring  they 
watch  the  tiny  leaves  unfold  and  before  the 
summer  vacation  they  have  seen  the  tree 
with  its  blossoms  and  stood  beneath  its 
shade. 

In  the  review  for  October  are  some  such 
headings  as  these. 

*It  is  sometimes  thought  impossible  to  gain 
much  by  going  out-of-doors  for  walks  during 
kindergarten  hours. 

By  definitely  planning  ahead  as  the  writer  of 
this  article  has  done,  even  city  children,  especially 
those  near  parks,  may  become  familiar  with 
nature's  ways. 

In  Mothers'  Meetings  kindergartners  may  take 
the  opportunity  to  read  this  article  %to  mothers 
urging  them  to  go  with  their  own  and  a  few 
neighbors'  children  upon  similar  excursions  when 
the  distance  is  too  great  for  the  kindergartner  to 
take  her  class  as  a  whole.  J.  B.  M. 


I.     Preparation    for    winter    as    seen    in 
i.  Winter  a  rest  time  for  plants  and 
trees. 

a.  Distribution  of  seeds. 

b.  Falling  leaves. 

2.  Winter  a  rest  time  for  insect  life. 

a.  Bees  (habits). 

b.  Caterpillars  (habits). 

3.  Winter  a  rest  time  for  some  ani- 

mals, 
a.  Squirrel  (home  and  habits). 

4.  Migration  of  birds. 

During  September  the  children  have 
grown  familiar  with  many  of  the  autumn 
flowers  from  both  garden  and  field.  They 
have  brought  in  handfuls  of  burdock  burrs 
and  have  come  to  know  the  dog-wood 
berries,  the  maple  wings  and  the  milkweed 
pods.  Taking  one  of  the  milkweed  pods 
into  the  open  air  we  set  the  contents  free, 
blowing  the  seeds  about  and  finally  watch- 
ing them  disappear  as  the  wind  carries 
them  awajf,  to  sow  next  season's  plants. 
Our  eyes  are  open  for  seeds  of  all  kinds  and 
seeds  of  all  shapes,  seeds  in  queer  pods, 
on  high  bushes  and  low  plants  and  seeds 
that  will  stick  to  our  clothing  and  have  to 
be  picked  off. 

There  are  times  when  only  part  of  the 
children  go  walking,  the  rest  remaining  in 
the  kindergarten  and  going  another  time. 
This  often  happens  when  taking  trowels 
and  pails  we  go  for  earth  to  repot  the  plants 
in  the  fall  or  for  plants  for  the  wild  flower 
box  in  the  spring.  There  is  a  certain 
pleasure  in  being  thus  separated  for  a  time 
and  coming  together  again  to  relate  our 
experiences. 

One  of  the  happiest  fall  walks  is  the  one 
on  which  we  gather  the  bright  autumn 
leaves.  We  watch  them  float  silently  down, 
or  whirl  along  the  sidewalk  as  the  wind 
catches  them  up.  We  wade  knee  deep 
among  them,  listening  to  the  rustling 
sound.  We  watch  the  men  in  the  park 
rake  the  leaves  into  piles  and  place  them  so 
as  to  protect  the  plants  during  the  winter. 
Among  the  leaves  someone  has  found  an 
acorn.  It  is  not  long  after  this  that  with 
boxes  and  baskets  we  go  to  gather  nuts. 

On  our  way  to  the  park  we  pass  a  num- 
ber of  bee  hives.  They  now  become  the 
special  object  of  our  walk.  We  want  to 
see  where  the  bees  store  their  honey  and 
where  they  go  to  sleep  for  the  winter. 
We  hunt  for  caterpillars  and  cocoons. 
We   watch   the   squirrels   gathering   nuts 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


235 


among  the  dry  leaves  or  peeping  ont  of 
their  holes  in  the  trees. 

Once  or  twice  we  have  seen  numbers  of 
blue  birds  together.  In  preparation  for  our 
next  walk  we  learn  through  pictures,  songs 
and  stories  more  of  birds  that  are  flocking 
to  fly  south.  The  next  visit  is  to  the  bird 
house  in  the  park. 

The  natural  topic  for  November  is : 

I  Man's  preparation  for  winter. 

1  The  harvest  and  Thanksgiving. 

2  Interdependence   in   the   community, 
a  The     Farmer    who     harvests     the 

fruits,   grains   and  vegetables   and 

gathers   the   wool    for   our   winter 

clothing, 
b  The  Grocer  who  buys  and  sells  the 

fruits  and  vegetables, 
c  The   Miller  who   grinds   the   grain 

into  flour, 
d  The  Baker  who  makes  our  bread. 

A  walk  is  taken  to  see  apple  trees  where 
some  of  the  children  had  last  seen  the  pink 
blossoms  and  small  green  apples.  Usually 
we  are  fortunate  enough  to  find  several  red 
apples  still  clinging  to  the  highest  branches. 

We  visit  the  gardens  in  which  the  chil- 
dren watched  the  vegetables  grow  in  the 
spring.  They  are  bare  and  so  we  turn  to 
the  grocer  who  kindly  allows  us  to  enter 
his  shop,  examine  and  name  the  vegetables 
and  fruits  we  find  there. 

The  days  have  become  cold  enough  for 
coats,  perhaps  mittens.  Winter  clothing 
and  the  sheep  that  furnish  the  wool  have 
become  topics  of  interest.  To  visit  the 
sheep  in  the  park  is  the  object  of  the  next 
walk. 

If  possible  a  visit  to  the  baker's  is  made 
just  before  Thanksgiving  Day.  After  that 
the  weather  prevents  more  walks  unless  it 
be  about  Christmas  time  to  see  a  spruce 
tree  which  grows  next  door ;  or  as  on  one 
beautiiul  winter's  morning  when  ground 
and  houses  were  covered  with  snow  and 
each  twig  and  branch  clad  in  glittering  ice, 
the  children  were  allowed  to  wrap  up 
warmly  and  stand  for  the  briefest  time 
under  one  of  these  rainbow  tinted  trees. 

In  January  we  usually  take  up  the  trades. 
When  the  weather  permits  we  visit  the  car- 
penter, the  blacksmith  and  the  shoemaker 
and  watch  them  at  their  work. 


February  brings  with  it  at  least  a  par- 
tially new  class  and  we  seldom  venture 
farther  than  the  corner  post  box  where  the 
children  post  valentines  to  absent  friends. 

A  preview  for  March  runs  thus : 

1  Light. 

a  The  moon, 
b  The  stars. 
c    The  sun. 

2  The  wind. 

We  go  out  to  feel  the  growing  warmth 
of  the  sun  and  to  see  how  it  has  thawed  the 
frozen  ground. 

There  are  so  many  ways  in  which  we 
can  see  the  work  of  the  wind.  We  watch 
the  waving  trees  and  the  clothes  on  the 
line,  the  school  flag  and  the  weather  vanes. 
We  feel  it  blow  against  us  and  we  use  it  to 
turn  our  pin  wheels  and  fly  our  kites. 

In  April  comes  the  awakening  of  all 
nature  We  again  visit  the  neighbor's 
garden  and  there  is  great  excitement  over 
the  newly  turned  earth,  the  swelling  buds 
and  the  new  blades  of  grass. 

Another  neighbor  has  a  hen  and  flock  of 
chickens  we  must  see.  There  are  flocks  of 
young  ducks  on  the  pond  in  the  park  and 
baby  lambs  and  birds.  Another  pond  is 
full  of  fish  and  the  frogs  accomodatingly 
hop  in  and  out.  The  children  listen  to  the 
rippling  brook. 

May  is  the  month  for  gardens  and  the 
first  spring  flowers.  It  is  in  May  that  the 
birds  build  and  the  insects  begin  their  busy 
work.  We  revisit  the  hive  and  the  bird 
house  and  watch  the  birds  building  their 
nests.  Sometimes  we  visit  the  foreign 
animals  in  the  park.  Every  little  while  the 
children  vote  as  to  what  we  shall  go  to 
see. 

Some  of  the  happiest  times  are  when  the 
children  are  allowed  to  wander  (always 
within  calling  distance)  gathering  handfuls 
of  spring  flowers.  Then  all  sit  down  on  the 
grass  under  the  shade  of  a  tree  and  talk 
over  the  treasures  found. 

June  is  the  time  for  picnics.  Taking 
lunches  the  kindergarten  goes  out  into  the 
fields.  The  children  wade  in  grass  reach- 
ing nearly  to  their  shoulders.  They  climb 
into  the  low  bushes.  We  gather  flowers 
and  watch  the  queer  little  insects  in  the 
grass.  Sometimes  we  play  games.  Then 
we  sit.  down  in  the  shade  of  a  tree,  tell 
stories,  eat  our  lunch  and  go  home  tired 


236 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


PROGRAM  FOR  APRIL. 

BERTHA   JOHNSTON. 

APRIL     brings      Easter     this 
year,     with     its     joy     in     the 


awakening  of  nature  which  is 
the  only  side  which  should  be 
brought  to  the  little  child. 
Those  who  live  in  the  country  where  each 
day  brings  its  new  surprises  in  the  glimpse 
of  another  returned  bird  or  a  new  spring 
blossom,  realize  more  than  city  people  the 
uplift  and  delight  in  the  new  life  upspring- 
ing  everywhere.  But  even  in  the  town  the 
grass  shows  its  universal  leaves  in  the  small 
plots  of  ground  back  and  front;  the  city's 
trees  put  forth  tender  green  leaves  as  well 
as  the  country  trees  and  there  is  a  new  life 
in  the  air,  a  blueness  to  the  sky  that  sets 
one's  pulses  to  beating  and  one's  feet  to 
dancing.  How  wonderfully  Lowell  ex- 
presses this  feeling  of  superabundant  life 
in  his  "Vision  of  Sir  Launful,"  and  Ins 
"Somethin'  in  a  Pastoral  Line."  (See  Big- 
low  Papers). 

The  children  will  rejoice  to  tell  of  the 
new  bird  seen,  the  new  llower  discovered, 
the  breaking  up  of  the  ice  and  other  signs 
of  spring  and  will  be  more  than  happy  to  ex- 
press themselves  with  the  kindergarten 
materials  that  show  color  and  movement. 

Following  the  Easter  program  or  along 
with  it,  take  up  water.  Water  has  a  uni- 
versal fascination  for  all  the  children  of 
nature  from  the  infant  splashing  in  his  bath- 
tub to  the  grown  man  breasting  the  billows 
of  the  sea  or  the  man  of  science  studying 
the  marvels  of  the  snow  crystal,  the  boy 
paddling  in  the  stream  or  the  little  girl 
washing  out  her  dollies'  clothes. 

Indispensable  to  man,  how  various  are 
the  purposes  it  serves !  Savage  or  civilized 
he  must  drink  of  it  daily  in  order  to  live  ; 
the  wheat  in  his  harvest  fields,  the  flowers 
in  his  garden,  the  cattle  in  his  meadows 
will  die  if  it  fails  to  appear  in  due  season. 

Early  steps  in  man's  progress  upward  are 
marked  by  the  use  of  water  in  cookery. 
And  in  civilization  it  is  indispensable  as  a 
hygienic  cleaning  agent,  in  washing  the 
human  body,  laundering  the  clothes,  and 
cleaning  our  dwellings  and  our  cooking  and 
other  utensils. 

The  rivers  afford  fish  for  man's  needs  and 
although  the  streams  may  divide  opposite 
sections  of  land,  they  are  a  means  of  com- 
munication with  places  far  distant. 

The   ocean   with   its   currents,   tides   and 


winds  keep  the  earth  sweet  and  wholesome 
and  last  but  not  least,  how  many  are  the 
joys  afforded  by  water  in  its  various  mani- 
festations ?  The  child  plays  with  bubbles, 
and  boats ;  he  wades  and  swims  and  builds 
his  mimic  water-wheels ;  the  man  swims 
and  sails  and  meets  exultingly  the  perils  of 
the  glacier  and  the  snowcapped  mountain 
peaks ;  the  artist-soul  finds  peace  and  in- 
spiration and  delight  in  tranquil  river,  roar- 
ing breakers  or  dashing  waterfall. 

GIFTS— FIRST  GIFT. 

Sing  one  of  the  rain  songs  and  let  the 
children  dance  the  balls  up  and  down  as 
raindrops  beginning  somewhat  slowly  and 
accelerating  the  speed  as  the  rain  increases. 
Which  kind  of  rainstorm  best  softens  the 
earth  for  the  growing  plants  ? 

Play  the  balls  are  seeds  we  are  planting 
for  an  Easter  surprise.  Each  child  tell 
what  flowerseed  he  is  planting  from  the 
color  of  the  ball.  Arrange  in  order  of  rain- 
bow sequence  and  see  who  can  name  all 
colors. 

Have  a  wading  game.  Let  the  children 
on  one  side  of  the  table  rest  their  fingers 
upon  the  table,  lightly,  making  an  irregular 
line  to  represent  the  water  line  of  the  ocean 
or  lake.  Move  them  backward  and  for- 
ward. Meanwhile  those  on  the  opposite 
side  play  that  the  balls  are  children  in  dif- 
ferent colored  suits,  who  are  in  wading. 
They  venture  into  the  water  and  then 
hasten  away  as  the  creeping  fingers  ap- 
proach them.  Sometimes  a  ball  will  be 
overtaken  by  the  rapidly  moving  surf. 

SECOND  GIFT. 

Turn  the  Second  Gift  into  street  sprinkler 
with  its  huge  cylindrical  tank;  into  a  boat 
for  passengers  or  freight;  into  a  stove  upon 
which  we  boil  water  for  cooking  or  wash- 
ing; turn  it  also  into  a  pump  and  also  a 
large  watertower  or  reservoir.  Of  the 
Second  Gift  cylindrical  beads  lay  a  long 
water  pipe  leading  from  the  reservoir  into 
the  city  streets  to  bring  water  to  each 
house.  Lead  the  minds  of  the  children  from 
the  water  faucet  in  kitchen,  through  the 
house  pipes,  into  the  big  main  and  so  into 
the  reservoir  and  from  there  back  to  the 
river  or  mountain  stream  which  supplies  lis 
with  the  important  need.  Lead  the  children 
to  feel  the  necessity  for  laying  the  pipes 
exactly  and  joining  them  perfectly.  What 
might  happen  if  one  man  did  not  do  his 
work  well  ?    This  is  a  good  opportunity  for 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


237 


letting  children  realize  the  wrong  of  allow- 
ing water  to  escape  from  faucets  or  wasting 
it  in  any  way.  In  every  large  city  the  ques- 
tion of  water  supply  is  important  and  every 
little  while  the  papers  tell  of  the  difficulty 
of  supplying  enough  to  fill  the  needs  of  a 
large  population.  Water  is  brought  from 
very  great  distances  now,  because  nearer 
sources  do  not  furnish  enough  and  every 
summer  the  danger  of  a  water  famine  arises, 
if  people  are  wasteful. 

THIRD  GIFT. 

Build  a  sequence  of  (1)  the  home  where 
the  child  dwells,  (2)  a  wagon  passing 
through  the  streets  from  which  a  man  vends 


\ 

\  v 

> 

\ 

\  s- 

k 

Flower  house 


Flower  stand 


flowers,  (represented  by  second  gift  beads), 
(3)  a  greenhouse  (figure  I),  (4)  a  flower 
stand  (figure  II),  and  (5)  a  flower-store. 
The  cultivated  Easter  flowers  need  heat 
and  water  to  hasten  their  growth;  shall  we 
sprinkle  them  well  ?  When  we  reach  home 
we  will  place  the  pots  on  the  flower  stand. 

FOURTH  GIFT. 

Make  a  ferry-boat  such  as  is  familiar  to 
the  children  of  New  York,  Philadelphia  and 


Ferry  dock  with  piles  and  ferry  House 

other  cities  located  upon  broad  rivers.     Tell 
of  the  mother  whose  child  is  sick  and  who 


says  that  a  few  hours  on  the  ferry-boat 
every  day  with  the  fresh-blowing  air  may 
save  its  life.  What  interesting  things  does 
the  baby's  older  brother  see  from  the 
ferry-boat?  He  sees  pleasure  yachts, 
ocean  steamers,  men  fishing  from  the  piers, 
boys  swimming,  sea-gulls  flying;  so  many 
joys  that  are  associated  with  the  water. 

Build  ferry-boat,  with  paddle-wheel  boxes 
on  each  side ;  and  two  cabins,  one  each  side, 
with  place  between  for  teams  (figure  III). 
Build  dock  and  ferry-slip  with  dock  and 
piles  driven  deep  into  the  water  between 
which  the  careful  captain  guides  the  boat. 
Sometimes  it  bumps  against  the  heavy 
wooden  piles  if  the  current  is  strong;  the 
piles  move  a  little  but  no  harm  is  done  for 
they  are  driven  down  deep. 

FIFTH  AND  SIXTH  GIFTS. 

The  half-cubes  of  the  Fifth  Gift  lend 
themselves  admirably  to  the  roof  of  a 
greenhouse  in  which  the  Easter  flowers 
are  being  cultivated.  An  ice  house  can  also 
be  made  with  the  inclined  slide  up  which  the 
large  cakes  of  ice  are  drawn  after  they  are 
cut  from  the  frozen  river  or  lake.  Why  do 
we  thus  store  the  frozen  water?  How  is 
it  kept  from  melting  in  the  ice-house? 
(Packed  tightly  with  hay  and  straw.) 

The  Fifth  and  Sixth  Gifts  can  be  built 
into  beautiful  churches,  where,  on  Easter 
Day  we  go  to  sing  our  songs  of  joy  and 
grateful  praise. 

TABLETS. 

Make  design  of  snow-crystals,  the  form 
taken  sometimes  by  water.  Make  a  picture 
of  a  water-wheel  with  its  broad  spokes  up- 
on which  the  water  rushes  to  turn  it  and 
so  set  in  motion  the  machinery  which  grinds 
our  flour.  Make  a  row  of  conventionalized 
flower-pots    with    tulips    formed    of    half- 


Ferry  boat  with  eabin  and  paddle  wheel  houses. 

cannot  afford  a  long  journey,  but  the  doctor 


circles  or  triangles.     Let  circles  represent 
dandelions.     Make  picture  of  church. 

STICKS. 

Outline    pump,    boats    of    various    kinds, 


238 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


clrinking-cup,  etc.     Also  make  design  thus, 


which  is  one  conventionalizati  on  of  the 
waves  of  old  Nile.  Speak  of  a  rainstorm  in 
which  the  drops  come  down  vertically,  or 
obliquely.  What  makes  them  sometimes 
come  down  obliquely?  Shall  we  show  with 
our  sticks  the  direction  of  the  drops  when 
no  wind  blows;  then  the  direction  when  the 
winds  blow  strongly  from  one  direction  or 
another. 

CIRCLES. 

Place    half   and    quarter   circles    so   as    to 
represent  a  design  based  upon  waves. 


until  we  have  pasted  in  a  succession  all  of 
those  colors  as  furnished  by  the  kindergar- 
ten supply  houses. 

Make  an  Easter  design  of  a  conven- 
tionalized dandelion  by  pasting  on  good 
background  a  series  of  yellow  circles  with 
green  stems.  Make  tulip  design  of  semi- 
circles or  triangles.  String  chain  of  yellow 
circles  alternating  with  straws  to  suggest 
dandelion  chain. 

Make  a  border  of  strips  of  colored  paper 
and  between,  paste  strips  arranged  to 
symbolize  river  waves,  thus 


CLAY. 

Make  a  copy  of  the  pipe  which  we  use 
when  blowing  the  dainty  bubbles.  Make  a 
cuo  from  which  to  drink  the  delicious  water 
that  quenches  our  thirst.  Also  the  water 
jar  such  as  is  used  by  oriental  people  who 
must  carry  each  drop  of  water  from  a  dis- 
tant well. 

Make  a  plaque  and  upon  it  build  up  a 
design  of  some  simple  flower. 

SAND. 

Outline  a  river  bed  and  pond  in  bottom 
of  sand-box  and  paint  it  blue,  or  indicate  it 
with  sunflower-seeds.  Speak  of  the  sandy 
desert  and  the  trees  which  immediately  be- 
gin to  grow  up  when  water  appears.  Plant 
little  trees  (twigs)  along  our  water  way. 
Place  boats  upon  its  broader  stretches. 
Build  docks  with  the  Gifts  at  which  the 
boats  may  land. 

PARQUETRY. 

Having  used  the  prism  in  the  kindergar- 
ten room  and  talked  with  the  children  about 
the  lovely  colors  and  the  rainbow  made  by 
the  sun  shining  through  raindrops  as  prism, 
let  the  children  observe  the  order  in  which 
the  colors  appear  and  arrange  the  balls  in 
that  order  and  then  arrange  the  six  colors 
of  the  parquetry  oblongs  in  same  order,  to 
represent  rainbow.  Little  by  little  supply 
the    intermediate    hues,    shades    and    tones 


These  various  designs  may  be  used  ?.•" 
covers  for  different  booklets  that  the  chil- 
dren have  made  during  season. 

PAPER  CUTTING. 

Cut  simple  forms  of  flowers,  birds,  swal- 
lows, chickens  (newly  hatched);  ducklings 
that  love  to  swim  upon  the  water;  children 
wading,  etc. 

CARDBOARD  MODELING. 

See  November  number  for  directions  for 
making  tiny  tub  and  wash-board.  Make 
also  a  short  cylindrical  cup  with  a  strip 
pasted  on  for  a  handle.  This  can  be  modi- 
fied into  a  watering-pot  bv  making  the 
height  longer  in  proportion  to  the  diameter 
and  adding  a  narrow  cylinder  for  a  spout 
with  a  sprinkler  at  the  end.  Make  a  set  of 
cooking  utensils,  teakettle,  pots  for  boil- 
ing vegetables,  etc.  These  can  be  used  on 
stoves  made  of  the  Gifts. 

PAPER  FOLDING. 

The  sailboat  was  given  iii  a  preceding 
number. 

Fold  flock  of  ducklings  of  yellow  paper, 
and  float  in  sand-box  pond. 

STEAMBOAT  MADE  BY  FOLDING  PAPER. 

This  steamboat  with  its  two  funnels  was 
one  of  the  much-liked  (but  few)  examples 
of  paper-folding  that  I  learned  as  a  child 
although  I  have  no  recollection  from 
whence  came  the  knowledge.  It  is  made 
as  follows : 

Take  a  square  of  paper,  place  cornerwise 
on  table  and  fold  the  lower  corner  to  the 
center;  the  upper  corner  to  the  center;  the 
right-hand  corner  to  the  center;   the   left- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


239 


hand  corner  to  the  center.  Keep  folded ; 
turn  over  and  again  fold  all  four  corners  to 
the  center  as  before.  This  gives  a  still 
smaller  square.  Turn  over  again  and  once 
more  fold  all  four  corners  to  the  center. 
Turn  over  and  the  result  will  appear  as  in 
illustration,  I. 

Number  corners  thus:  1,  2,  3,  4.  Take 
hold  of  2  and  4,  placing  the  pointing  finger 
beneath  them  so  as  to  raise  them  up  and 
flatten;  the  result  shows  as  in  figure  II. 
Then  take  1  raise  and  flatten  it ;  do  the  same 
with  3  and  the  result  is  the  boat  with  two 
funnels.     Like  Ivory  soap  it  will  float. 


Steamboat  of  folded  paper 

If  2  and  4  are  treated  like  1  and  2  the  re- 
sult is  a  little  jacket,  with  collar,  waistband 
and  two  sleeves.  This  can  be  attached  to 
other  slight  modifications  of  the  same  fold- 
ing, so  as  to  make  a  complete  little  man 
built  upon  the  square. 

OUTSIDE  MATERIAL— PRISM. 

The  prism  has  of  course  been  used  in 
kindergarten  during  the  season ;  if  the 
primary  teacher  has  not  learned  of  the 
pleasure  it  gives  to  the  children  she  should 
by  all  means  procure  one,  and  place  it 
sometime  during  the  day  where  it  will  catch 
and  separate  the  rays  of  light.  During  an 
intermission  play  and  sing  Froebel's  song 
of  the  Light  Bird.  If  no  prism  is  procur- 
able reflect  the  lieht  from  a  srlass  of  water, 


BIRDSEED  GARDENS. 

Procure  a  half  egg-shell  for  each  child ; 
fill  with  earth  and  let  each  child  plant  some 
birdseed  therein,  for  an  Easter  surprise. 
Also  sprinkle  a  small  sponge  with  birdseed. 
Keep  damp. 


WASHING  DAY. 

Let  the  children  wash  out  the  paste 
cloths,  duster,  etc.,  and  hang  up  to  dry.  Let 
them  have  the  exercise  and  fun  of  washing 
the  kindergarten  tables  and  chairs;  also  if 
desirable,  wash  the  blocks  of  the  gift-boxes. 
Give  appropriate  songs,  as  found  in  Patty 
Hill's  song  book  and  others. 

COOKING. 

One  kindergarten  teacher  illustrated  use 
of  water  in  cooking  by  cooking  some  oat- 
meal and  giving  each  child  a  spoonful  or  so 
with  milk  and  sugar.  One  result  was  that 
a  child  who  had  previously  come  to  kinder- 
garten on  a  breakfast  of  coffee  and  dough- 
nuts spoke  so  much  of  oatmeal  to  its 
mother  that  a  change  of  diet  was  made. 

Stories  and  Pictures  Appropriate  to  the  Foregoing  Topics. 

The  Spring  Time,  Field's   Profitable  Tales. 

Sleeping  Beautv.  Fables  and  Folk,"  Stories,  (Scudder) 
Hcughton  Mifflin  &  Co. 

The  Day  Dream.  Tennyson. 

Return  of  Persephone,  Cooke's  Nature  Myths;  also  Haw- 
thorne. 

King  of  the  Golden  River,  Ruskin 

Lesson  of  Faith,  Parables  from  Nature.   (Gatty) 

Awakening  of  Brur.hilda.  Baldwin's  Siegfried. 

Neptune,  In  the  Child's  World.  (Milton  Bradley  Co.) 

Noah's  Ark,  Bible. 

From  the  Water  Babies,  Kingsley. 

The  Cup  of  Loving  Service,  Taylor. 

The  Crane's  Express,  In  the  Child's  World. 

Cupid  and  Psyche. 

Age  of  Fable,  Bulfinch,  Lee  &  Shepard. 

Pictures 

Return  of  Persephone,  Sir  Frederick  Leighton. 

Ploughing,  RosaBonheur. 

The  Sower,  Mollet. 

Briar  Rosa  (Sleeping  Beauty),  E-  Burne  Jones. 


The  excellent  story  entitled  ''Taesles-Keep  Out" 
which  appeared  in  our  last  issue  was  taken  from  St.  Nich- 
olas, published  by  the  Century  Co.  Through  an  oversight 
due  credit  was  not  given. 


QUERY  COLUMN. 


To  the  Editor  of  the  Query  Column: 

Will  you  kindly  let  me  know  where  I  can  pro- 
cure materials  for  "The  American  Kindergarten?" 
Originated  years  ago  by  Miss  E.  M.  Coe  ),  and  also, 
I  should  be  very  much  obliged  to  you  for  any  in- 
formation you  can  give  me  in  regard  to  Miss  Coe 
and  her  classes. — Miss  Leaycroft,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Will  any  reader  who  can  give  informa- 
tion regarding  Miss  C  oe  write  at  once  to 
the  editor  of  the  Query  Column,  Miss 
Bertha  Johnston,  1054  Bergen  street, 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


240 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


THE  CLOCK'S  RACE. 

GENEVIEVE  KINNEAR. 

ONCE  upon  a  time  there  stood 
in  the  hallway  a  great  tall 
grandfather's  clock.  This 
clock  had  a  very  large  face 
with  big  black  numbers  stand- 
ing for  the  hours  and  long  pointed  hands 
and  quite  a  long  pendulum  that  swung  back 
and  forth  very  slowly  and  said  tick,  tock, 
tick,  tock. 

And  over  the  mantel  sat  another  clock 
only  it  was  much  smaller.  Its  face  was 
smaller  and  its  hands  were  smaller  too  and 
it  didn't  have  any  pendulum  at  all  because 
it  didn't  need  any  and  it  said  tick,  tock,  tick, 
tock  very  much  faster  than  the  grand- 
father's clock. 

One  day  these  two  clocks  were  talking 
together  and  the  clock  on  the  mantel  said, 
"It  has  always  seemed  strange  to  me  that 
you  should  go  so  very  slowly  for  it  is  such 
a  long  ways  around  your  face.    It  must  take 
you  ever  so  long  to  go  around  even  once. 
I  have  often  listened  to  your  tick  tock,  tick 
tock,  and  wondered  how  you  ever  keep  any 
time  at  all  you  move  so  slowly."     "Well," 
said  the  grandfather's  clock  this  is  the  way 
I  have  been  ticking  for  a  great  many  years 
and   people   have   always   said   that   I   kept 
very  good  time."     "Maybe  people  do  think 
so,"    said   the   little    clock,    "but   you    can't 
possibly  keep   as  good  time  as  I  do  for  I 
move  so  much  faster  and  haven't  nearly  so 
far  to  go  around."     Just  then  a  lady  came 
in  and  laid  her  small  gold  watch  down  on 
the  table.     "What  is  this  I  hear  you  talk- 
ing about,"  said  the  watch.     "Oh,"  said  the 
little   clock,   "I   have  just   been  telling  our 
tall  friend  over  there  that  he  could  never 
keep  as  good  time  as  I  do  because  he  moves 
so    slowly."      "That's    nothing,"    said    the 
watch,  "neither  of  you  can  go  half  as  fast 
as    I    can."      "You   move    slowly   enough," 
said  the  watch  looking  at  the  small  clock, 
"but  as  for  that  grandfather's  clock  it  must 
surely  be  hard  for  him  to  even  try  to  keep 
the  time."     "Well,"  said  the  grandfather's 
clock,  "we  will  have  a  race  and  see  which 
one  keeps  the  best  time."     "When  I  strike 
twelve  we  will  start  and  see  which  one  gets 
around  to  one  first."     "This  is  very  foolish," 
said  the  watch,   "but  then   I   may  as  well 
show  you  two  clocks  how  much  faster  I  can 
go."      Dong,    Dong,    Dong,    twelve    times 
went  the  grandfather's  clock.     "We're  off," 
he  cried  and  all  three  started  ticking  just 


as  fast  as  ever  they  could.  The  big  clock 
went  tick-tock,  tick-tock  just  as  slowly  as 
ever  and  the  little  clock  went  tick-tock,  tick- 
tock  just  as  it  had  always  gone  and  the 
watch  went  tick,  tick,  tick,  tick  just  as  fast 
as  ever  it  could,  but  try  with  all  its  might 
it  just  couldn't  go  any  faster  than  it  always 
had.  But  they  all  went  on  ticking  just  the 
same  and  pretty  soon  the  watch  was  almost 
at  one  o'clock.  "My,"  thought  the  watch, 
"I  don't  suppose  those  clocks  are  more  than 
half  way  around  by  this  time"  and  then  it 
was  one  o'clock.  "I've  finished,"  cried  the 
watch.  "So  have  I,"  cried  the  little  clock. 
"Dong"  went  the  grandfather's  clock.  All 
three  of  them  finished  just  at  the  same  time. 
"Well,  I  never,"  said  the  watch,  "how  did 
you  ever  do  it?"  "I  don't  know,"  said  the 
grandfather's  clock,  "I  guess  I  must  have 
taken  very  much  longer  steps  at  each  tick 
than  you  did."  "I  guess  you  did,  too,"  said 
the  small  clock  on  the  mantel. 


EVIL  WITHIN. 


All  the  forces  of  evil  may  come  upon 
a  soul  from  without,  and  fail  to  shake  it. 
But  the  smallest  evil  within,  that  is  loved 
and  desired  and  continued  in,  will  accom- 
plish what  the  outside  attack  has  failed  in. 
The  only  hopeless  evil  is  the  evil  we  do  not 
hate,  nor  endeavor  to  escape  from,  but 
allow  to  remain. — Baltimore  Methodist. 


He  is  great  who  confers  the  most  benefits. 

The  only  way  to  have  a  friend  is  to  be 
one. 

He  who  would  be  a  great  soul  in  the 
future  must  be  a?rreat    soul   now. 


WE  THANK  THEE. 
For  flowers  that  bloom  about   our  feet, 
For  tender  grass  so  fresh,  so  sweet, 
For  song  of  bird  and  hum  of  bee, 
For  all  things  fair  we  hear  or  see, 

For  blue  of  stream  and  blue  of  sky, 
For  pleasant  shade  of  branches  high, 
For  fragrant  air  and  cooling  breeze, 
For  beauty  of  the  blooming  trees, 


Pity  the  Poor  and  Help  Them. 

Pity  the  poor  and  help  them, 

Toiling    from    day    to    day, 
Onward   thro'  cold   and  hunger, 

Flodding  their  weary  way. 
Can  we  behold  unheeding 
Hearts   that  for  aid  are   pleading? 
Can  we,  can  we 

Turn  from  the  poor  away? 
Pity  the  poor  and  help  them, 

Weary  and  toil  oppressed; 
So  shall  the  Lord  reward  us, 

So  shall  our  hearts  be  blest. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


241 


The  Thirteenth  Gift— The  Point. 

The  rural  one-room  teacher  who  is  really 
teaching  school  always  experiences  difficulty  in 
getting  through  with  the  work  within  the  time  at 
her  disposal.  Where  there  are  so  many  different 
classes  and  grades  but  little  time  can  be  given  to 
any  one  class  and  usually  the  older  classes  receive 
the  greater  share  of  her  attention . 

The  use  of  kindergarten  material  will  render 
it  possible  for  her  to  keep  the  little  ones  profitably 
interested  with  the  least  possible  attention  on  her 
part. 

The  material  of  the  thirteenth  gift,  thepointf 
is  admirably  adapted  for  primary  school  use.  The 
material  consists  of  corn,  peas,  beans,  and  many 
kinds  of  seeds,  but  the  imported  lentils  are  probab- 
ly the  best,  being  more  nearly  flat  and  more  cir. 
cular  in  shape  than  most  of  the  other  seeds. 

Mrs.  Hailman's  lentils, in  the  six  principal  col- 
'  ors,  are  undoubtedly  the  best  material  for  this  pur- 


pose. The  bright  colors  attract  and  interest  the 
children  and  the  completed  designs  are  much 
more  beautiful. 

We  illustrate  a  sequence  frequently  used  in 
the  kindergarten  and  it  will  serve  to  keep  the  child- 
ren busy  for  several  lessons,  but  so  far  as  the  time 
of  the  teacher  can  be  taken  for  the  purpose,  we 
advise  the  story  method  and  the  correlation  of  the 
gift  work  with  the  language  and  other  work  of 
the  first  graders. 

SEQUENCES 
Use  the  netted  surface  as  referred  to  last 
month.  First  give  the  child  four  points,  leutils 
or  other  seeds,  which  he  can  place  in  a  perpen- 
dicular position  at  each  intersection  of  the  lines, 
as  shown  by  figure  1 .  Afterwards  they  can  be 
placed  horizontally,  figure  2.  Four  of  these  per- 
pendicular lines  can  be  placed  together  to  form  a 
square  Four  horizontal  lines,  also,  and  the  pu- 
pil led  to  notice  that  the  finished  design  is  identi- 
cal. 

The  pupils  may  now  be  permitted  to  place  a 
point  between  each  intersection  of  the  lines  as 
shown  by  figure  3.  This  work  can  be  carried  on 
in  different  ways,  as  described  in  the  preceding 
paragraph.  Other  points  may  be  placed  be- 
tween these,  the  result  being  a  solid  line  made 
up  of  points.  Next  place  the  points  exactly 
in  the  center  of  the  square  as  shown  by  figure 
8.  Repeat  this  horizontally  and  in  all  the  diff- 
erent ways  as  described  in  paragraph  preced- 
ing. 

The  next  step  may  be  the  forming  of  squares, 
beginning  first  with  one  corner,  as  shown  by 
figure  6,  repeating  on  the  three  remaining  corn- 
ers, thus  producing  the  outline  of  a  square. 

In  representing  slanting  lines,  a  point  can  be 
placed  at  the  intersection  of  two  lines,  and  the 
other  at  the  intersection  of  two  other  lines,  di- 
agonally opposite.  Then  place  another  point 
in  the  center  equally  distant  from  each  of  the 
others. 


242 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 

Other  points  may  be  added  in  perfecting  the 
line,  producing  the  result  as  shown  by  figure  9. 

These  forms  may  be  called  by  the  child,  a 
book,  a  map,  a  blackboard,  a  picture  frame,  a 
window,  etc. 

The  exercises  should  be  carried  on  at  short 
intervals.  Free  play  should  be  frequently  per- 
mitted,  accompanied  by  frequent  suggestions 
from  teacher  to  avoid  aimless  play. 

The  outlines  of  leaves  and  flowers  can  be 
made  with  the  points,  using  real  leaves  and 
flowers  as  a  guide. 

The  work  should  be  accompanied  by  short 
talks  or  stories  which  can  pertain  to  seeds,  the 
planting  of  seeds,  gardens,  etc.,  but  none  of 
the  exercises  should  be  continued  too  long,  or 
repeated  with  sufficient  frequency  to  tire  the 
pupils. 

We  give  a  few  suggestive  designs,  not  gra- 
ded. 


vGlw» 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


243 


THE  STORY  METHOD 

RAINY  DAY  STORY 

"Well"    said  the  teacher,  "it's  raining,   so    I 

think  we  will  stay  in  the  house.  And  as  we  must 

stay  in  we'might  look  about  and  see  what'we  can 

find  here. 


The  Kitten.  hire  P^ce. 

"Look,  here  by  the  fireplace  is  a  chair.  And 
here"  is  a  dear  little  kittehby  the  fire. 

It  may  be  necessary  for- the  teacher  to  outline 
these  forms  very  lightly  with/pencilon*  paper 
which  can  be  placed  on'the  desks. 

The  knife,  fork,  spoon,  plate,  etc.,  can  also  be 
outlined. 

"Oh,  no,  the  kitten  is  not  afraid.  Shejknows 
we  would  be  quite  ashamed  of  ourselves  if  we 
should  disturb  her. 

"And  herejis  a  little  table  all  set  for  a  small 
party. 

"Yes,  the  party  is  for  us,  and  we  shall  be  most 
careful  to  lay  our  knives  across  our  plates,  and 
not  to  drop  our  fork  or  leave  our  teaspoon  .in  our 
cups. 

"And  now  we  will  thank  the  dear  little  girl, 
who  has  given  us  such  a  pleasant  time  and  run 
outdoors,  for  the  sun  is  shining  again. 
ANOTHER  STORY 

In  the  following  exercises  the  story  method  is  employed, 
and  corn  is  used  in  making  the  designs: 

Come,  children,  lay  aside  your  books  and  let  us  play  it 
is  summer,  and  we  will  make  a  trip  to  the  country.  Let 
us  go  out  along  this  beautiful  shady  road. 

How  sweet  and  pure  the  air  is!  O!  here  is  a  well  by  the 
road  side;  let  us  stop  and  get  a  drink. 

We  will  use  the  old  oaken  bucket.  Just  after  [making 
the  bucket,  we  sing  a  verse  of  the  "Old  Oaken  Bucket." 


What  a  dear  little  bird's  nest  this  is,  here  in  the  bushes! 

We  will  not  disturb  the  eggs. 

Now  we  have  come  to  this  open  field. 


Field 


Cloth 


Rods 


We  will  walk  across  [here  and  have  our  lunch  in  the 
woods  yonder.     Let  us  spread  the  cloth  for  lunch. 

Now. lunch  is  over  let  us  take 'these  rodsand'fish  in^tlie 
busy  little  brook. 

What  fine  sport  this  fishing  is!  But  shall  we  not  go  now 
to  visit  our  friends  over  at  the  farm?  It  will  soon  be  time 
to  go  home.     We  will  go  up  by  the  barn.  ' 

There  are  the  farmer  and  his  wife  in  the  garden.  "Good 
evening,''good  evening  to  you;''  they  bid  us  a  hearty  wel- 


come,  and  after  a  short  and  pleasant  call,  we^start  for 
home.  As  we  are  about  to  do  so,  the  farmer  tells  us  he 
is  going  into  town  in  his  big  wagon  and  will  be  delight- 
ed to  take  our  jolly  party  with  him.  So  with  many  thanks 
to  him,  and  a  cheery  good  bye  to  his  wife,  we  are  off  for 
home.  As  we  ride  along  and  watch  the  glorious  sunset 
amid  clouds  of  purple  and  gold, and  hear  the  birds  chirp- 
ing their  evening  songs,  and  think  of  the  lovely  time  we 
have  spent  in  the  country,  we  all  say  in  joyous[_words: 
"Whata?fine  time  we  havejhad  today!" 

NOTE — The  objects  are  made  in  outline  only, -and^ if 
the  children  have  any  trouble  in  making  the  outline,  we 
draw  it  for  them":first  before  they  complete  theirs. 

The  accompanying  drawings  are  necessarily  much 
smaller  than  those  which  would  be  used  in  the  work, 


Well 


Bucket 


Bird's  Negt 


First  Gift  Lesson  Suggestions 

FIRST  GIFT  LESSON  SUGGESTIONS 
To  theVural  teacher Jwho  is  entirely  unfamil- 
iar with  kindergarten  material  we  will  say  that 
the  first  gift  consists  of  six  rubber  balls,  covered 
with  zephyr  to  represent  each  of  the  six  principal 
colors,  viz. :  red,  orange,  yellow,  green,  blue  and 
violet .  The  whole  is  contained  in  a  polished  box 
with  sliding,  cover,  having  crossbeams  and  sup- 
ports. The  gift  is  used  to  teach  form,  color  and 
motion.  Primary  children  will  be  found  familiar 
with  the  form  (that  of  a  ball)  hence  the  instruc- 
tion should  be  confined  entirely  to  color  and  mo- 
tion, correlated  with  the  other  school  work. 

We  give  below  brief  outlines  of  lesson  sug- 
gestions; these  are  intended  merely  as  hints  for 
the  conduct  of  lessons  which  should  be  varied  to 
meet  the  special  requirements  of  the  pupils. 


244 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


SUGGESTIVE  LESSON 
"I  have  something  in  my  hand.  Who  can  tell 
me  what  it  is."  "Now,  I  will  let  the  crayon  tell 
you  what  it  is."  (Teacher  writes  the  word  ball 
on  the  blackboard,  both  in  print  and  in  script.) 
"Can  you  tell  me  its  color?"  "Yes,  red."  I  will 
make  the  crayon  tell  its  color."  i  Writes  as  be- 
fore). "Who  can  tell  me  what  kind  of  a  ball  it  is?' ' 
Require  the  pupil  to  answer  in  complete  sent- 
ences. "Yes,  it  is  a  red  ball."  "Now  I  will  make 
the  crayon  say,  a  red  ball."  Have  pupils  read 
words  both  in  script  and  print.  "Now  you  may 
each  take  a  ball  and  play  with  them  quietly  and 
for  a  considerable  time  as  ypu  like."  These  balls 
are  different  in  color.  "After  a  time  I  will  see 
how  many  can  tell  me  the  color  of  their  ball." 
Pupils  will  enjoy  playing  for  a  considerable  time. 
When  the  teacher  returns,  she  asks  what  the  pu- 
pils can  tell  her  about  the  balls,  shape,  softness, 
elasticity,  etc.,  what  the  ball  can  do,  roll,  bound; 
what  it  is  made  of,  wool  outside,  and  rubber  in- 
side; where  does  the  wool  come  from?  tell  a  story 
if  time  permits.  "Do  the  balls  all  look  alike?" 
"No,  difference  in  color."  "What  color  is  this 
ball?"  "Yes,  red."  "How  many  can  tell  me  the 
color  of  their  ball?"  "Now,  we  will  swing  the 
balls  backward  and  forward,  like  this: 

"Tick,  tock,  like  the  clock, 

First  right,  then  left, 

Tick,  tock,  like  the  clock, 

Or, 

Swing  so,  to  and  fro, 

Right  and  left,  the  little  balls  go. 

Oi, 

Up  and  down,  high  and  low, 

The  pretty  balls  so  swiftly  go, 

Now  round  and  round, round  and  round, 

See  the  little  balls  go  round  and  round. 

Now  back  again,  in  circle  true. 

The  pretty  balls  so  swiftly  go" 
Continue  lessons  from  time  to  time.  Suspend 
the  red  ball  near  the  blackboard,  review  the  read- 
ing lesson,  and  say,  "now  you  may  look  at  the  red 
ball  as  often  as  you  choose  during  the  day,  and 
to-morrow  bring  me  something  from  home,  a  bit 
of  ribbon,  piece  of  paper,  etc.,  that  seems  to  you 
in  color  like  the  ball."  Give  children  each  a  do- 
zen kindergarten  half-inch  beads  with  a  shoe 
string,  with  permission  to  string  the  beads  as  they 
like;  afterwards  string  the  red  beads  only.  The 
color  for  the  day  can  be  further  emphasized  by 
stringing  red  kindergarten  parquetry  circles,  with 
24-inch  straws,  lentils  or  seeds.  Using  a  piece  of 
cardboard  for  a  foundation,  make  a  chart  of  the 
bits  of  color  brought  by  the  pupils  and  let  them 
see  for  themselves  how   nearly   their  selection 


matches  the  ball  in  color.    This  idea  can  be  con- 
tinued with  all  the  colors. 

We  give  below  a  lesson  that  would  be  found 
interesting  to  children  of  the  kindergarten  age, 
and  equally  so  to  first  graders. 

The  aim  of  the  color  lesson  is  to  find  out 
the  color  preferred  by  each  child. 

"Would  you  like  to  play  a  ball  game  this 
morning?    Then  let  us  repeat  these  words": 

In  my  hand  a  ball  I  hold, 
Till  upon  the  floor  it  rolls. 
If  it  goes  in  the  ring 
We  will  clap,  we  will  sing. 
Tra  la,  la,  etc. 

(Clapping  if  the  ball  goes  in  the  ring.) 

"John  may  run  up  to  the  box  (have  the 
six  balls  suspended  from  the  cross-beam)  and 
choose  the  ball  he  likes  best  and  roll  it  in  the 
ring  as  we  all  sing"  (the  above  song.)  (Make 
the  ring  on  the  floor  of  third  gift  blocks  placed 
close  together  with  an  opening  to  allow  the 
ball  to  enter  the  ring.) 

"Who  can  tell  us  the  color  of  the  ball  John 
rolled  into  the  ring?" 

"Good;  Mary  guessed  it;  and  now  she  may 
choose  the  ball  she  likes  best  to  roll  in  the 
ring." 

And  the  song  is  repeated  while  Mary  rolls 
her  ball  into  the  ring. 

This  little  song  and  game  may  be  repeated 
until  many  have  made  a  choice. 

In  case  all  the  colored  balls  are  not  chosen 
ask  to  have  those  which  have  not  been  chosen 
rolled  for  the  sake  of  naming  the  colors  not 
already  chosen. 

As  a  close  to  this  lesson  take  all  the  balls 
off  the  beam  except  the  red  one. 

"I  wonder,  children,  who  can  find  the  ball 
here  in  my  apron  that  looks  most  like  the 
red  ball?" 

"Yes,  Nan  has  found  it." 

"What  color  is  it,  Nan?" 

Nan  answers,  "The  orange  ball." 

"Tie  it  on  the  beam,  Nan,  next  to  the 
red  ball." 

"Who  can  find  the  ball  that  looks  most 
like  the  orange  ball?"  Proceed  in  like  man- 
ner until  all  the  balls  have  been  arranged  in 
this  order — red,  orange,  yellow,  green,  blue, 
and  purple. 

In  this  step  you  are  leading  the  children  to 
feel  the  relationship  of  color  and  color  har- 
mony. 

Later,  after  the  children  have  had  many 
lessons  in  color,  repeat  the  first  part  of  this 
lesson  for  the  purpose  of  noticing  the  growth 
in  the  taste  of  the  children. 

This  entire  lesson  should  not  be  longer 
than  fifteen  minutes. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


245 


HOW  THEY  HELPED  THE  BREAD  LINE. 

How  very  few  among  us  have  realized,  through 
personal  experience,  what  the  pangs  of  starva- 
tion may,  or  may  not,  accomplish;  with  our  minds, 
our  bodies,  or  even  with  our  immortal   souls! 

How  very  few  stop  to  think  what  it  might  mean 
to  be  homeless,  friendless,  utterly  destitute  and 
starving — slowly   starving — to    death! 

Have  you  ever  looked  at  the  physical  effects  of 
starvation,  as  written  on  the  ghastly  faces  and 
shrunken  forms  of  your  less  fortunate  fellow-men? 

Twenty-five  hundred  starving  men  may  be  in- 
terviewed every  night  in  New  York  City,  at  the 
unhallowed  hour  of  one  o'clock;  stretching  in  a 
great  long  line,  that  winds  up  and  down  and  in 
and  out  through  the  silent,  deserted  thorough- 
fares of  the  Bowery.  Heedless  of  the  biting, 
wintry  winds,  careless  of  the  snow  and  sleet,  they 
huddle  together  for  warmtn,  yet  huddle  not  so 
that  their  rightful  places  in  this  dreadful  line  of 
starvation  may  be  usurped,  and  lost  to  them. 
Some  carry  a  little  rag  of  sacking,  others  a  board — 
the  lid  of  a  barrel,  mayhap — on  which  to  stand 
their  feet  and  so  separate  them,  even  that  little, 
from  the  frozen  snow.  This  footrest  they  push 
forward,  as  the  line  moves  slowly  onward.  Many 
of  them  have  been  standing  on  this  miserable  pro- 
tection since  before  midnight,  fearful  lest  they 
should  be  last  on  the  line,  and  so  jeopardize  their 
chance  of  a  mouthful  of  food.  Look  at  their  shiv- 
ering, shrunken  bodies;  see  the  great,  wistful  eyes, 
staring  from  pale,  bloodless  faces.  Watch  how 
wolfishly  anxious  they  grow,  as  they  near  the  Mis- 
sion door;  and  how  their  hungry  eyes  glare  into 
the  lighted  room,  fearful  lest  those  who  had  gone 
in  ahead  of  them  would  leave  nothing  behind! 

This  is  starvation! 

On  Saturday  afternoon  I  was  idly  looking  out 
at  the  drifting  snow,  that  whirled  and  eddied  like 
dry  sand  with  each  puff  of  the  cold  wintry  blast. 
It  was  "blizzard"  weather,  and,  as  I  gazed  from 
my  sheltered  window,  I  thought  of  the  poor  fel- 
lows who  would  have  to  line  up  in  the  Bread  Line 
that  night;  of  the  workless  men,  who,  in  this 
great,  wealthy  city,  have  nowhere  to  shelter  them 
or  to  lay  their  heads  and  rest. 

I  was  called  to  the  desk.  Two  men,  I  was  told, 
wished  to  speak  to  me.  As  I  went  toward  them  I 
saw  that  they  were  poorly  yet  comfortably  clad — 
workmen  out  of  work,  most  likely.  Another  appeal, 
thought  I.  Whatever  can  we  do  for  this  unend- 
ing throng  of  unfortunates?  The  men  were  no 
better  dressed  than  those  who  assemble  nightly  in 
the  Bread  Line,  with  the  exception  that  these  had 
overcoats  on — the  pawnshop  had  not  yet  got  them. 
They  were  unkept  and  dirty;  but,  as  I  came  near- 
er, I  noticed  that  their  dirt  was  of  the  whole- 
some, grimy  kind;  the  dirt  that  comes  to  men 
who  are  fortunate  in  being  blessed  with  the  boon 
of  labor. 

Pulling  off  their  hats,  they  exposed  to  view 
rough,  touzled  heads — touzled  and  matted  with  the 
sweat  of  work.  They  looked  at  each  other,  and 
then  suddenly  started  off  together,  "We've  called 
to  see  you — "  They  stopped.  "You  give  it  him, 
Tom,"  said  one.  "No,  you!"  said  the  other. 
"You've  got  the  paper."  "This  is  Mr.  Earl,  ain't 
it?"  said  the  first.  "We  hear  that  you  take  in 
money  here.  I  mean" — he  hurriedly  went  on  to 
explain — "that  you  take  in  money  here  for  the 
poor  chaps  as  is  out  of  a  job."  "Ye-es,"  I  said, 
slowly,  not  quite  comprehending  this  unusual 
approach.     "What  can  I  do  for  you?" 

They  didn't  reply  for  a  bit,  but  "Tom"  watched 
his  companion,  who  began  fishing  up,  from  out  of 
the  apparently  bottomless  pocket  of  a  well-worn 
overcoat,  a  mixture  of  dimes  and  dollars  and  cents 
and  quarters  and  nickels.  Gathering  the  heap  to- 
gether, in  two  great,  big,  black,  muscular  fists,  he 


said,    "You   have   the   paper,   Bob.      Tell   him   how 
much  it  is!" 

"Bob"  fished  a  sheet  of  smudged  foolscap  from 
out  of  his  pocket,  and,  after  several  attempts  to 
make  it  out,  handed  it  over  to  me  to  do  so.  "But 
what  is  all  this  for?"  I  asked.  "This  here."  he 
replied,  "is  for  the  poor  chaps  as  have  nowheres 
to  go  at  nights.  It's  from  us  to  them,  God  help 
'em!"  "But  you  men  cannot  afford  to  do  this,  can 
you?"  I  asked.  "Is  it  your  intention  to  donate 
this  money  to  the  Bread  Line?" 

"Well,  you  see,"  said  "Bob,"  "it  was  just  like 
this:  The  money's  not  azackly  our'n.  The  fellows 
up  at  the  yard  says,  says  they,  "This  is  an  awful 
cold  snap.  Let's  make  a  collection  for  the  poor 
fellers  as  is  out  o'  job.'  God  help  'em!  We  know 
what  it  is;  and,  though  we  take  care  of  our  own 
crowd,  we  knows  as  there's  lots  of  fellers  as  has 
no  one  to  fall  back  on:  an'  so  the  boys  all  chipped 
in,  and  this  is  what  we  made  up!" 

This  was  Charity! 

They  refused  absolutely,  to  give  their  names; 
but,  looking  over  the  straggling  list  of  some 
thirty  or  forty  contributors,  I  learned  that  this 
thrice  blessed  and  thrice  holy  gift  came  from  the 
earnings  of  the  workers  in  the  train  yards  of  the 
New  York  Central  Railroad. 

Thus  are  the  poor  ever  the  most  ready  to  nelp 
the  poor;  for  they  know!  Yes,  bitterly  indeed  do 
they  know! 

Money  is  helpful — is  indeed  salvation  to  those 
starving  men;  but  if  you  in  the  city,  who  read  this, 
would  hunt  up  some  odd  jobs  around  your  houses, 
or  create  a  little  supplementary  work  in  your 
factories  and  offices — something  that  might  be  left 
over  till  the  summer,  but  that  could  be  done  just 
now;  and  if  you  people  in  the  country  would  think 
up  some  labor  around  your  barns  and  outhouses, 
or  formulate  your  spring  plans  a  little  ahead  of 
time,  you  will  not  on'y  experience  the  exquisite 
pleasures  of  "Sweet  Charity,"  but  you  will  benefit 
yourselves  in  the  doing  of  real  live  missionary 
work;  probably  saving  the  lives,  and  mayhap  the 
souls,  of  honest  working  men.  Remember  that 
these  men  are  waiting!  That  the  work  is  not 
wanted  next  April,  or  next  June — it  is  needed  now! 

Come!  What  say  you?  Will  not  you  also  "chip 
in,"  with  a  little  work,  for  these  workless  men? 

JOHN  C.  EARL, 
Financial    Secretary    of    the    Bowery    Mission,     9  2 

Bible  House,  New  York  City. 


GREAT   ELASTICITY. 

In  his  "Sketch  Book"  Washington  Irving  writes 
as  follows: 

"I  even  journeyed  one  long  summer's  day  to  the 
summit  of  the  most  distant  hill,  from  where  I 
stretched  my  eye  over  many  a  mile  of  terra  incognita, 
and  was  astonished  to  find  how  vast  a  globe  I  in- 
habited." 


WHILE   READING   JULIUS   CAESAR. 
Teacher — Why  didn't  Caesar  accept  the  crown? 
The   boy   who   did   not   get   10— Caesar   wanted    to 
reign,  but  the  people  shouted,  "Hail,  Caesar,  hail!" 


MIXED   SCOTCH. 
Extracts  from   a    Boy's  Composition. 

Ellen  was  the  heroine  of  Scott's  "Lady  of  the 
Lake."  To  the  hunter  who  was  lost,  Ellen  seemed 
like  a  god  in  the  boat.  This  lady  had  black  hair, 
as  black  as  a  crow.  She  was  very  red  from  excise 
and  from  rowing  her  boat. 


THE  ANGELUS. 

"This    picture,"   said   a   little   girl,   "shows    a  man 
and  a  woman  praying  for  potatoes." 


246 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


BOOK  NOTES. 

"Education  and  National  Character,"  represents 
many  of  the  papers  read  at  the  Fifth  General  Con- 
vention of  the  Religious  Education  Association, 
those  selected  being  the  ones  most  directly  related 
to  the  general  theme — "The  Relation  of  Moral  and 
Religious  Education  to  the  .Life  of  the  Nation." 
It  is  an  exceedingly  valuable  compilation  of 
thoughtful  papers  upon  a  most  important  topic. 
The  subject  is  viewed  from  many  standpoints  by 
specialists  in  various  departments  of  educational 
work.  Henry  Churchill  King,  D.  D.,  president  of 
Oberlin  College,  leads  off  with  a  paper  upon 
"Enlarging  Ideals  in  Morals  and  Religion,"  which 
is  an  inspiring  challenge  to  enter  consciously  upon 
our  heritage  of  privileges  and  responsibilities  in 
this  world  which  we  now  recognize  as  an  infinite 
world,  an  evolving  world,  and  a  law-abiding 
world.  Francis  G.  Peabody,  D.  D.,  of  Harvard 
University  speaks  of  "The  Universities  and  the 
Social  Life;"  the  discovery  of  the  "social  con- 
science." The  keynote  of  his  address  is  in  the 
prophetic  statement,  "The  next  step  in  social 
progress  must  be  taken  by  men  who  shall  com- 
bine the  scientific  habit  of  mind  with  the 
idealist's  direction  of  the  will."     Milton  G.  Evans, 

D.  D.,  tells  of  the  "Social  Service  of  College 
Students  for  Children,"  with  special  reference  to 
those  who  give  their  service  during  the  summer 
months.  Rev.  Frank  H.  Means  treats  of  the 
"Moral  Training  of  the  New  Americans,"  calling 
attention  to  the  forces  now  at  work;  places  where 
enlarged  effort  is  needed;  methods  of  arousing 
public  opinion.  George  W.  Coleman,  business 
manager  of  the  Christian  Endeavor  World,  gives 
practical  words  upon  "Education  Through  Social 
Service,"  and  "the  Christian  .nspect  of  Personal 
and  Community  Hygiene,"  are  treated  by  George 
J.  Fisher,  secretary  of  physical  work  of  the  Y.  M. 
C.  A.,  in  a  practical  way,  showing  the  close  con- 
nection between  the  moral  life  and  the  physical, 
and  the  duty  of  the  community  in  this  connection. 
We  can  mention  but  a  few  more  of  the  many  sug- 
gestive addresses  included  in  this  volume.  George 
Albert  Coe,  Ph.  D.,  speaks  of  "Religious  Psychology 
and  Education  in  the  Theological  Curriculum;" 
Charles  W.  Williams  of  "Moral  Training  Through 
Patriotism;"  G.  W.  Mead,  Ph.  D.,  of  the  "Sunday 
School  as  a  Social  Force;"  Charles  A.  Barnes, 
"Fraternal   Orders   and   Moral    Education;"    George 

E.  Myers  and  Amos  W.  Patton  of  "Moral  Training 
in  the  Schools,"  of  France  and  Germany,  respective- 
ly; Henry  T.  Cope,  "How  Can  Religion  Discharge 
Its  Function  in  the  Public  Schools?";  Clyde  W. 
Votaw,  "Religion  in  Public  School  Education;" 
William  P.  Thirkield,  L.  L.  D.,  "The  Training  of 
Ministers  and  Physicians  for  the  Negro  Race;" 
"Abraham  Lincoln  and  the  Moral  Life  of  the  Na- 
tion," is  the  topic  of  Robert  M.  J.  Gries,  D.  D. 
The  latter  we  recommend  as  good  reading  for  the 
Lincoln  centenary  about  to  be  celebrated.  Pub- 
lished by  Religious  Education  Association,  Chi- 
cago. 

"Merry  England,"  by  Grace  Greenwood.  This  is 
a  reprint  of  articles  written  more  than  fifty  years 
ago  for  the  pages  of  the  Little  Pilgrim  and  they 
are  still  as  fresh  and  charming  as  when  first 
given  to  the  children  in  that  magazine.  Miss 
Greenwood  tells  several  delightful  stories  of  Sher- 
wood Forest  and  Robin  Hood;  the  building  of 
York  Minster  and  several  incidents  in  the  life  of 
the  noble  Queen  Philippa;  a  sketch  of  London 
Tower  with  stories  of  Raleigh,  and  Lady  Jane  and 
Catherine  Grey,  and  Arabella  btuart,  besides  other 
tales  of  the  old  times  connected  with  Westminster, 
and  Kenilworth  Castle.  The  style  is  delightful 
and  the  stories  well  chosen  to  both  interest  the 
children    and   stimulate    in    them    a    love   of   truth, 


courage  to  maintain  the  right,  and  patient  suf- 
fering under  wrong.  Published  by  Ginn  and  Co., 
Boston. 

"The  Tortoise  and  the  Geese  and  Other  Fables 
of  Bidpai."  This  is  a  collection  of  stories  retold 
from  the  folklore  of  India  by  Maude  Barrows 
Dutton  and  illustrated  by  E.  Boyd  Smith.  The 
selection  in  general  have  been  well  chosen,  judged 
according  to  Dr.  Adler's  suggestions  as  given  in 
his  "Moral  Education  of  Children."  The  chapter 
in  his  book  upon  the  use  of  fables  is  very  valuable 
especially  what  he  has  to  say  concerning  the  de- 
rivation of  most  of  our  fables  from  Eastern 
sources,  in  despotic  countries  and  hence  the  great 
care  that  should  be  used  in  selecting  those  that 
we  present  to  the  children  whom  we  wish  to  grow 
up  independent  in  thought  and  action,  fearless 
and  self-respecting.  This  volume  of  fables  is  pub- 
lished by  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.  It  contains 
thirty  four  stories  some  of  which  have  a  re- 
semblance to  those  that  have  come  down  to  use 
from  Aesop.     Price,   $1.00. 

"The  Moons  of  Balbanca,"  by  Mrs.  M.  E.  M. 
Davis.  Children  are  much  the  same  the  world 
over  but  a  different  environment  makes  a  differ- 
ence in  the  daily  customs,  games  played,  and  many 
of  the  daily  activities.  This  story  takes  us  into 
the  French  quarter  of  New  Orleans  and  intro- 
duces us  to  an  entertaining  group  of  children, 
their  fancies  and  their  special  interests  during 
each  of  the  twelve  months  of  the  year.  It  may 
well  be  placed  upon  the  bookshelves  when 
Louisiana  is  being  studied  by  the  geography  class. 
Those  familiar  with  Mrs.  Davis'  (Mollie  Moore) 
writings  heard  with  regret  of  her  death  a  short 
time  ago.  Published  by  Houghton,  Mifflin  Co., 
Boston.     Price,   $1.00 

"Little  Ned  and  Happy  Nora,"  by  Gertrude 
Smith,  illustrated  by  Henrietta  A.  Adams.  This 
is  an  attractive  volume  containing  seventeen 
stories  which  chronicle  the  experiences  of  two 
very  happy  and  quite  normal  children.  The 
style  in  which  the  stories  are  written  is  simple 
and  readable,  and  the  full  page  illustrations  in 
color  are  very  attractive.  This  book  will  prove  a 
most  welcome  addition  to  any  child's  collection  of 
books.      Published  by  Harper  Brothers. 

"We  Winkles  at  the  Mountains,"  by  Gabrielle 
E.  Jackson,  illustrated  by  Rachel  Robinson.  This 
book  will  find  a  warm  welcome  in  the  hearts  of 
those  who  have  followed  the  adventures  of  the 
"Wee  Winkles"  in  early  books.  These  children 
of  seven  and  ten  years  carry  the  spirit  of  joy  to 
the  mountains,  and  there  with  their  toys  and  all 
the  resources  which  wood  and  stream  afford  make 
one  continuous  feast  of  fun.  A  wholesome,  safe 
book  for  children.     Published  by  Harper  Brothers. 


A'SERIOUS  CASE. 


The  sky  is  blue  and  the  weather  is  fair, 

But  Dolly  is  sick  and  ailing; 
In  spite  of  all  my  trouble  and  care, 

I  can  see  that  her  health  is  failing. 
The  weather  is  fair  and  the  sky  is  blue, 

And  there's  naught  to  trouble  or  fret  her, 
But,  spite  of  all  I  can  say  and  do, 

She's  worse  in  the  place  of  better. 

I've  given  her  baths  both  hot  and  cold, 

I've  regulated  her  diet. 
And  every  remedy,  new  or  old, 

I've  hastened  at  once  to  try  it. 
So  many  errands  for  her  I've  run; 

I've  tended  and  trotted  and  rocked  her; 
If  she  does  not  improve  with  all  I've  done, 

I  really  must  send  for  the  doctor. 


15412 


Bale  Your  Waste 

and  Turn  It  Into   CASH 


With  the 
LITTLE  GIANT  Hand  Power 

Rag  and  Paper  Baler 

You  know  the  inconvenience  of  storing- 
loose  waste  for  market— keeps  piling  up 
so  fast  you  can't  handle  it. 

Sometimes  the  trouble  it  makes  more 
than  counterbalances  the  proceeds. 

But— put  a  Little  Giant  Baler  on  the  job 

in  some,,  out-of-the-way  corner.     You'll 

never  miss  the  floor  space  it  occupies,  and 

it'll  eat  up  the  waste  just  as  fast  as  it 

accumulates. 

Compresses  it  into  bales  with  a  lever- 
age so  powerful  the  office  boy  can  oper- 
ate it— and  can't  get  it  out  of  whack. 
With  the  Little  Giant  Baler  a  lot  of 
stuff  that's  been  kicking  around  under 
foot     as    worse    than   useless,    and 
without  money  value,  can  be  put  in- 
to marketable  shape,  and  turned 
into  ready  cash- as  so  much  clear 
g-ain.     It  pays  for  itself  many 
times  over,  and  every  day  you're 
without  the  Little  Ofiant  isyonr 
loss.    Write  now  for  price  list 
j™  I     -^^     and  other  info ; 

Guarantee 


OUTLINE  of 
HISTORY 

SUITABLE  FOR  THE  GRADES. 
SECOND  EDITION  NOW  READY. 


A  SUCCESSFUL  TEACHER  SAYS: 
The  Palmer  Co.,  Boston, Mass. 

Gentlemen; — During  the  passing  term,  I  have  used 
the  Kingsley's  Outline  of  United  States  History  with  my 
teachers,  who  were  preparing  to  take  the  examination  for 
licenses  to  teach  in  New  York  City.  I  am  glad  to  say 
that  we  are  satisfied  with  that  book.  It  is  more  than  a 
mere  outline;  it  is  in  itself  sufficient  for  review,  without 
the  aid  of  a  large  text-book. 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Yours  truly, 

T.  J.  McEVOY. 

The  above-namedbook   will  be  sent  postpaid  on   re 
ceipt  of  35cents. 


THE  PALMER  CO. 

50   Bromfield  Street,' Boston,  Mass 


Chimes  of  Childhood 

Singable  Songs  for  Singing  Children 

Words  by  Annie  Willis  McCullough;  Music  by  Ida 

Maude  Titus. 

Price,  postpaid,  $.60. 

Within  the  attractive  covers  of  this  book  are 
contained  thirty  songs,  such  as  children  can  sing 
with  ease,  and  upon  subjects  which  will  both  in- 
terest and  stimulate  the  child-mind.  Musically 
they  show  fresh  and  bright  melody  with  a  well- 
written  but  not  difficult  piano  part. 

The  verses  are  gracefully  worded,  treating  large- 
ly of  familiar  things  in  a  vivacious,  entertaining 
and  informing  manner.  MANY  OF  THE  SONGS 
MAY  BE  USED  AS  ACTION  SONGS  IN  COSTUME 
FOE  SPECIAL  OCCASIONS;  EACH  ONE  OF 
THESE  IS  EQUIPPED  WITH  EXPLICIT  DIREC- 
TIONS FOR  OJSTUMING,  MUSIC,  JUMPING  AND 
ACTION,  MAKING  A  VERY  PLEASING  ENTER- 
TAINMENT. THIS  FEATURE  ALONE  EN- 
HANCES THE  VALUE  OF  THE  BOOK  TO  MANY 
TIMES  ITS  PRICE,  and  a  careful  examination  is 
urged  upon  all  those  interested  in  the  instruction 
or  pleasure  of  children. 
OLIVER  DITSON  COMPANY     ....     BOSTON 

CHAS.  H.  DITSON  &  CO NEW  YORK 

J.  E.  DITSON  &  CO PHILADELPHIA 

Order   of   your    home   dealer    or   the    above    houses. 


Philosophy  and  Psychology  of 
the  Kindergarten 

By  Dean   Russell  and  Professors   Thorndike   and 

MacVanneO.  of  Teachers  College,  Columbia 

University. 

A  special  number  (76  pages,  paper  cover)  of  the 
TEACHERS  COLLEGE  RECORD  containing  the 
above  articles  on  some  fundamental  problems  of 
kindergarten  education  will  be  sold  for  a  limited 
time  at  half-price,  15  cents  postpaid.  This  offer 
is  made  in  order  to  reduce  a  great  overstock  caused 
by  error  in  contracts  with  printers. 

Several  other  issues  of  the  TEACHERS  COL- 
LEGE RECORD  are  also  offered  at  half  price  for 
a  short  time  only.  Write  for  a  list  of  titles  and 
authors. 

The  two  latest  issues  of  THE  RECORD  deal  with 
Teaching  History  and  Arithmetic  in  Elementary 
Schools. .  Price  30  cents  each. 

Address  all  letters  to 

BUREAU  OF  PUBLICATIONS, 

Teachers  College,  525  West   120th  Street, 

New  York  City. 


A  Few  Valuable  Books  for  Kindergartners  and  Primary  Teachers 

We  keep  in  stock  many  books  not  found  in  this  list,  and  supply  ANY  book  on  the  market  at  lowest  prices. 
Put  right  in  your  order  the  book  you  want,  give  us  the  name  of  publisher  if  you  can,  and  we  will  send  it. 

Kindergarten  Hand  Books  Especially  for  Primary  Teachers 


t=t 


These  books  give  just  the 
information  desired  by  pri- 
mary-kindergarten teachers 
The  works  are  all  amply  ill- 
ustrated and  are  bound  in 
limp  cloth. 

The  Fist  Gift,  in  Primary 
Schools.  By  J.  H.  Shults.  With 
several  illustrations,  songs 
and  games,  price  15c. 

A  Second  Gift  Story  or  Miss 
Arden'sWay  By  Violet  Lynn. 
This  volume  tells  in  attract- 
ive story  form  how  teachers 
can  use  the  second  gift  in 
correlation  with  the  regular 
primary  work.  Price  25  cents. 
Illustrated. 

The  Third  Gift  in  Primary 
Schools.  —  Bu  il  d  i  n  g  with 
Cubes.  By  J.  H.  Shults. 
Written  especially  for  Pri- 
mary teachers,  containing 
lesson  suggestions  and  hints 
relative  to  correlation  with 
primary  school  work.  Fully 
illustrated.  Limp    cloth. 

Price  20c. 
Price,  25  cems  The  Fourth  Gift  in  Primary 

School  s. — Building  with 
Bricks.  By  J.  H.  Shults.  A|liaiidbook  for  the  primary  teacher 
on  the  use  of  this  gift  in  correlation  with  primary  school 
work,  'the  only  work  of  this  kind  written  especially  for  pri- 
mary teachers.    Fully  illustrated.    Limp  cloth,  price 20c. 

The  Seventh  Gift  in  Primary  Schools.  —  Tablet  Laying  and 
Parquetry  Work  By  J.  H.  Shults.  With  many  illustrations 
hints  and  suggestions,  enabling  primary  teachers touse  the 
gift  in  correlation  with  their  primary  school  work.  Limp 
cloth.    Price  20c. 

The  Tenth  Gift  — Stick  Laying— In  Primary  Schools.-- By 
Alice  Buckingham.  'I  he  only  book  of  its  kind  published  in 
America.  Contains  nearly  200  illustrations  with  complete 
instructions  for  the  use  of  the  gift  in  primary  schools;  price 
25c- 

Eleventh  Gift— Ring  Laying  in  Primary  Schools—With  many 
illustrations  for  both  ring-laying  and  ring  and  stick-laying 
combined.    Limp  cloth,  price  20c. 

The  Thirteenth  Gift- The  Point-In  Primary  Work.  By  J. 
IT.  Shults.  Illustrating  the  work  with  lentils,  corn,  peasand 
other  seeds.    Limp  cloth,  price  15c. 

Feas  and  Cork  Work  in  Primary  Schools.  By  J.  H.  Shults. 
Illustrated.    Limp  cloth,  price  15c. 

Reed    and    Raffia    Construction    Work    in    Primary 

Schools.  By  Mary  A.  Shults.  Fully  illustrated.  It  teaches 
how  to  use  both  reeds  and  raffia  in  primary  schools,  with 
children  of  evei'3'  grade  Complete  instructions  for  making 
mats,  1  askets,  and  many  other  articles,  both  from  reeds  and 
raffia  alone,  and  with  a  "combination  of  both ;  price  25c. 

Stories,  Games,  flusic,  Etc. 

All  books  sent  prepaid  on  receipt  of  price 
unless  the  postage  is  indicated. 

One  Hundred  New  Kindergarten  Songs,    $1.00 
Cloth.    The  latest  and  best. 

Graded   Memory   Selections 10 

A   Christmas   Festival  Service,  paper. . .     .25 
By    Nora   Smith. 

Instrumental     Characteristic     Rhythms. 

Part  I,  boards,  $1.50;  Part  II,  paper,  1.00 
By   Clara   L.   Anderson. 

Boston       Collection       of       Kindergarten 

Stories,    cloth 80 

Songs  and   Games  for  Little  Ones,  net.   1.50 

Postage,    15c. 
By  Harriet  S.  Jenks  and  Gertrude  Walker. 

Song     Stories     for     the     Kindergarten, 

boards    1.00 

By  Mildred  J.  and  Patty  S.  Hill. 

St.  Nicholas  Songs,  boards,   net, 1.26 

Postage,    24c. 

The     Songs     and     Music     of      FroebeTs 

Mother   Play,    cloth 1.50 

Address    II  orders  to 


Send  to  us  for 
any  book  pub- 
lished and  we'll 
supply  it  at  low- 
est prices.  Give 
name  of  pub- 
lisher, if  possi- 
ble and  price. 


Timely   Games  and   Songs  for  the  Kin- 
dergarten,   paper 00 

By  Clare  Sawyer  Reed. 
In  the  Child's  World,  cloth t.00 

By     Emille    Poulsson. 

Half  Hundred  Stories  (207  pages),  cloth     .lb 
Dozen    and    Two    Kindergarten    Songs. 

Paper     $  JO 

Louis    Pauline   Warner. 

Folk  and  Other  Songs  for  Children 1.60 

Jane    Bird    RadclifTe-Whitehead. 

Kindergarten    Chimes,  paper 1.00 

"  "  boards    1.25 

"  "  cloth    1.60 

Kate    D.  Wlggln. 

Little  Songs  for  Little  Singers 25 

W.   T.   Glffe. 

Motion  Songs 25 

Mrs.   Boardman. 

Posies  from  a  Child's  Garden  of  Verses.   1.00 

Wm.   Arms  Fisher. 

Sixty  Songs  from  Mother  Goose's  Jubilee  1.00 

L.    E.    Orth. 

Song  Echoes  from  Child  Land 2.00 

Miss  Harriet  S.   Jenks  and  Mrs.  Mabel  Rust. 
Songs  of  Nature 60 

E.    U.    Emerson   and   K.   L.   Brown. 

Songs  of  Sunshine 1.00 

Stories  in   Song 76 

Thirty  Songs  for  Children .50 

Master  St.  Elmo 1.00 

Postage,   12  cents. 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Musical   Poems    1.50 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 

Flower  Ballads,  cloth 1.00 

"  "        paper    .60 

Mrs.    C.   S.    Senour. 

Callsthenic  Songs,  cloth.  ' 85 

By    Flora   Parsons. 

Finger   Plays,   cloth '   1.25 

By    Emille    Poulsson. 

The   Story  Hour,  cloth 1.00 

By    Kate    Douglas    Wlggln. 

Myths  and  Mother  Flays,  cloth 1.00 

By    Sara   Wlltse. 

Flower  Ballads,  paper,   .50;  cloth 1.00 

By   Caro   S.    Senour. 


niscellaneons 

Commentary  on  Froebel's  Mother  Flay.  .$1.25 

By  J.   Denton  Snider. 

The  Psychology  of  Froebel's  Play  Gifts,  1.25 

By  J.   Denton  Snider. 
Mottoes  and  Commentaries  of  Froebel's 

Mother    Play    l.oO 

Translated    by    Susan    E.    Blow. 

Outline   of   a   Year's   Work   In   the  Kin- 
dergarten     00 

By   Anna   Deveraux. 

Blackboard  Designs,  paper M 

By  Margaret   E.   Webb. 

Education  by  Plays  and  Games .50 

By   G.    E.    Johnson. 

The  Study  of  Children,  cloth 1.00 

By  Frances  Warner. 

Nursery   Ethics,   cloth 1.00 

By  Florence  Wlnterburn. 
The  Color  Primer.  Price,  Teachers'  Edi- 
tion,  .10  (  Pupils'   Edition .05 

The  Color  Primer  Is  Issued  In  a  paper 
cover.  The  teachers'  edition.  Including  as  a 
part  of  itself  the  pupils'  edition,  has  80 
pages  and  the  pupils'  edition  alone  24 
pages. 
Water  Colors  in  the  Schoolroom.     Price, 

boards   .25 

By   Milton   Bradley. 
This    Is   a   practical    handbook    on    the   nse 
of  Water  Colors. 

An    artistic    book,    illustrated    with    twelve 
colored   plates. 


American  Kindergarten  Supply  House. 

276-278-280  River  Street.  Manistee,  Mich. 


KINDERGARTEN  SUPPLIES 

Bradley's  School  Paints,  Raphia,  Reed,  and  all  Construction 

Material 
WE:ARE  HEADQUARTERS  FOR  ALL  THE  ABOVE.    Send  for  Catalogue. 

THOS.  CHARLES  CO.  80=82  Wabash  Avenue.,  Chicago,  111. 


THE 


SOIHER 


PIANO 


THE 

WORLD 

RENOWNED 


The  many  points 
ofs  uperiority 
were  never  better 
emphasized  than 
in  the  SOHMER 
PIANO  of  today. 


It  is  .built  to  sat- 
isfy the  most  cul- 
tivated tastes  :  : 


The  advantage 
of  such  a  piano 
appeals  at  once 
to  the  discrimi- 
n  a  t  i  n  g  intelli- 
gence of  the 
leading  artists. 


SOHMER  Z*>  CO. 


WARBR00MS--C0R.  5th  AVE.  AND  22nd  St. 


NEW  YORK 


Lakeside  Classics 

AND 

Books  for  Supplementary 
Reading 

Please  send  for  descriptive  list  of  Selec- 
tions from  English  and  American  au- 
thors and  for  stories  prepared  for  all 
grades  from  third  to  last  year  in  High 
School.  132  numbers  in  Lakeside 
series  at  prices  from  a  cents  to  35  cents, 
depending  on  amount  of  material  and 
style  of  binding;  —  any  book  sent  post- 
paid on  receipt  of  price. 

Ainsvvorth  &  Company 

377-388  Wabash  Avenue 

CHICAGO,  ILL 


An  Unusual  and  Extraordinary  Opportunity! 

FREE 


SAMPLE  OFFER 

t*  OAYB  ONLY       9 

BMSttful   Bright   Spu-Ulig   Ftmssa 


$5  Barnatto  Diamond  Ring ' 

Approximates  genuine  in  brilliancy,  detection 
almost  baffles  experts,  fills  every  requirement 
©f.ths  most  exacting1,  pleases  the  most  fastid- 
ious, at  only  one-thirtieth  the  cost  of  the  real 
diamond.  As  a  means  of  introducing  this 
marvelous  and  wonderful  ccinHUalina  pom, 
and  securing  as  many  new  friends  as  quickly 
as  possible,  we  are  making  a  special  induce- 
ment for  the  new  year.  We  want  you  to  wear 
this  beautiful  Ring,  thin  masterpiet*  of  mart'* 
handicraft,  this  simulation  that  sparkles  with 
fell  the  beauty,  and  flashes  with  all  the  fire  of 

DA  GENUINE   DIAMOND 

#f  the  Srst  water.  We  want  you  to  show  it  to 
your  friends  and  take  orders  for  us.  as  it  sells 
Itself— sells  at  sight— and  makes  100%  Profit 
(or  you,  absolutely  without  effort  on  your  part. 

We  want  good,  honest  representatives  everyw 
eellty,  ally  er  eouetrr.  In  fief,  In  e»*rj  country  tbroug  hoi 
end  w*m«&.  *a«  will  art  sell  or  paws  the  Bernntto  Simulation  DUnenA* 
under  the  protease  tfaet  tbty  act  Genuine  Gems.  If  you  east  le  wear  a  sinter 
latUa  diamond,  te  the  ordinary  observer  almost  Ilk*  unto  a  tea  ef  tat  petese 
ray  aereo*.  a  fitting  subf Unit*  for  the  genuine;  er  If  you  want  te  stake  sioMt, 
'  Is  edvartlaemeat  may  not  appear  .nor  tbls  awns- 
"111  eut  tbe  oeopom  belev 


don't  welt— ACT  TODAY 

eel  and  extraordinary  opportunity  i 

end  land  at  eaoe— flrat  eomo.  flrat  served. 


The  Baraatte  Diamond  Co.        Wrtt*  "•*•  "=*  "/.p4?"  '■  * 

yea  sew  tbls  ad. 

Olrard  Blttf.,  Chicago.  -. 

Sirs:— Pleas*  sand  Free,  Staple  Offer,  Ring,  Earring*,  Stud  ar  tfesrf 

(8«ok)Pta,*4ialoro*. 

Nam* , « , 


R.F.D.R.N* Strict 

Town%rCity 

P.  O.  B*x....     Stat* 


r* 


CREE! 

fKinde 


PRIMARY  TEACHERS 

will  be  Interested  to  know 
that  we  put  up 

Kindergarten  Material 

'   Especially  for  primary  schools  and  will 
send  with  our  catalogue  FREE  Instruction* 
for  using  the  material  in  primary  school*. 
Address  J.  H.  SHULTS,  fUnUtee.  Mich. 


RELIABLE  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES  OF  AMERICA 

Every  progressive  teacher  who  desires  promotion  should  take  up  the  matter  with  some  wids-awake  Teachers'  Agency.  Beyond 
the  scope  of  a  teacher's  personal  acquaintance  there  is  not  much  hope  of  advancing  unaided.  Some  agencies  have  positions  wait- 
ing for  experienced  teachers  and  all  should  be  able  to  advise  you  to  your  advantage.  If  you  contemplate  moving  to  a  distant  sec* 
tion,  let  some  agency  secure  you  a  position  before  you  go.    Any  of  the  following  will  doubtless  send  particulars  in  reply  to  postal: 


TEACHERS 


We  have  great  difficulty  in 
supplying  the  demand  for 
Wages  will  please  you. 


strong  Primary  Teachers. 

Write  us 

Owen  Pacific  Coast  Teacher's  Agency 

Mcninnville,  Oregon 


THE  EMPIRE 

TEACHERS'  AGENCY 
D.  B.  COOK,  Manager 

Syracuse,  N.  Y. 
we  not  help  you? 

An  Agency  with  agents. 


LOCATES  KINDERGARTEN  TEACHERS 

Because  of  the  scarcity  of  candidates  we  will 
register  any  kindergarten  teacher  and  accept 
registration  fee  later,  after  we  place  you. 

We  also  extend  time  in  payment  of  com- 
mission. 

Write  Today.    Send  Photo 

We  have  placed  hundreds  of  others,  iL  Why  may 

Empire  Teachers'  Agency, 

Syracuse,  N.  Y. 


WWjMfcYEWMMM^  TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

Western  States,  and  what  we  are  doing  in  west-!  3rr  Kasota  Building.  ■  MINNEAPOLIS.  MINN. 

CABIN'S  EDUCATIONAL  EXCHANGlP 

HENRY  SABIN                                    IQ07  14th  Season                             ELBRIDQE  H.  SABIN 

OurlniE  list  year  place  i  teiche^  In  So  counties  In  Iowa,  and  In  Minnesota,  North  andSo 

IJikota,  Nebraska.  C>lora It,  Wyomlnj,  Utah.  Idaho,    Montana,  Washington  and  Ore 

gan.  Address,              HENRY  SABIN,    Manhattan  Building.  Des  Moines,  !owa. 


Pioneer  Teachers'  Agency,         Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 

Will  help  you  get  a  new  or  better  jxif.it ion.  whether  you  are  a  Teneher.  Clerk, 
Honk-keener,  or  Stenographer.     Knrn'll  pw  for  fall   varaneies  in  schools. 

The  demand  for  good  teachers  in  all  the  Western  and  Southern  States  is  far 
ITeater  than  the  supply. 

Write  for  application  blanks  and   full  particulars. 


RONE 


TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

Teachers  wanted  for  frond  positions  in  ail  parts  of  the  United  States 
Registration  fee  holds  good  until  we  secure  a  position  for  you. 

W.  X.  Crider,  Rome,  New  YorK 


Primary  Teachers  Wanted 

Vncnnelra    not  Ileeaane    of    A'       mend,  offer  FUEB  resrlstrntlon  10 

thecp  with   nome     xperirnev.  W  *    M.  THUHSTtlJi,  Manager, 

THI'RSI     V'S   TTCACHFWS*    »«KNCY.  H7S  Wahanh     \v*„   Chlcac 


Minneapolis 
Teachers' 


Send 
for 
Out 


;ency 


1.  Admits  to  membership  only  the  better  class  of  teacher* 

registration    fee    returner!    to    others    at    once 

2.  Returns  fee  if  its  service  is  not  satisfacrory 

3.  Makes    specialty    cf    placing    members    in    the    Middle 

States  and  in   the  West — largest  salaries  paid  there. 

4.  Is    conducted    by    experienced    educators    and    business 

men. 
5      Has  had  pheuominal  success  in  placing  its  members  dur 

ing  the  past  year. 
Now  is  the  time  to  register. 

Send  for  our  our  Booklet. 
Address,  327-320  Fourteenth  Avenue, 

Dept.  F.    MINEAPOLIS.  mINM. 


Positions==for  Teachers 

If  you  wanta  position  on  the  Pacific 
Coast  or  in  Montana  or  Idaho,  it  will 
pay  you  to  register  with  the 

Pacific  Teachers'  Agency 

SEATTLE,  WASHINGTON 

Send  for  Manual  and  Registration 
blank.     Address 

B.  W.  BRINTNALL,  Manager, 
523  New  York  Block, 

Seattle,  Wash. 

Teach  in  the 
Sunny  South 

This,  section  otters  better  in- 
ducements to  aspiring  teacher* 
than  any  other,  anil  teachers  are 
in  great  demand.  If  you  want  & 
good  position  for  next  school  year 
you  can  secure  it  in  this  field.  For 
full  information   write 

CliAUDK   .J.    I$ET,L, 

Nashville,  Tenn. 

Proprietor       the       Bell       Teacher"*' 

.Agency. 

GO  SOUTH 

Many  Teachers   Wanted 

An  Agency  that 
Recommends  In  15  Southern  States 
Ala.,    Ark.,    Fla.,    Ga.,    Ky.,    Md.. 
Miss.,    Mo..    N.    C,    S.    C,    Tenn.. 

Tex.,  W.  Va. 
Also  conducts  a 

Special  Florida  Teachers'  Agency 
Supplies  Teachers  for  Universities, 
Colleges,  Private,  Normal,  High, 
and  Grade  Schools;  Special  Teach- 
ers of  Commercial  Branches,  Man- 
ual Training,  Domestic  Science, 
Art,  Drawing,  Music,  Elocution, 
Physical  Culture,  Athletics. 
>>eals  in  School  Property 

Calls  come  from  School  Officials. 
Recommends  all  the  year  round. 
Register  now.    Best  chances  come 

early. 
SOUTHERN  EDUCATIONAL  RE- 
VIEW TEACHERS  AGENCY 
CHATTANOOGA,  TENN. 


CHICAGO,    17    E.    VAN    BuREN    ST 


THE  CLARK  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES 


NEW    YORK,    156    FIFTH    AVE. 


BOhSr     IDAHO 


MAY,   1909        Evanstoa  pubIic  Librai? 

■VANSTON,  ILL. 


A  Problem  of  the  Kindergarten  To-Day,      -       E.  Lyell  Earle,  Ph.  D. 247 

Is  the  Kindergarten  Injurious?,        -        -        -    Kathryn  Romer  Kip  249 
The  Relation  of  the  Kindergarten  to  the  Home  Carrol  P.  Oppenheimer  253 

Let  the  Children  smash  their  Toys,           -            Harold  E.  Gorst       -  255 

The  Kindergarten  Child,        ....       Helen  L.  Donnelly     -  256 

Letters  to  a  Young  Kindergartner,          -             Harrietta  M.  Mills  257 

The  Coming  Playground  Congress  at  Pittsburg        -        -        -        -        -  259 
Child  Study  in  Relation  to  Elementary  Art 

Education, Earl  Barnes           -  261 

The  Value  of  a  Summer  Camp  for  Boys, 267 

Program  for  May             -             -             -                Bertha  Johnston         -  272 

Going  to  School,          ....        -            Elsie  B.  Clarke        -  278 

Not  Such  Fun,            ....           Elsie  B.  Clarke        -  279 

News  Notes           --------  280 

The  Use  of  Kindergarten  Material  in  Rural 

One-Room  Schools,            -------  281 

Copyright,  1909,  by  J.  H.  Shults. 


Volume  XXI,  No.  8. 


$1.00  per  Year,  15  cents  per  Copy 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Massachusetts  Training  Schools 

BOSTON 

Miss  Laura  Fisher's 

TRAINING    SCHOOL   FOR 

KINDERGARTNERS 

Normal  Course,  2  years. 

Post-Graduate  Course. 

Special  Course. 

For  circulars  addresss 
292   Marlborough    St.,        BOSTON,    MASS. 


Kindergarten  Training  School 

82   St.    Stephen    Street,    Boston. 

Normal  Course,  two  years. 

For  circulars  addresss 
MISS    LUCY    HARRIS    SYMONDS. 


MISS   ANNIE    COOLIDGE    RUST'S 

Froebel  School  of  Kinder- 
garten Normal  Classes 

BOSTON,    MASS. 

Regular    Two    Years'    Course. 

Post-Graduate    Course.      Special    Courses. 

Sixteenth   Year. 

For  circulars  address 

MISS  RUST,  PIERCE   BLDG., 

Copley  Square. 

BOSTON 

Perry    Kindergarten    Normal 
School 

MRS.    ANNIE    MOSELrlY   PERRY, 
Principal, 


18  Huntington  Are., 


BOSTON,  MASS. 


Miss  Wheelock's  Kindergarten 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

134    Newbury    Street,        BOSTON,    MASS. 

Regular   Two   Years'    Course. 
Special   One    Year  Course   for   graduate 
atudents. 

Students'    Home  at   the  Marenholz. 
For  circulars  address 

LUCY    WHEELOCK. 

BOSTON 

The  Garland 
Kindergarten  Training  School 

Normal    Course,    two    years. 
Home-making    Course,    one    year. 
MRS.     MARGARET    J.     STANNARD, 
Principal. 

19  Chestnut  Street,  Boston. 


Springfield  Kindergarten 

Normal    Training    Schools 

Two  Years'  Coarse.    Terms,  $10*  per  year. 
Apply    to 

HATTIE  TWICHELL, 

SPRINGFIELD—  LONGMEADOW,    MASS. 


New  York  Training  Schools 

The   Kraus    Seminary   for 
Kindergartners 

REGULAR  AND   EXTENSION 
COURSES. 

MRS.  MARIA  KRAUS-BOELTE 

Hotel  San  Remo,      Central  Park  West 
75th  Street,  -  NEW  YORK  CITY 


THE  ELLIMAN  SCHOOL 

Kindergarten  Normal  Class 

POST-GRADUATE  CLASSES. 

Twenty-fifth   Year. 

167  W.  57th  Street,       NEW  YORK  CITY 

Opposite   Carnegie  Hall. 


Miss  Jenny  Hunter's 
Kindergarten  Training  School 

15  West  127th  St.,  NEW  YORK  CITY. 

Two  Years'  Course,   Connecting  Class  and 
Primary    Methods. 

ADDRESS 
2079    Fifth   Aye.,    New    York   City. 

Kindergarten    Normal   Department 

Ethical  Culture  School 

For  information  address 

MISS   CAROLINE   T.   HAVEN,   Principal, 

Central  Park  West  and  63d  St. 

NEW    YORK. 


TRAINING  SCHOOL 

OF    THE 

Buffalo  Kindergarten  Assoc'n. 

Two  Years'  Course. 
For  particulars   address 

MISS  ELLA  C.   ELDER, 
86  Delaware  Avenue,      -      Buffalo,  N.   Y. 

Connecticut  Training  Schools 

BRIDGEPORT 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

FOR 

KINDERGARTNERS 

IN    AFFILIATION    WITH 

The  New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Will   open   its   eighth   year  September  1*. 
For    circulars,    information,    etc.,    address 

MARY  C.  MILLS,  Principal 

179    West    Avenue, 
BRIDGEPORT,    -    -    CONN. 

The     Fannie      A.     Smith 

Froebel    Kindergarten 

and  Training  School 

Good  Kindergarten  teachers  have  no 
trouble  in  securing  well-paying  positions. 
In  fact,  we  have  found  the  demand  for 
our  graduates  greater  than  we  can  sup- 
ply.    One  and   two  years'  course. 

For    Catalogue,    address 

FANNIE  A.  SMITH,  Principal, 
Lafayette  Street,    BRIDGEPORT,  CONN. 


ADELPHI    COLLEGE 

Lafayette  Avenue,  St.  James  and  Clifton  Places.  BROOKLYN,  NEW  YORK 

Normal  School  for  Kindergartners 

Two  Years'  Course.  Address  Prof.  Anna  E.   Harvey.  Supt 


EstablisKed    1896 


The  New  York 

Froebel  Normal 

KINDERGARTEN  and*  PRIMARY  TRAINING 
College     Preparatory.    Teachers'    Academic.    Music 

B.  LYELL  EARL,  Ph.  D„  Principal, 

HARRIETTE  M.  MILLS,  Head  of  Department  of c  Kindergarten  Training. 

MARIE  RUEF  HOFEK,  Department  of  Music. 


Eleventh  Year  opens  Wednesday,  Sept.  18, 1907 

Write  for  circulars.  Address, 

59  West  96th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Michigan  Training  Schools 


Grand  Rapids 
Kindergarten  Training  School 


Winter  and  Summer  Terms. 
Oct.   1st.   190K,    to  June    1st,    1909. 
July    1st    («   August    21st.    1909. 


-^LARA    WHEELER.    Principal. 
■WAT    L.    OG1LBY,    Registrar. 

Jhcpard    Building,       -       23    Fountain    St. 
GRAND    RAPIDS,   MICH. 


Maine  Training  Schools 

Miss  Norton's  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

PORTLAND     MAINE. 
Two    Years'    Course. 

For  circulars  address? 
15   Dow   Street,  -         PORTLAND,   ME. 

Miss  Abby  N.  Norton 


Ohio  Training  Schools 


OHIO,    TOLEDO,    2:U3    Ashland    Ave. 

THE      MISSES      LAW'S 

FBOEBEL    KINDERGARTEN    TRAIN- 
ING   SCHOOL. 

Medical  supervision.     Personal  attention. 
Thirty-five    practice    schools. 
Certificate  and  Diploma  Courses. 

MARY   E.    LAW,    M.    D.,    Principal. 


Kindergarten     Training 

Exceptional  advantages — daily  practice. 
Lectures  from  Professors  of  Oberlin  Col- 
*se  and  privilege  of  Elective  Courses  in 
the  College  at  special  rates.  Charges 
moderate.  Graduates  readily  find  posi- 
tions. 

For    Catalogue    address    Secretary 
OBERLIN    KINDEROARDEN    ASSOCIA- 
TION, 
Drawer  K,  Oberlin,  Ohio. 


CLEVELAND     KINDERGARTEN 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

In  Affiliation  with   the 
CHICAGO    KINDERGARTEN    COLLEGE 

Corner  of  Cedar  and  Watkins  Aves., 
Cleveland,   Ohio. 

(Founded  in  1894) 
Course  of  study  under  direction  of  Eliza- 
beth Harrison,  covers  two  years  in  Cleve- 
land, leading  to  senior  and  normal  courses 
in   the   Chicago   Kindergarten   Course. 

MISS   NETTA   FARTS.    Principal. 
MRS.    W.   R.    WARNER,    Manager. 


Indiana  Training  Schools 


The      Teachers'      College 
of  Indianapolis 

For  the  Training   of   Kindergartners   and 
Primary    Teachers. 

Regular  Course  two  years.  Preparatory 
Course  one  year.  Post-Graduate  Course 
for  Normal  Teachers,  one  year.  Primary 
training   a   part   of   the  regular  work. 

Classes  formed  in  September  and  Feb- 
ruary. 

90  Free  Scholarships  Granted 

Each    Tear. 

Special    Primary  Class   in    May   and    June. 
Send   for   Catalogue. 

Mrs.  Eliza  A.  Blaker,  Pres. 

THE   WILLIAM    N.    JACKSON    MEMOR- 
IAL   INSTITUTE, 

23  d  and  Alabama  Streets. 


The  Richmond  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

14  West  Main  Street. 
DRAWING,    SINGING,    PHYSICAL   CUL- 
TURE. 

ALICE   N.    PARKER,    Frincipal. 

Two  years  in  course.  Froebei's  theory 
and  practice.  Also  a  third  year  course 
for   graduates. 

SPECIAL  LECTURES. 


Kentucky  Training  Schools 


TRAINING   SCHOOL    OF  THE 

LOUISVILLE    FREE 

KINDERGARTEN 

ASSOCIATION 

1 135  S.  Fourth  Ave.,  Louisville,  Ky, 
Mary  D.  Hill,  Supervisor 
Mrs.  R.  D.  Allen,  Co-principal 

For  particulars  address,  Supervisor 


New  Jersey  Training  Schools 


Miss  Cora  Webb  Peet 

KINDERGARTEN   NORMAL   TRAINING 
SCHOOL 

Two    Tears'    Course. 
For    circulars,    address 

MISS  CORA  WEBB  PEET, 
16   Washington  St.,       East  Orange,  N.  J. 


OHIO COLUMBUS 

Kindergarten  Norma!  Training  School 

-EIGHTEENTH  YEAR  BEOINS  SEPTEMBER  23,   1907- 


17th  lad  BroiO 
Stretts 


Frocbelian  Philosophy.  Gifts,  Occupation.  Stories,  Games,  Music  and  Drawing 
Psychology  and  Nature  Work  taught  at  Ohio  State  University—  two  years'  course 

For  information,  address  ICiizabetii  N   Samuel.  Principal 


Illinois  Training  Schools 
Kindergarten  Training  School 


Chicago  Free  Kindergarten  Association 

H.   N.    Higinbotham,    Pres. 

Mrs.    P.    D.    Armour,    Vice-Pres. 
SARAH   E.   HANSON,    Principal. 

Credit  at  the 
Northwestern   and  Chicago   Universities. 

For  particulars  address  Eva  B.  Whit- 
more,  Supt.,  6  E.  Madison  St.,  cor.  Mich, 
ave.,  Chicago. 


PESTALOZZI-FROEBEL 

Kindergarten    Training 
School 

at  CHICAGO  COMMONS,  180  Grand  Ave. 

Mrs  Bertha  Hofer  Hegner,  Superintendent 
Mis   Amelia    Hofer,    Principal. 

THIRTEENTH    TEAR. 

Regular  course  two  years.  Advanced 
courses  for  Graduate  Students.  A  course 
in  Home  Making.  Includes  opportunity  to 
become  familiar  with  the  Social  Settle- 
ment movement.  Fine  equipment.  For 
circulars    and    information    write    to 

MRS.    BERTHA    HOFER-HEGNER, 

180   Grand   Ave.,    Chicago. 


Chicago    Froebel    Association 

Training  Class  for  Kindergartners. 

(Established    1876.) 

Two  Tears'  Course.  Special  Courses  un- 
der Professors  of  University  of  Chicago 
receive  University  credits.  For  circulars 
apply  to 

MRS.  ALICE  H.  PUTNAM,  or  MISS  M. 
L.    SHELDON,    Associate    Principals, 

1008  Fine  Arts  Building,         Chicago,  111. 


CHICAGO 

KINDERGARTEN 

INSTITUTE 

Gertrude  House,  40  Scott  Street 


Regular  Course— Two  Years. 
Post-graduate  Course— One  Year. 
Supplementary  Course — One  Year. 
Non-professional     Home   Making 

Course — One  Year. 

University-  Credits 
Residence  for  students  at  Gertrude 

House. 


DIRECTORS 

Miss  CAROLINE  C.  CRON1SE 
Mrs.  MARY  B.  PAGE 
Mrs.  ETHEL  ROE  LINDGREN 
Miss  FRANCES  B._  NEWTON 

Send  for  Circulars 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Pennsylvania  Training  Schools 


Miss  Hart's 

Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Re-opened  Oct.  1st,  1908,  at  1615 
Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia,  The 
work  will  include  Junior,  Senior 
Graduate  and  Normal  Trainers' 
Courses,  and  a  Model  Kindergar- 
ten.      For  particulars  address 

Miss  Caroline  M.  C.  Hart, 
The  Pines,  Rutledge,  Pa. 


The  Philadelphia  Training 
School  for  Kindergartners 

Reopens  October  2,  1908. 

Junior,   Senior  and   Special   Classes. 
Model    Kindergarten. 

Address 

MRS.   M.   I>.   VAN  KIRK,  Principal, 

1333   Pino   Street,       -       Philadelphia,   Pa. 


Pittsburgh    and    Allegheny 
Kindergarten  College 

ALICE    N.    PARKER,    Superintendent. 

Regular  Course,    two   years.      Special   ad- 
vantages   for    Post-Graduate    work. 
Seventeenth  year  begins  Sept.   30,    1908. 
For   Catalogue,    address 
Mrs.  William  McCracken,  Secretary, 

3439  Fifth  Avenue,      PITTSBURGH,  PA 


California  Training  Schools 


Oakland  Kindergarten 

TRAINING  CLASS 

State   Accredited  List. 

Seventeeth  Tear  opens  September,  1907. 
Address 

Miss  Grace  Everett  Barnard, 

1374  Franklin  Street,      OAKLAND,  CAL. 


Wisconsin  Training  Schools 


Milwaukee    State   Normal 
School 

Kindergartea  Training  Department. 

Two  Tears'  Course  for  graduates  of 
four-years'  high  schools.  Faculty  of 
twenty-five.  Special  advantages.  Tuition 
free  to  residents  of  Wisconsin;  $40  per 
year  to  others.  School  opens  the  first 
Tuesday   in    September. 

Send  for  Catalogue  to 
NINA   C.    VANDEWALKER,    Director. 


Washington  Training  Schools 


WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

The    Columbia    Kindergarten 
Training   School 

2115  California  Ave.,  cor.  Connecticut  At. 

Certificate,    Diploma  and   Normal   Course 
Principals: 

SARA  KATHARINE  LIPPINCOTT, 
SUSAN  CHADICK  BAKER. 


Virginia  Training  Schools 


The  Richmond  Training  School 

for  Kindergartners 

Richmond,  Va. 

Alice  N.  Baker,  Principal. 

Two  years'  course  and  Post 

Graduate  course. 

For  further  information  apply  to 

14  W.  Main  Street 


Georgia  Training  Schools 


Atlanta  Kindergarten  Normal 
School 

Two    Tears'    Course   of    Study. 
Chartered   1897. 
For    particulars   address 

WILLETTE  A.    ALLEN,   Principal, 
C39  Peachtree  Street.         ATLANTA,  GA. 

Normal  Training  School 

of  the 
KATE   BALDWIN  FREE   KINDERGAR- 
TEN ASSOCIATION. 
(Established  1899) 
HORTENSE    M.    ORCUTT.    Principal     of 
the   Training   School  and   Supervisor 

of   Kindergartens. 
Application   for   entrance  to   the  Train- 
ing Schools  should  be  made  to  Miss  M.  R. 
Sasnett,   Corresponding  Secretary, 

117   Bolton  St.,     EAST  SAVANNAH,   GA. 


1874— Kindergarten  Normal  Institutions— 1909 

1516  Columbia  Road  N.  W.,  WASHINGTON    D.  C. 

The  citizenship  of  the  future  depends  on  the  children  of  today. 

Susan  Plessner  Pollok,  Principal. 

Teachers'  Training  Course — Two  Year*. 

Summer  Training  Classes  at  Mt.  Chatauqua — Mountain  Lake  Park — 
Garrett  Co.,  Maryland. 


A  New  and  Complete  Course  in  Singing 

Presented  in 
THE    TRUE   METHOD    OF   TONE   PRODUCTION 

by     J.  Van  Broekhoven 
The   well-known    composer,    author   and    teacher. 

Published  by  The  H.  W.  Gray  Co.,  21  E.  17th 
St.,  New  York.    Agents  for  Novello  &  Co.,  London. 

The  new  vocal  principles  are  based  on  the 
author's  discovery  of  the  true  function  of  the 
vocal  organ  in  singing.  The  book  has  been  most 
favorably  reviewed  by  European  and  American 
authorities,  both  musical  and  medical.  And  the 
new  vocal  principles  have  been  endorsed,  and  the 
exercises  adopted  by  some  of  the  foremost  teachers 
in  the  vocal  profession. 

Note — The  author  has  organized  a  special  NOR- 
MA! CLASS  COURSE  at  THE  NEW  YORK 
FR0EBEL  NORMAL  INSTITUTE  for  the  training 
of  teachers  of  choirs  for  young  people  from  10 
to  16. 

For  particulars  address, 

J.  VAN  BROEKHOVEN, 
59  W.  96th  St.,  New  York  City. 


"CR  A  Y  O  L  A" 

Artists'  and  School  Crayon 

CRAYOLA  COLORS  are  per. 
manent  and  brilliant  and  can 
be  blended  and  overworked. 
They  will  not  blur  nor  rub  off! 
No  expensive  outfit  is  required 
in  their  use!  No  waiting  for 
colors  to  dry.  No  brushes  to 
clean!  No  liquid  colors  to  soi 
the  hands  and  clothes!  Try 
"Crayola"  for  Stenciling  and 
all  educational  color  work. 

We  shall  be  pleased  to  furn- 
ish samples  and  particulars  to 
teachers  interested. 


BINNEY  &  SMITH  CO., 

81-83  Fulton  St., 
New   York. 


X5l)£  lKinb<tv%avl<in-~primavy  ytta^azind 

VOL.  XXI— MAY,  1909— NO.  8 


The  Kindergarten- Primary  Magazine 


Devoted  to  the  Child  and  to  the  Unity  of  Educational 

Theory  and  Practice  from  the  Kindergarten 

Through  the  University. 

Editorial  Rooms,  59  West  96tli  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Business  Office,  276-278-280  River  Street,  Manistee,  Mich. 

EDITORIAL  COMMITTEE. 

E.  Uyell  Earle,  Ph.  D Managing  Editor 

Jenny  B.  Merrill,  Ph.  D.,   Supervisor  Kindergartens, 

Manhattan,  The  Bronx  and  Richmond 

Harriette  M.  Mills New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Mari  Ruef  Hofer Teachers'  College 

and  N.  Y-F.N. 

Bertha  Johnston New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Special  Articles 

All  communications  pertaining  to  subscriptions  and  advertising 
or  other  business  relating  to  the  magazine  should  be  addressed 
to  the  fllehigan  office,  J.  H.  Shults,  Business  manager,  Manistee, 
riichigan.  All  other  communications  to  E.  Ly ell  Bade,  Managing 
Editor,  59  W.  96th  St.,  New  York  City. 

The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  is  published  on  the 
first  of  each  month,  except  July  and  August,  from  278  River 
Street,  Manistee,  Mich. 

The  Subscription  price  is  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 
Single  copies,  15c. 

Postage  is  Prepaid  by  the  publishers  for  all  subscriptions  in 
the  United  States,  Hawaiian  Islands,  Philippine  Islands,  Guam, 
Porto  Rico,  Tutuila  (Samoa),  Shanghai,  Canal  Zone,  Cuba, 
and  Mexico.  For  Canada  add  20o  and  for  all  other  countries 
in  the  Postal  Union  add  40c  for  postage. 

Notice  of  Expiration  is  sent,  but  it  is  assumed  that  a  con- 
tinuance of  the  subscription  is  desired  until  notice  of  discon- 
tinuance is  received.  When  sending  notice  of  change  of  ad- 
dress, both  the  old  and  new  addresses  must  be  given. 

Remittances  should  be  sent  by  draft,  Express  Order  or 
Money  Order,  payable  to  The  Kindergarten  Magazine  Com- 
pany.    If  a  local  check  is  sent,  it  must  include  10c  exchange. 


A  PROBLEM  OF  THE  KINDER- 
GARTEN TODAY. 

B.   LYELL.  EARLE,   PH.  D. 

RE  kindergarten  in  America 
has,  by  no  means,  entered  in- 
to its  full  possession.  Nor 
may  its  defenders  lay  down 
their  arms  and  enjoy  legiti- 
mate reward  of  victory.  The  child  has  not 
entered  safely  upon  his  first  inheritance,  as 
typefied  in  true  kindergarten  education. 

Twenty  years  ago  the  struggle  was  for 
mere  existance,  particularly  in  the  public 
school  system.  The  living  kindergarten 
could  hardly  fit  into  its  soleless  mechanism 
without  disturbing  its  staid  and  carefully 
organized  processes.  The  kindergarten, 
however,  won  this  struggle  and  its  spirit 
has  reached  high  up  through  the  grades 
and  the  high  school,  and  has  touched  even 
the  college  and  the  university. 

But  other  claims  have  come  into  the 
great  school  systems  of  the  country  and 
are  demanding  adjustment,  and  large  ap- 
propriations are  made  annually  for  schools 


to  satisfy  these  claims.  The  home  is  rapid- 
ly becoming  socialized  and  the  home  pro- 
cesses industrialized,  and  the  man  in  busi- 
ness is  demanding  that  the  school  equip  the 
boy  and  girl  for  shop,  mart,  and  office,  and 
in  the  effort  to  satisfy  the  insistence  of 
these  claims,  there  is  a  danger  of  our  losing 
sight  of  the  beginnings  of  education  in  the 
kindergarten. 

A  number  of  states  are  actually  consider- 
ing the  advisability  of  excluding  the  kin- 
dergarten entirely  as  an  integral  part  of 
the  school  system,  and  are  raising  the  age 
limit  from  six  to  seven,  thus  leaving  the 
child  to  philanthropy  and  charity  on  which 
he  has  so  long  depended. 

The  child  seems  to  be  such  a  doubtful 
asset  to  parents  at  the  kindergarten  age 
that  he  is  easily  overlooked,  whereas 
proper  care  at  this  time  would  lessen 
materially  the  problems  of  delinquency, 
truancy  and  other  deficiencies  that  must 
be  solved  later  and  only  at  much  greater 
expenditure  of  time,  energy  and  money. 
There  is  a  danger  indeed  if  signs  count  for 
anything  of  the  child  losing  much  that  has 
already  been  won  for  him  by  the  faithful 
kindergarten  leaders  in  our  coun'try  for  the 
past  thirty  years. 

Instead  of  raising  the  age  limit  for 
school  would  it  not  be  better  to  bring  it 
down  even  to  four  years,  and  give  the 
child  his  proper  growth  in  the  kindergarten 
spirit?  Should  there  not  be  even  school 
nurseries  to  take  the  child  to  as  early  as 
possible  where  he  could  be  left  in  charge  of 
a  trained  teacher  and  have  his  normal 
child  growth  ? 

The  kindergarten  soul  in  man  or  woman 
is  the  biggest  soul  in  all  education.  It  be- 
gins with  infancy  on  the  one  hand  and  is 
limited  only  by  life  on  the  other. 

Let  us  look  at  the  problems  that  legiti- 
mately confront  the  kindergarten  in  almost 
every  city  in  the  union,  but  particularly  in 
manufacturing  cities  and  towns  where 
necessity  compels  both  of  the  parents  to 
toil.  In  these  places  the  home  has  been 
rapidly  industrialized,  and  the  only  duty 
the  mother  has  apparently  is  to  bear  chil- 
dren, and  as  soon  as  possible  thereafter  to 
betake  herself  to  the  office  or  factory,  and 
make  money  to  lessen  the  burden  of  the 
father  and  to  share  in  the  toil  of  other 
members  of  the  family. 


248 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Let  us  take  one  city  alone,  Fall  River, 
Mass.,  where  more  babies  die  annually  per 
capita  than  in  any  other  city  in  the  union. 
Infant  mortality  is  greater  in  Fall  River 
than  in  New  York,  Chicago,  San  Francisco, 
or  even  London  and  Paris.  The  reason  is 
because  there  are  no  mothers  left  in  the 
homes  to  work,  and  no  brothers  and  sisters 
to  help  raise  one  another,  for  as  soon  as 
they  are  able  to  earn  a  dollar  in  the  factory 
they  are  forced  to  grind  in  the  mill  of 
plutocracy  and  forfeit  the  joy  of  natural 
living.  In  Fall  River  there  is  not  even  a 
single  organized  nursery,  nor  competent 
women  who  might  save  thousands  of  these 
baby  lives.  The  children  are  given  over 
to  some  old  woman  who  is  not  fit  for  shop 
work,  or  whose  life  is  probably  soured  by 
disappointment,  and  bitter  with  the  absence 
of  hope.  If  the  babe  lives  to  be  big  enough 
to  toddle  around  these  frequently  filthy 
children's  pens  they  are  exposed  to  every 
neglect,  the  natural  consequences  of  which 
are  deficiency  and  disease,  which  bear 
such  awful  fruit  during  the  rest  of  infancy, 
and  increase  the  death  rate  at  adolescence, 
and  frequently  stamp  manhood  and  wo- 
menhood  with  permanent  brand    of  decay. 

Has  the  kindergarten  in  its  fullest  mean- 
ing no  mission  here?  Did  not  Froebel  ex- 
tend his  thoughts  and  energies  down  to  the 
babe  in  swaddling  clothes?  Does  not  the 
great  child  love  that  burns  in  every  true 
kindergartner's  heart  go  out  in  sympathy 
to  the  thousands  of  babies  who  die  an- 
nually, to  the  tens  of  thousands  of  little 
children  who  are  neglected  from  two  to 
three,  to  the  hundreds  of  thousands  who 
are  still  more  neglected  from  three  to  five? 
Have  we  no  duty  to  this  great  army  of 
childhood,  which  is  frequently  neglected  of 
necessity  by  the  parent,  tolerated  by  the 
community  at  large,  practically  abandoned 
in  many  places  by  our  great  school  sys- 
tems which  are  trying  more  and  more  to 
shirk  the  responsibility  of  elementary  edu- 
cation in  its  biggest  sense  under  the  guise 
of  caring  for  adolescence,  when  adolescence 
should  be  often  forced,  in  this  coddling  age 
to  meet  many  of  the  real  hard  things  of 
life. 

Should  we  not  be  forced  to  live  again 
with  our  children  and  imbibe  the  great 
spirit  of  child  love  that  will  inspire  us  to 
look  after  the  beginnings  of  education,  in 
the  child's  first  entrance  on  his  great  work 
of  living?  Why  should  there  not  be  school 
nurseries  in  every  city  in  the  Union,  and 


particularly  in  the  places  where  mothers 
are  compelled  to  work,  or  where  the  chil- 
dren have  been  deprived  by  sickness  and 
death,  or  other  causes,  of  proper  home 
nurture,  and  proper  equipment  for  their 
great  life  struggle? 

Today  throughout  the  country  children 
of  this  age  are  cared  for  by  charity,  either 
in  the  church  or  in  philanthropic  societies, 
frequently  without  proper  organized  super- 
vision or  trained  teachers.  In  New  York 
City  alone  there  are  one  hundred  thousand 
children  of  the  kindergarten  age  who  are 
not  in  school  at  all,  and  there  are  fifty 
thousand  being  cared  for  by  the  Free  Kin- 
dergarten association,  The  Children's  Aid, 
and  the  various  Alumni  organizations  of 
the  training  schools,  and  kindergarten  de- 
partments of  the  various  clubs  that  are 
active  in  watching  for  the  children's  in- 
terests. There  are  no  doubt  many  causes 
why  this  condition  exists  in  New  York.  It 
is  one  of  the  kindergarten  responsibilities 
that  this  condition  be  changed  at  once,  and 
that  the  child  be  cared  for  properly  in  the 
public  schools,  or  if  he  is  given  over  to  a 
generous  charity  it  should  be  under  the 
supervision  of  trained  teachers  who  are 
able  to  recognize  the  needs  of  the  child  and 
to  minister  intelligently  to  them. 

There  is  a  large  work  still  to  be  done, 
and  a  great  need  in  the  special  preparation 
of  teachers  in  the  kindergarten  methods  to 
do  this  work.  Unless  we  continue  a  most 
active  form  of  campaign  against  even  the 
beginnings  of  neglect,  there  is  a  grave  dan- 
ger of  the  childs  losing  many  of  the  ad- 
vantages that  have  been  won  for  him  by 
the  most  consistent  effort. 

Would  it  not  be  profitable  for  the  I.  K. 
U.  and  the  committee  of  nineteen,  and  other 
leaders  in  kindergarten  education  to  touch 
these  larger  problems  of  child  life  and  ex- 
tend the  loving  care  of  the  kindergarten  so 
as  to  embrace  them.  There  is  a  danger  of 
our  falling  into  the  same  pit  as  other  de- 
partments of  education,  a  danger  of  look- 
ing merely  backward  and  studying  fossils, 
engaging  in  mental  juggling  of  logical 
material,  playing  with  philosophical  ab- 
stractions that  begin  any  where  and  land 
in  about  the  same  place.  There  is  a  com- 
mon danger  of  every  system  degenerating 
into  mera  mechanism,  and  neglecting  the 
soul  of  the  movement  which  after  all  is  the 
only  thing  that  can  secure  its  continuance 
and  ultimate  success. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


249 


Should  not  every  training  school 
throughout  the  country  have  a  course  for 
nursery  kindergartners  and  mother  kinder- 
gartners  who  will  take  the  child  at  his 
period  of  greatest  dependence  and  guard 
him  even  from  infancy  against  the  dangers 
that  beset  him,  always  greater  at  that  ten- 
der period  of  his  life? 

Wisconsin  has  introduced  a  law  for  the 
abolition  practically  of  the  kindergarten  in 
its  public  school  system.  Other  states  are 
minimizing  its  importance,  cutting  its  ap- 
propriations and  placing  emphasis  of  edu- 
cation elsewhere.  Is  it  not  our  duty  to 
watch  and  fight  against  these  evidences  of 
decline  and  decay? 

Let  us  be  for  the  child  even  from  infancy. 
Let  us  give  the  parents  help  to  care  for  the 
child,  which  they  are  not  able  to  care  for, 
and  let  us  assume  the  responsibility.  Let 
us  stand  between  the  all  absorbing  cry  of 
industrialisms  and  vocationalism. 

Let  us  not  neglect  the  seed  corn  of  the 
race  lest  there  be  no  ripening  of  the  future 
diarvest  of  manhood. 


IS  THE  KINDERGARTEN  IN- 
JURIOUS? 

N  a  recent  magazine  a  teacher, 
formerly  a  kindergartner, 
made  what  she  considered  an 
expose  of  the  harm  the  kin- 
dergarten does.  It  was  a  very 
interesting  criticism  of  the  early  kindergar- 
ten work,  when  of  course  experiments  were 
tried  and  mistakes  made.  We  have  studied 
children  carefully  since  her  day,  and — at 
any  rate  we  do  not  make  the  same  mis- 
takes ! 

But  inasmuch  as  there  are  today  certain 
objections  urged  to  the  kindergarten,  let 
us  see  how  much  foundation  there  is  for 
the  charges  made  that  kindergarten  trains 
a  child  to  do  only  what  he  enjoys — that  it 
makes  education  too  easy  for  him — that  it 
weakens  his  will — that  it  makes  him  ex- 
cited and  nervous — that  it  is  a  place  where 
children  are  "shown  off,  like  trick  puppies," 
that  it  cultivates  the  desire  for  constant 
change  and  thus  lessens  the  power  of  appli- 
cation. Let  us  consider  these,  the  most 
common  objections  to  the  kindergarten, 
one  by  one. 

First,  does  kindergarten  train  a  child 
simply  to  enjoy  life?;  does  it  make  educa- 
tion too  easy  for  him?  Ideals  of  educa- 
tion have  changed.     Twenty  years  ago  the 


best  we  knew  was  that  a  child  must  learn 
things.  Information  was  poured  into  his 
little  brain,  regardless  of  the  value  of  the 
information  to  him.  Some  of  it  stuck — 
when  it  was  poured  in  hot  enough  and  often 
enough — that  child  was  "well  educated." 
Much  flowed  out  as  fast  as  it  poured  in ; 
that  child  was  stupid — yea,  though  he  knew 
all  the  habits  of  all  the  animals  on  his 
father's  farm,  could  doctor  them  in  illness, 
produce  more  eggs  from  the  chicken  yard, 
larger  squabs  from  the  dove  cotes,  better 
lambs  from  the  fold — if  he  knew  not  where 
ancient  Assyria  was,  woe  betide  him !  he 
was  condemned  as  "stupid"  and  "un- 
educated" and  obliged  to  bow  down  to  his 
brother  who  could  name  the  kings  of  Eng- 
land in  order,  tell  who  murdered  each,  or 
extract  the  cube  root  of  1,765,290  "in  his 
head."  He  was  "cultured,"  he  was  worth 
while — and  he  and  his  family  were  entitled 
to  come  home  to  the  farm  (when  he  had 
made  a  failure  of  earning  his  living)  and 
be  supported  and  admired  by  the  "stupid" 
brother. 

Yes,  ideals  have  changed.  We  do  not 
now  begin  a  child's  education  with  the 
alphabet — though  many  mothers  (and  alas ! 
a  few  teachers)  still  feel  that  the  world  is 
topsy-turvy  when  they  find  that  a  child  can 
learn  to  know  a  whole  word  more  easily 
than  a  letter,  because  it  means  something 
to  him.  Think  back,  mothers  and  fathers! 
what  did  your  alphabet  mean  to  you? 
Something  to  learn !  And  you  were  forced 
to  learn  it,  without  rhyme  or  reason,  be- 
cause the  teacher  said  so.  Nowadays  a 
child  has  a  picture  and  a  word,  next  day  an- 
other picture  and  a  new  word  which  looks 
very  different.  It  isn't  hard  for  him  to  re- 
member which  word  belongs  to  each 
picture.  Next  day  he  runs  or  jumps  or 
skips  and  has  a  word  for  it.  That  word  is 
very  easv  to  recognize  because  he  can  do 
it,  and  in  a  week  or  two  he  is  reading. 
Easier?  of  course  it  is  easier.  Why  should 
it  be  a  virtue  to  make  education  a  very  dif- 
ficult thing?  It  isn't.  We  are  all  educated, 
every  day,  and  if  it  were  not  the  easiest  and 
most  natural  thing  in  the  world  to  learn, 
some  of  us  would  know  very  little. 

Education  today  means  finding  out  what 
children  need  and  supplying  it,  so  that  they 
can  develop  properly.  Physical  education 
says  a  child  needs  a  romp  and  run — to  be 
out-of-doors — fresh  air,  freedom,  exercise, 
proper  clothing  and  food — in  order  to  grow 
as  nature  would  have  him.     And  at  last  we 


250 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


are  discovering  that  for  not  only  body,  but 
mind,  nature  knows  best — that  a  normal 
child,  under  proper  conditions,  will  wish  to 
"know  things,"  will  make  every  effort  to 
acquire  knowledge — efforts  requiring  as 
much  self-control,  as  much  will-power,  as 
our  fore-fathers  made  through  fear  of  the 
birch  rod,  and  vastly  superior  to  their 
efforts,  because  they  are  self-compelled — 
the  only  kind  of  effort  which  is  really  of 
value. 

When  a  child  learns  what  he  doesn't  wish 
to  learn,  whose  will  makes  him  do  it?  The 
teacher's — or  the  mother's — the  will  of 
someone  outside  of  himself.  We  know  hoAV 
much  urging  it  takes :  "Have  you  learned 
that  spelling?"  "Why  don't  you  study  that 
spelling?"  "Sit  right  down  now  and  don't 
get  up  until  you  can  spell  every  word !" 
Does  this  sound  familiar?  The  child 
doesn't  make  himself  do  it — his  will  isn't 
used — and  as  soon  as  he  is  old  enough  not 
to  be  afraid  of  the  other  fellow's  will,  he 
won't  learn.     Usually  he  leaves  school. 

Now  whose  will  keeps  a  boy  busy  trying 
over  and  over  to  throw  (I  beg  their  par- 
dons, I  believe  I  should  say  pitch)  a  curve? 
His  own.  Whose  will  keeps  a  boy  busy  for 
an  hour  hunting  the  right  place  for  a  new 
stamp,  in  his  album  (and  incidentally,  ac- 
quiring some  geographical  knowledge, 
some  observing-  power,  and  much  patience?) 
His  own.  AVhose  will  makes  a  boy  work 
in  all  his  spare  minutes  for  days,  even  for 
weeks,  making  a  kite  or  a  boat — adjusting 
measurements,  arranging  balances,  decid- 
ing size,  weight,  and  so  on?  His  own. 
Whose  will  makes  a  man  successful  in  the 
business  world?  His  Own!  Now  which 
education  tends  to  make  strong  men — the 
kind  that  makes  a  boy  wait  for  somebody 
else  to  urge  him  to  work,  or  the  kind  that 
makes  him  work  hard,  faithfully  and 
patientlv,  holding  himself  to  it  by  his  own 
will?  There  can  be  no  question  about  the 
answer.  The  only  question  is  how  best  to 
use  this  power  that  the  boy  is  able  and 
willing  to  use  on  his  kite  or  his  boat  or  his 
stamp  collection — how  to  utilize  it  in  educa- 
tion— and  this  is  the  problem  the  new  edu- 
cation is  working  to  solve. 

Here  is  an  example.  In  a  school  where  a 
manual  training  class  had  just  been  opened, 
there  was  a  Boy.  This  particular  Boy 
"wasn't  interested"  in  "book  knowledge," 
couldn't  seem  to  learn  arithmetic,  couldn't 
read  except  with  much  agony  (both  to  him- 


self and  to  his  teacher)  and  in  short  was  a 
"difficult  case." 

This  boy  entered  the  manual  training 
class,  and  decided  he  would  like  to  make  a 
flower  stand  for  his  mother.  So  the  teacher 
put  into  his  hands  a  little  printed  slip  con- 
taining directions.  The  boy  couldn't  read 
it.  The  teacher  knew  the  boy.  "Well," 
she  said,  "I  haven't  time  to  keep  reading  it 
over  to  you — you  will  need  to  refer  to  it 
constantly;  I  think  you'd  better  learn  to 
read  it.  In  fact,  I  do  not  see  how  you  can 
work  until  you  do  read  it."  The  next  week, 
when  lesson  time  came,  that  boy  could  read 
that  paper;  incidentally,  he  had  worn  it 
thin — but  he  could  read  any  word  on  that 
slip  wherever  he  saw  it. 

Then  came  choice  of  the  lumber, 
quantity,  and  measuring  for  the  stand.  The 
boy  couldn't  do  arithmetic.  Again  the 
teacher  was  "too  busy"  to  do  his  work  for 
him,  but  so  skillfully  did  she  refuse  that  the 
boy  was  sure  he  could  learn  to  do  it  him- 
self. And  he  did.  In  a  very  short  time  that 
boy  was  reading  and  figuring  with  much  in- 
terest. 

And  we  all  know  how  willingly  a  little 
child  struggles  to  accomplish  a  desired  end 
— and  how  he  persists.  A  baby  has  been 
known  to  throw  a  rattle  to  the  floor  over 
eighty  times,  by  actual  count;  she  is  learn- 
ing weight,  and  sound,  and  muscular 
power,  and  how  to  take  hold  and  to  let  go — 
and  so  on.  The  other  day  we  were  making 
clothes-pin  dollies,  tving  tissue  paper 
dresses  on — and  one  little  fellow  struggled 

seven  minutes  (refusing  help  to  tie  a  knot 

and  finally  succeeded.  "  Who  shall  say  this 
is  not  education?  And  training  of  the  will 
too! 

Now  about  the  nervous  excitement 
which  prevails  in  some  kindergartens.  It 
is  said  that  the  children  march,  race,  dance, 
are  "down  for  a  few  stitches  on  a  sewing 
card,  up  again  for  a  run,"  and  so  on.  I 
fear  this  is  a  true  criticism  of  some  of  our 
kindergartens,  even  today — there  is  too 
much  nervous  excitement  in  the  ever- 
varying  program.  There  is  no  doubt  that 
a  number  of  children  gathered  together  act 
as  stimuli  upon  each  other,  and  I  think 
many  kindergartners,  even  today,  do  not 
realize  the  nervous  tension  of  the  little 
ones,  and  in  their  endeavors  to  "arouse  in- 
terest" they  over-excite.  But  the  best  kin- 
dergartners of  today  (and  more  and  more 
are  entering  that  group  each  year)  make 
the   kindergarten   a   restful   place — a   place 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


251 


of  peace  and  quiet.  Fun?  Yes,  plenty  of 
it,  and  laughter,  too,  but  not  too  much 
noise,  and  almost  no  excitement.  Dolls  are 
rocked  to  sleep,  fairies  and  brownies  trip 
about  lightly,  voices  are  low,  though  happy 
and  gleeful,  and  the  whole  room  is  filled 
with  quiet  enjoyment. 

The  real  age  of  nervousness  in  the  kin- 
dergarten is  past — the  age  of  tiny  work, 
when  the  babies  wearied  eye  and  finger  try- 
ing to  get  a  fine  needle  into  an  infinitesimal 
hole — or  to  get  a  narrow  strip  of  paper, 
which  would  tear,  in  and  out  of  a  wider 
piece  cut  into  strips,  which  would  spot  as 
the  baby  fingers  perspired  with  the  effort. 
Those  days  are  over,  I  am  happy  to  say. 
The  work  now  is  large,  calling  into  play  the 
larger  muscles;  and  it  is  simple,  and  not 
exhausting;  and  while  the  products  may 
not  be  considered  quite  as  "artistic"  as  the 
delicate  nerve-racking  productions  of  form- 
er times,  they  appeal  much  more  to  the 
child's  sense  of  beauty,  giving  it  the  train- 
ing it  needs. 

As  to  the  "showing  off"  of  our  children — 
the  kindergarten  spends  half  its  time  in  un- 
doing the  work  the  proud  parent  has  done 
long  before  the  child  is  of  kindergarten  age. 
In  kindergarten  children  do  not  try  to  excel 
each  other,  nor  to  show  off — nor  has  there 
ever  been  any  such  spirit  in  true  kinder- 
gartens. Of  course  kindergartners,  like 
other  people,  are  human,  and  one  must  al- 
ways allow  for  individual  frailty — but  it  is 
manifestly  unjust  to  condemn  or  ridicule 
the  system  because  of  the  mistakes  of  a  few 
of  its  disciples. 

Now  when  we  talk  happily  about  a  dog, 
in  the  kindergarten,  and  a  child  savs  "My 
dog's  ears  aren't  like  that,"  and  picks  up 
a  piece  of  chalk  and  draws  roughly  the  two 
kinds  of  ears — is  that  "showing  off?"  And 
when  another  child  calls  eagerly  "I  know  a 
storv  about  a  dog,"  and  we  all  say  "Tell  us, 
do!"  and  simply  and  unconsciously  she  tells 
the  story — is  that  "showing  off?"  If  a  child 
is  inclined  to  seek  too  much  attention,  to 
be  too  readv  to  be  the  center,  the  wise  kin- 
dergartner  interfers,  with  her  gentle  "It  is 
Marv's  turn  now,  you  did  tell  us  a  story." 
And  if  Frank  is  a  little  shy.  but  longs  to  ex- 
.  press  himself  if  he  only  dares,  it  is  again 
the  wise  kindergartner  who  gives  him  a 
little  start  by  her  "Louise,  you  and  Tommy 
and  Frank  and  Jennie  come  here  and  sing 
that  doeeie  song  to  the  rest  of  us,  while  we 
rest  and  listen."  Thus  every  child  is  helped 
to  express  himself,  every  child  learns  his 


own  powers,  and  the  children  do  grow,  and 
become  strong,  helpful,  energetic,  well  con- 
trolled— self   controlled — men   and  women. 

There  is  one  question  which  is  often 
asked.  If  kindergarten,  and  the  better  edu- 
cation of  today,  means  letting  the  child  find 
out  things  as  he  needs  them,  whv  have 
schools  at  all?  Or,  with  reference  directly 
to  the  kindergarten,  "If  I  am  ready  to 
answer  all  my  child's  questions,  believing 
them  indicative  of  needs  of  his  nature,  why 
should  the  kindergarten  be  better  for  him 
than  remaining  at  home  with  me?" 

If  we  could  control  the  conditions  sur- 
rounding our  children  so  that  we  should  be 
able  to  give  them  exactly  the  mental  food 
they  need  in  exactly  the  amount  they  need 
at  every  stage  of  development — and  to  look 
equally  well  after  the  physical,  the  spiritual, 
and  the  social  sides  of  their  natures — then 
children  could  educate  themselves.  For  in 
order  for  a  child  to  develop  rightly,  he  must 
be  surrounded  by  the  right  conditions — he 
must  have  not  only  a  home,  proper  physi- 
cal care,  toys,  a  mother  who  understands 
(as  we  all  do  not  as  3^et)  his  growing  needs 
and  how  to  meet  them — but  he  must  have 
companionship  of  the  right  kind  and  quan- 
tity, and  then  he  must  be  situated  so  that 
he  comes  into  contact  with  the  things  he 
needs  to  know.  And  this  is  the  work  the 
schools  should  do — and  the  work  which 
could  be  done  by  schools  more  effectively 
than  in  any  other  way — this  bringing  the 
child  into  contact  with  the  things  he  ought 
to  want  to  know  about.  A  child  will  not  seek 
to  know  how  many  inches  there  are  in  a 
foot  unless  he  comes  into  contact  with 
inches  and  feet  in  some  way  which  affects 
his  life.  He  will  not  beg  to  know  where 
London  is,  nor  Egypt,  unless  he  knows 
someone  from  there,  or  someone  going 
there,  or  at  least  someone  interested  in 
those  places.  But  brought  into  proper  con- 
tact with  such  things,  he  will  show  an  eager 
interest  which  will  cause  him  not  only  to 
learn,  but  to  remember,  down  to  the  small- 
est details.  I  know  a  fourteen  year  old  bov 
who  knows  every  make  of  automobile 
which  approaches,  wherein  it  differs  from 
all  other  makes,  whether  better  or  inferior 
— in  his  opinion — and  why.  This  informa- 
tion was  not  acquired  without  effort — much 
effort — but  nobody  urged  him  to  do  it. 
Now  if  we  can  arouse  this  same  effort- 
making  power — which  we  call  interest — in 
lines  which  seem  perhaps  to  be  of  more  im- 
mediate value  to  the  boy  than  distinguish- 


252 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


ing  different  makes  of  automobiles — though 
nobody  can  tell  how  valuable  to  him  will 
be  all  that  knowledge  of  machinery — if  we 
can  awaken  interest  and  supply  the  mental 
food  needed,  our  children  will  educate 
themselves — and  be  very  much  better 
educated  than  we  are ! 

Now,  to  conclude,  let  us  look  at  some 
actual  results  of  kindergarten  work  as 
shown  bv  real  records  kept  during  one  kin- 
dergarten half-year.  If  the  kindergarten 
really  helps  a  child  to  grow,  we  should  see 
a  little  trace  of  this  even  in  a  half-year's 
Avork. 

On  September  28th,  the  kindergarten 
having  been  open  two  weeks,  and  the  kin- 
dergartner  having  taken  this  two  weeks 
for  a  careful  study  of  the  children,  that  the 
record  may  be  just — for  one  cannot  always 
"size  up"  a  child  in  a  day  or  two — Jerome 
is  entered  as  "very  active — speaks  and  acts 
entirely  upon  impulse — a  tvpical  motor 
child;  utterly  unreliable,  though  his  inten- 
tions are  good — but  he  cannot  keep  his 
mind  fixed  in  one  direction  long  enough  to 
follow  it.  Tf  I  say  'Terome,  go  to  the  closet 
and  get — '  before  I  can  finish  he  is  at  the 
closet  with  an  eager  'Yes!'  but  without  the 
faintest  idea  of  the  errand.  Tf  I  insist  upon 
his  hearing  the  whole  errand  before  start- 
ing, he  forgets  part  of  it  on  the  way  across 
the  room.  Acts  'smart'  and  is  very  self- 
conscious  and  loves  to  show  off." 

On  Tanuary  14th,  this  same  child  is  enter- 
ed as  follows:  "Jerome,  memory  fair,  con- 
trol of  hand  and  eve  much  improved.  Verv 
helpful — very  reliable  if  attention  is  secured 
before  direction  is  given.  Still  inclined  to 
start  before  he  is  ready,  but  verv  much 
improved  in  abilitv  to  wait  and  get  direc- 
tions. I  can  send  him  on  errands  now  verv 
satisfactorily.  Shows  much  more  interest 
in  his  work  and  much  less  desire  to  show 

So  much  for  one  child.  Take  another. 
Elvira,  in  September,  is  recorded :  "Off  in 
dreamland  all  the  time.  Has  *to  be  spoken 
to  several  times  before  she  hears,  thoueh 
there  is  no  defect  in  hearing-,  by  test.  Sul- 
len, obstinate,  refuses  to  take  suggestions. 
Content  to  sit  idle  all  day." 

In  November  the  record  says :  "Elvira — 
has  trouble  with  all  children  near  her — hits 
them — makes  faces.  Seems  to  be  realizing 
in  this  disagreeable  wav  that  there  are  peo- 
ple in  the  world  besides  herself.  Work  verv 
poor,  but  begins  to  try.  No  power  of  at- 
tention, no  memory,  no  anything  except  a 


growing  perception  that  there  are  other 
children  in  the  world  and  that  probably 
they  all  desire  to  hurt  her." 

Now  see,  in  January,  two  months  later. 
"Elvira,  tries  hard — begins  to  do  fair  work. 
Attention  greatly  improved — memory  still 
weak,  but  hand  power  much  improved,  and 
begins  to  be  happy  and  sunshiny,  and  to 
help  the  children  near." 

Is  not  this  kind  of  work,  which  affects  the 
very  disposition  of  the  child,  a  proof  that 
the  kindergarten  is  on  the  right  way  to 
real  development? 

Take  one  more  child — though  it  is  diffi- 
cult to  select,  so  many  and  so  striking  are 
the  results  shown  in  the  record  book. 

"September  28th.  Mary.  Italian.  Was 
in  kindergarten  a  few  weeks  last  year,  but 
cannot  say  a  whole  sentence  either  in 
Italian  or  English.  Very  unreliable — cries 
at  rebuke — poor  worker — no  imitative 
power,  no  reasoning  power,  poor  control, 
dirtv,  untidy,  careless  and  heedless." 

"November  16th.  Mary.  Comes  to  kin- 
dergarten clean.  Is  certainly  growing  more 
reliable.  Asks  at  every  move  'Dis  wav?' 
(no  spontaneity  as  yet)  and  is  generally 
wrong.  Attention  poor — memory  weak — 
but  very  eager,  and  beginning  to  be  careful 
not  to  soil  or  tear." 

"Tanuary  14th.  Mary.  Begins  to  talk 
easilv  in  complete  sentences.  Memory 
good,  attention  fair,  though  not  yet  to  be 
held  long  at  a  time.  Deeply  interested — is 
making  vigorous  mental  efforts — begins  to 
show  a  little  spontaneity." 

These  records,  which  are  copies  of  real 
notes  kept  in  a  real  kindergarten  only  last 
year,  show  the  work  the  kindergarten  is 
aiming  to  do.  We  fail  sometimes — we  make 
some  mistakes — we  are  even  careless  once 
in  a  while,  or  forgetful,  or  tired — we  are 
human.  But  the  kindergarten  as  a  whole  is 
certainly  showing  itself  to  be  doing  wonder- 
ful educational  work,  and  to  be  one  of  the 
most  valuable  parts  of  the  whole  educa- 
tional svstem. 

KATHRYN  ROMER  KIP, 

1553    Maines    avenue,    Los    Angeles,    California. 


"One  of  the  component  parts  of  sugar," 
said  the  professor,  "is  an  essential  in  the 
composition  of  the  human  bodv.  AVhat  is 
it?" 

"I  know!"  shouted  the  grocer's  bov. 
"Sand !" 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


253 


THE   RELATION   OF   THE   KINDER- 
GARTEN TO  THE  HOME.* 

BY    CAROL    PURSE    OPPENHE1MER. 

IN^a^recent  discussion  of  mod- 
ern educators,  Dr.  John 
Dewey  was  spoken  of  by  no 
less  an  authority  than  Earl 
Barnes  (and  Mr.  .Barnes  made 
the  statement,  he  said,  after  due  delibera- 
tion) as  the  greatest  pedagogue  in  this 
country  today,  his  greatness  resting  espec- 
ially on  two  contributions,  one  of  which  is 
repeated  emphasis  upon  the  significance  of 
an  increasingly  close  relation  between 
home  and  school,  school  and  society. 

The  understanding  of  such  relations  is  a 
problem  that  is  interesting  all  thoughtful 
educators  of  the  present  time — interesting 
each  of  us  here  today. 

As  the  personality  of  an  individual  grad- 
ually extends  from  a  most  limited  little 
circle— its  own  body — into  larger  and 
larger  spheres,  appropriating  constantly  as 
part  of  himself  one  more  institution,  per- 
son, place,  period,  object  in  nature,  etc.,  so 
the  school,  from  the  baby  condition  of  a 
personality  extending  no  further  than  its 
own  body — the  school  building — is  grad- 
ually growing  to  the  point  where  the  thing 
known  as  the  school  is  definitely  associated 
with,  and  has  definite  claims  upon  the 
church,  the  home,  the  theatre,  the  press, 
the  city,  the  state,  the  professions,  the 
trades,  and  so  on. 

As  the  institution  closest  to  the  child  is, 
of  course,  the  home,  a  relation  there  is  the 
first  to  be  established. 

Turn  where  we  will  in  the  history  of  edu- 
cation, whether  we  are  conscious  of  the  fact 
or  not,  we  estimate  to  some  extent  the  de- 
gree of  strength  in  a  particular  period  or 
educator  by  the  relation  sought  between 
the  home  and  the  school.  Ancient  Judea, 
perhaps,  is  our  study,  and  we  find  ourselves 
deeply  impressed  by  the  discovery  that 
education  is  of  a  high  degree,  home  life  is 
elevated,  and  the  two  are  practically  one. 
We  reach  the  classic  period,  turn  our  at- 
tention to  philosophic,  literary,  art-loving, 
art-creating,  Athens,  a  civilization  abound- 
ing in  good  things  for  the  people  of  all 
times,  and  notwithstanding  the  greatness 
and  the  glory  we  cannot  help  some  disap- 
pointment at  the  utter  indifference  between 

*Read  before  the  Kindergarten  Department, 
Southern  Educational  Association,  Atlanta,  Ga., 
December,  1908. 


the  education  and  the  home  life.  Even  the 
great  master,  Plato,  places  the  value  of  the 
home  at  a  minimum;  is  willing  to  destroy 
it  for  purposes  of  education.  While  this 
search  is  in  our  minds  and  hearts  it  is 
something  of  a  relief  to  turn  to  Rome 
where  the  impression  comes  at  once  that 
again  part  of  the  business  of  education  is 
the  establishment  of  home  relations  of  an 
elevated  type.  All  through  the  first  thou- 
sand years  of  Christian  life  we  look  with 
delight  upon  the  sanctity  of  the  established 
homes,  and  turn  with  sorrow  from  the  edu- 
cation that  teaches  general  asceticism, 
minimizing  the  possibility  of  increasing  the 
number  of  such  homes. 

Coming  to  more  modern  times  let  us 
watch  that  great  Swiss  educator,  the  much 
loved,  much  reverenced,  far  influencing 
Pestalozzi,  at  his  work  of  making  a  school. 
It  seems  so  simple  as  we  turn  the  pages  of 
the  charming  little  story  "Leonard  and 
Gertrude."  Gertrude,  a  wise  mother,  suc- 
ceeds in  giving  to  her  own  children  much 
information  and  practical  skill,  a  high  de- 
gree of  moral  and  mental  training,  by  mere- 
ly turning  to  account  certain  possibilities  in 
the  daily  home  life.  Gradually  a  few  of 
the  neighbors'  children  are  allowed  to  join 
her  little  group,  and  before  the  story 
reaches  its  end,  Gertrude  is  persuaded  to 
accept  larger  quarters  with  open  doors,  the 
mother  has  become  teacher,  the  teacher 
always  remains  mother,  and  a  school  has 
been  created  directly  from  a  home. 

The  idea  of  the  kindergarten  in  strength- 
ening the  bonds  between  home  and  school 
is  three  fold: 

1.  To  base  the  work  of  the  school  room, 
both  in  subject  matter  and  method,  on  the 
lines  of  the  ideal  home,  making  the  former 
a  process  of  co-operative  living  as  genuine- 
ly as  is  the  latter. 

2.  To  give  the  child  a  perspective  view 
of  the  home  that  makes  him  consciously 
appreciative  of  the  activities  there,  and 
anxious  to  share  in  their  responsibility. 

3.  To  give  to  the  parents,  the  older 
brothers  and  sisters,  the  fond  aunts  and 
uncles,  an  interest  in  the  school  and  a  con- 
fidence in  its  earnestness  of  purpose,  strong 
enough  to  bring  about  a  condition  of 
mutual  helpfulness. 

It  is  this  last  relation  which  I  especially 
wish  to  urge  this  afternoon.  The  field  be- 
longs no  more  to  the  kindergartner  than 
to  the  teacher  of  any  other  grade,  but  as 
the  president  of  this  association,  Dr.  P.  P. 


254 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Claxton,  once  said  in  an  address  before  the 
N.  E.  A.,  referring  to  the  interest  of  parents 
in  the  school  life  of  their  children :  "They 
follow  the  babies  with  more  solicitude  than 
they  have  been  accustomed  to  follow  the 
older  children,  and  the  interest  soon  ex- 
tends upward  to  all  grades  of  the  school." 
Therefore,  be  it  the  proud  privilege  of  the 
kindergarten  to  establish  a  firm  foundation 
for  universal  co-operation  between  home 
and  school,  and  perhaps  one  great  educa- 
tional reform,  at  least,  will  grow  logically 
from  the  bottom  upward,  instead  of  in  the 
customary  manner,  from  the  college  down. 

A  few  of  the  points  that  may  be  gained 
through  friendly  visiting,  parents'  meetings, 
invitations  to  share  in  iestival  functions, 
calls  for  aid,  etc.,  are  indicated  in  the  story 
of  one  community  of  which  I  know.  The 
points  are  limited,  and  many  of  the  at- 
tempts are  still  in  the  making.  They  apply 
to  poor  middle  class  Irish  people  in  a  free 
kindergarten  of  a  small  southern  city.  The 
method  and  subject  matter  would  both  dif- 
fer greatly  under  other  conditions,  but  the 
kindly  co-operation,  the  helpful  give  and 
take,  the  kindergarten  influence  for  uplift 
in  the  home  from  whatever  standpoint  the 
home  most  needs  uplift,  the  efforts  of  the 
home  to  advance  the  cause  of  the  kinder- 
garten in  whatever  direction  the  kinder- 
garten most  needs  advance,  the  mutual  de- 
termination to  nourish  in  the  best  possible 
way  the  lives  of  the  little  children  for  whom 
home  and  kindergarten  are  alike  created — 
these  things  are  the  same  in  city  or  town, 
among  rich  or  poor,  Swedes  or  American 
born.  The  way  of  accomplishing  them  is 
the  special  problem  of  the  particular  kin- 
dergartner. 

The  kindergarten  to  which  I  refer  was 
organized  four  years  ago.  Early  in  the 
year  a  Mothers'  Meeting  was  called,  and 
out  of  a  possible  forty  members  about  half 
a  dozen  responded.  The  same  thing  happen- 
ed again  and  again,  but  before  the  year 
closed  there  was  one  banner  afternoon  with 
fifteen  people  present.  Basketry  and  games 
were  the  chief  occupation,  and  the  kinder- 
gartner  furnished  a  friendly  cup  of  tea. 

Today  at  the  regular  monthly  meeting, 
forty  is  an  average  attendance  and  sixty-five 
have  occasionally  gathered.  Once  in  two  or 
three  months  invitations  are  issued  by  the 
club  secretary  to  an  evening  meeting  at 
which  fathers  are  urged  to  be  present. 
When  the  first  of  these  meetings  was  held 
last  year,  seven  fathers  responded.  "There'll 


be  double  the  number  next  time;  leave  it 
to  me,"  said  a  big,  jolly,  overgrown  boy, 
one  of  the  seven,  and  when  they  met  again 
it  was  found  he  had  meant  what  he  said. 
At  the  third  gathering  twenty  men  were 
present,  and  Parents'  Meetings  are  now  an 
established  fact. 

The  variety  of  program  subjects  has  in- 
creased almost  as  greatly  as  the  number  of 
participators.  Frequently  it  is  possible  to 
open  the  meeting  with  a  bit  of  fine  music, 
or  an  especially  beautiful  story.  Hand 
work  is  still  included  but  has  only  a  minor 
place.  Simple  talks  and  discussions  led  by 
sympathetic  experts  in  each  line,  have 
brought  light  upon  conditions  in  domestic 
hygiene,  the  physical  well-being  of  chil- 
dren, wise  ways  of  spending  holidays  and 
celebrating  festivals,  the  modern  child 
study  movement,  its  purposes,  its  values, 
and  other  problems  along  equally  thought- 
ful lines. 

But  the  meetings  have  not  become  alto- 
gether serious  by  any  manner  of  means. 
Always  there  is  the  party  time,  arranged, 
nowadays,  by  a  volunteer  committee  under 
the  direction  of  a  chairman  appointed  by 
the  president.  The  refreshments,  by  the 
request  of  the  kindergartner  are  exceeding 
simple,  and  usually  home  prepared. 

And  then  before  the  gathering  closes  al- 
ways and  ever  is  the  half  hour  of  games, 
when  young  and  old,  thin  and  fat,  quiet  and 
gay,  throw  cares  to  the  wind  and  with  all 
the  delight  of  four-year-olds  are  fox  and 
geese,  farmers  and  blacksmiths,  giants  and 
brownies- — race,  hide,  seek,  skip,  dance,  and 
run,  until  the  kindergartner  seeing  every 
one  exhausted  with  laughter,  seats  herself 
at  the  piano  and  plays  a  quiet  goodbye. 
Then  all  turn  homeward  refreshed  in  spirit, 
determined  no  longer  to  boil  the  tea,  be- 
lieving that  perhaps  fresh  air  at  night 
really  isn't  so  bad,  wondering  whether  a 
Madonna  like  the  one  in  the  kindergarten 
would  look  better  in  the  parlor  than  the 
cheap  colored  print  that  has  long  held 
sway,  sorry  Tommy  has  been  allowed  to 
become  so  stubborn  when  there  are  simple 
ways  of  working  against  such  a  condition, 
glad  to  have  discovered  that  Mrs.  B.  in  the 
next  street  would  be  a  valuable  friend  even 
if  her  clothes  are  rather  shabby,  marvelling 
at  the  educational  import  of  blocks  and 
balls  when  wisely  handled,  and  eager  to 
assure  the  home-staying  people  that  if  they 
would  just  go  once  they  would  never  miss 
a   meeting  again.     Included   among   those 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


255 


present  are  always  members  of  the  other 
Mothers'  clubs  of  the  city,  and  a  meeting 
is  not  complete  without  Mrs.  R.  who  lives 
five  miles  out  in  the  country,  and  who  has 
had  no  child  in  kindergarten  for  a  number 
of  years. 

With  such  a  spirit  it  is  easy  to  under- 
stand how  these  busy  women,  among 
whom  large  families  are  the  rule  and  ser- 
vants are  almost  unknown,  should  each 
year  give  time  and  thought  and  strength, 
to  a  sale  of  some  sort  for  the  benefit  of  the 
kindergarten;  how  they  should  be  ever 
ready  to  hem  kindergarten  dusters  or  re- 
plenish the  stock  of  spoons;  to  lend  any- 
thing or  everything  in  their  homes,  or  if 
necessary  borrow  from  their  friends;  why 
they  are  eagerly  anxious  to  stand  by  the 
kindergarten  in  making  firmer  an  establish- 
ed custom  or  in  organizing  a  new  one ;  why 
they  ask  what  songs  and  stories  are  being 
used,  or  will  assist,  if  needs  be,  in  a  rigor- 
ous method  of  punishment;  why  they  are 
ever  open  to  suggestions  from  the  kinder- 
gartner,  even  when  these  suggestions  in- 
volve most  personal  affairs;  and  why  they 
come  to  her  with  their  joys  and  their  sor- 
rows, confident  of  sympathy  in  either  case. 

Last  year  the  interest  of  a  new  set  of 
people  was  given  a  definite  channel,  a  Girls' 
club  having  been  organized  under  the 
leadership  of  the  kindergartner.  The  girls 
meet  once  a  week,  fifteen  minutes  being 
devoted  to  business  matters,  half  an  hour 
to  stories  and  half  an  hour  to  old  folk 
games.  Membership  in  this  club  is  limited 
to  twenty,  and  so  long  had  the  waiting  list 
become  that  at  the  beginning  of  this  term 
it  was  necessary  to  form  a  second  club  of 
equal  size,  and  there  a  waiting  list  is  al- 
ready to  be  found.  This  club  is  led  by  the 
kindergarten  assistant  and  an  ex-kinder- 
gartner  who  has  left  the  active  field  to 
make  a  home  of  her  own.  Its  efforts  are 
devoted  to  simple  basketry. 

Last  year  a  small  group  of  boys  was  also 
banded  in  club  activities,  under  the  direc- 
tion of  one  of  the  city's  progressive  minis- 
ters, and  the  same  group  is  this  year  gain- 
ing some  degree  of  technical  skill  from  the 
hand  of  a  young  electrician  well  qualified 
to  carry  boys  upward  and  onward. 

When  the  preparations  for  the  kinder- 
garten Christmas  tree  was  recently  rife, 
these  boys  volunteered  to  scour  the  woods 
for  decorations,  and  when  the  girls  were 
given  a  share  in  making  gay  ornament, 
there    was    exceeding    rivalry    as    to    who 


should  be  allowed  to  do  most — and  ex- 
aminations at  school  were  already  in  pro- 
gress. 

We  rejoice  to  hear  of  steady  increase,  the 
country  over,  in  bands  such  as  these — 
learning  the  ways  of  the  kindergarten  and 
carrying  them  into  the  home;  giving  to  the 
kindergarten  the  best  of  home  spirit  and 
home  interest;  conveying  to  little  children 
their  first  ideas  of  school  as  a  place  allied 
to  home  by  many  ties;  strengthening  from 
first  to  last  the  relation  between  home  and 
school,  a  relation  that  has  as  its  ideal  what 
Earl  Barnes  has  called  the  purpose  of  all 
education  worthy  of  the  name — "The  Real- 
ization of  Life  More  Abundant"— and 
greater  and  better  even  than  that,  obeys 
the  mandate  of  Froebel  himself,  and  lives 
that  life  with  the  children. 


LET  THE  CHILDREN  SMASH  THEIR 
TOYS 

BY   HAROLD  B.   GORST, 

Former     Secretary     of     the     British     Minister     of 
Education. 

The  curse  of  education  is  that  as  facts 
are  driven  in  ideas  are  crowded  out.  Chil- 
dren are  taught  too  much  and  allowed  to 
think  too  little.  The  memory  is  stored 
with  a  lot  of  rubbish,  and  imagination  is 
smothered  and  dies.  Its  tendency  is  to  de- 
velop a  level  of  mediocrity  and  to  suppress 
genius. 

Children  are  punished  for  what  we  stu- 
pidly call  lies  when  the  child  is  merely 
exercising  his  imagination,  taking  out  for 
a  little  canter,  so  to  speak.  One  of  my  boys 
tells  such  colossal  lies  that  his  teacher  has 
excused  him  for  them.  He  no  longer  pun- 
ishes him  when  he  tells  them.  He  says 
they  are  such  remarkable  lies  that  he 
knows  the  child  doesn't  intend  them  to  be 
falsehoods.  He  simply  sees  things  on  a 
colossal  scale  and  will  probably  become  a 
great  novelist  or  playwright. 

It  is  original  thought,  not  the  knowl- 
edge of  dead  things  and  facts  from  which 
vitality  has  fled,  that  makes  progress  in 
the  world,  and  it  is  original  thought  which 
we  repress  in  our  educational  system. 

My  contention  is,  ever  has  been  and  ever 
will  be  that  our  schools  repress  instead  of 
encouraging  natural  talent.  Children  are 
all  the  same  thing,  regardless  of  their  bent. 
They  never  learn  well  what  they  do  not 
like,  and  it  is  of  no  use  to  them.  For  in- 
stance, a  man  might  be  an  excellent  artisan 


256 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


without  knowing"  how  to  read  or  write.  I 
do  not  want  to  be  labelled  a  crank  in  say- 
ing that  a  man  may  get  along  very  well 
without  knowing  how  to  read  or  write. 
Nevertheless,  I  am  convinced  of  it. 

I  have  been  called  a  revolutionist.  Per- 
haps I  am.  At  any  rate  I  should  like  to 
cause  the  destruction  of  every  mechanical 
toy  in  the  market.  Mechanical  toys  are 
evils,  because  they  do  everything  for  a 
child  and  he  does  nothing  for  himself. 

Now,  a  child  is  naturally  inventive.  Give 
a  female  child  a  bit  of  rag,  and  she  will 
soon  have  it  rigged  up  as  a  doll.  Give  her 
a  corn  husk,  and  it  will  soon  be  a  brisk, 
warrior-looking  member  of  her  family.  Or 
a  heap  of  sand  to  a  male  child,  and  he  will 
soon  construct  from  it  a  fortification  and 
hold  a  massacre  within  it.  The  heaps  of 
sand  are  a  splendid  aid  to  the  constructive 
ability  of  childhood.  I  understand  you 
have  many  of  them  in  your  back  yards  and 
even  in  your  nurseries  in  this  country.  And 
Germany  is  dotted  with  them. 

My  quarrel — and  it  is  a  bitter  one — with 
the  prevailing  system  of  education  is  that 
it  is  repressive.  It  does  not  develop  the 
child.  It  stuffs  him  with  things  he  does  not 
need.  The  child  of  three  is  exceedingly 
imaginative.  He  weaves  a  wonderful  fab- 
ric of  fancy  and  tells  strange  and  fascinat- 
ing stories.  The  builder  in  him  is  alive. 
This  continues,  and  would  continue  indefi- 
nitely, but  alas  for  the  little  one !  We  send 
him  to  school  when  he  is  seven  or  eight. 

If  you  have  ever  observed  children  at 
all  you  have  noticed  how  they  change  after 
three  or  four  months  in  school.  They  no 
longer  spin  stories  out  of  their  fancy.  When 
they  talk  it  is  not  of  fairies,  but  of  what 
two  times  four  makes  and  how  to  spell  cat. 

In  the  home,  at  school,  everywhere  there 
is  the  repressive  system.  No  effort  is  made 
to  find  out  what  the  child  is  fit  for,  but 
every  thought  converges  on  "making  him 
learn,"  stuffing  his  head  with  the  sawdust 
of  useless  facts. 

The  result  is  that  the  active  world  is 
full  of  persons  who  are  where  they  ought 
not  be,  certainly  not  where  they  ought  to 
be.  There  are  men  in  Wall  street  who 
ought  to  be  poets.  John  D.  Rockefeller, 
my  brother-in-law,  Mr.  Charles  Rami  Ken- 
nedy, assures  me,  ought  to  be  a  clergyman. 
J.  Pierpont  Morgan  should  be  a  professor 
in  a  college.     His  fondness  for  collecting 


books  and  paintings  indicates  that.  Prob- 
ably America  is  full  of  misfits.  I  know  that 
England  is. 

In  conclusion  let  me  warn  parents 
against  punishing  children  for  breaking 
toys.  No  child  ever  breaks  a  toy  because 
he  is  malicious.  He  breaks  it  because  his 
imagination  and  his  constructive  faculty 
are  alive.  He  wants  to  find  out  how  it  is 
made. 


THE   KINDERGARTEN   CHILD 

[HE  kindergarten  child  is  al- 
ways ready  for  work  the  very 
first  day  of  school.  He  seems 
to  know  how  to  go  to  work 
while  the  little  child  who  has 
had  no  kindergarten  training  does  not 
know  what  to  do  with  himself. 

The  kindergarten  child  recognizes  num- 
bers more  rapidly  than  other  children,  each 
number  seems  to  mean  something  to  him 
and  when  told  to  blind-fold  his  eyes  he  can 
see  the  exact  pictures  of  the  different  fig- 
ures and  reproduce  them  on  the  black- 
board with  chalk. 

Now  in  reading  I  find  the  kindergarten 
child  is  far  more  interesting  than  the  child 
who  has  not  had  the  training,  because  in 
the  course  of  his  training  the  kindergarten 
child  has  acquired  a  good  sized  vocabulary 
which  enables  him  to  talk  on  almost  any 
subject  and  after  a  little  conversation  about 
each  reading  lesson  I  am  sure  the  child  has 
the  right  idea  of  the  lesson  and  hence  the 
right  expression. 

Each  picture  in  the  lesson  means  some- 
thing to  the  child ;  he  not  only  sees  the  dif- 
ferent objects  in  the  picture  but  can  and 
wants  to  tell  some  story  about  it,  and  I 
always  feel  that  he  understands  what  he 
is  reading  about. 

Now  the  neatness  of  number  papers  and 
writing  books  is  certainly  a  result  of  the 
kindergarten  training.  The  hand  work  is 
indeed  beautiful  and  so  neatly  done. 

The  kindergarten  child  knows  every 
word  in  the  little  songs  he  sings.  I  have 
often  learned  little  songs  from  the  children 
and  afterwards  looked  them  up  and  found 
that  I  had  been  taught  correctly. 

It  is  the  same  in  everything;  the  kinder- 
garten child  is  always  ready  and  prepared 
for  work  and  it  seems  as  if  he  loves  his 
work. 

HELEN  L.  DONNELLY,  Bangor,  Me. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


257 


*LETTERS   TO    A    YOUNG   KINDER- 
GARTNER. 

THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  TABLE  EXERCISES. 

My  Dear  Young  Kindergartner : 

Do  you  share  the  opinion  held  by  many 
kindergartners  that  the  exercises  with 
gifts  and  occupations  are  the  most  impor- 
tant of  all  the  varied  interests  of  the  kin- 
dergarten? Your  letter  reveals  more  than 
a  tendency  to  overestimate  their  value,  and 
reminds  me  of  my  own  attitude  during 
early  days  in  kindergarten  when  I,  too, 
guaged  my  success  or  failure  in  a  given 
morning  by  the  gift  and  occupation  exer- 
cises. I  grant  their  importance,  and  fully 
recognize  the  difficult  problems  involved  in 
their  successful  organization;  but  I  am  cer- 
tain that  these  exercises  are  difficult 
primarily  because  the  gifts  and  occupations 
have  been  emphasized  out  of  proportion  to 
their  inherent  and  relative  values. 

You  write  of  the  gift  and  occupation 
"lesson."  Here  let  me  caution  you,  lest 
in  holding  the  idea  of  a  lesson  you  make 
the  exercise  conform  to  the  idea  of  in- 
struction rather  than  play.  The  first  step 
toward  success  is  taken  when  you  free 
yourself  from  the  notion  that  lessons  are 
to  be  given  in  kindergarten.  Exercises  in 
kindergarten  should  be  play — play  that  is 
freighted  with  deep  meaning,  truly,  but 
always  showing  that  happy  blending  of 
joy  and  activity  which  conditions  true  play. 

A  ju«t  evaluation  of  the  place  these 
exercises  shall  hold  in  the  general  scheme 
of  interests  is  essential  to  successful  or- 
ganization. You  need  to  be  thoroughly 
sincere  in  defining  to  yourself  whether  the 
gifts  and  occupations  are  ends  in  them- 
selves or  whether  they  are  means  to  ends 
that  relate  not  only  to  the  world  of  nature 
but  also  to  the  world  of  man.  Your  pro- 
cedure will  be  conditioned,  in  the  main,  by 
one  of  these  two  views. 

If  you  accept  and  use  the  materials  as 
ends  in  themselves,  you  will  use  them  as 
illustrative  materials  to  bring  before  the 
children  the  ideas  within  the  series  itself; 
for  example,  exercises  in  the  Fourth  Gift 
will  concentrate  upon  the  idea  of  contrast 
in  dimensions;  or  in  the  Second  Gift,  on 
the  idea  of  contrasted  forms  and  their 
mediation.  Each  exercise  will  then  be  plan- 
ned to  "concentrate  upon  the  ideas  within 
the  material,"  such  as  form,  number,  posi- 
tion, and  direction.     Structural  features  of 

*AU  rights  reserved. 


the  materials,  such  as  faces,  corners,  edges, 
angles,  triangles,  etc.,  become  subject- 
matter  for  exercises. 

Within  such  a  procedure  there  lurks  a 
grave  danger.  From  the  standpoint  of  the 
child,  these  formal  or  structural  aspects  of 
the  gifts,  as  such,  are  devoid  of  essential 
interest;  hence  the  necessity  of  making 
them  interesting  to  the  children.  ,  Because1 
of  their  barrenness,  the  teacher  must  devise 
measures  by  which  the  ends  of  structural 
emphasis  may  be  achieved.  Formerly,  the 
dictation  method  prevailed.  The  ideas  in 
the  gifts  having  no  root  in  experience,  the 
children,  held  in  the  grip  of  repressive 
discipline,  were  told  what  to  do  and  how 
to  do  it.  Under  this  regime,  one  had  bst 
to  refer  to  books  and  manuals  to  find 
series  of  exercises  organized  for  specific 
ends;  namely,  mastery  of  the  materials 
themselves  and  the  essential  characteristics 
of  each  division.  Now  it  is  the  common 
practice  to  permit  free  play  with  the 
materials  until  some  child  discovers  by 
accident  the  form  or  factor  to  be  empha- 
sized. This  discovery  is  made  the  point  of 
departure  for  structural  emphasis.  In  this 
connection  let  me  refer  you  to  Dr.  John 
Dewey's  Monograph  of  "Interest  as  Re- 
lated To  Will  "  While  not  written  for 
kindergarten,  the  argument  is  relative  to 
just  such  conditions  as  prevail  in  following 
the  formal  administration  of  kindergarten 
materials.  You  will  do  well  to  let  Dr. 
Dewey  make  clear  to  you  what  usually  fol- 
lows when  subject  matter  must  be  made 
interesting  to  children.  In  such  an  exercise 
there  is  no  adequate  motive  for  attention. 
The  child's  native  urgencies  and  needs  have 
been  ignored,  and  method  in  teaching  con- 
sists in  device  in  dressing  up  the  uninterest- 
ing subject  matter,  in  order  that  attention 
may  lay  hold  upon  it. 

On  the  other  hand,  if  you  consider  the 
materials  as  means  to  ends  that  are  con- 
ditioned by  the  vital  processes  of  child  de- 
velopment, you  will  look  upon  them, 
primarily  as  means  of  expression  placed 
in  the  hands  of  the  child  to  aid  him  in  gain- 
ing a  many-sided  control  of  experiences 
arising  within  the  compass  of  his  own  life. 
Here  the  emphasis  is  not  upon  structural 
and  formal  ideas,  but  upon  function,  or 
use.  Images,  dimly  preceived,  are  brought 
more  clearly  before  consciousness.  The 
will  to  do,  that  is  weak  and  vacikting, 
undergoes  a  process  of  development  as  the 
child    constructs    and    expresses    with    the 


258 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


kindergarten  materials  interests  that  are 
germain  to  his  own  immediate  life  and 
need.  From  the  mass  of  interests  and  ex- 
periences of  child  life,  it  is  the  teacher's 
problem  to  select  those  which  have  per- 
manent worth,  not  only  to  the  child  but 
also  to  society.  Through  playing  about 
these  experiences  with  constructive  and 
graphic  materials,  the  life  of  control  begins 
its  functioning. 

The  structural  emphasis  is  not  neces- 
sarily ignored  because  made  incidental  to 
function.  Notice,  if  you  will,  the  word 
"incidental;"  do  not  for  a  moment  construe 
it  to  mean  accidental.  Form,  number, 
position,  and  direction  words  and  experi- 
ences become  very  vital  when  needed  to 
control  the  larger  interests  within  which 
they  subsist. 

Organization  of  table  exercises,  as  we 
have  seen,  includes  not  only  the  interpre- 
tation of  the  purposes  for  which  the  ma- 
terials are  used,  but  also  the  way  in  which 
they  are  used.  Looking  more  closely  to 
the  method  of  giving  these  exercises,  it  be- 
comes clear  at  once  that  no  static  rules  can 
be  given,  since  the  teacher's  course  must 
be  guided  by  the  capacities  and  needs  of 
particular  groups  of  children.  My  obser- 
vation leads  me  to  believe  that  the  method 
of  giving  occupation  exercises  is  uniformlv 
safer  and  more  rational  than  is  the  method 
with  the  gifts.  In  the  occupation  exercises, 
there  is  usually  a  better  estimate  of  the 
capacities  of  the  children  and  a  wiser  use  of 
imitation  and  direction  in  securing  a  desired 
end.  Motives  and  purposes  are  more  clear- 
lv  defined  in  the  beginning;  and  hence,  one 
may  observe  concentration  of  attention, 
persistence  of  will  action,  and  the  presence 
of  sustained  interest  until  the  purposes  of 
cutting,  folding,  weaving  or  pasting  have 
been  accomplished. 

Method,  from  the  standpoint  of  the  child, 
is  an  evolutionary  process  making  for  pro- 
gressive control  of  experience.  Watching 
the  plav  of  the  four-year-old  child  with  the 
gifts,  we  discern  it  to  be  mainly  aimless,  or 
at  least  continuous  for  the  mere  joy  in 
activity;  hence  the  necessity  of  playing 
with  the  child,  using  his  activity,  giving  it 
purpose  and  direction,  and  also  giving  it 
meaning  by  descriptive  and  interpretive 
word  or  song. 

Again,  by  imitation,  there  can  be  an  in- 
terchange of  models  for  activity  between 
teacher  and  child.  Or,  play  may  be  under 
the    direction    of    the    teacher.      With    the 


young  child,  the  teacher  must  always  be  an 
active  participant,  following  and  leading, 
guarding  and  guiding  the  powers  of  feeling, 
willing  and  knowing  as  they  are  manifested 
in  play. 

The  evolution  of  method,  of  control  is 
from  aimless  activity  to  purposeful  activity ; 
from  purposes  that  arise  out  of  activity  to 
purposes  that  give  motive  for  activity  and 
direction  to  activity.  Hence,  organiza- 
tion of  exercises  with  the  older  groups  re- 
quires the  gradual  development  of  purposes 
to  be  realized  as  the  reason  for  play  with 
the  materials.  For  the  older  children,  an 
occasional  exercise  for  free  play  with  the 
materials  should  suffice.  Even  this  may  be 
unnecessary  if  each  period  permits  the 
creative  use  of  materials  within  limitations 
or  without  restrictions. 

With  the  older  group,  table  work  may 
properly  have  three  movements ;  namely, 
Motivation,  Unification,  and  Individuation. 

Motivation  seeks  through  conversation 
about  experience,  object,  picture,  story  or 
song,  to  lead  to  choices  of  what  to  play 
about  and  what  to  play  with,  leaving  the 
how  to  play  with  the  children  themselves. 

Unification  takes  place  at  the  end  of  a 
reasonable  period  of  activity  with  the  ma- 
terials. Time  should  here  be  given  to  the 
observation  of  building  and  to  a  description 
of  the  results  of  activity  by  the  children. 
This  step  is  taken  that  each  child's  expres- 
sion of  an  experience  may  be  enlarged  and 
enriched  by  that  of  others. 

The  third  step  in  organization  is  Indi- 
viduation, wherein  the  children,  left  free  to 
construct  within  the  experience,  or  without 
restriction,  may  exercise  their  creative 
ability. 

In  the  first  and  second  movements,  the 
aopeal  is  to  the  group,  thus  securing  unity 
of  feeling  and  thought  by  the  agency  of  a 
common  interest,  leaving  the  expressive 
activity  free.  Each  child  in  his  play  with 
constructive  or  graphic  materials,  and 
through  language,  may  express,  according 
to  his  capacity,  his  interest  in  a  mutual  ex- 
perience. In  the  first  and  second  steps,  the 
observant  teacher  should  be  able  to  recog- 
nize the  limitations  of  individual  children ; 
and  in  the  third  step  the  individual  should 
receive  the  intimate  encouragement  and 
correction  of  the  teacher. 

My  dear  young  teacher,  learn  to  evaluate 
the  kindergarten  materials  with  their  in- 
creasing amounts  and  difficulties  as  keeping 
pace  with  the  developing  needs  and  capac- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


259 


ities  of  the  child.  Further,  think  of  these 
growing  needs  and  capacities  as  revealing 
the  progressive  steps  in  the  child's  method 
of  control  and  expression.  Your  own 
method  and  device  will  then  consist  in  a 
wise  selection  and  arrangement  of  experi- 
ences and  materials,  and  the  organization 
of  them  with  reference  to  the  nurture  of 
child  life.  And  finally,  seek  the  aims  and 
purposes  of  your  work  in  the  growing 
needs  of  child  life  as  they  are  manifested 
through  language,  play,  investigation,  and 
constructive  and  graphic  expression,  and 
organize  materials  to  facilitate  these  de- 
veloping processes. 

Faithfully  yours, 

HARRIETTE     MELISSA    MILLS. 


THE    COMING    PLAYGROUND    CON- 
GRESS AT  PITTSBURG  MAY  11-14 

T1    HE  Third  Annual  Playground 


Congress  will  be  held  in  Pitts- 
burg, Pa.,  on  May  11  to  14. 
Already  the  local  committee 
on  arrangements,  the  pro- 
gram committee  and  the  committees  on 
special  subjects  are  busy  at  work  preparing 
an  unusually  strong  program  and  an  ex- 
tensive series  of  novel  exhibits  and  fes- 
tivals for  congress  week. 

In  Pittsburg  a  local  committee  on  ar- 
rangements headed  by  Miss  Beulah  Ken- 
nard,  president  of  the  Pittsburg  Play- 
ground association,  Mrs.  Samuel  Ammon 
and  George  E.  Johnson,  superintendent  of 
the  Pittsburg  Playground  association,  co- 
workers, is  perfecting  plans  for  the  enter- 
tainment of  visitors.  This  committee  has 
appointed  the  following  sub-committees : 
Hospitality,  Mrs.  Frank  T.  Hogg,  chair- 
man ;  Concert  and  Finance,  Mrs.  Frank  M. 
Roessing,  chairman ;  Local  Transportation, 
Mrs.  George  Kramer,  chairman;  General 
Information,  Mrs.  Samuel  Ammon,  chair- 
man ;  Hall  and  Ushers,  Mrs.  William 
Macrum,  chairman ;  Auxiliary  and  Play- 
ground Exhibits,  Mrs.  Joseph  H.  Moore, 
chairman.  Each  of  these  chairmen  is  as- 
sisted by  a  number  of  prominent  residents 
of  Pittsburg. 

A  large  Advisory  committee,  composed 
of  Pittsburg's  leading  men,  will  be  an- 
nounced later. 

Carnegie  Music  Hall,  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  and  convenient  places  for  gather- 
ings in  the  United  States,  has  been  secured 
for  the  use  of  the  Congress. 


The  exhibition  features  will  be  par- 
ticularly emphasized.  Winter  iwork  and 
activities  will  be  shown  as  of  interest  in  the 
present  movement  for  the  all  year  work 
of  playgrounds.  Another  exhibition  will 
deal  with  dramatics,  folk  dancing  and 
games,  while  the  value  of  music  in  play- 
ground work  will  be  developed  as  a  musical 
feature  in  which  playground  children  will 
sing  Italian,  Russian,  German,  Irish  and 
Negro  folk  songs.  Folk  dancing  also  will 
be  a  special  feature  of  the  festival  work. 

The  Pittsburg  Congress,  moreover,  will 
offer  an  excellent  opportunity  to  study  at 
first  hand  the  way  in  which  a  municipality 
and  a  private  organization  can  co-operate 
successfully,  for  the  city  of  Pittsburg  has 
placed  the  management  of  its  playgrounds 
in  the  hands  of  the  Playground  association. 

The  general  meetings  will  be  held  in  the 
evening.  The  present  plan  is  to  have  fewer 
addresses  and  to  place  greater  emphasis  on 
exhibition  features.  The  speakers  will  be 
men  and  women  recognized  nationally  as 
having  an  important  message  to  offer  on 
the  play  question  and  significant  data  to 
contribute  to  the  working  out  of  the  great 
educational,  physiological  and  civic  prob- 
lems, the  solution  of  which  is  believed  to  lie 
in  the  field  of  properly  conducted  play- 
grounds. The  topics  at  the  general  meet- 
ings will  be  limited  to  fields  which  have  a 
truly  national   application. 

Each  address  will  deal  authoritatively 
with  some  phase  of  the  question  which  has 
a  national  bearing  and  which  is  significant 
to  all  classes  of  playground  advocates.  The 
detailed  discussion  of  questions  applicable 
to  limited  fields  will  be  held  in  connection 
with  the  special  conferences  and  committee 
sessions. 

The  reports  of  the  special  committees 
and  the  conference  discussions  will  be  each 
in  its  own  field  comprehensive.  These 
committees  for  months  past  have  been 
thoroughly  canvassing  their  fields  for  all 
information.  Each  report  will  be  a  com- 
plete resume  of  playground  progress  and 
discovery  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  The 
chairmen  of  these  committees  report  that 
all  of  their  members  are  actively  consider- 
ing the  problems.  In  addition,  each  com- 
mittee has  had  the  benefit  of  the  sugges- 
tions in  the  field  made  by  the  entire  mem- 
bership of  the  Playground  Association  of 
America. 

The   several   committees   and   the   chair- 


26o 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


men  who  will  present  reports  at  the  Con- 
gress are: 

Athletics  for  Boys. — Dr.  A.  K.  Aldinger. 

Equipment. — E.  B.  DeGroot. 

Festivals. — Lillian  D.  Wald. 

Folk  Dancing. — Elizabeth  Burchenal. 

Normal  Courses  in  Play. — Prof.  Clark 
W.  Hetherington. 

Play  in  Institutions. — Dr.  Hastings  Hart. 

Playgrounds  as  Social  Centers. — Mrs. 
Vladimir  Simkhovitch. 

State  Laws. — Joseph  Lee. 

Playground  Statistics. — Leonard  P. 
Ayres. 

Storytelling  in  the  Playground. — Maud 
Summers. 

All  suggestions  made  by  the  committees 
and  by  individual  members  will  be  con- 
sidered by  the  Program  and  Organization 
committees,  consisting  of  Dr.  Luther  Hal- 
scy  Gulick,  Dr.  George  L.  Meylan,  George 
E.  Jjhnson  and  Lawrence  Veiller.  This 
committee  will  then  report  a  plan  giving  to 
each  feature  the  maximum  possible  con- 
sideration and  allowing  a  due  proportion  of 
time  to  the  people  of  Pittsburg  to  carry  out 
their  hospitable  intentions. 

AUSTRALIA    TO     COPY     CORNELL. 


WILL  BUILD  A  UNIVERSITY  AND  FOLLOW 
SAME  PLAN  OF  EDUCATION. 
A  large  university  patterned  after  Cor- 
nell is  to  be  erected  in  Western  Australia, 
according  to  a  letter  from  Franklin 
,  Matthews,  Cornell,  '83,  to  President  Schur- 
ma'n.  Mr.  Matthews,  who  is  with  the 
American  battleship  fleet,  writes  that  while 
in  Australia  last  fall  he  was  sought  out  by 
Dr.  J.  C.  Hackett,  editor  of  The  Western 
Australian,  who  asked  him  to  request  the 
Cornell  authorities  to  send  information  re- 
garding the  origin,  history,  development, 
and  plan  of  education  at  Cornell.  Mr. 
Matthews  is  President  of  the  Associated 
Cornell  Alumni. 


As  this  issue  of  the  Kindergarten- 
Primary  Magazine  goes  to  press  the  final 
arrangements  are  being  made  for  the  an- 
nual meeting  of  the  I.  K.  U.  at  Buffalo, 
which  promises  to  be  very  successful. 

If  you  have  not  already  decided  to  attend 
do  so  now  and  go ! 


EDITORIAL 

\\7  E  read  recently  that  sixty  boys 
and  fifteen  girls,  who  are 
q  members  of  secret  organiza- 
tions in  the  Auburn,  New 
York,  high  school,  were  ready 
to  leave  school  rather  than  bow  to  the  edict 
of  the  board  of  education  which  declared 
that  secret  societies  must  go. 

It  seems  scarcely  credible  that  the  young 
people  would  even  venture  to  such  ex- 
tremes unless  sustained  in  their  rebellion 
by  the  home  authorities  known  as 
"parents."  We  hear  a  good  deal  of  criti- 
cism of  the  school  in  these  days;  we  hear  a 
good  deal  of  criticism  of  the  bad  manners 
of  the  children  graduated ;  their  lawless- 
ness;  their  lack  of  consideration  for  others. 
The  schools  certainly  are  justified  in  ask- 
ing: "What  can  rightly  be  expected  of  us 
when,  in  an  important  matter,  decision  has 
been  rendered  by  the  regularly  constituted 
school  authorities,  the  children  are  upheld 
in  direct  rebellion."  Is  the  judgment  of 
children,  inexperienced,  immature,  emo- 
tional, changeable,  to  be  put  into  the  bal- 
ance with  that  of  the  teachers  chosen  by  the 
State  presumably  because  of  their  fitness  to 
understand  and  Weigh  what  is  the  best  not 
only  for  the  present,  but  for  the  future  of 
the  children  under  their  charge? 

If  the  parents  disapprove  of  any  action  on 
the  part  of  the  teacher,  principal  or  school 
board,  should  they  not  in  the  interest  of 
home  government  themselves  make  the  de- 
mand, rather  than  allow  the  children  to 
think  that  they  were  competent  to  judge 
for  themselves  as  against  the  wisdom  of 
their  teachers?  B.  J. 


Many  of  the  children  today  regard  very 
lightly  the  educational  opportunities  for 
which  their  ancesters  toiled  and  sacrificed, 
under  great  hardships.  Perhaps  they  will 
appreciate  better  their  own  advantages  if 
told  of  sixteen-year-old  Eding  Wellman, 
who  rode  with  her  mother  from  Mexico, 
1,500  miles,  in  men's  saddles  in  order  to 
matriculate  at  the  State  University  at 
Fayetteville,  Arkansas. 


He  who  thinks  he  has  little  to  learn  learns 
little,  and  teaches  less. 


From  the  New  York  Sun  we  quote  the 
following,  treating  of  the  use  of  dogs  in 
war,  for  beneficent  rather  than  malevolent 
ends.  One  positive  way  in  which  to  down 
the  war  spirit  in  children  is  to  emphasize, 
in  studying  such  wars  as  form  a  part  of 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


261 


United  States  history,  the  work  of  the  Red 
Cross  Society.  The  assistance  rendered  by 
dogs,  in  this  good  work  will  appeal  to  the 
children: 

There  has  been  much  discussion  among  European 
military  men  interested  in  training  dogs  for  use- 
ful service  in  the  army  as  to  what  breed  can  be 
drilled  most  easily  to  find  in  timber  or  under- 
brush wounded  men  that  the  ambulance  corps  tails 
to  discover.  France  still  preters  shepherd  dogs, 
but  Captain  Tolet,  who  has  long  been  in  charge 
of  the  work,  says  a  number  of  breeds  can  be  maue 
efficient  if  they  have  keen  scent  and  good  intelli- 
gence. Shepherd  dogs  are  still  in  tne  majority 
among  those  now  being  trained  on  the  manoeuvr- 
ing held  at  Bequet.  Tolet  says  that  it  is  easy  to 
decide  in  a  montn  whether  a  aog  is  capable  in  this 
line,  and  two  months  more  ht  the  elect  for  their 
vocation:  ,       \^.\  u 

Almost  any  day  these  animals  may  be  seen  in'the 
field  wearing  their  red  cross  badges  and  hunting 
in  the  hollows  and  thickets  for  soldiers  simulating 
wounded  men  waiting  to  be  found.  The  useful- 
ness of  this  service  was  proved  in  the  Boer  and 
Kusso-Japanese  wars,  anu  in  eight  countries  of 
Europe  dogs  are  now  being  drilled  for  their 
humanitarian  work,  ft  was  very  different  when 
dogs  were  trained  as  auxiliary  to  fighting  forces. 
History  tells  of  the  demoralizing  effects  of  blood- 
hounds in  the  Persian  army,  of  tne  dogs  that  added 
another  terror  to  Attila's  invasion  of  the  west,  of 
the  tiOO  fighting  dogs  that  accompanied  a  British 
invasion  01  Ireland,  and  of  the  800  in  the  army 
of  Charles  V.  on  one  of  his  campaigns.  Now  the 
dog  of  war  is  a  friend  and  not  an  enemy  of  man. 


We  subjoin  a  few  wise  words  from  an 
exchange,  which  the  high  school  teacher 
may  rind  available  as  graduation  day  ap- 
proaches : 

We  heard  a  recent  graduate  of  our  school,  a 
young  man,  make  the  remark  the  other  day:  "There 
is  nothing  to  do,  a  fellow  can't  find  a  job."  We 
feel  sorry  for  that  boy.  He's  in  wrong.  There  is  a 
demand  ior  good  boys  all  the  time.  JNo  matter  how 
hard  the  times  are,  there  is  always  a  demand  for 
good  boys  who  are  willing  to  woik;  boys  who  can 
see  around  the  dollar  that  is  in  front  of  their  eyes 
as  soon  as  they  get  a  job.  We  know  of  boys  who 
have  been  out  of  a  job  tor  a  long  time  because  they 
have  been  looking  tor  the  job  that  suits  them — tne 
"snap"  that  the  other  fellow  has.  The  boy  who 
jumps  into  the  first  job  that  is  offered  is  tne  boy 
who  is  chosen  when  the  boy-hunter  comes.  He  is 
tne  boy  whom  his  employer  can  recommend  to  the 
man  who  wants  him  for  a  better  position.  The 
boy  trundling  a  wheelbarrow  is  taken  while  the 
boy  who  is  loafing  is  left  to  find  the  "snap"  that 
never  comes.  Wane  up,  young  man!  Graduating 
from  a  high  school  doesn't  fit  you  for  the  position 
tnat  others  have  gained  by  hard  work,  ft  only 
fits  you  to  get  into  better  places  by  application  to 
hard  work.  Eew  of  our  most  prominent  men  went 
into  riches  in  a  rocking  chair  and  the  chances  are 
you  will  not  either.  Get  a  job,  learn  to  be  self- 
sustaining  and  the  good  things  will  be  offered  to 
you. 


Word  has  been  received  at  the  offices  of 
the  New  York  State  College  of  Agriculture 
that  the  new  Canton  Agricultural  College, 
which  the  Chinese  government  has  just 
established,   is   patterned   completely  after 


the  Cornell  Agricultural  College  in  this  city. 
C.  H.  Tong,  who  is  a  graduate  from  Cornell 
University  last  June  with  the  master's  de- 
gree, is  director  of  this  institution.  There 
are  now  sixty  students  enrolled,  although 
the  college,  with  its  two  subsidiary 
branches,  will  not  open  until  spring.  The 
director  has  sent  $3,000  to  this  country  to 
be  used  for  books  and  seeds  that  cannot  be 
obtained  in  China. 


Miss  Kathryn  Romer  Kip,  whose  excel- 
lent article  appears  in  this  issue,  studied 
kindergarten  fourteen  years  ago,  at  Felix 
Adler's  Schools  of  Ethical  Culture,  in  New 
York  City,  and  organized  and  conducted 
the  first  public  kindergartens  in  Princeton, 
New  Jersey.  She  is  a  graduate  of  Stanford 
University,  California,  and  has  kept  in  close 
touch  with  modern  educational  develop- 
ment. Two  years  ago  she  spent  a  winter  in 
Chicago  and  other  eastern  cities,  and  with 
headquarters  at  Chicago  Kindergarten  In- 
stitute she  investigated  into  the  various 
"schools"  of  kindergarten  method,  and 
thoroughly  acquainted  herself  with  the 
status  of  the  kindergarten  movement  and 
ideals  up  to  that  time.  She  is  now  teaching 
in  the  public  kindergartens  of  Los  Angeles. 


CHILD    STUDY    IN    RELATION    TO 
ELEMENTARY  ART  EDUCATION. 

BY  EARL  BARNES. 

part  n. 

In  the  period  from  six  to  ten  years  old 
physical  activity  is  less  dominating,  but  still 
very  powerful,  and  the  children  think  in 
larger  wholes.  This  is  very  important,  for, 
as  Kerschensteiner  has  pointed  out,  "The 
development  of  graphic  expression  is  con- 
nected very  closely  with  the  development 
of  the  comprehension  of  a  whole.  The 
teaching  of  every  subject  that  furthers  this 
comprehension  furthers  at  the  same  time 
the  art  of  drawing.  Most  of  their  lives 
must  still  be  realized  through  doing  things, 
but  the  children  can  sit  still  and  think  a 
little.  The  drawing  is  still  largely  concep- 
tual rather  than  representative;  but  instead 
of  concerning  itself  with  details  it  goes  over 
L.to  continuous  series  of  related  things. 
The  cataloguing  stage  gives  way  to  the 
picture  writing  stage,  and  Miss  Partridge 
has  traced  the  steps  in  this  transition.  The 
multiplied  studies  on  children's  drawings  at 
this   period   all   agree   in   recognizing   this 


262 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


quality  of  narrative  as  its  fundamental 
characteristic. 

In  summing  up  the  results  of  her  extend- 
ed study  on  children's  drawings  at  this  age, 
Miss  Sophie  Partridge  says  that  they  are 
characterized  by  love  of  movement;  they 
are  fragmentary,  with  little  attention  to  the 
possibility  of  vision;  there  is  no  attempt  at 
perspective  and  small  sense  of  proportion; 
and  the  interest  is  itself  fitful  and  broken. 
At  the  same  time  she  notes  with  approval 
the  boldness  and  firmness  of  outline,  the 
confident  handling  of  difficulties,  the  in- 
genious interpretation  of  action,  and  the 
general  atmosphere  of  enjoyment  and  de- 
termination they  often  indicate.  In  other 
words,  it  is  a  time  when  potentialities  are 
felt,  but  not  yet  realized. 

The  children  still  draw  some  ideal  form 
which  they  have  in  their  minds  rather  than 
a  representation  of  the  object  before  them. 
Professor  Clark  found  that  at  eight  years, 
eighty-eight  per  cent,  of  the  children  drew 
an  apple  placed  before  them  with  no  regard 
to  its  real  appearance  or  position.  Any 
other  apple  placed  in  any  other  position 
might  have  been  equally  well  represented 
by  their  outlines. ,  Only  at  the  age  of  nine 
or  ten  did  they  begin  to  note  peculiarities 
in  form  and  position  in  the  thing  they  were 
supposed  to  copv.  Not  until  the  children 
were  eleven  years  old  did  the  majority  of 
them  shape  their  drawings  by  the  article 
before  them. 

Perspective  with  children  at  the  begin- 
ning of  this  period  is  nonexistent.  Clark 
gave  a  large  number  of  school  children  an 
apple  with  a  hat  pin  stuck  through  it  as  a 
model.  At  six  years  old,  ninety-seven  per 
cent,  of  the  children  drew  the  pin  showing 
all  the  way  across  the  apple.  Not  until  the 
age  of  nine  did  a  majority  of  the  children 
have  the  pin  stop  at  the  edge  of  the  apple. 
Thes*  results  are  fully  borne  out  by  the 
experiments  of  Kerschensteiner,  who,  in 
his  independent  experiments  in  Munich, 
found  no  attempt  to  represent  a  third 
dimension  by  boys  under  seven  years  old 
nor  by  girls  under  nine.  Not  until  boys 
were  ten  and  girls  thirteen  did  half  of  them 
make  any  attempt  to  show  perspective  in 
their  drawings.  The  conclusions  of  Levin- 
stein are  in  the  same  direction. 

The  objects  children  like  to  draw  at  this 
time  have  been  worked  out  by  Mrs.  Mait- 
land.  As  a  result  of  her  study  of  fifteen 
hundred  and  seventy  drawings  made  by 
childern   who    were    simply   told    to    draw 


some  thing  they  liked,  she  found  that 
thirty- three  per  cent,  drew  men  and 
worne1'.,  eighteen  per  cent,  animals,  twenty- 
seven  per  cent,  plants,  and  twenty-five  per 
cent,  houses.  Conventional  forms  and  de- 
signs were  drawn  by  only  five  per  cent,  of 
the  younger  children,  while  the  older  ones 
had  thirty-seven  per  cent,  of  such  drawings 
Ornament  was  attempted  in  only  three  per 
cent,  of  the  pictures  of  all  ages.  This  study 
bears  cut  the  conclusion  that  children  draw 
to  express  something  they  want  to  say; 
that  form  is  unimportant  until  toward  the 
end  of  the  •  elementary  period,  and  that 
beauty,  as  such,  plays  small  part  in  the 
drawings. 

Several  studies  have  been  made  to  de- 
termine the  objects  which  children  of  the 
school  age  consider  pretty.  Miss  Drury 
asked  some  hundreds  of  boys  and  girls  to 
describe  the  prettiest  thing  they  had  ever 
seen,  and  to  say  why  they  thought  it  pretty, 
and  Barnes  repeated  the  experiment.  The 
children  universally  confounded  anything 
which  they  liked  or  found  interesting  with 
what  they  thought  pretty.  Thus  they  say: 
"A  sweetstuff  shop  is  the  prettiest  thing  be- 
cause I  like  to  eat  the  sweets."  Judging  by 
the  compositions  as  a  whole,  only  twenty 
per  cent,  of  the  writers  made  their  choice 
on  aesthetic  grounds  at  seven  years  old, 
and  seventy  per  cent,  at  thirteen  years. 
This  indicates  what  any  thoughtful  ob- 
server must  have  noted,  that  even  in  the 
elementary  school  period  the  aesthetic 
feelings  are  not  yet  clearly  separated  from 
pleasurable  feelings  in  general. 

The  things  selected  as  beautiful  by 
ninety-one  per  cent,  of  the  little  children  are 
single  objects,  such  as  a  toy  or  a  flower. 
Gradually  larger  compolites  come  to  pre- 
vail until  at  thirteen  years  only  twenty-two 
per  cent,  of  the  writers  choose  these  simple 
units.  Glitter,  color  and  motion  are  still 
most  often  mentioned  as  reasons  for  think- 
ing things  pretty.  Sixty-nine  per  cent,  of 
the  children  choose  things  made  by  man, 
and  the  same  proportion  name  natural  ob- 
jects. 

During  the  period,  then,  from  six  to  ten 
years  old,  life  may  still  be  described  as  pre- 
vailingly motor,  with  wide  intellectual 
curiosity,  with  little  distinctly  aesthetic  in- 
terest, and  with  a  growing  interest  in  color. 
It  is  still  the  so-called  primary  colors  that 
attract,  rather  than  neutral  tints.  In 
drawing,  the  interest  is  in  larger  wholes 
than  formerly,  and  tends  to  narrative  forms. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


263 


There  is  little  interest  in  perspective,  orna- 
ment or  decoration.  Drawing  is  still  dis- 
tinctly a  language  of  expression. 

In  the  last  part  of  the  elementary  school 
period  which  we  are  to  consider,  covering 
the  ages  from  nine  or  ten  to  fourteen  or 
fifteen  profound  changes  are  taking  place 
in  both  body  and  mind.  On  the  physical 
side  there  is  a  final  adjustment  of  functions. 
Childhood  changes  to  youth,  and  skill  in 
manual  dexterity  can  be  gained  far  more 
easily  and  surely  than  at  a  later  age.  If 
accurate  and  skillful  use  of  pencil  and  brush 
is  not  acquired  at  this  time,  it  is  seldom 
secured  in  later  life. 

On  the  mental  side,  there  is  a  tendency 
to  work  up  elements  of  knowledge  into 
larger  forms.  General  ideas  now  become 
attractive  and  the  children  are  interested 
in  abstract  forms.  In  every  branch  of  study 
these  changes  become  apparent.  In  com- 
position, the  children  choose  vague  in- 
definite subjects  about  which  to  write;  in 
natural  history,  they  love  to  classify;  and 
in  number,  after  the  children  are  nine  years 
old,  the  proportion  of  those  who  like  the 
study,  steadily  increases  as  compared  with 
those  who  dislike  it.  In  drawing,  the  chil- 
Iren  no  longer  try  to  tell  stories,  but,  in- 
stead, thev  nick  out  what  seems  to  them  the 
most  significant  moment  and  present  it  as 
a  spiritual  type  of  the  whole. 

On  the  emotional  side,  this  is  the  great 
period  of  awakenings.  Children  begin  their 
active  religious  life  and  pass  from  the 
anthropomorphic  ideas  of  earlier  childhood 
to  spiritual  conceptions  and  aspirations. 
Their  interest  in  nature  broadens  and  they 
begin  to  care  for  larger  landscapes,  and  for 
the  more  intimate  relations  of  man's  spirit 
to  the  external  world.  They  go  out  to 
nature  with  a  deeper  sense  of  her  mystery 
and  charm.  This  broadening  of  the  sensi- 
bilities gives  rise  to  artistic  feelings,  which 
tend  to  express  themselves  in  dress  and 
manners,  in  form  and  color.  Speaking  of 
this  period  Lancaster  says :  "The  curve 
for  the  love  of  art  begins  at  ten,  rises 
rapidly  till  twelve  and  falls  steadily  after 
fifteen,  reaching  the  base  line  at  twenty.  It 
is  one  of  the  first  awakenings  of  the 
'  adolescent  mind."  He  goes  on  to  say  that 
in  the  examination  of  a  large  number  of 
papers  at  this  time  he  found  a  regular 
change  in  taste  in  art  from  bright-colored 
pictures  of  people  or  animals  in  action  to 
quiet  pictures  of  still  life  or  nature.  After 
fourteen  many  spoke  of  loving  only  those 


pictures  which  represent  deep  feeling,  or 
portray  the  soul  of  the  artist. 

With  these  deeper  feelings  comes  a  sense 
of  inability  to  adequately  represent  the  sub- 
ject. Barnes  found  that  children  drew  less 
pictures  in  any  series  of  illustration  after 
thirteen,  and  that  only  after  this  age  did 
children  excuse  themselves  from  drawing 
on  the  ground  of  inability.  Lukens  empha- 
sizes this  point,  and  O'Shea  and  Gallagher 
record  increasing  discouragement  after 
nine  years  of  age. 

When  we  come  to  the  application  of 
these  results  of  our  studies  on  children,  to 
the  teaching  of  drawing,  we  are  confronted 
with  the  difficulties  that  meet  us  in  all 
fields  of  practical  adjustment.  Diagnosis 
can  be  made  increasingly  scientific  and 
exact;  prescriptions  must  always  be  blended 
of  art  and  science.  In  dealing  with  draw- 
ing our  difficulty  is  increased,  however, 
through  the  fact  that  teachers  of  drawing 
approach  their  task  from  two  widely  dif- 
ferent points  of  view.  The  one  class  really 
looks  upon  the  drawing  lesson  as  a  manual 
training  exercise,  and  emphasizes  exact- 
ness, order,  a  close  relation  of  expert 
manipulation,  and  certain  abstract  concep- 
tions of  form.  The  other  class  looks  upon 
it  as  an  expression  of  beauty,  prizes  sensi- 
bility and  abhors  a  straight  line.  And  yet 
even  under  these  conditions  some  of  our 
conclusions  seem  capable  of  very  general 
application. 

Under  two  years  of  age,  there  can  be 
little  direct  art  appeal.  It  is  well  to  have 
the  child  surrounded  by  good  expressions 
in  form  and  color,  but  the  mother's  dress  is 
more  important  than  the  wall  decorations. 
Motor  development  is  the  main  thing. 
Elaboration  of  color  in  playthings  is 
wasted;  strong,  distinct  effects  are  wanted 
in  all  sense  impressions.  Donatello's 
"Singing  Boys,"  which  adorns  a  creche  in 
one  of  our  cities,  is  of  value  only  as  adver- 
tising matter  to  interest  patrons. 

During  the  cataloguing  stage,  from  two 
to  six,  a  child  should  do  a  great  deal  of 
drawing.  He  should  draw  figures  on  large 
surfaces,  which  should  be  so  placed  as  to 
encourage  activity  of  the  central  muscle 
masses.  The  subjects  should  be  men, 
women,  babies,  animals,  toys  and  the  like. 
He  should  be  encouraged  to  leave  the 
scribble  stage  for  the  few  clear,  strong  lines 
that  mark  the  diagrammatic  period.  Ex- 
pression being  the  important  thing  at  this 
period,   all   criticism   should   be   made   sub- 


264 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


ordinate,  and  incidental  enough,  so  as  not 
to  discourage  effort  or  weaken  zest.  Sug- 
gestion and  correction  should  follow  the 
same  lines  as  in  other  forms  of  language. 
Grammar  must  wait  on  growth.  Of  course, 
there  will  be  some  attempts  at  copying  ob- 
jects, but  the  child  had  best  represent  some- 
thing vital  to  himself.  .  If  he  has  made  a 
house  with  blocks,  or  an  outline  of  a  farm 
with  sticks,  he  will  have  organized  the 
motor  impulses  corresponding  with  the 
visual  impulses  in  him  through  doing,  and 
he  will  have  an  image  worked  out  in  his 
mind.  He  will  then  be  interested  in  trans- 
lating the  motor  impulses  of  building,  into 
the  motor  impulses  of  drawing.  Later  on 
he  will  draw  plans  in  order  that  he  may 
build;  now  he  will  build  in  order  that  he 
may  draw.  The  wise  teacher  will  direct 
attention  to  the  beautiful  in  line,  and  color, 
and  mass;  and  the  forming  of  larger  units 
in  the  mind  will  lead  towards  appreciation 
of  landscape.  The  artistic  appreciation  will 
be  gradually  separating  itself  from  the  gen- 
eral mass  of  sensibility,  and  some  of  its 
elements  will  be  shaping  themselves.  All 
art  development  in  this  period  will  be  a 
by-product  of  general  doing  and  thinking, 
as  it  must  largely  always  be. 

Since  the  child's  drawing  at  this  period 
is  so  descriptive,  drawing  in  line  seems 
more  natural  than  mass  work.  The  con- 
tour of  an  object  described  by  a  line  is,  of 
course,  false,  since  the  actual  division  be- 
tween two  objects  is  always  seen  as  differ- 
ence in  light  and  shade.  But  the  child 
thinks  his  objects  in  arbitrary  forms.  The 
same  ignorance  that  makes  him  so  ready 
to  draw  a  man  leaves  him  in  no  doubt  as 
to  the  bounding  contour  of  an  object.  Line 
seems  his  natural  expression,  but  since 
mass  is  to  be  his  expression  in  the  future, 
if  he  becomes  an  artist,  he  should  be  en- 
couraged toward  it  from  the  first.  If  too 
much  used  at  first,  Lukens  fears  it  may  pre- 
vent the  child's  leaving  the  scribbling  stage. 

In  the  period  from  six  to  ten  years  old,  if 
the  drawing  is  to  follow  a  child's  natural 
lines  of  interest,  it  must  have  a  narrative 
tendency.  It  must  still  be  looked  upon  as 
descriptive  rather  than  representative;  but 
the  children  must  be  constantly  urged  for- 
ward to  the  next  stage.  During  the  earlier 
periods  there  seems  little  danger  of  the 
child's  accepting  a  set  of  arbitrary  symbols 
and  becoming  arrested  in  his  development. 
From  six  to  seven  years  on,  however,  there 
must  be  constant  watchfulness  to  prevent 


this  happening.  In  the  use  of  speech  there 
is  little  danger  of  arrest,  because  the  chil- 
dren are  surrounded  by  people  who  are, 
compared  to  themselves,  artists  in  speech, 
if  children  were  surrounded  by  people  who 
were  all  artists  in  drawing  and  color  they 
would  be  carried  along  by  the  mere  force  of 
imitation.  The  fact,  is,  however,  that  most 
adults  never  become  more  than  seven  or 
eight  ^ears  old  in  power  to  draw,  and  the^ 
seldom  draw  at  all.  In  such  an  atmosphere 
of  general  arrest  a  child  will  only  go  on,  if 
he  is  encouraged  to  do  so. 

During  this  period  increased  attention 
will  be  given  to  exact  drill  of  motor  centers. 
Manual  exercises  with  splints,  basketry, 
fabrics,  woodwork,  and  gardening  should 
till  a  good  deal  of  the  child's  time.  Simple 
color  should  be  increasingly  used  and  color 
harmonies  should  be  consciously  taught. 

Little  attention  will  be  given  to  forma' 
decoration,  but  the  elements  of  decoratioi 
will  begin  to  appear,  first,  in  the  handwork 
and  '.hen  copies  in  the  drawing.  Every- 
where with  undeveloped  minds  ornament 
springs  not  out  of  play  with  abstract  lines, 
but  out  of  modifications  of  useful  forms. 
Many  exercises  will  be  given  the  children, 
tending  to  make  them  acquainted  with 
straight  and  curved  lines  through  use.  Any 
definite  form-study  comes  best  in  the  next 
period, 

Simple  things  will  be  drawn  with  the 
object  before  the  child,  and  some  of  this 
copying  may  well  be  done  with  a  brush  or 
soft  crayon,  as  mass  work.  But  all  this 
work  must  still  be  kept  concrete  and  fluid> 
free  from  any  formal  drills  or  definite  limi- 
tations. Every  study  made  in  this  period 
shows  that  as  the  children  approach  twelve 
or  thirteen  years  of  age  they  lose  spon- 
taneity and  daring.  With  greater  knowl- 
edge they  learn  their  limitations,  and  often 
through  being  turned  aside  to  perfunctory 
drill,  they  grow  tired  and  turn  away  from 
real  drawing,  to  join  the  arrested  develop- 
ment group.  If  most  of  the  children  be- 
came dumb  at  twelve  we  should  all  at  least 
notice  it ;  most  American  children  become 
artistically  ;dumb  at  this  period  and  we 
accept  it  as  a  natural  law. 

In  this  period  beautiful  things  have  a 
large  influence  over  children,  and  it  seems 
to  be  true  that  they  respond  most  vigorous- 
ly to  art  products  that  are  only  a  step  or 
two  before  them.  For  purposes  of  school 
room  and  text  book  decoration  we  need  to 
study   children's   tastes   and  to  know   the 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


265 


steps  they  tend  to  take.  It  is  probable  that 
just  as  presenting  literary  masterpieces  to 
cnildren  too  soon,  tends  to  weaken  their 
later  usefulness,  so  presenting  master- 
pieces in  art  that  lie  too  far  ahead  of  the 
children,  robs  these  agents  of  their  strong- 
est appeal  at  the  time  when  we  most  need 
them, 

A  few  years  ago  a  series  of  wall  pictures 
for  nursery  decoration  was  brought  out  by 
the  Liberty  Company  in  Dondon.  The 
white  and  yellow  hen  following  a  procession 
of  active  yellow  chickens  across  a  dark 
green  background,  the  row  of  black  and 
white  and  yellow  puppies  chasing  a  self- 
sufficient  old  rooster,  in  similar  colors,  till 
the  children  with  delight.  Students  of 
childhood  must  have  questioned  the  value 
of  their  labors  in  the  presence  of  these 
panels,  for  here  was  an  artist  who  had 
struck  into  existence  pictures  which  seemed 
to  embody,  by  a  stroke  of  genius,  the  re- 
sults of  the  laborious  investigations  of 
Preyer  and  his  followers.  The  subjects 
were  right,  their  activities  were  right,  size 
and  arrangement  were  right,  and  the  colors 
were  perfect. 

It  was  only  when  we  learned  that  Mr. 
Cecil  Alden  had  worked  out  these  results 
in  daily  conjunction  with  groups  of  chil- 
dren, as  Hoffmann  worked  out  the 
"Struwelpeter,"  beloved  of  German  chil- 
dren, that  we  felt  reassured  as  to  the  value 
of  the  direct  study  of  children.  Since  these 
panels  appeared,  they  have  been  widely 
imitated,  but  the  artists  have  not  known 
the  vital  things  to  copy.  The  dull  green 
background,  last  color  to  be  recognized  by 
children  and  hence  right  for  a  background, 
has  been  replaced  by  purple;  the  striking 
white  and  yellow  foreground,  giving  the 
strong  psychological  reactions  desired  by 
little  children,  has  been  changed1  to  red 
and  green.  For  the  simple,  honest,  laugh- 
ing life  of  hens  and  puppies  have  been  sub- 
stituted^fantasticj  trogs  and  languishing 
damsels;  for  the  dynamic  quality  of  the 
original  has  been  substituted  a  lot  of  pas- 
sive lay  figures.  Nowhere  could  one  find 
a  better  illustration  of  the  danger  of  pro- 
viding art  products  for  children  without 
consulting  those  who  are  to  judge  and  en- 
joy them. 

In  the  third  period,  from  nine  or  ten  to 
fourteen  or  fifteen,  child  study  teaches  us 
that  drawing  should  be  a  constant  accom- 
paniment of  all  school  work.  All  expression 
must  spring  from  impression,  and  no  im- 


pression can  be  clear  and  accurate  and 
understood  until  it  has  been  expressed. 
Speech,  drawing  and  acting  are  the  great 
means  of  expression,  and  each  strengthens 
the  other. 

The  children  are  now  coming  to  observe 
and  compare  with  some  degree  of  exact- 
ness. Drawing  will  here  prove  of  the 
greatest  value  to  them.  As  Agassiz  said: 
"A  lead  pencil  is  an  excellent  microscope." 
Accurate  conception  of  form  lie  at  the  base 
of  all  good  work  in  biology,  and  not  until  a 
child  has  tried  to  represent  a  leaf,  a  flower, 
a  plant,  an  insect  or  an  animal  will  he  begin 
to  clearly  define  its  form,  and  so  prepare 
himself  for  comparison  and  generalization. 
Through  all  the  varying  seasons  of  the  year 
our  elementary  school  children  should  be 
sketching  the  common  living  forms  about 
them,  and  as  with  speech,  much  of  the  work 
should  be  free  and  sketchy  to  catch  the 
spirit,  and  some  should  be  careful  and  exact 
to  catch  the  fact. 

It  can  be  said  that  all  language  rises  out 
of  motor  activity,  and  this  is  especially  true 
of  the  language  of  drawing.  Wherever  the 
child  needs  to  describe  any  objective  thing 
accurately,  he  had  best  draw  it  first.  In 
all  the  work  with  elementary  physics  and 
chemistry  he  will  need  to  draw  his  appara- 
tus and  illustrate  with  sketches  each  step  in 
the  experiment.  With  his  increased  sense 
of  difficulty  in  expression,  due  to  greater 
knowledge,  he  will  less  freely  illustrate 
stories  and  history,  but  in  half  of  the  school 
work,  he  will  find  his  drawing  pad  his  best 
ally. 

But  during  this  latest  elementary  period 
few  children  will  be  able  to  move  far  in  the 
field  of  pure  abstraction.  Motor  impulses 
must  still  be  strengthened  through  use  of 
clay  and  sand  and  wood  and  paper.  The 
children  must  still  do  things  connected 
with  things  they  see,  and  then  perfect  their 
motor  and  visual  experience  through  ex- 
pressing them  in  drawing  and  color  in 
speech  and  dramatic  action.  The  drawing 
lesson,  like  the  language  lesson  in  this 
period,  should  be  given  all  day  long. 

In  order  that  these  pictures  may  be  well 
drawn  the  children  must  have  more  definite 
technical  knowledge,  and  hence  the  gram- 
mar of  drawing  must  be  taken  up.  Per- 
spective, geometrical  drawing  and  decora- 
tion will  receive  a  good  deal  of  attention. 
Kerschensteiner  says  that  his  investigations 
show  that  "after  eight,  boys  as  well  as  girls 
need  expression  for  rhythmic  feeling,  and 


266 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


among  both  boys  and  girls  naturalistic 
motives  and  arabesques  are  much  preferred 
to  geometric  patterns."  His  further  con- 
clusion is  that :  "The  talent  for  ornamental 
decoration  of  planes  and  objects  generally 
shows  itself  early  to  be  distinct  from  the 
talent  for  figure  and  face  drawing." 

In  mathematics,  too,  there  will  be  the  be- 
ginning of  geometry.  Wearied  with  trying 
to  hold  the  mass  of  unrelated  experience 
that  he  has  collected,  during  his  ten  or 
twelve  years  of  almost  constant  activity, 
and  with  the  power  of  abstraction  which 
only  years  can  bring  to  most  of  us,  the  chil- 
dren will  turn  with  delight  to  systematic 
study  of  lines  and  angles  and  plane  sur- 
faces. Inventional  geometry  will  prove  a 
delight  and  a  source  of  growth,  in  exact 
proportion  to  the  thoroughness  with  which 
drill  in  lines  and  angles  has  been  neglected 
in  the  earlier  period. 

With  the  child's  added  manual  skill  will 
come  the  need  for  preliminary  drawings  for 
wprk  in  paper,  wood  and  metal,  in  the 
school  garden  and  in  planning  the  playing 
field.  In  geography  he  will  need  to  draw 
lines  and  plans  and  maps  which  he  can  fol- 
low out  into  space,  away  from  his  city  or 
village.- 

Of  the  more  distinctly  artistic  training 
one  must  speak  with  great  hesitancy.  We 
have  no  really  good  studies  on  youthful 
artistic  genius,  and  geniuses  are  not  com- 
mon. In  educating  genius  one  should  re- 
member the  advice  about  making  a  rabbit 
pie — first  catch  your  rabbit.  No  one  can, 
however,  read  far  into  the  biography  of  art 
without  seeing  that  almost  all  great  paint- 
ers and  sculptors  began  their  work  by  the 
time  they  were  twelve  or  thirteen  years  old. 
Michael  Angelo  was  apprenticed  to  the 
painter's  trade  when  he  was  thirteen  years 
old,  Rembrandt  when  he  was  fourteen,  and 
Raphael  was  an  assistant  under  Perugino 
when  only  seventeen.  In  drawing  and  in 
painting,  as  in  instrumental  music,  genius 
must  have  training  in  flexible  hand  and  arm 
exercises  in  childhood.  Facility  in  trans- 
lating visual  impressions  into  muscular  im- 
pressions, and  sensibility  to  color  harmony, 
must  also  be  sought  early  in  life. 

Individual  instruction  seems  almost  in- 
dispensable in  training  artistic  genius,  and 
all  rules  fail.  As  Dr.  Hall  says:  "At  the 
period  of  adolescence  genius  should  be 
encouraged  to  essay  the  highest  that  the 
imagination  can  body  forth;  it  may  be 
crude  and  lame  in  execution,  but  it  will  be 


lofty,  perhaps  grand,  and  if  it  is  original  in 
consciousness  it  will  be  so  in  effect.  Prob- 
ably the  sooner  a  child  begins  to  look  at 
the  world  around  him  as  masses  of  light  and 
shade  and  color  the  better;  and  yet  he  must 
know  with  sure  eye  and  touch  the  boundry 
possibility  of  a  line. 

The  more  one  reads  the  biographies  of 
painters  the  more  he  realizes  that  artistic 
genius  is  best  cultivated  through  contact 
with  artistic  genius.  It  is  largely  a  matter 
of  contagion.  Creation  is  so  much  greater 
than  making,  that  no  teacher  can  make  it. 
Schools  have  never  made  poets,  dramatists, 
or  artists,  but  few  are  destined  to  be 
creative  geniuses.  By  following  the  lead 
of  the  children  we  may  hope  to  give  each  a 
wide  range  of  expression  for  his  life,  there- 
by strengthening  that  life.  The  wise  teacher 
wall  detect  genius  as  early  as  he  can,  and 
so  far  as  possible  he  will  pass  it  on  to  other 
geniuses,  so  that  each  may  learn  by  con- 
tagion of  the  spirit. 


THE  COMIC  SUPPLEMENT 

The  International  Kindergarten  Union, 
representing  ten  thousand  kindergartners, 
is  making  a  raid  on  the  idiotic  comic  sup- 
plements of  the  Sunday  papers.  It  will  be 
interesting  to  see  what  influence  the  union 
can  command  in  this  warfare.  The  comic 
supnlement  is  so  crude  and  rude  that  it 
would  not  seem  to  need  much  of  an  attack, 
but  true  it  is  that  children  are  often  crazy 
over  it.  It  might  be  well  for  the  kinder- 
gartners and  the  teachers  to  eliminate  this 
passion  for  the  comic  supplement  by 
creating  a  relish  for  something  better.  The 
Sunday  paper  costs  $2.50.  This  would  buy 
several  most  attractive  little  books  that 
could  be  kept  the  year  through.  The  great 
impeachment  of  the  comic  supplement  is 
that  even  the  child  discards  it  as  soon  as 
he  has  taken  a  good  look  at  it. — Journal  of 
Education. 


The  teacher  was  trying  to  draw  from  the 
pupils  some  of  the  uses  to  which  ivory  is 
put.  She  asked,  "Now,  who  can  tell  me 
what  is  made  of  ivory?" 

Up  Went  a  score  of  little  hands. 

"You  may  tell.  Glen." 

And  Glen  confidently  shouted,  "Soap." 


Children  can  not  be  forced  to  like  school. 
They  like  it  only  when  it  is  worth  liking 
and  when  they  like  it  they  learn. — L.  H. 
Bailey. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


267 


THE  VALUE  OF  A  SUMMER  CAMP  FOR  BOYS  AS  ILLUSTRATED 
IN  CAMP  WONPOSET,  CONN. 

THERE  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  the  permanent  value  of  true 
camp  life  for  all  boys  as  well  as  for  humanity  in  general. 
The  wood  and  the  stream,  and  the  hill  and  the  meadow  have 
all  been  culture  epochs  in  the  development  of  the  race,  and 
there  is  no  one  who  does  not  at  some  time  or  other  hear  the 
call  of  the  wild,  and  long  to  respond  to  it.  The  school  camp 
furnishes  a  legitimate  necessity  to  such  a  call 
,^_   _,.  and  satisfies  almost  ideally  its  every  need. 

'"""'s.;;  .  Camp  Wonposet  under  the  direction  of  Mr. 
^£"^  Robert  Tindale  and  Dr.  Horace  Avers  is  one  of 
the  most  attractive  and  profitable  of  these  great 
summer  homes  of  natural  growth  for  boys. 
Either  of  these  gentlemen  will  be  glad  to  an- 
swer all  inquiries  in  regard  to  the  same,  and  welcome  correspondence  from  patrons  and  educators. 
They  can  be  reached  at  31  East  71st  St.,  New  York  City. 

CAMP  LIFE  FOR  YOUNG  BOYS 
•  A  few  weeks  spent  in  camp  each  year  has  been  the  physical  and  therefore  the  mental  salvation 


of  thousands  of  boys.  The  open  air,  the  woods,  the  fishing,  the  outdoor  sports  and  exercises,  and 
the  living  and  sleeping  close  to  the  heart  of  nature,  makes  sound,  sturdy,  erect  and  vigorous  young 
men  out  of  boys  who  would  otherwise  be  narrow-shouldered,  thin,  weak-chested  and  timid  and  in- 
decisive. L,ife  in  a  camp  such  as  Camp 
Wonposet  not  only  makes  boys  healthy  and 
strong,  but  develops  their  independence,  re- 
sourcefulness and  strength  of  initiative. 
Without  these  things,  it  should  be  borne  in 
mind,  no  boy  in  these  times  can  achieve  a 
large  measure  of  success  and  fulfill  the  hopes 
and  aspirations  of  his  parents. 

SITUATION 
CAMP  Wonposet  is  situated  on  the  shore 
of  Bantam  Eake.  This  lake  is  in  Litchfield  County,  Connecticut,  and  is  the  largest  lake  in  that  State. 


268 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


It  is  an  exceedingly  beautiful  sheet  of  water,  four  miles  in  length  and  surrounded  by  scenery  of 
the  most  varied  and  charming  character. 

Far  out  to  the  west  can  be  seen  the  blue  outline  of  the  famous  Berkshires,  and 'the  vast  bulk  of 
Mount  Tomb  looms  up  in  the  southwest. 

The  site  of  the  camp  was  once  the  home  of  a  tribe  of  Indians,  under  a  chief  whose  name  was 
Wonposet,  and  the  entire  surrounding  country  abounds  in  Indian  relics  and  traditions.  Every  year 
some  proud  and  happy  youth  brings  to  light  an  arrow-head  or  other  trophy  from  the  woods  or  from 
the  beds  of  two  rivers  which  flow  into  the  lake. 

The  altitude  of  Bantam  L,ake  is  1,000  feet  and  the  climate  is  both  delightful  and  extremely 
healthful. 

The  camp  is  so  far  from  any  other  habitation  and  out  of  the  path  of  taffic  as  to  make  it  seem 
to  the  boys  like  the  primitive  forest  but  recently  added  to  the  domain  of  civilization — yet  the  rail- 
road station  is  but  three  miles  away,  and  Litch- 
field, a  considerable  town,  is  only  four  miles  to 
the  north. 

MANAGEMENT 

Camp  Wonposet  is  under  the  immediate  and 
constant  supervision  of  college  trained  men,  who 
have  not  only  had  a  wide  experience  in  the  man- 
agement and  training  of  boys  and  young  men, 
but  who  have  of  late  years  devoted  the  summer 
months  to  the  charge  of  a  group  of  boys  at  this 
camp.  The  camp  is  devoted  during  the  season 
exclusively  to  young  gentlemen  of  Christian  par- 


-"*''•>     '-■    'X5S.K>-^ 


'• '  : '  ■  wk 

fLvi^y  | 

Wi 

r^fc-i 

11    "~ 

|i|g|        *"S  $f  ^*;  <  Wranafla* 

"*»-" 

jHfcsj.F'/iak.  -1 

Hj^fcafc--.^  '  -  ■ 

I. 

entage  between  the  ages  of  ten  and  six- 
teen, and  the  class  of  boys  desired  is  that 
which  takes  a  natural  interest  in  outdoor 
life  and  sports — those  who  are  prepared 
and  willing  to  contribute  their  share  to 
the  enjoyment  and  welfare  of  all. 

The  term  ' '  young  gentlemen  ' '  is 
used  advisedly.  Everything  possible  is 
done  to  see  that  the  boys  have  a  fine  time 
— and  that  every  waking  hour  is  one  of 
both  pleasure  and  profit.  At  the  same 
time,  a  distinct  moral  tone  is  maintained,  one  of  the  aims  of  the  camp  being  to  inculcate  self-confi- 
dence, self-control,  a  respect  for  the  rights  of  others  and  the  habit  of  having  a  thoroughly  enjoy- 
able time  in  a  clean,  wholesome,  manly  way. 

Tobacco,  firearms  and  profanity  are  absolutely  prohibited,  and  implicit  obedience  to  the  camp 
leaders  is  demanded,  although  every  effort  is  made  to  have  the  boys  regulate  their  own  affairs  inde- 
pendently so  far  as  is  practicable  and  consistent. 

Disregard  of  the  few  imperative  rules  of  the  camp  necessitates  dismissal,  and  the  boys  enter  the 
camp  with  this  understanding. 

ATTRACTIONS 

Camp  Wonposet  is  many  sided  in  its  attractiveness.  It  presents  all  those  features  which  a  healthy 
red-blooded  boy  requires  for  the  "time  of  his  life,"  and  at  the  same  time  is  safe-guarded  in  a  man- 
ner which  gives  parents  the  sense  of  perfect  ease  and  satisfaction  of  mind. 

The  facilities  are  unequaled  for  such  sports  as  swimming,  fishing,  boating,  water  polo,  tilting, 
baseball,  basketball,  tennis,  mountain  climbing,  hay-rides,  field-days  and  all-night  trips,  with  camp- 
fires,  etc.     A  smooth,  spacious  athletic  field,  situated  on  a  cleared  plateau  and  surrounded  by  thick 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


269 


woods,  offers  an  ideal  spot  for  outdoor  games.     Here  the  baseball  field,  basketball  and  tennis  courts 
are  laid  out. 

The  boys  are  given  the  widest  latitude  in  the  matter  of  sports  which  is  consistent  with  their  safe- 
ty and  well-being — they  have  every  opportunity  to  enjoy  themselves  in  their  own  way,  although 
they  are  constantly  under  the  watchful  eye  of  leaders,  who  see  that  no  harm  comes  to  them. 

The  lodge  is  a  two-story  building,  ample  in  dimensions,  comfortable  and  well  arranged.  It  was 
formerly  the  home  of  a  prominent  Connecticut  club  and  has  all  the  essential  club  house  equipment. 

On  the  first  floor  are  the  kitchen,  dining  room  and  living  room,  the  latter  being  an  attractive, 
cosy  place,  fitted  up  in  harmony  with  the  use  and  purposes  of  the  camp.  Its  furniture  and  decora- 
tions are  such  as  to  appeal  strongly  to  the  youthful  mind,  and  the  large  open  fireplace,  with  its  blaz- 
ing logs,  offers  comfort  and  good  cheer  on  chilly  evenings. 

Here  the  boys  gather  to  play  games,  read  their  favorite  books  and  magazines,  and  listen  to  ro- 
mantic Indian  stories  and  legends 
of  the  olden  times,  in  which  this 
location  abounds. 

The  second  floor  contains  a 
number  of  furnished  rooms, 
which  are  reserved  for  the  accom- 
modation of  such  parents  as  may 
care  to  spend  a  week-end  with 
their  sons.  They  are  made  both 
comfortable  and  welcome. 

THE  TABLE 

The    food   supplied  to    the 
A  mountain  top  breakfast 

boys  at  Camp  Wonposet  is  selected  and 
prepared  with  all  the  care  which  is  exer- 
cised at  the  very  best  class  of  summer  ho- 
tels. The  food  is,  of  course,  chosen  with  a 
view  to  its  healthfulness  and  strengthen- 
ing qualities.  A  sufficient  range  in  variety 
to  make  it  tempting  is  at  all  times  offered 
but  appetites  at  the  camp  are  keen,  and 
what  the  boys  most  desire  is  just  what 
they  need — plenty  of  good,  wholesome 
food,  prepared  and  served  in  a  neat,  dain- 
ty manner.  The  start  of  the  mountain  trip 

The  cooking  is  in  charge  of  a  competent  chef.  Fresh  milk  comes  from  a  nearby  farm  every 
morning,  and  butter,  eggs,  fresh  vegetables,  etc.,  are  bought  as  needed  right  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
camp.     Pure,  clear,  cold  water  comes  from  a  hillside  spring. 

The  boys  take  no  part  in  the  work  connected  with  the  cooking  or  serving  of  meals,  but  are  re- 
quired and  taught  how  to  care  for  their  own  clothing  and  sleeping  quarters. 

THE  LIBRARY 

One  of  the  chief  features  of  the  camp  is  a  library,  well  stocked  with  boys'  stories  by  Alger, 
Henty,  Optic,  Castlemon,  and  other  authors  whose  works  are  most  favored  by  healthy  minded  boys. 
The  current  magazines  are  also  supplied.  This  fine  library  makes  rainy  days  a  pleasure  and  ban- 
ishes the  dreary  monotony  of  camp  life  in  bad  weather. 

EXCURSIONS 
Each  year  parties  of  twelve  or  more  boys  take  several  all-night  trips.     Mount  Tomb  offers  an 
inspiring  objective  point  for  trips  of  this  kind.     The  boys  start  about  noon,  cross  the  lake,  strike 
out  through  the  woods  for  the  historic  old  mountain  about  seven  miles  away,  camp  over  night,  and 
return  in  the  morning. 


270 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


A  tramp  like  this  teaches  the  boys  a  great  deal  about  woodcraft,  striking  and  breaking 
camp,  and  taking  care  of  themselves  in  the  wilderness,  and  they  find  the  trip  a  source  of  un= 
usual  and  most  exhilarating  pleasure. 

Parties  of  six  or  seven  boys  take  three-day  tramps,  visiting  Lake  Waramang,  Specte- 
clele  Lakes,  Tower  Hill,  Pinnacle  Mountain,  stopping  at  Mount  Tomb  Lake  on  the  return 
trip,  where  the  tower  and  Indian  cliff  offer  scenery  unsurpassed.  Bantam  abounds  with 
tradition  and  facts  regarding  the  early  habitation  by  Indians.  Relics  are  constantly  found 
on  the  mountain  trips  and  within  the  vicinity  of  camp. 

Other  amusements  of  this  nature,  such  as  hay-ride  trips  to  Litchfield  and  visits  to  other 
camps,  are  arranged  from  time  to  time,  in  order  to  give  the  boys  as  much  variety  as  possible. 

MOUNTAIN  TRIPS 
We  herewith  illustrate  a  mountain  trip.  The  party  is  in  charge  of  a  leader  who  has  di- 
rected the  packing  of  necessary  equipment,  such  as  rations,  dishes,  shelter  tents,  cameras, 
field  glasses,  hatchets,  lanterns  and  proper  clothing,  each  boy  carrying  a  share.  The  boys 
on  arrival  at  their  destination  are  detailed  to  duty  of  pitching  tents,  making  camp  fires, 
cooking,  all  of  which  is  done  by  the  boys.     The  evening  is  spent  around  the  camp  fire  when 


ATHLETICS 

each  boy  spins  his  "yarn."  At  nine  o'clock  "Taps"  signals  "all  in,"  guard  duty  commences, 
each  boy  serving  two  hours.  The  following  day  the  party  becomes  an  exploration  gang, 
scouting  the  community  for  everything  of  interest.  Naturally  each  group  tries  to  outdo  the 
others  in  adventure. 

Camp  Wonposet  is  especially  fortunate  in  having  a  two-acre  campus,  upon  which  is  laid 
out  a  tennis  court,  baseball  diamond,  100  yard  straightway  with  room  to  spare.  The  base- 
ball teams  have  a  Camp  League,  which  allows  every  boy  a  chance  to  play;  likewise  basket- 
ball.    This  year  cricket  will  be  introduced. 

SWIMMING 

The  normal  boy  takes  to  the  water  only  a  little  less  readily  than  the  duck,  and  the  fine 
sandy  beach  and  clean  sparkling  water  of  the  lake  present  an  ever  present  temptation  to 
healthful,  invigorating  exercise.  Individual  instruction  is  given  to  boys  who  are  learning  to 
swim,  and  no  swimming  or  bathing  is  allowed  except  at  stated  times  and  in  the  presence  of 
the  leaders. 

There  are  two  swimming  periods,  one  in  the  morning  and  one  in  the  afternoon,  as  well 
as  a  dip  on  rising  in  the  morning.  Every  boy  is  encouraged  to  learn  to  swim,  and  perfect 
safety  is  insured  by  supervision  and  by  the  fact  that  the  water  of  the  lake  is  shallow  for  a 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


27: 


considerable  distance  from  the  shore.  Mr.  F. 
Correll  Bartleman,  of  the  Newark  Bay  Yacht 
Club,  will  be  swimming  and  nautical  instruct- 
or. 

FISHING 

The  boy  who  loves  to  fish  will  surely  be 
charmed  with  Camp  Wonposet.  Bantam 
Lake  is  well  stocked  with  bass,  perch  and 
pickerel,  and  skilled  and  patient  young  fisher- 


INFLUENCE  OF  MOUNTAINS. 

The  influence  of  the  mountain  is  pure  and 
holy,  giving  strength  and  simplicity,  en- 
couraging the  older  virtues,  discouraging 
the  newer  vices.  In  the  hillmen  of  Wales 
we  see  this  clearly  enough.  Go  where  you 
will  among  the  wilder  and  more  mountain- 
ous parts  of  Wales  and  you  find  that  rare 
independence    and    self-reliance    which    are 


First  Universalist  Church,  Buffalo,  where  many  meetings  of  the 
I.  K.  U.  will  be  held 


men  will  always  find  themselves  well  reward- 
ed for  their  efforts  to  lure  these  gamy  fish 
from  their  watery  home. 

The  value  of  such  a  summer  to  a  boy  is 
incalculable.  It  brings  out  physically,  intel- 
lectually and  morally  abilities  he  never  real- 
ized he  possessed,  and  it  is  a  very  helpful  in- 
troduction to  his  real  environment  over  which 
he  must  secure  the  mastery  if  he  is  to  succeed 
in  life. 


Flowers  are  the  sweetest  things  God  ever 
made  and  forgot  to  put  a  soul  into. — 
Beecher. 


not  marred  by  a  curiously  defiant  dis- 
courtesy. You  find  there  those  who  are 
truly  "nature's  gentlemen." — From  The 
London  Evening  Standard. 


The  most  valuable  result  of  education  is 
the  ability  to  make  yourself  do  the  thing 
you  ought  to  do,  when  it  ought  to  be  done, 
whether  you  like  to  do  it  or  not. — Huxley. 


The  value  of  your  teaching  is  not  the  in- 
formation you  put  into  the  mind,  but  the 
interest  you  awaken. — G.  Stanley  Hall. 


272 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


PROGRAM  FOR  MAY. 


BERTHA  JOHNSTON. 


\X  AY  is  preeminently  the  season 
*■  *■   of  new  life,  as  those  bred  in 


farm  and  country  well  know. 
Young  chickens,  ducklings, 
colts,  calves  and  lambs  de- 
light the  little  child  whose  young,  active 
liffe  has  so  strong  an  affinity  for  the  feeble, 
helpless  young  of  the  farm  animals  which 
so  soon  develop  into  leaping,  frisking, 
playing  creatures  of  farmyard  and  meadow. 
Now,  too,  the  young  plants  and  flowers  be- 
gin to  make  beautiful  field,  roadside  and 
garden.  What  is  the  great  lesson  which 
Froebel's  insight  discovers  latent  in  the 
child's  pleasure  in  spring  time  of  life?  A 
lesson  sorely  needed  just  at  present  when 
intellect  and  mental  efficiency  are  perhaps 
in  danger  of  being  over  emphasized  to  the 
detriment  of  heart  culture.  Froebel  says  in 
his  Mother  Play  Commentary  on  the 
"Little  Gardener": 

"Cherish!  Nurture!  Care  for!  Great  must  be, 
great  assuredly  is  their  importance  to  the  develop- 
ment of  our  darlings.  Answer  me  but  one  ques- 
tion: What  is  the  supreme  gift  you  would  be- 
stow on  the  children  who  are  the  life  of  your  life, 
the  soul  of  your  soul?  Would  you  not  above  all 
other  things  render  them  capable  of  giving  nur- 
ture? Would  you  not  endow  them  with  the  cour- 
age and  constancy  which  the  ability  to  give  nur- 
ture implies?  Mother,  father,  has  not  our  com- 
mon effort  been  directed  towards  just  this  end? 
Have  we  not  been  trying  to  break  a  path  towards 
this  blessed  life?  Has  not  our  inmost  longing 
been  to  capacitate  our  children  for  this  inexpres-. 
sible  privilege?  Assuredly  this  is  what  we  are 
doing  even  now  through  our  little  Garden  play. 
And  because  you,  dear  parents,  are  planting  the 
love  of  nurture  in  the  breasts  of  your  children, 
you  may  securely  hope  that  they  will  lovingly  and 
gratefully  cherish  you  in  age.  You  will  be  cher- 
ished by  your  grateful  children,  just  as  yonder  boy 
is  bestowing  a  gift  upon  the  old  man  he  scarcely 
knows." 


Froebel   continues: 

"To  give  wise  care,  we  must  consider  time  and 
place.  Thus  all  plants  cannot  bear  to  be  watered 
directly  on  their  roots.  *  *  *  The  little  gar- 
dener in  our  picture  says  to  us  by  her  thoughtful 
mien.  In  giving  care  respect  place.  In  like  man- 
ner the  swiftly  turning  weather-vane  on  the  top 
of  the  garden  house  which  commands  so  wide  a 
view,  says,  Consider  time.  Watering  in  the  hot 
noonday  does  plants  harm  instead  of  good,  for  the 
tired  leaves  have  no  strength  to  utilize  the  kindly 
shower." 

It  is  not  alone  for  the  sake  of  the  future 
mother  of  the  home  that  this  nurture  in- 
stinct should  be  cultivated,  but  also  for  the 
sake  of  the  mother  and  father  in  the  state. 
Why  is  it  that  so  few  of  our  graduates  at 
high  school  and  college  take  a  profound  in- 
terest in  the  large,  fundamental  problems 
confronting  home  and  state  ?  Why  do  so 
many  women  fresh  from  college,  so  many 
young  matrons,  find  time  for  receptions, 
bridge  parties  and  like  entertainments  but 
find  no  time  for  helping  in  the  movement 
for  vacation  schools,  for  playgrounds,  for 
better  sanitation,  public  and  private?  Be- 
cause the  nurture  instinct  has  not  been  cul- 
tivated. The  children  of  today  ca,n  write 
beautiful  poems,  and  draw  beautiful  pic- 
tures. (See  the  interesting  pages  in  St. 
Nicholas).  Are  these  same  children  sym- 
pathetic, thoughtful  for  others,  free  from 
snobbishness?  Is  the  heart  being  cultivated 
as  well  as  the  mind?  If  the  parents  wonder 
why  their  children  are  ungrateful  for  the 
many  many  kindnesses  and  advantages  re- 
ceived from  them  in  helpless  infancy  and 
growing  childhood  they  will  find  the 
answer  in  this  Mother  Plav  of  Froebel's. 

But  the  great  value  of  this  culture  of  the 
heart  lies  in  the  fact  that  its  influence  is 
not  confined  to  the  narrow  quarters  of  the 
home.  The  mother  in  whom  the  nurture 
spirit  is  large,  reaches  out  in  her  big- 
heartedness  to  all  the  children  in  the  world 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


273 


realizing-  in  the  words  of  Mrs.  Gilman,  as 
the  mother  addresses  her  child : 

"Thou  art  one  with  the  world — though  I  love  thee 

the  best; 
And   to   save   thee   from   pain   I   must   save   all   the 

rest — 

Well — with  God's  help  I'll  do  it. 

For  the  sake  of  my   child  I  must  hasten  to  save 
All   the   children   of   earth    from    the    jail    and    the 

grave. 
For  so,  and  so  only,   I  lighten   the   share 
Of   the   pain   of   the   world    that    my    darling   must 
bear — 

Even  so  and   so  only." 

Throughout  our  program,  underlying  all 
suggestions  is  the  idea  of  the  nurture  instinct. 
Let  the  children  tell  of  the  new  flowers  or 
birds  or  young  creatures  they  have  seen  at 
home  or  on  the  way  to  kindergarten.  How 
does  the  mother  care  for  the  young?  How 
should  we  care  for  our  pets,  our  flowers? 
What  do  they  need  in  order  to!be  well  and 
happy?  Food,  water,  shelter,  a  comfortable 
bed  at  night?  Anything  else?  Yes,  they  need 
love — to  feel  the  touch  of  a  kindly  hand  or 
the  sound  of  a  gentle  voice.  (Michelet  tells  of 
a  canary  that  died  of  fright  when  addressed 
in  rough  tones.) 

How  can  we  tell  what  our  pets  like  and 
if  they  are  happy?  Will  they  love  us  if  we 
love  them  ? 

What  can  we  do  with  our  flowers  when 
they  begin  to  grow  nicely  in  response  to 
our  care  ?  We  can  give  them  to  some  per- 
son who  will  appreciate  their  beauty  and 
fragrance.  Perhaps  we  can  give  them  as 
a  birthday  gift.  Shall  we  think  of  some 
friend,  some  sick  child  or  some  old  man 
who  might  enjoy  such  a  gift.  Perhaps  we 
can  think  of  some  child  who  would  like  one 
of  our  kittens  or  puppies,  or  rabbits. 

FIRST  GIFTS. 

The  First  Gift  balls  may  be  used  to 
represent  a  number  of  young  active  crea- 
tures of  farm  and  field.  Let  the  children 
play  that  they  are  hopping,  stepping,  fly- 
ing, ruryning  birds.  Which  birds  run, 
which  hop?  which  swim?  Which  ball  is 
most  like  red  robin;  blue  bird,  etc.  Play 
that  they  are  little  chickens.  Let  one  child 
call  them  as  if  at  feeding  time  and  let  the 
others  make  their  balls  hurry  out  to  gather 
up  the  grains  of  corn  or  the  good  corn 
meal.  Let  one  child  hold  the  hands  in 
shape  of  pan  that  holds  water  for  the 
chickens.  One  man  once  had  a  flock  of 
chickens  that  came  to  meals  at  call  of  a 
bell.     Let  the  balls  represent  young  colts, 


calves,  lambs  and  talk  about  the  joy  of  the 
young  creatures  and  how  they  run  and  leap 
and  frolic  in  the  field;  the  farmer  is  careful 
to  give  them  water  and  food. 

How  does  the  mother  care  for  her  young 
birdies  at  night.  She  cuddles  them  under 
her  wings,  in  the  nest  she  has  previously 
prepared.  Let  the  balls  creep  up  the  chil- 
dren's arms  as  if  feeling  their  way  along 
the  branch  for  the  first  time.  The  mother 
bird  watches  so  carefully  to  see  that  the 
little  ones  come  to  no  harm.  Play  that  the 
mother  bird  (ball)  flies  off  to  seek  food  for 
her  babies.)  How  glad  they  are  when  she 
returns.  Let  the  balls  be  in  turn  the  cat, 
dog  and  other  pets.  Also,  play  that  they 
are  flowers  just  planted  in  our  gardens. 
What  colored  flowers  will  come  up?  Shall 
we  take  some  to  market  to  sell  to  make  the 
city  people  happy? 

Let  o,ne  child  make  his  ball  hop  or  leap 
or  go  through  some  other  motion  and  let 
the  children  guess  what  creature  it  repre- 
sents. 

Let  balls  represent  Bo-Peep's  sheep. 
Let  children  hide  several  in  hands  under 
table  and  another  child  try  to  guess  just 
where  they  are  and  then  put  them  safely 
in  fold,  at  one  end  of  table. 

SECOND  GIFT. 

Closely  allied  in  thought  to  the  "Little 
Gardener"  is  the  Mother  Play  of  the 
"Farmyard  Gate."  That  which  we  cherish 
must  be  guarded  from  danger  and  loss. 
With  the  Second  Gift  beads  and  sticks  let 
the  child  build  a  large  farmyard  fence.  The 
children  could  build  one  in  common.  In- 
side this,  place  the  farm  animals  (beads  or 
balls.)  We  must  be  careful  to  always  close 
the  gate  so  that  our  pets  may  not  stray  in- 
to the  road  or  woods  where  some  fox  or 
wildcat  could  capture  them. 

Let  the  Second  Gift  box  represent  the 
watering  trough  made  that  our  useful 
friends  may  quench  their  thirst.  In  our 
cities  there  are  not  enough  such  troughs 
for  the  working  horses.  When  we  are  old 
enough  to  vote  perhaps  we  can  help  have 
more  of  them  in  the  towns — and  always  a 
low  place  for  thirsty  dogs  and  cats. 

The  cylinder  can  be  made  into  a  wheel- 
barrow as  previously  described  with  help  of 
sticks.  The  cubes  can  represent  loaded 
farm  wagons  (moving  very  slowly),  and 
the  sphere  is  the  farm  horse. 

Or  let  the  sphere  be  a  bulb  planted  in 
the  box  and  carefully  nurtured.    What  kind 


274 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


of  plant  will  it  develop  into?  Perhaps  a 
lily  or  narcissus  or  perhaps  it  is  an  onion 
whose  broad  blades  will  soon  pierce  the 
ground.  The  cylinder  could  be  used  as  a 
ground  roller  hitched  to  the  sphere,  ready 
to  help  prepare  the  ground  for  the  spring 
planting. 

THIRD  GIFT. 
With  this  Gift  we  can  start  off  with  the 
stable    ( i )    in   which   the   horses   and  cows 


/ 

\ 

Stable.  Stalls  for  horses. 

are  sheltered.  (2)  We  make  the  stalls  in- 
to which  the  horses  go  so  gladly  after  a 
day's  driving  or  work  in  the  fields  to  get 
the  good  meal  of  hay  or  oats.  And  some- 
times the  farmer  gives  the  cattle  a  treat  of 


Trough.  Barnyard. 

salt.  (3)  Is  the  trough  to  which  they  come 
for  water  and  (4)  the  barnyard  wherein 
they  are  ,  sheltered  from  prowling  fox.  A 
larger  barnyard  can  be  made  by  using  the 
box  for  a  barn  or  stable  with  a  sliding"  door 


Stable  and  Barnyard. 


Well  with 
L  windlass. 


Bucket 


(5).  A  well  can  be  made  (6)  with  a  wind- 
lass made  of  a  toothpick  (7).  This  can  be 
placed  across  top  of  well  and  turned  round 
and  round  so  that  the  cord  of  the  bucket 
will  roll  up.  Old  oaken  bucket  may  be 
made  of  Second  Gift  bead,  ball  or  cylinder. 
(8)  is  a  house  for  the  birds  which  we  wish 
to  attract  to  our  homes. 

A  sequence  for  the  park  to  which  city 
children  may  be  brought  in  order  to  see 
Spring's  awakening  may  be  made,  includ- 


ing (1)  park  bench,  with  a  drinking  foun- 
tain near  by  and  the  box  into  which  we  put 


y 


Bird  house. 


the   remains   of   our  lunch   for   we   do   not 
want   to   spoil  the   beauty  of   the   park   by 


y 

/ 

s 

/ 

ParkBench.  Box  for^trash.         Drinking  Fountain. 

leaving  papers  or  crumbs   around,   on  the 
beautiful  grass  carpet.     (2)  is  the  goldfish 


/ 

77 

c 

/ 

Goldfish  Pond, 

pond;  (3)  the  beautiful  fountain  which  may 
be     modified    by    arranging    upper    cubes 


Tunnel  or  Cave  or  "Arbor. 

transversely.  Children  should  of  course  in- 
vent designs  of  their  own.  (4)  is  the  tun- 
nel under  the  elevated  road-bed.  How  the 
children  love  to  make  the  echo  resound. 
This  may  represent  also  the  cave  in  Cen- 
tral park  in  which  the  owls  sit  or  it  may  be 
an  arbor  covered  with  the  lovely  wisteria. 
A  flower  house  can  also  be  made  as  shown 
last  month. 

FOURTH  GIFT. 
Make  (1)  the  stable  with  carriage  house 
attached.     (2)  is  the  barnyard,  trough  in- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


275 


side   and   pigpen   outside;    (3)    is   the   barn 


Stable  and  carriage  house.' 


m 


zz 


Vj\ 


I 


Narrow  stairway.    Add  as  many  steps  as  desired. 

TABLETS. 

Various   plans    for   flower   beds    may   be 
made  from  the  tablets ;  also  pictures  of  the 


Barnyard  with  trough  inside  and  Barn  with  pigeon  house  r.  +  r,K1^       ^,.™.^       „,~11       *„        ~i_  i 

Pigpen  outside.  on  top.  stable,    pump,    well,    trough    and    conven 

.,,       ■  ,  ,   N  •     ,,      ,       ,   ,  tionahzed  flowers,  flower  beds,  flower  pots, 

with  pigeon  house ;   (4)  is  the  boat  house  •    a  ,  v      ' 


in    the   park   with    steps    leading   down    to 


mosaic  floor  of  museum,  etc. 
STICKS. 
The   sticks   may   represent   also   the   dif- 


Boat  house  Landing  in  Park,  and  Boats. 

water  and  two  boats  in  which  to  take  a 
row.  Do  you  see  the  lovely  swans  and  the 
ducks  with  their  dear  little  ducklings.  (5) 
is  the  tunnel  under  the  roadway  and  from 
above  we  look  down  upon  the  bear  pit. 
The  park  keeper  knows  that  animals  need 
amusement  as  well  as  people  and  he  pro- 
vides the  bear  with  a  ball  or  loose  stones  or 
sticks  of  wood  with  which  he  entertains 
himself.     We  throw  some  peanuts  down  to 


Signpost-  Rake.  Spade.  Boy  Blue's  Horn 

ferent    farm   necessities    including   trough, 


/ 

^M 

A 

0 

him.^A  bench  stands  near  by.  [(6)  is  the 
beautiful  museum  or  art  gallery  and  (7) 
is  the  narrow  stairway  carved  in  the  rocks 
which  we  mount  to  obtain  the  fine  view 
from  the  Belvedere. 


pump,    well,    various    outlines    of    flowers, 


276 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


blocked   out   animals,   watering  pot,   fence, 
rake,  spade,  hoe,  sign  post  in  park. 

RINGS. 

These  allow  much  variety  in  designs  for 
flower  beds,  flowers  and  animals  with  curv- 
ing outlines. 

PEG-BOARD. 

Play  planting  trees,  and  plants;  also 
circle  of  children  around  May  pole — Lesson 
in  color  and  counting. 

SAND-BOX. 

The  sand  box  will  be  the  starting  point 
for  a  fine  farm  or  beautiful  park  with  the 
Gifts  to  form  the  buildings,  benches,  steps 
leading  up  the  slopes,  observatory,  and  the 
different  farm  buildings,  fences,  etc.  Twigs 
of  trees  or  elderberry  bushes  will  make  ac- 
ceptable trees,  and  bird  seed  may  be  plant- 
ed to  come  up  as  grass,  and  corn  and  peas 
may  also  be  planted,  in  one  corner.  A  piece 
of  mirror  may  serve  as  lake  or  pond,  with 
toy  ducks  to  swim  thereon  and  tiny  boats 
of  folded  paper  to  lend  their  touch  of  real- 
ism. Paper  dolls  may  be  made  and  a  tiny 
May  pole  rigged  up  with  baby  ribbon.  Re- 
ceptacles for  trash  may  be  made  and 
placed  here  and  there  to  inculcate  the  idea 
that  the  park  must  be  kept  clean  and  beau- 
tiful that  all  may  enjoy  it.  Speak  of  the 
gardeners  and  other  workmen  who  help 
keep  the  park  in  order. 

CLAY. 

Mould  the  various  farm  animals;  also 
seeds,  and  spring  flowers,  and  flower  pots, 
also  design  for  fountain. 

COLOR  WORK. 

Paint  in  strong,  broad  washes  the  blue 
sky,  and  another  day  the  green  grass.  Then 
make  a  picture  in  which  the  sky  and  grass 
are  both  represented.  Flat  washes  of  sim- 
ple flowers  may  be  painted  or  drawn  in 
crayon.  Tulips,  dandelions ;  also  chickens 
and  ducklings.  Robin  Redbreast,  the  blue- 
bird and  other  bright  colored  harbingers 
of  Spring.  Let  the  children  revel  in  clear, 
pure  color.  The  country  teacher  here  has 
a  great  advantage  over  her  city  sisters. 
Strawberries  give  good  color,  as  do  rad- 
ishes. 

OUT-OF-DOORS. 

It  is  well  to  recall  each  year  the  stress 
laid  by  Froebel  upon  garden  work  for  the 
little  child.  He  considered  this  close  con- 
tact with  Nature  one  of  the  most  impor- 


tant of  truly  educational  influences — and 
yet  few  city  kindergartens  are  able  to 
afford  the  children  these  rich  experiences. 
That  is  something  for  the  kindergarten  of 
today  to  work  towards.  Wherever  possible 
let  the  children  plant  peas,  corn,  beans,  in 
places  where  they  will  be  unmolested  and 
so  able  to  go  through  all  the  processes  of 
sprouting,  blossoming,  seed  bearing  in  the 
late  spring  or  early  fall.  Let  them  raise 
radishes,  lettuces  to  present  to  their  par- 
ents or  serve  at  some  of  the  kindergarten 
lunches.  Vacant  lots  may  often  be  utilized 
and  even  small  courts  afford  unlooked  for 
opportunities. 

Notice  the  shadows  of  the  grasses  and 
leaves  as  they  rest  on  the  pavement.  Open 
the  eyes  of  the  children  to  as  many  as  pos- 
sible of  these  beauties  of  nature  and  thus 
awaken  possibilities  of  simple  joy  that  will 
last  them  a  life  time.  Draw  attention  to 
the  blue  of  the  sky  and  the  floating  clouds. 

Trips  to  the  parks  will  give  the  children 
of  the  city  glimpses  into  the  life  of  Nature. 
The  fish  in  the  ponds,  the  free  squirrels  and 
birds  and  the  animals  of  the  zoo  will  give 
them  much  to  think  about.  And  on  a 
pleasant  May  day  a  May  pole  party  will  be 
quite  in  order.  Let  as  much  of  the  kinder- 
garten work  as  possible  be  out-of-doors. 

STICKS  AND  PEAS 

Make  fence  for  vegetable  garden.  Also  farm 
tools — rake,  etc.     Make  tree-box  to  protect  tree- 


{ 

1                   4 

1                           A 

1 

►                    1 

'                           1 

|                           4 

9 

1 

1                    < 

9                   % 

r 

w                  1 

Fence 

9                    i 

1 

Rake. 


Tree  box. 


PAPER. 

Weaving — Weave  May  baskets  of  color- 
ed papers ;  line  with  wax  paper  and  let  chil- 
dren fill  with  spring  flowers  to  give  to 
parents. 

Weave  basket  of  strips  of  manila  paper 
in  which  the  kittens  may  have  a  bed. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


277 


Folding — Series  including  table  cloth 
that  Ave  take  on  our  picnic;  blank  book  in 
which  we  may  paste  some  pressed  flowers  ; 
car  window  through  which  we  see  so  many- 
things  ;  tunnel  through  which  car  goes ; 
tunnel  in  park  which  makes  such  a  fine 
echo;  barn  in  country;  park  bench. 

Salt  cellar  series  includes  many  things 
seen  on  trip  to  park  or  country,  including 
cup  and  saucer  used,  pocket  book,  and 
lunch  box. 

Parquetry — Make  booklet  with  designs 
based  upon  dandelion,  wild  rose,  and  other 
simple  flowers;  also  series  based  upon  yel- 
low chickens  or  ducklings,  or  kittens  or 
rabbits.  Make  frieze  of  swallows  for  kin- 
dergarten room.  Radishes  and  strawber- 
ries conventionalize  well. 

Free-hand  Cutting — Cut  the  different 
farm  animals,  birds,  etc.  The  farm  tools; 
picture  of  the  pump,  well,  old  oaken  bucket 
which  we  draw  up  to  give  the  creatures 
water.  Cut  freehand  several  objects  be- 
longing to  the  animal,  to  the  mineral  and 
the  vegetable  kingdoms.  Illustrate  "A 
Little  Boy's  Walk"  and  other  poems  or 
stories  as  "Little  Bo-Peep,"  "Little  Boy 
Blue,"  etc. 

CARDBOARD  MODELING. 

Make  May  baskets  by  scoring  and  bend- 
ing cardboard  into  square  or  oblong  bas- 
kets and  then  painting  some  delicate  color. 
Ribbon  handles  can  be  attached  or  with  the 
older  children  the  outline  of  the  square 
from  which  basket  is  cut  may  include  a 
handle.  Line  with  wax  paper  and  it  will 
hold  a  few  posies  when  hung  on  Mama's 
door  to  surprise  her  in  the  early  morning. 

Make  watering  trough  which  can  be  used 
as  hairpin  tray.     Punch  holes  in  edges  and 


Plan  for  Watering  Trough 

tie  with  ribbon.  Make  circular  pan  for  hold- 
ing water  in  chicken  yard.  Rakes,  hoes, 
spades,  etc.,  may  be  cut  of  cardboard  for 
paper  doll  house  garden. 

Cut  benches  for  park  and  paint  green. 
Also  circular  boxes  for  holding  papers,  re- 
mains  of   lunches,    etc.      Cut   oblongs   for 


signs  in  park  directing  to  different  paths  or 
buildings.  Attach  to  burnt  matches  or 
tooth  picks  and  place  in  sand-box  park. 

Tiny  bird  house  may  be  cut  of  cardboard 
and  mounted  on  a  small  stick. 

Cut  out  farm  animals,  horse,  cow,  calf, 
lamb,  chicken,  etc.,  and  paste  a  narrow  strip 
on  one  side  for  a  brace  and  place  in  sand 
box  farm.  These  can  be  attached  to  empty 
match  boxes  as  farm  wagons  which  will 
help  children  of  the  tenements  to  make 
playthings  of  articles  found  at  home. 

Make  cornucopia  to  serve  as  Boy  Blue's 
horn. 

OUTSIDE  MATERIAL. 

Wood — Saw  and  sand-paper  small  ob- 
longs as  handle  and  head  of  rake.  Hammer 
slender  nails  straight  through  the  head  to 
make  teeth  of  tiny  rake. 

Cut   or   tear  berry  boxes   into    strips   to 


A 

A 

A 

A| 

Fence  of  Berry  Box  Strips 

make  fence  pickets.  Glue  these  to  other 
strips  running  at  right  angles  as  rails. 

Collect  pebbles  to  make  stone  wall  in 
sand  box.     Also  shells  to  outline  paths. 

City  children  will  be  interested  in  churn- 
ing sour  cream  into  butter.  Put  into  a 
canning  jar  and  shake  in  turn  till  butter 
comes,  or  use  small  wire  potato  masher  as 
dasher. 

GAMES  AND  PLAYS. 

See  "Pedagogics  of  the  Kindergarten." 
(Appleton  &  Co.,)  for  the  beautiful  outdoor 
games  there  described  but  which  can  also 
be  played  in  kindergarten. 

Also  the  Mother  Play  Songs  and  Music 
(Appleton,  Blow  edition)  the  Wandering 
Song,  ("I  love  to  go  a-roaming,")  "Pur- 
ling Little  River,"  and  the  flower  songs 
found  therein.  Also  the  Transformation 
Game,  in  which  the  circle  of  happy  children 
changes  from  a  circle  to  smaller  circles,  a 
star,  crown,  wreath  and  back  to  a  circle. 
The  snail  game  is  also  appropriate  now. 

Let  the  children  dramatize  Little  Bo- 
Peep  who  was  careless  and  lost  her  sheep 
but  sought  and  sought  them  till  she  found 


278 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


them.     Let  one  child  represent  bell-wether 
with  bell  by  which  Bo-Peep  traces  them. 

Dramatize  Little  Boy  Blue  who  neglects 
his  duty  and  then  has  to  work  hard  to  find 
his  cows  and  sheep  who  do  not  like  to 
leave  the  corn  at  sound  of  his  horn  and  so 
he  must  go  after  them,  and  has  a  difficult 
time  getting  them  together.  Surely  he  will 
not  fall  asleep  again  while  on  duty. 


GOING  TO  SCHOOL 

ELSIE  B.  CLARKE,  P.  S.   161,  Manhattan  N.  Y.  C. 

ANNY  stood  on  the  sidewalk 
in  front  of  her  house.  Her 
mother  had  put  on  her  little 
white  hat  and  little  white  coat, 
and  as  she  buttoned  the  little 
white  buttons  all  down  the  front,  she  said, 
"I  am  so  glad  the  cleaner  has  made  the 
street  so  nice  and  clean  so  that  my  little 
girl  can  cross  it  without  soiling  her  new 
white  shoes.  Then  she  had  kissed  her  and 
told  her  not  to  be  late  to  school. 

She  was  waiting  for  the  cleaner  to  sweep 
up  the  dirt  and  put  it  in  his  barrel.  When 
he  had  finished  he  looked  up  at  Fanny  and 
she  nodded  her  head  and  smiled  as  if  to 
say,  "Thank  you,  Mr.  Street  Cleaner." 
Then  she  ran  across  the  street  to  the  push 
cart  just  over  the  way  and  when  she  looked 
at  her  shoes  they  were  just  as  clean  as  when 
she  put  them  on. 

The  Cleaner  brushed  and  washed  the  street, 
So  Fanny  could  cross  and  not  soil  her  feet. 

The  push  cart  was  filled  with  big  red 
apples  and  yellow  bananas.  Fanny  gave  the 
man  standing  beside  it  a  bright  new  penny 
and  said,  "Mr.  Peddler,  will  you  give  me  a 
big  red  apple  for  the  little  white  rabbit  in 
the  Kindergarten?  He  is  such  a  hungry 
rabbit !" 

The  Peddler  gave  her  an  apple  red, 

So  the  little  white  rabbit  could  soon  be  fed. 

She  was  afraid  that  she  would  be  late  to 
school  so  ran  along  the  side-walk  until  she 
came  to  the  corner  but  there  she  had  to 
wait.  There  were  so  many  horses  and  car- 
riages and  trolley  cars  passing.  She  did  not 
have  to  wait  very  long  however,  for 

A  big  policeman  in  a  coat  of  blue 
Helped  her  across  in  a  minute  or  two. 

She  ran  all  the  rest  of  the  way  but  when 
she  reached  the  school  she  found  that  she 
was  not  late  at  all  for  the  big  doors  were 
open  wide.     She  went  right  in  through  the 


play  yard  until  she  came  to  the  kinder- 
garten door  which  was  open,  too,  and  there, 
in  the  door-way,  was  the  teacher  waiting  to 
say  good-morning,  just  behind  her  the  little 
white  rabbit  with  wiggling  nose  saying 
good-morning  as  rabbits  do.  On  the  win- 
dow-sill the  sleeping  doll,  her  eyes  wide 
open  now  and  looking  right  at  Fanny  as  if 
she  would  like  to  say  good-morning  too, 
a,nd  in  the  middle  of  the  room  all  the  little 
green  chairs  ready  for  the  children,  but  not 
a  child  to  be  seen  for  she  was  the  first  little 
girl  there. 


This  is  Fanny  on  her  way  to  school. 

She  comes  every  day  whether  warm  or  cool. 


This  is  the  Cleaner,  all  dressed  in  white, 
Who  sweeps  the  streets  from  morn  till  night. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 

NOT  SUCH  FUN. 

ELSIE   B.    CLARKE. 

Just  a  little  kitty, 

Black,  as  black  as  coal, 

Waiting  for  a  mousie, 
Down   beside  a  hole. 


279 


This  is  the  Peddler  just  over  the  way 
Who  sells  red  apples  to  those  who  pay. 


This  is  the  Policeman  in  his  coat  of  blue 
Who  helped  her  across  in  a  minute  or  two. 


Comes  a  great  big  doggie, 
Thinks  he'll  have  some  fun; 

Thinks  he'll  frighten  kitty, 
Just  to  see  her  run. 

Creeps  up  very  softly, 

Barks,    "Bow-wow-wow-wow, 
Kitty  jumps  up  quickly, 

P'litely  answers  "Me-ow." 


Here  is  the  school  with  its  doors  open  wide. 
Come,  little  children,  walk  inside. 


Eyes  grow  large  as  saucers 
Tail  as  big  as  that, 

Humps  her  little  back  up, 
Seems  a  great  big  cat. 

Doggie  looks  at  kitty, 
Thinks  he'd  better  run, 

Thinks  to  frighten  kitty, 
Isn't  any  fun. 


Over  tu'rrets,  vales  and  hills, 

Behold  the  soft  and  mellow  glow. 
E'en  the  busy  little  rills 

Have  caught  reflections  as  they  flow. 
The  beautiful  sunset!      I  could  sit 

For  hours  and  gaze  would  it  but  stay, 
But  no, — Time  bids  the  moments  flit 

And  the  glorious  Sun  must,  too,  obey. 

Down,  down  into  the  far  beyond 

He  glides  and  now  is  seen  no  more; 

His  arch  from  east  to  west  He  spanned 
Spreading  His  beams  from  shore  to  shore. 

Tomorrow's  dawn  again  will  break, 
His  roseate  beams  will  flood  the  east, 

And  onward  His  same  path  will  take 
"     And  sink  again  into  the  west. 


28o 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


NEWS  NOTES. 

A  DAY  IN  THE   RIVERSIDE   KINDERGARTEN. 

T   ONG  before  the  allotted  hour 
■*-'   of  nine,  little  hurrying  feet  are 


heard  coming  down  the  path 
that  leads  to  the  kindergarten, 
and  the  two  kindergartners 
who  live  opposite  have  to  take  a  hasty- 
breakfast  if  they  hope  to  arrive  before  their 
early  little  birds,  and  hear  the  greeting 
"We've  beaten  the  whole  family." 

Then  begins  the  "Free  Play"  time,  when 
everyone  does  as  he  pleases.  Some  domestic 
little  souls  make  for  the  doll's  house  and 
sweep  and  dust  in  true  house-wifely 
fashion.  Others  attack  the  doll's  piano  and 
practice  vigorously  aided  by  the  dancing 
dolls  within. 

The  lovers  of  books  drag  out  all  their 
old  friends,  while  the  more  active  spirits 
insist  upon  putting  the  very  young  chil- 
dren to  play  sleep,  while  they  personate 
Santa  Claus  who  is  to  give  them  treasures 
borrowed  for  the  time  being  from  the  doll's 
house. 

Everything  is  perfectly  natural  and  free 
until  the  bell  taps  at  nine,  when  toys  and 
books  are  returned  to  their  proper  place 
and  all  gather  in  the  circle.  When  quiet 
is  gained  the  "thankfuls"  begin. 

And  queer  and  quaint  are  the  things 
offered  on  the  altar  of  gratitude.  Cats, 
dolls,  parents,  flowers,  birthdays,  friends, 
etc.,  after  which  one  tiny  soul  tip-toes  over 
to  the  Bible  and  reverently  opens  the  Word 
of  God.  Then  little  heads  are  bent  and  one 
of  the  Gaynor  prayer  songs  is  sung. 

This  is  followed  by  a  good  morning 
greeting,  in  the  midst  of  which  a  voice  rings 
out  with,  "James  Holmes  is  a  bad  boy." 
The  kindergartner  remonstrates,  but  the 
voice  continues,  "  He  says  I  wasn't  in  the 
race." 

The    suggestion 
James  is  joking. 

"No!"  the  voice  says  again,  "he  was  not 
joking."  Then  after  a  moment's  thought, 
"Were  you  joking,  James?" 

James'  face,  which  has  hitherto  been 
grave  and  reproachful,  breaks  into  an 
ecstatic  smile,  and  he  nods  his  head. 

Satisfaction  has  been  received  and  Theo- 
dore, the  denouncer,  settles  back  in  his 
chair  with  a  sigh  of  relief  and  the  circle 
moves  on  in  peace  and  harmony.  We  are 
marching  now  and  each  child  tells  of  some 
gift  he  has  received  and  we  try  to  dramatize 


is    made    that    maybe 


it.      Cars,   autos,   and   skates   are   easy   and 
we  get  on  swimmingly. 

At  the  table  we  play  on  an  imaginary 
piano  while  one  of  the  flock  takes  his  turn 
in  goino-  to  the  closet  and  in  selecting  his 
own  Gift.  When  all  are  supplied  we  make 
toys  similar  to  those  we  have  received,  and 
when  all  are  ready  we  stand  behind  our 
chairs  and  take  hands  and  make  ourselves 
into  a  bag  to  hold  these  precious  things. 

The  most  popular  game  with  us  now  is 
the  toy  game.  We  play  we  are  dolls  that 
say  "mamma,"  goats,  jumping  jacks,  ducks 
cows,  and  all  sorts  of  mechanical  toys  and 
when  we  are  wound  up  we  just  go.  After 
games  we  paste  in  our  New  Year's  book  a 
lovely  picture  frame  made  of  parquetry 
with  a  nicture  of  our  Lord  in  the  center. 
Recess  comes  next  and  the  yard  is  a  very 
acceptable  place. 

There  is  a  family  of  squirrels  that  live  up 
in  our  cluster  of  oak  trees  and  a  large 
chicken  family  enclosed  in  a  wire  fenced 
yard. 

We  rake,  sweep,  plant  and  dig.  The  dig- 
ging is  done  behind  the  house  and  Walter 
Rule  savs  he  is  going  to  dig  till  he  comes  to 
water,  but  he  has  not  reached  it  yet. 

Alter  recess  is  drawing.  Yes,  everv  dav 
we  draw.  Draw  all  sorts  of  things,  any- 
thing we  please. 

The  calendar  is  the  last  when  we  paste 
the  day  on  and  then  go  home. 

The  kindergarten  day  is  over  and  Dr. 
Turick  says  it  is  better  than  hearing  a  ser- 
mon to  come  and  see  us,  and  we  think  that 
the  best  compliment  we  have  ever  received. 

LAURA   E.    WARRINBE. 


The  annual  meeting  of  the  Alumnae  As- 
sociation of  the  Philadelphia  Training 
School  for  Kindergartners  (Mrs.  M.  L.  Van 
Kirk,  principal)  was  held  at  the  Industrial 
Art  school,  Saturday  p.  m.,  March  6th, 
Miss  Anna  L.  Young,  president,  in  the 
chair. 

Minutes  of  last  meeting  and  treasurer's 
report  duly  read  and  approved.  Names  of 
two  new  life  members.  Miss  Carrie  Durhing, 
Miss  Louisa  Jones,  were  placed  on  the  list. 

A  rising  vote  of  thanks  was  tended  Mrs. 
VanKirk  for  the  courtesy  she  extends  the 
association  by  bearing  the  expenses  of 
lecture  room,  making  the  Alumnae  her 
guests. 

Election  of  officers  followed.  Those 
chosen  were : 

President,  Miss  Anna  L.  Young. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


281 


1st  vice  president,  Miss  Hannah  Fox. 

2nd  vice  president,  Miss  Hildegarde 
Herring. 

Treasurer,   Miss   Elizabeth   W.   Moseley. 

Secretary,  Miss  Etta  H.  Steelman. 

Names  of  board  of  managers  submitted 
and  voted  upon  were : 

Miss  Agnes  M.  Fox,  Miss  Anna  Williams, 
Miss  Adele  McKenzie,  Miss  Carrie  A. 
pjrhing. 

YYkL  110  further  business  before  the 
meeting  the  exercises  were  opened  by  sing- 
ing the  favorite  "Kindergartners'  Hymn." 
Miss  Nora  A.  Smith  was  then  introduced 
and  addressed  the  meeting  in  her  charming 
style  from  the  subject  "Present  Day  Criti- 
cisms of  the  Kindergarten." 

Before  setting  forth  the  various  criticisms 
she  has  collected  from  all  sources  during 
the  fifteen  years  she  has  stood  apart  from 
the  real  work,  Miss  Smith  told  of  the  "fault 
club"  she  had  organized  in  her  youth.  She 
had  considered  herself  very  original  in 
forming  it,  upon  growing  up  had  found  it 
the  oldest  organization  in  the  world.  When 
looking  over  the  many  criticisms  she  felt 
that  faults  are  more  prominent  than  virtues 
in  most  person's  eyes,  as  evidenced  by  the 
:riticisms  recorded.  Many  of  them  are 
narrow,  unfair  and  worthless.  They  have 
oeen  expressed  by  men  of  science,  doctors, 
ind  women  who  have  never  gone  deeply 
into  the  study  of  child-training,  and  who 
.ose  sight  of  the  spiritual  side  of  the  child 
entirely. 

Some  of  the  criticisms  are  "that  kinder- 
partners  consider  themselves  an  exclusive 
sect,  given  to  sentimentalism,  are  too  much 
iominated  by  Froebel,  do  not  possess  a 
iepth  of  modern  child  study,  not  broad- 
iiinded — the  gifts  and  occupations  cause 
in  intense  strain  on  the  child,  and  tend  to 
nake  him  unnatural;  a  mathematical  con- 
option  is  developed  which  is  unchildlike. 

After  hearing  all  these  varied  weakness 
Df  the  system  it  was  good  to  hear  Miss 
Smith  say  these  criticisms  have  helped  and 
nade  clear  mistakes  which  are  being  recti- 
ied.  She  said  "The  kindergarten  does  fos- 
:er  in  the  child  a  passion  for  work,  teaches 
lim  to  conquer  obstacles,  shows  him  the 
Aray  to  self-discipline,  to  respect  the  rights 
3f  others  and  never  tolerates  disobedience 
:o  law. 

The  address  closed  with  the  stirring 
words  from  Jeanette  Burgess: 


"Here's  to  the  cause,  and  the  jeers  that  have  passed! 

Here's  to  the  cause,   it  will  triumph  at  last! 

The    hearts    shall    illumine    the    hearts    that    have 

braved 
All  the  years  and  the  fears  that  the  cause  might 

be  saved. 

And    tho'    what    we    hoped    for,    and    darkly    have 

groped   for 
Come  not  in  the  manner  we  prayed  that  it  should 
We  shall  gladly  confess  it,   and   the  cause — "May 

God  bless  it!" 
Shall  find  us  all  worthy  who  did  what  we  could." 

A  social  hour  followed,  refreshments  were 
served,  many  had  the  pleasure  of  meeting 
Miss  Smith,  and  greeting  old  friends. 
Respectfully  submitted, 

ETTA  H.   STEELMAN,  Sec. 


THE  USE  OF  KINDERGARTEN  MATERIAL 
IN  ONE-ROOM  RURAL  SCHOOLS 

To  many  one-room  rural  teachers  the  whole 
kindergarten  matter  is  an  enigma.  They  under- 
stand very  little  about  it,  and  people  are  not  usu- 
ally interested  in  that  which  they  do  not  under- 
stand. 

It  is  natural  for  kindergartners  who  have  been 
long  in  the  service  to  forget  their  earlier  experi- 
ences, and  whatever  of  teaching  or  writing  they 
may  undertake  is  apt  to  follow  the  line  of  their  la- 
test experience;  thus  they  really  produce  very  lit- 
tle that  is  of  interest  to  rural  teachers  because  fre- 
quently beyond  the  understanding  of  one  not  fa- 
miliar with  kindergarten  principles  and  practices. 

The  great  purpose  of  this  Magazine  is  to  assist 
in  bringing  the  blessings  of  kindergarten  train- 
ing to  all  the  children  of  America,  and  it  is  hoped 
that  these  articles  will  be  so  plainly  written  that 
the  most  inexperienced  rural  teacher  can  compre- 
hend the  principles  set  forth  and  secure  in  prac- 
tice results  that  are  at  least  encouraging. 

We  have  previously  referred  to  the  first  gift  and 
will  now  take  up  suggestive  second  gift  lessons. 
While  this  gift  is  not  so  well  adapted  to  primary 
work  as  some  of  the  others,  it  can  be  used  to  good 
advantage, 

We  give  below  a  lesson  that  many  kindergart- 
ners would  find  interesting  in  the  regular  kinder- 
garten, and  a  careful  study  of  this  lesson  will 
bring  rural  teachers  to  a  better  understanding  of 
the  usual  kindergarten  methods  as  related  to  this 
gift. 

First-year  pupils  in  the  rural  schools  are  usual- 
ly older  than  kindergarten  children  and  some  of 
the  lessons  may  prove  too  simple  for  use  with 
them.  The  fact  is,  no  program  or  lesson  should 
be  considered  as  more  than  a  suggestion  and 
should  be  modified  to  meet  the  special  require- 
ments of  the  class  to  be  taught. 


282 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


Froebel's  Second  Gift  consists  of  a  wooden 
ball  or  sphere,  a  cylinder  and  a  cube.  From 
this  gift  the  child  gains  ideas  of  form,  posi- 
tion and  9crand.  It  is  based  on  the  laws  of 
mental  development,  as  according  to  Froebel, 
each  step  taken  by  the  child  should  evolve  out 
of  the  former  one.  There  should  be  a  con- 
necting link  containing  some  of  the  qualities 
of  the  former  and  presenting  some  contrasts. 
We  recognize  at  once  the  connecting  link  be- 
tween the  first  and  second  Gifts,  which  is  a 
sphere.  <  %»M$i 

"The  chief  reasons  for  selecting  these  (the 
forms  of  the  Second  Gift)  are  found  in  his 
(Froebel's)  law  of  the  connection  of  contrasts. 
Every  idea  that  we  have  refers  to  some  object, 
and  in  the  first  place  to  some  sensible  object. 
The  clearness  of  the  idea  will  depend  upon 
the  fullness  of  our  knowledge  of  the  object 
in  all  its  details.  This  knowledge  is  gained 
by  observation ;  and  observation  implies  the 
comparison  of  its  properties  with  the  similar 
properties  of  other  objects  with  which  we  are 
acquainted.  *  *  *  If  there  were  no  contrasts, 
comparisons  would  be  impossible.  Even  in 
the  midst  of  many  contrasts  by  which  we  are 
surrounded,  we  cease  to  compare  where  we 
find  agreement,  and  unite  objects  according 
to  their  similarities  in  lower  or  higher  groups, 
represented  by  corresponding  conceptions  in 
minds. 

"Again,  contrasts  are  the  only  means  to 
arouse  the  mind  to  attention.  To  make  the 
mind  conscious  of  the  property  of  size,  it  is 
necessary  to  present  great  and  small  objects; 
and  the  greater  the  contrast,  within  conve- 
nient limits  of  sensual  perception,  the  more 
readily  will  the  mind  be  aroused.  Thus  it  will 
be  led  to  attend  to  shape  much  more  readily 
by  contrasting  round  and  angular  bodies  than 
by  contrasting  spheres  and  spheroids. 

"On  the  other  hand,  contrasts  are  con- 
nected by  intermediate  degrees  of  the  same 
properties  in  other  objects.  Between  great 
and  small  we  have  many  intermediate  sizes : 
Black  is  connected  with  white  by  all  the 
shades  that  lie  between.  Froebel  designates 
these  intermediate  degrees  of  the  same  prop- 
erty by  the  term  'connection  of  contrasts.'  *  *  * 

"Perceiving,  observing,  comparing,  judg- 
ing, concluding,  are  the  successive  stages  of 
exercise  of  the  muscular  and  expressive  con- 
trast that  we  perceive  and  feel;  and  the  desire 
to  connect  these  contrasts — the  effort  to  find 
their  relationships,  to  discover  or  establish 
harmony  in  the  apparent  dissonance,  the 
struggle  for  equilibrium,  if  you  choose — un- 
derlies all  our  purposes  and  actions,  all  our 
own  saying  and  doing,  at  least,  as  they  lie  in 
the  direction  of  truth,  beauty,  and  virtue." — 
From  W.  N.  Hailmann's  "Kindergarten  Cul- 
ture." 

The    second    Gift   also    contains    contrasts 
and  similarities  within  itself  and  is  the  em- 


bodiment of  more  than  the  child  can  compre- 
hend in  his  early  development;  but  there  is 
much  that  he  may  understand,  and  Froebel 
gives  it  a  very  prominent  and  important  place 
in  the  Kindergarten. 

Beads  are  manufactured  in  connection  with 
this  Gift  that  are  very  useful  and  interesting 
in  a  variety  of  ways.  These  consist  of  wooden 
spheres,  cylinders  and  cubes  (the  shapes  of 
Froebel's  Second  Gift),  one-half  inch  in  diam- 
eter, colored  in  the  colors  of  the  rainbow  and 
are  perforated  for  stringing. 

It  is  important  to  know  that  the  ball  of  the 
First  Gift  is  so  called  because  it  is  the  name 
of  that  form  with  which  the  child  is  familiar. 
In  the  second  Gift  it  is  called  a  sphere  because 
that  is  the  geometric  name,  and  as  it  comes 
with  two  other  geometric  forms,  the  cube  and 
the  cylinder,  it  is  more  strictly  correct.  The 
name  ball  is  unknown  in  geometry. 

THE  FIRST  LESSON— SPHERE. 
As  the  Second  Gift  is  strictly  scientific  it 
is  not  at  first  so  attractive  to  the  child,  and 
would  suggest  that  the  Kindergartner  be  espe- 
cially bright  and  brief  in  her  first  lesson  on 
the  Gift. 

Much  care  should  be  taken  in  presenting 
the  Gift.  Too  many  new  objects  given  at  a 
time  confuses  the  mind  and  tends  to  make  the 
child  inattentive. 

Give  a  short  lesson  on  the  sphere  without 
showing  them  the  other  parts  of  the  Gift. 
They  will  call  it  a  ball  and  for  the  present  they 
may  call  it  a  wooden  ball,  but  tell  them  its 
other  name,  and  after  a  few  lessons  have  them 
learn  to  pronounce  it. 

Lead  them  to  discover  all  its  properties  by 
questions ;  or,  better,  suggestions  : 
That  it  is  round  and  will  roll; 
That  it  has  one  face  which  is  round; 
That  it  is  smooth ; 
That  it  is  made  of  wood; 
That  it  is  hard  and  noisy. 
They  should  compare  it  with  other  round 
bodies  same  as  they  did  the  ball. 

They  may  be  blind-folded,  one  at  a  time, 
and  they  should  try  to  tell  how  they  differ  and 
how  they  are  alike,  also  name  the  object  from 
the  sense  of  touch. 

The  little  songs  and  games  used  with  the 
ball  may  be  repeated  with  the  sphere,  and 
finally  tell  a  little  story  about  wood. 

In  telling  a  story  upon  any  subject,  first 
find  out  what  the  children  may  know  about  it. 
In  this  particular  case  ask  where  wood  comes 
from ;  or  if  they  know  anything  about  a  saw 
mill  or  have  seen  one,  and  any  questions  the 
circumstances  may  suggest.  Then  tell  a 
pretty  story  about  how  the  seed  sinks  into  the 
ground,  how  the  rains  and  snows  water  it,  and 
the  sun  warms  it ;  and  that  it  sends  a  tiny 
shoot  up  through  the  soil,  and /grows  and 
grows  for  many  years,  until  it  becomes  a  large 
tree,  when  it  is  then  cut  down,  carried  to  the 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


283 


mills  to  be  sawed  into  lumber.  It  is  some- 
times made  into  balls  like  this  one,  and  some- 
times into  cbairs,  houses,  etc. 

SECOND  LESSON— SPHERE. 

Compare  the  sphere  with  the  ball  of  the 
First  Gift. 

Lead  them  to  discover  first,  their  similari- 
ties ;  both  are  round,  both  will  roll,  both  have 
but  one  face.  Wherein  they  differ;  the  ball 
feels  rough  to  the  touch,  the  sphere  is  smooth ; 
the  ball  is  light  in  weight,  the  sphere  is 
heavy ;  the  ball  is  noiseless,  the  sphere  is  not ; 
the  ball  will  bound,  the  sphere  will  not;  they 
are  not  of  the  same  color. 

Suggestions :  Holding  up  the  ball  and 
sphere,  say :  "Children,  do  you  think  there  is 
anything  in  these  two  forms  that  are  alike?" 
or  "I  wonder  what  we  can  find  out  about  the 
sphere  that  is  n'.t  like  the  ball,"  etc. 

GiA'e  the  children  the  beads  to  string  after 
they  have  had  a  lesson  on  the  Gift.  Give  the 
ball  beads  with  the  sphere,  the  cylinder  beads 
with  the  cylinder,  the  cube  beads  with  the 
cube,  and  after  they  have  had  the  three  forms 
of  the  Gift  they  may  combine  them  in  the 
beads. 

THIRD  LESSON— CYLINDER. 

The  cylinder  follows  the  sphere  because  it 
is  the  connecting  link  between  the  sphere  and 
the  cube.  The  sphere  is  the  symbol  of  motion, 
the  cube  the  symbol  of  rest,  while  the  cylinder 
possesses  the  qualities  of  both ;  it  will  roll  and 
it  will  stand. 

Compare  the  cylinder  with  the  sphere. 
First,  how  they  are  alike;  both  will  roll,  both 
are  the  same  in  color,  both  are  made  of  wood, 
and  both  will  make  a  noise. 

How  they  differ:  the  cylinder  has  three 
faces,  the  sphere  has  but  one;  the  cylinder 
has  two  edges,  the  sphere  has  none :  the  cyl- 
inder has  two  flat  faces,  upon  which  it  may 
stand  or  rest,  the  sphere  has  none. 

By  these  comparisons  the  child  finds  that 
the  cylinder  has  three  faces,  two  of  which  are 
flat  and  circular  and  one  that  is  round ;  that  it 
has  circular  lines  or  edges,  but  like  the  sphere 
has  neither  points  nor  corners. 

The  cylinder  may  be  held  firmly  by  a  string 
passed  through  the  eyelet  in  its  round  face 
and  the  children  may  hold  it  and  count  the 
different  faces  and  edges  as  follows :  The  cyl- 
inder has  one  round  face,  two  circular  faces 
and  two  circular  edges.  Point  to  each  as  it 
is  named. 

The  cylinder  is  represented  in  countless 
things.  Have  the  children  find  everything  in 
the  room  that  is  cylindrical.  Their  fingers, 
their  limbs,  their  necks,  their  bodies;  legs  and 
spindles  of  the  chairs,  the  stove  pipe,  etc.,  etc. 
Have  each  try  to  think  of  something  away 
from  the  room  that  is  cylindrical.  Have  them 
try  to  find  something,  to  bring  to  the  Kinder- 


garten, of  the  same  or  similar  shape.  Trees, 
stems,  branches,  grasses,  are  examples,  and 
will   suggest  many  other  things. 

If  the  cylinder  is  pierced  with  a  hole 
through  its  center,  from  end  to  end,  one  of 
the  rods  may  be  put  through  it,  when  it  will 
represent  a  roller,  to  which  may  be  sung  the 
following : 

With   a  stick  through  my  center,   I  turn  round  and 

round,   la,    la, 
And  look  like   the  roller  that  rolls  or  the   gTOund. 

la,  la. 
If  upon  my  flat  face  you  turn  me  around, 
I'll  look  like  the  roller  that  rolls  on  the  ground. 
La,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la. 

The  cube  is  first  studied  in  all  its  parts; 
the  comparisons  with  other  forms  come  later. 

For  convenience  in  holding  the  cube,  pass 
a  string  through  the  eyelet  in  one  of  the 
square  faces,  and  hold  it  very  firmly  between 
the  thumb  and  pointer  of  the  left  hand  and 
point  to  the  different  parts  as  you  name  them, 
being  careful  not  to  turn  the  cube  while  yovi 
are  pointing.  In  this  way  teach  the  names  of 
the  different  parts  of  the  cube,  its  faces  or 
sides,  edges  or  lines,  and  the  corners  which 
are  its  points  or  angles.  When  they  are  fa- 
miliar with  these  names  and  where  to  apply 
them,  they  may  count  them.  It  will  take 
many  times  counting  for  them  to  remember 
that  the  cube  has  six  faces,  eight  corners  and 
twelve  edges,  and  the  counting  must  often  be 
/reviewed.    The  following  verse  will  help: 

My  little  cube  six  faces  show; 
I  count  them,  that  is  how  I  know. 
I  count  eight  corners,  too,  and  find 
Twelve  edges  hard  to  keep  in  mind. 

The  children  will  call  the  cube  a  square 
stone,  a  block,  a  table,  a  box,  etc.  It  may  be 
compared  with  many  objects  in  the  room.  Its 
corners  will  correspond  with  the  corners  of 
the  tables,  doors,  casings,  etc.  It  will  remind 
them  of  their  own  blocks  at  home  and  they 
may  tell  you  little  stories  about  them. 

ANOTHER  SUGGESTIVE  LESSON 

Secure  beforehand  some  very  irregular  blocks, 
similar  to  the  cube,  though  imperfect  in  shape. 

As  if  by  accident  the  cube  of  the  Second  Gift 
may  be  found  lying  on  the  table  when  the  child- 
ren come  in  the  morning.  Each  child  will  want 
to  examine  it.  Some  will  say,  "  I  have  blocks 
like  that,  only  mine  have  pretty  pictures  on 
them." 

Begin  by  saying  in  a  pleasant  way:  "What 
did  the  children  find  on  the  table  this  morning?" 
C— " A  block. 

Kgtr. — "Well,  now,  that  is  very  nice;    I  too, 
found  a  block;  let  us  put  them  together  and  see  if 
they  are  alike."       "Oh,  no,  they  are  not  alike. 
The  one  we  found  is  prettier." 
(To  be  continued) 


Cheap  and  Excellent 
Books 


SONG  KNAPSACK,  142  songs  for  schools,  10c;  $1 
dozen. 

"PAT'S  PICK,  124  pp.  All  the  music  to  the  KNAP- 
SACK songs.  Sweetest,  sanest,  jolliest  song 
book  made.     Cloth,  50c. 

PRIMER  OP  PEDAGOGY,  by  Prof.  D.  Putnam. 
Just  what  the  times  demand.     Cloth  122  pp.  25c. 

MANUAL  OF  ORTHOGRAPHY  AND  ELEMEN- 
TARY SOUNDS,  by  Henry  R.  Pattengill.  Up-to- 
date.      104   pp.,    25c. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT  OP  U.  S.,  by  W.  C.  Hewitt. 
118  pp.,  complete,  new,  cloth,  25c;   $2.40  per  doz. 

MEMORY  GEMS,  1000  GRADED  SELECTIONS,  by 
H.  R.  Pattengill.  143  pp.,  linen  morocco  finish, 
25c. 

MORNING  EXERCISES  AND  SCHOOL  RECREA- 
TIONS, by  C.   W.   Mickens.      New,   267   pp.,   50c. 

PRIMARY  SPEAKER  FOR  FIRST  AND  SECOND 
GRADES,  by  Mary  L.  Davenport.  Fresh, 
elegant.      132  pp.,   2  5c. 

OLD  GLORY  SPEAKER,  containing  8  0  of  the 
choicest  patriotic  pieces  written.      126   pp.,    25c. 

HINTS  FROM  SQUINTS,  14  4  pp.  Hints  comical, 
hints  quizzical,  hints  pedagogical,  hints  ethical, 
hints  miscellaneous.     Cloth,   5  0c. 

SPECIAL  DAY   EXERCISES,    165    pp.,    25c. 

Best  medicine  ever  to  cure  that  "tired  feeling" 
in  school. 

HENRY  R.  PATTENGILL,  Lansing,  Mich. 


OUTLINE  of 

U.S. 

HISTORY 

SUITABLE  FOR  THE  GRADES. 
SECOND  EDITION  NOW  READY. 

A  SUCCESSFUL  TEACHER  SAYS: 
The  Palmer  Co.,  Boston, Mass. 

Gentlemen; — During  the  passing  term,  I  have  used 
the  Kingsley's  Outline  of  United  States  History  with  my 
teachers,  who  were  preparing  to  take  the  examination  for 
licenses  to  teach  in  New  York  City.  I  am  glad  to  say 
that  we  are  satisfied  with  that  book.  It  is  more  than  a 
mere  outline;  it  is  in  itself  sufficient  for  review,  without 
the  aid  of  a  large  text-book. 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Yours  truly, 

T.  J.  McEVOY. 

The  above-namedbook   will  be  sent  postpaid  on   re 
ceipt  of  35cents. 

THE  PALMER  CO. 

50   Brooifield  Street,  Boston,  Mass 


Chimes  of  Childhood 

Singable  Songs  for  Singing  Children 

Words  by  Annie  Willis  McCullough;  Music  by  Ida 

Maude  Titus. 

Price,  postpaid,  $.60. 

Within  the  attractive  covers  of  this  book  are 
contained  thirty  songs,  such  as  children  can  sing 
with  ease,  and  upon  subjects  which  will  both  in- 
terest and  stimulate  the  child-mind.  Musically 
they  show  fresh  and  bright  melody  with  a  well- 
written  but  not  difficult  piano  part. 

The  verses  are  gracefully  worded,  treating  large- 
ly of  familiar  things  in  a  vivacious,  entertaining 
and  informing  manner.  MANY  OF  THE  SONGS 
MAY  BE  USED  AS  ACTION  SONGS  IN  COSTUME 
FOR  SPECIAL  OCCASIONS;  EACH  ONE  OF 
THESE  IS  EQUIPPED  WITH  EXPLICIT  DIREC- 
TIONS FOR  COSTUMING,  MUSIC,  JUMPING  AND 
ACTION,  MAKING  A  VERY  PLEASING  ENTER- 
TAINMENT. THIS  FEATURE  ALONE  EN- 
HANCES THE  VALUE  OF  THE  BOOK  TO  MANY 
TIMES  ITS  PRICE,  and  a  careful  examination  is 
urged  upon  all  those  interested  in  the  instruction 
or  pleasure  of  children. 
OLIVER  DITSON  COMPANY     ....     BOSTON 

CHAS.  H.  DITSON  &  CO NEW  YORK 

J.  E.  DITSON  &  CO PHILADELPHIA 

Order   of   your   home   dealer   or   the   above   houses. 


Philosophy  and  Psychology  of 
the  Kindergarten 

By  Dean   Russell  and  Professors   Thorndike   and 

MacVannel  of  Teachers  College,  Columbia 

University. 

A  special  number  (76  pages,  paper  cover)  of  the 
TEACHERS  COLLEGE  RECORD  containing  the 
above  articles  on  some  fundamental  problems  of 
kindergarten  education  will  be  sold  for  a  limited 
time  at  half-price,  15  cents  postpaid.  This  offer 
is  made  in  order  to  reduce  a  great  overstock  caused 
by  error  in  contracts  with  printers. 

Several  other  issues  of  the  TEACHERS  COL- 
LEGE RECORD  are  also  offered  at  half  price  for 
a  short  time  only.  Write  for  a  list  of  titles  and 
authors. 

The  two  latest  issues  of  THE  RECORD  deal  with 
Teaching  History  and  Arithmetic  in  Elementary 
Schools..  Price  30  cents  each. 

Address  all  letters  to 

BUREAU  OF  PUBLICATIONS, 

Teachers  College,  525  West  120th  Street, 

New  York  City. 


KINDERGARTEN  SUPPLIES 

Bradley's  School  Paints,  Raphia,  Reed,  and  all  Construction 

Material 
WE[ARE  HEADQUARTERS  FOR  ALL  THE  ABOVE.    Send  for  Catalogue. 

THOS.  CHARLES  CO.  80=82  Wabash  Avenue.,  Chicago,  HI. 


THE 


SOEKEB 


PIANO 


THE 

WORLD 

RENOWNED 


The  many  points 
ofsuperiority 
were  never  better 
emphasized  than 
in  the  SOHMER 
PIANO  of  today. 


It  is  built  to  sat- 
isfy the  most  cul- 
tivated tastes  :  : 


The  advantage 
of  such  a  piano 
appeals  at  once 
to  the  discrimi- 
n  a  t  i  n  g  intelli- 
gence of  the 
leading  artists. 


SOHMER  &>  CO. 


WAREROOMS-COR.  5th  AVE.  AND  22nd  St. 


NEW  YORK 


Lakeside  Classics 

AND 

Books  for  Supplementary 
Reading 

Please  aend  for  descriptive  list  of  Selec- 
tions from  English  and  American  au- 
thors and  for  stories  prepared  for  all 
grades  from  third  to  last  year  in  High 
School.  13a  numbers  in  Lakesid* 
series  at  prices  from  a  cents  to  35  cents, 
depending  on  amount  of  material  and 
style  of  binding;—  any  book  sent  post- 
paid on  receipt  of  price. 

Ainsworth  &  Company 

377-388  Wabash  Arenae 

CHICAGO,  ILL 


15412 


Bale  Your  Waste 

and  Turn  It  Into   CASH 


With  the 

LITTLE  GIANT  HaadPow. 

Rag  and  Paper  Baler 

You  know  the  inconvenience  of  storing: 
loose  waste  for  market— keeps  piling:  up 
so  fast  you  can't  handle  it. 

Sometimes  the  trouble  it  makes  more 
than  counterbalances  the  proceeds. 

But— put  a  Little  Giant  Baler  on  the  job 

in  some,  out-of-the-way  corner.     You'll 

never  miss  the  floor  space  it  occupies,  and 

it'll  eat  up  the  waste  just  as  fast  as  it 

accumulates. 

Compresses  it  into  bales  with  a  lever- 
age so  powerful  the  office  boy  can  oper- 
ate it— and  can't  g:et  it  out  of  whack. 
With  the  Little  Giant  Baler  a  lot  of 
stuff  that's  been  kicking:  around  under 
foot     as    worse    than   useless,    and 
without  money  value,  can  be  put  in* 
to  marketable  shape,  and  turned 
into  ready  cash  as  so  much  clear 
train.     It  pays  for  itself  many 
times  over,  and  every  day  you're 
without  the  Little  Giant  is  yon  r 
Iom.    Write  now  for  price  list 
and  other  information. 

Little  Giant 
Hay  Press 

Company 

Alma, 

Mich. 

Dallas, 

Texas 


RELIABLE  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES  OF  AMERICA 

Every  progressive  teacher  who  desires  promotion  should  take  up  the  matter  with  some  wide-awake  Teachers'  Agency.  Beyond 
the  scope  of  a  teacher's  personal  acquaintance  there  is  not  much  hope  of  advancing  unaided.  Some  agencies  have  positions  wait- 
ing for  experienced  teachers  and  all  should  be  able  to  advise  you  to  your  advantage.  If  you  contemplate  moving  to  a  distant  sec- 
tion, let  some  agency  secure  you  a  position  before  you  go.    Any  of  the  following  will  doubtless  send  particulars  in  reply  to  postal: 


TEACHERS 


We  have  great  difficulty  in 
supplying  the  demand  for 
Wages  will  please  you. 


strong  Primary  Teachers. 

Write  us 

Owen  Pacific  Coast  Teacher's  Agency 

Mcflinn  ville,  Oregon. 


LOCATES  KINDERGARTEN  TEACHERS 

Because  of  the  scarcity  of  candidates  we  will 
register  auy  kindergarten  teacher  and  accept 
registration  fee  later,  after  we  place  you. 

We   also  extend  time  in  payment  of  com- 
mission . 

Write  To=day.    Send  Photo 


THE  EMPIRE 

TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

D.  0.  COOK,  Manager 

Syracuse,  N.iY.     We  have  placed  hundreds  of  others.  iLWby  may 
we  not  help  you? 

Empire  Teachers'  Agency, 

An  Agency  with  agents.  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 

OUR  15th  YEAR  BOOK  ti'v^g^Lv^iiTlie  HAZARD  TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

Western  States,  and  what  we  are  doing  in  west- 1  3I7  xasota  Building.  •  MINNEAPOLIS,  MINN, 
em  positions.    Our  plan:  Close,  Personal  Work  _...        cprwANE   WASH 

^Selected  Membership.    Write  the  nearest  [  ^^^ E?chan£.    I     DENVER,  cof ft 

SABIN'S  EDUCATIONAL  EXCHANGE- 

HENRY  SABIN  1907  14th  Season  ELBRIDOE  H.  SABIN 

During  lastyear  placed  teachersin  80  counties  in  Iowa,  and  in  Minnesota,  NorthandSo 

Dakota,   Nebraska.  Colorado,  Wyomin?,  Utah,  Idaho,. 'Montana,  Washington  and  Ore 

gan.  Address,'  HENRY  SABIN,    flanhattan  Building,  Des  Moines,  towa. 

Pioneer  Teachers'  Agency,        Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 

Will  help  you  get  a  new  or  better  position,  whether  you  are  a  Teacher,  Clerk, 
Book-keeper,  or  Stenographer.     Enroll  now  for  fall  vacancies  in  schools. 

The  demand  for  good  teachers  in  all  the  Western  and  Southern  States  is  far 
greater  than  the  supply. 

Write  for  application  blanks  and  full  particulars. 


ROME 


TEACHERS'     AGENCY 

Teachers  wanted  for  good  positions  in  ail  parts  of  the  United  States 
Registration  fee  holds  good  until  we  secure  a  position  for  you. 

MT.  X.  Crider,  Rome,  New  YorK 


Primary  Teachers  Wanted 


Vacancies    not 

those  -with  some 

THURS1 


Because   of    dr.   mand,  offer  FREE  registration  to 
xperience.  VW A  M.  THURSTON,  Manager, 

N'S  TEACHERS'  AGENCY.  378  Wabash   Ave..  Chleagro. 


1.  Admits  to  membership  only  the  better  class  of  teachers 
registration    fee    returned   to   others  at   once. 

2.  Returns  fee  if  its  service  is  not  satisf acrory , 

3.  Makes    specialty    of    placing    members    in    the    Kiddle 
States  and  in  the  West — largest  salaries  paid  there. 

Is   conducted   by   experienced   educators    and   business 

men. 
Has  had  phenominal  success  in  placing  its  members  dur 
ing  the  past  year. 
Booklet  "ow  's  *ke  time  to  register. 

Send  for  our  our  Booklet. 
Address,  327-320  Fourteenth  Avenue, 

Dept.  F.    MINEAPOLIS,  mlNM. 


Minneapolis 
Teachers' 


Send 
for' 
Our. 
Latest 


Positions==for  Teachers 

If  you  want  a  position  on  the  Pacific 
Coast  or  in  Montana  or  Idaho,  it  will 
pay  you  to  register  with  the 

Pacific  Teachers'  Agency 

SEATTLE,  WASHINGTON 

Send  for  Manual  and  Registration 
blank.     Address 

B.  W.  BRINTNALL,   Manager, 
523  New  York  Block, 

Seattle,  Wash. 

Teach  in  the 
Sunny  South 

This  section  offers  better  in- 
ducements to  aspiring  teachers 
than  any  other,  and  teachers  are 
in  great  demand.  If  you  want  • 
good  position  for  next  school  year 
you  can  secure  it  in  this  field.  For 
full  information  write 

CLAUDE  J.  BELL, 

Nashville,  Tenn. 

Proprietor      the     Bell      Teachers1 

Agency. 

GO  SOUTH 

Many  Teachers   Wanted 


An  Agency  that 
Recommends  in  15  Southern  States 
Ala.,    Ark.,    Fla.,    Ga.,    Ky.,    Md., 
Miss.,    Mo.,    N.    C,    S.    C,    Tenn., 

Tex.,  W.  Va. 
Also  conducts  a 

Special  Florida  Teachers'  Agency 
Supplies  Teachers  for  Universities, 
Colleges,  Private,  Normal,  High, 
and  Grade  Schools;  Special  Teach- 
ers of  Commercial  Branches,  Man- 
ual Training,  Domestic:  Science, 
Art,  Drawing,  Music,  Elocution, 
Physical  Culture,  Athletics. 
Deals  in  School  Property 

Calls  come  from  School  Officials. 
Recommends  all  the  year  round. 
Register  now.     Best  chances  come 

early. 
SOUTHERN    EDUCATIONAL  RE- 
VIEW TEACHERS  AGENCY 
CHATTANOOGA,  TENN. 


B.    F.   CLARK 


CHICAGO,   17    E.    VAN    BUREN    ST 


THE  CLARK  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES 


NEW    YORK,    156    FIFTH    AVE. 


BOISE,    IDAHO 


Send  for  OCR  PLATFORM,  girtns  full  information  and  live  nuuureu 
teacher*  and  icbool  officer*. 


35c. 


Tft    Iflfl     ®ur  Great   offer,   good   only   till 

loin       July  15,  1909,    Renew  your  sub" 
1910       scription  NOW. 


$1.00 


To  Jan. 

1911 


JUNE,  1909 


INDEX  TO  CONTENT 


Denver  and  the  N.  E.  A. 

The  International  Kindergarten  Union  Conven- 
tion, ........ 

The  Kindergarten  Exhibit  at  Buffalo,  .... 

Scenic  Trips  in  Colorado,  ...... 

Denver,  -  .  -  .  , 

National  Education  Association  - 

Some  Problems  of  the  Kindergarten,  -       E.  Lvell  Earle 

An  Acrostic  for  Teachers,  ...  .  .  - 

Convention  Notes,  -  -  -  -  -  -  - 

How    Things  Look  From   Memory  to    Baby 

Artists,  -  -  -  T.  R.  Adlett, 

An  Irreparable  Loss,  ...... 

Children's  Museums,  ...  ... 

Program  Suggestions  for  June  and  the  Sum- 
mer Months,  ...  Bertha.  Johnston , 
An  (Unauthorized)  Litany  ,----- 

The  Use  of  Kindergarten  Material  in  Rural 

One-Room  Schools,        ...... 

Copyright,  1909,  by  J.  H.  Shulta. 


301 


316 


Volume  XXI,  No.  9. 


$1.00  per  Year,  15  cents  per  Copy 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Massachusetts  Training  Schools 

BOSTON 

Miss   Laura   Fisher's 

TRAINING    SCHOOL    FOR 

KINDERGARTNERS 

Normal  Course,  2  years. 

Post-Graduate  Course. 

Special  Course. 

For  circulars  addresss 
1892   Marlborough    St.,        BOSTON,    MASS. 

Kindergarten  Training  School 

82   St.    Stephen    Street,   Boston. 

Normal  Course,  two  years. 

For  circulars  addresss 
MISS    LICY    HARRIS    SYMONDS. 


MISS   ANNIE    COOLIUOE    RUST'S 

Froebel  School  of  Kinder- 
garten Normal  Classes 

BOSTON.    MASS. 

Regular    Two    Years'    Course. 

Post-Graduate    Course.       Special    Courses. 

Sixteenth    Year. 

For  circulars  address 

MISS  RUST,  PIERCE   BLDG., 

Copley  Square. 


BOSTON 

Perry     Kindergarten     Normal 
School 

iY   PERRY, 


MRS.    ANNIE    MOSEL 
Principal, 

18  Huntington  Ave., 


BOSTON,  MASS. 


Miss  Wheelock's  Kindergarten 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

134    Newbury    Street.        BOSTON,    MASS. 

,      Regular    Two    Years'    Course. 

Special   One   Year   Course   for   graduate 
•tudents. 

Students'    Home  at   the  Marenholz. 
For  circulars  address 

LUCY    WHEELOCK. 


BOSTON 

The   Garland 
Kindergarten  Training  School 

Normal   Course,    two    years. 
Home-making    Course,    one    year. 
MRS.     MARGARET    J.     STANNARD, 
Principal. 

19  Chestnut  Street,  Boston. 


Springfield  Kindergarten 

Normal    Training    Schools 

Two  Itari'  Course.    Terms,  $10*  per  year. 
Apply   to 

HATTIE  TWICHELL, 

SPRINGFIELD—  LONOMEADOW,   MARS. 


New   York   Training  Schools 


The    Kraus    Seminary    for 
Kindergartners 

REGULAR   AND   EXTENSION 
COURSES. 

MRS.  MARIA  KRAUS-B0ELTE 

Hotel  San  Remo,      Central  Park  West 
:6th  Street,  -  NEW  YORK  CITY 


THE  ELLIMAN  SCHOOL 

Kindergarten  Normal  Class 

POST-GRADUATE  CLASSES. 

Twenty-fifth    Year. 

167  W.  57th   Street,       NEW   YORK  CITY 

Opposite   Carnegie   Hall. 

Miss  Jenny  Hunters 
Kindergarten   Training  School 

15  West  127th  St.,  NEW  YORK  CITY. 

Two  Years'  Course,   Connecting  Class  and 
Primary    Methods. 

ADDRESS 
2079    Fifth    Ave.,    New    York    City. 

Kindergarten    Normal    Department 

Ethical  Culture  School 

For   information  address 

MISS   CAROLINE   T.    HAVEN.    Prineipnl, 

Central  Park  West  and  G3d  St. 

NEW    YORK. 


TRAINING  SCHOOL 

OF    THE 

Buffalo  Kindergarten  Assoc'n. 

Two  Years'   Course. 
For   particulars   address 

MISS  ELLA   C.   ELDER. 
86   Delaware  Avenue,      -      Buffalo,  N.   Y. 

Connecticut  Training  Schools 

BRIDGEPORT 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

FOR 

KINDERGARTNERS 

IN    AFFILIATION    WITH 

The  New  York  Froebel  Normal 

Will    open    its   eighth   year   September   18. 
I    For    circulars,    information,    etc..    address 

MARY  C.  MILLS,  Principal 

179    West    Avenue, 
BRIDGEPORT,    -    -    CONN. 

>  The      Fannie      A.      Smith 
Froebel    Kindergarten 
and  Training  School 

Good     Kindergarten     teachers    have     no 

trouble  in  securing  well-paying  positions. 

In    fact,    we   have   found    the   demand   for 

our   graduates    greater   than   we  can   sup- 

I    ply.      One  and   two   years'   course. 

For     Catalogue,     address 

FANNIE  A.  SMITH.   Principal, 
|    Lafayette  Street.   BRIDGEPORT,  CONN 


ADELPHI    COLLEGE 

Lafayette  Avenue,  St.  James  and  Clifton  Places.  BROOKLYN,  NEW  YORK 

Normal  School  for  Kindergartners 

Two  Years'  Course.  Address  Prof.  Avna  E.   Harvey,  Supt 


Established    1896 


The  New  York 

Froebel  Normal 

KINDERGARTEN  and  PRIMARY  TRAINING 


College     Preparatory.    Teachers'    Academic.    Music 

B.  LYELL  EARL,  Ph.  D.,  Principal. 

HARR1ETTE  M.  MILLS,  Head  of  Department  of  c  Kindergarten  Training. 

MARIE  RUBF  HOFEK,  Department  of  Mask. 


Eleventh  Year  opens  Wednesday,  Sept.  18, 1907 

Write  for  circulars.  Address. 

»  West  Nth  Street.  New  York.  ff.  Y. 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Michigan  Training  Schools 

Grand  Rapids 
Kindergarten    Training    School 


Winter  and  Summer  Terms. 
Oct.  1st,  1908,  to  June  1st,  1909. 
July  1st   to  August   21st,    1909. 

CERTIFICATE,     DIPLOMA    AND 
NORMAL    COURSES. 

CLARA  WHEELER,  Principal 
MAY  L.  OGILBY.  Registrar 

Jhepard    Building,       -       23    Fountain    St. 
GRAND   RAPIDS,   MICH. 


Maine  Training  Schools 


Miss  Norton's  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

PORTLAND     MAINE. 

Two    Years'    Course. 

For  circulars  addresss 

15  Dow   Street,         -        PORTLAND,  ME. 

Miss  Abby  N.  Norton 


Ohio  Training  Schools 

OHIO,   TOLEDO,   £313   Ashland   Ave. 

THE     MISSES     LAW'S 

FROEBEL    KINDERGARTEN    TRAIN- 
ING   SCHOOL. 

Medical  supervision.     Personal  attention. 
Thirty-flve    practice    schools. 
Certificate  and  Diploma  Courses. 

MART  E.   LAW,    M.   D.,   Principal. 


Kindergarten     Training 

Exceptional  advantages — daily  practice. 
Lectures  from  Professors  of  Oberlin  Col- 
rege  and  privilege  of  Elective  Courses  in 
the  College  at  special  rates.  Charges 
moderate.  Graduates  readily  find  posi- 
tions. 

For    Catalogue    address    Secretary 
OBERLIN    KINDERGARDEN    ASSOCIA- 
TION, 
Drawer  K,  Oberlin,  Ohio. 


CLEVELAND     KINDERGARTEN 
TRAINING  SCHOOL 

In  Affiliation  with  the 
CHICAGO   KINDERGARTEN    COLLEGE 

2134  East  77th  Street 

Cleveland,  Ohio. 

(Founded  in  1894) 
Course  of  study  under  direction  of  Eliza- 
beth Harrison,  covers  two  years  in  Cleve- 
land, leading  to  senior  and  normal  courses 
in   the   Chicago   Kindergarten  College. 

MISS  NETTA  FARIS.  Principal. 
MRS.   W.  R.  WARNER,   Manager. 


Indiana  Training  Schools 

The      Teachers'      College 
of  Indianapolis 

For  the  Training   of  Kindergartners   and 
Primary    Teachers. 

Regular  Course  two  years.  Preparatory 
Course  one  year.  Post-Graduate  Course 
for  Is'ormal  Teachers,  one  year.  Primary 
training  a  part  of  the  regular  work. 

Classes  formed  in  September  and  Feb- 
ruary. 

90  Free  Scholarships  Granted 

Each    Tear. 

Special   Primary  Class   in    May  and  June. 
Send   for   Catalogue. 

Mrs.  Eliza  A.  Blaker,  Pres. 

THE   WILLIAM   N.   JACKSON   MEMOR- 
IAL   INSTITUTE, 
23d  and  Alabama  Streets. 


The  Richmond  Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

14  West  Main  Street. 
DRAWING,    SINGING,   PHYSICAL   CUL- 
TURE. 

ALICE   N.    PARKER,   Frinclpal. 

Two  years  in  course.  Froebel's  theory 
and  p/actice.  Also  a  third  year  course 
for   graduates. 

SPECIAL  LECTURES. 


Kentucky  Training  Schools 


TRAINING   SCHOOL   OF  THE 

LOUISVILLE  FREE 

KINDERGARTEN 

ASSOCIATION 

1 135  S.  Fourth  Ave.,  Louisville,  Ky. 

Mary  D.  Hill,  Supervisor 
Mrs.  R.,D.Allen,  Co-principal 

For  particulars  address,  Supervisor  3 


New  Jersey  Training  Schools 


Miss  Cora  Webb  Peet 

KINDERGARTEN  NORMAL   TRAINING 
SCHOOL 

Two    Tears'   Course. 
For    circulars,    address 

MISS  CORA  WEBB  PEET, 
16  Washington  St.,       East  Orange,  N.  J. 


OHIO COLUMBUS  t 

Kindergarten  Normal  Training  School 

EIGHTEENTH  YEAR  BEGINS  SEPTEnBER  23.   1907 


I7lk  ««J  Braid 
Stmts 


Froebeiian  Philosophy.  Gifts.  Occupation.  Stories.  Games.  Music  and  Drawing 
Psychology  and  Nature  Work  taught  at  Ohio  State  University— two  years'  course 

For  information,  address  lit  izabetii  N  Sami'sl.  Principal 


Illinois  Training  Schools 
Kindergarten  Training  School 

Resident    home   for   a   limited   number   of 
students. 

Chicago  Free  Kindergarten  Association 

H.    N.    HIglnbotham,    Pres. 

Mrs.    P.    D.    Armour,    Vice-Pres. 
SARAH  E.  HANSON,    Principal. 

Credit  at  the 
Northwestern   and   Chicago    Universities. 

For  particulars  address  Eva  B.  Whlt- 
more,  Supt.,  6  E.  Madison  St.,  cor.  Mich, 
ave.,  Chicago. 


PESTALOZZI-FROEBEL 

Kindergarten    Training 
School 

at  CHICAGO  COMMONS,  180  Grand  Ave. 

Mrs  Bertha  Hofer  Hegner,  Superintendent 
Mis   Amelia    Hofer,    Principal. 

THIRTEENTH    YEAR. 

Regular  course  two  years.  Advanced 
courses  for  Graduate  Students.  A  course 
in  Home  Making.  Includes  opportunity  to 
become  familiar  with  the  Social  Settle- 
ment movement.  Fine  equipment.  For 
circulars    and    Information    write    to 

MRS.    BERTHA    HOFER-HEGNER, 

West  Chicago,  111. 
Chicago    Froebel    Association 

Training  Class  for  Kindergartners. 

(Established    1876.) 

Two  Years'  Course.  Special  Courses  un- 
der Professors  of  University  of  Chicago 
receive  University  credits.  For  circulars 
apply  to 

MRS.  ALICE  H.  PUTNAM,  or  MISS  M. 
L.    SHELDON,    Associate    Principals. 

1008  Fine  Arts  Building,  Chicago,  HI. 


CHICAGO 

KINDERGARTEN 

INSTITUTE 

Gertrude  House,  40  Scott  Street 


Regular  Course — Two  Years, 
Post-graduate  Course — One  Year. 
Supplementary  Course — One  Year. 
Non-professional     Home   Making 

Course — One  Year. 

University  Credits 
Residence  for  students  at  Gertrude 

House. 


DIRECTORS 

Miss  CAROLINE  C.  CRONISE 
Mrs.  MARY  B.  PACE 
Mrs.  ETHEL  ROE  LINDGREN 
Miss  FRANCES  E,  NEWTON 

Send  for  Circulars 


RELIABLE  KINDERGARTEN  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  OF  AMERICA 


Pennsylvania  Training  Schools 


Miss  Hart's 

Training  School 
for  Kindergartners 

Re-opened  Oct.  1st,  1908.  at  1615 
Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia.  The 
work  will  include  Junior,  Senior 
Graduate  and  Normal  Trainers 
Courses,  and  a  Model  Kindergar- 
ten.     For  particulars  address 

Miss  Caroline  M.  C.  Hart, 
The  Pines,  Rutledge,  Pa. 


The  Philadelphia  Training 
School  for  Kindergartners 

Reopens  October  2,  1908. 


Junior,    Seni 
Model    Kind' 


r   and    Special    Classes 
rgat  ten. 


MRS.    M.    L.    VAN    KIKK,    Principal, 
1333    Pine   Street,       -       Philadelphia,   Pa. 


Pittsburgh    and    Allegheny 
Kindergarten   College 

ALICE    N.    PARKER,    Superintendent. 

Regular   Course,    two    years.      Special   ad- 
vantages   for    Post-Graduate    work. 
Seventeenth    year  begins  Sept.   30,    1908. 
For    Catalogue,    address 
Mrs.  William  MeCracken,  Secretary, 

S439  Fifth   Avenue,       PITTSBURGH,  PA. 


California  Training  Schools 


Oakland  Kindergarten 

TRAINING  CLASS 
State   Accredited  List. 

Seventeeth  Year  opens  September,  190? 
Address 

Miss  Grace   Everett  Barnard, 

1374  Franklin  Street,       OAKLAND,  CAI. 


Wisconsin   Training   Schools 


Milwaukee     State    Normal 
School 

Kindergarten   Training  Department. 

Two  Years'  Course  for  graduates  of 
four-years'  high  schools.  Faculty  of 
twenty-five.  Special  advantages.  Tuition 
free  to  residents  of  Wisconsin;  $40  per 
year  to  others.  School  opens  the  first 
Tuesday    In    September. 

Send   for  Catalogue  to 
NINA    T.    VANDEWALKER,    Director 


Washington  Training  Schools 


The 


WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

Columbia    Kindergarten 
Training   School 

2115  California  Ave.,  cor.  Connecticut  At 

Certificate,    Diploma   and    Normal    Course 
Principals: 

SARA  KATHARINE  LIPPINCOTT, 
SUSAN  CHADICK  BAKER. 


Virginia  Training  Schools 


The  Richmond  Training  School 

for  Kindergartners 

Richmond,  Va, 

Alice  N.  Baker,  Principal. 

Two  years'  course  and  Post 

Graduate  course. 

For  further  Information  apply  to 

14  W.  Main  Street 


Georgia  Training  Schools 


Atlanta  Kindergarten  Normal 
School 

Two    Tears'    Course   of    Study. 
Chartered    1897. 
For    particulars   address 

WILLETTE  A.    ALLEN,   Principal, 
639  Peachtree   Street.  ATLANTA,  GA. 


Normal  Training  School 

of  the 
KATE   BALDWIN    FREE    KINDERGAR- 
TEN ASSOCIATION. 
(Established  1899) 

HJRTENSE    M.    ORCUTT,    Principal      ot 
the   Training   School  and   Supervisor 

of    Kindergartens. 
Application    for   entrance  to  the   Train- 
ing Schools  should  be  made  to  Miss  M.  R. 
Sasnett,   Corresponding  Secretary, 

117   Bolton  St.,      EAST  SAVANNAH.   GA. 


1874— Kindergarten  Normal  Institutions— 1909 

151«  Columbia  Road  N.  W.,  WASHINGTON    D.  C. 

The  citizenship  of  the  future  depends  on  the  children  of  today. 

Susan  Plessner  Pollok,  Principal. 

Teachers'  Training  Course — Two  Years. 

Summer  Training  Classes  at  Mt.  Chatauqua — Mountain  Lake  Park — 
Garrett  Co.,   Maryland. 


A  New  and  Complete  Course  in  Singing 

Presented  in 
THE   TRUE   METHOD   OF   TONE   PRODUCTION 

by     J.  Van  Broekhoven 
The   well-known    composer,    author    and    teacher. 

Published  by  The  H.  W.  Gray  Co.,  21  E.  17th 
St.,  New  York.    Agents  for  Novello  &  Co.,  London. 

The  new  vocal  principles  are  based  on  the 
author's  discovery  of  the  true  function  of  the 
vocal  organ  in  singing.  The  book  has  been  most 
favorably  reviewed  by  European  and  American 
authorities,  both  musical  and  medical.  And  the 
new  vocal  principles  have  been  endorsed,  and  the 
exercises  adopted  by  some  of  the  foremost  teachers 
in  the  vocal  profession. 

Note — The  author  has  organized  a  special  NOR- 
MAL CLASS  COURSE  at  THE  NEW  YORK 
FR0EBEL  NORMAL  INSTITUTE  for  the  training 
of  teachers  of  choirs  for  young  people  from  10 
to  16. 

For  particulars  address, 

J.  VAN  BROEKHOVEN, 
59  W.  96th  St.,  New  York  City. 


"CR  A   Y  O  L  A" 

Artists'  and  School  Crayon 

CRAYOLA  COLORS  are  per 
manent  and  brilliant  and  can 
be  blended  and  overworked. 
They  will  not  blur  nor  rub  ofi! 
No  expensive  outfit  is  required 
in  their  use!  No  waiting  for 
colors  to  dry.  No  brushes  to 
clean!  No  liquid  colors  to  soi 
the  hands  and  clothes!  Try 
"Crayola"  for  Stenciling  and 
all  educational  color  work. 

We  shall  be  pleased  to  furn- 
ish samples  and  particulars  to 
teachers  interested. 

BINNEY  &  SMITH  CO., 

81-83  Fulton  St., 

New   York. 

A  Few  Valuable  Books  for  Kindergartners  and  Primary  Teachers 

We  keep  in  stock  many  books  not  found  in  this  list,  and  supply  ANY  book  on  the  market  at  lowest  prices. 
Put  right  in  your  order  the  book  you  want,  give  us  the  name  of  publisher  if  you  can,  and  we  will  send  it. 

Timely    Games   and  Songs   for  the  Kin- 
dergarten,    paper .06 

By  Clare  Sawyer  Reed. 

Cn   th.'  Child's   World,  cloth S.M 

By     Kmllle     Pouleson. 

Half  Hundred  Stories  (207  pases),  cloth     .?» 
U<».-ii    and    Two    Kindergarten    Sonars. 

Paper     ■  M 

I.ouls    Pauline    Warner. 

Folk   and   Other  Songs  for  Children l.M 

Jane    Bird     Radcllfre- Whitehead. 

Kindergarten    Chimes,   paper l.M 

"  boards     l.to 

cloth     1.S0 

Kate   D.    Wiseln. 

I.lttle  Songs  for  Little  Singers U 

W.    T.   Glffe. 

Motion  SunKH    tfl 

Mrs.    Boardman. 

Posies  from  a  Child's  Garden  of  Verses.    l.M 

Wm.    Arms  Fisher. 

Sixty  Songs  from  Mother  Goose's  Jubilee  l.M 

L.    B.    Orth. 

Song  Echoes  from  Child  Land t.M 

Miss    MarrlH    S.    JenkK  and   Mrs.   Mabel  Rust. 

Songs  of  Nature M 

E.    U.    Emerson    and    K.    L.    Brown. 

Songs   of   Sunshine l.M 

Stories  in   Song IS 

Thirty  Songs  for  Children JtO 

Master  St.  Elmo l.M 

Postage,    12    cents. 

Mrs.    C.    8.    Senour. 

Musical    Poems    1  .Bo 

Mrs.    C.    8.    Senour. 

Flower  Ballads,  cloth l.M 

"  "         paper     .SO 

Mrs.    C.    S.    Senour. 


Price,  25  Cents 


Kindergarten  Hand  Bocks  Especially  for  Primary  Teachers 

These  books  give  just  the 
information  desired  by  pri- 
mary-kindergarten teachers 
The  works  are  all  amply  ill- 
ustrated and  are  bound  in 
limp  cloth. 

The  Fi-st  Gift  in  Primary 
Schools.  ByJ.H.Shults.With 
several  illustrations,  songs 
and  games,  price  10c. 

A  Second  Gift  Story  or  Miss 
Arden'sWay.  By  Violet  Lynn. 
This  volume  tells  in  attract- 
ive story  form  how  teachers 
can  use  the  second  gift  in 
correlation  with  the  regular 
primary  work.  Price  25  cents. 
Illustrated. 

The  Third  Gift  in  Primary 
Schools.  —  Bu  ild  i  ng  with 
Cubes.  By  J.  H.  Shults. 
Written  especially  for  Pri- 
mary teachers,  containing 
lesson  suggestions  and  hints 
relative  to  correlation  with 
primary  school  work.  Fully 
illustrated.  Limp    cloth. 

Price  20c. 

The  Fourth  Gift  in  Primary 
School  s. — Building  with 
Bricks.  By  J.  H.  Shults.  A|handbook  for  the  primary  teacher 
on  the  use  of  this  gift  in  correlation  with  primary  school 
work.  '1  he  only  work  of  this  kind  written  especially  for  pri- 
mary teachers.    Fuily  illustrated.     Limp  cloth,  price  20c. 

The  Seventh  Gift  in  P  imary  Schools.  —  Tablet  Laying  and 
Parquetry  Work  Ey  J.  H.  Shults.  With  many  illustrations 
hints  and  suggestions,  enal  'ling  primary  teachers  to  use  the 
gift  in  correlation  with  their  primary  school  work.  Limp 
cloth.    Price  20c. 

The  Tenth  Gift  — Stick  Laying  — In  Primary  Schools.-- By 
Alice  Buckingham.  I  lie  only  book  of  its  kind  published  in 
America.  Contains  nearly  200  illustrations  with  complete 
instructions  for  the  use  of  the  gift  in  primary  schools;  price 
26c 

Eleventh  Gift— Kirg  laying  in  Primary  Schools—With  many 
illustrations  for  botii  ring-laying  and  ring  and  stick-laying 
combined.    Limp  cloth,  price  20c. 

The  Thirteenth  Gift- The  Point-In  Primary  Work.  By  J. 
H.  Shults.  Illustrating  the  work  with  lentils.com,  peasand 
other  seeds.    Limp  cloth,  price  15c. 

Peas  and  Cork  Work  in  Primary  Schools.  By  J.  H.  Shults. 
Illustrated.     Limp  cloth,  price  15c. 

Reed  and  Raffia  Construction  Work  in  Primary 
Schools.  By  Mary  A.  Shults.  Fully  illustrated.  It  teaches 
how  to  use  both  reeds  and  raffia  in  primary  schools,  with 
children  of  every  grade  Complete  instructions  for  making 
mats,  1  askets,  and  many  other  articles,  both  from  reeds  and 
raffia  alone,  and  with  a  combination  of  both ;  price  25c. 

Stories,  Games,  Husic,  Etc. 

All  books  sent  prepaid  on  receipt  of  price 
unless  the  postage  is  iudicateci. 

One  Hundred  New  Kindergarten  Songs,    S1.00 
Cloth.    The  latest  and  best. 

Graded   Memory   Selections 10 

A    Christmas   Festival   Service,   paper...      .25 
By    Nora   Smith. 

instrumental     Characteristic     Rhythms. 

Part  I,  boards,  $1.S0;  Part  II,  paper,  l.M 
By   Clara   L.    Anderson. 

Boston       Collection       of       Kindergarten 


Sung:*   and   Games  for    Utile   Ones,  net.    1.00 
Postage,    15c. 
By  Harriet  S    Jenks  and  Gertrude  Walker. 

Song      Stories      for      th«.      Kindergarten, 


boards 


By  Mildred  J.  and  Patty  S.   Hill. 

St.  Nicholas  Songs,  boards,   net 1.26 

Postase,    24c. 

The     Songs     and     Mnsle     of      Froebel's 
Mother   Play,   cloth l.M 


Send  to  us  for 
any  book  pub- 
lished and  we'll 
supply  it  at  low- 
est prices.  Give 
name  of  pub- 
lisher, if  possi- 
ble and  price. 


Callsthenic  Songs,  cloth .     .88 

By    Flora    Parsons. 

linger    Plays,   cloth •    1JB5 

By    Emlllo    Poulsson. 

The    Story    Hour,  cloth l.M 

By    Kate    Douglas    Wlggln. 

Myths  and   Mother   Plays,  cloth l.M 

By    Sara    Wiltss. 

Flower   Ballads,  paper,    .TO;   cloth 1.M 

By   Caro   8.    Senour. 

/liscellaneons 

Commentary  on  Froebel's  Mother  Play.  .$1.15 
By    J.   Denton  Snider. 

The  Psychology  of  Froebel's  Play  Gifts,  1.21 

By   J.   DeDton  Snider. 
Mottoes  and  Commentaries  of  Froebel's 

Mother    Play     1  .oO 

Translated    by    Susan    B.    Blow. 

Outline    of    a    Year's   Work    In   the   Kin- 
dergarten           .M 

By  Anna   Devera-ux 

Blackboard  Designs,  paper JJfl 

By  Margaret  H.   Webb. 

Education  by  Plays  and  Games JW 

By    G.    E.    Johnson. 

The   Study  of  Children,  cloth l.M 

By  Frances  Warner. 
Nursery   Ethics,  cloth l.M 

By   Florence  Wlnterburn. 
The  Color  Primer.  Price,  Teachers'  Edi- 
tion,  .10  j  Pupils'   Edition OB 

The  Color  Primer  Is  Issued  In  a  paper 
rover.  The  teachers'  edition.  Including  as  a 
part  of  itself  the  pupils'  edition,  has  SO 
i>;.k<*s  and  the  pupils'  edition  alone  34 
pa  ges. 
Water  Colors  in  the  Schoolroom.     Price, 

boards    M 

By    Milton    Bradley. 
This    Is   a   practical    handbook    on   the   as* 
'it  Water  Colors 

An    artistic    book.    Illustrated    with    twelve 
colored    plates. 


Address  All  orders  to 


American  Kindergarten  Supply  House 

276-278-280  River  Street.  Manistee,  Mich. 


o 

- 

ni 

s 

C 

in 

K 

2 

PQ 

X 

U5 

c 

nj 

S 

1/1 

to 
ui 

m 

U. 

a 

o 

at 

1 1 

'A 

o 

O 

►J 

1XJJ 

nl 

m 

o 

Z 

Wl 

-c 

A 

P 

a 

U 

_o 

z 

•04 

O 

U-l 

■oa  a, 

H 

ri 

<1 

O 

b 

ctJ 

U 

tf 

B 

ed 

a 

a 

w 

c 

a 

3 

1- 

a 

a 

fc 

0. 

tf 

33 

>. 

.* 

S5 

< 

a) 
_n) 

G 
O 

n 

.M 

o 

!-. 

J3 

n 

o 

a 

cu 

-*-; 

1* 

H 

^r 

U, 

£ 

< 

J4 

cfl 

fi 

ai 
2 

S5 

!* 

K 

3 

0 

U 

u 

H 

Z 

2 

a 

a 

■on 

□ 

ni 

Uj 

"3 

c 

c 

as 

n 

Hi 

(J 

o 
o 

W 

m 

(Li 

nj 

10 

01 

a 

m 

o 

« 

a 

rt 

3 

o 

a 

ffl 

a 

t5 

&1 

nj     w     G    H 
■C     P     <*       - 

lag  3 

6  gax 

g  -  5  a 

°     »     3     lj 

«a  15 
g  .-  +* 

III     t     P<      >< 

3     o       -  « 
W    r-1    "3 

£  S-c  B 

ni     j~     i_    — • 
O    " 

a)   tS   « 


2  i 


2  -H  «. 

s  o  ■a 

S°£  § 

E    3   N  ** 

s  a  s  o 


*5\)&  Ufindergarten-  Jprimar?  Mtaga^ine 

VOL.  XXI— JUNE,  1909— NO.  9 

The  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  PUBLISHER'S  ANNOUNCEMENT. 

This  number  concludes  Volume  XX  I,  the 

Devoted  to  the  Child  and  to  the  Unity  of  Educational  last  issue  for  this  school  year. 

Theory  and  Practice  from  the  Kindergarten  We    believe    the    patrons    of    the    Kinder- 
Through  the  University.  .                       r       . 
*.*.*  _,  ,  =         „n  ™  t  «„*,  a*     *  »t     -p  .,    «  -p  garten-Primary    Magazine   will    agree   that 

Editorial  Rooms,  59  West  96tU  Street,  New  York,  H.  Y.  °                                       Jo                                     O 

Business  Office,  276-278-280  River  Street,  Manistee,  Mich  .  this  magazine  has  been  more  practical  and 

editorial  COMMITTEE.  helpful  this  year  than  heretofore.     We  have 

e.  Lyeii  Earie,  ph.  d Managing  Editor  published  a  vast  amount  of  original  matter 

J™yR  Merri"'  Phk°nhiutLTT°hrefrnonexTnTRtchmond  and     illustrations     from     drawings     made 

«^^1n^.Y.Y.Y.Y.Y.Yr^7.^?!%^^cm^  especially    for    this    magazine— more    than 

Bertha  Johnston .■ndN'.Y:  "!nL  York  Froebei  Normal  ever  appeared  before  in  any  kindergarten 

special  Articles  publication  in  America  in  any  one  year,  and 

All  communications  pertalnlngto ;  subscriptions  and [advertising  jt    is   Otir   purpose   to   make    the   magazine   for 

or  other  business  relating  to  the  magazine  should  be  addressed  ,rl.                                                ° 

to  the  nichlgan  office,  J.  H.  Shults.  Business  Manager,  Manistee,  the  COmillg  year  better  than   ever.      New   de- 

nichigran.     All  other  communications  to  E.  Lyell  Karle,  Managing  ,              -n     1               111               1                      1 

Editor,  59  w.  96th  St., New  York  city.  partments  will   be  added,   and   an  enlarge- 

The    Kindergarten-Primary    Magazine    is    published    on    the  ment    if   possible, 

first  of  each  month,  except  July  and  August,  from  278  River  \                  " 

street,  Manistee,  Mich.  We  wish  to  take  this  occasion  to  thank 

The  subscription  price  is  si.eo  per  year,  payable  m  advance,  the  many  friends  of  the  magazine  who  have 

Single  copies,  15c.  .     .  J      .                                                &                           . 

Postage  I.  Prepaid  by  the  publishers  for  all  subscriptions  in  Sustained     it     by     kind     WOrds,     Subscriptions 

the  United  States,  Hawaiian  Islands,  Philippine  Islands,  Guam,  -inri     arlA7f>rticino-         ^A/itVi     Vi£>r<*     Qnrl     tVif»r*»     an 

Porto    Rico,    Tutuila    (Samoa),    Shanghai.    Canal    Zone,    Cuba,  dnu    dUVertlbing.         VV  ltn     nere    ana    mere    an 

and  Mexico.     For  Canada  add  20.  and  fer  all  other  countries  exception        We        have        found        everywhere 

in  the  Postal  Union  add  46c  for  postage.  ^                                                                                            j 

Notice  of  Expiration  is  sent,  but  it  is  assumed  that  a  con-  among     kindergartners     a     willingness     to 

tlnuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired  until  notice  of  discon-  1-io1t-»    onrl    o     rKci-i/~>cil-i/-»n    +  r\    ptipnnroirp 

tlnnance  Is  received.     When  sending  notice  of  change  of  ad-  llelP   and    a    QlSpOSltlOn    TO    enCOUrage. 

dress,  both  the  old  and  new  addresses  must  b«  given.  And    now    as    an    inducement    for    every 

Remittances    should    be    sent    by    draft,    Express    Order    or  ,    •  — ,                 .                      i                                 ,           ,              , 

Money    Order,   payable   to    The  Kindergarten   Magazine   Com-  Kinaergartner  alia     primary     teacher     tO     ar- 

pany.     If  a  local  check  is  sent,  it  must  include  10c  exchange.  , — ~z ,  r     ,  1       • ,  r  7 , 

range    at   the   close   of  their   term    for   the 

~         .  _            ,.         ,         ,  magazine    in    the     future,     we    make    the 

*£££&figg&*££7£  ^peciai    offer    .0    send    thT marine    to 

in  every  issue  of  the  Magazine  since  January,  1910,  for  35c.  or  to  January,  191 1, 

October,  a  large  number  of  business  for   $i.oo,    provided    subscriptions   are    re- 

letters    are    still    addressed   to    New  ceived  on  or  before  July  15,  1909. 

York.    Kindly  remember  to  address     — 77—, — t :~~A ;     r^  T  ~  1     u  . 

alMetters  pertaining  inlany  way  to  sub-  ^elp  the  good  work  along,  not  only  by 

scriptions,  advertising  or    any  busi-  subscribing  yourself,   but   by  telling  your 

ness  of  the  magazine  to  the  Kindergar-  friends. 

ten  Magazine  Co.,  Manistee,  Mich.  Respectfully  yours, 

J.  H.  SHULTS,  Business  Manager. 

GIVE  US  YOUR  NEW  ADDRESS  K^in    "  ^  ____  ^T   c    A 

DENVER  AND  THE  N.  E.  A. 

Hundreds  of  our  subscribers  will  Now  let  us  endeavor  to  do  our  full  duty  with 

change  their  address  during  the  com-  re         to  the  Denver  Convention  that  it  may  be 

mg  year.  35  If  you  know  now  where  the  greatest  in  the  history  of  the  N.  E.  A.   A 

you  are  going  to  teach  next  year,  send  tri        the  Rock    Mountains  has  been  termed  a 

us  the  address  in  order  that  the  Sept-  liberal  education  in  itself.    Go,  go  early,  attend 

ember    number   may    reach    you  all  t^  meetings  of  tlieN.E.  A.  possible  and  take 

promptly.  all  the  mountain  trips  you  can,  and  then  if  you 
In  ordering  a  Change  Of  address,  al-  wish  to  go  farther  west,  remember  the  Alaska- 
ways    give  your  present  address  jUSt  Yukon-Pacific  Exposition,  at  Seattle,   Washing- 

as  it  appears  on  the  wrapper  and  then  ton. 

give  the  change.    A  good  form  is  as  

follows.—  Subscribe  now  and  secure  the  Kindergar- 

Pubiisher  Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine,  ten-Primary  Magazine  to  January,  191 1,  for 

Manistee,  Mich. :  J            °                          ....... 

Please  change  mv  address  from  780  Michigan  Ave.,  Olllv    $I.OO.        This     offer    Will     be     positively 

Chicago,  111.,  to  170  High   St.,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.    Then  •   i   j                  t    1 

sign  your  name  just  as  it  appears  on  the  wrapper.  Withdrawn  J  Uly   15*    1909- 


286 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


THE  INTERNATIONAL  KINDERGARTEN  UNION 


The  Sixteenth  Annual  Convention  at 
Buffalo  a  Decided  Success 


Next  Place  of  Meeting,  St.  Louis— the  Conven- 
tion Voted  to  Meet  with  the  N.  E.  A.  Each 
Alternate  Year  after  1911. 


The  Sixteenth  Annual  Convention  of  the 
International  Kindergarten  Union  at   Buf- 


Convention  Hall,  Buffalo 

falo,  April  26  to  May  1,  1909,  proved  a  de- 
eided  success.  The  urogram  and  exercises 
were  more  than  usually  enjoyable  and  help- 
ful, and  but  for  the  one  feature  of  inclement 
weather  it  would  have  undoubtedly  been 
one  of  the  most  pleasant  meetings  evei 
held  by  the  organization. 

The  first  meeting  was  held  by  the  com- 
mittee of  nineteen  at  the  Lenox.  A  letter 
from  Miss  Lucv  Wheelock  of  Boston,  ac- 
companied by  her  resignation  as  chairman 
of  the  Committee  of  nineteen,  was  pre- 
sented and  accepted  with  deep  regret.  A 
telegram  expressing  appreciation  of  her 
work  in  that  capacity  was  forwarded  to  her. 
Miss  Anna  Laws  of  Cincinnati  was  elected 
chairman  to  fill  vacancy. 

Among  those  present  at  this  meeting 
were  Miss  Patty  S.  Hill,  president  of  the 
International  Kindergarten  Union,  Miss 
Susan  Blow  of  New  York,  Miss  Nina  C. 
Vandewalker  of  Milwaukee,  Miss  Mary  Mc- 
Culloch  of  St.  Louis,  Mrs.  James  L.  Hughes 
of  Toronto,  Mrs.  Alice  H.  Putnam  of  Chi- 
cago, Miss  Harriett  Niel  of  Pittsburg,  Mrs. 
Mary  Boomer  Page  of  Chicago,  Miss  Caro- 
line C.  Hart  of  Philadelphia,  Mrs.  M.  B.  B. 
Langzettel  of  New  York  and  Miss  Annie 
Laws  of  Cincinnati. 

Subsequent  meetings  of  this  committee 
proved  very  helpful.  Their  report  will  be 
published  later. 


Announcement  was  made  that  Des- 
Moines  and  St.  Louis  had  asked  for  the  next 
convention,  and  Cincinnati  gave  the  invita- 
tion for  191 1.  At  a  later  meeting  St.  Louis 
was  chosen  as  the  next  place  of  meeting. 

The  conference  of  Training  Teachers  and 
Supervisors  Tuesday  afternoon  at  the  First 
Universalist  church,  proved  very  interesting 
and  profitable.  The  principal  feature  of  the 
evening  was  the  address  of  Mr.  Percival 
Chubb,  of  the  Ethical  Culture  School,  New 
York.  Prof.  Forbes  of  Rochester  led  the 
discussion  in  which  the  following  took  part : 
Mrs.  James  L.  Hughes  of  Toronto,  Miss 
Alice  H.  Putnam  of  Chicago,  Miss  Nina  C. 
Vandewalker  of  Milwaukee,  Dr.  Mary  Low 
of  Toledo  and  Miss  Alice  E.  Fitts  of  Brook- 
lyn. 

The  first  regular  public  session  was  held 
in  the  evening  at  this  church. 

At  the  session  held  Thursday  morning 
addresses  of  welcome  were  given  by  Hon.  J. 
N.  Adam,  Supt.  Henry  P.  Emerson  and  Dr. 
A.  V.  V.  Ravmond.  Miss  Patty  S.  Hill, 
president  of  the  Union,  responded.  Reports 
were  p-iven  bv  the  recording  secretary,  Miss 
Ada  Van  Stone  Harris;  corresponding  sec. 
and  treasurer,  Miss  Anna  H.  Littell :  audi- 
tor. Miss  Margaret  Giddings :  committee  on 
foreign  correspondence,  Miss  Mary  Mc- 
CuPoup-h:  chairman,  committee  on  propa- 
gation. M''ss  Mvra  Winchester,  and  the  fol- 
lowing" chairmen  of  committees  gave  their 
reports:  Parents,  Miss  C.  Geraldine 
O'Oradv:  foreign  relations.  Miss  Annie 
Laws:  greetings  from  kindergarten  depart- 
ment of  the  National  Educational  Associa- 
tion. Miss  Mabel  MacKinnev,  president. 
Telegrams  were  read,  among  them  one  from 
the  Governor  of  Iowa,  from  the  superin- 
tendent of  education  of  Des  Moines  and 
from  the  teachers  of  Des  Moines  inviting 
the  kindergarten  to  hold  their  annual  con- 
gress in  Des  Moines  next  year. 

Interesting  reports  were  made  bv  dele- 
gates and  communications  representing 
Australia,  Canada.  Connecticut.  District  of 
Columbia,  Georg-ia.  Illinois,  Iowa,  Ken- 
tuckv,  Maryland,  Massachusetts,  Michig-an, 
Minnesota,  Missouri,  Montana,  Nebraska, 
New  Tersev,  New  York,  Ohio,  Pennsylvania, 
Wisconsin,  and  Texas. 

The  reports  also  included  that  of  the 
nominating  committee,  of  which  Miss 
Luella  Palmer  is  chairman.  The  ticket  pre- 
sented was:  President,  Miss  Alice  O'Gradv, 
Chicago ;  first  vice  president,  Miss  Nina  C. 
Vandewalker,  Milwaukee  :  second  vice  presi- 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


287 


dent,  Miss  Clara  Wheeler,  Grand  Rapids; 
recording  secretary.  Miss  Caroline  1) 
Aborn,  Massachusetts  ;  corresponding  secre- 
tary and  treasurer,  Miss  Ella  C.  Elder,  Buf- 
falo;  auditor.  Miss  Margaret  Giddings,  Den- 
ver. 

The  following  committees  were  appointed 
by  the  president,  Miss  Hill: 

Time  and  Place  of  Holding  Next  Con- 
vention— Miss  Alice  Temple,  Chicago, 
chairman;  Miss  Mabel  MacKinney.  Cleve- 
land ;  Miss  Luella  Palmer,  New  York ;  Miss 
Grace  E.  Mix,  Grand  Rapids  and  Miss 
Hortense  Orcutt,  Savannah,  Ga. 

Resolutions — Miss  Margaret  Stannard, 
Boston;  Miss  Mary  McCulloch,  St.  Louis, 
and  Miss  Harriet  Nicl,  Pittsburg. 

Miss  Kishu  Ishuhara  of  Japan,  who  is  in 
this  country  studying  methods  of  kinder- 
gartening,  and  Miss  Sulochauebai  Chowey 
of  Bombay,  India,  spoke  of  the  kindergar- 
ten work  in  their  countries. 

Percival  Chubb,  chairman  of  the  literature 
committee,  made  an  address  in  the  after- 
noon, continuing  his  brilliant  dissertation  of 
the  previous  evening  on  what  should  and 
should  not  appear  in  newspapers.  He  spoke 
of  the  cultivation  of  the  imagination  the 
Mother  Goose  rhymes  afforded  the  children 
of  the  past  and  singled  out  the  charming 
writers  for  children  of  the  present  day. 

Dr.  John  Angus  MacVannel,  Teachers' 
College,  New  York  City,  also  talked  on 
"Children's  Literature :  Principles  of  Selec- 
tion." Mrs.  H.  L.  Elmendorf  of  the  Buffalo 
Public  Library  and  Miss  Delia  Wood  of 
Minneapolis  spoke  on  the  same  theme  in  the 
discussion  which  followed.  Miss  SusafT 
Blow  of  Cazenovia  was  called  to  the  plat- 
form and  received  the  most  enthusiastic  ap- 
plause. She  spoke  for  more  leisure,  hope, 
love  and  recreation  in  the  life  today  to  make 
possible  the  much-desired  spontaneous  lyric 
expression  which  some  of  her  predecessors 
had  been  urging.  "We  need  a  little  more 
leisure,  a  little  more  time  to  hope,  to  love, 
to  play,"  said  Miss  Blow. 

The  luncheon  at  Convention  Hall,  the 
joint  session  of  the  Mothers'  Club  and  Kin- 
dergartners,  and  the  reception  at  the  Al- 
bright Art  Gallery  were  all  enjoyable  and 
profitable  features. 

At  the  Thursday  morning  meeting  the 
important  report  of  the  Committee  of  Nine- 
teen was  read.  The  report  was  ably  dis- 
cussed. The  various  propositions  submitted 
bv  the  National  Educational  Association  to 


merge  the  Kindergarten  Union  with  it  were 
thoroughly  discussed  and  a  vote  was  finally 
and  affirmatively  taken  on  the  fourth  pro- 
posal to  meet  every  other  year  with  the 
National  Education  Association  and  co- 
operate in  the  proceedings  of  the  kindergar- 
ten section,  having  meetings  of  the  Interna- 
tional Kindergarten  Union  on  the  alternate 
years.  By  unanimous  vote  it  was  also  de- 
cided not  to  have  the  new  arrangement  go 
into  effect  until  191 1. 

After  the  morning  session  a  buffet 
luncheon  was  served  to  300  of  the  delegates 
and  visitors  in  the  banquet  room  of  Conven- 
tion Hall  by  the  members  of  the  Buffalo 
Kindergarten  Union  and  of  the  Buffalo 
State  Normal  School  Training  class.  The 
buffet  table  was  decorated  with  yellow 
daffodils,  and  a  harpist  played  during  the 
luncheon.  The  fifth  annual  joint  session  of 
Mothers'  Clubs  and  Kindergartners  was 
held  at  2:30  o'clock  in  Convention  Hall. 
Miss  Ella  C.  Elder  presided  and  gave  a  short 
address  of  welcome.  Eive  minute  addresses 
were  given  by  prominent  kindergartners. 
Miss  Patty  S.  Hill  of  New  York  spoke  of 
the  great  things  accomplished  by  the  co- 
operation of  the  mothers  and  teachers,  the 
home  and  the  school.  Miss  Alice  O'Gradv 
of  Chicago  spoke  of  the  understanding,  svm- 
pathies  and  knowledge  of  the  mother  for 
her  child ;  Miss  Susan  Blow  of  Cazenovia 
made  an  address  on  "The  Education  of 
Girls,"  and  Mrs.  Alice  H.  Putnam  of  Chi- 
cago spoke  of  the  nursery  being  the  child's 
first  battleground.  Mrs.  James  L.  Hughes 
of  Toronto  said  we  must  live  with  our  chil- 
dren and  keep  in  touch  with  them  and  be 
active  and  make  it  a  safe  world  for  our 
boys. 

An  informal  tea  was  given  at  the  Garret 
Club  at  4:30  o'clock  for  some  of  the  dele- 
gates of  the  kindergarten  convention.  Mrs. 
George  Barrell  received  and  Mrs.  Clinton 
R.  Wyckoff,  Mrs.  Charles  W.  Pardee  and 
Mrs.  William  C.  Warren  presided  at  the 
tea  table,  which  was  decorated  with  spring 
flowers.  Mrs.  Mary  B.  Page  of  Chicago 
and  Miss  Harriet  Neil  of  Pittsburg  spoke  of 
their  work.     Mrs.  George  B.  Barrell  sang. 

In  the  evening  the  Buffalo  Kindergarten 
Association  entertained  the  out-of-town 
guests  at  a  reception  at  the  Albright  Art 
Gallery. 

Notwithstanding  the  weather  was  so 
bad  that  the  automobile  ride  through  the 
city  had  to  be  abandoned  many  ladies  sent 


388 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


their  automobiles  to  Convention  Hall  to 
take  the  distinguished  officers  and  Kinder- 
gartners  to  the  Lenox  and  to  the  Garret 
Club,  where  the  charming  tea  was  given. 

The  reception  at  the  Albright  Art  Gal- 
lery was  also  a  success,  notwithstanding 
the  inclement  weather.  Fully  400  enthu- 
siastic people  attended  and  all  of  the  officers 
of  the  Buffalo  Kindergarten  were  in  the  re- 
ceiving line. 

The  attendance  was  large  and  standing 
room  only  the  rule  at  many  of  the  meetings. 
It  was  found  necessary  to  seek  a  larger 
auditorium  for  some  of  the  meetings. 

The  papers  were  of  more  than  usual  in- 
terest, and  most  of  them  at  least  will  be 
published  in  future  issues  of  this  magazine. 

(Continued  on  page  295) 


THE  KINDERGARTEN  EXHIBIT. 

The  exhibit  in  the  church  parlors  was 
planned  to  cover  the  subjects  discussed  at 
the  convention,  and  included  pictures  and 
plans  of  kindergarten  rooms.  St.  Louis  had 
the  largest  exhibit.  There  were  pictures 
of  the  public  kindergartens  in  Columbus, 
Georgia,  which  are  kept  up  by  the  mill 
owners  for  their  employes.  A  set  of  Nor- 
wegian posters  were  loaned  by  Mrs.  Mary 
Boomer  Page  of  Chicago.  Mr.  Benson  sent 
a  selection  of  pottery.  Freige  pictures  ot 
nature,  Fresh  Air,  Beauty  of  Life,  Pure 
Water  were  exhibited  by  Miss  Florence 
Murray  of  Boston.  Other  exhibits  include 
Mothers'  Clubs  work  and  that  of  the  Gar- 
land Training  School  of  Boston,  Mass., 
which  had  a  home-making  department, 
Mrs.  Margaret  J.  Stannard,  principal. 

Some  of  the  children's  work  in  St.  Louis 
showed  drawings  and  poster  work  from 
nature.  A  suggestion  to  use  nature's 
material  was  given  in  the  many  strings  of 
shells,  seeds  of  all  kinds  of  fruit  and  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  vegetables.  Transparent 
work  in  leaves  and  flowers.  An  interesting 
exhibit  was  the  Jesse  Davis  work  by  inter- 
section. All  kinds  of  paper  articles  and  tiny 
pieces  of  furniture  made  without  the  use  of 
paste.  A  result  of  the  work  was  shown  by 
Miss  Elizabeth  Weller  of  the  Buffalo  State 
Normal  School  and  Miss  Cornelia  Johnston 
and  Miss  Katherine  Straub  of  the  training 
class. 

Some  quaint  looking  animals  made  of 
wood  in  proportion  to  their  sizes,  invented 
by  Miss  Pratt,  teacher  of  manual  training 
in  New  York,  were  exhibited. 


SCENIC  TRIPS  IN  COLORADO. 

One  must  journey  to  Colorado  to  see  the 
greatest  feats  of  engineering  in  the  world, 
for  it  is  in  the  Centennial  State  that  man 
has  accomplished  the  seemingly  impossible 
in  laying  steel  rails  along  dizzy  heights, 
over  yawning  chasms,  and  through  moun- 
tain passes  that  in  winter  are  choked  with 
mammoth  snowdrifts.  No  obstacle  daunts 
the  railroad  builders  of  Colorado,  and  these 
daring  men  have  built  a  network  of  rail- 
ways through  the  Rocky  Mountains  of  this 
state. 

Visitors  are  astounded  when  they  make 
their  first  journey  over  a  mountain  railroad 
in  Colorado.  They  marvel  at  the  manner 
in  which  the  long  trains  of  coaches  climb 
steep  grades,  skirt  the  edges  of  precipices, 
rumble  through  dark  tunnels,  dash  down 
veritable  toboggan  slides  of  smooth  steel 
rails,  and  plunge  into  the  depths  of  canons, 
the  sides  of  which  are  solid,  perpendicular 
walls  of  solid  rock.  Railroad  men  who  are 
used  to  operating  trains  on  level  ground  or 
in  a  country  that  is  "just  hilly,"  hold  their 
breath  when  thev  are  riding  on  trains  in 
the  mountains  of  Colorado,  and  they  are 
frank  in  their  admissions  to  the  trainmen, 
whose  guests  they  usually  are,  that  "Colo- 
rado trainmen  know  more  about  operating 
railwav  trains  than  any  other  railroad  men 
on  earth." 

These  wonderful  mountain  journeys  will 
be  made  bv  most  of  the  delegates  to  the 
National  Education  Association  Conven- 
tion next  July,  and  also  by  a  majority  of  the 
visitors  who  have  taken  advantage  of  that 
great  occasion  to  spend  a  vacation  of  a  few 
weeks  in  Colorado.  Therefore,  they  should 
be  informed  in  advance  of  some  of  these 
interesting  trips  out  of  Denver. 

Under  the  head  of  one-day  trips  out  of 
Denver  the  visitor  will  find  enough  diver- 
sion for  nearly  a  week.  By  way  of  a  be- 
ginning the  famous  "Georgetown  Loop  and 
Gray's  Peak"  trip  is  mentioned.  The 
"Loop"  is  a  difficult  piece  of  railroad  en- 
gineering on  the  Colorado  &  Southern 
Railway,  between  Georgetown  and  Silver 
Plume,  two  noted  silver  mining  camps. 
The  trail  winds  back  and-  forth  in  a  great 
mountain  canon,  always  with  a  view  of 
ascending  higher  and  higher  to  reach  the 
top  of  the  mountains.  The  track  crosses 
Clear  Creek  eighteen  times,  and  finally 
spans  the  stream  on  a  bridge  ninety  feet 
high.    The  two  mining  towns  are  only  one 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


289 


mile  apart  by  wagon  road  and  four  miles  by 
rail.  Silver  Plume  rests  at  an  altitude  of 
9,176  feet  above  the  sea. 

At  Silver  Plume  the  traveler  climbs 
aboard  the  train  on  the  Argentine  Central 
to  journey  to  the  summit  or  Mount  Mc- 
Clellan,  14,007  feet  high,  and  to  visit  the 
"Ice  Palace,"  a  wonderful  formation  ot 
crystals  in  a  cavern  in  the  rocks.  These 
crystals  sparkle  like  millions  of  diamonds 
under  the  rays  of  electric  lights  that  have 
been  installed  in  the  "Palace."  This  is  the 
land  of  perpetual  snow. 

Another  branch  of  the  Colorado  & 
Southern  takes  one  to  the  lamous  mining 
camps  of  Central  City  and  Black  Hawk,  the 
scene  of  the  first  big  gold  strike  in  Colorado 
in  1859. 

In  a  special  observation  trolley  car  one 
may  make  the  trip  to  Golden,  a  pretty  little 
city  in  the  foothills,  twelve  miles  from  Den- 
ver. Golden  was  the  first  capital  of  Colo- 
rado and  is  the  home  of  the  Colorado 
School  of  Mines. 

The  "Moffat"  road  also  takes  one  into 
the  land  of  perpetual  snow  on  top  of  the 
Continental  Divide.  This  is  a  new  railroad 
that  is  pushing  through  an  "undeveloped 
empire"  in  northwestern  Colorado,  and  on 
to  Salt  Lake  City  and  the  Pacific  coast. 
The  scenes  on  this  road  beggar  description. 
The  traveler  may  enjoy  a  one-day  trip  on 
this  line  to  the  top  of  the  divide,  or  spend 
two  days  and  journey  into  Middle  Park  and 
see  one  of  the  greatest  agricultural  moun- 
tain parks  in  the  world. 

Boulder,  the  home  of  the  State  Univer- 
sity, can  be  visited  in  one  day.  This  little 
city  is  situated  in  the  foothills,  about  forty 
miles  from  Denver.  By  devoting  an  extra 
day  to  sight-seeing,  the  visitor  may  travel 
on  to  Longmont,  Loveland,  Fort  Collins 
and  Greeley,  beet  sugar  factory  towns,  in 
the  heart  of  the  farming  district  of  northern 
Colorado,  the  largest  body  of  land  under 
irrigation  in  the  world.  This  is  called  the 
"Horn"  trip,  and  is  a  branch  of  the  Colo- 
rado &  Southern. 

The  Burlington  Railway  has  a  road  to 
Lyons,  a  busy  town  not  far  from  Dong's 
Peak,  where  one  of  the  largest  stone  quar- 
ries in  the  state  is  located.  From  Dyons 
one  may  travel  by  stage  to  Estes  Park, 
which  lies  in  the  shadows  of  Long's  Peak. 

The  Union  Pacific  runs  through  the  great 
Platte  Valley,  which  is  included  in  the 
northern  Colorado  farming  district. 

The    Burlington's    main    line    takes    the 


visitor  to  Brush  and  Fort  Morgan,  where 
two  large  beet  sugar  factories  are  located. 

The  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  and  the  Colo- 
rado Midland  Railroads  reach  the  points  of 
scenic  interest  farther  into  the  mountains. 
One  of  the  famous  trips  over  the  Denver  & 
Rio  Grande  is  through  the  Royal  Gorge,  a 
great  canon  of  solid  granite.  Here  nature 
is  seen  in  all  of  her  awe-inspiring  grandeur, 
and  the  roaring  of  the  Arkansas  River  as  it 
fights  its  way  over  rocks  down  the  bed  of 
the  gorge  lends  enchantment  to  the  scene. 
The  east  entrance  to  the  gorge  is  west  of 
of  Canon  City,  163  miles  from  Denver. 

The  narrow-gauge  line  of  this  road  takes 
the  traveler  over  Marshall  Pass,  one  of  the 
great  scenic  attractions  of  the  state,  and 
through  the  Black  Canon,  where  the  United 
States  government  is  blasting  a  tunnel 
through  solid  granite  walls  to  carry  water 
to  the  thirsty  acres  of  the  Uncompahgre 
Valley  in  the  fruit  district  or  the  Western 
slope  of  Colorado.  A  branch  of  the  road 
also  enters  the  San  Juan  mining  district, 
where  nature  has  piled  rocks  in  all  sorts  of 
fantastic  shapes  and  where  the  mountains 
seem  like  mammoth  forts  for  the  protection 
of  a  giant  race. 

From  Colorado  Springs  and  Manitou,  in 
the  Pike's  Peak  district,  the  journey  to 
Cripple  Creek,  Colorado's  famous  gold  min- 
ing camp,  is  made  by  way  of  the  Colorado 
Midland  or  the  Cripple  Creek  Short  Line. 
The  trip  from  Colorado  Springs  over  the 
"Midland"  to  Glenwood  Springs  takes  one 
through  the  very  heart  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains. Glenwood  Springs  is  a  widely- 
known  hot  springs  resort,  276  miles  from 
Denver,  on  the  western  slope.  Both  the 
"Midland"  and  the  "Rio  Grande"  enter 
Leadville,  one  of  the  oldest  and  richest 
mining  camps  in  the  West. 

Full  details  of  the  side  trips  through  the 
mountains  of  Colorado  would  fill  a  book, 
and  several  months  of  constant  travel 
would  be  required  to  visit  every  point  of 
interest  in  the  state.  However,  a  month 
spent  in  Colorado  "seeing  the  sights"  is 
never  to  be  forgotten.  The  cool,  bracing 
atmosphere  of  the  mountains  contains  a 
tonic  ozone  that  soothes  tired  nerves  and 
infuses  new  life  into  the  blood. 

Denver  is  the  starting  point  on  this 
round  of  pleasure.  After  the  sessions  of 
the  National  Education  Association  Con- 
vention are  over,  everybody  will  want  a 
rest,  and  there  is  no  better  way  of  resting 
than  to  journey  by  easy  stages  from  one 


290 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


point  of  interest  in  the  mountains  to  an- 
other. This  story  is  written  with  the  view 
of  informing  prospective  visitors  in  advance 
of  the  wonders  that  are  in  store  for  them 
when  they  come  to  Colorado  next  summer. 
DENVER. 

One  must  journey  across  the  plains  to 
Denver  in  order  to  appreciate  thoroughly 
the  wonderful  transformation  that  has 
taken  place  in  a  country  that  fifty  years  ago 
was  in  possession  of  savages.  Denver  is 
one  of  the  historical  cities  of  trie  nation  and 
her  position  in  this  list  cannot  be  disputed. 

The  city  in  which  the  National  Education 
Association  will  meet  next  July  is  as  far 
removed  from  the  practices  of  frontier 
days,  in  point  of  actual  transformation,  as 
is  New  York  City  from  the  customs  of-  the 
day  when  Manhattan  Island  was  sold  by 
the  Indians  for  a  mere  trifle. 

Denver  is  a  twentieth  century  city,  with 
all  the  conveniences  and  customs  that  go 
with  this  advanced  age.  It  is  a  mistake  to 
even  think  of  Denver  as  any  other  kind  of 
city,  and  out  here  the  native  looks  with  pity 
upon  the  misguided  yoimg  man  who, 
dressed  in  the  regalia  of  a  stage  cowboy 
and  with  the  brand  of  the  "tenderfoot"  all 
over  him  alights  from  a  train  from  the  East 
and  mingles  with  the  throng  on  the  crowd- 
ed thoroughfares.  It  doesn't  take  this 
young  "tenderfoot"  long  to  realize  that  he 
has  made  a  mistake,  and  he  sends  back 
home  for  his  regulation  clothes  and  his 
dress  suit. 

However,  one  may  stand  in  the  dome  of 
the  state  capitol,  where  a  commanding  view 
of  the  Rocky  Mountains  with  their  snow- 
capped peaks  and  purple  foothills  is  at  hand, 
and  in  imagination  obliterate  from  the 
mind  the  vision  of  brick  and  stone  build- 
ings, paved  streets,  miles  of  beautiful 
homes  and  the  hubbub  of  a  hustling  city, 
and  paint  a  mental  picture  of  the  savage 
activities  of  a  half  century  ago,  when  the 
teepee  of  the  Indian  was  pitched  in  the  very 
spot  where  stands  the  massive,  granite 
state  house,  and  the  wigwams  of  the  tribes 
dotted  the  vast  plains  that  stretch  away  to 
the  east,  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach.  Out 
on  these  plains  the  tribes  fought  for 
supremacy  among  themselves,  and  when 
the  white  man  came  they  turned  their 
poisoned  arrows  against  the  common 
enemy  and  later  fought  their  last  desperate 
battles  against  the  encroachments  of  the 
paleface  with  the  fire  arms  that  the  latter 
brought  with  him  across  the  "desert"  in  his 


quest  for  the  gold  that  lured  him  from  the 
confines  of  civilization. 

In  point  of  years,  these  scenes  of  a  sav- 
age period  are  not  as  far  removed  from  the 
Denver  of  today  as  are  similar  scenes  from 
Greater  New  \ork. 

Down  below  the  state  house,  near  the 
confluence  of  Cherry  creek  with  the  Platte 
river,  a  white  man  built  the  first  house  that 
was  erected  in  what  is  now  called  Denver. 
Only  a  few  blocks  from  where  stands  city 
hall,  John  Smith,  a  "squaw  man"  built  a 
crude  home  out  of  logs  and  turf  to  provide 
shelter  for  his  two  Indian  wives,  .tie  was 
a  trapper  and  traded  with  the  tribes  for 
beaver  and  buckskin.  One  of  his  wives  was 
Menich,  a  daughter  of  the  Cheyennes,  and 
the  other  was  named  Coocose,  a  shrew 
whom  Smith  selected  from  a  band  of  Sioux 
on  one  of  his  trading  trips  to  the  north. 
Menich,  which  in  English  means  "Eittle 
Fawn,"  was  all  that  her  name  implies.  She 
was  young  and  shy,  and  the  favorite  of  her 
white  lord.  Therefore,  she  otten  suflered 
from  a  tongue  lashing  and  even  a  beating, 
administered  by  her  rierce-tempered  rival. 

One  day,  way  back  in  1858,  the  first  white 
settlers  of  Denver  appeared  suddenly  be- 
fore the  cabin  door  of  bmith  and  his  savage 
family  and  built  their  log  cabins  by  the  side 
of  his  rude  hut,  and  the  beginning  of  Den- 
ver was  recorded.  The  settlement  was 
known  first  as  Auraria,  but  afterwards  was 
rechristened  Denver. 

Thus  was  the  foundation  laid  for  one  of 
the  most  thriving  cities  in  the  Great  West. 
The  little  log  cabin  that  appears  with  the 
accompanying  pictures  of  the  Denver  of 
today  was  a  survivor  of  the  old  days,  and 
four  or  five  years  ago  it  was  torn  down  and 
stored,  with  a  view  of  some  day  rebuilding 
it  in  City  Park. 

This  building  was  the  home  of  the  first 
newspaper  in  Denver,  and  afterwards  was 
used  as  a  federal  prison  during  the  civil 
war.  Eater  it  served  as  a  city  jail,  where 
some  of  the  most  notorious  bad  men  of  that 
period  were  imprisoned,  either  to  suffer  for 
their  misdeeds  at  the  hands  of  the  law  or 
to  meet  the  stern  command  of  Judge  Eynch 
to  "make  peace  with  their  Maker." 

Gradually  the  city  grew,  safely  weather- 
ing periods  of  depression,  her  people  learn- 
ing by  experience  to  conduct  business  upon 
sound  methods,  until  today  there  is  not  a 
city  in  the  United  States  that  is  better  able 
to  withstand  a  financial  flurry  than  is  the 
metropolis  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  region. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


291 


No  city;  either  east,  west,  north  or  south, 
met  the  recent  financial  depression  with 
better  preparation  than  did  Denver. 

The  spirit  of  the  old  days,  when  men 
worked  with  their  guns  within  reach  to  pro- 
tect themselves  from  attack  by  Indians,  is 
still  in  the  atmosphere  of  Denver,  and  the 
same  sunbeams  •  that  used  to  steal  in 
through  the  flaps  of  the  tepee  a  generation 
ago,  each  year  find  their  morning  greetings 
to  the  dust  of  some  part  of  the  pavements 
delayed  by  a  brick  wall  that  the  hand  of  the 
white  man  has  erected. 

Denver  is  looked  upon  as  a  "tourist 
town"  by  many  people  who  do  not  know  of 
her  resources.  Thus,  thousands  of  tourists 
visit  Denver  in  summer  and  many  visitors 
come  here  in  winter,  as  this  city  is  fast  gain- 
ing fame  as  a  winter  resort,  but  Denver 
does  not  depend  absolutely  upon  her  tour- 
ist trade  for  financial  support.  This  city  is 
the  big  jobbing  center  for  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tain region  and  each  year  sees  new  territory 
brought  within  the  radius  of  this  trade. 
Manufacturing  is  developing,  new  indus- 
tries are  springing  up,  the  agricultural  sec- 
tion to  the  north  and  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
city  is  becoming  more  thickly  settled,  min- 
ing camps  are  growing,  and  with  it  all  one 
can  actually  see  the  city  advance. 

The  population  of  Denver  is  about  225,- 
000.  National  bank  clearings  for  1908  were 
$411,493,942,  an  increase  of  $3,490,092  over 
1908.  Individual  deposits  in  the  seven  na- 
tional banks  of  Denver  at  the  last  official  re- 
port of  the  treasury  department  in  1908 
were  $68,970,054.  The  population  of  the 
state  is  estimated  in  the  neighborhood  of 
800,000.  More  than  half  the  deposits  of 
the  national  banks  of  the  state  are  held  in 
the  national  banks  of  Denver. 

The  output  of  manufactuiers  was  $210,- 
430,000;  gold  $26,000,000;  silver,  $6,000,- 
000;  agriculture,  $106,209,000;  fruit,  $3,- 
500,000;  value  of  live  stock,  $65,161,000. 

NATIONAL  EDUCATION  ASSOCIATION.  DENVER, 
JULY  3  TO  9.  1909 

For  information  apply  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
Local  N.  E.  A.  Committee,  W.  F.  R.  Mills,  1725 
Stout  St.,  Denver. 

RAILROAD    RATES. 

The  Western  Passenger  Association  has  an- 
nounced the  following  rates,  good  for  return  until 
October  31: 

From   Chicago    $30.00 

From    Peoria    26.75 

From  St.  Louis   25.00 

From  Omaha  and  K.  C 17.50 


The  other  passenger  associations  except  those  of 
the  South  have  made  a  rate  of  one  and  one-half 
fare  for  the  round  trip  to  be  added  to  the  Chicago 
and  St.  Louis  rates.  These  tickets  will  be  on  sale 
June  30,  July  1,  2,  3,  and  will  be  good  for  return- 
ing until  September  1. 

COLORADO   EXCURSION   RATES. 

Tickets  to  any  point  in  Colorado  will  be  sold  by 
the  local  railroads  at  a  rate  of  one  fare  for  the 
round  trip,  on  July  10,  11,  12,  13  and  14.  This 
is  from  Saturday,  the  day  after  the  meeting,  until 
the  following  Wednesday.  These  tickets  will  be 
good  until  August  31. 

HOTEL  RATES. 

All  hotels  are  on  the  European  plan,  and  all 
rates  are  for  each  of  two  persons  occupying  a 
room.  Rooms  are  without  bath  unless  otherwise 
specified.     All  rates  are  per  day. 

The  Brown  Palace  Hotel,  Headquarters. — Parlors 
for  headquarters,  $10.00  to  $15.00  per  day- 
rooms,   $2.00,   $2.50;    with  bath,   $2.50,   $3.00. 

The  Albany.  Parlors  for  headquarters,  $6.00  to 
$10.00  per  day;  rooms,  $1.50,  $2.00;  with  bath, 
$2.50,  $3.00. 

The  Shirley  and  Shirley  Annex.  Rooms,  $1.25 
$1.50;   with  batn,   $2.00,  $2.50. 

The  Savoy.  Rooms  $1.00,  $1.50;  with  bath, 
$2.50,  $3.00. 

The  Adams.  Rooms  $1.25,  $1.50;  with  bath, 
$1.75,   $2.00. 

The  Oxford.  Rooms  $1.00,  $1.50;  with  bath, 
$2.00,   $2.50. 

The  Standish.  Rooms  $1.00,  $1.50;  with  bath, 
$2.00,  $2.50. 

Hotel  Metropole.  Rooms  $1.00,  $1.50;  with 
bath,   $1.75,  $2.25. 

There  are  many  smaller  hotels  and  rooming 
houses  at  which  the  rates  will  be  somewhat  lower. 
Accommodations  in  private  families  may  be  secured 
through  the  local  committee,  and  none  but  re- 
putable places  will  be  listed.  The  card  system 
used  at  the  National  Democratic  convention  will 
be  used. 


The  fight  for  equal  pay  of  teachers  has 
been  on  for  some  time  in  New  York  and 
that  such  a  struggle  should  be  necessary 
seems  like  an  anachronism  in  this  stage  of 
the  world's  progress.  It  seems  like  an  in- 
disputable fact  that  a  woman  who  does  her 
work  as  efficiently  as  a  man  should  receive 
the  same  amount  of  recompense.  It  is  dif- 
ficult to  understand  how  any  manly  man 
can  have  the  face  to  argue  contrarywise. 

The  discussion  recalls  to  mind  the  state- 
ment made  by  a  high  school  teacher  in  a 
nearby  suburb.  In  this  school  are  em- 
ployed both  men  and  women  teachers. 
Three  of  these  men  work  only  in  a  per- 
functory way  and  make  a  hasty  exit  from 
the  building  as  soon  as  the  closing  hour 
comes.  There  is  no  heart  interest  in  the 
work;  no  delaying  after  the  closing  bell  to 
talk  over  problems  with  the  pupils,  to  stim- 
ulate eager  inquiry;  these  three  men  are  all 
opposed  vigorously  to  the  equal  pay 
measure.      A   fourth   man   who   is   a   true 


292 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


teacher;  who  delights  in  his  work,  who 
feels  that  his  work  as  a  teacher  is  not  neces- 
sarily done  the  moment  the  bell  strikes, 
who  realizes  that  a  word  after  school  may 
clinch  the  lesson  inculcated  in  class — he, 
who  is  faithful  to  the  spirit  of  the  law  as 
well  as  the  letter,  is  faithful  also  to  the 
spirit  of  the  more  inclusive  law  and  believes 
that  fair  work  should  receive  its  fair  pay 
whether  done  by  man  6r  woman.  Truly, 
he  who  is  fair  in  little  things  is  likely  to  be 
fair  in  the  greater  ones. 


ACROSTIC   FOR  TEACHERS. 

Attention  is  the  condition  of  memory. 

Building  moral  character  is  the   highest 
aim. 

Children  are   doers  rather  than  learners 
of  book  knowledge. 

Do  not  expect  the  class  to  arouse  the  in- 
terest. 

Effects  are  modified  by  controlling  the 
causes. 

Fault  finding  has  no  place  in  education. 

Grant  children  their  rights. 

Happiness  is  a  genuine,  powerful  tonic. 

Intelligence  and  virtue  are  the  uplifting 
forces  in  society. 

Judgment  is  the  most  deficient  faculty. 

Keep  the  class  thinking. 

Lead  the  children  to  do  what  they  ought 
to  do  as  men  and  women. 

Meanings  of  things  are  better  than  mean- 
ings of  words. 

Never  "hear  recitations." 

Observe  the  operations  of  child  mind. 

Pupils  are  willing  to  let  the  teacher  do 
the  talking. 

Quit  wrong  methods  as  soon  as  dis- 
covered. 

Repetition  forms  habit. 

School  work  ought  to  be  in  line  with  life 
work. 

Training  is  leading  to  do,  till  the  habit  of 
doing  is  formed. 

Union  of  natural  history  and  natural 
science  broadens  culture. 

Vary  devices  to  suit  the  needs. 

While  insisting  on  truthfulness  and  self- 
control,  set  no  example  to  the  contrary. 

"X"austive  observation  is  an  element  in 
all  great  success. 

Youthful  instincts  are  more  trustworthy 
as  a  guide  to  interest  than  our  reasoning. 

Zeal  is  born  of  ideas  resulting  from  vivid 
and  complete  impressions. — Alberta  School 
Report.  (Canada.) 


SOME  PROBLEMS  OF  THE  KINDER- 
GARTEN TODAY. 

B.   LYBLL   EARLE,    Ph.    D. 
(Second  Article) 

ARE   WE   NEGLECTING   THE   CHILD   OF   THE 
KINDERGARTEN  AGE? 

j"  AST  month  we  considered  the 
^  restoring  the  kindergarten  to 
some  of  its  primitive  purposes 
JS^S^I  as  conceived  by  Froebel:  the 
nursery  kindergarten,  and  the 
kindergarten  for  children  from  three  to  five, 
before  the  school  condescends  to  take  them 
in  charge.  This  month  we  will  give  some 
statistics  of  what  New  York  City  is  doing 
to  care  for  the  child  of  the  actual  kinder- 
garten, age,  and  suggest  some  extension  of 
the  kindergarten  to  the  playgrounds. 

It  is  a  remarkable  fact  that  in  the  state 
reports  of  education  for  New  York  there  is 
no  reference  made  to  the  kindergarten  con- 
ditions at  all,  although  a  promise  has  been 
made  that  same  may  be  included  in  the  re- 
port next  year.  The  State  Board  of  Char- 
ities in  its  report  for  the  year  1908  mentions 
the  expenditure  of  $154,793  for  the  State 
Manual  School  for  Girls  from  twelve  to 
sixteen  years  of  age,  and  $127,000  for  a  cor- 
responding institution  for  boys,  while  in 
the  reform  of  juvenile  delinquincy  of  the 
same  age  the  expenditure  was  $153,000. 

In  New  York  City  there  are  30,000  de- 
pendent children  in  public  institutions,  93,- 
000  in  other  national  institutions,  and  53,- 
000  in  private  state  institutions,  making  al- 
together about  175,000  dependent  children 
being  cared  for  outside  the  schools. 

It  is  not  fair  to  say,  however,  that  either 
city  or  state  is  totally  neglecting  these 
momentous  problems.  Ex-president  Roose- 
velt in  his  message  to  Congress  last  year 
urged  a  national  consideration  of  child 
problems,  and  particularly  the  care  of  the 
young  child  when  he  is  so  dependent  on  the 
teacher,  and  so  little  capable  of  caring  for 
himself.  Conferences  are  being  held 
throughout  the  country  looking  toward 
childrens'  welfare,  and  the  effort  to  estab- 
lish a  national  childrens'  bureau  has  been 
introduced  into  Congress.  It  is  true,  never- 
theless, that  four  states  have  either  re- 
moved or  are  considering  removing  the 
kindergarten  as  an  integral  part  of  the 
school  system. 

In  New  York  City  there  are  about  136,- 
500  children  of  kindergarten  age  of  whom 
nearly  26,000  are  now  enrolled  in  the  public 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


293 


schools,  leaving  110,500  unprovided  for.  Of 
these,  nearly  3.000  are  taken  care  of  by  the 
New  York  Kindergarten  Association  and 
the  Brooklyn  Free  Kindergarten  Society; 
800  more  are  accommodated  in  the  Catholic 
Parish  Schools;  3,828  are  enrolled  in  the 
children's  Aid  Society;  and  some  2,000, 
approximately,  are  looked  after  in  private 
schools,  training  classes,  the  day  nurseries, 
church  kindergartens  and  various  charitable 
organizations.  We  may  safely  state  that 
10.000  children  are  provided  for  outside  the 
public  schools,  thus  aggregating  practically 
36.000  children  who  are  receiving  this  train- 
ing in  the  city.  There  remain  about  100,- 
000  then,  entirely  uncared  for. 

Last  year's  school  reports  give  678  as  the 
number  of  kindergartens  in  Greater  New 
York ;  65  have  been  added  this  year — bring- 
ing the  total  up  to  743. 

Dr.  Maxwell,  who  is  a  true  kindergart- 
ner,  is  quoted  as  having  fixed  the  desired 
number  at  1,000.  The  average  outside 
capacity  of  each  kindergarten  is  40.  If 
there  were  1.000  kindergartens  only  40,000 
children  would  be  given  the  opportunity  to 
attend,  whereas  96,000  would  still  be  ex- 
cluded. 

This  goal,  fixed  by  Dr.  Maxwell,  mav  be 
simply  a  visable  one,  for  wise  reasons;  hap- 
pily, his  goals  are  variable,  as  not  long  ago 
he  is  said  to  have  made  500  the  objective 
point. 

This  vear,  as  above  stated,  65  kindergar- 
tens have  been  established — these  provided 
for  2,€oo,  not  quite  2  per  cent  of  the  total 
number  of  children  or  2.6  per  cent  of  100,- 
000  children.  A  4  per  cent  increase  in 
school  facilities  for  children  from  four  to 
six  years,  of  age  is  necessary,  yearly,  to  keep 
pace  with  the  advance  in  population.  Jf 
only  about  2  per  cent  are  being  added,  it 
looks  as  if  the  73  per  cent  deficit  is  not  in  a 
fair  way  of  being  made  up. 

To  be  sure  there  is  another  point  of  view 
— considering  the  fact  that  sixteen  years 
ago  there  were  no  kindergartens  in  the  sys- 
tem, and  that  ten  years  ago  only  two  or 
three  were  being  ooened  vearlv — the  past 
few  vears  reveal  great  strides  in  bringing 
the  number  to  74^.  For  this  credit  is  due 
to  Dr.  Maxwell,  Dr.  Merrill,  Miss  Fanibelle 
Curtis,  and  the  alumnae  associations,  and 
good  men  and  women,  principally  women, 
of  New  York  City. 

Nevertheless,  a  stimulus  is  needed  in 
view  of  the  cold  fact  that  thousands  of  little 
children  are  attending  the  pernicious  school 


of  the  streets  with  nothing  to  counteract  a 
bad  environment  during  the  impressionable 
first  six  years  of  their  lives. 

A  hopeful  movement  has  been  started  by 
the  Public  Educational  Association,  on 
the  evening  of  April  20th,  at  which  time  a 
conference  was  held  in  the  hall  of  the  New 
York  Kindergarten  Association.  Resolu- 
tions were  adopted  which  will  lead  to  con- 
certed, definite  action  along  the  line  of  an 
effort  to  establish  a  number  of  new  kinder- 
gartens. 

Dr.  Mabie  spoke  on  the  "Value  of  the 
Kindergarten."  He  said  in  part:  "The 
center  of  interest  is  now  in  children;  and 
it  is  the  onlv  way  in  which  society  is  to  be 
materially  lifted — from  the  bottom  up.  The 
problem  of  the  child  is  the  most  important 
question  before  the  public.  The  ultimate 
point  of  view  in  life  is  education." 

Mrs.  Eaton  pointed  out  needs  and  weak- 
nesses in  New  York  Kindergarten  facilities. 
She  sooke  of  a  fine  new  school  situated  in 
a  crowded  neighborhood  where  there  are 
000  children  of  four  and  five  years  of  age. 
The  kindergartens  in  this  new  school  acco- 
modates onlv  140.  Also,  in  district  No.  5 
where  the  child  pooulation  is  1,200  only 
120  are  in  the  kindergarten.  A  house  to 
house  canvass  of  two  streets — from  Riving- 
ton  to  East  Houston  in  Ludlow  yielded  a 
total  of  462.  children  under  six  years  old. 
She  suggested  that  annexes  be  established 
bv  renting  rooms  in  the  neighborhoods 
where  the  most  crying  needs  exist — if  the 
Board  of  Education  is  unable  to  build — or 
at  least,  as  a  rel'ef  measure  for  the  moment. 

It  was  stated  by  Dr.  Merrill  that  outside 
rooms  are  found  only  with  immense  diffi- 
cultv,  where  conditions  comely  with  Board 
of  Health  laws,  school  and  fire  regulation. 

The  writer  suggested  at  the  conference 
that  the  city  might  co-ooerate  in  many 
wavs  in  increasing  its  kindergarten  accom- 
modations. 

First :  It  might  take  over  practice  kin- 
dergartens of  training  schools,  which  are 
equirmed  as  to.  building,  furniture,  etc.,  and 
put  a  oaid  teacher  in  charge  with  the 
students  of  the  school  as  assistants-  This 
wonM  out  immediately  in  greater  New 
York  from  seventv-five  to  one  hundred 
kindergartens  into  the  citv  svstem. 

Another  sufe-e^'on  he  made  was  that  in 
the  municioal  building  for  citv,  countv  and 
state  onices  the  lowest  floor  could  be 
enuiooed  for  kindergarten  purposes,  and 
the  upper  floors  be  used  by  the  city  depart- 


294 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


merit.  This  would  be  a  great  saving,  inas- 
much as  the  ground  floor  is  usually  given 
over  to  material  and  entrance  purposes,  and 
could  be  utilized  very  nicely  for  kindergar- 
ten classes  without  loosing  the  complete 
value  of  the  structure. 

Furthermore  New  York  City  has  ten  or 
fifteen  large  armories  which  are  never  used 
mornings,  and  could  easily  be  utilized  for 
kindergarten  classes,  and  for  the  large  play- 
ground activities  which  go  with  real  kin- 
dergarten work. 

This  last  feature  would  work  in  easily 
with  the  public  playground  movement,  and 
increase  the  possible  centers  for  play  activ- 
ities within  the  limits  of  the  city  itself. 

A  point  was  raised  in  the  conference  of 
April  20th  that  "mothers  as  a  class  need 
a  certain  amount  of  conversion,"  that  many 
do  not  care  to  send  their  children  to  the 
kindergarten.  Mrs.  Eaton  had  spoken  of 
a  waiting  list  of  200  in  one  free  kindergar- 
ten and  of  being  told  by  many  teachers  of 
the  large  number  of  disappointed  mothers. 
The  writer  has  received  similar  information 
in  both  public  and  charity  schools. 

Dr.  Merrill  said  that  though  this  reluct- 
ance existed  in  numerous  instances,  there 
was  little  doubt  but  that  the  classes  would 
be  well  filled  almost  everywhere — by  a  little 
effort — if  the  kindergartens  are  opened  and 
equipped. 

As  to  convincing  mothers,  why  not  supply 
the  waiting  lists  and  the  many  disappointed 
ones  before  worrying  about  the  inapprecia- 
tive?  Moreover,  among  poor  people,  lack 
of  clothes  is  often  the  reason  for  keeping 
children  at  home.  If  the  public  school  sys- 
tem would  take  over  much  of  the  work  now 
done  by  the  charity  organizations,  the  lat- 
ter could  apply  their  funds  to  clothing  the 
little  ones  and  seeing  that  they  are  taken 
to  and  from  the  schools  where  there  are 
street  crossings  to  be  made  or  too  great 
distances  to  be  covered  for  the  tiny  tots  to 
go  alone. 

Relative  to  making  the  public  want  a 
thing  so  it  will  be  demanded — this  age  is 
not  so  far  in  advance  of  other  days  but  that 
social  progress  is  brought  about  very  much 
in  the  same  old  way.  The  best  things  do 
not  come  about  because  everybody  de- 
mands them  but  because  a  few  prophets 
and  leaders  arise  and  walk  in  advance — 
whether  by  sheer  force  of  effort  and  even 
of  great  sacrifice,  perchance,  thev  lift  the 
masses  and  drag  them  along  "willy,  nilly." 
When  compulsory  education  was  instituted 


the  entire  public  was  not  animated  by  an 
appreciation  of  school  training.  Those  who 
knew,  the  thinkers,  imposed  educators  upon 
a  large  proportion  of  unenlightened 
humanity. 

That  the  kindergarten  is  more  than  an 
educational  embroidery  (nice  but  not  neces- 
sary) is  not  fully  believed  even  by  all  cul- 
tured men  and  women — in  fact,  not  even  by 
all  school  principals,  district  superinten- 
dents and  members  of  educational  boards — 
strange  as  it  may  seem.  The  writer  was 
quite  nonplussed  on  a  recent  occasion  to 
find  a  school  principal  vigorously  opposed  to 
the  kindergarten. 

"The  powers  that  be"  and,  behind  them, 
the  Board  of  Estimate  and  Apportionment, 
are  to  be  reckoned  with  in  New  York  City. 

Mrs.  Eaton  states  that  "in  all  probability 
the  "debt  limit"  is  invoked  by  the  Board  of 
Estimate  and  Apportionment  to  curtail  the 
legitimate  work  of  the  Board  of  Education. 

But  is  the  tiny  tot  receiving  his  share  of 
attention  as  compared  with  the  child  a  little 
beyond  him  in  age?  He  represents  only 
3.3  per  cent  of  all  the  children  in  all  the 
grades.  There  are  about  90,000  children  in 
grades  iA  and  iB,  as  against  26,000  in  the 
kindergarten.  And  in  the  matter  of  cost  to 
the  city:  last  year's  report  shows  $92.30  per 
capita,  estimated  on  the  average  daily  at- 
tendance basis,  in  the  high  school  as  against 
$32.12  per  capita  estimated  also  on  the 
daily  attendance  basis,  in  the  elementary 
school.  The  kindergarten,  primary  and  in- 
termediate grades  are  not  differentiated  in 
these  records.  Probably  the  per  capita 
yearly  cost  of  each  child  in  the  kindergar- 
ten is  several  dollars  under  $32.12.  The 
charitable  organizations  whose  housing,  ap- 
paratus, supplies,  etc.,  are  far  more  com- 
plete than  those  furnished  in  the  public 
schools,  show  a  per  capita  cost  that  would 
suggest  a  less  amount  in  the  public  school 
kindergartens.  In  the  Children's  Aid 
Society  the  yearly  cost  per  capita  for  each 
kindergarten  child  is  $26.00;  in  the  Brook- 
lyn Free  Kindergarten  it  is  about  $16.00 
per  capita.  The  New  York  Kindergarten 
Association  expends  somewhat  more  but  it 
affords  ideal  conditions,  extensive  equip- 
ment and  truly  luxurious  housing  for  some 
of  its  classes.  Only  90  cents  per  capita  is 
allowed  for  purchase  of  supplies,  yearly,  in 
the  public  school  kindergartens.  Several 
kindergartners  have  informed  the  writer 
that  in  order  to  carry  on  the  work  in  any 
wav   commensurate  with   their  wishes   for 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


295 


benefitting  the  children,  they  personally  ex- 
pend not  inconsiderable  sums  for  materials. 

Now,  though  the  average  outside  capac- 
ity of  each  public  school  kindergarten  is 
40 — of  course  40  is  too  many  children  for 
one  teacher  (a  single  teacher,  without  as- 
sistants). Happily,  the  average  enrollment 
is  somewhat  less;  in  fact  it  is  a  fraction  over 
35  at  present.  We  say  "happily"  in  consid- 
eration for  those  who  are  in  the  kindergar- 
tens— but  alas !  for  the  great  army  outside. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  in  the  neighborhoods 
where  little  children  have  little  or  no  "up- 
lift" at  home,  consequently  need  the  great- 
er individual  attention  in  the  school,  the 
classes  are  most  overcrowded  whereas,  in 
better  localities,  where  the  child's  life  is 
blessed  with  good  home  influences  and 
training,  the  public  school  kindergarten 
enrolls  from  twenty  to  twenty-five  or 
twenty-ejght  with  an  average  attendance  of 
nineteen  or  there  abouts,  at  most. 

Undoubtedly  there  are  many  difficulties 
in  the  way  of  a  better  balance  in  conditions, 
but  if  anvbody  is  to  suffer  for  want  of 
bread  (either  material  or  spiritual)  there  is 
spice  of  cruelty  in  an  adjustment  that  gives 
the  stones  to  the  littlest  fellow  of  all. 

We  are  in  danger  of  losing  much  that 
we  have  gained  in  the  kindergarten  prop- 
aganda. Let  us  stand  for  the  child,  and 
for  his  rights.  Let  us  stand  for  a  sane  ex- 
tension of  the  kindergarten  down  to  the  in- 
fant himself,  if  necessary  to  the  outside  of 
the  school,  in  street  and  playground  activ- 
ities with  supervision  of  trained  kindergart- 
ners,  whose  song  and  game  and  story  and 
occupation  is  not  limited  to  the  mere  kin- 
dergarten school  circle,  but  reaches  the 
larger  life  the  child  leads  when  free  with  a 
number  of  his  own  playmates. 

This  is  a  second  problem  we  have  to 
solve,  the  extension  of  the  kindergarten 
along-  these  lines,  and  it  might  be  well  for 
training  schools  and  leaders  in  kindergarten 
education  to  consider  its  prompt  solution. 
The  editor  is  open  for  suggestions.  The 
last  article  has  brought  a  number  of  letters 
which  we  will  print  later  with  permission 
of  the  writers. 


CONVENTION  NOTES. 

The  Convention  at  Buffalo  this  year  had 
its  personal  and  local  color  that  dis- 
tinguished it  from  any  convention  of  recent 
years.  Everybody  seemed  to  be  impressed 
with  the  fact  that  the  kindergarten,  like 
life,  faces  almost  yearly  new  problems,  and 
that  the  present  problems  of  the  kindergar- 
ten are  many  and  demanding  a  safe  and 
quick  solution.  There  was  an  earnestness 
of  manner  on  the  part  of  delegates,  and  a 
manifest  appreciation  of  the  fact  that  these 
problems  touch  the  kindergarten  itself  in 
the  most  vital  manner,  and  that  the  solu- 
tion would  have  to  be  such  as  to  meet  the 
annroval  of  men  and  women  interested  in 
education  in  its  largest  sense,  unlimited  by 
any  kindergarten  traditions  or  restrictions. 
^  nere  was  a  marked  preparation  on  the 
part  of  the  delegates  for  the  discussion,  and 
a  clearness  of  expression,  and  deriniteness 
of  purpose  that  showed  careful  forethought 
of  the  questions  to  be  discussed.  We  must 
not,  however,  be  understood  as  meaning  to 
give  the  impression  that  it  was  a  week  of 
pedagogical  severity,  because  there  was 
much  joy  in  the  consciousness  of  the  final 
victory  of  all  that  is  best  in  the  kindergar- 
ten, and  in  the  special  receptions  tendered 
bv  Buffalo,  which  is  truly  a  hospitible  city. 
The  local  arrangements  under  the  leader- 
ship of  Miss  Ella  C.  Elder  were  perfect,  and 
everybody  was  enthusiastic  in  expressions 
of  appreciations. 


Remember  our  great  offer,  the  Kinder- 
garten-Primary Magazine  for  the  balance  oi 
the  year,  to  January,  iQio,  for  only  35c,  01 
to  January,  iqii,  for  $1.00,  as  an  induce- 
ment for  kindergartners  and  primary 
teachers  when  closing  their  term  to  arrange 
for  their  magazine  for  the  future. 


Mr.  Chubb  in  his  Tuesday  evening  ad- 
dress said  his  speech  would  most  directly 
concern  the  colored  Sunday  supplement, 
but  he  did  not  neglect  the  general  subject 
of  Sunday  newspapers  and  even  devoted  a 
word  or  two  to  everyday  papers.  The  comic 
supplement,  he  said,  was  a  form  of  intem- 
perance to  which  our  W.  C.  T.  U.  might 
well  pay  more  attention,  a  debauch  of  the 
minds  which  is  as  ruinous  as  the  more 
obvious  and  inconvenient  debauch  of  the 
appetites.  Mr.  Chubb  went  on  to  describe 
newspapers  from  the  point  of  view  of  teach- 
ers "who  have  the  highest  right  to  be  heard 
on  the  question,"  the  glaring  publicity  of 
our  civilization  through  the  advertisement 
and  the  newspaper,  the  losing  of  great  and 
important  events  in  the  "welter  of  debasing 
chatter  about  the  follies,  wickedness  and 
nastiness  of  the  world,"  the  tiring  of  the 
mind  and  the  jading  of  the  nerves  of  "high- 
spiced  collation  of  titbits  and  some  leading 
sensation  bawled  out  in  monster  headlines." 


296 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


He  continued:  "But  this  weekday  news- 
paper habit  is  not  so  pernicious  as  the  Sun- 
day habit,  in  which  our  children  are  more 
directly  involved.  Now,  ladies  and  gentle- 
men, you  will  pardon  the  personal  allusion, 
I  trust,  when  I  say  that  heretic  though  I 
be  in  religion,  I  believe  profoundly  in  Sab- 
bath-mindedness,  in  the  preservation  of  one 
day,  or  part  of  a  day,  in  the  interest  of  com- 
posed reflection,  of  quiet  meditation,  of 
reverend  converse  with  the  great  spirits  of 
the  mighty  dead  and  living.  And,  so  be- 
lieving, I  would  ask  what  kind  of  at- 
mosphere is  spread  about  the  home  when 
the  day  begins  with  the  Sunday  newspaper, 
and  is  colored  by  the  flagrant  miscella- 
neousness,  the  loud  secularity,  the  outra- 
geous vulgarity  of  the  typical  Sunday 
sheet?  In  what  frame  of  mind  do  we  send 
to  Sunday  school  the  child  whose  first  Sun- 
flay  dainty  has  been  the  highly  colored 
mixed  candies  of  the  colored  supplement? 
Now,  as  to  the  absolutely  forbidden  comic 
supplement.  I  sampled  these  last  Sunda}^, 
lest  I  might  be  talking  tonight  about  a 
faded  past,  and  I  must  say  that  I  was  struck 
once  more  bv  the  feeblemindedness,  the 
asininity  of  most  of  these  distortions  of 
humanity.  They  are  calculated  to  produce 
a  kind  of  inanity  in  the  young.  Further- 
more, I  found  the  same  old  glorification  of 
the  Smart  Kid — the  Smarty,  the  Up-to- 
Snuff  type  of  children — the  worst  American 
type  of  the  forward  child.  Furthermore,  I 
found  again  the  child  who  is  obsessed  by 
the  idea  of  practical  joking,  who  begins  to 
rough-house  in  the  nursery  and  haze  in  the 
kindergarten. 

"And  then,  I  found  no  diminution  of  that 
distressing  vulgarity  which  seems  to  be 
growing  upon  us  in  our  great  cities.  Vul- 
garity— a  flaunting  commonness  of  mind 
appears  to  be  a  product  of  the  great  city. 
It  is  quite  a  different  thing  from  coarseness 
a — rustic  crudeness.  That  is  tolerable, 
sometimes  picturesque.  T  would  attribute 
the  inroads  of  this  vulgarity  mainly  to  the 
decline  of  reverence,  the  lack  of  any  awed 
converse  with  great  things,  an  insensitive- 
ness  to  what  is  fine,  distinguished,  sacred. 
It  is  what  I  have  to  cope  with  in  the  young 
city  people — in  high  school  and  college — in 
attempting  to  quicken  their  deeper  admira- 
tions for  great  literature — commonness  of 
mind,  a  cheap  flippancy,  a  lack  of  refined 
humility,  of  reverence,  in  short.  It  is  vul- 
garity at  its  worst  that  thrusts  its  impudent 
tongue  at  us  in  these  comic  supplements — 


in  crude  violences  of  color,  grotesque  dis- 
tortions of  the  human  countenance  and 
figure — grotesque  very  different  in  spirit 
from  those  sportive  gargoyles  of  medieval 
architecture;  in  the  caricatures  of  elders — 
aunts  and  uncles,  grandmothers  and  grand- 
fathers, a)?e,  mothers  and  fathers,  who  are 
transformed  to  clowns  in  order  that  pert 
youngsters  may  have  their  little  jokes.  Yes, 
a  joke  will  excuse  almost  anything,  nowa- 
days. Better  counsels  are  beginning  to  pre- 
vail among  us.  They  will  prevail  further 
and  quickly,  too,  if  we  lift  our  united  voices 
against  these  violences  of  a  newspaper 
world  which  seeks  to  win  favor  by  getting 
on  the  nerves  of  a  highly  nervous,  not  to 
say  neurotic,  public.  We  must  lift  them  up 
in  the  interest  of  childhood.  More  and 
more  the  function  of  the  school  and  the 
teacher  becomes  that  of  providing  a  pro- 
tective environment  in  which,  for  a  few 
hours  every  day,  he  shall  be  surrounded 
with  influences  of  health  and  quiet,  of  order 
and  simple  beauty.  The  school  has  to  save 
the  child  from  the  unhealthy  and  unlovely 
world  outside.  That  is  a  deplorable  nega- 
tive function.  We  cannot  rest  there.  We 
must  transform  the  environment.  We  must 
insist  that  there  shall  be  nothing  in  it  to 
affront  the  soul  of  the  child,  to  corrupt  its 
mind  or  soil  its  heart.  We  must  begin  with 
ourselves  by  working  for  a  clean  press,  and. 
above  all,  a  dignified  Sunday  press.  The 
newspaper  is  too  much  with  us.  It  has  its 
highly  important  place,  but  it  is  usurping 
for  us  and  for  our  young  people  the  place  of 
higher  things.  It  usurps  the  place  of  great 
literature.  We  busy  men  and  women  of  to- 
day— above  all,  we  busy  teachers — have 
only  a  limited  time  to  give  to  reading.  How 
much  of  that  does  he  give  to  realhT 
great  things — to  the  great  sages  and  poets 
— to  the  best  of  the  Bible.  Homer,  the 
Greek  tragedians,  Dante,  Goethe — aye. 
even  Shakespeare  and  Milton?  Dare  we 
answer  franklv?  Let  us  beware  lest,  by  the 
insistent  nagging  and  insinuating  omnipres- 
ence of  the  small  things — newspapers, 
magazines,  best  sellers — we  are  drawn  off 
from  the  great  abiding  things.  Let  us  be- 
ware lest  we  and  our  children  lose  familiar 
touch  with  greatness.  For  it  is  only  when 
the  touch  of  great  things  is  gone  out  of  our 
lives  that  the  trivial  things  enter.  Recover 
that  touch,  and  these  vulgarities  and  im- 
pieties, these  lurid  things  of  an  astute  jour- 
nalism which  naturally  provides  what  peo- 
ple readily  buy,  will  wither  and  die." 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


297 


TELEGRAMS  AND  LETTERS. 

Before  Mr.  Chubb  spoke  Miss  Patty  S. 
Hill,  president  of  the  union,  called  upon 
Miss  Harris  to  read  some  telegrams  and  let- 
ters from  prominent  college  presidents  and 
editors  in  which  the  "little  lurid  blossom  of 
the  comic  supplement"  was  anathematized. 
Richard  Watson  Gilder,  editor  of  the  Cen- 
tury said: 

"A  large  part  of  the  Sunday  comic  sup- 
plements inculcates  bad  art,  bad  taste,  bad 
manners;  in  other  words,  vulgarity.  It  is 
therefore  precisely  the  wrong  thing  to  give 
American  children  on  Sunday  or  any  other 
day."      ■ 

President  Eliot's  secretarv  wrote : 

"President  Eliot  directs  me  to  tell  you 
that  in  his  opinion  the  colored  comic  section 
of  the  Sunday  papers  is  an  abomination  and 
that  he  hopes  your  protest  will  ring 
through  the  country." 

Saint  Clair  McKelway,  editor  of  the 
Brooklyn  Daily  Eagle,  wrote: 

"I  sympathize  with  the  movement  for  the 
rescue  of  cartooning  from  barbarism  and 
for  its  adjustment  to  civilization  and  to 
art." 

President  Nicholas  Murray  Butler  of 
Columbia  University  wired : 

"Earnestly  hope  that  authority  of  the  In- 
ternational Kindergarten  Union  will  be  ex- 
ercised against  the  vulgarizing  influence  on 
children  of  the  comic  supplement." 

Hamilton  Wright  Mabie,  critic  and  asso- 
ciate editor  of  The  Outlook,  wired : 

"Comic  supplement,  as  edited  today,  is 
a  most  insidious  enemy  of  American  child- 
hood, destructive  of  reverence,  taste,  re- 
finement and  patriotism." 

Wrote  Arthur  Warren  of  the  Boston 
Herald:  "As  you  know,  the  Boston  Herald 
abolished  the  comic  supplement  from  its 
Sunday  issue  on  October  25,  1908,  we  have 
ever  since  had  reason  to  congratulate  our- 
selves upon  the  change.  No  criticism  of 
any  consequence  has  reached  us;  on  the 
contrary,  the  disappearance  of  the  colored 
supplement  has  been  heartily  approved  by 
our  public,  by  many  social  and  other  organ- 
izations throughout  the  country  and  by  a 
great  many  newspapers." 

DISCUSSION  FOLLOWS. 

After  the  reading  of  Mr.  Chubb's  paper, 
the  meeting  was  thrown  open  for  discus- 
sion. Among  those  who  spoke  were  these : 
Mrs.  Alice  H.  Putnam  of  Chicago;  Miss 
Annie  Laws  of  Cincinnati;  Miss  Elder  of 


Buffalo;  Dr.  Frank  S.  Fitch  of  Buffalo: 
Miss  Patty  S.  Hill,  president  of  the  union ; 
and  Miss  Hortense  Orcutt  of  Savannah. 

Miss  Hill,  speaking  of  possible  substitutes 
for  the  objectional  comic  sections,  called  at- 
tention to  the  fact  that,  among  the  poor 
people  in  the  great  cities,  these  supplements 
are  bought  and  eagerly  read.  She  had  seen, 
she  said,  many  fathers  going  through  the 
comic  sections  with  their  children.  She 
opined  there  ought  to  be  something  that 
would  bring  about  the  svmpathy  with 
mother  and  child,  without  any  debasing  in- 
fluence. It  was  a  need  which  might  be 
turned  to  great  good.  But  if  the  sheet  was 
to  be  kept,  it  must  be  revolutionized  and  it 
must  be  purified. 


At  the  Wednesday  evening  session  held 
at  the  First  Presbyterian  church,  the  speak- 
er of  the  evening  was  Dr.  Colin  Scott  of 
the  Boston  Normal  School.  His  address 
contained  a  severe  arraignment  of  yellow 
journalism  and  the  sensational  magazine 
with  a  broad  thrust  at  the  comic  supple- 
ment. 

He  thought  that  the  children  often  play 
as  useful  a  part  in  the  education  of  the 
parents  as  do  the  parents  in  the  education 
of  the  children,  and  pleaded  that  we  impose 
our  own  preconceptions  on  the  growing 
generation  with  less  rigor.  It  was  not  at 
all  sure  that  the  civilization  we  know,  or 
what  is  theorized  of  it,  is  so  beautiful,  so 
good  or  perfect  that  it  must  be  imposed  on 
all  future  times. 

And  if  the  parents  were  able  to  learn 
from  the  children,  why  might  not  the  teach- 
ers be  equally  teachable?  Do  we  presume 
to  know  that  the  future  generations  can 
have  no  further  growth,  no  better  impulses 
than  those  we  already  know? 

"And  of  what  use  is  it,"  he  continued,  "to 
build  up  what  we  call  education  in  a  boy,  if 
the  education  stops  as  soon  as  the  boy 
leaves  the  teacher  or  the  school  ?  Can  any- 
one think  who  reads  our  crude  newspapers 
and  the  growing  list  of  trashy  magazines, 
and  sees  at  the  same  time  the  decay  of  the 
bookstories,  can  anyone  think  that  litera- 
ture is  being  taught  in  the  schools?  In  the 
fifth  and  sixth  grades  they  read  with 
pleasure  and  profit,  we  are  told,  Longfel- 
low, Bryant,  Tennyson.  In  the  ninth  and 
tenth,  it  may  be  Homer,  Virgil,  Shake- 
speare, in  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  (the 
college  grades)  Beowulf  and  Dante,  but  in 
the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  grades,  the 


298 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


grades  of  life,  when  compulsion  is  removed, 
tney  read  those  magazines  loaded  with  ad- 
vertisements, those  newspapers,  which  dare 
not  print  the  reports  of  the  lines  paid  by  the 
exploiting  firms  which  use  their  pages, 
those  publications  so  inane  and  swollen 
with  advertising  fat,  so  lacking  in  real 
muscle,  that  they  must  act  the  clown  on 
Sunday,  and  the  sensational  shocker  at  all 
times  to  draw  so  small  a  sum  as  a  single 
penny  from  the  pocket  of  the  citizen.  And 
yet  we  say  that  literature  has  been  taught." 

The  Friday  morning  session  was  held  at 
the  Umversaiist  churcn.  The  subject  was 
the  "Hygienic  and  Aesthetic  Requirements 
ot  the  Kindergarten  Room,"  by  L>r.  William 
Burnham,  Uiarke  University.  Dr.  Burn- 
ham's  treatment  of  this  relatively  new  sub- 
ject in  the  kindergarten  aroused  tne  deepest 
interest,  fie  toucned  on  the  pomt  ot  scnool 
work  that  will  keep  tne  attention  of  ODser- 
vant  kindergaruiers  lor  a  long  time  to 
come.  .Dr.  narnnam's  paper  win  be  print- 
ed in  the  next  issue  01  tne  magazine. 


In  the  evening  session  which  was  held  at 
the  IVlastm  Banc  High  School,  Dr.  Dwight 
Perkins  of  the  Board  of  Education  of  Lmi- 
cago  gave  a  brilliant  address  on  recent 
educational  requirements  as  expressed  in 
school  buildings,  illustrating  his  talk  with 
some  charming  examples  of  school  house 
architecture. 


One  might  have  noticed  during  the 
meeting  a  slight,  dark-skinned  girl,  dressed 
in  ner  vivid  red  native  Indian  costume,  who 
listened  eagerly  to  what  was  being  said. 
This  is  Miss  Suiochauebai  Chowey  oi  Bom- 
bay, India. 

Not  far  from  her,  in  the  daintiest  of  pale- 
green  kimonos,  and  her  black  hair  coiled 
high,  was  Miss  Kishu  Ishuhara,  from  Japan, 
wlio  also  has  been  in  America  studying 
methods  of  kindergarten  work.  Japan  is 
more  advanced  than  India  in  this  respect, 
and  already  many  interesting  letters  have 
been  received  bv  Miss  Mary  McCulloch, 
telling  of  the  work  there. 

Miss  E.  Jenkins,  from  New  South  Wales, 
Australia,  also  gave  an  interesting  report 
of  the  work  being  done  there,  outlining 
briefly  how  it  started  and  its  growth  and 
development. 


was  the  materials  of  the  kindergarten,  a  portion 
of  the  preliminary  presentation  of  which  is 
printed  herein.     (See  page  306  ) 


The  delegates  carried  away  with  them  a 
conviction  that  while  the  kindergarten  has 
fought  and  won  many  battles  like  life  itself 
there  is  to  be  a  continuous  struggle  toward 
meeting  the  new  conditions  and  solving 
them  along  lines  of  sane  philosophy  and 
actual  needs,  rather  than  by  hugging  the 
tradition  made  pleasant  by  repeated  habits 
of  years  and  by  freedom  from  unnecessary 
consideration  of  new  material  and  methods 
which  alone  can  meet  the  new  conditions 
of  life.  This  convention  perhaps  more  than 
any  other  has  done  much  to  uplift  the  kin- 
dergarten itself  by  emphasizing  the  neces- 
sity of  sacrificing  perhaps  some  individual 
claims  and  possible  rights  for  the  enjoy- 
ment of  participation  in  the  larger  educa- 
tional life  in  the  dignity  of  uniting  with 
education  as  a  whole. 


The  new  president,  Miss  O'Grady,  is  at  the  head 
of  the  Chicago  Normal  schools.  Miss  Vandewa'ker 
is  director  of  the  Milwaukee  Normal  schools;  Miss 
Wheeler  is  director  of  the  Grand  Rapids  Training 
School,  and  Miss  Aborn,  supervisor  of  the  Boston 
kindergartens.  Miss  Elder  is  superintendent  ot 
the  Buffalo  Kindergarten  Training  School.  Miss 
Giddings  is  supervisor  of  the  Denver  kindergartens. 


NOTE — The  addresses  of  welcome  were  given  on 
Wednesday  morning  instead  of  Thursday  morning 
as  erroneously  stated  in  a  preceding  column. 


HOW    THINGS    LOOK    FROM    MEM- 
ORY TO  BABY  ARTISTS 

BY    T.    R.    ABLETT,    Art    Director    of    the    Royal 
Drawing  Society,  London. 


At  the  jConference  of  Training  Teachers  held 
Tuesday  afternoon  the   subject   for  discussion 


AS  AILEEN  TEMPLE  MOOEE,  AGED  TEN,  RE- 
MEMBERS A  BABY 

How  the  world  appears  to  the  young 
child  is  one  of  the  hidden  mysteries  which 
we  shall  probably  never  succeed  in  solving. 

The  experience  of  many  years  has 
taught  me  that  the  best  and  probably  the 
only  way  to  get  a  peep  into  this  children's 
land  is  to  give  the  child  pencil  and  paper  or 
slate  and  let  him  draw  it  for  you. 

When  you  have  your  drawing,  study  it 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


299 


deeply.  Very  often  you  will  find  that  there 
is  some  method,  some  idea  which  the  child 
is  endeavoring  to  present,  in  the  apparent- 
ly inchoate  mass  of  pencil  rubbings  that  re- 
sults. 

That  is  the  guiding  principle  in  my 
method  of  drawing  instruction. 

The  system  which  I  have  followed  for 
many  years  with  excellent  results  I  have 
called  the  "snap-shot"  system. 

The  term  is  self-explanatory.  The  stu- 
dent takes  a  mental  photograph  of  the 
scene  or  object  which  it  is  desired  to  depict 
and  draws  it  afterwards  from  memory. 

He  is  also  asked  to  draw  things  which 
he  has  seen  perhaps  years  ago. 

In  this  way  the  child  is  getting  more 
valuable  training  than  mere  drawing  in- 
struction. 

Incidentally,  as  I  have  said,  the  teacher 
when  dealing  with  the  very  young,  gets 
curious  and  often  charming  glimpses  of 
what  is  going  on  in  a  child's  mind,  and  of 
the  sort  of  thing  which  rivets  its  attention 
and  lays  permanent  hold  on  its  memory. 

I  have  learned  in  this  way  that  the  child's 
mind  has  something  in  common  with  that 
of  the  dumb  animals. 

Still  and  inanimate  objects  are  not  seen 
or  at  least  not  noticed.  It  is  movement  and 
movement  alone  which  attracts  the  child. 

Generally  speaking  the  younger  the  child 
the  greater  must  be  the  scale  of  the  move- 
ment to  rouse  its  attention. 

Ask  a  child  of  two  years  to  draw  a  steam 
engine  and  it  will  almost  invariably  begin 
scribbling  on  the  paper  in  a  methodical 
way  that  may  at  first  suggest  nothing. 

Investigate  closely  and  you  will  find 
that  the  drawing  is  meant  for  the  smoke 
from  the  funnel.  The  smoke  is  the  most 
striking  thing  in  the  mental  picture,  and 
remains  while  the  rest  fades. 

I  once  asked  a  little  girl  of  two  years  to 
draw  "soda  water" — not  a  very  easy  task, 
perhaps. 

The  child,  however,  did  not  hesitate  a 
moment.  She  drew  a  curious  little  hook, 
and  from  the  end  of  the  hook  began 
scratching  wildly  with  the  pencil  in  a  down- 
ward direction. 

It  was  some  time  before  I  recognized 
that  the  hook  was  meant  for  the  spout  of 
a  syphon,  with  which  the  child  was  famil- 
iar. It  retained  no  impression  of  the  bot- 
tle, but  only  of  the  splashing  of  the  soda 
water. 


In  all  children's  pictures  there  is  the  idea 
of  movement.  If  they  draw  a  horse  it  is 
galloping,  and  practically  any  attempt  to 
depict  a  human  being  shows  it  either  run- 
ning of  walking. 


AS  COLIN  DILLY,  AGED  SIX,  RECALLS  AN  AUTO 
IN  MOTION. 

In  the  memory  picture  by  Aileen  Temple 
the  conception  of  a  baby  kicking  up  his 
heels  is  quite  good,  and  similiarly  that  of 
Colin  Dilly  is  full  of  movement. 

The  picture  of  the  baby  kicking  and 
waving  its  arms  could  not  be  more  true  to 
life.     Both  are  drawn  from  memory. 

Children  love  to  draw  pictures  of  human 
beings  in  movement.  A  picture  of  mother 
going  to  post  the  letters,  drawn  by  a  baby 
child,  shows  mother  consisting  of  two 
circles  for  the  head  and  body  and  two  lines 
with  toes  for  the  legs. 

In  both  hands  are  a  series  of  zigzag  lines 
representing  the  letters.  There  is  evidence 
of  observation  even  in  this  effort. 

Boys  prefer  to  draw  soldiers,  sailors  and 
football  players. 

Above  all,  they  like  to  draw  another  boy 
getting  ready  for  something  in  the  nature 
of  a  sack  race. 

Girls  prefer  to  draw  mother,  father  and 
baby.    Father  appears  to  be  the  favorite. 

After  a  single  visit  to  the  theater  a  young 
boy  drew  Mr.  Seymour  Hicks  as  himself, 
as  Mr.  Tree,  as  Sir  Henry  Irving  and  as 
Mr.  Chamberlain.  They  were  quite  recog- 
nizable. 

All  the  children  who  pass  through  the 
Royal  Drawing  Society  may  not  become 
professional  artists.  That  is  not  the 
object.  They  all,  however,  learn  lessons 
of  original  observation,  which  cannot  fail 
to  be  of  use  to  them  in  after  life. — New 
York  Journal. 


Kindergartners  and  primary  teachers,  tell 
your  friends  they  can  secure  the  Kinder- 
garten-Primary Magazine  to  January,  1910, 
for  35c,  or  to  January,  19 1 1,  for  $1.00,  pro- 
vided subscription  is  received  before  July 
I5»  J909- 


3oo 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


SCHOOL  MUSEUMS 

The  Brooklyn  Institute  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  is  accomplishing  a  fine  work 
through  its  Children's  Museum  which  is 
organized  and  arranged  with  the  purpose 
of  so  interesting  the  child  in  various  lines 
of  nature  study  and  research  that  it  will 
be  stimulated  to  continue  such  study  and 
extend  its  investigations  wherever  it  may 
happen  to  be  placed.  The  exhibits  are 
therefore  not  arranged  in  any  haphazard 
fashion  but  with  this  definite  purpose  in 
view. 

There  are  living  animals,  fish,  snakes, 
frogs  (one  pair  of  bull  frogs  has  been  there 
six  years),  cocoons,  whose  inmates  emerge 
at  the  appomted  season,  a  tame  raccoon 
and  a  beautiful  tame  gray  squirrel  given  to 
the  museum  by  a  little  six  year  old  girl 
who  has  been  a  visitor  to  the  museum  since 
she  was  three  years  old.  There  are  also 
bees  whose  habits  can  be  observed  by  re- 
moving the  glass  slides  of  the  hive. 

Certain  minerals  and  their  manufactured 
products  are  arranged  in  consecutive  order 
so  that  the  child,  for  instance,  can  see  the 
various  forms  assumed  by  iron  in  the  pro- 
cess of  turning  it  into  wire.  The  same  is 
true  of  silk,  cotton  and  other  manufactured 
articles. 

Plant  life  is  illustrated  not  only  by 
charts  but  by  enlarged  reproductions  of  the 
plant  and  its  parts,  which  are  imported. 
There  are  also  enlarged  reproductions  of 
bees,  the  workers,  queen,  drones  and  the 
comb. 

In  one  room  are  found  small  but  beauti- 
ful models  of  French,  English,  Dutch, 
Spanish  colonial  homes,  showing  the  in- 
terior furnishings  of  cabin,  house  or  wig- 
wam in  perfect  detail,  as  well  as  the  exterior 
surroundings  of  forest,  clearing,  etc.  One 
particularly  large  model  shows  an  interest- 
ing Canadian  logging  scene.  Another  one 
depicts  Miles  Standish. 

The  department  which  is  most  attractive 
to  boys  of  the  experimenting  age  is  that  of 
wireless  telegraphy.  Here  boys  may  ex- 
periment with  apparatus  and  gain  much 
first-hand  practical  information  by  actual 
personal  effort.  The  apparatus  upon  the 
roof  is  able  to  communicate  with  ships  at 
sea  and  with  the  Brooklyn  Navy  Yard. 

Among  the  praiseworthy  characteristics 
of  the  museum  we  note  that  in  addition  to 
the  printed  cards  describing  plants,  animals, 
etc.,  in  a  particular  case  there  will  be  found 
a  card  frequently  containing  a  poem  or  ex- 


tract expressing  the  poet's  point  of  view, 
•his  joy  or  consolation  found  in  Nature. 
This  gives  the  inspirational  uplift  so  much 
to  be  desired  midst  the  scientific  and 
utilitarian  phases  of  the  good  work  here 
carried  on. 

Visitors  to  New  York  will  find  a  trip  to 
Brooklyn  Borough  well  worth  while  for  the 
purpose  of  seeing  this  museum.  A  fine  and 
well-administered  library  is  one  of  the  at- 
tractions. 

We  append  some  extracts  from  "the 
Museum  News,"  the  organ  of  the  museum 
(which  has  two  buildings,  the  Central 
Museum  and  the  Children's  Museum)  : 

A  gratifying  characteristic  of  the  work  for  the 
year  1908,  has  been  found  in  the  grea  er  intensity 
of  interest  manifested  in  every  department.  The 
boys  and  girls  with  specific  questions  to  ask  and 
with  the  knowledge  of  where  to  go  for  informa- 
pands.  Note  books,  pads,  and  pencils  are  becoming 
tion,  become  more  conspicuous  as  the  work  ex- 
more  generally  used  in  the  exhibition  rooms  be- 
cause teachers  more  and  more  are  sending  their 
pupi.s  to  see  what  they  can  find  at  the  museum. 
One  boy  told  us  not  long  ago  that  he  had  not 
missed  a  lecture  on  "Electricity"  for  more  than  a 
year.  Other  pupils  have  attended  eight  and  ten 
successive  lectures  without  miss'ng,  whi'e  a  great 
many  children  come  to  the  museum  day  in  and 
day  out  for  months  at  a  time. 

Teachers  who  are  thoughtfully  studying  the  in- 
fluence of  the  museum  upon  (heir  own  pupils  speak 
of  its  quickening  power  in  stirring  into  expression 
and  action,  pupils  that  appeared  to  be  uninterested 
in  any  class-room  work.  One  teacher  only  a  few 
days  ago  said,  "This  is  a  most  wonderful  place  lor 
bringing  out  what  is  in  children — some  of  these 
beys  have  never  shown  the  slightest  interest  in 
their  studies  at  school,  but  in  the  presence  of  these 
objects  they  b'.ossom  right  out  and  talk  about  them 
with  pleasure  and  enthusiasm." 

One  of  tne  very  impressive  results  of  the  year's 
work  with  tne  children  has  been  the  growing  sense 
of  appreciation  of  helpful  surroundings.  This 
appreciation  has  found  expression  in  the  general 
good  behavior  of  all  visitors.  In  former  years  we 
were  occasionally  annoyed  with  visits  from  boys 
who  were  noisy  and  often  rough  and  ill  behaved. 
For  many  months  it  was  also  necessary  to  watch 
the  "line"  while  children  were  waiting  for  admis- 
sion to  the  lecture  room,  but  as  the  museum  has 
improved  its  collections,  and  as  it  has  multiplied 
its  centres  of  interests  so  that  there  is  plen.y  for 
the  child  to  see  and  do  from  the  moment  he  enters 
the  door,  the  question  of  discipline  has  been  airnosi 


forgotten. 


B.   J. 


Ennui  is  a  French  word  for  an  American 
malady  which  generally  arises  from  the 
want  of  a  want,  and  constitutes  the  com- 
plaint of  those  who  have  nothing  to  com- 
plain of. — Puck. 


To  Jan.  1910.  To  January,  1911 

This  nagazlne,  provided  you  subscribe.before  July  is,  loop. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


301 


PROGRAM,  SUGGESTIONS  FOR  JUNE 
AND  THE  SUMMER  MONTHS. 

BERTHA  JOHNSTON. 

fHE  close  of  the  school  year  ap- 
proacnes  and  the  subject  mat- 
ter suggested  for  the  last 
weeks  is  tnat  of  "Transporta- 
tion" which  admirably  lends 
itseii  10  a  gatnering  together  of  the  topics 
taken  up  m  the  preceding  months. 

May  JJay  has  passed  and  many  of  the 
children  have  moved  to  other  homes  or 
have  seen  their  playmates  or  other  people 
moving  which  suggests  a  review  of  the 
"'home''  and  those  inings  which  help  make 
a  happy  home.  Trips  to  the  park  are  now 
frequently  taken.  Jaow  do  we  go.''  by  trol- 
ley, tram  and  carriage  or  pernaps  afoot. 
The  gardener  is  carrying  earth  and  stones 
in  his  wheelbarrow;  the  tradesman  carries 
fruits  and  vegetables  and  drygoods  in  his 
wagon;  the  birds  and  bees  and  butterflies 
are  with  us  once  more,  how  do  they 
travel.''  Will  we  ever  be  able  to  travel 
through  the  air?  How  does  the  mother 
possum  carry  her  little  ones?  In  her  pouch 
or  on  her  back?  How  do  cats  and  rabbits 
carry  their  babies? 

The  subject  may  be  opened  by  asking 
who  of  the  children  have  moved.  How  do 
they  transport  their  belongings  ?  How  can 
the  children  help?  By  running  errands;  by 
putting  their  own  playthings  together  in 
order.  How  should  the  movers  handle  the 
furniture?  Do  they  wrap  up  the  polished 
furniture  in  soft  coverings?  Are  they  care- 
ful not  to  injure  the  wahs  as  they  go  up  and 
down  stairs.''  In  these  days  of  expert  labor 
it  is  truly  interesting  to  observe  the  skill 
and  expedition  with  which  the  movers  carry 
things  upstairs.  Placing  a  chair  upon  his 
bacK  a  man  will  carry  many  things  upon  it. 
What  are  the  things  carried  in?  A  big 
covered  van  which  protects  them  from 
storm.  If  we  are  going  to  a  distant  city 
they  must  be  well  packed,  each  book  done 
up  in  newspaper  and  all  placed  so  closely 
together  that  there  will  be  no  slipping 
against  each  other.  China  goes  best  in  bar- 
rels; how  well  we  wrap  each  piece  in  news- 
paper and  then  fill  empty  corners  with  ex- 
celsior. (Children  enjoy  imitating  their 
elders  and  a  "moving  play"  with  the  gifts 
could  be  made  fascinating  at  the  same  time 
that  the  little  folks  learned  a  few  useful 
ideas  about  the  care  of  books,  etc.) 

Perhaps  some  of  our  belongings  will  go 
part  of  the  way  by  train  and  then  in  that 


case  they  may  go  by  freight  in  the  freight 
tram,  ur  tncy  may  go  uy  Doat.  Vve  can 
carry  tlie  canary  wnn  us  in  ms  cage  care- 
luny  covered  so  tnat  ne  will  not  be  ingnt- 
encd.  Tne  cat  and  dog  wni  nave  to  go  in 
tne  uaggage  car.  Tilings  tnat  go  Dy  irtignt 
take  ?^veiai  weeks  so  we  must  anow  picnty 
01  time. 

ii  we  have  a  long  distance  to  go  we  may 
have  to  steep  on  tne  tram  or  boat  all  nignt. 
now  denginiui!  vvhat  tun  to  100K  tnrough 
tne  wmuow  in  the  nignt  at  tne  hgiued 
towns. 

11  we  do  not  move  we  may  talk  of  trips 
to  tlie  pant  and  how  we  reacn  tnat  aengnt- 
tul  spot.  Ur  we  may  taiK  01  tne  diueient 
materials  making  our  house  or  01  wnat  we 
had  ior  breaiuasi  and  how  did  all  01  tne  dif- 
ferent tnmgs  reacn  us.  borne  cnudren  can 
give  one  Die  01  miormation,  some  anotner. 

.tiow  does  the  baby  get  its  airing?  Do 
vve  taxe  it  riding  in  tne  go-cart.''  bnall  we 
place  ner  so  tnat  tne  sun  does  not  hurt  her 
eyes  and  so  tnat  tne  sou  little  bones  in  her 
back  will  not  get  bent  by  sitting  in  a  bad 
position  too  long.''  (.Flay  with  tne  dolls  and 
aon-carriages.j 

The  carrying  of  the  mails  may  be  re- 
viewed witn  a  talk  ol  all  tlie  various  ways 
in  wnicn  letters  and  packages  are  carried  in 
dmerent  parts  ol  the  world. 

How  is  travel  on  trains  made  safe?  By 
block  system  whicn  allows  omy  one  train 
on  a  given  stretcn  of  road  at  a  time;  when 
it  is  past  a  signal  tells  the  engineer  of  the 
next  train  tnat  the  coast  is  clear.  How 
alert  the  engineer  must  be !  And  how  true 
the  hreman  and  brakeman,  and  tne  men 
who  make  the  roadoed  and  the  bridges  that 
we  cross.  So  many,  many  people  heip  make 
our  trip  sale  and  pieasant. 

FIKST  GIET. 

The  balls  may  represent  the  different 
birds  that  are  coming  back  from  distant 
dimes  transported  by  their  wings.  Some 
can  swim  also. 

Det  them  represent  kindergarten  children 
running,  skipping  or  walking  to  kindergar- 
ten, it  we  nave  no  carriage  or  bicycle  we 
are  glad  that  at  least  we  can  use  our  legs. 
Also  trolley  cars  of  diilerent  colors.  L,et 
them  be  the  bells  or  pendulums  in  the  big 
clocks  that  tell  the  time  so  that  we  can  catch 
the  train  or  boat.  Let  them  be  balloons. 
Hide  one  high  up  and  let  the  children  try  to 
guess  where  the  balloon  is  sailing  now.  We 
hope  it  will  carry  its  passengers  safely. 


302 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


SECOND  GIFT. 

Let  the  box  be  the  boat  and  the  cover  the 
plank  up  which  are  rolled  the  cylinders 
(barrels)  carrying  our  precious  china.  The 
sphere  is  a  marble  ball  meant  to  be  part  of 
the  gatepost  of  our  new  country  home. 
The  cube  contains  other  belongings.  Or 
let  the  box  be  the  moving-van  and  the 
sphere  the  horse.  Make  a  wheelbarrow  as 
described  in  previous  number  in  which  gar- 
dener carries  plants,  etc.  With  cylinder 
make  pulley  by  which  piano  is  raised  to 
upper  windows  because  it  will  not  go  in  the 
door.  Second  Gift  beads  may  represent 
various  household  articles. 

THIRD  GIFT. 

Make    (i)    moving-van   with   two   horses 


CTao 


f- 

/ 

m> 


Moving  Van 


Table  and  Chairs 


Grandfather's  Bureau   wit 
arm  chair         tall  mirror 


and  seat  for  driver,  (2)  table  and  chairs  to 
be  moved,  (3)  grandfather's  chair,  (4) 
bureau    with    tall    mirror,    (5)    piano    and 


R 


s 


G9    m 


Piano  and 
piano  bench 


Ferryboat        Eutrance  to        Signal  tower  and  two 
station  of  clock    trains  passing,  block 
tower  system 

bench,  (6)  ferry-boat  with  two  wheelboxes, 
one  on  each  side  and  pilot  house  for  captain; 

(7)  entrance  to   station  with  clock  tower, 

(8)  signal  tower  and  two  trains  one  just 
passed.  A  group  play  might  be  made  with 
a  large  station,  several  long  trains  and 
signal  towers.  (Children  will  need  no  sug- 
gestion as  to  how  to  make  trains.) 

FOURTH  GIFT. 

With    this    Gift    may    be    made    various 
articles    of    furniture    to    be     transported. 


ri9 


€&> 


Bureau  with        Table         Divan      Bedstead  Tunnel 

oblong  miror 

Also  wagon  and  horse  to  transfer  them, 
moving  van,  etc.  Also  baby  carriage  of 
which  two  suggestions  are  given,  one  in 
which  the  push-handles  are  conspicuous  and 


the  other  in  which  the  canopy  is  most  im- 
portant.    Make  also  tunnels,  bridges,  box- 


Baby  carriage     Baby  carriage 
with  handle  at     with  canopy 
back 


car;  also  ambulance  in  which  injured  people 
are  so  carefully  taken  to  hospital. 

We   give   ideas   also  for  a   little   number 


kL3 


Hospital  gate       Number 
Exercise 


6  % 

Oblongs 


Squares 


Number  exercise  Railway  bridge  ties  with  tower 

exercise.  Beginning  with  the  entire  num- 
ber of  blocks  speak  of  them  as  a  pile  of 
oblong  boxes.     Two  men  look  at  them  and 


Bridge 


Box  car  for  freight  or  cattle       Ambulance 


one  suggests  that  each  take  a  half  down 
stairs.  In  how  many  ways  may  the  eight 
boxes  be  arranged  in  halves?  They  come 
back  and  see  another  pile  of  two  large 
boxes  with  square  tops.  How  do  they  take 
them  down?  They  come  back  and  see  let- 
ter files  tied  together.  Can  they  take  them 
down  so  that  four  are  in  one  package  and 
two  heavier  ones  each  have  two  files  in 
them.  The  teacher  in  this  way  may  make 
a  variety  of  number  plays. 

Place  all  eight  blocks  in  a  long  row  about 
an  inch  apart,  each  .one  with  its  long,  nar- 
row side  as  ties  over  a  railway  bridge.  Two 
ties  become  rotten  and  must  be  replaced. 
How  many  are  left?  Let  the  fingers  walk 
over  them  and  count  backwards  and  for- 
wards, the  number.  A  short  distance  away 
is  another  railway  bridge  that  has  three  less 
ties.  How  many  has  it?  Let  the  three  re- 
maining blocks  be  a  train  of  two  cars  and 
a  signal  tower. 

The  remaining  building  Gifts  may  be  used 
to  form  railway  stations,  boats  with  the 
piers,  bridges,  elevated  trains,  ice-houses, 
etc.  The  Second  Gift  beads  may  be  used 
with  them  for  freight,  passengers,  etc. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


303 


TABLETS  AND  STICKS. 


S 


AUO  OO     TJU 


Engine  of  tablets  Baby  carriage  of  tablets    Suit-case 


Wheelborrow  Paper  wheel 


^T 


V 


Boat  ot  tablets 


The  tablets  may  be  made  into  pictures  of 
boats,  trains,  ratchet-wheel,  etc.  Sticks  may 
be  used  for  a  similar  purpose.  Make  also  a 
semaphore  of  sticks  and  the  hanging  straps 


^ 


> 


Watering  pot  parquetry    Approach  to  tunnel  Semaphore 

that  warn  the  brakeman  of  the  approach  to 
a   tunnel.      Make    also   trunks    of   different 


Telegraph  poles  Ratchat  wheels  of  acute  trangles 

sizes;  telegraph  poles  that  whizz  by  us  with 
cross-pieces  differing  in  number.  Outline 
wheel-barrow  with  circle  for  wheels,  bicycle 
and  other  vehicles. 

CLAY. 

Make  different  animals  which  help  us  in 
transportation — the  horses  that  draw  our 
wagons  and  carriages ;  the  oxen  that  draw 
our  lumber  and  stones  on  stone-boats  in  the 
country.  Make  the  St.  Bernard  dog  that 
carries  food  to  those  lost  in  the  snow  and 
the  carrier-pigeon  that  bears  messages  in 
times  of  war.  Make  vases  and  jars  in  which 
water  may  be  carried.  Tell  how  in  Eastern 
countries  it  is  carried  in  jars  on  shoulder. 


SAND. 

Represent  the  park  or  the  country  to 
which  we  go  in  the  delightful  days  of  spring 
and  summer.  Are  the  country  roads  firm 
and  well  made  so  that  the  farmer  can  easily 
and  safely  take  this  produce  to  market? 

How  are  the  trees  brought  to  the  saw- 
mill to  be  cut  into  lumber?  They  are  some- 
times drawn  by  strong,  sturdy  oxen  to  the 
river's  edge  and  here  they  are  made  into 
rafts  and  floated  down  to  the  saw-mill  or  to 
the  town  where  they  are  to  be  sold.  A  little 
play  can  be  made  by  using  twigs  for  trees 
and  cutting  them  down,  using  the  Noah's 
Ark  cows  for  oxen  and  later  making  the 
twigs  into  rafts,  fastening  together  with 
tacks  or  winding  raffia  in  and  out  at  the  ex- 
tremities. Describe  the  difficulties  of  get- 
ting the  raft  safely  to  its  destination — in 
shallow  water  or  in  rifts  and  eddies  there 
is  danger  of  the  raft  striking  the  rocks  and 
being  broken  to  pieces.  The  man  in  charge 
must  know  the  currents  of  the  river  per- 
fectly and  must  be  able  to  act  quickly  and 
with  sure  judgment.  The  rafts  are  taken 
down  during  a  freshet  when  the  river  is 
high.  It  requires  skill  to  make  that  raft 
of  round,  rolling  logs  that  turn  over  so 
easily  in  the  water.  (Rafts  may  be  made  of 
corncobs  or  of  coarse  basket-reeds.) 

A  railroad  may  be  laid  in  the  sand  box 
made  of  sticks  with  bridges  and  tunnels  of 
cardboard  or  of  blocks.  Represent  as  many 
different  methods  of  transportation  as  pos- 
sible. 

CARDBOARD. 

Make  the  bodies  of  wagons  and  carriages 
in  a  simple  box  form  and  attach  wheels  of 
various  kinds.  A  series  of  such  boxes,  one 
made  by  each  child  may  be  made  into  a  rail- 
way train.  Use  some  for  passenger  cars 
and  some  for  freight  cars.  What  various 
things  are  carried  by  freight?  Trunks, 
bags,  baby  carriages,  cattle,  milk,  coal, 
wood,  furniture,  oil,  etc. 

Cylindrical  boxes  may  be  made  for  milk 
cans  brought  by  train  every  day  to  supply 
city  needs.  The  oil  is  also  brought  in  huge 
cylindrical  cans.  Flour  barrels,  etc.,  can  be 
made.  Oblong  boxes  with  covers  may  be 
used  for  trunks. 

Make  wheel-barrow  as  described  in  pre- 
vious number.  What  does  the  gardener 
carry  in  it  ?  Make  little  express  wagon  with 
handle  in  front  for  child-doll. 

Teacher  may  draw  a  large  ratchet  wheel 


3<H 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


on  white  or  tinted  bristol  board;  cut  an 
opening  in  center  so  that  it  may  be  used  for 
a  picture-frame  for  picture  of  machinery 
or  locomotive  or  steamship.  Child  may 
then  cut  out  along  outline,  and  may  paint 
it. 

Cut  and  paint  wheel  for  wheelwright's 
sign.  Also  make  large  circle  of  paper-strip 
for  rim;  smaller  circle  for  hub  and  unite 
these  with  spokes,  for  wheelwright's  sign. 

PAPER. 

CUTTING— Cut  animals  of  different 
kinds  used  in  carrying  trade :  elephants, 
camels,  etc.  Use  these  in  sand-box  with 
Gifts.  Cut  furniture  to  be  used  in  moving- 
play. 

FOLDING — Fold  sailboat  and  steam- 
boat as  shown  in  previous  number.  Use 
with  paper  dolls. 

PARQUETRY— Make  border  or  center 
design  of  triangles  made  into  cog  wheels. 
Paste  picture  of  boats,  engines,  etc.,  which 
have  first  been  made  in  tablets. 

DRAWING  AND  PAINTING. 

Make  pictures  of  engines,  ships,  etc.,  also 
different  animals.  Also  scenes  viewed  in 
traveling. 

Paint  or  draw  with  colored  chalks  flowers 
seen  in  park  or  country  walk.  Also  pictures 
of  fruits  and  vegetables  which  come  to  us 
often  from  great  distances.  Have  one  child 
paint  a  fruit  that  comes  from  the  East,  an- 
other one  that  comes  from  the  West,  South 
and  North.  Example,  Malaga  grapes,  from 
across  the  ocean;  grape-fruit  from  Cali- 
fornia, apples  and  strawberries  from  New 
York,  and  New  Jersey  or  Michigan,  and 
oranges  and  bananas  from  the  South.  Help 
child  to  realize  how  blessed  we  are  in  being 
able  to  have  commodities  thus  carried  from 
place  to  place. 

OUTSIDE  MATERIAL. 

Make  cereal  boxes  into  moving  vans. 
Make  wheels  of  covers  of  milk  bottles,  or  of 
tin  covers  or  of  broom-handle  by  sawing 
latter  into  circles.  Small  wooden  boxes  may 
be  used  for  body  of  wagon.  If  possible  have 
a  child's  wheelbarrow  in  the  room  for  free 
play  neriods.  Match  boxes  make  simple 
wagon-bodies.  They  can  be  easily  made 
into  tiny  doll  carriages  with  wheels  attached 
and  handles  made  of  stiff  cardboard. 
Wheels  may  be  attached  with  glue  or  with 
tacks  to  body  of  carriage  or  more  skilled 
children  may  attach  wheels  to  slender  stick 
for  axle  and  glue  this  to  body  of  wagon. 


Reeds  may  be  cut  or  twigs  or  burnt  matches 
or  toothpicks  may  be  used  for  axles. 

THE  WHEEL. 

After  a  number  of  days  spent  in  consider- 
atoin  of  transportation  and  what  it  means 
to  be  able  to  get  readily  from  one  place  to 
another  and  having  played  with  vehicles  of 
different  kinds,  the  children  will  be  inter- 
ested in  talking  about  one  particular  thing 
that  forms  a  part  of  nearly  all  of  our  means 
of  transportation  in  warm  weather,  i.  e.,  the 
wheel.  Read  Froebel's  Mother  Play  "The 
Wheelwright"  and  let  the  children  tell  of  all 
the  different  wheels  of  which  they  know  and 
how  they  are  used  and  the  numbers  found 
on  different  vehicles.  They  will  tell  of 
wagon  wheels  and  bicycle  wheels;  the 
wheels  found  in  clocks  and  watches,  the 
pulley  used  in  hoisting  things,  the  huge 
wheels  round  which  the  cables  of  the  sub- 
way trains  run,  etc.,  the  paddle  wheel  of 
ships  and  ferryboats  and  the  wheel  which 
steers  the  boat. 

They  will  tell  the  parts  of  the  wagon 
wheel:  rim,  hub,  spokes,  etc.  A  small  toy 
wagon  wheel  will  illustrate  these  parts. 
Make  a  little  game  based  upon  the  Mother 
Play  song.  Have  an  augur  brought  to 
kindergarten  and  show  how  it  is  used.  What 
might  happen  if  the  wheel  were  not  made 
well  or  not  attached  firmly  to  the  axle?  City 
children  can  tell  of  the  many  delays  occa- 
sioned by  a  wagon  wheel  coming  off  and 
dropping  coal-wagon  upon  the  trolley- 
tracks.  Try  to  have  the  children  imagine 
traveling  without  wheels.  The  Indians 
sometimes  attached  long  poles  to  a  horse 
and  let  them  drag  behind  upon  the  ground. 
To  these  they  would  fasten  cross  pieces  and 
place  their  movables  upon  them.  A  slow 
method  of  transportation.  Dr.  Howe  tells 
that  in  Greece  when  he  went  there  to  help  in 
the  fight  for  liberty  years  ago  he  found  re- 
mote regions  where  they  had  never  seen  a 
wheel  until  he  made  primitive  ones  by  cut- 
ting circles  from  the  logs  of  trees. 

The  Second  Gift  Cylinder  can  be  made 
into  pulley  and  used  to  lift  different  articles. 
Spools  may  be  used  as  pulleys.  A  stick  can 
be  run  through  and  attached  at  each  end  to 
the  top  of  a  narrow  box  and  used  to  raise 
things. 

Make  sign  for  wheelwright  thus.  Cut 
strip  of  paper  three  inches  by  one  inch. 
Fold  over  and  paste  into  circle  for  hub.  Cut 
long  strip  measuring  about  eighteen  inches 
by  J4  incri  I  overlap  the  ends  and  paste  for 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


305 


wagon-rim.  Place  hub  in  center  of  rim  and 
join  the  two  by  narrow  paper  strips  for 
spokes. 

In  playing  wheelwright  game  several  chil- 
dren can  represent  wheelwright  shop  with 
one  child  extending  hand  and  holding  wheel 
as  sign.  Others  walk  and  walk  looking  for 
sign  as  they  need  at  once  to  have  wheel 
made  or  repaired.  A  breakdown  may  be 
dramatized  in  another  part  of  the  room- 
emphasize  importance  of  well-made  wheel. 

GAMES  AND  STORIES. 

Dramatize  automobile  story  told  in 
September  number  of  Kindergarten-Pri- 
mary Magazine.  Dramatize  some  ambu- 
lance incident  in  city.  How  carefully  the 
driver  must  go  and  yet  with  haste  to  convey 
safelv  to  the  hospital  the  fireman  hurt  at  the 
last  fire. 

Play  wheelwright  as  told  above. 

Let  First  Gift  balls  represent  fruits  and 
vegetables  and  place  some  at  one  end  of 
room  and  some  at  the  other  end  and  play 
convey  them  to  different  parts  of  country, 
some  by  boat,  some  by  train.  Play  pack 
them  for  shipping.  . 

Tell  fable  of  Mercury  and  wagoner  stuck 
in  the  mud.  Also  fable  of  the  two  wheels, 
the  big  one  and  the  little  one.    (See  Aesop.) 

Story  of  "Crane's  Express"  told  in  Child 
World." 

Story  of  Phaeton  who  tried  to  drive  his 
Father's  chariot. 

Let  four  children  represent  water-wheel 
of  saw-mill,  flanges  of  wheel  being  their  ex- 
tended arms.  Other  children  play  the 
Brook  by  taking  hold  of  hands  and  winding 
in  and  out.  As  they  reach  wheel  each  in 
turn  takes  hold  of  arm  of  wheel  so  that  it 
is  made  to  revolve. 

Tell  how  Roosevelt  in  some  places  in 
Africa  may  have  to  be  carried  on  the  backs 
of  natives  across  streams.  Dramatize  such 
an  incident,  the  teachers  carrying  the  chil- 
dren oickaback.  Let  two  teachers  carry  the 
children  on  crossed  hands  across  room  as  to 
a  strange  country. 

Delightful  summer  programs  may  center 
around  the  park,  the  beach,  the  bridge  (see 
Kindergarten-Primary  Magazine  of  several 
years  ago  which  gave  a  detailed  program), 
the  farmyard  gate,  the  little  gardener,  and 
the  target. 

Flowers  may  be  folded  of  paper,  pasted  of 
parquetry  paper,  and  watering  pots,  garden 
tools,  etc.,  represented.  Fences,  hot-houses, 
etc.,  may  be  made  of  the  blocks. 


A  target  may  be  made  of  a  barrel-hoop 
and  balls  aimed  at  the  center  bull's  eye  or  a 
soap  box  may  have  one  short  end  removed, 
and  the  two  long  sides  cut  diagonally  so  as 
to  make  an  incline  into  which  holes  of  dif- 
ferent sizes  may  be  sawed,  through  which 
to  aim  ball  or  beanbags.  The  lesson  of  the 
little  game  is  one  that  needs  to  be  impressed 
upon  every  child,  i.  e.  the  cost  of  an  article 
includes  not  only  material  but  time,  intel- 
ligence and  labor.  Children  may  make  in- 
dividual targets  of  stiff  cardboard  at  which 
a  ball  may  be  aimed.  Or  individual  games 
of  ring-toss  may  be  made  by  using  hoops 
of  kegs  or  hoops  made  of  raffia  and  a  peg  in- 
serted in  a  wooden  box. 

The  fish  in  the  brook  may  well  form  the 
subject  of  a  morning  or  so.  Is  there  any- 
thing in  the  park  that  more  fascinates  the 
child  than  the  fish-pond?  Let  them  try  to 
draw,  cut,  mold  and  paint  representations  of 
the  fish.  How  active  they  are  and  how 
beautiful  as  they  swim  back  and  forth  in 
freedom.  They  need  oxygen  and  food  and 
must  be  protected,  if  in  captivity  from  too 
much  light.  Make  a  temporary  frieze  of 
fish  with  lines  here  and  there  as  suggestion 
of  water.  Froebel,  by  means  of  the  Mother 
Play  helps  the  child  to  feel  the  difference  be- 
tween curved  and  straight,  the  straightfor- 
ward and  crooked  man.  If  a  turtle  can  be 
secured  the  difference  between  his  sluggish 
motions  and  those  of  the  fish  may  be  noted. 
But  though  not  so  lively  the  turtle  is  happy 
in  his  own  way  and  in  his  own  elements  and 
he  can  live  both  in  water  and  on  land. 

The  story  of  the  tortoise  and  the  hare,  the 
old  story  of  the  three  fishes,  only  one  of 
which  was  obedient,  and  other  fables  may 
be  told  and  illustrated. 

FOURTH  OF  JULY  TALK 

Before  school  closes  it  may  be  well  to  talk 
with  the  children  about  the  approaching 
Fourth  of  July.  Kindergarten  children  will 
be  too  young  to  understand  the  meaning  of 
the  day  but  it  is  well  for  all  to  at  least  feel 
that  it  is  a  day  precious  to  all  Americans  for 
some  high  reason  and  a  day  to  be  observed 
with  joy.  Banners  and  flags  may  be  carried 
in  procession  around  the  kindergarten  room 
and  patriotic  songs  sung;  and  for  occupa- 
tion, simple  flags  and  badges  may  be  made 
of  red,  white  and  blue.  A  little  talk  may 
take  place  about  how  we  can  help  our  coun- 
try, and  the  statement  given  that  when  the 
children  are  older  they  will  learn  just  why 
the  dav  means  so  much  to  us  all — the  day 


3°6 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


in  which  men  asserted  their  intention  of 
governing  themselves  without  being  subject 
to  a  king.  Let  them  understand  that  it  is 
not  an  easy  thing  to  govern  oneself.  That 
to  do  so  one  must  study  hard,  work  faith- 
fully and  work  not  for  self  alone  but  for 
others.  Washington  may  be  cited  as  the 
man  who  helped  most  in  this  great  new  ven- 
ture of  mankind. 

Then  remind  the  children  that  fire- 
crackers according  to  law  must  be  used  only 
on  the  Fourth,  not  a  week  before  or  after. 
Discuss  the  reason  for  this  ordinance.  At 
first  there  was  no  need  for  such  a  law  as 
people  did  not  try  to  make  the  celebration 
extend  over  a  week.  But  men  like  to  sell 
crackers  and  boys  like  to  make  a  noise.  But 
for  people  who  are  sick  or  nervous  the  noise 
is  most  painful  and  may  sometimes  mean 
death.  All  truly  patriotic  boys  will  show 
their  love  of  city  and  country  by  observing 
the  ordinance  even  if  it  is  hard  and  by  think- 
ing of  other  people's  rights. 

Warn  judiciously  against  the  use  of  toy 
cannon.  More  accidents  are  perhaps  due  to 
the  explosion  of  these  dangerous  toys  than 
to  any  other  one  cause.  Do  not  appeal  to 
the  child's  sense  of  fear- — that  may  seem  to 
him  as  if  you  were  making  a  coward  of  him. 
Tell  him  that  the  bravest  soldiers  never 
court  unnecessary  danger  and  that  in  case 
of  accident  the  cost  and  care  and  trouble 
falls  as  much  upon  his  parents  as  upon  him 
and  therefore  he  should  not  do  anything 
that  in  their  wisdom  they  forbid.  Speak 
also  of  the  accidents  to  horses  and  their 
drivers  when  boys  are  careless  with 
crackers.  Appeal  to  their  manliness  and 
their  sense  of  honor.  We  conclude  our 
year's  program  suggestions  with  the  follow- 
ing fine  lines  from  Edward  Everett  Hale: 

THE  EDUCATION  OF  A  PKINCE 
THE  PEOPLE  OP  AMERICA  IS  THE  SOVEREIGN 

OF  AMERICA. 
How  shall  we  train  our  prince?     To  love  his  land. 
Love  justice  and  love  honor.     For  them  hoth 
He  girds  himself  and  serves  her,  nothing  loath, 
Although  against  a  host  in  arms  he  stand, 
Ruling  himself,  the  world  he  may  command. 
Taught  to  serve  her  in  honor  and  in  truth, 
Baby  and  hoy  and  ,in  his  lusty  youth, 
He  finds  archangels'  help  on  either  hand! 

The  best  the  world  can  teach  him  he  shall  know, 
The  best  his  land  can  teach  him  he  shall  see, 
And  trace  the  footsteps  where  his  fathers  trod. 
See  all  of  beauty  that  the  world  can  show, 
And  how  it  is  that  freedom  makes  men  free, 
And  how  such  freemen  love  to  serve  their  God. 


THE  MATERIALS  OF  THE  KINDER- 
GARTEN. 
INTRODUCTORY  NOTE 

The  notes  offered  in  this  paper  will,  it  is 
hoped,  furnish  a  working  basis  for  a  dis- 
cussion of  the  topic,  "The  Materials  of  the 
Kindergarten:  their  origin,  validity,  and  the 
method  of  their  use."  They  may  prove  sug- 
gestive in  some  directions ;  they  are  not  in- 
tended to  be  exhaustive  in  any  direction 
whatever.  It  is  impossible,  of  course,  to 
make  an  outline  of  the  elements  of  the  topic 
without  assuming  a  point  of  view  in  regard 
to  the  wider  problem  which  includes  it,  and 
its  method  of  treatment  as  a  whole.  It 
would  appear  that,  while  not  ignoring  the 
necessities  of  scientific  treatment,  the  more 
fruitful  study  of  kindergarten  theory  must 
come  through  considering  it  as  an  organic 
part  of  educational  theory  as  a  whole,  and 
this  in  turn  as  an  integral  part  of  a  wider 
philosophy  of  society  and  human  life. 

I. 

Human  life  is  ever  in  advance  of  thought ; 
activities  precede  their  interpretation  and 
organization;  behavior  goes  before  its  in- 
telligent regulation  in  accordance  with  gen- 
eral principles.  When,  however,  the  time 
arrives  for  the  formulations  and  interpreta- 
tions of  experience — for  its  uplift  to  the 
level  of  ideas  and  principles — these  formu- 
lations are  too  often  admired  as  flawless 
products  because  of  the  very  largeness  and 
boldness  of  their  outlines.  But,  when,  on 
the  other  hand,  these  new  organizations  of 
experience  have  become  common  property, 
and  Avith  .the  new  developments  of  thought 
and  experience,  in  art,  literature,  science, 
philosonhy  and  religion,  tensions  arise,  and 
the  resulting  complexities  within  experi- 
ence demand  a  new  synthosis.  The  ac- 
cepted interpretations  or  formulations  are 
not  false ;  but  they  are  inadequate.  Criti- 
cism, inevitable  as  it  is  necessary,  moves 
forward,  and  cannot  stop  until  a  reorganiza- 
tion, a  higher  synthesis,  a  new  level  of 
thought  and  control  has  been  reached.  In 
such  periods  of  transition  there  may  be  an 
unfortunate  fidelity  to  ideas,  and  a  false 
enthusiasm  for  a  name.  Froebel,  the 
founder  of  the  kindergarten,  was  himself 
opposed  to  the  term  Froebelian.  The  mas- 
ter's hand  is  often  seen  in  what  may  on  the 
surface  appear  his  very  inconsistencies. 
"Personal  following,"  Froebel  declared, 
"separates ;  principles  alone  unite.  Follow 
the  principles  I  have  indicated,  but  not  me. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


307 


I  am  but  a  weak  exponent  of  the  dawn  of 
insight  into  that  principle,  and  you  who  do 
this  work  must  see  to  it  more  clearly  than 
I  have  done." 

The  study  of  kindergarten  education  is 
in  a  condition  at  present  beset  with  diffi- 
clties,  yet  full  of  promise  and  potency  for 
both  itself  and  for  education  as  a  whole. 
There  is  a  control  of  facts  by  ideas,  but 
there  is  also  a  control  of  ideas  by  facts. 
"Follow  the  principles  I  have  indicated," 
said  Proebel,  "but  not  me.  Personal  fol- 
lowing separates;  principles  alone  unite." 
Principles  are  not  dependent  on  historical 
events:  they  have  their  sources  elsewhere 
than  in  history;  their  origin  does  not  com- 
pletely account  for  their  validity.  In  the 
origin,  progress  and  influence  of  the  kinder- 
garten is  found  a  unique  example  of 
spiritual  achievement ;  but  to  indicate  its 
validity,  to  reinterpret  the  elements  which 
must  in  the  future  make  it  a  living  organ- 
ism, to  reshape  its  ideals  in  the  light  of 
facts,  and  to  reconstruct  its  practice  in  the 
light  of  ideas,  constitutes  a  spiritual  oppor- 
tunity likewise  unique.  Towett  used  to  say 
that  holiness  had  its  sources  elsewhere  than 
in  history.  What  is  essential  in  the  present 
kindergarten  situation  is  the  translation  of 
ideas  and  facts  garnered  from  history,  from 
psychology,  ethics,  and  philosophy  into 
vital,  educational  factors.  Here  the  master- 
workers  among  kindergartners  will  find 
through  adherence  to  the  ideals  of  inclusive- 
ness  and  consistency  not  their  task  merely, 
but  their  opportunity — the  opportunity  for 
larger  but  perhaps  hitherto  unsuspected 
uses  for  their  creative  energy. 

The  aim  of  the  present  outline  is  (1)  to 
indicate  briefly  the  place  and  nature  of  the 
fundamental  problems — not  as  a  mere  ag- 
gregate of  disconnected  problems — in  kin- 
dergarten theory  and  practice,  (2)  to  state 
— not  in  empirical  detail — certain  controll- 
ing principles  in  attempts  towards  the  solu- 
tion of  these  problems,  and  (3)  while  recog- 
nizing the  theory  of  the  kindergarten  as 
a  living  unity  within  itself,  to  suggest  how 
kindergarten  theory  is  continuous  with  the 
life  of  educational  theory  as  a  whole.  It  is 
little  more  than  an  outline  of  a  working 
method — aiming  to  stimulate  thought  and 
interest  in  kindergarten  principles  as  opera- , 
tive  forces,  rather  than  as  fixed  forms  and 
devices. 

In  order  to  justify  the  treatment  of  the 
materials  of  the  kindergarten  offered  in  a 
subsequent  section,  it  may  be  well  to  indi- 


cate in  brief  outline  some  of  the  more  im- 
portant elements  in  a  general  philosophy  of 
education : 

A.     THE     NATURE     OF     THE     EDUCATIONAL 
PROCESS 

(1)  The  aim  of  a  thorough-going 
philosophy  of  education  would  be  to  indi- 
cate the  place  of  education  in  the  larger 
whole  of  life  and  to  discover  its  value  in 
human  experience.  In  the  largest  sense, 
perhaps,  the  history  of  humanity  has  been 
an  educational  process.  Human  life  we  are 
accustomed  to  speak  of  as  an  evolution. 
Education,  in  the  widest  sense,  is  that  same 
evolution  consciously  directed  and  con- 
trolled. 

(2)  The  most  satisfactory  foundations 
of  such  a  philosophy  of  education  are  to  be 
found  in  (a)  the  philosophy  of  mind,  as  it 
is  revealed  in  the  history  of  civilization  and 
as  it  is  interpretative  of  society  as  at 
present  constituted;  (b)  the  doctrine  of 
evolution,  by  means  of  which  the  theory  of 
education  may  be  given  a  distinct  relation- 
ship to  the  facts  of  the  wider  organic  and 
social  process;  (c)  the  doctrine  of  idealism, 
as  affording  a  standard  of  interpretation  by 
means  of  which  the  ethical  and  educational 
significance  of  the  processes  and  influences 
of  the  civilization  of  the  past  and  the 
present  may  be  estimated. 

(3)  On  the  one  hand  evolution  main- 
tains that  existence  as  we  know  it  is  essen- 
tially a  process,  a  growth,  a  development, 
an  unfolding  through  successive  stages  of 
a  unitary  energy.  On  the  other  hand,  ideal- 
ism maintains  that  while  existence  of  life 
may  be  one  ceaseless  process  of  becoming, 
nevertheless,  the  real  nature  of  the  process 
is  most  adequately  revealed  in  what  we 
judge  to  be  its  higher  aspects ;  it  maintains, 
in  other  words,  that  we  must  interpret  the 
lower  by  the  higher  and  not  the  higher  in 
terms  of  the  lower.  The  entire  process  of 
evolution,  therefore,  through  the  inorganic, 
to  the  organic  up  to  the  spiritual  is  a 
gradual  manifestation  through  an  ascend- 
ing series  of  forms  of  a  spiritual  principle 
whose  ultimate  explanation  is  found  in  the 
activity  of  Absolute  Spirit.  In  man  is  found 
the  highest  manifestation  (so  far  as  human 
knowledge  goes)  of  the  spiritual  principle 
which  is  imminent  in  the  world. 

(4)  Life  in  general  may  be  described  as 
a  process  by  which  an  organism  maintains 
its  individuality,  by  a  continuous  adapta- 
tion to  its  environment.     Mental  life  is  at 


3o8 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


once  a  process  of  evolution  and  of  involu- 
tion. (Compare  the  significance  of  this 
position  in  connection  with  the  interpreta- 
tions of  mind  by  Rationalism  and  Empiric- 
ism, bv  Leibnitz  and  by  Locke.  Compare 
also  the  formal  notion  of  mental  develop- 
ment with  the  other  extreme  notion  of 
mind-building.  Educationally  as  well  as 
biologically  or  sociologically  speaking,  the 
principle  of  life,  of  movement,  of  spiritual 
development,  can  function  only  when  a  life- 
medium,  physical,  social,  spiritual,  is  pro- 
vided.) It  will  thus  be  noted  that  activity 
is  an  essential  attribute  of  an  organism, 
physical,  psychical,  social,  indispensable  to 
its  development,  and  not  merely  a  product 
or  incident  of  that  growth.  The  develop- 
ment of  human  life  has  been  a  continuous 
process  whereby  man,  through  his  self- 
activity  (intelligence,  will,  consciousness  of 
self)  has  mastered  his  environment  more 
and  more  perfectlv.  The  progress  of  civili- 
zation may  be  viewed,  therefore,  either  as 
the  development  of  man's  consciousness  of 
the  world,  or  as  the  development  of  man's 
consciousness  of  himself.  (Compare  the 
child's  gradual  self-knowledge  and  self-con- 
trol through  submission  to  the  intellectual 
and  moral  order  which  forms  the  social 
medium  of  his  childhood.)  The  results  of 
this  mastery  of  nature  and  this  gradual  self- 
knowledge  and  discipline  (i.  e.,  the  material 
of  the  processes  of  life,  so  to  speak,  on  the 
one  hand,  and  the  ideals,  the  values,  the 
norms,  on  the  other),  are  embodied  in 
civilization.  Civilization  thus  becomes  our 
witness  to  the  correspondence  between  the 
course  of  nature  and  the  mind  of  man :  the 
one  apart  from  the  other  becomes  an  unreal 
abstraction.  The  world  without  and  the 
world  within,  as  we  know  them  and  as  we 
have  to  deal  with  them,  are  not  two 
separated  worlds,  but  are  necessary  coun- 
ter parts  of  each  other.  Civilization,  more- 
over, is  our  witness  to  the  adaptation  of 
nature  to  the  education  of  human  intelli- 
gence. Man  as  self-conscious  and  self- 
determining  has  responded  to,  developed 
himself  through,  while  not  derived  from, 
the  so-called  material  forces  of  nature  and 
environment. 

(5)  As  a  vicarious  offering  from  the 
race  to  the  individual,  civilization  becomes 
a  life-medium  for  the  latter,  a  medium  for 
the  liberation  and  enrichment  of  the  per- 
sonal life.  On  the  basis  of  the  community 
of  nature  between  the  self  or  individual  and 
his  environment — the  terminal  aspects  of 
one    spiritual   movement — the    nature    and 


possibility  of  their  mutual  adjustment  or  in- 
teraction becomes  intelligible. 

(6)  The  essential  element  in  the  educa- 
tional process,  whether  in  its  unconscious 
or  its  conscious  aspect,  is  that  of  the  inter- 
action between  the  individual  and  the  wider 
life  of  society  (nature  and  man).  On  the 
one  side  are  the  (a)  immature  members  of 
the  social  whole  with  their  unorganized  and 
uninterpreted  experience:  on  the  other  side 
are  (b)  the  mature  members  with  their  ex- 
perience relatively  well  organized,  inter- 
preted and  under  conscious  control. 

(7)  The  process  of  interaction — be- 
tween the  impulses  of  the  child  and  the 
habits  and  ideals  of  society — in  which  edu- 
cation essentially  consists  is  ("a)  unitary, 
(b)  continuous  throughout  its  course.  The 
two  sides/ the  individual  and  society,  can- 
not be  divorced  the  one  from  the  other,  but 
are  to  be  conceived  rather  as  the  terminal 
aspects  of  a  unitary  process — neither  of 
which  can  be  emphasized  at  the  expense  of 
the  other.  The  (a)  psychological  and  (b) 
social  factors  must  continually  be  viewed  in 
organic  relation  to  one  another.  Thus  the 
process  of  social  interaction  in  which  educa- 
tion consists  presents  the  two  phases,  the 
psychological  and  the  social.  The  process 
whereby  the  individual  becomes  adjusted 
to  his  spiritual  environment,  may  be  other- 
wise described  as  a  process  of  social  trans- 
formation through  which  the  individual  is 
led  (a)  to  affirm  himself,  and  (b)  to  trans- 
form himself  through  recognizing  the 
methods  and  values  in  social  life  and 
through  gradually  gaining  the  power  of 
self-expression  in  social  directions. 

(8)  The  starting  point  of  education  as  a 
process  must  be  the  psychical  powers  or 
capacities  (impulses,  instincts,  interests, 
etc.)  of  the  individual.  If  the  method  is  not 
to  be  a  mere  arbitrary  or  mechanical  affair, 
the  teacher  must  have  knowledge  of  the 
psychical  capacities  and  attitudes  of  the  in- 
dividual. 

(9)  On  the  other  hand  the  standard  for 
determining  the  relative  values  of  the  inter- 
ests and  instincts  of  the  individual  must  be 
social  life,  past,  present  and  future.  To 
know  the  place  or  meaning  of  an  impulse 
or  an  interest,  for  example,  one  must  know 
its  function  in,  its  relation  to,  the  life  of  the 
community.  Individual  capacity  must  con- 
stantly be  translated  into  its  social  ecmiva- 
lent.  Tn  a  word,  the  relation  of  a  particular 
impulse  to  some  universal  activity  must  be 
understood. 

(To  be  continued.) 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


309 


THE  NECESSITY  OF  EAR  TRAINING 

AND  MUSIC  IN  THE  EDUCATION 

OF  THE  CHILD 

BY  J.  VAN  BROEKHOVEN. 

™"~~a  "n7HILE    it    may    have    been,    as 
r^fjiilf    "     Darwin  surmises,  that  primi- 
tive man  had  a  certain  crude 
type  of  music  before  he  was  in 
possession   of  language;   it   is 


a  weii  established  historical  fact  that  musi- 
cal instruments  were  in  use  before  man  in- 
vented his  first  written  sign  language.  For 
we  know  from  the  records  of  the  Egyptian 
pyramids,  that  a  musical  instrument  in  the 
shape  of  a  banjo  with  four  pegs,  was  em- 
ployed in  the  first  written  language  symbols 
— the  hieroglyphic  writings,  as  the  symbol 
for  the  word  "good."  Among  the  savage 
tribes  of  Africa  and  South  America  of  the 
present  day,  music  constitutes  one  of  the 
most  important  factors  in  their  crude  religi- 
ous rites.  The  employment  of  music  as  a 
civilizing  force  is  therefore  as  old  as  man- 
kind. 

So  is  it  not  surprising  therefore  that  music 
has  not  been  applied  as  a  vital  educational 
element  in  the  training  of  the  child,  until 
Froebel  demonstrated  its  importance  and 
extraordinary  influence  in  the  development 
of  the  young.  Why  have  educators  m  the 
past  overlooked  the  value  and  importance 
of  music  in  the  training  of  the  child  ?  There 
are  two  answers  to  this  question.  The  one 
is :  that  educators  in  general  are  not  suffi- 
ciently familiar  with  the  subtle  phases  of 
music  to  conceive  of  their  practical  appli- 
cation as  educational  factors  for  humanity 
in  general.  This  is  the  case  in  all  countries, 
with  the  exception  of  Germany,  where  the 
school  teacher  has  to  pass  a  musical  exam- 
ination. The  other  reason  is :  that  music 
has  been,  and  is  still  looked  upon  as  an 
emotional  art,  too  effeminate  to  serve  as  an 
element  in  the  serious  training  of  the 
young.  This  view  may  be  justified,  if  we 
consider  the  character  and  tendency  of  the 
musical  art  and  its  use  by  the  Italians,  the 
French,  and  the  people  of  Southern  Europe. 
But  in  Germany  music  has  a  more  serious 
aspect.  There  music  is  as  much  a  part  of 
the  family  life,  the  school  and  the  church, 
as  it  is  an  artistic  accompaniment  of  mod- 
ern civilization. 

Froebel,  as  a  German,  conceived  the  edu- 
cational value  of  music  in  the  life  of  the 
child.  And  it  is  solely  due  to  his  teachings 
and  his  example  that  music  has  taken  its 


place  alongside  the  other  studies  in  child 
training.  And  yet  it  must  be  recognized 
that  Froebel  himself  employs  music  more 
for  the  emotional,  than  the  intellectual 
side  of  its  value  in  education.  As  Froebel 
applies  it,  it  is  merely  in  its  elementary 
stage  of  usefulness  as  an  educational  factor. 
His  conception  of  its  usefulness  is  expressed 
in  the  following  words :  "Since  the  germ- 
inating point  and  the  source  of  all  genuine 
development  of  cultivation  and  education 
is  in  the  feeling  and  the  sensation,  as  well 
as  in  the  inticipation  (therefore  in  the 
mind),  this  must  necessarily  early  find  its 
suitable  nourishment,  even  with  the  first 
development  of  the  child's  body,  limbs, 
senses  and  spirit.  This  is  done  by  intro- 
ducing the  child  at  once  into  the  realm  of 
harmony  and  accord,  into  the  province  of 
rhythm,  melody,  and  dynamics ;  and  thus 
into  the  realm  of  tone  and  song,  for  which 
the  child  early  shows  decided  inclination. 

In  the  Mother  Plays  and  Nursery  Songs 
Froebel  has  given  us  his  practical  example 
how  his  ideas,  concerning  the  application 
of  music  in  child  training,  are  to  be  realized. 
In  his  song  games  he  associates  verse, 
music  and  action  to  illustrate  and  familiar- 
ize the  subjects  selected.  Music  in  this 
triple  alliance  is  a  mere  sweetmeat,  exciting 
the  child  to  a  greater  interest  in  a  sub- 
ject to  which  it  would — without  the  charm 
of  music — be  indifferent.  In  this  connec- 
tion music  does  not  fulfill  its  perfect 
minion  as  an  educational  element.  Its  in- 
fluence as  music  is  lowered,  in  that  the  child 
is  less  impressed  by  the  nature  of  the  musi- 
cal sound  than  it  is  by  the  often  common- 
place verse,  or  bodily  movement.  In  fact 
the  finer  impressions,  discriminations,  and 
influences  which  music  is  capable  of  de- 
veloping in  the  child,  are  dulled,  if  the  child 
is  kept  too  long  and  continually  associated 
with  these  song  games  in  the  most  impres- 
sionable period  of  its  life.  If  the  purer  ear 
training  and  intellectual  side  of  music  is  not 
taken  up  at  this  early  stage,  the  child  may 
become  not  only  indifferent  to  the  more 
subtle  educational  influences  of  music,  but 
it  may  become  perfectly  indifferent  to 
music.  For  the  mere  singing,  in  a  super- 
ficial manner,  of  the  kindergarten  songs, 
can  never  establish  the  usefulness  and  pro- 
gressive training  of  the  child's  auditory 
powers,  neither  in.  singing  nor  in  the  finer 
cultivation  of  speech  sounds.  The  nasal 
quality  of  speech  which  Madame  Marchesi, 
the  eminent  French  vocal  teacher,  attrib- 


3io 


': 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


utes  to  all  her  American  vocal  pupils, 
originates  through  the  neglect  in  the 
schools  to  train  the  ear  of  the  child  to  a 
keener  perception  of  sound  heard  in  its  en- 
vironment, as  also  of  the  tones  produced  by 
its  own  voice. 

Miss  Jenny  B.  Merrill,  supervisor  of  kin- 
dergartens in  Greater  New  York,  touches 
on  this  question  in  the  following:  "The 
teachers  are  responsible  for  faulty  singing; 
but  the  environment  of  the  children  must 
be  taken  into  account.  One  year  in  a  kin- 
dergarten cannot  correct  a  thoroughly  bad 
street  tone.  Many  of  the  children  who  enter 
the  public  school  kindergartens  have  the 
quality  of  their  voices  quite  settled  at  the 
age  of  five." 

Miss  Merrill,  who  has  exceptional  oppor- 
tunity for  observing  the  effect  of  modern 
training  methods,  enumerates  three  points 
of  the  utmost  importance  in  clearly  compre- 
hending the  conditions  as  they  are. 
Namely :  first,  that  the  teacher  is  responsible 
for  faulty  singing;  second,  that  a  child  with 
a  bad  street  tone,  as  she  terms  it,  cannot 
correct  this  by  a  one  year's  course  in  a  kin- 
dergarten ;  third,  that  a  child,  owing  to  poor 
example,  may  have  the  quality  of  its  voice 
fixed  or  settled  before  the  age  of  five. 

In  a  case  of  this  sort  it  would  be  impos- 
sible that  a  child  could  obtain  any  benefit, 
or  improvement  of  its  vocal  tone  by  singing 
the  kindergarten  songs.  If  no  other  method 
of  a  more  effective  nature  is  resorted  to, 
intended  to  train  the  child's  sense  of  hear- 
ing, and  at  the  same  time  develop  its  dis- 
crimination and  judgment  as  to  the  man- 
ner and  quality  of  the  tone  produced,  the 
influence  of  music,  as  a  corrective  of  the 
child's  bad  habits,  will  be  void. 

While  Froebel  properly  conceived  the 
power  of  music  in  the  child's  education,  he 
has  failed  to  exhaust  the  subject  in  his 
writings;  confining  his  example  solely  to 
the  song  games.  Subsequent  educators 
have  not  succeeded  in  presentng  a  practical 
method  employing  all  the  possibilities  of 
music  as  an  educational  factor  suggested 
by  Froebel;  such  as:  harmony,  rhythm, 
melody,  dynamics,  and  particularly  ear 
training.  If  music  is  to  occupy  an  impor- 
tant place  in  the  education  of  the  child,  it 
must  be  taken  up  as  a  special  subject,  on 
similar  practical  and  easily  applied  lines  of 
study  as  is  now  done  in  drawing  and  paint- 
ing. Much  thought  and  effort  have  been 
exercised  by  educators  to  realize  and  per- 
fect such  a  method.     But  the  essentials  of 


music,  its  fundamental  principles,  which 
should  be  presented  as  simple  elements  in 
a  rudimentary  but  interesting  manner— 
these  have  not  been  formed  into  a  system 
of  practical  study,  combining  the  emotional 
and  intellectual  elements  inherent  in  music 
to  promote  the  physical  and  mental  de- 
velopment of  the  child.  "There  has  been," 
says  Miss  Mari  Ruef  Hofer,  "the  feeling 
that  we  have  not  made  the  best  use  of  our 
material,  plunging  the  children  into  formal 
musical  experience,  and  not  providing  sim- 
ple developing  processes  which  will  help 
them  to  a  fuller  use  of  their  powers, -and 
provide  a  variety  of  impressions  for  further 
use.  Can  we  not  provide  the  child  with  ex- 
perience consciously  directed  by  the  teacher 
to  the  overcoming  of  defective  hearing  so 
common  today? 

Miss  Hofer,  as  the  most  enthusiastic  and 
earnest  advocate  of  the  study  of  music  in 
the  kindergarten,  is  an  authority  on  the 
subject,  whose  opinions  are  the  result  of 
practical  observation.  She  knows  what  she 
is  talking  about  when  she  frames  her 
opinion  in  the  following  expression : 

"With  our  songs  and  music  for  little 
children  there  is  danger  of  diluting  our  art 
material  and  the  art  resources  of  the  child 
into  too  much  blue  milk.  In  writing  and 
giving  music  to  children  we  are  continually 
thinking  of  the  limited  capacity  and  experi- 
ence of  the  child,  and  not  enough  of  its 
capacity  for  soul  expansion.  The  ideal  of 
songs  for  children  has  largely  become  the 
happy  picturing  of  the  incidents  of  material 
life,  not  only  in  words  but  in  the  character 
of  the  music,  and  consequently  it  is  written 
under  instead  of  over  their  heads." 

Coming  from  a  practical  and  experienced 
kindergartner  this  statement  needs  no  com- 
ment. It  is  clear  and  to  the  point.  Miss 
Hofer's  comparison  of  the  child's  musical 
nourishment  to  "blue  milk"  is  most  appro- 
priate. It  confirms  what  has  been  stated 
above :  that  the  song  play  is  inadequate  as 
a  musical  exercise  to  promote  the  child's 
ear  training,  and  develop  his  musical  capac- 
ity on  a  par  with  the  studies  in  drawing, 
painting  and  other  lines. 

THE  CONSIDERATION  OF  HEALTH. 

Before  presenting  some  practical  sugges- 
tions intended  to  establish  a  more  progres- 
sive course  of  musical  study  for  the  child, 
I  shall  quote  some  medical,  educational  and 
other  authorities  interested  in  child  train- 
ing. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


3ii 


Dr.  Morell  MacKenzie,  the  eminent 
English  caryngoiogist,  says:  "Jl  can  see  no 
oojection  to  a  cnnci  being  subjected,  to  a 
cenain  amount  ot  vocal  discipline  as  early 
as  ttie  age  01  nve  or  six,  or  even  younger, 
unly  simple  little  airs,  however,  01  limited 
compass  Miould  be  sung,  and  the  co-ordina- 
tion 01  tne  caryngcal  muscles  with  the  ear 
^wnicn  is  tne  conscience  of  the  voice) 
biiouiu  be  tnoroughly  established.  There 
is  a  uetter  chance  ol  getting  rid  ot  throaty 
or  nasal  production  01  tone  at  the  very  out- 
set than  when  these  delects  have  become 
mgraved  by  long  habit.  Moreover  any 
puysical  deiormity  impairing  the  timbre  oi 
tne  voice  can  be  remedied  much  more  easily 
in  childhood  tnan  alterwards.  Again  the 
parts  are  more  pliant  and  docile  in  early 
nie  than  later  on.  So  far  Irom  injuring  the 
general  health,  the  teaching  of  singing  in 
childhood  is  likely  to  prove  highly  bene- 
hcial,  especially  in  cases  in  which  there  is 
a  tendency  to  delicacy  of  the  lungs.  Hy  the 
heaithtul  exercise  ot  these  organs  in  sing- 
ing, the  chest  is  expanded,  the  muscles  of 
respiration  are  strengthened,  and  the  lungs 
themselves  are  made  firmer  and  more 
elastic,  i  think  there  can  be  no  doubt  that 
vocal  training  in  childhood,  if  properly  car- 
ried out,  is  not  only  not  hurtlul  to  either 
voice  or  health,  but  on  the  contrary,  dis- 
tinctly advantageous  to  both." 

VV.  G.  McN  aught,  inspector  of  music, 
Trinity  College,  .London :  "A  child  may 
begin  to  sing,  when  he  begins  to  show 
power  of  imitation.  I  have  never  seen  any 
reason  for  discouraging  children  from  three 
to  four  years  old  irom  singing,  provided 
they  are  not  allowed  to  shout.  N  early  all 
children  can  learn  to  sing  by  the  time  they 
are  seven  years  old." 

Dr.  Lennox  Browne,  in  Voice,  Song  and 
Speech :  "Good  singing  implies  full,  deep 
breathing,  and,  as  a  result,  children  regu- 
larly exercised  in  singing  have  better  health 
than  the  average;  even  when  the  climate 
and  sanitary  surroundings  might  not  be 
considered  the  most  favorable.  It  is  very 
rare  to  see  children  trained  in  singing  suf- 
fering from  the  defect  of  breathing  through 
the  mouth  instead  of  through  the  nostrils. 
The  full  respiration,  36  necessary  for  sing- 
ing, will  also  exert  considerable  mechanical 
influence  on  the  digestion.  The  speaking 
voice  will  be  benefited,  if  the  children  are 
taught  to  enunciate  the  words  in  the  song 
clearly  and  distinctly.  Singing  is  of  espec- 
ial  advantage   to   those   children   who    on 


account  of  natural  constitutional  delicacy, 
are  precluded  from  taking  as  much  outdoor 
play  as  would  otherwise  be  practical." 

The  decided  opinion  here  expressed  by 
these  eminent  authorities  as  to  the  value  of 
singing  on  the  physical  development  of  the 
child  are  augmented  by  Pryer,  who,  in  the 
following,  gives  his  conviction  as  to  the  im- 
portance of  breathing.  He  holds  that  "a 
full  expansion  of  the  lungs  and  chest  can  be 
developed  during  the  early  years  of  the 
child.  If  this  is  not  practiced  to  a  certain 
extent  by  bodily  exercise,  or  appropriate 
training,  the  breathing  will  be  superficial 
and  feeble,  and  lack  in  power  and  develop- 
ment. This  will  become  apparent  by  a  flat 
and  sunken  chest  and  short  breath.  It  is 
not  enough  that  the  child  breath  with  its 
natural  subdued  power,  but  it  should  be  in- 
duced to  perform  bodily  exercise  which 
produce  a  deep  breathing." 

There  is  no  better  exercise  for  this  appro- 
priate training  in  breathing  than  a  proper 
attention  to  the  breathing  of  the  child  in 
singing. 

THE  IMPORTANCE  OF  EAE  TRAINING. 

It  has  been  established  by  experience  that 
in  the  three  years  after  birth  a  child — by  its 
own  instictive  impulses — will  produce  all 
the  sounds,  of  its  own  language,  as  well  as 
many  other  sounds  not  used  in  speech.  If 
the  child  enjoys  the  production  of  sound  by 
its  babbling,  cooing,  and  other  vocal  efforts 
before  it  is  able  to  speak,  is  it  at  all  strange 
that  its  mother's  songs  should  have  such 
soothing  and  quieting  effect?  And  if  musi- 
cal sounds  have  such  an  all  powerful  in- 
fluence on  the  child's  emotional  nature,  can- 
not this  musical  stimulus  be  employed  for 
a  far  more  effective  training  of  the  child's 
intellectual,  moral,  social  and  artistic 
capacity?  Cannot  the  mathematical  fea- 
tures of  music  serve  as  a  most  interesting 
and  effective  basis  for  the  study  of  numbers 
and  physics  in  the  early  training? 

If,  says  Pryer,  the  opportunity  is  lacking 
in  earliest  youth  for  the  discrimination  of 
tones;  if  the  child  has  no  experience  of  its 
own  vocal  cords  beyond  its  babbling  to  him- 
self;  if  some  heed  is  not  very  early  given  to 
his  hearing,  his  case  may  easily  be  like  that 
of  children  pronounced  to  be  color  blind, 
who  have  never  been  taught  to  distinguish 
color.  He  will  be  declared  to  be  without 
talent  and  utterly  unmusical,  when  he  is 
not  so.  An  absolute  lack  of  the  musical  ear, 
and  hence  of  the  ability  to  distinguish  tones 


312 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


of  a  certain  pitch,  is  always  an  anomoly, 
a  sort  of  deafness,  either  absorbed  or  ac- 
quired, just  as  much  as  the  inability  to  dis- 
tinguish certain  colors  is  an  anomoly.  It 
is  therefore  to  be  desired  that  in  schools  of 
little  children  no  child  shall  be  excluded  be- 
forehand from  instruction  in  singing  and 
music — unless  there  are  imperative  reasons 
of  an  external  character,  or  he  makes  no 
progress  at  all  after  a  somewhat  protracted 
trial." 

Pryer  seems  to  indicate  by  the  use  of  the 
words  "singing  and  music"  the  study  of 
music  separated  from  singing;  but  he,  like 
Froebel,  gives  no  direction  for  such  distinc- 
tion, although  he  is  emphatic  in  his  convic- 
tion of  the  importance  of  ear  training.  But 
mere  ear  training  is  not  sufficient.  The 
child  should  receive  from  its  musical  studies 
a  disciplinary  development  which  is  useful 
in  other  directions  than  music.  Ruskin 
says :  "Music,  which  of  all  arts  is  most 
directly  ethical  in  origin,  is  also  the  most 
direct  in  power  of  discipline." 

No  doubt  Ruskin  here  refers  to  the  dis- 
cipline of  musical  training  practiced  by  the 
Greeks.  With  the  Greeks  the  study  of 
music  combined  the  discipline  in  religion, 
sciences,  art  and  social  education,  and  con- 
stituted the  sum  total  of  the  requirements 
of  a  model  citizen.  From  time  immemorial 
the  philosophers  and  hierophants  of  Egypt 
and  Asia  have  considered  the  wonderful 
concordance  of  musical  tones  as  a  symbol 
and  unimpeachable  proof  of  the  harmonious 
nature  of  the  universe.  Plutarch  tells  us 
that  "Pythagoras,  Plato  and  other  philos- 
ophers taught  that  the  revolutions  of  the 
universe  and  the  movements  of  the  solar 
system  could  not  exist  nor  continue  without 
music.  For  everything  is  regulated  by  God 
in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  harmony." 
Pythagoras  was  the  first  philosopher  who 
scientifically  demonstrated  the  laws  of 
music  as  being  based  on  nature.  By  the  aid 
of  his  so-called  monochord — a  lyre  with  one 
string — he  made  geometrical  experiments, 
and  discovered  the  fact,  that  half  the  length 
of  the  string  produced  a  tone  an  octave 
higher,  establishing  the  proportions  of  I 
to  2;  and  two-thirds  produced  a  fifth,  with 
the  proportions  of  2  to  3;  and  that  three- 
fourths  of  the  string  produced  the  interval 
of  a  fourth  above  the  basic  tone  of  the 
whole  string,  with  the  proportion  of  3  to  4, 
e.  g. 


0ct3u 


Fifth 


Fourth 


zz 


I    fo  . 


Si  to  3 


3  to  ¥■ 


Pythagoras  thus  became  the  founder  of 
the  scientific  side  of  music;  and  from  that 
time — above  500  B.  C. — to  the  time  of 
Boethius  about  500  A.  D.  the  musical  art 
was  essentially  a  mathematical  science. 
The  Pythagorian  axiom  that  "sense  is  but 
an  uncertain  guide,  numbers  cannot  fail," 
has  done  more  to  retard  the  development 
of  music  as  a  pure  art  than  the  destructive 
influence  of  wars  and  the  social  upheavals 
of  the  past.  The  great  importance  of  music 
as  a  disciplinary  factor  in  education  can 
thus  be  well  understood.  The  scientific  side 
of  Greek  music  embraced  geometry  and 
mathematics,  in  fact  every  science  connect- 
ed with  numbers.  The  pure  art  side  of 
music  was  comprehended  under  the  term 
"melos,"  which  was  compounded  of  speech, 
music,  and  rhythm.  Musical  training  there- 
fore meant  a  perfect  man.  It  stood  for  the 
acquisition  of  that  enobling  proportion  of 
inner  perfection  which  was  inherent  in  the 
well-regulated  arrangement  of  musical 
tones.  Consequently  poetry,  mimicry  and 
dancing,  with  their  rhythms  and  metrical 
symmetry  of  movement,  grace  and  emo- 
tional power,  were  of  the  utmost  impor- 
tance in  education.  The  study  of  music 
enabled  the  Greek  youth  to  acquire 
euphony  of  language,  grace  of  bodily 
motion,  lofty  expression  in  speech,  and  an 
harmonious  development  of  the  soul. 

Such  a  system  of  education  is  truly  ideal. 
While  such  an  ideal  training  would  not  be 
impossible  in  an  ideal  educational  institute 
now-a-days,  it  would  hardly  be  of  practical 
value  however  in  modern  life.  Although 
the  same  scientific  and  art  elements  could 
be  taught  in  conjunction  with  the  musical 
training  as  practised  by  the  Greeks,  it  must 
be  stated  clearly,  that  such  training — in  a 
simplified  form — should  be  confined,  in 
order  to  be  practical,  to  the  early  plastic 
period  of  child  life.  Here  it  is  of  the  utmost 
educational  value,  since  the  emotional 
nature  of  music  on  the  child  is  of  such 
penetrating  and  lasting  influence  that  any 
subject  taught  in  association  with  the  in- 
herent qualities  of  music,  whether  scientific 
or  aesthetic,  will  be  so  potent  as  to  retain 
its  indellible  impression  for  after-life.  There 
are  certain  phases  in  the  musical  elements 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


313 


which  make  for  ideality,  spirituality,  moral- 
ity, affection,  sympathy,  family  ties  and 
other  undeveloped  impulses  of  the  heart, 
besides  the  intellectual  stimulus  and 
aesthetic  development,  which  a  well  regu- 
lated and  systematically  constructed 
method  of  musical  study  would  achieve  in 
the  early  period  of  childhood.  Every  ele- 
ment of  musical  facts  can  be  applied  to 
serve  as  symbols  of  moral,  religious  and 
spiritual  life,  as  well  as  of  aesthetic  laws. 
Froebel  teaches  the  children  by  svmbolism. 
which  being  attractive  is  based  upon  the 
idea  of  presenting  universal  truth  by  typical 
examples.  This  method  of  teaching,  says 
Miss  Dodd,  teaches  human  nature,  and  goes 
deeper  than  the  superficial  aid  of  verse  and 
dialogue.  Miss  Sara  E.  Wiltse  is  equally 
impressed  with  the  value  of  symbols,  she 
says:  "We  express  ourselves  in  symbols 
and  use  them  in  every  intellectual  plane. 
If  we  of  maturer  years  are  so  dependent 
upon  symbols,  both  in  intellectual  and 
spiritual  growth,  shall  we  not  look  for  a 
like  and  even  greater  need  in  the  unde- 
veloped life  of  the  child? 

Now  what  symbols  could  be  of  a  greater 
spiritual,  moral  and  intellectual  suggestive- 
ness  than  those  presented  by  musical  tones. 
Music  is  a  potent  element  exercising  its  in- 
fluence over  the  child  from  its  birth  as  no 
other  factor  in  education  is  able  to  exert. 
And  if  this  element  is  practically  and  judi- 
ciously applied  to  the  child's  earlv  training 
we  will  be  able  to  establish  a  system  of 
spiritual,  moral  and  intellectual  develop- 
ment even  superior  to  that  of  the  Greeks. 
For  in  no  other  study  applied  to  child  edu- 
cation are  there  so  many  possibilities  to 
develop  the  child's  capacities  for  morality, 
spirituality,  intellectuality  and  sociability 
than  are  found  in  a  properly  systematized 
employment  of  music.  In  that  music  direct- 
lv  effects  the  emotions  it  possesses  a  power 
of  impressing  a  child  which  no  other  educa- 
tional element  can  expect  to  attain.  Every 
musical  tone,  every  combination  of  tones 
and  everv  relation  of  tones,  in  fact  each  and 
every  subtle  phase  of  musical  sound  which 
nature  has  embodied  in  the  musical  scale, 
can  be  used  as  a  symbol  with  a  soul,  to 
arouse  and  develop  in  the  child  an  idea,  or 
a  feeling  of  something  which  no  power  of 
words  can  equal.  It  has  been  aptlv  said 
that  a  child  has  an  unreasoning  imagination 
which  creates  a  world  of  his  own,  bv  writ- 
ing facts  and  ideas  to  suit  himself.  He  lives 
in  a  land  of  dreams  which  are  to  him  truths. 


And  whatever  is  presented  must  gratify  and 
arouse  this  virgin  fancv  of  the  child's  dream 
life.  Otherwise  his  attention  cannot  be  held, 
nor  his  observation  exercised.  The  child 
will  not  accept  bare,  cold  realities;  he  must 
have  the  facts  presented  in  a  living,  active 
and  fanciful  form,  to  excite  his  interest,  his 
feelings,  and  his  impulses  to  recreate  or  re- 
produce his  impressions  in  his  own  way. 

Now  in  the  suggestive  and  emotionally 
stimulating  nature  of  musical  sounds, 
melodies,  harmonies,  rhythms,  dynamics 
and  many  other  phases  of  musical  tones, 
the  child  receives  this  fanciful  form  to  excite 
his  interest ;  and  if,  in  conjunction  with  this 
receptive  mood,  the  child  is  impressed  bv 
an  easily  comprehended  thought,  of  which 
the  received  musical  effect  is  the  symbol, 
the  child  will  have  planted  a  seed  which  will 
bear  fruit  throughout  the  days  of  his  exist- 
ance.  He  will  feel  the  truth  through  his 
emotions  excited  by  the  musical  symbol 
before  he  is  able  to  conceive  it  intellectually. 
The  virgin  soil  is  in  this  instance  so  well 
prepared  by  the  musical  potency  that  any 
seed  whether  moral,  spiritual,  intellectual  or 
artistic  will  give  gratifying  evidence  of  its 
existence.  It  but  depends  upon  the  gardner 
— the  nature  of  the  seed  he  plants,  and  his 
method  of  cultivation,  to  evolve  such  fruit 
as  will  be  recognized  as  the  model  kinder- 
garten. 

THE     DISCIPLINE     OF     THE     SENSES     AND 
FACULTIES. 

The  system  of  Greek  music  which  formed 
the  basis  for  the  education  of  the  Greek 
youths,  as  presented  in  the  works  of  Plato, 
consisted  but  of  an  octave,  or  eight  tones,  in 
the  from  of  the  Dorian  lyre,  as  established 
by  Pythagoras.  This  was  tuned  in  the  pitch 
of  voice  which  enabled  every  man,  woman 
and  child  to  sing  in  unison.  This  Dorian 
lvre,  applied  the  Greek  youth  with  every 
demonstration  of  musical  education, 
whether  of  a  nature  scientific,  moral,  or 
artistic.  The  number  of  tones,  the  system 
of  arranging  them,  the  groups  of  tones 
formed  within  the  eight  tones,  their  pitch 
and  their  relation,  one  to  the  other;  all  these 
phases  were  employed  to  serve  symbolic 
purposes  to  demonstrate  the  laws  of  nature, 
the  principles  of  speech,  and  the  symmetry 
and  harmony  of  a  perfect  education. 

Now  while  it  would  be  absolutely  im- 
practicable to  apply  to  modern  education 
what  the  Greeks  did,  it  can  be  demonstrated 
that  within-the  limits  of  the  modern  major 
scale    are    contained    elements    of    extra- 


3H 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


ordinary  value,  which  if  properly  employed 
in  a  practical  manner,  so  as  to  conform  to 
kindergarten  methods,  a  new  phase  of  child 
education  could  be  established,  which  for 
educational  purposes  would  be  superior  to 
that  employed  by  the  Greeks.  Our  modern 
development  of  music  permits  us  to  invent 
more  pleasing  and  interesting  melodies, 
more  harmonic  combinations,  and  more 
sprightly  rhythms,  combined  with  more 
child-like  verses,  etc.,  than  was  the  case 
with  the  Greeks.  In  fact,  modern  music  is 
more  emotional,  and  hence  appeals  more 
agreeably  to  the  child,  than  could  be  ob- 
tained by  the  peculiar  limitations  of  Greek 
music,  which  was  essentially  dignified  and 
formal. 

The  modern  major  scale,  as  here  pre- 
sented, is  a  well-constructed,  melodically 
agreeable  unit. 

Major     Scute 


i 


121 


-e- 


2 


1 


Within  the  narrow  confines  of  this  group 
of  eight  tones  nature  has  embodied  the  ele- 
ments of  order,  disorder,  symmetry,  propor- 
tion, form,  unity,  agreement,  disagreement, 
perfection,  imperfection,  association,  rela- 
tionship, fellowship,  attraction,  repulsion, 
cohesion,  division,  membership,  per- 
manency, change,  impulse,  motion,  rest, 
thriving,  relaxation,  depression,  elevation, 
courage,  cheer,  sadness,  longing,  joy,  har- 
mony, discord,  purity,  beauty,  delicacy, 
force,  tenderness,  quality,  time,  numbers, 
fractions,  rhythm,  metre,  measure,  physics, 
mystery,  and  innumerable  other  phases  of 
the  mental,  physical  and  moral  experiences 
of  life,  which  could  be  symbolized  by  the 
tones  of  this  musical  scale. 

As  a  mere  example  of  this  fact  I  will  state, 
that  the  folk  songs  of  all  nations  are  written 
within  the  limits  of  the  eight  tone  scale.  As 
these  employ  but  single  tones  in  succession, 
the  emotional  and  symbolical  value  would 
be  enhanced  greatly,  by  the  association  of 
tones,  as  we  find  it  in  the  harmonic  com- 
binations which  may  be  established  by  the 
eight  tones,  viz. : 


Co77)fc"j)a.tion    of    two    tones. 


~zz. 


*%- 


&  <r? 


Comt>iT\^ti07i    of    fhree   %oj\e$ 


S^ 


~2ZL 


-zz. 


-%r 


To  those  who  may  be  inclined  to  think 
this  feature  of  music  too  subtle,  and  beyond 
the  child's  comprehension,  I  will  say  that 
these  wonderful  suggestive  aspects  of  music 
should  be  employed  as  symbols,  to  arouse 
the  child's  emotions,  and  impress  him  by 
associating  these  musical  emotional  sym- 
bols with  a  carefully  prepared  form  of  play : 
some  bodily  movement,  action,  or  story, 
which  will  interest  him,  call  forth  his  atten- 
tion, excite  his  curiosity,  and  impel  him  to 
imitate,  reproduce  or  recreate.  In  the  prac- 
tical application  of  these  educational  ele- 
ments it  is  necessarv  that  the  form  of  the 
musical  presentation  be  interesting  to  the 
child,  so  that  the  music  lays  the  foundation 
for  a  later  mental  activity.  Thus  he  obtains 
a  three  fold  influence  by  these  musical  sym- 
bols, viz. :  the  sensatory  impression,  the 
mental  conception,  and  the  emotional  effect. 
This  psychological  function  may  be  pre- 
sented as  follows : 

A.   Rhythm. 

I.  Visible  Rhythm 

a.  Nerve  sensations  of  outer  objects — Physi- 
cal origin — Perception. 

b.  Inner  record  of  outer  objects — Mental  con- 
ception— Memory. 

II.  Audible  Rhythm 

c.  Nerve  sensations  of  outer  objects — Physi- 
cal origin — Perception. 

d.  Inner  record  of  outer  objects — Mental  con- 
ception— Memory. 


III.     Emotional  Rhythm 

e.  Outer      demonstration 
movements. 

f.  Inner    effect— Nerve    contro1. 
of  Impulse. 


Gestures — Bodily 
Regulation 


B.     Form 

IV.  Visible  Form 

g.  Nerve  sensations  of  outer  objects — Physi- 
cal origin — Perception. 

h.  Inner  record  of  outer  objects — Mental  con- 
ception— Memory. 

V.  Audible  Form 

i.      Nerve   sensations  of   outer  objects — Physi- 
cal origin — Perception. 

k.  Inner  record  of  outer  objects — Mental  con- 
ception— Memory. 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


315 


VI.     Emotional  Form 
'  1.        Outer      demonstration — Art      creations- 
Moral  actions, 
m.     Inner  effect — Imagination — Moral  balance 
— Subjection  of  passions. 

The  educational  usefulness  of  this 
psychological  plan  lies  in  its  methodical 
application;  in  the  progressive  presentation 
of  the  various  subjects;  and  in  the  proper 
subordination  of  the  symbols  to  the  child's 
mind  and  his  physical  development.  The 
various  dispositions  of  the  children  in  a 
class  would  not  permit  to  fix  permanently 
a  plan  of  studies.  These  should  be  so  ar- 
ranged as  to  permit  the  teacher  to  select 
those  studies  most  appropriate  for  the  time 
being.  In  the  following  outline  I  have  pre- 
sented in  a  certain  order  the  most  important 
features,  which  may  be  practically  employ- 
ed, in  accordance  with  the  proceding 
psychological  plan,  as  most  effective  ele- 
ments in  the  training  of  the  child.  The 
most  important  object  should  be  the  child's 
health,  and  from  this  to  the  discipline  in 
aesthetics  there  are  many  subjects  for  the 
child  to  exercise  his  sensibilities,  mind  and 
emotions. 

1.  THE  DISCIPLINE  OF  HEALTH — breathing, 
lung  power,  vocal  exercise. 

2.  THE  DISCIPLINE  OF  THE  EAR — Sound, 
tone,  pitch,  quality,  dynamics,  animal  tones,  voice, 
inanimate  objects. 

3.  THE  DISCIPLINE  OF  THE  RHYTHM — Walk- 
ing, motion,  heart  beats,  accent,  sound  groups, 
clock,  pendulum,  verse,  feet. 

4.  THE  DISCj.^.j.NE  OF  FORM — March,  dance, 
melody,  metre,  symmetry,  proportion,  gestures, 
rhyme,  scale. 

5.  THE  DISCIPLINE  OF  NUMBERS — Measure, 
units,  arithmetic,  geometry,  mathematics,  harmony, 
discord. 

6.  THE  DISCIPLINE  OF  TIME  PROPORTIONS— 
Length,  period,  notes,  speed,  regularity. 

7.  THE  DISCIPLINE  OF  SPEECH — Vowels, 
consonants,  emphasis,  rise  and  fall,  deafness,  hum- 
ming, dumb,  stammering,  whisper,  shout,  nasal 
tone,  precision,  purity,  softness,  deep  voice,  high 
voice. 

i.  THE  DISCIPLINE  OF  ATTENTION — Dis- 
crimination, comparison,  memory,  curiosity,  concep- 
tion, imitation,  experiment,  measurement,  reason- 
ing, demonstration,  application,  imagination,  nerve 
tension. 

9.  THE  DISCIPLINE  OF  THE  EMOTIONS— 
Sympathy,  affection,  disappointment,  surprise,  ex- 
pectation, impatience,  joy,  sadness,  pity,  desire, 
tenderness. 

10.  THE  DISCIPLINE  OF  MORALITY — Friend- 
ship, family  agreement,  truth,  perserverance, 
obedience,  falsehood,  deception,  habit,  association, 
indifference. 

~~ IT.  THE  DISCIPLINE  OF  PHYSICS — Metal, 
glass,  wood,  string,  pipe,  tube,  accoustics,  overtones, 
relation,  attraction,  vibration. 

12.  THE  DISCIPLINE  OF  AESTHETICS — 
Beauty,  order,  taste,  choice,  purity,  variety,  poetry, 
music,  grace,  delicacy,  harmony,  melody,  soft  tones, 
rapid  movements,  slow  movements. 


What  is  here  submitted  to  educators, 
teachers  and  parents  as  a  possible  exercise 
for  the  sensory,  mental  and  moral  training 
of  the  child  may  seem  impracticable  and 
ideal.  Such  an  opinion  would  be  justified 
if  every  child  would  be  expected  to  submit" 
to  each  and  every  one  of  the  subjects 
enumerated.  Such  is  not  the  object  of  this 
presentation.  My  intention  is  to  point  out 
— as  much  as  possible — the  various  phases 
and  directions  in  which  the  employment  of 
musical  symbols  could  be  useful  for  a  more 
perfect  development  of  the  child's  early 
educational  period,  and  thus  lay  the  founda- 
tion for  a  more  methodical  and  practical 
course  to  aid  in  developing  his  physical, 
mental,  moral  and  artistic  talents.  This,  I 
am  fully  convinced,  is  possible  and  much 
more  effectively  obtained  through  the 
pleasant  and  edifying  influence  of  music 
than  by  any  other  means.  Thomas 
Moore's  beautiful  lines  express  this  most 
happily: 

Oh  love,  Religion,  Music — all 
That's  left  of  Eden  upon  earth — 
The   only  blessings,   since   the   fall 
Of  our  weak  souls,   that  will  recall 
A  trace  of  their  high,  glorious  birth — 
How  kindred  are  the  dreams  you  bring! 
How  love,  though  unto  earth  so  prone, 
Delights  to  take   Religion's  wing, 
When  time  or  grief  has  sfain'd  his  own! 
How  near  to  Love's  beguiling  brink, 
Too  oft,  entranc'd  Religion  lies! 
While  music,  music  is  the  link 
They  both  still  hold  by  the  skies, 
The  language  of  their  native  sphere, 
Which  they   had   else   forgotten  here. 

NOTE — In  the  ne-?t  number  of  The  Kindergarten 
Magazine  Mr.  VanBroekhoven  will  finish  this  article 
and  submit  an  outline  of  his  practical  method  of 
applying  his  ideas  in  "The  Story  of  the  Doh-Dog 
Fairies,"   a  musical  kindergarten  play. 


In  Japan  the  temperature  is  reckoned  by 
jackets,  it  is  temperate  ;  four  jackets,  moder- 
ately cool ;  five  jackets,  cold;  six  jackets, 
keen;  and  when  the  temperature  is  ten  or 
fifteen  jackets  cold,  the  weather  is  extreme- 
ly severe. 


Kindergartners  and  primary  teachers, 
when  you  close  your  term,  arrange  for  your 
magazine  for  the  ensuing  year — 35c  to 
January,  1910,  or  $1.00  to  January,  1*911 , 
provided  your  subscription  reaches  us  be- 
fore July  15,  1909. 

Ennui  is  a  French  word  for  an  American 
malady  which  generally  arises  from  the 
want  of  a  want,  and  constitutes  the  com- 
plaint of  those  who  have  nothing  to  com- 
plain of. — Puck. 


3*6 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


THE  USE  OF  KINDERGARTEN  MATERIAL 
IN  ONE  ROOM  RURAL  SCHOOLS 

(Continued  from  last  issue* 

Kgtr. — "We  will  see  what  the  difference  is.  "I 
thought  my  block  was  pretty."  C. — "Your  block 
is  not  the  same  shape;  it  isn't  like  it  here,  and 
this  is  different,"  etc.,  etc. 

Kgtr. — "I  think  we  had  better  find  out  what 
is  the  matter  with  my  block  if  you  see  so  many 
faults  in  it.  Suppose  we  measure  them;  we  will 
put  them  together  this  way  (joining  them  in  the 
faces).  Oh,  I  see;  the  sides  are  not  alike.  Now 
we  will  see  about  these  sides  (joining  other  fac- 
es). Well,  this  side  of  my  block  is  not  so  large 
as  this  of  yours.  We  will  let  Johnny  measure 
the  sides  of  your  block  and  see  what  he  can  tell 
us  about  it. ' ' 

He  measures  carefully  and  says:  "The  sides  of 
this  block  are  ali'alike." 

Kgtr. — "Mary  may  measure  my  block." 

Soon  she  says:  "The  sides  of  this  block  are  all 
different." 

Some  little  time  is  taken  up  in  measuring,  by 
all  the  children,  and  they  come  to  the  conclusion 
that  their  little  block  is  prettier  because  its  sides 
or  faces  are  alike  and  feel  smooth  to  the  touch. 
Tell  them  that  we  call  theirs  a  cube  because  it 
has  six  faces  that  are  alike  (count  them)  but  that 
the  other  one  is  only  a  block  whose  faces  are  dif- 
ferent. 

FIFTH  LESSON—  CUBE. 

Compare  the  cube  with  the  sphere.  First,  how 
they  are  alike:  Each  are  made  of  wood,  both  will 
make  a  noise,  both  are  hard,  and  they  are  of  the 
same  color. 

Their  contrasts  are  very  striking.  The  cube  has 
six  faces,  the  sphere  but  one.  The  cube  has 
eight  corners,  the  sphere  has  none;  the  cube  has 
twelve  edges,  the  sphere^has  none,  the  cube  will 
not  roll,  and  the  sphere  does  not  like  to  stand. 

As  the  children  are  now  somewhat  familiar 
with  the  material  of  these  forms,  they  will  be  in- 
terested to  know  more,  and  a  continuation  of  the 
story  already  given  will  be  appropriate.  Call  to 
their  minds  the  large  forest  trees.  Tell  them  that 
v»  hen  they  are  cut  down  they  are  called  logs.  Il- 
lustrate how  a  tree  is  cut  down.  Tell  them  that 
when  it  is  sawed  it  is  called  lumber,  and  that  as 
lumber  it  has  many  names  and  uses,  a  few  of 
which  can  be  seen  and  mentioned.  For  instance, 
the  lumber  of  which  the  floor  is  made  is  called 
flooring;  that  around  the  windows  and  doors  is 
called  casing;  that  at  the  bottom  ot  the  wall,  near 


the  floor,  is  the  baseboard;  the  frames  that  hold 
the  glass  in  the  windows  are  called  the  sash,  etc. 
The  siding,  the  shingles,  the  cornice,  and  any 
parts  that  are  easily  pointed  out,  may  be  men- 
tioned. 

SIXTH  LESSON—  CUBE. 

Compare  the  cube  with  the  cylinder.  How  are 
they  alike?  Both  are  made  of  wood,  both  are  hard, 
both  have  edges,  both  will  stand,  both  have  more 
than  one  face,  the  faces  of  both  are  smooth. 
They  differ  as  follows:  the  cube  has  six  faces,  the 
cylinder  but  three;  the  cube  has  straight  edges, 
the  cylinder  has  circular  edges;  the  cube  can  only 
stand,  the  cylinder  can  roll  and  stand;  the  cube 
has  corners,  the  cylinder  has  not . 

The  comparisons  seem  a  little  tedious  and 
lifeless  on  paper,  but  they  may  be  made  bright 
and  interesting  by  a  little  preparation  and  fore- 
thought and  by  making  use  of  the  suggestions 
found  in  a  typical  lesson. 

Teach  the  foil  owing  little  rhymes.  As  it  stands 
on  the  table,  say: 

The  cube  is  now  resting,  it  stands  on  its  face, 
And  standing  so  firmly  cannot  lose  its  place. 

Try  to  stand  it  on  an  edge — 
The  cube  cannot  stand  on  an  edge,  'tis  clear; 
It  tumbles  there  and  it  tumbles  here. 

Hold  it  on  a  corner  and  point — 

How  nicely  on  one  point  I  stand, 
When  steadied  by  your  little  hand. 

Put  string  in  the  eyelet  on  one  of  its  edges  and 
say  while  swinging  it — 

By  the  edge  I  hang  and  swing; 
I  can  move  but  cannot  sing. 

(Above  rhymes  from  Kraus'  Guide. ) 

Children  are  naturally  poetical,  and  impressions 
are  more  lasting  when  rhyme  is  employed. 
SEVENTH  LESSON—  ROTARY  MOTION- 
SPHERE. 

The  sphere,  cylinder  and  one  of  the  cubes 
have  eyelets  in  them  by  which,  with  a  string, 
they  may  be  revolved.  Have  the  string  about  a 
yard  long,  pass  it  through  an  eyelet,  bring  the 
ends  together  and  twist  them  tightly;  then  pull 
the  ends  apart  quickly  and  it  will  revolve  rapidly. 
When  nearly  untwisted  hold  the  ends  of  the 
string  together  and  they  will  twist  up  again 
With  a  little  practice  one  can  learn  to  keep  it  re- 
volving as  long  as  desired. 

In  revolving  the  sphere  we  find  it  is  always 
the  sphere.  This  should  be  thoroughly  tested  by 
the  children  and  with  the   sphere   they  should 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


317 


learn" to  manage  the  string  as  their  whole  atten- 
tion can  be  given  to  it. 


EIGHTH    LESSON-  ROTARY  MOTIONS- 
CYLINDER. 
The  cylinder  follows  the  sphere  in  the  rotary 
motions  because  within  it  we  find  the  sphere. 

Pass  the  string  through  the  eyelet  in  its  round 
face__not  the  flat,  circular  faces— and  revolve  it 
as  given  in  the  previous  lesson.  This  will  show 
the  sphere  as  it  is,  always  a  delightful  surprise  to 
the  children.     Repeat  the  following: 

If  from  my  round  face  you  spin  me  you  11  see, 
What  a  nice  little  ball  is  hidden  in  me. 

Suspend  the  cylinder  from  one  of  its  edges  and 
it  resembles  a  double  cone.  Suspend  it  from  one 
of  its  flat  faces,  circular  faces,  and  it  shows  only 


the  cylinder  as  in  revolving  the  sphere  it  shows 
only  the  sphere. 

NINTH  LESSON-ROTARY  MOTIONS-CUBE 
By  suspending  the  cube  from  one  of  its  faces 
it  gives  us  the  cylinder.  Thus  we  see  the  cube 
contains  the  cylinder  and  the  sphere,  and  in  turn 
the  sphere  contains  the  cube  and  cylinder,  as  may 
be  easily  demonstrated  with  clay.  The  abstract 
cannot,  of  course,  be  given  the  child,  but  these 
experiences  will  lead  him  to  thoughtful  experi- 
ments later  on. 

Revolve  the  cube  from  one  of  its  edges  and  it 
presents  a  form  resembling  the  hub  of  a  wheel. 
Suspending  it  from  one  of  its  corners,  a  double 
cone  is  seen,  similar  to  the  one  found  in  the  cylin- 
der when  suspended  from  an  edge. 


At  first  the  child  will  not  readily  comprehend 
these  rotary  motions.  They  will  seem  quite  a 
novelty  to  them  and  they  should  be  allowed  to 
enjoy  them  as  fun,  except  that  they  should  ac- 
quire the  skill  of  twisting  the  string  and  keeping 
a  continuous  rotary  motion  as  long  as  desired. 

The  different  points  from  which  the  objects  are 
suspended  are  called  their  axes. 

The  axis  of  an  object  is  an  imaginary  straight 
line  passing  through  a  body,  on  which  it  revolevs 
or  may  be  made  to  revolve. 
The  axes  of  a  cylinder  are: 

First,  the  axis  of  the  round  face. 
Second,  the  axis  of  the  flat,  circular  faces. 
Third,  the  axis  of  the  edges. 
The  axes  of  the  cube  are: 

First,  the  axis  of  the  flat  faces. 
Second,  the  axis  of  the  edges. 
Third,  the  axis  of  the  corners. 

A  monument  stands  at  Froebel's  grave  com- 
posed of  the  cube  for  a  base  or  pedestal,  the  cyl- 
inder for  a  shaft,  and  the  sphere  for  the  capital, 
engraved  with  his  name  and  this  inscription: 
"Come,  let  us  live  with  our  children." 

No  lesson  should  ever  be  followed  literally;  the 
teacher  must  adapt  the  work  to  her  particular 
pupils  and  make  it  conform  with  their  age  and 
mental  capacity. 

(To  be  continued.) 


HE  TRIED  NOT  TO. 

When  9-year-old  Teddy  displayed  the 
shining  new  quarter  which  Mr.  Ringloss 
had  given  him  down  at  the  corner  store, 
mother  very  naturally  asked  if  her  little  boy 
had  said  "Thank  you"  to  father's  friend. 

No  answer. 
-    "Surely  you  thanked  Mr.  Ringloss?"  she 
persisted. 

Still  no  answer.  Trouble  showed  on  the 
little  face. 

"Teddy,  listen.  You  ought  to  have  said 
'Thank  you,  sir.'     Did  you?" 

No  answer  yet — and  trouble  threatened 
to  produce  showers. 

"Come  here,  dear  little  son.  Tell  mamma, 
now.  Did  you  thank  Mr.  Ringloss  for  the 
quarter?" 

Then  the  storm  broke,  but  between  the 
sobs  and  tears  came  the  required  informa- 
tion :  "I  told  him  thank  you,  an'  he  said 
not  to  mention  it,  an'  I  tried  not  to." — 
Philadelphia  Ledger. 


3*8 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  MAGAZINE. 


BACKWARD  CHILDREN 

The  current  number  of  the  Psychological  Clinic 
contains  three  important  articles  dealing  with  as 
many  different  general  causes  of  the  retardation 
of  public  school  children.  The  authors  of  these 
articles  suggest  three  lines  of  procedure  for  tire 
encouragement  of  the  normal  development  and 
progress,  of  children.  These  suggestions  involve 
school  administration,  hygiene,  and  the  installation 
of  playgrounds. 

Mr.  Leonard  P.  Ayres,  who  is  in  charge  of  back- 
ward children  investigation  on  the  Russell  Sag& 
Foundation,  takes  up  the  relation  of  average  at- 
tendance to  enrollment.  He  finds  that  the  average, 
attendance  is  not  80  or  90  per  cent,  as  most  school 
systems  claim,  but  falls  far  below  this.  He 
analyses  the  statistics  of  ten  school  systems,  and 
shows  that  from  2  to  10  per  cent  attend  less  than 
one-fourth  of  the  year;  that  from  9  to  21  per  cent 
attend  less  than  one-half  of  the  year;  that  from 
21  to  38  per  cent  attend  less  than  three-fourths  or 
the  year.  His  general  conclusions  are  (1)  Such 
figures  as  are  available  indicate  that  in  our  cities 
less  than  three-fourths  of  the  children  continue 
in  attendance  as  much  as  three-fourths  of  the 
year.  (2)  Irregular  attendance  is  accompanied  by 
a  low  percentage  of  promotions.  (3)  Low  percent- 
age of  promotions  is  a  potent  factor  in  bringing 
about  retardation.  (4)  Retardation  results'  in 
elimination. 

Dr.  George  H.  Martin,  secretary  of  the  state 
board  of  education  for  Massachusetts,  makes  a 
study  of  the  question  of  medical  inspection  in  the 
schools.  He  says,  "The  lesson  which  I  have 
learned  is  that  in  addition  to  all  the  other  forces 
making  for  a  better  understanding  of  health  con- 
ditions, it  is  the  imperative  and  immediate  duty  of 
the  schools  of  all  grades  to  broaden  and  make 
more  vital  their  teaching  of  physiology  and 
hygiene."  "We  hear  about  'essentials'  in  school 
education.  A  sound  body  kept  sound  by  right 
living  is  the  essential  which  underlies  and  condi- 
tions all  the  rest."  The  two  hindrances  to  the 
teaching  of  hygiene  are  the  poor  text  books  and 
the  lack  of  instruction  on  the  part  of  the  teachers. 
Mr.  George  E.  Johnson,  superintendent  of  the 
"The  Playground  as  a  Factor  in  School  Hygiene." 
Playground  Association  of  Pittsburg,  writes  on 
Mr.  Johnson  calls  attention  to  the  havoc  that  is 
wrought  by  disease  among  school  children.  He 
says,  "It  would  take  four  disasters  like  that  at 
Cleveland  every  school  day  in  the  year  to  keep 
pace  with  the  march  of  death  among  the  school 
children  of  our  land.  During  the  coming  year 
more  than  one  hundred  thousand  school  children 
will  end  their  young  lives,  the  bloom  of  babyhood 
scarcely  yet  faded  from  their  cheeks,  and  tens  of 
thousands  of  Rachels  will  mourn  for  their  little 
ones  and  not  be  comforted."  Moreover,  70  per 
cent  of  school  children  suffer  some  physical  handi- 
cap. The  schools  betray  our  children  in  their  in- 
nocency  to  deadly  foes — disease  and  disability.  To 
combat  these  enemies  of  childhood  we  must  pro- 
vide sunshine,  air,  exercise.  Playgrounds  form  the 
most  conspicuous  single  means  for  this  accom- 
plishment. The  normal  child  needs  this  hygiene 
and  orthogenic  treatment  quite  as  much  as  the 
abnormal.  Why  must  a  child  be  blind,  dear, 
feebleminded,  or  a  truant,  before  he  is  provided 
with  exercise,  playgrounds,  gymnasia,  baths,  fresh 
air  in  abundance,  gardens  and  playshops? 


35c. 


to  January,  1910.     The 

Kindergarten-Primary  Maga- 
zine for  the  balance  of  the  year. 
This  offer  withdrawn  July   15. 


STENCILING  IN  THE  KINDERGARTEN. 

ANY  teachers  are  inclined  to  intro- 
duce stenciling  in  their  classes 
but  owing  to  the  incidental 
"muss"  and  other  drawbacks  of 
liquid  mediums,  are  prevented 
from  exploiting  this  interesting- 
work.  The  difficulties  of  handling 
dyes  and  paints  in  stenciling  especially  by  the  in- 
experienced is  well  known;  the  running  under  the 
ties  of  the  stencil,  the  smearing,  the  spoiling  of 
the  entire  work  owing  to  the  color  being  too 
liquid  when  applied  to  the  last  motif,  the  soil- 
ing of  hands  and  clothes  and  other  objectionable 
features.  All  these  obstacles  are  overcome  when 
using  the  new  medium  "Crayola"  which  is  put  up 
in  crayon  form  in  twenty-four  colors.  This  crayon 
is  manufactured  under  an  improved  French  process 
and  can  be  used  for  free  hand  work  as  well  as  fot- 
stenciling.  For  the  latter,  no  fixing  solution  Is 
required:  the  heat  of  a  hot  iron  being  all  that  is 
necessary  to  render  the  stenciled  article  washable. 
The  directions,  which  are  simple,  are  furnished 
with  each  package. 

For  use  in'  the  kindergarten,  it  will  not  always 
be  desirous  to  stencil  on  fabrics  for  the  little 
hands  will  take  infinite  pleasure  in  stenciling  on 
paper  and  cardboard.  It  is  so  easy  when  "Crayola" 
is  the  medium  employed  that  the  youngest  member 
of  the  class  can  do  the  work. 

Regarding  the  stencils,  these  may  be  cut  from 
heavy  paper  as  there  is  no  moisture  in  the  crayon 
to  be  absorbed  and  it  is,  therefore,  optional  witn 
the  teacher  whether  she  uses  oiled  stencil-board  or 
ordinary  paper  for  the  stencils.  It  is  most  in- 
structive pastime  to  allow  the  older  children  to 
cut  their  own  stencils  and  color  the  design  with 
crayon.  Stencils  of  tnis  nature  may  be  used  to 
advantage  in  the  constructive  cardboard  class,  the 
decorations  proving  an  attractive  addition  to  the 
regular  work  in  construction. 

There  are  many  uses  for  "Crayola"  but  limited 
space  will  not  admit  of  detailed  description.  A 
trial  of  this  medium  will  suggest  the  advantages 
to  be  derived  from  its  employment  and  as  the  cost; 
is  low,  it  is  within  the  reach  of  all.  The  prices 
range  from  five  cents  to  one  dollar  per  set  in 
assortments  of  six  to  twenty-four  shades  or  in 
single  colors  if  preferred.  MARIE  C.   FALCO. 


To  get  the  best  results  use 


Made  in  Cakes,  Half  Pahs  and  Tubes.  Largest 
and  most  complete  line  in  the  country.  Cata- 
logue on  request.    Department  8 

DEVOE  &  RAYNOLOS  CO. 


KANSAS  CITY 


Reeds,  Raffia,  Splints,  Braided  Straw,  IMatting 
and  General  Construction  Material 


Postage  at  the  mie  of  18c  per  pound  muHt 
In  all  cases  be  added  to  these  prices  when 
(foods  are  to  be  sect  by  mail. 

COLORED  RAFFIA   (Florist  Fiber). 
Colors:    Red,    Orange,    Yellow,    Green,   Blue, 
Violet,    Brown    and    Black. 

Per  pound Net,  (0.40 

Per    Vi- pou nd    Net,       .25 

Per    >4 -pound    Net,       .15 

>4-lb.   bunch,  assorted  colors 15 

PLAIN    RAFFIA    (Florist    Fiber). 

Per    2    ounces    ■  ■' 06 

Per    '4-poiuid    JO 

Per    Vi-pound    15 

Per    pound     20 

Per  pound,  5-pound  lots 15 


ZEPHYR, 


REEDS. 

Our  reed  Is  all  put  up  in  POUND  PACK- 
AGES OF  EACH  SIZE,  and  we  do  not  sell 
part  of  a  package  except  r,t  an  advance 
of  5c  per  package. 

No.  1,  Cine,  per  pound 1.00 

No.  2,  medium,  per  pound 95 

No.  3,  medium  coarse,   per  pound 75 

No.    4,   coarse,   per   pound 75 

No.  5,  uoarser,  per  pound .50 

No.  6,  coarser,  per  pound .50 

LOOMS. 

Todd   Adjustable— No.   Al,  no   needle. . .      .15 

Postage,  18c. 

Todd    Adjustable — Perfection $0.80 

Postage,  23c. 

Todd   Adjustable— No.   2 75 

Little  Gem — No.  1,  0x12 25 

Little    Gem— No.    2,    7x9*4 .28 

Faribault,   hammock   attachment .85 

Other  Looms  Furnished. 
Above   should  be   ordered   by   express. 
MOUNTING   BOARD. 

Good  quality,  8-pIy  mounting  board,  colors, 
dark  green,  steel  blue,  black,  per  sheet,    .08 

Kodack  Mounts,  colors  as  above,  per  sht..  .04 

Both  above  are  22x28  inches,  but  will  be  cut 
in  yi  or  'A  sheets  at  lc  per  sheet  extra,  or  free 
in  lots  of  12  sheets  at  a  time. 

Bristol,  in  colors,  22x28,  per  sheet $0.05 

Heavy  Manila,  22M>x28% .02 

Straw  Board,  22x28 .02 

Postage  on  a  single  sheet  of  above,  4c,  to 
which  must  be  added  postage  on  the  packing  for 
same,  as  follows:  If  cut  in  quarters  and  rolled, 
lc  per  sheet,  4c  per  doz.  sheets.  If  sent  full 
size  and  rolled,  5c  per  sheet,  8c  per  doz.  sheets. 
Full  sheets,  packed  flat,  per  sheet,  80c.  Per 
dozen  sheets,  35c.    State  how  preferred. 

Japanese   Manila,   20x30 .01 

Leatherette,     20x25 05 

Cardboard  Modeling:  Paper,   18x24.. .02 

Postage  on  above,  1  sheet,  2c;  per  doz.,  17c 

Coated  Paper,  20x24 04 

Engine  Colored  Paper,  20x24 OS 

Gilt  and  Silver  Paper,  20x24 05 

Postage  on  above,  1  sheet,  2c;  1  doz.,  8c 

Oak   Taj   for   Construction   Work,   9x12, 
dozen    sheets    .08 

Postage,  10  cents. 
Oak    Tag    for    Construction    Work,    8%x 
10%,  per  dozen .Of 

Postage,   9  cents. 

Oak   Tag   for   Construction   Work,   7%x 

8  Vi.  per  dozen .05 

Postage,  9  cents. 
Colors — Dark      Oraen,     Yellow,     Turquoise- 
Carpet   Warp,  pelf  skein 15 

Add  12c  for  postage. 


Ftffaclica 


Todd. 

Loam 

I 


Faribault  loom 

I 

11 1 1 

T    'k 

Faribault  loy» 


m!»www«h  ftttadv 


Germantown 


Maireme    Cord,    per    ball Net,       .12 

Add   4c   for   postage. 

Kubber  Balls,  2-lnch,  plain,  per  doz 60 

Postage,  each,  4c,  per  doz.,  37c. 

Rubber    Balls,   2-inch,   plain,   per   doz...     .60 

Postage,   each,   4c;   per   doz.,   87c 

Rubber  Balls,  3-inch,  plain,  each 15 

Add  6c  for  postage. 

Rubber   Balls,   414-inch,   plain,   each 25 

Kubber  Balls,  4Vi-lnch,  red,  each 35 

Add   7c   for   postage   for  either   above. 

Brass   Paper  Fasteners,  per  100 20 

Conductor's  Punch    .80 

Add  4c   for  postage  on   either  above. 

Copper   Wire,   per   spool 20 

Iron  Wire,  per  spool 10 

Add   7c   for   postage   on   either   above. 
Following  sent  postpaid  on  receipt  of  price : 

Germanlown    Yarn,    skein 12 

Single    Zephyr,    per    lap 08 

Seine  Needles,   wood,  each   15c;   doz....   1.50 

Toy   Knitter,   per   dozen 50 

Brown's  Pictures,  each..%c,   lc,  3c  and     .05 

Silver  and   Gilt  Stars,  gummed,  per  100     .10 

Order  the  following  by  freight  or  express. 

Schute  Weaving  Discs,  4 -Inch,  doz 15 

Schute  Weaving   Discs,  6-inch,  doz 25 

Schute  Weaving  Discs,  12-lnch,  doz 50 

The  Multiple  Perforator 8.00 

Orwig   Punch    2.50 

VIodeling    Clay — 5-lb.   bricks 25 

Modeling    Clay    Flour — 5-lb    boxes 25 

VIodeling  Clay — by  the  barrel 8.00 


Muldale  Perforator 


Orwii  Perforator 


WHITE    BRAIDED     STRAW. 

Per    yard (0.02 

Postage,  lc. 
Per    piece,    120    yards 50 

Postage,  per  piece,  15c. 

COLORED  BRAIDED  STRAW. 

Half-inch  wide.  In  colors,  as  follows:  Nile 
Green,  Red,  Pink,  Yale  Blue,  Bright  Green 
uid   Ecru. 

Per   yard 03 

Per    piece,    120    yards 60 

Postage,  same  as  for  white  braided  straw 


Conductor's  Punch 


RAPHIA  FRAMES 


Indian  Ash  Splints  and  Fillers. 

15c.  per  ounce;  $1.20  per  pound.    Assorted 

colors.     Postage,  on  ribbon  and  packing 

2c.  per  ounce.  20c   per  pound, 

We  also  keep  in  stock  Wood  Ribbon,  Sweet 
Grass,  T.  K.  Matting,  Ash  Splints  for  basket 
bandies,  Basket  Bottoms,  etc.  Send  for  sam- 
ples or  circulars  and  prices. 

We  furnish  everything  on  the  market  in 
the  line  of  construction  material  at  lowest 
prions. 


0    J! 

0    8 

9  *2 

r„  & 

V, 

.a  s 
•5  * 

a 

^  0 

- 

8.     — 

3 

0 

a 

O 

£'C 

a 

Pi 

a  2 

3  a 

a 

*  .2 

13 

a 

0    £ 

« 

a 

Address  all  orders  to 


American  Kindergarten  Supply  House 

276-278-280  River  Street,  Manistee,  Mich. 


Cheap  and  Excellent 
Books 

SONG  KNAPSACK,  142  songs  for  schools,  10c;  $1 
dozen. 

"PAT'S  PICK,  124  pp.  All  the  music  to  the  KNAP- 
SACK .songs.  Sweetest,  sanest,  jolliest  song 
book  made.     Cloth,  5  0c. 

PRIMER  OF  PEDAGOGY,  by  Prof.  D.  Putnam. 
Just  what  the  times  demand.     Cloth  122  pp.  25c. 

MANUAL  OF  ORTHOGRAPHY  AND  ELEMEN- 
TARY SOUNDS,  by  Henry  R.  Pattengill.  Up-to- 
date.      104   pp.,   25c. 

CIVIL  GOVERNMENT  OF  U.  S.,  by  W.  C.  Hewitt. 
118  pp.,  complete,  new,  cloth,  25c;  $2.40  per  doz. 

MEMORY  GEMS,  1000  GRADED  SELECTIONS,  by 
H.  R.  Pattengill.  143  pp.,  linen  morocco  finish, 
25c 

MORNING  EXERCISES  AND  SCHOOL  RECREA- 
TIONS, bv  C.   W.   Mickens.     New,   267   pp.,   50c. 

PRIMARY  SPEAKER  FOR  FIRST  AND  SECOND 
GRADES,  by  Mary  L.  Davenport.  Fresh, 
elegant.      132   pp.,   2  5c. 

OLD  GLORY  SPEAKER,  containing  80  of  the 
choicest  patriotic  pieces  written.      126   pp.,    25c. 

HINTS  FROM  SQUINTS,  144  pp.  Hints  comical, 
■hints  quizzical,  hints  pedagogical,  hints  ethical, 
hints  miscellaneous.     Cloth,   50c. 

SPECIAL  DAY   EXERCISES,    165    pp.,    25c. 

Best  medicine  ever'tocure  that  "tired  feeling" 
in  school. 

HENRY  R.  PATTENGILL/Lansing,  Mich. 


OUTLINE  of 
HISTORY 

SUITABLE  FOR  UPGRADES. 
SECOND  EDITION  NOW  READY. 

A  SUCCESSFUL  TEACHER  SAYS: 
The  Palmer  Co.,  Boston, Mass. 

Gentlemen;— During  the  passing  term,  I  have  used 
the  Kingsley's  Outline  of  United  States  History  with  my 
teachers,  who  were  preparing  to  take  the  examination  for 
licenses  to  teach  in  New  York  City.  I  am  glad  to  say 
that  we  are  satisfied  with  that  book.  It  is  more  than  a 
mere  outline;  it  is  in  itself  sufficient  for  review,  without 
the  aid  of  a  large  text-book. 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Yours  truly, 

T.  J,  McEVOY. 

The  above-namedbook   will  be  sent  postpaid  on   re 
ceipt  of  35cents. 

THE  PALMER  CO. 

120  Boylston  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 


Chimes  of  Childhood 

Singable  Songs  for  Singing  Children 

Words  by  Annie  Willis  McCullough;  Music  by  Ida 

Maude  Titus. 

Price,  postpaid,  $.60. 

Within  the  attractive  covers  of  this  book  are 
contained  thirty  songs,  such  as  children  can  sing 
with  ease,  and  upon  subjects  which  will  both  in- 
terest and  stimulate  the  child-mind.  Musically 
they  show  fresh  and  bright  melody  with  a  well- 
written  but  not  difficult  piano  part. 

The  verses  are  gracefully  worded,  treating  large- 
ly of  familiar  things  in  a  vivacious,  entertaining 
and  informing  manner.  MANY  OF  THE  SONGS 
MAY  BE  USED  AS  ACTION  SONGS  IN  COSTUME 
FOR  SPECIAL  OCCASIONS;  EACH  ONE  OF 
THESE  IS  EQUIPPED  WITH  EXPLICIT  BISEC- 
TIONS FOR  lJSTUMING,  MUSIC,  JUMPING  AND 
ACTION,  MAKING  A  VERY  PLEASING  ENTER- 
TAINMENT. THIS  FEATURE  ALONE  EN- 
HANCES THE  VALUE  OF  THE  BOOK  TO  MANY 
TIMES  ITS  PRICE,  and  a  careful  examination  is 
urged  upon  all  those  interested  in  the  instruction 
or  pleasure  of  children. 
OLIVER  DITS0N  COMPANY    ....    BOSTON 

CHAS.  H.  BITS0N  &  CO NEW  YORK 

J.  E,  BITS0N  &  CO PHILABELPHIA 

Order   of  your   home   dealer   or  the   above   houses. 


Philosophy  and  Psychology  of 
the  Kindergarten 

By  Bean   Russell  and  Professors   Thorndike   and 

MacVannel  of  Teachers  College,  Columbia 

University. 

A  special  number  (76  pages,  paper  cover)  of  the 
TEACHERS  COLLEGE  REC0RB  containing  the 
above  articles  on  some  fundamental  problems  of 
kindergarten  education  will  be  sold  for  a  limited 
time  at  half-price,  15  cents  postpaid.  This  offer 
is  made  in  order  to  reduce  a  great  overstock  caused 
by  error  in  contracts  with  printers. 

Several  other  issues  of  the  TEACHERS  COL- 
LEGE RECORB  are  also  offered  at  half  price  for 
a  short  time  only.  Write  for  a  list  of  titles  and 
authors. 

The  two  latest  issues  of  THE  RECORB  deal  with 
Teaching  History  and  Arithmetic  in  Elementary 
Schools..  Price  30  cents  each. 

Address  all  letters  to 

BUREAU  OF  PUBLICATIONS, 

Teachers  College,  525  West  120th  Street, 

New  York  City. 


KINDERGARTEN  SUPPLIES 

Bradley's  School  Paints,  Raphia,  Reed,  and  all  Construction 

Material 
WE:ARE  HEADQUARTERS  FOR  ALL  THE  ABOVE.    Send  for  Catalogue. 

THOS.  CHARLES  CO.  80=82  Wabash  Avenoe.,  Chicago,  HI. 


THE 


SOIKEB 


PIANO 


THE 

WORLD 

RENOWNED 


The  many  points 
ofs  uperiority 
were  never  better 
emphasized  than 
intheSOHMER 
PIANO  of  today. 


It  is  built  to  sat- 
isfy the  most  cul- 
tivated tastes  :  : 


The  advantage 
of  such  a  piano 
appeals  at  once 
to  the  discrimi- 
n  a  t  i  n  g  intelli- 
gence of  the 
leading  artists. 


SOHMER  ey  CO. 


WAREROOMS--COR.  5th  AVE.  AND  22nd  St. 


NEW  YORK 


Lakeside  Classics 

AN  D 

Books  for  Supplementary 
Reading 

Please  send  for  descriptive  list  o  I  Selec- 
tion* from  English  and  American  au- 
thors and  for  stories  prepared  for  all 
grades  from  third  to  last  year  in  High 
School.  13a  numbers  in  Lakeslda 
series  at  prices  from  a  cents  to  35  cents, 
depending  on  amount  of  material  and 
style  of  binding;—  any  book  sent  post- 
paid on  receipt  of  price. 

Ainsworth  &  Company 

377-388  Wabash  Avenue 

CHICAGO.  ILL 


15412 


Bale  Your  Waste 

and  Turn  It  Into   CASH 


With  the 

LITTLE  GIANT  Hand  ?^ 

Rag  and  Paper  Baler 

You  know  the  inconvenience  of  storing 
loose  waste  for  market— keeps  piling  np 
so  fast  you  can't  handle  it. 

Sometimes  the  trouble  it  makes  more 
than  counterbalances  the  proceeds. 

But— put  a  Little  Giant  Baler  on  the  job 

in  some,  out-of-the-way  corner.     You'll 

never  miss  the  floor  space  it  occupies,  and 

it'll  eat  up  the  waste  just  as  fast  as  it 

accumulates. 

Compresses  it  into  bales  with  a  lever- 
age so  powerful  the  office  boy  can  oper- 
ate it— and  can't  get  it  out  of  whack. 
With  the  Little  Giant  Baler  a  lot  of 
stuff  that's  been  kicking  around  under 
foot    as    worse    than   useless',   and 
without  money  value,  can  be  put  in- 
to marketable  shape,  and  turned 
Into  ready  cash  as  so  much  clear 
gain.     It  pays  for  itself  many 
times  over,  and  every  day  yon'r* 
rithoot  the  Little  Giant  isyovr 
"oh.    Write  now  for  price  Hit 
and  other  information. 

Little  Giant 
Press 

Company 

Alma, 
Hid. 


RELIABLE  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES  OF  AMERICA 

Every  progressive  teacher  who  desires  promotion  should  take  up  the  matter  with  some  wide-awake  Teachers'  Agency.  Beyond 
the  scope  of  a  teacher's  personal  acquaintance  there  is  not  much  hope  of  advancing  unaided.  Some  agencies  have  positions  wait- 
ing for  experienced  teachers  and  all  should  be  able  to  advise  you  to  your  advantage.  If  you  contemplate  moving  to  a  distant  sec- 
tion, let  some  agency  secure  you  a  position  before  you  go.    Any  of  the  following  will  doubtless  send  particulars  in  reply  to  postal: 


We  have  great  difficulty  in 
supplying  the  demand  for 
Wages  will  please  you. 

Owen  Pacific  Coast  Teacher's  Agency 

Mcriinnville,  Oregon. 


TEACHERS 

strong  Primary  Teachers. 

Write  us 


THE  EMPIRE 

11TEACBERS'  AGENCY 
D.  H.  COOK,  Manager 

Syracuse,  N 
we  not  help  you? 

An  Agency  with  agents. 


LOCATES  KINDERGARTEN  TEACHERS 

Because  of  the  scarcity  of  candidates  we  will 
register  any  kindergarten  teacher  and  accept 
registration  fee  later,  after  we  place  you. 

We   also  extend  time  in  payment  of  com- 
mission. 

Write  Today.    Send  Photo 

,Y.     We  have  placed  hundreds  of  others,  iLWby  may 

Empire  Teachers'  Agency, 

Syracuse,  N.  Y. 


OUR  15th  YEAR  BOOK  flfr  gSSmfrflS IThe  HAZARD  TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

Western  States,  and  what  we  are  doing  in  west- (  317  Kasota  Building.  -  MINNEAPOLIS,  MINN. 
?o?.PSe*c°.eSd  M0e«&'fi,!£° 'w^tTtne'n^  615  Empire  State  Building.  SPOKANE.  WASH. 
office.  I  224  Railway  Exchange.    ■     DENVER.  COLO. 

~SABIN»S  EDUCATIONAL  EXCHANGE^ 

HENRY   SABIN  1007  14th  Season  ELBRIDQE  H.  SABIN 

During  last  year  placed  teachers  in  80  counties  In  Iowa,  and  In  Minnesota,  North  and  So 

Dakota,   Nebraska.  C>!orado,  Wyomin?,  Utah,  Idaho,  ^Montana,  Washington  and  Ore 

gan.  Address,'  HENRY  SABIN,    ilanhattan  Building,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

Pioneer  Teachers'  Agency,         Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 

Will  help  you  get  a  new  or  better  position,  whether  you  are  a  Teacher.  Clerk, 
Book-keeper,  or  Stenographer.     Enroll  now  for  fall  vacancies  in  schools. 

The  demand  for  good  teachers  in  all  the  Western  and  Southern  States  is  far 
greater  than  the  supply. 

Write  for  application  blanks  and  full  particulars. 


ROME 


TEACHERS'    AGENCY 

Teachers  wanted  for  good  positions  in  all  parts  of  the  United  State* 
Registration  fee  holds  good  until  we  secure  a  position  for  you. 

W.  X.  Crider,  Rome,  New  YorK 


Primary  Teachers  Wanted 


Vacancies    not 

those  with  some 

THtTRSI 


Because    of    o>.   mud,  offer  FREE  registration  to 
xperience.  SUA  M.  THURSTON,  Manager, 

H'S  TEACHERS'   AGENCY,  378  Wabash  Atc  Chicago. 


Minneapolis 

Teachers' 

Agency 


Admits  to  membership  only  the  better  class  of  teachers 
registration    fee   returned   to   others  at   once. 

Returns  fee  if  its  service  is  not  satiafacrory . 

Makes  specialty  of  placing  members  in  the  Middle 
States  and  in  the  West — largest  salaries  paid  there. 

Is  conducted  by  experienced  educators  and  business 
men. 

Hag  had  phenominal  success  in  placing  Its  members  dur 


3. 
Send 
for4- 
Our  5 
Latest 

Now  is 


Booklet ' 


ig  the  past  year, 
the  time  to  register. 


Send  for  our  our  Booklet. 
Address,  3370339  Fourteenth  Avenue, 

Dept.  P.    MINEAPOLIS,  mlNM. 


Positions==for  Teachers 

.  If  you  wanta  position  on  the  Pacific 
Coast  or  in  Montana  or  Idaho,  it  will 
pay  you  to  register  with  the 

Pacific  Teachers'  Agency 

SEATTLE,  WASHINGTON 

Send  for   Manual  and  Registration 
blank.     Address 

B.  W.  BRINTNALL,  Manager, 
'523  New  York  Block, 

Seattle,  Wash. 


Teach  in  the 
Sunny  South 

This  section  offers  better  in- 
ducements to  aspiring  teachers 
than  any  other,  and  teachers  are 
in  great  demand.  If  you  want  a 
good  position  for  next  school  year 
you  can  secure  it  in  this  field.  For 
full  information  write 

CLAUDE  J.  BELL, 

Nashville,  Tenn 

Proprietor      the      Bell      Teachers' 

Agency. 


GO  SOUTH 

Many  Teachers  Wanted 

An  Agency  that 
Recommends  in  1 5  Southern  States 
Ala.,  Ark.,  Fla.,  Ga.,  Ky.,  Md.; 
Miss.,    Mo.,    N.    C,    S.    C,    Tenn 

Tex.,  W.  Va. 
Also  conducts  a 
Special  Florida  Teachers'  Agency 
Supplies  Teachers  for  Universities. 
Colleges,  Private,  Normal,  Ki^ 
and  Grade  Schools;  Special  Teacl-1 
ers  of  Commercial  Branches,  Man- 
ual  Training,  Domestic  Science, 
Art,  Drawing,  Music,  Elocution, 
Physical  Culture,  Athletics. 
Deals  in  School  Property 

Calls  come  from  School  Officials. 
Recommends  all  the  year  round. 
Register  now.     Best  chances  come 

early. 
SOUTHERN    EDUCATIONAL  RE- 
VIEW TEACHERS  AGENCY 
CHATTANOOGA.  TENN. 


CHICAGO,   17    E.    Van    BuREN    St 


THE  CLARK  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES 


MEW    YORK.   156    Fifth    Ave. 


BOISF.    IDAHO 


»m>i  for  OUB  PLATFORM,  firing  foil  lafaraaatton  sad  Br*  hundred  lettrni  fruin 
l«Mkm  and  mbm!  •flte«ra.